Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 10-K
 
     
þ   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008
     
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                      to                     
 
DYNEGY INC.
DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
             
    Commission   State of   I.R.S. Employer
Entity   File Number   Incorporation   Identification No.
Dynegy Inc.   001-33443   Delaware   20-5653152
Dynegy Holdings Inc.   000-29311   Delaware   94-3248415
             
1000 Louisiana, Suite 5800            
Houston, Texas            
(Address of principal           77002
executive offices)           (Zip Code)
(713) 507-6400
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
     
Title of each class   Name of each exchange on which registered
     
Dynegy’s Class A common stock, $0.01 par value   New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
     
Title of each class   Name of each exchange on which registered
     
None   None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
     
Dynegy Inc.
  Yes þ No o
Dynegy Holdings Inc.
  Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
     
Dynegy Inc.
  Yes o No þ
Dynegy Holdings Inc.
  Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to the filing requirements for the past 90 days.
     
Dynegy Inc.
  Yes þ No o
Dynegy Holdings Inc.
  Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.
     
Dynegy Inc.
  o
Dynegy Holdings Inc.
  þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
                 
    Large accelerated filer   Accelerated filer   Non-accelerated filer   Smaller reporting company
Dynegy Inc.
  þ   o   o   o
Dynegy Holdings Inc.
  o   o   þ   o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
     
Dynegy Inc.
  Yes o No þ
Dynegy Holdings Inc.
  Yes o No þ
As of June 30, 2008, the aggregate market value of the Dynegy Inc. common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $4,298,466,775 based on the closing sale price as reported on the New York Stock Exchange.
Number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date: For Dynegy Inc., Class A common stock, $0.01 par value per share, 503,666,984 shares outstanding as of February 20, 2009; Class B common stock, $0.01 par value per share, 340,000,000 shares outstanding as of February 20, 2009. All of Dynegy Holdings Inc.’s outstanding common stock is owned indirectly by Dynegy Inc.
This combined Form 10-K is separately filed by Dynegy Inc. and Dynegy Holdings Inc. Information contained herein relating to any individual registrant is filed by such registrant on its own behalf. Each registrant makes no representation as to information relating to a registrant other than itself.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE-Dynegy Inc. Part III (Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14) incorporates by reference portions of the Notice and Proxy Statement for the registrant’s 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which the registrant intends to file not later than 120 days after December 31, 2008.
REDUCED DISCLOSURE FORMAT-Dynegy Holdings Inc. Dynegy Holdings Inc. meets the conditions set forth in General Instruction (I)(1)(a) and (b) of Form 10-K and therefore is filing this Form 10-K with the reduced disclosure format.
 
 

 

 


 

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
FORM 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
 
       
PART I
 
       
    1  
 
       
    1  
 
       
    19  
 
       
    28  
 
       
    28  
 
       
    29  
 
       
    29  
 
       
PART II
 
       
    30  
 
       
    34  
 
       
    36  
 
       
    80  
 
       
    82  
 
       
    82  
 
       
    82  
 
       
    83  
 
       
PART III
 
       
    84  
 
       
    84  
 
       
    85  
 
       
    85  
 
       
    85  
 
       
 
       
    86  
 
       
    99  
 
       
  Exhibit 10.14
  Exhibit 10.18
  Exhibit 10.22
  Exhibit 10.32
  Exhibit 10.33
  Exhibit 10.34
  Exhibit 10.35
  Exhibit 10.40
  Exhibit 10.41
  Exhibit 10.42
  Exhibit 10.55
  Exhibit 10.56
  Exhibit 10.69
  Exhibit 10.70
  Exhibit 10.71
  Exhibit 10.72
  Exhibit 10.73
  Exhibit 10.74
  Exhibit 10.75
  Exhibit 10.77
  Exhibit 10.78
  Exhibit 10.79
  Exhibit 10.80
  Exhibit 10.97
  Exhibit 10.98
  Exhibit 10.99
  Exhibit 10.102
  Exhibit 10.103
  Exhibit 10.104
  Exhibit 10.105
  Exhibit 10.106
  Exhibit 10.107
  Exhibit 21.1
  Exhibit 23.1
  Exhibit 23.2
  Exhibit 23.3
  Exhibit 23.4
  Exhibit 31.1
  Exhibit 31.1(a)
  Exhibit 31.2
  Exhibit 31.2(a)
  Exhibit 32.1
  Exhibit 32.1(a)
  Exhibit 32.2
  Exhibit 32.2(a)
EXPLANATORY NOTE
This report includes the combined filing of Dynegy Inc. (“Dynegy”) and Dynegy Holdings Inc. (“DHI”). DHI is the principal subsidiary of Dynegy, providing approximately 100 percent of Dynegy’s total consolidated revenue for the year ended December 31, 2008 and constituting approximately 100 percent of Dynegy’s total consolidated asset base as of December 31, 2008 except for Dynegy’s former 50 percent interest in DLS Power Holdings, LLC (“DLS Power Holdings”) and DLS Power Development Company, LLC (“DLS Power Development”).
Unless the context indicates otherwise, throughout this report, the terms “the Company”, “we”, “us”, “our” and “ours” are used to refer to both Dynegy and DHI and their direct and indirect subsidiaries. Discussions or areas of this report that apply only to Dynegy or DHI are clearly noted in such discussions or areas.

 

i


Table of Contents

PART I
DEFINITIONS
As used in this Form 10-K, the abbreviations contained herein have the meanings set forth in the glossary, which can be found in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Item 1. Business
THE COMPANY
We are holding companies and conduct substantially all of our business operations through our subsidiaries. Our primary business is the production and sale of electric energy, capacity and ancillary services from our fleet of twenty-seven operating power plants in thirteen states totaling nearly 18,000 MW of generating capacity.
Dynegy began operations in 1985. DHI is a wholly owned subsidiary of Dynegy. Dynegy became incorporated in the State of Delaware in 2007 as a part of the LS Power transaction. Our principal executive office is located at 1000 Louisiana Street, Suite 5800, Houston, Texas 77002, and our telephone number at that office is (713) 507-6400.
We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements (for Dynegy Inc.) and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy any document we file at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the SEC’s Public Reference Room. Our SEC filings are also available to the public at the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov . No information from such web site is incorporated by reference herein. Our SEC filings are also available free of charge on our web site at www.dynegy.com , as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports are filed with or furnished to the SEC. The contents of our website are not intended to be, and should not be considered to be, incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K.
We sell electric energy, capacity and ancillary services on a wholesale basis from our power generation facilities. Energy is the actual output of electricity and is measured in MWh. The capacity of a generation facility is its electricity production capability, measured in MW. Wholesale electricity customers will, for reliability reasons and to meet regulatory requirements, contract for rights to capacity from generating units. Ancillary services are the products of a generation facility that support the transmission grid operation, follow real-time changes in load and provide emergency reserves for major changes to the balance of generation and load. We sell these products individually or in combination to our customers under short-, medium- and long-term contractual agreements or tariffs.
Our customers include RTOs and ISOs, integrated utilities, municipalities, electric cooperatives, transmission and distribution utilities, industrial customers, power marketers, financial participants such as banks and hedge funds, other power generators and commercial end-users. All of our products are sold on a wholesale basis for various lengths of time from hourly to multi-year transactions. Some of our customers, such as municipalities or integrated utilities, purchase our products for resale in order to serve their retail, commercial and industrial customers. Other customers, such as some power marketers, may buy from us to serve their own wholesale or retail customers or as a hedge against power sales they have made.

 

1


Table of Contents

Our Strategy
Our business strategy is designed to leverage our diverse portfolio of generating assets, our operational and commercial skills and our flexible capital structure to create value for our investors. In general, we seek to maximize the value of our assets through:
    safe and cost-efficient plant operations, with a focus on having our plants available and “in the market” when it is economical to do so;
 
    a diverse commercial strategy that includes short-, medium- and long-term sales of electric energy, capacity and ancillary services, and seeks to strike a balance between contracting for near/intermediate term stability of earnings and cash flows while maintaining merchant length to capitalize on expected increases in commodity prices in the longer term; and
 
    pursuit of plant expansions and growth opportunities that enhance our portfolio with acceptable rates of return and are accretive to stockholder value.
Maintain a Diverse Portfolio to Capitalize on Market Opportunities and Mitigate Risk. We operate a portfolio of generation assets that is diversified in terms of dispatch profile, fuel type and geography. Baseload generation is low-cost and economically attractive to dispatch around the clock throughout the year. A baseload facility is usually expected to run between 80 percent and 90 percent of the hours in a given year. Intermediate generation is not as efficient and/or economical as baseload generation but is intended to be dispatched during higher load times such as during daylight hours and sometimes on weekends. Peaking generation is the least efficient and highest cost generation and is generally dispatched to serve load during the highest load times such as hot summer and cold winter days.
Although power prices have declined since the summer of 2008, primarily due to the oversupply of natural gas in the market and the impact of the current economic environment, we continue to believe that the market fundamentals support long-term increases in power demand and power pricing. As such, we believe our substantial coal-fired, baseload fleet should benefit from the impact of higher power prices in the Midwest and Northeast, allowing us to capture significantly higher and increasing margins over the long-term as power prices increase. We anticipate that our combined cycle units also should benefit from improved margins and cash flows as demand increases in all of our key markets. Our peaking units effectively give us an option to capture greater value for our investors as supply and demand come more into equilibrium over the longer term.
In addition, we believe that a diverse portfolio of assets helps to mitigate the risks inherent in our business. For example, weather patterns, regulatory regimes and commodity prices often differ by region. By maintaining fleet diversity, we lessen the impact of an individual risk in any one region and seek to improve the level and consistency of our earnings and cash flows. We also believe our diverse fleet of generating assets positions us well to meet growing U.S. power needs; however, in the current recessionary environment, U.S. power consumption may decrease in the short-term.

 

2


Table of Contents

Our current operating generating facilities are as follows:
                         
    Total Net                  
    Generating Capacity     Primary   Dispatch        
Facility   (MW)(1)     Fuel Type   Type   Location   Region
 
                       
Baldwin
    1,800     Coal   Baseload   Baldwin, IL   MISO
Kendall
    1,200     Gas   Intermediate   Minooka, IL   PJM
Ontelaunee
    580     Gas   Intermediate   Ontelaunee Township, PA   PJM
Havana Units 1-5
    228     Oil   Peaking   Havana, IL   MISO
Unit 6
    441     Coal   Baseload   Havana, IL   MISO
Hennepin
    293     Coal   Baseload   Hennepin, IL   MISO
Oglesby
    63     Gas   Peaking   Oglesby, IL   MISO
Stallings
    89     Gas   Peaking   Stallings, IL   MISO
Tilton
    188     Gas   Peaking   Tilton, IL   MISO
Vermilion Units 1-2
    164     Coal/Gas   Baseload   Oakwood, IL   MISO
Unit 3
    12     Oil   Peaking   Oakwood, IL   MISO
Wood River Units 1-3
    119     Gas   Peaking   Alton, IL   MISO
Units 4-5
    446     Coal   Baseload   Alton, IL   MISO
Rocky Road (2)
    330     Gas   Peaking   East Dundee, IL   PJM
Riverside/Foothills
    960     Gas   Peaking   Louisa, KY   PJM
Renaissance
    776     Gas   Peaking   Carson City, MI   MISO
Bluegrass
    576     Gas   Peaking   Oldham County, KY   SERC
 
                     
Total Midwest
    8,265                  
 
                     
 
Moss Landing Units 1-2
    1,020     Gas   Intermediate   Monterrey County, CA   CAISO
Units 6-7
    1,509     Gas   Peaking   Monterrey County, CA   CAISO
Morro Bay (3)
    650     Gas   Peaking   Morro Bay, CA   CAISO
South Bay
    706     Gas/Oil   Peaking   Chula Vista, CA   CAISO
Oakland
    165     Oil   Peaking   Oakland, CA   CAISO
Arlington Valley
    585     Gas   Intermediate   Arlington, AZ   Southwest
Griffith
    558     Gas   Intermediate   Golden Valley, AZ   WAPA
Heard County (4)
    539     Gas   Peaking   Heard County, GA   SERC
Black Mountain (5)
    43     Gas   Baseload   Las Vegas, NV   WECC
 
                     
Total West
    5,775                  
 
                     
 
Independence
    1,064     Gas   Intermediate   Scriba, NY   NYISO
Roseton (6)
    1,185     Gas/Oil   Peaking   Newburgh, NY   NYISO
Bridgeport
    527     Gas   Intermediate   Bridgeport, CT   ISO-NE
Casco Bay
    540     Gas   Intermediate   Veazie, ME   ISO-NE
Danskammer Units1-2
    123     Gas/Oil   Peaking   Newburgh, NY   NYISO
Units 3-4 (6)
    370     Coal/Gas   Baseload   Newburgh, NY   NYISO
 
                     
Total Northeast
    3,809                  
 
                     
Total Fleet Capacity
    17,849                  
 
                     
 
     
(1)   Unit capacity values are based on winter capacity.
 
(2)   Does not include 28 MW of capacity for unit 3, which is not available during cold weather because of winterization requirements.
 
(3)   Represents units 3 and 4 generating capacity. Units 1 and 2, with a combined net generating capacity of 352 MW, are currently in lay-up status and out of operation.
 
(4)   On February 25, 2009, we entered into an agreement to sell our interest in the Heard County power generation facility to Oglethorpe Power Corporation. Subject to regulatory approval, the transaction is expected to close in early 2009. Please read Note 4—Dispositions, Contract Terminations and Discontinued Operations—Dispositions and Contract Terminations—Heard County for further discussion.
 
(5)   We own a 50 percent interest in this facility. Total output capacity of this facility is 85 MW.
 
(6)   We lease the Roseton facility and units 3 and 4 of the Danskammer facility pursuant to a leveraged lease arrangement that is further described in Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Disclosure of Contractual Obligations and Contingent Financial Commitments—Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements—DNE Leveraged Lease.

 

3


Table of Contents

Operate our Assets Safely and Cost-Efficiently to Maximize Revenue Opportunities and Operating Margins. We have a history of strong plant operations and are committed to operating our facilities in a safe, reliable and environmentally compliant manner. By maintaining and operating our assets in an effort to ensure plant availability, high dispatch and capacity factors and an appropriate level of operating and capital costs, we believe we are positioned to capture opportunities in the market place effectively and to maximize our operating margins.
With respect to cost controls, a key aspect of profitability is our cost to produce electricity. The main variable component of that cost is fuel. Our coal-fired generation facilities are our lowest variable cost facilities. Due to their low-cost nature, most of our coal-fired generation facilities run the majority of any given day throughout the year unless a particular unit is unavailable due to either planned or unplanned maintenance activity. In today’s environment, our natural gas and fuel oil-fired power generation facilities are more expensive to operate than our coal-fired facilities. As a result, these plants only run on those days, or parts of days, when market demand and price are sufficient to economically justify dispatch of these higher cost units.
Our power generation facilities are managed to require a relatively predictable level of maintenance capital expenditures without compromising operational integrity. Our capital expenditures are for the maintenance of our facilities to ensure their continued reliability and for investment in new equipment for either environmental compliance or increasing profitability. We seek to operate and maintain our generation fleet efficiently and safely, with an eye toward future maintenance and improvements, resulting in increased reliability and environmental stewardship. This increased reliability impacts our results to the extent that our generation units are available during times that it is economically sound to run. For units that are subject to contracts for capacity, our ability to secure availability payments from customers is dependent on plant availability. We believe these ongoing efforts to focus on reliability should allow us to maintain focus on being a low-cost producer of power.
Employ a Flexible Commercial Strategy to Maintain Long-Term Market Upside Potential While Protecting Against Downside Risks. We expect to see tightening reserve margins through time in the regions in which our assets are located. As these reserve margins tighten, we expect to see the value of the generating assets themselves increase due to improvements in cash flow and earnings. When prices that equate to market recovery are transactable, longer-term contracts are advisable. However, given current market pricing and conditions, we do not see attractive long-term commercial arrangements.
We plan to sell the output from our facilities with the goal of achieving an efficient balance of risk and reward. Keeping the portfolio completely open and selling in the day-ahead market, for instance, would force us to take weather and general economic-related risks, as well as price risk of correlated commodities. These risks can cause significant swings in financial performance in any one year and are not related to our core strategy of realizing the benefit of long-term market recovery on fundamental generating asset values.
With a goal of protecting cash flow in the near/intermediate term while maintaining the ability to capture value longer term as markets tighten, we expect that a majority of our sales will be achieved by selling energy and capacity through a combination of spot market sales and near-term contracts over a rolling 12–36 month time frame in time periods that we describe as “Current”, “Current +1”, and “Current +2”. The “Current” period refers to the balance of the current calendar year. The “Current+1” period refers to the next calendar year. “Current +2” refers to the next calendar year after the Current +1 period. At any given point in time, we will seek to balance predictability of earnings and cash flow with achieving the highest level of earnings and cash flow possible over the Current, Current +1 and Current +2 periods. In these periods, short-term market volatility can negatively impact our profitability and we will seek to reduce those negative impacts through the disciplined use of near- and intermediate-term forward sales. We expect to make fewer forward sales beyond the Current+2 period in order to realize the anticipated benefit of improved market prices over time as the supply and demand balance tightens.
Beginning in January 2009, we have set specific limits for “gross margin at risk” for the entire portfolio and require power hedging up to minimum levels, while seeking to ensure that corresponding fuel supplies also are appropriately hedged, as we progress through time. We will also specifically manage basis risk to hubs that are not the natural sales hub for a facility and implement other changes that sharpen our focus on optimizing the commercial factors that we can control and mitigating commodity risk where appropriate.

 

4


Table of Contents

Maintain a Simple, Flexible Capital Structure that is Integrated with our Operating Strategy. We believe that the power industry is a commodity cyclical business with significant commodity price volatility and considerable capital investment requirements. Thus, maximizing economic returns in this market environment requires a capital structure that can withstand fuel and power price volatility as well as a commercial strategy that captures the value associated with both mid- and long-term price trends. We believe we have a capital structure that is suitable for our commercial strategy and the commodity cyclical market in which we operate. Maintaining appropriate debt levels and covenants, maturities and overall liquidity are key elements of this capital structure. This structure allows us to be opportunistic as we regularly evaluate potential combinations or asset acquisitions. We will also seek to harvest value through the opportunistic sale of existing assets where we believe we can capture greater value through a sale than we can by continuing to own or operate such assets.
SEGMENT DISCUSSION
Our business operations are focused primarily on the wholesale power generation sector of the energy industry. We report the results of our power generation business, based on geographical location and how we allocate resources, as three separate segments in our consolidated financial statements: (i) GEN-MW, (ii) GEN-WE and (iii) GEN-NE. The results of our former CRM segment are included in Other, as it did not meet the criteria required to be an operating segment as of January 1, 2008. Accordingly, we have restated the corresponding items of segment information for prior periods. Our consolidated financial results also reflect corporate-level expenses such as general and administrative and interest. Please read Note 22—Segment Information for further information regarding the financial results of our business segments.
NERC Regions, RTOs and ISOs. In discussing our business, we often refer to NERC regions. The NERC and its eight regional reliability councils (as of December 31, 2008) were formed to ensure the reliability and security of the electricity system. The regional reliability councils set standards for reliable operation and maintenance of power generation facilities and transmission systems. For example, each NERC region establishes a minimum reserve requirement to ensure there is sufficient generating capacity to meet expected demand within its region. Each NERC region reports seasonally and annually on the status of generation and transmission in each region.
Separately, RTOs and ISOs administer the transmission infrastructure and markets across a regional footprint in some of the markets in which we operate. They are responsible for dispatching all generation facilities in their respective footprints and are responsible for both maximum utilization and reliable and efficient operation of the transmission system. RTOs and ISOs administer energy and ancillary service markets in the short term, usually day ahead and real-time markets. Several RTOs and ISOs also ensure long-term planning reserve through monthly, semi-annual, annual and multi-year capacity markets. The RTOs and ISOs that oversee most of the wholesale power markets currently impose, and will likely continue to impose, both bid and price limits. They may also enforce caps and other mechanisms to guard against the exercise of market power in these markets. NERC regions and RTOs/ISOs often have different geographic footprints and while there may be physical overlap between NERC regions and RTOs/ISOs, their respective roles and responsibilities do not generally overlap.
In RTO and ISO regions with centrally dispatched market structures, and zonal clearing structures (e.g. the ERCOT Region in Texas), all generators selling into the centralized market receive the same price for energy sold based on the bid price associated with the production of the last megawatt hour that is needed to balance supply with demand within a designated zone or at a given location (different zones or locations within the same RTO/ISO may produce different prices respective to other zones within the same RTO/ISO due to losses and congestion). For example, a less-efficient (i.e., more expensive) natural gas-fired unit may be needed in some hours to meet demand. If this unit’s production is required to meet demand on the margin, its bid price will set the market clearing price that will be paid for all dispatched generation (although the price paid at other zones or locations may vary because of congestion and losses), regardless of the price that any other unit may have offered into the market. In RTO and ISO regions with centrally dispatched market structures and location-based marginal pricing clearing structures (e.g. PJM, NYISO, and ISO-NE), generators receive the location-based marginal price for their output. In regions that are outside the footprint of RTOs/ISOs, prices are determined on a bilateral basis between buyers and sellers.

 

5


Table of Contents

Market Based Rates. Our ability to charge market-based rates for wholesale sales of electricity, as opposed to cost-based rates, is governed by FERC. We have been granted market-based rate authority for wholesale power sales from our EWG facilities, as well as wholesale power sales by our power marketing entities, Dynegy Power Marketing Inc. and Dynegy Marketing and Trade LLC. The Dynegy EWG facilities include all of our facilities except our investments in Nevada Cogeneration Associates #2 (“Black Mountain”), Allegheny Hydro Partners, Ltd., Allegheny No. 6 Hydro Partners, Ltd, Allegheny Hydro No. 8 Ltd. and Allegheny Hydro No. 9, Ltd. These facilities are known as QFs, and have various exemptions from federal regulation and sell electricity directly to purchasers under negotiated and previously approved power purchase agreements. Our market-based rate authority is predicated on a finding by FERC that our entities with market-based rates do not have market power, and a market power analysis is generally conducted once every three years for each region on a rolling basis (known as the triennial market power review). The triennial market power review for our Northeast and PJM assets was filed at FERC on August 29, 2008. FERC issued an order accepting this filing on December 12, 2008. The triennial market power review for our Southeast assets was filed with FERC on December 24, 2008. The triennial market power reviews for our West and MISO assets will be filed pursuant to a FERC established schedule.
Power Generation—Midwest Segment
Our Midwest fleet is comprised of 14 facilities located in Illinois (10), Michigan (1), Pennsylvania (1) and Kentucky (2), with a total generating capacity of 8,265 MW. With the exception of our Bluegrass peaking facility in the Louisville Gas and Electric control area, our Midwest fleet as of December 31, 2008 operates entirely within either the MISO or the PJM.
RTO/ISO Discussion
MISO. The MISO market includes all of Wisconsin and Michigan and portions of Ohio, Kentucky, Indiana, Illinois, Nebraska, Kansas, Missouri, Iowa, Minnesota, North Dakota, Montana and Manitoba, Canada. As of December 31, 2008, we owned nine power generating facilities located in Illinois (8) and Michigan (1), with an aggregate net generating capacity of 4,619 MW within MISO.
MISO is designed to ensure that every electric industry participant has access to the grid and that no entity has the ability to deny access to a competitor. MISO also manages the use of transmission lines to make sure that they do not become overloaded. MISO operates physical and financial energy markets using a system known as LMP, which calculates a price for every generator and load point within the MISO area. This system is “price-transparent”, allowing generators and load serving entities to see real-time price effects of transmission constraints and impacts of generation and load changes to prices at each point. MISO operates day-ahead and real-time markets into which generators can offer to provide energy. FTRs allow users to manage the cost of transmission congestion (as measured by LMP differentials, between source and sink points on the transmission grid) and corresponding price differentials across the market area. MISO implemented the Ancillary Services Market (Regulation and Operating Reserves) on January 6, 2009 and plans to implement an enforceable Planning Reserve Margin for the 2009-2010 planning year. A feature of the Ancillary Services Market is the addition of scarcity pricing that, during supply shortages, can raise the combined price of energy and ancillary services significantly higher than the previous cap of $1,000/MWh. An independent market monitor is responsible for ensuring that MISO markets are operating competitively and without exercise of market power.
PJM. The PJM market includes all or parts of Delaware, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Maryland, Michigan, New Jersey, North Carolina, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Tennessee, Virginia, West Virginia and the District of Columbia. As of December 31, 2008, we owned four generating facilities located in Illinois (2), Pennsylvania (1) and Kentucky (1) with an aggregate net generating capacity of 3,070 MW within PJM. The majority of power generated by these facilities is sold to wholesale customers in the PJM market.
PJM administers markets for wholesale electricity and provides transmission planning for the region, utilizing the LMP system described above. PJM operates day-ahead and real-time markets into which generators can bid to provide electricity and ancillary services. PJM also administers markets for capacity. An independent market monitor continually monitors PJM markets for any exercise of market power or improper behavior by any entity. PJM implemented a forward capacity auction, the RPM, which established long-term markets for capacity in 2007. The RPM has provided locational price and multi-year dimensions to the capacity market, but has also led to some controversy. In December 2008, FERC responded to complaints about the new RPM rules by establishing a settlement proceeding to create a forum for capacity buyers and capacity suppliers to find common ground. The settlement discussions were not successful and have been terminated. On December 12, 2008, PJM filed tariff revisions with FERC to make important enhancements to the RPM rules in time for the May 2009 forward auction. PJM has requested an effective date of March 27, 2009 for its proposed tariff revisions.

 

6


Table of Contents

PJM, like MISO, dispatches power plants to meet system energy and reliability needs, and settles physical power deliveries at LMPs. This value is determined by an ISO-administered auction process, which evaluates and selects the least costly supplier offers or bids to create reliable and least-cost dispatch. The ISO-sponsored LMP energy markets consist of two separate and characteristically distinct settlement time frames. The first is a security-constrained, financially firm, day-ahead unit commitment market. The second is a security-constrained, financially settled, real-time dispatch and balancing market. Prices paid in these LMP energy markets, however, are affected by, among other things, (i) market mitigation measures, which can result in lower prices associated with certain generating units that are mitigated because they are deemed to have the potential to exercise locational market power, and (ii) existing $1,000/MWh energy market price caps that are in place.
Contracted Capacity and Energy
MISO. Power prices are a significant driver of our financial performance due to the fact that a significant portion of our power generating capacity in the MISO is attributable to coal-fired baseload units. In MISO, we have entered into a mix of bilateral contracts and physical and financial over-the-counter energy sales for 2009 and 2010 with limited forward sales beyond 2010.
PJM. Our generation assets in PJM are either intermediate dispatch or peaking facilities. We commercialize these assets through a combination of bilateral sales and sales into the RPM auction. Additionally, approximately 280 MW of capacity at our Kendall facility is contracted under a tolling agreement through 2017.
Regulatory Considerations
In January 2006, the ICC approved a reverse power procurement auction as the process by which utilities would procure power beginning in 2007. The initial auction occurred in September 2006, and we subsequently entered into two supplier forward contracts with subsidiaries of Ameren to provide capacity, energy and related services. The Illinois legislature passed legislation in 2007 as part of the Illinois rate relief package that significantly altered the power procurement process in Illinois; but the contracts with the Ameren subsidiaries remain in effect.
In July 2007, legislative leaders in the State of Illinois announced a comprehensive transitional rate relief package for electric consumers. This program will provide approximately $1 billion to help provide assistance to utility customers in Illinois and fund a new power procurement agency. As part of this rate relief package, we will make payments of up to $25 million over a 29-month period. These payments will be contingent on certain conditions related to the absence of future electric rate and tax legislation in Illinois. We made payments of $7.5 million in 2007 and $9 million in 2008 and anticipate making a final payment of $8.5 million in 2009.
Construction Project
Plum Point. We own an approximate 37 percent interest in PPEA Holding Company LLC (“PPEA”), which, through its wholly owned subsidiary, owns an approximate 57 percent undivided interest in the Plum Point Energy Station (“Plum Point”), a 665 MW coal-fired power generation facility under construction in Mississippi County, Arkansas. Plum Point is currently expected to commence commercial operations by August 2010. All of PPEA’s 378 MW have been contracted for an initial 30-year period. The PPAs provide for a pass-through of commodity, fuel, transportation and emissions expenses. The joint owners of Plum Point initially selected us as the construction manager of the project. However, on December 31, 2008, we gave notice of our intention to terminate an agreement under which we are acting as operator of Plum Point. It is anticipated that this agreement will be terminated effective on or before April 30, 2009. We have previously indicated that we consider Plum Point a non-core asset and intend to pursue alternatives regarding our remaining ownership interest.

 

7


Table of Contents

Power Generation—West Segment
Our West fleet is comprised of seven predominantly natural gas-fired power generation facilities, located in California (3), Arizona (2), Georgia (1) and Nevada (1), and one fuel oil-fired power generation facility, located in California, totaling 5,775 MW of electric generating capacity.
RTO/ISO Discussion
CAISO. CAISO covers approximately 90 percent of the state of California. At December 31, 2008, we owned four generating facilities in California with an aggregate net generating capacity of 4,050 MW within CAISO. The South Bay and Oakland facilities are designated as RMR units by the CAISO.
Southwest Region. The Southwest region covers Arizona, Nevada, Colorado, Utah and portions of New Mexico but is not formally structured as an RTO/ISO. At December 31, 2008, we owned two combined cycle generating facilities located in Arizona with an aggregate net generating capacity of 1,143 MW located within the Southwest region. Griffith is subject to WAPA control area requirements, while Arlington Valley is in a generation-only control area operated by Constellation Energy (“Constellation”).
SERC. The SERC Reliability Corporation is the regional entity covering a majority of the southeast states. At December 31, 2008, we owned one natural gas-fired peaking generation facility in Georgia with an aggregate net generating capacity of 539 MW located in the SERC area. SERC is the regional entity with delegated authority from NERC and is responsible for promoting, coordinating and ensuring the reliability and adequacy of the bulk power supply systems in the southeast region. On February 25, 2009, we entered into an agreement to sell our interest in the Heard County power generation facility to Oglethorpe Power Corporation. Subject to regulatory approval, the transaction is expected to close in the first half of 2009. Please read Note 4—Dispositions, Contract Terminations and Discontinued Operations—Dispositions and Contract Terminations—Heard County for further discussion.
Contracted Capacity and Energy
CAISO. In the CAISO region, where our assets include intermediate dispatch and peaking facilities, we seek to mitigate spark spread variability through RMR and tolling arrangements, as well as heat rate call options. To that end, all of the capacity of our Moss Landing units 6 and 7 and Morro Bay facility are contracted under tolling arrangements through 2010 and 2013, respectively. Our Oakland facility operates under an RMR contract from year to year. Our South Bay facility will also likely operate under an RMR contract upon completion of its current tolling arrangement at the end of 2009. With respect to Moss Landing units 1 and 2, we seek to mitigate our exposure to changes in the market price of energy through a financially-settled heat rate call-option on 750 MW through September 2010.
Southwest Region. In the Southwest region, we operate two intermediate dispatch facilities. Volumes generated by these facilities can vary significantly depending on changes in spark spreads. Therefore, we seek to manage this risk by entering into tolling arrangements. The full capacity of our Griffith facility is contracted under a summer tolling agreement from June through September through 2017. Additionally, we have entered into a summer tolling agreement for our Arlington Valley facility, which will be in place for June through September 2010 and 2011 and from May through October of 2012 through 2019.
Regulatory Considerations
CAISO. CAISO’s proposal to implement MRTU has experienced numerous delays and is now expected to launch on March 31, 2009. MRTU is intended to improve management of California’s transmission grid, provide clear rules for wholesale buyers and sellers and allow market prices to reflect actual costs.
On the state level, there are numerous other ongoing market initiatives that impact wholesale generation, principally the development of resource adequacy rules and capacity markets.

 

8


Table of Contents

Equity Investment and Construction Project
Black Mountain. We have a 50 percent indirect ownership interest in the Black Mountain plant, which is a PURPA QF located near Las Vegas, Nevada, in the WECC. Capacity and energy from this facility are sold to Nevada Power Company under a long-term PURPA QF contract that runs to 2023.
Sandy Creek. SCH has a 50 percent ownership interest in SCEA, which owns an approximate 64 percent undivided interest in the Sandy Creek Energy Station, an 898 MW coal-fired power generation facility under construction in McLennan County, Texas. We anticipate commercial operations will begin in 2012. Of the expected plant output associated with SCEA’s 64 percent undivided interest, 250 MW have been contracted for an initial 30-year period. The PPAs provide for a pass-through of commodity, fuel, transportation and emissions expenses. Similar contracts for additional output will be sought as plant construction proceeds. SCEA’s share of the construction cost is being financed through project debt and equity. We have previously indicated that we consider Sandy Creek a non-core asset and intend to pursue alternatives regarding our remaining ownership interest.
Power Generation—Northeast Segment
Our Northeast fleet is comprised of five facilities located in New York (3), Connecticut (1) and Maine (1), with a total capacity of 3,809 MW. We own and operate the Independence, Bridgeport, Casco Bay and Danskammer Units 1 and 2 power generating facilities, and we operate the Roseton and Danskammer Units 3 and 4 power generating facilities under long-term lease arrangements. Our Roseton and Danskammer facility sites are adjacent and share common resources such as fuel handling, a docking terminal, personnel and systems.
RTO/ISO Discussion
The Northeast region is characterized by two interconnected and actively traded competitive markets: the NYISO (an ISO) and the ISO-NE (an RTO). In the Northeast markets, load-serving entities generally lack their own generation capacity, with much of the generation base aging and the current ownership of the generation spread among several unaffiliated operators. Thus, commodity prices are more volatile on an as-delivered basis than in other regions due to the distance and occasional physical constraints that impact the delivery of fuel into the region.
Although both Northeast RTOs/ISOs and their respective energy markets are functionally, administratively and operationally independent, they follow, to a certain extent, similar market designs. Both the NYISO and the ISO-NE dispatch power plants to meet system energy and reliability needs and settle physical power deliveries at LMPs as discussed above. The energy markets in both the NYISO and ISO-NE also have defined, but different, mitigation protocols for bidding.
In addition to energy delivery, the NYISO and ISO-NE administer markets for installed capacity, ancillary services and FTRs.
NYISO. The NYISO market includes virtually the entire state of New York. At December 31, 2008, we operated three facilities in New York with an aggregate net generating capacity of 2,742 MW within NYISO. In 2003, NYISO implemented a “Demand Curve” mechanism for calculating the price and quantity of installed capacity to be procured statewide, with capacity prices determined for the two locational zones (New York City and Long Island), and for the New York Control Area at large. Our facilities operate outside of the New York City and Long Island locational zones.
Capacity pricing is calculated as a function of NYISO’s annual required reserve margin, the estimated net cost of “new entrant” generation, estimated peak demand and the actual amount of capacity bid into the market at or below the Demand Curve. The Demand Curve mechanism provides for incrementally higher capacity pricing at lower reserve margins, such that “new entrant” economics become attractive as the reserve margin approaches required minimum levels. The intent of the Demand Curve mechanism is to ensure that existing generation has enough revenue to maintain operations when capacity revenues are coupled with energy and ancillary service revenues. Additionally, the Demand Curve mechanism is intended to attract new investment in generation in the locations in which it is needed most when that new capacity is needed.

 

9


Table of Contents

Due to transmission constraints, energy prices vary across New York and are generally higher in the Eastern part of New York, where our Roseton and Danskammer facilities are located, and in New York City. Our Independence facility is located in the Northwest part of the state. Current reserve margins are somewhat above the NYISO’s current required reserve margin of 15 percent. The New York State Reliability Council has filed a request with FERC to increase the required reserve margin for the May 1, 2009 to April 30, 2010 Capability Year to 16.5 percent.
ISO-NE. The ISO-NE market includes Vermont, New Hampshire, Massachusetts, Connecticut, Rhode Island and Maine. As of December 31, 2008, we owned and operated two power generating facilities within the ISO-NE footprint — one in Connecticut and one in Maine, with an aggregate net generating capacity of 1,067 MW within ISO-NE. ISO-NE is in the process of implementing a FCM.
Contracted Capacity and Energy
NYISO. We commercialize the majority of our assets by entering into a mix of bilateral contracts and both physical and financial over-the-counter energy sales for 2009 and 2010.
At our Independence facility, 740 MW of capacity is contracted under a capacity sales agreement that runs through 2014. Revenue from this capacity obligation is largely fixed with a variable discount that varies each month based on the price of power at Pleasant Valley LMP. Additionally, we supply steam and up to 44 MW of electric energy from our Independence facility to a third party at a fixed price.
For the uncommitted portion of our NYISO fleet, due to the standard capacity market operated by NYISO and liquid over-the-counter market for NYISO capacity products, we are able to sell substantially all of our remaining capacity into the market each month. This provides relatively stable capacity revenues at market prices from our facilities both in the short-term and for the foreseeable future.
ISO-NE. We receive monthly fixed transitional capacity payments for all of our 1,067 MW of ISO-NE generating capacity in accordance with the terms of the FCM settlement described below.
Regulatory Considerations
The ISO-NE is in the process of completing its implementation of FCM with capacity delivery under FCM starting in June 2010. The transitional payments for capacity commenced in December 2006 and run through May 31, 2010. The prices start at $3.05/KW-month and increase at defined intervals (discussed below) leading to an ending price of $4.10/KW-month. On June 1, 2010, capacity compensation will be determined through the FCM market. The first auction for the 2010/2011 Capacity Commitment Period (June 1, 2010 through May 31, 2011) was held in February 2008 and resulted in excess capacity remaining at the auction floor price of $4.50/kW-month. The second auction for the 2011/2012 Capacity Commitment Period (June 1, 2011 through May 31, 2012) was held in December 2008 and resulted in excess capacity remaining at the auction floor price of $3.60/kW-month. The third auction for the 2012/2013 Capacity Commitment Period (June 1, 2012 through May 31, 2012) will be held in October 2009. During the transition from the pre-existing capacity markets in ISO-NE to the FCM, all listed ICAP resources can receive monthly capacity payments at the relevant transition period rate up to its audited rating. Both of Dynegy’s facilities in ISO-NE (i.e., Bridgeport and Casco Bay) are eligible to receive the transition payments and sell and be paid for their capacity under the FCM.
In New York, capacity pricing is calculated as a function of NYISO’s annual required reserve margin, the estimated net cost of “new entrant” generation, estimated peak demand and the actual amount of capacity bid into the market at or below the Demand Curve.
Other
Corporate governance roles and functions, which are managed on a consolidated basis, and specialized support functions such as finance, accounting, risk control, tax, legal, human resources, administration and information technology, are included in Other in our segment reporting. Corporate general and administrative expenses, income taxes and interest expenses are also included, as are corporate-related other income and expense items. Results for our former CRM segment, which primarily consists of a minimal number of power and natural gas trading positions, are also included in this segment in prior periods where appropriate.

 

10


Table of Contents

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
Our business is subject to extensive federal, state and local laws and regulations governing discharge of materials into the environment. We are committed to operating within these regulations and to conducting our business in an environmentally responsible manner. The environmental, legal and regulatory landscape is subject to change and has become more stringent over time. The process for acquiring or maintaining permits or otherwise complying with applicable rules and regulations may require unprofitable or unfavorable operating conditions or significant capital and operating expenditures. Failure to acquire or maintain permits or to otherwise comply with applicable rules and regulations may result in fines and penalties or negatively impact our ability to advance projects in a timely manner or at all. Interpretations of existing regulations may change, subjecting historical maintenance, repair and replacement activities at our facilities to claims of noncompliance.
Our aggregate expenditures (both capital and operating) for compliance with laws and regulations related to the protection of the environment were approximately $245 million in 2008 compared to approximately $108 million in 2007 and approximately $60 million in 2006. The 2008 expenditures include approximately $215 million for projects related to our Consent Decree (which is discussed below) compared to $71 million for Consent Decree projects in 2007. We estimate that total environmental expenditures in 2009 will be approximately $300 million, including approximately $280 million in capital expenditures and approximately $20 million in operating expenditures. Changes in environmental regulations or outcomes of litigation and administrative proceedings could result in additional requirements that would necessitate increased future spending and potentially adverse operating conditions. Please read Item 1. Business—Environmental Matters and Note 19—Commitments and Contingencies for further discussion of this matter.
Climate Change
For the last several years, there has been an ongoing public debate about climate change, or global warming, and the need to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases (“GHG”), primarily CO 2 and methane emissions. While no federal legislation has been enacted to control GHG emissions, several state regulatory initiatives are being developed or implemented to reduce GHG emissions, as discussed below. Our position is that since climate change is a global issue, any regulation of GHG emission sources in the United States should be undertaken by the federal government in coordination with developed and developing countries around the world. We believe that the focus of any federal program addressing climate change should include three critical, interrelated elements: the environment, the economy and energy security.
Power generating facilities are a major source of CO 2 emissions — in 2008, the facilities in our Midwest, West and Northeast segments emitted approximately 24.9 million, 5.2 million and 5.2 million tons of CO 2 , respectively. The amounts of CO 2 emissions from our facilities during any time period will depend upon their dispatch rates during the period.
Recent court decisions and interpretations of the CAA by the U.S. EPA have added complexity to the national debate over the appropriate regulatory mechanisms for controlling and reducing CO 2 emissions. In April 2007, the U.S. Supreme Court issued its decision in Massachusetts v. EPA , involving the regulation of GHG emissions of motor vehicles. The Court ruled that GHGs meet the definition of a pollutant under the CAA and that regulation of GHG emissions is authorized by the CAA. The Court ruled that the U.S. EPA has a duty to determine whether or not GHG emissions may reasonably be anticipated to endanger public health or welfare within the meaning of the CAA. If the agency concludes that GHG emissions from new motor vehicles cause or contribute to a condition of air pollution that may reasonably be anticipated to endanger public health or welfare, then the agency would be required to set motor vehicle standards for GHG emissions. Regulation of GHG emissions from motor vehicles by the U.S. EPA following such a determination would likely lead to regulation of GHG emissions from stationary sources, such as power generating facilities, under other sections of the CAA. In response to the Massachusetts v. EPA decision, the U.S. EPA issued an ANPR in July 2008 discussing potential regulation of GHG emissions under the CAA. The ANPR discusses each section of the CAA that applies to stationary sources, such as power generating facilities, and the complexities associated with regulating GHG emissions under these existing statutory provisions, which were designed to address more localized environmental matters. The agency expressed the view that it is not desirable to regulate GHG emissions using a law designed for very different environmental challenges, and solicited comments from the public on whether or not well-designed legislation for establishing a GHG regulatory framework would be more appropriate than regulation under the CAA. The comment period on the ANPR closed in November 2008; no endangerment finding has yet been made by the U.S. EPA.

 

11


Table of Contents

On December 2, 2008, EAB issued its opinion in In re: Deseret Power Electric Cooperative , an appeal from the grant of a construction permit under the PSD program. The EAB held that the CAA does not dictate whether U.S. EPA must apply BACT for the control of CO 2 emissions in PSD permits. Moreover, the EAB ruled that U.S. EPA has discretion to interpret the CAA on this point, and it remanded the case to the U.S. EPA for reconsideration. On December 18, 2008, the U.S. EPA Administrator Johnson sent a memorandum (the “Johnson Memorandum”) to the agency’s regional administrators setting forth the agency’s interpretation that pollutants subject to PSD requirements exclude those pollutants for which EPA regulations only require monitoring and reporting of emissions, but include those pollutants subject to either a provision of the CAA or a regulation promulgated by the U.S. EPA under the CAA that requires actual control of emissions. Since neither the CAA nor agency regulations control CO 2 emissions under the Administrator’s interpretation CO 2 , would not be considered subject to PSD requirements, including BACT. On January 15, 2009, several environmental groups filed suit challenging the interpretive memorandum in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit. With the change in administration following the Presidential election, many interpretations of environmental laws and regulations by the former administration are being reevaluated. On February 17, 2009 the new Administrator of U.S. EPA granted the petition of environmental groups to reconsider the Johnson Memorandum.
The adoption of regulatory programs mandating a substantial reduction in CO 2 emissions or attaching a significant cost to those emissions could have a far-reaching and significant impact on us and others in the power generating industry. Several bills have been introduced in Congress that would compel reductions in CO 2 emissions from power plants. However, we believe it is not likely that any mandatory federal CO 2 emissions reduction program will be adopted and implemented in the immediate future, and the specific requirements of any such program cannot be predicted with confidence. Various states in which we have generating facilities have proposed, are in the process of developing or have implemented, regulatory programs to reduce CO 2 emissions. Officials in other states where we have generation assets have expressed the intent to reduce CO 2 emissions We are closely following and continually analyzing legislative and regulatory developments in these jurisdictions to determine how such developments might impact our business.
Midwest . Our assets in Illinois and Michigan may become subject to a regional GHG cap and trade program being developed under the MGGA. The MGGA is an agreement among the states of Illinois, Iowa, Kansas, Michigan, Minnesota and Wisconsin and the Province of Manitoba to create a MGGRP to establish GHG reduction targets and timeframes consistent with member states’ targets and to develop a market-based and multi-sector cap and trade mechanism to achieve the GHG reduction targets.
Illinois has set a goal of reducing GHG emissions — to 1990 levels by the year 2020, and to 60 percent below 1990 levels by 2050. The Michigan Climate Action Council has recommended to the governor a goal of reducing GHG emissions by 80 percent below 2002 levels by 2050.
The MGGRP is still in an early stage of development and specific targets for GHG emission reductions and regulations to achieve such targets have not yet been developed. While any mandatory GHG reduction required of existing generators would affect our generation fleet, the nature and extent of such effects cannot be confidently predicted at this time.
West. Our assets in California will be subject to various state initiatives. The California Global Warming Solutions Act, which became effective in January 2007, requires development of a GHG emission control program that will reduce emissions of GHG in the state to their 1990 levels by 2020. The program has established a statewide GHG emissions cap of 427 million metric tons beginning in 2020. Regulations required to achieve emission reductions necessary to meet the 2020 GHG emissions cap will be due by January 2011, and implementation and enforcement of the regulatory program must be in place by January 2012. California state law also requires establishment of GHG emission performance standards for publicly owned utilities and municipalities. Proceedings have commenced to establish such performance standards, restricting the rate of GHG emissions from baseload generators to that of combined-cycle natural gas baseload generation.

 

12


Table of Contents

Our assets in Arizona will likely become subject to regulatory controls initiated by the state. The governor of Arizona has established a statewide goal of reducing GHG emissions to 2000 levels by 2020, and to 50 percent below 2000 levels by 2040.
Our assets in California and Arizona will likely become subject to a regional GHG cap and trade program being developed under the WCI. The WCI is a collaborative effort of seven states and four Canadian provinces to reduce GHG emissions in the participating jurisdictions. The WCI participants include Arizona, California, Montana, New Mexico, Oregon, Utah and Washington as well as the Canadian provinces of British Columbia, Manitoba, Ontario and Quebec. It has a regional goal of reducing GHG emissions to 15 percent below 2005 levels by 2020. The WCI has recommended a multi-sector cap and trade program that would include power generation facilities such as ours. The cap and trade program of the WCI is scheduled to be launched on January 1, 2012. Electric power generation facilities in Arizona and California would become subject to the cap and trade program at that time.
The WCI is still in the early stages of development and specific targets for GHG emission reduction have not yet been finalized. Any mandatory GHG reduction by existing generators under these programs would affect our generation fleet. However, the nature and extent of such effects cannot be confidently predicted at this time.
Northeast. Our assets in New York, Connecticut and Maine are already subject to a state-driven GHG emission control program known as RGGI beginning in 2009. RGGI is a program that has been developed and implemented by ten New England and Mid-Atlantic states to reduce CO 2 emissions from power plants. The participating RGGI states developed a model rule for regulating GHG using a cap and trade program to reduce CO 2 emissions by at least 10 percent of 2009 emission levels by the year 2018.
The State of Maine’s RGGI rules call for a CO 2 cap and trade program, capping total authorized CO 2 emissions from affected Maine power generation units larger than 25 MW beginning in 2009. Beginning in 2015, the CO 2 emission cap will be reduced each year until 2018. The proposed rules require that each affected power generator hold CO 2 allowances equal to its annual CO 2 emissions. Compliance with the allowance requirement may be achieved by reducing emissions, purchasing allowances or securing offset allowances from an approved offset project. Allowances are distributed to power generators through multi-state auctions with the proceeds to be used for energy efficiency and other GHG emission reduction projects and for ratepayer relief.
The State of New York’s RGGI program established a cap and trade program capping total authorized CO 2 emissions from New York electric generators with capacity greater than 25 MW of electrical output. The initial CO 2 emissions cap for affected New York generators commences in 2009, beginning in 2015 the cap would be reduced each year until 2018. The program requires that each affected facility hold CO 2 allowances equal to the total CO 2 emissions from all of its affected units for the control period. Compliance with the allowance requirement may be achieved by reducing emissions, purchasing allowances or securing offset allowances from an approved offset project. All allowances are to be distributed through multi-state auctions open to participation by any individual or entity that meets prescribed minimum financial requirements. The auction proceeds are to be used to promote energy efficiency and clean energy technologies and to cover the administrative costs of the program.
The State of Connecticut also enacted legislation in June 2008 that mandates a cap and trade program for CO 2 , including a requirement that affected generators purchase 100 percent of the CO 2 allowances needed to operate their facilities through an auction process.
The states of Connecticut, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Rhode Island and Vermont sold CO 2 allowances for 2009 in the first RGGI CO 2 emissions allowance auction held on September 25, 2008. Over 12 million allowances were sold at the clearing price of $3.07 per allowance. On December 17, 2008, RGGI held the second auction and this time, all RGGI states, including New York, sold CO 2 allowances for the control period. Over 31 million credits offered were purchased at the clearing price of $3.38 per allowance. We participated in both RGGI auctions, purchasing a portion of the allowances required to cover our projected GHG emissions in the Northeast for 2009. Auctions are expected to be held quarterly with the next one scheduled for March 18, 2009.

 

13


Table of Contents

Assuming that 2009 CO 2 emissions from our generating facilities in New York, Maine and Connecticut are comparable to 2008 CO 2 emissions from these facilities (5.2 million tons), our estimated cost of allowances necessary to operate these facilities in 2009 would be about $17 million, based on the average cost of allowances purchased to date for the 2009 allocation year. We expect these increased costs to be at least partially reflected in future market prices.
On January 29, 2009, Indeck Corinth, L.P., owner of the Corinth Generating Station in New York, filed suit in state court challenging the authority of the New York Department of Environmental Conservation and the New York State Energy Research and Development Authority to implement the New York cap and trade program under RGGI without specific authorization from the New York Legislature. If successful, the suit could delay or prevent New York’s participation in the RGGI program.
Climate Change Litigation. There is a risk of litigation seeking to impose liability or injunctive relief against sources of CO 2 emissions, including power generators, for claims of adverse effects due to climate change. At least four lawsuits have been filed seeking damages and/or injunctive relief based on claims that the plaintiffs have been adversely affected by climate change resulting from defendants’ GHG emissions. Three of the suits have been dismissed and appeals of their dismissals are pending in the U.S. Courts of Appeal for the Second, Fifth and Ninth Circuits. The fourth lawsuit is pending in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California. Please read Note 19—Commitments and Contingencies for further discussion of this matter.
Carbon Initiatives. We participate in several programs that partially offset or mitigate our CO 2 emissions. In the lower Mississippi River Valley, we have partnered with the U.S. Fish & Wildlife Service to restore more than 45,000 acres of bottomland forests by planting more than 2 million bottomland hardwood seedlings. In California, we are evaluating the use of bio-fuels as a means of reducing reliance on traditional fuels. At our Bridgeport facility, we are currently experimenting with running a plant on recovered methane. In Illinois, we are funding prairie, bottomland hardwood and savannah restoration projects in partnership with the Nature Conservancy. We also have a program to reuse ash produced at our coal-fired generation units through agreements with cement manufacturers that incorporate the material into cement products.
Through memberships in organizations such as the Edison Electric Institute and the Electric Power Research Institute, we participate in research aimed at reducing or mitigating emissions of CO 2 from electric power generation.
Multi-Pollutant Air Emission Initiatives
In recent years, various federal and state legislative and regulatory multi-pollutant initiatives have been introduced. In early 2005, the U.S. EPA finalized several rules that would collectively require reductions of approximately 70 percent each in emissions of SO 2 , NO x and mercury from coal-fired power generation units by 2015 (2018 for mercury).
CAIR, which is intended to reduce SO 2 and NO x emissions from power generation sources across the eastern United States (29 states and the District of Columbia) and address fine particulate matter and ground-level ozone National Ambient Air Quality Standards, was issued as a final rule in April 2006. Numerous environmental groups, industry representatives and State governments challenged the CAIR rule in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit. On July 11, 2008, the court issued its decision vacating the CAIR in its entirety. On September 24, 2008, the U.S. EPA filed a petition for rehearing, or alternatively for remand of the case without vacatur. On December 23, 2008, the Court granted the U.S. EPA’s petition, remanding the case without vacatur for the U.S. EPA to conduct further proceedings consistent with the court’s decision of July 11, 2008. As a result, the substantive requirements of CAIR will remain effective until the U.S. EPA completes further rulemaking. Our facilities in Illinois and New York are subject to state SO 2 and NO x limitations more stringent that those imposed by CAIR.

 

14


Table of Contents

In March 2005, the U.S. EPA issued the CAMR for control of mercury emissions from coal-fired power plants in March 2005 and established a cap and trade program requiring states to promulgate rules at least as stringent as CAMR. In December 2006, the Illinois Pollution Control Board approved a state rule for the control of mercury emissions from coal-fired power plants that required additional capital and O&M expenditures at each of our Illinois coal-fired plants beginning in 2007. The State of New York has also approved a mercury rule that will likely require us to incur additional capital and operating costs. On February 8, 2008, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit vacated the CAMR; however, the Illinois and New York mercury regulations remain in effect.
CAVR requires states to analyze and include BART requirements for individual facilities in their SIPs to address regional haze. The requirements apply to facilities built between 1962 and 1977 that emit more than 250 tons per year of certain regulated pollutants in specific industrial categories, including utility boilers. The record for the final rule contains an analysis that demonstrates that for electric generating units subject to CAIR, CAIR would result in more visibility improvements than BART would provide. The state rules were due by the end of 2008 with compliance expected five years later. Since several states, including Illinois and New York, failed to meet the deadline for issuing BART rules, the U.S. EPA will promulgate standards through a FIP to accomplish the CAVR goals. States that do not complete their rulemaking before the FIP is finalized will become subject to the FIP standards.
The Clean Air Act
The CAA and comparable state laws and regulations relating to air emissions impose responsibilities on owners and operators of sources of air emissions, including requirements to obtain construction and operating permits as well as compliance certifications and reporting obligations. The CAA requires that fossil-fueled plants have sufficient emission allowances to cover actual SO 2 emissions and in some regions NO X, emissions, and that they meet certain pollutant emission standards as well. Our generation facilities, some of which have changed their operations to accommodate new control equipment or changes in fuel mix, are presently in compliance with these requirements. In order to ensure continued compliance with the CAA and related rules and regulations, including ozone-related requirements, we have plans to install emission reduction technology. We expect to incur total capital expenditures of up to $25 million in 2009 pursuant to such plans.
SCEA received a construction permit for the Sandy Creek Project from the TCEQ in July 2006. Opponents of the project filed an appeal in state district court, and the court affirmed the decision of the TCEQ on March 29, 2007. The petitioners further appealed the decision to the state court of appeals, which affirmed the TCEQ and district court decisions on January 29, 2009. The petitioners may seek review of the decision before the Texas Supreme Court.
Following the vacatur of the CAMR by the United States Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit, two environmental groups filed suit against SCEA in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Texas. The plaintiffs claim that the Sandy Creek Project failed to obtain a determination of the MACT for the control of hazardous air pollutants before beginning construction in January 2008. We filed a motion to dismiss on September 9, 2008 and briefing is complete. We expect a ruling on the motion in early 2009. We believe that the lawsuit lacks merit and are vigorously defending against its claims.
In 2005, we settled a lawsuit filed by the U.S. EPA and the U.S. Department of Justice in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Illinois that alleged violations of the CAA and related federal and Illinois regulations concerning certain maintenance, repair and replacement activities at our Baldwin generating station. A Consent Decree was finalized in July 2005 which would prohibit operation of certain of our power generating facilities after specified dates unless certain emission control equipment is installed. We plan to install the required emission control equipment to allow continued operations. We anticipate our costs associated with the Consent Decree projects, which we expect to incur through 2012, will be approximately $960 million, which includes approximately $290 million spent to date. This estimate required a number of assumptions about uncertainties that are beyond our control. For instance, we have assumed for purposes of this estimate that labor and material costs will increase at four percent per year over the remaining project term. The following are the future estimated capital expenditures required to comply with the Consent Decree:
                           
  2009     2010     2011     2012
  (in millions)
  $ 245     $ 215     $ 165     $ 45
If the costs of these capital expenditures become great enough to render the operation of the affected facility or facilities uneconomical, we could, at our option, cease to operate the facility or facilities and forego these capital expenditures without incurring any further obligations under the Consent Decree.

 

15


Table of Contents

Water Issues
Our water withdrawals and wastewater discharges are permitted under the Clean Water Act and analogous state laws. Section 316(b) of the Clean Water Act and comparable state water laws and regulations require that the location, design, construction and capacity of cooling water intake structures reflect BTA for minimizing adverse environmental impact. Our cooling water intake structures at steam generating plants are subject to this requirement. The U.S. EPA issued rules (the Section 316(b) Phase II rules) in July 2004 establishing national standards aimed at protecting aquatic life at power generating facilities with existing cooling water intake structures. The Phase II rules were challenged by several environmental groups in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit.
In January 2007, the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit remanded key provisions of the rules, including the U.S. EPA’s determination of BTA for existing water intake structures, to the U.S. EPA for further rulemaking. The remand of the rules to the U.S. EPA created uncertainty concerning the performance standard and the schedule for implementing the requirement. The U.S. EPA suspended its Section 316(b) Phase II Rules in July 2007. In suspending the rules, the U.S. EPA advised that permit requirements for cooling water intake structures at existing facilities should be established on a case-by-case best professional judgment basis. The U.S. Supreme Court has granted certiorari to review whether Section 316(b) allows consideration of a cost-benefit comparison in determining BTA for a water intake structure. Oral argument before the Supreme Court occurred on December 2, 2008 and a decision is expected in 2009. The scope of requirements and the compliance methodologies that will ultimately be allowed by future rulemaking may become more restrictive, resulting in potentially significantly increased costs. In addition, the timing for compliance may be adjusted.
The requirements applicable to water quality are expected to increase in the future. A number of efforts are under way within the U.S. EPA to evaluate water quality criteria for parameters associated with the by-products of fossil fuel combustion. These parameters relate to arsenic, mercury and selenium. Significant changes in these criteria could impact discharge limits and could require our facilities to install additional water treatment equipment.
We are currently involved in an administrative proceeding in the State of New York to renew the SPDES permit governing the cooling water intake structure at our Roseton facility. The petitioner claims that the renewed permit must require closed cycle cooling to meet the BTA requirements of Section 316(b) of the Clean Water Act. Please read Note 19—Commitments and Contingencies—Legal Proceedings—Roseton State Pollutant Discharge Elimination System Permit for further discussion of this matter.
In 2006, we successfully completed similar administrative proceedings concerning our Danskammer facility resulting in a new SPDES permit. The issuance of the new Danskammer SPDES permit was appealed to the New York Supreme Court, Appellate Division, which dismissed the appeal. The appellants then filed a motion for leave to appeal the case to the New York Court of Appeals. On January 22, 2009, the New York Court of Appeals denied the appellants’ motion for leave to appeal the case. Please read Note 19—Commitments and Contingencies—Legal Proceedings—Danskammer State Pollutant Discharge Elimination System Permit for further discussion of this matter.
The issuance of a NPDES permit for the cooling water intake structure at our Moss Landing facility in California was recently upheld on appeal by the California Court of Appeals. On March 19, 2008, the Supreme Court of California granted review of the Court of Appeals decision. While we cannot predict the outcome of any such permit appeal, a ruling adverse to Moss Landing could result in material capital expenditures or reduced plant operations. Please read Note 19—Commitments and Contingencies—Legal Proceedings—Moss Landing National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System Permit, respectively, for further discussion of this matter.

 

16


Table of Contents

A decision to install a closed cycle cooling system at any of our facilities, including the Danskammer, Roseton or Moss Landing facilities, would be made on a case-by-case basis considering all relevant factors at such time, including any relevant costs or applicable remediation requirements. If mandated installation of closed cycle cooling systems at any of these facilities would result in a material capital expenditure that renders the operation of a plant uneconomical, we could, at our option, and subject to any applicable financing agreements or other obligations, reduce operations or cease to operate such facility and forego these capital expenditures.
Remedial Laws
We are subject to environmental requirements relating to handling and disposal of toxic and hazardous materials, including provisions of CERCLA and RCRA and similar state laws. CERCLA imposes strict liability for contributions to the release of a “hazardous substance” into the environment. Those with potential liabilities include the current or previous owner and operator of a facility and companies that disposed, or arranged for disposal, of hazardous substances found at a contaminated facility. CERCLA also authorizes the U.S. EPA and, in some cases, private parties to take actions in response to threats to public health or the environment and to seek recovery for costs of cleaning up hazardous substances that have been released and for damages to natural resources from responsible parties. Further, it is not uncommon for neighboring landowners and other affected parties to file claims for personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by hazardous substances released into the environment. CERCLA or RCRA could impose remedial obligations with respect to a variety of our facilities and operations.
The U.S. EPA may develop new regulations, and Congress may pass new legislation, that imposes additional requirements on facilities that store or dispose of non-hazardous fossil fuel combustion materials, including coal ash. If so, we may be required to change current waste management practices and incur additional capital expenditures to comply with these regulations.
As a result of their age, a number of our facilities contain quantities of asbestos-containing materials, lead-based paint and/or other regulated materials. Existing state and federal rules require the proper management and disposal of these materials. We have developed a management plan that includes proper maintenance of existing non-friable asbestos installations and removal and abatement of asbestos-containing materials where necessary because of maintenance, repairs, replacement or damage to the asbestos itself. Please read Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Asset Retirement Obligations for further discussion.
COMPETITION
Demand for power may be met by generation capacity based on several competing generation technologies, such as natural gas-fired, coal-fired or nuclear generation, as well as power generating facilities fueled by alternative energy sources, including hydro power, synthetic fuels, solar, wind, wood, geothermal, waste heat and solid waste sources. Our power generation businesses in the Midwest, West and Northeast compete with other non-utility generators, regulated utilities, unregulated subsidiaries of regulated utilities, other energy service companies and financial institutions. We believe that our ability to compete effectively in these businesses will be driven in large part by our ability to achieve and maintain a low cost of production, primarily by managing fuel costs and to provide reliable service to our customers. Our ability to compete effectively will also be impacted by various governmental and regulatory activities designed to reduce GHG emissions and to support the construction and operation of renewables-fueled power generation facilities. We believe our primary competitors consist of at least 20 companies in the power generation business.

 

17


Table of Contents

OPERATIONAL RISKS AND INSURANCE
We are subject to all risks inherent in the power generation business. These risks include, but are not limited to, equipment breakdowns or malfunctions, explosions, fires, terrorist attacks, product spillage, weather including hurricanes and tornados, nature including earthquakes and inadequate maintenance of rights-of-way, which could result in damage to or destruction of operating assets and other property, or could result in personal injury, loss of life or pollution of the environment, as well as curtailment or suspension of operations at the affected facility. We maintain general public liability, property/boiler and machinery, and business interruption insurance in amounts that we consider to be appropriate for such risks. Such insurance is subject to deductibles and caps that we consider reasonable and not excessive given the current insurance market environment. The costs associated with these insurance coverages have been volatile during recent periods, and may continue to be so in the future. The occurrence of a significant event not fully insured or indemnified against by a third party, or the failure of a party to meet its indemnification obligations, could materially and adversely affect our operations and financial condition. While we currently maintain levels and types of insurance that we believe to be prudent under current insurance industry market conditions, our potential inability to secure these levels and types of insurance in the future could negatively impact our business operations and financial stability, particularly if an uninsured loss were to occur. No assurance can be given that we will be able to maintain these levels of insurance in the future at rates we consider commercially reasonable.
We also face market, price, credit and other risks relative to our business. Please read Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk for further discussion of these risks.
In addition to these operational risks, we also face the risk of damage to our reputation and financial loss as a result of inadequate or failed internal processes and systems. A systems failure or failure to enter a transaction properly into our records and systems may result in an inability to settle a transaction in a timely manner or cause a contract breach. Our inability to implement the policies and procedures that we have developed to minimize these risks could increase our potential exposure to damage to our reputation and to financial loss. Please read Item 9A. Controls and Procedures for further discussion of our internal control systems.
SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS
For the year ended December 31, 2008, approximately 25 percent and 11 percent of our consolidated revenues were derived from transactions with MISO and NYISO, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2007, approximately 23 percent, 17 percent and 11 percent of our consolidated revenues were derived from transactions with MISO, NYISO and Ameren, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2006, approximately 23 percent, 19 percent and 18 percent of our consolidated revenues were derived from transactions with Ameren, MISO and NYISO, respectively. No other customer accounted for more than 10 percent of our consolidated revenues during 2008, 2007 or 2006.
EMPLOYEES
At December 31, 2008, we had approximately 700 employees at our corporate headquarters and field-based administrative offices and approximately 1,300 employees at our operating facilities. Approximately 800 employees at Dynegy-operated facilities are subject to collective bargaining agreements with various unions that expire in August 2010, June 2011 and January 2012. We believe relations with our employees are satisfactory.

 

18


Table of Contents

Item 1A. Risk Factors
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Form 10-K includes statements reflecting assumptions, expectations, projections, intentions or beliefs about future events that are intended as “forward-looking statements”. All statements included or incorporated by reference in this annual report, other than statements of historical fact, that address activities, events or developments that we or our management expect, believe or anticipate will or may occur in the future are forward-looking statements. These statements represent our reasonable judgment on the future based on various factors and using numerous assumptions and are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause our actual results and financial position to differ materially from those contemplated by the statements. You can identify these statements by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. They use words such as “anticipate”, “estimate”, “project”, “forecast”, “plan”, “may”, “will”, “should”, “expect” and other words of similar meaning. In particular, these include, but are not limited to, statements relating to the following:
    beliefs about commodity pricing and generation volumes;
    beliefs regarding the current economic downturn, its trajectory and its impacts;
    sufficiency of, access to and costs associated with coal, fuel oil and natural gas inventories and transportation;
    beliefs and assumptions about market competition, generation capacity and regional supply and demand characteristics of the wholesale power generation market;
    beliefs associated with Dynegy’s market capitalization and its impact on goodwill;
    strategies to capture opportunities presented by changes in commodity prices and to manage our exposure to energy price volatility;
    beliefs and assumptions about weather and general economic conditions;
    expectations regarding environmental matters, including costs of compliance, availability and adequacy of emission credits, and the impact of ongoing proceedings and potential regulations, including those relating to climate change;
    projected operating or financial results, including anticipated cash flows from operations, revenues and profitability;
    beliefs and assumptions regarding the current financial crisis and its impact on our liquidity needs and on the credit markets generally and our access thereto;
    beliefs and assumptions relating to liquidity and capital resources generally;
    beliefs and expectations regarding financing, development and timing of the Sandy Creek and Plum Point projects;
    expectations regarding capital expenditures, interest expense and other payments;
    our focus on safety and our ability to efficiently operate our assets so as to maximize our revenue generating opportunities and operating margins;
    beliefs about the outcome of legal, regulatory, administrative and legislative matters;
    expectations and estimates regarding capital and maintenance expenditures, including the Consent Decree and its associated costs; and
    efforts to position our power generation business for future growth and pursuing and executing acquisition, disposition or combination opportunities.
Any or all of our forward-looking statements may turn out to be wrong. They can be affected by inaccurate assumptions or by known or unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, many of which are beyond our control, including those set forth below.

 

19


Table of Contents

FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE RESULTS
Risks Related to the Operation of Our Business
Because many of our power generation facilities operate without long-term power sales agreements and because wholesale power prices are subject to significant volatility, our revenues and profitability are subject to wide fluctuations.
Many of our facilities operate as “merchant” facilities without long-term power sales agreements. Consequently, we cannot be sure that we will be able to sell any or all of the electric energy, capacity or ancillary services from those facilities at commercially attractive rates or that our facilities will be able to operate profitably. This could lead to decreased financial results as well as future impairments of our property, plant and equipment or to the retirement of certain of our facilities resulting in economic losses and liabilities.
Because we largely sell electric energy, capacity and ancillary services into the wholesale energy spot market or into other power markets on a term basis, we are not guaranteed any rate of return on our capital investments. Rather, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will depend, in large part, upon prevailing market prices for power and the fuel to generate such power. Wholesale power markets are subject to significant price fluctuations over relatively short periods of time and can be unpredictable. Such factors that may materially impact the power markets and our financial results are:
    the current and continuing economic downturn, the existence and effectiveness of demand-side management and conservation efforts and the extent to which they impact electricity demand;
    regulatory constraints on pricing (current or future);
    fuel price volatility; and
    increased competition or price pressure driven by generation from renewable sources.
Given the volatility of power commodity prices, to the extent we do not secure long-term power sales agreements for the output of our power generation facilities, our revenues and profitability will be subject to increased volatility, and our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.
Our commercial strategy may result in lost opportunities and, in any case, may not be executed as planned.
We seek to commercialize our assets through sales arrangements of various tenors. In doing so, we attempt to balance a desire for greater certainty of earnings and cash flows in the near term with a belief that commodity prices will rise over the longer term, creating upside opportunities for those with open merchant length. Our ability to successfully execute this strategy is dependent on a number of factors, many of which are outside our control, including market liquidity, the availability of counterparties willing to transact at prices we believe are commercially acceptable and the people and systems comprising our commercial operations function. If we are unable to transact in the near term, our near-term financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be subject to significant uncertainty and volatility. Alternatively, significant near-term contract execution may precede a run-up in commodity prices, resulting in lost upside opportunities and mark-to-market accounting losses effecting significant variability in net income and other GAAP reported measures.
We are exposed to the risk of fuel and fuel transportation cost increases and interruptions in fuel supplies because some of our facilities do not have long-term coal, natural gas or fuel oil supply agreements.
We purchase the fuel requirements for many of our power generation facilities, specifically those that are natural gas-fired, under short-term contracts or on the spot market. As a result, we face the risks of supply interruptions and fuel price volatility, as fuel deliveries may not exactly match those required for energy sales, due in part to our need to pre-purchase fuel inventories for reliability and dispatch requirements.

 

20


Table of Contents

Moreover, operation of many of our coal-fired generation facilities is highly dependent on our ability to procure coal. Power generators in the Midwest and the Northeast have experienced significant pressures on available coal supplies that are either transportation or supply related. In particular, we have entered into term contracts for South American coal, which we use for our GEN-NE coal assets. We cannot assure you that we will be able to renew these contracts when they terminate on terms that are favorable to us or at all. Further, transportation of South American coal is subject to local political and other factors that could have a negative impact on our coal deliveries regardless of our contract situation. Permit limitations associated with the loading and unloading of coal at our GEN-NE coal facility limit our options for coal fuel supply and, when coupled with continued strong coal prices and uncertainties associated with international contracting, create continuing risk for us in terms of our ability to procure coal for periods and at prices we believe are firm and favorable.
Further, any changes in the costs of coal, fuel oil, natural gas or transportation rates of the commodity and changes in the relationship between such costs and the market prices of power will affect our financial results and our ability to recover those costs. If we are unable to procure fuel for physical delivery at prices we consider favorable, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.
Our costs of compliance with existing environmental requirements are significant, and costs of compliance with new environmental requirements could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Our business is subject to extensive and frequently changing environmental regulation by federal, state and local authorities. Such environmental regulation imposes, among other things, restrictions, liabilities and obligations in connection with the generation, handling, use, transportation, treatment, storage and disposal of hazardous substances and waste and in connection with spills, releases and emissions of various substances (including CO 2 ) into the environment, and in connection with environmental impacts associated with cooling water intake structures. Existing environmental laws and regulations may be revised or reinterpreted, new laws and regulations may be adopted or may become applicable to us or our facilities, and litigation or enforcement proceedings could be commenced against us. Proposals being considered by federal and state authorities (including proposals regarding climate change regulation) could, if and when adopted or enacted, require us to make substantial capital and operating expenditures. If any of these events occur, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.
Moreover, many environmental laws require approvals or permits from governmental authorities before construction, modification or operation of a power generation facility may commence. Certain environmental permits must be renewed periodically in order to continue operating our facilities. The process for obtaining and renewing necessary permits can be lengthy and complex and can sometimes result in the establishment of permit conditions that make the project or activity for which the permit was sought unprofitable or otherwise unattractive. Even where permits are not required, compliance with environmental laws and regulations can require significant capital and operating expenditures. We are required to comply with numerous environmental laws and regulations, and to obtain numerous governmental permits when we construct, modify and operate our facilities. If there is a delay in obtaining any required environmental regulatory approvals or permits, if we fail to obtain any required approval or permit, or if we are unable to comply with the terms of such approvals or permits, the operation of our facilities may be interrupted or become subject to additional costs. Further, interpretations of existing regulations may change, subjecting historical maintenance, repair and replacement activities at our facilities to claims of noncompliance. As a result, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected. Certain of our facilities are also required to comply with the terms of consent decrees or other governmental orders.
With the continuing trend toward stricter environmental standards and more extensive regulatory and permitting requirements, our capital and operating environmental expenditures are likely to be substantial and may increase in the future. We may not be able to obtain or maintain all required environmental regulatory permits or other approvals that we need to operate one or more of our facilities. If there is a delay in obtaining any required environmental regulatory approvals or permits, or if we fail to obtain any required approval or permit, or if we are unable to comply with the terms of such approvals or permits, the operation of our facilities may be interrupted or become subject to additional costs and, as a result, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.

 

21


Table of Contents

Our business is subject to complex government regulation. Changes in these regulations or in their implementation may affect costs of operating our facilities or our ability to operate our facilities, or increase competition, any of which would negatively impact our results of operations.
We are subject to extensive federal, state and local laws and regulations governing the generation and sale of energy commodities in each of the jurisdictions in which we have operations. Compliance with these ever-changing laws and regulations requires expenses (including legal representation) and monitoring, capital and operating expenditures. Potential changes in laws and regulations that could have a material impact on our business include: re-regulation of the power industry in markets in which we conduct business; the introduction, or reintroduction, of rate caps or pricing constraints; or a variation of these. Furthermore, these and other market-based rules and regulations are subject to change at any time, and we cannot predict what changes may occur in the future or how such changes might affect any facet of our business.
The costs and burdens associated with complying with the increased number of regulations may have a material adverse effect on us, if we fail to comply with the laws and regulations governing our business or if we fail to maintain or obtain advantageous regulatory authorizations and exemptions. Moreover, increased competition within the sector resulting from potential legislative changes, regulatory changes or other factors may create greater risks to the stability of our power generation earnings and cash flows generally.
Availability and cost of emission allowances could materially impact our costs of operations.
We are required to maintain, either through allocation or purchase, sufficient emission allowances to support our operations in the ordinary course of operating our power generation facilities. These allowances are used to meet our obligations imposed by various applicable environmental laws, with respect to which the trend toward more stringent regulations (including regulations currently proposed or being discussed regarding CO 2 emissions) will likely require us to obtain new or additional emission allowances. If our operational needs require more than our allocated quantity of emission allowances, we may be forced to purchase such allowances on the open market, which could be costly. If we are unable to maintain sufficient emission allowances to match our operational needs, we may have to curtail our operations so as not to exceed our available emission allowances, or install costly new emissions controls. As we use the emissions allowances that we have purchased on the open market, costs associated with such purchases will be recognized as operating expense. If such allowances are available for purchase, but only at significantly higher prices, their purchase could materially increase our costs of operations in the affected markets and materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Competition in wholesale power markets, together with an oversupply of power generation capacity in certain regional markets, may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
We have numerous competitors, and additional competitors may enter the industry. Our power generation business competes with other non-utility generators, regulated utilities, unregulated subsidiaries of regulated utilities and other energy service companies in the sale of electric energy, capacity and ancillary services, as well as in the procurement of fuel, transmission and transportation services. Moreover, aggregate demand for power may be met by generation capacity based on several competing technologies, as well as power generating facilities fueled by alternative or renewable energy sources, including hydroelectric power, synthetic fuels, solar, wind, wood, geothermal, waste heat and solid waste sources. Regulatory initiatives designed to enhance renewable generation could increase competition from these types of facilities. In addition, a buildup of new electric generation facilities in recent years has resulted in an oversupply of power generation capacity in certain regional markets we serve.
We also compete against other energy merchants on the basis of our relative operating skills, financial position and access to credit sources. Electric energy customers, wholesale energy suppliers and transporters often seek financial guarantees, credit support such as letters of credit, and other assurances that their energy contracts will be satisfied. Companies with which we compete may have greater resources in these areas. In addition, certain of our current facilities are relatively old. Newer plants owned by competitors will often be more efficient than some of our plants, which may put some of our plants at a competitive disadvantage. Over time, some of our plants may become obsolete in their markets, or be unable to compete, because of the construction of new, more efficient plants.

 

22


Table of Contents

Other factors may contribute to increased competition in wholesale power markets. New forms of capital and competitors have entered the industry in the last several years, including financial investors who perceive that asset values are at levels below their true replacement value. As a result, a number of generation facilities in the United States are now owned by lenders and investment companies. Furthermore, mergers and asset reallocations in the industry could create powerful new competitors. Under any scenario, we anticipate that we will face competition from numerous companies in the industry, some of which have superior capital structures.
Moreover, many companies in the regulated utility industry, with which the wholesale power industry is closely linked, are also restructuring or reviewing their strategies. Several of those companies have discontinued or are discontinuing their unregulated activities and seeking to divest or spin-off their unregulated subsidiaries. Some of those companies have had, or are attempting to have, their regulated subsidiaries acquire assets out of their or other companies’ unregulated subsidiaries. This may lead to increased competition between the regulated utilities and the unregulated power producers within certain markets. To the extent that competition increases, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may be materially adversely affected.
We do not own or control transmission facilities required to sell the wholesale power from our generation facilities. If the transmission service is inadequate, our ability to sell and deliver wholesale power may be materially adversely affected. Furthermore, these transmission facilities are operated by RTOs and ISOs , which are subject to changes in structure and operation and impose various pricing limitations. These changes and pricing limitations may affect our ability to deliver power to the market that would, in turn, adversely affect the profitability of our generation facilities.
We do not own or control the transmission facilities required to sell the wholesale power from our generation facilities. If the transmission service from these facilities is unavailable or disrupted, or if the transmission capacity infrastructure is inadequate, our ability to sell and deliver wholesale power may be materially adversely affected. RTOs and ISOs provide transmission services, administer transparent and competitive power markets and maintain system reliability. Many of these RTOs and ISOs operate in the real-time and day-ahead markets in which we sell energy. The RTOs and ISOs that oversee most of the wholesale power markets impose, and in the future may continue to impose, offer caps and other mechanisms to guard against the potential exercise of market power in these markets as well as price limitations. These types of price limitations and other regulatory mechanisms may adversely affect the profitability of our generation facilities that sell energy and capacity into the wholesale power markets. Problems or delays that may arise in the formation and operation of new or maturing RTOs and similar market structures, or changes in geographic scope, rules or market operations of existing RTOs, may also affect our ability to sell, the prices we receive or the cost to transmit power produced by our generating facilities. Rules governing the various regional power markets may also change from time to time, which could affect our costs or revenues. Additionally, if the transmission service from these facilities is unavailable or disrupted, or if the transmission capacity infrastructure is inadequate, our ability to sell and deliver wholesale power may be materially adversely affected. Furthermore, the rates for transmission capacity from these facilities are set by others and thus are subject to changes, some of which could be significant, and as a result, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may be materially adversely affected.
Our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows would be adversely impacted by strikes or work stoppages by our unionized employees.
A majority of the employees at our facilities are subject to collective bargaining agreements with various unions that expire from 2010 through 2012. Employees at our Griffith facility in Arizona have voted for union certification, and we are currently engaged in discussions with their representatives regarding a collective bargaining agreement. Similar unionization activities could occur at other generating facilities in our fleet. If union employees strike, participate in a work stoppage or slowdown or engage in other forms of labor strife or disruption, we could experience reduced power generation or outages if replacement labor is not procured. The ability to procure such replacement labor is uncertain. Strikes, work stoppages or an inability to negotiate future collective bargaining agreements on commercially reasonable terms could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

23


Table of Contents

Costs of compliance with our Consent Decree may be materially adversely impacted by unforeseen labor, material and equipment costs.
As a result of the Consent Decree, we are required to not operate certain of our most profitable power generating facilities after specified dates unless certain emission control equipment is installed. We have incurred significant costs in complying with the Consent Decree and anticipate incurring additional significant costs over the course of the next four years. We are exposed to the risk of substantial price increases in the costs of materials, labor and equipment used in the construction. We are further exposed to risk in that counterparties to the projects may fail to perform, in which case we would be forced to enter into alternative arrangements at then-current market prices that may exceed our contractual prices and possibly cause delays to the project timelines. If the costs of these capital expenditures become great enough to render the operation of the facility uneconomical, we could, at our option, cease to operate the facility or facilities and forego these capital expenditures without incurring any further obligations under the Consent Decree.
Risks Related to Our Financial Structure, Level of Indebtedness and Access to Capital Markets
An event of loss and certain other events relating to our Dynegy Northeast Generation facilities could trigger a substantial obligation that would be difficult for us to satisfy.
We acquired the DNE power generating facilities in January 2001 for $950 million. In May 2001, we entered into an asset-backed sale-leaseback transaction relating to these facilities to provide us with long-term acquisition financing. In this transaction, we sold four of the six generating units comprising these facilities for approximately $920 million to Danskammer OL LLC and Roseton OL LLC, and we concurrently agreed to lease them back from these entities. We have no option to purchase the leased facilities at Roseton or Danskammer at the end of their lease terms, which end in 2035 and 2031, respectively. If one or more of the leases were to be terminated prior to the end of its term because of an event of loss (such as substantial damage to a facility or a condemnation or similar governmental taking or action), because it becomes illegal for us to comply with the lease, or because a change in law makes the facility economically or technologically obsolete, we would be required to make a termination payment in an amount sufficient to compensate the lessor for termination of the lease, including redeeming the pass-through trust certificates related to the unit or facility for which the lease is terminated. As of December 31, 2008, the termination payment would be approximately $930 million for all of our DNE facilities. It could be difficult for us to raise sufficient funds to make this termination payment if a termination of this type were to occur with respect to the DNE facilities, resulting in a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
We have significant debt that could negatively impact our business.
We have and will continue to have a significant amount of debt outstanding. As of December 31, 2008, we had total consolidated debt of approximately $6 billion. Our significant level of debt could:
    make it difficult to satisfy our financial obligations;
    limit our ability to obtain additional financing;
    limit our financial flexibility in planning for and reacting to business and industry changes;
    impact the evaluation of our creditworthiness by counterparties to commercial agreements and affect the level of collateral we are required to post under such agreements;
    place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to less leveraged companies;
    impact our ability to participate in industry consolidation; and
    increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions.
Furthermore, we may incur or assume additional debt in the future. If new debt is added to our current debt levels and those of our subsidiaries, the related risks that we and they face could increase significantly.

 

24


Table of Contents

Our financing agreements governing our debt obligations require us to meet specific financial tests. Our failure to comply with those financial covenants could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Our financing agreements, including the Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Facility, as amended, have terms that restrict our ability to take specific actions in planning for and responding to changes in our business without the consent of the lenders, even if such actions may be in our best interest. The agreements governing our debt obligations require us to meet specific financial tests both as a matter of course and as a precondition to the incurrence of additional debt and to the making of restricted payments or asset sales, among other things. Our obligations relating to ongoing financial tests include the maintenance of specified financial ratios regarding Secured Debt to EBITDA and EBITDA to Consolidated Interest Expense (as each such term is defined in the Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Facility). The financial tests set forth as a precondition to the events described above include the demonstration, on a pro forma basis, of a specified ratio of Total Indebtedness to EBITDA (as each such term is defined in the Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Facility). Any additional long-term debt that we may enter into in the future may also contain similar restrictions.
Our ability to comply with the financial tests and other covenants in our financing agreements, as they currently exist or as they may be amended, may be affected by many events beyond our control, and our future operating results may not allow us to comply with the covenants or, in the event of a default, to remedy that default. Our failure to comply with those financial covenants or to comply with the other restrictions in our financing agreements could result in a default, causing our debt obligations under such financing agreements (and by reason of cross-default or cross-acceleration provisions, our other indebtedness) to become immediately due and payable, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. If those lenders accelerate the payment of such indebtedness, we cannot assure you that we could pay off or refinance that indebtedness immediately and continue to operate our business. If we are unable to repay those amounts, otherwise cure the default, or obtain replacement financing, the holders of the indebtedness under our secured debt obligations would be entitled to foreclose on, and acquire control of substantially all of our assets, which would have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Our access to the capital markets may be limited.
We may require additional capital from time to time. Because of our non-investment grade credit rating and/or general conditions in the financial and credit markets, our access to the capital markets may be limited. Moreover, the timing of any capital-raising transaction may be impacted by unforeseen events, such as legal or regulatory requirements, which could require us to pursue additional capital at an inopportune time. Our ability to obtain capital and the costs of such capital are dependent on numerous factors, including:
    general economic and capital market conditions, including the timing and magnitude of market recovery;
    covenants in our existing debt and credit agreements;
    investor confidence in us and the regional wholesale power markets;
    our financial performance and the financial performance of our subsidiaries;
    our levels of debt;
    our requirements for posting collateral under various commercial agreements;
    our credit ratings;
    our cash flow; and
    our long-term business prospects.
We may not be successful in obtaining additional capital for these or other reasons. An inability to access capital may limit our ability to comply with regulatory requirements and, as a result, may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Further, inability to access capital may also limit our ability to pursue development projects, plant improvements or acquisitions designed to contribute to future growth.

 

25


Table of Contents

Our non-investment grade status may adversely impact our operations, increase our liquidity requirements and increase the cost of refinancing opportunities. We may not have adequate liquidity to post required amounts of additional collateral.
Our credit ratings are currently below investment grade. We cannot assure you that our credit ratings will improve, or that they will not decline, in the future. Our credit ratings may affect the evaluation of our creditworthiness by trading counterparties and lenders, which could put us at a disadvantage to competitors with higher or investment grade ratings.
In carrying out our commercial business strategy, our current non-investment grade credit ratings have resulted and will likely continue to result in requirements that we either prepay obligations or post significant amounts of collateral to support our business. Various commodity trading counterparties make collateral demands that reflect our non-investment grade credit ratings, the counterparties’ views of our creditworthiness, as well as changes in commodity prices. We use a portion of our capital resources, in the form of cash, lien capacity, and letters of credit, to satisfy these counterparty collateral demands. Our commodity agreements are tied to market pricing and may require us to post additional collateral under certain circumstances. If market conditions change such that counterparties are entitled to additional collateral, our liquidity could be strained and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Factors that could trigger increased demands for collateral include additional adverse changes in our industry, negative regulatory or litigation developments, adverse events affecting us, changes in our credit rating or liquidity and changes in commodity prices for power and fuel.
Additionally, our non-investment grade credit ratings may limit our ability to refinance our debt obligations and to access the capital markets at the lower borrowing costs that would presumably be available to competitors with higher or investment grade ratings. Should our ratings continue at their current levels, or should our ratings be further downgraded, we would expect these negative effects to continue and, in the case of a downgrade, become more pronounced.
We conduct a substantial portion of our operations through our subsidiaries and may be limited in our ability to access funds from these subsidiaries to service our debt.
We conduct a substantial portion of our operations through our subsidiaries and depend to a large degree upon dividends and other intercompany transfers of funds from our subsidiaries to meet our debt service and other obligations. In addition, the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends and make other payments to us may be restricted by, among other things, applicable corporate and other laws, potentially adverse tax consequences and agreements of our subsidiaries. If we are unable to access the cash flow of our subsidiaries, we may have difficulty meeting our debt obligations.
Risks Related to Investing
If our goodwill or amortizable intangible assets become impaired, we may be required to record a significant charge to earnings.
We have significant intangible assets and goodwill recorded on our balance sheet. In accordance with GAAP, we review our intangible assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Goodwill is required to be tested for impairment at least annually. Factors that may be considered are a change in circumstances indicating that the carrying value of our goodwill or intangible assets may not be recoverable including a decline in future cash flows and slower growth rates in the energy industry.

 

26


Table of Contents

As a result of recent declines in the quoted price of Dynegy’s Class A common stock, its market capitalization is currently less than its stockholders’ equity. We have performed the test for impairment and concluded that a goodwill impairment loss has not occurred at this time. However, should Dynegy’s stockholders’ equity remain above its market capitalization, further goodwill impairment testing will be performed in future periods and may result in an impairment loss, which could be material.
The LS Control Group’s significant interest in Dynegy could be determinative in matters submitted to a vote by Dynegy’s stockholders. In addition, the rights granted to the LS Shareholders (as defined below) under the Shareholder Agreement (as defined below) and Dynegy’s amended and restated bylaws provide them significant influence over Dynegy. Such influence could result in Dynegy failing to take actions that Dynegy’s other stockholders support.
The LS Control Group’s ownership interest in Dynegy, together with its rights under the Shareholder Agreement and Dynegy’s amended and restated bylaws, provides it with significant influence over the conduct of our business. Given the LS Control Group’s significant interest in Dynegy, it may have the power to determine the outcome of matters submitted to a vote of all of Dynegy’s stockholders.
Rights granted to the LS Control Group under the Shareholder Agreement and Dynegy’s amended and restated bylaws that provide it with significant influence over Dynegy’s business include:
    the ability to nominate up to three directors to Dynegy’s board of directors based on its percentage ownership interest in Dynegy; and
    the requirement that Dynegy not pursue any of the following actions if all directors nominated by the LS Control Group present at the relevant board meeting vote against such action:
    any amendment of Dynegy’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws;
    any merger or consolidation of Dynegy and certain dispositions of Dynegy’s assets or businesses, certain acquisitions, binding capital commitments, guarantees and investments and certain joint ventures with an aggregate value in excess of a specified amount;
    Dynegy’s payment of dividends or similar distributions;
    Dynegy’s engagement in new lines of business;
    Dynegy’s liquidation or dissolution, or certain bankruptcy-related events with respect to Dynegy;
    Dynegy’s issuance of any equity securities, with certain exceptions for issuances of Dynegy’s Class A common stock;
    Dynegy’s incurrence of any indebtedness in excess of a specified amount;
    the hiring, or termination of the employment of, Dynegy’s Chief Executive Officer (other than Bruce A. Williamson);
    our entry into any agreement or other action that limits the activities of any holder of Dynegy’s Class B common stock or any of such holder’s affiliates; and
    our entry into other material transactions with a value in excess of a specified amount.
The LS Control Group’s influence could result in us failing to take actions that Dynegy’s other stockholders do support.

 

27


Table of Contents

Dynegy’s stockholders may be adversely affected by the expiration of the Lock-Up Period in the Shareholder Agreement, which would enable the LS Control Group to transfer a significant percentage of Dynegy’s common stock to a third party.
The acquisition and transfer provisions in the Shareholder Agreement, subject to specified exceptions, restrict the LS Control Group from acquiring or transferring shares of Dynegy’s common stock. Subject to specified exceptions, including the ability to transfer 21.25 million shares per six-month period (not to exceed 42.5 million shares in any one year), the LS Control Group is prohibited from acquiring or transferring shares of Dynegy’s common stock until the expiration of the Lock-Up Period which is the earlier of:
    April 2, 2009;
    the date the stockholders party to the Shareholder Agreement cease to own at least 15 percent of the total combined voting power of Dynegy’s outstanding securities; or
    if certain conditions are met, the date a third-party offer is made to acquire more than 25 percent of Dynegy’s assets or voting securities.
Following expiration of the Lock-Up Period, the LS Control Group will be free to sell their shares of Dynegy’s common stock, subject to certain exceptions, to any person on the open market, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise in accordance with law. If the LS Control Group exercises this right, it could have a dilutive effect on the outstanding Class A common stock. In addition, the market’s perception of how or when the LS Control Group might exercise its right could create an “overhang” on our Class A common stock and impact its trading price for an extended period of time.
We may pursue acquisitions or combinations that could fail or present unanticipated problems for our business in the future, which would adversely affect our ability to realize the anticipated benefits of those transactions.
We may seek to enter into transactions that may include acquiring or combining with other businesses. We may not be able to identify suitable acquisition or combination opportunities or finance and complete any particular acquisition or combination successfully. Furthermore, acquisitions and combinations involve a number of risks and challenges, including:
    diversion of our management’s attention;
    the ability to obtain required regulatory and other approvals;
    the need to integrate acquired or combined operations with our operations;
    potential loss of key employees;
    difficulty in evaluating the power assets, operating costs, infrastructure requirements, environmental and other liabilities and other factors beyond our control;
    potential lack of operating experience in new geographic/power markets or with different fuel sources;
    an increase in our expenses and working capital requirements; and
    the possibility that we may be required to issue a substantial amount of additional equity or debt securities or assume additional debt in connection with any such transactions.
Any of these factors could adversely affect our ability to achieve anticipated levels of cash flows or realize synergies or other anticipated benefits from a strategic transaction. Furthermore, the market for transactions is highly competitive, which may adversely affect our ability to find transactions that fit our strategic objectives or increase the price we would be required to pay (which could decrease the benefit of the transaction or hinder our desire or ability to consummate the transaction). Consistent with industry practice, we routinely engage in discussions with industry participants regarding potential transactions, large and small. We intend to continue to engage in strategic discussions and will need to respond to potential opportunities quickly and decisively. As a result, strategic transactions may occur at any time and may be significant in size relative to our assets and operations.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
Not applicable.
Item 2. Properties
We have included descriptions of the location and general character of our principal physical operating properties by segment in “Item 1. Business” for further discussion, which is incorporated herein by reference. Substantially all of our assets, including the power generation facilities we own, are pledged as collateral to secure the repayment of, and our other obligations under, the Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Facility. Please read Note 15—Debt for further discussion.

 

28


Table of Contents

Our principal executive office located in Houston, Texas is held under a lease that expires in December 2017. We also lease additional offices or warehouses in the states of California, Colorado, Illinois, Indiana, New York and Texas.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
Please read Note 19—Commitments and Contingencies—Legal Proceedings for a description of our material legal proceedings, which is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
Dynegy. No matter was submitted to a vote of Dynegy’s security holders during the fourth quarter 2008.
DHI. Omitted pursuant to General Instruction (I)(2)(c) of Form 10-K.

 

29


Table of Contents

PART II
Item 5.     Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Dynegy
Dynegy’s Class A common stock, $0.01 par value per share, is listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol “DYN”. The number of stockholders of record of its Class A common stock as of February 20, 2009, based upon records of registered holders maintained by its transfer agent, was 19,966.
Dynegy’s Class B common stock, $0.01 par value per share, is neither listed nor traded on any exchange. All of the shares of Class B common stock are owned by the LS Control Group (as defined below).
The following table sets forth the high and low closing sales prices for the Class A common stock for each full quarterly period during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 and during the elapsed portion of Dynegy’s first fiscal quarter of 2009 prior to the filing of this Form 10-K, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape.
Summary of Dynegy’s Common Stock Price
                 
    High     Low  
 
               
2009:
               
First Quarter (through February 20, 2009)
  $ 2.69     $ 1.28  
 
               
2008:
               
Fourth Quarter
  $ 4.06     $ 1.51  
Third Quarter
    8.76       3.20  
Second Quarter
    9.64       8.05  
First Quarter
    8.26       6.44  
 
               
2007:
               
Fourth Quarter
  $ 9.50     $ 7.14  
Third Quarter
    10.62       7.86  
Second Quarter
    10.65       9.08  
First Quarter
    9.58       6.52  
During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, Dynegy’s Board of Directors did not elect to pay a common stock dividend. Please read “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Dividends on Dynegy Common Stock” for further discussion of its dividend policy and the impact of dividend restrictions contained in its financing agreements. Any decision to pay a dividend will be at the discretion of Dynegy’s Board of Directors, and subject to the terms of its then-outstanding indebtedness, but Dynegy does not expect to pay a dividend on any class of its common stock in the foreseeable future. Dynegy has not paid a dividend on any class of its common stock since 2002. Please read Note 20—Capital Stock—Common Stock for further discussion.
Shareholder Agreement. Dynegy entered into a Shareholder Agreement dated as of September 14, 2006 (the “Shareholder Agreement”) with LSP Gen Investors, L.P., LS Power Partners, L.P., LS Power Equity Partners PIE I, L.P., LS Power Equity Partners, L.P. and LS Power Associates, L.P. (“LS Associates” and, collectively, the “LS Entities”) that, among other things, limits the LS Entities’ ownership of Dynegy’s common stock, subject to specified exceptions, and restricts the manner in which the LS Entities may transfer their shares of Class B common stock. The LS Entities and their permitted transferees, affiliates and associates (the “LS Control Group”), together with Luminus Management LLC and its affiliates (“Luminus”), may not acquire any of Dynegy’s equity securities if, after giving effect to such acquisition, they would own more than approximately 40 percent of the total outstanding shares of Dynegy’s common stock (approximately 41 percent including Luminus).

 

30


Table of Contents

In addition, after the expiration of the earlier of (i) two years from the closing of the merger between us and the LS Entities on April 2, 2007 (the “Merger”), (ii) the date the LS Entities cease to collectively own 15 percent of Dynegy’s outstanding voting securities and (iii) the occurrence of certain third-party offers to acquire more than 25 percent of Dynegy (the “Lock-Up Period”), the LS Entities may make a Qualified Offer, as defined in the Shareholder Agreement, to purchase all of the outstanding shares of Dynegy’s common stock. Upon such offer, which generally must be for cash and accompanied by a fairness opinion, Dynegy may either accept the offer or, if it rejects such offer and the LS Entities so elect, conduct an auction in which the LS Entities may elect, at their option, whether or not to participate. The LS Entities have the right to top any offer selected by Dynegy’s Board of Directors at 105 percent of the offer price in any auction in which they elect not to participate. In the case of an unsuccessful auction within the contractually prescribed time period, the LS Entities may continue with their Qualified Offer, which may take the form of a tender offer to Dynegy’s Class A common stockholders. Any such tender offer would require approval by holders of at least a majority of Dynegy’s Class A common stock.
The Shareholder Agreement also (i) provides that if the LS Entities or the Class B common stock directors block certain sale transactions with respect to Dynegy more than twice in any 18 month period, Dynegy’s Board can cause an auction for the sale of Dynegy, (ii) prohibits Dynegy from issuing Class B common stock to any person other than the LS Entities and (iii) provides the LS Entities with certain preemptive rights to acquire shares of Dynegy’s common stock in proportion to their then-existing ownership of our common stock whenever we issue shares of stock or securities convertible into Dynegy’s common stock.
Generally, until the expiration of the Lock-Up Period, the LS Control Group may not transfer their shares, provided that, (i) beginning September 29, 2007 (that is, 180 days after the Merger), the LS Control Group may distribute their shares to their permitted transferees; provided that Dynegy may block such distribution for up to 60 days per calendar year in connection with a proposed underwritten public offering; (ii) during the period that began on September 29, 2007 and ended on March 26, 2008, 21,250,000 shares of Class B common stock may be transferred in widely dispersed sales, provided that to the extent such number of shares is not transferred during any such 180-day period, any unused amount may be carried forward to the next succeeding 180-day period (but in no event may more than 42,500,000 share of Class B common stock be transferred during any 180-day period); and (iii) after expiration of the Lock-Up Period, the LS Control Group may freely transfer their shares of Class B common stock to any person so long as such transfer would not result in such person, together with such person’s affiliates and associates, owning more than 15 percent of shares of Dynegy’s common stock. Any transfers during this post-Lock-Up Period that are not part of a widely dispersed sale will be considered “block sales” and will result in a “ratchet down” of the standstill cap on a share-per-share basis. All shares of Class B common stock transferred to any person that is not a member of the LS Control Group will automatically be converted into shares of Class A common stock.
LS Registration Rights Agreement. In connection with the Merger, Dynegy entered into a Registration Rights Agreement dated September 14, 2006 (“LS Registration Rights Agreement”) with the LS Entities pursuant to which Dynegy agreed to prepare and file with the SEC a “shelf” registration statement covering the resale of shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the conversion of (i) shares of Class B common stock that were issued to the LS Entities in the Merger and (ii) any shares of Class B common stock that may be transferred by the LS Entities to their permitted transferees. Dynegy filed this “shelf” registration statement with the SEC on April 5, 2007.
Under the LS Registration Rights Agreement, the LS Entities and their permitted transferees have the right to cause Dynegy to effect up to two underwritten offerings during the first 24 months following the Merger, provided that no more than one underwritten offering may be consummated during each of the first and second 12-month periods. The LS Entities and their permitted transferees may demand to effect up to two underwritten offerings during each 12-month period following the first 24 months after the Merger. We may defer the commencement of any underwritten offering demanded by the LS Entities and their permitted transferees for up to 60 days one time in any calendar year.

 

31


Table of Contents

Stockholder Return Performance Presentation. The performance graph shown on the following page was prepared by Research Data Group, Inc., using data from the Research Data Group’s database. As required by applicable rules of the SEC, the graph was prepared based upon the following assumptions:
  1.   $100 was invested in Dynegy Class A common stock, the S&P 500, the Peer Group (as defined below) on December 31, 2003;
  2.   the returns of each component company in the Peer Group are weighed based on the market capitalization of such company at the beginning of the measurement period; and
 
  3.   dividends are reinvested on the ex-dividend dates.
Our peer group for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 is comprised of Mirant Corporation, NRG Energy, Inc., and Reliant Energy, Inc. We typically include Calpine Corporation as one of our peer companies as they are considered an independent power producer. However, they are not included in the data below, as they emerged from bankruptcy protection in January 2008. As a result, there is insufficient comparable historical data.
COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among Dynegy Inc. The S&P 500 Index
And A Peer Group
(PERFORMANCE GRAPH)
     
*   $100 invested on 12/31/03 in stock & index-including reinvestment of dividends. Fiscal year ending December 31.
Copyright © 2009 S&P, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc. All rights reserved.
                                                 
    12/03     12/04     12/05     12/06     12/07     12/08  
Dynegy Inc.
    100.00       107.94       113.08       169.16       166.82       46.73  
S&P 500
    100.00       110.88       116.33       134.70       142.10       89.53  
Peer Group
    100.00       174.98       177.55       241.73       359.04       151.50  
The stock price performance included in this graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.

 

32


Table of Contents

The above stock price performance comparison and related discussion is not to be deemed incorporated by reference by any general statement incorporating by reference this Form 10-K into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or otherwise, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate this stock price performance comparison and related discussion by reference, and is not otherwise deemed “filed” under the Acts.
Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds. When restricted stock awarded by Dynegy becomes taxable compensation to employees, shares may be withheld to cover the employees’ withholding taxes. Information on Dynegy’s purchases of equity securities by means of such share withholdings during the quarter follows:
                                 
                            (d)  
                            Maximum  
                    (c)     Number of  
                    Total Number of     Shares that  
                    Shares Purchased     May Yet Be  
    (a)     (b)     as Part of     Purchased  
    Total Number     Average     Publicly     Under the  
    of Shares     Price Paid     Announced Plans     Plans or  
Period   Purchased     per Share     or Programs     Programs  
October
                      N/A  
November
    269     $ 3.64             N/A  
December
    6,189     $ 2.18             N/A  
 
                       
 
Total
    6,458     $ 2.24             N/A  
 
                       
These were the only repurchases of equity securities made by Dynegy during the three months ended December 31, 2008. Dynegy does not have a stock repurchase program.
DHI
All of DHI’s outstanding equity securities are held by its parent, Dynegy. There is no established trading market for such securities and they are not traded on any exchange.
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
Please read Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters—Dynegy for information regarding securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans.

 

33


Table of Contents

Item 6. Selected Financial Data
The selected financial information presented below was derived from, and is qualified by reference to, our Consolidated Financial Statements, including the notes thereto, contained elsewhere herein. The selected financial information should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes and Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
Dynegy’s Selected Financial Data
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
    (in millions, except per share data)  
Statement of Operations Data (1):
                                       
Revenues
  $ 3,549     $ 3,103     $ 1,770     $ 2,017     $ 2,249  
Depreciation and amortization expense
    (371 )     (325 )     (217 )     (208 )     (221 )
Impairment and other charges
    (47 )           (119 )     (46 )     (78 )
General and administrative expenses
    (157 )     (203 )     (196 )     (468 )     (330 )
Operating income (loss)
    709       605       105       (832 )     (66 )
Interest expense and debt conversion expense
    (427 )     (384 )     (631 )     (389 )     (453 )
Income tax (expense) benefit
    (75 )     (151 )     152       393       158  
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    171       116       (321 )     (800 )     (160 )
Income (loss) from discontinued operations (3)
    3       148       (13 )     895       145  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principles
                1       (5 )      
Net income (loss)
  $ 174     $ 264     $ (333 )   $ 90     $ (15 )
Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders
    174       264       (342 )     68       (37 )
Basic earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations
  $ 0.20     $ 0.15     $ (0.72 )   $ (2.12 )   $ (0.48 )
Basic net income (loss) per share
    0.20       0.35       (0.75 )     0.18       (0.10 )
Diluted earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations
  $ 0.20     $ 0.15     $ (0.72 )   $ (2.12 )   $ (0.48 )
Diluted net income (loss) per share
    0.20       0.35       (0.75 )     0.18       (0.10 )
Shares outstanding for basic EPS calculation
    840       752       459       387       378  
Shares outstanding for diluted EPS calculation
    842       754       509       513       504  
Cash dividends per common share
  $     $     $     $     $  
Cash Flow Data:
                                       
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
  $ 319     $ 341     $ (194 )   $ (30 )   $ 5  
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    (102 )     (817 )     358       1,824       262  
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    148       433       (1,342 )     (873 )     (115 )
Cash dividends or distributions to partners, net
                (17 )     (22 )     (22 )
Capital expenditures, acquisitions and investments
    (640 )     (504 )     (163 )     (315 )     (314 )
                                         
    December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
    (in millions)  
Balance Sheet Data (2):
                                       
Current assets
  $ 2,803     $ 1,663     $ 1,989     $ 3,706     $ 2,728  
Current liabilities
    1,702       999       1,166       2,116       1,802  
Property and equipment, net
    8,934       9,017       4,951       5,323       6,130  
Total assets
    14,213       13,221       7,537       10,126       9,843  
Long-term debt (excluding current portion)
    6,072       5,939       3,190       4,228       4,332  
Notes payable and current portion of long-term debt
    64       51       68       71       34  
Series C convertible preferred stock
                      400       400  
Minority interest
    (30 )     23                   106  
Capital leases not already included in long-term debt
    4       5       6              
Total equity
    4,515       4,506       2,267       2,140       1,956  
 
     
(1)   The Merger (April 2, 2007) and the Sithe Energies acquisition (February 1, 2005) were each accounted for in accordance with the purchase method of accounting and the results of operations attributable to the acquired businesses are included in our financial statements and operating statistics beginning on the acquisitions’ effective date for accounting purposes.

 

34


Table of Contents

     
(2)   The Merger and the Sithe Energies acquisition were each accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. Accordingly, the purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values as of the effective dates of each transaction. Please read note (1) above for respective effective dates.
 
(3)   Discontinued operations include the results of operations from the following businesses:
    DMSLP (sold fourth quarter 2005);
 
    Calcasieu power generating facility (sold first quarter 2008); and
 
    CoGen Lyondell power generating facility (sold third quarter 2007).
Dynegy Holdings’ Selected Financial Data
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
    (in millions, except per share data)  
Statement of Operations Data (1):
                                       
Revenues
  $ 3,549     $ 3,103     $ 1,770     $ 2,017     $ 1,447  
Depreciation and amortization expense
    (371 )     (325 )     (217 )     (208 )     (210 )
Impairment and other charges
    (47 )           (119 )     (40 )     (24 )
General and administrative expenses
    (157 )     (184 )     (193 )     (375 )     (285 )
Operating income (loss)
    709       624       108       (733 )     (202 )
Interest expense and debt conversion expense
    (427 )     (384 )     (579 )     (383 )     (332 )
Income tax (expense) benefit
    (123 )     (116 )     125       374       166  
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    205       176       (296 )     (727 )     (247 )
Income (loss) from discontinued operations (2)
    3       148       (12 )     813       143  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principles
                      (5 )      
Net income (loss)
  $ 208     $ 324     $ (308 )   $ 81     $ (104 )
Cash Flow Data:
                                       
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
  $ 319     $ 368     $ (205 )   $ (24 )   $ (160 )
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    (87 )     (688 )     357       1,839       (211 )
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    146       369       (1,235 )     (734 )     289  
Capital expenditures, acquisitions and investments
    (626 )     (350 )     (155 )     (169 )     (219 )
                                         
    December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
    (in millions)  
Balance Sheet Data (1):
                                       
Current assets
  $ 2,780     $ 1,614     $ 1,828     $ 3,457     $ 2,192  
Current liabilities
    1,681       999       1,165       2,212       1,773  
Property and equipment, net
    8,934       9,017       4,951       5,323       6,130  
Total assets
    14,174       13,107       8,136       10,580       10,129  
Long-term debt (excluding current portion)
    6,072       5,939       3,190       4,003       4,107  
Notes payable and current portion of long-term debt
    64       51       68       191       34  
Minority interest
    (30 )     23                   106  
Capital leases not already included in long-term debt
    4       5       6              
Total equity
    4,613       4,597       3,036       3,331       3,085  
 
     
(1)   The Contributed Entities assets were contributed to DHI contemporaneously with the Merger. This contribution was accounted for as a transaction between entities under common control. As such, the assets and liabilities were recorded by DHI at Dynegy’s historical cost on Dynegy’s date of acquisition. Please read Note 3—Business Combination and Acquisitions—LS Assets Contribution for further discussion. Additionally, the Sithe Energies assets were contributed to DHI on April 2, 2007. This contribution was accounted for as a transaction between entities under common control. As such, the assets and liabilities were recorded by DHI at Dynegy’s historical cost on Dynegy’s date of acquisition, January 31, 2005. In addition, DHI’s historical financial statements have been adjusted in all periods presented to reflect the contribution as though DHI had owned these assets beginning January 31, 2005. Please read Note 3—Business Combination and Acquisitions—LS Assets Contribution for further discussion.

 

35


Table of Contents

     
(2)   Discontinued operations include the results of operations from the following businesses:
    DMSLP (sold fourth quarter 2005);
 
    Calcasieu power generating facility (sold first quarter 2008); and
 
    CoGen Lyondell power generating facility (sold third quarter 2007).
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The following discussion should be read together with the audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included in this report.
OVERVIEW
We are holding companies and conduct substantially all of our business operations through our subsidiaries. Our current business operations are focused primarily on the power generation sector of the energy industry. We report the results of our power generation business as three separate segments in our consolidated financial statements: (i) GEN-MW; (ii) GEN-WE; and (iii) GEN-NE. Because of the diversity among their respective operations, we report the results of each business as a separate segment in our consolidated financial statements. Beginning in the first quarter 2008, the results of our former customer risk management business are included in Other as it does not meet the criteria required to be an operating segment as of January 1, 2008. Accordingly, we have restated the corresponding items of segment information for prior periods. Our consolidated financial results also reflect corporate-level expenses such as general and administrative, interest and depreciation and amortization. Dynegy’s 50 percent investment in DLS Power Development, the dissolution of which will be completed in the first quarter of 2009, is included in Other for segment reporting purposes.
In addition to our operating generation facilities, we own an approximate 37 percent interest in PPEA which, through its wholly owned subsidiary, owns an approximate 57 percent undivided interest in Plum Point, a 665 MW coal-fired power generation facility under construction in Mississippi County, Arkansas, which is included in GEN-MW. We also own a 50 percent interest in SCH, which owns an approximate 64 percent undivided interest in Sandy Creek, an 898 MW power generation facility under construction in McLennan County, Texas, which is included in GEN-WE.
The following is a brief discussion of each of our power generation segments, including a list of key factors that have affected, and are expected to continue to affect, their respective earnings and cash flows. We also present a brief discussion of our corporate-level expenses. This “Overview” section concludes with a discussion of our 2008 company highlights. Please note that this “Overview” section is merely a summary and should be read together with the remainder of this Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, as well as our audited consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto, and the other information included in this report.
Business Discussion
Power Generation Business
We generate earnings and cash flows in the three segments within our power generation business through sales of electric energy, capacity and ancillary services. Primary factors affecting our earnings and cash flows in the power generation business include:
    Prices for power, natural gas, coal and fuel oil, which in turn are largely driven by supply and demand. Demand for power can vary due to weather and general economic conditions, among other things. For example, a warm summer or a cold winter typically increases demand for electricity. Power supplies similarly vary by region and are impacted significantly by available generating capacity, transmission capacity and federal and state regulation;
    The relationship between prices for power and natural gas and prices for power and fuel oil, commonly referred to as the “spark spread”, which impacts the margin we earn on the electricity we generate. We believe that our coal-fired generating facilities provide a certain level of predictability of earnings in the near term since our delivered cost of coal, particularly in the Midwest region, is relatively stable and positions us for potential increases in earnings and cash flows in an environment where power prices increase; and
    Our ability to enter into commercial transactions to mitigate near term earnings volatility and our ability to better manage our liquidity requirements resulting from potential changes in collateral requirements as prices move.

 

36


Table of Contents

Other factors that have affected, and are expected to continue to affect, earnings and cash flows for this business include:
    Transmission constraints, congestion, and other factors that can affect the price differential between the locations where we deliver generated power and the liquid market hub;
    Our ability to control capital expenditures, which primarily include maintenance, safety, environmental and reliability projects, and to control other costs through disciplined management;
    Overall electricity demand patterns;
    Our ability to optimize our assets by maintaining a high in-market availability, reliable run-time and safe, efficient operations; and
    The cost of compliance with existing and future environmental requirements that are likely to be more stringent and more comprehensive.
Please read Item 1A. Risk Factors for additional factors that could affect our future operating results, financial condition and cash flows.
In addition to these overarching factors, other factors have influenced, and are expected to continue to influence, earnings and cash flows for our three reportable segments within the power generation business as further described below.
Power Generation—Midwest Segment. Our assets in the Midwest segment include a coal-fired fleet and a natural gas-fired fleet. The following specific factors affect or could affect the performance of this reportable segment:
    Our ability to maintain sufficient coal inventories, which is dependent upon the continued performance of the railroads for deliveries of coal in a consistent and timely manner, and its impact on our ability to serve the critical winter and summer on-peak loads;
    Our requirement for the next four years to utilize a significant amount of cash for capital expenditures required to comply with the Consent Decree;
    Changes in the MISO market design or associated rules; and
    Changes in the existing PJM RPM capacity markets or in the bilateral MISO capacity markets and any resulting effect on future capacity revenues.
Power Generation—West Segment. Our assets in the West segment are all natural gas-fired power generating facilities with the exception of our fuel oil-fired Oakland power generating facility. The following specific factors impact or could impact the performance of this reportable segment:
    Our ability to maintain the necessary permits to continue to operate our Moss Landing power generation facility with a once-through, seawater cooling system;
    Our ability to maintain and operate our plants in a manner that ensures we receive full capacity payments under our various tolling agreements; and
    The economic life of our facilities, which could be adversely impacted by contractual obligations, regulatory actions or other factors.

 

37


Table of Contents

Power Generation—Northeast Segment. Our assets in the Northeast segment include natural gas, fuel oil and coal-fired power generating facilities. The following specific factors impact or could impact the performance of this reportable segment:
    Our ability to maintain sufficient coal and fuel oil inventories, including continued deliveries of coal in a consistent and timely manner, and maintain access to natural gas, impacts our ability to serve the critical winter and summer on-peak loads; and
    State-driven programs aimed at capping mercury and CO 2 emissions will impose additional costs on our power generation facilities.
Other
Other includes corporate-level expenses such as general and administrative and interest. Significant items impacting future earnings and cash flows include:
    Interest expense, which reflects debt with a weighted-average rate of approximately 7 percent;
    General and administrative costs, which will be impacted by, among other things, (i) staffing levels and associated expenses; (ii) funding requirements under our pension plans; and (iii) any future corporate-level litigation reserves or settlements; and
    Income taxes, which will be impacted by our ability to realize our significant alternative minimum tax credits.
Other also includes our former CRM segment, which primarily consists of a minimal number of legacy power and natural gas trading positions that will remain until 2010 and 2017, respectively.
2008 Highlights
DLS Power Holdings and DLS Power Development Dissolution. Effective January 1, 2009, Dynegy entered into an agreement with LS Associates to dissolve DLS Power Holdings and DLS Power Development, our development joint ventures with LS Power Associates. Under the terms of this agreement, we acquired exclusive rights related to repowering and expansion opportunities at our existing facilities. In return, LS Power Associates received a cash payment of approximately $19 million, as well as full rights to new greenfield development opportunities previously held by the joint venture. As a result of this agreement, we recorded a $71 million pre-tax charge related to our investment in the joint ventures, which consisted of a $24 million impairment and a $47 million loss on dissolution. This dissolution has no effect on our ownership rights in the Plum Point or Sandy Creek projects. Please read Note 12—Variable Interest Entities—DLS Power Holdings and DLS Power Development for further discussion.
Rolling Hills. On July 31, 2008, we completed the sale of the Rolling Hills power generation facility to an affiliate of Tenaska Capital Management, LLC for approximately $368 million, net of transaction costs. We recorded a gain of approximately $56 million related to the sale of the facility in the third quarter 2008. Please read Note 4—Dispositions, Contract Terminations and Discontinued Operations—Dispositions and Contract Terminations—Rolling Hills for further discussion.
Contingent LC Facility. On June 17, 2008, DHI entered into the Contingent LC Facility with Morgan Stanley. Availability under the Contingent LC Facility is contingent on natural gas prices rising above $13/MMBtu during 2009. In the event that the Contingent LC Facility is utilized, it will complement existing liquidity instruments as a source of additional letters of credit to meet our collateral requirements. Such letters of credit will be available for the purpose of supporting certain commercial and trading contracts and related netting agreements described in the Credit Agreement. Please read Note 15—Debt—Contingent LC Facility for further discussion.

 

38


Table of Contents

Sandy Creek. On June 6, 2008, SCEA sold an 11 percent undivided interest in the Sandy Creek Project to an unaffiliated third party, reducing its undivided interest in the project from approximately 75 percent to approximately 64 percent. Losses from unconsolidated investments include a net gain of approximately $13 million related to the sale. Using cash on hand and the proceeds of the sale, SCEA repaid approximately $45 million in project related debt and approximately $7 million in affiliate debt. In addition, we received a distribution of approximately $7 million during the second quarter 2008. Please read Note 12—Variable Interest Entities—Sandy Creek for further discussion.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Overview
In this section, we describe our liquidity and capital requirements including our sources and uses of liquidity and capital resources. Our liquidity and capital requirements are primarily a function of our debt maturities and debt service requirements, collateral requirements, fixed capacity payments and contractual obligations, capital expenditures (including required environmental expenditures), potential funding commitments for our equity investment and working capital needs. Examples of working capital needs include purchases of commodities, particularly natural gas and coal, facility maintenance costs and other costs such as payroll.
Our primary sources of internal liquidity are cash flows from operations, cash on hand, available capacity under our Credit Agreement, of which the revolver capacity of $1,080 million is scheduled to mature in April 2012 and the term letter of credit capacity of $850 million is scheduled to mature in April 2013, and available capacity under our Contingent LC Facility, as described further below. Our primary sources of external liquidity are asset sales proceeds and proceeds from capital market transactions to the extent we engage in these transactions. Operating cash flows provided by our power generation assets and the available cash we currently hold are expected to be sufficient to fund the operation of our business, as well as our planned capital expenditure program, including expenditures in connection with the Consent Decree, and debt service requirements over the next twelve months. We maintain capacity under the Credit Agreement in order to post collateral in the form of letters of credit or cash, and we believe we have sufficient capacity should we be required to post additional collateral. Please read Note 15—Debt—Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Facility for a discussion of the financial covenants contained in the Credit Agreement, as well as the discussion below regarding our Revolver Capacity. Additionally, DHI may borrow money from time to time from Dynegy.
Market Conditions
The latter half of 2008 was characterized by turmoil in the financial markets that many have referred to as a liquidity crisis. Several large financial institutions have failed, and stock prices across industries, including Dynegy’s, have fallen sharply. These market conditions have resulted in a decreased willingness on the part of lenders to enter into new loans. Although recent market developments have not had a material adverse impact on our ability to conduct our business, they have affected us directly in several ways:
    Lehman Commercial Paper Inc. (“Lehman CP”), a lender under our Credit Agreement, entered bankruptcy proceedings. As a result, our effective availability under the Credit Agreement may be reduced by $70 million to $1.9 billion;
    We recorded a reserve of $3 million as a result of the bankruptcy of LBH. This reserve represents the uncollateralized portion of our $15 million net position arising from our outstanding commercial transactions with a subsidiary of LBH;
    A large money market fund in which we invested a portion of our cash balance lowered its share price below $1, subsequently suspended distributions and commenced liquidation. As a result, we reclassified our $127 million investment from cash equivalents to short-term investments and recorded a $2 million impairment. We have received approximately $100 million of distributions as of December 31, 2008; and
    A decrease in liquidity in the bilateral markets for forward power sales, resulting in increased exchange-traded transactions settling through our futures clearing manager that can potentially result in the need for additional cash collateral postings.

 

39


Table of Contents

The banks and other counterparties with which we transact have also been affected by market developments in various ways, which could affect their ability to enter into transactions with us and further impact the way we conduct our business.
Also, as a result of the recent decline in the overall capital markets, the value of our pension plan assets has decreased as of December 31, 2008. Please read Note 21—Employee Compensation, Savings and Pension Plan—Pension and Other Post-Retirement Benefits for further discussion.
Corporate Matters
On September 14, 2006, Dynegy entered into the Shareholder Agreement with the LS Entities that, among other things, limits the LS Entities’ ownership of Dynegy’s common stock and restricts the manner in which the LS Entities may transfer their shares of Class B common stock. Specifically, subsequent to April 2, 2009, the LS Entities may:
    continue to hold their 40 percent investment in Dynegy;
    make an offer to purchase all of the outstanding shares of Dynegy’s common stock. Upon such offer, we may either (i) accept the offer or (ii) if requested by the LS Entities, conduct an auction of Dynegy in which the LS Entities may elect whether or not to participate; or
    freely transfer (i.e. sell) their shares of Dynegy’s Class B common stock to any person so long as such transfer would not result in such person owning more than 15 percent of the outstanding shares of Dynegy’s common stock.
Current Liquidity. The following table summarizes our consolidated revolver capacity and liquidity position at February 20, 2009, December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007:
                         
    February 20 ,     December 31,     December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (in millions)  
Revolver capacity (1) (2) (3)
  $ 1,080     $ 1,080     $ 1,150  
Borrowings against revolver capacity
                 
Term letter of credit capacity, net of required reserves
    825       825       825  
Plum Point and Sandy Creek letter of credit capacity
    377       377       425  
Available contingent letter of credit facility capacity (4)
                 
Outstanding letters of credit
    (1,104 )     (1,135 )     (1,279 )
 
                 
Unused capacity
    1,178       1,147       1,121  
Cash—DHI
    675       670       292  
 
                 
Total available liquidity—DHI
    1,853       1,817       1,413  
Cash—Dynegy
    183       23       36  
 
                 
Total available liquidity—Dynegy
  $ 2,036     $ 1,840     $ 1,449  
 
                 
 
     
(1)   Lehman CP filed for protection from creditors under the bankruptcy law in October 2008, thus potentially reducing the available capacity of the revolving portion of the Credit Agreement by $70 million. Please read Note 15—Debt—Credit Agreement for further discussion. We continue to believe that we maintain sufficient liquidity despite any such reduction in the available capacity under the revolving portion of our Credit Agreement.
 
(2)   We currently have 15 lenders participating in the revolving portion of our Credit Agreement with commitments ranging from $10 million to $105 million. Other than the commitment from Lehman CP, we have not experienced, nor do we currently anticipate, any difficulties in obtaining funding from any of the remaining lenders at this time. However, we continue to monitor the environment, and any lack of or delay in funding by a significant member or multiple members of our banking group could negatively affect our liquidity position.
 
(3)   Based on management’s current forecast of financial performance during 2009, DHI’s available liquidity under the Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Facility may be reduced temporarily in order to remain in compliance with the secured debt to adjusted EBITDA ratio.
 
(4)   Under the terms of the Contingent LC Facility, up to $300 million of capacity can become available, contingent on 2009 forward natural gas prices rising above $13/MMBtu. Over the course of 2009, the ratio of availability per dollar increase in natural gas prices will be reduced, on a pro rata monthly basis, to zero by year-end.

 

40


Table of Contents

Cash on Hand. At February 20, 2009 and December 31, 2008, Dynegy had cash on hand of $858 million and $693 million, respectively, as compared to $328 million at the end of 2007. The increase in cash on hand at February 20, 2009 compared with December 31, 2008 is the result of cash provided by the operating activities of our generating business. The change in cash on hand at December 31, 2008 as compared to the end of 2007 is primarily attributable to cash provided by the operating activities of our generating business, proceeds received from the sale of our Rolling Hills and Calcasieu power generation facilities and reduced capital commitments in connection with the Sandy Creek Project due to the sale of an approximate 11 percent ownership interest, partly offset by capital expenditures and payments on our DNE Leveraged lease.
At February 20, 2009 and December 31, 2008, DHI had cash on hand of $675 million and $670 million, respectively, as compared to $292 million at the end of 2007. Cash provided by the operating activities of our generating business for the period from December 31, 2008 to February 20, 2009 was offset by the payment of a $175 million dividend from DHI to Dynegy in January, 2009. The increase in cash on hand at December 31, 2008 as compared to the end of 2007 is primarily attributable to cash provided by the operating activities of our generating business and proceeds received from the sale of our Rolling Hills and Calcasieu power generation facilities and reduced capital commitments in connection with the Sandy Creek Project due to the sale of an approximate 11 percent ownership interest, partly offset by capital expenditures, dividends paid to Dynegy and payments on our DNE Leveraged lease.
Revolver Capacity . On April 2, 2007, DHI entered into the Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Facility, which is our primary credit facility. On May 24, 2007, DHI entered into an amendment to the Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Facility. As of February 20, 2009, $1,104 million in letters of credit are outstanding but undrawn, and we have no revolving loan amounts drawn under the Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Facility. The Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Facility has financial covenants which could restrict our ability to realize full capacity utilization based on levels of realized EBITDA, all as defined in Section 7.11 of the Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Facility. Based on management’s current forecast of financial performance during 2009, DHI’s available liquidity under the Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Facility may be reduced temporarily in order to remain in compliance with the secured debt to adjusted EBITDA ratio. Please read Note 15—Debt—Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Facility for further discussion of our amended credit facility.
Operating Activities
Historical Operating Cash Flows. Dynegy’s cash flow provided by operations totaled $319 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2008. DHI’s cash flow provided by operations totaled $319 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2008. During the period, our power generation business provided positive cash flow from operations of $869 million from the operation of our power generation facilities, reflecting positive earnings for the period, partly offset by additional collateral requirements due to an increase in the volume of our hedging positions and increased payments associated with our DNE leveraged lease. Corporate and other operations included a use of approximately $550 million in cash by Dynegy and DHI primarily due to interest payments to service debt, general and administrative expenses and a $17 million legal settlement payment previously reserved, partially offset by interest income.
Dynegy’s cash flow provided by operations totaled $341 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2007. DHI’s cash flow provided by operations totaled $368 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2007. During the period, our power generation business provided positive cash flow from operations of $934 million primarily due to positive earnings for the period, partly offset by an increased use of working capital. Corporate and other operations included a use of approximately $593 million in cash by Dynegy and approximately $566 million in cash by DHI relating to corporate-level expenses and our former customer risk management business.
Dynegy’s cash flow used in operations totaled $194 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006. DHI’s cash flow used in operations totaled $205 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006. During the period, our power generation business provided positive cash flow from operations of $698 million primarily due to positive earnings for the period, decreases in working capital due to returns of cash collateral postings and decreased accounts receivable balances. Corporate and other operations included a use of approximately $892 million in cash by Dynegy and approximately $903 million in cash by DHI relating to corporate-level expenses and our former customer risk management business.

 

41


Table of Contents

Future Operating Cash Flows. Our future operating cash flows will vary based on a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control, including the price of natural gas and its correlation to power prices, the cost of coal and fuel oil, the value of capacity and ancillary services and legal and regulatory requirements. Additionally, the availability of our plants during peak demand periods will be required to allow us to capture attractive market prices when available. Over the longer term, our operating cash flows also will be impacted by, among other things, our ability to tightly manage our operating costs, including maintenance costs, in balance with ensuring that our plants are available to operate when markets offer attractive returns.
Collateral Postings. We use a significant portion of our capital resources, in the form of cash and letters of credit, to satisfy counterparty collateral demands. These counterparty collateral demands reflect our non-investment grade credit ratings and counterparties’ views of our financial condition and ability to satisfy our performance obligations, as well as commodity prices and other factors. The following table summarizes our consolidated collateral postings to third parties by line of business at February 20, 2009, December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007:
                         
    February 20 ,     December 31,     December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (in millions)  
By Business :
                       
Generation business
  $ 1,128     $ 1,064     $ 1,130  
Other
    189       189       202  
 
                 
 
Total
  $ 1,317     $ 1,253     $ 1,332  
 
                 
By Type :
                       
Cash (1)
  $ 213     $ 118     $ 53  
Letters of credit
    1,104       1,135       1,279  
 
                 
 
Total
  $ 1,317     $ 1,253     $ 1,332  
 
                 
 
     
(1)   Cash collateral postings exclude the effect of cash inflows and outflows arising from the daily settlements of our exchange-traded or brokered commodity futures positions held with our futures clearing manager.
The changes in collateral postings are primarily due to the volume of forward power sales and fuel purchase transactions and the effect of changing commodity prices on such transactions. Letters of credit posted under the letter of credit portion of our Credit Agreement and the stand-alone letter of credit facility posted in support of our Sandy Creek facility are supported with restricted cash.
Going forward, we expect counterparties’ collateral demands to continue to reflect changes in commodity prices, including seasonal changes in weather-related demand, as well as their views of our creditworthiness. We believe that we have sufficient capital resources to satisfy counterparties’ collateral demands, including those for which no collateral is currently posted, for the foreseeable future.
We have structured our liquidity facilities to provide us with the flexibility to enable us to post additional collateral to support our financial positions as needed in the event that natural gas and power prices increase. For example, at June 30, 2008, the average natural gas prices for the remainder of 2008 and for 2009 were $13.54/MMBtu and $12.47/MMBtu, respectively. Even in this environment of high prices, we maintained $890 million of available liquidity.

 

42


Table of Contents

Investing Activities
Capital Expenditures. We continue to tightly manage our operating costs and capital expenditures. We had approximately $611 million, $379 million and $155 million in capital expenditures during 2008, 2007 and 2006. Our capital spending by reportable segment was as follows:
                         
    December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (in millions)  
GEN-MW
  $ 530     $ 300     $ 101  
GEN-WE
    29       17       24  
GEN-NE
    36       47       22  
Other
    16       15       8  
 
                 
 
Total
  $ 611     $ 379     $ 155  
 
                 
Capital spending in our GEN-MW segment primarily consisted of environmental and maintenance capital projects, as well as approximately $203 million and $161 million spent on development capital related to the Plum Point Project during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Capital spending in our GEN-WE and GEN-NE segments primarily consisted of maintenance projects.
We expect capital expenditures for 2009 to approximate $490 million, which is comprised of $431 million, $16 million, $28 million and $15 million in GEN-MW, GEN-WE, GEN-NE and other, respectively. The $431 million of spending planned for GEN-MW includes $80 million related to construction of the Plum Point facility and approximately $245 million of environmental expenditures related to the Consent Decree. The capital expenditures related to Plum Point will be funded by non-recourse project debt. Please read Note 15—Debt—Plum Point Credit Agreement Facility for further discussion. Other spending primarily includes maintenance capital projects, environmental projects and limited development projects. The capital budget is subject to revision as opportunities arise or circumstances change.
The Consent Decree was finalized in July 2005. It prohibits us from operating certain of our power generating facilities after specified dates unless certain emission control equipment is installed. Our long-term capital expenditures in the GEN-MW segment will be significantly impacted by this Consent Decree. We anticipate our costs associated with the Consent Decree projects, which we expect to incur through 2012, to be approximately $960 million, which includes approximately $290 million spent to date. This estimate, which is broken down by year below, includes a number of assumptions about uncertainties that are beyond our control. For instance, we have assumed for purposes of this estimate that labor and material costs will increase at four percent per year over the remaining project term. The following are the estimated capital expenditures required to comply with the Consent Decree:
                           
2009   2010     2011     2012  
(in millions)  
$ 245   $ 215     $ 165     $ 45  
If the costs of these capital expenditures become great enough to render the operation of the affected facility or facilities uneconomical, we could, at our option, cease to operate the facility or facilities and forego these capital expenditures without incurring any further obligations under the Consent Decree. Please read Note 19—Commitments and Contingencies—Other Commitments and Contingencies—Midwest Consent Decree for further discussion.
Finally, the SPDES permits renewal application at our Roseton power generating facility and the NPDES permit at our Moss Landing power generating facility have been challenged by local environmental groups which contend the existing once-through, seawater cooling systems currently in place should be replaced with closed-cycle cooling systems. A decision to install a closed cycle cooling system at the Roseton or Moss Landing facilities would be made on a case-by-case basis considering all relevant factors at such time, including any relevant costs or applicable remediation requirements. If mandated installation of closed cycle cooling systems at either of these facilities would result in a material capital expenditure that renders the operation of a plant uneconomical, we could, at our option, and subject to any applicable financing agreements or other obligations, reduce operations or cease to operate such facility and forego these capital expenditures.

 

43


Table of Contents

Please read Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Disclosure of Contractual Obligations and Contingent Financial Commitments—Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements—DNE Leveraged Lease for further discussion of early lease termination payments. Please read Note 19—Commitments and Contingencies—Legal Proceedings—Roseton State Pollutant Discharge Elimination System Permit and —Commitments and Contingencies—Legal Proceedings—Moss Landing National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System Permit for further discussion.
Asset Dispositions. Proceeds from asset sales in 2008 totaled $451 million, net of transaction costs, related to the sales of the Rolling Hills power generating facility, Calcasieu power generating facility, the NYMEX shares and seats, and the beneficial interest in Oyster Creek. Proceeds from asset sales in 2007 totaled $558 million and primarily consisted of $472 million from the sale of our CoGen Lyondell power generation facility and $82 million received in connection with the sale of a portion of our interest in the Plum Point Project. Proceeds from asset sales in 2006 totaled $227 million, net, and primarily related to the sale of our Rockingham facility for $194 million. Please read Note 4—Dispositions, Contract Terminations and Discontinued Operations for further discussion.
On February 25, 2009, we entered into an agreement to sell our interest in the Heard County power generation facility to Oglethorpe. Subject to regulatory approval, the transaction is expected to close in the first half of 2009. Please read Note 4—Dispositions, Contract Terminations and Discontinued Operations—Dispositions and Contract Terminations—Heard County for further discussion.
Consistent with industry practice, we regularly evaluate our generation fleet based primarily on geographic location, fuel supply, market structure and market recovery expectations. We consider divestitures of non-core generation assets where the balance of the above factors suggests that such assets’ earnings potential is limited or that the value that can be captured through a divestiture outweighs the benefits of continuing to own and operate such assets. Additional dispositions of one or more generation facilities or other investments could occur in 2009 or beyond. Were any such sale or disposition to be consummated, the disposition could result in accounting charges related to the affected asset(s), and our future earnings and cash flows could be affected.
Other Investing Activities. Dynegy made $16 million and $10 million in contributions to DLS Power Holdings during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. We received a distribution of approximately $7 million and repayment of approximately $3 million of an affiliate receivable upon the sale of a partial interest in Sandy Creek during the year ended December 31, 2008. We received a distribution of approximately $13 million upon the sale of a partial interest in Sandy Creek during the year ended December 31, 2007. Please read Note 12—Variable Interest Entities—Sandy Creek for further discussion.
Cash outflows related to short-term investments during the year ended December 31, 2008 increased by $27 million and $25 million for Dynegy and DHI, respectively, as a result of a reclassification from cash equivalents to short-term investments. There was a $128 million, net of cash acquired, cash outflow during the year ended December 31, 2007 used in connection with the completion of the Merger. Please read Note 3—Business Combinations and Acquisitions—LS Power Business Combination for more information.
Proceeds from the exchange of unconsolidated investments, net of cash acquired, totaled $165 million during the year ended December 31, 2006. This included net cash proceeds of $205 million from the sale of our 50 percent ownership interest in West Coast Power to NRG. Please read Note 4—Dispositions, Contract Terminations and Discontinued Operations—Dispositions and Contract Terminations—West Coast Power for further information. This was partially offset by a payment of $45 million for our acquisition of NRG’s 50 percent ownership interest in Rocky Road, which included $5 million of cash on hand. Please read Note 3—Business Combinations and Acquisitions—Rocky Road for more information.
There was an $80 million cash inflow during the year ended December 31, 2008 due to changes in restricted cash balances primarily due to a reduction of our cash collateral as a result of SCEA’s sale of an 11 percent undivided interest in the Sandy Creek Project, the release of restricted cash and the use of restricted cash for the ongoing construction of the Plum Point Project, partially offset by interest income. The increase in restricted cash and investments of $871 million during the twelve months ended December 31, 2007 related primarily to a $650 million deposit associated with our cash collateralized facility, and $323 million posted in support of our proportionate share of capital commitments in connection with the Sandy Creek Project. These additional postings were partially offset by the release of Independence restricted cash in exchange for the posting of a letter of credit. The decrease in restricted cash of $121 million during the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 related primarily to the return of our $335 million deposit associated with our former cash collateralized facility, offset by a $200 million deposit associated with our new cash collateralized facility and a $14 million increase in the Independence restricted cash balance.

 

44


Table of Contents

Finally, Other included $7 million of insurance proceeds and $4 million of proceeds from the liquidation of an investment during the year ended December 31, 2008. Other included $11 million of proceeds related to an interconnection agreement offset by $3 million of sales and use taxes during the year ended December 31, 2006.
Financing Activities
Historical Cash Flow from Financing Activities. Dynegy’s net cash provided by financing activities during the twelve months ended December 31, 2008 totaled $148 million. DHI’s net cash provided by financing activities during the twelve months ended December 31, 2008 totaled $146 million, which primarily related to $192 million of proceeds from long-term borrowings under the Plum Point Credit Agreement Facility, partly offset by a $45 million principal payment on our 9.00 percent Sithe secured bonds due 2013.
Dynegy’s net cash provided by financing activities during the twelve months ended December 31, 2007 totaled $433 million, which primarily related to $2,758 million of proceeds from long-term borrowings, net of approximately $35 million of debt issuance costs, partially offset by $2,320 million of payments.
DHI’s net cash provided by financing activities during the twelve months ended December 31, 2007 totaled $369 million, which primarily related to $2,758 million of proceeds from long-term borrowings, net of approximately $35 million of debt issuance costs, partially offset by $2,045 million of payments. Cash used in financing activities includes dividend payments of $342 million to Dynegy.
Dynegy’s net cash used in financing activities during the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 totaled $1,342 million, which primarily related to $1,930 million of payments, partially offset by $1,071 million of proceeds from long-term borrowings, net of approximately $29 million of debt issuance costs. In addition, Dynegy had debt conversion costs of $249 million and paid $400 million in cash, plus accrued and unpaid dividends totaling approximately $6.3 million, to redeem the Series C Preferred in May 2006. Proceeds from the issuance of common stock consisted primarily of approximately $178 million from a public offering of 40.25 million shares of Dynegy’s Class A common stock at $4.60 per share, net of underwriting fees. Dividend payments totaling $17 million were also made on our Series C Preferred prior to its redemption.
DHI’s net cash used in financing activities during the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 totaled $1,235 million, which primarily related to $1,930 million of payments, partially offset by $1,071 million of proceeds from long-term borrowings, net of approximately $29 million of debt issuance costs. In addition, DHI had debt conversion costs of $204 million and payments to Dynegy of $170 million, which consists of repayments of borrowings of $120 million and a one-time dividend payment of $50 million.

 

45


Table of Contents

Summarized Debt and Other Obligations. The following table depicts our consolidated third party debt obligations, including the present value of the DNE leveraged lease payments discounted at 10 percent, and the extent to which they are secured as of December 31, 2008 and 2007:
                 
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (in millions)  
First secured obligations
  $ 919     $ 920  
Unsecured obligations
    4,945       5,015  
 
           
Total corporate obligations
    5,864       5,935  
Secured non-recourse obligations (1)
    959       806  
 
           
Total obligations
    6,823       6,741  
Less: DNE lease financing (2)
    (700 )     (770 )
Other (3)
    13       19  
 
           
Total notes payable and long-term debt (4)
  $ 6,136     $ 5,990  
 
           
 
     
(1)   Includes PPEA’s non-recourse project financing of $515 million and tax-exempt bonds of $100 million for its share of the construction of the Plum Point facility. Although we own a 37 percent economic interest in PPEA, we consolidate PPEA and its debt, as we are the primary beneficiary of this VIE. Also includes project financing associated with our Independence facility. Please read Note 12—Variable Interest Entities for further discussion.
 
(2)   Represents present value of future lease payments discounted at 10 percent.
 
(3)   Consists of net premiums on debt of $13 million and $19 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
(4)   Does not include letters of credit.
During 2008, we continued our efforts to enhance our capital structure flexibility. In June 2008, DHI entered into a Facility and Security Agreement (the “Contingent LC Facility”) with Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc. (“Morgan Stanley”), as lender, issuing bank, collateral agent and paying agent. Availability under the Contingent LC Facility is contingent on natural gas prices rising above $13/MMBtu during 2009. For every dollar increase above $13/MMBtu in 2009 forward natural gas prices, $40 million in capacity will initially be available, up to a total of $300 million. In the event that the Contingent LC Facility is utilized, it will complement existing liquidity instruments as a source of additional letters of credit to meet our collateral requirements. Letter of credit availability will accrue ongoing fees at an annual rate of 3.2 percent. Over the course of 2009, the ratio of availability per dollar increase in natural gas prices will be reduced, on a pro rata monthly basis, to zero by year-end. Should forward natural gas and electricity prices increase to levels that are in excess of the forward prices experienced at June 30, 2008, creating the need for us to post significantly more collateral for our forward power sales or natural gas purchases, we believe cash flow from operations and available borrowings under our credit facilities (including the Contingent LC Facility) will be sufficient to meet our liquidity needs in the coming twelve months. Such letters of credit will be available for the purpose of supporting certain commercial and trading contracts and related netting agreements described in the Credit Agreement. As of December 31, 2008, no amounts were available under the Contingent LC Facility.
Additionally, during 2008, certain commodity counterparties were granted liens pari-passu with lenders under the Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. The first liens were granted in lieu of other forms of collateral we may have needed to provide in support of commodity transactions. As of December 31, 2008, our net discounted exposure on the agreements collateralized by liens was approximately $39 million.
In September 2008, LBH filed for protection from creditors under Chapter 11 bankruptcy law. Lehman CP, the Lehman entity acting as one of our lenders for the revolving portion of our Credit Agreement, was not initially part of the bankruptcy estate. However, in early October 2008, Lehman CP also filed for protection from creditors under the bankruptcy law. Lehman CP’s lending obligations were not assumed by Barclays, which had acquired most of Lehman’s North American banking operations in September 2008. The bankruptcy filing increases the likelihood that Lehman CP will not fund any borrowing requests under our Credit Agreement, thereby reducing our effective availability under the Credit Agreement by $70 million to $1.9 billion.

 

46


Table of Contents

Please read Note 15—Debt for further discussion of these items. Following these transactions, our debt maturity profile as of December 31, 2008 includes $64 million in 2009, $68 million in 2010, $575 million in 2011, $582 million in 2012, $1,004 million in 2013 and approximately $3,843 million thereafter. Maturities for 2009 represent principal payments on the Sithe Senior Notes.
Financing Trigger Events. Our debt instruments and other financial obligations include provisions, which, if not met, could require early payment, additional collateral support or similar actions. These trigger events include leverage ratios and other financial covenants, insolvency events, defaults on scheduled principal or interest payments, acceleration of other financial obligations and change of control provisions. We do not have any trigger events tied to specified credit ratings or stock price in our debt instruments and are not party to any contracts that require us to issue equity based on credit ratings or other trigger events, although certain interest rate swaps to which Plum Point is a party could be terminated if a credit downgrade of Plum Point occurs and there is also a default by the insurer that has provided credit insurance for the swaps.
Financial Covenants. Our Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement contains certain financial covenants, including (i) a covenant (measured as of the last day of the relevant fiscal quarter as specified below) that requires DHI and certain of its subsidiaries to maintain a ratio of secured debt to adjusted EBITDA for DHI and its relevant subsidiaries of no greater than 2.75:1 (December 31, 2008 and March 31, 2009); and 2.5:1 (June 30, 2009 and thereafter); and (ii) a covenant that requires DHI and certain of its subsidiaries to maintain a ratio of adjusted EBITDA to consolidated interest expense for DHI and its relevant subsidiaries as of the last day of the measurement periods ending December 31, 2008 of no less than 1.5:1; ending March 31, 2009 and June 30, 2009 of no less than 1.625:1; and ending September 30, 2009 and thereafter of no less than 1.75:1. We are in compliance with these covenants as of December 31, 2008. In addition, we expect to be in compliance with these covenants in the near- and long-term based on management’s forecast of financial performance of the markets in which we operate. However, based on management’s current forecast of financial performance during 2009, DHI’s available liquidity under the Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Facility may be reduced temporarily in order to remain in compliance with the secured debt to adjusted EBITDA ratio.
Subject to certain exceptions, DHI and its relevant subsidiaries are subject to restrictions on asset sales incurring additional indebtedness, limitations on investments and certain limitations on dividends and other payments in respect of capital stock. Our lenders agreed to amend certain of these restrictions or limitations effective as of February 13, 2009. Based on our available liquidity as of December 31, 2008 and the additional capacity available under the Contingent LC Facility, we do not believe these limitations will affect our liquidity. Please read Note 15—Debt—Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Facility for further discussion of our amended credit facility.
Capital-Raising Transactions. As part of our ongoing efforts to maintain a capital structure that is closely aligned with the cash-generating potential of our asset-based business, which is subject to cyclical changes in commodity prices, we may explore additional sources of external liquidity. The timing of any transaction may be impacted by events, such as strategic growth opportunities, legal judgments or regulatory requirements, which could require us to pursue additional capital in the near term. The receptiveness of the capital markets to an offering of debt or equity securities cannot be assured and may be negatively impacted by, among other things, our non-investment grade credit ratings, significant debt maturities, long-term business prospects and other factors beyond our control, including current market conditions. Any issuance of equity by Dynegy likely would have other effects as well, including stockholder dilution. Our ability to issue debt securities is limited by our financing agreements, including the Credit Agreement, as amended. Please read Note 15—Debt for further discussion.
In addition, we continually review and discuss opportunities to participate in what we believe will be continuing consolidation of the power generation industry. No such definitive transaction has been agreed to and none can be guaranteed to occur; however, we have successfully executed on similar opportunities in the past and could do so again in the future. Depending on the terms and structure of any such transaction, we could issue significant debt and/or equity securities for capital-raising purposes. We also could be required to assume substantial debt obligations and the underlying payment obligations.
Capital Allocation. We continually review our investment options with respect to our capital resources. We do not have any material debt maturities until 2011, and between now and then we expect to enhance our current capital resources through the results of our operating business. We will seek to invest these capital resources in various projects and activities based on their return to stockholders. Potential investments could include, among others: add-on or other enhancement projects associated with our current power generation assets; brownfield development projects; merger and acquisition activities; returns of capital to stockholders and early repayment or repurchase of debt. Any such future purchases of debt may be made through open market or privately negotiated transactions with third parties or pursuant to one or more tender or exchange offers or otherwise, upon such terms and at such prices as we may determine. Capital allocation determinations generally are subject to the discretion of Dynegy’s Board of Directors as well as availability of capital and related investment opportunities, and may be limited by the provisions of our financing agreements. Any particular use of capital in an amount that is not considered material may be made without any prior public disclosure and could occur at any time.

 

47


Table of Contents

Dividends on Dynegy Common Stock. Dividend payments on Dynegy’s common stock are at the discretion of its Board of Directors. Dynegy did not declare or pay a dividend on its common stock for the year ended December 31, 2008 and it does not expect to pay a dividend on any class of its common stock in the foreseeable future.
Credit Ratings
Our credit rating status is currently non-investment grade; our senior unsecured debt is rated “B” by Standard & Poor’s, “B2” by Moody’s, and “B+” by Fitch. Over the past several years, we have established a successful record of accomplishment with the financial community. Specifically, we have made timely principal and interest payments, complied with our debt covenants and followed a disciplined approach to managing our capital structure while ensuring our growth and profitability. As a result, we do not expect a credit rating downgrade in the foreseeable future. However, any future downgrade of our credit rating, if one were to occur, would not have a material impact on our collateral posting requirements, nor would such a downgrade impact any of our debt covenants or the timing of our debt maturities.
Disclosure of Contractual Obligations and Contingent Financial Commitments
We have incurred various contractual obligations and financial commitments in the normal course of our operations and financing activities. Contractual obligations include future cash payments required under existing contracts, such as debt and lease agreements. These obligations may result from both general financing activities and from commercial arrangements that are directly supported by related revenue-producing activities. Contingent financial commitments represent obligations that become payable only if specified events occur, such as financial guarantees. Details on these obligations are set forth below.
Contractual Obligations
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2008. Cash obligations reflected are not discounted and do not include accretion or dividends.
                                         
    Expiration by Period  
            Less than 1                     More than 5  
    Total     Year     1-3 Years     3-5 Years     Years  
    (in millions)  
Long-term debt (including current portion)
  $ 6,136     $ 64     $ 643     $ 1,586     $ 3,843  
Interest payments on debt
    3,148       419       755       676       1,298  
Operating leases
    1,196       171       258       355       412  
Capital leases
    12       2       4       4       2  
Capacity payments
    345       46       95       92       112  
Transmission obligations
    193       6       12       12       163  
Interconnection obligations
    19       1       2       2       14  
Construction service agreements
    877       39       142       123       573  
Pension funding obligations
    80       27       53              
Other obligations
    41       14       10       6       11  
 
                             
 
                                       
Total contractual obligations
  $ 12,047     $ 789     $ 1,974     $ 2,856     $ 6,428  
 
                             
Long-Term Debt (Including Current Portion). Total amounts of Long-term debt (including current portion) are included in the December 31, 2008 consolidated balance sheet. Please read Note 15—Debt for further discussion.
Interest Payments on Debt. Interest payments on debt represent periodic interest payment obligations associated with our long-term debt (including current portion). Please read Note 15—Debt for further discussion.

 

48


Table of Contents

Operating Leases. Operating leases includes the minimum lease payment obligations associated with our DNE leveraged lease. Please read “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements—DNE Leveraged Lease” for further discussion. Amounts also include minimum lease payment obligations associated with office and office equipment leases.
In addition, we are party to two charter party agreements relating to two VLGCs previously utilized in our former global liquids business. The aggregate minimum base commitments of the charter party agreements are approximately $14 million each year for the years 2009 through 2012, and approximately $17 million from 2013 through lease expiration. The charter party rates payable under the two charter party agreements vary in accordance with market-based rates for similar shipping services. The $14 million and $17 million amounts set forth above are based on the minimum obligations set forth in the two charter party agreements. The primary terms of the charter party agreements expire September 2013 and September 2014, respectively. On January 1, 2003, in connection with the sale of our global liquids business, we sub-chartered both VLGCs to a wholly owned subsidiary of Transammonia Inc. The terms of the sub-charters are identical to the terms of the original charter agreements. We continue to rely on the sub-charters with a subsidiary of Transammonia to satisfy the obligations of our two charter party agreements. To date, the subsidiary of Transammonia has complied with the terms of the sub-charter agreements.
Capital Leases. In January 2006, we entered into an obligation under a capital lease related to a coal loading facility, which is used in the transportation of coal to our Vermilion power generating facility. Pursuant to our agreement with the lessor, we are obligated for minimum payments in the aggregate amount of $12 million over the remaining term of the lease.
Capacity Payments. Capacity payments include fixed obligations associated with transmission, transportation and storage arrangements totaling approximately $345 million.
Transmission Obligations. Transmission obligations represent an obligation with respect to transmission services for our Griffith facility. This agreement expires in 2039. Our obligation under this agreement is approximately $6 million per year through the term of the contract.
Interconnection Obligations. Interconnection obligations represent an obligation with respect to interconnection services for our Ontelaunee facility. This agreement expires in 2025. Our obligation under this agreement is approximately $1 million per year through the term of the contract.
Construction Service Agreements. Construction service agreements represent obligations with respect to long-term service agreements. Our obligation under these agreements is approximately $877 million.
Pension Funding Obligations. Amounts include estimated defined benefit pension funding obligations for 2009—$27 million, 2010—$24 million and 2011—$29 million. These amounts reflect increases over prior amounts resulting from declines in investor performance as a result of the ongoing turmoil in the debt and equity markets. Although we expect to continue to incur funding obligations subsequent to 2011, we cannot confidently estimate the amount of such obligations at this time and, therefore, have not included them in the table above.
Other Obligations. Other obligations include the following items:
    A payment of $8.5 million in 2009 related to Illinois rate relief legislation. Please read Note 19—Commitments and Contingencies—Illinois Auction Complaints for further discussion;
    Payments associated with a capacity contract between Independence and Con Edison. The aggregate payments through the 2014 expiration are approximately $13 million as of December 31, 2008;
    $6 million of reserves recorded in connection with FIN No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” (“FIN No. 48”). Please read Note 17—Income Taxes—Unrecognized Tax Benefits for further discussion;

 

49


Table of Contents

    Amounts related to a long-term coal agreement to assist in the delivery of coal to our Danskammer plant in Newburgh, New York. The agreement extends until 2010, and the minimum aggregate payments through expiration total approximately $7 million as of December 31, 2008; and
    Agreements for the supply of water to our generating facilities.
Contingent Financial Obligations
The following table provides a summary of our contingent financial obligations as of December 31, 2008 on an undiscounted basis. These obligations represent contingent obligations that may require a payment of cash upon the occurrence of specified events.
                                         
    Expiration by Period  
            Less than 1                     More than 5  
    Total     Year     1-3 Years     3-5 Years     Years  
    (in millions)  
Letters of credit (1)
  $ 1,135     $ 835     $ 300     $     $  
Surety bonds (2)
    7       7                    
 
                             
 
                                       
Total financial commitments
  $ 1,142     $ 842     $ 300     $     $  
 
                             
 
     
(1)   Amounts include outstanding letters of credit.
 
(2)   Surety bonds are generally on a rolling 12-month basis. The $7 million of surety bonds are supported by collateral.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
DNE Leveraged Lease. In May 2001, we entered into an asset-backed sale-leaseback transaction to provide us with long-term financing for our acquisition of certain power generating facilities. In this transaction, which was structured as a sale-leaseback to minimize our operating cost of the facilities on an after-tax basis and to transfer ownership to the purchaser, we sold four of the six generating units comprising the facilities to Danskammer OL LLC and Roseton OL LLC, each of which was newly formed by an unrelated third party investor, for approximately $920 million and we concurrently agreed to lease them back from these entities, which we refer to as the owner lessors. The owner lessors used $138 million in equity funding from the unrelated third party investor to fund a portion of the purchase of the respective facilities. The remaining $800 million of the purchase price and the related transaction expenses were derived from proceeds obtained in a private offering of pass-through trust certificates issued by two of our subsidiaries, Dynegy Danskammer, L.L.C. and Dynegy Roseton, L.L.C., which serve as lessees of the applicable facilities. The pass-through trust certificate structure was employed, as it has been in similar financings historically executed in the airline and energy industries, to optimize the cost of financing the assets and to facilitate a capital markets offering of sufficient size to enable the purchase of the lessor notes from the owner lessors. The pass-through trust certificates were sold to qualified institutional buyers in a private offering and the proceeds were used to purchase debt instruments, referred to as lessor notes, from the owner lessors. The pass-through trust certificates and the lessor notes are held by pass-through trusts for the benefit of the certificate holders. The lease payments on the facilities support the principal and interest payments on the pass-through trust certificates, which are ultimately secured by a mortgage on the underlying facilities.
As of December 31, 2008, future lease payments are $141 million for 2009, $95 million for 2010, $112 million for 2011, $179 million for 2012, $142 million for 2013, $143 million for 2014 and $248 million in the aggregate due from 2015 through lease expiration. The Roseton lease expires on February 8, 2035 and the Danskammer lease expires on May 8, 2031. We have no option to purchase the leased facilities at the end of their respective lease terms. DHI has guaranteed the lessees’ payment and performance obligations under their respective leases on a senior unsecured basis. At December 31, 2008, the present value (discounted at 10 percent) of future lease payments was $700 million.

 

50


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth our lease expenses and lease payments relating to these facilities for the periods presented.
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
    (in millions)  
Lease Expense
  $ 50     $ 50     $ 50  
Lease Payments (Cash Flows)
  $ 144     $ 107     $ 60  
If one or more of the leases were to be terminated because of an event of loss, because it had become illegal for the applicable lessee to comply with the lease or because a change in law had made the facility economically or technologically obsolete, DHI would be required to make a termination payment in an amount sufficient to compensate the lessor for termination of the lease, including redeeming the pass-through trust certificates related to the unit or facility for which the lease was terminated at par plus accrued and unpaid interest. As of December 31, 2008, the termination payment at par would be approximately $930 million for all of the leased facilities, which exceeds the $920 million we received on the sale of the facilities. If a termination of this type were to occur with respect to all of the leased facilities, it would be difficult for DHI to raise sufficient funds to make this termination payment. Alternatively, if one or more of the leases were to be terminated because we determine, for reasons other than as a result of a change in law, that it has become economically or technologically obsolete or that it is no longer useful to our business, DHI must redeem the related pass-through trust certificates at par plus a make-whole premium in an amount equal to the discounted present value of the principal and interest payments still owing on the certificates being redeemed less the unpaid principal amount of such certificates at the time of redemption. For this purpose, the discounted present value would be calculated using a discount rate equal to the yield-to-maturity on the most comparable U.S. Treasury security plus 50 basis points.
Commitments and Contingencies
Please read Note 19—Commitments and Contingencies, which is incorporated herein by reference, for further discussion of our material commitments and contingencies.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Overview and Discussion of Comparability of Results. In this section, we discuss our results of operations, both on a consolidated basis and, where appropriate, by segment, for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. At the end of this section, we have included our business outlook for each segment.
We report results of our power generation business as three separate geographical segments as follows: (i) GEN-MW, (ii) GEN-WE and (iii) GEN-NE. Because of the diversity among their respective operations, we report the results of each business as a separate segment in our consolidated financial statements. Beginning in the first quarter 2008, the results of our former customer risk management business are included in Other as it did not meet the criteria required to be an operating segment as of January 1, 2008. Accordingly, we have restated the corresponding items of segment information for prior periods. Our consolidated financial results also reflect corporate-level expenses such as general and administrative, interest and depreciation and amortization. Dynegy’s 50 percent investment in DLS Power Development, which was terminated effective January 1, 2009, is included in Other for segment reporting.

 

51


Table of Contents

Summary Financial Information. The following tables provide summary financial data regarding Dynegy’s consolidated and segmented results of operations for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Dynegy’s Results of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2008
                                         
    Power Generation              
    GEN-MW     GEN-WE     GEN-NE     Other     Total  
    (in millions)  
Revenues
  $ 1,623     $ 925     $ 1,006     $ (5 )   $ 3,549  
Cost of sales
    (584 )     (574 )     (705 )     10       (1,853 )
Operating and maintenance expense, exclusive of depreciation and amortization expense shown separately below
    (205 )     (124 )     (180 )     15       (494 )
Depreciation and amortization expense
    (206 )     (101 )     (54 )     (10 )     (371 )
Impairment and other charges
          (47 )                 (47 )
Gain on sale of assets
    56       11             15       82  
General and administrative expense
                      (157 )     (157 )
 
                             
Operating income (loss)
  $ 684     $ 90     $ 67     $ (132 )   $ 709  
Losses from unconsolidated investments
          (40 )           (83 )     (123 )
Other items, net
    3       5       6       73       87  
Interest expense
                                    (427 )
 
                                     
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
                                    246  
Income tax expense
                                    (75 )
 
                                     
Income from continuing operations
                                    171  
Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes
                                    3  
 
                                     
 
                                       
Net income
                                  $ 174  
 
                                     

 

52


Table of Contents

Dynegy’s Results of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2007
                                         
    Power Generation              
    GEN-MW     GEN-WE     GEN-NE     Other     Total  
    (in millions)  
Revenues
  $ 1,325     $ 689     $ 1,076     $ 13     $ 3,103  
Cost of sales
    (482 )     (400 )     (688 )     19       (1,551 )
Operating and maintenance expense, exclusive of depreciation and amortization expense shown separately below
    (193 )     (86 )     (179 )     (4 )     (462 )
Depreciation and amortization expense
    (194 )     (73 )     (45 )     (13 )     (325 )
Gain on sale of assets
    39                   4       43  
General and administrative expense
                      (203 )     (203 )
 
                             
Operating income (loss)
  $ 495     $ 130     $ 164     $ (184 )   $ 605  
Earnings (losses) from unconsolidated investments
          6             (9 )     (3 )
Other items, net
    (7 )                 56       49  
Interest expense
                                    (384 )
 
                                     
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
                                    267  
Income tax expense
                                    (151 )
 
                                     
Income from continuing operations
                                    116  
Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes
                                    148  
 
                                     
 
                                       
Net income
                                  $ 264  
 
                                     

 

53


Table of Contents

Dynegy’s Results of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2006
                                         
    Power Generation              
    GEN-MW     GEN-WE     GEN-NE     Other     Total  
    (in millions)  
Revenues
  $ 969     $ 87     $ 609     $ 105     $ 1,770  
Cost of sales
    (318 )     (66 )     (370 )     (44 )     (798 )
Operating and maintenance expense, exclusive of depreciation and amortization expense shown separately below
    (165 )     (6 )     (160 )     (7 )     (338 )
Depreciation and amortization expense
    (168 )     (8 )     (24 )     (17 )     (217 )
Impairment and other charges
    (110 )     (9 )                 (119 )
Gain on sale of assets
                      3       3  
General and administrative expense
                      (196 )     (196 )
 
                             
Operating income (loss)
  $ 208     $ (2 )   $ 55     $ (156 )   $ 105  
Losses from unconsolidated investments
          (1 )                 (1 )
Other items, net
    2       1       9       42       54  
Interest expense and debt conversion costs
                                    (631 )
 
                                     
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes
                                    (473 )
Income tax benefit
                                    152  
 
                                     
Loss from continuing operations
                                    (321 )
Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes
                                    (13 )
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of taxes
                                    1  
 
                                     
 
Net loss
                                  $ (333 )
 
                                     

 

54


Table of Contents

The following tables provide summary financial data regarding DHI’s consolidated and segmented results of operations for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
DHI’s Results of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2008
                                         
    Power Generation              
    GEN-MW     GEN-WE     GEN-NE     Other     Total  
    (in millions)  
Revenues
  $ 1,623     $ 925     $ 1,006     $ (5 )   $ 3,549  
Cost of sales
    (584 )     (574 )     (705 )     10       (1,853 )
Operating and maintenance expense, exclusive of depreciation and amortization expense shown separately below
    (205 )     (124 )     (180 )     15       (494 )
Depreciation and amortization expense
    (206 )     (101 )     (54 )     (10 )     (371 )
Impairment and other charges
          (47 )                 (47 )
Gain on sale of assets
    56       11             15       82  
General and administrative expense
                      (157 )     (157 )
 
                             
Operating income (loss)
  $ 684     $ 90     $ 67     $ (132 )   $ 709  
Losses from unconsolidated investments
          (40 )                 (40 )
Other items, net
    3       5       6       72       86  
Interest expense
                                    (427 )
 
                                     
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
                                    328  
Income tax expense
                                    (123 )
 
                                     
Income from continuing operations
                                    205  
Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes
                                    3  
 
                                     
 
Net income
                                  $ 208  
 
                                     

 

55


Table of Contents

DHI’s Results of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2007
                                         
    Power Generation              
    GEN-MW     GEN-WE     GEN-NE     Other     Total  
    (in millions)  
Revenues
  $ 1,325     $ 689     $ 1,076     $ 13     $ 3,103  
Cost of sales
    (482 )     (400 )     (688 )     19       (1,551 )
Operating and maintenance expense, exclusive of depreciation and amortization expense shown separately below
    (193 )     (86 )     (179 )     (4 )     (462 )
Depreciation and amortization expense
    (194 )     (73 )     (45 )     (13 )     (325 )
Gain on sale of assets
    39                   4       43  
General and administrative expense
                      (184 )     (184 )
 
                             
Operating income (loss)
  $ 495     $ 130     $ 164     $ (165 )   $ 624  
Earnings from unconsolidated investments
          6                   6  
Other items, net
    (7 )                 53       46  
Interest expense
                                    (384 )
 
                                     
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
                                    292  
Income tax expense
                                    (116 )
 
                                     
Income from continuing operations
                                    176  
Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes
                                    148  
 
                                     
 
Net income
                                  $ 324  
 
                                     
DHI’s Results of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2006
                                         
    Power Generation              
    GEN-MW     GEN-WE     GEN-NE     Other     Total  
    (in millions)  
Revenues
  $ 969     $ 87     $ 609     $ 105     $ 1,770  
Cost of sales
    (318 )     (66 )     (370 )     (44 )     (798 )
Operating and maintenance expense, exclusive of depreciation and amortization expense shown separately below
    (165 )     (6 )     (160 )     (7 )     (338 )
Depreciation and amortization expense
    (168 )     (8 )     (24 )     (17 )     (217 )
Impairment and other charges
    (110 )     (9 )                 (119 )
Gain on sale of assets
                      3       3  
General and administrative expense
                      (193 )     (193 )
 
                             
Operating income (loss)
  $ 208     $ (2 )   $ 55     $ (153 )   $ 108  
Losses from unconsolidated investments
          (1 )                 (1 )
Other items, net
    2       1       9       39       51  
Interest expense and debt conversion costs
                                    (579 )
 
                                     
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes
                                    (421 )
Income tax benefit
                                    125  
 
                                     
Loss from continuing operations
                                    (296 )
Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes
                                    (12 )
 
                                     
 
Net loss
                                  $ (308 )
 
                                     

 

56


Table of Contents

The following table provides summary segments operating statistics for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
GEN-MW
                       
Million Megawatt Hours Generated
    24.5       25.0       21.5  
In Market Availability for Coal Fired Facilities (1)
    90 %     93 %     89 %
Average Capacity Factor for Combined Cycle Facilities (2)
    16 %     19 %      
Average Quoted On-Peak Market Power Prices ($/MWh) (3):
                       
Cinergy (Cin Hub)
  $ 67     $ 61     $ 52  
Commonwealth Edison (NI Hub)
  $ 66     $ 59     $ 52  
PJM West
  $ 84     $ 71     $ 62  
Average On-Peak Market Spark Spreads ($/MWh) (4):
                       
PJM West
    15       17       10  
 
                       
GEN-WE
                       
Million Megawatt Hours Generated (5) (6)
    11.2       11.1       0.9  
Average Capacity Factor for Combined Cycle Facilities (2)
    44 %     59 %      
Average Quoted On-Peak Market Power Prices ($/MWh) (3):
                       
North Path 15 (NP 15)
  $ 80     $ 67     $ 61  
Palo Verde
  $ 72     $ 62     $ 58  
Average On-Peak Market Spark Spreads ($/MWh) (4):
                       
North Path 15 (NP 15)
  $ 18     $ 16     $ 14  
Palo Verde
  $ 13     $ 13     $ 12  
 
                       
GEN-NE
                       
Million Megawatt Hours Generated
    7.9       9.4       4.4  
In Market Availability for Coal Fired Facilities (1)
    91 %     90 %     86 %
Average Capacity Factor for Combined Cycle Facilities (2)
    25 %     37 %     17 %
Average Quoted On-Peak Market Power Prices ($/MWh) (3):
                       
New York—Zone G
  $ 101     $ 84     $ 76  
New York—Zone A
  $ 68     $ 64     $ 59  
Mass Hub
  $ 91     $ 78     $ 70  
Average On-Peak Market Spark Spreads ($/MWh) (4):
                       
New York—Zone A
  $ 3     $ 12     $ 9  
Mass Hub
  $ 23     $ 23     $ 19  
Fuel Oil
  $ (37 )   $ (16 )   $ (10 )
 
                       
Average natural gas price—Henry Hub ($/MMBtu) (7)
  $ 8.85     $ 6.95     $ 6.74  
 
     
(1)   Reflects the percentage of generation available during periods when market prices are such that these units could be profitably dispatched.
 
(2)   Reflects actual production as a percentage of available capacity.
 
(3)   Reflects the average of day-ahead quoted prices for the periods presented and does not necessarily reflect prices realized by the Company.
 
(4)   Reflects the simple average of the spark spread available to a 7.0 MMBtu/MWh heat rate generator selling power at day-ahead prices and buying delivered natural gas or fuel oil at a daily cash market price and does not reflect spark spreads available to the Company.
 
(5)   Includes our ownership percentage in the MWh generated by our GEN-WE investment in the Black Mountain power generation facility for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
(6)   Excludes approximately 1.8 million MWh and 2.9 million MWh generated by our CoGen Lyondell power generation facility, which we sold in August 2007, for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 and less than 0.1 million MWh generated by our Calcasieu power generation facility, which we sold on March 31, 2008, for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
 
(7)   Reflects the average of daily quoted prices for the periods presented and does not reflect costs incurred by the Company.

 

57


Table of Contents

The following tables summarize significant items on a pre-tax basis, with the exception of the tax items, affecting net income (loss) for the periods presented.
                                         
    Year Ended December 31, 2008  
    Power Generation              
    GEN-MW     GEN-WE     GEN-NE     Other     Total  
    (in millions)  
Gain on sale of Rolling Hills
  $ 56     $     $     $     $ 56  
Asset impairment
          (47 )                 (47 )
Release of state franchise tax and sales tax liability
                      16       16  
Gain on sale of NYMEX shares
                      15       15  
Gain on sale of Oyster Creek ownership interest
          11                   11  
Gain on sale of Sandy Creek ownership interest
          13                   13  
Gain on liquidation of foreign entity
                      24       24  
Sandy Creek mark-to-market losses (1)
          (40 )                 (40 )
Taxes (2)
                      12       12  
 
                             
Total—DHI
  $ 56     $ (63 )   $     $ 67     $ 60  
Impairment of equity investment
                      (24 )     (24 )
Loss on dissolution of equity investment
                      (47 )     (47 )
Taxes (2)
                      6       6  
 
                             
 
Total—Dynegy
  $ 56     $ (63 )   $     $ 2     $ (5 )
 
                             
 
     
(1)   These mark-to-market losses represent our 50 percent share.
 
(2)   Represents the benefit of adjustments arising from the measurement of temporary differences.
                                         
    Year Ended December 31, 2007  
    Power Generation              
    GEN-MW     GEN-WE     GEN-NE     Other     Total  
    (in millions)  
Discontinued operations (1)
  $     $ 225     $     $ 14     $ 239  
Legal and settlement charges
                      (17 )     (17 )
Illinois rate relief charge
    (25 )                       (25 )
Change in fair value of interest rate swaps, net of minority interest
    (9 )                 39       30  
Gain on sale of Sandy Creek ownership interest
          10                   10  
Gain on sale of Plum Point ownership interest
    39                         39  
Settlement of Kendall toll
                      31       31  
Taxes
                      30       30  
 
                             
Total—DHI
    5       235             97       337  
Legal and settlement charges
                      (19 )     (19 )
Taxes
                      (20 )     (20 )
 
                             
Total—Dynegy
  $ 5     $ 235     $     $ 58     $ 298  
 
                             
 
     
(1)   Discontinued operations for GEN-WE includes a gain of $224 million on the sale of the CoGen Lyondell power generation facility.

 

58


Table of Contents

                                         
    Year Ended December 31, 2006  
    Power Generation              
    GEN-MW     GEN-WE     GEN-NE     Other     Total  
    (in millions)  
Debt conversion costs
  $     $     $     $ (204 )   $ (204 )
Asset impairments
    (110 )     (9 )                 (119 )
Legal and settlement charges
                      (53 )     (53 )
Sithe Subordinated Debt exchange charge
                (36 )           (36 )
Acceleration of financing costs
                      (34 )     (34 )
Taxes
                      (29 )     (29 )
Discontinued operations
          (53 )           29       (24 )
 
                             
Total—DHI
    (110 )     (62 )     (36 )     (291 )     (499 )
Debt conversion costs
                      (45 )     (45 )
Acceleration of financing costs
                      (2 )     (2 )
Discontinued operations
                      1       1  
 
                             
Total—Dynegy
  $ (110 )   $ (62 )   $ (36 )   $ (337 )   $ (545 )
 
                             
Year Ended 2008 Compared to Year Ended 2007
Operating Income
Operating income for Dynegy was $709 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to $605 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. Operating income for DHI was $709 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to $624 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.
Our operating income for the year ended December 31, 2008 was driven, in part, by mark-to-market gains on forward sales of power associated with our generating assets, which are included in Revenues in the consolidated statements of operations. Such gains, which totaled $253 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, were a result of a decrease in forward market power prices or forward spark spreads during 2008 combined with greater outstanding notional amounts of forward positions compared to the same period in the prior year. Effective April 2, 2007, we chose to cease designating our commodity derivative instruments as cash flow hedges for accounting purposes. Please read Note 6—Risk Management Activities, Derivatives and Financial Instruments for further discussion. The resulting mark-to-market accounting treatment results in the immediate recognition of gains and losses within Revenues in the consolidated statements of operations due to changes in the fair value of the derivative instruments. These mark-to-market gains and losses are not reflected in the consolidated statements of operations in the same period as the underlying power sales from generation activity for which the derivative instruments serve as economic hedges. Except for those positions that settled in the year ended December 31, 2008, the expected cash impact of the settlement of these positions will be recognized over time through the end of 2010 based on the prices at which such positions are contracted. Our overall mark-to-market position and the related mark-to-market value will change as we buy or sell volumes within the forward market and as forward commodity prices fluctuate.
Power Generation—Midwest Segment. Operating income for GEN-MW was $684 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to $495 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.
Revenues for the year ended December 31, 2008 increased by $298 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2007, cost of sales increased by $102 million and operating and maintenance expense increased by $12 million, resulting in a net increase of $184 million. The increase was primarily driven by the following:
    Mark-to-market gains — GEN-MW’s results for the year ended December 31, 2008 included mark-to-market gains of $191 million, compared to $36 million of mark-to-market losses for the year ended December 31, 2007. Of the $191 million in 2008 mark-to-market gains, $5 million related to positions that settled in 2008, and the remaining $186 million related to positions that will settle in 2009 and 2010;
    Kendall and Ontelaunee provided results of $109 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $62 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, exclusive of mark-to-market amounts discussed above. The improved results in 2008 are the result of higher energy and capacity prices in PJM, and twelve months of results in 2008 compared with nine months in 2007, as the assets were acquired April 2, 2007;

 

59


Table of Contents

    Increased market prices — The average quoted on-peak prices in the Cin Hub and PJM West pricing regions (the liquid market hubs where our forward power sales occurred) increased from $61 and $71 per MWh, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2007 to $67 and $84 per MWh, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2008;
    Additional capacity sales of approximately $35 million, as a result of improved capacity prices for 2008 compared with 2007; and
    In 2007, we recorded a pre-tax charge of $25 million in Cost of sales to support a rate relief package for Illinois electric consumers.
These items were offset by the following:
    Decreased volumes — In spite of the addition of the Midwest plants acquired through the Merger on April 2, 2007, generated volumes decreased by 2 percent, from 25 million MWh for the year ended December 30, 2007, to 24.5 million MWh for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease in volumes was primarily driven by forced outages, lower off-peak volumes due to mild temperatures and transmission congestion as a result of flooding;
    Increased fuel costs, due largely to higher natural gas prices; and
    Wider basis differentials — In 2008, the price differential between the locations where we deliver generated power and the liquid market hubs where our forward power sales occurred was wider, in part due to congestion and transmission outages and regional weather differences, as compared to the same period in the prior year. These wider price differentials had a negative impact on our results as the price we received for delivered power at our physical delivery locations did not increase to the same extent as that of the liquid traded hubs.
Depreciation expense increased from $194 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 to $206 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, primarily as a result of the addition of Kendall and Ontelaunee.
Operating income for the year ended December 31, 2008 included a $56 million pre-tax gain from the sale of our Rolling Hills power generation facility, reflected in Gain on sale of assets in our consolidated statements of operations. Operating income for the year ended December 31, 2007 included a $39 million pre-tax gain related to the sale of a portion of our ownership interest in PPEA Holdings.
Power Generation—West Segment. Operating income for GEN-WE was $90 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to operating income of $130 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. Such amounts do not include results from the CoGen Lyondell and Calcasieu power generation facilities, which have been classified as discontinued operations for periods presented prior to disposition.
Revenues for the year ended December 31, 2008 increased by $236 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2007, cost of sales increased by $174 million and operating and maintenance expense increased by $38 million, resulting in a net increase of $24 million. The increase was primarily driven by the following:
    Mark-to-market gains — GEN-WE’s results for the year ended December 31, 2008 included mark-to-market gains of $51 million, compared to $44 million of mark-to-market gains for the year ended December 31, 2007. Of the $51 million in 2008 mark-to-market gains, $3 million of losses related to positions that settled in 2008, and the remaining $54 million related to positions that will settle in 2009 and 2010; and
    Increased volumes — Generated volumes were 11.2 million MWh for the year ended December 31, 2008, up from 11.1 million MWh for the year ended December 31, 2007. The volume increase was primarily driven by the West plants acquired on April 2, 2007, which provided total results, including operating expense, of $177 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared with $156 million for the same period in 2007, exclusive of mark-to-market amounts discussed above. Results for 2008 were negatively impacted by a forced outage and increased fuel costs due to higher natural gas prices.

 

60


Table of Contents

In May 2008, we sold a beneficial interest in Oyster Creek Limited to General Electric for approximately $11 million, and recognized a gain on the sale of approximately $11 million, reflected in Gain on sale of assets in our consolidated statements of operations. In addition, during 2008, we recorded a $47 million impairment of our Heard County power generating facility, reflected in Impairment and other charges in our consolidated statements of operations. Depreciation expense increased from $73 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 to $101 million for year ended December 31, 2008 primarily as a result of the addition of the acquired plants.
Power Generation—Northeast Segment. Operating income for GEN-NE was $67 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to $164 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.
Revenues for the year ended December 31, 2008 decreased by $70 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2007, cost of sales increased by $17 million and operating and maintenance expense increased by $1 million, resulting in a net decrease of $88 million. The decrease was primarily driven by the following:
    Decreased spark spreads — Although on-peak market power prices in New York Zone A increased by 7 percent, Zone A spark spreads contracted as fuel prices rose at a greater rate than power prices;
    Decreased volumes — In spite of the addition of the Northeast plants acquired through the Merger on April 2, 2007, generated volumes decreased by 16 percent, from 9.4 million MWh for the year ended December 31, 2007 to 7.9 million MWh for the year ended December 31, 2008. The volumes added by the new Northeast plants were more than offset by declines due to decreased spark spreads and reduced dispatch opportunities as compared to the same period in the prior year;
    Decreased results from the Bridgeport and Casco Bay assets, which provided results of $42 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared with $90 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, exclusive of mark-to-market amounts discussed below. Although the Bridgeport and Casco Bay assets provided a full year of results in 2008 compared with nine months in 2007, volumes were down during the key summer months as a result of compressed spark spreads and reduced dispatch opportunities;
    Decreased capacity sales of approximately $15 million, exclusive of the Bridgeport and Casco Bay results discussed above, as a result of lower capacity prices for 2008 compared with 2007; and
    Increased fuel cost, due largely to higher coal prices for our Danskammer facility.
These items were partially offset by mark-to-market gains. GEN-NE’s results for the year ended December 31, 2008 included mark-to-market gains of $11 million, compared to mark to market losses of $40 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. Of the $11 million in 2008 mark-to-market gains, $3 million related to positions that settled in 2008, and the remaining $8 million related to positions that will settle in 2009 and 2010.
Depreciation expense increased from $45 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 to $54 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, primarily as a result of the addition of Bridgeport and Casco Bay.
Other. Dynegy’s other operating loss for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $132 million, compared to an operating loss of $184 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. DHI’s other operating loss for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $132 million, compared to an operating loss of $165 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. Operating losses in both periods were comprised primarily of general and administrative expenses offset by results from our former customer risk management business. Included in 2008 was an approximate $15 million gain related to our sale of our remaining NYMEX shares and both membership seats. Results for 2008 also included a benefit of approximately $16 million related to the release of liabilities for state franchise tax and sales taxes, as well as a $9 million benefit from the release of a liability associated with an assignment of a natural gas transportation contract. 2007 included a $31 million pre-tax gain associated with the acquisition of Kendall. Prior to the acquisition, Kendall held a power tolling contract with our CRM business. Upon completion of the Merger, this contract became an intercompany agreement, and was effectively eliminated on a consolidated basis, resulting in the $31 million gain. Please read Note 3—Business Combinations and Acquisitions—LS Power Business Combination for further discussion.

 

61


Table of Contents

Dynegy’s consolidated general and administrative expenses were $157 million and $203 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2007 included legal and settlement charges of $36 million and a charge of approximately $6 million in connection with the accelerated vesting of restricted stock and stock option awards previously granted to employees, which vested in full upon closing of the Merger.
DHI’s consolidated general and administrative expenses were $157 million and $184 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2007 includes legal and settlement charges of $17 million and a charge of approximately $6 million in connection with the accelerated vesting of restricted stock and stock option awards previously granted to employees, which vested in full upon closing of the Merger.
Earnings (Losses) from Unconsolidated Investments
Dynegy’s losses from unconsolidated investments were $123 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 of which $83 million related to Dynegy’s investment in DLS Power Development, included in Other. These losses included a $24 million impairment charge, a $47 million loss on dissolution as a result of our decision to dissolve this venture and $12 million of equity losses. GEN-WE recognized $40 million of losses related to its investment in the Sandy Creek Project. These losses were comprised of $53 million primarily associated with our share of the partnership’s losses, partially offset by $13 million for our share of the gain on SCEA’s sale of an 11 percent undivided interest in the Sandy Creek Project. The $53 million consisted of $40 million mark-to-market losses primarily related to interest rate swap contracts and $13 million of financing costs. Please read Note 12—Variable Interest Entities—Sandy Creek for further discussion. Losses from unconsolidated investments were $3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. GEN-WE recognized $6 million from the investment in Sandy Creek largely due to its $10 million share of the gain on SCEA’s sale of a 25 percent undivided interest in the Sandy Creek Project. This income was more than offset by $9 million of losses related to Dynegy’s interest in DLS Power Holdings.
DHI’s losses from unconsolidated investments were $40 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 related to its investment in the Sandy Creek Project. These losses were comprised of $53 million primarily associated with our share of the partnership’s losses, partially offset by our $13 million share of the gain on SCEA’s sale of an 11 percent undivided interest in the Sandy Creek Project. The $53 million consisted of $40 million mark-to-market losses primarily related to interest rate swap contracts and $13 million of financing costs. Please read Note 12—Variable Interest Entities—Sandy Creek for further discussion. Earnings from unconsolidated investments were $6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. GEN-WE recognized $6 million from its investment in the Sandy Creek Project largely due to its $10 million share of the gain on SCEA’s sale of a 25 percent undivided interest in the Sandy Creek Project.
Other Items, Net
Dynegy’s other items, net, totaled $87 million of income for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to $49 million of income for the year ended December 31, 2007. DHI’s other items, net, totaled $86 million of income for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to $46 million of income for the year ended December 31, 2007. We recorded a $24 million gain related to the liquidation of our investment in a foreign entity during 2008, as the amount accumulated in the translation adjustment component of equity related to that entity was recognized in income upon liquidation of the entity. Other items also included $3 million of minority interest income for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared with $7 million of minority interest expense recorded in 2007 related to the Plum Point development project. The change in minority interest income and expense is primarily related to the mark-to-market interest income recorded in 2007 related to the interest rate swap agreements associated with the Plum Point Credit Agreement. Please read “Interest Expense” below for further discussion. In addition, during the first quarter 2008, we recognized income of $6 million related to insurance proceeds received in excess of the book value of damaged assets. The remaining increase in other income was associated with higher interest income due to larger cash balances in 2008.

 

62


Table of Contents

Interest Expense
Our interest expense totaled $427 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to $384 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase was primarily attributable to the project debt assumed in connection with the Merger, which was subsequently replaced, and secondarily to the associated growth in the size and utilization of our Credit Agreement. Included in interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2007 was approximately $24 million of mark-to-market income from interest rate swap agreements associated with the Plum Point Term Facility. Effective July 1, 2007, these agreements were designated as cash flow hedges. Also included in interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2007 was approximately $12 million of income from interest rate swap agreements, prior to being terminated that were associated with the portion of the debt repaid in late May 2007. The mark-to-market income included in interest expense for 2007 is offset by net losses of approximately $7 million in connection with the repayment of a portion of the project indebtedness assumed in connection with the Merger.
Income Tax Expense
Dynegy reported an income tax expense from continuing operations of $75 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to an income tax expense from continuing operations of $151 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The 2008 effective tax rate was 30 percent, compared to 57 percent in 2007. Income tax expense from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2008 included a benefit of $10 million related to a permanent difference arising from a gain associated with the liquidation of a foreign entity. Additionally, income tax expense from continuing operations included a benefit of $18 million and expense of $21 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, related to adjustments to state tax expense arising from the measurement of temporary differences. For the year ended December 31, 2007, Dynegy’s higher effective state tax rate was driven by changes in levels of business activity in states in which we do business.
DHI reported an income tax expense from continuing operations of $123 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to an income tax expense from continuing operations of $116 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The 2008 effective tax rate was 38 percent, compared to 40 percent in 2007. Income tax expense from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2008 included a benefit of $10 million related to a permanent difference arising from a gain associated with the liquidation of a foreign entity. Additionally, income tax expense from continuing operations included a benefit of $12 million and expense of $19 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, related to adjustments to state tax expense arising from the measurement of temporary differences. For the year ended December 31, 2007, DHI’s higher effective state tax rate was driven by changes in levels of business activity in states in which we do business.
Discontinued Operations
Income From Discontinued Operations Before Taxes.
During the year ended December 31, 2008, Dynegy’s pre-tax income from discontinued operations was $4 million ($3 million after-tax) which represents the receipt of business interruption insurance proceeds in Dynegy’s former NGL segment. During the year ended December 31, 2007, Dynegy’s pre-tax income from discontinued operations was $239 million ($148 million after-tax). Dynegy’s GEN-WE segment included $225 million from the operation of the CoGen Lyondell and Calcasieu power generation facilities in addition to a pre-tax gain of $224 million associated with the completion of our sale of the CoGen Lyondell power generation facility. Dynegy’s U.K. CRM business included income of $15 million, primarily related to a favorable settlement of a legacy receivable.
During the year ended December 31, 2008, DHI’s pre-tax income from discontinued operations was $4 million ($3 million after-tax) which represents the receipt of business interruption insurance proceeds in DHI’s former NGL segment. During the year ended December 31, 2007, DHI’s pre-tax income from discontinued operations was $240 million ($148 million after-tax). DHI’s GEN-WE segment included $225 million from the operation of the CoGen Lyondell and Calcasieu power generation facilities in addition to a pre-tax gain of $224 million associated with the completion of our sale of the CoGen Lyondell power generation facility. DHI’s U.K. CRM business included income of $15 million, primarily related to a favorable settlement of a legacy receivable

 

63


Table of Contents

Income Tax Expense From Discontinued Operations
We recorded an income tax expense from discontinued operations of $1 million and $91 million during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The effective rates for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 was 25 percent and 38 percent, respectively.
Year Ended 2007 Compared to Year Ended 2006
Operating Income
Operating income for Dynegy was $605 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared to $105 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. Operating income for DHI was $624 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared to $108 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.
Power Generation—Midwest Segment. Operating income for GEN-MW was $495 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared to $208 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. Operating income for 2007 included a $39 million pre-tax gain related to the partial sale of our ownership interest in PPEA Holdings. Operating income for 2006 included a $110 million pre-tax impairment charge related to the Bluegrass generation facility, due to changes in the market that resulted in economic constraints on the facility.
Revenues for the year ended December 31, 2007 increased by $356 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2006, cost of sales increased by $164 million and operating and maintenance expense increased by $28 million, resulting in a net increase of $164 million. The increase was primarily driven by the following:
    Higher volumes — Generated volumes increased by 16 percent, up from 21.5 million MWh for the year ended December 31, 2006 to 25 million MWh for the year ended December 31, 2007;
    Increased market prices — The average quoted on-peak prices in Cin Hub pricing region increased from $52 per MWh for the year ended December 31, 2006 to $61 per MWh for the year ended December 31, 2007;
    Improved pricing as a result of the Illinois reverse power procurement auction — Beginning January 1, 2007, we began operating under two new energy product supply agreements with subsidiaries of Ameren Corporation through our participation in the Illinois reverse power procurement auction in 2006. Under these new agreements, we provide up to 1,400 MWh around the clock for prices of approximately $64.77 per megawatt-hour; and
    The addition of the new Midwest plants acquired through the Merger — The Kendall and Ontelaunee plants acquired on April 2, 2007 contributed to the increase in generated volumes and provided results of $62 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, exclusive of mark-to-market losses discussed below.
These items were offset by the following:
    Mark-to-market losses — GEN-MW’s results for the year ended December 31, 2007 included mark-to-market losses of $36 million related to forward sales, compared to $15 million of mark-to-market gains for the year ended December 31, 2006. Of the $36 million in 2007 mark-to-market losses, $13 million related to previously recognized mark-to-market gains that settled in 2007, and the remaining $23 million related to positions that will settle in 2008 and beyond. Please read Note 6—Risk Management Activities, Derivatives and Financial Instruments—Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities—Cash Flow Hedges for a discussion of our decision to no longer designate derivative transactions as cash flow hedges beginning with the second quarter 2007; and
    A $25 million charge related to the Illinois rate relief package — In July 2007, we entered into agreements with various parties to make payments of up to $25 million in connection with legislation providing for rate relief for Illinois electric consumers. During September 2007, we made an initial payment of $7.5 million. During 2007, we recorded a pre-tax charge of $25 million, included as a cost of sales on our consolidated statements of operations.

 

64


Table of Contents

Depreciation expense increased from $168 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 to $194 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, primarily as a result of the new Midwest plants and capital projects placed into service in 2006.
Power Generation—West Segment. Operating income for GEN-WE was $130 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared to a loss of $2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The 2006 results relate to our Heard County and Rockingham generation facilities. Results from our CoGen Lyondell and Calcasieu power generation facilities have been classified as discontinued operations for all periods presented.
Revenues for the year ended December 31, 2007 increased by $602 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2006, cost of sales increased by $334 million and operating and maintenance expense increased by $80 million, resulting in a net increase of $188 million. The increase was primarily driven by the following:
    The addition of the new West plants acquired through the Merger — Generated volumes were 11.1 million MWh for the year ended December 31, 2007, up from 0.9 million MWh for the year ended December 31, 2006. The volume increase was primarily driven by the new West plants, which provided total results of $156 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, exclusive of mark-to-market gains discussed below. The volume increase from the new West plants was slightly offset by a reduction due to the sale of the Rockingham generation facility in late 2006; and
    Mark-to-market gains — GEN-WE’s results for the year ended December 31, 2007 included mark-to-market gains of $44 million related to heat rate call-options and forward sales agreements, compared to zero for the year ended December 31, 2006. Of the $44 million in 2007 mark-to-market gains, $15 million related to risk management liabilities acquired in the Merger that settled in 2007, and the remaining $29 million related to positions that will settle in 2008 and beyond. Please read Note 6—Risk Management Activities, Derivatives and Financial Instruments—Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities—Cash Flow Hedges for a discussion of our decision to no longer designate derivative transactions as cash flow hedges beginning with the second quarter 2007.
Depreciation expense increased from $8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 to $73 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 primarily as a result of the new West plants. In addition, during 2006, we recorded a $9 million impairment of our Rockingham facility, resulting from the announcement of our sale of the facility.
Power Generation—Northeast Segment. Operating income for GEN-NE was $164 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared to $55 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.
Revenues for the year ended December 31, 2007 increased by $467 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2006, cost of sales increased by $318 million and operating and maintenance expense increased by $19 million, resulting in a net increase of $130 million. The increase was primarily driven by the following:
    Increased market prices and spark spreads — On peak market prices in New York Zone G and Zone A increased by 11 percent and 8 percent, respectively. Spark spreads widened due to higher power prices. Average market spark spreads increased 33 percent and 21 percent for New York Zone A and Mass Hub, respectively;
    Higher volumes, partially driven by the addition of the new Northeast plants acquired through the Merger — Generated volumes increased by 114 percent, up from 4.4 million MWh for the year ended December 31, 2006 to 9.4 million MWh for the year ended December 31, 2007. The volume increase was partially driven by the new Northeast plants. The Bridgeport and Casco Bay plants provided total results of $90 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, exclusive of mark-to-market losses discussed below. The volume increase was also a result of higher spark spreads and cooler weather in the first quarter 2007, which led to greater run times than in 2006; and
    A fuel oil inventory write-down of approximately $6 million was recorded in the year ended December 31, 2006.

 

65


Table of Contents

These items were offset by the following:
    Mark-to-market losses — GEN-NE’s results for the year ended December 31, 2007 included mark-to-market losses of $40 million related to forward sales, compared to losses of $26 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. Of the $40 million in 2007 mark-to-market losses, $32 million related to risk management assets acquired in the Merger that settled in 2007. The remaining $8 million related to positions that will settle in 2008 and beyond. Please read Note 6—Risk Management Activities, Derivatives and Financial Instruments—Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities—Cash Flow Hedges for a discussion of our decision to no longer designate derivative transactions as cash flow hedges beginning with the second quarter 2007; and
    Results were favorably impacted in 2006 by $12 million due to an opportunistic sale of emissions credits that were not required for near-term operations of our facilities. Similar sales of $10 million occurred in 2007.
Depreciation expense increased from $24 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 to $45 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. This was primarily due to the new Northeast plants.
Other. Dynegy’s other operating loss for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $184 million, compared to an operating loss of $156 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. DHI’s other operating loss for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $165 million, compared to an operating loss of $153 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. Operating losses in both periods were comprised primarily of general and administrative expenses offset by results from our former customer risk management business. Results for 2007 include a $31 million pre-tax gain associated with the acquisition of Kendall. Prior to the acquisition, Kendall held a power tolling contract with our CRM business. Upon completion of the Merger, this contract became an intercompany agreement, and was effectively eliminated on a consolidated basis, resulting in the $31 million gain. Please read Note 3—Business Combinations and Acquisitions—LS Power Business Combination for further discussion. Results for 2007 and 2006 reflect legal and settlement charges of approximately $15 million and $53 million, respectively, resulting from additional activities during the period that negatively affected management’s assessment of probable and estimable losses associated with the applicable proceedings. The 2007 legal and settlement charges were partially offset by a $4 million gain on the sale of NYMEX securities. The 2006 legal and settlement charges were partially offset by mark-to-market income on our legacy coal, natural gas, emissions, and power positions.
Dynegy’s consolidated general and administrative expenses increased to $203 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $196 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2007 included legal and settlement charges of $36 million, compared with legal and settlement charges of $53 million in the same period of 2006. For the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, $15 million and $53 million, respectively, of this general and administrative expense was related to legal and settlement charges reported in our CRM business, as discussed above. Additionally, general and administrative expenses for 2007 included a charge of approximately $6 million in connection with the accelerated vesting of restricted stock and stock option awards previously granted to employees, which vested in full upon closing of the Merger. The remaining increase from 2006 to 2007 was primarily a result of higher salary and employee benefit costs due to the Merger.
DHI’s consolidated general and administrative expenses decreased to $184 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $193 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2007 included legal and settlement charges of $17 million, compared with legal and settlement charges of $53 million in the same period of 2006. For the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, $15 million and $53 million, respectively, of this general and administrative expense was related to legal , respectively charges reported in our CRM segment, as discussed above. The decrease in legal and settlement charges from 2006 to 2007 was partially offset by a charge of approximately $6 million in 2007 related to the accelerated vesting of restricted stock and stock option awards previously granted to employees, which vested in full upon closing of the Merger. Additionally, salary and employee benefit costs were higher in 2007 as a result of the Merger.

 

66


Table of Contents

Earnings (Losses) from Unconsolidated Investments
Dynegy’s losses from unconsolidated investments were $3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to losses of $1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. Earnings in 2007 included $10 million from the GEN-WE investment in the Sandy Creek largely due to its share of the gain on SCEA’s sale of a 25 percent undivided interest in the Sandy Creek Project. Please read Note 12—Variable Interest Entities—Sandy Creek for further information. This income was partially offset by losses related to Dynegy’s interest in DLS Power Holdings. Earnings in 2006 related to the GEN-WE investment in Black Mountain.
DHI’s earnings from unconsolidated investments were $6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared with losses of $1 million the year ended December 31, 2006. Earnings in 2007 included $10 million from the GEN-WE investment in the Sandy Creek largely due to its share of the gain on SCEA’s sale of a 25 percent undivided interest in the Sandy Creek Project. Please read Note 12—Variable Interest Entities—Sandy Creek for further information. Earnings in 2006 related to the GEN-WE investment in Black Mountain.
Other Items, Net
Dynegy’s other items, net totaled $49 million of income for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared to $54 million of income for the year ended December 31, 2006. The decrease was primarily associated with $7 million of minority interest expense related to the Plum Point facility as well as foreign currency losses in the year ended December 31, 2007. The minority interest expense was primarily due to the mark-to-market interest income recorded during the three months ended June 30, 2007 related to the interest rate swap agreements associated with the Plum Point Credit Agreement. Please read “—Interest Expense” below for further discussion.
DHI’s other items, net totaled $46 million of income for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared to $51 million of income for the year ended December 31, 2006. The decrease was primarily associated with $7 million of minority interest expense recorded in 2007 related to the Plum Point facility. The minority interest expense was primarily due to the mark-to-market interest income recorded during the three months ended June 30, 2007 related to the interest rate swap agreements associated with the Plum Point Credit Agreement. Please read “—Interest Expense” below for further discussion.
Interest Expense
Dynegy’s interest expense and debt conversion costs totaled $384 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared to $631 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. DHI’s interest expense and debt conversion costs totaled $384 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared to $579 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.
The decrease was primarily attributable to debt conversion costs and acceleration of financing costs resulting from our liability management program executed in the second quarter of 2006 as well as a $36 million charge associated with the Sithe Subordinated Debt exchange. Included in interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2007 was approximately $24 million of mark-to-market income from interest rate swap agreements associated with the Plum Point Credit Agreement Facility. Effective July 1, 2007, these agreements were designated as cash flow hedges. Also included in interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2007 was approximately $12 million of income from non-designated interest rate swap agreements that, prior to being terminated, were associated with the portion of the debt repaid in late May 2007. The mark-to-market income included in interest expense for 2007 was offset by net losses of approximately $7 million in connection with the repayment of a portion of the project indebtedness assumed in connection with the Merger. These items were offset by higher interest expense incurred in 2007 due to higher 2007 debt balances resulting from the Merger.

 

67


Table of Contents

Income Tax (Expense) Benefit
Dynegy reported an income tax expense from continuing operations of $151 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared to an income tax benefit from continuing operations of $152 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The 2007 effective tax rate was 57 percent, compared to 32 percent in 2006. The income tax expense in 2007 included a $4 million benefit resulting from the change in New York state tax law and a $3 million expense resulting from a net increase in tax reserves. Additionally, Dynegy realized a higher state income tax expense resulting from adjusting Dynegy’s temporary differences to a higher overall effective state tax rate. The higher effective state tax rate was driven by changes in levels of business activity in states in which we do business and the higher state tax rates in the states in which the Contributed Entities are located. Excluding the impact of changes in levels of business activity and changes in company structure, the 2007 calculation would result in an effective tax rate of 36 percent.
DHI reported an income tax expense from continuing operations of $116 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared to an income tax benefit from continuing operations of $125 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The 2007 effective tax rate was 40 percent, compared to 30 percent in 2006. The income tax expense in 2007 included a $14 million benefit resulting from the change in New York state tax law and a $16 million benefit resulting from the release of tax reserves. Additionally, DHI realized a higher state income tax expense resulting from adjusting DHI’s temporary differences to a higher overall effective state tax rate. The higher effective state tax rate was driven by changes in levels of business activity in states in which we do business and the higher state tax rates in the states in which the Contributed Entities are located. Excluding the impact of changes in levels of business activity and changes in company structure, the 2007 calculation would result in an effective tax rate of 31 percent.
Discontinued Operations
Income From Discontinued Operations Before Taxes. Discontinued operations include the Calcasieu and CoGen Lyondell power generation facilities in our GEN-WE segment, DMSLP in our former NGL segment and our U.K. CRM business.
During the year ended December 31, 2007, Dynegy’s pre-tax income from discontinued operations was $239 million ($148 million after-tax). Dynegy’s GEN-WE segment included $225 million from the operation of the CoGen Lyondell and Calcasieu power generation facilities, consisting primarily of a pre-tax gain of $224 million associated with the completion of our sale of the CoGen Lyondell power generation facility. Dynegy’s U.K. CRM included income of $15 million, primarily related to a favorable settlement of a legacy receivable.
During the year ended December 31, 2006, Dynegy’s pre-tax loss from discontinued operations was $23 million ($13 million after-tax). Dynegy’s GEN-WE segment included losses of $53 million from the operation of the CoGen Lyondell and Calcasieu power generation facilities. The loss includes a $36 million impairment associated with the Calcasieu power generation facility. Dynegy’s U.K. CRM included earnings of $23 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, primarily related to a favorable settlement of a legacy receivable. Dynegy also recorded pre-tax income of $6 million attributable to NGL.
During the year ended December 31, 2007, DHI’s pre-tax income from discontinued operations was $240 million ($148 million after-tax). DHI’s GEN-WE segment included $225 million from the operation of the CoGen Lyondell and Calcasieu power generation facilities, consisting primarily of a pre-tax gain of $224 million associated with the completion of our sale of the CoGen Lyondell power generation facility. DHI’s U.K. CRM included income of $15 million, primarily related to a favorable settlement of a legacy receivable.
During the year ended December 31, 2006, DHI’s pre-tax loss from discontinued operations was $24 million ($12 million after-tax). DHI’s GEN-WE segment included losses of $53 million from the operation of the CoGen Lyondell and Calcasieu power generation facilities. The loss includes a $36 million impairment associated with the Calcasieu power generation facility. DHI’s U.K. CRM included earnings of $23 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, primarily related to a favorable settlement of a legacy receivable. DHI also recorded pre-tax income of $6 million attributable to NGL.
Income Tax (Expense) Benefit From Discontinued Operations. Dynegy recorded an income tax expense from discontinued operations of $91 million during the year ended December 31, 2007, compared to an income tax benefit from discontinued operations of $10 million during the year ended December 31, 2006. The income tax expense in 2007 included a $9 million benefit from a net release of tax reserves. The effective tax rate was impacted by the $47 million of goodwill allocated to the CoGen Lyondell power generation facility upon its sale. As there was no tax basis in the goodwill, there were no tax benefits associated with the allocated goodwill.

 

68


Table of Contents

DHI recorded an income tax expense from discontinued operations of $92 million during the year ended December 31, 2007, compared to an income tax benefit from discontinued operations of $12 million during the year ended December 31, 2006. The income tax expense in 2007 included an $8 million benefit from a net release of tax reserves. The effective tax rate for 2007 was impacted by the $47 million of goodwill allocated to the CoGen Lyondell power generation facility upon its sale. As there was no tax basis in the goodwill, there were no tax benefits associated with the allocated goodwill.
Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting Principles
On January 1, 2006, we adopted SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment” (SFAS No. 123(R)). In connection with its adoption, Dynegy realized a cumulative effect loss of approximately $1 million, net of tax expense of zero. Please read Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Employee Stock Options for further information.
Outlook
Our fleet includes a diverse mixture of assets with various fuel, dispatch and merit order characteristics within each of our three regions. In commercializing our assets, we seek to achieve a balance between protecting cash flow in the near/intermediate term, while maintaining the ability to capture value longer term as markets tighten. We expect that a majority of our sales will be achieved by selling energy and capacity through a combination of spot market sales and near-term contracts over a rolling 12–36 month time frame in time periods that we describe as Current, Current +1, and Current +2. At any given point in time, we will seek to balance predictability of earnings and cash flow with achieving the highest level of earnings and cash flow possible over the Current, Current +1 and Current +2 periods. In these periods we understand that short-term market volatility can negatively impact our profitability, and we will seek to reduce those negative impacts through the disciplined use of near- and intermediate-term forward sales. As a result, our fleet-wide forward sales profile is fluid and subject to change. We expect to make fewer forward sales beyond the Current+2 period in order to realize the anticipated benefit of improved market prices over time as the supply and demand balance tightens.
We expect that our future financial results will continue to reflect sensitivity to fuel and commodity prices, market structure and prices for electric energy, ancillary services, capacity and emissions allowances, transportation and transmission logistics, weather conditions and IMA. Our commercial team actively manages commodity price risk associated with our unsold power production by trading in the forward markets that are correlated with our assets. We also participate in various regional auctions and bilateral opportunities. Our regional commercial strategies are particularly driven by the types of units that we have within a given region and the operating characteristics of those units.
The latter part of 2008 was characterized by turmoil in the financial markets. Several large financial institutions have failed, and stock prices across industries, including ours, have fallen sharply. These market conditions have resulted in a decreased willingness on the part of lenders to enter into new loans. We believe there has been a reduction in the number of counterparties participating in, and the volume of transactions available for execution in, the bilateral energy markets, making it more difficult to optimize the value of our assets. Please read Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources for further discussion of the impact of recent market developments on our business.
To the extent that we choose not to enter into forward sales, the gross margin from our assets is a function of price movements in the coal, natural gas, fuel oil, electric energy and capacity markets.

 

69


Table of Contents

The following summarizes unique business issues impacting our individual regions’ outlook.
GEN-MW. Our Consent Decree requires substantial emission reductions from our Illinois coal-fired power generating plants and the completion of several supplemental environmental projects in the Midwest. We have achieved all emission reductions scheduled to date under the Consent Decree and are installing additional emission control equipment to meet future Consent Decree emission limits. We anticipate our costs associated with the Consent Decree projects, which we expect to incur through 2012, to be approximately $960 million, which includes approximately $290 million spent to date. This estimate required a number of assumptions about uncertainties beyond our control. For instance, we have assumed, for purposes of this estimate, that labor and material costs will increase at four percent per year over the remaining project term. The following are the estimated capital expenditures required to comply with the Consent Decree:
                           
2009   2010     2011     2012  
(in millions)  
$
245
  $ 215     $ 165     $ 45  
If the costs of these capital expenditures become great enough to render the operation of the affected facility or facilities uneconomical, we could, at our option, cease to operate the facility or facilities and forego these capital expenditures without incurring any further obligations under the Consent Decree. Please read Note 19—Commitments and Contingencies—Other Commitments and Contingencies—Consent Decree for further discussion.
Our Midwest coal requirements are 100 percent contracted through 2010. For 2009, the prices associated with these contracts are fixed. Approximately 25 percent of our 2010 coal requirements are currently unpriced, and will be priced in September 2009. The new prices determined in September will become effective January 1, 2010. We expect that any price changes will be consistent with the historical price trend over the past several years.
PJM recently implemented a forward capacity auction, the Reliability Pricing Model. The auction has resulted in an increase in the value of capacity in not only PJM, but in the neighboring MISO as well, compared to periods before the auction was in place. We participated in the auction process, resulting in sales of capacity for the following planning years:
                 
            Weighted Average  
Planning Year   Net Capacity     Capacity Price  
    (in MWs)     ($ per MW-day)  
 
               
2008-2009
    885       112  
2009-2010
    2,240       123 (1)
2010-2011
    2,057       174  
2011-2012
    2,061       110  
 
     
(1)   Calculated as the weighted average of 1,723 MWs at $102 per MW-day for RTO and 517 MWs at $191 per MW-day for MAAC+APS.
GEN-WE. In 2009, we expect our Morro Bay facility to benefit from a new tolling arrangement with a utility in California. Approximately two thirds of power plant capacity in the West is contracted for under a variety of tolling agreements with load-serving entities and Reliability Must Run agreements with the California ISO. A significant portion of the remaining capacity is sold as a Resource Adequacy product in the California market, and much of the production associated with the plants without tolls or Reliability Must Run agreements has been hedged. As a result, the earnings of our West region tend to be less volatile than in our other regions.
GEN-NE. We continue to maintain sufficient coal and fuel oil inventories to effectively manage our operations. We have contracted 100 percent and approximately 35 percent of our expected coal supply for 2009 and 2010, respectively, for our Danskammer power generation facility primarily from South American suppliers at delivered prices that are competitively priced compared to domestic suppliers. Multiple sourcing options are under evaluation for the remainder of our 2010 supply needs. Markets for coal, like other world energy commodity markets, experienced significant volatility during 2008, and this volatility is likely to continue through 2009-2010. However, coal prices in both the international and domestic markets have decreased significantly from their historic highs reached in the middle of 2008. We are exploring various alternative contractual commitments and financial options, as well as facility modifications, to ensure stable fuel supplies and to further mitigate cost and supply risks for near and long-term coal supplies.
The volatility in fuel oil commodity pricing should provide us opportunities to capture additive short-term market value through strategic purchases of fuel oil in the spot market. Lower commodity prices of fuel oil have further positioned our Roseton facility, which is capable of burning natural gas and fuel oil, to capture these market opportunities.

 

70


Table of Contents

In New England, the ISO-NE is in the process of restructuring its capacity market and will be transitioning to a forward capacity market in 2010. During the transition from the pre-existing capacity markets in ISO-NE to the forward capacity market, all listed ICAP resources will receive monthly capacity payments, adjusted for each power year. The transitional payments for capacity commenced in December 2006, with a price of $3.05/KW-month, and gradually rise to $4.10/KW-month through September 1, 2010, when the forward capacity market will be fully effective. Capacity auctions for the 2010/2011 and 2011/2012 were held in 2008 and resulted in capacity payments of $4.50 KW/month and $4.50 KW/month respectively for our assets in New England.
SEASONALITY
Our revenues and operating income are subject to fluctuations during the year, primarily due to the impact seasonal factors have on sales volumes and the prices of power and natural gas. Power marketing operations and generating facilities have higher volatility and demand, respectively, in the summer cooling months. This trend may change over time as demand for natural gas increases in the summer months as a result of increased natural gas-fired electricity generation.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Our Accounting Department is responsible for the development and application of accounting policy and control procedures. This department conducts these activities independent of any active management of our risk exposures, is independent of our business segments and reports to the Chief Financial Officer.
The process of preparing financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires our management to make estimates and judgments. It is possible that materially different amounts could be recorded if these estimates and judgments change or if actual results differ from these estimates and judgments. We have identified the following seven critical accounting policies that require a significant amount of estimation and judgment and are considered important to the portrayal of our financial position and results of operations:
    Revenue Recognition and Valuation of Risk Management Assets and Liabilities;
    Valuation of Tangible and Intangible Assets;
    Accounting for Contingencies, Guarantees and Indemnifications;
    Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations;
    Accounting for Variable Interest Entities;
    Accounting for Income Taxes; and
    Valuation of Pension and Other Post-Retirement Plans Assets and Liabilities.
Revenue Recognition and Valuation of Risk Management Assets and Liabilities
We earn revenue from our facilities in three primary ways: (i) sale of energy generated by our facilities; (ii) sale of ancillary services, which are the products of a generation facility that support the transmission grid operation, allow generation to follow real-time changes in load, and provide emergency reserves for major changes to the balance of generation and load; and (iii) sale of capacity. We recognize revenue from these transactions when the product or service is delivered to a customer, unless they meet the definition of a derivative, as defined by SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”, as amended, (“SFAS No. 133”). Please read “Derivative Instruments—Generation” for further discussion of the accounting for these types of transactions.
Derivative Instruments—Generation. We enter into commodity contracts that meet the definition of a derivative under SFAS No. 133. These contracts are often entered into to mitigate or eliminate market and financial risks associated with our generation business. These contracts include power sales contracts, fuel purchase contracts, heat rate call options, and other instruments used to mitigate variability in earnings due to fluctuations in market prices. SFAS No. 133 provides for three different ways to account for these types of contracts: (i) as an accrual contract, if the criteria for the “normal purchase normal

 

71


Table of Contents

sale” exception are met and documented; (ii) as a cash flow or fair value hedge, if the criteria are met and documented; or (iii) as a mark-to-market contract with changes in fair value recognized in current period earnings. All derivative commodity contracts that do not qualify for the “normal purchase normal sale” exception are recorded at fair value in risk management assets and liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. If the derivative commodity contract has been designated as a cash flow hedge, the changes in fair value are recognized in earnings concurrent with the hedged item. Changes in the fair value of derivative commodity contracts that are not designated as cash flow hedges are recorded currently in earnings. Because derivative contracts can be accounted for in three different ways, and as the “normal purchase normal sale” exception and cash flow and fair value hedge accounting are elective, the accounting treatment used by another party for a similar transaction could be different from the accounting treatment we use. To the extent a party elects to apply cash flow hedge accounting for qualifying transactions, there is generally less volatility in the income statement as the effective portion of the changes in the fair values of the derivative instruments is recognized through equity.
We do not offset fair value amounts recognized for derivative instruments executed with the same counterparty under a master netting agreement and we did not elect to adopt the netting provisions allowed under FSP FIN 39-1, “Amendment of FASB Interpretation No. 39”, which allows an entity to offset the fair value amounts recognized for cash collateral paid or cash collateral received against the fair value amounts recognized for derivative instruments executed with the same counterparty under a master netting agreement. As a result, our consolidated balance sheets present derivative assets and liabilities, as well as cash collateral paid or received, on a gross basis.
Cash inflows and cash outflows associated with the settlement of these risk management activities are recognized in net cash provided by (used in) operating activities on the consolidated statements of cash flows.
Derivative Instruments—Financing Activities. We are exposed to changes in interest rate risk through our variable and fixed rate debt. In order to manage our interest rate risk, we enter into interest rate swap agreements that meet the definition of a derivative under SFAS No. 133. SFAS No. 133 requires us to mark-to-market all derivative instruments on the balance sheet. If the derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge, the effective portions of the changes in the fair value of the derivative are recorded in OCI and the realized gains and losses related to these derivatives are recognized in earnings in the same period as the settlement of the underlying hedged transaction. If the derivative is designated as a fair value hedge, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized currently in earnings. If the derivative is not designated as a hedge, the change in value is recognized currently in earnings. To the extent a party elects to apply hedge accounting for qualifying transactions, there is generally less volatility in the income statement as a portion of the changes in the fair value of the derivative instruments is recognized through equity.
Cash inflows and cash outflows associated with the settlement of these risk management activities are recognized in net cash provided by (used in) operating activities on the consolidated statements of cash flows.
Fair Value Measurements. Fair value, as defined in SFAS No. 157, is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price). However, as permitted under SFAS No. 157, we utilize a mid-market pricing convention (the mid-point price between bid and ask prices) as a practical expedient for valuing the majority of our assets and liabilities measured and reported at fair value. Where appropriate, valuation adjustments are made to account for various factors, including the impact of our credit risk, our counterparties’ credit risk and bid-ask spreads. We utilize market data or assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, including assumptions about risk and the risks inherent in the inputs to the valuation technique. These inputs can be readily observable, market corroborated, or generally unobservable. We primarily apply the market approach for recurring fair value measurements and endeavor to utilize the best available information. Accordingly, we utilize valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. We classify fair value balances based on the observability of those inputs. SFAS No. 157 establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurement) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurement). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy defined by SFAS No. 157 are as follows:
    Level 1 — Quoted prices are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reporting date. Active markets are those in which transactions for the asset or liability occur in sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis. Level 1 primarily consists of financial instruments such as listed equities.

 

72


Table of Contents

    Level 2 — Pricing inputs are other than quoted prices in active markets included in Level 1, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reporting date. Level 2 includes those financial instruments that are valued using models or other valuation methodologies. These models are primarily industry-standard models that consider various assumptions, including quoted forward prices for commodities, time value, volatility factors, and current market and contractual prices for the underlying instruments, as well as other relevant economic measures. Substantially all of these assumptions are observable in the marketplace throughout the full term of the instrument, can be derived from observable data or are supported by observable levels at which transactions are executed in the marketplace. Instruments in this category include non-exchange-traded derivatives such as over the counter forwards, options and repurchase agreements.
    Level 3 — Pricing inputs include significant inputs that are generally less observable from objective sources. These inputs may be used with internally developed methodologies that result in management’s best estimate of fair value. Level 3 instruments include those that may be more structured or otherwise tailored to our needs. At each balance sheet date, we perform an analysis of all instruments subject to SFAS No. 157 and include in Level 3 all of those whose fair value is based on significant unobservable inputs.
The determination of the fair values incorporates various factors required under SFAS No. 157. These factors include not only the credit standing of the counterparties involved and the impact of credit enhancements (such as cash deposits, letters of credit and priority interests), but also the impact of our nonperformance risk on our liabilities. Valuation adjustments are generally based on capital market implied ratings evidence when assessing the credit standing of our counterparties and when applicable, adjusted based on management’s estimates of assumptions market participants would use in determining fair value.
Assets and liabilities from risk management activities may include exchange-traded derivative contracts and OTC derivative contracts. Some exchange-traded derivatives are valued using broker or dealer quotations, or market transactions in either the listed or OTC markets. In such cases, these exchange-traded derivatives are classified within Level 2. OTC derivative trading instruments include swaps, forwards, options and complex structures that are valued at fair value. In certain instances, these instruments may utilize models to measure fair value. Generally, we use a similar model to value similar instruments. Valuation models utilize various inputs that include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, other observable inputs for the asset or liability, and market-corroborated inputs. Where observable inputs are available for substantially the full term of the asset or liability, the instrument is categorized in Level 2. Certain OTC derivatives trade in less active markets with a lower availability of pricing information. In addition, complex or structured transactions, such as heat-rate call options, can introduce the need for internally-developed model inputs that might not be observable in or corroborated by the market. When such inputs have a significant impact on the measurement of fair value, the instrument is categorized in Level 3. Other assets represent available-for-sale securities.
Valuation of Tangible and Intangible Assets
We evaluate long-lived assets, such as property, plant and equipment and investments, when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of such assets may not be recoverable. Factors we consider important, which could trigger an impairment analysis, include, among others:
    significant underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results;
    significant changes in the manner of our use of the assets or the strategy for our overall business;
    significant negative industry or economic trends; and
    significant declines in stock value for a sustained period.

 

73


Table of Contents

We assess the carrying value of our property, plant and equipment and intangible assets subject to amortization in accordance with SFAS No. 144. If an impairment is indicated, the amount of the impairment loss recognized would be determined by the amount the book value exceeds the estimated fair value of the assets. The estimated fair value may include estimates based upon discounted cash-flow projections, recent comparable market transactions or quoted prices to determine if an impairment loss is required. For assets identified as held for sale, the book value is compared to the estimated sales price less costs to sell. There is a significant amount of judgment involved in cash-flow estimates, including assumptions regarding market convergence, discount rates and capacity. The assumptions used by another party could differ significantly from our assumptions. Please read Note 5—Impairment Charges for discussion of impairment charges we recognized in 2008 and 2006.
We follow the guidance of APB 18, “The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock” (“APB 18”), SFAS No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities” (“SFAS No. 115”), and EITF Issue 02-14, “Whether an Investor Should Apply the Equity Method of Accounting to Investments Other Than Common Stock” (“EITF 02-14”), when reviewing our investments. The book value of the investment is compared to the estimated fair value, based either on discounted cash flow projections or estimated market prices, if available, to determine if an impairment is required. We record a loss when the decline in value is considered other than temporary. Please read Note 12—Variable Interest Entities—DLS Power Holdings and DLS Power Development for further discussion of our accounting for the impairment of our investment in DLS Power Holdings.
We assess the carrying value of our goodwill in accordance with SFAS No. 142. Our goodwill test is performed annually on November 1 and when circumstances warrant. We generally determine the fair value of our reporting units using the income approach and utilize market information such as recent sales transactions for comparable assets within the regions in which we operate to corroborate the fair values derived from the income approach. The discounted cash flows for each reporting unit are based on discrete financial forecasts developed by management for planning purposes. Cash flows beyond the discrete forecasts are estimated using a terminal value calculation, which incorporates historical and forecasted financial trends and considers long-term earnings growth rates based on growth rates observed in the power sector. There is a significant amount of judgment in the determination of the fair value of our reporting units, including assumptions around market convergence, discount rates, capacity and growth rates. We evaluated the sensitivity of our more significant assumptions, including our discount rates and terminal value assumptions. Based on the results of this analysis, we concluded that a change in these assumptions within a range that we consider reasonable would not cause the fair value of any of our reporting units to be less than their respective carrying values.
As of November 1, 2008, the date at which we performed our annual impairment test, Dynegy’s market capitalization was below its book value. We have qualitatively reconciled the aggregate fair value of our reporting units to our market capitalization by considering several factors, including
  (i)   Our market capitalization has been below book value for a relatively short period of time, which coincides with unprecedented volatility in the broader financial markets, as well as significant volatility in our industry.
Our stock price and our overall industry sector market capitalization were negatively impacted in late summer/early fall 2008 as a result of two of our peers experiencing significant liquidity constraints. While we believe that we have been, and continue to be, in a solid liquidity position, we believe that our stock price was negatively impacted as a result of the perception of liquidity constraints within our industry sector. Soon after our peers experienced their liquidity issues, the broader financial market experienced a liquidity crisis. While we do not have any significant debt maturities until 2011, we believe the liquidity issues suffered by our peers when combined with the broader financial market liquidity crisis further deteriorated our market capitalization.

 

74


Table of Contents

  (ii)   Our share price was negatively impacted in the third and fourth quarters of 2008 by the sale of shares by hedge funds and lack of buying by institutional investors.
Given the liquidity issues in the broader financial markets and the unique issues faced by several of our peers, we noted that our share price was negatively impacted in the third and fourth quarters of 2008 by the sale of approximately 20 million shares (4 percent of our Class A shares) by hedge funds. Additionally, lack of demand on the part of institutional investors further depressed our stock price. Our stock price at November 1, 2008, the date of our annual goodwill impairment test, was $3.64 per share while our shareholders’ equity was approximately $5.60 per share. Prior to the consideration of a control premium, the market capitalization at November 1, 2008, if used as a basis to determine fair value, would imply that our assumptions regarding discount rates in our November 1, 2008 valuation were significantly understated and/or our assumptions regarding terminal value growth rates were significantly overstated. For example, one scenario would require adjusting discount rates upward by approximately 300 to 500 basis points, depending on the reporting unit, as well as reducing the terminal value growth rates by approximately three to six times, also depending on the reporting unit. However, we believe that our assumptions and the resulting valuations are appropriate and corroborated by other market information and that using the implied assumptions inherent in our market capitalization is not appropriate at this time given the unusual circumstances driving the value of our stock.
  (iii)   Lastly, our share price does not reflect a control premium.
Due to further declines in our market capitalization through December 31, 2008, we determined if any assumptions utilized in the November 1, 2008 analysis required updating. We evaluated key assumptions including forward natural gas and power pricing, power demand growth, and cost of capital. While some of the assumptions had changed subsequent to the November 1, 2008 analysis, we determined that the impact of updating those assumptions would not have caused the fair value of the individual reporting units to be below their respective carrying values at December 31, 2008.
Our valuation has appropriately considered the impact of the current economic environment. However, because of the nature of our business and the underlying fundamentals of the power markets, industry market data continues to support long-term power demand growth and the need for additional electric generation capacity dampening the impact of a short-term recession in our marketplace. After giving consideration to these factors; we concluded that our market capitalization was not indicative of the fair value of our aggregate reporting units and we did not fail the first step of the goodwill impairment test for any of our reporting units. Our stock price is generally influenced by movements in near-term forward natural gas and power prices. Subsequent to December 31, 2008, forward commodity prices, particularly in the near term, have continued to decline along with our stock price. We continue to monitor forward market commodity prices and other significant assumptions used in our valuation. If our stock price continues to be depressed and we believe this is indicative of the downturn in the economic environment continuing for a long period of time causing a significant decline in long-term demand for electricity and/or depressed commodity prices over the long term, we will be required to update our discounted cash flow analysis and potentially required to record a goodwill impairment in the future. Furthermore, if our market capitalization continues to be below our book value for a sustained period of time, we will need to consider updating our assessment and could be required to record a goodwill impairment in the future.
Accounting for Contingencies, Guarantees and Indemnifications
We are involved in numerous lawsuits, claims, proceedings, and tax-related audits in the normal course of our operations. In accordance with SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies” (“SFAS No. 5”), we record a loss contingency for these matters when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. We review our loss contingencies on an ongoing basis to ensure that we have appropriate reserves recorded on our consolidated balance sheets as required by SFAS No. 5. These reserves are based on estimates and judgments made by management with respect to the likely outcome of these matters, including any applicable insurance coverage for litigation matters, and are adjusted as circumstances warrant. Our estimates and judgments could change based on new information, changes in laws or regulations, changes in management’s plans or intentions, the outcome of legal proceedings, settlements or other factors. If different estimates and judgments were applied with respect to these matters, it is likely that reserves would be recorded for different amounts. Actual results could vary materially from these reserves.
Liabilities are recorded when an environmental assessment indicates that remedial efforts are probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. Measurement of liabilities is based, in part, on relevant past experience, currently enacted laws and regulations, existing technology, site-specific costs and cost-sharing arrangements. Recognition of any joint and several liability is based upon our best estimate of our final pro-rata share of such liability. These assumptions involve the judgments and estimates of management and any changes in assumptions could lead to increases or decreases in our ultimate liability, with any such changes recognized immediately in earnings.

 

75


Table of Contents

We follow the guidance of FIN No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others” (“FIN No. 45”), for disclosure and accounting of various guarantees and indemnifications entered into during the course of business. When a guarantee or indemnification subject to FIN No. 45 is entered into, an estimated fair value of the underlying guarantee or indemnification is recorded. Some guarantees and indemnifications could have significant financial impact under certain circumstances and management also considers the probability of such circumstances occurring when estimating the fair value. Actual results may materially differ from the estimated fair value of such guarantees and indemnifications.
Please read Note 19—Commitments and Contingencies for further discussion of our commitments and contingencies.
Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations
Under the provisions of SFAS No. 143, “Asset Retirement Obligations” (“SFAS No. 143”), and FIN No. 47 “Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirements” (“FIN No. 47”), we are required to record the present value of the future obligations to retire tangible, long-lived assets on our consolidated balance sheets as liabilities when the liability is incurred. Significant judgment is involved in estimating our future cash flows associated with such obligations, as well as the ultimate timing of the cash flows. If our estimates for the amount or timing of the cash flows change, the change may have a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
Please read Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Asset Retirement Obligations for further discussion of our accounting for AROs.
Accounting for Variable Interest Entities
We follow the guidance in FIN 46(R), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities”, which requires that we evaluate certain entities to determine which party is considered the primary beneficiary of the entity and thus required to consolidate it in its financial statements. We are or have been an investor in several variable interest entities to which LS Associates, a related party, is also an investor. There is a significant amount of judgment involved in determining the primary beneficiary of an entity from a related party group. We have concluded that we are not and were not the primary beneficiary of these entities because a) we believe that LS Power is more closely associated with the entities, b) they own approximately 40 percent of Dynegy’s outstanding common stock and c) they have three seats on Dynegy’s Board of Directors. If different judgment was applied, we could be considered the primary beneficiary of some or all of these entities, which would significantly impact our financial condition and results of operations. Please read Note 12—Variable Interest Entities for further discussion of our accounting for our variable interest entities.
We are also an investor, with independent third parties, in PPEA. PPEA is a variable interest entity, and there is a significant amount of judgment involved in the analysis used to determine the primary beneficiary. The analysis includes assumptions about forecasted cash flows, construction costs, and plant performance. We have concluded that we are the primary beneficiary of PPEA and therefore consolidate the entity in our consolidated financial statements. If different judgment was applied, we may not be considered the primary beneficiary for this entity, which would significantly impact our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Please read Note 12—Variable Interest Entities for further discussion of our accounting for our variable interest entities.
Accounting for Income Taxes
We follow the guidance in SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” (“SFAS No. 109”), which requires that we use the asset and liability method of accounting for deferred income taxes and provide deferred income taxes for all significant temporary differences.
As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves estimating our actual current tax payable and related tax expense together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing tax and accounting treatment of certain items, such as depreciation, for tax and accounting purposes. These differences can result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within our consolidated balance sheets.

 

76


Table of Contents

Because we operate and sell power in many different states, our effective annual state income tax rate will vary from period to period because of changes in our sales profile by state, as well as jurisdictional and legislative changes by state. As a result, changes in our estimated effective annual state income tax rate can have a significant impact on our measurement of temporary differences. We project the rates at which state tax temporary differences will reverse based upon estimates of revenues and operations in the respective jurisdictions in which we conduct business. A change of 1 percent in the estimated effective annual state income tax rate at December 31, 2008, could impact deferred tax expense by approximately $41 million for Dynegy and $31 million for DHI. State statutory tax rates in the states in which we do business range from 1.0 percent to 9.5 percent.
In February, 2009, the State of California enacted several changes to its corporate income tax laws. As a result of these changes, we anticipate recording an increase to our deferred tax liability. The impact of these changes will be incorporated in our first quarter 2009 tax provision.
We must then assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent we believe that it is more likely than not (a likelihood of more than 50 percent) that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized, we must establish a valuation allowance. We consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, to determine whether, based on the weight of the evidence, a valuation allowance is needed. Evidence used includes information about our current financial position and our results of operations for the current and preceding years, as well as all currently available information about future years, anticipated future performance, the reversal of deferred tax liabilities and tax planning strategies.
Management believes future sources of taxable income, reversing temporary differences and other tax planning strategies will be sufficient to realize deferred tax assets for which no reserve has been established. While we have considered these factors in assessing the need for a valuation allowance, there is no assurance that a valuation allowance would not need to be established in the future if information about future years changes. Any change in the valuation allowance would impact our income tax (expense) benefit and net income (loss) in the period in which such a determination is made.
Effective January 1, 2007, we adopted FIN No. 48 which requires that we determine if it is more likely than not that a tax position we have taken will be sustained upon examination. If we determine that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained, we recognize the largest amount of the benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement. There is a significant amount of judgment involved in assessing the likelihood that a tax position will be sustained upon examination and in determining the amount of the benefit that will ultimately be realized. If different judgments were applied, it is likely that reserves would be recorded for different amounts. Actual amounts could vary materially from these reserves.
Please read Note 17—Income Taxes for further discussion of our accounting for income taxes, adoption of FIN No. 48 and change in our valuation allowance.
Valuation of Pension and Other Post-Retirement Plans Assets and Liabilities
Our pension and other post-retirement benefit costs are developed from actuarial valuations. Inherent in these valuations are key assumptions including the discount rate and expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. Material changes in our pension and other post-retirement benefit costs may occur in the future due to changes in these assumptions, changes in the number of plan participants, changes in the value of plan assets and changes in the level of benefits provided.
We used a yield curve approach for determining the discount rate as of December 31, 2008. The discount rate is subject to change each year, consistent with changes in applicable high-quality, long-term corporate bond indices. Projected benefit payments for the plans were matched against the discount rates in the Citigroup Pension Discount Curve to produce a weighted-average equivalent discount rate. Long-term interest rates decreased during 2008. Accordingly, at December 31, 2008, we used a discount rate of 6.12 percent for pension plans and 5.93 percent for other retirement plans, a decrease of 34 and 55 basis points, respectively, from the 6.46 percent for pension plans rate and 6.48 percent for other retirement plans rate used as of December 31, 2007. This decrease in the discount rate increased the underfunded status of the plans by $14 million.
The expected long-term rate of return on pension plan assets is selected by taking into account the asset mix of the plans and the expected returns for each asset category. Based on these factors, our expected long-term rate of return as of January 1, 2009 and 2008 was 8.25 percent.

 

77


Table of Contents

A relatively small difference between actual results and assumptions used by management may have a material effect on our financial statements. Assumptions used by another party could be different than our assumptions. The following table summarizes the sensitivity of pension expense and our projected benefit obligation, or PBO, to changes in the discount rate and the expected long-term rate of return on pension assets:
                 
    Impact on PBO,     Impact  
    December 31,     on 2009  
    2008     Expense  
    (in millions)  
Increase in Discount Rate—50 basis points
  $ (14 )   $ (2 )
Decrease in Discount Rate—50 basis points
    15       2  
Increase in Expected Long-term Rate of Return—50 basis points
          (1 )
Decrease in Expected Long-term Rate of Return—50 basis points
          1  
We expect to make $28 million in cash contributions related to our pension plans during 2009. In addition, we may be required to continue to make contributions to the pension plans beyond 2009. Although it is difficult to estimate these potential future cash requirements due to uncertain market conditions, we currently expect that we will contribute approximately $24 million in 2010 and $29 million in 2011.
Please read Note 21—Employee Compensation, Savings and Pension Plans for further discussion of our pension-related assets and liabilities.
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
We adopted SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” and SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Liabilities” on January 1, 2008. We adopted FIN No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” (“FIN No. 48”) on January 1, 2007. We adopted SFAS No. 123(R) and SFAS No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections—A Replacement of APB Opinion No. 20 and SFAS No. 3”, on January 1, 2006 and SFAS No. 158 on December 31, 2006. We adopted EITF Issue 05-6, “Determining the Amortization Period for Leasehold Improvements”, and FSP FIN No. 45-3, “Application of FASB Interpretation No. 45 to Minimum Revenue Guarantees Granted to a Business or Its Owners”, on January 1, 2006. Please read Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Accounting Policies Not Yet Adopted for further discussion for accounting policies not yet adopted.
RISK-MANAGEMENT DISCLOSURES
The following table provides a reconciliation of the risk-management data on the consolidated balance sheets:
         
    As of and for the  
    Year Ended  
    December 31, 2008  
    (in millions)  
Balance Sheet Risk-Management Accounts
       
Fair value of portfolio at January 1, 2008
  $ (100 )
Risk-management gains recognized through the income statement in the period, net
    145  
Cash paid related to risk-management contracts settled in the period, net
    135  
Changes in fair value as a result of a change in valuation technique (1)
     
Non-cash adjustments and other (2)
    (210 )
 
     
Fair value of portfolio at December 31, 2008
  $ (30 )
 
     
 
     
(1)   Our modeling methodology has been consistently applied.
 
(2)   This amount consists of changes in value associated with fair value and cash flow hedges on debt.

 

78


Table of Contents

The net risk-management liability of $30 million is the aggregate of the following line items on the consolidated balance sheets: Current Assets—Assets from risk-management activities, Other Assets—Assets from risk-management activities, Current Liabilities—Liabilities from risk-management activities and Other Liabilities—Liabilities from risk-management activities. During the period from December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2008, our Current Assets—Assets from risk-management activities and Current Liabilities—Liabilities from risk-management activities increased by approximately $900 million and $700 million, respectively. This increase was primarily a result of increased volumes of purchases and sales of commodities via financial instruments. These amounts are reflected gross on our consolidated balance sheets, as we do not offset fair value amounts recognized for derivative instruments executed with the same counterparties under a master netting agreement. However, a substantial portion of the financial instruments are with the same counterparty, resulting in a significantly smaller increase in our net risk-management liability, as denoted above. Please read Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk—Credit Risk for further discussion regarding our counterparty credit exposure associated with risk-management accounts.
Risk-Management Asset and Liability Disclosures
The following table depicts the mark-to-market value and cash flow components, based on contract terms, of our net risk-management assets and liabilities at December 31, 2008. As opportunities arise to monetize positions that we believe will result in an economic benefit to us, we may receive or pay cash in periods other than those depicted below.
Net Risk-Management Asset and Liability Disclosures
                                                         
    Total     2009     2010     2011     2012     2013     Thereafter  
    (in millions)  
Mark-to-Market (1)
  $ (30 )   $ 144     $ 19     $ (15 )   $ (12 )   $ (13 )   $ (153 )
Cash Flow (2)
    (113 )     158       23       (19 )     (16 )     (16 )     (243 )
 
     
(1)   Mark-to-market reflects the fair value of our net risk-management position, which considers time value, credit, price and other reserves necessary to determine fair value. Cash flows have been segregated between periods based on the delivery date required in the individual contracts.
 
(2)   Cash flow reflects undiscounted cash inflows and outflows by contract based on the tenor of individual contract position for the remaining periods. These anticipated undiscounted cash flows have not been adjusted for counterparty credit or other reserves. These amounts exclude the cash flows associated with certain derivative instruments designated as hedges.
The following table provides an assessment of net contract values by year as of December 31, 2008, based on our valuation methodology:
Net Fair Value of Risk-Management Portfolio
                                                         
    Total     2009     2010     2011     2012     2013     Thereafter  
    (in millions)  
Market Quotations (1)(2)
  $ (90 )   $ 104     $ 5     $ (16 )   $ (13 )   $ (14 )   $ (156 )
Value Based on Models (2)
    60       40       14       1       1       1       3  
 
                                         
Total
  $ (30 )   $ 144     $ 19     $ (15 )   $ (12 )   $ (13 )   $ (153 )
 
                                         
 
     
(1)   Price inputs obtained from actively traded, liquid markets for commodities.
 
(2)   The market quotations and prices based on models categorization differs from the SFAS No. 157 categories of Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 due to the application of the different methodologies. Please read Note 6—Risk Management Activities, Derivatives and Financial Instruments—Fair Value Measurements for further discussion.

 

79


Table of Contents

Derivative Contracts
The absolute notional contract amounts associated with our commodity risk-management and interest rate contracts are discussed in Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk below.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
We are exposed to commodity price variability related to our power generation business and legacy trading portfolio. In addition, fuel requirements at our power generation facilities represent additional commodity price risks to us. In order to manage these commodity price risks, we routinely utilize various fixed-price forward purchase and sales contracts, futures and option contracts traded on the New York Mercantile Exchange and swaps and options traded in the OTC financial markets to:
    manage and hedge our fixed-price purchase and sales commitments;
    reduce our exposure to the volatility of cash market prices; and
    hedge our fuel requirements for our generating facilities.
The potential for changes in the market value of our commodity and interest rate portfolios is referred to as “market risk”. A description of each market risk category is set forth below:
    commodity price risks result from exposures to changes in spot prices, forward prices and volatilities in commodities, such as electricity, natural gas, coal, fuel oil, emissions and other similar products; and
    interest rate risks primarily result from exposures to changes in the level, slope and curvature of the yield curve and the volatility of interest rates.
In the past, we have attempted to manage these market risks through diversification, controlling position sizes and executing hedging strategies. The ability to manage an exposure may, however, be limited by adverse changes in market liquidity, our credit capacity or other factors.
VaR. In addition to applying business judgment, we use a number of quantitative tools to monitor our exposure to market risk. These tools include stress and scenario analyses performed periodically that measure the potential effects of various market events.
The modeling of the risk characteristics of our mark-to-market portfolio involves a number of assumptions and approximations. For 2008 and prior periods, we estimated VaR using a JP Morgan RiskMetrics approach assuming a one-day holding period. Inputs for the VaR calculation are prices, positions, instrument valuations and the variance-covariance matrix. VaR does not account for liquidity risk or the potential that adverse market conditions may prevent liquidation of existing market positions in a timely fashion. While management believes that these assumptions and approximations are reasonable, there is no uniform industry methodology for estimating VaR, and different assumptions and/or approximations could produce materially different VaR estimates.
Beginning in 2009, we are switching methodologies from a JP Morgan RiskMetrics approach to a Monte Carlo simulation-based methodology to better estimate risk for non-linear instruments, such as options. We have recalculated our daily and average VaR as of December 31, 2008 using the new methodology. The results using the new methodology did not result in a different VaR from that calculated using the JP Morgan RiskMetrics approach.
We use historical data to estimate our VaR and, to better reflect current asset and liability volatilities, this historical data is weighted to give greater importance to more recent observations. Given our reliance on historical data, VaR is effective in estimating risk exposures in markets in which there are not sudden fundamental changes or abnormal shifts in market conditions. An inherent limitation of VaR is that past changes in market risk factors, even when weighted toward more recent observations, may not produce accurate predictions of future market risk. VaR should be evaluated in light of this and the methodology’s other limitations.
VaR represents the potential loss in value of our mark-to-market portfolio due to adverse market movements over a defined time horizon within a specified confidence level. For the VaR numbers reported below, a one-day time horizon and a 95 percent confidence level were used. This means that there is a one in 20 statistical chance that the daily portfolio value will fall below the expected maximum potential reduction in portfolio value at least as large as the reported VaR. Thus, an adverse change in portfolio value greater than the expected change in portfolio value on a single trading day would be anticipated to occur, on average, about once a month. Gains or losses on a single day can exceed reported VaR by significant amounts. Gains or losses can also accumulate over a longer time horizon such as a number of consecutive trading days.

 

80


Table of Contents

In addition, we have provided our VaR using a one-day time horizon with a 99 percent confidence level. The purpose of this disclosure is to provide an indication of earnings volatility using a higher confidence level. Under this presentation, there is a one in 100 statistical chance that the daily portfolio value will fall below the expected maximum potential reduction in portfolio value at least as large as the reported VaR. We have also disclosed a two-year comparison of daily VaR in order to provide context for the one-day amounts.
The following table sets forth the aggregate daily VaR and average VaR of the mark-to-market portion of our risk-management portfolio primarily associated with the GEN segments and the remaining legacy customer risk management business. The VaR calculation does not include market risks associated with the accrual portion of the risk-management portfolio that is designated as a cash flow hedge or a “normal purchase normal sale”, nor does it include expected future production from our generating assets. The average year-to-date VaR increased during 2008 as compared to 2007 due to increased forward sales, higher commodity prices and a full year of VaR calculated on the financial instruments acquired in the Merger.
Daily and Average VaR for Mark-to-Market Portfolios
                 
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (in millions)  
One day VaR—95 percent confidence level
  $ 21     $ 24  
One day VaR—99 percent confidence level
  $ 29     $ 35  
Average VaR for the year-to-date period—95 percent confidence level
  $ 42     $ 20  
Credit Risk. Credit risk represents the loss that we would incur if a counterparty fails to perform pursuant to the terms of its contractual obligations. To reduce our credit exposure, we execute agreements that permit us to offset receivables, payables and mark-to-market exposure. We attempt to further reduce credit risk with certain counterparties by obtaining third party guarantees or collateral as well as the right of termination in the event of default.
Our Credit Department, based on guidelines approved by the Board of Directors, establishes our counterparty credit limits. Our industry typically operates under negotiated credit lines for physical delivery and financial contracts. Our credit risk system provides current credit exposure to counterparties on a daily basis.
The following table represents our credit exposure at December 31, 2008 associated with the mark-to-market portion of our risk-management portfolio, on a net basis.
Credit Exposure Summary
                         
            Non-        
    Investment     Investment        
    Grade     Grade        
    Quality     Quality     Total  
    (in millions)  
Type of Business:
                       
Financial Institutions
  $ 198     $     $ 198  
Utility and Power Generators
    4       2       6  
 
                 
 
Total
  $ 202     $ 2     $ 204  
 
                 
As of December 31, 2008, we had a net risk management asset exposure to four financial institutions, which are all A rated or better. The largest exposure to a single financial institution was $83 million. We do not anticipate default risk inconsistent with these ratings given the systemic support from the TARP and expected additional federal support of the financial system, if necessary.

 

81


Table of Contents

Interest Rate Risk . Interest rate risk primarily results from variable rate debt obligations. Although changing interest rates impact the discounted value of future cash flows, and therefore the value of our risk management portfolios, the relative near-term nature and size of our risk management portfolios minimizes the impact. Management continues to monitor our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates and may execute swaps or other financial instruments to change our risk profile for this exposure.
We are exposed to fluctuating interest rates related to variable rate financial obligations. As of December 31, 2008, the amount owed under our fixed rate debt instruments, as a percentage of the total amount owed under all of our debt instruments, was 75 percent. Adjusted for interest rate swaps, net notional fixed rate debt, as a percentage of total debt, was approximately 82 percent. Based on sensitivity analysis of the variable rate financial obligations in our debt portfolio as of December 31, 2008, it is estimated that a one percentage point interest rate movement in the average market interest rates (either higher or lower) over the twelve months ended December 31, 2009 would either decrease or increase interest expense by approximately $11 million. This exposure would be partially offset by an approximate $9 million increase in interest income related to the restricted cash balance of $850 million posted as collateral to support the term letter of credit facility. Over time, we may seek to adjust the variable rate exposure in our debt portfolio through the use of swaps or other financial instruments.
Derivative Contracts. The absolute notional financial contract amounts associated with our interest rate contracts were as follows at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively:
Absolute Notional Contract Amounts
                 
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2008     2007  
Cash flow hedge interest rate swaps (in millions of U.S. dollars) (1)
  $ 471     $ 310  
Fixed interest rate paid on swaps (percent)
    5.32       5.32  
Fair value hedge interest rate swaps (in millions of U.S. dollars)
  $ 25     $ 25  
Fixed interest rate received on swaps (percent)
    5.70       5.70  
Interest rate risk-management contracts (in millions of U.S. dollars)
  $ 231     $ 231  
Fixed interest rate paid (percent)
    5.35       5.35  
Interest rate risk-management contracts (in millions of U.S. dollars)
  $ 206     $ 206  
Fixed interest rate received (percent)
    5.28       5.28  
 
     
(1)   Interest rate swap contracts related to our investment in the Plum Point Project.
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Dynegy’s and DHI’s consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules are set forth at pages F-1 through F-93 inclusive, found at the end of this annual report, and are incorporated herein by reference.
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Not applicable.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
As of the end of the period covered by this report, an evaluation was carried out under the supervision and with the participation of Dynegy’s and DHI’s management, including their Chief Executive Officer and their Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of Dynegy’s and DHI’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)). This evaluation included consideration of the various processes carried out under the direction of Dynegy’s disclosure committee. This evaluation also considered the work completed relating to our compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Based on this evaluation, Dynegy’s and DHI’s CEO and CFO concluded that Dynegy’s and DHI’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2008.

 

82


Table of Contents

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Dynegy’s and DHI’s management are responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Dynegy’s and DHI’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. Dynegy’s and DHI’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:
  (i)   pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;
 
  (ii)   provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of our company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and
 
  (iii)   provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we assessed the effectiveness of both Dynegy’s and DHI’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008. In making this assessment, we used the criteria set forth in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on the results of this assessment and on those criteria, we concluded that both Dynegy’s and DHI’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2008.
The effectiveness of Dynegy’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008 has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, which is included herein. This annual report does not include an attestation report of DHI’s registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. DHI’s management report was not subject to attestation by DHI’s registered public accounting firm pursuant to temporary rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission that permit DHI to provide only management’s report in this annual report.
Changes in Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in Dynegy’s and DHI’s internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect Dynegy’s and DHI’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2008.
Item 9B. Other Information
Not applicable.

 

83


Table of Contents

PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Dynegy
Executive Officers. We intend to include the information with respect to our executive officers required by this Item 10 in Dynegy’s definitive proxy statement for its 2009 annual meeting of stockholders under the heading “Executive Officers;” which information will be incorporated herein by reference; such proxy statement will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after December 31, 2008.
Code of Ethics. We have adopted a Code of Ethics within the meaning of Item 406(b) of Regulation S-K. This Code of Ethics applies to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Controller and other persons performing similar functions designated by the Chief Financial Officer, and is filed as an exhibit to this Form 10-K.
Other Information . We intend to include the other information required by this Item 10 in Dynegy’s definitive proxy statement for its 2009 annual meeting of stockholders under the headings “Proposal 1—Election of Directors” and “Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act,” which information will be incorporated herein by reference; such proxy statement will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after December 31, 2008.
DHI
Omitted pursuant to General Instruction (1)(2)(c) of Form 10-K.
Item 11. Executive Compensation
Dynegy. We intend to include information with respect to executive compensation in Dynegy’s definitive proxy statement for its 2009 annual meeting of stockholders under the heading “Executive Compensation”, which information will be incorporated herein by reference; such proxy statement will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after December 31, 2008.
DHI. Omitted pursuant to General Instruction (1)(2)(c) of Form 10-K.

 

84


Table of Contents

Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Dynegy. The following table sets forth certain information as of December 31, 2008 as it relates to Dynegy’s equity compensation plans for its Class A common stock, the only class with respect to which Dynegy offers equity compensation.
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
                         
                    Number of securities  
                    remaining available for  
    Number of securities     Weighted-average     future issuance under  
    to be issued upon     exercise price of     equity compensation  
    exercise of outstanding     outstanding options,     plans (excluding  
    options, warrants and     warrants and rights     securities reflected in  
Plan Category   rights (a)     (b)     column (a)) (c)  
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
    5,963,988     $ 12.20       10,949,552  
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders (1)
    2,852,574     $ 11.38       1,931,762  
 
                   
Total
    8,816,562     $ 11.93       12,881,314  
 
                   
 
     
(1)   The plans that were not approved by Dynegy’s security holders are as follows: Extant Inc. 401(K) Plan, Dynegy 2001 Non-Executive Stock Incentive Plan and Dynegy UK Plan. Please read Note 20—Capital Stock—Stock Award Plans for a brief description of Dynegy’s equity compensation plans, including these plans.
We intend to include information regarding ownership of Dynegy’s outstanding securities in Dynegy’s definitive proxy statement for its 2009 annual meeting of stockholders under the heading “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management”, which information will be incorporated herein by reference; such proxy statement will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after December 31, 2008.
DHI. Omitted pursuant to General Instruction (1)(2)(c) of Form 10-K.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Dynegy. We intend to include the information regarding related party transactions in Dynegy’s definitive proxy statement for its 2009 annual meeting of stockholders under the headings “Corporate Governance” and “Transactions with Related Persons, Promoters and Certain Control Persons”, which information will be incorporated herein by reference; such proxy statement will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after December 31, 2008.
DHI. Omitted pursuant to General Instruction (1)(2)(c) of Form 10-K.
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
Dynegy. We intend to include information regarding principal accountant fees and services in Dynegy’s definitive proxy statement for its 2009 annual meeting of stockholders under the heading “Independent Registered Public Auditors—Principal Accountant Fees and Services”, which information will be incorporated herein by reference; such proxy statement will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after December 31, 2008.
DHI. DHI is an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Dynegy and does not have a separate audit committee. Information regarding principal accountant fees and services for Dynegy and its consolidated subsidiaries, including DHI, will be contained in Dynegy’s definitive proxy statement for its 2009 annual meeting of stockholders under the heading “Independent Registered Public Auditors—Principal Accountant Fees and Services”. Such proxy statement will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after December 31, 2008.

 

85


Table of Contents

PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
(a) The following documents, which we have filed with the SEC pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, are by this reference incorporated in and made a part of this report:
  1.   Financial Statements—Our consolidated financial statements are incorporated under Item 8. of this report.
 
  2.   Financial Statement Schedules—Financial Statement Schedules are incorporated under Item 8. of this report.
 
  3.   Exhibits—The following instruments and documents are included as exhibits to this report. All management contracts or compensation plans or arrangements set forth in such list are marked with a ††.
             
Exhibit        
Number       Description
           
 
  2.1      
Plan of Merger, Contribution and Sale Agreement, dated September 14, 2006 by and among Dynegy Inc., LSP Gen Investors, LP, LS Power Partners, LP, LS Power Equity Partners PIE I, L.P., LS Power Equity Partners, L.P., LS Power Associates, L.P., Falcon Merger Sub Co. and Dynegy Acquisition, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on September 19, 2006, File No. 1-15659).
           
 
  2.2      
Limited Liability Company Membership Interests and Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 14, 2006, among LS Power Associates, L.P., LS Power Equity Partners, L.P., LS Power Equity Partners PIE I, L.P., LS Power Partners, L.P. and Kendall Power LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on September 19, 2006, File No. 1-15659).
           
 
  3.1      
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Dynegy Inc. (formerly named Dynegy Acquisitions, Inc.) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 of Dynegy Inc. filed on April 2, 2007, File No. 333-141810).
           
 
  3.2      
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Dynegy Inc. (formerly named Dynegy Acquisitions, Inc.) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 of Dynegy Inc. filed on April 2, 2007, File No. 333-141810).
           
 
  3.3      
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Dynegy Holdings Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1999 of Dynegy Holdings Inc., File No. 000-29311).
           
 
  3.4      
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Dynegy Holdings Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1999 of Dynegy Holdings Inc., File No. 000-29311).
           
 
  4.1      
Subordinated Debenture Indenture between NGC Corporation and The First National Bank of Chicago, as Debenture Trustee, dated as of May 28, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarterly Period Ended June 30, 1997 of NGC Corporation, File No. 1-11156).

 

86


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit        
Number       Description
           
 
  4.2      
Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust among NGC Corporation, Wilmington Trust Company, as Property Trustee and Delaware Trustee, and the Administrative Trustees named therein, dated as of May 28, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarterly Period Ended June 30, 1997 of NGC Corporation, File No. 1-11156).
           
 
  4.3      
Series A Capital Securities Guarantee Agreement executed by NGC Corporation and The First National Bank of Chicago, as Guarantee Trustee, dated as of May 28, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarterly Period Ended June 30, 1997 of NGC Corporation, File No. 1-11156).
           
 
  4.4      
Common Securities Guarantee Agreement of NGC Corporation, dated as of May 28, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarterly Period Ended June 30, 1997 of NGC Corporation, File No. 1-11156).
           
 
  4.5      
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 28, 1997, among NGC Corporation, NGC Corporation Capital Trust I, Lehman Brothers, Salomon Brothers Inc. and Smith Barney Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarterly Period Ended June 30, 1997 of NGC Corporation, File No. 1-11156).
           
 
  4.6      
Indenture, dated as of September 26, 1996, restated as of March 23, 1998, and amended and restated as of March 14, 2001, between Dynegy Holdings Inc. and Bank One Trust Company, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.17 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2000 of Dynegy Holdings Inc., File No. 000-29311).
           
 
  4.7      
First Supplemental Indenture, dated July 25, 2003 to that certain Indenture, dated as of September 26, 1996, between Dynegy Holdings Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on July 28, 2003, File No. 1-15659).
           
 
  4.8      
Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 12, 2006, to that certain Indenture, originally dated as of September 26, 1996, as amended and restated as of March 23, 1998 and again as of March 14, 2001, by and between Dynegy Holdings Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company (as successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.), as trustee, as supplemented by that certain First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 25, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on April 12, 2006, File No. 1-15659).
           
 
  4.9      
Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 24, 2007, to that certain Indenture, originally dated as of September 26, 1996, as amended and restated as of March 23, 1998 and again as of March 14, 2001, by and between Dynegy Holdings Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company (as successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.), as trustee, as supplemented by that certain First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 25, 2003, and that certain Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 12, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Holdings Inc. filed on May 25, 2007, File No. 000-29311).

 

87


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit        
Number       Description
           
 
  4.10      
Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 24, 2007, to that certain Indenture, originally dated as of September 26, 1996, as amended and restated as of March 23, 1998 and again as of March 14, 2001, by and between Dynegy Holdings Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company (as successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.), as trustee, as supplemented by that certain First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 25, 2003, that certain Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 12, 2006, and that certain Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 24, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Holdings Inc. filed on May 25, 2007, File No. 000-29311).
           
 
  4.11      
Registration Rights Agreement, effective as of July 21, 2006, by and among Dynegy Holdings Inc. RCP Debt, LLC and RCMF Debt, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on July 24, 2006, File No. 1-15659).
           
 
  4.12      
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2007, by and among Dynegy Holdings Inc. and the several initial purchasers party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Holdings Inc. filed on May 25, 2007, File No. 000-29311).
           
 
  4.13      
Trust Indenture, dated as of January 1, 1993, among Sithe/Independence Funding Corporation, Sithe/Independence Power Partners, L.P. and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.22 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2004 of Dynegy Inc, File No. 1-15659).
           
 
  4.14      
First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 1, 1993, to the Trust Indenture dated as of January 1, 1993, among Sithe/Independence Funding Corporation, Sithe/Independence Power Partners, L.P. and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.23 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2004 of Dynegy Inc, File No. 1-15659).
           
 
  4.15      
Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 23, 2001, to the Trust Indenture dated as of January 1, 1993, among Sithe/Independence Funding Corporation, Sithe/Independence Power Partners, L.P. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.24 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2004 of Dynegy Inc, File No. 1-15659).
           
 
  4.16      
Global Note representing the 9.00 percent Secured Bonds due 2013 of Sithe/Independence Power Partners, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarterly Period Ended March 31, 2005 of Dynegy Inc., File No. 1-15659).
           
 
  4.17      
Shareholder Agreement, dated as of September 14, 2006, among Dynegy Acquisition, Inc. and LS Power Partners, L.P., LS Power Associates, L.P., LS Power Equity Partners, L.P., LS Power Equity Partners PIE I, L.P. and LSP Gen Investors, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on September 19, 2006, File No. 1-15659).
           
 
  4.18      
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September 14, 2006, among Dynegy Acquisition, Inc., LS Power Partners, L.P., LS Power Associates, L.P., LS Power Equity Partners, L.P., LS Power Equity Partners PIE I, L.P. and LSP Gen Investors, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on September 19, 2006, File No. 1-15659).

 

88


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit        
Number       Description
           
 
  4.19      
Lock-Up Agreement, dated as of September 14, 2006, by and among LSP Gen Investors, LP, LS Power Partners, LP, LS Power Associates, L.P., LS Power Equity Partners PIE I, LP, LS Power Equity Partners, L.P. and Chevron U.S.A. Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on September 19, 2006, File No. 1-15659).
           
 
  10.1      
Purchase Agreement, dated August 1, 2003, among Dynegy Inc., Dynegy Holdings Inc. and the initial purchasers named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarterly Period Ended June 30, 2003 of Dynegy Inc., File No. 1-15659).
           
 
  10.2      
Purchase Agreement, dated August 1, 2003, among Dynegy Holdings Inc., the guarantors named therein and the initial purchasers named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarterly Period Ended June 30, 2003 of Dynegy Inc., File No. 1-15659).
           
 
  10.3      
Purchase Agreement, dated September 30, 2003, among Dynegy Holdings Inc., the guarantors named therein and the initial purchasers named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on October 15, 2003, File No. 1-15659).
           
 
  10.4      
Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 29, 2006, for the sale of $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the 8.375 percent Senior Unsecured Notes due 2016 of Dynegy Holdings Inc. among Dynegy Holdings Inc. and the several initial purchasers named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended March 31, 2006 of Dynegy Inc., File No. 1-15659).
           
 
  10.5      
Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 17, 2007, by and between Dynegy Holdings Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for Quarterly Period Ended June 30, 2007 of Dynegy Holdings Inc., File No. 000-29311).
           
 
  10.6      
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2004, among Dynegy New York Holdings Inc., Exelon SHC, Inc., Exelon New England Power Marketing, L.P. and ExRes SHC, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.48 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2004 of Dynegy Inc. File No. 1-15659).
           
 
  10.7      
Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement (Special Payroll Payment), dated as of January 28, 2005, among Dynegy New York Holdings Inc., Exelon SHC, Inc., Exelon New England Power Marketing, L.P. and ExRes SHC, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.49 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2004 of Dynegy Inc. File No. 1-15659).
           
 
  10.8      
Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2005, among Dynegy New York Holdings Inc., Exelon SHC, Inc., Exelon New England Power Marketing, L.P. and ExRes SHC, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.50 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2004 of Dynegy Inc, File No. 1-15659).
           
 
  10.9      
Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement (Luz Sale), dated as of January 31, 2005, among Dynegy New York Holdings Inc., Exelon SHC, Inc., Exelon New England Power Marketing, L.P. and ExRes SHC, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.51 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2004 of Dynegy Inc, File No. 1-15659).

 

89


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit        
Number       Description
           
 
  10.10      
Exchange Agreement, dated as of July 21, 2006, by and among Dynegy Holdings Inc., RCP Debt, LLC and RCMF Debt, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on July 24, 2006, File No. 1-15659).
           
 
  10.11      
Corporate Opportunity Agreement, dated as of September 14, 2006, between Dynegy Acquisition, Inc. and LS Power Development, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on September 19, 2006, File No. 1-15659).
           
 
  10.12      
Limited Liability Company Agreement of DLS Power Development Company, LLC, dated April 2, 2007, by and between LS Power Associates, L.P. and Dynegy Inc. (formerly named Dynegy Acquisition, Inc.) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Holdings Inc. filed on April 6, 2007, File No. 000-29311).
           
 
  10.13      
Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of DLS Power Holdings, LLC, dated April 2, 2007, by and between LS Power Associates, L.P. and Dynegy Inc. (formerly named Dynegy Acquisition, Inc.) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Holdings Inc. filed on April 6, 2007, File No. 000-29311).
           
 
  **10.14      
Dissolution Agreement by and between Dynegy Inc. and LS Power Associates, L.P., effective January 1, 2009.
           
 
  10.15      
Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 2, 2007, by and among Dynegy Holdings Inc., as borrower, Dynegy Inc. (formerly named Dynegy Acquisition, Inc.) and Dynegy Inc., as parent guarantors, the other guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto and various other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Holdings Inc. filed on April 6, 2007, File No. 000-29311).
           
 
  10.16      
Amendment No. 1, dated as of May 24, 2007, to the Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 2, 2007, by and among Dynegy Holdings Inc., as borrower, Dynegy Inc. and Dynegy Illinois Inc., as parent guarantors, the other guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto and various other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Holdings Inc. filed on May 25, 2007, File No. 000-29311).
           
 
  10.17      
Amendment No. 2, dated as of September 30, 2008, to the Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 2, 2007, by and among Dynegy Holdings Inc., as borrower, Dynegy Inc. and Dynegy Illinois Inc., as parent guarantors, the other guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto and various other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Dynegy Holdings Inc. filed on December 6, 2008, File No. 000-29311).
           
 
  **10.18      
Amendment No. 3, dated as of February 13, 2009, to the Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 2, 2007 , by and among Dynegy Holdings Inc., as borrower, Dynegy Inc. and Dynegy Illinois Inc., as parent guarantors, the other guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto and various other parties thereto.

 

90


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit        
Number       Description
           
 
  10.19      
Second Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated April 2, 2007, by and among Dynegy Holdings Inc., as Borrower, the initial grantors party thereto, Wilmington Trust Company, as corporate trustee, and John M. Beeson, Jr., as individual trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Holdings Inc. filed on April 6, 2007, File No. 000-29311).
           
 
  10.20      
Facility and Security Agreement, dated June 17, 2008, by and among Dynegy Holdings Inc., Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc., as lender and as issuing bank and as collateral agent (as incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on June 18, 2008, File No. 001-33443).
           
 
  10.21      
Credit Agreement, dated as of March 29, 2007, by and among Plum Point Energy Associates, LLC, as borrower, and the lenders and other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Holdings Inc. filed on April 6, 2007, File No. 000-29311).
           
 
  **10.22      
First Amendment to Credit Agreement by and among Plum Point Energy Associates, LLC, as borrower, and the lenders and other parties thereto, effective December 13, 2007.
           
 
  10.23      
Collateral Agency and Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of March 29, 2007, by and among Plum Point Energy Associates, LLC, as borrower, PPEA Holding Company, LLC, as Pledgor, The Bank of New York, as collateral agent, The Royal Bank of Scotland, as Administrative Agent, AMBAC Assurance Corporation, as Loan Insurer, and the other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Holdings Inc. filed on April 6, 2007, File No. 000-29311).
           
 
  10.24      
Loan Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2006, by and between the City of Osceola, Arkansas and Plum Point Energy Associates, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Holdings Inc. filed on April 6, 2007, File No. 000-29311).
           
 
  10.25      
Trust Indenture, dated as of April 1, 2006, by and between the City of Osceola, Arkansas and Regions Bank, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Holdings Inc. filed on April 6, 2007, File No. 000-29311).
           
 
  10.26      
First Supplemental Trust Indenture dated as of April 24, 2007, by and between the City of Osceola, Arkansas and Regions Bank, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Dynegy Holdings Inc. filed on February 28, 2008, File No. 000-29311).
           
 
  10.27      
Dynegy Inc. Executive Severance Pay Plan, as amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on January 4, 2008, File No. 001-33443). ††
           
 
  10.28      
Dynegy Inc. Executive Change in Control Severance Pay Plan effective April 3, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on April 8, 1008, File No. 001-33443). ††
           
 
  10.29      
Dynegy Inc. Change In Control Severance Pay Plan effective April 3, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Dynegy Inc. filed on May 8, 2008, File No. 001-33443).

 

91


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit        
Number       Description
           
 
  10.30      
Dynegy Inc. Severance Pay Plan, as amended and restated effective as of January 30, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to the Annual Report of Dynegy Inc. on Form 10-K filed on February 28, 2008, File No. 001-33443). ††
           
 
  10.31      
Dynegy Inc. Excise Tax Reimbursement Policy, effective January 1, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on January 4, 2008, File No. 001-33443). ††
           
 
  **10.32      
Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Savings Incentive Plan, as amended and restated, effective January 1, 2009. ††
           
 
  **10.33      
Dynegy Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009. ††
           
 
  **10.34      
Dynegy Midwest Generation, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan, as amended and restated, effective as January 1, 2009.
           
 
  **10.35      
Dynegy Midwest Generation, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan for Employees Covered under a Collective Bargaining Agreement, as amended and restated, effective January 1, 2009.
           
 
  10.36      
Dynegy Inc. Restoration 401(k) Savings Plan, effective June 1, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Dynegy Inc. filed on August 7, 2008, File No. 001-33443).
           
 
  10.37      
First Amendment to the Dynegy Inc. Restoration 401(k) Savings Plan, effective June 1, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Dynegy Inc. filed on August 7, 2008, File No. 001-33443). ††
           
 
  10.38      
Dynegy Inc. Restoration Pension Plan, effective June 1, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Dynegy Inc. filed on August 7, 2008, File No. 001-33443). ††
           
 
  10.39      
First Amendment to the Dynegy Inc. Restoration Pension Plan, effective June 1, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Dynegy Inc. filed on August 7, 2008, File No. 001-33443). ††
           
 
  **10.40      
Sithe Pension Account Plan, amended and restated, effective January 1, 2007.
           
 
  **10.41      
Seventh [First] Amendment to the Sithe Pension Account Plan, as amended, effective January 1, 2008.
           
 
  **10.42      
Second Amendment to the Sithe Pension Account Plan, as amended, effective January 1, 2008.
           
 
  10.43      
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement between Dynegy Inc., all of its affiliates and Bruce A. Williamson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarterly Period Ended March 31, 2008 of Dynegy Inc. filed on May 8, 2008, File No. 1-33443). ††
           
 
  10.44      
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement between Dynegy Inc., all of its affiliates and Jason Hochberg (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarterly Period Ended March 31, 2008 of Dynegy Inc. filed on May 8, 2008, File No. 1-33443). ††

 

92


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit        
Number       Description
           
 
  10.45      
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarterly Period Ended March 31, 2008 of Dynegy Inc. filed on May 8, 2008, File No. 1-33443). ††
           
 
  10.46      
Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement between Dynegy Inc., all of its affiliates and Bruce A. Williamson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarterly Period Ended March 31, 2008 of Dynegy Inc. filed on May 8, 2008, File No. 1-33443). ††
           
 
  10.47      
Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement between Dynegy Inc., all of its affiliates and Jason Hochberg (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarterly Period Ended March 31, 2008 of Dynegy Inc. filed on May 8, 2008, File No. 1-33443). ††
           
 
  10.48      
Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement (Managing Directors and Above) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarterly Period Ended March 31, 2008 of Dynegy Inc. filed on May 8, 2008, File No. 1-33443). ††
           
 
  10.49      
Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement (Directors and Below) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarterly Period Ended March 31, 2008 of Dynegy Inc. filed on May 8, 2008, File No. 1-33443).
           
 
  10.50      
Form of Performance Award Agreement between Dynegy Inc., all of its affiliates and Bruce A. Williamson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarterly Period Ended March 31, 2008 of Dynegy Inc. filed on May 8, 2008, File No. 1-33443). ††
           
 
  10.51      
Form of Performance Award Agreement between Dynegy Inc., all of its affiliates and Jason Hochberg (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarterly Period Ended March 31, 2008 of Dynegy Inc. filed on May 8, 2008, File No. 1-33443). ††
           
 
  10.52      
Form of Performance Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarterly Period Ended March 31, 2008 of Dynegy Inc. filed on May 8, 2008, File No. 1-33443). ††
           
 
  10.53      
Dynegy Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, amended and restated, effective January 1, 2002(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 of Dynegy Inc., Registration No. 333-76080). ††
           
 
  10.54      
Amendment to the Dynegy Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, dated as of April 2, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Holdings Inc. filed on April 6, 2007, File No. 000-29311). ††
           
 
  **10.55      
Dynegy Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Certain Directors, as amended and restated, effective January 1, 2008. ††
           
 
  **10.56      
Trust under Dynegy Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Certain Directors, effective January 1, 2009. ††

 

93


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit        
Number       Description
           
 
  10.57      
Dynegy Inc. Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2005 of Dynegy Inc. File No. 1-15659). ††
           
 
  10.58      
First Amendment to the Dynegy Inc. Incentive Compensation Plan, dated as of April 2, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Holdings Inc. filed on April 6, 2007, File No. 000-29311). ††
           
 
  10.59      
Dynegy Inc. 1999 Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1999 of Dynegy Inc., File No. 1-11156). ††
           
 
  10.60      
First Amendment to the Dynegy Inc. 1999 Long Term Incentive Plan, dated as of April 2, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Holdings Inc. filed on April 6, 2007, File No. 000-29311). ††
           
 
  10.61      
Dynegy Inc. 2000 Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1999 of Dynegy Inc., File No. 1-11156). ††
           
 
  10.62      
Amendment to the Dynegy Inc. 2000 Long Term Incentive Plan effective January 1, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on March 17, 2006, File No. 1-15659). ††
           
 
  10.63      
Second Amendment to the Dynegy Inc. 2000 Long Term Incentive Plan, dated as of April 2, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Holdings Inc. filed on April 6, 2007, File No. 000-29311). ††
           
 
  10.64      
Dynegy Inc. 2002 Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A of Dynegy Inc., File No. 1-15659, filed with the SEC on April 9, 2002). ††
           
 
  10.65      
Amendment to the Dynegy Inc. 2002 Long Term Incentive Plan, effective January 1, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on March 17, 2006, File No. 1-15659). ††
           
 
  10.66      
Second Amendment to the Dynegy Inc. 2002 Long Term Incentive Plan, dated as of April 2, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Holdings Inc. filed on April 6, 2007, File No. 000-29311). ††
           
 
  10.67      
Dynegy Inc. 2001 Non-Executive Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 of Dynegy Inc., Registration No. 333-76080).
           
 
  10.68      
First Amendment to the Dynegy Inc. 2001 Non-Executive Stock Incentive Plan, dated as of April 2, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Holdings Inc. filed on April 6, 2007, File No. 000-29311).
           
 
  **10.69      
Dynegy Inc. Retirement Plan, as amended and restated, effective January 1, 2009.
           
 
  **10.70      
Dynegy Inc. Comprehensive Welfare Benefits Plan, effective January 1, 2002.

 

94


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit        
Number       Description
           
 
  **10.71      
First Amendment to the Dynegy Inc. Comprehensive Welfare Benefits Plan, dated September 29, 2004.
           
 
  **10.72      
Second Amendment to the Dynegy Inc. Comprehensive Welfare Benefits Plan, dated January 1, 2005.
           
 
  **10.73      
Third Amendment to the Dynegy Inc. Comprehensive Welfare Benefits Plan, dated January 28, 2005.
           
 
  **10.74      
Fourth Amendment to the Dynegy Inc. Comprehensive Welfare Benefits Plan, dated April 20, 2005.
           
 
  **10.75      
Fifth Amendment to the Dynegy Inc. Comprehensive Welfare Benefits Plan, dated January 1, 2006.
           
 
  10.76      
Sixth Amendment to the Dynegy Inc. Comprehensive Welfare Benefits Plan, dated as of April 2, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Holdings Inc. filed on April 6, 2007, File No. 000-29311).
           
 
  **10.77      
Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Comprehensive Welfare Benefits Plan, dated as of January 1, 2002.
           
 
  **10.78      
Amendment One to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Comprehensive Welfare Benefits Plan, dated as of April 20, 2005.
           
 
  **10.79      
Amendment Two to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Comprehensive Welfare Benefits Plan, dated as of January 1, 2006.
           
 
  **10.80      
Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Retirement Income Plan, as amended and restated, effective January 1, 2009.
           
 
  10.81      
Master Trust Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2002 (Vanguard) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.45 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Holdings Inc. filed on April 6, 2007, File No. 000-29311).
           
 
  10.82      
Agreement and Amendment to Master Trust Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2003 (Vanguard) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.46 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Holdings Inc. filed on April 6, 2007, File No. 000-29311).
           
 
  10.83      
Amendment No. 2 to The Master Trust Agreement, dated as of September 29, 2004 (Vanguard) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.47 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Holdings Inc. filed on April 6, 2007, File No. 000-29311).
           
 
  10.84      
Amendment to Master Trust Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2006 (Vanguard) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.48 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Holdings Inc. filed on April 6, 2007, File No. 000-29311).
           
 
  10.85      
Amendment to Master Trust Agreement (Vanguard Fiduciary Trust Company), dated as of April 2, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.55 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Holdings Inc. filed on April 6, 2007, File No. 000-29311).

 

95


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit        
Number       Description
           
 
           
 
  10.86      
Trust Agreement—DMG 401(k) Savings Plan for Employees Covered under a Collective Bargaining Agreement (Vanguard), dated as of January 1, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Form S-4 of Dynegy Illinois Inc., filed on January 11, 2002, File No. 333-76570).
           
 
  10.87      
Amendment to Trust Agreement—DMG 401(k) Savings Plan for Employees Covered under a Collective Bargaining Agreement (Vanguard), dated as of September 29, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.49 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Holdings Inc. filed on April 6, 2007, File No. 000-29311).
           
 
  10.88      
Amendment to Trust Agreement—DMG 401(k) Savings Plan for Employees Covered under a Collective Bargaining Agreement (Vanguard), dated as of January 1, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.50 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Holdings Inc. filed on April 6, 2007, File No. 000-29311).
           
 
  10.89      
Amendment to Trust Agreement—DMG 401(k) Savings Plan for Employees Covered under a Collective Bargaining Agreement (Vanguard), dated as of April 2, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.52 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Holdings Inc. filed on April 6, 2007, File No. 000-29311).
           
 
  10.90      
Trust Agreement—DMG 401(k) Savings Plan (Vanguard), dated as of September 29, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Form S-4 of Dynegy Illinois Inc., filed on January 11, 2002, File No. 333-76570).
           
 
  10.91      
Amendment to Trust Agreement—DMG 401(k) Savings Plan (Vanguard), dated as of September 29, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.49 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Holdings Inc. filed on April 6, 2007, File No. 000-29311).
           
 
  10.92      
Amendment to Trust Agreement—DMG 401(k) Savings Plan (Vanguard), dated as of January 1, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.50 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Holdings Inc. filed on April 6, 2007, File No. 000-29311).
           
 
  10.93      
Amendment to Trust Agreement—DMG 401(k) Savings Plan (Vanguard), dated as of April 2, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.51 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Holdings Inc. filed on April 6, 2007, File No. 000-29311).
           
 
  10.94      
Dynegy Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan Trust Agreement, effective January 1, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 of Dynegy Inc., Registration No. 333-76570). ††
           
 
  10.95      
Amendment to Trust Agreement—Dynegy Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan (Vanguard), dated as of January 1, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.52 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Holdings Inc. filed on April 6, 2007, File No. 000-29311).
           
 
  10.96      
Amendment to Trust Agreement—Dynegy Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan (Vanguard), dated as of April 2, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.53 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Holdings Inc. filed on April 6, 2007, File No. 000-29311).
           
 
  **10.97      
Trust Agreement—Dynegy Northeast Generation Inc. Savings Incentive Plan, dated as of December 31, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit.

 

96


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit        
Number       Description
           
 
           
 
  **10.98      
Amendment to Trust Agreement—Dynegy Northeast Generation Inc. Savings Incentive Plan, dated as of January 1, 2006.
           
 
  **10.99      
Amendment to Trust Agreement—Dynegy Northeast Generation Inc. Savings Incentive Plan, dated as of April 2, 2007.
           
 
  10.100      
Dynegy Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan Trust Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 of Dynegy Inc., Registration No. 333-76080). ††
           
 
  10.101      
Amendment to Dynegy Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan Trust Agreement (Vanguard), dated as of April 2, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.54 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Holdings Inc. filed on April 6, 2007, File No. 000-29311). ††
           
 
  **10.102      
Dynegy Inc. Master Retirement Trust, dated as of December 13, 2001.
           
 
  **10.103      
Amendment No. One to The Dynegy Inc. Master Retirement Trust, dated as of August 5, 2002.
           
 
  **10.104      
Amendment No. Two to The Dynegy Inc. Master Retirement Trust, dated as of September 30, 2004.
           
 
  **10.105      
Amendment No. Three to The Dynegy Inc. Master Retirement Trust, dated as of December 1, 2005.
           
 
  **10.106      
Amendment No. Four to The Dynegy Inc. Master Retirement Trust, dated as of September 25, 2006.
           
 
  **10.107      
Amendment No. Five to The Dynegy Inc. Master Retirement Trust, dated as of April 2, 2007.
           
 
  10.108      
Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 17, 2007, by and between Dynegy Holdings Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for Quarterly Period Ended June 30, 2007 of Dynegy Holdings Inc., File No. 000-29311).
           
 
  10.109      
Equity Commitment Agreement among Sandy Creek Energy Associates, L.P., Dynegy Sandy Creek Holdings, LLC and Credit Suisse dated August 29, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Holdings Inc. filed on September 5, 2007, File No. 000-29311).
           
 
  10.110      
Equity Commitment Agreement among Sandy Creek Energy Associates, L.P., Sandy Creek Holdings, LLC and Credit Suisse dated August 29, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Holdings Inc. filed on September 5, 2007, File No. 000-29311).
           
 
  10.111      
Baldwin Consent Decree, approved May 27, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Dynegy Inc. filed on May 31, 2005, File No. 1-15659).
           
 
  14.1      
Dynegy Inc. Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Professionals (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14.1 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2003 of Dynegy Inc., File No. 1- 15659).

 

97


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit        
Number       Description
           
 
  16.1      
Letter of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, as amended, dated May 15, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 16.1A to the Current Report on Form 8-K/A of Dynegy Holdings Inc. filed on May 15, 2007, File No. 001-33443).
           
 
  **21.1      
Subsidiaries of the Registrant (Dynegy Inc.).
           
 
  21.2      
Subsidiaries of the Registrant (Dynegy Holdings Inc.) — Omitted pursuant to General Instruction (1)(2)(c) of Form 10-K.
           
 
  **23.1      
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP (Dynegy Inc.).
           
 
  **23.2      
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (Dynegy Inc.).
           
 
  **23.3      
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP (Dynegy Holdings Inc.).
           
 
  **23.4      
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (Dynegy Holdings Inc.).
           
 
  **31.1      
Chief Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), As Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
           
 
  **31.1 (a)    
Chief Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), As Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
           
 
  **31.2      
Chief Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), As Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
           
 
  **31.2 (a)    
Chief Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), As Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
           
 
  †32.1      
Chief Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 United States Code Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
           
 
  †32.1 (a)    
Chief Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 United States Code Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
           
 
  †32.2      
Chief Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 United States Code Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
           
 
  †32.2 (a)    
Chief Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 United States Code Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
     
**   Filed herewith
 
  Pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission Release No. 33-8238, this certification will be treated as “accompanying” this report and not “filed” as part of such report for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liability of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, and this certification will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act.
 
††   Management contract or compensation plan.

 

98


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, the thereunto duly authorized.
         
  DYNEGY INC.
 
 
Date: February 26, 2009  By:   /s/ B ruce A. Williamson    
    Bruce A. Williamson    
    Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer    
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
         
/s/ Bruce A. Williamson
 
Bruce A. Williamson
  Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   February 26, 2009
 
       
/s/ Holli C. Nichols
 
Holli C. Nichols
  Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer)   February 26, 2009
 
       
/s/ Carolyn J. Stone
 
Carolyn J. Stone
  Senior Vice President and Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)   February 26, 2009
 
       
/s/ James T. Bartlett
  Director   February 26, 2009
  James T. Bartlett
       
 
       
/s/ David W. Biegler
  Director   February 26, 2009
  David W. Biegler
       
 
       
/s/ Thomas D. Clark, JR.
  Director   February 26, 2009
  Thomas D. Clark, Jr.
       
 
       
/s/ Victor E. Grijalva
  Director   February 26, 2009
  Victor E. Grijalva
       
 
       
/s/ Patricia A. Hammick
  Director   February 26, 2009
  Patricia A. Hammick
       
 
       
/s/ Frank E. Hardenbergh
  Director   February 26, 2009
  Frank E. Hardenbergh
       
 
       
/s/ George L. Mazanec
  Director   February 26, 2009
  George L. Mazanec
       
 
       
/s/ Mikhail Segal
  Director   February 26, 2009
  Mikhail Segal
       
 
       
/s/ Howard B. Sheppard
  Director   February 26, 2009
  Howard B. Sheppard
       
 
       
/s/ William L. Trubeck
  Director   February 26, 2009
  William L. Trubeck
       

 

99


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, the thereunto duly authorized.
         
  DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
 
 
Date: February 26, 2009  By:   /s/ Bruce A. Williamson    
    Bruce A. Williamson    
    President and Chief Executive Officer    
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
         
/s/ Bruce A. Williamson
 
Bruce A. Williamson
  President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   February 26, 2009
 
       
/s/ Holli C. Nichols
 
Holli C. Nichols
  Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)   February 26, 2009
 
       
/s/ Carolyn J. Stone
 
Carolyn J. Stone
  Senior Vice President and Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)   February 26, 2009
 
       
/s/ J. Kevin Blodgett
  Director   February 26, 2009
 
       
J. Kevin Blodgett
       
 
       
/s/ Lynn A. Lednicky   Director   February 26, 2009
 
       
Lynn A. Lednicky
       

 

100


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. AND DYNGEGY HOLDINGS INC.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
         
    Page  
Consolidated Financial Statements
       
 
       
    F-2  
 
       
    F-5  
 
       
    F-7  
 
       
    F-8  
 
       
    F-9  
 
       
    F-10  
 
       
    F-11  
 
       
    F-12  
 
       
    F-13  
 
       
    F-14  
 
       
    F-15  
 
       
    F-16  
 
       
    F-17  
 
       
Financial Statement Schedules
       
 
       
    F-88  
 
       
    F-92  
 
       
    F-93  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Dynegy Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Dynegy Inc. as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, comprehensive income (loss) and cash flows for the years then ended. Our audits also included the financial statement schedules listed in the Index at Item 15(a) as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007. These financial statements and schedules are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedules based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Dynegy Inc. at December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2007 the Company adopted the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes .
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Dynegy Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 26, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Houston, Texas
February 26, 2009

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Dynegy Inc.
We have audited Dynegy Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Dynegy Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Dynegy Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the 2008 consolidated financial statements of Dynegy Inc. and our report dated February 26, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Houston, Texas
February 26, 2009

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Dynegy Inc.:
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2006 present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of Dynegy Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2006, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedules for the year ended December 31, 2006 present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedules are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedules based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
As discussed in Note 19, the Company is the subject of substantial litigation. The Company’s ongoing liquidity, financial position and operating results may be adversely impacted by the nature, timing and amount of the resolution of such litigation. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments, beyond existing accruals applicable under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies”, that might result from the ultimate resolution of such matters.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Houston, Texas
February 27, 2007, except for the effects of
discontinued operations described in Note 4, as to
which the date is May 14, 2007 for Calcasieu and
February 28, 2008 for CoGen Lyondell, and except for
the change in reportable segments described in Note
22, as to which the date is February 26, 2009.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholder
Dynegy Holdings Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Dynegy Holdings Inc. as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations, cash flows, comprehensive income (loss), and stockholder’s equity for the years then ended. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a) as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Dynegy Holdings Inc. at December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2007 the Company adopted the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes .
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Houston, Texas
February 26, 2009

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Stockholder of Dynegy Holdings Inc.:
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholder’s equity and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2006 present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of Dynegy Holdings Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2006 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule for the year ended December 31, 2006, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
As discussed in Note 19, the Company is the subject of substantial litigation. The Company’s ongoing liquidity, financial position and operating results may be adversely impacted by the nature, timing and amount of the resolution of such litigation. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments, beyond existing accruals applicable under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies”, that might result from the ultimate resolution of such matters.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Houston, Texas
March 16, 2007, except for the effects of discontinued
operations described in Note 4, as to which the date
is May 14, 2007 for Calcasieu and August 16, 2007 for
CoGen Lyondell, except for the effects of the transfer
of entities under common control described in Note 3,
as to which the date is August 16, 2007, and except
for the change in reportable segments described in
Note 22, as to which the date is February 26, 2009.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in millions, except share data)
                 
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2008     2007  
ASSETS
               
Current Assets
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 693     $ 328  
Restricted cash and investments
    87       104  
Short-term investments
    25        
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $22 and $20, respectively
    340       426  
Accounts receivable, affiliates
    1       1  
Inventory
    184       199  
Assets from risk-management activities
    1,263       358  
Deferred income taxes
    6       45  
Prepayments and other current assets
    204       145  
Assets held for sale (Note 4)
          57  
 
           
Total Current Assets
    2,803       1,663  
 
           
Property, Plant and Equipment
    10,869       10,689  
Accumulated depreciation
    (1,935 )     (1,672 )
 
           
Property, Plant and Equipment, Net
    8,934       9,017  
Other Assets
               
Unconsolidated investments
    15       79  
Restricted cash and investments
    1,158       1,221  
Assets from risk-management activities
    114       55  
Goodwill
    433       438  
Intangible assets
    437       497  
Deferred income taxes
          6  
Accounts receivable, affiliates
    4        
Other long-term assets
    315       245  
 
           
Total Assets
  $ 14,213     $ 13,221  
 
           
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
Current Liabilities
               
Accounts payable
  $ 303     $ 292  
Accrued interest
    56       56  
Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities
    160       201  
Liabilities from risk-management activities
    1,119       397  
Notes payable and current portion of long-term debt
    64       51  
Liabilities held for sale (Note 4)
          2  
 
           
Total Current Liabilities
    1,702       999  
 
           
Long-term debt
    5,872       5,739  
Long-term debt to affiliates
    200       200  
 
           
Long-Term Debt
    6,072       5,939  
Other Liabilities
               
Liabilities from risk-management activities
    288       116  
Deferred income taxes
    1,166       1,250  
Other long-term liabilities
    500       388  
 
           
Total Liabilities
    9,728       8,692  
 
           
Minority Interest
    (30 )     23  
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 19)
               
Stockholders’ Equity
               
Class A Common Stock, $0.01 par value, 2,100,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007; 505,821,277 shares and 502,819,794 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively
    5       5  
Class B Common Stock, $0.01 par value, 850,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007; 340,000,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively
    3       3  
Additional paid-in capital
    6,485       6,463  
Subscriptions receivable
    (2 )     (5 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax
    (215 )     (25 )
Accumulated deficit
    (1,690 )     (1,864 )
Treasury stock, at cost, 2,568,286 shares and 2,449,259 shares at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively
    (71 )     (71 )
 
           
Total Stockholders’ Equity
    4,515       4,506  
 
           
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
  $ 14,213     $ 13,221  
 
           
See the notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

F-7


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in millions, except per share data)
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Revenues
  $ 3,549     $ 3,103     $ 1,770  
Cost of sales
    (1,853 )     (1,551 )     (798 )
Operating and maintenance expense, exclusive of depreciation shown separately below
    (494 )     (462 )     (338 )
Depreciation and amortization expense
    (371 )     (325 )     (217 )
Impairment and other charges
    (47 )           (119 )
Gain on sale of assets, net
    82       43       3  
General and administrative expenses
    (157 )     (203 )     (196 )
 
                 
 
Operating income
    709       605       105  
Losses from unconsolidated investments
    (123 )     (3 )     (1 )
Interest expense
    (427 )     (384 )     (382 )
Debt conversion costs
                (249 )
Other income and expense, net
    84       56       54  
Minority interest income (expense)
    3       (7 )      
 
                 
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
    246       267       (473 )
Income tax (expense) benefit
    (75 )     (151 )     152  
 
                 
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    171       116       (321 )
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax (expense) benefit of $(1), $(91) and $10, respectively (Note 4)
    3       148       (13 )
 
                 
 
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principles
    174       264       (334 )
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principles, net of tax benefit (expense) of zero, zero and zero, respectively (Note 2)
                1  
 
                 
 
Net income (loss)
    174       264       (333 )
Less: preferred stock dividends (Note 16)
                9  
 
                 
 
Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders
  $ 174     $ 264     $ (342 )
 
                 
 
Earnings (Loss) Per Share (Note 18):
                       
Basic earnings (loss) per share:
                       
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations
  $ 0.20     $ 0.15     $ (0.72 )
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
          0.20       (0.03 )
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principles
                 
 
                 
 
Basic earnings (loss) per share
  $ 0.20     $ 0.35     $ (0.75 )
 
                 
 
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:
                       
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations
  $ 0.20     $ 0.15     $ (0.72 )
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
          0.20       (0.03 )
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principles
                 
 
                 
 
Diluted earnings (loss) per share
  $ 0.20     $ 0.35     $ (0.75 )
 
                 
 
Basic shares outstanding
    840       752       459  
Diluted shares outstanding
    842       754       509  
See the notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

F-8


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in millions)
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ 174     $ 264     $ (333 )
Adjustments to reconcile income (loss) to net cash flows from operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    376       333       265  
Impairment and other charges
    47             155  
Losses from unconsolidated investments, net of cash distributions
    124       3       1  
Risk-management activities
    (255 )     (50 )     (87 )
Gain on sale of assets, net
    (82 )     (267 )     (5 )
Deferred taxes
    73       215       (162 )
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principles (Note 2)
                (1 )
Reserve for doubtful accounts
                (35 )
Legal and settlement charges
    6       26       (2 )
Sithe Subordinated Debt exchange charge (Note 12)
                36  
Debt conversion costs
                249  
Other
    33       42       71  
Changes in working capital:
                       
Accounts receivable
    68       (114 )     391  
Inventory
    3       (13 )     8  
Prepayments and other assets
    (51 )     (37 )     126  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    (71 )     (15 )     (885 )
Changes in non-current assets
    (113 )     (57 )     11  
Changes in non-current liabilities
    (13 )     11       3  
 
                 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    319       341       (194 )
 
                 
 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Capital expenditures
    (611 )     (379 )     (155 )
Unconsolidated investments
    (6 )     3        
Proceeds from asset sales, net
    451       558       227  
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired
          (128 )     (8 )
Proceeds from exchange of unconsolidated investments, net of cash acquired (Note 3 and Note 4)
                165  
Increase in short-term investments
    (27 )            
(Increase) decrease in restricted cash
    80       (871 )     121  
Other investing, net
    11             8  
 
                 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    (102 )     (817 )     358  
 
                 
 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Net proceeds from long-term borrowings
    192       2,758       1,071  
Repayments of borrowings
    (45 )     (2,320 )     (1,930 )
Debt conversion costs
                (249 )
Redemption of Series C Preferred (Note 16)
                (400 )
Net proceeds from issuance of capital stock
    2       4       183  
Dividends and other distributions, net
                (17 )
Other financing, net
    (1 )     (9 )      
 
                 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    148       433       (1,342 )
 
                 
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    365       (43 )     (1,178 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
    328       371       1,549  
 
                 
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
  $ 693     $ 328     $ 371  
 
                 
See the notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

F-9


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(in millions)
                                                         
                            Accumulated                    
            Additional             Other                    
    Common     Paid-In     Subscriptions     Comprehensive     Accumulated     Treasury        
    Stock     Capital     Receivable     Income (Loss)     Deficit     Stock     Total  
December 31, 2005
  $ 3,955     $ 51     $ (8 )   $ 4     $ (1,793 )   $ (69 )   $ 2,140  
Net loss
                            (333 )           (333 )
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
                      98                   98  
Adjustment to initially apply SFAS No. 158, net of tax benefit of $21
                      (35 )                 (35 )
Options exercised
    5       (5 )                              
Dividends and other distributions
                            (9 )           (9 )
401(k) plan and profit sharing stock
    3                                     3  
Options and restricted stock granted
          8                               8  
Equity issuance (Note 20)
    185       (7 )                             178  
Equity conversion (Note 20)
    225       (8 )                             217  
 
                                         
 
December 31, 2006
  $ 4,373     $ 39     $ (8 )   $ 67     $ (2,135 )   $ (69 )   $ 2,267  
Net income
                            264             264  
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
                      (92 )                 (92 )
Adjustment to initially apply FIN No. 48
                            7             7  
Subscriptions receivable
                3                         3  
Options exercised
    1       2                         (2 )     1  
401(k) plan and profit sharing stock
    1       3                               4  
Options and restricted stock granted
          19                               19  
Equity issuance-LS Power (Note 3)
    3       2,030                               2,033  
Conversion from Illinois entity to Delaware entity (Note 20)
    (4,370 )     4,370                                
 
                                         
 
December 31, 2007
  $ 8     $ 6,463     $ (5 )   $ (25 )   $ (1,864 )   $ (71 )   $ 4,506  
Net income
                            174             174  
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
                      (190 )                 (190 )
Subscriptions receivable
                3                         3  
Options exercised
          2                               2  
401(k) plan and profit sharing stock
          5                               5  
Options and restricted stock granted
          15                               15  
 
                                         
 
December 31, 2008
  $ 8     $ 6,485     $ (2 )   $ (215 )   $ (1,690 )   $ (71 )   $ 4,515  
 
                                         
See the notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

F-10


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(in millions)
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Net income (loss)
  $ 174     $ 264     $ (333 )
Cash flow hedging activities, net:
                       
Unrealized mark-to-market gains (losses) arising during period, net
    (142 )     (95 )     95  
Reclassification of mark-to-market (gains) losses to earnings, net
    10       (25 )     (17 )
Deferred losses on cash flow hedges, net
    (4 )          
 
                 
Changes in cash flow hedging activities, net (net of tax benefit (expense) of $60, $69 and $(46), respectively)
    (136 )     (120 )     78  
Allocation to minority interest
    50       5        
 
                 
Total cash flow hedging activities
    (86 )     (115 )     78  
Foreign currency translation adjustments
    (27 )     4       (1 )
Minimum pension liability (net of tax expense $5)
                10  
Actuarial gain (loss) and amortization of unrecognized prior service cost (net of tax benefit (expense) of $29 and $(9), respectively)
    (41 )     18        
Unrealized gain (loss) on securities, net:
                       
Unrealized gain (loss) on securities
    (3 )     6       11  
Reclassification adjustments for gains realized in net income (loss)
    (9 )     (5 )      
 
                 
Unrealized gains (losses) on securities, net (net of tax benefit (expense) of $8, $(1), and $(7), respectively)
    (12 )     1       11  
Unconsolidated investment other comprehensive loss, net (net of tax benefit of $17)
    (24 )            
 
                 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
    (190 )     (92 )     98  
 
                 
Comprehensive income (loss)
  $ (16 )   $ 172     $ (235 )
 
                 
See the notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

F-11


Table of Contents

DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in millions)
                 
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2008     2007  
ASSETS
               
Current Assets
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 670     $ 292  
Restricted cash and investments
    87       104  
Short-term investments
    24        
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $20 and $15, respectively
    343       428  
Accounts receivable, affiliates
    1       1  
Inventory
    184       199  
Assets from risk-management activities
    1,263       358  
Deferred income taxes
    4       30  
Prepayments and other current assets
    204       145  
Assets held for sale (Note 4)
          57  
 
           
Total Current Assets
    2,780       1,614  
 
           
Property, Plant and Equipment
    10,869       10,689  
Accumulated depreciation
    (1,935 )     (1,672 )
 
           
Property, Plant and Equipment, Net
    8,934       9,017  
Other Assets
               
Unconsolidated investments
          18  
Restricted cash and investments
    1,158       1,221  
Assets from risk-management activities
    114       55  
Goodwill
    433       438  
Intangible assets
    437       497  
Deferred income taxes
          6  
Accounts receivable, affiliates
    4        
Other long-term assets
    314       241  
 
           
Total Assets
  $ 14,174     $ 13,107  
 
           
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
               
Current Liabilities
               
Accounts payable
  $ 284     $ 291  
Accrued interest
    56       56  
Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities
    157       202  
Liabilities from risk-management activities
    1,119       397  
Notes payable and current portion of long-term debt
    64       51  
Deferred income taxes
    1        
Liabilities held for sale (Note 4)
          2  
 
           
Total Current Liabilities
    1,681       999  
 
           
Long-term debt
    5,872       5,739  
Long-term debt to affiliates
    200       200  
 
           
Long-Term Debt
    6,072       5,939  
Other Liabilities
               
Liabilities from risk-management activities
    288       116  
Deferred income taxes
    1,052       1,052  
Other long-term liabilities
    498       381  
 
           
Total Liabilities
    9,591       8,487  
 
           
Minority Interest
    (30 )     23  
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 19)
               
Stockholder’s Equity
               
Capital Stock, $1 par value, 1,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively
           
Additional paid-in capital
    5,684       5,684  
Affiliate receivable
    (827 )     (825 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax
    (215 )     (25 )
Accumulated deficit
    (29 )     (237 )
 
           
Total Stockholder’s Equity
    4,613       4,597  
 
           
Total Liabilities and Stockholder’s Equity
  $ 14,174     $ 13,107  
 
           
See the notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

F-12


Table of Contents

DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in millions)
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Revenues
  $ 3,549     $ 3,103     $ 1,770  
Cost of sales
    (1,853 )     (1,551 )     (798 )
Operating and maintenance expense, exclusive of depreciation shown separately below
    (494 )     (462 )     (338 )
Depreciation and amortization expense
    (371 )     (325 )     (217 )
Impairment and other charges
    (47 )           (119 )
Gain on sale of assets
    82       43       3  
General and administrative expenses
    (157 )     (184 )     (193 )
 
                 
Operating income
    709       624       108  
Earnings (losses) from unconsolidated investments
    (40 )     6       (1 )
Interest expense
    (427 )     (384 )     (375 )
Debt conversion costs
                (204 )
Other income and expense, net
    83       53       51  
Minority interest income (expense)
    3       (7 )      
 
                 
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
    328       292       (421 )
Income tax (expense) benefit
    (123 )     (116 )     125  
 
                 
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    205       176       (296 )
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax (expense) benefit of $(1), $(92) and $12, respectively (Note 4)
    3       148       (12 )
 
                 
Net income (loss)
  $ 208     $ 324     $ (308 )
 
                 
See the notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

F-13


Table of Contents

DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in millions)
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ 208     $ 324     $ (308 )
Adjustments to reconcile income (loss) to net cash flows from operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    376       333       263  
Impairment and other charges
    47             155  
(Earnings) losses from unconsolidated investments, net of cash distributions
    41       (6 )     1  
Risk-management activities
    (255 )     (50 )     (87 )
Gain on sale of assets, net
    (82 )     (267 )     (5 )
Deferred taxes
    119       179       (138 )
Reserve for doubtful accounts
                (35 )
Legal and settlement charges
    6       26       (2 )
Sithe Subordinated Debt exchange charge (Note 15)
                36  
Debt conversion costs
                204  
Other
    29       39       69  
Changes in working capital:
                       
Accounts receivable
    67       (114 )     391  
Inventory
    3       (13 )     8  
Prepayments and other assets
    (51 )     (37 )     102  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    (67 )     (1 )     (873 )
Changes in non-current assets
    (108 )     (56 )     11  
Changes in non-current liabilities
    (14 )     11       3  
 
                 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    319       368       (205 )
 
                 
 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Capital expenditures
    (611 )     (379 )     (155 )
Proceeds from asset sales, net
    451       558       224  
Unconsolidated investments
    10       13        
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired
          16        
Proceeds from exchange of unconsolidated investments, net of cash acquired (Note 3 and Note 4)
                165  
Increase in short-term investments
    (25 )            
(Increase) decrease in restricted cash
    80       (871 )     121  
Affiliate transactions
    1       (24 )     (6 )
Other investing, net
    7       (1 )     8  
 
                 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    (87 )     (688 )     357  
 
                 
 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Net proceeds from long-term borrowings
    192       2,758       1,071  
Repayments of borrowings
    (45 )     (2,045 )     (1,930 )
Borrowings from (repayments to) affiliate, net
                (120 )
Debt conversion costs
                (204 )
Dividends to affiliates
          (342 )     (50 )
Other financing, net
    (1 )     (2 )     (2 )
 
                 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    146       369       (1,235 )
 
                 
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    378       49       (1,083 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
    292       243       1,326  
 
                 
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
  $ 670     $ 292     $ 243  
 
                 
See the notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

F-14


Table of Contents

DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
(in millions)
                                         
                    Accumulated              
    Additional             Other              
    Paid-In     Affiliate     Comprehensive     Accumulated        
    Capital     Receivable     Income (Loss)     Deficit     Total  
December 31, 2005
  $ 3,593     $     $ 4     $ (266 )   $ 3,331  
Net loss
                      (308 )     (308 )
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
                98             98  
Adjustment to initially apply SFAS No. 158, net of tax benefit of $21
                (35 )           (35 )
Dividends to affiliates
    (50 )                       (50 )
 
                             
 
December 31, 2006
  $ 3,543     $     $ 67     $ (574 )   $ 3,036  
Net income
                      324       324  
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
                (92 )           (92 )
Adjustment to initially apply FIN No. 48
                      13       13  
Contribution of Contributed Entities and Sandy Creek to DHI
    2,483                         2,483  
Reclassification of affiliate receivable
          (825 )                 (825 )
Dividends to affiliates
    (342 )                       (342 )
 
                             
 
December 31, 2007
  $ 5,684     $ (825 )   $ (25 )   $ (237 )   $ 4,597  
Net income
                      208       208  
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
                (190 )           (190 )
Affiliate activity
          (2 )                 (2 )
 
                             
 
December 31, 2008
  $ 5,684     $ (827 )   $ (215 )   $ (29 )   $ 4,613  
 
                             
See the notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

F-15


Table of Contents

DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(in millions)
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Net income (loss)
  $ 208     $ 324     $ (308 )
Cash flow hedging activities, net:
                       
Unrealized mark-to-market gains (losses) arising during period, net
    (142 )     (95 )     95  
Reclassification of mark-to-market (gains) losses to earnings, net
    10       (25 )     (17 )
Deferred losses on cash flow hedges, net
    (4 )          
 
                 
Changes in cash flow hedging activities, net (net of tax benefit (expense) of $60, $69 and $(46), respectively)
    (136 )     (120 )     78  
Allocation to minority interest
    50       5        
 
                 
Total cash flow hedging activities
    (86 )     (115 )     78  
Foreign currency translation adjustments
    (27 )     4       (1 )
Minimum pension liability (net of tax expense of $5)
                10  
Actuarial gain (loss) and amortization of unrecognized prior service cost (net of tax benefit (expense) of $29 and $(9), respectively)
    (41 )     18        
Unrealized gain (loss) on securities, net:
                       
Unrealized gain (loss) on securities
    (3 )     6       11  
Reclassification adjustments for gains realized in net income (loss)
    (9 )     (5 )      
 
                 
Unrealized losses on securities, net (net of tax benefit (expense) of $8, $(1), and $(7), respectively)
    (12 )     1       11  
Unconsolidated investment other comprehensive loss, net (net of tax benefit of $17)
    (24 )            
 
                 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
    (190 )     (92 )     98  
 
                 
Comprehensive income (loss)
  $ 18     $ 232     $ (210 )
 
                 
See the notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

F-16


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 1—Organization and Operations
We are holding companies and conduct substantially all of our business operations through our subsidiaries. Our current business operations are focused primarily on the power generation sector of the energy industry. We report the results of our power generation business as three separate segments in our consolidated financial statements: (i) the Midwest segment (“GEN-MW”), (ii) the West segment (“GEN-WE”), and (iii) the Northeast segment (“GEN-NE”). Our consolidated financial results also reflect corporate-level expenses such as general and administrative, interest and depreciation and amortization.
In addition to our operating generation facilities, we own an approximate 37 percent interest in PPEA Holding Company LLC (“PPEA”) which in turn owns an approximate 57 percent undivided interest in Plum Point Energy Associates, LLC (“Plum Point”), a 665 MW coal-fired power generation facility (the “Plum Point Project”) under construction in Arkansas, which is included in GEN-MW. We also own a 50 percent interest in Sandy Creek Holdings, LLC (“SCH”), which through a subsidiary owns an approximate 64 percent undivided interest in Sandy Creek Energy Station (“the Sandy Creek Project”), an 898 MW coal-fired power generation facility under construction in McLennan County, Texas, which is included in GEN-WE.
Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Use of Estimates. The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make informed estimates and judgments that affect our reported financial position and results of operations based on currently available information. We review significant estimates and judgments affecting our consolidated financial statements on a recurring basis and record the effect of any necessary adjustments. Uncertainties with respect to such estimates and judgments are inherent in the preparation of financial statements. Estimates and judgments are used in, among other things, (i) developing fair value assumptions, including estimates of future cash flows and discount rates, (ii) analyzing tangible and intangible assets for possible impairment, (iii) estimating the useful lives of our assets, (iv) assessing future tax exposure and the realization of deferred tax assets, (v) determining amounts to accrue for contingencies, guarantees and indemnifications, (vi) estimating various factors used to value our pension assets and liabilities and (vii) determining the primary beneficiary of variable interest entities (“VIEs”). Actual results could differ materially from our estimates.
Principles of Consolidation . The accompanying consolidated financial statements include our accounts and the accounts of our majority-owned or controlled subsidiaries and VIEs for which we are the primary beneficiary and our proportionate share of assets, liabilities and expenses directly related to an undivided interest in Plum Point. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior-period amounts to conform with current-period presentation.
Cash and Cash Equivalents . Cash and cash equivalents consist of all demand deposits and funds invested in highly liquid short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less.
Restricted Cash and Investments . Restricted cash and investments represent cash that is not readily available for general purpose cash needs. Restricted cash and investments are classified as a current or long-term asset based on the timing and nature of when or how the cash is expected to be used or when the restrictions are expected to lapse. We include all changes in restricted cash and investments in investing cash flows on the consolidated statements of cash flows. Please read Note 15—Debt—Restricted Cash and Investments for further discussion.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts . We establish provisions for losses on accounts receivable if it becomes probable we will not collect all or part of outstanding balances. We review collectibility and establish or adjust our allowance as necessary. We primarily use a percent of balance methodology and methodologies involving historical levels of write-offs. The specific identification method is also used in certain circumstances.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
Unconsolidated Investments . We use the equity method of accounting for investments in affiliates over which we exercise significant influence, generally occurring in ownership interests of 20 percent to 50 percent, and also occurring in lesser ownership percentages due to voting rights or other factors and VIEs where we are not the primary beneficiary. Our share of net income (loss) from these affiliates is reflected in the consolidated statements of operations as earnings (losses) from unconsolidated investments. Any excess of our investment in affiliates, as compared to our share of the underlying equity that is not recognized as goodwill, that represents identifiable other intangible assets, is amortized over the estimated economic service lives of the underlying assets. Or, in the instances where the useful lives can not be determined, the excess is assessed each reporting period for impairment or to determine if the useful life can be estimated. All investments in unconsolidated affiliates are periodically assessed for other-than-temporary declines in value, with write-downs recognized in earnings from unconsolidated investments in the consolidated statements of operations. When the carrying amount of an equity investment has been reduced below zero and we have a funding commitment, the negative investment balance is included in Other long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.
Please read Note 5—Impairment Charges for a discussion of impairment charges we recognized in 2008 and 2006.
Available-for-Sale Securities. For securities classified as available-for-sale that have readily determinable fair values, the change in the unrealized gain or loss, net of deferred income tax, is recorded as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss). Realized gains and losses on investment transactions are determined using the specific identification method.
Inventory . Our natural gas, coal, emissions allowances and fuel oil inventories are carried at the lower of weighted average cost or at market. Our materials and supplies inventory is carried at the lower of cost or market using the specific identification method. We use the average cost method to determine cost.
In accordance with EITF Issue 04-13, “Accounting for Purchases and Sales of Inventory with the Same Counterparty”, we account for exchanges of inventory with the same counterparty as one transaction at fair value.
We may opportunistically sell emissions allowances, subject to certain regulatory limitations and restrictions contained in our Consent Decree, or hold them in inventory until they are needed. In the past, we have sold emission allowances that relate to future periods. To the extent the proceeds received from the sale of such allowances exceed our cost, we defer the associated gain until the period to which the allowance relates, as we may be required to purchase emissions allowances in future periods. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, we had aggregate deferred gains of $9 million, all of which is included in Other long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. We recognized $32 million, $13 million and $16 million in revenue for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, related to sales of emissions credits.
Property, Plant and Equipment. Property, plant and equipment, which consists principally of power generating facilities, including capitalized interest, is recorded at historical cost. Expenditures for major replacements, renewals and major maintenance are capitalized and depreciated over the expected maintenance cycle. We consider major maintenance to be expenditures incurred on a cyclical basis to maintain and prolong the efficient operation of our assets. Expenditures for repairs and minor renewals to maintain assets in operating condition are expensed. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated economic service lives of the assets, ranging from 3 to 40 years. Composite depreciation rates (which we refer to as composite rates) are applied to functional groups of assets having similar economic characteristics. The estimated economic service lives of our functional asset groups are as follows:
         
    Range of  
Asset Group   Years  
Power generation facilities
    20 to 40  
Buildings and improvements
    10 to 39  
Office and miscellaneous equipment
    3 to 20  

 

F-18


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
Gains and losses on sales of individual assets or asset groups are reflected in Gain on sale of assets, net, in the consolidated statements of operations. We assess the carrying value of our property, plant and equipment in accordance with SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” (“SFAS No. 144”). If an impairment is indicated, the amount of the impairment loss recognized would be determined by the amount by which the book value exceeds the estimated fair value of the assets. The estimated fair value may include estimates based upon discounted cash-flow projections, recent comparable market transactions or quoted prices to determine if an impairment loss is required. For assets identified as held for sale, the book value is compared to the estimated sales price less costs to sell.
Please read Note 5—Impairment Charges for a discussion of impairment charges we recognized in 2008 and 2006.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Goodwill represents, at the time of an acquisition, the amount of purchase price paid in excess of the fair value of net assets acquired. We follow the guidance set forth in SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS No. 142”), when assessing the carrying value of our goodwill for impairment. Accordingly, we evaluate our goodwill for impairment on an annual basis on November 1st, and when events warrant an assessment. Our evaluation is based, in part, on our estimate of future cash flows and recent market comparable transactions. The estimation of fair value is highly subjective, inherently imprecise and can change materially from period to period based on, among other things, an assessment of market conditions, projected cash flows and discount rates. We have completed our goodwill impairment analysis for 2008 and no impairment was indicated. Please read Note 13—Goodwill for further discussion of our impairment analysis.
Intangible assets represent the fair value of assets, apart from goodwill, that arise from contractual rights or other legal rights. In accordance with SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations” (“SFAS No. 141”), we record only those intangible assets that are distinctly separable from goodwill and can be sold, transferred, licensed, rented, or otherwise exchanged in the open market. Additionally, we recognize as intangible assets those assets that can be exchanged in combination with other rights, contracts, assets or liabilities.
In accordance with SFAS No. 142, we initially record and measure intangible assets based on the fair value of those rights transferred in the transaction in which the asset was acquired. Those measurements are based on quoted market prices for the asset, if available, or measurement techniques based on the best information available such as a present value of future cash flows. Present value measurement techniques involve judgments and estimates made by management about prices, cash flows, discount factors and other variables, and the actual value realized from those assets could vary materially from these judgments and estimates. We amortize our definite-lived intangible assets based on the useful life of the respective asset as measured by the life of the underlying contract or contracts. Intangible assets that are not subject to amortization are subjected to impairment testing on an annual basis or when a triggering event occurs, and an impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of an intangible asset exceeds its fair value.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
Asset Retirement Obligations. We record the present value of our legal obligations to retire tangible, long-lived assets on our balance sheets as liabilities when the liability is incurred. Significant judgment is involved in estimating future cash flows associated with such obligations, as well as the ultimate timing of the cash flows. Our AROs relate to activities such as ash pond and landfill capping, dismantlement of power generation facilities, future removal of asbestos containing material from certain power generation facilities, closure and post-closure costs, environmental testing, remediation, monitoring and land and equipment lease obligations. A summary of changes in our AROs is as follows:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (in millions)  
Beginning of year
  $ 107     $ 56     $ 56  
New AROs (1)
                6  
Accretion expense
    10       8       6  
Acquisition of the Contributed Entities
          43        
Revision of previous estimate (2)
    10             (12 )
 
                 
End of year
  $ 127     $ 107     $ 56  
 
                 
 
     
(1)   During 2006, we recorded additional AROs in the amount of $6 million related to our obligation to remediate a landfill located at our Danskammer generating facility. There were no additional AROs, other than those acquired from LS Contributed Entities, recorded or settled during 2008, 2007 or 2006.
 
(2)   During 2008, we revised our ARO obligation upward by $10 million based on revised estimates of the cost to dismantle the South Bay facility. During 2006, we revised our ARO obligation downward by $12 million based on revised estimates of the costs to remediate ash ponds at certain of our coal fired generating facilities.
We may have additional potential retirement obligations for dismantlement of power generation facilities. Our current intent is to maintain these facilities in a manner such that they will be operated indefinitely. As a result, we cannot estimate any potential retirement obligations associated with these assets. Liabilities will be recorded in accordance with SFAS No. 143 at the time we are able to estimate these AROs.
Contingencies, Commitments, Guarantees and Indemnifications. We are involved in numerous lawsuits, claims, proceedings and tax-related audits in the normal course of our operations. In accordance with SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies” (“SFAS No. 5”), we record a loss contingency for these matters when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. We review our loss contingencies on an ongoing basis to ensure that we have appropriate reserves recorded on our consolidated balance sheets as required by SFAS No. 5. These reserves are based on estimates and judgments made by management with respect to the likely outcome of these matters, including any applicable insurance coverage for litigation matters, and are adjusted as circumstances warrant. Our estimates and judgment could change based on new information, changes in laws or regulations, changes in management’s plans or intentions, the outcome of legal proceedings, settlements or other factors. If different estimates and judgments were applied with respect to these matters, it is likely that reserves would be recorded for different amounts. Actual results could vary materially from these estimates and judgments.
Liabilities for environmental contingencies are recorded when an environmental assessment indicates that remedial efforts are probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. Measurement of liabilities is based, in part, on relevant past experience, currently enacted laws and regulations, existing technology, site-specific costs and cost-sharing arrangements. Recognition of any joint and several liability is based upon our best estimate of our final pro-rata share of such liability. These assumptions involve the judgments and estimates of management, and any changes in assumptions could lead to increases or decreases in our ultimate liability, with any such changes recognized immediately in earnings.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
We follow the guidance of FIN No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others” (“FIN No. 45”) for disclosures and accounting of various guarantees and indemnifications entered into during the course of business. When a guarantee or indemnification subject to FIN No. 45 is entered into, an estimated fair value of the underlying guarantee or indemnification is recorded. Some guarantees and indemnifications could have significant financial impact under certain circumstances, however management also considers the probability of such circumstances occurring when estimating the fair value. Actual results may materially differ from the estimated fair value of such guarantees and indemnifications.
Revenue Recognition . We earn revenue from our facilities in three primary ways: (i) sale of energy generated by our facilities; (i) sale of ancillary services, which are the products of a generation facility that support the transmission grid operation, allow generation to follow real-time changes in load, and provide emergency reserves for major changes to the balance of generation and load; and (iii) sale of capacity. We recognize revenue from these transactions when the product or service is delivered to a customer, unless they meet the definition of a derivative, as defined by SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”, as amended (“SFAS No. 133”). Please read “—Derivative Instruments—Generation” for further discussion of the accounting for these types of transactions.
Derivative Instruments-Generation. We enter into commodity contracts that meet the definition of a derivative under SFAS No. 133. These contracts are often entered into to mitigate or eliminate market and financial risks associated with our generation business. These contracts include forward contracts, which commit us to sell commodities in the future; futures contracts, which are generally exchange-traded standard commitments to purchase or sell a commodity; option contracts, which convey the right to buy or sell a commodity; and swap agreements, which require payments to or from counterparties based upon the differential between two prices for a predetermined quantity. SFAS No. 133 provides for three different ways to account for these types of contracts: (i) as an accrual contract, if the criteria for the “normal purchase normal sale” exception are met and documented; (ii) as a cash flow or fair value hedge, if the specified criteria are met and documented; or (iii) as a mark-to-market contract with changes in fair value recognized in current period earnings. All derivative commodity contracts that do not qualify for the normal purchase normal sale exception are recorded at fair value in risk management assets and liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. If the derivative commodity contract has been designated as a cash flow hedge, the changes in fair value are recognized in earnings concurrent with the hedged item. Changes in the fair value of derivative commodity contracts that are not designated as cash flow hedges are recorded currently in earnings.
Previously, we designated many commodity contracts that met the definition of a derivative as cash flow hedges. Beginning on April 2, 2007, we chose to cease designating such contracts as cash flow hedges, and thus have applied mark-to-market accounting treatment prospectively.
We do not offset fair value amounts recognized for derivative instruments executed with the same counterparty under a master netting agreement and we did not elect to adopt the netting provisions allowed under FSP FIN 39-1, “Amendment of FASB Interpretation No. 39”, which allows an entity to offset the fair value amounts recognized for cash collateral paid or cash collateral received against the fair value amounts recognized for derivative instruments executed with the same counterparty under a master netting agreement. As a result, our consolidated balance sheets present derivative assets and liabilities, as well as cash collateral paid or received, on a gross basis. As of December 31, 2008, included in Prepayments and other current assets on our consolidated balance sheets, we had approximately $88 million of cash collateral postings, which represent the effect of net cash outflows arising from the daily settlements of our exchange-traded or brokered commodity futures positions held with our futures clearing manager.
Derivative Instruments-Financing Activities. We are exposed to changes in interest rates through our variable and fixed rate debt. In order to manage our interest rate risk, we enter into interest rate swap agreements.
Cash inflows and cash outflows associated with the settlement of risk management activities are recognized in net cash provided by (used in) operating activities on the consolidated statements of cash flows.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
Fair Value Measurements. On January 1, 2008, we adopted SFAS No. 157 , “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS No. 157”) for financial assets and Liabilities. SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements. Accordingly, SFAS No. 157 does not require any new fair value measurements; however, for some entities the application of SFAS No. 157 will change current practice. The provisions of SFAS No. 157 are to be applied prospectively, except for the initial impact on three specific items: (i) changes in fair value measurements of existing derivative financial instruments measured initially using the transaction price under EITF No. 02-3, (ii) existing hybrid financial instruments measured initially at fair value using the transaction price and (iii) blockage factor discounts. We did not record a cumulative effect upon the adoption.
FASB Staff Position No. FAS 157-2 defers the effective date of SFAS No. 157 to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008, with respect to non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities which are not recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. Therefore, we have deferred application of SFAS No. 157 to such non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities until January 1, 2009.
On October 10, 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position No. FAS 157-3 (“FSP SFAS No. 157-3”). FSP SFAS No. 157-3 clarifies the application of SFAS No. 157 to a financial asset when the market for that financial asset is not active. FSP SFAS No. 157-3 was effective upon issuance by the FASB. The issuance of FSP SFAS No. 157-3 had no impact on our financial statements.
Fair value, as defined in SFAS No. 157, is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price). However, as permitted under SFAS No. 157, we utilize a mid-market pricing convention (the mid-point price between bid and ask prices) as a practical expedient for valuing the majority of our assets and liabilities measured and reported at fair value. Where appropriate, our estimate of fair value reflects the impact of our credit risk, our counterparties’ credit risk and bid-ask spreads. We utilize market data or assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, including assumptions about risk and the risks inherent in the inputs to the valuation technique. These inputs can be readily observable, market corroborated, or generally unobservable. We primarily apply the market approach for recurring fair value measurements and endeavor to utilize the best available information. Accordingly, we utilize valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. We classify fair value balances based on the observability of those inputs. SFAS No. 157 establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurement) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurement). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy defined by SFAS No. 157 are as follows:
    Level 1 — Quoted prices are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reporting date. Active markets are those in which transactions for the asset or liability occur in sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis. Level 1 primarily consists of financial instruments such as exchange-traded derivatives, listed equities and U.S. government treasury securities.
    Level 2 — Pricing inputs are other than quoted prices in active markets included in Level 1, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reporting date. Level 2 includes those financial instruments that are valued using models or other valuation methodologies. These models are primarily industry-standard models that consider various assumptions, including quoted forward prices for commodities, time value, volatility factors, and current market and contractual prices for the underlying instruments, as well as other relevant economic measures. Substantially all of these assumptions are observable in the marketplace throughout the full term of the instrument, can be derived from observable data or are supported by observable levels at which transactions are executed in the marketplace. Instruments in this category include non-exchange-traded derivatives such as over the counter forwards, options and repurchase agreements.
    Level 3 — Pricing inputs include significant inputs that are generally less observable from objective sources. These inputs may be used with internally developed methodologies that result in management’s best estimate of fair value. Level 3 instruments include those that may be more structured or otherwise tailored to our needs as well as financial transmission rights. At each balance sheet date, we perform an analysis of all instruments subject to SFAS No. 157 and include in Level 3 all of those whose fair value is based on significant unobservable inputs.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
The determination of the fair values incorporates various factors required under SFAS No. 157. These factors include not only the credit standing of the counterparties involved and the impact of credit enhancements (such as cash deposits, letters of credit and priority interests), but also the impact of our nonperformance risk on our liabilities. Valuation adjustments are generally based on capital market implied ratings evidence when assessing the credit standing of our counterparties and when applicable, adjusted based on management’s estimates of assumptions market participants would use in determining fair value.
Assets and liabilities from risk management activities may include exchange-traded derivative contracts and OTC derivative contracts. Some exchange-traded derivatives are valued using broker or dealer quotations, or market transactions in either the listed or OTC markets. In such cases, these exchange-traded derivatives are classified within Level 2. OTC derivative trading instruments include swaps, forwards, options and complex structures that are valued at fair value. In certain instances, these instruments may utilize models to measure fair value. Generally, we use a similar model to value similar instruments. Valuation models utilize various inputs that include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, other observable inputs for the asset or liability, and market-corroborated inputs. Where observable inputs are available for substantially the full term of the asset or liability, the instrument is categorized in Level 2. Certain OTC derivatives trade in less active markets with a lower availability of pricing information. In addition, complex or structured transactions, such as heat-rate call options, can introduce the need for internally-developed model inputs that might not be observable in or corroborated by the market. When such inputs have a significant impact on the measurement of fair value, the instrument is categorized in Level 3.
Income Taxes . We follow the guidance in SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” (“SFAS No. 109”), which requires that we use the asset and liability method of accounting for deferred income taxes and provide deferred income taxes for all significant temporary differences.
As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves estimating our actual current tax payable and related tax expense together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing tax and accounting treatment of certain items, such as depreciation, for tax and accounting purposes. These differences can result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within our consolidated balance sheets.
We must then assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent we believe that it is more likely than not (a likelihood of more than 50 percent) that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized, we must establish a valuation allowance. We consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, to determine whether, based on the weight of the evidence, a valuation allowance is needed. Evidence used includes information about our current financial position and our results of operations for the current and preceding years, as well as all currently available information about future years, anticipated future performance, the reversal of deferred tax liabilities and tax planning strategies.
Management believes future sources of taxable income, reversing temporary differences and other tax planning strategies will be sufficient to realize deferred tax assets for which no reserve has been established. While we have considered these factors in assessing the need for a valuation allowance, there is no assurance that a valuation allowance would not need to be established in the future if information about future years changes. Any change in the valuation allowance would impact our income tax benefit (expense) and net income (loss) in the period in which such a determination is made.
On January 1, 2007, we adopted FIN No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” (“FIN No. 48”), which provides clarification of SFAS No. 109 with respect to the recognition of income tax benefits of uncertain tax positions in the financial statements. We recognize accrued interest expense and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense.
Please read Note 17—Income Taxes for further discussion of our accounting for income taxes, adoption of FIN No. 48 and changes in our valuation allowance.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
Earnings Per Share. Basic earnings per share represent the amount of earnings for the period available to each share of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share amounts include the effect of issuing shares of common stock for outstanding stock options and performance based stock awards under the treasury stock method if including such potential common shares is dilutive.
Foreign Currency. For subsidiaries whose functional currency is not the U.S. Dollar, assets and liabilities are translated at year-end exchange rates, and revenues and expenses are translated at monthly average exchange rates. Translation adjustments for the asset and liability accounts are included as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive loss in stockholders’ equity. Currency transaction gains and losses are recorded in Other income and expense, net, in the consolidated statements of operations. We recorded gains (losses) of approximately $24 million, $(6) million and $1 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. In 2008, upon substantial liquidation of a foreign entity, we recognized approximately $24 million of pre-tax income related to translation gains.
Employee Stock Options. On January 1, 2003, we adopted the fair-value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation under SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (“SFAS No. 123”), and used the prospective method of transition as described under SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure” (“SFAS No. 148”). Under the prospective method of transition, all stock options granted after January 1, 2003 were accounted for on a fair value basis. Options granted prior to January 1, 2003 continued to be accounted for using the intrinsic value method. Accordingly, for options granted prior to January 1, 2003, compensation expense was not reflected for employee stock options unless they were granted at an exercise price lower than market value on the grant date. We granted in-the-money options in the past and recognized compensation expense over the applicable vesting periods. No in-the-money stock options have been granted since 1999.
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS No. 123(R)”) which revises SFAS No. 123. SFAS No. 123(R) requires all companies to expense the fair value of employee stock options and other forms of stock-based compensation. We adopted SFAS No. 123(R) effective January 1, 2006, using the modified prospective transition method permitted under this pronouncement. Our cumulative effect of implementing this standard, which consists entirely of a forfeiture adjustment, was less than $1 million after tax.
In November 2005, the FASB issued FSP No. 123(R)-3, “Transition Election Related to Accounting for the Tax Effects of Share-Based Payment Awards”. We have adopted the short-cut method to calculate the beginning balance of the APIC pool of the excess tax benefit, and to determine the subsequent impact on the APIC pool and consolidated statements of cash flows of the tax effects of employee stock-based compensation awards that were outstanding upon our adoption of FAS 123(R). Utilizing the short-cut method, we have determined that we have a “Pool of Windfall” tax benefits that can be utilized to offset future shortfalls that may be incurred.
Please read Note 20—Capital Stock for further discussion of our share-based compensation and expense recognized for 2008, 2007 and 2006.
Minority Interest. Minority interest on the consolidated balance sheets includes third party investments in entities that we consolidate, but do not wholly own. The net pre-tax results attributed to minority interest holders in consolidated entities are included in Minority interest income (expense) in the consolidated statements of operations. The net after-tax other comprehensive income amounts attributed to minority interest holders in consolidated entities are included in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).
We allocate net income and other comprehensive income to minority interest owners in PPEA based on the amounts that would be distributed to the equity interest owners in accordance with the terms of the underlying agreement. To the extent that the losses applicable to the minority interest owners would cause the minority interest owners to exceed their obligation to make good such losses, the amounts are reallocated back to us. For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, we have absorbed approximately $6 million and $1 million, respectively, of losses related to net income and approximately $114 million and $15 million, respectively, of losses related to other comprehensive income in excess of the minority interest holders’ funding commitments. Beginning January 1, 2009, upon our adoption of FAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an amendment of ARB No. 51” (“SFAS No. 160”), the noncontrolling interest holders will be allocated their losses, irrespective of their funding commitments. In addition, the presentation of minority interest on the consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of operations will change.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
Accounting Principles Adopted
SFAS No. 157. On January 1, 2008, we adopted portions of SFAS No. 157. Please read Note 6—Risk Management Activities, Derivatives and Financial Instruments for further discussion.
SFAS No. 159. On January 1, 2008, we adopted SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities” (“SFAS No. 159”). SFAS No. 159 permits entities to choose to measure eligible items at fair value at specified election dates. A business entity will report unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. The objective is to improve financial reporting by providing entities with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. We have not elected the fair value option to measure eligible items. Accordingly, this statement had no impact on our consolidated financial statements.
SFAS No. 162. On May 9, 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162, “The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles” (“SFAS No. 162”). SFAS No. 162 is intended to improve financial reporting by identifying a consistent framework, or hierarchy, for selecting accounting principles to be used in preparing financial statements that are presented in conformity with GAAP for nongovernmental entities. Prior to the issuance of SFAS No. 162, GAAP hierarchy was defined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”) Statement on Auditing Standards No. 69, “The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity With Generally Accepted Accounting Principles” (“SAS No. 69”). SAS No. 69 has been criticized because it is directed to external auditors rather than the entity. SFAS No. 162 addresses these issues by establishing that the GAAP hierarchy should be directed to entities because it is the entity (not its auditor) that is responsible for selecting accounting principles for financial statements that are presented in conformity with GAAP. SFAS No. 162 was effective on November 15, 2008. This statement had no impact on our consolidated financial statements.
Accounting Principles Not Yet Adopted
SFAS No. 141(R). On December 4, 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), “Business Combinations” (“SFAS No. 141(R)”). SFAS No. 141(R) requires the acquiring entity in a business combination to recognize the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transaction; establishes the acquisition-date fair value as the measurement objective for all assets acquired and liabilities assumed; and requires the acquirer to disclose to investors and other users all of the information they need to evaluate and understand the nature and financial effect of the business combination. SFAS No. 141(R) is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008. We will apply SFAS No. 141(R) for any business combinations that may be entered into after January 1, 2009.
SFAS No. 160. On December 4, 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160. SFAS No. 160 requires ownership interests in subsidiaries held by parties other than the parent be clearly identified, labeled, and presented in the consolidated statement of financial position within equity, but separate from the parent’s equity; the amount of consolidated net income attributable to the parent and to the noncontrolling interest be clearly identified and presented on the face of the consolidated statement of income; changes in a parent’s ownership interest while the parent retains its controlling financial interest in its subsidiary be accounted for consistently; and any retained noncontrolling equity investment in the former subsidiary be initially measured at fair value. SFAS No. 160 also requires that noncontrolling interest holders continue to be attributed their share of losses even if these attributions result in a deficit noncontrolling interest balance. SFAS No. 160 is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008. Please read Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Minority Interest for further discussion.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
SFAS No. 161. On March 19, 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“SFAS No. 161”). SFAS No. 161 is meant to improve transparency about the location and amounts of derivative instruments in an entity’s financial statements; how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”, as amended; and how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows. SFAS No. 161 requires disclosure of the fair values of derivative instruments and their gains and losses in a tabular format. It also provides more information about an entity’s liquidity by requiring disclosure of derivative features that are credit risk-related and it requires cross-referencing within footnotes to enable financial statement users to locate important information about derivative instruments. SFAS No. 161 is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after November 15, 2008. We are currently evaluating the disclosure implications of this standard, however, this statement will have no impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
EITF 08-5. On September 24, 2008, EITF Issue No. 08-5, “Issuer’s Accounting for Liabilities Measured at Fair Value with a Third-Party Credit Enhancement” (EITF No. 08-5) was issued. EITF 08-5 addresses fair value measurement for liabilities issued with an inseparable third-party credit enhancement. EITF No. 08-5 concludes that the issuer of a liability with a third-party credit enhancement should not include the effect of the credit enhancement in the fair value measurements of the liability. EITF No. 08-5 is effective for periods beginning on or after December 15, 2008. EITF No. 08-5 provides additional guidance with respect to the manner in which we consider credit enhancements, such as letters of credit, in valuing our derivative liability positions under SFAS No. 157. We are currently evaluating the impact of this EITF on our consolidated financial statements.
Note 3—Business Combinations and Acquisitions
LS Power Business Combination. On March 29, 2007, at a special meeting of the shareholders of Dynegy Illinois Inc. (“Dynegy Illinois”), the shareholders of Dynegy Illinois (i) adopted the Plan of Merger, Contribution and Sale Agreement, dated as of September 14, 2006 (the “Merger Agreement”), by and among Dynegy, Dynegy Illinois, Falcon Merger Sub Co., an Illinois corporation and a then-wholly owned subsidiary of Dynegy (“Merger Sub”), LSP Gen Investors, L.P., LS Power Partners, L.P., LS Power Equity Partners PIE I, L.P., LS Power Equity Partners, L.P. and LS Power Associates, L.P. (“LS Associates” and, collectively, the “LS Contributing Entities”) and (ii) approved the merger of Merger Sub with and into Dynegy Illinois (together with the Merger Agreement, the “Merger”).
Upon the closing of the Merger, Dynegy Illinois became a wholly owned subsidiary of Dynegy and each share of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock of Dynegy Illinois outstanding immediately prior to the Merger was converted into the right to receive one share of the Class A common stock of Dynegy, and the LS Contributing Entities transferred to Dynegy all of the interests owned by them in entities that own eleven power generation facilities (the “Contributed Entities”).
As part of the Merger transactions, LS Associates transferred its interests in certain power generation development projects to DLS Power Holdings, and contributed 50 percent of the membership interests in DLS Power Holdings to Dynegy. In addition, immediately after the completion of the Merger, LS Associates and Dynegy each contributed $5 million to DLS Power Holdings as their initial capital contributions, and also contributed their respective interests in certain additional power generation development projects to DLS Power Holdings. In connection with the formation of DLS Power Holdings, LS Associates formed DLS Power Development Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“DLS Power Development”). LS Associates and Dynegy each now own 50 percent of the membership interests in DLS Power Development. Please read Note 12—Variable Interest Entities—DLS Power Holdings and DLS Power Development for a discussion of our dissolution of these entities.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
The aggregate purchase price was comprised of (i) $100 million cash, (ii) 340 million shares of the Class B common stock of Dynegy, (iii) the issuance of a promissory note in the aggregate principal amount of $275 million (the “Note”) (which was simultaneously issued and repaid in full without interest or prepayment penalty), (iv) the issuance of an additional $70 million of project-related debt (the “Griffith Debt”) (which was simultaneously issued and repaid in full without interest or prepayment penalty) via an indirect wholly owned subsidiary, and (v) transaction costs of approximately $52 million, approximately $8 million of which were paid in 2006. The Class B common stock issued by Dynegy was valued at $5.98 per share, which represents the average closing price of Dynegy’s common stock on the New York Stock Exchange for the two days prior to, including, and two days subsequent to the September 15, 2006 public announcement of the Merger, or approximately $2,033 million. Dynegy funded the cash payment and the repayment of the Note and the Griffith Debt using cash on hand and borrowings by DHI (and subsequent permitted distributions to Dynegy) of (i) an aggregate $275 million under the Revolving Facility (as defined below) and (ii) an aggregate $70 million under the new Term Loan B (as defined below). Please read Note 15—Debt—Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Facility for further discussion. We paid a premium over the fair value of the net tangible and identified intangible assets acquired due to the (i) scale and diversity of assets acquired in key regions of the United States; (ii) financial stability, and (iii) proven nature of the LS Power asset development platform that was subsequently contributed to DLS Power Holdings and DLS Power Development.
The application of purchase accounting under SFAS No. 141 requires that the total purchase price be allocated to the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values at the acquisition date, with amounts exceeding the fair values being recorded as goodwill in accordance with SFAS No. 142. The allocation process requires an analysis of acquired fixed assets, contracts, and contingencies to identify and record the fair value of all assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Dynegy’s allocation of the purchase price to specific assets and liabilities was based upon customary valuation procedures and techniques.
The following table summarizes the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition (in millions):
         
Cash
  $ 16  
Restricted cash and investments (including $37 million current)
    91  
Accounts receivable
    52  
Inventory
    37  
Assets from risk management activities (including $11 million current)
    37  
Prepaids and other current assets
    12  
Property, plant and equipment
    4,223  
Intangible assets (including $9 million current)
    224  
Goodwill
    486  
Unconsolidated investments
    83  
Other
    35  
 
     
 
Total assets acquired
  $ 5,296  
 
     
 
Current liabilities and accrued liabilities
  $ (92 )
Liabilities from risk management activities (including $14 million current)
    (75 )
Long-term debt (including $32 million current)
    (1,898 )
Deferred income taxes
    (627 )
Other
    (96 )
Minority interest
    22  
 
     
 
Total liabilities and minority interest assumed
  $ (2,766 )
 
     
 
Net assets acquired
  $ 2,530  
 
     
As noted above, Dynegy recorded goodwill of approximately $486 million. Of the goodwill recorded, $81 million was assigned to the GEN-MW reporting unit, $308 million was assigned to the GEN-WE reporting unit and $97 million was assigned to the GEN-NE reporting unit. Please read Note 13—Goodwill for further discussion of goodwill.
Dynegy recorded net intangible assets of $185 million. This consisted of intangible assets of $192 million in GEN-MW and $32 million in GEN-WE offset by intangible liabilities of $4 million and $35 million, respectively, in GEN-NE and GEN-MW. Please read Note 14—Intangible Assets—LS Power for further discussion of the intangible assets.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
The intangible liability of $35 million in GEN-MW primarily related to a contract held by LSP Kendall Holding LLC, one of the entities transferred to Dynegy, and ultimately DHI, by the LS Contributing Entities. LSP Kendall Holding LLC was party to a power tolling agreement with another of our subsidiaries. This power tolling agreement had a fair value of approximately $31 million as of April 2, 2007, representing a liability from the perspective of LSP Kendall Holding LLC. Upon completion of the Merger, this power tolling agreement was effectively settled, which resulted in a second quarter 2007 gain equal to the fair value of this contract, in accordance with EITF Issue 04-01, “Accounting for Pre-existing Contractual Relationships Between the Parties to a Purchase Business Combination” (“EITF Issue 04-1”). We recorded a second quarter 2007 pre-tax gain of approximately $31 million, included as a reduction to Cost of sales on the consolidated statements of operations.
The differences between the financial and tax bases of purchased intangibles and goodwill are not deductible for tax purposes. However, purchase accounting allows for the establishment of deferred tax liabilities on purchased intangibles (other than goodwill) that will be reflected as a tax benefit on our future consolidated statements of operations in proportion to and over the amortization period of the related intangible asset.
Dynegy’s results of operations include the results of the acquired entities for the period beginning April 2, 2007. The following table presents unaudited pro forma information for 2007 and 2006 as if the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2007 or 2006, respectively:
                                 
    Twelve Months Ended     Twelve Months Ended  
    December 31, 2007     December 31, 2006  
            Pro Forma             Pro Forma  
    Actual     (Unaudited)     Actual     (Unaudited)  
            (in millions)          
Revenue
  $ 3,103     $ 3,392     $ 1,770     $ 2,739  
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principal
    264       216       (334 )     (354 )
Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders
    264       216       (342 )     (362 )
 
                               
Basic earnings (loss) per share before cumulative effect of accounting change
  $ 0.35     $ 0.29     $ (0.75 )   $ (0.45 )
Diluted earnings (loss) per share before cumulative effect of accounting change
    0.35       0.29       (0.75 )     (0.45 )
Basic earnings (loss) per share
    0.35       0.29       (0.75 )     (0.45 )
Diluted earnings (loss) per share
    0.35       0.29       (0.75 )     (0.45 )
These unaudited pro forma results, based on assumptions deemed appropriate by management, have been prepared for informational purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of Dynegy’s results if the Merger had occurred on January 1, 2007 or 2006, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006. Pro forma adjustments to the results of operations include the effects on depreciation and amortization, interest expense, interest income and income taxes. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements reflect the Merger in accordance with SFAS No. 141 and SFAS No. 142.
The consummation of the Merger constituted a change in control as defined in our severance pay plans, as well as the various long-term incentive award grant agreements. As a result, all outstanding restricted stock and stock option awards previously granted to employees vested in full on April 2, 2007 upon the closing of the Merger. Specifically, the vesting of the restricted stock awards granted in 2005 and 2006 and the unvested tranches of stock option awards granted in those years were accelerated. Accordingly, we recorded a charge of approximately $6 million in 2007, included in General and administrative expense on our consolidated statement of operations.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
LS Assets Contribution. In April 2007, in connection with the completion of the Merger, Dynegy contributed to Dynegy Illinois its interest in the Contributed Entities. Following such contribution, Dynegy Illinois contributed to DHI its interest in the Contributed Entities and, as a result, the Contributed Entities are subsidiaries of DHI. Accordingly, all of the entities acquired in the Merger are included within DHI with the exception of Dynegy’s 50 percent interests in DLS Power Holdings and DLS Power Development, which are directly owned by Dynegy.
DHI’s results of operations include the results of the acquired entities for the period beginning April 2, 2007. The following table presents unaudited pro forma information for 2007 and 2006, as if the acquisition and subsequent contribution had occurred on January 1, 2007 or 2006, respectively:
                                 
    Twelve Months Ended     Twelve Months Ended  
    December 31, 2007     December 31, 2006  
            Pro Forma             Pro Form  
    Actual     (Unaudited)     Actual     (Unaudited)  
            (in millions)          
Revenue
  $ 3,103     $ 3,392     $ 1,770     $ 2,739  
Net income (loss)
    324       279       (308 )     (319 )
These unaudited pro forma results, based on assumptions deemed appropriate by management, have been prepared for informational purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of DHI’s results if the Merger had occurred on January 1, 2007 and 2006, respectively, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2007 and 2006. Pro forma adjustments to the results of operations include the effects on depreciation and amortization, interest expense, interest income and income taxes. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements reflect the Merger in accordance with SFAS No. 141 and SFAS No. 142.
Sithe Assets Contribution. In April 2007, Dynegy Illinois contributed to DHI all of its interest in New York Holdings, together with its indirect interest in the subsidiaries of New York Holdings. New York Holdings, together with its wholly owned subsidiaries, owns the Sithe Assets. The Sithe Assets primarily consist of the Independence power generation facility. This contribution was accounted for as a transaction between entities under common control. As such, the assets and liabilities of New York Holdings were recorded by DHI at Dynegy’s historical cost on Dynegy’s date of acquisition, January 31, 2005. In addition, DHI’s historical financial statements have been adjusted in all periods presented to reflect the contribution as though DHI had owned New York Holdings beginning January 31, 2005.
Rocky Road. On March 31, 2006, contemporaneous with our sale of our interest in WCP (Generation) Holdings LLC (“West Coast Power”), we completed our acquisition of NRG’s 50 percent ownership interest in Rocky Road Power, LLC (“Rocky Road”), the entity that owns the Rocky Road power plant, a 330-megawatt natural gas-fired peaking facility near Chicago (of which we already owned 50 percent). As a result of the two transactions, we received net proceeds of $165 million, net of cash acquired. In addition, we became the primary beneficiary of the entity as provided under the guidance in FIN No. 46(R), and thus consolidated the assets and liabilities of the entity at March 31, 2006. Please read Note 4—Dispositions, Contract Terminations and Discontinued Operations—Dispositions and Contract Terminations—West Coast Power and Note 11—Unconsolidated Investments for further discussion.
Note 4—Dispositions, Contract Terminations and Discontinued Operations
Dispositions and Contract Terminations
Heard County. On February 25, 2009, we entered into an agreement to sell our interest in the Heard County power generation facility to Oglethorpe Power Corporation (“Oglethorpe”) for approximately $105 million, subject to regulatory approval. The transaction is expected to close in the first half of 2009. We recorded a pre-tax impairment of approximately $47 million in the year ended December 31, 2008, which was included in Impairment and other charges on our consolidated statements of operations. Please read Note 5—Impairment Charges—Asset Impairments for further discussion. We expect to record an estimated $10 million gain related to the sale of the asset when the sale closes.
Rolling Hills. On July 31, 2008, we completed the sale of the Rolling Hills power generation facility (“Rolling Hills”) to an affiliate of Tenaska Capital Management, LLC for approximately $368 million, net of transaction costs. We recorded a $56 million gain during 2008 related to the sale, which is included in Gain on sale of assets in our consolidated statements of operations. The gain includes the impact of allocating approximately $5 million of goodwill associated with the GEN-MW reporting unit to Rolling Hills. The amount of goodwill allocated to Rolling Hills was based on the relative fair values of Rolling Hills and the portion of the GEN-MW reporting unit being retained.
In accordance with SFAS No. 144, we discontinued depreciation and amortization of Rolling Hills’ property, plant and equipment during the second quarter 2008. Depreciation and amortization expense related to Rolling Hills totaled $3 million, $8 million and $8 million in the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The sale of Rolling Hills did not meet the definition of a discontinued operation. As such, we are reporting the results of Rolling Hills’ operations in continuing operations.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
The sale of Rolling Hills represented the sale of a significant portion of a reporting unit. As a result, in accordance with SFAS No. 142, we assessed the goodwill of the GEN-MW reporting unit for impairment during the third quarter 2008. No impairment was indicated as a result of this assessment.
NYMEX Securities. In November 2006, the New York Mercantile Exchange (“NYMEX”) completed its initial public offering. At the time, we had two membership seats on the NYMEX, and therefore, we received 90,000 NYMEX shares for each membership seat. During August 2007, we sold 30,000 shares for approximately $4 million, and we recognized a gain of $4 million. During the second quarter 2008, we sold our remaining 150,000 shares and both of our membership seats for approximately $16 million, and we recognized a gain of $15 million, which is included in Gain on sale of assets in our consolidated statements of operations partially offset by a reduction of $8 million, net of tax of $5 million, in our consolidated statements of other comprehensive income (loss).
Oyster Creek. In May 2008, we sold the beneficial interest in Oyster Creek Limited for approximately $11 million, which is included in Gain on sale of assets in our consolidated statements of operations.
PPEA Holding Company LLC. On December 13, 2007, we sold a non-controlling ownership interest in PPEA to certain affiliates of John Hancock Life Insurance Company (“Hancock”) for approximately $82 million, which is net of non-recourse project debt. The non-controlling interest purchased by Hancock represents approximately 125 MW of generating capacity in the Plum Point power generation facility. Following the transaction, our ownership was reduced to 37 percent interest in PPEA, representing an equivalent of approximately 140 MW. The sale met the requirements set forth in SFAS No. 66, “Accounting for Sales of Real Estate”. As a result, we recognized a pre-tax gain totaling approximately $39 million ($24 million after-tax) in the fourth quarter 2007. The gain is included in Gain on sale of assets in our consolidated statements of operations.
Rockingham. On November 9, 2006, we completed the sale of the Rockingham facility to Duke Energy Carolinas, LLC (a subsidiary of Duke Energy), which was included in our GEN-WE reportable segment, for $194 million in cash. A portion of the proceeds from the sale were used to repay our borrowings under a $150 million Term Loan, with the remaining proceeds used as an additional source of liquidity. Please read Note 15—Debt—Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Facility for further discussion of the Term Loan.
In accordance with SFAS No. 144, we discontinued depreciation and amortization of the Rockingham power generation facility’s property, plant and equipment during the second quarter 2006. Depreciation and amortization expense related to the Rockingham power generation facility totaled $2 million and $6 million in the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. In addition, SFAS No. 144 requires a loss to be recognized if assets held for sale less liabilities held for sale are in excess of fair value less costs to sell. Accordingly, we recorded a pre-tax impairment of $9 million in the year ended December 31, 2006, which is included in Impairment and other charges in our consolidated statements of operations.
West Coast Power. On March 31, 2006, contemporaneous with our purchase of Rocky Road, we completed the sale to NRG of our 50 percent ownership interest in West Coast Power, a joint venture between us and NRG which has ownership interests in the West Coast Power power plants in southern California totaling approximately 1,800 MW. As a result of the two transactions, we received net proceeds of $165 million, net of cash acquired. We did not recognize a material gain or loss on the sale. Pursuant to our divestiture of West Coast Power, we no longer maintain a significant variable interest in the entity as provided by the guidance in FIN No. 46(R). Please read Note 3—Business Combinations and Acquisitions—Rocky Road and Note 12—Variable Interest Entities for further discussion.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
GEN-WE Discontinued Operations
Calcasieu. On March 31, 2008, we completed the sale of the Calcasieu power generation facility to Entergy Gulf States, Inc. (“Entergy”) for approximately $56 million, net of transaction costs. We recorded a pre-tax impairment of approximately $36 million in the year ended December 31, 2006, which was included in Income (loss) from discontinued operations on our consolidated statements of operations. Please read Note 5—Impairment Charges—Asset Impairments for further discussion.
In accordance with SFAS No. 144, we discontinued depreciation and amortization of the Calcasieu power generation facility’s property, plant and equipment during the first quarter 2007. Depreciation and amortization expense related to the Calcasieu power generation facility totaled approximately zero, zero and $2 million in the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Also pursuant to SFAS No. 144, we are reporting the results of Calcasieu’s operations in discontinued operations for all periods presented.
CoGen Lyondell. On August 1, 2007, we completed the sale of the CoGen Lyondell power generation facility for approximately $470 million to EnergyCo, LLC (“EnergyCo”), a joint venture between PNM Resources and a subsidiary of Cascade Investment, LLC. We recorded a $224 million gain related to the sale of the asset in 2007. The gain includes the impact of allocating approximately $34 million of goodwill associated with the GEN-WE reporting unit to the CoGen Lyondell power generation facility. The amount of goodwill allocated to the CoGen Lyondell power generation facility was based on relative fair values of the CoGen Lyondell power generation facility and the portion of the GEN-WE reporting unit being retained.
In accordance with SFAS No. 144, we discontinued depreciation and amortization of the CoGen Lyondell power generation facility’s property, plant and equipment during the second quarter 2007. Depreciation and amortization expense related to the CoGen Lyondell power generation facility totaled approximately $5 million and $11 million in the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Also pursuant to SFAS No. 144, we are reporting the results of CoGen Lyondell’s operations in discontinued operations for all periods presented.
The sale of the CoGen Lyondell power generation facility represented the sale of a significant portion of a reporting unit. As such, in accordance with SFAS No. 142, during the third quarter 2007, we tested the goodwill of the GEN-WE reporting unit for impairment. No impairment was indicated as a result of this test.
Other Discontinued Operations
In 2007 and 2006, we recognized approximately $11 million and $21 million of pre-tax income related to favorable settlements of legacy receivables.
The following table summarizes information related to Dynegy’s discontinued operations:
                                         
    GEN-WE     CRM     DGC     NGL     Total  
    (in millions)  
2008
                                       
Income from operations before taxes
  $     $     $     $ 4     $ 4  
Income from operations after taxes
                      3       3  
2007
                                       
Revenues
  $ 307     $     $     $     $ 307  
Income from operations before taxes
    1       15       (1 )           15  
Income (loss) from operations after taxes
    1       15             11       27  
Gain on sale before taxes
    224                         224  
Gain on sale after taxes
    121                         121  
2006
                                       
Revenues
  $ 247     $     $     $     $ 247  
Income (loss) from operations before taxes
    (53 )     23       1       6       (23 )
Income (loss) from operations after taxes
    (37 )     19       1       4       (13 )

 

F-31


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
The following table summarizes information related to DHI’s discontinued operations:
                                 
    GEN-WE     CRM     NGL     Total  
    (in millions)  
2008
                               
Income from operations before taxes
  $     $     $ 4     $ 4  
Income from operations after taxes
                3       3  
2007
                               
Revenues
  $ 307     $     $     $ 307  
Income from operations before taxes
    1       15             16  
Income (loss) from operations after taxes
    1       15       11       27  
Gain on sale before taxes
    224                   224  
Gain on sale after taxes
    121                   121  
2006
                               
Revenues
  $ 247     $     $     $ 247  
Income (loss) from operations before taxes
    (53 )     23       6       (24 )
Income (loss) from operations after taxes
    (37 )     21       4       (12 )
Note 5—Impairment Charges
Asset Impairments. At December 31, 2008, we determined that it was more likely than not that the Heard County power generation facility would be sold prior to the end of its previously estimated useful life. In accordance with SFAS No. 144, we performed an impairment analysis and recorded a pre-tax impairment charge of $47 million ($27 million after tax). This charge is recorded in the GEN-WE segment and is included in Impairment and other charges in our consolidated statements of operations. We determined the fair value of the Heard County facility using the expected present value technique and probability-weighted cash flows incorporating potential sales prices due to recent negotiations.
In 2008, we recorded a $71 million pre-tax loss related to our investment in DLS Power Holdings, which consisted of an impairment of $24 million and a $47 million loss on dissolution. Please read Note 11—Unconsolidated Investments for further discussion.
At December 31, 2006, we determined that it was more likely than not certain assets would be sold prior to the end of their previously estimated useful lives. Therefore, impairment analyses were performed and we recorded a total pre-tax impairment charge of $50 million ($32 million after tax). Of this charge, $36 million related to the Calcasieu facility and is recorded in the GEN-WE segment and is included in Income (loss) from discontinued operations on our consolidated statements of operations. The remaining $14 million relates to the Bluegrass facility and is recorded in the GEN-MW segment. This charge is included in Impairment and other charges in our consolidated statements of operations. We determined the fair value of the Bluegrass facility using the expected present value technique. We determined the fair value of the Calcasieu facility based on the purchase price in the sales agreement.
At September 30, 2006, we tested the Bluegrass generation facility for impairment based on FERC’s approval and Louisville Gas and Electric’s (“LG&E”) completion of various compliance steps to allow it to withdraw its transmission facilities from the MISO as of September 1, 2006. The Bluegrass facility has historically sold power into the MISO market through transmission provided by LG&E. This change limits our ability or increases the cost to deliver power to the MISO market. After testing, we recorded a pre-tax impairment charge of $96 million ($61 million after-tax) in the GEN-MW segment. This charge is included in Impairment and other charges in our consolidated statements of operations. We determined the fair value of the facility using the expected present value technique.
In 2006, we recorded a $9 million pre-tax impairment of our investment in Nevada Cogeneration Associates #2 (“Black Mountain”). Please read Note 11—Unconsolidated Investments for further discussion.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
Note 6—Risk Management Activities, Derivatives and Financial Instruments
The nature of our business necessarily involves market and financial risks. Specifically, we are exposed to commodity price variability related to our power generation business. Our commercial team manages these commodity price risks with financially settled and other types of contracts consistent with our commodity risk management policy. Our commercial team also uses financial instruments in an attempt to capture the benefit of fluctuations in market prices in the geographic regions where our assets operate. Our treasury team manages our financial risks and exposures associated with interest expense variability.
Our commodity risk management strategy gives us the flexibility to sell energy and capacity through a combination of spot market sales and near-term contractual arrangements (generally over a rolling 12 to 36 month time frame). Our commodity risk management goal is to protect cash flow in the near-term while keeping the ability to capture value longer-term. Many of our contractual arrangements are derivative instruments and must be accounted for at fair value pursuant to the guidance in SFAS No. 133. We also manage commodity price risk by entering into capacity forward sales arrangements, tolling arrangements, RMR contracts, fixed price coal purchases and other arrangements that do not receive fair value accounting treatment because these arrangements do not meet the definition of a derivative or are designated as “normal purchase normal sales”. As a result, the gains and losses with respect to these arrangements are not reflected in the consolidated statements of operations until the settlement dates.
The following table summarizes the carrying value and fair value of the derivatives used in our risk management activities. In the table below, commodity-based derivative contracts primarily represent derivative contracts related to our power generation business that we have not designated as accounting hedges, that are entered into for purposes of hedging future fuel requirements and sales commitments and securing commodity prices we consider favorable under the circumstances.
                                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
    Carrying     Fair     Carrying     Fair  
    Amount     Value     Amount     Value  
            (in millions)          
Interest rate derivatives designated as cash flow accounting hedges
  $ (238 )   $ (238 )   $ (34 )   $ (34 )
Interest rate derivatives designated as fair value accounting hedges
    3       3       2       2  
Interest rate derivatives not designated as accounting hedges
    (2 )     (2 )     (2 )     (2 )
Commodity-based derivative contracts not designated as accounting hedges
    207       207       (66 )     (66 )
 
                       
 
                               
Net liabilities from risk management activities (1)
  $ (30 )   $ (30 )   $ (100 )   $ (100 )
 
                       
 
     
(1)   Included in both current and non-current assets and liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.
Beginning April 2, 2007, we chose to cease designating derivatives related to our power generation business as cash flow hedges, and thus apply mark-to-market accounting treatment thereafter. Accordingly, as fair values fluctuate from period to period due to market price volatility, fair value changes and unrealized and realized gains and losses are reflected in the consolidated statements of operations within Revenues pursuant to EITF Issue 02-3, “Issues Involved in Accounting for Derivative Contracts Held for Trading Purposes and Contracts Involved in Energy Trading and Risk Management Activities” (“EITF Issue No. 02-3”). As such, these mark-to-market gains and losses are not reflected in the consolidated statements of operations in the same period as the underlying power sales from generation activity for which the derivative instruments serve as economic hedges.
For the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, our revenues included approximately $253 million of mark-to-market gains related to this activity compared to $32 million and $13 million of mark-to-market losses in the periods ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
Cash Flow Hedges. We enter into financial derivative instruments that qualify, and that we may elect to designate, as cash flow hedges. Interest rate swaps have been used to convert floating interest rate obligations to fixed interest rate obligations. Additionally, prior to April 2, 2007, we applied the cash flow hedge accounting model to certain GEN derivatives as discussed above. The balance in Accumulated other comprehensive loss at April 2, 2007 related to these instruments has been reclassified contemporaneously with the related purchases of fuel and sales of electricity. As of December 31, 2008, there was no pre-tax income remaining in Accumulated other comprehensive loss on the consolidated balance sheets.
During the twelve month periods ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 we recorded $2 million, $9 million and $7 million, respectively, of income related to ineffectiveness from changes in the fair value of cash flow hedge positions. No amounts were excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness related to the hedge of future cash flows in any of the periods. During the twelve month periods ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, no amounts were reclassified to earnings in connection with forecasted transactions that were no longer considered probable of occurring.
The balance in cash flow hedging activities, net at December 31, 2008, is expected to be reclassified to future earnings when the hedged transaction impacts earnings. Of this amount, after-tax losses of approximately $1 million are currently estimated to be reclassified into earnings over the 12 month period ending December 31, 2009. The actual amounts that will be reclassified into earnings over this period and beyond could vary materially from this estimated amount as a result of changes in market conditions and other factors.
Fair Value Hedges. We also enter into derivative instruments that qualify, and that we designate, as fair value hedges. We use interest rate swaps to convert a portion of our non-prepayable fixed-rate debt into floating-rate debt. During the twelve month periods ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, there was no ineffectiveness from changes in the fair value of hedge positions and no amounts were excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness. During the twelve month periods ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, no amounts were recognized in relation to firm commitments that no longer qualified as fair value hedges.
Fair Value Measurements. The following table sets forth by level within the fair value hierarchy our financial assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2008. These financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment, and may affect the valuation of fair value assets and liabilities and their placement within the fair value hierarchy levels.
                                 
    Fair Value as of December 31, 2008  
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
    (in millions)  
Assets:
                               
Assets from commodity risk management activities
  $     $ 1,282     $ 73     $ 1,355  
Assets from interest rate swaps
          22             22  
Other—DHI (1)
          24             24  
 
                       
 
Total—DHI
          1,328       73       1,401  
Other—Dynegy (1)
          1             1  
 
                       
 
                               
Total—Dynegy
  $     $ 1,329     $ 73     $ 1,402  
 
                       
 
                               
Liabilities:
                               
Liabilities from commodity risk management activities
  $     $ 1,134     $ 13     $ 1,147  
Liabilities from interest rate swaps
          260             260  
 
                       
 
                               
Total—Dynegy and DHI
  $     $ 1,394     $ 13     $ 1,407  
 
                       
 
     
(1)   Other represents available for sale securities.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
The following table sets forth a reconciliation of changes in the fair value of financial instruments classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy:
         
    Twelve Months Ended  
    December 31, 2008  
    (in millions)  
Balance at December 31, 2007
  $ (16 )
Realized and unrealized gains, net
    105  
Purchases, issuances and settlements
    (28 )
Transfers out of Level 3
    (1 )
 
     
 
       
Balance at December 31, 2008
  $ 60  
 
     
 
       
Change in unrealized gains, net, relating to instruments still held as of December 31, 2008
  $ 85  
 
     
Gains and losses (realized and unrealized) for Level 3 recurring items are included in Revenues on the consolidated statements of operations. We believe an analysis of instruments classified as Level 3 should be undertaken with the understanding that these items generally serve as economic hedges of our power generation portfolio.
Transfers in and/or out of Level 3 represent existing assets or liabilities that were either previously categorized as a higher level for which the inputs to the model became unobservable or assets and liabilities that were previously classified as Level 3 for which the lowest significant input became observable during the period.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments . The disclosure above related to the estimated fair value of financial instruments is made in accordance with the requirements of SFAS No. 107, “Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments”. We have determined the estimated fair-value amounts using available market information and selected valuation methodologies. Considerable judgment is required in interpreting market data to develop the estimates of fair value. The use of different market assumptions or valuation methodologies could have a material effect on the estimated fair-value amounts.
The carrying values of current financial assets and liabilities approximate fair values due to the short-term maturities of these instruments. The carrying amounts and fair values of debt are included in Note 15—Debt and the carrying amounts.
Concentration of Credit Risk . We sell our energy products and services to customers in the electric and natural gas distribution industries and to entities engaged in industrial and petrochemical businesses. These industry concentrations have the potential to impact our overall exposure to credit risk, either positively or negatively, because the customer base may be similarly affected by changes in economic, industry, weather or other conditions.
At December 31, 2008, our credit exposure as it relates to the mark-to-market portion of our risk management portfolio totaled $204 million. We seek to reduce our credit exposure by executing agreements that permit us to offset receivables, payables and mark-to-market exposure. We attempt to further reduce credit risk with certain counterparties by obtaining third party guarantees or collateral as well as the right of termination in the event of default.
Our Credit Department establishes our counterparty credit limits. Our industry typically operates under negotiated credit lines for physical delivery and financial contracts. Our credit risk system provides current credit exposure to counterparties on a daily basis.
We enter into master netting agreements in an attempt to both mitigate credit exposure and reduce collateral requirements. In general, the agreements include our risk management subsidiaries and allow the aggregation of credit exposure, margin and set-off. As a result, we decrease a potential credit loss arising from a counterparty default.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
We include cash collateral deposited with counterparties in Prepayments and other current assets and Other long-term assets on our consolidated balance sheets. We include cash collateral due to counterparties in Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets.
Note 7—Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax (except foreign currency translation adjustment), is included in Dynegy’s stockholders’ equity and DHI’s stockholder’s equity on the consolidated balance sheets, respectively, as follows:
                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (in millions)  
Cash flow hedging activities, net
  $ (125 )   $ (39 )
Foreign currency translation adjustment (1)
          27  
Unrecognized prior service cost and actuarial loss
    (66 )     (25 )
Available for sale securities
          12  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss—unconsolidated investments
    (24 )      
 
           
 
               
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax
  $ (215 )   $ (25 )
 
           
 
     
(1)   In 2008, upon substantial liquidation of a foreign entity, we recognized $24 million of pre-tax income related to translation gains that had accumulated in stockholder’s equity. This income is included in Other income (expense), net in our consolidated statements of operations.
Note 8—Cash Flow Information
Following are Dynegy’s supplemental disclosures of cash flow and non-cash investing and financing information:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (in millions)  
Interest paid (net of amount capitalized)
  $ 413     $ 393     $ 405  
 
                 
 
                       
Taxes paid, net
  $ 23     $ 48     $ 9  
 
                 
 
                       
Detail of businesses acquired:
                       
Current assets and other
  $     $ 174     $ 14  
Fair value of non-current assets
          5,122       13  
Liabilities assumed, including deferred taxes
          (2,766 )     18  
Non-cash consideration (1)
          (2,378 )      
Cash balance acquired
          (16 )     (5 )
 
                 
 
                       
Cash paid, net of cash acquired (2)
  $     $ 136     $ 40  
 
                 
Other non-cash investing and financing activity:
                       
Non-cash capital expenditures (3)
  $ 57     $ 13     $  
Conversion of Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2023 (Note 15) (4)
                225  
Sithe Subordinated Debt exchange, net (Note 15) (5)
                122  
Addition of a capital lease (6)
                6  
Marketable securities (7)
                18  
     
 
 
(1)   Includes (i) 340 million shares of the Class B common stock of Dynegy valued at $5.98 per share; (ii) a promissory note in the aggregate principal amount of $275 million, and (iii) an additional $70 million of the Griffith Debt. Please read Note 3— Business Combinations and Acquisitions—LS Power Business Combination for further information.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
     
(2)   Includes transaction costs associated with the Merger of approximately $44 million and $8 million for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
(3)   For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, we had non-cash capital expenditures of approximately $57 million and $13 million, respectively. These expenditures related primarily to our interest in the Plum Point power generation facility and capital expenditures related to the Consent Decree. Please read Note 12—Variable Interest Entities—PPEA Holding Company LLC for further discussion of Plum Point and Note 19—Commitment and Contingencies for further discussion of the Consent Decree.
 
(4)   In May 2006, Dynegy converted all $225 million of its outstanding 4.75 percent Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2023 into shares of its Class A common stock (the “Convertible Debenture Exchange”). In this transaction, Dynegy issued an aggregate of 54,598,369 shares of our Class A common stock and paid the debenture holders an aggregate of approximately $47 million in premiums and accrued and unpaid interest using cash on hand. Please read Note 15—Debt—Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2023 for further information.
 
(5)   In July 2006, we executed an exchange of approximately $419 million principal amount of the subordinated debt of Independence, together with all claims for accrued and unpaid interest thereon, for approximately $297 million principal amount of our 8.375 percent Senior Unsecured Notes due 2016. Please read Note 15—Debt—Sithe Senior Notes for further information.
 
(6)   In January 2006, we entered into an obligation under a capital lease related to a coal loading facility, which is used in the transportation of coal to our Vermilion generating facility. Pursuant to our agreement with the lessor, we are obligated for minimum payments in the aggregate amount of $14 million over the ten-year term of the lease.
 
(7)   In November 2006, the New York Mercantile Exchange completed its initial public offering. We had two membership seats on the NYMEX, and therefore, we received 90,000 NYMEX shares for each membership seat.
Following are DHI’s supplemental disclosures of cash flow and non-cash investing and financing information:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (in millions)  
Interest paid (net of amount capitalized)
  $ 413     $ 393     $ 402  
 
                 
 
                       
Taxes paid, net
  $ 18     $ 35     $  
 
                 
 
                       
Detail of businesses acquired:
                       
Current assets and other
  $     $     $ 14  
Fair value of non-current assets
                13  
Liabilities assumed, including deferred taxes
                18  
Cash balance acquired
                (5 )
 
                 
 
                       
Cash paid, net of cash acquired
  $     $     $ 40  
 
                 
Other non-cash investing and financing activity:
                       
Non-cash capital expenditures (1)
  $ 57     $ 13     $  
Contribution of the Contributed Entities from Dynegy to DHI (2)
          2,467        
Contribution of Sithe from Dynegy to DHI (3)
                 
Contribution of Sandy Creek from Dynegy to DHI (4)
          16        
Sithe Subordinated Debt exchange, net (Note 15) (5)
                122  
Addition of a capital lease (6)
                6  
Marketable securities (7)
                18  
 
     
(1)   For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, we had non-cash capital expenditures of approximately $57 million and $13 million, respectively. These expenditures related primarily to our interest in the Plum Point power generation facility and capital expenditures related to the Consent Decree. Please read Note 12—Variable Interest Entities—PPEA Holding Company LLC for further discussion of Plum Point and Note 19—Commitment and Contingencies for further discussion of the Consent Decree.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
     
(2)   In April 2007, Dynegy contributed to DHI its interest in the Contributed Entities. The contribution was accounted for as a transaction between entities under common control in a manner similar to a pooling of interests whereby the assets and liabilities were transferred at historical cost. Please read Note 3— Business Combinations and Acquisitions—LS Assets Contribution for further information.
 
(3)   In April 2007, Dynegy contributed to DHI its interest in New York Holdings. This contribution was accounted for as a transaction between entities under common control in a manner similar to a pooling of interests whereby the assets and liabilities were transferred at historical cost. Please read Note 3— Business Combinations and Acquisitions—Sithe Assets Contribution for further information.
 
(4)   In August 2007, Dynegy contributed to DHI its interest in SCH. This contribution was accounted for as a transaction between entities under common control in a manner similar to a pooling of interests whereby the assets and liabilities were transferred at historical cost. Please read Note 12—Variable Interest Entities—Sandy Creek for further information.
 
(5)   In July 2006, DHI executed an exchange of approximately $419 million principal amount of the subordinated debt of Independence, together with all claims for accrued and unpaid interest thereon, for approximately $297 million principal amount of DHI’s 8.375 percent Senior Unsecured Notes due 2016. Please read Note 15—Debt—Sithe Senior Notes for further information.
 
(6)   In January 2006, we entered into an obligation under a capital lease related to a coal loading facility, which is used in the transportation of coal to our Vermilion generating facility. Pursuant to our agreement with the lessor, we are obligated for minimum payments in the aggregate amount of $14 million over the ten-year term of the lease.
 
(7)   In November 2006, the New York Mercantile Exchange completed its initial public offering. We had two membership seats on the NYMEX, and therefore, we received 90,000 NYMEX shares for each membership seat.
Note 9—Inventory
A summary of our inventories is as follows:
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (in millions)  
Materials and supplies
  $ 76     $ 72  
Coal
    57       70  
Fuel oil
    29       40  
Emissions allowances
    18       11  
Natural gas storage
    4       6  
 
           
 
               
 
  $ 184     $ 199  
 
           

 

F-38


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
Note 10—Property, Plant and Equipment
A summary of our property, plant and equipment is as follows:
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (in millions)  
Generation assets:
               
GEN-MW
  $ 6,825     $ 6,642  
GEN-WE
    2,390       2,393  
GEN-NE
    1,501       1,464  
IT systems and other
    153       190  
 
           
 
               
 
    10,869       10,689  
Accumulated depreciation
    (1,935 )     (1,672 )
 
           
 
               
 
  $ 8,934     $ 9,017  
 
           
Interest capitalized related to costs of construction projects in process totaled $23 million, $15 million and $3 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Note 11—Unconsolidated Investments
Equity Method Investments. Our equity method investments consist of investments in affiliates that we do not control, but where we have significant influence over operations. Our principal equity method investments consist of entities that develop and construct generation assets. We entered into these ventures principally to share risk and leverage existing commercial relationships.
A summary of our unconsolidated investments in equity method investees is as follows:
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (in millions)  
Equity affiliates:
               
Sandy Creek Services
  $     $  
Sandy Creek Holdings LLC
    (75) (1)     18  
Black Mountain
           
 
           
 
               
Total unconsolidated investments—DHI
    (75 )     18  
DLS Power Holdings and DLS Power Development
    15       61  
 
           
 
               
Total unconsolidated investments—Dynegy
  $ (60 )   $ 79  
 
           
 
     
(1)   Included in Other long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.
Cash distributions received from our equity investments during 2008, 2007 and 2006 were $16 million, $10 million and zero, respectively. Undistributed earnings from our equity investments included in accumulated deficit at December 31, 2008 and 2007 totaled $101 million and $16 million, respectively.
Our equity investments at December 31, 2008 include a 50 percent ownership interest in SCH, which owns all of Sandy Creek Energy Associates LP (“SCEA”). SCEA owns a 64 percent interest in the Sandy Creek Project, an 898 MW coal-fired power generation facility under construction in McLennan County, Texas. Please read Note 12—Variable Interest Entities—Sandy Creek for further information.
In addition, our equity investments include a 50 percent ownership interest in Black Mountain, an 85 MW power generation facility in Las Vegas, Nevada. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, we recorded impairment charges of $1 million, $7 million and $9 million, respectively, related to our 50 percent interest in Black Mountain. These charges are the result of declines in value of the investment caused by an increase in the cost of fuel in relation to a third party power purchase agreement through 2023 for 100 percent of the output of the facility. This agreement provides that Black Mountain will receive payments that decrease over time. Please read Note 19—Commitments and Contingencies—Legal Proceedings—Nevada Power Arbitration for further information.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
Dynegy’s equity investments also include a 50 percent ownership interest in DLS Power Holdings and DLS Power Development LLC. The purpose of DLS Power Development was to provide services to DLS Power Holdings and the project subsidiaries related to power project development and to evaluate and pursue potential new development projects. Effective January 1, 2009, Dynegy entered into an agreement with LS Power Associates, L.P. to dissolve DLS Power Holdings and DLS Power Development LLC. Please read Note 12—Variable Interest Entities—DLS Power Holdings and DLS Power Development for further information.
Summarized Information. Summarized aggregate financial information for our unconsolidated equity investment in SCH and its equity share thereof was:
                                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
    Total     Equity Share     Total     Equity Share  
            (in millions)          
Current assets
  $ 6     $ 3     $ 6     $ 3  
Non-current assets
    384       192       262       131  
Current liabilities
    32       16       14       7  
Non-current liabilities
    536       268       280       140  
Revenues
                       
Operating income
    36       18       26       13  
Net income (loss)
    (80 )     (40 )     16       8  
Summarized aggregate financial information for Dynegy’s unconsolidated equity investment in DLS Power Holdings and Dynegy’s equity share thereof was:
                                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
    Total     Equity Share     Total     Equity Share  
            (in millions)          
Current assets
  $ 4     $ 2     $ 2     $ 1  
Non-current assets
    10       5       4       2  
Current liabilities
    4       2       4       2  
Non-current liabilities
    2       1       2       1  
Revenues
                       
Operating loss
    (23 )     (12 )     (19 )     (9 )
Net loss
    (23 )     (12 )     (19 )     (9 )
Dynegy’s Losses from unconsolidated investments of $123 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, include $40 million from SCH and $83 million from DLS Power Holdings. In addition to the $12 million noted above, Dynegy’s losses of $83 million from its investment in DLS Power Holdings include a $24 million impairment and a $47 million loss on dissolution. Please read Note 12—Variable Interest Entities for further discussion. Dynegy’s Losses from unconsolidated investments of $3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 include losses of $9 million from DLS Power Holdings offset by income of $6 million from SCH and income of less than $1 million from Sandy Creek Services. The $6 million from SCH includes the $8 million above, the elimination of $2 million in commitment fees payable to Dynegy that was expensed by SCH, offset by a reduction in our investment of $5 million due to the sale of an interest in the Sandy Creek Project to Brazos. Please read Note 12—Variable Interest Entities for further discussion.
DHI’s Losses from unconsolidated investments of $40 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, include $40 million from SCH. DHI’s Earnings from unconsolidated investments of $6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 include $6 million from SCH and income of less than $1 million from Sandy Creek Services. The $6 million from SCH includes the $8 million above, the elimination of $2 million in commitment fees payable to Dynegy that was expensed by SCH, offset by a reduction in our investment of $5 million due to the sale of an interest in the Sandy Creek Project to Brazos. Please read Note 12—Variable Interest Entities for further discussion.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
Available-for-Sale Securities. As of December 31, 2008, Dynegy and DHI had approximately $25 million and $24 million, respectively, invested in the Reserve Primary Fund (the “Fund”), which “broke the buck” on September 16, 2008, when the value of its shares fell below $1.00. On September 22, 2008, the SEC granted the Fund’s request to suspend all rights of redemption from the Fund, in order to ensure an orderly disposition of the securities. Since distributions from the Fund were suspended on September 30, 2008, investments in the Fund are no longer readily convertible to cash, and therefore do not meet the definition of “cash and cash equivalents” as set forth in SFAS No. 95, “Statement of Cash Flows”. As a result, we have reclassified our investment in the Fund from cash and cash equivalents to short-term investments as of December 31, 2008 and recorded a $2 million impairment, based on management’s estimate of the fair value of our proportionate share of the Fund’s holdings, which is included in Other income and expense, net, in our consolidated statements of operations. This investment is classified as a current asset, as all of the assets held by the Fund will mature by September 30, 2009, and distributions from the Fund will be made as assets reach maturity or are sold.
In November 2006, the New York Mercantile Exchange (“NYMEX”) completed its initial public offering. We had two membership seats on the NYMEX, and therefore, we received 90,000 NYMEX shares for each membership seat. During August 2007, we sold approximately 30,000 shares for approximately $4 million, and we recognized a gain of $4 million. During the second quarter 2008, we sold our remaining 150,000 shares and both of our membership seats for approximately $16 million, and we recognized a gain of $15 million, which is included in Gain on sale of assets in our consolidated statements of operations; partially offset by a reduction of $8 million, net of tax of $5 million, in our condensed consolidated statements of other comprehensive income. Our investment in the NYMEX shares was valued at approximately $21 million at December 31, 2007.
Note 12—Variable Interest Entities
Hydroelectric Generation Facilities. On January 31, 2005, Dynegy completed the acquisition of ExRes. As further discussed in Note 3—Business Combinations and Acquisitions—Sithe Assets Contribution, on April 2, 2007, Dynegy contributed its interest in the Sithe Assets to DHI. ExRes also owns through its subsidiaries four hydroelectric generation facilities, with total capacity of 51 MW, in Pennsylvania. The entities owning these facilities meet the definition of VIEs. In accordance with the purchase agreement, Exelon Corporation (“Exelon”) has the sole and exclusive right to direct our efforts to decommission, sell, bankrupt, or otherwise dispose of the hydroelectric facilities owned through the VIE entities. Exelon is obligated to reimburse ExRes for all costs, liabilities, and obligations of the entities owning these hydroelectric generation facilities, and to indemnify ExRes with respect to the past and present assets and operations of the entities. As a result, we are not the primary beneficiary of the entities and have not consolidated them in accordance with the provisions of FIN No. 46(R).
These hydroelectric generation facilities have commitments and obligations that are off-balance sheet with respect to Dynegy arising under operating leases for equipment and long-term power purchase agreements with local utilities. At December 31, 2008, the equipment leases have remaining terms from eleven months to twenty-two years, including options to extend two of the leases and involve future lease payments of $140 million over the terms of the leases, including lease payments for the optional extended terms. Additionally, each of these facilities is party to a long-term power purchase agreement with a local utility. Under the terms of each of these agreements, a project tracking account (the “Tracking Account”) was established to quantify the difference between (i) the facility’s fixed price revenues under the power purchase agreement and (ii) the respective utility’s Public Utility Commission approved avoided costs associated with those power purchases plus accumulated interest on the balance. Each power purchase agreement calls for the hydroelectric facility to return to the utility the balance in the Tracking Account before the end of the facility’s life through decreased pricing under the respective power purchase agreement. All four of the hydroelectric facilities are currently in the Tracking Account repayment period of the contract, whereby balances are repaid through decreased pricing. This pricing cannot be decreased below a level sufficient to allow the facilities to recover their operating costs, exclusive of lease or interest costs. The aggregate balance of the Tracking Accounts as December 31, 2008 was approximately $373 million, and the obligations with respect to each Tracking Account are secured by the assets of the respective facility. The decreased pricing necessary to reduce the Tracking Accounts may cause the facilities to operate at a net cash deficit. As discussed above, the obligations of the four hydroelectric facilities are non-recourse to us. Under the terms of the stock purchase agreement with Exelon, we are indemnified for any net cash outflow arising from ownership of these facilities.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
PPEA Holding Company LLC. On April 2, 2007, in connection with the completion of the Merger, we acquired 600 of the 900 outstanding Class A Units and all 100 Class B Units in PPEA, which represented an ownership interest of approximately 70 percent. PPEA owns Plum Point. Plum Point is constructing a 665 MW coal-fired power generation facility, located in Mississippi County, Arkansas, in which it owns an approximate 57 percent undivided interest. Also on April 2, 2007, Dynegy became the Project Manager of the Plum Point Project. Under the terms of the Project Management Agreement, we receive $2 million annually, plus out of pocket costs, during the construction period and approximately $2 million annually, plus out of pocket costs, once commercial operations commence. The Project Management Agreement expires 15 years after the commercial operations date, which is expected in August 2010.
On December 13, 2007, we sold 300 of our Class A Units and 30 of our Class B Units in PPEA for approximately $82 million, reducing our ownership interest to 37 percent. On February 28, 2008, we entered into an Operations and Maintenance Agreement with Plum Point and the other owners of the Plum Point Project to be the operator of the facility for $1 million annually, plus out-of-pocket costs. On December 31, 2008, we gave notice of our intention to terminate this agreement effective April 30, 2009.
At the acquisition date and continuing after the sale, we have determined that we are the primary beneficiary of PPEA because we will continue to absorb a majority of the expected losses primarily as a result of the Class B Units absorbing a disproportionate share of income and losses over the expected life of the project. The expected loss calculation includes assumptions about forecasted cash flows, construction costs and plant performance. As such, PPEA is included in our consolidated financial statements in accordance with the provisions of FIN No. 46(R).
Plum Point is the Borrower under a $700 million term loan facility (the “Term Loan Facility”), a $17 million revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”), and a $102 million letter of credit facility securing $100 million of Tax Exempt Bonds (the “LC Facility”). The payment obligations of Plum Point in respect of the Term Loan Facility, the Revolving Credit Facility, and the LC Facility are unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by Ambac Assurance Corporation, an independent third party insurance company. The credit facilities and insurance policy are secured by a security interest in all of Plum Point’s assets, contract rights and Plum Point’s undivided tenancy in common interest in the Plum Point Project and PPEA’s interest in Plum Point. There are no guarantees of the indebtedness by any parties, and Plum Point’s creditors have no recourse against our general credit. Please read Note 15—Debt—Plum Point Credit Agreement Facility and Note 15—Debt—Plum Point Tax Exempt Bonds for discussion of Plum Point’s borrowings.
As of December 31, 2008, we have posted $15 million in letters of credit to support our contingent equity contribution to Plum Point. Hancock and EIF have also posted $15 million and $16 million letters of credit, respectively, to support their contingent equity contributions to Plum Point. Other than providing services under the Project Management Agreement and the Operations and Maintenance Agreements discussed above, we have not provided any other financial or other support to PPEA.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
Summarized aggregate financial information for PPEA Holding Company, included in our consolidated financial statements, is included below:
                 
    As of and For the Year  
    Ended  
    2008     2007  
    (in millions)  
Current assets
  $ 1     $ 16  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    507       308  
Intangible asset
    193       193  
Other non-current asset
    29       40  
Total assets
    730       557  
Current liabilities
    19       20  
Long-term debt
    615       418  
Non-current liabilities
    244       42  
Minority interest
    (30 )     23  
Operating loss
    (1 )     (1 )
Net loss
    (3 )     (1 )
DLS Power Holdings and DLS Power Development. As discussed in Note 3—Business Combinations and Acquisitions—LS Power Business Combination, on April 2, 2007, in connection with Merger, Dynegy acquired a 50 percent interest in DLS Power Holdings and DLS Power Development. The purpose of DLS Power Development is to provide services to DLS Power Holdings and the project subsidiaries related to power project development and to evaluate and pursue potential new development projects. DLS Power Holdings and DLS Power Development meet the definition of VIEs, as they will require additional subordinated financial support from their owners to conduct normal on-going operations. Dynegy determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of the entities because LS Power, a related party, is more closely associated with the entities as they are the managing partner of the entities, own approximately 40 percent of Dynegy’s outstanding common stock and have three seats on Dynegy’s Board of Directors. Therefore, in accordance with the provisions of FIN No. 46(R), Dynegy has not consolidated the entities.
Dynegy accounts for its investments in DLS Power Holdings and DLS Power Development as equity method investments pursuant to APB 18, “The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock”. Dynegy made contributions to the joint ventures of approximately $16 million and $10 million, respectively, during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, to fund its share of the entities’ development efforts.
In December 2008, Dynegy executed an agreement with LS Associates to dissolve DLS Power Holdings and DLS Power Development effective January 1, 2009. Under the terms of the dissolution, Dynegy acquired exclusive rights, ownership and developmental control of all repowering or expansion opportunities related to its existing portfolio of operating assets. LS Associates received approximately $19 million in cash from Dynegy on January 2, 2009, and acquired full ownership and developmental rights associated with various “greenfield” projects under consideration in Arkansas, Georgia, Iowa, Michigan and Nevada, as well as other power generation and transmission development projects not related to Dynegy’s existing operating portfolio of assets.
For the year ended December 31, 2008, Dynegy recorded losses related to its equity investment of approximately $83 million. These losses consisted of a $24 million impairment charge, a $47 million loss on the dissolution and $12 million of equity losses. The impairment charge is the result of a decline in the fair value of the development projects during the fourth quarter 2008 as a result of increasing barriers to the development and construction of new generation facilities, including credit and regulatory factors. The loss on the dissolution primarily relates to consideration paid related to the following items which have value to Dynegy, but which do not qualify as assets for accounting purposes: (i) exclusive rights to the potential expansion of its existing facilities; (ii) redirection of management time and resources to other projects; (iii) the allocation to Dynegy of full access and control over current and future expansion opportunities; and (iv) enhancement of Dynegy’s strategic flexibility. These losses are included in Losses from unconsolidated investments in Dynegy’s consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
On December 31, 2008, Dynegy had approximately $15 million included in Unconsolidated investments and $19 million in Accounts payable in its consolidated balance sheet, which related to Dynegy’s obligation to pay LS Power Associates approximately $19 million in cash in consideration for the dissolution. Dynegy’s maximum exposure to economic loss from these VIEs is limited to $34 million.
Sandy Creek. In connection with its acquisition of a 50 percent interest in DLS Power Holdings, as further discussed above, Dynegy acquired a 50 percent interest in SCH, which owns all of SCEA. SCEA owns an undivided interest in the Sandy Creek Project. In August 2007, SCH became a stand-alone entity separate from DLS Power Holdings, and its wholly owned subsidiaries, including SCEA, entered into various financing agreements to construct its portion of the Sandy Creek Project.
Dynegy Sandy Creek Holdings, LLC (the “Dynegy Member”), an indirectly wholly owned subsidiary of Dynegy, and LSP Sandy Creek Member, LLC (the “LSP Member”) each own a 50 percent interest in SCH. In addition, Sandy Creek Services, LLC (“SC Services”) was formed to provide services to SCH. Dynegy Power Services and LSP Sandy Creek Services LLC each own a 50 percent interest in SC Services.
Dynegy’s 50 percent interest in SCH, as well as a related intangible asset of approximately $23 million, were subsequently contributed to a wholly owned subsidiary of DHI. This contribution was accounted for as a transaction between entities under common control. As such, DHI’s investment in SCH, as well as the related intangible asset, were recorded by DHI at Dynegy’s historical cost on the acquisition date. DHI’s investment in SCH is included in GEN-WE.
The original financing agreements consisted of a $200 million term loan and $800 million in construction commitments with SCEA as borrower. The SCEA debt is secured by a pledge of SCEA’s assets and contract rights and SCEA’s undivided tenancy in common interest in the Sandy Creek Project as well as a pledge of the equity of SCEA by its direct parents.
In connection with the SCEA term and construction financing described above, SCH entered into arrangements to make capital contributions to SCEA of up to $200 million to fund its equity commitments after the loans under the SCEA financing have been utilized and otherwise upon certain conditions. SCH’s obligation to make such contributions is supported by a credit agreement with the Dynegy Member and LSP Member, as lenders, and SCH, as borrower. The lenders provide for commitments of $200 million in loans to SCH. This SCH debt is secured by a pledge of SCH’s indirect ownership interests in SCEA.
The Dynegy Member and the LSP Member each also agreed to make equity contributions of $223 million to fund project costs after the SCEA and SCH equity contributions have been utilized and otherwise upon the occurrence of certain events and milestone dates.
In August 2007, upon the close of the financing agreements discussed above, SCEA sold a 25 percent undivided interest in the Sandy Creek Project for approximately $30 million plus reimbursement for a related portion of accumulated construction costs and the obligation to assume a proportionate share of future construction costs. During 2007, we recognized our share of the gain on the sale, which approximated $10 million, in Earnings from unconsolidated investments on our consolidated statements of operations. During 2007, SCEA received $24 million in cash proceeds, consisting of approximately $15 million of the purchase price and $9 million for the purchaser’s share of accumulated costs. The remainder of the purchase price, plus accrued interest, is expected to be collected in 2010. SCEA distributed the cash proceeds from the sale to the Dynegy Member and the LSP Member in 2007.
In June 2008, SCEA sold an approximate 11 percent interest in the Sandy Creek Project. As a result, SCEA currently owns an approximate 64 percent interest in the Sandy Creek Project. Losses from unconsolidated investments for the year ended December 31, 2008 includes a gain of approximately $13 million related to the sale. Using cash on hand and the proceeds of the sale, SCEA repaid approximately $45 million in project-related debt to the Senior Secured Lenders and approximately $7 million in affiliate debt to the Dynegy Member and the LSP Member. As a result of the sale, SCEA’s availability under the financing agreements was reduced to $155 million for the term loan and $696 million for the construction loans. In addition, both the Dynegy Member and the LSP Member received a cash distribution of approximately $7 million during 2008. As a result of the sale, SCH’s equity commitment was reduced from $200 million to $170 million. In addition, the LS Member’s and the Dynegy Member’s funding commitments to SCEA were each reduced from $223 million to $190 million.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
The Dynegy Member’s 50 percent share of the SCH credit agreement and its funding commitment to SCEA are supported by letters of credit totaling $275 million issued under a stand-alone letter of credit facility between the Dynegy Member and ABN AMRO Bank, N.V. Such letter of credit may be drawn upon by the SCEA lenders if certain conditions are met.
In 2007 and 2008, we provided credit support as discussed above and also provided construction management services to SC Services. We have been reimbursed for the construction management services at cost. No other support was provided to these entities in 2007 and 2008.
SCH and SC Services both meet the definition of a VIE, as they will require additional subordinated financial support to conduct their normal on-going operations. We determined that we are not considered the primary beneficiary of the entities because LS Power, a related party, is more closely associated with the entities as they are the lead party on negotiating commercial and financing arrangements, significantly influenced the design of the entity and the facility, own approximately 40 percent of Dynegy’s outstanding common stock and have three seats on Dynegy’s Board of Directors. Therefore, in accordance with FIN No. 46(R), we do not consolidate SCH or SC Services.
We account for our investments in SCH and SC Services as equity method investments pursuant to APB 18. At December 31, 2008, we had $4 million included in non-current Accounts receivable, affiliate and $75 million included in Other long-term liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets. Our maximum exposure to economic loss from these VIEs is limited to $279 million.
Note 13—Goodwill
Assets and liabilities of companies acquired in purchase transactions are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition. Goodwill represents the excess purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired, plus any identifiable intangibles. Dynegy acquired the Contributed Entities on April 2, 2007, resulting in goodwill of $486 million. Please read Note 3—Business Combinations and Acquisitions—LS Power Business Combination for further discussion of the acquisition, Note 4—Dispositions, Contract Terminations and Discontinued Operations—GEN-WE Discontinued Operations—CoGen Lyondell for further discussion of the sale of CoGen Lyondell and Note 4—Dispositions, Contract Terminations and Discontinued Operations—Dispositions—Rolling Hills for further discussion of the sale of Rolling Hills. Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 were as follows:
                                 
    GEN-MW     GEN-WE     GEN-NE     Total  
    (in millions)  
December 31, 2006
  $     $     $     $  
Acquisition of the Contributed Entities
    81       308       97       486  
Sale of CoGen Lyondell
          (48 )           (48 )
 
                       
December 31, 2007
  $ 81     $ 260     $ 97     $ 438  
Sale of Rolling Hills
    (5 )                 (5 )
 
                       
December 31, 2008
  $ 76     $ 260     $ 97     $ 433  
 
                       
Goodwill is reviewed for potential impairment as of November 1st of each year or more frequently if events or circumstances occur that would indicate a reduction in our fair value. The impairment test is performed in two phases at the reporting unit level. The first step compares the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. We generally determine the fair value of our reporting units using the income approach. This analysis requires us to make various judgmental estimates and assumptions about sales, operating margins, growth rates, discount factors and comparable company market multiples. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not considered impaired; thus the second step of the goodwill impairment test is unnecessary. However, if the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an additional step is required. The additional step compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying amount of such goodwill. An impairment loss is recorded to the extent that the carrying value of the goodwill exceeds its implied fair value.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
In evaluating our goodwill for impairment, we calculated the estimated fair value of our reporting units using a discounted cash flow analysis using forward-looking projections of our estimated future operating results based on discrete financial forecasts developed by management for planning purposes. Cash flows beyond the discrete forecasts were estimated using a terminal value calculation, which incorporated historical and forecasted financial trends and considered long-term earnings growth rates based on growth rates observed in the power sector. Next, we utilized market information such as recent sales transactions for comparable assets within the regions in which we operate to corroborate the fair values derived from the income approach. Based on the results of our analysis, we have concluded that the fair value of our reporting units exceeded their carrying values at November 1, 2008. Accordingly, we have determined that no goodwill impairment is indicated for 2008. Given the current economic environment, we will continue to monitor the need to test goodwill for impairment as required by SFAS No. 142.
As of November 1, 2008, the date at which we performed our annual impairment test, Dynegy’s market capitalization was below its book value. We have qualitatively reconciled the aggregate fair value of our reporting units to our market capitalization by considering several factors, including (i) our share price does not reflect a control premium; (ii) our market capitalization has been below book value for a relatively short period of time, which coincides with unprecedented volatility in the broader financial markets, as well as significant volatility in our industry, and (iii) our share price was negatively impacted in the third and fourth quarters of 2008 by the sale of large blocks of shares by hedge funds. After giving consideration to these factors, we concluded that our market capitalization at November 1, 2008 is not indicative of the fair value of our aggregate reporting units. Due to further declines in our market capitalization through December 31, 2008, we evaluated key assumptions, including forward natural gas and power pricing, power demand growth and cost of capital, to determine whether these assumptions remained valid at December 31, 2008. While some of the assumptions had changed subsequent to the November 1, 2008 analysis, we determined that the impact of updating those assumptions would not have caused the fair value of the individual units to be below their respective carrying values at December 31, 2008.
As with many financial statement matters, our impairment analysis requires us to make estimates and assumptions and make judgments that affect our conclusions and the reported financial information. Such estimates, assumptions and judgments are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates and assumptions.
Note 14—Intangible Assets
A summary of changes in our intangible assets is as follows:
                                 
    LS Power     Sithe     Rocky Road     Total  
    (in millions)  
December 31, 2005
  $     $ 442     $     $ 442  
Acquisition of Rocky Road
                29       29  
Amortization expense
          (59 )     (7 )     (66 )
 
                       
December 31, 2006
  $     $ 383     $ 22     $ 405  
Acquisition of the Contributed Entities
    224                   224  
Amortization expense
    (8 )     (50 )     (9 )     (67 )
 
                       
December 31, 2007
  $ 216     $ 333     $ 13     $ 562  
Amortization expense
    (7 )     (49 )     (9 )     (65 )
 
                       
December 31, 2008
  $ 209     $ 284     $ 4     $ 497  
 
                       
LS Power. Pursuant to our acquisition of the Contributed Entities in April 2007, we recorded intangible assets of $224 million. This consisted of intangible assets of $192 million in GEN-MW and $32 million in GEN-WE. The intangible asset in GEN-MW relates to the value of PPEA’s interest in the Plum Point Project as a result of the construction contracts, debt agreements and related to power purchase agreements. This intangible asset will be amortized over the contractual term of 30 years, beginning when the facility becomes operational, which we expect to occur in 2010. The intangible assets for GEN-WE primarily relate to power tolling agreements that are being amortized over their respective contract terms ranging from 6 months to 7 years. The amortization expense is being recognized on the revenue line in our consolidated statements of operations where we record the revenues received from the contract.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
The estimated amortization expense for each of the five succeeding years is approximately $7 million, $10 million, $6 million, $6 million and $6 million, respectively. Please read Note 3—Business Combinations and Acquisitions—LS Power Business Combination for further discussion.
Sithe. Pursuant to our acquisition of Sithe Energies in February 2005, we recorded intangible assets of $657 million. This consisted primarily of a $488 million intangible asset related to a firm capacity sales agreement between Sithe Independence Power Partners and Con Edison, a subsidiary of Consolidated Edison, Inc. That contract provides Independence the right to sell 740 MW of capacity until 2014 at fixed prices that are currently above the prevailing market price of capacity for the New York Rest of State market. This asset will be amortized on a straight-line basis over the remaining life of the contract through October 2014. The amortization expense is being recognized in the revenue line on our consolidated statements of operations where we record the revenues received from the contract. The annual amortization of the intangible asset is expected to approximate $50 million.
Rocky Road. Pursuant to our acquisition of NRG’s 50 percent ownership interest in the Rocky Road power plant, we recorded an intangible asset in the amount of $29 million. The amortization expense associated with this asset is being recognized in the revenue line on our consolidated statements of operations where we record the revenues received from the contract. The annual amortization of the intangible asset is expected to be approximately $4 million in 2009. Please read Note 3—Business Combinations and Acquisitions—Rocky Road for further discussion.
Note 15—Debt
A summary of our long-term debt is as follows:
                                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
    Carrying     Fair     Carrying     Fair  
    Amount     Value     Amount     Value  
    (in millions)  
Term Loan B, due 2013
  $ 69     $ 52     $ 70     $ 70  
Term Facility, floating rate due 2013
    850       639       850       850  
Senior Notes and Debentures:
                               
6.875 percent due 2011
    502       427       502       483  
8.75 percent due 2012
    501       426       501       506  
7.5 percent due 2015
    550       388       550       514  
8.375 percent due 2016
    1,047       742       1,047       1,022  
7.125 percent due 2018
    173       110       173       155  
7.75 percent due 2019
    1,100       762       1,100       1,011  
7.625 percent due 2026
    172       93       172       149  
Subordinated Debentures payable to affiliates, 8.316 percent, due 2027
    200       83       200       173  
Sithe Senior Notes, 9.0 percent due 2013
    344       328       388       416  
Plum Point Credit Agreement Facility, floating rate due 2010
    515       365       318       318  
Plum Point Tax Exempt Bonds, floating rate due 2036
    100       100       100       100  
 
                           
 
                               
 
    6,123               5,971          
Unamortized premium on debt, net
    13               19          
 
                           
 
                               
 
    6,136               5,990          
 
                               
Less: Amounts due within one year, including non-cash amortization of basis adjustments
    64               51          
 
                           
 
                               
Total Long-Term Debt
  $ 6,072             $ 5,939          
 
                           
Aggregate maturities of the principal amounts of all long-term indebtedness as of December 31, 2008 are as follows: 2010—$68 million, 2011—$575 million, 2012—$582 million, 2013—$1,004 million and thereafter—$3,843 million.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Facility. On April 2, 2007, we entered into a fifth amended and restated credit facility (the “Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Facility”) with Citicorp USA, Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as co-administrative agents, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as collateral agent, Citicorp USA Inc., as payment agent, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as joint lead arrangers and joint book-runners, and the other financial institutions party thereto as lenders or letter of credit issuers.
The Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Facility amended DHI’s former credit facility by increasing the amount of the existing $470 million revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Facility”) to $850 million, increasing the amount of the existing $200 million term letter of credit facility (the “Term L/C Facility”) to $400 million and adding a $70 million senior secured term loan facility (“Term Loan B”).
Loans and letters of credit are available under the Revolving Facility and letters of credit are available under the Term L/C Facility for general corporate purposes. Letters of credit issued under DHI’s former credit facility have been continued under the Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Facility. The Term Loan B was used to pay a portion of the consideration under the Merger. In connection with the completion of the Merger, an aggregate $275 million under the Revolving Facility, an aggregate $400 million under the Term L/C Facility (with the proceeds placed in a collateral account to support the issuance of letters of credit), and an aggregate $70 million under Term Loan B (representing all available borrowings under Term Loan B) were drawn.
The Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Facility is secured by certain assets of DHI and is guaranteed by Dynegy, Dynegy Illinois and certain subsidiaries of DHI. In addition, the obligations under the Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Facility and certain other obligations to the lenders thereunder and their affiliates are secured by substantially all of the assets of such guarantors. The Revolving Facility matures on April 2, 2012, and the Term L/C Facility and Term Loan B each mature on April 2, 2013. The principal amount of the Term L/C Facility is due in a single payment at maturity; the principal amount of Term Loan B is due in quarterly installments of $175,000 in arrears commencing December 31, 2008, with the unpaid balance due at maturity.
Borrowings under the Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Facility bear interest, at DHI’s option, at either the base rate, which is calculated as the higher of Citibank, N.A.’s publicly announced base rate and the federal funds rate in effect from time to time, or the Eurodollar rate (which is based on rates in the London interbank Eurodollar market), in each case plus an applicable margin.
The applicable margin for borrowings under the Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Facility depends on the Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“S&P”) and Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) credit ratings of the Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Facility, with higher credit ratings resulting in a lower rate. The applicable margin for such borrowings will be either 0.125 percent or 0.50 percent per annum for base rate loans and either 1.125 percent or 1.50 percent per annum for Eurodollar loans, with the lower applicable margin being payable if the ratings for the Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Facility by S&P and Moody’s are BB+ and Ba1 or higher, respectively, and the higher applicable margin being payable if such ratings are less than BB+ and Ba1.
An unused commitment fee of either 0.25 percent or 0.375 percent is payable on the unused portion of the Revolving Facility, with the lower commitment fee being payable if the ratings for the Revolving Facility by S&P and Moody’s are BB+ and Ba1 or higher, respectively, and the higher commitment fee being payable if such ratings are less than BB+ and Ba1.
The Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Facility contains mandatory prepayment provisions associated with specified asset sales and dispositions (including as a result of casualty or condemnation). The Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Facility also contains customary affirmative and negative non-financial covenants and events of default. Subject to certain exceptions, DHI and its subsidiaries are subject to restrictions on incurring additional indebtedness, limitations on investments and certain limitations on dividends and other payments in respect of capital stock.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
The Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Facility also contains certain financial covenants, including (i) a covenant (measured as of the last day of the relevant fiscal quarter as specified below) that requires DHI and certain of its subsidiaries to maintain a ratio of secured debt to adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) for DHI and its relevant subsidiaries of no greater than 2.75:1 (December 31, 2008 and thereafter through and including March 31, 2009); and 2.5:1 (June 30, 2009 and thereafter); and (ii) a covenant that requires DHI and certain of its subsidiaries to maintain a ratio of adjusted EBITDA to consolidated interest expense for DHI and its relevant subsidiaries as of the last day of the measurement period ending December 31, 2008 of no less than 1.5:1; ending March 31, 2009 and June 30, 2009 of no less than 1.625:1; and ending September 30, 2009 and thereafter of no less than 1.75:1.
On May 24, 2007, we entered into an Amendment No. 1, dated as of May 24, 2007 (the “Amendment No.1”), to the Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Facility, which increased the amount of the existing $850 million Revolving Facility to $1.15 billion and increased the amount of the existing $400 million Term L/C Facility to $850 million; the Amendment No. 1 did not affect the Term Loan B. The Amendment No. 1 also amended a pro forma leverage ratio requirement in the Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Facility to allow DHI to issue the Notes (as defined and discussed below).
In September 2008, Lehman Brothers Holding Inc. filed for protection from creditors under Chapter 11 bankruptcy law. Lehman Commercial Paper Inc. (“Lehman CP”), the Lehman entity acting as one of our lenders for the revolving portion of our Credit Agreement, was not initially part of the bankruptcy estate. However, in early October 2008, Lehman CP also filed for protection from creditors under the bankruptcy law. Lehman CP’s lending obligations were not assumed by Barclays, which had acquired most of Lehman’s North American banking operations in September 2008. Lehman CP is now formally a defaulting lender under our Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Facility, is no longer accruing commitment fees and would not be expected to fund any borrowing requests, thereby reducing our effective availability under the Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Facility by $70 million to $1.9 billion.
On September 30, 2008, we entered into Amendment No. 2 (“Amendment No. 2”) to the Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Facility. Amendment No. 2 serves to amend the definition of “Change of Control” in Section 1.01 of our Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Facility such that the reference to “42%” was replaced with “50%”.
On February 13, 2009, we entered into Amendment No. 3 (“Amendment No. 3”) to the Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Facility. Amendment No. 3 relates to the modification of certain conditions precedent to refinancing of existing indebtedness, the incurrence of other DHI indebtedness, adding revolver commitments, certain investments, asset sales and certain other events. Prior to Amendment No. 3, such conditions precedent included satisfaction, on a pro forma basis, of a separate ratio test of total indebtedness divided by EBITDA (both as defined in the Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Facility) of not greater than 5.0:1. Amendment No. 3 changes the ratio test to not greater than 6.0:1 for 2009. For years 2010 and thereafter, such ratio test will revert to the 5.0:1 level.
Senior Notes. On April 12, 2006, DHI issued $750 million aggregate principal amount of our 8.375 percent Senior Unsecured Notes due 2016 (the “New Senior Notes”) in a private offering (the “Senior Notes Offering”). The New Senior Notes are not redeemable at our option prior to maturity. The New Senior Notes are our senior unsecured obligations of DHI and rank equal in right of payment to all of DHI’s existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness, and are senior to all of our existing and any of our future subordinated indebtedness. Dynegy did not guarantee the New Senior Notes, and the assets that Dynegy owns (principally its interest in DLS Power Holdings and DLS Power Development) do not support the New Senior Notes. The proceeds from the Senior Notes Offering, together with cash on hand, were used to fund the SPN Tender Offer discussed below. On September 14, 2006, DHI exchanged the New Senior Notes for a new issue of substantially identical notes registered under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
On May 24, 2007, DHI issued $1.1 billion aggregate principal amount of its 7.75 percent Senior Unsecured Notes due 2019 (the “2019 Notes) and $550 million aggregate principal amount of its 7.50 percent Senior Unsecured Notes due 2015 (the “2015 Notes” and, together with the 2019 Notes, the “Notes”) pursuant to the terms of a purchase agreement, dated as of May 17, 2007, by and among DHI and the several initial purchasers party thereto (the “Purchasers”). The Notes are senior unsecured obligations and rank equal in right of payment to all of DHI’s existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness, and are senior to all of DHI’s existing, and any of its future, subordinated indebtedness. DHI’s secured debt and its other secured obligations are effectively senior to the Notes to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt or other obligations. None of DHI’s subsidiaries have guaranteed the Notes and, as a result, all of the existing and future liabilities of DHI’s subsidiaries are effectively senior to the Notes. Dynegy has not guaranteed the Notes, and the assets that Dynegy owns through its subsidiaries, other than DHI, do not support the Notes. In connection with the Notes, DHI entered into a registration rights agreement with the Purchasers of the Notes pursuant to which DHI agreed to offer to exchange the Notes for a new issue of substantially identical notes registered under the Securities Act of 1933. On October 15, 2007, pursuant to the registration rights agreement, DHI initiated the exchange offer, which was completed in the fourth quarter 2007.
DHI used the net proceeds from the sale of the Notes to repay a portion of the debt assumed in the Merger. Long-term debt assumed upon completion of the Merger and repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the Notes consisted of the following as of April 2, 2007:
                         
    Face     Premium     Fair  
    Value     Discount     Value  
    (in millions)  
Generation Facilities First Lien Term Loans due 2013
  $ 919     $ 1     $ 920  
Generation Facilities Second Lien Term Loans due 2014
    150       1       151  
Kendall First Lien Term Loan due 2013
    396       (5 )     391  
Ontelaunee First Lien Term Loan due 2009
    100       (1 )     99  
Ontelaunee Second Lien Credit Agreement due 2009
    50       1       51  
 
                 
 
Total debt repaid with proceeds from unsecured offering
  $ 1,615     $ (3 )   $ 1,612  
 
                 
Outstanding letters of credit under the above mentioned LC facilities were transferred to, and became outstanding letters of credit under, the Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Facility as amended. Continuing secured obligations of Dynegy Gen Finance Co LLC include financially settled heat rate options and a collateral posting arrangement that are secured by the assets of Dynegy Gen Finance Co LLC.
Second Priority Senior Secured Notes. On April 12, 2006, we completed a cash tender offer and consent solicitation (the “SPN Tender Offer”), in which we purchased $151 million of our $225 million Second Priority Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due 2008 (the “2008 Notes”), $614 million of our $625 million 9.875 percent Second Priority Senior Secured Notes due 2010 (the “2010 Notes”) and all $900 million of our 10.125 percent Second Priority Senior Secured Notes due 2013 (the “2013 Notes” and collectively with the “2008 Notes” and the “2010 Notes,” the “Second Priority Notes”). In connection with the SPN Tender Offer, we amended the indenture under which the Second Priority Notes were issued to eliminate or modify substantially all of the restrictive covenants, certain events of default and related provisions and release certain liens securing the obligations of DHI and the guarantors of the Second Priority Notes.
Total cash paid to repurchase the $1,664 million of Second Priority Notes, including consent fees and accrued interest, was $1,904 million. We recorded a charge of approximately $228 million in 2006 associated with this transaction, of which $202 million is included in debt conversion costs, and $26 million of acceleration of amortization of financing costs and write-offs of discounts and premiums is included in interest expense on our consolidated statements of operations.
On July 15, 2006, we redeemed the remaining $74 million of our 2008 Notes, at a redemption price of 103 percent of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. The interest rate on the 2008 Notes was based on three-month LIBOR plus 650 basis points. We recorded a charge of approximately $2 million in 2006 associated with this transaction, which is included in debt conversion costs in our consolidated statements of operations.
On September 7, 2007, we completed the redemption of $11 million of DHI’s remaining outstanding 2010 Notes at a redemption price of 104.938 percent of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
Subordinated Debentures. In May 1997, NGC Corporation Capital Trust I (“Trust”) issued, in a private transaction, $200 million aggregate liquidation amount of 8.316 percent Subordinated Capital Income Securities (“Trust Securities”) representing preferred undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust. The Trust invested the proceeds from the issuance of the Trust Securities in an equivalent amount of DHI’s 8.316 percent Subordinated Debentures (“Subordinated Debentures”). The sole assets of the Trust are the Subordinated Debentures. The Trust Securities are subject to mandatory redemption in whole, but not in part, on June 1, 2027, upon payment of the Subordinated Debentures at maturity, or in whole, but not in part, at any time, contemporaneously with the optional prepayment of the Subordinated Debentures, as allowed by the associated indenture. The Subordinated Debentures are redeemable, at DHI’s option, at specified redemption prices. The Subordinated Debentures represent DHI’s unsecured obligations and rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to all of DHI’s senior indebtedness to the extent and in the manner set forth in the associated indenture. We have irrevocably and unconditionally guaranteed, on a subordinated basis, payment for the benefit of the holders of the Trust Securities the obligations of the Trust to the extent the Trust has funds legally available for distribution to the holders of the Trust Securities. Since the Trust is considered a VIE, and the holders of the Trust Securities absorb a majority of the Trust’s expected losses, DHI’s obligation is represented by the Subordinated Debentures payable to the deconsolidated Trust. We may defer payment of interest on the Subordinated Debentures as described in the indenture, although we have not yet done so and have continued to pay interest as and when due. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the redemption amount associated with these securities totaled $200 million.
Contingent LC Facility. On June 17, 2008, DHI entered into a Facility and Security Agreement (the “Contingent LC Facility”) with Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc. (“Morgan Stanley”), as lender, issuing bank, collateral agent and paying agent.
Availability under the Contingent LC Facility is contingent on natural gas prices rising above $13/MMBtu during 2009. For every dollar increase above $13/MMBtu in 2009 forward natural gas prices, $40 million in capacity will initially be available, up to a total of $300 million. In the event that the Contingent LC Facility is utilized, it will complement existing liquidity instruments as a source of additional letters of credit to meet our collateral requirements. Letter of credit availability will accrue ongoing fees at an annual rate of 3.2 percent. Over the course of 2009, the ratio of availability per dollar increase in natural gas prices will be reduced, on a pro rata monthly basis, to zero by year-end.
Such letters of credit will be available for the purpose of supporting certain commercial and trading contracts and related netting agreements described in the Credit Agreement. As of December 31, 2008, no amounts were available under the Contingent LC Facility.
Sithe Senior Notes. On January 31, 2005, we completed the acquisition of ExRes, the parent company of Sithe Energies and Independence. Upon the closing, we consolidated $919 million in face value project debt, which was recorded at its fair value of $797 million as of January 31, 2005, for which certain of the entities acquired are obligated. Please read Note 3—Business Combinations and Acquisitions—Sithe Energies Business Combination for further discussion of this transaction.
Long-term debt consolidated upon completion of the Sithe Energies acquisition consisted of the following as of January 31, 2005:
                         
    Face     Premium        
    Value     (Discount)     Fair Value  
    (in millions)  
Subordinated Debt, 7.0 percent due 2034
  $ 419     $ (167 )   $ 252  
Senior Notes, 8.5 percent due 2007
    91       3       94  
Senior Notes, 9.0 percent due 2013
    409       42       451  
 
                 
Total Independence Debt
  $ 919     $ (122 )   $ 797  
 
                 
The senior debt and subordinated debt are secured by substantially all of the assets of Independence, but are not guaranteed by us. The difference of $122 million between the face value and the fair value of the Independence Debt that was recognized upon the acquisition of ExRes will be accreted into interest expense over the life of the debt.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
The terms of the indenture governing the senior debt, among other things, prohibit cash distributions by Independence to its affiliates, including Dynegy, unless certain project reserve accounts are funded to specified levels and the required debt service coverage ratio is met. The indenture also includes other covenants and restrictions, relating to, among other things, prohibitions on asset dispositions and fundamental changes, reporting requirements and maintenance of insurance.
On July 21, 2006, DHI executed and consummated an exchange agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”), by and among DHI and RCP Debt, LLC and RCMF Debt, LLC (together, the “Reservoir Entities”). Pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, the Reservoir Entities exchanged approximately $419 million principal amount of the subordinated debt of Independence, together with all claims for accrued and unpaid interest thereon and all other rights and all obligations of the Reservoir Entities under the agreement pursuant to which the subordinated debt was issued (together, the “Sithe Debt”), for approximately $297 million principal amount of DHI’s 8.375 percent Senior Unsecured Notes due 2016 (the “Additional Notes”). The Additional Notes have terms and conditions identical to, and are fungible for trading and other purposes with, the $750 million aggregate principal amount of the New Senior Notes issued on April 12, 2006. On September 14, 2006, DHI exchanged the Additional Notes for a new issue of substantially identical notes registered under the Securities Act of 1933. We recorded a charge of approximately $36 million in 2006 associated with this transaction, which is included in interest expense in our consolidated statements of operations.
Plum Point Credit Agreement Facility. The Plum Point Credit Agreement Facility (“Credit Agreement Facility”) consists of a $700 million construction loan (the “Construction Loan”), a $700 million term loan commitment (the “Bank Loan”), a $17 million revolving credit facility (the “Revolver”) and a $102 million backstop letter of credit facility (the “LC Facility”). The LC Facility was initially utilized to back-up the $101 million letter of credit issued under the then-existing LC Facility (the “Original LC”) for the benefit of the owners of the Tax Exempt Bonds described below. During the second quarter 2007, the Tax Exempt Bonds were repaid and reoffered and a new letter of credit in the amount of approximately $101 million was issued under the LC Facility in substitution for the Original LC. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement Facility bear interest, at Plum Point’s option, at either the base rate, which is determined as the greater of the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Rate in effect from time to time plus 1 / 2 of 1 percent, or Adjusted LIBOR, which is equal to the product of the applicable LIBOR and any Statutory Reserves plus an applicable margin equal to 0.35 percent. In addition, Plum Point pays commitment fees equal to 0.125 percent per annum on the undrawn Bank Loan, Revolver and LC Facility commitments. Upon completion of the construction of the Plum Point Project, the Construction Loan will terminate and the debt thereunder will be replaced by the Bank Loan. The Bank Loan matures on the thirtieth anniversary of the later of the date on which substantial completion of the facility has occurred or the first date of commercial operation under any of the power purchase agreements then in effect. The expected commercial operations date is August 2010.
The payment obligations of Plum Point in respect of the Bank Loan, the Revolver, the LC Facility, and associated interest rate hedging agreements (discussed below) are unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by Ambac Assurance Corporation. Ambac Assurance Corporation also provided an unconditional commitment to issue, upon the closing of any refinancing of the Tax Exempt Bonds, a bond insurance policy insuring the Tax Exempt Bonds and a debt service reserve surety in an amount equal to the debt service reserve requirement with respect to such bonds. The credit facilities and insurance policy are secured by a mortgage and security interest (subject to permitted liens) in all of Plum Point’s assets and contract rights and Plum Point’s undivided tenancy in common interest in the Plum Point Project and PPEA’s interest in Plum Point. Plum Point pays an additional 0.38 percent spread for the AMBAC insurance coverage, which is deemed a cost of financing and included in interest expense.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
In the second quarter 2007, Plum Point entered into three interest rate swap agreements with an initial aggregate notional amount of approximately $183 million and fixed interest rates of approximately 5.3 percent. These interest rate swap agreements convert Plum Point’s floating rate debt exposure (exclusive of that on the Tax Exempt Bonds) to a fixed interest rate. The interest rate swap agreements expire in June 2040. During 2007, we recorded $27 million of mark-to-market income related to these interest rate swap agreements as an offset to our consolidated interest expense. Effective July 1, 2007, we designated these agreements as cash flow hedges. Therefore, changes in value after that date are reflected in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), and subsequently reclassified to interest expense contemporaneously with the related interest expense, or depreciation expense in the event the interest was capitalized, in either case to the extent of hedge effectiveness.
Plum Point Tax Exempt Bonds. On April 1, 2006, the City of Osceola (the “City”) loaned the $100 million in proceeds of a tax exempt bond issuance (the “Tax Exempt Bonds”) to Plum Point. The Tax Exempt Bonds were issued pursuant to and secured by a Trust Indenture dated April 1, 2006 between the City and Regions Bank as Trustee. The purpose of the Tax Exempt Bonds is to finance certain of Plum Point’s undivided interests in various sewage and solid waste collection and disposal facilities in the Plum Point facility. Interest expense on the Tax Exempt Bonds is based on a weekly variable rate and is payable monthly. The interest rate in effect at December 31, 2008 was 3.50 percent. The Tax Exempt Bonds mature on April 1, 2036.
Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2023. On May 15, 2006, we converted all $225 million of our outstanding 4.75 percent Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2023 into shares of our Class A common stock (the “Convertible Debenture Exchange”). In this transaction, we issued an aggregate of 54,598,369 shares of our Class A common stock and paid the debenture holders an aggregate of approximately $47 million in premiums and accrued and unpaid interest using cash on hand. We recorded a charge of approximately $44 million in 2006 associated with this transaction, which is included in debt conversion costs in our consolidated statements of operations.
Restricted Cash and Investments. The following table depicts our restricted cash and investments as of December 31, 2008 and 2007:
                 
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (in millions)  
Credit facility (1)
  $ 850     $ 850  
Sithe Energy (2)
    41       41  
Plum Point (3)
    29       54  
GEN Finance (4)
    50       57  
Sandy Creek (5)
    275       323  
 
           
Total restricted cash and investments
  $ 1,245     $ 1,325  
 
           
 
     
(1)   Includes cash posted to support the letter of credit component of our credit facility. We are required to post cash collateral in an amount equal to 103 percent of outstanding letters of credit.
 
(2)   Includes amounts related to the terms of the indenture governing the Sithe Senior Debt, which among other things, prohibit cash distributions by Independence to its affiliates, including us, unless certain project reserve accounts are funded to specified levels and the required debt service coverage ratio is met.
 
(3)   Includes proceeds from the Tax Exempt Bonds. These funds are used to finance PPEA’s undivided interest in various sewage and solid waste collection and disposal facilities which are under construction. Funds will be drawn from the restricted accounts as necessary for the construction of these facilities.
 
(4)   Includes amounts restricted under the terms of a security and deposit agreement associated with a collateral agreement and commodity hedges entered into by GEN Finance.
 
(5)   Includes amounts related to our funding commitment related to the Sandy Creek Project. Please read Note 12—Variable Interest Entities—Sandy Creek.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
Note 16—Related Party Transactions
Transactions with Chevron
On April 2, 2007, in connection with the Merger, the ownership interest of Chevron U.S.A. Inc. (“CUSA”) was reduced from approximately 20 percent to approximately 12 percent and CUSA’s shares automatically converted into Class A shares. On May 24, 2007, CUSA completed the sale of its 96,891,014 shares of Dynegy’s Class A common stock in an underwritten public offering.
Transactions with CUSA consisted of purchases and sales of natural gas and natural gas liquids between our affiliates and CUSA. We believe that these transactions were executed on terms that were fair and reasonable. During the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, we recognized net purchases from CUSA of $22 million and $52 million, respectively. In accordance with the net presentation provisions of EITF Issue 02-3, all of these transactions, whether physically or financially settled, have been presented net on the consolidated statements of operations.
Series C Convertible Preferred Stock. In August 2003, Dynegy issued to CUSA 8 million shares of its Series C Convertible Preferred Stock due 2033 (“Series C Preferred”). Dynegy accrued dividends on the Series C Preferred at a rate of 5.5 percent of the liquidation value per annum. In May 2006, Dynegy redeemed all of the outstanding shares of its Series C Preferred, which were held by CUSA. In order to redeem the Series C Preferred, Dynegy paid CUSA $400 million in cash, plus accrued and unpaid dividends totaling approximately $6.3 million. Dynegy used approximately $178 million in net proceeds from an equity offering of 40.25 million shares of its Class A common stock that closed on the same day (including net proceeds of $23 million from the underwriters’ exercise of their option to purchase an additional 5.25 million shares), with the balance funded from cash on hand and a cash dividend of $50 million from DHI. The redemption of the Series C Preferred eliminated the associated $22 million annual preferred dividend and reduced the number of diluted shares of Dynegy’s common stock outstanding.
Equity Investments. We hold an investment in a joint venture in which CUSA or its affiliates are also investors. The investment is a 50 percent ownership interest in Black Mountain, which owns the Black Mountain power generation facility. During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, our portion of the net income from joint ventures with CUSA was approximately $1 million, $7 million and $8 million, respectively.
Other
Equity Investments. We also hold three investments in joint ventures in which LS Power or its affiliates are also investors. Dynegy has a 50 percent ownership interest in DLS Power Holdings and DLS Power Development. DHI has a 50 percent ownership interest in SCEA, which was contributed to it by Dynegy in August 2007. Effective January 1, 2009, Dynegy and LS Power Associates, L.P. agreed to dissolve the two companies’ development joint venture. Please read Note 12—Variable Interest Entities for further discussion.
December 2001 Equity Purchases. In December 2001, ten former members of our senior management purchased Class A common stock from Dynegy in a private placement pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933. These former officers received loans from Dynegy totaling approximately $25 million to purchase Dynegy’s common stock at a price of $19.75 per share, the same price as the net proceeds per share received by Dynegy from a concurrent public offering. The loans bear interest at 3.25 percent per annum and are full recourse to the borrowers. Such loans are accounted for as subscriptions receivable within Dynegy’s stockholders’ equity on the consolidated balance sheets.
Other. DHI paid dividends of $342 million to Dynegy for the year ended December 31, 2007. Additionally, DHI paid a dividend of $175 million to Dynegy in January, 2009.
On April 2, 2007, Dynegy contributed to Dynegy Illinois its interest in the Contributed Entities. Also in April 2007, Dynegy Illinois contributed to DHI all of its interest in New York Holdings, together with its indirect interest in the subsidiaries of New York Holdings. Please read Note 3—Business Combinations and Acquisitions—LS Power Business Combination for further discussion. In August 2007, Dynegy contributed to DHI its 50 percent interest in SCH. Please read Note 12—Variable Interest Entities—Sandy Creek for further information.
During 2006, DHI repaid a $120 million borrowing from Dynegy. Also during 2006, DHI made a one time dividend payment of $50 million to Dynegy from the proceeds of the Term Loan. Please read Note 15—Debt for further discussion.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
In the normal course of business, payments are made or cash is received by DHI on behalf of Dynegy, or by Dynegy on behalf of DHI. As a result of such transactions, DHI has recorded over time a receivable from Dynegy in the aggregate amount of $827 million and $825 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. DHI resolved, effective December 31, 2007, to memorialize and distribute this receivable balance to Dynegy, once all required third-party approvals have been obtained. As such, this receivable is classified as equity on DHI’s consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2008 and 2007.
Note 17—Income Taxes
Income Tax (Expense) Benefit-Dynegy. We are subject to U.S. federal, foreign and state income taxes on our operations.
Dynegy’s components of income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes were as follows:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (in millions)  
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes:
                       
Domestic
  $ 218     $ 273     $ (478 )
Foreign
    28       (6 )     5  
 
                 
 
  $ 246     $ 267     $ (473 )
 
                 
Dynegy’s components of income tax (expense) benefit related to income (loss) from continuing operations were as follows:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (in millions)  
Current tax expense:
                       
Domestic
  $ (5 )   $ (22 )   $ (3 )
Foreign
                (2 )
Deferred tax benefit (expense):
                       
Domestic
    (66 )     (132 )     148  
Foreign
    (4 )     3       9  
 
                 
 
Income tax (expense) benefit
  $ (75 )   $ (151 )   $ 152  
 
                 
Dynegy’s income tax (expense) benefit related to income (loss) from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, was equivalent to effective rates of 30 percent, 57 percent and 32 percent, respectively. Differences between taxes computed at the U.S. federal statutory rate and Dynegy’s reported income tax benefit were as follows:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (in millions)  
Expected tax (expense) benefit at U.S. statutory rate (35%)
  $ (86 )   $ (94 )   $ 166  
State taxes (1)
          (55 )     32  
Foreign taxes
          5       (12 )
Permanent differences
    7       (2 )     3  
Valuation allowance
    (6 )           (4 )
IRS and state audits and settlements
          (3 )     (38 )
Other (2)
    10       (2 )     5  
 
                 
 
Income tax (expense) benefit
  $ (75 )   $ (151 )   $ 152  
 
                 
 
     
(1)   Includes a benefit of $18 million and expense of $21 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, related to adjustments arising from measurement of temporary differences.
 
(2)   Includes a benefit of $8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 arising from the conversion of a foreign tax credit to a deduction.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
Income Tax (Expense) Benefit-DHI. DHI’s components of income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes were as follows:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (in millions)  
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes:
                       
Domestic
  $ 300     $ 298     $ (426 )
Foreign
    28       (6 )     5  
 
                 
 
  $ 328     $ 292     $ (421 )
 
                 
DHI’s components of income tax benefit related to loss from continuing operations were as follows:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (in millions)  
Current tax benefit (expense):
                       
Domestic
  $ (3 )   $ (11 )   $ (1 )
Foreign
                (2 )
Deferred tax benefit (expense):
                       
Domestic
    (116 )     (108 )     119  
Foreign
    (4 )     3       9  
 
                 
 
Income tax (expense) benefit
  $ (123 )   $ (116 )   $ 125  
 
                 
DHI’s income tax (expense) benefit related to income (loss) from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, was equivalent to effective rates of 38 percent, 40 percent and 30 percent, respectively. Differences between taxes computed at the U.S. federal statutory rate and DHI’s reported income tax benefit were as follows:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (in millions)  
Expected tax benefit at U.S. statutory rate (35%)
  $ (115 )   $ (102 )   $ 147  
State taxes (1)
    (14 )     (21 )     17  
Foreign taxes
          5       (12 )
Permanent Differences
    7       (2 )     5  
Valuation allowance
    (6 )           (4 )
IRS and state audits and settlements
          8       (38 )
Other (2)
    5       (4 )     10  
 
                 
 
Income tax (expense) benefit
  $ (123 )   $ (116 )   $ 125  
 
                 
 
(1)   Includes a benefit of $12 million and expense of $19 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, related to adjustments arising from measurement of temporary differences.
 
(2)   Includes a benefit of $8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 arising from the conversion of a foreign tax credit to a deduction.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
Deferred Tax Liabilities and Assets. Our significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows:
                                 
    Dynegy     DHI  
    Year ended December 31,     Year ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
    (in millions)  
Deferred tax assets:
                               
Current:
                               
Reserves (legal, environmental and other)
  $     $ 28     $     $ 28  
NOL carryforwards
    13       58       12       48  
Miscellaneous book/tax recognition differences
  4         4      
 
                       
Subtotal
    17       86       16       76  
Less: valuation allowance
    (5 )     (18 )     (5 )     (16 )
 
                       
Total current deferred tax assets
    12       68       11       60  
 
                       
 
                               
Non-current:
                               
NOL carryforwards
    35       97       35       86  
AMT credit carryforwards
    271       262              
Capital loss carryforward
    10       17       10       17  
Foreign tax credits
          24             21  
Reserves (legal, environmental and other)
    42       53       42       53  
Other comprehensive income
    146       30       146       30  
Miscellaneous book/tax recognition differences
    71       30       47       26  
 
                       
Subtotal
    575       513       280       233  
Less: valuation allowance
    (32 )     (44 )     (32 )     (43 )
 
                       
Total non-current deferred tax assets
    543       469       248       190  
 
                       
 
                               
Deferred tax liabilities:
                               
Current:
                               
Reserves (legal, environmental and other)
    6             8        
Miscellaneous book/tax recognition differences
          23             30  
 
                       
 
Total current deferred tax liabilities
    6       23       8       30  
 
                       
 
                               
Non-current:
                               
Depreciation and other property differences
    1,620       1,640       1,207       1,184  
Power contract
    89       75       93       54  
 
                       
Total non-current deferred tax liabilities
    1,709       1,715       1,300       1,238  
 
                       
 
Net deferred tax liability
  $ 1,160     $ 1,201     $ 1,049     $ 1,018  
 
                       
NOL Carryforwards-Dynegy. At December 31, 2008, Dynegy had approximately $32 million of regular federal tax NOL carryforwards and $1 billion of AMT NOL carryforwards. The federal and AMT NOL carryforwards will expire beginning in 2027 and 2024, respectively. As a result of the application of certain provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, Dynegy incurred an ownership change in May 2007 that placed an annual limitation on its ability to utilize certain tax carryforwards, including its NOL carryforwards. We do not expect that the ownership change will have a material impact on Dynegy’s tax liability. There was no valuation allowance established at December 31, 2008 for Dynegy’s federal NOL carryforwards, as management believes Dynegy’s NOL carryforward is more likely than not to be fully realized in the future based, among other things, on management’s estimates of future taxable net income, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences and tax planning.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
At December 31, 2008 and 2007, state NOL carryforwards totaled $815 million and $1.3 billion, respectively. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, foreign NOL carryforwards totaled $4 million and $1 million, respectively.
NOL Carryforwards-DHI. At December 31, 2008, DHI had approximately $28 million of regular federal tax NOL carryforwards. The federal NOL carryforwards will expire beginning in 2027. As a result of the application of certain provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, Dynegy incurred an ownership change in May 2007 that placed an annual limitation on its ability to utilize certain tax carryforwards, including its NOL carryforwards. We do not expect that the ownership change will have a material impact on DHI’s tax liability. There was no valuation allowance established at December 31, 2008 for DHI’s federal NOL carryforwards, as management believes DHI’s NOL carryforward is more likely than not to be fully realized in the future based, among other things, on management’s estimates of future taxable net income, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences and tax planning.
At December 31, 2008 and 2007, state NOL carryforwards totaled $815 million and $1.3 billion, respectively. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, foreign NOL carryforwards totaled $4 million and $1 million, respectively.
AMT Credit Carryforwards. At December 31, 2008, Dynegy had approximately $271 million of AMT credit carryforwards. The AMT credit carryforwards do not expire. As a result of the application of certain provisions of the internal revenue code, Dynegy incurred an ownership change on May 2007 that placed an annual limitation on its liability to utilize certain tax carryforwards, including its AMT credits. We do not expect that the ownership change will have a material impact on Dynegy’s tax liability. There was no valuation allowance established at December 31, 2008 for Dynegy’s AMT credit carryforwards, as management believes the AMT credit carryforward is more likely than not to be fully realized in the future based, among other things, on management’s estimates of future taxable net income and future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences.
Capital Loss Carryforwards. At December 31, 2008, we had approximately $10 million of federal capital loss carryforwards. The capital loss carryforwards expire in 2009. At December 31, 2008, we had a full valuation allowance against our capital loss carryforwards, which management believes are not likely to be fully realized in the future based on our ability to generate capital gains.
Foreign Tax Credits. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, Dynegy had approximately zero and $24 million of foreign tax credits. The foreign tax credits, which had expiration dates between 2010 and 2016 were converted to a foreign tax deduction in 2008. In conjunction with the conversion, the associated $24 million valuation allowance was released and a tax benefit of $8 million was recognized.
At December 31, 2008 and 2007, DHI had approximately zero and $21 million of foreign tax credits. The foreign tax credits, which had expiration dates between 2010 and 2016, were converted to a foreign tax deduction in 2008. In conjunction with the conversion, the associated $21 million valuation allowance was released and a tax benefit of $8 million was recognized.
Residual U.S. Income Tax on Foreign Earnings. We do not have material undistributed non-previously taxed earnings from our foreign operations, and therefore, we have not provided any U.S. deferred taxes or foreign withholding taxes on the actual or deemed remittance of any such earnings.
Change in Valuation Allowance. Realization of our deferred tax assets is dependent upon, among other things, our ability to generate taxable income of the appropriate character in the future. At December 31, 2008, valuation allowances related to capital loss carryforwards, foreign NOL carryforwards, other foreign book-tax differences and state NOL carryforwards have been established. During 2008, we decreased our valuation allowance associated with capital loss carryforwards and foreign tax credits, and increased our valuation allowance on state NOL carryforwards, foreign NOL carryforwards, and foreign book-tax differences. During 2007, we decreased our valuation allowance associated with various state NOL carryforwards, and increased our valuation allowance on foreign tax credit carryforwards. During 2006, we increased our valuation allowance associated with various state NOL carryforwards and released a valuation allowance on foreign NOL carryforwards.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
The changes in the valuation allowance by attribute for Dynegy were as follows:
                                         
                            Foreign NOL        
                            Carryforwards        
    Capital Loss     Foreign Tax     State NOL     and Deferred        
    Carryforwards     Credits     Carryforwards     Tax Assets     Total  
    (in millions)  
Balance as of December 31, 2005
  $ (17 )   $ (23 )   $ (17 )   $ (13 )   $ (70 )
Changes in valuation allowance—Sithe subordinated debt exchange
                5             5  
Changes in valuation allowance—continuing operations
                (10 )     13       3  
Changes in valuation allowance—discontinued operations
                (7 )           (7 )
 
                             
 
Balance as of December 31, 2006
    (17 )     (23 )     (29 )           (69 )
Changes in valuation allowance—continuing operations
                6             6  
Changes in valuation allowance—discontinued operations
          (1 )     2             1  
 
                             
 
Balance as of December 31, 2007
    (17 )     (24 )     (21 )           (62 )
Changes in valuation allowance—continuing operations
          8       (2 )     (4 )     2  
Other release
    7       16                   23  
 
                             
 
Balance as of December 31, 2008
  $ (10 )   $     $ (23 )   $ (4 )   $ (37 )
 
                             
The changes in the valuation allowance by attribute for DHI were as follows:
                                         
                            Foreign NOL        
                            Carryforwards        
    Capital Loss     Foreign Tax     State NOL     and Deferred        
    Carryforwards     Credits     Carryforwards     Tax Assets     Total  
    (in millions)  
Balance as of December 31, 2005
  $ (17 )   $ (5 )   $ (17 )   $ (13 )   $ (52 )
Changes in valuation allowance—Sithe subordinated debt exchange
                5             5  
Changes in valuation allowance—continuing operations
          (15 )     (10 )     13       (12 )
Changes in valuation allowance—discontinued operations
                (7 )           (7 )
 
                             
 
Balance as of December 31, 2006
    (17 )     (20 )     (29 )           (66 )
Changes in valuation allowance—continuing operations
                6             6  
Changes in valuation allowance—discontinued operations
          (1 )     2             1  
 
                             
 
Balance as of December 31, 2007
    (17 )     (21 )     (21 )           (59 )
Changes in valuation allowance—continuing operations
          8       (2 )     (4 )     2  
Other release
    7       13                   20  
 
                             
 
Balance as of December 31, 2008
  $ (10 )   $     $ (23 )   $ (4 )   $ (37 )
 
                             

 

F-59


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
Acquisition of LS Power. On April 2, 2007, Dynegy acquired the Contributed Entities. Please read Note 3—Business Combinations and Acquisitions—LS Power for further discussion. As a part of this transaction, Dynegy recorded a net deferred tax liability of $627 million.
Unrecognized Tax Benefits. Dynegy files a consolidated income tax return in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and we file other income tax returns in various states and foreign jurisdictions. DHI is included in Dynegy’s consolidated federal tax returns. With few exceptions, we are no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2004. Our federal income tax returns are routinely audited by the IRS, and provisions are routinely made in the financial statements in anticipation of the results of these audits. We have begun the IRS audit of our 2006-2007 tax years and expect to finalize our 2004-2005 audit in the first quarter 2009. As a result of the IRS Revenue Agent’s Report for our 2004-2005 audit, a 2007 settlement of a Canadian audit, and various state settlements, we recorded, and included in our income tax expense, a benefit of $1 million and an expense of $8 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
Dynegy adopted the provisions of FIN No. 48 on January 1, 2007 and recorded a decrease of $7 million to its accumulated deficit as of January 1, 2007 to reflect the cumulative effect of adopting FIN No. 48. DHI adopted the provisions of FIN No. 48 on January 1, 2007 and recorded a decrease of $13 million to its accumulated deficit as of January 1, 2007 to reflect the cumulative effect of adopting FIN No. 48. Additionally, in conjunction with the adoption of FIN No. 48, as of January 1, 2007, Dynegy reduced its regular federal tax NOL carryforwards by $253 million, from $948 million to $695 million. The reduction was offset by corresponding changes to its net deferred tax liability and reserve for uncertain tax positions. DHI reduced its regular federal tax NOL carryforwards by $153 million, from $597 million to $444 million. The reduction was offset by corresponding changes to its net deferred tax liability and reserve for uncertain tax positions.
A reconciliation of Dynegy’s and DHI’s beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits follows:
                 
    Dynegy     DHI  
    (in millions)  
 
Balance at January 1, 2007
  $ 111     $ 77  
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
    1       1  
Additions based on tax positions related to the prior year
    11       1  
Reductions based on tax positions related to the prior year
    (47 )     (46 )
Settlements
    (43 )     (25 )
 
           
 
Balance at December 31, 2007
  $ 33     $ 8  
Additions based on tax positions related to the prior year
    2       2  
Reductions based on tax positions related to the prior year
    (3 )     (3 )
 
           
 
Balance at December 31, 2008
  $ 32     $ 7  
 
           
As of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, approximately $30 million and $31 million of unrecognized tax benefits would impact Dynegy’s effective tax rate if recognized. As of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, approximately $6 million and $6 million of unrecognized tax benefits would impact DHI’s effective tax rate if recognized.
The changes to our unrecognized tax benefits during the twelve months ended December 31, 2008 primarily resulted from changes in various state audits and positions. The adjustments to our reserves for uncertain tax positions as a result of these changes had an insignificant impact on our net income.
Included in our balance of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2008 is $2 million of tax positions for which the ultimate deductibility is highly certain but for which there is uncertainty about the timing of such deductibility. Because of the impact of deferred tax accounting, other than interest and penalties, the disallowance of the shorter deductibility period would not affect the annual effective tax rate but would accelerate the payment of cash to the taxing authorities to an earlier period.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
During both the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, we recognized less than $1 million in interest and penalties. Dynegy and DHI had approximately $2 million and $(1) million accrued for the payment of interest and penalties at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.
We expect that our unrecognized tax benefits could continue to change due to the settlement of audits and the expiration of statutes of limitation in the next twelve months; however, we do not anticipate any such change to have a significant impact on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows in the next twelve months.
Note 18—Dynegy’s Earnings (Loss) Per Share
The reconciliation of basic earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations to diluted earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations of Dynegy common stock outstanding during the period is shown in the following table. Diluted earnings (loss) per share represents the amount of earnings (losses) for the period available to each share of Dynegy common stock outstanding during the period plus each share that would have been outstanding assuming the issuance of common shares for all dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period.
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (in millions, except per share amounts)  
Income (loss) from continuing operations
  $ 171     $ 116     $ (321 )
Convertible preferred stock dividends
                (9 )
 
                 
Income (loss) from continuing operations for basic earnings (loss) per share
    171       116       (330 )
Effect of dilutive securities:
                       
Interest on convertible subordinated debentures
                3  
Dividends on Series C convertible preferred stock
                9  
 
                 
Income (loss) from continuing operations for diluted earnings (loss) per share
  $ 171     $ 116     $ (318 )
 
                 
 
                       
Basic weighted-average shares
    840       752       459  
Effect of dilutive securities:
                       
Stock options
    2       2       2  
Convertible subordinated debentures
                20  
Series C convertible preferred stock
                28  
 
                 
Diluted weighted-average shares
    842       754       509  
 
                 
 
                       
Earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations:
                       
Basic
  $ 0.20     $ 0.15     $ (0.72 )
 
                 
Diluted (1)
  $ 0.20     $ 0.15     $ (0.72 )
 
                 
 
     
(1)   When an entity has a net loss from continuing operations adjusted for preferred dividends, SFAS No. 128, “Earnings per Share”, prohibits the inclusion of potential common shares in the computation of diluted per-share amounts. Accordingly, we have utilized the basic shares outstanding amount to calculate both basic and diluted loss per share for the year ended December 31, 2006.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(Continued)
Note 19—Commitments and Contingencies
Legal Proceedings
Set forth below is a summary of our material ongoing legal proceedings. In accordance with SFAS No. 5, we record reserves for contingencies when information available indicates that a loss is probable and the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable. In addition, we disclose matters for which management believes a material loss is at least reasonably possible. In all instances, management has assessed the matters below based on current information and made a judgment concerning their potential outcome, giving due consideration to the nature of the claim, the amount and nature of damages sought and the probability of success. Management’s judgment may prove materially inaccurate and such judgment is made subject to the known uncertainty of litigation.
Gas Index Pricing Litigation. We, several of our affiliates, our former joint venture affiliate WCP (Generation) Holdings LLC (“West Coast Power”) and other energy companies were named as defendants in numerous lawsuits in state and federal court claiming damages resulting from alleged price manipulation and false reporting of natural gas prices to various index publications in the 2000-2002 timeframe. Many of the cases have been resolved and those which remain are pending in Nevada federal district court and Tennessee state appellate court. Recent developments include:
    In February 2007, the Tennessee state court dismissed a class action on defendants’ motion. Plaintiffs appealed and in November 2007, the case was argued to the appellate court. In October 2008, the appellate court reversed the dismissal and remanded the case for further proceedings. In December 2008, the defendants applied for leave to appeal the appellate court decision to the Tennessee Supreme Court.
 
    In February 2008, the United States District Court in Las Vegas, Nevada granted defendants’ motion for summary judgment in a Colorado class action, which had been transferred to Nevada through the multi-district litigation management process, thereby dismissing the case and all of plaintiffs’ claims. Plaintiffs moved for reconsideration and the court ordered additional briefing on plaintiffs’ declaratory judgment claims. In January 2009, the court dismissed plaintiffs’ remaining declaratory judgment claims. The decision is subject to appeal.
 
    The remaining six cases, three of which seek class certification, are also pending in Nevada federal court. Five of the cases were transferred through the multi-district litigation management process from other states, including Kansas, Wisconsin, Missouri and Illinois. All of the cases contain similar claims that individually and in conjunction with other energy companies, we engaged in an illegal scheme to inflate natural gas prices by providing false information to natural gas index publications. The complaints rely heavily on prior FERC and CFTC investigations into and reports concerning index manipulation in the energy industry. The lawsuits seek actual and punitive damages, restitution and/or expenses, and are currently in the discovery phase.
We continue to analyze the Gas Index Pricing Litigation and are vigorously defending the remaining individual matters. Due to the uncertainty of litigation, we cannot predict whether we will incur any liability in connection with these lawsuits. However, given the nature of the claims, an adverse result in these proceedings could have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Nevada Power Arbitration. Through indirect subsidiaries, Chevron USA and we are equal stakeholders in Nevada Cogeneration Associates #2 (“Black Mountain”), a power generation facility located in Clark County, Nevada. Black Mountain operates under a long-term power sale agreement (“PSA”) with NV Energy Inc (formerly known as Nevada Power Company) through April 2023. In October 2007, NV Energy Inc. (“NV Energy”) initiated an arbitration against the joint venture seeking declaratory relief that (i) NV Energy’s methodology for calculating a cumulative excess payment in the event of default or early termination is correct and (ii) the joint venture is obligated to repay to NV Energy the full amount of any outstanding excess payment in the event of a default or early termination or upon the expiration of the PSA in 2023. NV Energy alleged that as of December 31, 2007, the balance of the cumulative excess payment was approximately $136 million. NV Energy further alleged that the cumulative excess payment balance was projected to be approximately $365 million in 2023, which amount would be payable upon the scheduled termination of the PSA. We did not believe that any amount would be owed to NV Energy upon the scheduled termination of the PSA.
In July 2008, the parties presented evidence and arguments during an arbitration proceeding. In October 2008, following post hearing briefing and closing arguments, the case was submitted to the arbitrator for decision. In January 2009, the arbitrator issued an interim opinion, holding that under the PSA: (i) the cumulative excess payment was intended solely as a remedy in the event of a material breach of the PSA by Black Mountain, and that the cumulative excess payment amount, if one then exists, is not owed at the end of the contract term; and (ii) the cumulative excess payment must be calculated using simple interest, not compound interest. The arbitrator requested further briefing on reapportionment of costs associated with the arbitration. Once the arbitrator addresses the apportionment of costs, the interim order will become final.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
New York Attorney General Subpoena. On September 17, 2007, Dynegy and four other companies received a subpoena from the Office of the New York Attorney General. The subpoena sought information and documents related to Dynegy’s public disclosures concerning the expected impact of climate change and the regulation of greenhouse gas emissions. In October 2008, the Attorney General closed its inquiry and did not find any weakness or impropriety in Dynegy’s past disclosures. Under an agreement reached with the Attorney General’s Office, Dynegy acknowledged that it will continue to provide timely and relevant information to investors about climate change risk in accordance with applicable SEC disclosure requirements.
Cooling Water Intake Permits. The cooling water intake structures at several of our facilities are regulated under section 316(b) of the Clean Water Act. This provision generally requires that standards set for facilities require that the location, design, construction, and capacity of cooling water intake structures reflect the best technology available (“BTA”) for minimizing adverse environmental impact. These standards are developed and implemented for power generating facilities through the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (“NPDES”) permits or individual State Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (“SPDES”) permits. Historically, standards for minimizing adverse environmental impacts of cooling water intakes have been made by permitting agencies on a case-by-case basis considering the best professional judgment of the permitting agency.
In 2004, the U.S. EPA issued Cooling Water Intake Structures Phase II regulations setting forth standards to implement the BTA requirements for cooling water intakes at existing facilities. The rule was challenged by several environmental groups and in 2007 was struck down by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit in Riverkeeper, Inc. v. EPA . The Court’s decision remanded several provisions of the rule to the U.S. EPA for further rulemaking. Several parties sought review of the decision before the U.S. Supreme Court and in April 2008 that court granted review concerning whether the cost and benefit of controls could be considered by the agency in determining BTA. A decision by the U.S. Supreme Court is expected in early 2009.
The environmental groups that participate in NPDES and SPDES permit proceedings generally argue that only closed cycle cooling meets the BTA requirement. The issuance and renewal of NPDES or SPDES permits for three of our facilities have been challenged on this basis.
    Danskammer SPDES Permit — In January 2005, the New York State Department of Environmental Conservation (“NYSDEC”) issued a Draft SPDES Permit renewal for the Danskammer plant. Three environmental groups sought to impose a permit requirement that the Danskammer plant install a closed cycle cooling system. A formal evidentiary hearing was held and the revised Danskammer SPDES Permit was issued on June 1, 2006 with conditions generally favorable to us. While the revised Danskammer SPDES Permit does not require installation of a closed cycle cooling system, it does require aquatic organism mortality reductions resulting from NYSDEC’s determination of BTA requirements under its regulations. The petitioners appealed and on September 19, 2008, the Appellate Division issued its Memorandum and Judgment confirming the determination of NYSDEC in issuing the revised Danskammer SPDES Permit and dismissed the appeal. Both the Third Department and the New York Court of Appeals have denied petitions for leave to appeal.
 
    Roseton SPDES Permit — In April 2005, the NYSDEC issued a Draft SPDES Permit renewal for the Roseton plant. The Draft Roseton SPDES Permit would require the facility to actively manage its water intake to substantially reduce mortality of aquatic organisms. In July 2005, a public hearing was held to receive comments on the Draft Roseton SPDES Permit. Three environmental organizations filed petitions for party status in the permit renewal proceeding. The petitioners are seeking to impose a permit requirement that the Roseton plant install a closed cycle cooling system. In September 2006, the administrative law judge issued a ruling admitting the petitioners to party status and setting forth the issues to be adjudicated in the permit renewal hearing. Various holdings in the ruling have been appealed to the Commissioner of NYSDEC by the petitioners, NYSDEC staff and us. We expect that the adjudicatory hearing on the Draft Roseton SPDES Permit will begin in 2009. We believe that the petitioners’ claims lack merit and we plan to oppose those claims vigorously.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
    Moss Landing NPDES Permit — The California Regional Water Quality Control Board (“Water Board”) issued an NPDES permit for the Moss Landing Power Plant in 2000 in connection with modernization of the plant. A local environmental group sought review of the permit contending that the once through seawater-cooling system at Moss Landing should be replaced with a closed cycle cooling system to meet the BTA requirements. Following an initial remand from the courts, the Water Board affirmed its BTA finding. The Water Board’s decision was affirmed by the Superior Court in 2004 and by the Court of Appeals in 2007. The petitioners filed a Petition for Review by the Supreme Court of California, which was granted in March 2008, with further action deferred pending disposition of petitions for certiorari in the U.S. Supreme Court regarding the Phase II Rule. We believe that petitioner’s claims lack merit and we plan to oppose those claims vigorously.
Given the numerous variables and factors involved in calculating the potential costs associated with installing a closed cycle cooling system, any decision to install such a system at any of our plants would be made on a case-by-case basis considering all relevant factors at such time. If capital expenditures related to cooling water systems become great enough to render the operation of the plant uneconomical, we could, at our option, and subject to any applicable financing agreements or other obligations, reduce operations or cease to operate that facility and forego the capital expenditures.
Native Village of Kivalina and City of Kivalina v. ExxonMobil Corporation, et al. In February 2008, the Native Village of Kivalina and the City of Kivalina, Alaska initiated an action in federal court in the Northern District of California against DHI and 23 other companies in the energy industry. Plaintiffs claim that defendants’ emissions of greenhouse gases including CO 2 contribute to climate change and have caused significant damage to a native Alaskan Eskimo village through increased vulnerability to waves, storm surges and erosion. In June 2008, defendants filed multiple motions to dismiss which are now fully briefed. A hearing on defendants’ motions is scheduled for May 2009. We believe the plaintiffs’ suit lacks merit and we intend to oppose their claims vigorously.
Ordinary Course Litigation. In addition to the matters discussed above, we are party to numerous legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business or related to discontinued business operations. In management’s judgment, which may prove to be materially inaccurate as indicated above, the disposition of these matters will not materially affect our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Other Commitments and Contingencies
In conducting our operations, we have routinely entered into long-term commodity purchase and sale commitments, as well as agreements that commit future cash flow to the lease or acquisition of assets used in our businesses. These commitments have been typically associated with commodity supply arrangements, capital projects, reservation charges associated with firm transmission, transportation, storage and leases for office space, equipment, plant sites, power generation assets and LPG vessel charters. The following describes the more significant commitments outstanding at December 31, 2008.
Purchase Obligations . We have firm capacity payments related to transportation of natural gas. Such arrangements are routinely used in the physical movement and storage of energy. The total of such obligations was $345 million as of December 31, 2008.
Transmission Obligation. We have a transmission obligation with respect to transmission services for our Griffith facility, which expires in 2039. Our obligation under this agreement is approximately $6 million per year through the term of the contract.
Interconnection Obligations. We have an interconnection obligation with respect to interconnection services for our Ontelaunee facility, which expires in 2025. Our obligation under this agreement is approximately $1 million per year for through the term of the contract.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
Consent Decree. In 2005, we settled a lawsuit filed by the U.S. EPA and the United States Department of Justice in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Illinois that alleged violations of the Clean Air Act and related federal and Illinois regulations concerning certain maintenance, repair and replacement activities at our Baldwin generating station. A Consent Decree was finalized in July 2005. Among other provisions of the Consent Decree, we are required to not operate certain of our power generating facilities after specified dates unless certain emission control equipment is installed. We have spent approximately $290 million through December 31, 2008 related to these Consent Decree projects and anticipate incurring significantly more costs over the course of the next five years in connection with the Consent Decree. If the costs of these capital expenditures become great enough to render the operation of the facility uneconomical, we could, at our option, cease to operate the facility or facilities and forego these capital expenditures without incurring any further obligations.
Other Minimum Commitments. In January 2006, we entered into an obligation under a capital lease related to a coal loading facility which is used in the transportation of coal to our Vermilion power generating facility. The Vermilion facility is included in the GEN-MW segment. Pursuant to our agreement with the lessor, we are obligated for minimum payments in the aggregate amount of $12 million over the remaining term of the lease. Minimum commitments at December 31, 2008 were $2 million for each of the years ending 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and a total of $2 million thereafter.
In the first quarter 2001, we acquired the DNE power generation facilities. These facilities consist of a combination of baseload, intermediate and peaking facilities aggregating approximately 1,700 MW. The facilities are approximately 50 miles north of New York City and were acquired for approximately $903 million cash, plus inventory and certain working capital adjustments. In May 2001, two of our subsidiaries completed a sale-leaseback transaction to provide term financing for the DNE facilities. Under the terms of the sale-leaseback transaction, our subsidiaries sold plants and equipment and agreed to lease them back for terms expiring within 34 years, exclusive of renewal options. We have no option to purchase the leased facilities at the end of their respective lease terms. If one or more of the leases were to be terminated because of an event of loss, because it becomes illegal for the applicable lessee to comply with the lease or because a change in law makes the facility economically or technologically obsolete, DHI would be required to make a termination payment. As of December 31, 2008, the termination payment would be approximately $930 million for all of the DNE facilities.
Minimum commitments in connection with office space, equipment, plant sites and other leased assets, including the leases discussed above, at December 31, 2008, were as follows: 2009—$149 million, 2010—$104 million, 2011—$119 million, 2012—$182 million, 2013—$146 million and beyond—$407 million.
Rental payments made under the terms of these arrangements totaled $148 million in 2008, $122 million in 2007 and $80 million in 2006.
We are party to two charter party agreements relating to VLGCs previously utilized in our former global liquids business. The aggregate minimum base commitments of the charter party agreements are approximately $14 million for each year from 2009 through 2012, and approximately $17 million for 2013 through lease expiration. The charter party rates payable under the two charter party agreements float in accordance with market based rates for similar shipping services. The $14 million and $17 million amounts set forth above are based on the minimum obligations set forth in the two charter party agreements. The primary term of one charter is through September 2013 while the primary term of the second charter is through September 2014. On January 1, 2003, in connection with the sale of our global liquids business, we sub-chartered both VLGCs to a wholly owned subsidiary of Transammonia Inc. The terms of the sub-charters are identical to the terms of the original charter agreements. To date, the subsidiary of Transammonia has complied with the terms of the sub-charter agreements.
Guarantees and Indemnifications
In the ordinary course of business, we routinely enter into contractual agreements that contain various representations, warranties, indemnifications and guarantees. Examples of such agreements include, but are not limited to, service agreements, equipment purchase agreements, engineering and technical service agreements, asset sales and procurement and construction contracts. Some agreements contain indemnities that cover the other party’s negligence or limit the other party’s liability with respect to third party claims, in which event we will effectively be indemnifying the other party. Virtually all such agreements contain representations or warranties that are covered by indemnifications against the losses incurred by the other parties in the event such representations and warranties are false. While there is always the possibility of a loss related to such representations, warranties, indemnifications and guarantees in our contractual agreements, and such loss could be significant, in most cases management considers the probability of loss to be remote. Related to the indemnifications discussed below, we have accrued approximately $6 million as of December 31, 2008.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
West Coast Power Indemnities. In connection with the sale of our 50 percent interest in West Coast Power to NRG on March 31, 2006, an agreement was executed to allocate responsibility for managing certain litigation and provide for certain indemnities with respect to such litigation. The agreement provides that we will manage the Gas Index Pricing Litigation described above for which NRG could suffer a loss subsequent to the closing and that we would indemnify NRG for all costs or losses resulting from such litigation, as well as from other proceedings based on similar acts or omissions. West Coast Power is no longer a party to any active Gas Index Pricing Litigation matters. The indemnification agreement further provides that NRG assumes responsibility for all defense costs and any risk of loss, subject to certain conditions and limitations, arising from a February 2002 complaint filed at FERC by the California Public Utilities Commission alleging that several parties, including West Cost Power subsidiaries, overcharged the State of California for wholesale power. FERC found the rates charged by wholesale suppliers to be just and reasonable. However, this matter was appealed to the U.S. Supreme Court, which remanded the case to FERC for further review.
Targa Indemnities. During 2005, as part of our sale of DMSLP, we agreed to indemnify Targa Resources, Inc. (“Targa”) against losses it may incur under indemnifications DMSLP provided to purchasers of certain assets, properties and businesses disposed of by DMSLP prior to our sale of DMSLP. We have incurred no significant expense under these prior indemnities and deem their value to be insignificant. We have recorded an accrual in association with the remediation of groundwater contamination at the Breckenridge Gas Processing Plant. The indemnification provided by DMSLP to the purchaser of the plant has a limit of $5 million. We have also indemnified Targa for certain tax matters arising from periods prior to our sale of DMSLP. We have recorded a tax reserve associated with this indemnification.
Illinois Power Indemnities. As a condition of Dynegy’s 2004 sale of Illinois Power and its interest in Electric Energy Inc.’s plant in Joppa, Illinois, Dynegy provided indemnifications to third parties regarding environmental, tax, employee and other representations. These indemnifications are limited to a maximum recourse of $400 million. Additionally, Dynegy has indemnified third parties against losses resulting from possible adverse regulatory actions taken by the ICC that could prevent Illinois Power from recovering costs incurred in connection with purchased natural gas and investments in specified items. Although there is no limitation on Dynegy’s liability under this indemnity, the amount of the indemnity is limited to 50 percent of any such losses. Dynegy has made certain payments in respect of these indemnities following regulatory action by the ICC, and has established reserves for further potential indemnity claims. Further events, which fall within the scope of the indemnity, may still occur. However, Dynegy is not required to accrue a liability in connection with these indemnifications, as management cannot reasonably estimate a range of outcomes or at this time considers the probability of an adverse outcome as only reasonably possible. Dynegy intends to contest any proposed regulatory actions.
Other Indemnities. During 2003, as part of our sales of the Rough and Hornsea natural gas storage facilities and certain natural gas liquids assets, we provided indemnities to third parties regarding tax representations. Maximum recourse under these indemnities is limited to $857 million and $28 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2008, no claims have been made against these indemnities. We also entered into similar indemnifications regarding environmental, tax, employee and other representations when completing other asset sales such as, but not limited to the Rolling Hills, Calcasieu and CoGen Lyondell power generating facilities. As of December 31, 2008, no claims have been made against these indemnities.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
Note 20—Capital Stock
At December 31, 2008, Dynegy had authorized capital stock consisting of 2,100,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, $0.01 par value per share and 850,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, $0.01 par value per share.
All of DHI’s outstanding equity securities are held by its parent, Dynegy. There is no established trading market for such securities, and they are not traded on any exchange.
Preferred Stock. Dynegy has authorized preferred stock consisting of 100,000,000 shares, $0.01 par value. Dynegy preferred stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series, the shares of each series to have such designations and powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof as specified by Dynegy’s Board of Directors.
Common Stock. At December 31, 2008, there were 845,821,277 shares of Dynegy Class A and B common stock issued in the aggregate and 2,568,286 shares were held in treasury. During 2008 and 2007, no quarterly cash dividends were paid by Dynegy.
Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, Dynegy established two classes of common shares, Class A and Class B. All of Dynegy’s outstanding Class B common stock is owned by the LS Contributing Entities and its permitted transferees, affiliates and associates (the “LS Control Group”). Generally, holders of Class B common stock vote together with the holders of Class A common stock as a single class on every matter acted upon by the stockholders except for the following matters:
    the holders of Class B common stock vote as a separate class for the election of up to three of Dynegy’s directors, while the holders of Class A common stock vote as a separate class for the remaining directors;
    any amendment to the provisions of Dynegy’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation addressing the voting rights of holders of Class A and Class B common stock or to Section 7 of Article III or Article X of its Bylaws requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock voting as a separate class, and the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of common stock, voting together as a single class, except that no such stockholder approval is required with respect to an amendment to Section 7 of Article III or Article X of Dynegy’s Amended and Restated Bylaws if such amendment is approved by a majority of the Class B Directors present at a meeting where such amendment is considered and by a majority of all Dynegy directors; and
    any agreement of merger or consolidation if a party to such agreement is a member of the LS Control Group or an affiliate of such group requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of Class A common stock outstanding, voting as a separate class, and the affirmative vote of a majority of all shares of common stock outstanding, voting together as a single class.
Holders of Dynegy’s Class A and Class B common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Holders of common stock will not be entitled to cumulative voting. The voting rights of any holders of common stock will be subject to the voting rights of holders of any series of preferred stock that may be issued from time to time.
Subject to the preferences of preferred stock, holders of Dynegy’s Class A and Class B common stock have equal and ratable rights to dividends, when and if dividends are declared by Dynegy’s Board of Directors. Holders of Dynegy’s Class A and Class B common stock are entitled to share ratably, as a single class, in all of Dynegy’s assets available for distribution to holders of shares of common stock upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Dynegy’s affairs, after payment of Dynegy’s liabilities and any amounts to holders of preferred stock, if any.
A share of Class B common stock automatically converts into a share of Class A common stock if it is transferred to any person other than a member of the LS Control Group. Additionally, each share of Class B common stock automatically converts into a share of Class A common stock when the outstanding shares of Class B common stock represent less than 10 percent of the total outstanding shares of Dynegy’s common stock. As long as the outstanding shares of Class B common stock represent at least 10 percent of the total outstanding shares, each share of Class A common stock owned by the LS Control Group will automatically be converted into one share of Class B common stock.
Holders of Class A and Class B common stock generally are not entitled to preemptive rights, subscription rights, or redemption rights, except that the LS Control Group is entitled to preemptive rights under the shareholder agreement. The rights and preferences of holders of common stock are subject to the rights of any series of preferred stock we may issue.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
Common stock activity for the three years ended December 31, 2008 was as follows:
                                                 
                    Class B Common Stock     Class B Common Stock  
    Class A Common Stock     held by CUSA     held by LS Power  
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  
    (in millions)  
December 31, 2005
    305     $ 2,949       97     $ 1,006           $  
Options exercised
    3       5                          
401(k) plan and profit sharing
    1       3                          
Equity issuance
    40       185                          
Equity conversion
    54       225                          
 
                                   
 
                                               
December 31, 2006
    403     $ 3,367       97     $ 1,006           $  
Options exercised
    2       1                          
401(k) plan and profit sharing
    1       1                          
LS Power Business Combination:
                                               
Conversion of Chevron Class B shares to Class A shares
    97       1,006       (97 )     (1,006 )            
Conversion from Illinois entity to Delaware entity
          (4,370 )                        
Issuance of LS Power Class B shares
                            340       3  
 
                                   
 
                                               
December 31, 2007
    503     $ 5           $       340     $ 3  
Options exercised
    2                                
401(k) plan and profit sharing
    1                                
 
                                   
 
                                               
December 31, 2008
    506     $ 5           $       340     $ 3  
 
                                   
Treasury Stock . During 2008, 2007 and 2006, Class A common shares purchased into treasury totaled 119,027, 662,255 and 72,978, respectively. All of the purchases were related to shares withheld to satisfy income tax withholding requirements in connection with forfeitures of restricted stock awards.
Stock Award Plans. Dynegy has nine stock option plans, all of which provide for the issuance of authorized shares of Dynegy’s Class A common stock. Restricted stock awards and option grants are issued under the plans. Each option granted is exercisable at a strike price, which ranges from $1.77 per share to $56.98 per share for options currently outstanding. A brief description of each plan is provided below:
    NGC Plan. Created early in Dynegy’s history and revised prior to Dynegy becoming a publicly traded company in 1996, this plan provided for the issuance of 13,651,802 authorized shares, had a 10-year term, and expired in May 2006. All option grants are vested.
    Employee Equity Plan. This plan is the only plan under which Dynegy granted options below the fair market value of its Class A common stock on the date of grant. This plan provided for the issuance of 20,358,802 authorized shares and expired in May 2002. Grants under this plan vested on the fifth anniversary from the date of the grant. All option grants are vested.
    Illinova Plan. Adopted by Illinova prior to the merger with Dynegy, this plan provided for the issuance of 3,000,000 authorized shares and expired upon the merger date in February 2000. All option grants are vested.
    Extant Plan. Adopted by Extant prior to its acquisition by Dynegy, this plan provided for the issuance of 202,577 authorized shares and expired in September 2000. Grants from this plan vested at 25 percent per year. All option grants are vested.
    UK Plan. This plan provided for the issuance of 276,000 authorized shares and has been terminated. All option grants are vested.

 

F-68


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
    Dynegy 1999 Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”). This annual compensation plan provides for the issuance of 6,900,000 authorized shares, has a 10-year term and expires in 2009. All option grants are vested.
    Dynegy 2000 LTIP. This annual compensation plan, created for all employees upon Illinova’s merger with us, provides for the issuance of 10,000,000 authorized shares, has a 10-year term and expires in June 2009. Grants from this plan vest in equal annual installments over a three-year period.
    Dynegy 2001 Non-Executive LTIP. This plan is a broad-based plan and provides for the issuance of 10,000,000 authorized shares, has a ten-year term and expires in September 2011. Grants from this plan vest in equal annual installments over a three-year period.
    Dynegy 2002 LTIP. This annual compensation plan provides for the issuance of 10,000,000 authorized shares, has a 10-year term and expires in May 2012. Grants from this plan vest in equal annual installments over a three-year period.
All options granted under Dynegy’s option plans cease vesting for employees who are terminated for cause. For severance eligible terminations, as defined under the applicable severance pay plan, disability, retirement or death, continued vesting and/or an extended period in which to exercise vested options may apply, dependent upon the terms of the grant agreement applying to a specific grant that was awarded. It has been Dynegy’s practice to issue shares of common stock upon exercise of stock options generally from previously unissued shares. Options awarded to Dynegy’s executive officers and others who participate in our Executive Change in Control Severance Pay Plan vest immediately upon the occurrence of a change in control.
The Merger constituted a change in control as defined in Dynegy’s severance pay plans, as well as the various grant agreements. Please read Note 3—Business Combinations and Acquisitions—LS Power Business Combination for further discussion of the transaction. As a result, all options previously granted to employees fully vested immediately upon the closing of the Merger and related change in control. This occurrence resulted in the accelerated vesting of the unvested tranche of previous option grants issued in 2006 and 2005, which did not have a material effect on Dynegy’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
During 2006, Dynegy entered into an exchange transaction with its Chairman and CEO. Under the terms of the transaction, the purpose of which was to address uncertainties created by proposed regulations issued in late 2005 pursuant to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, Dynegy cancelled all of the 2,378,605 stock options then held by its Chairman and CEO. As consideration for canceling these stock options, Dynegy granted its Chairman and CEO 967,707 stock options at an exercise price of $4.88, which equaled the closing price of its Class A common stock on the date of grant, and made a cash payment to him of approximately $5.6 million on January 15, 2007 based on the in-the-money value of the vested stock options that were cancelled. These stock options vested immediately upon the closing of the Merger and related change in control. Please read Note 3—Business Combinations and Acquisitions—LS Power Business Combination for further discussion. We were not required to record any incremental compensation expense in connection with the transaction.
Compensation expense related to options granted and restricted stock awarded totaled $15 million, $19 million and $8 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. We recognize compensation expense ratably over the vesting period of the respective awards. Tax benefits for compensation expense related to options granted and restricted stock awarded totaled $5 million, $8 million and $3 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. As of December 31, 2008, $5 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to options granted and restricted stock awarded is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.7 years. The total fair value of shares vested was $7 million, $20 million and $4 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. We did not capitalize or use cash to settle any share-based compensation in the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 or 2006, other than as described above.
Cash received from option exercises for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $2 million, $4 million and $5 million, and the tax benefit realized for the additional tax deduction from share-based payment awards totaled $3 million, $4 million and $3 million, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised and released for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $5 million, $23 million and $5 million, respectively.

 

F-69


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
In 2008, we granted stock-based compensation awards to certain of our employees that cliff vest after three years based on achievement of Dynegy’s stock price target on March 6, 2011. In 2007, we granted stock-based compensation awards to certain of our employees that cliff vest after three years based on achievement of Dynegy’s stock price target on April 23, 2010. Compensation expense recorded in the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 related to these “performance units” was $5 million and $4 million, respectively, and was accrued in Other long-term liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets. The Merger constituted a change in control as related to the 2006 performance units. Please read Note 3—Business Combinations and Acquisitions—LS Power Business Combination for further discussion.
Stock option activity for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was as follows:
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
            Weighted             Weighted             Weighted  
            Average             Average             Average  
            Exercise             Exercise             Exercise  
    Options     Price     Options     Price     Options     Price  
    (options in thousands)  
Outstanding at beginning of period
    8,420     $ 12.60       7,361     $ 12.63       9,314     $ 12.66  
Granted
    1,565     $ 7.48       2,136     $ 9.67       3,268     $ 4.88  
Exercised
    (555 )   $ 4.03       (872 )   $ 4.29       (1,560 )   $ 3.46  
Cancelled or expired
    (614 )   $ 16.88       (205 )   $ 18.60       (3,661 )   $ 9.68  
 
                                         
 
                                               
Outstanding at end of period
    8,816     $ 11.93       8,420     $ 12.60       7,361     $ 12.63  
 
                                         
 
                                               
Vested and unvested expected to vest
    8,702     $ 11.98       8,137     $ 12.70       6,898     $ 13.16  
Exercisable at end of period
    5,878     $ 13.64       6,305     $ 13.59       3,774     $ 20.07  
                 
    Year Ended December 31, 2008  
    Weighted Average Remaining     Aggregate Intrinsic  
    Contractual Life     Value  
    (in years)     (in millions)  
Outstanding at end of period
    6.22     $ 0.04  
Vested and unvested expected to vest
    6.18     $ 0.04  
Exercisable at end of period
    5.03     $ 0.04  
During the three-year period ended December 31, 2008, we did not grant any options at an exercise price less than the market price on the date of grant.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
Options outstanding as of December 31, 2008 are summarized below:
                                         
    Options Outstanding     Options Exercisable  
    Number of     Weighted             Number of        
    Options     Average             Options        
    Outstanding at     Remaining     Weighted     Exercisable at     Weighted  
    December 31,     Contractual     Average     December 31,     Average  
Range of Exercise Prices   2008     Life (Years)     Exercise Price     2008     Exercise Price  
    (options in thousands)  
$1.77–$4.48
    658       4.75     $ 3.68       658     $ 3.68  
$4.88
    2,402       7.21     $ 4.88       2,402     $ 4.88  
$7.02
    12       0.38     $ 7.02       12     $ 7.02  
$7.48
    1,552       9.18     $ 7.48           $  
$8.70
    9       8.70     $ 8.70       3     $ 8.70  
$9.67
    2,070       7.87     $ 9.67       695     $ 9.67  
$10.17–$23.85
    1,476       1.68     $ 20.64       1,471     $ 20.68  
$28.47–$50.63
    620       1.96     $ 44.90       620     $ 44.90  
$52.50
    5       1.70     $ 52.50       5     $ 52.50  
$56.98
    12       0.38     $ 56.98       12     $ 56.98  
 
                                   
 
                                       
 
    8,816                       5,878          
 
                                   
For stock options, we determine the fair value of each stock option at the grant date using a Black-Scholes model, with the following weighted-average assumptions used for grants.
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Dividends
                 
Expected volatility (historical)
    45.07 %     45.60 %     48.8 %
Risk-free interest rate
    3.80 %     4.9 %     5.1 %
Expected option life
  6 Years     6 Years     6 Years  
The expected volatility was calculated based on a five-, four- and three-year historical volatility of Dynegy’s Class A common stock price for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The risk-free interest rate was calculated based upon observed interest rates appropriate for the term of our employee stock options. Currently, we calculate the expected option life using the simplified methodology suggested by SAB 107, “Share-Based Payment”. For restricted stock awards, we consider the fair value to be the closing price of the stock on the grant date. We recognize the fair value of our share-based payments over the vesting periods of the awards, which is typically a three-year service period.
The weighted average grant-date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $3.63, $4.91 and $2.61, respectively.

 

F-71


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
Restricted stock activity for the three years ended December 31, 2008 was as follows:
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
            2008              
            Weighted              
            Average              
            Grant Date              
    2008     Fair Value     2007     2006  
    (restricted stock shares in thousands)  
Outstanding at beginning of period
    1,552     $ 9.67       2,114       1,239  
Granted
    1,445 (1)   $ 7.48       1,643 (2)     1,311 (3)
Vested
    (367 )   $ 9.53       (2,113 )     (251 )
Cancelled or expired
    (85 )   $ 8.69       (92 )     (185 )
 
                         
 
                               
Outstanding at end of period
    2,545     $ 8.48       1,552       2,114  
 
                         
 
     
(1)   We awarded 1,445,061 shares of restricted stock in March 2008. The closing stock price was $7.48 on the date of the award.
 
(2)   We awarded 1,639,088 shares, 1,967 shares and 2,299 shares of restricted stock in April 2007, May 2007 and September 2007, respectively. The closing stock prices were $9.67, $10.17 and $8.70, respectively, on the dates of the awards.
 
(3)   We awarded 1,311,149 shares of restricted stock in March 2006. The closing stock price was $4.88 on the date of the award.
All restricted stock awards to employees vest immediately upon the occurrence of a change in control in accordance with the terms of the applicable Change in Control Severance Pay Plan. The Merger constituted a change in control as defined in our restricted stock agreements. Please read Note 3—Business Combinations and Acquisitions—LS Power Business Combination for further discussion.
Note 21—Employee Compensation, Savings and Pension Plans
We sponsor and administer defined benefit plans and defined contribution plans for the benefit of our employees. We also provide other post retirement benefits to retirees who meet age and service requirements. The following summarizes these plans:
Short-Term Incentive Plan. We maintain a discretionary incentive compensation plan to provide employees with rewards for the achievement of corporate goals and individual, professional accomplishments. Specific awards are determined by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors and are based on predetermined goals and objectives established at the start of each performance year.
4 01(k) Savings Plans. During the year ended December 31, 2008, our employees participated in four 401(k) savings plans, all of which meet the requirements of Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code and are defined contribution plans subject to the provisions of ERISA. The following summarizes the plans:
    Dynegy Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan. This plan and the related trust fund are established and maintained for the exclusive benefit of participating employees in the United States. Generally, all employees of designated Dynegy subsidiaries are eligible to participate in the plan. Employee pre-tax and Roth contributions to the plan are matched by the company at 100 percent, up to a maximum of five percent of base pay, subject to IRS limitations. Vesting in company contributions is based on years of service at 25 percent per full year of service. However, effective January 1, 2009, generally, vesting in company contributions is based on years of service at 50 percent per full year of service. The Plan also allows for a discretionary contribution to eligible employee accounts for each plan year, subject to the sole discretion of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors. Matching and discretionary contributions, if any, are allocated in the form of units in the Dynegy common stock fund. During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, we issued approximately 0.8 million, 0.3 million and 0.3 million shares, respectively, of Dynegy’s Class A common stock in the form of matching contributions to fund the plan. No discretionary contributions were made for any of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008.

 

F-72


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
    Dynegy Midwest Generation, Inc. 401(K) Savings Plan (formerly the Illinois Power Company Incentive Savings Plan) and Dynegy Midwest Generation, Inc. 401(K) Savings Plan for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement (formerly the Illinois Power Company Incentive Savings Plan for Employees Covered Under A Collective Bargaining Agreement). We match 50 percent of employee pre-tax and Roth contributions to the plans, up to a maximum of 6 percent of compensation, subject to IRS limitations. Employees are immediately 100 percent vested in all contributions. The Plan also provides for an annual discretionary contribution to eligible employee accounts for a plan year, subject to the sole discretion of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors. Matching contributions and discretionary contributions, if any, to the plans are initially allocated in the form of units in the Dynegy common stock fund. During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, we issued 0.3 million, 0.1 million and 0.2 million shares, respectively, of Dynegy’s Class A common stock in the form of matching contributions to the plans. No discretionary contributions were made for any of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008.
    Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Savings Incentive Plan. Under this plan we match 50 percent of employee pre-tax contributions up to six percent of base salary for union employees and 50 percent of employee contributions up to eight percent of base salary for non-union employees, in each case subject to IRS limitations. Employees are immediately 100 percent vested in our contributions. Matching contributions to this plan are made in cash and invested according to the employee’s investment discretion.
During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, we recognized aggregate costs related to these employee compensation plans of $5 million, $4 million and $3 million, respectively.
Pension and Other Post-Retirement Benefits
We have various defined benefit pension plans and post-retirement benefit plans. Generally, all employees participate in the pension plans (subject to the plans eligibility requirements), but only some of our employees participate in the other post-retirement medical and life insurance benefit plans. Our pension plans are in the form of cash balance plans and more traditional career average or final average pay formula plans.
Restoration Plans. In 2008, we also adopted the Dynegy Inc. Restoration 401(k) Savings Plan, or the Restoration 401(k) Plan, and the Dynegy Inc. Restoration Pension Plan, or the Restoration Pension Plan, two nonqualified plans that supplement or restore benefits lost by certain of our highly compensated employees under the qualified plans as a result of Internal Revenue Code limitations that apply to the qualified plans. The Restoration 401(k) Plan is intended to supplement benefits under certain of the 401(k) plans, and the Restoration Pension Plan is intended to supplement benefits under certain of the pension plans. Employees who are eligible employees under the related qualified plans and earn in excess of certain of the qualified plan limits are eligible to participate in the restoration plans. The definitions of plan pay under the restoration plans, as well as the vesting rules, mirror those under the related qualified plans. Benefits under the restoration plans are paid as a lump sum.

 

F-73


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
Obligations and Funded Status. The following tables contain information about the obligations and funded status of these plans on a combined basis:
                                 
    Pension Benefits     Other Benefits  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
    (in millions)  
Projected benefit obligation, beginning of the year
  $ 182     $ 182     $ 58     $ 61  
Service cost
    11       10       3       3  
Interest cost
    11       10       4       4  
Actuarial (gain) loss
    17       (15 )     (2 )     (9 )
Benefits paid
    (4 )     (5 )     (1 )     (1 )
Plan amendments
                (1 )      
 
                       
Projected benefit obligation, end of the year
  $ 217     $ 182     $ 61     $ 58  
 
                       
 
                               
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of the year
  $ 154     $ 135     $     $  
Actual return on plan assets
    (44 )     10              
Employer contributions
    29       14       1       1  
Benefits paid
    (4 )     (5 )     (1 )     (1 )
 
                       
Fair value of plan assets, end of the year
  $ 135     $ 154     $     $  
 
                       
 
                               
Funded status
  $ (82 )   $ (28 )   $ (61 )   $ (58 )
The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $187 million and $125 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The following summarizes information for our defined benefit pension plans, all of which have an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets at December 31, 2008:
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (in millions)  
Projected benefit obligation
  $ 217     $ 143  
Accumulated benefit obligation
    187       125  
Fair value of plan assets
    135       120  
On September 29, 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158. SFAS No. 158 requires employers to recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of a defined benefit or other postretirement plan (other than a multiemployer plan) as an asset or liability in its statement of financial position, and to recognize changes in that funded status in the year in which the changes occur through other comprehensive income (loss).
Under SFAS No. 158, adjustments to the minimum pension liability were eliminated. In the year of adoption, we were required to adjust the minimum pension liability for a final time in accordance with SFAS No. 87. The following table summarizes the change to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) associated with the minimum pension liability:
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
    (in millions)  
Change in minimum liability included in other comprehensive income (loss) (net of tax benefit (expense) of zero, zero million and ($5) million, respectively)
  $     $     $ 10  

 

F-74


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
Subsequent to the final minimum pension liability adjustment, we were required to recognize as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) the gains or losses and prior service costs that existed at December 31, 2006, but that had not been recognized as components of net period benefit cost pursuant to SFAS No. 87 and SFAS No. 106. As a result, the pre-tax amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) consist of:
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007  
    Pension     Other     Pension     Other  
    Benefits     Benefits     Benefits     Benefits  
    (in millions)  
Prior service cost
  $ 5     $ (1 )   $ 6     $  
Actuarial loss
    95       11       22       13  
 
                       
 
                               
Net amount recognized
  $ 100     $ 10     $ 28     $ 13  
 
                       
Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consist of:
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007  
    Pension     Other     Pension     Other  
    Benefits     Benefits     Benefits     Benefits  
    (in millions)  
Current liabilities
  $     $ (1 )   $     $ (1 )
Noncurrent liabilities
    (82 )     (60 )     (28 )     (57 )
 
                       
 
                               
Net amount recognized
  $ (82 )   $ (61 )   $ (28 )   $ (58 )
 
                       
The estimated net actuarial loss and prior service cost that will be amortized from Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into net periodic benefit cost during the year ended December 31, 2009 for the defined benefit pension plans are less than $4 million and $1 million, respectively. The estimated net actuarial loss and prior service cost that will be amortized from Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into net periodic benefit cost during the year ended December 31, 2009 for other postretirement benefit plans are both zero. The amortization of prior service cost is determined using a straight line amortization of the cost over the average remaining service period of employees expected to receive benefits under the Plan.
Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost. The components of net periodic benefit cost were:
                                                 
    Pension Benefits     Other Benefits  
    2008     2007     2006     2008     2007     2006  
    (in millions)  
Service cost benefits earned during period
  $ 11     $ 10     $ 9     $ 3     $ 3     $ 3  
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation
    11       10       10       3       4       3  
Expected return on plan assets
    (13 )     (11 )     (10 )                  
Amortization of prior service costs
    1       1       1                    
Recognized net actuarial loss
          1       3       1       1       1  
 
                                   
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ 10     $ 11     $ 13     $ 7     $ 8     $ 7  
Additional cost due to curtailment
                3                    
 
                                   
Total net periodic benefit cost
  $ 10     $ 11     $ 16     $ 7     $ 8     $ 7  
 
                                   

 

F-75


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
Assumptions. The following weighted average assumptions were used to determine benefit obligations:
                                 
    Pension Benefits     Other Benefits  
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
Discount rate (1)
    6.12 %     6.46 %     5.93 %     6.48 %
Rate of compensation increase
    4.50 %     4.50 %     4.50 %     4.50 %
 
     
(1)   We utilized a yield curve approach to determine the discount. Projected benefit payments for the plans were matched against the discount rates in the yield curve.
The following weighted average assumptions were used to determine net periodic benefit cost:
                                                 
    Pension Benefits     Other Benefits  
    Year Ended December 31,     Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006     2008     2007     2006  
Discount rate
    6.46 %     5.87 %     5.52 %     6.48 %     5.90 %     5.53 %
Expected return on plan assets
    8.25 %     8.25 %     8.25 %     N/A       N/A       N/A  
Rate of compensation increase
    4.50 %     4.50 %     4.50 %     4.50 %     4.50 %     4.50 %
Our expected long-term rate of return on plan assets for the year ended December 31, 2009 will be 8.25% percent. This figure begins with a blend of asset class-level returns developed under a theoretical global capital asset pricing model methodology conducted by an outside consultant. In development of this figure, the historical relationships between equities and fixed income are preserved consistent with the widely accepted capital market principle that assets with higher volatility generate a greater return over the long-term. Current market factors such as inflation and interest rates are also incorporated in the assumptions. The figure also incorporates an upward adjustment reflecting the plan’s use of active management and favorable past experience.
The following summarizes our assumed health care cost trend rates:
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year
    7.83 %     8.99 %
Ultimate trend rate
    4.90 %     5.00 %
Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate
    2060       2016  
Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health care plans. The impact of a one percent increase/decrease in assumed health care cost trend rates is as follows:
                 
    Increase     Decrease  
    (in millions)  
Aggregate impact on service cost and interest cost
  $ 1     $ (1 )
Impact on accumulated post-retirement benefit obligation
  $ 11     $ (9 )
Plan Assets. We employ a total return investment approach whereby a mix of equities and fixed income investments are used to maximize the long-term return of plan assets for a prudent level of risk. The intent of this strategy is to minimize plan expenses by outperforming plan liabilities over the long run. Risk tolerance is established through careful consideration of plan liabilities, plan funded status, and corporate financial condition. The investment portfolio contains a diversified blend of equity and fixed income investments. Furthermore, equity investments are diversified across U.S. and non-U.S. stocks as well as growth, value, and small and large capitalizations.
Derivatives may be used to gain market exposure in an efficient and timely manner; however, derivatives may not be used to leverage the portfolio beyond the market value of the underlying investment. Investment risk is measured and monitored on an ongoing basis through quarterly investment portfolio reviews, periodic asset/liability studies, and annual liability measurements.

 

F-76


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
Our pension plans’ weighted-average asset allocations by asset category were as follows:
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
Equity securities
    65 %     64 %
Debt securities
    35 %     36 %
 
           
Total
    100 %     100 %
 
           
Equity securities did not include any of Dynegy’s Class A common stock at December 31, 2008 or 2007.
Contributions and Payments. During the year ended December 31, 2008, we contributed approximately $29 million to our pension plans and $1 million to our other post-retirement benefit plans. In 2009, we expect to contribute approximately $27 million to our pension plans and $1 million to our other postretirement benefit plans.
Our expected benefit payments for future services for our pension and other postretirement benefits are as follows:
                 
    Pension Benefits     Other Benefits  
    (in millions)  
2009
  $ 10     $ 1  
2010
    10       2  
2011
    10       2  
2012
    10       2  
2013
    11       3  
2014 – 2018
    78       19  
Note 22—Segment Information
We report results of our power generation business in the following segments: (i) GEN-MW, (ii) GEN-WE and (iii) GEN-NE. Beginning in the first quarter 2008, the results of our former CRM segment are included in Other as it did not meet the criteria required to be an operating segment as of January 1, 2008. Accordingly, we have restated the corresponding items of segment information for prior periods. Our consolidated financial results also reflect corporate-level expenses such as general and administrative and interest and depreciation and amortization. Because of the diversity among their respective operations, we report the results of each business as a separate segment in our consolidated financial statements.
During 2008, one customer in our GEN-MW segment and one customer in our GEN-NE segment accounted for approximately 25 percent and 11 percent of our consolidated revenues, respectively. During 2007, two customers in our GEN-MW segment and one customer in our GEN-NE segment accounted for approximately 23 percent, 11 percent and 17 percent of our consolidated revenues, respectively. During 2006, two customers in our GEN-MW segment and one customer in our GEN-NE segment accounted for approximately 23 percent, 19 percent and 18 percent of our consolidated revenues, respectively.
In the second quarter 2007, we discontinued the use of hedge accounting for certain derivative transactions affecting the GEN-MW, GEN-WE and GEN-NE segments. The operating results presented herein reflect the changes in market values of derivative instruments entered into by each of these segments. Please read Note 6—Risk Management Activities, Derivatives and Financial Instruments for further discussion.

 

F-77


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
Reportable segment information for Dynegy, including intercompany transactions accounted for at prevailing market rates, for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 is presented below:
Dynegy’s Segment Data as of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2008
(in millions)
                                         
    Power Generation              
    GEN-MW     GEN-WE     GEN-NE     Other     Total  
Unaffiliated revenues:
                                       
Domestic
  $ 1,623     $ 925     $ 890     $ (5 )   $ 3,433  
Other
                116             116  
 
                             
 
                                       
Total revenues
  $ 1,623     $ 925     $ 1,006     $ (5 )   $ 3,549  
 
                             
Depreciation and amortization
  $ (206 )   $ (101 )   $ (54 )   $ (10 )   $ (371 )
Impairment and other charges
          (47 )                 (47 )
 
Operating income (loss)
  $ 684     $ 90     $ 67     $ (132 )   $ 709  
Losses from unconsolidated investments
          (40 )           (83 )     (123 )
Other items, net
    3       5       6       73       87  
Interest expense
                                    (427 )
 
                                     
 
Income from continuing operations before taxes
                                    246  
Income tax expense
                                    (75 )
 
                                     
 
Income from continuing operations
                                    171  
Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes
                                    3  
 
                                     
 
Net income
                                  $ 174  
 
                                     
 
Identifiable assets:
                                       
Domestic
  $ 6,763     $ 3,410     $ 2,534     $ 1,494     $ 14,201  
Other
                5       7       12  
 
                             
 
                                       
Total
  $ 6,763     $ 3,410     $ 2,539     $ 1,501     $ 14,213  
 
                             
Unconsolidated investments
  $     $     $     $ 15     $ 15  
 
Capital expenditures and investments in unconsolidated affiliates
  $ (530 )   $ (29 )   $ (36 )   $ (32 )   $ (627 )

 

F-78


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
Dynegy’s Segment Data as of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2007
(in millions)
                                         
    Power Generation              
    GEN-MW     GEN-WE     GEN-NE     Other     Total  
Unaffiliated revenues:
                                       
Domestic
  $ 1,325     $ 689     $ 920     $ 12     $ 2,946  
Other
                156       1       157  
 
                             
 
                                       
Total revenues
  $ 1,325     $ 689     $ 1,076     $ 13     $ 3,103  
 
                             
Depreciation and amortization
  $ (194 )   $ (73 )   $ (45 )   $ (13 )   $ (325 )
 
                                       
Operating income (loss)
  $ 495     $ 130     $ 164     $ (184 )   $ 605  
Earnings (losses) from unconsolidated investments
          6             (9 )     (3 )
Other items, net
    (7 )                 56       49  
Interest expense
                                    (384 )
 
                                     
 
                                       
Income from continuing
                                       
operations before taxes
                                    267  
Income tax expense
                                    (151 )
 
                                     
 
                                       
Income from continuing operations
                                    116  
Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes
                                    148  
 
                                     
 
                                       
Net income
                                  $ 264  
 
                                     
 
                                       
Identifiable assets:
                                       
Domestic
  $ 6,507     $ 3,251     $ 2,352     $ 1,075     $ 13,185  
Other
          5       12       19       36  
 
                             
 
                                       
Total
  $ 6,507     $ 3,256     $ 2,364     $ 1,094     $ 13,221  
 
                             
 
                                       
Unconsolidated investments
  $     $ 18     $     $ 61     $ 79  
 
                                       
Capital expenditures and investments in unconsolidated affiliate
  $ (300 )   $ (17 )   $ (47 )   $ (25 )   $ (389 )

 

F-79


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
Dynegy’s Segment Data as of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2006
(in millions)
                                         
    Power Generation              
    GEN-MW     GEN-WE     GEN-NE     Other     Total  
Unaffiliated revenues:
                                       
Domestic
  $ 969     $ 87     $ 501     $ 66     $ 1,623  
Other
                129       18       147  
 
                             
 
    969       87       630       84       1,770  
Intersegment revenues
                (21 )     21        
 
                             
Total revenues
  $ 969     $ 87     $ 609     $ 105     $ 1,770  
 
                             
Depreciation and amortization
  $ (168 )   $ (8 )   $ (24 )   $ (17 )   $ (217 )
Impairment and other charges
    (110 )     (9 )                 (119 )
 
                                       
Operating income (loss)
  $ 208     $ (2 )   $ 55     $ (156 )   $ 105  
Losses from unconsolidated investments
          (1 )                 (1 )
Other items, net
    2       1       9       42       54  
Interest expense and debt conversion costs
                                    (631 )
 
                                     
 
                                       
Loss from continuing operations before taxes
                                    (473 )
Income tax benefit
                                    152  
 
                                     
 
                                       
Loss from continuing operations
                                    (321 )
Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes
                                    (13 )
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of taxes
                                    1  
 
                                     
 
                                       
Net loss
                                  $ (333 )
 
                                     
 
                                       
Identifiable assets:
                                       
Domestic
  $ 5,036     $ 440     $ 1,373     $ 490     $ 7,339  
Other
          5       13       180       198  
 
                             
 
                                       
Total
  $ 5,036     $ 445     $ 1,386     $ 670     $ 7,537  
 
                             
 
                                       
Capital expenditures
  $ (101 )   $ (24 )   $ (22 )   $ (8 )   $ (155 )

 

F-80


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
Reportable segment information for DHI, including intercompany transactions accounted for at prevailing market rates, for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 is presented below:
DHI’s Segment Data as of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2008
(in millions)
                                         
    Power Generation              
    GEN-MW     GEN-WE     GEN-NE     Other     Total  
Unaffiliated revenues:
                                       
Domestic
  $ 1,623     $ 925     $ 890     $ (5 )   $ 3,433  
Other
                116             116  
 
                             
 
                                       
Total revenues
  $ 1,623     $ 925     $ 1,006     $ (5 )   $ 3,549  
 
                             
Depreciation and amortization
  $ (206 )   $ (101 )   $ (54 )   $ (10 )   $ (371 )
Impairment and other charges
          (47 )                 (47 )
 
Operating income (loss)
  $ 684     $ 90     $ 67     $ (132 )   $ 709  
Losses from unconsolidated investments
          (40 )                 (40 )
Other items, net
    3       5       6       72       86  
Interest expense
                                    (427 )
 
                                     
 
Income from continuing operations before taxes
                                    328  
Income tax expense
                                    (123 )
 
                                     
 
Income from continuing operations
                                    205  
Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes
                                    3  
 
                                     
 
Net income
                                  $ 208  
 
                                     
 
Identifiable assets:
                                       
Domestic
  $ 6,763     $ 3,410     $ 2,534     $ 1,455     $ 14,162  
Other
                5       7       12  
 
                             
 
                                       
Total
  $ 6,763     $ 3,410     $ 2,539     $ 1,462     $ 14,174  
 
                             
 
                                       
Capital expenditures
  $ (530 )   $ (29 )   $ (36 )   $ (16 )   $ (611 )

 

F-81


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
DHI’s Segment Data as of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2007
(in millions)
                                         
    Power Generation              
    GEN-MW     GEN-WE     GEN-NE     Other     Total  
Unaffiliated revenues:
                                       
Domestic
  $ 1,325     $ 689     $ 920     $ 12     $ 2,946  
Other
                156       1       157  
 
                             
 
                                       
Total revenues
  $ 1,325     $ 689     $ 1,076     $ 13     $ 3,103  
 
                             
Depreciation and amortization
  $ (194 )   $ (73 )   $ (45 )   $ (13 )   $ (325 )
 
Operating income (loss)
  $ 495     $ 130     $ 164     $ (165 )   $ 624  
Earnings from unconsolidated investments
          6                   6  
Other items, net
    (7 )                 53       46  
Interest expense
                                    (384 )
 
                                     
 
Income from continuing operations before taxes
                                    292  
Income tax expense
                                    (116 )
 
                                     
 
Income from continuing operations
                                    176  
Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes
                                    148  
 
                                     
 
Net income
                                  $ 324  
 
                                     
 
Identifiable assets:
                                       
Domestic
  $ 6,507     $ 3,256     $ 2,352     $ 973     $ 13,088  
Other
                12       7       19  
 
                             
 
Total
  $ 6,507     $ 3,256     $ 2,364     $ 980     $ 13,107  
 
                             
 
                                       
Unconsolidated investments
  $     $ 18     $     $     $ 18  
 
Capital expenditures
  $ (300 )   $ (17 )   $ (47 )   $ (15 )   $ (379 )

 

F-82


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
DHI’s Segment Data as of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2006
(in millions)
                                         
    Power Generation              
    GEN-MW     GEN-WE     GEN-NE     Other     Total  
Unaffiliated revenues:
                                       
Domestic
  $ 969     $ 87     $ 501     $ 66     $ 1,623  
Other
                129       18       147  
 
                             
 
    969       87       630       84       1,770  
Intersegment revenues
                (21 )     21        
 
                             
 
Total revenues
  $ 969     $ 87     $ 609     $ 105     $ 1,770  
 
                             
Depreciation and amortization
  $ (168 )   $ (8 )   $ (24 )   $ (17 )   $ (217 )
Impairment and other charges
    (110 )     (9 )                 (119 )
 
                                       
Operating income (loss)
  $ 208     $ (2 )   $ 55     $ (153 )   $ 108  
Losses from unconsolidated investments
          (1 )                 (1 )
Other items, net
    2       1       9       39       51  
Interest expense and debt conversion costs
                                    (579 )
 
                                     
 
                                       
Loss from continuing operations before taxes
                                    (421 )
Income tax benefit
                                    125  
 
                                     
 
                                       
Loss from continuing operations
                                    (296 )
Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes
                                    (12 )
 
                                     
 
                                       
Net loss
                                  $ (308 )
 
                                     
 
Identifiable assets:
                                       
Domestic
  $ 5,038     $ 440     $ 1,373     $ 1,215     $ 8,066  
Other
                13       57       70  
 
                             
 
                                       
Total
  $ 5,038     $ 440     $ 1,386     $ 1,272     $ 8,136  
 
                             
 
                                       
Capital expenditures
  $ (101 )   $ (24 )   $ (22 )   $ (8 )   $ (155 )

 

F-83


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
Note 23—Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)
The following is a summary of Dynegy’s unaudited quarterly financial information for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007:
                                 
    Quarter Ended  
    March     June     September     December  
    2008     2008     2008     2008  
    (in millions, except per share data)  
Revenues
  $ 545     $ 323     $ 1,886     $ 795  
Operating income (loss)
    (150 )     (364 )     1,116       107  
Net income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principles
    (152 )     (272 )     605 (1)     (7 )(2)
Net income (loss)
    (152 )     (272 )     605 (1)     (7 )(2)
Net income (loss) per share
  $ (0.18 )   $ (0.32 )   $ 0.72 (1)   $ (0.01 )(2)
 
     
(1)   Includes a gain on the sale of the Rolling Hills power generation facility of $56 million. Please read Note 4—Dispositions, Contract Terminations and Discontinued Operations—Dispositions and Contract Terminations—Rolling Hills for further information.
 
(2)   Includes an impairment of our Heard County power generation facility of $47 million. Please read Note 5—Impairment Charges—Asset Impairments for further information. Includes a loss on the dissolution of DLS Power Development of $47 million and an impairment of our investment in DLS Power Development of $24 million. Please read Note 12—Variable Interest Entities—DLS Power Holdings and DLS Power Development for further information. Also includes translation gains related to the substantial liquidation of a foreign entity of $24 million.
                                 
    Quarter Ended  
    March     June     September     December  
    2007     2007     2007     2007  
    (in millions, except per share data)  
Revenues
  $ 505     $ 828     $ 1,046     $ 724  
Operating income
    81       182       247       95  
Net income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principles
    14       76 (1)     220 (2)     (46 )
Net income (loss)
    14       76 (1)     220 (2)     (46 )(3)
Net income (loss) per share before cumulative effect of change in accounting principles
  $ 0.03     $ 0.09 (1)   $ 0.26 (2)   $ (0.06 )(3)
Net income (loss) per share
  $ 0.03     $ 0.09 (1)   $ 0.26 (2)   $ (0.06 )(3)
 
     
(1)   Includes a gain related to a change in the fair value of interest rate swaps, net of minority interest of $30 million and a gain related to the settlement of the Kendall tolling arrangement of $31 million.
 
(2)   Includes a gain on the sale of the CoGen Lyondell power generation facility of $210 million. Please read Note 4—Dispositions, Contract Terminations and Discontinued Operations—GEN-WE Discontinued Operations—CoGen Lyondell for further information.
 
(3)   Includes tax expense resulting from an increase in Dynegy’s estimated state tax rate of approximately $50 million. Also includes a gain related to the sale of a portion of our interest in the Plum Point Project of $39 million.

 

F-84


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
The following is a summary of DHI’s unaudited quarterly financial information for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007:
                                 
    Quarter Ended  
    March     June     September     December  
    2008     2008     2008     2008  
    (in millions, except per share data)  
Revenues
  $ 545     $ 323     $ 1,886     $ 795  
Operating income (loss)
    (150 )     (364 )     1,116       107  
Net income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principles
    (153 )     (269 )     606 (1)     24 (2)
Net income (loss)
    (153 )     (269 )     606 (1)     24 (2)
 
(1)   Includes a gain on the sale of the Rolling Hills power generation facility of $56 million. Please read Note 4—Dispositions, Contract Terminations and Discontinued Operations—Dispositions and Contract Terminations—Rolling Hills for further information.
 
(2)   Includes an impairment of our Heard County power generation facility of $47 million. Please read Note 5—Impairment Charges—Asset Impairments for further information. Includes translation gains related to the substantial liquidation of a foreign entity of $24 million.
                                 
    Quarter Ended  
    March     June     September     December  
    2007     2007     2007     2007  
    (in millions, except per share data)  
Revenues
  $ 505     $ 828     $ 1,046     $ 724  
Operating income
    98       184       247       95  
Net income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principles
    22       90 (1)     222 (2)     (10 )(3)
Net income (loss)
    22       90 (1)     222 (2)     (10 )(3)
 
     
(1)   Includes a gain related to a change in the fair value of interest rate swaps, net of minority interest of $30 million and a gain related to the settlement of the Kendall tolling arrangement of $31 million.
 
(2)   Includes a gain on the sale of the CoGen Lyondell power generation facility of $210 million. Please read Note 4—Dispositions, Contract Terminations and Discontinued Operations—GEN-WE Discontinued Operations—CoGen Lyondell for further information.
 
(3)   Includes tax expense resulting from an increase in DHI’s estimated state tax rate of approximately $25 million. Also includes a gain related to the sale of a portion of our interest in the Plum Point Project of $39 million.
Note 24—Subsequent Events
Effective January 1, 2009, Dynegy entered into an agreement with LS Associates to dissolve the two companies’ development joint venture. Please read Note 11—Unconsolidated Investments—Equity Method Investments for further discussion.
On February 13, 2009, we entered into Amendment No. 3 to the Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Facility. Please read Note 15—Debt—Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Facility for further discussion.
On February 25, 2009, we entered into an agreement to sell our interest in the Heard County power generation facility to Oglethorpe. Subject to regulatory approval, the transaction is expected to close in the first half of 2009. Please read Note 4—Dispositions, Contract Terminations and Discontinued Operations—Dispositions and Contract Terminations—Heard County for further discussion.

 

F-85


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
DEFINITIONS
As used in this Form 10-K, the abbreviations listed below have the following meanings:
     
ANPR  
Advanced Notice of proposed rulemaking
APB  
Accounting Principles Board
APIC  
Additional paid-in-capital
ARB  
Accounting Research Bulletin
ARO  
Asset retirement obligation
BACT  
Best Available Control Technology (air)
BART  
Best Available Retrofit Technology
BTA  
Best technology available (water intake)
CAA  
Clean Air Act
CAIR  
Clean Air Interstate Rule
CAMR  
Clean Air Mercury Rule
CAISO  
The California Independent System Operator
CAVR  
The Clean Air Visibility Rule
CERCLA  
The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended
CO 2  
Carbon dioxide
COSO  
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
CRA  
Canada Revenue Authority
CRM  
Our customer risk management business segment
DHI  
Dynegy Holdings Inc., Dynegy’s primary financing subsidiary
DMG  
Dynegy Midwest Generation
DMSLP  
Dynegy Midstream Services L.P.
DMT  
Dynegy Marketing and Trade
DNE  
Dynegy Northeast Generation
DPM  
Dynegy Power Marketing Inc
EAB  
The Environmental Appeals Board of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
EBITDA  
Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization
EITF  
Emerging Issues Task Force
ERISA  
The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
EWG  
Exempt Wholesale Generator
FASB  
Financial Accounting Standards Board
FCM  
Forward Capacity Market
FERC  
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
FIN  
FASB Interpretation
FIP  
Federal Implementation Plan
FSP  
FASB Staff Position
FTC  
U.S. Federal Trade Commission
FTR  
Financial Transmission Rights
GAAP  
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles of the United States of America
GEN  
Our power generation business
GEN-MW  
Our power generation business—Midwest segment
GEN-NE  
Our power generation business—Northeast segment
GEN-SO  
Our power generation business—South segment, which was renamed GEN-WE
GEN-WE  
Our power generation business—West segment
GHG  
Greenhouse gas
ICAP  
Installed capacity
ICC  
Illinois Commerce Commission
IMA  
In-Market Availability
IRS  
Internal Revenue Service
ISO  
Independent System Operator
ISO-NE  
Independent System Operator—New England
LBH  
Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.

 

F-86


Table of Contents

DYNEGY INC. and DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
     
LMP  
Locational Marginal Pricing
LNG  
Liquefied natural gas
LPG  
Liquefied petroleum gas
MACT  
Maximum Available Control Technology
MISO  
Midwest Independent Transmission System Operator
MGGA  
Midwest Greenhouse Gas Accord
MGGRP  
Midwestern Greenhouse Reduction Program
MMBtu  
Millions of British thermal units
MRTU  
Market Redesign and Technology Upgrade
MW  
Megawatts
MWh  
Megawatt hour
NERC  
North American Electric Reliability Council
NGL  
Our natural gas liquids business segment
NOL  
Net operating loss
NO x  
Nitrogen oxide
NYISO  
New York Independent System Operator
NYDEC  
New York Department of Environmental Conservation
OCI  
Other Comprehensive Income
OTC  
Over-the-counter
PCAOB  
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States)
PJM  
PJM Interconnection, LLC
PPA  
Power purchase agreement
PPEA  
Plum Point Energy Associates
PRB  
Powder River Basin coal
PSD  
Prevention of Significant Deterioration
PURPA  
The Public Utility Regulatory Policies Act of 1978
QF  
Qualifying Facility
RCRA  
The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as amended
RGGI  
Regional Greenhouse Gas Initiative
RMR  
Reliability Must Run
RPM  
Reliability Pricing Model
RTO  
Regional Transmission Organization
SAB  
SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin
SCEA  
Sandy Creek Energy Associates, LP
SCH  
Sandy Creek Holdings, LLC
SEC  
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission
SERC  
Southeastern Electric Reliability Council
SFAS  
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
SIP  
State Implementation Plan
SO 2  
Sulfur dioxide
SPE  
Special Purpose Entity
SPDES  
State Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
SPN  
Second Priority Senior Secured Notes
TARP  
Troubled Assets Relief Program
TCEQ  
Texas Commission on Environmental Quality
U.S. EPA  
United States Environmental Protection Agency
VaR  
Value at Risk
VIE  
Variable Interest Entity
VLGC  
Very large gas carrier
WAPA  
Western Area Power Administration
WCI  
Western Climate Initiative
WECC  
Western Electricity Coordinating Council

 

F-87


Table of Contents

Schedule I
DYNEGY INC.
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS OF THE REGISTRANT
(in millions)
                 
    December     December  
    31, 2008     31, 2007  
ASSETS
Current Assets
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 22     $ 35  
Intercompany accounts receivable
    534       1,756  
Short term investments
    1        
Deferred income taxes
    6       45  
 
           
Total Current Assets
    563       1,836  
 
           
Other Assets
               
Investments in affiliates
    7,369       6,101  
Unconsolidated investments
    15       61  
Deferred income taxes
          6  
 
           
Total Assets
  $ 7,947     $ 8,004  
 
           
 
               
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current Liabilities
               
Accounts payable
  $ 19     $ 5  
Intercompany accounts payable
    2        
Other current liabilities
    1        
 
           
Total Current Liabilities
    22       5  
 
           
Intercompany long-term debt
    2,244       2,243  
Deferred income taxes
    1,166       1,250  
 
           
Total Liabilities
    3,432       3,498  
 
           
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 3)
               
Stockholders’ Equity
               
Class A Common Stock, $0.01 par value, 2,100,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 ; 505,821,277 shares and 502,819,794 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively
    5       5  
Class B Common Stock, $0.01 par value, 850,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007; 340,000,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively
    3       3  
Additional paid-in capital
    6,485       6,463  
Subscriptions receivable
    (2 )     (5 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
    (215 )     (25 )
Accumulated deficit
    (1,690 )     (1,864 )
Treasury stock, at cost, 2,568,286 shares and 2,449,259 shares at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively
    (71 )     (71 )
 
           
Total Stockholders’ Equity
    4,515       4,506  
 
           
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
  $ 7,947     $ 8,004  
 
           
See Notes to Registrant’s Financial Statements and Dynegy Inc.’s Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-88


Table of Contents

Schedule I
DYNEGY INC.
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS OF THE REGISTRANT
(in millions)
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
                       
Operating loss
  $     $     $  
Earnings (losses) from unconsolidated investments
    249       503       (452 )
Interest expense
                (6 )
Debt conversion costs
                (46 )
Other income and expense, net
    1       3       9  
 
                 
 
                       
Income (loss) before income taxes
    250       506       (495 )
Income tax (expense) benefit
    (76 )     (242 )     162  
 
                 
 
                       
Net income (loss)
    174       264       (333 )
Less: preferred stock dividends
                9  
 
                 
 
                       
Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders
  $ 174     $ 264     $ (342 )
 
                 
See Notes to Registrant’s Financial Statements and Dynegy Inc.’s Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-89


Table of Contents

Schedule I
DYNEGY INC.
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS OF THE REGISTRANT
(in millions)
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
                       
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Operating cash flow, exclusive of intercompany transactions
  $     $ 8     $ 14  
Intercompany transactions
    3       46       59  
 
                 
 
                       
Net cash provided by operating activities
    3       54       73  
 
                 
 
                       
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Unconsolidated investments
    (16 )     (10 )      
Loans to DHI
                120  
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired
          (128 )     (8 )
Short term investments
    (2 )            
 
                 
 
                       
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    (18 )     (138 )     112  
 
                 
 
                       
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Debt conversion costs
                (46 )
Redemption of Series C Preferred
                (400 )
Proceeds from issuance of capital stock
    2       4       183  
Dividends and other distributions, net
                (17 )
Other financing, net
          (6 )      
 
                 
 
                       
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    2       (2 )     (280 )
 
                 
 
                       
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
    (13 )     (86 )     (95 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
    35       121       216  
 
                 
 
                       
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
  $ 22     $ 35     $ 121  
 
                 
 
                       
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
                       
Interest paid (net of amount capitalized)
                5  
Taxes paid (net of refunds)
    23       48       9  
 
                       
SUPPLEMENTAL NONCASH FLOW INFORMATION
                       
Conversion of Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2023
                225  
Contribution of Sandy Creek to DHI
          (16 )      
See Notes to Registrant’s Financial Statements and Dynegy Inc.’s Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-90


Table of Contents

Schedule I
DYNEGY INC.
NOTES TO REGISTRANT’S FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 1—Background and Basis of Presentation
These condensed parent company financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Rule 12-04, Schedule I of Regulation S-X, as the restricted net assets of Dynegy Inc.’s subsidiaries exceeds 25 percent of the consolidated net assets of Dynegy Inc. These statements should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Statements and notes thereto of Dynegy Inc.
We are a holding company and conduct substantially all of our business operations through our subsidiaries. We began operations in 1985 and became incorporated in the State of Delaware in 2007 in anticipation of our April 2007 merger with the Contributed Entities.
Note 2—Commitments and Contingencies
For a discussion of our commitments and contingencies, please read Note 19—Commitments and Contingencies of our consolidated financial statements.
Please read Note 15—Debt of our consolidated financial statements and Note 19—Commitments and Contingencies—Guarantees and Indemnifications of our consolidated financial statements for a discussion of our guarantees.

 

F-91


Table of Contents

Schedule II
DYNEGY INC.
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
                                         
    Balance at     Charged to                      
    Beginning of     Costs and     Charged to             Balance at End  
    Period     Expenses     Other Accounts     Deductions     of Period  
    (in millions)  
2008
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 20     $ 4     $ (2 )   $     $ 22  
Allowance for risk-management assets (1)
    11             (11 )            
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance
    62       (2 )         (23 )(6)     37  
 
                                       
2007
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 48     $ (3 )   $ (21 )(5)   $ (4 )   $ 20  
Allowance for risk-management assets (1)
          11                   11  
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance
    69       (6 )     (1 )           62  
 
                                       
2006
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 103     $ (35 )(2)   $ 43 (3)   $ (63 )(4)   $ 48  
Allowance for risk-management assets (1)
    10                   (10 )      
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance
    70       17             (18 )     69  
 
     
(1)   Changes in price and credit reserves related to risk-management assets are offset in the net mark-to-market income accounts reported in revenues. In connection with adopting SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurement” on January 1, 2008, our price and credit reserves related to risk management assets were no longer considered allowances as they are included in the fair value measurement of our derivative contracts.
 
(2)   Primarily represents the reversal of previously reserved receivables associated with a foreign entity. Dynegy revised its estimate of the uncollectible portion of these receivables. The charges are included in bad debt expense or discontinued operations, depending on the nature of the underlying receivable, and are reflected on our consolidated statements of operations.
 
(3)   Primarily represents the establishment of an allowance for doubtful accounts on a foreign entity.
 
(4)   Primarily represents the write-off off an uncollectible receivable associated with a foreign entity, which was previously reserved, as a result of a bankruptcy settlement. As a result, Dynegy reduced its allowance for doubtful accounts and reduced the corresponding accounts receivable.
 
(5)   Primarily represents a partial reversal of the allowance for doubtful accounts on a foreign entity as a result of a bankruptcy settlement, as such amount will be collected.
 
(6)   Primarily represents the release of valuation allowance associated with foreign tax credits, which were previously reserved.

 

F-92


Table of Contents

Schedule II
DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC.
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
                                         
    Balance at     Charged to     Charged to                
    Beginning of     Costs and     Other             Balance at End  
    Period     Expenses     Accounts     Deductions     of Period  
    (in millions)  
2008
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 15     $ 5     $     $     $ 20  
Allowance for risk-management assets (1)
    11             (11 )            
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance
    59       (2 )         (20 )(6)     37  
 
                                       
2007
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 48     $ (3 )   $ (21 )(5)   $ (9 )   $ 15  
Allowance for risk-management assets (1)
          11                   11  
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance
    66       (6 )     (1 )           59  
 
                                       
2006
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 103     $ (35 )(2)   $ 43 (3)   $ (63 )(4)   $ 48  
Allowance for risk-management assets (1)
    10                   (10 )      
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance
    52       4       15       (5 )     66  
 
     
(1)   Changes in price and credit reserves related to risk-management assets are offset in the net mark-to-market income accounts reported in revenues. In connection with adopting SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” on January 1, 2008, our price and credit reserves related to risk management assets were no longer considered allowances as they are included in the fair value measurement of our derivative contracts.
 
(2)   Primarily represents the reversal of previously reserved receivables associated with a foreign entity. DHI revised its estimate of the uncollectible portion of these receivables. The charges are included in bad debt expense or discontinued operations, depending on the nature of the underlying receivable, and are reflected on our consolidated statements of operations.
 
(3)   Primarily represents the establishment of an allowance for doubtful accounts on a foreign entity.
 
(4)   Primarily represents the write-off off an uncollectible receivable associated with a foreign entity, which was previously reserved, as a result of a bankruptcy settlement. As a result, DHI reduced its allowance for doubtful accounts and reduced the corresponding accounts receivable.
 
(5)   Primarily represents a partial reversal of the allowance for doubtful accounts on a foreign entity as a result of a bankruptcy settlement, as such amount will be collected.
 
(6)   Primarily represents the release of valuation allowance associated with foreign tax credits, which were previously reserved.

 

F-93


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
         
Exhibit        
Number       Description
 
       
**10.14
    Dissolution Agreement by and between Dynegy Inc. and LS Power Associates, L.P., effective January 1, 2009.
 
       
**10.18
    Amendment No. 3, dated as of February 13, 2009, to the Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 2, 2007 , by and among Dynegy Holdings Inc., as borrower, Dynegy Inc. and Dynegy Illinois Inc., as parent guarantors, the other guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto and various other parties thereto.
 
       
**10.22
    First Amendment to Credit Agreement by and among Plum Point Energy Associates, LLC, as borrower, and the lenders and other parties thereto, effective December 13, 2007.
 
       
**10.32
    Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Savings Incentive Plan, as amended and restated, effective January 1, 2009. ††
 
       
**10.33
    Dynegy Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009. ††
 
       
**10.34
    Dynegy Midwest Generation, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan, as amended and restated, effective as January 1, 2009.
 
       
**10.35
    Dynegy Midwest Generation, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan for Employees Covered under a Collective Bargaining Agreement, as amended and restated, effective January 1, 2009.
 
       
**10.40
    Sithe Pension Account Plan, amended and restated, effective January 1, 2007.
 
       
**10.41
    Seventh [First] Amendment to the Sithe Pension Account Plan, as amended, effective January 1, 2008.
 
       
**10.42
    Second Amendment to the Sithe Pension Account Plan, as amended, effective January 1, 2008.
 
       
**10.55
    Dynegy Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Certain Directors, as amended and restated, effective January 1, 2008. ††
 
       
**10.56
    Trust under Dynegy Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Certain Directors, effective January 1, 2009. ††
 
       
**10.69
    Dynegy Inc. Retirement Plan, as amended and restated, effective January 1, 2009.
 
       
**10.70
    Dynegy Inc. Comprehensive Welfare Benefits Plan, effective January 1, 2002.
 
       
**10.71
    First Amendment to the Dynegy Inc. Comprehensive Welfare Benefits Plan, dated September 29, 2004.

 

 


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit        
Number       Description
 
       
**10.72
    Second Amendment to the Dynegy Inc. Comprehensive Welfare Benefits Plan, dated January 1, 2005.
 
       
**10.73
    Third Amendment to the Dynegy Inc. Comprehensive Welfare Benefits Plan, dated January 28, 2005.
 
       
**10.74
    Fourth Amendment to the Dynegy Inc. Comprehensive Welfare Benefits Plan, dated April 20, 2005.
 
       
**10.75
    Fifth Amendment to the Dynegy Inc. Comprehensive Welfare Benefits Plan, dated January 1, 2006.
 
       
**10.77
    Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Comprehensive Welfare Benefits Plan, dated as of January 1, 2002.
 
       
**10.78
    Amendment One to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Comprehensive Welfare Benefits Plan, dated as of April 20, 2005.
 
       
**10.79
    Amendment Two to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Comprehensive Welfare Benefits Plan, dated as of January 1, 2006.
 
       
**10.80
    Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Retirement Income Plan, as amended and restated, effective January 1, 2009.
 
       
**10.97
    Trust Agreement—Dynegy Northeast Generation Inc. Savings Incentive Plan, dated as of December 31, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit.
 
       
**10.98
    Amendment to Trust Agreement—Dynegy Northeast Generation Inc. Savings Incentive Plan, dated as of January 1, 2006.
 
       
**10.99
    Amendment to Trust Agreement—Dynegy Northeast Generation Inc. Savings Incentive Plan, dated as of April 2, 2007.
 
       
**10.102
    Dynegy Inc. Master Retirement Trust, dated as of December 13, 2001.
 
       
**10.103
    Amendment No. One to The Dynegy Inc. Master Retirement Trust, dated as of August 5, 2002.
 
       
**10.104
    Amendment No. Two to The Dynegy Inc. Master Retirement Trust, dated as of September 30, 2004.
 
       
**10.105
    Amendment No. Three to The Dynegy Inc. Master Retirement Trust, dated as of December 1, 2005.
 
       
**10.106
    Amendment No. Four to The Dynegy Inc. Master Retirement Trust, dated as of September 25, 2006.

 

 


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit        
Number       Description
 
       
**10.107
    Amendment No. Five to The Dynegy Inc. Master Retirement Trust, dated as of April 2, 2007.
 
       
**21.1
    Subsidiaries of the Registrant (Dynegy Inc.).
 
       
**23.1
    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP (Dynegy Inc.).
 
       
**23.2
    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (Dynegy Inc.).
 
       
**23.3
    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP (Dynegy Holdings Inc.).
 
       
**23.4
    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (Dynegy Holdings Inc.).
 
       
**31.1
    Chief Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), As Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
       
**31.1(a)
    Chief Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), As Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
       
**31.2
    Chief Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), As Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
       
**31.2(a)
    Chief Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), As Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
       
†32.1
    Chief Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 United States Code Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
       
†32.1(a)
  Chief Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 United States Code Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
       
†32.2
    Chief Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 United States Code Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
       
†32.2(a)
    Chief Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 United States Code Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
     
**   Filed herewith
 
  Pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission Release No. 33-8238, this certification will be treated as “accompanying” this report and not “filed” as part of such report for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liability of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, and this certification will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act.
 
††   Management contract or compensation plan.

 

 

Exhibit 10.14
Execution Copy
 
DISSOLUTION AGREEMENT
 
By and Between
Dynegy Inc.
(Dynegy)
and
LS Power Associates, L.P.
(LS Power)
 
covering
the Distribution of
certain projects and project entities by
DLS Power Holdings, LLC and
DLS Power Development Company, LLC
and
the Dissolution of
DLS Power Holdings, LLC and
DLS Power Development Company, LLC
 
January 1, 2009

 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
 
       
1. Definitions; Rules of Construction
    1  
 
       
(a) Definitions
    1  
(b) Rules of Construction
    5  
 
       
2. Agreements
    6  
 
       
(a) Transactions
    6  
(b) Termination of Certain Arrangements
    6  
(c) Assumed Obligations
    7  
(d) Consent of Members
    8  
 
       
3. Representations and Warranties
    8  
 
       
(a) Representations and Warranties of Dynegy
    8  
(b) Representations and Warranties of LS Power
    10  
 
       
4. Post-Effective Date Covenants
    11  
 
       
(a) Transition Services
    11  
(b) Delivery and Retention of Records
    11  
(c) DLS Companies’ Termination and Dissolution Matters
    12  
 
       
5. Remedies
    13  
 
       
(a) Survival of Representations and Warranties
    13  
(b) Indemnification Provisions for Benefit of the LS Power Group.
    13  
(c) Indemnification Provisions for Benefit of the Dynegy Group
    14  
(d) Procedure; Notice
    14  
(e) Determination of Amount of Loss
    16  
 
       
6. Tax Matters
    16  
 
       
(a) Post-Dissolution Tax Returns
    16  
(b) Pre-Dissolution Tax Returns
    16  
(c) Cooperation on Tax Matters
    16  
(d) Certain Taxes
    17  
(e) Confidentiality
    17  
(f) Control of Proceedings
    17  
(g) Remittance of Refunds
    17  
(h) Characterization of Transactions
    17  

 

 


 

         
    Page  
 
7. Miscellaneous
    17  
 
       
(a) Public Announcements
    17  
(b) Waiver of Compliance; Consents
    18  
(c) Assignment
    18  
(d) Specific Performance; No Punitive or Consequential Damages
    18  
(e) Professional Fees and Expenses
    18  
(f) Third Party Beneficiaries
    18  
(g) Time
    18  
(h) Counterparts; Electronic Transmission
    18  
(i) Headings
    18  
(j) Notices
    19  
(k) Governing Law
    19  
(l) Consent to Jurisdiction, Etc
    19  
(m) Amendment and Modification
    20  
(n) Severability
    20  
(o) Compliance With Laws
    20  
(p) Further Assurances
    21  
(q) Incorporation of Exhibits and Schedules
    21  
(r) Entire Agreement
    21  
(s) Limitations of Representations and Warranties
    21  
 
       
Exhibits and Schedules
       
 
       
Schedule 1(a): DLS Terminated Agreements
       
Schedule 1(b): Project Entities and Project Assets
       
Schedule 3(b)(iv): Project Obligations and Project Status
       

 

ii


 

DISSOLUTION AGREEMENT
THIS DISSOLUTION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of January 1, 2009 is by and between Dynegy Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Dynegy ”), and LS Power Associates, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ LS Power ”). Dynegy and LS Power are sometimes referred to collectively herein as the “ Parties ” and individually as a “ Party .”
INTRODUCTION
1.  
Dynegy and LS Power each own a 50% membership interest in each of DLS Power Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ DLS Holding s”), and DLS Power Development Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ DLS Development ” and, together with DLS Holdings, the “ DLS Companies ”).
2.  
Dynegy and LS Power intend to wind up and dissolve the DLS Companies in accordance with Delaware law.
3.  
Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the DLS Companies will distribute all of their respective assets and terminate all of the DLS Terminated Agreements (as defined herein), and Dynegy and LS Power will agree to certain transition and support services arrangements as further described herein.
In consideration of the premises and the mutual promises herein made, and in consideration of the representations, warranties, and covenants herein contained, the Parties agree as follows:
AGREEMENT
1.  Definitions; Rules of Construction .
(a)  Definitions . As used herein, the following terms have the following definitions:
Action ” means any action, complaint, claim, suit, demand, litigation, arbitration, mediation, hearing, inquiry, investigation or similar event, occurrence or proceeding.
Affiliate ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 of the regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act; provided , however , that (i) with respect to LS Power, the term “ Affiliate ” shall exclude each member of the Dynegy Group, (ii) with respect to Dynegy, the term “ Affiliate ” shall exclude each member of LS Power Group.
Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.
Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
Direct Claim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(d) .
DLS Companies ” has the meaning set forth in the Introduction.
DLS Development ” has the meaning set forth in the Introduction.

 

 


 

DLS Development LLC Agreement ” means the Limited Liability Company Agreement of DLS Development dated April 2, 2007.
DLS Holdings ” has the meaning set forth in the Introduction.
DLS Holdings LLC Agreement ” means the Limited Liability Company Agreement of DLS Holdings dated April 2, 2007.
DLS Properties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b)(v) .
Dynegy ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.
Dynegy Assumed Obligations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(c)(i) .
Dynegy Group ” means Dynegy and its subsidiaries, and its and their respective employees, officers, directors, representatives, agents, contractors and subcontractors; provided , that the term “ Dynegy Group ” specifically excludes each member of the LS Power Group.
Dynegy Party ” means Dynegy and each member of the Dynegy Group that is a party to any Transaction Agreement.
Dynegy Project Assets ” means the Project Assets for which Schedule 1(b) indicates Dynegy is the transferee.
Dynegy Project Entities ” means the Project Entities for which Schedule 1(b) indicates Dynegy is the transferee.
Dynegy Project Entity Contracts ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b)(iv) .
Dynegy Projects Assignment ” means the Dynegy Assignment and Assumption Agreement entered into contemporaneously herewith.
Dynegy Properties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)(iv) .
Effective Date ” means 12:01 a.m. on January 1, 2009.
Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Governmental Authority ” means the United States or any agency thereof and any state, county, city or other political subdivision, agency, court or instrumentality.
Group ” means, (i) with respect to any Dynegy Party, the Dynegy Group, and (ii) with respect to any LS Power Party, the LS Power Group.
Indemnitee ” means any Person entitled to indemnity under this Agreement.
Indemnifying Party ” means the Party required to provide indemnification under this Agreement.

 

2


 

Knowledge ” means as follows: an individual shall be deemed to have “ Knowledge ” of a particular fact or other matter if such individual is consciously aware of such fact or other matter at the time of determination. A Person other than a natural person shall be deemed to have “ Knowledge ” of a particular fact or other matter if (i) any natural person who is serving as a director, executive officer, partner, member, executor, or trustee of such Person (or in any similar capacity) or (ii) any employee (or any natural person serving in a similar capacity) who is charged with the ultimate responsibility for a particular area of such Person’s operations, at the time of determination had Knowledge of such fact or other matter.
Law ” or “ Laws ” means any statute, code, regulation, rule, injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, charge, or other restriction of any applicable Governmental Authority.
Losses ” means any losses, damages, Obligations, claims, demands, causes of action, judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, sanctions, costs and expenses (including court costs and reasonable attorney’s and experts’ fees) of any and every kind or character.
LS Power ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.
LS Power Assumed Obligation s” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(c)(ii) .
LS Power Group ” means LS Power and its Affiliates, subsidiaries, co-owners and joint venturers, and its and their respective employees, officers, directors, representatives, agents, contractors and subcontractors; provided, that the term “ LS Power Group ” specifically excludes Dynegy and its subsidiaries.
LS Power Party ” means each of (i) LS Power and (ii) each member of the LS Power Group that is a party to any Transaction Agreement.
LS Project Assets ” means the Project Assets for which Schedule 1(b) indicates LS Power is the transferee.
LS Project Entities ” means the Project Entities for which Schedule 1(b) indicates LS Power is the transferee.
LS Projects Assignment ” means the LSP Assignment and Assumption Agreement entered into contemporaneously herewith.
LS Power Properties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b)(v) .
Obligations ” means duties, liabilities and obligations, whether vested, absolute or contingent, known or unknown, asserted or unasserted, accrued or unaccrued, liquidated or unliquidated, due or to become due, and whether contractual (oral or written), statutory (including any duties, liabilities or obligations to pay Taxes) or otherwise.
Organizational Documents ” means the articles of incorporation, certificate of incorporation, charter, bylaws, articles or certificate of formation, regulations, operating agreement, certificate of limited partnership, partnership agreement, and all other similar documents, instruments or certificates executed, adopted, or filed in connection with the creation, formation, or organization of a Person, including any amendments thereto.

 

3


 

Party ” and “ Parties ” have the meanings set forth in the preamble.
Person ” means an individual or entity, including any partnership, corporation, association, joint stock company, trust, joint venture, limited liability company, unincorporated organization, or Governmental Authority (or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof).
Plum Point DRTA ” means the Development Rights Transfer Agreement dated April 1, 2007 between Plum Point Energy Associates, LLC and Plum Point Energy Associates II, LLC.
Post-Dissolution Tax Period ” means any Tax period ending after the Effective Date.
Post-Dissolution Tax Return ” means any Tax Return that is required to be filed for any of the Dynegy Project Entities or the LS Project Entities with respect to a Post-Dissolution Tax Period.
Pre-Dissolution Tax Period ” means any Tax periods or portions thereof ending on or before, and including, December 31, 2008.
Project Assets ” means the project assets owned by DLS Holdings and set forth on Schedule 1(b) .
Project Entities ” means the entities (and limited partner’s interest) owned by DLS Holdings and set forth on Schedule 1(b) .
Real Estate Rights Agreement ” means the Real Estate Rights Agreement between Dynegy Arlington Valley, LLC and Arlington Valley Solar Energy, LLC entered into contemporaneously herewith.
Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933.
Services Agreements ” means the three agreements listed on Schedule 1(a) under the heading “Services Agreements”.
Tax ” or “ Taxes ” means any federal, state, local, or foreign income, gross receipts, license, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, windfall profits, environmental (including taxes under Code §59A), custom duties, capital stock, franchise, profits, withholding, social security (or similar excises), unemployment, disability, ad valorem, real property, personal property, sales, use, transfer, registration, value added, alternative or add-on minimum or other tax of any kind whatsoever, including any interest, penalty or addition thereto, whether disputed or not.
Tax Records ” means all Tax Returns and Tax-related work papers relating to any Relevant Asset.

 

4


 

Tax Return ” means any return, declaration, report, claim for refund, or information return or statement relating to Taxes, including any schedule or attachment thereto, and including any amendment thereof.
Terminated Agreements ” means (i) each of the agreements listed on Schedule 1(a) and (ii) any other agreements entered into between the parties to such agreements (or Affiliates thereof) concerning the properties or transactions that are the subject matter of the agreements listed on Schedule 1(a) , it being acknowledged, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Plum Point DRTA is not a “Terminated Agreement” and will remain in full force and effect following the Effective Date.
Third Party Claim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(d) .
Transaction Agreements ” means this Agreement, the Dynegy Projects Assignment, the LS Projects Assignment, the Real Estate Rights Agreement and all other agreements, documents, certificates or instruments executed and delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated herein.
(b)  Rules of Construction . All article, section, schedule and exhibit references used in this Agreement are to articles, sections, schedules and exhibits to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. The schedules and exhibits attached to this Agreement constitute a part of this Agreement and are incorporated herein for all purposes. Unless the context of this Agreement clearly requires otherwise, (i) if a term is defined as one part of speech (such as a noun), it shall have a corresponding meaning when used as another part of speech (such as a verb), (ii) terms defined in the singular have the corresponding meanings in the plural, and vice versa, and (iii) words importing the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neutral genders and vice versa. The terms “ includes ,” “ include ” and “ including ” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”. The words “ hereof ,” “ hereto ,” “ hereby ,” “ herein ,” “ hereunder ” and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular section or article in which such words appear. The Parties acknowledge that each Party and its attorney has reviewed this Agreement and that any rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting Party, or any similar rule operating against the drafter of an agreement, shall not be applicable to the construction or interpretation of this Agreement. The captions in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be considered a part of or affect the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. All references to currency herein shall be to, and all payments required hereunder shall be paid in, United States dollars. Any reference to a statute, regulation or Law shall include any amendment thereof or any successor thereto, and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Any reference to an agreement or instrument shall include any amendments or other modifications to such agreement or instrument made in accordance with such agreement’s or instrument’s respective terms.

 

5


 

2.  Agreements . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Parties acknowledge and agree as follows:
(a)  Transactions .
(i) DLS Holdings has entered into the Dynegy Projects Assignment and the LS Projects Assignment pursuant to which it has distributed (as liquidating distributions) all of the Project Assets and Project Entities as of the Effective Date;
(ii) (1) If, after the distributions made pursuant to the Dynegy Projects Assignment and the LS Projects Assignment, DLS Holdings has any accrued but unpaid Obligations, the Parties shall cause DLS Holdings to promptly (and no later than January 30, 2009) pay such Obligations; (2) if the LS Project Entities have any Obligations that accrued prior to the Effective Date and remain unpaid, or if any members of the LS Power Group have any such Obligations as result of the LS Projects Assignment, the Parties shall cause DLS Holdings to promptly (and no later than January 30, 2009) pay to LS Power (or its designee) the accrued amount of all such Obligations; (3) if the Dynegy Project Entities have any Obligations that accrued prior to the Effective Date and remain unpaid, or if any members of the Dynegy Group have any such Obligations as result of the Dynegy Projects Assignment, the Parties shall cause DLS Holdings to promptly (and no later than January 30, 2009) pay to Dynegy (or its designee) the accrued amount of all such Obligations; and (4) if DLS Holdings has any cash remaining after the payments described in clauses (1) through (3) above, and the Parties mutually agree that no further payments are required under (1) through (3) above, the Parties shall cause DLS Holdings to distribute (as liquidating distributions) all such cash to LS Power and Dynegy in equal proportions;
(iii) The Parties shall cause DLS Development to distribute any cash held by it to its members as soon as reasonably practicable following the Effective Date, it being understood that, upon termination of the Terminated Agreements, DLS Development will not have any Obligations or assets other than cash;
(iv) Dynegy will pay, as early as reasonably practicable on January 2, 2009, $18,875,000 to LS Power, via wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by LS Power; and
(v) The applicable affiliates of the Parties have executed and delivered the Real Estate Rights Agreement.
(b)  Termination of Certain Arrangements .
(i) Except with respect to the Plum Point DRTA, which shall remain in effect, Dynegy, for itself and on behalf of each applicable member of the Dynegy Group, hereby (A) terminates and discharges any and all Obligations of any LS Project Entity owed to any member of the Dynegy Group, (B) terminates each of the Terminated Agreements, (C) acknowledges that each such Terminated Agreement is of no further force or effect, and all rights and obligations accruing to itself or any member of its Group thereunder are fully satisfied and terminated (save and except with respect to the payment of any amounts accrued prior to the Effective Date in respect of costs or expenses payable or reimbursable under any of the Services Agreements), and (D) releases LS Power and each member of the LS Power Group from any and all Obligations such Person had, has or hereinafter may have arising out of or in connection with any Terminated Agreement;

 

6


 

(ii) Except with respect to the Plum Point DRTA, which shall remain in effect, LS Power, for itself and on behalf of each applicable member of the LS Power Group, hereby (A) terminates and discharges any and all Obligations of any Dynegy Project Entity owed to any member of the LS Power Group, (B) terminates each of the Terminated Agreements, (C) acknowledges that each such Terminated Agreement is of no further force or effect, and all rights and obligations accruing to itself or any member of its Group thereunder are fully satisfied and terminated (save and except with respect to the payment of any amounts accrued prior to the Effective Date in respect of costs or expenses payable or reimbursable under any of the Services Agreements), and (D) releases Dynegy and each member of the Dynegy Group from any and all Obligations such Person had, has or hereinafter may have arising out of or in connection with any Terminated Agreement; and
(iii) The Parties, in their capacity as the only members of the DLS Companies and on behalf of each DLS Company, hereby (A) terminate and discharge any and all Obligations of any member of the LS Power Group or of the Dynegy Group owed to any DLS Company, (B) terminate each of the Terminated Agreements, (C) acknowledge that each such Terminated Agreement is of no further force or effect, and all rights and obligations accruing to itself or any member of the LS Power Group or the Dynegy Group thereunder are fully satisfied and terminated, and (D) releases each member of the LS Power Group and each member of the Dynegy Group from any and all Obligations such Person had, has or hereinafter may have arising out of or in connection with any Terminated Agreement.
(c)  Assumed Obligations . From and after the Effective Date, subject to the other terms and conditions of this Agreement (including the indemnification obligations in Section 4(c)(vi) ):
(i) Dynegy agrees to assume and to fully and timely pay, perform and discharge in full, and it is understood that neither LS Power nor any member of the LS Power Group shall have any further responsibility for, any Obligations associated with the ownership and operation of, or otherwise related to or arising from, the Dynegy Project Assets or the Dynegy Project Entities, including any Obligations arising out of the governing documents of any Dynegy Project Entity, and regardless of whether any such Obligation arose before or after the Effective Date (collectively, the “ Dynegy Assumed Obligations ”). It is acknowledged that (A) many if not all of the Dynegy Assumed Obligations constitute obligations of various of the Dynegy Project Entities (and not Dynegy itself) and (B) this Section 2(c)(i) is for the benefit of LS Power only, and nothing herein shall be construed to create any rights in favor of any third parties with respect to the Dynegy Assumed Obligations.

 

7


 

(ii) LS Power agrees to assume and to fully and timely pay, perform and discharge in full, and it is understood that neither Dynegy nor any member of the Dynegy Group shall have any further responsibility for, any Obligations associated with the ownership and operation of, or otherwise related to or arising from, the LS Power Project Assets or the LS Power Project Entities, including any Obligations arising out of the governing documents of any LS Power Project Entity, and regardless of whether any such Obligation arose before or after the Effective Date (collectively, the “ LS Power Assumed Obligations ”). It is acknowledged that (A) many if not all of the LS Power Assumed Obligations constitute obligations of various of the LS Power Project Entities (and not LS Power itself) and (B) this Section 2(c)(ii) is for the benefit of Dynegy only, and nothing herein shall be construed to create any rights in favor of any third parties with respect to the LS Power Assumed Obligations.
(d)  Consent of Members . As evidenced by the execution and delivery of this Agreement, Dynegy and LS Power, in their capacities as members of each DLS Company, unanimously agree, acknowledge and resolve that:
(i) it is advisable and in the best interest of each DLS Company to dissolve each DLS Company, and each such member hereby approves and consents to the winding up of the business and affairs of the DLS Companies, and the dissolution of the DLS Companies, in accordance with this Agreement;
(ii) to the Knowledge of each such member, no third party expenses are outstanding with respect to any DLS Company, other than any of the Obligations referred to in Section 2(a)(ii) for which DLS Holdings is directly or indirectly liable;
(iii) LS Power shall prepare and file with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware a certificate of cancellation for each DLS Company, provided that if LS Power fails to file such certificates of cancellation within a commercially reasonable amount of time, Dynegy may, acting in good faith, file such certificates;
(iv) each DLS Company shall cease to conduct its affairs except in so far as may be necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to dissolve and wind up the affairs of such DLS Company; and
(v) each officer of each DLS Company is hereby authorized and empowered in the name and on behalf of such DLS Company to execute such documents and make such filings with Governmental Authorities as may be necessary or appropriate in connection with the dissolution and winding up of such DLS Company , provided that prior to filing any documents with a Governmental Authority (including the certificates of cancellation described in clause (iii) above), each Party shall give the other Party reasonable opportunity to review and approve such document.
3.  Representations and Warranties .
(a)  Representations and Warranties of Dynegy . Dynegy hereby represents and warrants to LS Power as follows as of the date hereof:
(i) Organization and Good Standing . Dynegy is a corporation, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the state of Delaware. Dynegy is in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction which requires such qualification, except where the lack of such qualification would not have a material adverse effect on the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

8


 

(ii) Authorization of Transaction . Each Dynegy Party has full entity power and authority to execute and deliver each Transaction Agreement to which such Dynegy Party is a party and to perform its obligations thereunder. Each Transaction Agreement to which any Dynegy Party is a party constitutes the valid and legally binding obligation of such Dynegy Party, enforceable against such Dynegy Party in accordance with its terms and conditions, subject, however, to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and to general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law). No Dynegy Party is required to give any notice to, make any filing with, or obtain any authorization, consent, or approval of any Governmental Authority or any other Person in order to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement to which such Dynegy Party is a party.
(iii) Noncontravention . Neither the execution and delivery of any Transaction Agreement to which a Dynegy Party is a party, nor the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated thereby, shall (A) violate any Law to which such Dynegy Party is subject or any provision of its Organizational Documents or (B) conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute a default under, result in the acceleration of, create in any Person the right to accelerate, terminate, modify, or cancel, or require any notice under any agreement, contract, lease, license, instrument, or other arrangement to which such Dynegy Party is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of its assets are subject, and for such violations, defaults, breaches, or other occurrences by a Dynegy Party that do not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the ability of Dynegy or any other Dynegy Party to consummate the transactions contemplated by such Transaction Agreement.
(iv) Acknowledgement of Risks; Due Diligence . Dynegy is familiar with investments of the nature of the Dynegy Project Assets and the Dynegy Project Entities (collectively, the “ Dynegy Properties ”), understands that ownership of the Dynegy Properties involves substantial risks, has adequately investigated the Dynegy Properties, and has substantial knowledge and experience in financial and business matters such that it is capable of evaluating, and has evaluated, the merits and risks inherent in owning the Dynegy Properties, and is able to bear the economic risks associated with the Dynegy Properties. Dynegy has had the opportunity to visit with LS Power and its applicable Affiliates and meet with their representative officers and other representatives to discuss the business, assets, liabilities, financial condition, and operations of the Dynegy Properties, has received all materials, documents and other information that Dynegy deems necessary or advisable to evaluate the Dynegy Properties, and has made its own independent examination, investigation, analysis and evaluation of the Dynegy Properties, including its own estimate of the value of the Dynegy Properties. Dynegy has undertaken such due diligence (including a review of the properties, liabilities, books, records and contracts associated with the Dynegy Properties) as Dynegy deems adequate.

 

9


 

(b)  Representations and Warranties of LS Power . LS Power hereby represents and warrants to Dynegy as follows as of the date hereof:
(i) Organization of LS Power . LS Power is a limited partnership, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the state of Delaware. LS Power is in good standing under the Laws of each other jurisdiction which requires such qualification, except where the lack of such qualification would not have a material adverse effect on the transactions contemplated hereby.
(ii) Authorization of Transaction . Each LS Power Party has full entity power and authority to execute and deliver each Transaction Agreement to which it is a party and to perform its obligations thereunder. Each Transaction Agreement to which such LS Power Party is a party constitutes the valid and legally binding obligation of such LS Power Party, enforceable against such LS Power Party in accordance with its terms and conditions, subject, however, to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and to general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law). No LS Power Party is required to give any notice to, make any filing with, or obtain any authorization, consent, or approval of any Governmental Authority or any other Person in order to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement.
(iii) Noncontravention . Neither the execution and delivery of any Transaction Agreement to which a LS Power Party is a party, nor the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated thereby, shall (A) violate any Law to which such LS Power Party is subject or any provision of its Organizational Documents or (B) conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute a default under, result in the acceleration of, create in any Person the right to accelerate, terminate, modify, or cancel, or require any notice, approval or consent under any agreement, contract, lease, license, instrument, or other arrangement to which such LS Power Party is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of its assets is subject, and for such violations, defaults, breaches, or other occurrences that do not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the ability of any LS Power Party to consummate the transactions contemplated by such Transaction Agreement.
(iv) Dynegy Project Entities; Obligations . To LS Power’s Knowledge, Schedule 3(b)(iv) contains, with respect to each Dynegy Project Entity, a list of all the material contracts, agreements, licenses, permits and other documents and instruments to which such Dynegy Project Entity is party (the “ Dynegy Project Entity Contracts ”), and, to LS Power’s Knowledge, each such Dynegy Project Entity Contract is in full force and effect (except as may be otherwise indicated on Schedule 3(b)(iv)) . To LS Power’s Knowledge, the Dynegy Project Entities have performed all material obligations required to be performed by them to date under the Dynegy Project Entity Contracts and are not in default under any obligation of any such contract. To LS Power’s Knowledge, no counterparty to any of the Dynegy Project Entity Contracts is in default under any of the Dynegy Project Entity Contracts. To LS Power’s Knowledge, no Dynegy Project Entity has any material tort Obligations or material contractual Obligations other than those arising under or relating to (A) the Dynegy Project Entity Contracts or (B) such Dynegy Project Entity’s Organization Documents.

 

10


 

(v) Acknowledgment of Risks; Due Diligence . LS Power is familiar with investments of the nature of the LS Power Project Assets and the LS Power Project Entities (collectively, the “ LS Power Properties ” and, together with the Dynegy Properties, the “ DLS Properties ”), understands that ownership of the LS Power Properties involves substantial risks, has adequately investigated the LS Power Properties, and has substantial knowledge and experience in financial and business matters such that it is capable of evaluating, and has evaluated, the merits and risks inherent in owning the LS Power Properties, and is able to bear the economic risks associated with the LS Power Properties. LS Power has had the opportunity to visit with Dynegy and its applicable Affiliates and meet with their representative officers and other representatives to discuss the business, assets, liabilities, financial condition, and operations of the LS Power Properties, has received all materials, documents and other information that LS Power deems necessary or advisable to evaluate the LS Power Properties, and has made its own independent examination, investigation, analysis and evaluation of the LS Power Properties, including its own estimate of the value of the LS Power Properties. LS Power has undertaken such due diligence (including a review of the properties, liabilities, books, records and contracts associated with the LS Power Properties) as LS Power deems adequate.
4.  Post-Effective Date Covenants . The Parties agree as follows:
(a)  Transition Services . From the Effective Date through May 15, 2009, LS Power will provide reasonable transition services (for example, making appropriate personnel reasonably available to answer questions, make introductions and otherwise provide relevant information) related to the Dynegy Projects and the projects owned by the Dynegy Project Entities; provided , however , that LS Power shall not be required to incur any out-of-pocket costs or expenses in connection with the provision of such transition services unless Dynegy has agreed to reimburse same. Each Party will endeavor to promptly transfer to the other Party all plant, project, commercial, environmental, regulatory and other records and information held by such first Party (or any other member of such Party’s Group) and related to the DLS Properties being transferred to the other Party pursuant to this Agreement.
(b)  Delivery and Retention of Records . On or promptly after the Effective Date, each Party shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the other Party copies of Tax Records which are relevant to the DLS Properties being transferred to the other Party. Each Party agrees to (i) hold the Tax Records so delivered to it and not to destroy or dispose of any thereof for a period of ten years from the Effective Date or such longer time as may be required by Law, provided that, if the receiving Party desires to destroy or dispose of such Tax Records during such period, it shall first offer in writing at least 60 days before such destruction or disposition to surrender them to the other Party, and if the other Party does not accept such offer within 20 days after receipt of such offer, the receiving Party may take such action and (ii) to afford the other Party, its accountants, and counsel, during normal business hours, upon reasonable request, at any time, full access to the Tax Records delivered to it and to its employees to the extent that such access may be requested for any legitimate purpose at no cost to the requesting Party (other than for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses); provided that such access shall not be construed to require the disclosure of Tax Records that would cause the waiver of any attorney-client, work product, or like privilege; provided , further that in the event of any litigation nothing herein shall limit any Party’s rights of discovery under applicable Law.

 

11


 

(c)  DLS Companies’ Termination and Dissolution Matters .
(i) Release; Dissolution . As of the Effective Date, each Party releases each member of the LS Power Group and each member of the Dynegy Group from any and all Obligations such Person had, has or hereinafter may have arising out of or in connection with the DLS Development LLC Agreement and the DLS Holdings LLC Agreement prior to the Effective Date. Promptly after the Effective Date, Dynegy and LS Power, in their capacity as members of the DLS Companies, shall take any and all actions as may be necessary or appropriate in order to dissolve and wind up the affairs of the DLS Companies in accordance with Delaware Law and Section 2(d) ;
(ii) Amendment to LLC Agreements . Dynegy and LS Power hereby agree (in their capacities as the sole members of DLS Development) that Sections 4(c)(iii) and (iv) shall constitute amendments, effective as of the Effective Date, to the DLS Development LLC Agreement and the DLS Holdings LLC Agreement.
(iii) Amendment . Section 11.3 of the DLS Development LLC Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:
“Section 11.3 Outside Activities . Each Member and its respective Affiliates and Managers may engage, directly or indirectly, without the consent of the other Member or the Company, in other business opportunities, transactions, ventures or other arrangements of any nature or description, independently or with others, including business of a nature which may be competitive with or the same as or similar to the business of the Company, regardless of the geographic location of such business, and without any duty or obligation to offer or account to the other Member or the Company in connection therewith. Nothing herein is intended to create a partnership, joint venture, agency, or other relationship creating fiduciary or quasi-fiduciary duties or similar duties and obligations or to subject the Members or Managers to joint and several or vicarious liability or to impose any duty, obligation, or liability that would arise therefrom with respect to any or all of the Members, Managers or their Affiliates.”
In connection with the foregoing amendment, (1) Dynegy acknowledges and agrees that, unless explicitly agreed in writing after the Effective Date, no member of the LS Power Group has any obligation to offer any business opportunity (including any development project opportunity) to any member of the Dynegy Group and (2) LS Power acknowledges and agrees that, unless explicitly agreed in writing after the date hereof, no member of the Dynegy Group has any obligation to offer any business opportunity (including any development project opportunity) to any member of the LS Power Group. It is acknowledged, for the avoidance of doubt, that nothing in this paragraph is intended to modify or supersede the terms and conditions of that certain Corporate Opportunity Agreement dated as of September 14, 2006 between Dynegy Acquisition, Inc. and LS Power Development, LLC.

 

12


 

(iv) Further Action . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the DLS Development LLC Agreement or the DLS Holdings LLC Agreement, without the consent of both Dynegy and LS Power, as members of the respective DLS Companies, neither DLS Company (nor any representative of any DLS Company) shall take any action other than actions expressly contemplated by this Agreement.
(v) Additional Information . LS Power shall provide to Dynegy reasonable records and/or documentation supporting the amount of payments and distributions made (or to be made) by DLS Holdings pursuant to Section 2(a)(ii) .
(vi) No Further Use of “DLS” Name . From and after the Effective Date, neither LS Power nor Dynegy (nor any other members of the LS Power Group or the Dynegy Group) shall do business under the “DLS” name and, if the name of any member of the LS Power Group or the Dynegy Group contains a reference to “DLS”, the name of such entity shall, as soon as reasonably practicable following the Effective Date, be changed to a new name that does not contain such reference.
5.  Remedies .
(a)  Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties contained in this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby; provided , that the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3(b)(iv) shall only survive until January 31, 2009, after which date LS Power shall not have any obligation or liability with respect to any representation or warranty set forth in Section 3(b)(iv) (excluding any liability that may arise from a claim asserted for a breach of such a representation and warranty on or prior to January 31, 2009).
(b) Indemnification Provisions for Benefit of the LS Power Group.
(i) Dynegy Assumed Obligations . Dynegy agrees to release, defend, indemnify and hold harmless the LS Power Group from and against any Losses claimed against or otherwise incurred or suffered by the LS Power Group after the Effective Date by reason of any of the Dynegy Assumed Obligations.
(ii) Covenants and Obligations . In the event any of the representations, warranties, covenants or obligations of Dynegy in this Agreement are breached, then, as LS Power Group’s sole remedy, Dynegy agrees to release, indemnify and hold harmless the LS Power Group from and against any Losses claimed against or otherwise suffered by the LS Power Group by reason of all such breaches.

 

13


 

(c)  Indemnification Provisions for Benefit of the Dynegy Group .
(i) LS Power Assumed Obligations . LS Power agrees to release, defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Dynegy Group from and against any Losses claimed against or otherwise incurred or suffered by the Dynegy Group after the Effective Date by reason of any of the LS Power Assumed Obligations.
(ii) Covenants and Obligations . Subject to Section 5(a) , in the event any of the representations, warranties, covenants or obligations of LS Power in this Agreement are breached, then, as Dynegy Group’s sole remedy, LS Power agrees to release, indemnify and hold harmless the Dynegy Group from and against any Losses claimed against or otherwise suffered by the Dynegy Group by reason of all such breaches.
(d)  Procedure; Notice .
(i) The rights and remedies of the Parties and the Indemnitees under this Section 4(c)(vi) are exclusive and in lieu of any and all other rights and remedies that any Party or Indemnitee may have under this Agreement for monetary relief, with respect to any breach of or failure to perform any covenant, agreement, or representation or warranty set forth in this Agreement; or the assets, liabilities, obligations, business, or operations of the Dynegy Project Assets, the Dynegy Project Entities, the LS Project Assets, or the LS Project Entities, as the case may be.
(ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Party (including an Indemnitee) shall be entitled to recovery hereunder from any other Party (including an Indemnifying Party), for any Losses caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Party or Indemnitee. Except with respect to Third Party Claims made against any Indemnitee, no Party shall have any indemnification obligation under this Section 4(c)(vi) to any other Person with respect to any Losses consisting of incidental, indirect, consequential or punitive damages or lost profits.
(iii) If any Indemnitee receives notice of the assertion of any claim or of the commencement of any Action made or brought by any Person who is not a Party or any Affiliate of a Party (a “ Third Party Claim ”) with respect to which indemnification is to be sought from an Indemnifying Party, the Indemnitee shall give such Indemnifying Party written notice thereof as soon as reasonably practicable following the Indemnitee’s receipt of notice thereof, but in any event such notice shall be given no later than 30 calendar days after the Indemnitee’s receipt of notice of such Third Party Claim. Such notice shall describe the nature of the Third Party Claim in reasonable detail and shall indicate the estimated amount, if practicable, of the Losses that has been or may be sustained by the Indemnitee. The Indemnifying Party will have the right to participate in or, by giving written notice to the Indemnitee, to elect to assume the defense of any Third Party Claim at such Indemnifying Party’s expense and by such Indemnifying Party’s own counsel; provided that the counsel for the Indemnifying Party who shall conduct the defense of such Third Party Claim shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee. The Indemnitee shall cooperate in good faith in such defense at such Indemnitee’s own expense. If an Indemnifying Party elects not to assume the defense of any Third Party Claim, the Indemnitee may compromise or settle such Third Party Claim over the objection of the Indemnifying Party, which settlement or compromise shall conclusively establish the Indemnifying Party’s liability pursuant to this Agreement.

 

14


 

(iv) If, within 30 calendar days after an Indemnitee provides written notice to the Indemnifying Party of any Third Party Claim, the Indemnitee receives written notice from the Indemnifying Party that such Indemnifying Party has elected to assume the defense of such Third Party Claim as provided in Section 5(d)(iii) , the Indemnifying Party will not be liable for any legal expenses subsequently incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the defense thereof; provided , however , that if the Indemnifying Party shall fail to take reasonable steps necessary to defend diligently such Third Party Claim within 30 calendar days after receiving notice from the Indemnitee that the Indemnitee believes the Indemnifying Party has failed to take such steps, the Indemnitee may assume its own defense and the Indemnifying Party shall be liable for all reasonable expenses thereof; and provided, further, that nothing herein shall prohibit an Indemnitee from retaining co-counsel at its own expense.
(v) Without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee, the Indemnifying Party shall not enter into any settlement of any Third Party Claim that would lead to liability or create any financial or other obligation on the part of the Indemnitee for which the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification hereunder. If a firm offer is made to settle a Third Party Claim without leading to liability or the creation of a financial or other obligation on the part of the Indemnitee and the Indemnifying Party desires to accept and agree to such offer, the Indemnifying Party shall give written notice to the Indemnitee to that effect. If the Indemnitee fails to consent to such firm offer within 30 calendar days after its receipt of such notice, the Indemnifying Party shall be relieved of its obligations to defend such Third Party Claim and the Indemnitee may contest or defend such Third Party Claim. In such event the maximum liability of the Indemnifying Party as to such Third Party Claim will be the amount of such settlement offer plus reasonable costs and expenses paid or incurred by the Indemnitee up to the date of said notice.
(vi) Any claim by an Indemnitee on account of Losses for which indemnification is available under this Section 4(c)(vi) that does not result from a Third Party Claim (a “ Direct Claim ”) shall be asserted as soon as reasonably practicable following the Indemnitee becoming aware of such Direct Claim by giving the Indemnifying Party written notice thereof, stating the nature of such claim in reasonable detail, but in any event such notice shall not be given later than 30 calendar days after the Indemnitee becomes aware of such Direct Claim, and the Indemnifying Party shall have a period of 30 calendar days within which to respond to such Direct Claim. If the Indemnifying Party does not respond within such 30 calendar day period, the Indemnifying Party shall be deemed to have accepted such Direct Claim. If the Indemnifying Party rejects such Direct Claim, the Indemnitee will be free to seek enforcement of its right to indemnification under this Agreement.
(vii) If the amount of any Losses for which an indemnification payment is made under this Section 4(c)(vi) , at any time subsequent to the making of an indemnity payment in respect thereof, is reduced by recovery, settlement or otherwise under or pursuant to any insurance coverage, or pursuant to any claim, recovery, settlement or payment by, from or against any other Person, the amount of such reduction, less any costs, expenses or premiums incurred in connection therewith (together with interest thereon from the date of payment thereof by the insurer or third-party to the date of repayment at the “prime rate” as published in The Wall Street Journal) shall promptly be repaid by the Indemnitee to the Indemnifying Party.

 

15


 

(viii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5(d) , a failure to give timely notice as provided in this Section 5(d) shall not affect the rights or obligations of any Party hereunder except if, and only to the extent that, as a result of such failure, the Party that was entitled to receive such notice was materially prejudiced as a result of such failure.
(e)  Determination of Amount of Loss . The Losses giving rise to any indemnification obligation hereunder shall be limited to the actual loss suffered by the Indemnitee, but shall not be reduced to reflect insurance proceeds paid or available to be paid to the Indemnitee or the tax impact of any payment on the Indemnitee. The amount of the actual loss and the amount of the indemnity payment shall be computed by taking into account the timing of the loss or payment, as applicable, using a prime lending rate plus 2% interest or discount rate, as appropriate. Upon the request of the Indemnifying Party, the Indemnitee shall provide the Indemnifying Party with information sufficient to allow the Indemnifying Party to calculate the amount of the indemnity payment in accordance with this Section 5(e) . An Indemnitee shall take all reasonable steps to mitigate damages in respect of any claim for which it is seeking indemnification and shall use reasonable efforts to avoid any costs or expenses associated with such claim and, if such costs and expenses cannot be avoided, to minimize the amount thereof.
6.  Tax Matters .
(a)  Post-Dissolution Tax Returns . LS Power shall prepare or cause to be prepared and file or cause to be filed any Post-Dissolution Tax Returns with respect to the LS Project Assets and the LS Project Entities and shall pay (or cause to be paid) any Taxes due with respect to such Tax Returns. Dynegy shall prepare or cause to be prepared a file or cause to be filed any Post-Dissolution Tax Returns with respect to the Dynegy Project Assets and the Dynegy Project Entities and shall pay (or cause to be paid) any Taxes due with respect to such Tax Returns.
(b)  Pre-Dissolution Tax Returns . All Pre-Dissolution Tax Returns and Taxes with respect to the DLS Companies and their subsidiaries shall be handled in accordance with the DLS Companies’ Organizational Documents.
(c)  Cooperation on Tax Matters .
(i) LS Power and Dynegy shall cooperate fully, as and to the extent reasonably requested by the other Party, in connection with the filing of Tax Returns pursuant to this Section 6(c) and any audit, litigation or other proceeding and making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder.
(ii) LS Power and Dynegy further agree, upon request, to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any certificate or other document from any Governmental Authority or any other Person as may be necessary to mitigate, reduce or eliminate any Tax that could be imposed (including with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby).

 

16


 

(d)  Certain Taxes . If required by Applicable Law in connection with the transfer of any DLS Properties being distributed to a Party hereunder, (i) the Party receiving such DLS Properties shall file all necessary Tax Returns and other documentation with respect to all transfer, documentary, sales, use, stamp, registration and other similar Taxes and fees, pay the related Tax, and (ii) the other Party shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, join in the execution of any such Tax Returns and other documentation.
(e)  Confidentiality . Any information shared in connection with Taxes shall be kept confidential, except as may otherwise be necessary in connection with the filing of Tax Returns or reports, refund claims, tax audits, tax claims and tax litigation, or as required by Law.
(f)  Control of Proceedings . The Party responsible for any Tax under this Agreement shall control audits and disputes (and costs and expenses) related to such Taxes (including action taken to pay, compromise or settle such Taxes). Except as otherwise provided by this Agreement, the noncontrolling party shall be afforded a reasonable opportunity to participate in such proceedings at its own expense.
(g)  Remittance of Refunds . If LS Power or any Affiliate of LS Power receives a refund of any Taxes that Dynegy is entitled to hereunder, or if Dynegy or any Affiliate of Dynegy receives a refund of any Taxes that LS Power is entitled to hereunder, the Party receiving such refund shall, within 30 days after receipt of such refund, remit it to the Party who is entitled to such Taxes hereunder. For the purpose of this Section 6(g) , the term “refund” shall include a reduction in Tax and the use of an overpayment as a credit or other Tax offset, and receipt of a refund shall occur upon the filing of a Tax Return or an adjustment thereto using such reduction, overpayment or offset or upon the receipt of cash.
(h)  Characterization of Transactions . Dynegy and LS Power agree that neither they nor their Affiliates shall file or cause to be filed with the Internal Revenue Service a Form 8594 (“Asset Acquisition Statement under Section 1060”) because the transactions contemplated hereby constitute a liquidation of a tax partnership not subject to Section 1060 and does not require a Form 8594 to be filed.
7.  Miscellaneous .
(a) Public Announcements . Except as otherwise agreed to by the Parties, neither Party shall (and each Party shall not permit its Affiliates to) issue any report, statement or press release or otherwise make any public statement with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, except as may be required by Law (including any rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission) or the rules of the NYSE (in the reasonable judgment of the applicable Party). The Parties agree to cooperate in good faith to issue separate and simultaneous press releases within 24 hours following the execution of this Agreement by all Parties. In the event either Party determines that a report, statement or press release or other form of public statement with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby is required by applicable law, such Party shall offer the other Party reasonable opportunity to review such statement or other disclosure prior to its public disclosure.

 

17


 

(b)  Waiver of Compliance; Consents . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, any failure of any Party to comply with any obligation, covenant, agreement or condition in this Agreement may be waived by the Party entitled to the benefits thereof only by a written instrument signed by the Party granting such waiver, but such waiver of such obligation, covenant, agreement or condition shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any subsequent failure to comply therewith.
(c)  Assignment . This Agreement and all of the provisions hereof shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns, but neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by any Party without the prior written consent of each other Party.
(d)  Specific Performance; No Punitive or Consequential Damages . The Parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the Parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof. EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN SECTION 5(c)(ii), NEITHER PARTY NOR ITS AFFILIATES SHALL SEEK OR BE LIABLE FOR ANY PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING LOSS OF REVENUE OR INCOME, OR LOSS OF BUSINESS REPUTATION OR OPPORTUNITY RELATING TO ANY BREACH OR ALLEGED BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT.
(e)  Professional Fees and Expenses . Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, each Party shall pay all legal, accounting, and other fees and expenses incurred by such Party in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.
(f)  Third Party Beneficiaries . Other than those Persons entitled to indemnity under Section 4(c)(vi) , there are no third party beneficiaries having rights under or with respect to this Agreement.
(g)  Time . Time is of the essence in the performance of this Agreement
(h)  Counterparts; Electronic Transmission . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement may be validly executed and delivered by facsimile or in portable document format (.pdf).
(i) Headings . The section headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

18


 

(j)  Notices . All notices, requests, demands, claims, and other communications hereunder shall be in writing. Any notice, request, demand, claim, or other communication hereunder shall be deemed properly given or made (1) when delivered, if given by personal delivery or delivery service with proof of delivery, (2) upon receipt, if given by facsimile, or (3) two business days after being sent by mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, and addressed to the intended recipient as set forth below:
         
 
  If to Dynegy:   Dynegy Inc.
 
      Attn: General Counsel
 
       1000 Louisiana Street
 
      Houston, Texas 77002
 
      Facsimile: 713-356-2185
 
       
 
  If to LS Power:   LS Power Associates, L.P.
 
      Attn: General Counsel
 
       1700 Broadway
 
       35th Floor
 
      New York, NY 10019
 
      Facsimile: 212-615-3440
Any Party may change the address to which notices, requests, demands, claims, and other communications hereunder are to be delivered by giving the other Party written notice in the manner herein set forth.
(k)  Governing Law . EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT RELATE TO THE DISSOLUTION OF A DLS COMPANY OR THE AMENDMENT OF A DLS COMPANY’S LIMITED LIABILITY AGREEMENT (WHICH PROVISIONS SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE), THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.
(l)  Consent to Jurisdiction, Etc .
(i) Each of the Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of any court of the State of New York or any Federal court of the United States of America sitting in the Southern District of New York and any appellate court from any thereof, in any Action arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment relating to such transactions, and each of the Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such Action shall be heard and determined in such court of the State of New York or, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, in such Federal court. Each of the Parties agrees that a final judgment in any such Action shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by Law.

 

19


 

(ii) Each of the Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any Action arising out of or related to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby in any such New York state or federal court. Each of the Parties hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such Action in any such court. Each of the Parties shall designate and appoint an agent for the service of process in the State of New York in connection with any dispute arising under this Agreement, and agrees to consider any legal process or any demand or notice made or served on such agent as being made to it.
(iii) THE PARTIES EACH HEREBY AGREE TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO JURY TRIAL OF ANY DISPUTE BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENTS RELATING HERETO OR ANY DEALINGS AMONG THEM RELATING TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT. The scope of this waiver is intended to be all encompassing of any transaction contemplated hereby, including contract claims, tort claims, breach of duty claims, and all other material inducement to enter into a business relationship and that they will continue to rely on the waiver in their related future dealings. Each Party further represents and warrants that it has reviewed this waiver with its legal counsel, and that each knowingly and voluntarily waives its jury trial rights following consultation with legal counsel. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY HEREIN, THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED ORALLY OR IN WRITING, AND THE WAIVER WILL APPLY TO ANY AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT OR TO ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS RELATING HERETO. In the event of an Action, this Agreement may be filed as a written consent to trial by a court.
(m)  Amendment and Modification . Subject to applicable Law, this Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented only by written agreement of the Parties.
(n)  Severability . Any term or provision of this Agreement that is invalid or unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions hereof or the validity or enforceability of the offending term or provision in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction.
(o)  Compliance With Laws . This Agreement and the performance of all obligations contemplated herein are and will be subject to all applicable Laws. The Parties are entitled to act in accordance with each such Laws. The Parties will cooperate with respect to compliance with all governmental authorizations, including obtaining and maintaining all necessary regulatory authorizations or any reasonable exchange or provision of information needed for filing or reporting requirements.

 

20


 

(p)  Further Assurances . The Parties agree to (and to cause their applicable Affiliates to) execute such further assignments, releases, consents, notifications and other documents as may be reasonably requested by the other Party for the purpose of giving effect to, or evidencing or giving notice of, the matters contemplated by this Agreement. Each Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all action and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable under applicable Laws, to consummate the transactions contemplated in this Agreement.
(q)  Incorporation of Exhibits and Schedules . The Exhibits and Schedules identified in this Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof.
(r)  Entire Agreement . THIS AGREEMENT (INCLUDING THE DOCUMENTS REFERRED TO HEREIN) CONSTITUTES THE ENTIRE AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES AND SUPERSEDES ANY PRIOR UNDERSTANDINGS, AGREEMENTS, OR REPRESENTATIONS BY OR AMONG THE PARTIES, WRITTEN OR ORAL, TO THE EXTENT THEY HAVE RELATED IN ANY WAY TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF.
(s)  Limitations of Representations and Warranties . EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER PARTY IS MAKING ANY OTHER REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, WRITTEN OR ORAL, STATUTORY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, CONCERNING ANY OF THE ASSETS, LIABILITIES, AND ENTITIES BEING TRANSFERRED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT, AND EACH PARTY HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS RELIANCE ON ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES (WRITTEN OR ORAL, STATUTORY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED) OTHER THAN THOSE EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT.
[The next page is the signature page.]

 

21


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth in the preamble.
         
  DYNEGY INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Lynn A. Lednicky    
    Name:   Lynn A. Lednicky   
    Title:   President   
 
  LS POWER ASSOCIATES, L.P.
 
 
  By:   /s/ John T. King    
    Name:   John T. King   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
[Dissolution Agreement Signature Page]

 

 

Exhibit 10.18
EXECUTION COPY
AMENDMENT NO. 3
AMENDMENT NO. 3 dated as of February 12, 2009 to the Credit Agreement referred to below, among DYNEGY HOLDINGS INC. (the “ Borrower ”), DYNEGY INC., a Delaware corporation, DYNEGY ILLINOIS INC., an Illinois corporation, the other Guarantors party to such Credit Agreement, CITICORP USA, INC. and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agents, CITICORP USA, INC., as Payment Agent, JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Collateral Agent, and the Lenders party hereto.
The Borrower, the Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders, the Administrative Agents and the Collateral Agent are parties to a Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of April 2, 2007 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”).
The parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
Section 1. Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given them in the Credit Agreement.
Section 2. Amendments to Credit Agreement . Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 4 of this Amendment No. 3, but effective as of the date hereof, the Credit Agreement shall be amended as follows:
2.01 Definitions .
A. The definition of “ Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness ” in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by amending and restating the proviso set forth in the last sentence of such definition in its entirety to read as follows:
“; provided that if such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred more than 30 days after such discharge, the pro forma Leverage Ratio, after giving effect to the incurrence of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness (as if such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness had been incurred on the first day of the applicable Measurement Period), shall not exceed (A) 7.5 to 1.0 at any time from the Amendment No. 1 Closing Date through September 30, 2007, (B) 6.5 to 1.0 at any time from October 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007, (C) 6.0 to 1.0 at any time during fiscal years 2008 and 2009 and (D) thereafter, 5.0 to 1.0.”
B. References in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement” (or words of like import), or in any other Loan Documents to the “Credit Agreement” (or words of like import), shall be deemed to be references to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.
2.02 Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments . Section 2.13(a) of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by amending and restating sub-clause (II) of clause (iii) thereof in its entirety to read as follows:
“(II) the pro forma Leverage Ratio shall not exceed (A) 7.5 to 1.0 at any time from the Amendment No. 1 Closing Date through September 30, 2007, (B) 6.5 to 1.0 at any time from October 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007, (C) 6.0 to 1.0 at any time during fiscal years 2008 and 2009 and (D) thereafter, 5.0 to 1.0, in each case as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which financial statements are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a), (b), (c) and (d) after giving effect to such New Revolving Credit Commitments;”.
Amendment No. 3

 

 


 

2.03 Investments . Section 7.02(s) of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by amending and restating the proviso at the end thereof in its entirety to read as follows:
“; provided that the pro forma Leverage Ratio, after giving effect to such Investment, shall not exceed (A) 7.5 to 1.0 at any time from the Amendment No. 1 Closing Date through September 30, 2007, (B) 6.5 to 1.0 at any time from October 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007, (C) 6.0 to 1.0 at any time during fiscal years 2008 and 2009 and (D) thereafter, 5.0 to 1.0”.
2.04 Indebtedness . Section 7.03 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by as follows:
A. Section 7.03(b)(xii) of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by amending and restating clause (II) thereof in its entirety to read as follows:
“(II) the pro forma Leverage Ratio, after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness (as if such Indebtedness had been incurred on the first day of the applicable Measurement Period), shall not exceed (A) 7.5 to 1.0 at any time from the Amendment No. 1 Closing Date through September 30, 2007, (B) 6.5 to 1.0 at any time from October 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007, (C) 6.0 to 1.0 at any time during fiscal years 2008 and 2009 and (D) thereafter, 5.0 to 1.0;”.
B. Section 7.03(b)(xv) shall be amended by amending and restating clause (z) thereof in its entirety to read as follows:
“(z) the pro forma Leverage Ratio, after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness (as if such Indebtedness had been incurred on the first day of the applicable Measurement Period), shall not exceed (A) 7.5 to 1.0 at any time from the Amendment No. 1 Closing Date through September 30, 2007, (B) 6.5 to 1.0 at any time from October 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007, (C) 6.0 to 1.0 at any time during fiscal years 2008 and 2009 and (D) thereafter, 5.0 to 1.0.”
2.05 Asset Sales . Section 7.05(c) of the Credit Agreement shall be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
“(c) in the case of any Asset Sale other than the sale of Designated Assets or Basket Assets, the pro forma Leverage Ratio, after giving effect to such Asset Sale, shall not exceed (A) 7.5 to 1.0 at any time from the Amendment No. 1 Closing Date through September 30, 2007, (B) 6.5 to 1.0 at any time from October 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007, (C) 6.0 to 1.0 at any time during fiscal years 2008 and 2009 and (D) thereafter, 5.0 to 1.0.”
Section 3. Representations and Warranties . The Borrower and the Parent represents and warrants to the Lenders and the Agents that (a) the representations and warranties of each Loan Party contained in Article V of the Credit Agreement or in any other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof and as if each reference therein to the Credit Agreement or words of like import included reference to this Amendment and the Credit Agreement as amended hereby (except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date), (b) no Default exists immediately prior to giving effect to this Amendment No. 3 and no Default shall exist immediately after giving effect to this Amendment No. 3 and (c) since December 31, 2007, except as disclosed in any Public Disclosure, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Amendment No. 3

 

2


 

Section 4. Conditions to Effectiveness . This Amendment No. 3 shall become effective as of the date hereof; provided that all of the following conditions precedent shall have been met (or waived), as determined by the Agents in their sole reasonable discretion:
(a) Execution of Amendment No. 3 . The Administrative Agents shall have received one or more counterparts of this Amendment No. 3 duly executed by the Borrower, the Parent Companies, the other Guarantors, the Agents and Lenders constituting the Required Lenders.
(b) Fees . Subject to this Amendment No. 3 being approved by the Required Lenders, the Borrower shall have paid to the Payment Agent for the account of each Lender that has executed and delivered this Amendment No. 3 on or prior to 12:00 Noon (New York time) on February 12, 2009, an amendment fee equal to 0.10% of the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitment and Term Loans of such Lender outstanding immediately prior to the date hereof.
Section 5. Confirmation of Guarantee and Collateral Documents . Each of the Loan Parties party hereto confirms and ratifies all of its respective obligations under the Credit Agreement as amended hereby and the Loan Documents to which it is a party (including its respective obligations as a guarantor under Article X of the Credit Agreement) and the Liens granted by it under the respective Loan Documents (as amended hereby).
Section 6. Miscellaneous . Except as herein provided, the Credit Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect. This Amendment No. 3 may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same amendatory instrument and any of the parties hereto may execute this Amendment No. 3 by signing any such counterpart. This Amendment No. 3 shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.
[remainder of page intentionally left blank]
Signature pages intentionally omitted from Exhibit
Amendment No. 3

 

3

Exhibit 10.22
FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
This FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”), is made as of December 13, 2007 by and between PLUM POINT ENERGY ASSOCIATES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”) and AMBAC ASSURANCE CORPORATION, as Loan Insurer (the “ Loan Insurer ”), in its capacity as Controlling Party under the Credit Agreement referred to below.
The Borrower, the Loan Insurer, THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC, as administrative agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”), THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as collateral agent (the “ Collateral Agent ”), THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC, as Issuing Bank (the “ Issuing Bank ”), and RBS SECURITIES CORPORATION, as sole bookrunner (the “ Sole Bookrunner ”) are party to a Credit Agreement dated as of March 29, 2007 (the “ Credit Agreement ”).
The Borrower and the Loan Insurer wish to amend the terms of the Credit Agreement as set forth in this Amendment pursuant to Section 10.01(c) of the Credit Agreement.
Accordingly, the parties hereby agree as follows:
Section 1.   Definitions . Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this Amendment shall have the same meanings as set forth in the Credit Agreement, and the principles of construction and interpretation set forth in Section 1.02 of the Credit Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference in, and shall be applicable to, this Amendment, mutatis mutandis , as if set forth in full in this Amendment.
Section 2.   Amendments and Agreements . Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is amended by deleting therefrom the definition of “Sponsor” and inserting in its place the following:
Sponsor ” shall mean generally Dynegy Plum Point Holdings, LLC (formerly LSP Plum Point Holdings, LLC), a Delaware limited liability company provided that, solely for purposes of and as used in the definitions of “Credit Documents”, “Project Costs” and “Restricted Payments”, Section 7.01(c) and Section 7.01(p), “Sponsor” shall mean and include any Sponsor as defined under the Sponsor Support Agreement and any person that succeeds to or becomes an assignee (in whole or in part) of such Sponsor’s rights and obligations under the Sponsor Support Agreement and becomes a party thereto, together with any such successor’s respective successors and assigns thereunder.
Section 3.   Effectiveness . This Agreement shall become effective upon the delivery to each party hereto of a counterpart of this Amendment that has been duly executed by the other party hereto, which may be given by facsimile in accordance with Section 9.13(a) of the Credit Agreement.
FIRST AMENDMENT
to Credit Agreement

 

 


 

Section 4.   Miscellaneous .
(a)    Reference to and Effect on the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents . The Credit Agreement as specifically amended by this First Amendment shall remain in full force and effect. From and after the date of effectiveness hereof, each reference in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document shall refer to the Credit Agreement as amended by this First Amendment. This First Amendment shall be subject to, and construed in accordance with, the Credit Ageement in all respects, except as amended hereby.
(b)    Further Assurances . Each party hereto will, upon the reasonable request of the Agent, execute and deliver any further instruments or documents, and take such further actions as may reasonably be required, to fulfill and implement the terms of this First Amendment.
FIRST AMENDMENT
to Credit Agreement

 

2


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this First Amendment as of the date first above written.
BORROWER :
         
  PLUM POINT ENERGY ASSOCIATES, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
 
 
  By:   /s/ Stephen A. Furbacher    
    Name:   Steven A. Furbacher   
    Title:   President   
LOAN INSURER :
         
  AMBAC ASSURANCE CORPORATION
 
 
  By:   /s/ Michael T. Sagges    
    Name:   Michael T. Sagges   
    Title:   First Vice President   
FIRST AMENDMENT
to Credit Agreement

 

3

Exhibit 10.32
DYNEGY NORTHEAST GENERATION, INC.
SAVINGS INCENTIVE PLAN
As Amended and Restated
Effective January 1, 2009

 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
 
I. Definitions and Construction
    2  
1.1 Definitions
    2  
1.2 Number and Gender
    10  
1.3 Headings
    10  
1.4 Construction
    10  
 
       
II. Participation
    10  
2.1 Eligibility
    10  
2.2 Participation
    11  
2.3 Correction for Erroneous Inclusion of Employee
    11  
 
       
III. Contributions
    11  
3.1 Before-Tax Contributions
    11  
3.2 After-Tax Contributions
    14  
3.3 Employer Matching Contributions
    15  
3.4 Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions
    15  
3.5 Restrictions on Employer Matching Contributions and After-Tax Contributions
    16  
3.6 Return of Contributions
    16  
3.7 Disposition of Excess Deferrals and Excess Contributions
    17  
3.8 Rollover Contributions
    19  
 
       
IV. Allocations and Limitations
    20  
4.1 Allocation of Contributions
    20  
4.2 Application of Forfeitures
    21  
4.3 Valuation of Accounts
    21  
4.4 Limit on Annual Additions Under Code Section 415:
    22  
4.5 Recharacterizations
    22  
 
       
V. Investment Funds
    23  
5.1 Investment of Accounts
    23  
5.2 Pass-Through Voting and Other Rights with Respect to Company Stock
    23  
 
       
VI. Retirement Benefits
    24  
 
       
VII. Disability Benefits
    24  
 
       
VIII. Pre-Retirement Termination Benefits and Determination of Vested Interest
    24  
8.1 No Benefits Unless Herein Set Forth
    24  
8.2 Pre-Retirement Severance from Employment Benefit
    24  
8.3 Determination of Vested Interest
    25  

 

-i-


 

         
    Page  
 
       
IX. Death Benefits
    25  
9.1 Death Benefits
    25  
9.2 Designation of Beneficiaries
    25  
 
       
X. Time and Form of Payment of Benefits
    26  
10.1 Determination of Benefit Commencement Date
    26  
10.2 Form of Payment and Payee
    27  
10.3 Direct Rollover Election
    27  
10.4 Unclaimed Benefits
    27  
10.5 Minimum Distribution Requirements
    28  
 
       
XI. In-Service Withdrawals
    32  
11.1 In-Service Withdrawals
    32  
11.2 Restriction on In-Service Withdrawals
    34  
 
       
XII. Loans
    34  
 
       
XIII. Administration of the Plan
    35  
13.1 General Administration of the Plan
    35  
13.2 Records and Procedures
    35  
13.3 Meetings
    36  
13.4 Self-Interest of Participants
    36  
13.5 Compensation and Bonding
    36  
13.6 Committee Powers and Duties
    36  
13.7 Employer to Supply Information
    37  
13.8 Temporary Restrictions
    37  
13.9 Idemnification
    38  
13.10 Claims Procedures
    38  
 
       
XIV. Trustee and Administration of Trust Fund
    42  
14.1 Trust Agreement
    42  
14.2 Payment of Expenses
    42  
14.3 Trust Fund Property
    43  
14.4 Distributions from Participants’ Accounts
    43  
14.5 Payments Solely from Trust Fund
    43  
14.6 No Benefits to the Employer
    43  
 
       
XV. Fiduciary Provisions
    43  
15.1 Article Controls
    43  
15.2 General Allocation of Fiduciary Duties
    43  
15.3 Delegation and Allocation of Fiduciary Duties
    44  
15.4 Investment Manager
    44  
15.5 Independent Fiduciary
    44  
 
       
XVI. Amendments
    46  
16.1 Right to Amend
    46  
16.2 Limitation on Amendments
    46  

 

-ii-


 

         
    Page  
 
       
XVII. Discontinuance of Contributions, Termination, Partial Termination, and Merger or Consolidation
    46  
17.1 Right to Discontinue Contributions, Terminate, or Partially Terminate
    46  
17.2 Procedure in the Event of Discontinuance of Contributions, Termination, or Partial Termination
    47  
17.3 Merger, Consolidation, or Transfer
    48  
 
       
XVIII Participating Employers
    48  
18.1 Participation and Designation of Other Employers
    48  
18.2 Single Plan
    49  
 
       
XIX. Miscellaneous Provisions
    49  
19.1 Not Contract of Employment
    49  
19.2 Spendthrift Clause
    49  
19.3 Uniformed Services, Employment and Reemployment Rights Act Requirements
    51  
19.4 Payments to Minors and Incompetents
    51  
19.5 Acquisition and Holding of Company Stock
    51  
19.6 Power of Attorney Designations
    51  
19.7 Participant’s and Beneficiary’s Address
    51  
19.8 Incorrect Information, Fraud, Concealment, or Error
    51  
19.9 Severability
    52  
19.10 Jurisdiction
    52  
 
       
XX. Top-Heavy Status
    52  
20.1 Article Controls
    52  
20.2 Definitions
    52  
20.3 Top-Heavy Status
    53  
20.4 Top-Heavy Contribution
    54  
20.5 Termination of Top Heavy Status
    55  
20.6 Effect of Article
    55  
Appendix A Participating Employers
Appendix B Loan Policy

 

-iii-


 

DYNEGY NORTHEAST GENERATION, INC. SAVINGS INCENTIVE PLAN
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS , Dynegy Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Dynegy”), has heretofore adopted the DYNEGY NORTHEAST GENERATION, INC. SAVINGS INCENTIVE PLAN, hereinafter referred to as the “Plan,” for the benefit of the eligible employees of Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc.; and
WHEREAS , Dynegy desires to restate the Plan, intending thereby to provide an uninterrupted and continuing program of benefits;
NOW, THEREFORE , the Plan is hereby restated in its entirety as follows with no interruption in time, effective as of January 1, 2009, except as otherwise indicated herein:

 

-1-


 

I. Definitions and Construction
1.1 Definitions . Where the following words and phrases appear in the Plan, they shall have the respective meanings set forth below, unless their context clearly indicates to the contrary.
(1) Account(s) : A Participant’s After-Tax Account, Before-Tax Account, Employer Contribution Account, Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contribution Account, Rollover Contribution Account, Roth Account, and/or Catch-Up Contribution Account, including the amounts credited thereto and any subaccounts thereof.
(2) Act : The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
(3) After-Tax Account : An individual account for each Participant, which is credited with (i) all After-Tax Contributions held in such account on the Effective Date, and (ii) all amounts of After-Tax Contributions that are deferred and/or accrued after the Effective Date. Such Account shall also be adjusted to reflect changes in value as provided in Section 4.3.
(4) After-Tax Contributions : Contributions made to the Plan by a Participant in accordance with Section 3.2.
(5) Before-Tax Account : An individual account for each Participant, which is credited with (i) all Before-Tax Contributions made by the Employer on such Participant’s behalf in such account on the Effective Date, (ii) all amounts of Before-Tax Contributions deferred and/or accrued after the Effective Date, and (iii) the Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions, if any, made on such Participant’s behalf pursuant to Section 3.5 to satisfy the restrictions set forth in Section 3.1(e) in such account. Such Account shall also be adjusted to reflect changes in value as provided in Section 4.3.
(6) Before-Tax Contributions : Contributions made to the Plan by the Employer on a Participant’s behalf in accordance with the Participant’s elections to defer Compensation under the Plan’s qualified cash or deferred arrangement as described in Section 3.1.
(7) Benefit Commencement Date : With respect to each Participant or beneficiary, the date such Participant’s or beneficiary’s benefit is paid to him from the Trust Fund as determined in accordance with Section 10.1.
(8) Catch-Up Contribution Account : A individual account for each Participant which is credited with Catch-Up Contributions made in accordance with Section 3.1(h) of the Plan. Such Account shall also be adjusted to reflect changes in value as provided in Section 4.3.

 

-2-


 

(9) Catch-Up Contributions: Contributions made to the Plan by the Employer on a Participant’s behalf in accordance with Plan Section 3.1(h).
(10) Code : The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
(11) Committee : The Dynegy Inc. Benefit Plans Committee appointed to administer the Plan, which is comprised of those individuals who are serving on the Dynegy Inc. Benefit Plans Committee immediately prior to April 2, 2007, as well as any individual who becomes a member of the Dynegy Inc. Benefit Plans Committee pursuant to Section 13.1 of the Plan, until any such individual ceases to be a member of the Dynegy Inc. Benefit Plans Committee pursuant to Section 13.1 of the Plan.
(12) Company : Dynegy Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.
(13) Company Stock : The Class A common stock, $0.01 par value, of the Company.
(14) Company Stock Fund : An Investment Fund established to invest in Company Stock and such reserves of cash or cash equivalents as are necessary to meet the liquidity needs of the fund.
(15) Compensation : The regular or base salary or wages (but (i) including regular or base salary or wages paid during a military leave of absence, and (ii) excluding overtime payments and bonuses (other than that described below)) paid by the Employer to or for the benefit of a Participant for services rendered or labor performed for the Employer while a Participant and an Eligible Employee, provided that the following items shall be included as “Compensation:”
(A) Any amounts subject to a deferral election pursuant to Section 3.1 of the Plan;
(B) Elective contributions made on a Participant’s behalf by the Employer that are not includible in income under Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h), or 403(b) of the Code and any amounts that are not includible in the gross income of a Participant under a salary reduction agreement by reason of the application of Section 132(f) of the Code;
(C) Compensation deferred under an eligible deferred compensation plan within the meaning of Section 457(b) of the Code;
(D) Employee contributions described in Section 414(h) of the Code that are picked up by the employing unit and are treated as employer contributions; and
(E) If a Participant is scheduled to work a 12 hour shift, the regularly scheduled overtime will be included as Compensation, and is calculated by multiplying his straight time hourly rate of pay by the number of 12 hour shift regularly scheduled overtime hours for which he is paid, but excluding any other contributions or benefits under this Plan or any other pension, profit sharing, insurance, hospitalization or other plan or policy maintained by an Employer for the benefit of such Participant, bonuses, overtime, commissions, and all other extraordinary and unusual payments.

 

-3-


 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Compensation of any Participant taken into account for purposes of the Plan shall be limited to $245,000 for any Plan Year with such limitation to be (i) adjusted automatically to reflect any amendments to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code and any cost-of-living increases authorized by Section 401(a)(17) of the Code, and (ii) prorated for a Plan Year of less than twelve months and to the extent otherwise required by applicable law.
(16) Compensation Committee : The Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company.
(17) Controlled Entity : Each corporation that is a member of a controlled group of corporations, within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Code, of which the Employer is a member, each trade or business (whether or not incorporated) with which the Employer is under common control within the meaning of Section 414(c) of the Code, and each member of an affiliated service group, within the meaning of Section 414(m) of the Code, of which the Employer is a member.
(18) Direct Rollover : A payment by the Plan to an Eligible Retirement Plan designated by a Distributee.
(19) Directors : The Board of Directors of the Company.
(20) Distributee : Each (i) Participant entitled to an Eligible Rollover Distribution, (ii) Participant’s surviving spouse with respect to the interest of such surviving spouse in an Eligible Rollover Distribution, and (iii) former spouse of a Participant who is an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code, with regard to the interest of such former spouse in an Eligible Rollover Distribution. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, effective January 1, 2008, a Distributee shall also include a nonspouse beneficiary, but only with regard to the Participant’s interest under the Plan.
(21) Effective Date : January 1, 2009, as to this restatement of the Plan, except (i) as otherwise indicated in specific provisions of the Plan, and (ii) that provisions of the Plan required to have an earlier effective date by applicable statute and/or Regulation shall be effective as of the required effective date in such statute and/or Regulation, and shall have apply, as of such required effective date, to any plan merged into this Plan.

 

-4-


 

(22) Eligible Employee : Each Employee other than:
(A) An Employee whose terms and conditions of employment are governed by a collective bargaining agreement, unless such agreement provides for his coverage under the Plan,
(B) A nonresident alien,
(C) A Leased Employee,
(D) An individual who is deemed to be an Employee pursuant to Treasury Regulations issued under Section 414(o) of the Code; and
(E) An individual who is hired by an Employer on or after April 3, 2008 and who is covered by that certain Memorandum of Agreement between Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. and Local Union 320 of the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers, dated March 26, 2008, as ratified on April 3, 2008.
Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, no individual who is designated, compensated, or otherwise classified or treated by the Employer as an independent contractor or other non-common law employee shall be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan. It is expressly intended that individuals not treated as common law employees by the Employer are to be excluded from Plan participation even if a court or administrative agency determines that such individuals are common law employees.
(23) Eligible Retirement Plan : Any of (i) an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code, (ii) an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code, (iii) an annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code, (iv) a qualified plan described in Section 401(a) of the Code, which under its provisions does, and under applicable law may, accept a Distributee’s Eligible Rollover Distribution, (v) an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code, and (vi) an eligible plan under Section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for the amounts transferred into such plan from the Plan, and (vii) effective January 1, 2008, a Roth IRA described in Section 408A(b) of the Code. The definition of Eligible Retirement Plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving spouse or to a spouse or former spouse who is an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective January 1, 2008, in the case of an Eligible Rollover Distribution to a beneficiary who is a designated beneficiary as defined in Section 401(a)(9)(E) of the Code and is not a surviving spouse, an Eligible Retirement Plan is limited to an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity established for purposes of receiving the distribution that is treated as an inherited account under Section 402(c)(11) of the Code. If the designated beneficiary is a trust, an Eligible Retirement Plan is limited to an individual retirement account created on behalf of the trust that satisfies the requirements to be a designated beneficiary within the meaning of Section 401(a)(9)(E) of the Code.

 

-5-


 

(24) Eligible Rollover Distribution : With respect to a Distributee, any distribution of all or any portion of the Accounts of a Participant other than (i) a distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributee’s designated beneficiary or for a specified period of ten years or more, (ii) a distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, (iii) the portion of a distribution that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities), (iv) a loan treated as a distribution under Section 72(p) of the Code and not excepted by Section 72(p)(2) of the Code, (v) a loan in default that is a deemed distribution, (vi) any corrective distribution provided in Sections 3.7 and 4.4(c), (vi) a distribution pursuant to Section 11.1(c), and (vii) any other distribution so designated by the Internal Revenue Service in revenue rulings, notices, and other guidance of general applicability.
Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of the Plan, a portion of a distribution shall not fail to be an Eligible Rollover Distribution merely because the portion consists of after-tax employee contributions which are not includible in gross income; provided, however, that such portion may be transferred only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Section 408(a) or (b) of the Code or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in Section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible.
Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of the Plan, an Eligible Rollover Distribution to a nonspouse beneficiary is not subject to the direct rollover requirements of Section 401(a)(31) of the Code, the notice requirements of Section 402(f) of the Code or the mandatory withholding requirements of Section 3405(c) of the Code. If a nonspouse beneficiary receives an Eligible Rollover Distribution from the Plan, the distribution is not eligible for a “60-day” rollover.
(25) Employee : Each individual employed by the Employer (as reported in the Employer’s payroll records and for whom the Employer has FICA taxes withheld) and each Leased Employee.
(26) Employer : Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. and each entity listed on Appendix A that has been designated to participate in the Plan pursuant to the provisions of Article XVIII. The Company is not an Employer.

 

-6-


 

(27) Employer Contribution Account : An individual account for each Participant, which is credited with (i) all of the Participant’s Employer Contributions on the Effective Date, and (ii) all additional Employer Contributions contributed and/or accrued after the Effective Date. The Employer Contribution Account shall also be adjusted to reflect such Account’s changes in value as provided in Section 4.3.
(28) Employer Contributions : The total of Employer Matching Contributions and Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions.
(29) Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contribution Account : An individual account for each Participant which is credited with the Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions, if any, made pursuant to Section 3.4, as adjusted to reflect changes in value as provided in Section 4.3.
(30) Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions : Contributions made to the Plan by the Employer pursuant to Section 3.4.
(31) Employer Matching Contributions : Contributions made to the Plan by the Employer pursuant to Section 3.3.
(32) 415 Compensation : Compensation as defined in Section 415(c)(3) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations issued pursuant thereto.
(33) Highly Compensated Employee : Each Employee who performs services during the Plan Year for which the determination of who is highly compensated is being made (the “Determination Year “) and who:
(A) Is a five-percent owner of the Employer (within the meaning of Section 416(i)(1)(A)(iii) of the Code) at any time during the Determination Year or the twelve-month period immediately preceding the Determination Year (the “Look-Back Year”); or
(B) For the Look-Back Year—
(1) Receives compensation (within the meaning of Section 414(q)(4) of the Code; “compensation” for purposes of this Paragraph) in excess of $110,000 (with such amount to be adjusted automatically to reflect any cost-of-living adjustments authorized by Section 414(q)(1) of the Code) during the Look-Back Year; and
(2) If the Committee elects the application of this clause in such Look-Back Year, is a member of the top 20% of Employees for the Look-Back Year (other than Employees described in Section 414(q)(5) of the Code) ranked on the basis of compensation received during the year.
For purposes of the preceding sentence, (i) all employers aggregated with the Employer under Section 414(b), (c), (m), or (o) of the Code shall be treated as a single employer and (ii) a former Employee who had a separation year (generally, the Determination Year such Employee separates from service) prior to the Determination Year and who was an active Highly Compensated Employee for either such separation year or any Determination Year ending on or after such Employee’s fifty-fifth birthday shall be deemed to be a Highly Compensated Employee. To the extent that the provisions of this Paragraph are inconsistent or conflict with the definition of a “highly compensated employee” set forth in Section 414(q) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder; the relevant terms and provisions of Section 414(q) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder shall govern and control.

 

-7-


 

(34) Independent Fiduciary : The person or entity acting with respect to the Company Stock Fund as provided in Section 15.5.
(35) Investment Fund : Investment funds made available from time to time for the investment of Plan assets as described in Article V.
(36) Leased Employee : Each person who is not an employee of the Employer or a Controlled Entity but who performs services for the Employer or a Controlled Entity pursuant to an agreement (oral or written) between the Employer or a Controlled Entity and any leasing organization, provided that (i) such person has performed such services for the Employer or a Controlled Entity or for related persons (within the meaning of Section 144(a)(3) of the Code) on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year, and (ii) such services are performed under primary direction or control by the Employer or a Controlled Entity.
(37) Normal Retirement Date : The date a Participant attains the age of sixty-five.
(38) Participant : Each individual who (i) has met the eligibility requirements for participation in the Plan pursuant to Article II, or (ii) has made a Rollover Contribution in accordance with Section 3.8, but only to the extent provided in Section 3.8. For purposes of Article V and Section 19.6 only, the beneficiary of a deceased Participant and any alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order (as defined in Section 19.2) shall have the rights of a Participant.
(39) Plan : The Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Savings Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.
(40) Plan Year : The twelve-consecutive month period commencing January 1 of each year.
(41) Rollover Contribution Account . An individual account for a Participant, which is comprised of the following subaccounts:
(A) Employee After-Tax Rollover Subaccount : A subaccount for such Participant that is credited with (i) the balance of his Rollover Contributions consisting of after-tax employee contributions on the Effective Date, if any, and (ii) any additional Rollover Contributions consisting of after-tax employee contributions. A Participant’s Employee After-Tax Rollover Subaccount shall be adjusted to reflect changes in value as provided in Section 4.3.

 

-8-


 

(B) Employee Rollover Subaccount : A subaccount for such Participant that is credited with (i) the balance of his Employee Rollover Subaccount on the Effective Date, and (ii) any additional Rollover Contributions consisting of amounts other than after-tax employee contributions and Roth Contributions. A Participant’s Employee Rollover Subaccount shall be adjusted to reflect changes in value as provided in Section 4.3.
(C) Employee Roth Rollover Subaccount : A subaccount for such Participant that is credited with (i) the balance of his Employee Roth Rollover Subaccount on the Effective Date, and (ii) any additional Rollover Contributions consisting of Roth Contributions. A Participant’s Employee Roth Rollover Subaccount shall be adjusted to reflect changes in value as provided in Section 4.3.
(42) Rollover Contributions : Contributions made by an Eligible Employee pursuant to Section 3.8.
(43) Roth Account : An individual account for each Participant which is credited with Roth Contributions, if any, made in accordance with Section 3.1(i) of the Plan. Such Account shall also be adjusted to reflect changes in value as provided in Section 4.3.
(44) Roth Contributions : Contributions made by a Participant pursuant to Section 3.1(i).
(45) Severance from Employment : The term “Severance from Employment” shall have the same meaning as set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(d). A Severance from Employment occurs when the Participant ceases to be an Employee of an Employer maintaining the Plan. An Employee does not have a Severance from Employment if, in connection with a change of employment, the Employee’s new employer maintains such Plan with respect to the Employee. For example, if a new employer maintains the Plan with respect to an Employee by continuing or assuming sponsorship of the Plan or by accepting a transfer of Plan assets and liabilities (within the meaning of Section 414(1) of the Code) with respect to the Employee such Employee does not have a Severance from Employment.
(46) Total and Permanent Disability : A Participant shall be considered totally and permanently disabled if (i) the Participant has been determined to be disabled by the Social Security Administration, and (ii) the Participant is receiving payment of social security disability benefits.
(47) Trust : The trust(s) established under the Trust Agreement(s) to hold and invest contributions made under the Plan and income thereon, and from which the Plan benefits are distributed.

 

-9-


 

(48) Trust Agreement : The agreement(s) entered into between the Company and the Trustee establishing the Trust, as such agreement(s) may be amended from time to time.
(49) Trust Fund : The funds and properties held pursuant to the provisions of the Trust Agreement for the use and benefit of the Participants, together with all income, profits, and increments thereto.
(50) Trustee : The trustee or trustees qualified and acting under the Trust Agreement at any time.
1.2 Number and Gender . Wherever appropriate herein, words used in the singular shall be considered to include the plural and words used in the plural shall be considered to include the singular. The masculine gender, where appearing in the Plan, shall be deemed to include the feminine gender.
1.3 Headings . The headings of Articles and Sections herein are included solely for convenience, and if there is any conflict between such headings and the text of the Plan, the text shall control.
1.4 Construction . It is intended that the Plan be qualified within the meaning of section 401(a) of the Code and that the Trust be tax exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code, and all provisions herein shall be construed in accordance with such intent.
II. Participation
2.1 Eligibility . Individuals hired on or after the Effective Date shall not be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing:
(a) An individual who was a Participant in the Plan on the day prior to the Effective Date shall remain a Participant of this restatement thereof as of the Effective Date;
(b) An Employee who has not become a Participant in the Plan because he was not an Eligible Employee shall be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan as soon as administratively feasible following his becoming an Eligible Employee as a result of a change in his employment status; and
(c) A Participant who ceases to be an Eligible Employee but remains an Employee shall continue to be a Participant but, on and after the date he ceases to be an Eligible Employee, he shall no longer be entitled to defer Compensation hereunder, make contributions to the Plan, or share in allocations of Employer Contributions unless and until he shall again become an Eligible Employee.

 

-10-


 

2.2 Participation . Participation in the Plan is voluntary. By electing to make contributions to the Plan, a Participant agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan. Any Eligible Employee may become a Participant by following the procedures prescribed by the Committee within the time limits prescribed by the Committee. Any Eligible Employee who does not become a Participant upon becoming eligible pursuant to Section 2.1 may become a Participant on the first day of any subsequent payroll period by timely following the procedures prescribed by the Committee.
2.3 Correction for Erroneous Inclusion of Employee . If in any Plan Year, any Employee who should be omitted as a Participant is erroneously included and discovery of such inclusion is not made until after a contribution has been made and allocated, any erroneous Before-Tax Contributions, Catch-Up Contributions, Roth Contributions, and After-Tax Contributions and attributable earnings thereon will be returned to the Employee as soon as practicable after the discovery of the error. Any Employer Contributions (an any earnings thereon) shall be forfeited as soon as practicable after the discovery of the error.
III. Contributions
3.1 Before-Tax Contributions .
(a) A Participant may elect to defer an integral percentage of not less than 1% (or such other percentage as may be established by the Committee from time to time) of his Compensation by having the Employer contribute the amount so deferred to the Plan. A Participant’s election to defer an amount of his Compensation pursuant to this Section shall be made by authorizing his Employer, in the manner prescribed by the Committee, to reduce his Compensation, in the elected amount and the Employer, in consideration thereof, agrees to contribute an equal amount to the Plan. The Compensation elected to be deferred by a Participant for a payroll period pursuant to this Section shall become a part of the Employer’s Before-Tax Contributions for such payroll period and shall be allocated in accordance with Section 4.1(a). Compensation for a payroll period not so deferred by a Participant shall be received by such Participant in cash.
Such elections cannot relate to Compensation that is currently available prior to the adoption or effective date of the Plan. In addition, except for occasional, bona fide administrative considerations, contributions made pursuant to such an election cannot precede the earlier of (i) the performance of services relating to the contribution and (ii) when the Compensation that is subject to the election would be currently available to the Participant in the absence of an election to defer. Such election can only be made with respect to amounts that are compensation as defined under Section 415(c)(3) of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(c)-2. A Participant who is not in Qualified Military Service (as defined in Section 414(u) of the Code) cannot make an election with respect to an amount paid after the Participant’s Severance from Employment, unless the amount is paid within 2 1 / 2 months following the Participant’s Severance from Employment and is described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(c)-2(e)(3)(ii). For clarification purposes, the preceding sentence shall permit elections to apply to: (i) amounts earned prior to a Severance from Employment, and (ii) payments of sick leave and/or vacation pay paid to a Participant as soon as administratively feasible following Severance from Employment.

 

-11-


 

(b) A Participant’s deferral election shall remain in force and effect for all periods following the effective date of such election (which shall be as soon as administratively feasible after the election is made) until modified or terminated or until such Participant terminates his employment or ceases to be an Eligible Employee. A Participant who has elected to defer a portion of his Compensation may change his deferral election percentage, effective as of the date established by the Committee by communicating such new deferral election percentage to his Employer in the manner and within the time period prescribed by the Committee.
(c) A Participant may cancel his deferral election, effective as of the date established by the Committee by communicating such cancellation in the manner and within the time period prescribed by the Committee. A Participant who so cancels his deferral election may resume deferrals, effective as of the date established by the Committee by communicating his new deferral election to his Employer in the manner and within the time period prescribed by the Committee.
(d) In restriction of the Participants’ elections provided in Paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) above, the Before-Tax Contributions and the elective deferrals (within the meaning of Section 402(g)(3) of the Code) under all other plans, contracts, and arrangements of the Employer on behalf of any Participant for any calendar year shall not exceed $16,500 for calendar year 2009 (with such amount to be adjusted automatically to reflect any cost-of-living adjustments authorized by Section 402(g)(4) of the Code).
(e) In further restriction of the Participants’ elections provided in Paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) above, it is specifically provided that one of the actual deferral percentage tests set forth in Section 401(k)(2) of the Code and Treasury Regulations thereunder (“ADP Test”) must be met in each Plan Year. Such testing shall utilize the current year testing method as such term is defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-2(a)(2)(ii). The actual deferral ratio (as such term is defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-6) (“ADR”) of any Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and who is eligible to have Before-Tax Contributions (and Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions, if treated as elective contributions for purposes of the ADP Test) allocated to such Participant’s accounts under two (2) or more cash or deferred arrangements described in Section 401(k) of the Code, that are maintained by an Employer (or a Controlled Entity), shall be determined as if such elective contributions (and, if applicable, such Qualified Matching Contributions) were made under a single arrangement. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two (2) or more cash or deferred arrangements of the Employer or a Controlled Entity that have different Plan Years, then all elective contributions made during the Plan Year being tested under all such cash or deferred arrangements shall be aggregated, without regard to the plan years of the other plans. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans shall be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated under the Regulations of Section 401(k) of the Code.

 

-12-


 

(f) If the Committee determines that a reduction of Compensation deferral elections made pursuant to Paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above is necessary to insure that the restrictions set forth in Paragraph (d) or (e) above are met for any Plan Year, the Committee may reduce the elections of affected Participants on a temporary and prospective basis in such manner as the Committee shall determine.
(g) As soon as administratively feasible following the end of each payroll period, but no later than the time required by applicable law, the Employer shall contribute to the Trust, as Before-Tax Contributions with respect to each Participant, an amount equal to the amount of Compensation elected to be deferred, pursuant to Paragraphs (a) and (b) and above (as adjusted pursuant to Paragraph (f) above), by such Participant during such payroll period. Such contributions, as well as the contributions made pursuant to Sections 3.3, and 3.4, shall be made without regard to current or accumulated profits of the Employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan is intended to qualify as a profit sharing plan for purposes of Sections 401(a), 402, 412, and 417 of the Code.
(h) All Participants who are eligible to make elective deferrals under this Plan and who have attained age 50 before the close of the Plan Year shall be eligible to make Catch-Up Contributions in accordance with, and subject to the limitations of, Section 414(v) of the Code. Such Catch-Up Contributions shall not be taken into account for purposes of the provisions of the Plan implementing the required limitations of Sections 402(g) and 415 of the Code. The Plan shall not be treated as failing to satisfy the provisions of the Plan implementing the requirements of Sections 401(k)(3), 401(k)(11), 401(k)(12), 410(b), or 416 of the Code, as applicable, by reason of the making of such Catch-Up Contributions. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, Catch-Up Contributions shall not be matched by Employer Contributions. Any Catch-Up Contribution made as a Roth Contribution under Section 3.1(i) shall be treated as a Roth Contribution for purposes of allocation, distribution and investment.
(i) Each Participant may elect to have some or all of his or her Before-Tax Contribution, as a whole percentage of Compensation, and some or all of any Catch-Up Contribution, contributed to the Plan as a Roth Contribution. A Roth Contribution means any Before-Tax Contribution that is (i) designated irrevocably by the Participant at the time of execution of the applicable payroll deduction authorization form; supplied by the Employer as a Roth Contribution, (ii) treated by the Employer as included in the Participant’s income at the time the Participant would have received the amount in cash if the Participant had not made the election with respect to such Roth Contribution so that the Roth Contribution shall be wages subject to applicable withholding requirements, and (iii) maintained by the Plan in a separate, designated Roth Account. Roth Contributions shall be subject to the same dollar limits and nondiscrimination testing requirements as Before-Tax Contributions, and shall be subject to the same Plan provisions as Before-Tax Contributions for purposes of investment and distribution. Notwithstanding the preceding, Roth Contributions are not eligible for Employer Matching Contributions under Section 3.3.

 

-13-


 

3.2 After-Tax Contributions .
(a) If the Before-Tax Contributions to be made with respect to a Participant are restricted by the limitations set forth in Section 3.1(d) for a calendar year, then, automatically and without any further action by such Participant, such Participant’s Compensation shall continue to be reduced by the lesser of 5% or the percentage elected by the Participant and then in effect pursuant to Section 3.1(a), (b), or (c) for the remainder of such year but on an after-tax basis with such reductions to be contributed to the Plan as his After-Tax Contributions. Effective as of the first day of the following Plan Year, automatically and without any further action by the Participant, such Participant’s Compensation reduction election as then in effect under this Paragraph (a), as adjusted pursuant to Paragraphs (c), (d) and (e) below, shall revert to an election to defer Compensation pursuant to Section 3.1(a).
(b) Without limiting the applicability of Paragraph (a) above, a Participant may contribute to the Plan, as his After-Tax Contributions an integral percentage of from 1% to 5% (or such other percentage as may be established by the Committee from time to time) of his Compensation. After-Tax Contributions shall be made by authorizing the Employer to withhold such contributions from the Participant’s Compensation with respect to each payroll period. Each Participant may elect the amount of his After-Tax Contributions in the manner and within the time period prescribed by the Committee.
(c) A Participant may change the amount of his After-Tax Contributions pursuant to Paragraph (a) and/or (b) above effective as of the next available pay date by electing a new After-Tax Contribution percentage in the manner and within the time period prescribed by the Committee.
(d) A Participant may suspend his After-Tax Contributions pursuant to Paragraph (a) and/or (b) above effective as of the next available pay date in accordance with the procedures and within the time period prescribed by the Committee. Resumption of suspended After-Tax Contributions shall be made effective as of the next available pay date by making a new election in the manner and within the time period prescribed by the Committee; provided, however, that a Participant may not resume his After-Tax Contributions pursuant to Paragraph (a) above once such After-Tax Contributions have been suspended pursuant to this Paragraph.
(e) If the restrictions set forth in Section 3.5 would not otherwise be met for any Plan Year, the After-Tax Contribution elections made pursuant to Paragraphs (a), (b), (c), and (d) above of affected Participants may be reduced by the Committee on a temporary and prospective basis in such manner as the Committee shall determine.
(f) As soon as administratively feasible following the end of each payroll period, but in any event no later than the time required by applicable law, the Employer shall contribute to the Trust the After-Tax Contributions withheld from the Participants’ Compensation during such payroll period.

 

-14-


 

3.3 Employer Matching Contributions .
(a) With respect to each payroll period, the Employer shall contribute to the Trust, as Employer Matching Contributions, an amount that equals 50% of the Before-Tax Contributions that were made pursuant to Section 3.1 (excluding Roth Contributions pursuant to Section 3.1(i)) on behalf of each of the Participants whose terms and conditions of employment are not governed by a collective bargaining agreement and that were not in excess of 8% of each such Participant’s Compensation for such payroll period.
(b) With respect to each payroll period, the Employer shall contribute to the Trust, as Employer Matching Contributions, an amount that equals 50% of the Before-Tax Contributions that were made pursuant to Section 3.1 (excluding Roth Contributions pursuant to Section 3.1(i)) on behalf of each of the Participants whose terms and conditions of employment are governed by a collective bargaining agreement during such payroll period and that were not in excess of 6% of each such Participant’s Compensation for such payroll period.
3.4 Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions . In addition to the Employer Matching Contributions made pursuant to Section 3.3, for each Plan Year, the Employer, in its discretion, may contribute to the Trust as an Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contribution for such Plan Year the amounts necessary to cause the Plan to satisfy the restrictions set forth in Section 3.1(e) (with respect to certain restrictions on Before-Tax Contributions) and the amounts necessary to cause the Plan to satisfy the restrictions set forth in Section 3.5 (with respect to certain restrictions on Employer Matching Contributions and After-Tax Contributions). Amounts contributed in order to satisfy the restrictions set forth in Section 3.1(e) shall be considered “Qualified Matching Contributions” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-6), and amounts contributed in order to satisfy the restrictions set forth in Section 3.5 shall be considered Employer Matching Contributions.
Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions may be contributed to the Plan pursuant to the foregoing for purposes of satisfying the restrictions set forth in Section 3.1(e) only if the conditions described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-2(a)(6) are satisfied. A contribution made pursuant to this Section 3.4 is not taken into account under the actual contribution percentage test (as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-6) (“ACP Test”) or in determining the ADR for a Participant who is not a Highly Compensated Employee (a “NHCE”) to the extent that it exceeds the greatest of:
(a) Five percent (5%) of the NHCE’s Section 414(s) of the Code compensation for the Plan Year;
(b) The NHCE’s Before-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year; and
(c) The product of two (2) times the Plan’s “Representative Matching Rate” (as defined below) and the NHCE’s Before-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year.

 

-15-


 

Any amounts contributed pursuant to this Paragraph shall be allocated in accordance with the provisions of Sections 4.1(d), (e) and (f). For purposes of this Paragraph, the “Matching Rate” for a Participant generally is the Employer Matching Contributions made for such Participant divided by the Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year. For purposes of this Paragraph, the “Representative Matching Rate” is the lowest Matching Rate for any eligible NHCE among a group of NHCEs that consists of half of all eligible NHCEs in the Plan for the Plan Year (or, if greater, the lowest Matching Rate for all eligible NHCEs in the Plan who are employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year and who make Before-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year). If the Matching Rate is not the same for all levels of Before-Tax Contributions for a Participant, then the Participant’s Representative Matching Rate is determined assuming that a Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions are equal to six percent (6%) of his Section 414(s) of the Code compensation.
3.5 Restrictions on Employer Matching Contributions and After-Tax Contributions . In restriction of the Employer Matching Contributions and After-Tax Contributions hereunder, it is specifically provided that one of the actual contribution percentage tests set forth in Section 401(m) of the Code and Treasury Regulations thereunder (“ACP Test”) must be met in each Plan Year. Such testing shall utilize the current year testing method as such term is defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2(a)(2)(ii). The Committee may elect, in accordance with applicable Treasury Regulations, to treat Before-Tax Contributions to the Plan as Employer Matching Contributions for purposes of meeting this requirement. The actual contribution ratio (as such term is defined under Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(k)-6) (the “ACR”) for any Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee and who is eligible to have Employer Matching Contributions or After-Tax Contributions allocated to his or her account under two (2) or more plans described in Section 401(a) of the Code, or arrangements described in Section 401(k) of the Code that are maintained by the same Employer (or Controlled Entity), shall be determined as if the total of such contributions was made under each plan and arrangement. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two (2) or more such plans or arrangements that have different plan years, then all Employer Matching Contributions and After-Tax Contributions made during the Plan Year being tested under all such plans and arrangements shall be aggregated, without regard to the plan years of the other plans. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans shall be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated under the Treasury Regulations of Section 401(m) of the Code.
3.6 Return of Contributions . Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, the Employer’s contributions to the Plan are contingent upon the deductibility of such contributions under section 404 of the Code. To the extent that a deduction for contributions is disallowed, such contributions shall, upon the written demand of the Employer, be returned to the Employer by the Trustee within one year after the date of disallowance, reduced by any net losses of the Trust Fund attributable thereto but not increased by any net earnings of the Trust Fund attributable thereto, which net earnings shall be treated as a forfeiture in accordance with Section 4.2. Moreover, if Employer contributions are made under a mistake of fact, such contributions shall, upon the written demand of the Employer, be returned to the Employer by the Trustee within one year after the payment thereof, reduced by any net losses of the Trust Fund attributable thereto but not increased by any net earnings of the Trust Fund attributable thereto, which net earnings shall be treated as a forfeiture in accordance with Section 4.2.

 

-16-


 

3.7 Disposition of Excess Deferrals and Excess Contributions .
(a) Any Before-Tax Contributions and/or Roth Contributions to the Plan for a calendar year on behalf of a Participant in excess of the limitations set forth in Section 3.1(d) and any “excess deferrals” from other plans allocated to the Plan by such Participant no later than March 1 of the next following calendar year within the meaning of, and pursuant to the provisions of, Section 402(g)(2) of the Code, shall be distributed to such Participant not later than April 15 of the next following calendar year.
(b) Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, if, for any Plan Year, the aggregate Before-Tax Contributions and/or Roth Contributions made by the Employer on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees exceeds the maximum amount of Before-Tax Contributions and/or Roth Contributions permitted on behalf of such Highly Compensated Employees pursuant to Section 3.1(e) or 3.1(i), respectively, an excess amount shall be determined by reducing Before-Tax Contributions and/or Roth Contributions on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in order of the highest ADRs to equal the highest permitted ADR in accordance with Section 401(k)(8)(B)(ii) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder. Once determined, the Committee may adjust the contributions of each affected Highly Compensated Employee by causing such excess amounts to be (i) recharacterized as Catch-Up Contributions pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.5 of the Plan to the maximum extent possible, and (ii) distributed to Highly Compensated Employees in order of the highest dollar amounts contributed on behalf of such Highly Compensated Employees in accordance with Section 401(k)(8)(C) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder before the end of the next following Plan Year. Income allocable to such excess amounts with respect to a Plan Year shall be distributed therewith and shall include income for such Plan Year including the gap period between the end of such Plan Year and the date of distribution of such excess amounts computed under the safe harbor method of allocating gap period income set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-2(b)(2)(iv)(D).
(c) Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, if, for any Plan Year, the aggregate Employer Matching Contributions and After-Tax Contributions allocated to the Accounts of Highly Compensated Employees exceeds the maximum amount of such Employer Matching Contributions and After-Tax Contributions permitted on behalf of such Highly Compensated Employees pursuant to Section 3.5, an excess amount shall be determined by reducing, first, After-Tax Contributions made by, and second, Employer Matching Contributions made on behalf of, Highly Compensated Employees in order of the highest ACR to equal the highest permitted ACR in accordance with Section 401(m)(6)(B)(ii) of the Code and Treasury Regulations thereunder. Once determined, such excess shall be distributed to Highly Compensated Employees in order of the highest dollar amounts contributed by or on behalf of such Highly Compensated Employees in accordance with Section 401(m)(6)(C) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder (or, if such excess contributions are forfeitable, they shall be forfeited) before the end of the next following Plan Year. Income allocable to such excess amounts with respect to a Plan Year shall be distributed therewith and shall include income for such Plan Year including the gap period between the end of such Plan Year and the date of distribution of such excess amounts computed under the safe harbor method of allocating gap period income set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2(b)(2)(iv)(D). If separate testing is performed pursuant to the last sentence of Section 3.6, then the corrective actions described in this Paragraph shall be applied separately in a manner consistent with such separate testing.

 

-17-


 

(d) In coordinating the disposition of excess deferrals and excess contributions pursuant to this Section, such excess deferrals and excess contributions shall be disposed of in the following order:
(1) First, excess Roth Contributions that constitute excess deferrals described in Paragraph (a) above that are not considered in determining the amount of Employer Matching Contributions pursuant to Section 3.3 shall be distributed;
(2) Next, excess Before-Tax Contributions that constitute excess deferrals described in Paragraph (a) above that are not considered in determining the amount of Employer Matching Contributions pursuant to Section 3.3 shall be distributed;
(3) Next, excess Before-Tax Contributions that constitute excess deferrals described in Paragraph (a) above that are considered in determining the amount of Employer Matching Contributions pursuant to Section 3.3 shall be distributed, and the Employer Matching Contributions with respect to such Before-Tax Contributions shall be forfeited;
(4) Next, excess Before-Tax Contributions described in Paragraph (b) above that are not considered in determining the amount of Employer Matching Contributions pursuant to Section 3.3 shall be distributed;
(5) Next, excess Before-Tax Contributions described in Paragraph (b) above that are considered in determining the amount of Employer Matching Contributions pursuant to Section 3.3 shall be distributed, and the Employer Matching Contributions with respect to such Before-Tax Contributions shall be forfeited;
(6) Next, excess After-Tax Contributions described in Paragraph (c) above shall be distributed; and
(7) Finally, excess Employer Matching Contributions described in Paragraph (c) above shall be distributed (or, if forfeitable, forfeited).
(e) Any distribution or forfeiture of excess deferrals or excess contributions pursuant to the provisions of this Section shall be adjusted for income or loss allocated thereto in the manner determined by the Committee in accordance with any method permissible under applicable Treasury Regulations.

 

-18-


 

3.8 Rollover Contributions .
(a) Rollover Contributions may be made to the Plan by any Eligible Employee of amounts received by such Eligible Employee from a qualified plan described in Section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code or an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code (excluding, in each case, after-tax employee contributions). In addition, the Plan will accept a Rollover Contribution of the portion of a distribution received by an Eligible Employee from an individual retirement account or annuity described in Section 408(a) or 408(b) of the Code that is eligible to be rolled over and would otherwise be includible in gross income. Rollover Contributions pursuant to this Paragraph may only be made to the Plan pursuant to and in accordance with applicable provisions of the Code and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective January 1, 2008, the Plan will accept Roth 401(k) contributions as Rollover Contributions.
(b) Qualified direct Rollover Contributions may be made to the Plan by any Eligible Employee of amounts received by such Eligible Employee from any of a qualified plan described in Section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code (including after-tax employee contributions) or an annuity described in Section 403(b) of the Code (excluding after-tax employee contributions). Qualified direct Rollover Contributions may be made to the Plan only pursuant to and in accordance with applicable provisions of the Code and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. A direct Rollover Contribution of amounts that are “eligible rollover distributions” within the meaning of Section 402(f)(2)(A) of the Code may be made to the Plan irrespective of whether such eligible rollover distribution was paid to the Eligible Employee or paid to the Plan as a “direct” Rollover Contribution.
(c) Any Eligible Employee desiring to effect a Rollover Contribution to the Plan must follow the procedures prescribed by the Committee for such purpose. All Rollover Contributions to the Plan must be made in cash. A Rollover Contribution shall be credited to the Rollover Contribution Account of the Eligible Employee for whose benefit such Rollover Contribution is being made as of the day such Rollover Contribution is received by the Trustee.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Eligible Employee’s interest under a qualified plan described in Section 401(a) of the Code is distributed in connection with an acquisition of stock or assets by an Employer or a Controlled Entity, the Eligible Employee’s entire outstanding loan under such plan may be contributed as a Rollover Contribution to this Plan, in accordance with this Section 3.8, provided that the transferor plan provides the Committee with a current favorable IRS determination letter issued to such transferor plan and trust or such other evidence that the Committee in its discretion deems satisfactory to establish that the proposed Rollover Contribution is in fact eligible for rollover to the Plan and is made pursuant to and in accordance with applicable provisions of the Code and Treasury Regulations. The Committee shall determine, in its discretion, whether or not a distribution is made in connection with an acquisition of stock or assets by an Employer or a Controlled Entity.

 

-19-


 

(d) An Eligible Employee who has made a Rollover Contribution in accordance with this Section, but who has not otherwise become a Participant of the Plan in accordance with Section 2.2, shall become a Participant coincident with such Rollover Contribution; provided, however, that such Participant shall not have a right to defer Compensation, make contributions to the Plan, or have Employer Contributions made on his behalf until he has otherwise satisfied the requirements imposed by Section 2.2.
IV. Allocations and Limitations
4.1 Allocation of Contributions .
(a) Before-Tax Contributions made by the Employer on a Participant’s behalf shall be allocated to such Participant’s Before-Tax Account. Further, Catch-Up Contributions made by the Employer on a Participant’s behalf shall be allocated to such Participant’s Catch-Up Contribution Account.
(b) After-Tax Contributions made by a Participant pursuant to Section 3.2 shall be allocated to such Participant’s After-Tax Account.
(c) Employer Matching Contributions made by the Employer on a Participant’s behalf shall be allocated to such Participant’s Employer Contribution Account.
(d) The Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions, if any, made pursuant to Section 3.4 for a Plan Year in order to satisfy the restrictions set forth in Section 3.1(e) shall be allocated to the Before-Tax Accounts of Participants who (i) received an allocation of Before-Tax Contributions for such Plan Year, and (ii) were not Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year (each such Participant individually referred to as an “Eligible Participant” for purposes of this Paragraph). Such allocation shall be made, first, to the Before-Tax Account of the Eligible Participant who received the least amount of Compensation for such Plan Year until the lesser of the limitation set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-2(a)(6)(v) or the limitation set forth in Section 4.4 (the “401(k) Additional Contribution Limitation”) has been reached as to such Eligible Participant, then to the Before-Tax Account of the Eligible Participant who received the next smallest amount of Compensation for such Plan Year until the 401(k) Additional Contribution Limitation has been reached as to such Eligible Participant, and continuing in such manner until the Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contribution for such Plan Year has been completely allocated or the 401(k) Additional Contribution Limitation has been reached as to all Eligible Participants.
(e) The Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contribution, if any, made pursuant to Section 3.4 for a Plan Year in order to satisfy the restrictions set forth in Section 3.5 shall be allocated to the Employer Contribution Accounts of Participants who (i) received an allocation of Employer Matching Contributions for such Plan Year, and (ii) were not Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year (each such Participant individually referred to as an “Eligible

 

-20-


 

Participant” for purposes of this Paragraph). Such allocation shall be made, first, to the Employer Contribution Account of the Eligible Participant who received the least amount of Compensation for such Plan Year until the lesser of the limitation set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2(a)(5) or the limitation set forth in Section 4.4 (the “401(m) Additional Contribution Limitation”) has been reached as to such Eligible Participant; then to the Employer Contribution Account of the Eligible Participant who received the next smallest amount of Compensation for such Plan Year until the 401(m) Additional Contribution Limitation has been reached as to such Eligible Participant, and continuing in such manner until the Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contribution for such Plan Year has been completely allocated or the 401(m) Additional Contribution Limitation has been reached as to all Eligible Participants.
(f) If an Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions is made in order to satisfy the restrictions set forth in both Section 3.1(e) and Section 3.5 for the same Plan Year, the Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions made in order to satisfy the restrictions set forth in Section 3.1(e) shall be allocated (pursuant to Paragraph (d) above) prior to allocating the Employer Discretionary Qualified matching Contribution made in order to satisfy the restrictions set forth in Section 3.5 (pursuant to Paragraph (e) above). In determining the application of the limitations set forth in Section 4.4 to the allocations of Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions, all Annual Additions (as such term is defined in Section 4.4) to a Participant’s Accounts other than Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions shall be considered allocated prior to Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions.
(g) Roth Contributions pursuant to Article III made by the Employer on a Participant’s behalf shall be allocated to such Participant’s Roth Account.
(h) All contributions to the Plan shall be considered allocated to Participants’ Accounts no later than the last day of the Plan Year for which they were made, as determined pursuant to Article III, except that, for purposes of Section 4.3, contributions shall be considered allocated to Participants’ Accounts when received by the Trustee.
4.2 Application of Forfeitures . Any amounts that are forfeited under any provision hereof during a Plan Year shall be applied in the manner determined by the Committee to reduce Employer Matching Contributions next coming due and/or to pay expenses incident to the administration of the Plan and Trust. Prior to such application, forfeited amounts shall beheld in suspense and invested in the Investment Fund or Funds designated from time to time by the Committee.
4.3 Valuation of Accounts . All amounts contributed to the Trust Fund shall be invested as soon as administratively feasible following their receipt by the Trustee, and the balance of each Account shall reflect the result of daily pricing of the assets in which such Account is invested from the time of receipt by the Trustee until the time of distribution.

 

-21-


 

4.4 Limit on Annual Additions Under Code Section 415 : Effective January 1, 2008, contributions hereunder shall be subject to the limitations of Code Section 415 and Treasury Regulations published pursuant to such Code Section on April 5, 2007, the provisions of which are specifically incorporated by reference; to the extent any portion of this Section conflicts with such Regulations, the provisions of the Regulations shall govern.
(a) The Annual Additions to a Participant’s Accounts hereunder (together with the Annual Additions to the Participant’s account(s) under any other defined contribution plans required to be aggregated with the Plan) for any Limitation Year may not exceed the lesser of:
(1) Forty-nine Thousand Dollars ($49,000.00), subject to cost-of-living increases as allowed under Code Section 415(d); or
(2) One hundred percent (100%) of the Participant’s 415 Compensation for the Limitation Year.
In the event the preceding limitations apply to an individual who is a Participant in this Plan and was a Participant in any other defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer, the limitations shall apply first to this Plan.
(b) For purposes of this Section the following definitions shall apply:
(1) “ Annual Addition ” shall mean the sum of the following additions to a Participant’s Accounts for the Limitation Year (i) employer contributions (including salary reduction contributions); (ii) employee contributions, and (iii) forfeitures, if any. For purposes of this definition, “Annual Additions” to other Employer defined contribution plans (also taken into account when applying the limitations in Paragraph (a) above) include any voluntary employee contributions to an account in a qualified defined benefit plan and any employer contribution to an individual retirement account or annuity under Code Section 408 or to a medical account for a key employee under Code Section 401(h) or 419A(d), except that the 25%-of-pay limit below shall not apply to employer contributions to a key employee’s medical account after his separation from service.
(2) “ Limitation Year ” shall be the Plan Year.
(c) In the event the limitations in this Section are not satisfied, correction shall be made under the rules provided in Revenue Procedure 2008-50 (and any successor to that Revenue Procedure).
4.5 Recharacterizations . In the event a Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions for a Plan Year do not equal a limitation described in Section 3.1(e) for any reason whether or not related to an election by a Participant, his Catch-Up Contributions, if any, for such Plan Year shall be recharacterized as Before-Tax Contributions for all purposes to the extent necessary to either (i) increase Before-Tax Contributions to equal such limitation, or (ii) exhaust the Catch-Up Contributions made for such Plan Year; provided; however, in no event shall such recharacterized Catch-Up Contributions be eligible to be matched by Employer Matching Contributions.

 

-22-


 

In the event a Participant who is eligible to elect Catch-Up Contributions is determined by the Committee, applying the provisions of Section 3.7, to have excess deferrals for a Plan Year, then before causing a distribution of such Participant’s excess deferrals, the Committee may cause such Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions to be recharacterized as Catch-Up Contributions to the extent necessary to either (i) exhaust his excess deferrals, or (ii) increase his Catch-Up Contributions to the applicable limit under Section 414(v) of the Code for the Plan Year.
V. Investment Funds
5.1 Investment of Accounts .
(a) Each Participant shall designate, in accordance with the procedures established from time to time by the Committee, the manner in which the amounts allocated to each of his Accounts shall be invested from among the Investment Funds made available from time to time by the Committee, except that, subject to Section 15.5, there shall be a Company Stock Fund and the Committee may not eliminate such Fund. With respect to the portion of a Participant’s Accounts that is subject to investment discretion, such Participant may designate one of such Investment Funds for all the amounts allocated to such portion of his Accounts (except to the extent otherwise provided by the Committee) or he may split the investment of the amounts allocated to such portion of his Accounts between such Investment Funds in such increments as the Committee may prescribe. Except as otherwise provided in Section 15.5, if a Participant fails to make a designation, then such portions of his Accounts shall be invested in the Investment Fund or Funds designated by the Committee from time to time in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.
(b) A Participant may change his investment designation for future contributions to be allocated to his Accounts. Any such change shall be made in accordance with the procedures established by the Committee, and the frequency of such changes may be limited by the Committee.
(c) A Participant may elect to convert his investment designation with respect to the amounts already allocated to his Accounts. Any such conversion shall be made in accordance with the procedures established by the Committee, and the frequency of such conversions may be limited by the Committee.
5.2 Pass-Through Voting and Other Rights with Respect to Company Stock .
(a) Each Participant shall have the right to direct the Trustee as to the manner of voting and the exercise of all other rights which a shareholder of record has with respect to shares (and fractional shares) of Company Stock which are held in the Company Stock Fund and which are attributable to the Participant’s Accounts including, but not limited to, the right to sell or retain shares in a public or private tender offer.

 

-23-


 

(b) All shares (and fractional shares) of Company Stock for which the Trustee has not received timely Participant directions shall be voted or exercised by the Trustee in the same proportion as the shares (and fractional shares) of Company Stock for which the Trustee received timely Participant directions, except in the case where to do so would be inconsistent with the provisions of Title I of the Act.
(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event of a tender offer for Company Stock, the Trustee shall interpret a Participant’s silence as a direction not to tender the shares of Company Stock attributable to the Participant’s Accounts and, therefore, the Trustee shall not tender any shares (or fractional shares) of Company Stock for which it does not receive timely directions to tender such shares (or fractional shares) from Participants, except in the case where to do so would be inconsistent with the provisions of Title I of the Act.
VI. Retirement Benefits
A Participant who terminates his employment on or after his Normal Retirement Date shall be entitled to a retirement benefit, payable at the time and in the form provided in Article X, equal in value to the aggregate amount in his Accounts on his Benefit Commencement Date. Any contribution allocable to a Participant’s Accounts after his Benefit Commencement Date shall be distributed, as soon as administratively feasible after the date that such contribution is paid to the Trust Fund.
VII. Disability Benefits
A Participant who incurs a Total and Permanently Disability shall be entitled to a disability benefit, payable at the time and in the form provided in Article X, equal in value to the aggregate amount in his Accounts on his Benefit Commencement Date. Any contribution allocable to a Participant’s Accounts after his Benefit Commencement Date shall be distributed, as soon as administratively feasible after the date that such contribution is paid to the Trust Fund.
VIII. Pre-Retirement Termination Benefits and Determination of Vested Interest
8.1 No Benefits Unless Herein Set Forth . Except as set forth in this Article, upon the Participant’s Severance from Employment prior to his Normal Retirement Date for any reason other than Total and Permanent Disability or death, such Participant shall acquire no right to any benefit from the Plan or the Trust Fund.
8.2 Pre-Retirement Severance from Employment Benefit . Each Participant who incurs a Severance from Employment prior to his Normal Retirement Date for any reason other than Total and Permanent Disability or death shall be entitled to a Severance from Employment benefit, payable at the time and in the form provided in Article X, equal in value to the aggregate amount in his Accounts on his Benefit Commencement Date. Any contribution allocable to a Participant’s Accounts after his Benefit Commencement Date shall be distributed as soon as administratively feasible after the date that such contribution is paid to the Trust Fund.

 

-24-


 

8.3 Determination of Vested Interest . A Participant shall have a 100% vested interest in all of his Accounts under the Plan, including any After-Tax Account, the Before-Tax Account, the Roth Account, the Employer Contribution Account, the Rollover Contribution Account or the Catch-Up Contribution Account maintained on his behalf.
IX. Death Benefits
9.1 Death Benefits . Upon the death of a Participant while an Employee, the Participant’s designated beneficiary shall be entitled to a death benefit, payable at the time and in the form provided in Article X, equal to the value of the Participant’s Accounts on his Benefit Commencement Date. Any contribution allocable to a Participant’s Accounts after his Benefit Commencement Date shall be distributed as soon as administratively feasible after the date that such contribution is paid to the Trust Fund.
9.2 Designation of Beneficiaries .
(a) Each Participant shall have the right to designate the beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive payment of his benefit in the event of his death. Each such designation shall be made by providing a beneficiary designation in the manner prescribed by the Committee. Any such designation may be changed at any time by such Participant by providing a new designation in accordance with this Section. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant who is married on the date of his death has designated an individual or entity other than his surviving spouse as his beneficiary, such designation shall not be effective unless (i) such surviving spouse has consented thereto in writing and such consent (A) acknowledges the effect of such specific designation, (B) either consents to the specific designated beneficiary (which designation may not subsequently be changed by the Participant without spousal consent) or expressly permits such designation by the Participant without the requirement of further consent by such spouse, and (C) is witnessed by a Plan representative (other than the Participant) or a notary public, or (ii) the consent of such spouse cannot be obtained because such spouse cannot be located or because of other circumstances described by applicable Treasury Regulations. Any such consent by such surviving spouse shall be irrevocable.
(b) If a beneficiary designation has not been made at the time of the death of the Participant or if such designation is not effective for any reason as determined by the Committee, the designated beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive such death benefit shall be as follows:
(1) If a Participant leaves a surviving spouse, his designated beneficiary shall be such surviving spouse; and
(2) If a Participant leaves no surviving spouse, his designated beneficiary shall be (i) such Participant’s executor or administrator, or (ii) his heirs at law if there is no administration of such Participant’s estate.

 

-25-


 

(c) Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Section and to the extent not prohibited by state or federal law, if a Participant is divorced from his spouse and at the time of his death is not remarried to the person from whom he was divorced, any designation of such divorced spouse as his beneficiary under the Plan filed prior to the divorce shall be null and void unless the contrary is expressly stated in writing filed with the Committee by the Participant. The interest of such divorced spouse failing hereunder shall vest in the persons specified in Paragraph (b) above as if such divorced spouse did not survive the Participant.
X. Time and Form of Payment of Benefits
10.1 Determination of Benefit Commencement Date .
(a) A Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date shall be the date that is as soon as administratively feasible after the date the Participant or his beneficiary becomes entitled to a benefit pursuant to Article VI, VII, VIII, or IX unless the Participant has been reemployed by the Employer or a Controlled Entity before such potential Benefit Commencement Date.
(b) Unless (i) the Participant has attained age 70 1 / 2 or died, (ii) the Participant consents to a distribution pursuant to Paragraph (a) within the one-hundred-eighty (180)-day period (effective January 1, 2008) ending on the date payment of his benefit hereunder is to commence pursuant to Paragraph (a), or (iii) the Participant’s vested interest in his Accounts is not equal to or in excess of $1,000, the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date shall be deferred to the date which is as soon as administratively feasible after the earlier of the end of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 70 1 / 2 or the Participant’s date of death, or such earlier date as the Participant may elect by written notice to the Committee prior to such date. No less than thirty days (unless such thirty-day period is waived by an affirmative election in accordance with applicable Treasury Regulations) and no more than one-hundred-eighty (180) days before his Benefit Commencement Date, the Committee shall inform the Participant of his right to defer his Benefit Commencement Date and shall describe the Participant’s Direct Rollover election rights pursuant to Section 10.3 below.
(c) A Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date shall in no event be later than the sixtieth day following the close of the Plan Year during which such Participant attains, or would have attained, 70 1 / 2 or; if later, terminates his employment with the Employer and all Controlled Entities.
(d) Subject to the provisions of Section 10.5, a Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date shall not occur unless the Article VI, VII, VIII, or IX event entitling the Participant (or his beneficiary) to a benefit constitutes a distributable event described in section 401(k)(2)(B) of the Code and shall not occur while the Participant is employed by the Employer or any Controlled Entity (irrespective of whether the Participant has become entitled to a distribution of his benefit pursuant to Article VI, VII, VIII, or IX).

 

-26-


 

(e) Paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) above notwithstanding, but subject to the provisions of Section 10.5, a Participant and the beneficiary of a Participant who dies prior to his Benefit Commencement Date, other than a Participant whose vested interest in his Accounts is not equal to or in excess of $1,000 (determined by including the Participant’s Rollover Account, if any), must file a claim for benefits in the manner prescribed by the Committee before payment of his benefit will be made.
(f) If the value of a Participant’s Account balance is $1,000 or less (determined by including the Participant’s Rollover Account, if any), then the Participant’s entire Account balance shall be immediately distributed in a single sum payment.
10.2 Form of Payment and Payee .
(a) Subject to the provisions of Paragraph (b) below, a Participant’s benefits shall be provided from the balance of such Participant’s Accounts under the Plan and shall be paid in cash in one lump sum on the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date. Except as provided in Section 19.4, the Participant’s benefit shall be paid to the Participant unless the Participant has died prior to his Benefit Commencement Date, in which case the Participant’s benefit shall be paid to his beneficiary designated in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.2.
(b) Benefits shall be paid (or transferred pursuant to Section 10.3) in cash except that a Participant (or his designated beneficiary or legal representative in the case of a deceased Participant) may elect to have the portion of his Accounts invested in Company Stock paid (or transferred pursuant to Section 10.3) in full shares of Company Stock with any balance (including fractional shares of Company Stock) to be paid or transferred in cash. Conversions of Company Stock to cash and cash to Company Stock shall be made utilizing the unit method of accounting and shall be based upon the value of Company Stock within the Company Stock Fund.
10.3 Direct Rollover Election . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a Distributee’s election under this Section, a Distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Committee, to have all or any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution (other than any portion attributable to the offset of an outstanding loan balance of such Participant pursuant to the Plan’s loan procedure) paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a Direct Rollover.
10.4 Unclaimed Benefits . In the case of a benefit payable on behalf of a Participant, if the Committee is unable to locate the Participant or beneficiary to whom such benefit is payable, upon the Committee’s determination thereof, such benefit shall be forfeited. The timing of such forfeiture shall comply with the time of payment rules described in Section 10.1. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if subsequent to any such forfeiture the Participant or beneficiary to whom such benefit is payable makes a valid claim for such benefit, such forfeited benefit shall be restored to the Plan.

 

-27-


 

10.5 Minimum Distribution Requirements . The following provisions reflect final Regulations under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code published on April 17, 2002, but are not intended to provide any right to any optional form of distribution not otherwise provided in the Plan.
(a) General Rules .
(1) Precedence . The requirements of this Section will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the Plan.
(2) Requirements of Treasury Regulations Incorporated . All distributions required under this Section will be determined and made in accordance with the Treasury Regulations under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code.
(3) TEFRA Section 242 (b)(2) Elections . Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section distributions may be made under a designation made before January 1, 1984, in accordance with Section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (“TEFRA”) and the provisions of the Plan that relate to Section 242(b)(2) of TEFRA.
(b) Time and Manner of Distribution .
(1) Required Beginning Date . The Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the Participant’s required beginning date.
(2) Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin . If the Participant dies before distributions begin, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows:
(A) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, distributions to the surviving spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70 1 / 2 , if later.
(B) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, distributions to the designated beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died.

 

-28-


 

(C) If there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.
(D) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to the surviving spouse begin, this Subparagraph (b)(2), other than Subparagraph (b)(2)(A), will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant
For purposes of this Subparagraph (b)(2) and Subparagraph (d), unless Subparagraph (b)(2)(D) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the Participant’s required beginning date. If Subparagraph (b)(2)(D) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Subparagraph (b)(2)(A). If distributions under an annuity purchased from an insurance company irrevocably commence to the Participant before the Participant’s required beginning date (or to the Participant’s surviving spouse before the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Subparagraph (b)(2)(A)), the date distributions are considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence.
(3) Forms of Distribution . Unless the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in a single sum on or before the required beginning date, as of the first distribution calendar year distributions will be made in accordance with Subparagraphs (c) and (d) of this Section. If the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with the requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations.
(c) Required Minimum Distributions During Participant’s Lifetime .
(1) Amount of Required Minimum Distribution For Each Distribution Calendar Year . During the Participant’s lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year is the lesser of:
(A) The quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)(9)-9, using the Participant’s age as of the Participant’s birthday in the distribution calendar year; or
(B) If the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary for the distribution calendar year is the Participant’s spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)(9)-9, using the Participant’s and spouse’s attained ages as of the Participant’s and spouse’s birthdays in the distribution calendar year.

 

-29-


 

(2) Lifetime Required Minimum Distributions Continue Through Year of Participant’s Death . Required minimum distributions will be determined under this Subparagraph (c) beginning with the first distribution calendar year and up to and including the distribution calendar year that includes the Participant’s date of death.
(d) Required Minimum Distributions After Participant’s Death .
(1) Death On or After Date Distributions Begin.
(A) Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary . If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the longer of the remaining life expectancy of the Participant or the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated beneficiary, determined as follows:
(i) The Participant’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.
(ii) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death using the surviving spouse’s age as of the spouse’s birthday in that year. For distribution calendar years after the year of the surviving spouse’s death, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving spouse as of the spouse’s birthday in the calendar year of the spouse’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year.
(iii) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, the designated beneficiary’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the beneficiary in the year following the year of the Participant’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.
(B) No Designated Beneficiary . If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the year of the Participant’s death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the Participant’s remaining life expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

 

-30-


 

(2) Death Before Date Distributions Begin .
(A) Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary . If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated beneficiary, determined as provided in Subparagraph (d)(1).
(B) No Designated Beneficiary . If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, distribution of the Participant’s entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.
(C) Death of Surviving Spouse Before Distributions to Surviving Spouse Are Required to Begin . If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin, the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, and the surviving spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Subparagraph (b)(2)(A), this Subparagraph (d)(2) will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.
(e) Definitions .
(1) Designated beneficiary . The individual who is designated as the beneficiary under the applicable section of the Plan and is the designated beneficiary under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)(9)-1, Q&A-4.
(2) Distribution calendar year . A calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the Participant’s required beginning date. For distributions beginning after the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under Subparagraph (b)(2). The required minimum distribution for the Participant’s first distribution calendar year will be made on or before the Participant’s required beginning date. The required minimum distribution for other distribution calendar years, including the required minimum distribution for the distribution calendar year in which the Participant’s required beginning date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that distribution calendar year.

 

-31-


 

(3) Life expectancy . Life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)(9)-9.
(4) Participant’s account balance . The account balance as of the last valuation date in the calendar year immediately preceding the distribution calendar year (valuation calendar year) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the account balance as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date. The account balance for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the Plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the distribution calendar year if distributed or transferred in the valuation calendar year.
(5) Required beginning date . The date specified in Section 401(a)(9)(C) of the Code.
(f) A Designated Beneficiary that is not a surviving spouse may not elect a Direct Rollover of an amount which is a required minimum distribution according to this Section 9.2 of the Plan. If the Participant dies before his required beginning date and the nonspouse beneficiary elects a Direct Rollover to an Eligible Retirement Plan the maximum amount eligible for a Direct Rollover, the beneficiary may elect to use either the five (5)-year rule or the Life expectancy rule, in determining the required minimum distributions from the Eligible Retirement Plan that receives the nonspouse beneficiary’s distribution.
XI. In-Service Withdrawals
11.1 In-Service Withdrawals .
(a) A Participant, who is an Employee, may withdraw from his After-Tax Account any or all amounts held in such Account.
(b) A Participant, who is an Employee, and who has attained age fifty-nine and one-half (59- 1 / 2 ) may withdraw from his Before-Tax Account, his Catch-Up Contribution Account and his Employer Contribution Account, on a pro rata basis, an amount not exceeding the aggregate value of such Accounts; however, the number of withdrawals by a Participant under this paragraph shall be limited to two (2) withdrawals in a calendar year.
(c) A Participant, who is an Employee, and who has a financial hardship, as determined by the Committee, and who has made all available withdrawals pursuant to the paragraphs above and pursuant to the provisions of any other plans of the Employer and any Controlled Entities of which he is a member and who has obtained all available loans pursuant to Article XII and pursuant to the provisions of any other plans of the Employer and any Controlled Entities of which he is a member may withdraw from the following Accounts, and in the following order, his Rollover Contribution Account, his Before-Tax Account, his Catch-Up Contribution Account and his Employer Contribution Account an amount not to exceed the lesser of (i) the balance of such Accounts, or (ii) the amount determined by the Committee as being available for withdrawal pursuant to this Paragraph. In all cases, the minimum amount of a hardship distribution and the limits on the number of hardship distributions shall be determined under rules and procedures adopted by the Committee from time to

 

-32-


 

time. For purposes of this paragraph, financial hardship shall mean the immediate and heavy financial needs of the Participant. A withdrawal based upon financial hardship pursuant to this Paragraph shall not exceed the amount required to meet the immediate financial need created by the hardship and not reasonably available from other resources of the Participant. The amount required to meet the immediate financial need may include any amounts necessary to pay any federal, state, or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution. A withdrawal shall be deemed to be made on account of an immediate and heavy financial need of a Participant if the withdrawal is for:
(1) Expenses for (or necessary to obtain) medical care that would be deductible under Section 213(d) of the Code (determined without regard to whether the expenses exceed 7.5% of adjusted gross income);
(2) Costs directly related to the purchase of a principal residence of the Participant (excluding mortgage payments);
(3) Payment of tuition, related educational fees, and room and board expenses, for up to the next twelve months of post-secondary education for the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, children, or dependents (as defined in Section 152 of the Code and without regard to Sections 152(b)(1), (b)(2) and (d)(1)(B)) of the Code;
(4) Payments necessary to prevent the eviction of the Participant from his principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage of the Participant’s principal residence; or
(5) Payments for burial or funeral expenses for the Participant’s deceased parent, spouse, children or dependents (as defined in Section 152 of the Code and without regard to Sections 152(b)(1), (b)(2) and (d)(1)(B)); or
(6) Expenses for the repair of damage to the Participant’s principal residence that would qualify for the casualty deduction under Section 165 of the Code (determined without regard to whether the loss exceeds 10% of adjusted gross income).

 

-33-


 

The above notwithstanding, (i) withdrawals under this Paragraph from a Participant’s Before-Tax Account shall be limited to the sum of the Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions to the Plan, plus income allocable to the Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions and credited to the Participant’s Before-Tax Account as of December 31, 1988, less any previous withdrawals of such amounts, (ii) withdrawals from a Participant’s Catch-Up Contribution Account shall be limited to the Participant’s Catch-Up Contributions pursuant to Section 3.1(h), less any previous withdrawals of such amounts, and (iii) Employer Discretionary Qualified matching Contributions utilized to satisfy the restrictions set forth in Section 3.1(e), and income allocable thereto, shall not be subject to withdrawal. A Participant who receives a distribution pursuant to this Paragraph on account of hardship shall be prohibited from making elective deferrals and employee contributions under this and all other plans maintained by the Employer or any Controlled Entity for six (6) months after receipt of the distribution.
11.2 Restriction on In-Service Withdrawals .
(a) All withdrawals pursuant to this Article shall be made in accordance with procedures established by the Committee.
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article, no withdrawal shall be made from an Account to the extent such Account has been pledged to secure a loan from the Plan.
(c) If a Participant’s Account from which a withdrawal is made is invested in more than one Investment Fund, the withdrawal shall be made pro rata from each Investment Fund (under which withdrawals are available) in which such Account is invested.
(d) All withdrawals under this Article shall be paid in cash; provided, however, that a Participant may elect to have withdrawals pursuant to Section 11.1 paid in full shares of Company Stock (with any fractional shares to be paid in cash) to the extent that the Accounts from which such withdrawals are made are invested in such stock.
(e) Any withdrawal hereunder that constitutes an Eligible Rollover Distribution shall be subject to the Direct Rollover election described in Section 10.3.
(f) This Article shall not be applicable to a Participant following a Severance from Employment and the amounts in such Participant’s Accounts shall be distributable only in accordance with the provisions of Article X.
XII. Loans
The Plan authorizes the Trustee to make loans on a nondiscriminatory basis to a Participant or beneficiary in accordance with the written loan policy established by the Committee attached as Appendix B, as amended from time to time; provided (i) the loan policy satisfies the requirements of this Article XII; (ii) loans are available to all Participants and beneficiaries on a reasonably equivalent basis and are not available in a greater amount for Highly Compensated Employees than for other Employees; (iii) any loan is adequately secured and bears a reasonable rate of interest; (iv) the loan provides for repayment within a specified time; (v) the default provisions of the note prohibit offset of the Participant’s Account balance prior to the time the Trustee otherwise would distribute the Participant’s Account balance; and (vii) the loan otherwise conforms to the exemption provided by Section 4975(d)(1) of the Code.

 

-34-


 

The loan policy must be a written document and must include (i) the identity of the person or positions authorized to administer the participant loan program; (ii) a procedure for applying for the loan; (iii) the criteria for approving or denying a loan; (iv) the limitations, if any, on the types and amounts of loans available; (v) the procedure for determining a reasonable rate of interest; (vi) the types of collateral which may secure the loan; and (vii) the events constituting default and the steps the Plan will take to preserve Plan assets in the event of default. This Section specifically incorporates the written loan policy adopted by the Committee, as revised from time to time, attached to the Plan as Appendix B.
XIII. Administration of the Plan
13.1 General Administration of the Plan . The general administration of the Plan shall be vested in the Committee. For purposes of the Act, the Committee shall be the Plan “administrator” and shall be the “named fiduciary” with respect to the general administration of the Plan (except as to the investment of the assets of the Trust Fund).
Each member of the Committee shall serve until he resigns, dies or is removed by the Committee or the Compensation Committee. The Committee may remove any of its members at any time, with or without cause, by unanimous vote of the remaining members of the Committee and by written notice to such member; further, the Compensation Committee may remove any of the Committee members, with or without cause, and shall provide written notice to such member. Any member may resign by delivering a written resignation to the Committee and the Compensation Committee, such resignation to become effective as of a date specified in such notice that is on or after the date such notice is given as herein provided. A member of the Committee who is an employee of the Company or any of its affiliates shall cease to be a member of the committee as of the date he ceases to be employed by the Company or any of its affiliates. Vacancies in the Committee arising by death, resignation or removal shall be filled by the Committee. The Committee may select officers (including a Chairman) and may appoint a secretary who need not be a member of the Committee.
13.2 Records and Procedures . The Committee shall keep appropriate records of its proceedings and the administration of the Plan and shall make available for examination during business hours to any Participant or beneficiary such records as pertain to that individual’s interest in the Plan. The Committee shall designate the person or persons who shall be authorized to sign for the Committee and, upon such designation, the signature of such person or persons shall bind the Committee.

 

-35-


 

13.3 Meetings . The Committee shall hold meetings upon such notice and at such time and place as it may from time to time determine. Notice to a member shall not be required if waived in writing by that member. A majority of the members of the Committee duly appointed shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. All resolutions or other actions taken by the Committee at any meeting where a quorum is present shall be by vote of a majority of those present at such meeting and entitled to vote. Resolutions may be adopted of other action taken without a meeting upon written consent signed by all of the members of the Committee. The Committee may hold any meeting telephonically and any business conducted at a telephonic meeting shall have the same force and effect as if the Members had met in person.
13.4 Self-Interest of Participants . No member of the Committee shall have any right to vote or decide upon any matter relating solely to himself under the Plan or to vote in any case in which his individual right to clam any benefit under the Plan is particularly involved. In any case in which a Committee member is so disqualified to act and the remaining members cannot agree, the Directors or the Compensation Committee shall appoint a temporary substitute member to exercise all the powers of the disqualified member concerning the matter in which he is disqualified.
13.5 Compensation and Bonding . The members of the Committee shall not receive compensation with respect to their services for the Committee. To the extent required by the Act or other applicable law, or required by the Company, members of the Committee shall furnish bond or security for the performance of their duties hereunder.
13.6 Committee Powers and Duties . The Committee shall supervise the administration and enforcement of the Plan according to the terms and provisions hereof and shall have all powers necessary to accomplish these purposes, including, but not by way of limitation, the right, power, authority, and duty:
(a) To make rules, regulations, and bylaws for the administration of the Plan that are not inconsistent with the terms and provisions hereof and to enforce the terms of the Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder by the Committee;
(b) To construe in its discretion all terms, provisions, conditions, and limitations of the Plan; and, in all cases, the construction necessary for the Plan to qualify under the applicable provisions of the Code shall control;
(c) To correct any defect or to supply any omission or to reconcile any inconsistency that may appear in the Plan in such manner and to such extent as it shall deem expedient in its discretion to effectuate the purposes of the Plan;
(d) To employ and compensate such accountants, attorneys, investment advisors, and other agents, employees, and independent contractors as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable for the proper and efficient administration of the Plan;
(e) To determine in its discretion all questions relating to eligibility;

 

-36-


 

(f) To make a determination in its discretion as to the right of any person to a benefit under the Plan and to prescribe procedures to be followed by distributees in obtaining benefits hereunder;
(g) To prepare, file, and distribute, in such manner as the Committee determines to be appropriate, such information and material as is required by the reporting and disclosure requirements of the Act;
(h) To furnish the Employer any information necessary for the preparation of such Employer’s tax return or other information that the Committee determines in its discretion is necessary for a legitimate purpose;
(i) To require and obtain from the Employer and the Participants any information or data that the Committee determines is necessary for the proper administration of the Plan;
(j) To instruct the Trustee as to the loans to Participants pursuant to the provisions of Article XII;
(k) To appoint investment managers pursuant to Section 15.4;
(l) To receive and review reports from the Trustee and from investment managers as to the financial condition of the Trust Fund, including its receipts and disbursements;
(m) To establish or designate Investment Funds as investment options as provided in Article V; and
(n) To designate entities as participating Employers under the Plan pursuant to Article XVIII.
Any provisions of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, benefits under the Plan will be paid only if the Committee decides in its discretion that the applicant is entitled to them.
13.7 Employer to Supply Information . The Employer shall supply full and timely information to the Committee, including, but not limited to, information relating to each Participant’s Compensation, age, retirement, death, or other cause of Severance from Employment and such other pertinent facts as the Committee may require. The Employer shall advise the Trustee of such of the foregoing facts as are deemed necessary for the Trustee to carry out the Trustee’s duties under the Plan. When making a determination in connection with the Plan, the Committee shall be entitled to rely upon the aforesaid information furnished by the Employer.
13.8 Temporary Restrictions . In order to ensure an orderly transition in the transfer of assets to the Trust Fund from another trust fund maintained under the Plan or from the trust fund of a plan that is merging into the Plan or transferring assets to the Plan, the Committee may, in its discretion, temporarily prohibit or restrict withdrawals, loans, changes to contribution elections, changes of investment designation of future contributions, transfers of amounts from one Investment Fund to another Investment Fund, or such other activity as the Committee deems appropriate; provided that any such temporary cessation or restriction of such activity shall be in compliance with all applicable law.

 

-37-


 

13.9 Indemnification . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each member of the Committee and each Employee who is a delegate of the Committee against any and all expenses and liabilities arising out of his administrative functions or fiduciary responsibilities, including any expenses and liabilities that are caused by or result from an act or omission constituting the negligence of such individual in the performance of such functions or responsibilities, but excluding expenses and liabilities that are caused by of result from such individual’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct. Expenses against which such individual shall be indemnified hereunder shall include, without limitation, the amounts of any settlement or judgment, costs, counsel fees, and related charges reasonably incurred in connection with a claim asserted or a proceeding brought or settlement thereof.
13.10 Claims Procedures .
(a) Definitions . For purposes of this Section, the following terms, when capitalized, will be defined as follows:
(1) Adverse Benefit Determination : Any denial, reduction or termination of or failure to provide or make payment (in whole or in part) for a Plan benefit, including any denial, reduction, termination or failure to provide or make payment that is based on a determination of a Claimant’s eligibility to participate in the Plan. Further, any invalidation of a claim for failure to comply with the claim submission procedure will be treated as an Adverse Benefit Determination.
(2) Benefits Administrator : The person or office to whom the Committee has delegated day-to-day Plan administration responsibilities and who, pursuant to such delegation, processes Plan benefit claims in the ordinary course.
(3) Claiman t : A Participant or beneficiary or an authorized representative of such Participant or beneficiary who has filed or desires to file a claim for a Plan benefit.
(b) Filing of Benefit Claim . To file a benefit claim under the Plan, a Claimant must obtain from the Benefits Administrator the information and benefit election forms, if any, provided for in the Plan and otherwise follow the procedures established from time to time by the Committee or the Benefits Administrator for claiming Plan benefits. If, after reviewing the information so provided, the Claimant needs additional information regarding his Plan benefits, he may obtain such information by submitting a written request to the Benefits Administrator describing the additional information needed. A Claimant may only request a Plan benefit by fully completing and submitting to the Benefits Administrator the benefit election forms, if any, provided for in the Plan and otherwise following the procedures established from time to time by the Committee or the Benefits Administrator for claiming Plan benefits.

 

-38-


 

(c) Processing of Benefit Claim . Upon receipt of a fully completed benefit claim from a Claimant, the Benefits Administrator shall determine if the Claimant’s right to the requested benefit, payable at the time or times and in the form requested, is clear and, if so, shall process such benefit claim without resort to the Committee. If the Benefits Administrator determines that the Claimant’s right to the requested benefit, payable at the time or times and in the form requested, is not clear, it shall refer the benefit claim to the Committee for review and determination, which referral shall include:
(1) All materials submitted to the Benefits Administrator by the Claimant in connection with the claim;
(2) A written description of why the Benefits Administrator was of the view that the Claimant’s right to the benefit, payable at the time or times and in the form requested, was not clear;
(3) A description of all Plan provisions pertaining to the benefit claim;
(4) Where appropriate, a summary as to whether such Plan provisions have in the past been consistently applied with respect to other similarly situated Claimants; and
(5) Such other information as may be helpful or relevant to the Committee in its consideration of the claim.
If the Claimant’s claim is referred to the Committee, the Claimant may examine any relevant document relating to his claim and may submit written comments or other information to the Committee to supplement his benefit claim. Within thirty days of receipt from the Benefits Administrator of a benefit claim referral (or such longer period as may be necessary due to unusual circumstances or to enable the Claimant to submit comments), but in any event not later than will permit the Committee sufficient time to fully and fairly consider the claim and make a determination within the time frame provided in Paragraph (d) below, the Committee shall consider the referral regarding the claim of the Claimant and make a decision as to whether it is to be approved, modified or denied. If the claim is approved, the Committee shall direct the Benefits Administrator to process the approved claim as soon as administratively practicable.

 

-39-


 

(d) Notification of Adverse Benefit Determination . In any case of an Adverse Benefit Determination of a claim for a Plan benefit, the Committee shall furnish written notice to the affected Claimant within a reasonable period of time but not later than ninety days after receipt of such claim for Plan benefits (or within 180 days if special circumstances necessitate an extension of the ninety-day period and the Claimant is informed of such extension in writing within the ninety-day period and is provided with an extension notice consisting of an explanation of the special circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by which the benefit determination will be rendered). Any notice that denies a benefit claim of a Claimant in whole or in part shall, in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant:
(1) State the specific reason or reasons for the Adverse Benefit Determination;
(2) Provide specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the Adverse Benefit Determination is based;
(3) Describe any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim and explain why such material or information is necessary;
(4) Describe the Plan’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of the Act following an Adverse Benefit Determination on review; and
(5) Describe the Claimant’s right to bring legal action under Section 502(a) of the Act.
(e) Review of Adverse Benefit Determination . A Claimant has the right to have an Adverse Benefit Determination reviewed in accordance with the following claims review procedure:
(1) The Claimant must submit a written request for such review to the Committee not later than 60 days following receipt by the Claimant of the Adverse Benefit Determination notification;
(2) The Claimant shall have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim for benefits to the Committee;
(3) The Claimant shall have the right to have all comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim for benefits that have been submitted by the Claimant considered on review without regard to whether such comments, documents, records or information were considered in the initial benefit determination; and
(4) The Claimant shall have reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claim for benefits free of charge upon request, including (i) documents, records or other information relied upon for the benefit determination, (ii) documents, records or other information submitted, considered or generated without regard to whether such documents, records or other information were relied upon in making the benefit determination, and (iii) documents, records or other information that demonstrates compliance with the standard claims procedure.

 

-40-


 

The decision on review by the Committee will be binding and conclusive upon all persons, and the Claimant shall neither be required nor be permitted to pursue further appeals to the Committee.
(f) Notification of Benefit Determination on Review . Notice of the Committee’s final benefit determination regarding an Adverse Benefit Determination will be furnished in writing or electronically to the Claimant after a full and fair review. Notice of an Adverse Benefit Determination upon review will:
(1) State the specific reason or reasons for the Adverse Benefit Determination;
(2) Provide specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the Adverse Benefit Determination is based;
(3) State that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of all documents, records, and other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim for benefits including (i) documents, records or other information relied upon for the benefit determination, (ii) documents, records or other information submitted, considered or generated without regard to whether such documents, records or other information were relied upon in making the benefit determination, and (iii) documents, records or other information that demonstrates compliance with the standard claims procedure; and
(4) Describe the Claimant’s right to bring legal action under Section 502(a) of the Act.
The Committee shall notify a Claimant of its determination on review with respect to the Adverse Benefit Determination of the Claimant within a reasonable period of time but not later than sixty days after the receipt of the Claimant’s request for review unless the Committee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the review of the Adverse Benefit Determination. If the Committee determines that such extension of time is required, written notice of the extension (which shall indicate the special circumstances requiring the extension and the date by which the Committee expects to render the determination on review) shall be furnished to the Claimant prior to the termination of the initial sixty-day review period. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of sixty days from the end of the initial sixty-day review period. In the event such extension is due to the Claimant’s failure to submit necessary information, the period for making the determination on a review will be tolled from the date on which the notification of the extension is sent to the Claimant until the date on which the Claimant responds to the request for additional information.

 

-41-


 

(g) Exhaustion of Administrative Remedies . Completion of the claims procedures described in this Section will be a condition precedent to the commencement of any legal or equitable action in connection with a claim for benefits under the Plan by a Claimant or by any other person or entity claiming rights individually or through a Claimant; provided, however, that the Committee may, in its sole discretion, waive compliance with such claims procedures as a condition precedent to any such action.
(h) Payment of Benefits . If the Benefits Administrator or Committee determines that a Claimant is entitled to a benefit hereunder, payment of such benefit will be made to such Claimant (or commence, as applicable) as soon as administratively practicable after the date the Benefits Administrator or Committee determines that such Claimant is entitled to such benefit or on any other later date designated by and in the discretion of the Committee.
(i) Authorized Representatives . An authorized representative may act on behalf of a Claimant in pursuing a benefit claim or an appeal of an Adverse Benefit Determination. An individual or entity will only be determined to be a Claimant’s authorized representative for such purposes if the Claimant has provided the Committee with a written statement identifying such individual or entity as his authorized representative and describing the scope of the authority of such authorized representative. In the event a Claimant identifies an individual or entity as his authorized representative in writing to the Committee but fails to describe the scope of the authority of such authorized representative, the Committee shall assume that such authorized representative has full powers to act with respect to all matters pertaining to the Claimant’s benefit claim under the Plan or appeal of an Adverse Benefit Determination with respect to such benefit claim.
XIV. Trustee and Administration of Trust Fund
14.1 Trust Agreement . As a means of administering the assets of the Plan, the Company has entered into a Trust Agreement. The administration of the assets of the Plan and the duties, obligations, and responsibilities of the Trustee shall be governed by the Trust Agreement. The Trust Agreement may be amended from time to time as the Company and the Trustee deem advisable in order to effectuate the purposes of the Plan. The Trust Agreement is incorporated herein by reference and thereby made a part of the Plan.
14.2 Payment of Expenses . All expenses incident to the administration of the Plan and Trust, including but not limited to, legal, accounting, Trustee fees, direct expenses of the Employer and the Committee in the administration of the Plan, and the cost of furnishing any bond or security required of the Committee shall be paid by the Trustee from the Trust Fund, and, until paid, shall constitute a claim against the Trust Fund which is paramount to the claims of Participants and beneficiaries; provided, however, that (i) the obligation of the Trustee to pay such expenses from the Trust Fund shall cease to exist to the extent such expenses are paid by the Employer, and (ii) in the event the Trustee’s compensation is to be paid, pursuant to this Section, from the Trust Fund, any individual serving as Trustee who already receives full-time pay from an Employer or an association of Employers whose employees are Participants, or from an employee organization whose members are Participants, shall not receive any additional compensation for serving as Trustee. This Section shall be deemed to be a part of any contract to provide for expenses of Plan and Trust administration, whether or not the signatory to such contract is, as a matter of convenience, the Employer.

 

-42-


 

14.3 Trust Fund Property . All income, profits, recoveries, contributions, forfeitures, and any and all moneys, securities, and properties of any kind at any time received or held by the Trustee shall be held for investment purposes as a commingled Trust Fund. The Committee shall maintain Accounts in the name of each Participant, but the maintenance of an Account designated as the Account of a Participant shall not mean that such Participant shall have a greater or lesser interest than that due him by operation of the Plan and shall not be considered as segregating any funds or property from any other funds or property contained in the commingled fund. No Participant shall have any title to any specific asset in the Trust Fund.
14.4 Distributions from Participants’ Accounts . Distributions from a Participant’s Accounts shall be made by the Trustee only if, when, and in the amount and manner directed by the Committee. Any distribution made to a Participant or for his benefit shall be debited to such Participant’s Account or Accounts. All distributions hereunder shall be made in cash except as otherwise specifically provided herein.
14.5 Payments Solely from Trust Fund . All benefits payable under the Plan shall be paid or provided for solely from the Trust Fund, and neither the Employer nor the Trustee assumes any liability or responsibility for the adequacy thereof. The Committee or the Trustee may require execution and delivery of such instruments as are deemed necessary to assure proper payment of any benefits.
14.6 No Benefits to the Employer . No part of the corpus or income of the Trust Fund shall be used for any purpose other than the exclusive purpose of providing benefits for the Participants and their beneficiaries and of defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan and Trust Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, the Plan shall not be construed to vest any rights in the Company or in the Employer other than those specifically given hereunder.
XV. Fiduciary Provisions
15.1 Article Controls . This Article shall control over any contrary, inconsistent or ambiguous provisions contained in the Plan.
15.2 General Allocation of Fiduciary Duties . Each fiduciary with respect to the Plan shall have only those specific powers, duties, responsibilities and obligations as are specifically given him under the Plan. The Directors shall have the sole authority to appoint and remove the Trustee. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein and in the Trust Agreement, the Committee shall have the sole responsibility for the administration of the Plan, which responsibility is specifically described herein. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein and in the Trust Agreement, the Trustee shall have the sole responsibility for the administration, investment, and management of the assets held under the Plan. It is intended under the Plan that each fiduciary shall be responsible for the proper exercise of his own powers, duties, responsibilities, and obligations hereunder arid shall not be responsible for any act or failure to act of another fiduciary except to the extent provided by law or as specifically provided herein.

 

-43-


 

15.3 Delegation and Allocation of Fiduciary Duties . The Committee may appoint subcommittees, individuals, or any other agents as it deems advisable and may delegate to any of such appointees any or all of the powers and duties of the Committee. Such appointment and delegation must be in writing, specifying the powers or duties being delegated, and must be accepted in writing by the delegates. Upon such appointment, delegation, and acceptance, the delegating Committee members shall have no liability for the acts or omissions of any such delegate, as long as the delegating Committee members do not violate any fiduciary responsibility in making or continuing such delegation.
15.4 Investment Manager . The Committee may, in its sole discretion, appoint an “investment manager,” with power to select any or all of the Investment Funds available pursuant to Section 5.1 and/or with power to manage, acquire, or dispose of any asset of the Plan and to direct the Trustee in this regard, so long as:
(a) The investment manager is (i) registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, (ii) not registered as an investment adviser under such act by reason of paragraph (1) of section 203A of such act, is registered as an investment adviser under the laws of the state (referred to in such paragraph (1)) in which it maintains its principal office and place of business, and, at the time it last filed the registration form most recently filed by it with such state in order to maintain its registration under the laws of such state, also filed a copy of such form with the Secretary of Labor, (iii) a bank, as defined in the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, or (iv) an insurance company qualified to do business under the laws of more than one state; and
(b) Such investment manager acknowledges in writing that he is a fiduciary with respect to the Plan.
Upon such appointment, the Committee shall not be liable for the acts of the investment manager, as long as the Committee members do not violate any fiduciary responsibility in making or continuing such appointment. The Trustee shall follow the directions of such investment manager and shall not be liable for the acts or omissions of such investment manager. The investment manager may be removed by the Committee at any time and within its sole discretion.
15.5 Independent Fiduciary . The Committee may, at its sole discretion, appoint an Independent Fiduciary, who must be an investment manager as defined in Section 15.4(a), with the sole and exclusive authority and responsibility on behalf of the Plan to exercise all authority to:
(a) Determine whether acquiring or holding Company Stock in the Plan is no longer consistent with the Act, and if so, to determine whether to:
(1) Prohibit or limit (for example, as a percentage of a Participant’s Account) further purchases or holdings of Company Stock or increasing the Company Stock Fund’s holding of cash or cash equivalent investments, and in the event of such prohibition or limitation, to designate, as necessary, an alternative investment fund for the investment of the proceeds or contributions pending further investment directions from the Participants and beneficiaries;

 

-44-


 

(2) Liquidate some or all of the Plan’s holdings in the Company Stock Fund and determine how such liquidation should be accomplished and in the event of such liquidation, to designate, as necessary, an alternative investment fund for the investment of the proceeds or contributions pending further investment directions from the Participants and beneficiaries; or
(3) Terminate the availability of the Company Stock Fund as an investment option under the Plan on such terms and conditions as the Independent Fiduciary shall deem prudent and in the interests of the Plan, Participants and beneficiaries (and notwithstanding any Participant or beneficiary investment directions to the contrary), including the determination of the manner and timing of termination of the Company Stock Fund and orderly liquidation of its assets and designation of an alternative investment fund for the investment of the proceeds or contributions pending further investment directions from the Participants and beneficiaries;
(b) Direct the Trustee to execute and deliver to the Independent Fiduciary such forms and other documents as the Independent Fiduciary may determine are advisable to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or other governmental agency;
(c) Serve as the fiduciary responsible for ensuring the confidentiality of the proxy voting process; and
(d) Subject to the Committee’s right to reasonable notice and opportunity to review and comment on any proposed communication to Participants, which comments shall be reflected in such communication except to the extent the Independent Fiduciary reasonably determines such comments to be inconsistent with their duties as detailed herein, direct the Plan’s record keeper to make such communications to Participants and beneficiaries as the Independent Fiduciary reasonably determines to be necessary in connection with the exercise of its responsibilities with respect to the Plan.
Upon such appointment, the Committee shall not be liable for the acts of the Independent Fiduciary. An Independent Fiduciary may be removed by the Committee at any time and within its sole discretion.

 

-45-


 

XVI. Amendments
16.1 Right to Amend . Subject to Section 16.2 and any other limitations contained in the Act or the Code, the Directors or the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors may from time to time amend, in whole or in part, any or all of the provisions of the Plan on behalf of the Company and all Employers; provided, however, that (i) any amendments to the Plan that do not have a significant cost impact on the Employer may also be made by the Committee, and (ii) any amendments to the Plan that do not have any cost impact on the Employer may also be made by the Chairman of the Committee. Further, but not by way of limitation, the Directors, the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors, the Committee, or the Chairman of the Committee may make any amendment necessary to acquire and maintain a qualified status for the Plan under the Code or to maintain the Plan in compliance with applicable law, whether or not retroactive.
16.2 Limitation on Amendments . No such amendment shall allow any portion of the principal or income of the fund to be used for any purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of Participants or beneficiaries at any time prior to the satisfaction of all the liabilities under the Plan with respect to such persons. No amendment shall reduce a Participant’s Account balance on the effective date of the Plan amendment or eliminate an optional form of benefit under the Plan with respect to the Participant’s Account balance on the date of the amendment to the extent prohibited by Section 411 of the Code and related Treasury Regulations. No amendment shall increase the duties or responsibilities of the Trustee unless the Trustee consents thereto in writing.
No amendment shall retroactively decrease a Participant’s accrued benefits or otherwise retroactively place greater restrictions or conditions on a Participant’s rights to Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits, even if the amendment adds a restriction or condition that is otherwise permitted under Section 411(a) of the Code, unless otherwise permitted under Treasury Regulations Sections 1.411(d)-3 or 1.411(d)-4. Effective January 1, 2007, an optional form of benefit hereunder may be eliminated prospectively provided that the Plan will satisfy the requirements of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.411(d)-3(c), (d) or (e) or 1.411(d)-4.
XVII. Discontinuance of Contributions, Termination, Partial Termination,
and Merger or Consolidation
17.1 Right to Discontinue Contributions, Terminate, or Partially Terminate . The Company and the Employer have established the Plan with the bona fide intention and expectation that from year to year it will be able to, and will deem it advisable to, make its contributions as herein provided. However, the Company and the Employer realize that circumstances not now foreseen, or circumstances beyond its control, may make it either impossible or inadvisable for the Employer to continue to make its contributions to the Plan. Therefore, the Directors shall have the power to discontinue contributions to the Plan, terminate the Plan, or partially terminate the Plan at any time hereafter. Each member of the Committee and the Trustee shall be notified of such discontinuance termination, or partial termination.

 

-46-


 

17.2 Procedure in the Event of Discontinuance of Contributions, Termination, or Partial Termination .
(a) If the Plan is amended so as to permanently discontinue Employer Contributions, or if Employer Contributions are in fact permanently discontinued, the vested interest of each affected Participant shall be 100%, effective as of the date of discontinuance. In case of such discontinuance, the Committee shall remain in existence and all other provisions of the Plan that are necessary, in the opinion of the Committee, for equitable operation of the Plan shall remain in force.
(b) If the Plan is terminated or partially terminated, the vested interest of each affected Participant shall be 100%, effective as of the termination date or partial termination date, as applicable. Unless the Plan is otherwise amended prior to dissolution of the Company, the Plan shall terminate as of the date of dissolution of the Company.
(c) Upon discontinuance of contributions, termination, or partial termination, any previously, unallocated contributions and forfeitures shall be allocated among the Accounts of the Participants on such date of discontinuance, termination, or partial termination according to the provisions of Article IV. Thereafter, the net income (or net loss) shall continue to be allocated to the Accounts of the Participants until the balances of the Accounts are distributed.
In the case of a termination of the Plan, the Accounts of a Participant shall, subject to the consent provisions of Article X, be distributed to such Participant in a “lump sum distribution” as such term is defined below; provided, however, a distribution may not be made if the Employer establishes or maintains another “Alternative Defined Contribution Plan”. For purposes of this Section 17.2(c), an “Alternative Defined Contribution Plan” is a defined contribution plan that exists at any time during the period beginning on the date of Plan termination and ending 12 months after distribution of all assets from the terminated Plan. However, if at all times during the 24-month period beginning 12 months before the date of Plan termination, fewer than 2% of the employees who were eligible under the defined contribution plan that includes the cash or deferred arrangement as of the date of Plan termination are eligible under the other defined contribution plan, the other Plan is not an Alternative Defined Contribution Plan. In addition, a defined contribution plan is not treated as an Alternative Defined Contribution Plan if it is an employee stock ownership plan, as defined in Section 4975(e)(7) or Section 409(a) of the Code, a simplified employee pension plan as defined in Section 408(k) of the Code, a SIMPLE IRA plan as defined in Section 408(p) of the Code, a plan or contract that satisfies the requirements of Section 403(b) of the Code, or a plan that is described in Section 457(b) or (t) of the Code. The term “lump sum distribution” shall have the meaning provided in Section 402(e)(4)(D) of the Code (without regard to Section 402(e)(4)(D)(i)(I), (II), (III) and (IV) of the Code). In the case of a Participant who is affected by a partial termination of the Plan, the Accounts of such Participant shall, subject to the consent provisions of Article X, be distributed in accordance with the applicable provisions of Article X after he has incurred a Severance from Employment.

 

-47-


 

17.3 Merger, Consolidation, or Transfer . This Plan and Trust Fund may not merge or consolidate with, or transfer its assets or liabilities to, any other plan, unless immediately thereafter each Participant would, in the event such other plan terminated, be entitled to a benefit which is equal to or greater than the benefit to which he would have been entitled if the Plan were terminated immediately before the merger, consolidation, or transfer.
XVIII. Participating Employers
18.1 Participation and Designation of Other Employers .
(a) The Committee may designate any entity or organization eligible by law to participate in the Plan and the Trust as an Employer by written instrument delivered to the Secretary of the Company and the designated Employer. Such written instrument shall specify the effective date of such designated participation, may incorporate specific provisions relating to the operation of the Plan which apply to the designated Employer only, and shall become, as to such designated Employer and its Employees, a part of the Plan.
(b) Each designated Employer shall be conclusively presumed to have consented to its designation or participation, as applicable, and to have agreed to be bound by the terms of the Plan and any and all amendments thereto upon its submission of information to the Committee required by the terms of or with respect to the Plan or upon making a contribution to the Trust Fund pursuant to the terms of the Plan; provided, however, that the terms of the Plan may be modified so as to increase the obligations of an Employer only with the consent of such Employer, which consent shall be conclusively presumed to have been given by such Employer upon its submission of any information to the Committee required by the terms of or with respect to the Plan or upon making a contribution to the Trust Fund pursuant to the terms of the Plan following notice of such modification.
(c) The provisions of the Plan and the Trust Agreement shall apply separately and equally to each Employer and its Employees in the same manner as is expressly provided for the Company and its Employees, except that the power to appoint or otherwise affect the Committee or the Trustee and the power to amend or terminate the Plan and the Trust Agreement shall be exercised by the Directors alone (except as provided in Section 16.1).
(d) Transfer of employment among Employers shall not be considered a Severance from Employment hereunder.
(e) Any Employer may, by appropriate action of its Board of Directors or noncorporate counterpart that is communicated in writing to the Secretary of the Company and to the Committee, terminate its participation in the Plan and the Trust. Moreover, the Committee may, in its discretion, terminate an Employer’s Plan and Trust participation at any time by written instrument delivered to the Secretary of the Company and the designated Employer.

 

-48-


 

18.2 Single Plan . For purposes of the Code and the Act, the Plan as adopted by the Employers shall constitute a single plan rather than a separate plan of each Employer. All assets in the Trust Fund shall be available to pay benefits to all Participants and their beneficiaries.
XIX. Miscellaneous Provisions
19.1 Not Contract of Employment . The adoption and maintenance of the Plan shall not be deemed to be a contract between the Employer and any person or to be consideration for the employment of any person. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to give any person the right to be retained in the employ of the Employer or to restrict the right of the Employer to discharge any person at any time nor shall the Plan be deemed to give the Employer the right to require any person to remain in the employ of the Employer or to restrict any person’s right to terminate his employment at any time.
19.2 Spendthrift Clause . Except as provided below, no Participant, former Participant or beneficiary shall have the right to anticipate, assign or alienate any benefit provided under the Plan, and the Trustee will not recognize any anticipation, assignment or alienation. Furthermore, a benefit under the Plan is not subject to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process. All provisions of this Section 19.2 shall be for the exclusive benefit of those designated herein. These restrictions shall not apply in the following case(s):
(a) Distributions Pursuant to Qualified Domestic Relations Orders . The Committee may direct the Trustee under the nondiscriminatory policy adopted by the Committee to pay an Alternate Payee designated under a “qualified domestic relations order” as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code (or any domestic relations order entered before January 1, 1985 if payment of benefits pursuant to the order has commenced as of that date). To the extent provided under a qualified domestic relations order, a former spouse of a Participant shall be treated as the spouse or surviving spouse for all purposes of the Plan.
Upon receipt of a qualified domestic relations order, the Committee shall direct the Trustee to pay the Alternate Payee designated under such qualified domestic relations order the benefits awarded thereunder at the time and in the form elected by the Alternate Payee, subject to the limitations of Article X and the applicable Treasury Regulations. Unless otherwise provided in the qualified domestic relations order, an Alternate Payee shall be eligible to receive payment as soon as administratively feasible following the Committee’s receipt of the Alternate Payee’s written election for payment of benefits. The Committee shall adopt such procedures as necessary, in accordance with a nondiscriminatory policy, to effect the orderly administration of this Section 19.2(a). The amount payable, unless otherwise specified in the qualified domestic relations order, shall be determined as of the date immediately preceding the date of distribution to the Alternate Payee.
A qualified domestic relations order that otherwise satisfies the requirements under Section 414(p) of the Code will not fail to be a qualified domestic relations order (i) solely because the order is issued after, or revises, another domestic relations order or a qualified domestic relations order or (ii) solely because of the time at which the order is issued, including issuance after the annuity starting date or after the Participant’s death.

 

-49-


 

(b) Distributions Pursuant to Certain Judgments or Orders . The Committee may direct the Trustee to comply with a judgment or settlement entered into on or after August 3, 1997, which requires the Trustee to reduce a Participant’s benefits under the Plan by an amount that the Participant is ordered or required to pay to the Plan if each of the following criteria are satisfied:
(1) The order or requirement must arise:
i. Under a judgment of conviction for a crime involving the Plan;
ii. Under a civil judgment (including a consent order or decree) entered by a court in an action brought in connection with an actual or alleged violation of Part 4 of Title I of the Act; or
iii. Under a settlement agreement with either the Secretary of Labor or the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and the Participant in connection with an actual or alleged violation of Part 4 of Title I of the Act by a fiduciary or any other person.
(2) The decree, judgment, order or settlement must expressly provide for the offset of all or part of the amount ordered or required to be paid to the Plan against the Participant’s benefits under the Plan.
(3) In addition, if the joint and survivor annuity requirements of Section 401(a)(11) of the Code apply with respect to distributions from the Plan to the Participant and the Participant has a spouse at the time at which the offset is to be made, then one of the following three conditions must be satisfied:
i. Such spouse has consented in writing to such offset and such consent is witnessed by a notary public or representative of the Plan (or it is established to the satisfaction of a Plan representative that such consent may not be obtained by reason of circumstances described in Section 417(a)(2)(B) of the Code), or an election to waive the right of the spouse to either a qualified joint and survivor annuity or a qualified preretirement survivor annuity is in effect in accordance with the requirements of Section 417(a) of the Code;
ii. Such spouse is ordered or required in such judgment, order, decree, or settlement to pay an amount to the Plan in connection with a violation of part 4 of subtitle B of Title I of the Act; or

 

-50-


 

iii. In such judgment, order, decree, or settlement, such spouse retains the right to receive the survivor annuity under a qualified joint and survivor annuity provided pursuant to Section 401(a)(11)(A)(i) of the Code and under a qualified preretirement survivor annuity provided pursuant to Section 401(a)(11)(A)(ii) of the Code, determined in accordance with Section 401(a)(13)(D) of the Code.
19.3 Uniformed Services, Employment and Reemployment Rights Act Requirements . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits, and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with section 414(u) of the Code.
19.4 Payments to Minors and Incompetents . If a Participant or beneficiary entitled to receive a benefit under the Plan; is a minor or is determined by the Committee in its discretion to be incompetent or is adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be legally incapable of giving valid receipt and discharge for a benefit provided under the Plan, the Committee may pay such benefit to the duly appointed guardian or conservator of such Participant or beneficiary for the account of such Participant or beneficiary. If no guardian or conservator has been appointed for such Participant or beneficiary, the Committee may pay such benefit to any third party who is determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, to be authorized to receive such benefit for the account of such Participant or beneficiary. Such payment shall operate as a full discharge of all liabilities and obligations of the Committee, the Trustee, the Employer, and any fiduciary of the Plan with respect to such benefit.
19.5 Acquisition and Holding of Company Stock . The Plan is specifically authorized to acquire and hold up to 100% of its assets in Company Stock so long as Company Stock is a “qualifying employer security,” as such term is defined in Section 407(d)(5) of the Act.
19.6 Power of Attorney Designations . In accordance with the procedures established by the Committee, a Participant may grant any individual a “Power of Attorney” to exercise, on behalf of such Participant, any investment designation or conversion rights available to such Participant under the Plan with respect to such Participant’s Accounts.
19.7 Participant’s and Beneficiary’s Address . It shall be the affirmative duty of each Participant to inform the Committee of, and to keep on file with the Committee, his current mailing address and the current mailing address of his designated beneficiary. If a Participant fails to keep the Committee informed of his current mailing address and the current mailing address of his designated beneficiary, neither the Committee, the Trustee, the Company, the Employer, nor any fiduciary under the Plan shall be responsible for any late or lost payment of a benefit or for failure of any notice to be provided timely, under the terms of the Plan.
19.8 Incorrect Information, Fraud, Concealment, or Error . Any contrary provisions of the Plan notwithstanding, if, because of a human or systems error, or because of incorrect information provided by or correct information failed to be provided by, fraud, misrepresentation, or concealment of any relevant fact (as determined by the Committee) by any person the Plan enrolls any individual, pays benefits under the Plan, incurs a liability or makes any overpayment or erroneous payment, the Plan shall be entitled to recover from such person the benefit paid or the liability incurred, together with all expenses incidental to or necessary for such recovery.

 

-51-


 

19.9 Severability . If any provision of this Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions hereof; instead, each provision shall be fully severable and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if said illegal or invalid provision had never been included herein.
19.10 Jurisdiction . The situs of the Plan is Texas. All provisions of the Plan shall be construed in accordance with the laws of Texas except to the extent preempted by federal law.
XX. Top-Heavy Status
20.1 Article Controls . Any Plan provisions to the contrary notwithstanding, the provisions of this Article shall control to the extent required to cause the Plan to comply with the requirements imposed under Section 416 of the Code.
20.2 Definitions . For purposes of this Article, the following terms and phrases shall have these respective meanings:
(a) Account Balance : As of any Valuation Date, the aggregate amount credited to an individual’s account or accounts under a qualified defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer or a Controlled Entity, increased by (i) the aggregate distributions made to such individual from such plan (including a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the Plan under Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code) during a one-year period (or, in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than separation from service, death or disability, a five-year period) ending on the Determination Date and (ii) the amount of any contributions due as of the Determination Date immediately following such Valuation Date.
(b) Accrued Benefit : As of any Valuation Date, the present value (computed on the basis of the Assumptions) of the cumulative accrued benefit of an individual under a qualified defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer or a Controlled Entity increased by (i) the aggregate distributions made to such individual from such plan (including a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the Plan under Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code) during a one-year period (or, in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than separation from service, death or disability, a five-year period) ending on the Determination Date, and (ii) the estimated benefit accrued by such individual between such Valuation Date and the Determination Date immediately following such Valuation Date. Solely for the purpose of determining top-heavy status, the Accrued Benefit of an individual shall be determined under (i) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all qualified defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer and the Controlled Entities, or (ii) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than under the slowest accrual rate permitted under Section 411(b)(1)(C) of the Code.

 

-52-


 

(c) Aggregation Group : The group of qualified plans maintained by the Employer and each Controlled Entity consisting of (i) each plan in which a Key Employee participates and each other plan that enables a plan in which a Key Employee participates to meet the requirements of Section 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code, or (ii) each plan in which a Key Employee participates, each other plan that enables a plan in which a Key Employee participates to meet the requirements of Section 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code and any other plan that the Employer elects to include as a part of such group; provided, however, that the Employer may elect to include a plan in such group only if the group will continue to meet the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code with such plan being taken into account.
(d) Assumptions : The interest rate and mortality assumptions specified for top-heavy status determination purposes in any defined benefit plan included in the Aggregation Group which includes the Plan.
(e) Determination Date : The last day of the preceding Plan Year.
(f) Key Employee : A “key employee” as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.
(g) Plan Year : With respect to any plan, the annual accounting period used by such plan for annual reporting purposes.
(h) Remuneration : 415 Compensation.
(i) Valuation Date : With respect to any Plan Year of any defined contribution plan, the most recent date within the twelve-month period ending on a Determination Date as of which the trust fund established under such plan was valued and the net income (or loss) thereof allocated to Participants’ accounts. With respect to any Plan Year of any defined benefit plan, the most recent date within a twelve-month period ending on a Determination Date as of which the plan assets were valued for purposes of computing plan costs for purposes of the requirements imposed under section 412 of the Code.
20.3 Top-Heavy Status .
(a) The Plan shall be deemed to be top heavy for a Plan Year if, as of the Determination Date for such Plan Year, (i) the sum of Account Balances of Participants who are Key Employees exceeds 60% of the sum of Account Balances of all Participants unless an Aggregation Group including the Plan is not top-heavy, or (ii) an Aggregation Group including the Plan is top-heavy. An Aggregation Group shall be deemed to be top-heavy as of a Determination Date if the sum (computed in accordance with Section 416(g)(2)(B) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) of (i) the Account Balances of Key Employees under all defined contribution plans included in the Aggregation Group, and (ii) the Accrued Benefits of Key Employees under all defined benefit plans included in the Aggregation Group exceeds 60% of the sum of the Account Balances and the Accrued Benefits of all individuals under such plans. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Account Balances and Accrued Benefits of individuals who are not Key Employees in any Plan Year but who were Key Employees in any prior Plan Year shall not be considered in determining the top-heavy status of the Plan for such Plan Year. Further, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Account Balances and Accrued Benefits of individuals who have not performed services for the Employer or any Controlled Entity at any time during the one-year period ending on the applicable Determination Date shall not be considered.

 

-53-


 

20.4 Top-Heavy Contribution .
(a) If the Plan is determined to be top-heavy for a Plan Year the Employer shall contribute to the Plan for such Plan Year on behalf of each Participant who is not a Key Employee and who has not terminated his employment as of the last day of such Plan Year an amount equal to:
(1) The lesser of (i) 3% of such Participant’s Remuneration for such Plan Year, or (ii) a percent of such Participant’s Remuneration for such Plan Year equal to the greatest percent determined by dividing for each Key Employee the amounts allocated to such Key Employee’s Before-Tax Account and Employer Contribution Account for such Plan Year by such Key Employee’s Remuneration; reduced by
(2) The amount of Employer Matching Contributions and Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions allocated to such Participant’s Accounts for such Plan Year.
(b) The minimum contribution required to be made for a Plan Year pursuant to this Section for a Participant employed on the last day of such Plan Year shall be made regardless of whether such Participant is otherwise ineligible to receive an allocation of the Employer’s contributions for such Plan Year. The minimum contribution required to be made pursuant to this Section shall also be made for an Eligible Employee who is not a Key Employee and who is excluded from participation in the Plan solely because of failing to make Before-Tax Contributions.
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no contribution shall be made pursuant to this Section for a Plan Year with respect to a Participant who is a participant in another defined contribution plan sponsored by the Employer or a Controlled Entity if such Participant receives under such other defined contribution plan (for the plan year of such plan ending with or within the Plan Year of the Plan) a contribution which is equal to or greater than the minimum contribution required by Section 416(c)(2) of the Code.

 

-54-


 

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no contribution shall be made pursuant to this Section for a Plan Year with respect to a Participant who is a participant in a defined benefit plan sponsored by the Employer or a Controlled Entity if such Participant accrues under such defined benefit plan (for the plan year of such plan ending with or within the Plan Year of this Plan) a benefit that is at least equal to the benefit described in Section 416(c)(1) of the Code. If the preceding sentence is not applicable. the requirements of this Paragraph shall be met by providing a minimum benefit under such defined benefit plan which, when considered with the benefit provided under the Plan as an offset, is at least equal to the benefit described in Section 416(c)(1) of the Code.
20.5 Termination of Top Heavy Status . If the Plan has been deemed to be top-heavy for one or more Plan Years and thereafter ceases to be top-heavy, the provisions of this Article shall cease to apply to the Plan effective as of the Determination Date on which it is determined no longer to be top-heavy.
20.6 Effect of Article . Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the provisions of this Article shall automatically become inoperative and of no effect to the extent not required by the Code or the Act.
EXECUTED this 18 th day of December, 2008, effective January 1, 2009, or as otherwise provided herein.
         
  DYNEGY INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

 

-55-


 

Appendix A
PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS
1. Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc.

 

-1-


 

Appendix B
LOAN POLICY
B-1 Eligibility for Loan .
(a) Participant who meets the requirements of the following Clauses (A), (B) and (C): (A) who is a party-in-interest, as that term is defined in Section 3(14) of the Act, (B) who is no longer employed by the Employer, who is a beneficiary of a deceased participant, or who is an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as that term is defined in Section 414(p)(8) of the Code, and (C) who retains an Account balance under the Plan (an individual who is eligible to apply for a loan under this Appendix B being hereinafter referred to as a “Participant” for purposes of this Article). All loans shall be subject to the requirements of this Appendix B and such other rules and guidelines, which the Committee shall from time to time prescribe.
(b) No individual may have more than three (3) loans outstanding under the Plan at any time, and no individual may have more than one loan outstanding under the Plan at any time that is being used to acquire any dwelling unit which within a reasonable time is to be used (determined at the time the loan is made) as a principal residence.
B-2 Maximum Loan .
(a) A loan to a Participant may not exceed fifty-percent (50%) of the then value of such Participant’s vested interest in his Accounts.
(b) Paragraph (a) above to the contrary notwithstanding, no loan shall be made from the Plan to the extent that such loan would cause the total of all loans made to a Participant from all qualified plans of the Employer or a Controlled Entity, including loans deemed distributed in accordance with Regulations promulgated under Section 72(p) of the Code, and the interest accruing thereafter that has not been repaid (“Outstanding Loans”) to exceed the lesser of:
(1) $50,000 (reduced by the excess, if any, of (i) the highest outstanding balance of Outstanding Loans during the one-year period ending on the day before the date on which the loan is to be made, over (i) the outstanding balance of Outstanding Loans on the date on which the loan is to be made); or
(2) one-half the present value of the Participant’s nonforfeitable accrued benefit under all qualified plans of the Employer or a Controlled Entity.
B-3 Minimum Requirements for Loans . A loan to a Participant must meet the following requirements as well as other terms as the Committee may establish from time to time:
(a) Maximum Term . The repayment term of any loan may not exceed five (5) years from the date the loan is made, unless the loan principal is used to acquire any dwelling unit which within a reasonable time is to be used as a principal residence of a Participant, in which case the maximum term shall be set forth in the loan guidelines prescribed by the Committee.

 

-1-


 

(b) Notes . All loans shall be evidence by a collateral promissory note, in paper or electronic form, containing such terms and conditions as the Committee shall require.
(1) A loan to a Participant may not be for an amount less than $500.00.
(2) The actual and reasonable expenses incurred by the Plan (including attorneys’ fees) in connection with the documentation of a loan, the recording of security interests, the enforcement of the terms of the loan, and collection activities associated with any default may be charged to the borrowing Participant’s Accounts pursuant to uniform and nondiscriminatory policies established by the Committee from time to time.
B-4 Accounting for Loans . Each loan shall be deemed to be made from the account or accounts of the Participant to whom the loan is made. All payments with respect to the loan shall be credited to the account or accounts of such Participant from which such loan is deemed to be made.
B-5 Interest and Security .
(a) Any loan made pursuant to this Appendix B shall bear interest at a rate established by the Committee from time to time and communicated to the Participants, which rate shall provide the Plan with a return commensurate with the interest rates charged by persons in the business of lending money for loans which would be made under similar circumstances.
(b) Any loan shall be made as an investment of a segregated loan fund to be established in the Trust Fund for the Participant to whom the loan is made. The Trustee shall fund a Participant’s segregated loan fund by liquidating such portion of the assets of the Accounts from which the Participant’s loan is to be made as is necessary to fund the loan and transferring the proceeds to such segregated loan fund. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that a loan from the Plan is deemed distributed to a Participant and has not been repaid by the Participant, and the Participant applies for another loan from the Plan, then the new loan shall satisfy such additional conditions as may required in accordance with Section 72(p) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. The loan shall be secured by a pledge of the Participant’s segregated loan fund.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Appendix B to the contrary, if the distribution of a Participant’s Accounts is made in connection with the sale of the stock or the assets of an Employer, the entire loan may be distributed solely as a Direct Rollover, in accordance with Article X of the Plan, to a trust for a qualified plan maintained by the purchaser, as determined under Section 401(a) of the Code, provided such trust will accept the Participant’s loan as an investment. The Committee shall determine, in its discretion, whether or not a Direct Rollover is in connection with an acquisition of the stock or assets of an Employer.

 

-2-


 

B-6 Repayment Terms of Loan .
(a) A Participant who is an Employee receiving compensation at the time of receipt of a loan shall be required, as a condition to receiving a loan, to enter into an irrevocable agreement authorizing the Employer to make payroll deductions from his compensation so long as the Participant is an Employee and to transfer such payroll deduction amounts to the Trustee in payment of such loan plus interest. In the case of a Participant who (i) is not at the time of commencement of his loan an Employee, or (ii) is not at the commencement of his loan receiving compensation, or (iii) was an Employee receiving compensation at the time of commencement of his loan but ceases to receive compensation or ceases to be an Employee, such Participant shall make his loan repayments in the manner prescribed by the Committee.
(b) The terms of the loan shall (i) require level amortization with payments not less frequently than quarterly, (ii) require that the loan be repaid within five (5) years unless the Participant certifies in writing to the Committee that the loan is to be used to acquire any dwelling unit which within a reasonable time is to be used (determined at the time the loan is made) a principal residence of the Participant, in which case such loan shall be repaid within ten (10) years, (iii) allow prepayment without penalty, provided that any prepayment must be for the full Outstanding Loan balance (including interest), (iv) require that the balance of the loan (including interest) shall become due and payable (to the extent not otherwise due and payable) on the date the Participant or, if applicable, the Participant’s beneficiary, becomes entitled to a distribution pursuant to the Plan irrespective of whether such Participant or beneficiary elects or consents to such distribution, and (v) provide that such Participant’s Outstanding Loan balance (including interest), if not paid in accordance with the repayment provisions of the loan, shall be repaid by offsetting such balance against the amount in the Participant’s segregated loan fund pledged as security for the loan. By agreeing to the pledge of the segregated loan fund as security for the loan, a Participant shall be deemed to have consented to the distribution of such segregated loan fund prior to the time specified in Section 411(a)(11) of the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations thereunder.

 

-3-


 

(c) If the Participant fails in any way to comply with the repayment terms of a loan, such loan shall be repaid by offsetting the Participant’s Outstanding Loan balance (including interest) against the amount in the Participant’s segregated loan fund pledged as security for the loan. Any such Outstanding Loan (including interest) shall be so offset and repaid on the earlier of (i) the last day of the “Grace Period” (as hereinafter defined) applicable with respect to such failure to comply, or (ii) the date of any withdrawal or distribution of benefits from the pledged portion of the Participant’s Accounts pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, amounts in a Participant’s Accounts may not be offset and used to satisfy the payment of such loan (including interest) prior to the earliest time such amounts would otherwise be permitted to be distributed under applicable law. For purposes of this Paragraph, the “Grace Period” with respect to any failure to comply with the repayment terms of a loan shall be the period beginning on the date of such failure and ending on the last day of the calendar quarter following the calendar quarter in which such failure occurred.
(d) Amounts tendered to the Trustee by a Participant in repayment of a loan made pursuant to this Appendix B (i) shall initially be credited to the Participant’s segregated loan fund, (ii) then shall be transferred as soon as practicable following receipt thereof to the Account or Accounts from which the Participant’s loan was made, and (iii) shall be invested in accordance with the Participant’s current designation as to the investment of contributions pursuant to Article V of the Plan.
B-7 Operation of Article . The provisions of this Appendix B shall be applicable to loans granted or renewed on or after the Effective Date. Loans granted or renewed prior to the Effective Date shall be governed by the provisions of the Plan as in effect prior to the Effective Date.

 

-4-

Exhibit 10.33
DYNEGY INC. 401(k) SAVINGS PLAN
As Amended & Restated
Effective January 1, 2009

 

 


 

DYNEGY INC. 401(k) SAVINGS PLAN
W I T N E S S E T H :
WHEREAS, Dynegy Inc., a Delaware corporation, has heretofore adopted the Dynegy Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan for the benefit of its eligible employees;
WHEREAS, Dynegy desires to amend the Plan in several respects and to restate the Plan, intending thereby to provide an uninterrupted and continuing program of benefits; and
WHEREAS, the Plan is hereby restated in its entirety as follows with no interruption in time,
effective as of January 1, 2009, except as otherwise indicated herein:

 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    PAGE  
 
       
I. Definitions and Construction
    1  
1.1 Definitions
    1  
1.2 Number and Gender
    15  
1.3 Headings
    16  
1.4 Construction
    16  
 
       
II. Participation
    16  
2.1 Eligibility
    16  
2.2 Participation
    16  
 
       
III. Contributions
    17  
3.1 Before-Tax Contributions
    17  
3.2 After-Tax Contributions
    19  
3.3 Employer Matching Contributions
    20  
3.4 Employer Discretionary Contributions
    21  
3.5 Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions
    21  
3.6 Restrictions on Employer Matching Contributions and After-Tax Contributions
    22  
3.7 Return of Contributions
    23  
3.8 Disposition of Excess Deferrals and Excess Contributions
    23  
3.9 Rollover Contributions
    25  
 
       
IV. Allocations and Limitations
    27  
4.1 Allocation of Contributions
    27  
4.2 Application of Forfeitures
    29  
4.3 Valuation of Accounts
    29  
4.4 Limit on Annual Additions Under Code Section 415
    29  
4.5 Recharacterizations
    30  
 
       
V. Investment of Accounts
    30  
5.1 Investment of Certain Employer Contributions
    30  
5.2 Investment of Accounts
    30  
5.3 VBO Investments
    31  
5.4 Pass-Through Voting and Other Rights with Respect to Company Stock
    31  
5.5 Stock Splits and Stock Dividends
    32  
 
       
VI. General Benefits and Determination of Vested Interest
    32  
6.1 No Benefits Unless Herein Set Forth
    32  
6.2 Retirement Benefits
    32  
6.3 Pre-Retirement Severance from Employment Benefits
    32  
6.4 Disability Benefits
    32  
6.5 Determination of Vested Interest
    33  
6.6 Crediting of Vesting Service
    34  

 

(i)


 

         
    PAGE  
 
       
6.7 Forfeitures of Vesting Service
    34  
6.8 Forfeitures of Nonvested Account Balance
    35  
6.9 Restoration of Forfeited Account Balance
    35  
6.10 Special Formula for Determining Vested Interest for Partial Accounts
    36  
 
       
VII. Death Benefits
    36  
7.1 Death Benefits
    36  
7.2 Designation of Beneficiaries
    37  
 
       
VIII. Payment of Benefits
    37  
8.1 Determination of Benefit Commencement Date
    37  
8.2 Minimum Distribution Requirements
    39  
8.3 Form of Payment and Payee
    43  
8.4 Direct Rollover Election
    43  
8.5 Notice of Direct Rollover Distribution
    44  
8.6 Unclaimed Benefits
    44  
8.7 Claims Review
    45  
 
       
IX. In-Service Withdrawals
    49  
9.1 In-Service Withdrawals
    49  
9.2 Restriction on In-Service Withdrawals
    50  
 
       
X. Loans
    51  
 
       
XI. Administration of the Plan
    52  
11.1 General Administration of the Plan
    52  
11.2 Records and Procedures
    52  
11.3 Meetings
    52  
11.4 Self-Interest of Members
    52  
11.5 Compensation and Bonding
    52  
11.6 Committee Powers and Duties
    53  
11.7 Employer to Supply Information
    54  
11.8 Temporary Restrictions
    54  
11.9 Indemnification
    54  
 
       
XII. Trustee and Administration of Trust Fund
    54  
12.1 Trust Agreement
    54  
12.2 Payment of Expenses
    55  
12.3 Trust Fund Property
    55  
12.4 Distributions from Participants’ Accounts
    55  
12.5 Payments Solely from Trust Fund
    55  
12.6 No Benefits to the Employer
    55  
 
       
XIII. Fiduciary Provisions
    56  
13.1 Article Controls
    56  
13.2 General Allocation of Fiduciary Duties
    56  
13.3 Delegation and Allocation of Fiduciary Duties
    56  

 

(ii)


 

         
    PAGE  
 
       
13.4 Investment Manager
    56  
13.5 Independent Fiduciary
    57  
 
       
XIV. Amendments
    58  
14.1 Right to Amend
    58  
14.2 Limitation on Amendments
    58  
 
       
XV. Discontinuance of Contributions, Termination, Partial Termination, and Merger or Consolidation
    58  
15.1 Right to Discontinue Contributions, Terminate, or Partially Terminate
    58  
15.2 Procedure in the Event of Discontinuance of Contributions, Termination, or Partial Termination
    59  
15.3 Merger, Consolidation, or Transfer
    60  
 
       
XVI. Participating Employers
    60  
16.1 Designation of Other Employers
    60  
16.2 Single Plan
    61  
 
       
XVII. Miscellaneous Provisions
    61  
17.1 Not Contract of Employment
    61  
17.2 Spendthrift Clause
    61  
17.3 Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act Requirements
    63  
17.4 Payments to Minors and Incompetents
    63  
17.5 Acquisition and Holding of Company Stock
    63  
17.6 Power of Attorney Designations
    63  
17.7 Participant’s and Beneficiary’s Address
    63  
17.8 Incorrect Information, Fraud, Concealment, or Error
    64  
17.9 Severability
    64  
17.10 Jurisdiction
    64  
 
       
XVIII. Top-Heavy Status
    64  
18.1 Article Controls
    64  
18.2 Definitions
    64  
18.3 Top-Heavy Status
    66  
18.4 Top-Heavy Contribution
    66  
18.5 Termination of Top-Heavy Status
    67  
18.6 Effect of Article
    67  
Appendix A      Participating Employers
Appendix B      Loan Policy
Appendix C      Withdrawals From Trident Accounts
Appendix D      Withdrawals From Destec Accounts

 

(iii)


 

I. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION
1.1 Definitions . Where the following words and phrases appear in the Plan, they shall have the respective meanings set forth below, unless their context clearly indicates to the contrary.
(a) Account(s) . A Participant’s After-Tax Account, Before-Tax Account, Dow ESOP Account, Dow Transfer Account, Destec Account, Employer Contribution Account, Extant Account, Rollover Contribution Account, Catch-Up Contribution Account, Class Settlement Account I, Class Settlement Account II, and/or Roth Account, including the amounts credited thereto and any subaccounts thereof.
(b) Act . The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
(c) After-Tax Account . An individual account for each Participant, which is credited with (i) all After-Tax Contributions held in such account on the Effective Date, and (ii) all amounts of After-Tax Contributions that are deferred and/or accrued after the Effective Date. Such Account shall also be adjusted to reflect changes in value as provided in Section 4.3.
(d) After-Tax Contributions . Contributions made to the Plan by a Participant in accordance with Section 3.2.
(e) Before-Tax Account . An individual account for each Participant, which is credited with (i) all Before-Tax Contributions made by the Employer on such Participant’s behalf in such account on the Effective Date, (ii) all amounts of Before-Tax Contributions deferred and/or accrued after the Effective Date, and (iii) the Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions, if any, made on such Participant’s behalf pursuant to Section 3.5 to satisfy the restrictions set forth in Section 3.1(e) in such Account. Such Account shall also be adjusted to reflect changes in value as provided in Section 4.3.
(f) Before-Tax Contributions . Contributions made to the Plan by the Employer on a Participant’s behalf in accordance with the Participant’s elections to defer Compensation under the Plan’s qualified cash or deferred arrangement as described in Section 3.1.
(g) Benefit Commencement Date . With respect to each Participant or beneficiary, the date such Participant’s or beneficiary’s benefit is paid to him from the Trust Fund as determined in accordance with Section 8.1.
(h) Catch-Up Contribution Account . An individual account for each Participant which is credited with Catch-up Contributions made in accordance with Section 3.1(h) of the Plan. Such Account shall be adjusted to reflect changes in value as provided in Section 4.3.

 

1


 

(i) Catch-up Contributions . Contributions made to the Plan by the Employer on a Participant’s behalf in accordance with the Participant’s elections to defer Compensation under the Plan’s qualified cash or deferred arrangement as described in Section 3.1(h).
(j) Class Settlement Account I . A separate account established for each person who is an Allocation Participant (as defined below) that is credited by the Trustee with the respective restorative payment awarded to such individual pursuant to the Allocation Order, as adjusted to reflect such Account’s changes in value in accordance with Section 4.3 of the Plan. The Trustee shall cause such Account to be established for each Allocation Participant. For purposes of this Section 1.1(j), the term “Allocation Order” shall mean the Order Approving Plan of Allocation entered on December 10, 2004 by the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division, in the matter of In re Dynegy Inc. ERISA Litigation , Civil Action No. H-02-3076. For purposes of this Section 1.1(j), the term “Allocation Participant” shall mean each Participant and former Participant and each beneficiary (or alternate payee) of a Participant or former Participant who is within the Settlement Class as defined in the Allocation Order and for whom a Class Participant Share is distributed as defined in the Plan of Allocation and who shall be deemed to be a Participant or beneficiary (or alternate payee) under the Plan to the extent necessary or appropriate, including, but not limited to, with respect to the unclaimed benefit provisions under Article VIII of the Plan. The amounts credited to a Class Settlement Account I shall be fully vested. If the Trustee receives settlement proceeds which are to be allocated to the Class Settlement Account I of each Allocation Participant, during the period prior to such allocation, such settlement proceeds shall be invested in the Vanguard Prime Money Market Fund. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5.2(a), the Class Settlement Account I of each Allocation Participant shall be invested on April 1, 2005 in accordance with Paragraph (a) or (b) below, as applicable, until the Allocation Participant directs to change such investment pursuant to Section 5.2(c):
(1) If an Allocation Participant is an Eligible Employee with an existing Account balance in the Plan and is either currently contributing to the Plan or previously contributed to the Plan, such Allocation Participant’s Class Settlement Account I shall be invested on April 1, 2005 in accordance with such Allocation Participant’s most recent investment direction for contributions to the Plan; or
(2) If an Allocation Participant is not described in Paragraph (a) above, the Class Settlement Account I of such Allocation Participant shall be invested on April 1, 2005 in the appropriate investment Fund set forth below as determined on the basis of the age of the Allocation Participant on April 1, 2005, unless such Allocation Participant is the beneficiary (or alternate payee) of a Participant or former Participant in which case the attained age, on April 1, 2005, of such Participant or former Participant, whether or not deceased, shall be used instead of the age of the Allocation Participant:

 

2


 

     
    Age of Participant or Former Participant
Fund Name   on April 1, 2005
 
   
Vanguard Target Retirement Income Fund   Ages 65 or older
     
Vanguard Target Retirement 2005 Fund   Ages 60 to 64
     
Vanguard Target Retirement 2015 Fund   Ages 50 to 59
     
Vanguard Target Retirement 2025 Fund   Ages 40 to 49
     
Vanguard Target Retirement 2035 Fund   Ages 30 to 39
     
Vanguard Target Retirement 2045 Fund   Up to Age 29
(k) Class Settlement Account II . A separate account established for each person who is an Allocation Participant (as defined below) that is credited by the Trustee with the respective restorative payment awarded to such Allocation Participant pursuant to the Stipulation and Agreement of Settlement approved by the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division, in the matter In re Dynegy Inc. Securities Litigation , Civil Action No. H-02-1571. For purposes of this Section 1.1(k), the term “Allocation Participant” shall mean each Participant and former Participant’ and each beneficiary (or alternate payee) of a Participant or former Participant who is within the Settlement Class as defined in the Stipulation and Agreement of Settlement and who shall be deemed to be a Participant or beneficiary (or alternate payee) under the Plan to the extent necessary or appropriate, including, but not limited to, with respect to the unclaimed benefit provisions under Article VIII of the Plan. The amounts credited to a Class Settlement Account II shall be fully vested. If the Trustee receives settlement proceeds in the form of Company Stock to be allocated to the Class Settlement Account II of each Allocation Participant, such Company Stock shall be invested in the Company Stock Fund until the Allocation Participant directs to change such investment pursuant to Section 5.3(c). If the Trustee receives cash settlement proceeds to be allocated to the Class Settlement Account of each Allocation Participant, during the period prior to such allocation, such settlement proceeds shall be invested in the Vanguard Prime Money Market Fund. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5.2(a) of the Plan, cash settlement proceeds in the Class Settlement Account II of each Allocation Participant shall be invested in accordance with Paragraph (a) or (b) below, as applicable, until the Allocation Participant directs to change such investment pursuant to Section 5.2(c):

 

3


 

(1) If an Allocation Participant is an Eligible Employee with an existing Account balance in the Plan and is either currently contributing to the Plan or previously contributed to the Plan, such Allocation Participant’s cash settlement proceeds in the Class Settlement Account II shall be invested in accordance with such Allocation Participant’s most recent investment, direction for contributions to the Plan; or
(2) If an Allocation Participant is not described in Paragraph (a) above, the cash settlement proceeds in the Class Settlement Account II of such Allocation Participant shall be invested in the appropriate Investment Fund set forth below as determined on the basis of the age of the Allocation Participant, unless such Allocation Participant is the beneficiary (or alternate payee) of a Participant or former Participant, in which case the attained age of such Participant or former Participant, whether or not deceased, shall be used instead of the age of the Allocation Participant:
     
Fund Name   Age of Participant or Former Participant
     
Vanguard Target Retirement Income Fund   Ages 65 or older
     
Vanguard Target Retirement 2005 Fund   Ages 60 to 64
     
Vanguard Target Retirement 2015 Fund   Ages 50 to 59
     
Vanguard Target Retirement 2025 Fund   Ages 40 to 49
     
Vanguard Target Retirement 2035 Fund   Ages 30 to 39
     
Vanguard Target Retirement 2045 Fund   Up to Age 29
(l) Code . The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
(m) Committee . The Dynegy Inc. Benefit Plans Committee.
(n) Company. Dynegy Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.
(o) Company Stock . The Class A common stock, $0.01 par value, of the Company.

 

4


 

(p) Company Stock Fund . An Investment Fund established to invest in Company Stock and such reserves of cash or cash equivalents as are necessary to meet the liquidity needs of the fund.
(q) Compensation . The regular or base salary or wages (but (i) including regular or base salary or wages paid during a military leave of absence, and (ii) excluding overtime payments and bonuses (other than that described below)) paid by the Employer to or for the benefit of a Participant for services rendered or labor performed for the Employer while a Participant and an Eligible Employee, provided that the following items shall be included as “Compensation:”
(1) Any amounts subject to a deferral election pursuant to Section 3.1 of the Plan;
(2) Elective contributions made on a Participant’s behalf by the Employer that are not includible in income under Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h), or 403(b) of the Code and any amounts that are not includible in the gross income of a Participant under a salary reduction agreement by reason of the application of Section 132(f) of the Code;
(3) Compensation deferred under an eligible deferred compensation plan within the meaning of Section 457(b) of the Code;
(4) Employee contributions described in Section 414(h) of the Code that are picked up by the employing unit and are treated as employer contributions; and
(5) If a Participant is scheduled to work a 12 hour shift, the regularly scheduled overtime will be included as Compensation, and is calculated by multiplying his straight time hourly rate of pay by the number of 12 hour shift regularly scheduled overtime hours for which he is paid, but excluding any other contributions or benefits under this Plan or any other pension, profit sharing, insurance, hospitalization or other plan or policy maintained by an Employer for the benefit of such Participant, bonuses, overtime, commissions, and all other extraordinary and unusual payments.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Compensation of any Participant taken into account for purposes of the Plan shall be limited to $245,000 for any Plan Year with such limitation to be (i) adjusted automatically to reflect any amendments to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code and any cost-of-living increases authorized by Section 401(a)(17) of the Code, and (ii) prorated for a Plan Year of less than twelve months and to the extent otherwise required by applicable law.
(r) Compensation Committee . The Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

5


 

(s) Controlled Entity . Each corporation that is a member of a controlled group of corporations, within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Code, of which the Employer is a member, each trade or business (whether or not incorporated) with which the Employer is under common control within the meaning of Section 414(c) of the Code, and each member of an affiliated service group, within the meaning of Section 414(m) of the Code, of which the Employer is a member.
(t) Destec Account(s) . A Participant’s Destec Before-Tax Subaccount, Destec After-Tax Subaccount, Destec Employer Contribution Subaccount, and/or Destec Rollover Contribution Subaccount, including the amounts credited thereto. In addition to other provisions of the Plan, a Participant’s Destec Account(s) shall be subject to the provisions of Appendix D, and in the event of any conflict, Appendix D shall control.
(1) Destec After-Tax Subaccount . A subaccount of the After-Tax Account which was credited with the amount, if any, transferred from a Participant’s After-Tax Account under the Destec Plan and which is adjusted to reflect such Account’s changes in value as provided in Section 4.3.
(2) Destec Before-Tax Subaccount . A subaccount of the Before-Tax Account which was credited with the amount, if any, transferred from a Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions Account under the Destec Plan and which is adjusted to reflect such Account’s changes in value as provided in Section 4.3.
(3) Destec Employer Contribution Subaccount . A subaccount of the Employer Contribution Account which was credited with the amount, if any, transferred from a Participant’s Employer Contribution Account under the Destec Plan and which is adjusted to reflect such Account’s changes in value as provided in Section 4.3.
(4) Destec Rollover Contribution Subaccount . A subaccount of the Rollover Contribution Account which was credited with the amount, if any, transferred from a Participant’s Rollover Account under the Destec Plan and which is adjusted to reflect such Account’s changes in value as provided in Section 4.3.
(u) Destec Plan . The Destec Energy, Inc. Retirement and Savings Plan.
(v) Direct Rollover . A payment by the Plan to an Eligible Retirement Plan designated by a Distributee.
(w) Directors . The Board of Directors of the Company.
(x) Distributee . Each (i) Participant entitled to an Eligible Rollover Distribution, (ii) Participant’s surviving spouse with respect to the interest of such surviving spouse in an Eligible Rollover Distribution, and (iii) former spouse of a Participant who is an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in section 414(p) of the Code, with regard to the interest of such former spouse in an Eligible Rollover Distribution. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, effective January 1, 2008, a Distributee shall also include a nonspouse beneficiary, but only with regard to the Participant’s interest under the Plan.

 

6


 

(y) Dow ESOP Account . An individual account for each Participant which was credited with the amount, if any, transferred from the Participant’s Dow ESOP Account under the Destec Plan and which is adjusted to reflect such Account’s changes in value as provided in Section 4.3. Effective as of December 1, 2001, Dow ESOP Accounts ceased to be invested solely in the common stock of The Dow Chemical Company.
(z) Dow Transfer Account . An individual account for each Participant which (i) was credited with the amount, if any, transferred from the Participant’s Dow Transfer Account under the Destec Plan, (ii) was credited with amounts, if any, transferred from the Participant’s Dow ESOP Account pursuant to the provisions of the Plan in effect prior to December 1, 2001, and (iii) is adjusted to reflect such Account’s changes in value as provided in Section 4.3.
(aa) Effective Date . January 1, 2009, as to this restatement of the Plan, except (i) as otherwise indicated in specific provisions of the Plan, and (ii) provisions of the Plan required to have an earlier effective date by applicable statute and/or regulation shall be effective as of the required effective date in such statute and/or regulation, and shall apply, as of such required effective date, to any plan merged into this Plan. The original effective date of the Plan was May 1, 1989.
(bb) Eligible Employee . Each Employee other than (i) an Employee whose terms and conditions of employment are governed by a collective bargaining agreement, unless such agreement provides for his coverage under the Plan, (ii) a nonresident alien who receives no earned income from the Employer that constitutes income from sources within the United States, (iii) a Leased Employee, (iv) an individual who is deemed to be an Employee pursuant to Treasury regulations issued under Section 414(o) of the Code, (v) an Employee who has waived participation in the Plan through any means including, but not limited to, an Employee whose employment is governed by a written agreement with the Employer (including an offer letter setting forth the terms and conditions of employment) that provides that the Employee is not eligible to participate in the Plan (a general statement in the agreement, offer letter, or other communication stating that the Employee is not eligible for benefits shall be construed to mean that the Employee is not an Eligible Employee), and (vi) an Employee of an entity that has been designated to participate in the Plan pursuant to the provisions of Article XVI to the extent that such entity’s designation specifically excepts such Employee’s participation. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, no individual who is designated, compensated, or otherwise classified or treated by the Employer as an independent contractor or other non-common law employee shall be eligible to become a Participant of the Plan. It is expressly intended that individuals not treated as common law employees by the Employer are to be excluded from Plan participation even if a court or administrative agency determines that such individuals are common law employees.

 

7


 

(cc) Eligible Retirement Plan . Any of (i) an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code, (ii) an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code, (iii) an annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code, (iv) a qualified plan described in Section 401(a) of the Code, which under its provisions does, and under applicable law may, accept a Distributee’s Eligible Rollover Distribution, (v) an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code, (vi) an eligible plan under Section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for the amounts transferred into such plan from the Plan, and (vii) effective January 1, 2008, a Roth IRA described in Section 408A(b) of the Code. The definition of Eligible Retirement Plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving spouse or to a spouse or former spouse who is an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective January 1, 2008, in the case of an Eligible Rollover Distribution to a beneficiary who is a designated beneficiary as defined in Section 401(a)(9)(E) of the Code and is not a surviving spouse, an Eligible Retirement Plan is limited to an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity established for purposes of receiving the distribution that is treated as an inherited account under Section 402(c)(11) of the Code. If the designated beneficiary is a trust, an Eligible Retirement Plan is limited to an individual retirement account created on behalf of the trust that satisfies the requirements to be a designated beneficiary within the meaning of Section 401(a)(9)(E) of the Code.
(dd) Eligible Rollover Distribution . With respect to a Distributee, any distribution of all or any portion of the Accounts of a Participant other than (i) a distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributee’s designated beneficiary or for a specified period of ten (10) years or more, (ii) a distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, (iii) the portion of a distribution that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities), (iv) a loan treated as a distribution under Section 72(p) of the Code and not excepted by Section 72(p)(2), (v) a loan in default that is a deemed distribution, (vi) any corrective distribution provided in Sections 3.8 and 4.4, (vii) a distribution pursuant to Section 9.1(e), and (viii) any other distribution so designated by the Internal Revenue Service in revenue rulings, notices, and other guidance of general applicability.
Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of the Plan, a portion of a distribution shall not fail to be an Eligible Rollover Distribution merely because the portion consists of after-tax employee contributions which are not includible in gross income; provided, however, that such portion may be transferred only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Section 408(a) or (b) of the Code or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in Section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible.

 

8


 

Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of the Plan, an Eligible Rollover Distribution to a nonspouse beneficiary is not subject to the direct rollover requirements of Section 401(a)(31) of the Code, the notice requirements of Section 402(f) of the Code or the mandatory withholding requirements of Section 3405(c) of the Code. If a nonspouse beneficiary receives an Eligible Rollover Distribution from the Plan, the distribution is not eligible for a “60-day” rollover.
(ee) Employee . Each (i) individual employed by the Employer (as reported on the Employer’s payroll records and for whom the Employer has FICA taxes withheld), and (ii) Leased Employee.
(ff) Employer . Each entity listed on Appendix A that has been designated to participate in the Plan pursuant to the provisions of Article XVI. The Company is not an Employer.
(gg) Employer Contribution Account. An individual account for each Participant, which is credited with (i) all of the Participant’s Employer Contributions on the Effective Date, (ii) all additional Employer Contributions contributed and/or accrued after the Effective Date, and (iii) all Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions, if any, made on such Participant’s behalf pursuant to Section 3.5 to satisfy the restrictions set forth in Section 3.6. The Employer Contribution Account shall also be adjusted to reflect such Account’s changes in value as provided in Section 4.3.
(hh) Employer Contribution Account Subject to Vesting . The portion of a Participant’s Employer Contribution Account which is subject to the vesting schedule set forth in Section 6.5(c) or (d), as applicable.
(ii) Employer Contributions . The total of Employer Matching Contributions, Employer Discretionary Contributions, and Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions.
(jj) Employer Discretionary Contributions . Contributions made to the Plan by the Employer pursuant to Section 3.4.
(kk) Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions . Contributions made to the Plan by the Employer pursuant to Section 3.5.
(ll) Employer Matching Contributions . Contributions made to the Plan by the Employer pursuant to Section 3.3.
(mm) Employment Commencement Date . The date on which an individual first performs an Hour of Service.
(nn) Extant Account(s) . An individual account for each Participant which was credited with the amount, if any, transferred from the Participant’s account under the Extant, Inc. 401(k) Plan, and which is adjusted to reflect such Account’s changes in value as provided in Section 4.3.
(oo) 415 Compensation . Compensation as defined under Section 415(c)(3) of the Code and Treasury Regulations issued pursuant thereto.

 

9


 

(pp) Highly Compensated Employee . Each Employee who performs services during the Plan Year for which the determination of who is highly compensated is being made (the “Determination Year”) and who:
(1) Is a five-percent owner of the Employer (within the meaning of Section 416(i)(1)(A)(iii) of the Code) at any time during the Determination Year or the twelve-month period immediately preceding the Determination Year (the “Look-Back Year”); or
(2) For the Look-Back Year:
(A) Receives compensation (within the meaning of Section 414(q)(4) of the Code; “compensation” for purposes of this Paragraph) in excess of $90,000 (with such amount to be adjusted automatically to reflect any cost-of-living adjustments authorized by Section 414(q)(1) of the Code) during the Look-Back Year; and
(B) If the Committee elects the application of this clause in such Look-Back Year, is a member of the top 20% of Employees for the Look-Back Year (other than Employees described in Section 414(q)(5) of the Code) ranked on the basis of compensation received during the year.
For purposes of the preceding sentence, (i) all employers aggregated with the Employer under Sections 414(b), (c), (m), or (o) of the Code shall be treated as a single employer, and (ii) a former Employee who had a separation year (generally, the Determination Year such Employee separates from service) prior to the Determination Year and who was an active Highly Compensated Employee for either such separation year or any Determination Year ending on or after such Employee’s fifty-fifth birthday shall be deemed to be a Highly Compensated Employee. To the extent that the provisions of this Paragraph are inconsistent or conflict with the definition of a “highly compensated employee” set forth in Section 414(q) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, the relevant terms and provisions of Section 414(q) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder shall govern and control.
(qq) Hour of Service . Each hour for which an individual is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, by the Employer or a Controlled Entity as an Employee for the performance of duties.
(rr) Independent Fiduciary . The person or entity acting with respect to the Company Stock Fund, as provided in Section 13.5.
(ss) Investment Fund . Investment funds made available from time to time for the investment of Plan assets as described in Article V.

 

10


 

(tt) Leased Employee . Each person who is not an employee of the Employer or a Controlled Entity but who performs services for the Employer or a Controlled Entity pursuant to an agreement (oral or written) between the Employer or a Controlled Entity and any leasing organization, provided that (i) such person has performed such services for the Employer or a Controlled Entity or for related persons (within the meaning of Section 144(a)(3) of the Code) on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year, and (ii) such services are performed under primary direction or control by the Employer or a Controlled Entity.
(uu) Normal Retirement Date . The date a Participant attains the age of sixty-five.
(vv) Participant . Each individual who (i) has met the eligibility requirements for participation in the Plan pursuant to Article II, or (ii) has made a Rollover Contribution in accordance with Section 3.9, but only to the extent provided in Section 3.9. For purposes of Article V and Section 17.6 only, the beneficiary of a deceased Participant and any alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order (as defined in Section 17.2) shall have the rights of a Participant.
(ww) Period of Service . Each period of an individual’s Service commencing on his Employment Commencement Date or a Reemployment Commencement Date, if applicable, and ending on a Severance from Service Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a period during which an individual is absent from Service by reason of the individual’s pregnancy, the birth of a child of the individual, the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such child by the individual, or for the purposes of caring for such child for the period immediately following such birth or placement shall not constitute a Period of Service between the first and second anniversary of the first date of such absence. A Period of Service shall also include any period required to be credited as a Period of Service by federal law other than the Act or the Code, but only under the conditions and to the extent so required by such federal law. Further, to the extent required by Section 414(n) of the Code and the applicable interpretative authority thereunder, an individual’s Period of Service shall include any period for which such individual was a Leased Employee (or would have been a Leased Employee but for the requirements of Section 1.1(tt)(i)).
(xx) Period of Severance . Each period of time commencing on an individual’s Severance from Service Date and ending on a Reemployment Commencement Date.
(yy) Plan. The Dynegy Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan, as amended from time to time.
(zz) Plan Year . The twelve-consecutive month period commencing January 1 of each year.
(aaa) Reemployment Commencement Date . The first date upon which an individual performs an Hour of Service following a Severance from Service Date.

 

11


 

(bbb) Rollover Contribution Account . An individual account for a Participant, which is comprised of the following subaccounts:
(1) Employee After-Tax Rollover Subaccount : A subaccount for such Participant that is credited with (i) the balance of his Rollover Contributions consisting of after-tax employee contributions on the Effective Date, if any, and (ii) any additional Rollover Contributions consisting of after-tax employee contributions. A Participant’s Employee After-Tax Rollover Subaccount shall be adjusted to reflect changes in value as provided in Section 4.3.
(2) Employee Rollover Subaccount : A subaccount for such Participant that is credited with (i) the balance of his Employee Rollover Subaccount on the Effective Date, and (ii) any additional Rollover Contributions consisting of amounts other than after-tax employee contributions and Roth Contributions. A Participant’s Employee Rollover Subaccount shall be adjusted to reflect changes in value as provided in Section 4.3.
(3) Employee Roth Rollover Subaccount : A subaccount for such Participant that is credited with (i) the balance of his Employee Roth Rollover Subaccount on the Effective Date, and (ii) any additional Rollover Contributions consisting of Roth Contributions. A Participant’s Employee Roth Rollover Subaccount shall be adjusted to reflect changes in value as provided in Section 4.3.
(ccc) Rollover Contributions . Contributions made by an Eligible Employee pursuant to Section 3.9.
(ddd) Roth Account . An individual account for each Participant that is credited with Roth Contributions, if any, made in accordance with Section 3.1(i) of the Plan. Such Account shall also be adjusted to reflect changes in value as provided in Section 4.3.
(eee) Roth Contributions . Contributions made by a Participant pursuant to Section 3.1(i).
(fff) Service . The period of an individual’s employment with the Employer or a Controlled Entity; provided, however, that each individual who was employed by Sithe Energies, Inc. or Sithe Energies Power Services, Inc. (collectively referred to as “Sithe”) on the date of the closing of the Sithe Transaction shall be credited with Service for the period preceding such closing date in an amount equal to the Years of Vesting Service, if any, credited to such individual under the Sithe Energies Group Retirement 401(k) Plan immediately prior to such closing date. For purposes of this provision, Sithe Transaction shall mean the transaction contemplated by that certain Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of November 1, 2004, by and among Exelon SHC, Inc., Exelon New England Power Marketing, L.P., ExRes SHC, Inc. and Dynegy New York Holdings Inc. Further provided, that each individual who was employed by LS Power Generation, LLC, LS Power Development, LLC or LS Power Company, LLC (an “LS Power Entity”) immediately prior to the “Effective Time” (as defined below) and who subsequently becomes employed by an Employer after the Effective Time on or before December 31, 2007, shall be credited with Service based upon his original date of hire with an LS Power Entity. Further provided, each individual who was employed by Wood Group Power Operations, Inc., Worley Parsons Group, Inc., North American Energy Services Co., Prime South, Inc. or General Electric International, Inc. (each a “Prior Company”), who incurs a Severance from Employment with a Prior Company after the Effective Time and on or before December 31, 2007, and who becomes employed by an Employer on or before December 31, 2007, shall be credited with Service based upon his original date of hire with such applicable Prior Company.

 

12


 

For purposes of this Section 1.1(fff) of the Plan, “Effective Time” shall mean the “Effective Time” specified in that certain Plan of Merger, Contribution and Sale Agreement by and among Dynegy Illinois, LSP GEN Investors, L.P., LS Power Partners, L.P., LS Power Equity Partners PIE I, L.P., LS Power Equity Partners, L.P., LS Power Associates, L.P., Falcon Merger Sub Co., and Dynegy Acquisition, Inc., executed September 14, 2006. In addition, the Committee may, in its discretion, credit individuals with Service for employment with any other entity, but only if and when such individual becomes an Eligible Employee and only if (i) such service would not otherwise be credited as Service, and (ii) such crediting of Service (A) has a legitimate business reason, (B) does not by design or operation discriminate significantly in favor of Highly Compensated Employees, and (C) is applied to all similarly-situated Eligible Employees. In addition, the Committee, in its discretion, may credit individuals with Service based on imputed service for periods after such individual has commenced participation in the Plan while such individual is not performing service for the Employer or while such individual is an Employee with a reduced work schedule, but only if (i) such service would not otherwise be credited as Service, (ii) such crediting of Service (A) has a legitimate business reason, (B) does not by design or operation discriminate significantly in favor of Highly Compensated Employees, and (C) is applied to all similarly situated employees, and (iii) the individual has not permanently ceased to perform service as an Employee, provided that the preceding clause (iii) of this sentence shall not apply if (x) the individual is not performing service for the Employer because of a disability, (y) the individual is performing service for another employer under an arrangement that provides some ongoing business benefit to the Employer, or (z) for purposes of vesting, the individual is performing service for another employer that is being treated under the Plan as actual service with the Employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Participant shall be credited with Service, as of December 31, 1997, in accordance with the provisions of the Plan in effect at such time.
(ggg) Severance from Employment . The term “Severance from Employment” shall have the same meaning as set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(d). A Severance from Employment occurs when the Participant ceases to be an Employee of an Employer maintaining the Plan. An Employee does not have a Severance from Employment if, in connection with a change of employment, the Employee’s new employer maintains such Plan with respect to the Employee. For example, if a new employer maintains the Plan with respect to an Employee by continuing or assuming sponsorship of the Plan or by accepting a transfer of Plan assets and liabilities (within the meaning of Section 414(l) of the Code) with respect to the Employee, such Employee does not have a Severance from Employment.

 

13


 

(hhh) Severance from Service Date . The earlier of (i) the first date on which an individual incurs a Severance from Employment following his Employment Commencement Date or a Reemployment Commencement Date, if applicable, (ii) the first anniversary of the first date of a period in which an Employee remains absent from Service (with or without pay) with the Employer for any reason other than an authorized leave of absence, resignation, retirement, discharge, or death, such as vacation, holiday, disability, or lay-off that is not classified by the Employer as a termination of Service, or (iii) the second anniversary of the first date of an Employee’s authorized leave of absence (with or without pay). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Severance from Service Date of an individual who is absent from Service by reason of the individual’s pregnancy, the birth of a child of the individual, the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such child by the individual, or for purposes of caring for such child for the period immediately following such birth or placement shall be the second anniversary of the first date of such absence.
(iii) Single Plan Participant . With respect to a Plan Year, an individual who (i) as of the last day of such Plan Year, is an Eligible Employee and is not currently accruing benefits or earning service credit under the Trident NGL, Inc. Retirement Plan or (ii) terminated employment during such Plan Year on or after his Normal Retirement Date or by reason of death or Total and Permanent Disability and, immediately prior to such termination, was not currently accruing benefits or earning service credit under the Trident NGL, Inc. Retirement Plan. Further provided, each individual who was employed by Accenture LLP on March 1, 2008 and who subsequently becomes employed by an Employer during the period of time beginning on March 17, 2008 and ending on April 30, 2008, shall be credited with Service based upon his original date of hire with Accenture LLP.
(jjj) Total and Permanent Disability . A Participant shall be considered totally and permanently disabled if (i) the Participant has been determined to be disabled by the Social Security Administration, and (ii) the Participant is receiving payment of social security disability benefits.
(kkk) Trident Account(s) . A Participant’s Trident Before-Tax Subaccount, Trident Matching Subaccount, Trident Profit Sharing Stock Subaccount, including the amounts credited thereto. In addition to other provisions of the Plan, a Participant’s Trident Account shall be subject to the provisions of Appendix C, and in the event of any conflict, Appendix C shall control.
(1) Trident Before-Tax Subaccount . A subaccount of the Before-Tax Account which was credited with the amount, if any, transferred from a Trident Participant’s Pretax Deferral Account under the Trident Plan and which is adjusted to reflect such Account’s changes in value pursuant to Section 4.3. In addition to other provisions of the Plan, a Participant’s Trident Before-Tax Account shall be subject to the provisions of Appendix C, and in the event of any conflict, Appendix C shall control.

 

14


 

(2) Trident Matching Subaccount . A subaccount of the Employer Contribution Account which was credited with the amounts, if any, transferred from a Participant’s Matching Account under the Trident Plan, and which is adjusted to reflect such Account’s changes in value pursuant to Section 4.3. In addition to other provisions of the Plan, a Participant’s Trident Matching Account shall be subject to the provisions of Appendix C, and in the event of any conflict, Appendix C shall control.
(3) Trident Profit Sharing Stock Subaccount . A subaccount of the Employer Contribution Account which was credited with the amounts, if any, transferred from a Participant’s Profit Sharing Account under the Trident Plan and that were invested in Company Stock, and which is adjusted to reflect such Account’s changes in value pursuant to Section 4.3.
(lll) Trident Participant . A Participant with a balance in the Trident Plan that was transferred to the Plan.
(mmm) Trident Plan . The Trident NGL, Inc. Savings Plan which was, effective April 1, 1995, merged with and into the Plan.
(nnn) Trust . The trust(s) established under the Trust Agreement(s) to hold and invest contributions made under the Plan and income thereon, and from which the Plan benefits are distributed.
(ooo) Trust Agreement . The agreement(s) entered into between the Company and the Trustee establishing the Trust, as such agreement(s) may be amended from time to time.
(ppp) Trust Fund . The funds and properties held pursuant to the provisions of the Trust Agreement for the use and benefit of the Participants, together with all income, profits, and increments thereto.
(qqq) Trustee . The trustee or trustees qualified and acting under the Trust Agreement at any time.
(rrr) Vested Interest . The portion of a Participant’s Accounts which, pursuant to the Plan, is nonforfeitable.
(sss) VBO . The “Vanguard Brokerage Option” that is an Investment Fund under the Plan, as described in Section 5.3.
(ttt) Vesting Service . The measure of service used in determining a Participant’s Vested Interest as determined pursuant to Sections 6.6 and 6.7.
1.2 Number and Gender . Wherever appropriate herein, words used in the singular shall be considered to include the plural and words used in the plural shall be considered to include the singular. The masculine gender, where appearing in the Plan, shall be deemed to include the feminine gender.

 

15


 

1.3 Headings . The headings of Articles and Sections herein are included solely for convenience, and if there is any conflict between such headings and the text of the Plan, the text shall control.
1.4 Construction . It is intended that the Plan be qualified within the meaning of section 401(a) of the Code and that the Trust be tax exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code, and all provisions herein shall be construed in accordance with such intent.
II. PARTICIPATION
2.1 Eligibility . On or after the Effective Date, each Eligible Employee shall be eligible to become a Participant immediately upon his employment as an Eligible Employee. Notwithstanding the foregoing:
(a) An individual who was a Participant of the Plan on the day prior to the Effective Date shall remain a Participant of this restatement thereof as of the Effective Date;
(b) An Employee who has not become a Participant of the Plan because he was not an Eligible Employee shall be eligible to become a Participant of the Plan immediately upon becoming an Eligible Employee as a result of a change in his employment status; and
(c) A Participant who ceases to be an Eligible Employee but remains an Employee shall continue to be a Participant but, on and after the date he ceases to be an Eligible Employee, he shall no longer be entitled to defer Compensation hereunder, make contributions to the Plan, or share in allocations of Employer Contributions unless and until he shall again become an Eligible Employee.
2.2 Participation . Participation in the Plan is voluntary. By electing to make contributions to the Plan, a Participant agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan. Any Eligible Employee may become a Participant upon the date he first become eligible pursuant to Section 2.1 by following the procedures prescribed by the Committee within the time limits prescribed by the Committee. Any Eligible Employee who does not become a Participant upon the date he first becomes eligible pursuant to Section 2.1 may become a Participant on the first day of any subsequent payroll period by timely following the procedures prescribed by the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, participation in the Plan is automatic for any individual who qualifies as a Single Plan Participant.

 

16


 

III. CONTRIBUTIONS
3.1 Before-Tax Contributions .
(a) A Participant may elect to defer an integral percentage of not less than 1% of his Compensation for a Plan Year by having the Employer contribute the amount so deferred to the Plan. A Participant’s election to defer an amount of his Compensation pursuant to this Section shall be made by authorizing his Employer, in the manner prescribed by the Committee, to reduce his Compensation in the elected amount and the Employer, in consideration thereof, agrees to contribute an equal amount to the Plan. The Compensation elected to be deferred by a Participant for a Plan Year pursuant to this Section shall become a part of the Employer’s Before-Tax Contributions for such Plan Year and shall be allocated in accordance with Section 4.1(a). Compensation for a Plan Year not so deferred by a Participant shall be received by such Participant in cash. Such elections cannot relate to Compensation that is currently available prior to the adoption or effective date of the Plan. In addition, except for occasional, bona fide administrative considerations, contributions made pursuant to such an election cannot precede the earlier of (i) the performance of services relating to the contribution, and (ii) when the Compensation that is subject to the election would be currently available to the Participant in the absence of an election to defer. Such election can only be made with respect to amounts that are compensation as defined under Section 415(c)(3) of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(c)-2. A Participant who is not in Qualified Military Service (as defined in Section 414(u) of the Code) cannot make an election with respect to an amount paid after the Participant’s Severance from Employment, unless the amount is paid within 2 1 / 2 months following the Participant’s Severance from Employment and is described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(c)-2(e)(3)(ii). For clarification purposes, the preceding sentence shall permit elections to apply to: (i) amounts earned prior to a Severance from Employment, and (ii) payments of sick leave and/or vacation pay paid to a Participant as soon as administratively feasible following Severance from Employment.
(b) A Participant’s deferral election shall remain in force and effect for all periods following the effective date of such election (which shall be as soon as administratively feasible after the election is made) until modified or terminated or until such Participant terminates his employment or ceases to be an Eligible Employee. A Participant who has elected to defer a portion of his Compensation may change his deferral election percentage, effective as of the next available pay date, by communicating such new deferral election percentage to his Employer in the manner and within the time period prescribed by the Committee.
(c) A Participant may cancel his deferral election, effective as of the next available pay date by communicating such cancellation to his Employer in the manner and within the time period prescribed by the Committee. A Participant who so cancels his deferral election may resume deferrals, effective as of the next available pay date, by communicating his new deferral election to his Employer in the manner and within the time period prescribed by the Committee.
(d) In restriction of the Participants’ elections provided in Paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) above, the Before-Tax Contributions and the elective deferrals (within the meaning of Section 402(g)(3) of the Code) under all other plans, contracts, and arrangements of the Employer on behalf of any Participant for any calendar year shall not exceed $16,500 for calendar year 2009, (with such amount to be adjusted automatically to reflect any cost-of-living adjustments authorized by Section 402(g)(4) of the Code).

 

17


 

(e) In further restriction of the Participants’ elections provided in Paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) above, it is specifically provided that one of the actual deferral percentage tests set forth in Section 401(k)(2) of the Code and Treasury regulations thereunder (“ADP Test”) must be met in each Plan Year. Such testing shall utilize the current year testing method as such term is defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-2(a)(2)(ii). The actual deferral ratio (as such term is defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-6) (“ADR”) of any Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and who is eligible to have Before-Tax Contributions (and Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions, if treated as elective contributions for purposes of the ADP Test) allocated to such Participant’s accounts under two (2) or more cash or deferred arrangements described in Section 401(k) of the Code, that are maintained by an Employer (or a Controlled Entity), shall be determined as if such elective contributions (and, if applicable, such Qualified Matching Contributions) were made under a single arrangement. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two (2) or more cash or deferred arrangements of the Employer or a Controlled Entity that have different Plan Years, then all elective contributions made during the Plan Year being tested under all such cash or deferred arrangements shall be aggregated, without regard to the plan years of the other plans. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans shall be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated under the Regulations of Section 401(k) of the Code.
(f) If the Committee determines that a reduction of Compensation deferral elections made pursuant to Paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above is necessary to ensure that the restrictions set forth in Paragraph (d) or (e) above are met for any Plan Year, the Committee may reduce the elections of affected Participants on a temporary and prospective basis in such manner as the Committee shall determine.
(g) As soon as administratively feasible following the end of each payroll period, but no later than the time required by applicable law, the Employer shall contribute to the Trust, as Before-Tax Contributions with respect to each Participant, an amount equal to the amount of Compensation elected to be deferred, pursuant to Paragraphs (a) and (b) above (as adjusted pursuant to Paragraph (f) above), by such Participant during such payroll period. Such contributions, as well as the contributions made pursuant to Sections 3.3, 3.4, and 3.5, shall be made without regard to current or accumulated profits of the Employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan is intended to qualify as a profit sharing plan for purposes of Sections 401(a), 402, 412, and 417 of the Code.
(h) Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Participants who are eligible to make elective deferrals under this Plan and who have attained age 50 before the close of the Plan Year shall be eligible to make Catch-up Contributions in accordance with, and subject to the limitations of, Section 414(v) of the Code. Such Catch-up Contributions shall not be taken into account for purposes of the provisions of the Plan implementing the required limitations of Sections 402(g) and 415 of the Code. The Plan shall not be treated as failing to satisfy the provisions of the Plan implementing the requirements of Sections 401(k)(3), 401(k)(11), 401(k)(12), 410(b), or 416 of the Code, as applicable, by reason of the making of such Catch-up Contributions. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, Catch-up Contributions shall not be matched by Employer Contributions. Any Catch-Up Contribution made as a Roth Contribution under Section 3.1(i) shall be treated as a Roth Contribution for purposes of allocation, distribution and investment.

 

18


 

(i) Effective January 1, 2008, a Participant may elect to have some or all of his or her Before-Tax Contribution, as a whole percentage of Compensation, and some or all of any Catch-Up Contribution, contributed to the Plan as a Roth Contribution. A Roth Contribution means any Before-Tax Contribution that is (i) designated irrevocably by the Participant at the time of execution of the applicable payroll deduction authorization form; supplied by the Employer as a Roth Contribution, (ii) treated by the Employer as included in the Participant’s income at the time the Participant would have received the amount in cash if the Participant had not made the election with respect to such Roth Contribution so that the Roth Contribution shall be wages subject to applicable withholding requirements, and (iii) maintained by the Plan in a separate, designated Roth Account. Roth Contributions shall be subject to the same dollar limits and nondiscrimination testing requirements as Before-Tax Contributions, and shall be subject to the same Plan provisions as Before-Tax Contributions for purposes of investment and distribution.
(j) Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary, each Eligible Employee whose employment with the Employer begins on or after the Effective Date shall be deemed to have elected to defer 5% of his Compensation as a Before-Tax Contribution (and for the sake of clarity, not as a Roth Contribution) effective as of the first administratively feasible pay period following an opt-out period prescribed by the Committee (which shall not be less than sixty (60) days) unless such Eligible Employee opts out of such deemed election during such opt-out period in the manner prescribed by the Committee. Except as provided in this Paragraph (j), all provisions applicable to the elective deferrals made pursuant to Paragraph (a) above shall also be applicable to deemed elective deferrals made pursuant to this Paragraph, including, but not limited to, a Participant’s ability to cancel or change such election in accordance with Paragraphs (b) and (c) above.
3.2 After-Tax Contributions .
(a) If the Before-Tax Contributions to be made with respect to a Participant are restricted by the limitations set forth in Section 3.1(d) for a calendar year, then, automatically and without any further action by such Participant, such Participant’s Compensation shall continue to be reduced by the percentage elected by the Participant and then in effect pursuant to Section 3.1(a), (b), or (c) for the remainder of such year but on an after-tax basis with such reductions to be contributed to the Plan as his After-Tax Contributions. Effective as of the first day of the following Plan Year, automatically and without any further action by the Participant, such Participant’s Compensation reduction election as then in effect under this Paragraph (a), as adjusted pursuant to Paragraphs (c), (d) and (f) below, shall revert to an election to defer Compensation pursuant to Section 3.1(a).

 

19


 

(b) Without limiting the applicability of Paragraph (a) above, a Participant may contribute to the Plan, as his After-Tax Contributions, an integral percentage of not less than 1% of his Compensation. After-Tax Contributions shall be made by authorizing the Employer to withhold such contributions from the Participant’s Compensation as of each payroll period. Each Participant may elect the amount of his After-Tax Contributions in the manner and within the time period prescribed by the Committee.
(c) A Participant may change the amount of his After-Tax Contributions pursuant to Paragraph (a) and/or (b) above effective as of the next available pay date by electing a new After-Tax Contribution percentage in the manner and within the time period prescribed by the Committee.
(d) A Participant may suspend his After-Tax Contributions pursuant to Paragraph (a) and/or (b) above effective as of the next available pay date in accordance with the procedures and within the time period prescribed by the Committee. Resumption of suspended After-Tax Contributions shall be made effective as of the next available pay date by making a new election in the manner and within the time period prescribed by the Committee; provided, however, that a Participant may not resume his After-Tax Contributions pursuant to Paragraph (a) above once such After-Tax Contributions have been suspended pursuant to this Paragraph.
(e) A Participant may at any time elect to make a lump sum After-Tax Contribution to the Plan. Such After-Tax Contribution shall be paid to the Employer by such Participant in cash (including personal check or other method approved by the Committee), in an amount determined by such Participant; provided, however, that such contribution may not exceed the otherwise applicable limits set forth in the Plan.
(f) If the restrictions set forth in Section 3.6 would not otherwise be met for any Plan Year, (i) the After-Tax Contribution elections made pursuant to Paragraphs (a), (b), (c), and (d) above of affected Participants may be reduced by the Committee on a temporary and prospective basis in such manner as the Committee shall determine, and (ii) any After-Tax Contributions pursuant to Paragraph (e) above of affected Participants may be limited or disallowed.
(g) As soon as administratively feasible following (i) the end of each payroll period, or (ii) the receipt by the Employer of a Participant’s payment pursuant to Paragraph (e) above, but in either event no later than the time required by applicable law, the Employer shall contribute to the Trust the After-Tax Contributions withheld from the Participants’ Compensation during such payroll period or paid to the Employer in accordance with Paragraph (e) above, as applicable.
3.3 Employer Matching Contributions .
(a) For each payroll period, the Employer shall contribute to the Trust, as Employer Matching Contributions, an amount that equals 100% of the Before-Tax Contributions that were made pursuant to Section 3.1 on behalf of each of the Participants during such payroll period and that were not in excess of 5% of each such Participant’s Compensation for such payroll period.

 

20


 

(b) In addition to the Employer Matching Contributions made pursuant to Paragraph (a) above, for each Plan Year the Employer shall contribute to the Trust, as Employer Matching Contributions, an amount equal to the difference, if any, between (i) 100% of the Before-Tax Contributions that were made pursuant to Section 3.1 on behalf of each of the Eligible Participants during such Plan Year and that were not in excess of 5% of each such Eligible Participant’s Compensation for such Plan Year, and (ii) the Employer Matching Contributions made pursuant to Paragraph (a) above for each such Eligible Participant for such Plan Year. For purposes of this Paragraph, the term “Eligible Participant” shall mean each Participant who was an Eligible Employee on the last day of the applicable Plan Year.
(c) Employer Matching Contributions pursuant to Paragraph (a) above shall be contributed to the Trust at the same time the related Before-Tax Contributions are contributed to the Trust, and Employer Matching Contributions pursuant to Paragraph (b) above shall be contributed to the Trust at the time determined by the Committee. At the sole discretion of the Directors or the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors, Employer Matching Contributions on behalf of Participants shall be made in cash, in whole shares of Company Stock, or in any combination of cash and whole shares of Company Stock.
(d) Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Section 3.3, Roth Contributions (except Catch-Up Contributions made as Roth Contributions) shall be eligible for Employer Matching Contributions in the same manner and amount as Before-Tax Contributions.
3.4 Employer Discretionary Contributions .
(a) For each Plan Year, the Employer may contribute to the Trust, as an Employer Discretionary Contribution, an additional amount as determined in its discretion.
(b) If it has been so determined that an Employer Discretionary Contribution shall be made for any Plan Year, then such contribution shall be made in cash, in whole shares of Company Stock, or in any combination of cash and whole shares of Company Stock (as determined in the sole discretion of the Directors or the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors).
3.5 Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions . In addition to the Employer Matching Contributions made pursuant to Section 3.3 and the Employer Discretionary Contributions made pursuant to Section 3.4, for each Plan Year, the Employer, in its discretion, may contribute to the Trust as an Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contribution for such Plan Year the amounts necessary to cause the Plan to satisfy the restrictions set forth in Section 3.1(e) (with respect to certain restrictions on Before-Tax Contributions) and the amounts necessary to cause the Plan to satisfy the restrictions set forth in Section 3.6 (with respect to certain restrictions on Employer Matching Contributions and After-Tax Contributions). Amounts contributed in order to satisfy the restrictions set forth in Section 3.1(e) shall be considered “Qualified Matching Contributions” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-6), and amounts contributed in order to satisfy the restrictions set forth in Section 3.6 shall be considered Employer Matching Contributions.

 

21


 

Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions may be contributed to the Plan pursuant to the foregoing for purposes of satisfying the restrictions set forth in Section 3.1(e) only if the conditions described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-2(a)(6) are satisfied. A contribution made pursuant to this Section 3.5 is not taken into account under the actual contribution percentage test (as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-6) (“ACP Test”) or in determining the ADR for a Participant who is not a Highly Compensated Employee (a “NHCE”) to the extent that it exceeds the greatest of:
(a) Five percent (5%) of the NHCE’s Section 414(s) of the Code compensation for the Plan Year;
(b) The NHCE’s Before-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year; and
(c) The product of two (2) times the Plan’s “Representative Matching Rate” (as defined below) and the NHCE’s Before-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year.
Any amounts contributed pursuant to this Paragraph shall be allocated in accordance with the provisions of Sections 4.1(e), (f) and (g). For purposes of this Paragraph, the “Matching Rate” for a Participant generally is the Employer Matching Contributions made for such Participant divided by the Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year. For purposes of this Paragraph, the “Representative Matching Rate” is the lowest Matching Rate for any eligible NHCE among a group of NHCEs that consists of half of all eligible NHCEs in the Plan for the Plan Year (or, if greater, the lowest Matching Rate for all eligible NHCEs in the Plan who are employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year and who make Before-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year). If the Matching Rate is not the same for all levels of Before-Tax Contributions for a Participant, then the Participant’s Representative Matching Rate is determined assuming that a Participant’s Before Tax Contributions are equal to six percent (6%) of his compensation under Section 414(s) of the Code.
3.6 Restrictions on Employer Matching Contributions and After-Tax Contributions . In restriction of the Employer Matching Contributions and After-Tax Contributions hereunder, it is specifically provided that one of the actual contribution percentage tests set forth in Section 401(m) of the Code and Treasury regulations thereunder (“ACP Test”) must be met in each Plan Year. Such testing shall utilize the current year testing method as such term is defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2(a)(2)(ii). The Committee may elect, in accordance with applicable Treasury regulations, to treat Before-Tax Contributions to the Plan as Employer Matching Contributions for purposes of meeting this requirement. The actual contribution ratio (as such term is defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-6) (the “ACR”) for any Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee and who is eligible to have Employer Matching Contributions or After-Tax Contributions allocated to his or her account under two (2) or more plans described in Section 401(a) of the Code, or arrangements described in Section 401(k) of the Code that are maintained by the same Employer (or Controlled Entity), shall be determined as if the total of such contributions was made under each plan and arrangement. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two (2) or more such plans or arrangements that have different plan years, then all Employer Matching Contributions and After-Tax Contributions made during the Plan Year being tested under all such plans and arrangements shall be aggregated, without regard to the plan years of the other plans. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans shall be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated under the Regulations of Section 401(k) of the Code.

 

22


 

3.7 Return of Contributions . Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, the Employer’s contributions to the Plan are contingent upon the deductibility of such contributions under Section 404 of the Code. To the extent that a deduction for contributions is disallowed, such contributions shall, upon the written demand of the Employer, be returned to the Employer by the Trustee within one year after the date of disallowance, reduced by any net losses of the Trust Fund attributable thereto but not increased by any net earnings of the Trust Fund attributable thereto, which net earnings shall be treated as a forfeiture in accordance with Section 4.2. Moreover, if Employer contributions are made under a mistake of fact, such contributions shall, upon the written demand of the Employer, be returned to the Employer by the Trustee within one year after the payment thereof, reduced by any net losses of the Trust Fund attributable thereto but not increased by any net earnings of the Trust Fund attributable thereto, which net earnings shall be treated as a forfeiture in accordance with Section 4.2.
3.8 Disposition of Excess Deferrals and Excess Contributions .
(a) Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, any Before-Tax Contributions or Roth Contributions to the Plan for a calendar year on behalf of a Participant in excess of the limitations set forth in Section 3.1(d) and any “excess deferrals” from other plans allocated to the Plan by such Participant no later than March 1 of the next following calendar year within the meaning of, and pursuant to the provisions of, Section 402(g)(2) of the Code, shall be distributed to such Participant not later than April 15 of the next following calendar year.
(b) Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, if, for any Plan Year, the aggregate Before-Tax Contributions and/or Roth Contributions made by the Employer on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees exceeds the maximum amount of Before-Tax Contributions and/or Roth Contributions permitted on behalf of such Highly Compensated Employees pursuant to Section 3.1(e) or 3.1(i), respectively, an excess amount shall be determined by reducing Before-Tax Contributions and/or Roth Contributions on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in order of the highest ADRs to equal the highest permitted ADR in accordance with Section 401(k)(8)(B)(ii) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder. Once determined, the Committee may adjust the contributions of each affected Highly Compensated Employee by causing such excess amounts to be (i) recharacterized as Catch-up Contributions pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.5 of the Plan to the maximum extent possible, and (ii) distributed to Highly Compensated Employees in order of the highest dollar amounts contributed on behalf of such Highly Compensated Employees in accordance with Section 401(k)(8)(C) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder before the end of the next following Plan Year. Income allocable to such excess amounts with respect to a Plan Year shall be distributed therewith and shall include income for such Plan Year including the gap period between the end of such Plan Year and the date of distribution of such excess amounts computed under the safe harbor method of allocating gap period income set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-2(b)(2)(iv)(D).

 

23


 

(c) Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, if, for any Plan Year, the aggregate Employer Matching Contributions and After-Tax Contributions allocated to the Accounts of Highly Compensated Employees exceeds the maximum amount of such Employer Matching Contributions and After-Tax Contributions permitted on behalf of such Highly Compensated Employees pursuant to Section 3.6, an excess amount shall be determined by reducing, first, After-Tax Contributions made by, and second, Employer Matching Contributions made on behalf of, Highly Compensated Employees in order of the highest ACR to equal the highest permitted ACR in accordance with Section 401(m)(6)(B)(ii) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder. Once determined, such excess shall be distributed to Highly Compensated Employees in order of the highest dollar amounts contributed by or on behalf of such Highly Compensated Employees in accordance with Section 401(m)(6)(C) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder (or, if such excess contributions are forfeitable, they shall be forfeited) before the end of the next following Plan Year. Income allocable to such excess amounts with respect to a Plan Year shall be distributed therewith and shall include income for such Plan Year including the gap period between the end of such Plan Year and the date of distribution of such excess amounts computed under the safe harbor method of allocating gap period income set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2(b)(2)(iv)(D). Employer Matching Contributions which are not then vested shall be forfeited pursuant to this Paragraph only if distribution of all vested Employer Matching Contributions is insufficient to meet the requirements of this Paragraph. If vested Employer Matching Contributions are distributed to a Participant and nonvested Employer Matching Contributions remain credited to such Participant’s Accounts, such nonvested Employer Matching Contributions shall vest at the same rate as if such distribution had not been made.
(d) Effective January 1, 2008, in coordinating the disposition of excess deferrals and excess contributions pursuant to this Section, such excess deferrals and excess contributions shall be disposed of in the following order:
(1) First, excess Roth Contributions that constitute excess deferrals described in Paragraph (a) above that are not considered in determining the amount of Employer Matching Contributions pursuant to Section 3.3 shall be distributed.
(2) Next, excess Roth Contributions that constitute excess deferrals described in Paragraph (a) above that are considered in determining the amount of Employer Matching Contributions pursuant to Section 3.3 shall be distributed, and the Employer Matching Contributions with respect to such Before-Tax Contributions shall be forfeited;
(3) Next, excess Before-Tax Contributions that constitute excess deferrals described in Paragraph (a) above that are not considered in determining the amount of Employer Matching Contributions pursuant to Section 3.3 shall be distributed;

 

24


 

(4) Next, excess Before-Tax Contributions that constitute excess deferrals described in Paragraph (a) above that are considered in determining the amount of Employer Matching Contributions pursuant to Section 3.3 shall be distributed, and the Employer Matching Contributions with respect to such Before-Tax Contributions shall be forfeited;
(5) Next, excess Before-Tax Contributions described in Paragraph (b) above that are not considered in determining the amount of Employer Matching Contributions pursuant to Section 3.3 shall be distributed;
(6) Next, excess Before-Tax Contributions described in Paragraph (b) above that are considered in determining the amount of Employer Matching Contributions pursuant to Section 3.3 shall be distributed, and the Employer Matching Contributions with respect to such Before-Tax Contributions shall be forfeited;
(7) Next, excess After-Tax Contributions described in Paragraph (c) above shall be distributed; and
(8) Finally, excess Employer Matching Contributions described in Paragraph (c) above shall be distributed (or, if forfeitable, forfeited).
(e) Any distribution or forfeiture of excess deferrals or excess contributions pursuant to the provisions of this Section shall be adjusted for income or loss allocated thereto in the manner determined by the Committee in accordance with any method permissible under applicable Treasury Regulations.
3.9 Rollover Contributions .
(a) Rollover Contributions may be made to the Plan by any Eligible Employee of amounts received by such Eligible Employee from a qualified plan described in Section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code or an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code (excluding, in each case, after-tax employee contributions). In addition, the Plan will accept a Rollover Contribution of the portion of a distribution received by an Eligible Employee from an individual retirement account or annuity described in Section 408(a) or 408(b) of the Code that is eligible to be rolled over and would otherwise be includible in gross income. Rollover Contributions pursuant to this Paragraph may only be made to the Plan pursuant to and in accordance with applicable provisions of the Code and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective January 1, 2008, the Plan will accept a Rollover Contribution of after-tax employee contributions and/or Roth contributions as Rollover Contributions. The Plan will account separately for amounts so transferred, including accounts separately for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not includible in gross income.

 

25


 

(b) Rollover Contributions may be made to the Plan by any Eligible Employee of amounts received by such Eligible Employee from any of a qualified plan described in Section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code (including after-tax employee contributions) or an annuity described in Section 403(b) of the Code (excluding after-tax employee contributions). Rollover Contributions may be made to the Plan only pursuant to and in accordance with applicable provisions of the Code and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. A Rollover Contribution of amounts that are “eligible rollover distributions” within the meaning of Section 402(f)(2)(A) of the Code may be made to the Plan irrespective of whether such eligible rollover distribution was paid to the Eligible Employee or paid to the Plan as a “direct” Rollover Contribution.
(c) Any Participant desiring to effect a Rollover Contribution to the Plan must follow the procedures prescribed by the Committee for such purpose. The Committee may require as a condition to accepting any Rollover Contribution that such Eligible Employee furnish any evidence that the Committee in its discretion deems satisfactory to establish that the proposed Rollover Contribution is in fact eligible for rollover to the Plan and is made pursuant to and in accordance with applicable provisions of the Code and Treasury Regulations. All Rollover Contributions to the Plan must be made in cash. A Rollover Contribution shall be credited to the Rollover Contribution Account of the Eligible Employee for whose benefit such Rollover Contribution is being made as of the day such Rollover Contribution is received by the Trustee.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant’s interest under a qualified plan described in Section 401(a) of the Code is distributed in connection with an acquisition of stock or assets by an Employer or a Controlled Entity, the Participant’s entire outstanding loan under such plan may be contributed as a Rollover Contribution to this Plan, in accordance with this Section 3.9, provided that the transferor plan provides the Committee with a current favorable IRS determination letter issued to such transferor plan and trust or such other evidence that the Committee in its discretion deems satisfactory to establish that the proposed Rollover Contribution is in fact eligible for rollover to the Plan and is made pursuant to and in accordance with applicable provisions of the Code and Treasury Regulations. The Committee shall determine, in its discretion, whether or not a distribution is made in connection with an acquisition of stock or assets by an Employer or a Controlled Entity.
(d) A Participant who has made a Rollover Contribution in accordance with this Section, but who has not otherwise become a Participant of the Plan in accordance with Section 2.2, shall become a Participant coincident with such Rollover Contribution; provided, however, that such Participant shall not have a right to defer Compensation, make contributions to the Plan, or have Employer Contributions made on his behalf until he has otherwise satisfied the requirements imposed by Section 2.2.

 

26


 

IV. ALLOCATIONS AND LIMITATIONS
4.1 Allocation of Contributions .
(a) Before-Tax Contributions made by the Employer on a Participant’s behalf shall be allocated to such Participant’s Before-Tax Account. Further, Catch-up Contributions pursuant to Section 3.1(h) made by the Employer on a Participant’s behalf shall be allocated to such Participant’s Catch-Up Contribution Account.
(b) After-Tax Contributions made by a Participant pursuant to Section 3.2 shall be allocated to such Participant’s After-Tax Account.
(c) Employer Matching Contributions made by the Employer on a Participant’s behalf shall be allocated to such Participant’s Employer Contribution Account.
(d) The Employer Discretionary Contribution, if any, made pursuant to Section 3.4 for a Plan Year shall be allocated as follows:
(1) For contributions made by the Employer for all Participants, such amounts shall be allocated to such Participant’s Employer Contribution Account. The allocation to each such eligible Participant’s Employer Contribution Account shall be that portion of such Employer Discretionary Contribution which is in the same proportion that such eligible Participant’s Compensation for such Plan Year bears to the total of all such eligible Participant’s Compensation for such Plan Year; and
(2) For contributions made by the Employer for Single Plan Participants who received contributions for such a Plan Year, such amounts shall be allocated to such Single Plan Participant’s Employer Contribution Account. The allocation to each such eligible Single Plan Participant’s Employer Contribution Account shall be that portion of such Employer Discretionary Contribution which is in the same proportion that such Single Plan Participant’s Compensation for such Plan Year bears to the total of all such Single Plan Participant’s Compensation for such Plan Year.
(e) The Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions, if any, made pursuant to Section 3.5 for a Plan Year in order to satisfy the restrictions set forth in Section 3.1(e) shall be allocated to the Before-Tax Accounts of Participants who (i) received an allocation of Before-Tax Contributions for such Plan Year, and (ii) were not Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year (each such Participant individually referred to as an “Eligible Participant” for purposes of this Paragraph). Such allocation shall be made, first, to the Before-Tax Account of the Eligible Participant who received the least amount of Compensation for such Plan Year until the lesser of the limitation set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-2(a)(6)(v) or the limitation set forth in Section 4.4 (the “401(k) Additional Contribution Limitation”) has been reached as to such Eligible Participant, then to the Before-Tax Account of the Eligible Participant who received the next smallest amount of Compensation for such Plan Year until the 401(k) Additional Contribution Limitation has been reached as to such Eligible Participant, and continuing in such manner until the Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contribution for such Plan Year has been completely allocated or the 401(k) Additional Contribution Limitation has been reached as to all Eligible Participants.

 

27


 

(f) The Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contribution, if any, made pursuant to Section 3.5 for a Plan Year in order to satisfy the restrictions set forth in Section 3.6 shall be allocated to the Employer Contribution Accounts of Participants who (i) received an allocation of Employer Matching Contributions for such Plan Year, and (ii) were not Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year (each such Participant individually referred to as an “Eligible Participant” for purposes of this Paragraph). Such allocation shall be made, first, to the Employer Contribution Account of the Eligible Participant who received the least amount of Compensation for such Plan Year until the lesser of the limitation set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2(a)(5) or the limitation set forth in Section 4.4 (the “401(m) Additional Contribution Limitation”) has been reached as to such Eligible Participant; then to the Employer Contribution Account of the Eligible Participant who received the next smallest amount of Compensation for such Plan Year until the 401(m) Additional Contribution Limitation has been reached as to such Eligible Participant, and continuing in such manner until the Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contribution for such Plan Year has been completely allocated or the 401(m) Additional Contribution Limitation has been reached as to all Eligible Participants.
(g) If an Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contribution is made in order to satisfy the restrictions set forth in both Section 3.1(e) and Section 3.6 for the same Plan Year, the Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions made in order to satisfy the restrictions set forth in Section 3.1(e) shall be allocated (pursuant to Paragraph (e) above) prior to allocating the Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contribution made in order to satisfy the restrictions set forth in Section 3.6 (pursuant to Paragraph (f) above). In determining the application of the limitations set forth in Section 4.4 to the allocations of Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions, all Annual Additions (as such term is defined in Section 4.4) to a Participant’s Accounts other than Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions shall be considered allocated prior to Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions.
(h) Roth Contributions pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 3.2, as applicable, made by the Employer on a Participant’s behalf shall be allocated to such Participant’s Roth Account.
(i) All contributions to the Plan shall be considered allocated to Participants’ Accounts no later than the last day of the Plan Year for which they were made, as determined pursuant to Article III, except that, for purposes of Section 4.3, contributions shall be considered allocated to Participants’ Accounts when received by the Trustee.

 

28


 

4.2 Application of Forfeitures . Any amounts that are forfeited under any provision hereof during a Plan Year shall be applied in the manner determined by the Committee to reduce Employer Contributions next coming due and/or to pay expenses incident to the administration of the Plan and Trust. Prior to such application, forfeited amounts shall be held in suspense and invested in the Investment Fund or Funds designated from time to time by the Committee.
4.3 Valuation of Accounts . All amounts contributed to the Trust Fund shall be invested as soon as administratively feasible following their receipt by the Trustee, and the balance of each Account shall reflect the result of daily pricing of the assets in which such Account is invested from the time of receipt by the Trustee until the time of distribution.
4.4 Limit on Annual Additions Under Code Section 415 . Effective January 1, 2008, contributions hereunder shall be subject to the limitations of Code Section 415 and Treasury Regulations published pursuant to such Code Section on April 5, 2007, the provisions of which are specifically incorporated by reference; to the extent any portion of this Section conflicts with such Regulations, the provisions of the Regulations shall govern.
(a) The Annual Additions to a Participant’s Accounts hereunder (together with the Annual Additions to the Participant’s account(s) under any other defined contribution plans required to be aggregated with the Plan) for any Limitation Year may not exceed the lesser of:
(1) Forty-nine Thousand Dollars ($49,000.00), subject to cost-of-living increases as allowed under Code Section 415(d); or
(2) One hundred percent (100%) of the Participant’s 415 Compensation for the Limitation Year.
In the event the preceding limitations apply to an individual who is a Participant in this Plan and was a Participant in any other defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer, the limitations shall apply first to this Plan.
(b) For purposes of this Section the following definitions shall apply:
(1) “Annual Addition” shall mean the sum of the following additions to a Participant’s Accounts for the Limitation Year: (i) employer contributions (including salary reduction contributions), (ii) employee contributions, and (iii) forfeitures, if any. For purposes of this definition, “Annual Additions” to other Employer defined contribution plans (also taken into account when applying the limitations in Paragraph (a) above) include any voluntary employee contributions to an account in a qualified defined benefit plan and any employer contribution to an individual retirement account or annuity under Code Section 408 or to a medical account for a key employee under Code Section 401(h) or 419A(d), except that the 25%-of-pay limit below shall not apply to employer contributions to a key employee’s medical account after his separation from service.
(2) “Limitation Year” shall be the Plan Year.
(c) In the event the limitations in this Section are not satisfied, correction shall be made under the rules provided in Revenue Procedure 2008-50 (and any successor to that Revenue Procedure).

 

29


 

4.5 Recharacterizations . In the event a Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions for a Plan Year do not equal a limitation described in Section 3.1(h) for any reason whether or not related to an election by a Participant, his Catch-up Contributions, if any, for such Plan Year shall be recharacterized as Before-Tax Contributions for all purposes to the extent necessary to either (i) increase Before-Tax Contributions to equal such limitation, or (ii) exhaust the Catch-up Contributions made for such Plan Year; provided, however, in no event shall such recharacterized Catch-up Contributions be eligible to be matched by Employer Matching Contributions.
In the event a Participant who is eligible to elect Catch-up Contributions pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.1(h) is determined by the Committee, applying the provisions of Section 3.8, to have excess deferrals for a Plan Year, then before causing a distribution of such Participant’s excess deferrals, the Committee may cause such Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions to be recharacterized as Catch-up Contributions to the extent necessary to either (i) exhaust his excess deferrals, or (ii) increase his Catch-up Contributions to the applicable limit under section 414(v) of the Code for the Plan Year.
V. INVESTMENT OF ACCOUNTS
5.1 Investment of Certain Employer Contributions . Subject to the Independent Fiduciary’s authority, pursuant to Section 13.5, to terminate the availability of the Company Stock Fund as an investment option under the Plan, Employer Matching Contributions and Employer Discretionary Contributions, and any earnings thereon, shall be initially invested in the Company Stock Fund. In the event the Independent Fiduciary terminates the availability of the Company Stock Fund as an investment option under the Plan, the Independent Fiduciary shall designate an alternative investment fund to receive Employer Matching Contributions and Employer Discretionary Contributions pending further investment directions from the Participants and beneficiaries.
5.2 Investment of Accounts .
(a) Except as provided in Section 5.1, each Participant shall designate, in accordance with the procedures established from time to time by the Committee, the manner in which the amounts allocated to each of his Accounts shall be invested from among the Investment Funds made available from time to time by the Committee, except that, subject to Section 13.5, there shall be a Company Stock Fund and the Committee may not eliminate such fund. With respect to the portion of a Participant’s Accounts that is subject to investment discretion, such Participant may designate one of such Investment Funds for all the amounts allocated to such portion of his Accounts (except to the extent otherwise provided by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.3 with respect to the VBO) or he may split the investment of the amounts allocated to such portion of his Accounts between such Investment Funds in such increments as the Committee may prescribe. Except as otherwise provided in Section 13.5, if a Participant fails to make a designation (including, for example, with respects to amounts deferred under Section 3.1(j)), then such portions of his Accounts shall be invested in the Investment Fund or Funds designated by the Committee from time to time in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.

 

30


 

(b) Except as provided in Section 5.1, a Participant may change his investment designation for future contributions to be allocated to his Accounts. Any such change shall be made in accordance with the procedures established by the Committee, and the frequency of such changes may be limited by the Committee.
(c) A Participant may elect to convert his investment designation with respect to the amounts already allocated to his Accounts (including, without limitation, the conversion of the investment designation with respect to amounts allocated to the Company Stock Fund pursuant to Section 5.1). Any such conversion shall be made in accordance with the procedures established by the Committee, and the frequency of such conversions may be limited by the Committee.
5.3 VBO Investments . The VBO shall be one of the Investment Funds available for the investment of the amounts in a Participant’s Accounts with respect to which the Participant has a Vested Interest. A Participant may designate that a portion of the amounts in his Accounts with respect to which he has a Vested Interest shall be invested in the VBO in accordance with the procedures, and subject to any limitations, established by the Committee. Upon such a designation, the amounts so invested in the VBO shall be available, in accordance with such Participant’s directions, for the purchase and subsequent sale of such stocks, bonds, mutual fund units, and other securities as the Committee shall make available from time to time. A Participant’s directions with respect to any such purchases and sales shall be effected in accordance with the procedures established by the Committee. Investment in the VBO by a Participant shall subject the amounts in his Accounts to such annual, transactional, or other fees and expenses as the Committee may determine. Further, investment in the VBO shall be subject to such other terms, conditions, and limitations as the Committee may from time to time determine. Voting and other rights associated with Participants’ investments in the VBO shall be exercisable by Participants to the extent and in the manner determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.
5.4 Pass-Through Voting and Other Rights with Respect to Company Stock .
(a) Each Participant shall have the right to direct the Trustee as to the manner of voting and the exercise of all other rights which a shareholder of record has with respect to shares (and fractional shares) of Company Stock which have been allocated to the Participant’s Accounts including, but not limited to, the right to sell or retain shares in a public or private tender offer.
(b) All shares (and fractional shares) of Company Stock for which the Trustee has not received timely Participant directions shall be voted or exercised by the Trustee in the same proportion as the shares (and fractional shares) of Company Stock for which the Trustee received timely Participant directions, except in the case where to do so would be inconsistent with the provisions of Title I of the Act.

 

31


 

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event of a tender offer for Company Stock, the Trustee shall interpret a Participant’s silence as a direction not to tender the shares of Company Stock allocated to the Participant’s Accounts and, therefore, the Trustee shall not tender any shares (or fractional shares) of Company Stock for which it does not receive timely directions to tender such shares (or fractional shares) from Participants, except in the case where to do so would be inconsistent with the provisions of Title I of the Act.
5.5 Stock Splits and Stock Dividends . Stock or other securities received by the Trustee by reason of a stock split, stock dividend, or recapitalization shall be appropriately allocated to the Accounts of each affected Participant.
VI. GENERAL BENEFITS AND DETERMINATION OF VESTED INTEREST
6.1 No Benefits Unless Herein Set Forth . Except as set forth in this Article, a Participant who incurs a Severance from Employment prior to his Normal Retirement Date for any reason other than death or who incurs a Total and Permanent Disability shall acquire no right to any benefit from the Plan or the Trust Fund.
6.2 Retirement Benefits . A Participant who incurs a Severance from Employment on or after his Normal Retirement Date shall be entitled to a retirement benefit, payable at the time and in the form, provided in Article VIII, equal in value to the aggregate amount in his Accounts on his Benefit Commencement Date. Any contribution allocable to a Participant’s Accounts after his Benefit Commencement Date shall be distributed, if his benefit was paid in a lump sum, or used to increase his payments, if his benefit is being paid on a periodic basis, as soon as administratively feasible after the date that such contribution is paid to the Trust Fund.
6.3 Pre-Retirement Severance from Employment Benefits . Each Participant who incurs a Severance from Employment prior to his Normal Retirement Date for any reason other than Total and Permanent Disability or death shall be entitled to a Severance from Employment benefit, payable at the time and in the form provided in Article VIII, equal in value to his Vested Interest in the aggregate amount in his Accounts on his Benefit Commencement Date. A Participant’s Vested Interest in any contribution allocable to such Participant’s Accounts after his Benefit Commencement Date shall be distributed, if his benefit was paid in a lump sum, or used to increase his payments, if his benefit is being paid on a periodic basis, as soon as administratively feasible after the date that such contribution is paid to the Trust Fund.
6.4 Disability Benefits . Each Participant who incurs a Total and Permanent Disability shall be entitled to a disability benefit, payable at the time and in the form provided in Article VIII, equal in value to the aggregate amount in his Accounts on his Benefit Commencement Date. Any contribution allocable to a Participant’s Accounts after his Benefit Commencement Date shall be distributed, if his benefit was paid in a lump sum, or used to increase his payments, if his benefit is being paid on a periodic basis, as soon as administratively feasible after the date that such contribution is paid to the Trust Fund.

 

32


 

6.5 Determination of Vested Interest .
(a) A Participant shall have a 100% Vested Interest in his Before-Tax Account, Dow ESOP Account, Dow Transfer Account, Destec Account(s), Extant Account, Trident Account(s), After-Tax Account, Rollover Contribution Account, Roth Account, Class Settlement Account I, and Class Settlement Account II at all times.
(b) A Participant’s Vested Interest in Employer Contributions allocated to his Employer Contribution Account under the Plan after April 1, 1995, and the earnings thereon, shall be determined as follows:
(1) The Vested Interest in such contributions and earnings of any Participant with three or more years of Vesting Service under the Plan as of April 1, 1995, shall be 100%.
(2) The Vested Interest in such contributions and earnings of any Participant with less than three years of Vesting Service as of April 1, 1995, shall be determined by such Participant’s years of Vesting Service in accordance with the applicable vesting schedule set forth in Paragraph (c) or Paragraph (d) below.
(c) A Participant’s Vested Interest in his Employer Contribution Account determined in accordance with the following schedule:
         
Years of Vesting Service   Vested Interest  
 
       
Less than 1 year
    0 %
1 year
    50 %
2 years
    100 %
(d) Notwithstanding Paragraph (c) above, a Participant that is a member of IBEW Local 1245, IBEW Local 320, or IBEW Local 769, shall have his Vested Interest in his Employer Contribution Account determined in accordance with the following schedule:
         
Years of Vesting Service   Vested Interest  
 
       
Less than 1 year
    0 %
1 year
    25 %
2 years
    50 %
3 years
    75 %
4 years or more
    100 %
(e) Paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) above notwithstanding, a Participant shall have a 100% Vested Interest in his Employer Contribution Account (i) upon the attainment of his Normal Retirement Date while employed by the Employer or a Controlled Entity, (ii) upon incurring a Total and Permanent Disability, (iii) upon the death of such Participant while an Employee, or (iv) if such Participant is an affected Participant, upon the occurrence of an event described in, under the conditions set forth in, Section 15.2.

 

33


 

(f) Paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) above notwithstanding, a Participant who was employed by Dynegy Midstream Services, Limited Partnership (“DMS”) on the date of the closing of the sale of DMS in the transaction by and between Dynegy Inc., Dynegy Holdings Inc., Dynegy Midstream Holdings, Inc., Dynegy Midstream G.P., Inc., and Targa Resources, Inc., Targa Resources Partners OLP LP and Targa Midstream GP, LLC shall have a 100% Vested Interest in his Employer Contribution Account on such date.
6.6 Crediting of Vesting Service .
(a) For the period preceding the Effective Date, subject to the provisions of Section 8.5, an individual shall be credited with Vesting Service in an amount equal to all service credited to him for vesting purposes under the Plan as it existed on the day prior to the Effective Date; provided, however, that each individual who was employed by Illinois Power Company or any of its affiliates (collectively, “Illinois Power”) on the date of the closing of the Illinova Transaction (as defined in Section 8.3(g)(2)) shall be credited with Vesting Service for the period preceding such date based upon his original date of hire with Illinois Power.
(b) On or after the Effective Date, subject to the remaining Paragraphs of this Section and to the provisions of Section 6.7, an individual shall be credited with Vesting Service in an amount equal to his aggregate Periods of Service whether or not such Periods of Service are completed consecutively.
(c) Paragraph (b) above notwithstanding, if an individual terminates his Service (at a time other than during a leave of absence) and subsequently resumes his Service, if his Reemployment Commencement Date is within twelve months of his Severance from Service Date, such Period of Severance shall be treated as a Period of Service for purposes of Paragraph (b) above.
(d) Paragraph (b) above notwithstanding, if an individual terminates his Service during a leave of absence and subsequently resumes his Service, if his Reemployment Commencement Date is within twelve months of the beginning of such leave of absence, such Period of Severance shall be treated as a Period of Service for purposes of Paragraph (b) above.
6.7 Forfeitures of Vesting Service .
(a) In the case of an individual who incurs a Severance from Employment at a time when he has no balance credited to his Before-Tax Account and a 0% Vested Interest in his Employer Contribution Account and thereafter incurs a Period of Severance that equals or exceeds the greater of five (5) years or his aggregate Period of Service completed before such Period of Severance, such individual’s Period of Service completed before such Period of Severance shall be forfeited and completely disregarded in determining his years of Vesting Service.

 

34


 

(b) In the case of a Participant who incurs a Severance from Employment with the Employer at a time when he has a balance credited to his Before-Tax Account or a Vested Interest in his Employer Contribution Account of less than 100% and thereafter incurs a Period of Severance of five (5) consecutive years, such Participant’s years of Vesting Service completed after such Period of Severance shall be disregarded for purposes of determining such Participant’s Vested Interest in any Plan benefits derived from Employer Contributions on his behalf before such Period of Severance, but his years of Vesting Service completed before such Period of Severance shall not be disregarded in determining his nonforfeitable right to Employer Contributions on his behalf after such Period of Severance.
(c) A Participant who incurs a Severance from Employment with the Employer at a time when he has a 100% Vested Interest shall not forfeit any of his Vesting Service.
6.8 Forfeitures of Nonvested Account Balance .
(a) With respect to a Participant who incurs a Severance from Employment with the Employer with a Vested Interest in his Employer Contribution Account that is less than 100% and either is not entitled to any distribution from the Plan or receives a distribution from the Plan of the balance of his Vested Interest in his Accounts in the form of a lump sum distribution, the nonvested portion of such terminated Participant’s Employer Contribution Account as of his Benefit Commencement Date shall become a forfeiture as of his Benefit Commencement Date (or as of the date he incurs a Severance from Employment if no amount is payable from the Trust Fund on behalf of such Participant with such Participant being considered to have received a distribution of zero dollars on his Severance from Employment date).
(b) With respect to a Participant who incurs a Severance from Employment with a Vested Interest in his Employer Contribution Account that is less than 100% and who has not previously incurred a forfeiture under the provisions of Paragraph (a) above (or Section 8.8 below), the nonvested portion of his Employer Contribution Account shall be forfeited as of the earlier of (i) the date the Participant completes a Period of Severance of five (5) consecutive years, or (ii) the date of the Participant’s death.
6.9 Restoration of Forfeited Account Balance . In the event that the nonvested portion of a terminated Participant’s Employer Contribution Account becomes a forfeiture pursuant to Section 6.8, the terminated Participant shall, upon subsequent reemployment with the Employer prior to incurring a Period of Severance of five (5) consecutive years, have the forfeited amount restored to such Participant’s Employer Contribution Account, unadjusted by any subsequent gains or losses of the Trust Fund; provided, however, that such restoration shall be made only if such Participant repays in cash an amount equal to the amount so distributed to him pursuant to Section 6.8 within five (5)years from the date the Participant is reemployed. A reemployed Participant who was not entitled to a distribution from the Plan when he incurred a Severance from Employment shall be considered to have repaid a distribution of zero dollars on the date of his reemployment. Any such restoration shall be made as soon as administratively feasible following the date of repayment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan,

 

35


 

forfeited amounts to be restored by the Employer pursuant to this Section shall be charged against and deducted from forfeitures for the Plan Year in which such amounts are restored that would otherwise be available to be applied pursuant to Section 4.2. If such forfeitures otherwise available are not sufficient to provide such restoration, the portion of such restoration not provided by forfeitures shall be charged against and deducted from Employer Discretionary Contributions otherwise available for allocation to other Participants in accordance with Section 4.1(d), and any additional amount needed to restore such forfeited amounts shall be a minimum required Employer Discretionary Contribution (which shall be made without regard to current or accumulated earnings and profits). Any amounts repaid to the Plan by a Participant pursuant to this Section shall be subject to the same restrictions under the Plan as are the Account or Accounts from which such amounts were originally distributed. Repayment shall be permitted from an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity if such individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity contains only amounts distributed to the Participant from the Plan and earnings thereon.
6.10 Special Formula for Determining Vested Interest for Partial Accounts . With respect to a Participant whose Vested Interest in his Employer Contribution Account Subject to Vesting is less than 100% and who receives a termination distribution from his Employer Contribution Account Subject to Vesting other than a lump sum distribution, any amount remaining in his Employer Contribution Account Subject to Vesting shall continue to be maintained as a separate account. At any relevant time, such Participant’s nonforfeitable portion of his separate account shall be determined in accordance with the following formula:
X=P(AB + (R x D)) — (R x D)
For purposes of applying the formula: (i) X is the nonforfeitable portion of such separate account at the relevant time; (ii) P is the Participant’s Vested Interest in his Employer Contribution Account Subject to Vesting at the relevant time; (iii) AB is the balance of such separate account at the relevant time; (iv) R is the ratio of the balance of such separate account at the relevant time to the balance of such separate account after the distribution; and (v) D is the amount of the distribution. For all other purposes of the Plan, a Participant’s separate account shall be treated as an Employer Contribution Account. Upon his incurring a Period of Severance of five (5) consecutive years, the forfeitable portion of a terminated Participant’s separate account and Employer Contribution Account Subject to Vesting shall be forfeited as of the end of the Plan Year during which the terminated Participant completes such Period of Severance if not forfeited earlier pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.6
VII. DEATH BENEFITS
7.1 Death Benefits . Upon the death of a Participant while an Employee, the Participant’s designated beneficiary shall be entitled to a death benefit, payable at the time and in the form provided in Article VIII, equal to the value of the Participant’s Accounts on his Benefit Commencement Date.

 

36


 

7.2 Designation of Beneficiaries .
(a) Each Participant shall have the right to designate the beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive payment of his benefit in the event of his death. Each such designation shall be made by executing the beneficiary designation form prescribed by the Committee and filing such form with the Committee. Any such designation may be changed at any time by such Participant by execution and filing of a new designation in accordance with this Section. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant who is married on the date of his death has designated an individual or entity other than his surviving spouse as his beneficiary, such designation shall not be effective unless (i) such surviving spouse has consented thereto in writing and such consent (A) acknowledges the effect of such specific designation, (B) either consents to the specific designated beneficiary (which designation may not subsequently be changed by the Participant without spousal consent) or expressly permits such designation by the Participant without the requirement of further consent by such spouse, and (C) is witnessed by a Plan representative (other than the Participant) or a notary public, or (ii) the consent of such spouse cannot be obtained because such spouse cannot be located or because of other circumstances described by applicable Treasury Regulations. Any such consent by such surviving spouse shall be irrevocable.
(b) If no beneficiary designation is on file with the Committee at the time of the death of the Participant or if such designation is not effective for any reason as determined by the Committee, the designated beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive such death benefit shall be as follows:
(1) If a Participant leaves a surviving spouse, his designated beneficiary shall be such surviving spouse; and
(2) If a Participant leaves no surviving spouse, his designated beneficiary shall be (i) such Participant’s executor or administrator, or (ii) his heirs at law if there is no administration of such Participant’s estate.
(c) Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Section and to the extent not prohibited by state or federal law, if a Participant is divorced from his spouse and at the time of his death is not remarried to the person from whom he was divorced, any designation of such divorced spouse as his beneficiary under the Plan filed prior to the divorce shall be null and void unless the contrary is expressly stated in writing filed with the Committee by the Participant. The interest of such divorced spouse failing hereunder shall vest in the persons specified in Paragraph (b) above as if such divorced spouse did not survive the Participant.
VIII. PAYMENT OF BENEFITS
8.1 Determination of Benefit Commencement Date .
(a) A Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date shall be the date that is as soon as administratively feasible after the date the Participant or his beneficiary becomes entitled to a benefit pursuant to Article VI or VII unless the Participant has been reemployed by the Employer or a Controlled Entity before such potential Benefit Commencement Date.

 

37


 

(b) Unless (i) the Participant has attained age sixty-five (65) or died, (ii) the Participant consents to a distribution pursuant to Paragraph (a) within the one-hundred-eighty (180) day period ending on the date payment of his benefit hereunder is to commence pursuant to Paragraph (a), or (iii) the Participant’s Vested Interest in his Accounts is not in excess of $1,000, the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date shall be deferred to the date which is as soon as administratively feasible after the earlier of the date the Participant attains age sixty-five (65) or the Participant’s date of death, or such earlier date as the Participant may elect by written notice to the Committee prior to such date. No less than thirty (30) days (unless such thirty-day period is waived by an affirmative election in accordance with applicable Treasury Regulations) and no more than one-hundred-eighty (180) days before his Benefit Commencement Date, the Committee shall inform the Participant of his right to defer his Benefit Commencement Date and shall describe the Participant’s Direct Rollover election rights pursuant to Section 8.3 below.
(c) A Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date shall in no event be later than the sixtieth (60 th ) day following the close of the Plan Year during which such Participant attains, or would have attained, his Normal Retirement Date or, if later, incurs a Severance from Employment from the Employer and all Controlled Entities.
(d) Subject to the provisions of Section 8.2, a Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date shall not occur unless the Article VI or VII event entitling the Participant (or his beneficiary) to a benefit constitutes a distributable event described in Section 401(k)(2)(B) of the Code and shall not occur while the Participant is employed by the Employer or any Controlled Entity (irrespective of whether the Participant has become entitled to a distribution of his benefit pursuant to Article VI or VII).
(e) Paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above notwithstanding, but subject to the provisions of Section 8.2 below, a Participant and the beneficiary of a Participant who dies prior to his Benefit Commencement Date, other than a Participant whose balance in his Accounts is not in excess of $1,000, must file a claim for benefits in the manner prescribed by the Committee before payment of his benefit will be made.
(f) For purposes of this Section, in determining whether a Participant’s Vested Interest in his Accounts is not in excess of $1,000, the value of the Participant’s Vested Interest in his Accounts shall be determined without regard to that portion of his Accounts which is attributable to Rollover Contributions (and earnings allocable thereto) within the meaning of Sections 402(c), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 408(d)(3)(A)(ii) and 457(e)(16) of the Code. If the value of a Participant’s Vested Interest in his Accounts as so determined is $1,000 or less, then the Participant’s entire nonforfeitable account balance (including amounts attributable to such Rollover Contributions) shall be immediately distributed in a single lump sum payment.

 

38


 

8.2 Minimum Distribution Requirements . All distributions required under this Section 8.2 will be determined and made in accordance with the Treasury Regulations under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code. The following provisions reflect such model amendments, but are not intended to provide any right to any optional form of distribution not otherwise provided in the Plan.
(a) General Rules .
(1) Requirements of Treasury Regulations Incorporated . All distributions required under this Section 9.2 will be determined and made in accordance with the Treasury Regulations under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code.
(2) TEFRA Section 242(b)(2) Elections . Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 9.2, distributions may be made under a designation made before January 1, 1984, in accordance with Section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (“TEFRA”) and the provisions of the Plan that relate to Section 242(b)(2) of TEFRA.
(b) Time and Manner of Distribution .
(1) Required Beginning Date . A Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the Participant’s required beginning date.
(2) Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin . If the Participant dies before distributions begin, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows:
(A) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, distributions to the surviving spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70 1 / 2 , if later.
(B) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, distributions to the designated beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died.
(C) If there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.
(D) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to the surviving spouse begin, this Subparagraph (b)(2), other than Subparagraph (b)(2)(A), will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.

 

39


 

For purpose of this Subparagraph (b)(2) and Subparagraph (d), unless Subsection (b)(2)(D) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the Participant’s required beginning date. If Subparagraph (b)(2)(D) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Subparagraph (b)(2)(A). If distributions under an annuity purchased from an insurance company irrevocably commence to the Participant before the Participant’s required beginning date (or to the Participant’s surviving spouse before the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Subparagraph (b)(2)(A)), the date distributions are considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence.
(3) Forms of Distribution . Unless the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in a single sum on or before the required beginning date, as of the first distribution calendar year, distributions will be made in accordance with Subparagraphs (c) and (d) of this Section. If the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with the requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations.
(c) Required Minimum Distributions During Participant’s Lifetime .
(1) Amount of Required Minimum Distribution For Each Distribution Calendar Year . During the Participant’s lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year is the lesser of:
(A) The quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)(9)-9, using the Participant’s age as of the Participant’s birthday in the distribution calendar year; or
(B) If the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary for the distribution calendar year is the Participant’s spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)(9)-9, using the Participant’s and spouse’s attained ages as of the Participant’s and spouse’s birthdays in the distribution calendar year.
(2) Lifetime Required Minimum Distributions Continue Through Year of Participant’s Death . Required minimum distributions will be determined under this Subsection (c) beginning with the first distribution calendar year and up to and including the distribution calendar year that includes the Participant’s date of death.

 

40


 

(d) Required Minimum Distributions After Participant’s Death .
(1) Death On or After Date Distributions Begin .
(A) Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary . If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the longer of the remaining life expectancy of the Participant or the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated beneficiary, determined as follows:
(i) The Participant’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.
(ii) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death using the surviving spouse’s age as of the spouse’s birthday in that year. For distribution calendar years after the year of the surviving spouse’s death, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving spouse as of the spouse’s birthday in the calendar year of the spouse’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year.
(iii) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, the designated beneficiary’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the beneficiary in the year following the year of the Participant’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.
(B) No Designated Beneficiary . If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the year of the Participant’s death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the Participant’s remaining life expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.
(2) Death Before Date Distributions Begin .
(A) Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary . If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated beneficiary, determined as provided in Subsection (d)(1).

 

41


 

(B) No Designated Beneficiary . If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, distribution of the Participant’s entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.
(C) Death of Surviving Spouse Before Distributions to Surviving Spouse Are Required to Begin . If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin, the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, and the surviving spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Subsection (b)(2)(A), this Subsection (d)(2) will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.
(e) Definitions .
(1) Designated beneficiary . The individual who is designated as the beneficiary under the applicable section of the Plan and is the designated beneficiary under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-1.
(2) Distribution calendar year . A calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the Participant’s required beginning date. For distributions beginning after the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under Subsection (b)(2). The required minimum distribution for the Participant’s first distribution calendar year will be made on or before the Participant’s required beginning date. The required minimum distribution for other distribution calendar years, including the required minimum distribution for the distribution calendar year in which the Participant’s required beginning date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that distribution calendar year.
(3) Life expectancy . Life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-9.
(4) Participant’s account balance . The account balance as of the last valuation date in the calendar year immediately preceding the distribution calendar year (valuation calendar year) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the account balance as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date. The account balance for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the Plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the distribution calendar year if distributed or transferred in the valuation calendar year.

 

42


 

(5) Required beginning date . The date specified in Section 401(a)(9)(C) of the Code.
(f) A Designated Beneficiary that is not a surviving spouse may not elect a Direct Rollover of an amount which is a required minimum distribution according to this Section 9.2 of the Plan. If the Participant dies before his required beginning date and the nonspouse beneficiary elects a Direct Rollover to an Eligible Retirement Plan the maximum amount eligible for a Direct Rollover, the beneficiary may elect to use either the five (5)-year rule or the Life expectancy rule, in determining the required minimum distributions from the Eligible Retirement Plan that receives the nonspouse beneficiary’s distribution.
8.3 Form of Payment and Payee .
(a) Subject to the provisions of Paragraph (b) below, a Participant’s benefit shall be provided from the balance of such Participant’s Accounts under the Plan and shall be paid in cash in one lump sum on the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date. Except as provided in Section 17.4, the Participant’s benefit shall be paid to the Participant unless the Participant has died prior to his Benefit Commencement Date, in which case the Participant’s benefit shall be paid to his beneficiary designated in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.2.
(b) Benefits shall be paid (or transferred) in cash except that a Participant (or his designated beneficiary or legal representative in the case of a deceased Participant) may elect to have the portion of his Accounts invested in Company Stock paid (or transferred) in full shares of Company Stock with any balance (including fractional shares of Company Stock) to be paid (or transferred) in cash. Conversions of Company Stock to cash and cash to Company Stock shall be based upon the value of Company Stock on the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date.
8.4 Direct Rollover Election . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a Distributee’s election under this Section, a Distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Committee, to have all or any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution (other than any portion attributable to the offset of an outstanding loan balance of such Participant pursuant to the Plan’s loan procedure) paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a Direct Rollover. The preceding sentence notwithstanding, a Distributee may elect a Direct Rollover pursuant to this Section only if such Distributee’s Eligible Rollover Distributions during the Plan Year are reasonably expected to total $200 or more. Furthermore, if less than 100% of the Participant’s Eligible Rollover Distribution is to be a Direct Rollover, the amount of the Direct Rollover must be $500 or more. Prior to any Direct Rollover pursuant to this Section, the Committee may require the Distributee to furnish the Committee with a statement from the plan, account, or annuity to which the benefit is to be transferred verifying that such plan, account, or annuity is, or is intended to be, an Eligible Retirement Plan.

 

43


 

Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, effective January 1, 2008, a Direct Rollover from a Participant’s Roth Account and/or After-Tax Account shall only be made to: (i) a qualified plan, (ii) a 403(b) plan, or (iii) for the Roth Account, a Roth individual retirement account described in Section 408A of the Code and only to the extent the rollover is permitted under Section 402A(c) of the Code, including accounting separately for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not includible in gross income.
8.5 Notice of Direct Rollover Distribution . Effective for Plan years beginning after January 1, 2006, the Plan Administrator shall, within one-hundred-eighty (180) days before making an eligible rollover distribution, provide a written explanation to the recipient:
(a) Of the provisions under which the recipient may have the distribution directly transferred to an Eligible Retirement Plan and that the automatic distribution by direct transfer applies to certain distributions in accordance with Section 401(a)(31)(B) of the Code;
(b) The provision which requires the withholding of tax on the distribution if it is not directly transferred to an Eligible Retirement Plan;
(c) Of the provisions under which the distribution will not be subject to tax if transferred to an Eligible Retirement Plan within sixty (60) days after the date on which the recipient received the distribution; and
(d) And of the provisions under which distributions from the Eligible Retirement Plan receiving the distribution may be subject to restrictions and tax consequences which are different from those applicable to distributions from the plan making such distribution.
8.6 Unclaimed Benefits . In the case of a benefit payable on behalf of a Participant, if the Committee is unable to locate the Participant or beneficiary to whom such benefit is payable, upon the Committee’s determination thereof, such benefit shall be forfeited. The timing of such forfeiture shall comply with the time of payment rules described in Section 8.1. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if subsequent to any such forfeiture the Participant or beneficiary to whom such benefit is payable makes a valid claim for such benefit, such forfeited benefit shall be restored to the Plan by having the forfeited amount restored to such Participant, unadjusted by any subsequent gains or losses of the Trust Fund. Any such restoration shall be made as soon as administratively feasible following the date of the submission of such valid claim. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, forfeited amounts to be restored by the Employer pursuant to this Section shall be charged against and deducted from forfeitures for the Plan Year in which such amounts are restored that would otherwise be available to be applied pursuant to Section 4.2. If such forfeitures otherwise available are not sufficient to provide such restoration, the portion of such restoration not provided by forfeitures shall be charged against and deducted from Employer Discretionary Contributions otherwise available for allocation to other Participants in accordance with Section 4.1(d), and any additional amount needed to restore such forfeited amounts shall be a minimum required Employer Discretionary Contribution (which shall be made without regard to current or accumulated earnings and profits).

 

44


 

8.7 Claims Review .
(a) Definitions . For purposes of this Section, the following terms, when capitalized, will be defined as follows:
(1) Adverse Benefit Determination : Any denial, reduction or termination of or failure to provide or make payment (in whole or in part) for a Plan benefit, including any denial, reduction, termination or failure to provide or make payment that is based on a determination of a Claimant’s eligibility to participate in the Plan. Further, any invalidation of a claim for failure to comply with the claim submission procedure will be treated as an Adverse Benefit Determination.
(2) Benefits Administrator : The person or office to whom the Committee has delegated day-to-day Plan administration responsibilities and who, pursuant to such delegation, processes Plan benefit claims in the ordinary course.
(3) Claimant : A Participant or beneficiary or an authorized representative of such Participant or beneficiary who has filed or desires to file a claim for a Plan benefit.
(b) Filing of Benefit Claim . To file a benefit claim under the Plan, a Claimant must obtain from the Benefits Administrator the information and benefit election forms, if any, provided for in the Plan and otherwise follow the procedures established from time to time by the Committee or the Benefits Administrator for claiming Plan benefits. If, after reviewing the information so provided, the Claimant needs additional information regarding his Plan benefits, he may obtain such information by submitting a written request to the Benefits Administrator describing the additional information needed. A Claimant may only request a Plan benefit by fully completing and submitting to the Benefits Administrator the benefit election forms, if any, provided for in the Plan and otherwise following the procedures established from time to time by the Committee or the Benefits Administrator for claiming Plan benefits.
(c) Processing of Benefit Claim . Upon receipt of a fully completed benefit claim from a Claimant, the Benefits Administrator shall determine if the Claimant’s right to the requested benefit, payable at the time or times and in the form requested, is clear and, if so, shall process such benefit claim without resort to the Committee. If the Benefits Administrator determines that the Claimant’s right to the requested benefit, payable at the time or times and in the form requested, is not clear, it shall refer the benefit claim to the Committee for review and determination, which referral shall include:
(1) All materials submitted to the Benefits Administrator by the Claimant in connection with the claim;
(2) A written description of why the Benefits Administrator was of the view that the Claimant’s right to the benefit, payable at the time or times and in the form requested, was not clear;

 

45


 

(3) A description of all Plan provisions pertaining to the benefit claim;
(4) Where appropriate, a summary as to whether such Plan provisions have in the past been consistently applied with respect to other similarly situated Claimants; and
(5) Such other information as may be helpful or relevant to the Committee in its consideration of the claim.
If the Claimant’s claim is referred to the Committee, the Claimant may examine any relevant document relating to his claim and may submit written comments or other information to the Committee to supplement his benefit claim. Within thirty days of receipt from the Benefits Administrator of a benefit claim referral (or such longer period as may be necessary due to unusual circumstances or to enable the Claimant to submit comments), but in any event not later than will permit the Committee sufficient time to fully and fairly consider the claim and make a determination within the time frame provided in Paragraph (d) below, the Committee shall consider the referral regarding the claim of the Claimant and make a decision as to whether it is to be approved, modified or denied. If the claim is approved, the Committee shall direct the Benefits Administrator to process the approved claim as soon as administratively practicable.
(d) Notification of Adverse Benefit Determination . In any case of an Adverse Benefit Determination of a claim for a Plan benefit, the Committee shall furnish written notice to the affected Claimant within a reasonable period of time but not later than ninety days after receipt of such claim for Plan benefits (or within 180 days if special circumstances necessitate an extension of the ninety-day period and the Claimant is informed of such extension in writing within the ninety-day period and is provided with an extension notice consisting of an explanation of the special circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by which the benefit determination will be rendered). Any notice that denies a benefit claim of a Claimant in whole or in part shall, in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant:
(1) State the specific reason or reasons for the Adverse Benefit Determination;
(2) Provide specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the Adverse Benefit Determination is based;
(3) Describe any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim and explain why such material or information is necessary; and
(4) Describe the Plan’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under section 502(a) of the Act following an Adverse Benefit Determination on review.

 

46


 

(e) Review of Adverse Benefit Determination . A Claimant has the right to have an Adverse Benefit Determination reviewed in accordance with the following claims review procedure:
(1) The Claimant must submit a written request for such review to the Committee not later than 60 days following receipt by the Claimant of the Adverse Benefit Determination notification;
(2) The Claimant shall have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim for benefits to the Committee;
(3) The Claimant shall have the right to have all comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim for benefits that have been submitted by the Claimant considered on review without regard to whether such comments, documents, records or information were considered in the initial benefit determination; and
(4) The Claimant shall have reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claim for benefits free of charge upon request, including (i) documents, records or other information relied upon for the benefit determination, (ii) documents, records or other information submitted, considered or generated without regard to whether such documents, records or other information were relied upon in making the benefit determination, and (iii) documents, records or other information that demonstrates compliance with the standard claims procedure.
The decision on review by the Committee will be binding and conclusive upon all persons, and the Claimant shall neither be required nor be permitted to pursue further appeals to the Committee.
(f) Notification of Benefit Determination on Review . Notice of the Committee’s final benefit determination regarding an Adverse Benefit Determination will be furnished in writing or electronically to the Claimant after a full and fair review. Notice of an Adverse Benefit Determination upon review will:
(1) State the specific reason or reasons for the Adverse Benefit Determination;
(2) Provide specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the Adverse Benefit Determination is based;
(3) State that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim for benefits including (i) documents, records or other information relied upon for the benefit determination, (ii) documents, records or other information submitted, considered or generated without regard to whether such documents, records or other information were relied upon in making the benefit determination, and (iii) documents, records or other information that demonstrates compliance with the standard claims procedure; and
(4) Describe the Claimant’s right to bring an action under section 502(a) of the Act.

 

47


 

The Committee shall notify a Claimant of its determination on review with respect to the Adverse Benefit Determination of the Claimant within a reasonable period of time but not later than sixty days after the receipt of the Claimant’s request for review unless the Committee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the review of the Adverse Benefit Determination. If the Committee determines that such extension of time is required, written notice of the extension (which shall indicate the special circumstances requiring the extension and the date by which the Committee expects to render the determination on review) shall be furnished to the Claimant prior to the termination of the initial sixty-day review period. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of sixty days from the end of the initial sixty-day review period. In the event such extension is due to the Claimant’s failure to submit necessary information, the period for making the determination on a review will be tolled from the date on which the notification of the extension is sent to the Claimant until the date on which the Claimant responds to the request for additional information.
(g) Exhaustion of Administrative Remedies . Completion of the claims procedures described in this Section will be a condition precedent to the commencement of any legal or equitable action in connection with a claim for benefits under the Plan by a Claimant or by any other person or entity claiming rights individually or through a Claimant; provided, however, that the Committee may, in its sole discretion, waive compliance with such claims procedures as a condition precedent to any such action.
(1) Payment of Benefits . If the Benefits Administrator or Committee determines that a Claimant is entitled to a benefit hereunder, payment of such benefit will be made to such Claimant (or commence, as applicable) as soon as administratively practicable after the date the Benefits Administrator or Committee determines that such Claimant is entitled to such benefit or on any other later date designated by and in the discretion of the Committee.
(2) Authorized Representatives . An authorized representative may act on behalf of a Claimant in pursuing a benefit claim or an appeal of an Adverse Benefit Determination. An individual or entity will only be determined to be a Claimant’s authorized representative for such purposes if the Claimant has provided the Committee with a written statement identifying such individual or entity as his authorized representative and describing the scope of the authority of such authorized representative. In the event a Claimant identifies an individual or entity as his authorized representative in writing to the Committee but fails to describe the scope of the authority of such authorized representative, the Committee shall assume that such authorized representative has full powers to act with respect to all matters pertaining to the Claimant’s benefit claim under the Plan or appeal of an Adverse Benefit Determination with respect to such benefit claim.

 

48


 

IX. IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS
9.1 In-Service Withdrawals .
(a) A Participant may withdraw from his After-Tax Account any or all amounts held in such Account.
(b) A Participant may withdraw from his Rollover Contribution Account, his Class Settlement Account I and/or his Class Action Settlement Account II any or all amounts held in such Accounts.
(c) A Participant may withdraw from his Dow ESOP Account any or all amounts held in such Account.
(d) A Participant who has attained age fifty-nine and one-half (59-1/2) may withdraw from his Before-Tax Account, his Catch-up Contribution Account, and the Vested Interest in his Employer Contribution Account, on a pro rata basis, an amount not exceeding his then Vested Interest in the aggregate value of such Accounts.
(e) A Participant who has a financial hardship, as determined by the Committee, and who has made all available withdrawals pursuant to the Paragraphs above and Appendices A and/or B hereunder, as applicable, and pursuant to the provisions of any other plans of the Employer and any Controlled Entities of which he is a Participant and who has obtained all available loans pursuant to Article X and pursuant to the provisions of any other plans of the Employer and any Controlled Entities of which he is a Participant may withdraw from his Before-Tax Account and Catch-Up Contribution Account an amount not to exceed the lesser of (i) the balance of such Accounts, or (ii) the amount required to meet the immediate financial need created by the hardship. The amount required to meet the immediate financial need may include any amounts necessary to pay any federal, state, or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution. For purposes of this Paragraph, financial hardship shall mean one of the following immediate and heavy financial needs of the Participant:
(1) Expenses for (or necessary to obtain) medical care that would be deductible under Section 213(d) of the Code (determined without regard to whether the expenses exceed 7.5% of adjusted gross income);
(2) Costs directly related to the purchase of a principal residence of the Participant (excluding mortgage payments);

 

49


 

(3) Payment of tuition, related educational fees, and room and board expenses, for up to the next twelve months of post-secondary education for the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, children, or dependents (as defined in Section 152 of the Code and without regard to Sections 152(b)(1), (b)(2) and (d)(1)(B));
(4) Payments necessary to prevent the eviction of the Participant from his principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage of the Participant’s principal residence;
(5) Payments for burial or funeral expenses for the Participant’s deceased parent, spouse, children or dependents (as defined in Section 152 of the Code and without regard to Sections 152(b)(1), (b)(2) and (d)(1)(B));
(6) Expenses for the repair of damage to the Participant’s principal residence that would qualify for the casualty deduction under Section 165 of the Code (determined without regard to whether the loss exceeds 10% of adjusted gross income); or
The above notwithstanding, (i) withdrawals under this Paragraph from a Participant’s Before-Tax Account shall be limited to the sum of the Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions to the Plan, plus income allocable to the Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions and credited to the Participant’s Before-Tax Account as of December 31, 1988, less any previous withdrawals of such amounts, (ii) withdrawals from a Participant’s Catch-Up Contribution Account shall be limited to the Participant’s Catch-up Contributions pursuant to Section 3.1(h), less any previous withdrawals of such amounts, and (iii) Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions utilized to satisfy the restrictions set forth in Section 3.1(e), and income allocable thereto, shall not be subject to withdrawal. A Participant who receives a distribution pursuant to this Paragraph on account of hardship shall be prohibited from making elective deferrals and employee contributions under this and all other plans maintained by the Employer or any Controlled Entity for six (6) months after receipt of the distribution.
9.2 Restriction on In-Service Withdrawals .
(a) All withdrawals pursuant to this Article shall be made in accordance with procedures established by the Committee.
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article, (i) not more than one withdrawal pursuant to Section 9.1(d) may be made in any one Plan Year, (ii) no withdrawal shall be made from an Account to the extent such Account has been pledged to secure a loan from the Plan, and (iii) any portion of an Account that is invested in the VBO shall not be subject to withdrawal pursuant to any Paragraphs of Section 9.1.

 

50


 

(c) If a Participant’s Account from which a withdrawal is made is invested in more than one Investment Fund, the withdrawal shall be made pro rata from each Investment Fund (other than the VBO) in which such Account is invested.
(d) All withdrawals under this Article shall be paid in cash; provided, however, that a Participant may elect to have withdrawals pursuant to Section 9.1 paid in full shares of Company Stock (with any fractional shares to be paid in cash) to the extent that his Vested Interest in the Accounts from which such withdrawals are made are invested in such stock.
(e) Any withdrawal hereunder that constitutes an Eligible Rollover Distribution shall be subject to the Direct Rollover election described in Section 8.4.
(f) Except as provided in Appendix A and Appendix B, this Article shall not be applicable to a Participant following a Severance from Employment and the amounts in such Participant’s Accounts shall be distributable only in accordance with the provisions of Article VIII.
X. LOANS
The Plan authorizes the Trustee to make loans on a nondiscriminatory basis to a Participant or beneficiary in accordance with the written loan policy established by the Committee attached to the Plan as Appendix B, as amended from time to time; provided (i) the loan policy satisfies the requirements of this Article X; (ii) loans are available to all Participants and beneficiaries on a reasonably equivalent basis and are not available in a greater amount for Highly Compensated Employees than for other Employees; (iii) any loan is adequately secured and bears a reasonable rate of interest; (iv) the loan provides for repayment within a specified time; (v) the default provisions of the note prohibit offset of the Participant’s Account balance prior to the time the Trustee otherwise would distribute the Participant’s Account balance; and (vii) the loan otherwise conforms to the exemption provided by Section 4975(d)(1) of the Code.
The loan policy, attached to the Plan as Appendix B, must be a written document and must include (i) the identity of the person or positions authorized to administer the participant loan program; (ii) a procedure for applying for the loan; (iii) the criteria for approving or denying a loan; (iv) the limitations, if any, on the types and amounts of loans available; (v) the procedure for determining a reasonable rate of interest; (vi) the types of collateral which may secure the loan; and (vii) the events constituting default and the steps the Plan will take to preserve Plan assets in the event of default. This Section specifically incorporates the written loan policy adopted by the Committee, as amended from time to time, attached to the Plan as Appendix B.

 

51


 

XI. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
11.1 General Administration of the Plan . The general administration of the Plan shall be vested in the Committee. For purposes of the Act, the Committee shall be the Plan “administrator” and shall be the “named fiduciary” with respect to the general administration of the Plan (except as to the investment of the assets of the Trust Fund). Each member of the Committee shall serve until he resigns, dies or is removed by the Committee or the Compensation Committee. The Committee may remove any of its members at any time, with or without cause, by unanimous vote of the remaining members of the Committee and by written notice to such member; further, the Compensation Committee may remove any of the Committee members, with or without cause, and shall provide written notice to such member. Any member may resign by delivering a written resignation to the Committee and the Compensation Committee, such resignation to become effective as of a date specified in such notice that is on or after the date such notice is given as herein provided. A member of the Committee who is an employee of the Company or any of its affiliates shall cease to be a member of the Committee as of the date he ceases to be employed by the Company or any of its affiliates. Vacancies in the Committee arising by death, resignation or removal shall be filled by the Committee. The Committee may select officers (including a Chairman) and may appoint a secretary who need not be a member of the Committee.
11.2 Records and Procedures . The Committee shall keep appropriate records of its proceedings and the administration of the Plan and shall make available for examination during business hours to any Participant or beneficiary such records as pertain to that individual’s interest in the Plan. The Committee shall designate the person or persons who shall be authorized to sign for the Committee and, upon such designation, the signature of such person or persons shall bind the Committee.
11.3 Meetings . The Committee shall hold meetings upon such notice and at such time and place as it may from time to time determine. Notice to a member shall not be required if waived in writing by that member. A majority of the members of the Committee duly appointed shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. All resolutions or other actions taken by the Committee at any meeting where a quorum is present shall be by vote of a majority of those present at such meeting and entitled to vote. Resolutions may be adopted or other action taken without a meeting upon written consent signed by all of the members of the Committee. The Committee may hold any meeting telephonically and any business conducted at a telephonic meeting shall have the same force and effect as if the members had met in person.
11.4 Self-Interest of Members . No member of the Committee shall have any right to vote or decide upon any matter relating solely to himself under the Plan or to vote in any case in which his individual right to claim any benefit under the Plan is particularly involved. In any case in which a Committee member is so disqualified to act and the remaining members cannot agree, the Directors or the Compensation Committee shall appoint a temporary substitute member to exercise all the powers of the disqualified member concerning the matter in which he is disqualified.
11.5 Compensation and Bonding . The members of the Committee shall not receive compensation with respect to their services for the Committee. To the extent required by the Act or other applicable law, or required by the Company, members of the Committee shall furnish bond or security for the performance of their duties hereunder.

 

52


 

11.6 Committee Powers and Duties . The Committee shall supervise the administration and enforcement of the Plan according to the terms and provisions hereof and shall have all powers necessary to accomplish these purposes, including, but not by way of limitation, the right, power, authority, and duty:
(a) To make rules, regulations, and bylaws for the administration of the Plan that are not inconsistent with the terms and provisions hereof, provided such rules, regulations, and bylaws are evidenced in writing and copies thereof are delivered to the Trustee and to the Company, and to enforce the terms of the Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder by the Committee;
(b) To construe in its discretion all terms, provisions, conditions, and limitations of the Plan, and, in all cases, the construction necessary for the Plan to qualify under the applicable provisions of the Code shall control;
(c) To correct any defect or to supply any omission or to reconcile any inconsistency that may appear in the Plan in such manner and to such extent as it shall deem expedient in its discretion to effectuate the purposes of the Plan;
(d) To employ and compensate such accountants, attorneys, investment advisors, and other agents, employees, and independent contractors as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable for the proper and efficient administration of the Plan;
(e) To determine in its discretion all questions relating to eligibility;
(f) To make a determination in its discretion as to the right of any person to a benefit under the Plan and to prescribe procedures to be followed by Distributees in obtaining benefits hereunder;
(g) To prepare, file, and distribute, in such manner as the Committee determines to be appropriate, such information and material as is required by the reporting and disclosure requirements of the Act;
(a) To furnish the Employer any information necessary for the preparation of such Employer’s tax return or other information that the Committee determines in its discretion is necessary for a legitimate purpose;
(h) To require and obtain from the Employer and the Participants any information or data that the Committee determines is necessary for the proper administration of the Plan;
(i) To instruct the Trustee as to the loans to Participants pursuant to the provisions of Article X;
(j) To appoint investment managers pursuant to Section 13.4;
(a) To receive and review reports from the Trustee and from investment managers as to the financial condition of the Trust Fund, including its receipts and disbursements;
(k) To establish or designate Investment Funds as investment options as provided in Article V; and
(l) To designate entities as participating Employers under the Plan pursuant to Article XVI.

 

53


 

Any provisions of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, benefits under the Plan will be paid only if the Committee decides in its discretion that the applicant is entitled to them.
11.7 Employer to Supply Information . The Employer shall supply full and timely information to the Committee, including, but not limited to, information relating to each Participant’s Compensation, age, retirement, death, or other cause of Severance from Employment and such other pertinent facts as the Committee may require. The Employer shall advise the Trustee of such of the foregoing facts as are deemed necessary for the Trustee to carry out the Trustee’s duties under the Plan. When making a determination in connection with the Plan, the Committee shall be entitled to rely upon the aforesaid information furnished by the Employer.
11.8 Temporary Restrictions . In order to ensure an orderly transition in the transfer of assets to the Trust Fund from another trust fund maintained under the Plan or from the trust fund of a plan that is merging into the Plan or transferring assets to the Plan, the Committee may, in its discretion, temporarily prohibit or restrict withdrawals, loans, changes to contribution elections, changes of investment designation of future contributions, transfers of amounts from one Investment Fund to another Investment Fund, or such other activity as the Committee deems appropriate; provided that any such temporary cessation or restriction of such activity shall be in compliance with all applicable law.
11.9 Indemnification . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each member of the Committee and each Employee who is a delegate of the Committee against any and all expenses and liabilities arising out of his administrative functions or fiduciary responsibilities, including any expenses and liabilities that are caused by or result from an act or omission constituting the negligence of such individual in the performance of such functions or responsibilities, but excluding expenses and liabilities that are caused by or result from such individual’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct. Expenses against which such individual shall be indemnified hereunder shall include, without limitation, the amounts of any settlement or judgment, costs, counsel fees, and related charges reasonably incurred in connection with a claim asserted or a proceeding brought or settlement thereof.
XII. TRUSTEE AND ADMINISTRATION OF TRUST FUND
12.1 Trust Agreement . As a means of administering the assets of the Plan, the Company has entered into a Trust Agreement. The administration of the assets of the Plan and the duties, obligations, and responsibilities of the Trustee shall be governed by the Trust Agreement. The Trust Agreement may be amended from time to time as the Company and the Trustee deem advisable in order to effectuate the purposes of the Plan. The Trust Agreement is incorporated herein by reference and thereby made a part of the Plan.

 

54


 

12.2 Payment of Expenses . All expenses incident to the administration of the Plan and Trust (whether incurred before or after the Effective Date), including but not limited to, legal, accounting, Trustee fees, direct expenses of the Employer and the Committee in the administration of the Plan, and the cost of furnishing any bond or security required of the Committee shall be paid by the Trustee from the Trust Fund, and, until paid, shall constitute a claim against the Trust Fund which is paramount to the claims of Participants and beneficiaries; provided, however, that (i) the obligation of the Trustee to pay such expenses from the Trust Fund shall cease to exist to the extent such expenses are paid by the Employer, and (ii) in the event the Trustee’s compensation is to be paid, pursuant to this Section, from the Trust Fund, any individual serving as Trustee who already receives full-time pay from an Employer or an association of Employers whose employees are Participants, or from an employee organization whose members are Participants, shall not receive any additional compensation for serving as Trustee. This Section shall be deemed to be a part of any contract to provide for expenses of Plan and Trust administration, whether or not the signatory to such contract is, as a matter of convenience, the Employer.
12.3 Trust Fund Property . All income, profits, recoveries, contributions, forfeitures, and any and all moneys, securities, and properties of any kind at any time received or held by the Trustee shall be held for investment purposes as a commingled Trust Fund. The Committee shall maintain Accounts in the name of each Participant, but the maintenance of an Account designated as the Account of a Participant shall not mean that such Participant shall have a greater or lesser interest than that due him by operation of the Plan and shall not be considered as segregating any funds or property from any other funds or property contained in the commingled fund. No Participant shall have any title to any specific asset in the Trust Fund.
12.4 Distributions from Participants’ Accounts . Distributions from a Participant’s Accounts shall be made by the Trustee only if, when, and in the amount and manner directed by the Committee. Any distribution made to a Participant or for his benefit shall be debited to such Participant’s Account or Accounts. All distributions hereunder shall be made in cash except as otherwise specifically provided herein.
12.5 Payments Solely from Trust Fund . All benefits payable under the Plan shall be paid or provided for solely from the Trust Fund, and neither the Employer nor the Trustee assumes any liability or responsibility for the adequacy thereof. The Committee or the Trustee may require execution and delivery of such instruments as are deemed necessary to assure proper payment of any benefits.
12.6 No Benefits to the Employer . No part of the corpus or income of the Trust Fund shall be used for any purpose other than the exclusive purpose of providing benefits for the Participants and their beneficiaries and of defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan and Trust. Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, the Plan shall not be construed to vest any rights in the Employer other than those specifically given hereunder.

 

55


 

XIII. FIDUCIARY PROVISIONS
13.1 Article Controls . This Article shall control over any contrary, inconsistent or ambiguous provisions contained in the Plan.
13.2 General Allocation of Fiduciary Duties . Each fiduciary with respect to the Plan shall have only those specific powers, duties, responsibilities and obligations as are specifically given him under the Plan. The Directors shall have the sole authority to appoint and remove the Trustee. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein and in the Trust Agreement, the Committee shall have the sole responsibility for the administration of the Plan, which responsibility is specifically described herein. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein and in the Trust Agreement, the Trustee shall have the sole responsibility for the administration, investment, and management of the assets held under the Plan. It is intended under the Plan that each fiduciary shall be responsible for the proper exercise of his own powers, duties, responsibilities, and obligations hereunder and shall not be responsible for any act or failure to act of another fiduciary except to the extent provided by law or as specifically provided herein.
13.3 Delegation and Allocation of Fiduciary Duties . The Committee may appoint subcommittees, individuals, or any other agents as it deems advisable and may delegate to any of such appointees any or all of the powers and duties of the Committee. Such appointment and delegation must be in writing, specifying the powers or duties being delegated, and must be accepted in writing by the delegatee. Upon such appointment, delegation, and acceptance, the delegating Committee members shall have no liability for the acts or omissions of any such delegatee, as long as the delegating Committee members do not violate any fiduciary responsibility in making or continuing such delegation.
13.4 Investment Manager . The Committee may, in its sole discretion, appoint an “investment manager,” with power to select any or all of the Investment Funds available pursuant to Section 5.2 and/or with power to manage, acquire, or dispose of any asset of the Plan and to direct the Trustee in this regard, so long as:
(a) The investment manager is (i) registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, (ii) not registered as an investment adviser under such act by reason of paragraph (1) of section 203A of such act, is registered as an investment adviser under the laws of the state (referred to in such paragraph (1)) in which it maintains its principal office and place of business, and, at the time it last filed the registration form most recently filed by it with such state in order to maintain its registration under the laws of such state, also filed a copy of such form with the Secretary of Labor, (iii) a bank, as defined in the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, or (iv) an insurance company qualified to do business under the laws of more than one state; and
(b) Such investment manager acknowledges in writing that he is a fiduciary with respect to the Plan.
Upon such appointment, the Committee shall not be liable for the acts of the investment manager, as long as the Committee members do not violate any fiduciary responsibility in making or continuing such appointment. The Trustee shall follow the directions of such investment manager and shall not be liable for the acts or omissions of such investment manager. The investment manager may be removed by the Committee at any time and within its sole discretion.

 

56


 

13.5 Independent Fiduciary . The Committee may, at its sole discretion, appoint an Independent Fiduciary, who must be an investment manager as defined in Section 13.4(a), with the sole and exclusive authority and responsibility on behalf of the Plan to exercise all authority to:
(a) Determine whether acquiring or holding Company Stock in the Plan is no longer consistent with the Act, if so, to determine whether to:
(1) prohibit or limit (for example, as a percentage of a Participant’s Account) further purchases or holdings of Company Stock or increasing the Company Stock Fund’s holding of cash or cash equivalent investments, and in the event of such prohibition or limitation, to designate, as necessary, an alternative investment fund for the investment of the proceeds or contributions pending further investment directions from the Participants and beneficiaries;
(2) liquidate some or all of the Plan’s holdings in the Company Stock Fund and determine how such liquidation should be accomplished and in the event of such liquidation, to designate, as necessary, an alternative investment fund for the investment of the proceeds or contributions pending further investment directions from the Participants and beneficiaries; or
(3) terminate the availability of the Company Stock Fund as an investment option under the Plan on such terms and conditions as the Independent Fiduciary shall deem prudent and in the interests of the Plan, Participants and beneficiaries (and notwithstanding any Participant or beneficiary investment directions to the contrary), including the determination of the manner and timing of termination of the Company Stock Fund and orderly liquidation of its assets and designation of an alternative investment fund for the investment of the proceeds or contributions pending further investment directions from the Participants and beneficiaries.
(b) Direct the Trustee to execute and deliver to the Independent Fiduciary such forms and other documents as the Independent Fiduciary may determine are advisable to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or other governmental agency.
(c) Serve as the fiduciary responsible for ensuring the confidentiality of the proxy voting process.
(d) Subject to the Committee’s right to reasonable notice and opportunity to review and comment on any proposed communication to Participants, which comments shall be reflected in such communication except to the extent the Independent Fiduciary reasonably determines such comments to be inconsistent with their duties as detailed herein, direct the Plan’s record keeper to make such communications to Participants and beneficiaries as the Independent Fiduciary reasonably determines to be necessary in connection with the exercise of its responsibilities with respect to the Plan.
Upon such appointment, the Committee shall not be liable for the acts of the Independent Fiduciary. An Independent Fiduciary may be removed by the Committee at any time and within its sole discretion.

 

57


 

XIV. AMENDMENTS
14.1 Right to Amend . Subject to Section 14.2 and any other limitations contained in the Act or the Code, the Directors or the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors may from time to time amend, in whole or in part, any or all of the provisions of the Plan on behalf of the Company and all Employers; provided, however, that (i) any amendments to the Plan that do not have a significant cost impact on the Employer may also be made by the Committee, and (ii) any amendments to the Plan that do not have any cost impact on the Employer may also be made by the Chairman of the Committee. Further, but not by way of limitation, the Directors, the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors, the Committee, or the Chairman of the Committee may make any amendment necessary to acquire and maintain a qualified status for the Plan under the Code or to maintain the Plan in compliance with applicable law, whether or not retroactive.
14.2 Limitation on Amendments . No amendment of the Plan shall be made that would vest in the Employer, directly or indirectly, any interest in or control of the Trust Fund. No amendment shall be made that would vary the Plan’s exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Participants and their beneficiaries and of defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan or that would permit the diversion of any part of the Trust Fund from that exclusive purpose. No amendment shall be made that would reduce any then nonforfeitable interest of a Participant. No amendment shall increase the duties or responsibilities of the Trustee unless the Trustee consents thereto in writing.
No amendment shall retroactively decrease a Participant’s accrued benefits or otherwise retroactively place greater restrictions or conditions on a Participant’s rights to Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits, even if the amendment adds a restriction or condition that is otherwise permitted under Section 411(a) of the Code, unless otherwise permitted under Treasury Regulations Sections 1.411(d)-3 or 1.411(d)-4. Effective January 1, 2007, an optional form of benefit hereunder may be eliminated prospectively provided that the Plan will satisfy the requirements of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.411(d)-3(c), (d) or (e) or 1.411(d)-4.
XV. DISCONTINUANCE OF CONTRIBUTIONS, TERMINATION,
PARTIAL TERMINATION, AND MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION
15.1 Right to Discontinue Contributions, Terminate, or Partially Terminate . The Company and the Employer has established the Plan with the bona fide intention and expectation that from year to year it will be able to, and will deem it advisable to, make its contributions as herein provided. However, the Company and the Employers realize that circumstances not now foreseen, or circumstances beyond its control, may make it either impossible or inadvisable for the Employer to continue to make its contributions to the Plan. Therefore, the Directors shall have the power to discontinue contributions to the Plan, terminate the Plan, or partially terminate the Plan at any time hereafter. Each member of the Committee and the Trustee shall be notified of such discontinuance, termination, or partial termination.

 

58


 

15.2 Procedure in the Event of Discontinuance of Contributions, Termination, or Partial Termination .
(a) If the Plan is amended so as to permanently discontinue Employer Contributions, or if Employer Contributions are in fact permanently discontinued, the Vested Interest of each affected Participant shall be 100%, effective as of the date of discontinuance. In case of such discontinuance, the Committee shall remain in existence and all other provisions of the Plan that are necessary, in the opinion of the Committee, for equitable operation of the Plan shall remain in force.
(b) In the event that the Plan is terminated or partially terminated, each affected Participant shall have a 100% Vested Interest of his Account, effective as of the termination date or partial termination date, as applicable. Unless the Plan is otherwise amended prior to dissolution of the Company, the Plan shall terminate as of the date of dissolution of the Company.
(c) Upon discontinuance of contributions, termination, or partial termination, any previously unallocated contributions and forfeitures shall be allocated among the Accounts of the Participants on such date of discontinuance, termination, or partial termination according to the provisions of Article IV. Thereafter, the net income (or net loss) shall continue to be allocated to the Accounts of the Participants until the balances of the Accounts are distributed.
(d) In the case of a termination of the Plan, the Accounts of a Participant shall, subject to the consent provisions of Article VIII, be distributed to such Participant in a “lump sum distribution” as such term is defined below; provided, however, a distribution may not be made if the Employer establishes or maintains another “Alternative Defined Contribution Plan.” For purposes of this Section 15.2(d), an “Alternative Defined Contribution Plan” is a defined contribution plan that exists at any time during the period beginning on the date of Plan termination and ending twelve (12) months after distribution of all assets from the terminated Plan. However, if at all times during the twenty-four (24)-month period beginning twelve (12) months before the date of Plan termination, fewer than two-percent (2%) of the employees who were eligible under the defined contribution plan that includes the cash or deferred arrangement as of the date of Plan termination are eligible under the other defined contribution plan, the other Plan is not an Alternative Defined Contribution Plan. In addition, a defined contribution plan is not treated as an Alternative Defined Contribution Plan if it is an employee stock ownership plan, as defined in Section 4975(e)(7) or Section 409(a) of the Code, a simplified employee pension plan as defined in Section 408(k) of the Code, a SIMPLE IRA plan as defined in Section 408(p) of the Code, a plan or contract that satisfies the requirements of Section 403(b) of the Code, or a plan that is described in Section 457(b) or (f) of the Code. The term “lump sum distribution” shall have the meaning provided in Section 402(e)(4)(D) of the Code (without regard to Section 402(e)(4)(D)(i)(I), (II), (III) and (IV) of the Code). In the case of a Participant who is affected by a partial termination of the Plan, the Accounts of such Participant shall, subject to the consent provisions of Article VIII, be distributed in accordance with the applicable provisions of Article VIII after he has incurred a Severance from Employment.

 

59


 

15.3 Merger, Consolidation, or Transfer . This Plan and Trust Fund may not merge or consolidate with, or transfer its assets or liabilities to, any other plan, unless immediately thereafter each Participant would, in the event such other plan terminated, be entitled to a benefit which is equal to or greater than the benefit to which he would have been entitled if the Plan were terminated immediately before the merger, consolidation, or transfer.
XVI. PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS
16.1 Designation of Other Employers .
(a) The Committee may designate any entity or organization eligible by law to participate in the Plan and the Trust as an Employer by written instrument delivered to the Secretary of the Company and the designated Employer. Such written instrument shall specify the effective date of such designated participation, may incorporate specific provisions relating to the operation of the Plan which apply to the designated Employer only, and shall become, as to such designated Employer and its Employees, a part of the Plan.
(b) Each designated Employer shall be conclusively presumed to have consented to its designation or participation, as applicable, and to have agreed to be bound by the terms of the Plan and any and all amendments thereto upon its submission of information to the Committee required by the terms of or with respect to the Plan or upon making a contribution to the Trust Fund pursuant to the terms of the Plan; provided, however, that the terms of the Plan may be modified so as to increase the obligations of an Employer only with the consent of such Employer, which consent shall be conclusively presumed to have been given by such Employer upon its submission of any information to the Committee required by the terms of or with respect to the Plan or upon making a contribution to the Trust Fund pursuant to the terms of the Plan following notice of such modification.
(c) The provisions of the Plan and the Trust Agreement shall apply separately and equally to each Employer and its Employees in the same manner as is expressly provided for the Company and its Employees, except that the power to appoint or otherwise affect the Committee or the Trustee and the power to amend or terminate the Plan and the Trust Agreement shall be exercised by the Directors alone (except as provided in Section 14.1) and, in the case of Employers which are Controlled Entities, Employer Discretionary Contributions to be allocated pursuant to Section 4.1(d) shall be allocated on an aggregate basis among the Participants employed by all Employers; provided, however, that each Employer shall contribute to the Trust Fund its share of the total Employer Discretionary Contribution for a Plan Year based on the Participants in its employ during such Plan Year.
(d) Transfer of employment among Employers shall not be considered a Severance from Employment hereunder, and Service with one shall be considered as Service with all others.

 

60


 

(e) Any Employer may, by appropriate action of its Board of Directors or noncorporate counterpart that is communicated in writing to the Secretary of the Company and to the Committee, terminate its participation in the Plan and the Trust. Moreover, the Committee may, in its discretion, terminate an Employer’s Plan and Trust participation at any time by written instrument delivered to the Secretary of the Company and the designated Employer.
(f) All participating Employers shall be listed on Appendix A of the Plan.
16.2 Single Plan . For purposes of the Code and the Act, the Plan as adopted by the Employers shall constitute a single plan rather than a separate plan of each Employer. All assets in the Trust Fund shall be available to pay benefits to all Participants and their beneficiaries.
XVII. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
17.1 Not Contract of Employment . The adoption and maintenance of the Plan shall not be deemed to be a contract between the Employer and any person or to be consideration for the employment of any person. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to give any person the right to be retained in the employ of the Employer or to restrict the right of the Employer to discharge any person at any time nor shall the Plan be deemed to give the Employer the right to require any person to remain in the employ of the Employer or to restrict any person’s right to terminate his employment at any time.
17.2 Spendthrift Clause . Except as provided below, no Participant, former Participant or beneficiary shall have the right to anticipate, assign or alienate any benefit provided under the Plan, and the Trustee will not recognize any anticipation, assignment or alienation. Furthermore, a benefit under the Plan is not subject to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process. All provisions of this Section 17.2 shall be for the exclusive benefit of those designated herein. These restrictions shall not apply in the following case(s):
(a) Distributions Pursuant to Qualified Domestic Relations Orders . The Committee may direct the Trustee under the nondiscriminatory policy adopted by the Committee to pay an Alternate Payee designated under a “qualified domestic relations order” as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code (or any domestic relations order entered before January 1, 1985 if payment of benefits pursuant to the order has commenced as of that date). To the extent provided under a qualified domestic relations order, a former spouse of a Participant shall be treated as the spouse or surviving spouse for all purposes of the Plan.
Upon receipt of a qualified domestic relations order, the Committee shall direct the Trustee to pay the Alternate Payee designated under such qualified domestic relations order the benefits awarded thereunder at the time and in the form elected by the Alternate Payee, subject to the limitations of Article VIII and the applicable Treasury Regulations. Unless otherwise provided in the qualified domestic relations order, an Alternate Payee shall be eligible to receive payment as soon as administratively feasible following the Committee’s receipt of the Alternate Payee’s written election for payment of benefits. The Committee shall adopt such procedures as necessary, in accordance with a nondiscriminatory policy, to effect the orderly administration of this Section 17.2(a). The amount payable, unless otherwise specified in the qualified domestic relations order, shall be determined as of the date immediately preceding the date of distribution to the Alternate Payee.

 

61


 

A qualified domestic relations order that otherwise satisfies the requirements under Section 414(p) of the Code will not fail to be a qualified domestic relations order (i) solely because the order is issued after, or revises, another domestic relations order or a qualified domestic relations order or (ii) solely because of the time at which the order is issued, including issuance after the annuity starting date or after the Participant’s death.
(b) Distributions Pursuant to Certain Judgments or Orders . The Committee may direct the Trustee to comply with a judgment or settlement entered into on or after August 3, 1997, which requires the Trustee to reduce a Participant’s benefits under the Plan by an amount that the Participant is ordered or required to pay to the Plan if each of the following criteria are satisfied:
(1) The order or requirement must arise:
(A) Under a judgment of conviction for a crime involving the Plan;
(B) Under a civil judgment (including a consent order or decree) entered by a court in an action brought in connection with an actual or alleged violation of Part 4 of Title I of the Act; or
(C) Under a settlement agreement with either the Secretary of Labor or the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and the Participant in connection with an actual or alleged violation of Part 4 of Title I of the Act by a fiduciary or any other person.
(2) The decree, judgment, order or settlement must expressly provide for the offset of all or part of the amount ordered or required to be paid to the Plan against the Participant’s benefits under the Plan.
(3) In addition, if the joint and survivor annuity requirements of Section 401(a)(11) of the Code apply with respect to distributions from the Plan to the Participant and the Participant has a spouse at the time at which the offset is to be made, then one of the following three conditions must be satisfied:
(A) Such spouse has consented in writing to such offset and such consent is witnessed by a notary public or representative of the Plan (or it is established to the satisfaction of a Plan representative that such consent may not be obtained by reason of circumstances described in Section 417(a)(2)(B) of the Code), or an election to waive the right of the spouse to either a qualified joint and survivor annuity or a qualified preretirement survivor annuity is in effect in accordance with the requirements of Section 417(a) of the Code;

 

62


 

(B) Such spouse is ordered or required in such judgment, order, decree, or settlement to pay an amount to the Plan in connection with a violation of part 4 of subtitle B of Title I of the Act; or
(C) In such judgment, order, decree, or settlement, such spouse retains the right to receive the survivor annuity under a qualified joint and survivor annuity provided pursuant to Section 401(a)(11)(A)(i) of the Code and under a qualified preretirement survivor annuity provided pursuant to Section 401(a)(11)(A)(ii) of the Code, determined in accordance with Section 401(a)(13)(D) of the Code.
17.3 Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act Requirements . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits, and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with section 414(u) of the Code.
17.4 Payments to Minors and Incompetents . If a Participant or beneficiary entitled to receive a benefit under the Plan is a minor or is determined by the Committee in its discretion to be incompetent or is adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be legally incapable of giving valid receipt and discharge for a benefit provided under the Plan, the Committee may pay such benefit to the duly appointed guardian or conservator of such Participant or beneficiary for the account of such Participant or beneficiary. If no guardian or conservator has been appointed for such Participant or beneficiary, the Committee may pay such benefit to any third party who is determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, to be authorized to receive such benefit for the account of such Participant or beneficiary. Such payment shall operate as a full discharge of all liabilities and obligations of the Committee, the Trustee, the Employer, and any fiduciary of the Plan with respect to such benefit.
17.5 Acquisition and Holding of Company Stock . The Plan is specifically authorized to acquire and hold up to 100% of its assets in Company Stock so long as Company Stock is a “qualifying employer security,” as such term is defined in Section 407(d)(5) of the Act.
17.6 Power of Attorney Designations . In accordance with the procedures established by the Committee, a Participant may grant any individual a “Power of Attorney” to exercise, on behalf of such Participant, any investment designation or conversion rights available to such Participant under the Plan with respect to such Participant’s Accounts.
17.7 Participant’s and Beneficiary’s Address . It shall be the affirmative duty of each Participant to inform the Committee of, and to keep on file with the Committee, his current mailing address and the current mailing address of his designated beneficiary. If a Participant fails to keep the Committee informed of his current mailing address and the current mailing address of his designated beneficiary, neither the Committee, the Trustee, the Employer, nor any fiduciary under the Plan shall be responsible for any late or lost payment of a benefit or for failure of any notice to be provided timely under the terms of the Plan.

 

63


 

17.8 Incorrect Information, Fraud, Concealment, or Error . Any contrary provisions of the Plan notwithstanding, if, because of a human or systems error, or because of incorrect information provided by or correct information failed to be provided by, fraud, misrepresentation, or concealment of any relevant fact (as determined by the Committee) by any person the Plan enrolls any individual, pays benefits under the Plan, incurs a liability or makes any overpayment or erroneous payment, the Plan shall be entitled to recover from such person the benefit paid or the liability incurred, together with all expenses incidental to or necessary for such recovery.
17.9 Severability . If any provision of this Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions hereof; instead, each provision shall be fully severable and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if said illegal or invalid provision had never been included herein.
17.10 Jurisdiction . The situs of the Plan hereby created is Texas. All provisions of the Plan shall be construed in accordance with the laws of Texas except to the extent preempted by federal law.
XVIII. TOP-HEAVY STATUS
18.1 Article Controls . Any Plan provisions to the contrary notwithstanding, the provisions of this Article shall control to the extent required to cause the Plan to comply with the requirements imposed under Section 416 of the Code.
18.2 Definitions . For purposes of this Article, the following terms and phrases shall have these respective meanings:
(a) Account Balance : As of any Valuation Date, the aggregate amount credited to an individual’s account or accounts under a qualified defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer or a Controlled Entity (excluding employee contributions that were deductible within the meaning of Section 219 of the Code and rollover or transfer contributions made after December 31, 1983, by or on behalf of such individual to such plan from another qualified plan sponsored by an entity other than the Employer or a Controlled Entity), increased by (i) the aggregate distributions made to such individual from such plan (including a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the Plan under Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code) during a one-year period (or, in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than separation from service, death or disability, a five-year period) ending on the Determination Date, and (ii) the amount of any contributions due as of the Determination Date immediately following such Valuation Date.

 

64


 

(b) Accrued Benefit : As of any Valuation Date, the present value (computed on the basis of the Assumptions) of the cumulative accrued benefit (excluding the portion thereof that is attributable to employee contributions that were deductible pursuant to Section 219 of the Code, to rollover or transfer contributions made after December 31, 1983, by or on behalf of such individual to such plan from another qualified plan sponsored by an entity other than the Employer or a Controlled Entity, to proportional subsidies or to ancillary benefits) of an individual under a qualified defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer or a Controlled Entity increased by (i) the aggregate distributions made to such individual from such plan (including a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the Plan under Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code) during a one-year period (or, in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than separation from service, death or disability, a five-year period) ending on the Determination Date, and (ii) the estimated benefit accrued by such individual between such Valuation Date and the Determination Date immediately following such Valuation Date. Solely for the purpose of determining top-heavy status, the Accrued Benefit of an individual shall be determined under (i) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all qualified defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer and the Controlled Entities, or (ii) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than under the slowest accrual rate permitted under Section 411(b)(1)(C) of the Code.
(c) Aggregation Group : The group of qualified plans maintained by the Employer and each Controlled Entity consisting of (i) each plan in which a Key Employee participates and each other plan that enables a plan in which a Key Employee participates to meet the requirements of Section 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code, or (ii) each plan in which a Key Employee participates, each other plan that enables a plan in which a Key Employee participates to meet the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code and any other plan that the Employer elects to include as a part of such group; provided, however, that the Employer may elect to include a plan in such group only if the group will continue to meet the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code with such plan being taken into account.
(d) Assumptions : The interest rate and mortality assumptions specified for top-heavy status determination purposes in any defined benefit plan included in the Aggregation Group which includes the Plan.
(e) Determination Date : For the first Plan Year of any plan, the last day of such Plan Year and for each subsequent Plan Year of such plan, the last day of the preceding Plan Year.
(f) Key Employee : A “key employee” as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code and the Treasury regulations thereunder.
(g) Plan Year : With respect to any plan, the annual accounting period used by such plan for annual reporting purposes.
(h) Remuneration : 415 Compensation.
(i) Valuation Date : With respect to any Plan Year of any defined contribution plan, the most recent date within the twelve-month period ending on a Determination Date as of which the trust fund established under such plan was valued and the net income (or loss) thereof allocated to Participants’ accounts. With respect to any Plan Year of any defined benefit plan, the most recent date within a twelve-month period ending on a Determination Date as of which the plan assets were valued for purposes of computing plan costs for purposes of the requirements imposed under Section 412 of the Code.

 

65


 

18.3 Top-Heavy Status .
The Plan shall be deemed to be top-heavy for a Plan Year if, as of the Determination Date for such Plan Year, (i) the sum of Account Balances of Participants who are Key Employees exceeds 60% of the sum of Account Balances of all Participants unless an Aggregation Group including the Plan is not top-heavy, or (ii) an Aggregation Group including the Plan is top-heavy. An Aggregation Group shall be deemed to be top-heavy as of a Determination Date if the sum (computed in accordance with Section 416(g)(2)(B) of the Code and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder) of (i) the Account Balances of Key Employees under all defined contribution plans included in the Aggregation Group, and (ii) the Accrued Benefits of Key Employees under all defined benefit plans included in the Aggregation Group exceeds 60% of the sum of the Account Balances and the Accrued Benefits of all individuals under such plans. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Account Balances and Accrued Benefits of individuals who are not Key Employees in any Plan Year but who were Key Employees in any prior Plan Year shall not be considered in determining the top-heavy status of the Plan for such Plan Year. Further, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Account Balances and Accrued Benefits of individuals who have not performed services for the Employer or any Controlled Entity at any time during the one-year period ending on the applicable Determination Date shall not be considered.
18.4 Top-Heavy Contribution .
(a) If the Plan is determined to be top-heavy for a Plan Year, the Employer shall contribute to the Plan for such Plan Year on behalf of each Participant who is not a Key Employee and who has not terminated his employment as of the last day of such Plan Year an amount equal to:
(1) The lesser of (i) 3% of such Participant’s Remuneration for such Plan Year, or (ii) a percent of such Participant’s Remuneration for such Plan Year equal to the greatest percent determined by dividing for each Key Employee the amounts allocated to such Key Employee’s Before-Tax Account and Employer Contribution Account for such Plan Year by such Key Employee’s Remuneration; reduced by
(2) The amount of Employer Matching Contributions and Employer Discretionary Contributions allocated to such Participant’s Accounts for such Plan Year.
(b) The minimum contribution required to be made for a Plan Year pursuant to this Section for a Participant employed on the last day of such Plan Year shall be made regardless of whether such Participant is otherwise ineligible to receive an allocation of the Employer’s contributions for such Plan Year. The minimum contribution required to be made pursuant to this Section shall also be made for an Eligible Employee who is not a Key Employee and who is excluded from participation in the Plan solely because of failing to make Before-Tax Contributions.

 

66


 

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no contribution shall be made pursuant to this Section for a Plan Year with respect to a Participant who is a participant in another defined contribution plan sponsored by the Employer or a Controlled Entity if such Participant receives under such other defined contribution plan (for the plan year of such plan ending with or within the Plan Year of the Plan) a contribution which is equal to or greater than the minimum contribution required by Section 416(c)(2) of the Code.
(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no contribution shall be made pursuant to this Section for a Plan Year with respect to a Participant who is a participant in a defined benefit plan sponsored by the Employer or a Controlled Entity if such Participant accrues under such defined benefit plan (for the plan year of such plan ending with or within the Plan Year of this Plan) a benefit that is at least equal to the benefit described in Section 416(c)(1) of the Code. If the preceding sentence is not applicable, the requirements of this Paragraph shall be met by providing a minimum benefit under such defined benefit plan which, when considered with the benefit provided under the Plan as an offset, is at least equal to the benefit described in Section 416(c)(1) of the Code.
18.5 Termination of Top-Heavy Status . If the Plan has been deemed to be top-heavy for one (1) or more Plan Years and thereafter ceases to be top-heavy, the provisions of this Article shall cease to apply to the Plan effective as of the Determination Date on which it is determined no longer to be top-heavy.
18.6 Effect of Article . Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the provisions of this Article shall automatically become inoperative and of no effect to the extent not required by the Code or the Act.
EXECUTED this  _____  day of December, 2008, effective January 1, 2009, or otherwise provided herein.
         
  DYNEGY INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

 

67


 

Appendix A:

PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS
1. Dynegy Energy Services, Inc.
2. Dynegy Marketing and Trade, LLC
3. Dynegy Midwest Generation, Inc. shall be an “Employer” solely for the purpose of providing benefits under the Plan to Eligible Employees who are salaried non-union employees hired by Dynegy Midwest Generation, Inc. on or after January 1, 2009.
4. Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. shall be an “Employer” solely for the purpose of providing benefits under the Plan to (i) Eligible Employees who are hired by Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. on or after April 3, 2008 and who are covered by that certain Memorandum of Agreement between Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. and Local Union 320 of the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers, dated March 26, 2008, as ratified on April 3, 2008; and (ii) all Eligible Employees who are hired by Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. on or after January 1, 2009.
5. Dynegy Operating Company
6. Dynegy Power Company
7. Sithe Energies Power Services, Inc.

 

1


 

Appendix B:

LOAN POLICY
B-1 Eligibility for Loan. Upon application by (i) any Participant who is an Employee, or (ii) any Participant (A) who is a party-in-interest, as that term is defined in Section 3(14) of the Act, (B) who is no longer employed by the Employer, who is a beneficiary of a deceased Participant, or who is an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as that term is defined in Section 414(p)(8) of the Code, and (C) who retains an Account balance under the Plan (an individual who is eligible to apply for a loan under this Appendix B being hereinafter referred to as a “Participant” for purposes of this Appendix B) and subject to such uniform and nondiscriminatory rules and regulations as the Committee may establish, the Committee may in its discretion direct the Trustee to make a loan or loans to such Participant. No individual may have more than three (3) loans outstanding under the Plan at any time, and no individual may have more than one loan outstanding under the Plan at any time that is being used to acquire any dwelling unit which within a reasonable time is to be used (determined at the time the loan is made) as a principal residence.
B-2 Maximum Loan.
(a) A loan to a Participant may not exceed fifty-percent (50%) of the then value of such Participant’s Vested Interest in his Accounts as reduced by the sum of then value of the portion of each of such Accounts invested in the VBO.
(b) Paragraph (a) above to the contrary notwithstanding, no loan shall be made from the Plan to the extent that such loan would cause the total of all loans made to a Participant from all qualified plans of an Employer or a Controlled Entity, including loans deemed distributed in accordance with regulations promulgated under Section 72(p) of the Code, and the interest accruing thereafter, that has not been repaid (‘Outstanding Loans’) to exceed the lesser of:
(i) $50,000 (reduced by the excess, if any, of (A) the highest outstanding balance of Outstanding Loans during the one-year period ending on the day before the date on which the loan is to be made, over (B) the outstanding balance of Outstanding Loans on the date on which the loan is to be made); or
(ii) One-half the present value of the Participant’s nonforfeitable accrued benefit under all qualified plans of the Employer or a Controlled Entity.
B-3 Minimum Loan . A loan to a Participant may not be for an amount less than $500.00.
B-4 Interest and Security .
(a) Any loan made pursuant to this Appendix B shall bear interest at a rate established by the Committee from time to time and communicated to the Participants, which rate shall provide the Plan with a return commensurate with the interest rates charged by persons in the business of lending money for loans which would be made under similar circumstances.

 

1


 

(b) Any loan shall be made as an investment of a segregated loan fund to be established in the Trust Fund for the Participant to whom the loan is made. Any loan shall be considered to come, first, from the Participant’s After-Tax Account, second, from the Participant’s Rollover Contribution Account, third, from the Participant’s Class Settlement Account I, fourth, from the Participant’s Class Settlement Account II, and fifth, from the Participant’s Vested Interest in the remainder of his Accounts on a pro rata basis. The Trustee shall fund a Participant’s segregated loan fund by liquidating such portion of the assets of the Accounts from which the Participant’s loan is to be made as is necessary to fund the loan and transferring the proceeds to such segregated loan fund. If a Participant’s Accounts are invested in more than one Investment Fund, the transfer shall be made pro rata from each such Investment Fund (other than the VBO). The loan shall be secured by a pledge of the Participant’s segregated loan fund.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that a loan from the Plan is deemed distributed to a Participant and has not been repaid by the Participant, and the Participant applies for another loan from the Plan, then the new loan shall satisfy such additional conditions as may be required in accordance with Section 72(p) of the Code and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder. Notwithstanding any foregoing provision of this Paragraph (b) to the contrary, no loan shall be considered to come from, and no liquidation shall be made with respect to, the portion of a Participant’s Accounts that are invested in the VBO.
(c) The actual and reasonable expenses incurred by the Plan (including attorneys’ fees) in connection with the documentation of a loan, the recording of security interests, the enforcement of the terms of the loan, and collection activities associated with any default may be charged to the borrowing Participant’s Accounts pursuant to uniform and nondiscriminatory policies established by the Committee from time to time.
B-5 Repayment Terms of Loan .
(a) A Participant who is an Employee receiving compensation at the time of receipt of a loan shall be required, as a condition to receiving a loan, to enter into an irrevocable agreement authorizing the Employer to make payroll deductions from his compensation so long as the Participant is an Employee and to transfer such payroll deduction amounts to the Trustee in payment of such loan plus interest. In the case of a Participant who (i) is not at the time of commencement of his loan an Employee, or (ii) is not at the commencement of his loan receiving compensation, or (iii) was an Employee receiving compensation at the time of commencement of his loan but ceases to receive compensation or ceases to be an Employee, such Participant shall make his loan repayments in the manner prescribed by the Committee.

 

2


 

(b) The terms of the loan shall (i) require level amortization with payments not less frequently than quarterly, (ii) require that the loan be repaid within five (5) years unless the Participant certifies in writing to the Committee that the loan is to be used to acquire any dwelling unit which within a reasonable time is to be used (determined at the time the loan is made) as a principal residence of the Participant, in which case such loan shall be repaid within ten (10) years, (iii) allow prepayment without penalty, provided that any prepayment must be for the full outstanding loan balance (including interest), (iv) require that the balance of the loan (including interest) shall become due and payable (to the extent not otherwise due and payable) on the date the Participant or, if applicable, the Participant’s beneficiary, becomes entitled to a distribution pursuant to Article VI or VII of the Plan, irrespective of whether such Participant or beneficiary elects or consents to such distribution, and (v) provide that such Participant’s Outstanding Loan balance (including interest), if not paid in accordance with the repayment provisions of the loan, shall be repaid by offsetting such balance against the amount in the Participant’s segregated loan fund pledged as security for the loan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that a Participant becomes entitled to, but has not yet received, a distribution pursuant to Article VI of the Plan, such Participant may elect to continue to make payments of principal and interest on his loan in accordance with the terms thereof and subject to the provisions of this Appendix B. By agreeing to the pledge of the segregated loan fund as security for the loan, a Participant shall be deemed to have consented to the distribution of such segregated loan fund prior to the time specified in Section 411(a)(11) of the Code and the applicable Treasury Regulations thereunder.
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, if the distribution of a Participant’s Vested Interest is made in connection with the sale of the stock or the assets of an Employer, the entire loan may be distributed solely as a Direct Rollover, in accordance with Article VIII of the Plan, to a trust for a qualified plan under Section 401(a) of the Code, maintained by the purchaser, provided such trust will accept the Participant’s loan as an investment. The Committee shall determine, in its discretion, whether or not a Direct Rollover is in connection with an acquisition of the stock or assets of an Employer.
(c) If the Participant fails in any way to comply with the repayment terms of a loan, such loan shall be repaid by offsetting the Participant’s Outstanding Loan balance (including interest) against the amount in the Participant’s segregated loan fund pledged as security for the loan. Any such Outstanding Loan (including interest) shall be so offset and repaid on the earlier of (i) the last day of the “Grace Period” (as hereinafter defined) applicable with respect to such failure to comply, or (ii) the date of any withdrawal or distribution of benefits from the pledged portion of the Participant’s Accounts pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, amounts in a Participant’s Accounts may not be offset and used to satisfy the payment of such loan (including interest) prior to the earliest time such amounts would otherwise be permitted to be distributed under applicable law. For purposes of this Paragraph, the “Grace Period” with respect to any failure to comply with the repayment terms of a loan shall be the period beginning on the date of such failure and ending on the last day of the calendar quarter following the calendar quarter in which such failure occurred.

 

3


 

(d) Amounts tendered to the Trustee by a Participant in repayment of a loan made pursuant to this Appendix B (i) shall initially be credited to the Participant’s segregated loan fund, (ii) then shall be transferred as soon as practicable following receipt thereof to the Account or Accounts from which the Participant’s loan was made, and (iii) shall be invested in accordance with the Participant’s current designation as to the investment of contributions pursuant to Article V of the Plan.
B-6 Operation of Article . The provisions of this Appendix B shall be applicable to loans granted or renewed on or after the Effective Date. Loans granted or renewed prior to the Effective Date shall be governed by the provisions of the Plan as in effect prior to the Effective Date.

 

4


 

Appendix C:

WITHDRAWALS FROM TRIDENT ACCOUNTS
(a) A Participant who has attained age fifty-nine and one-half and who has made all available withdrawals pursuant to Section 9.1(a) of the Plan may withdraw from his Trident Before-Tax Account an amount not exceeding the then value of such Account.
(b) A Participant who is an Employee and who has made all available withdrawals under Section 9.1(a) of the Plan and Paragraph (a) above may withdraw from his Trident Matching Account any or all amounts held in such Account that have been so held for twenty-four months or more. A Participant (other than a Participant who has attained age 59 1 / 2 at the time the withdrawal is requested and who withdraws the entire balance of his Trident Before-Tax Account and his Trident Matching Account) who makes a withdrawal under this Paragraph may not make Before-Tax Contributions to the Plan for a period of six (6) months following the date of such withdrawal.
(c) Not more than one withdrawal pursuant to the provisions of this Appendix C shall be made in any twelve (12) month period; provided, however, that withdrawals may be made under Paragraphs (a) and (b) above, in accordance with the ordering rules therein, simultaneously.
(d) Except as provided in Paragraphs (a) and (c) above, all withdrawals pursuant to the provisions of this Appendix C shall be subject to the restrictions provided in Section 9.2 of the Plan.

 

1


 

Appendix D:

WITHDRAWALS FROM DESTEC ACCOUNTS
(a) A Participant who has attained age fifty-nine and one-half may withdraw from his Destec Before-Tax Subaccount an amount not exceeding the then value of such Account. A withdrawal by a Participant pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph may not be for an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the then value of such Account, or (ii) $1,000.00.
(b) A Participant who terminated employment with the Employer after attaining age fifty, the occurrence of whose Benefit Commencement Date is not prohibited by Section 9.1(a) of the Plan, may withdraw from his Destec Accounts an amount not exceeding the then value of such Accounts. An eligible Participant may make no more than one withdrawal pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph in any Plan Year.
(c) Except as provided in Paragraph (b) above, all withdrawals pursuant to the provisions of this Appendix D shall be subject to the restrictions provided in Section 9.2 of the Plan.

 

1

Exhibit 10.34
DYNEGY MIDWEST GENERATION, INC. 401(K) SAVINGS PLAN
As Amended and Restated

Effective January 1, 2009

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
I. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION
    1  
1.1 Definitions
    1  
1.2 Number and Gender
    12  
1.3 Headings
    12  
1.4 Construction
    12  
 
       
II. PARTICIPATION
    12  
2.1 Eligibility
    12  
2.2 Transferred Employees
    13  
 
       
III. CONTRIBUTIONS
    13  
3.1 Before-Tax Contributions
    13  
3.2 After-Tax Contributions
    16  
3.3 Employer Matching Contributions
    17  
3.4 Employer Discretionary Contributions
    18  
3.5 Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions
    18  
3.6 Restrictions on Employer Matching Contributions and After-Tax Contributions
    19  
3.7 Return of Contributions
    19  
3.8 Disposition of Excess Deferrals and Excess Contributions
    20  
3.9 Rollover Contributions
    22  
 
       
IV. ALLOCATIONS AND LIMITATIONS
    23  
4.1 Allocation of Contributions to Accounts
    23  
4.2 Application of Forfeitures
    25  
4.3 Valuation of Accounts
    25  
4.4 Limit on Annual Additions Under Section 415
    25  
4.5 Recharacterizations
    26  
 
       
V. INVESTMENT OF ACCOUNTS
    26  
5.1 Investment of ESOP Subaccounts
    26  
5.2 Investment of Certain Employer Contributions
    26  
5.3 Investment of Accounts
    26  
5.4 VBO Investments
    27  
5.5 Pass-Through Voting and Other Rights with Respect to Company Stock
    27  
5.6 Stock Splits and Stock Dividends
    28  
 
       
VI. ESOP AND ESOP ALLOCATIONS
    28  
6.1 Article Controls
    28  
6.2 Purpose of ESOP
    28  
6.3 Nature of the ESOP
    28  
6.4 Requirements as to Exempt Loan
    28  
6.5 Use of Exempt Loan Proceeds
    30  
6.6 Loan Repayment Contributions
    30  
6.7 Release and Allocation of Financed Stock
    30  

 

i


 

         
6.8 Investment of Accounts
    31  
6.9 Dividends
    31  
6.10 “Put” Option
    32  
6.11 Right of First Refusal
    33  
6.12 Investment of Trust Fund in Company Stock
    34  
6.13 Company Stock Valuation
    34  
 
       
VII. GENERAL BENEFITS
    34  
7.1 No Benefits Unless Herein Set Forth
    34  
7.2 Severance from Employment Benefit
    34  
7.3 Disability Benefit
    35  
7.4 Vesting of Accounts
    35  
 
       
VIII. DEATH BENEFITS
    35  
8.1 Death Benefits
    35  
8.2 Designation of Beneficiaries
    35  
 
       
IX. PAYMENT OF BENEFITS
    36  
9.1 Determination of Benefit Commencement Date
    36  
9.2 Minimum Distribution Requirements
    37  
9.3 Form of Payment and Payee
    41  
9.4 Direct Rollover Election
    41  
9.5 Transfers to Collectively Bargained Plan
    42  
9.6 Notice of Direct Rollover Distribution
    42  
9.7 Unclaimed Benefits
    43  
9.8 Claims Review
    43  
 
       
X. IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS
    47  
10.1 In-Service Withdrawals
    47  
10.2 Restriction on In-Service Withdrawals
    49  
 
       
XI. LOANS
    49  
 
       
XII. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
    50  
12.1 General Administration of the Plan
    50  
12.2 Records and Procedures
    50  
12.3 Meetings
    50  
12.4 Self-Interest of Members
    50  
12.5 Compensation and Bonding
    51  
12.6 Committee Powers and Duties
    51  
12.7 Employer to Supply Information
    52  
12.8 Temporary Restrictions
    52  
12.9 Indemnification
    52  
 
       
XIII. TRUSTEE AND ADMINISTRATION OF TRUST FUND
    53  
13.1 Trust Agreement
    53  
13.2 Payment of Expenses
    53  
13.3 Trust Fund Property
    53  
13.4 Distributions from Participants’ Accounts
    53  
13.5 Payments Solely from Trust Fund
    53  
13.6 No Benefits to Company/Employer
    54  

 

ii


 

         
XIV. FIDUCIARY PROVISIONS
    54  
14.1 Article Controls
    54  
14.2 General Allocation of Fiduciary Duties
    54  
14.3 Delegation of Fiduciary Duties
    54  
14.4 Investment Manager
    54  
14.5 Independent Fiduciary
    55  
 
       
XV. AMENDMENTS
    56  
15.1 Right to Amend
    56  
15.2 Limitation on Amendments
    56  
 
       
XVI. DISCONTINUANCE OF CONTRIBUTIONS, TERMINATION, PARTIAL TERMINATION, AND MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION
    57  
16.1 Right to Discontinue Contributions, Terminate, or Partially Terminate
    57  
16.2 Procedure in the Event of Discontinuance of Contributions, Termination, or Partial Termination
    57  
16.3 Merger, Consolidation, or Transfer
    58  
 
       
XVII. PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS
    58  
17.1 Designation of Other Employers
    58  
17.2 Single Plan
    59  
 
       
XVIII. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
    59  
18.1 Not Contract of Employment
    59  
18.2 Spendthrift Clause
    59  
18.3 Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act Requirements
    61  
18.4 Payments to Minors and Incompetents
    61  
18.5 Acquisition and Holding of Company Stock
    61  
18.6 Power of Attorney Designations
    61  
18.7 Participant’s and Beneficiary’s Addresses
    61  
18.8 Incorrect Information, Fraud, Concealment, or Error
    62  
18.9 Severability
    62  
18.10 Jurisdiction
    62  
 
       
XIX. TOP-HEAVY STATUS
    62  
19.1 Article Controls
    62  
19.2 Definitions
    62  
19.3 Top-Heavy Status
    64  
19.4 Top-Heavy Contribution
    64  
19.5 Termination of Top-Heavy Status
    65  
19.6 Effect of Article
    65  
APPENDIX A PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS
APPENDIX B LOAN POLICY

 

iii


 

DYNEGY MIDWEST GENERATION, INC. 401(K) SAVINGS PLAN

WITNESSETH
:
WHEREAS, Dynegy Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Dynegy”), has heretofore adopted the Dynegy Midwest Generation, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan hereinafter referred to as the “Plan” for the benefit of its eligible employees;
WHEREAS, Dynegy desires to amend the Plan in several respects and to restate the Plan, intending thereby to provide an uninterrupted and continuing program of benefits; and
WHEREAS, the Plan is hereby restated in its entirety as follows with no interruption in time, effective as of January 1, 2009, except as otherwise indicated herein:

 


 

I.
DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION
1.1 Definitions. Where the following words and phrases appear in the Plan, they shall have the respective meanings set forth below, unless their context clearly indicates to the contrary.
(a)  Account(s): A Participant’s After-Tax Account, Before-Tax Account, Employer Contribution Account, Rollover Contribution Account, Catch-Up Contribution Account, TRASOP Transfer Account, Class Settlement Account I, Class Settlement Account II, and/or Roth Account, including the amounts credited thereto.
(b)  Act : The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
(c)  After-Tax Account : An individual account for each Participant, which is credited with (i) all After-Tax Contributions held in such account on the Effective Date, and (ii) all amounts of After-Tax Contributions that are deferred and/or accrued after the Effective Date. Such Account shall also be adjusted to reflect changes in value as provided in Section 4.3.
(d)  After-Tax Contributions : Contributions made to the Plan by a Participant in accordance with Section 3.2.
(e)  Before-Tax Account : An individual account for each Participant, which is credited with (i) all Before-Tax Contributions made by the Employer on such Participant’s behalf in such account on the Effective Date, (ii) all amounts of Before-Tax Contributions deferred and/or accrued after the Effective Date, and (iii) the Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions, if any, made on such Participant’s behalf pursuant to Section 3.5 to satisfy the restrictions set forth in Section 3.1(e) in such account. Such Account shall also be adjusted to reflect changes in value as provided in Section 4.3.
(f)  Before-Tax Contributions : Contributions made to the Plan by the Employer on a Participant’s behalf in accordance with the Participant’s elections to defer Compensation under the Plan’s qualified cash or deferred arrangement as described in Section 3.1.
(g)  Benefit Commencement Date : With respect to each Participant or beneficiary, the date such Participant’s or beneficiary’s benefit is paid to him from the Trust Fund as determined in accordance with Section 9.1.
(h)  Catch-Up Contribution Account : An individual account for each Participant which is credited with Catch-Up Contributions made in accordance with Section 3.1(h) of the Plan. Such Account shall also be adjusted to reflect changes in value as provided in Section 4.3.

 

1


 

(i)  Catch-Up Contributions : Contributions made to the Plan by the Employer on a Participant’s behalf in accordance with the Participant’s elections to defer Compensation under the Plan’s qualified cash or deferred arrangement as described in Section 3.1(h).
(j)  Class Settlement Account I : A separate account established for each person who is an Allocation Participant (as defined below) that is credited by the Trustee with the respective restorative payment awarded to such Allocation Participant pursuant to the Stipulation and Agreement of Settlement approved by the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division, in the matter of In re Dynegy Inc. Securities Litigation, Civil Action No. H-02-1571. For purposes of this Section 1.1(j), the term “Allocation Participant” shall mean each Participant and former Participant and each beneficiary (or alternate payee) of a Participant or former Participant who is within the Settlement Class as defined in the Stipulation and Agreement of Settlement and who shall be deemed to be a Participant or beneficiary (or alternate payee) under the Plan to the extent necessary or appropriate, including, but not limited to, with respect to the unclaimed benefit provisions under Article IX of the Plan. The amounts credited to a Class Settlement Account I shall be fully vested. If the Trustee receives settlement proceeds in the form of Company Stock to be allocated to the Class Settlement Account I of each Allocation Participant, such Company Stock shall be invested in the Company Stock Fund until the Allocation Participant directs to change such investment pursuant to Section 5.3(c). If the Trustee receives cash settlement proceeds that are to be allocated to the Class Settlement Account I of each Allocation Participant, during the period prior to such allocation, such settlement proceeds shall be invested in the Vanguard Prime Money Market Fund. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5.3(a), cash settlement proceeds in the Class Settlement Account I of each Allocation Participant shall be invested in accordance with Paragraph (1) or (2) below, as applicable, until the Allocation Participant directs to change such investment pursuant to Section 5.3(c):
(1) If an Allocation Participant is an Eligible Employee with an existing Account balance in the Plan and is either currently contributing to the Plan or previously contributed to the Plan, such Allocation Participant’s cash settlement proceeds in the Class Settlement Account I shall be invested in accordance with such Allocation Participant’s most recent investment direction for contributions to the Plan; or

 

2


 

(2) If an Allocation Participant is not described in Paragraph (1) above, the cash settlement proceeds in the Class Settlement Account I of such Allocation Participant shall be invested in the appropriate Investment Fund set forth below as determined on the basis of the age of the Allocation Participant, unless such Allocation Participant is the beneficiary (or alternate payee) of a Participant or former Participant, in which case the attained age of such Participant or former Participant, whether or not deceased, shall be used instead of the age of the Allocation Participant:
     
Fund Name   Age of Participant or Former Participant
 
   
Vanguard Target Retirement Income Fund   Ages 65 or older
     
Vanguard Target Retirement 2005 Fund   Ages 60 to 64
     
Vanguard Target Retirement 2015 Fund   Ages 50 to 59
     
Vanguard Target Retirement 2025 Fund   Ages 40 to 49
     
Vanguard Target Retirement 2035 Fund   Ages 30 to 39
     
Vanguard Target Retirement 2045 Fund   Up to Age 29
(k)  Class Settlement Account II : A separate account established for each person who is an Allocation Participant (as defined below) that is credited by the Trustee with the respective restorative payment awarded to such Allocation Participant pursuant to the Settlement Agreement approved by the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division, in the matter of In re Dynegy Inc. ERISA Litigation, Civil Action No. 4:06-cv-00160. For purposes of this Section 1.1(k), the term “Allocation Participant” shall mean each Participant and former Participant and each beneficiary (or alternate payee) of a Participant or former Participant who is within the Settlement Class as defined in the Settlement Agreement and who shall be deemed to be a Participant or beneficiary (or alternate payee) under the Plan to the extent necessary or appropriate, including, but not limited to, with respect to the unclaimed benefit provisions under Article IX of the Plan. The amounts credited to a Class Settlement Account II shall be fully vested. If the Trustee receives settlement proceeds that are to be allocated to the Class Settlement Account II of each Allocation Participant, during the period prior to such allocation, such settlement proceeds shall be invested in the Vanguard Prime Money Market Fund. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5.3(a), the Class Settlement Account II of each Allocation Participant shall be invested in accordance with Paragraph (1) or (2) below, as applicable, until the Allocation Participant directs to change such investment pursuant to Section 5.3(c):
(1) If an Allocation Participant is an Eligible Employee with an existing Account balance in the Plan and is either currently contributing to the Plan or previously contributed to the Plan, such Allocation Participant’s Class Settlement Account II shall be invested in accordance with such Allocation Participant’s most recent investment direction for contributions to the Plan; or

 

3


 

(2) If an Allocation Participant is not described in Paragraph (1) above, the Class Settlement Account II of such Allocation Participant shall be invested in the appropriate Investment Fund set forth below as determined on the basis of the age of the Allocation Participant, unless such Allocation Participant is the beneficiary (or alternate payee) of a Participant or former Participant in which case the attained age of such Participant or former Participant, whether or not deceased, shall be used instead of the age of the Allocation Participant:
     
Fund Name   Age of Participant or Former Participant
 
Vanguard Target Retirement Income Fund   Ages 65 or older
     
Vanguard Target Retirement 2005 Fund   Ages 60 to 64
     
Vanguard Target Retirement 2015 Fund   Ages 50 to 59
     
Vanguard Target Retirement 2025 Fund   Ages 40 to 49
     
Vanguard Target Retirement 2035 Fund   Ages 30 to 39
     
Vanguard Target Retirement 2045 Fund   Up to Age 29
(l)  Code : The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
(m)  Collectively Bargained Plan : The Dynegy Midwest Generation, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement, as amended from time to time.
(n)  Committee : The Dynegy Inc. Benefit Plans Committee.
(o)  Company : Dynegy Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.
(p)  Company Stock : The Class A common stock, $0.01 par value, of the Company.
(q)  Company Stock Fund : An Investment Fund established to invest in Company Stock and such reserves of cash or cash equivalents as are necessary to meet the liquidity needs of the fund.

 

4


 

(r)  Compensation : The regular or base salary or wages (but (i) including regular or base salary or wages paid during a military leave of absence, and (ii) excluding overtime payments and bonuses (other than that described below)) paid by the Employer to or for the benefit of a Participant for services rendered or labor performed for the Employer while a Participant and an Eligible Employee, provided that the following items shall be included as “Compensation:”
(1) Any amounts subject to a deferral election pursuant to Section 3.1 of the Plan;
(2) Elective contributions made on a Participant’s behalf by the Employer that are not includible in income under Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h), or 403(b) of the Code and any amounts that are not includible in the gross income of a Participant under a salary reduction agreement by reason of the application of Section 132(f) of the Code;
(3) Compensation deferred under an eligible deferred compensation plan within the meaning of Section 457(b) of the Code;
(4) Employee contributions described in Section 414(h) of the Code that are picked up by the employing unit and are treated as employer contributions; and
(5) If a Participant is scheduled to work a 12 hour shift, the regularly scheduled overtime will be included as Compensation, and is calculated by multiplying his straight time hourly rate of pay by the number of 12 hour shift regularly scheduled overtime hours for which he is paid, but excluding any other contributions or benefits under this Plan or any other pension, profit sharing, insurance, hospitalization or other plan or policy maintained by an Employer for the benefit of such Participant, bonuses, overtime, commissions, and all other extraordinary and unusual payments.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Compensation of any Participant taken into account for purposes of the Plan shall be limited to $245,000 for any Plan Year with such limitation to be (i) adjusted automatically to reflect any amendments to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code and any cost-of-living increases authorized by Section 401(a)(17) of the Code, and (ii) prorated for a Plan Year of less than twelve months and to the extent otherwise required by applicable law.
(s)  Compensation Committee : The Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company.
(t)  Controlled Entity : Each corporation that is a member of a controlled group of corporations, within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Code, of which the Company or the Employer is a member, each trade or business (whether or not incorporated) with which the Company or the Employer is under common control, within the meaning of Section 414(c) of the Code, and each member of an affiliated service group, within the meaning of Section 414(m) of the Code, of which the Company or the Employer is a member.
(u) Directors : The Board of Directors of the Company.
(v)  Direct Rollover : A payment by the Plan to an Eligible Retirement Plan designated by a Distributee.

 

5


 

(w)  Distributee : Each (i) Participant entitled to an Eligible Rollover Distribution, (ii) Participant’s surviving spouse with respect to the interest of such surviving spouse in an Eligible Rollover Distribution, and (iii) former spouse of a Participant who is an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code, with regard to the interest of such former spouse in an Eligible Rollover Distribution. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, effective January 1, 2008, a Distributee shall also include a nonspouse beneficiary, but only with regard to the Participant’s interest under the Plan.
(x)  Effective Date : January 1, 2009, as to this restatement of the Plan, except (i) as otherwise indicated in specific provisions of the Plan, and (ii) that provisions of the Plan required to have an earlier effective date by applicable statute and/or regulation shall be effective as of the required effective date in such statute and/or regulation and shall apply, as of such required effective date, to any plan merged into this Plan. The original effective date of the Plan was June 1, 1984.
(y)  Eligible Employee : Each Employee other than (i) an Employee whose terms and conditions of employment are governed by a collective bargaining agreement, unless such agreement provides for his coverage under the Plan, (ii) a nonresident alien who receives no earned income from the Employer that constitutes income from sources within the United States, (iii) a Leased Employee, (iv) an individual who is deemed to be an Employee pursuant to Treasury Regulations issued under Section 414(o) of the Code, and (v) an Employee who has waived participation in the Plan through any means including, but not limited to, an Employee whose employment is governed by a written agreement with the Employer (including an offer letter setting forth the terms and conditions of employment) that provides that the Employee is not eligible to participate in the Plan (a general statement in the agreement, offer letter, or other communication stating that the Employee is not eligible for benefits shall be construed to mean that the Employee is not an Eligible Employee), and (vi) an Employee of an entity that has been designated to participate in the Plan pursuant to the provisions of Article XVI to the extent that such entity’s designation specifically excepts such Employee’s participation. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, no individual who is designated, compensated, or otherwise classified or treated by the Employer as an independent contractor or other non-common law employee shall be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan. It is expressly intended that individuals not treated as common law employees by the Employer are to be excluded from Plan participation even if a court or administrative agency determines that such individuals are common law employees.
(z) Eligible Retirement Plan : Any of (i) an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code, (ii) an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code, (iii) an annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code, (iv) a qualified plan described in Section 401(a) of the Code, which under its provisions does, and under applicable law may, accept a Distributee’s Eligible Rollover Distribution, (v) an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code, (vi) an eligible plan under Section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for the amounts transferred into such plan from the Plan, and (vii) effective January 1, 2008, a Roth IRA described in Section 408A(b) of the Code. The definition of Eligible Retirement Plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving spouse or to a spouse or former spouse who is an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code.

 

6


 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective January 1, 2008, in the case of an Eligible Rollover Distribution to a beneficiary who is a designated beneficiary as defined in Section 401(a)(9)(E) of the Code and is not a surviving spouse, an Eligible Retirement Plan is limited to an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity established for purposes of receiving the distribution that is treated as an inherited account under Section 402(c)(11) of the Code. If the designated beneficiary is a trust, an Eligible Retirement Plan is limited to an individual retirement account created on behalf of the trust that satisfies the requirements to be a designated beneficiary within the meaning of Section 401(a)(9)(E) of the Code.
(aa)  Eligible Rollover Distribution : With respect to a Distributee, any distribution of all or any portion of the Accounts of a Participant other than (i) a distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributee’s designated beneficiary or for a specified period of ten (10) years or more, (ii) a distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, (iii) the portion of a distribution that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities), (iv) a loan treated as a distribution under Section 72(p) of the Code and not excepted by Section 72(p)(2), (v) a loan in default that is a deemed distribution, (vi) any corrective distribution provided in Sections 3.8 and 4.4(c), (vii) a distribution pursuant to Section 10.1(g), and (viii) any other distribution so designated by the Internal Revenue Service in revenue rulings, notices, and other guidance of general applicability.
Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of the Plan, a portion of a distribution shall not fail to be an Eligible Rollover Distribution merely because the portion consists of after-tax employee contributions which are not includible in gross income; provided, however, that such portion may be transferred only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Section 408(a) or (b) of the Code or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in Section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible.
Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of the Plan, an Eligible Rollover Distribution to a nonspouse beneficiary is not subject to the direct rollover requirements of Section 401(a)(31) of the Code, the notice requirements of Section 402(f) of the Code or the mandatory withholding requirements of Section 3405(c) of the Code. If a nonspouse beneficiary receives an Eligible Rollover Distribution from the Plan, the distribution is not eligible for a “60-day” rollover.
(bb)  Employee : Each (i) individual employed by the Employer (as reported on the Employer’s payroll records and for whom the Employer has FICA taxes withheld), and (ii) Leased Employee.

 

7


 

(cc)  Employer : Dynegy Midwest Generation, Inc. and each entity listed on Appendix A that has been designated to participate in the Plan pursuant to the provisions of Article XVII. The Company is not an Employer.
(dd)  Employer Contribution Account : An individual account for each Participant, which is comprised of the following subaccounts:
(1) ESOP Subaccount : The portion of a Participant’s Employer Contribution Account that, except to the extent provided otherwise in accordance with an election by a Participant pursuant to Section 6.8(b), is credited with (i) all of the Participant’s ESOP Employer Contributions on the Effective Date, and (ii) all additional ESOP Employer Contributions contributed and/or accrued after the Effective Date. The ESOP Subaccount shall be adjusted to the extent provided in Section 6.8(c). The ESOP Subaccount shall also be adjusted to reflect such subaccount’s change in value as provided in Section 4.3. The ESOP Subaccount shall be invested in Company Stock in accordance with Article VI; and
(2) Non-ESOP Subaccount : The portion of a Participant’s Employer Contribution Account that is credited with the sum of (i) all of the Participant’s non-ESOP Employer Contributions on the Effective Date, (ii) all additional non-ESOP Employer Contributions contributed and/or accrued after the Effective Date, and (iii) all Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions, if any, made on such Participant’s behalf pursuant to Section 3.5 to satisfy restrictions set forth in Section 3.6. The Non-ESOP Subaccount shall be adjusted to the extent provided in Section 6.8(b) and (c). The Non-ESOP Subaccount shall also be adjusted to reflect such subaccount’s change in value as provided in Section 4.3.
(ee)  Employer Contributions : The total of Employer Matching Contributions, Employer Discretionary Contributions and Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions.
(ff)  Employer Discretionary Contributions : Contributions made to the Plan by the Employer pursuant to Section 3.4.
(gg)  Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions : Contributions made to the Plan by the Employer pursuant to Section 3.5.
(hh)  Employer Matching Contributions : Contributions made to the Plan by the Employer pursuant to Section 3.3.
(ii)  ESOP : The employee stock ownership plan maintained as a part of the Plan pursuant to Article VI.
(jj)  ESOP Subaccount : The subaccount of a Participant’s Employer Contribution Account defined in Section 1.1(dd). In addition to other provisions of the Plan, a Participant’s ESOP Subaccount shall be subject to Article VI and, in the event of any conflict, Article VI shall control.

 

8


 

(kk)  Exempt Loan : A loan that satisfies the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 54.4975-7(b) made to the Trustee pursuant to the provisions of Article VI.
(ll) Financed Stock : The Company Stock acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan.
(mm)  415 Compensation : Compensation as defined under Section 415(c)(3) of the Code and Treasury Regulations issued pursuant thereto.
(nn)  Highly Compensated Employee : Each Employee who performs services during the Plan Year for which the determination of who is highly compensated is being made (the “Determination Year”) and who:
(1) Is a five-percent owner of the Employer (within the meaning of Section 416(i)(1)(A)(iii) of the Code) at any time during the Determination Year or the twelve-month period immediately preceding the Determination Year (the “Look-Back Year”); or
(2) For the Look-Back Year:
(A) Receives compensation (within the meaning of Section 414(q)(4) of the Code; “compensation” for purposes of this Paragraph) in excess of $90,000 (with such amount to be adjusted automatically to reflect any cost-of-living adjustments authorized by Section 414(q)(1) of the Code) during the Look-Back Year; and
(B) If the Committee elects the application of this clause in such Look-Back Year, is a member of the top 20% of Employees for the Look-Back Year (other than Employees described in Section 414(q)(5) of the Code) ranked on the basis of compensation received during the year.
For purposes of the preceding sentence, (i) all employers aggregated with the Employer under Sections 414(b), (c), (m), or (o) of the Code shall be treated as a single employer, and (ii) a former Employee who had a separation year (generally, the Determination Year such Employee separates from service) prior to the Determination Year and who was an active Highly Compensated Employee for either such separation year or any Determination Year ending on or after such Employee’s fifty-fifth birthday shall be deemed to be a Highly Compensated Employee. To the extent that the provisions of this Paragraph are inconsistent or conflict with the definition of a “highly compensated employee” set forth in Section 414(q) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, the relevant terms and provisions of Section 414(q) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder shall govern and control.
(oo)  Incentive Contribution Subaccount : The subaccount of a Participant’s Employer Contribution Account that is comprised of the balance referred to in Clause (1) of Section 1.1(dd).

 

9


 

(pp)  Independent Fiduciary : The person or entity acting with respect to the Company Stock Fund, as provided in Section 14.5.
(qq)  Investment Fund : Investment funds made available from time to time for the investment of Plan assets as described in Article V.
(rr)  Leased Employee : Each person who is not an employee of the Employer or a Controlled Entity but who performs services for the Employer or a Controlled Entity pursuant to an agreement (oral or written) between the Employer or a Controlled Entity and any leasing organization, provided that (i) such person has performed such services for the Employer or a Controlled Entity or for related persons (within the meaning of Section 144(a)(3) of the Code) on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year, and (ii) such services are performed under primary direction or control by the Employer or a Controlled Entity.
(ss)  Non-ESOP Subaccount : The subaccount of a Participant’s Employer Contribution Account defined in Section 1.1(dd).
(tt) Normal Retirement Date : The date a Participant attains the age of sixty-five.
(uu)  Participant : Each individual who has met the eligibility requirements for participation in the Plan pursuant to Article II, or (ii) has made a Rollover Contribution in accordance with Section 3.9, but only to the extent provided in Section 3.9. For purposes of Articles V and VI and Section 18.6 only, the beneficiary of a deceased Participant and any alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order (as defined in Section 18.2) shall have the rights of a Participant.
(vv)  Plan : The Dynegy Midwest Generation, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan, as amended from time to time.
(ww)  Plan Year : The twelve-consecutive month period commencing January 1 of each year.
(xx)  Rollover Contribution Account : An individual account for a Participant, which is comprised of the following subaccounts:
(1) Employee After-Tax Rollover Subaccount : A subaccount for such Participant that is credited with (i) the balance of his Rollover Contributions consisting of after-tax employee contributions on the Effective Date, if any, and (ii) any additional Rollover Contributions consisting of after-tax employee contributions. A Participant’s Employee After-Tax Rollover Subaccount shall be adjusted to reflect changes in value as provided in Section 4.3.
(2) Employee Rollover Subaccount : A subaccount for such Participant that is credited with (i) the balance of his Employee Rollover Subaccount on the Effective Date, and (ii) any additional Rollover Contributions consisting of amounts other than after-tax employee contributions and Roth Contributions. A Participant’s Employee Rollover Subaccount shall be adjusted to reflect changes in value as provided in Section 4.3.

 

10


 

(3) Employee Roth Rollover Subaccount : A subaccount for such Participant that is credited with (i) the balance of his Employee Roth Rollover Subaccount on the Effective Date, and (ii) any additional Rollover Contributions consisting of Roth Contributions. A Participant’s Employee Roth Rollover Subaccount shall be adjusted to reflect changes in value as provided in Section 4.3.
(yy)  Rollover Contributions : Contributions made by a Participant pursuant to Section 3.9.
(zz)  Roth Account : An individual account for each Participant which is credited with Roth Contributions, if any, made in accordance with Section 3.1(i) of the Plan. Such Account shall also be adjusted to reflect changes in value as provided in Section 4.3.
(aaa) Roth Contributions : Contributions made by a Participant pursuant to Section 3.1(i).
(bbb) Severance from Employment : The term “Severance from Employment” shall have the same meaning as set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(d). A Severance from Employment occurs when the Participant ceases to be an Employee of an Employer maintaining the Plan. An Employee does not have a Severance from Employment if, in connection with a change of employment, the Employee’s new employer maintains such Plan with respect to the Employee. For example, if a new employer maintains the Plan with respect to an Employee by continuing or assuming sponsorship of the Plan or by accepting a transfer of Plan assets and liabilities (within the meaning of Section 414(1) of the Code) with respect to the Employee, such Employee does not have a Severance from Employment.
(ccc)  Suspense Account : The account under which Financed Stock is held until released and allocated to Participants’ ESOP Subaccounts.
(ddd) Total and Permanent Disability : A Participant shall be considered totally and permanently disabled if (i) the Participant has been determined to be disabled by the Social Security Administration, and (ii) the Participant is receiving payment of social security disability benefits.
(eee) TRASOP : The Illinois Power Company Tax Reduction Act Stock Ownership Plan, which was terminated effective October 31, 1988.
(fff) TRASOP Transfer Account : An individual account for each Participant who was a participant in the TRASOP and who had his account balances under the TRASOP transferred to the Plan, which is comprised of the following subaccounts:
(1) TRASOP Employee Subaccount : A subaccount for each such Participant that is attributable to employee contributions to the TRASOP. The TRASOP Employee Subaccount shall be adjusted to reflect such subaccount’s change in value as provided in Section 4.3.

 

11


 

(2) TRASOP Employer Subaccount : A subaccount for each such Participant that is attributable to employer contributions to the TRASOP. The TRASOP Employer Subaccount shall be adjusted to reflect such subaccount’s change in value as provided in Section 4.3.
(ggg) Trust : The trust(s) established under the Trust Agreement(s) to hold and invest contributions made under the Plan and income thereon, and from which Plan benefits are distributed.
(hhh) Trust Agreement : The agreement(s) entered into between the Company and the Trustee establishing the Trust, as such agreement(s) may be amended from time to time.
(iii)  Trust Fund : The funds and properties held pursuant to the provisions of the Trust Agreement for the use and benefit of the Participants, together with all income, profits, and increments thereto.
(jjj) Trustee : The trustee or trustees qualified and acting under the Trust Agreement at any time.
(kkk) VBO : The “Vanguard Brokerage Option” that is an Investment Fund under the Plan, as described in Section 5.4 of the Plan.
1.2 Number and Gender . Wherever appropriate herein, words used in the singular shall be considered to include the plural, and words used in the plural shall be considered to include the singular. The masculine gender, where appearing in the Plan, shall be deemed to include the feminine gender.
1.3 Headings . The headings of Articles and Sections herein are included solely for convenience, and if there is any conflict between such headings and the text of the Plan, the text shall control.
1.4 Construction . It is intended that the Plan be qualified within the meaning of Section 401(a) of the Code and that the Trust be tax exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code, and all provisions herein shall be construed in accordance with such intent.
II.
PARTICIPATION
2.1 Eligibility . Individuals hired on or after the Effective Date shall not be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing:
(a) An Eligible Employee who was a Participant in the Plan on the day prior to the Effective Date shall remain a Participant in this restatement thereof as of the Effective Date;

 

12


 

(b) An Employee who has not become a Participant because he was not an Eligible Employee shall become a Participant immediately upon becoming an Eligible Employee as a result of a change in his employment status; and
(c) A Participant who ceases to be an Eligible Employee but remains an Employee shall continue to be a Participant but, on and after the date he ceases to be an Eligible Employee, he shall no longer be entitled to defer Compensation hereunder, make contributions to the Plan, or share in allocations of Employer Contributions unless and until he shall again become an Eligible Employee.
2.2 Transferred Employees . Notwithstanding any foregoing provision of this Section to the contrary, if an employee of the Employer or a Controlled Entity (i) ceases to satisfy the eligibility requirements of the Collectively Bargained Plan because he is no longer employed as a member of a group of employees to which such plan has been extended and continues to be extended through a currently effective collective bargaining agreement between his employer and the collective bargaining representative of the group of employees of which he is a member, (ii) continues to be employed by the Employer or a Controlled Entity, and (iii) coincident with his cessation of eligibility for the Collectively Bargained Plan, satisfies the eligibility requirements of Section 2.1, then the sum of the amounts in his accounts under the Collectively Bargained Plan (including any outstanding loans) as of the date of the transfer hereinafter described shall be transferred as soon as practicable after such cessation to corresponding Accounts under the Plan in accordance with the requirements of Section 414(l) of the Code and the regulations thereunder, and, for periods after the date of such cessation, he shall cease to be a participant in the Collectively Bargained Plan and shall be a Participant in the Plan, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan. Amounts transferred to the Plan pursuant to this Section shall not be considered annual additions for purposes of Section 415 of the Code and Section 4.4 of the Plan.
III.
CONTRIBUTIONS
3.1 Before-Tax Contributions .
(a) A Participant may elect to defer an integral percentage of not less than 1% of his Compensation for a Plan Year by having the Employer contribute the amount so deferred to the Plan. A Participant’s election to defer an amount of his Compensation pursuant to this Section shall be made by authorizing his Employer, in the manner prescribed by the Committee, to reduce his Compensation in the elected amount and the Employer, in consideration thereof, agrees to contribute an equal amount to the Plan. The Compensation elected to be deferred by a Participant pursuant to this Section shall become a part of the Employer’s Before-Tax Contributions and shall be allocated in accordance with Section 4.1(a). Compensation for a Plan Year not so deferred by a Participant shall be received by such Participant in cash. Such elections cannot relate to Compensation that is currently available prior to the adoption or effective date of the Plan. In addition, except for occasional, bona fide administrative considerations, contributions made pursuant to such an election cannot precede the earlier of (i) the performance of services relating to the contribution, and (ii) when the Compensation that is subject to the election would be currently available to the Participant in the absence of an election to defer. Such election can only be made with respect to amounts that are compensation as defined under Section 415(c)(3) of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(c)-2. A Participant who is not in Qualified Military Service (as defined in Section 414(u) of the Code) cannot make an election with respect to an amount paid after the Participant’s Severance from Employment, unless the amount is paid within 2 1 / 2 months following the Participant’s Severance from Employment and is described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(c)-2(e)(3)(ii). For clarification purposes, the preceding sentence shall permit elections to apply to: (i) amounts earned prior to a Severance from Employment, and (ii) payments of sick leave and/or vacation pay paid to a Participant as soon as administratively feasible following Severance from Employment.

 

13


 

(b) A Participant’s deferral election shall remain in force and effect for all periods following the effective date of such election (which shall be as soon as administratively feasible after the election is made) until modified or terminated or until such Participant incurs a Severance from Employment or ceases to be an Eligible Employee. A Participant who has elected to defer a portion of his Compensation may change his deferral election percentage, effective as of the next available pay date, by communicating such new deferral election percentage to his Employer in the manner and within the time period prescribed by the Committee.
(c) A Participant may cancel his deferral election, effective as of the next available pay date by communicating such cancellation to his Employer in the manner and within the time period prescribed by the Committee. A Participant who so cancels his deferral election may resume deferrals, effective as of the next available pay date, by communicating his new deferral election to his Employer in the manner and within the time period prescribed by the Committee.
(d) In restriction of the Participants’ elections provided in Paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) above, the Before-Tax Contributions and the elective deferrals (within the meaning of Section 402(g)(3) of the Code) under all other plans, contracts, and arrangements of the Employer on behalf of any Participant for any calendar year shall not exceed $16,500 for calendar year 2009, (with such amount to be adjusted automatically to reflect any cost-of-living adjustments authorized by Section 402(g)(4) of the Code).
(e) In further restriction of the Participants’ elections provided in Paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) above, it is specifically provided that one of the actual deferral percentage tests set forth in Section 401(k)(2) of the Code and Treasury Regulations thereunder (“ADP Test”) must be met in each Plan Year. Such testing shall utilize the current year testing method as such term is defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-2(a)(2)(ii). The actual deferral ratio (as such term is defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-6 (“ADR”) of any Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and who is eligible to have Before-Tax Contributions (and Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions, if treated as elective contributions for purposes of the ADP Test) allocated to such Participant’s accounts under two (2) or more cash or deferred arrangements described in Section 401(k) of the Code, that are maintained by an Employer (or a Controlled Entity), shall be determined as if such elective contributions (and, if applicable, such Qualified Matching Contributions) were made under a single arrangement. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two (2) or more cash or deferred arrangements of an Employer (or a Controlled Entity) that have different Plan Years, then all elective contributions made during the Plan Year being tested under all such cash or deferred arrangements shall be aggregated, without regard to the plan years of the other plans. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans shall be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated under the Regulations of Section 401(k) of the Code.

 

14


 

(f) If the Committee determines that a reduction of Compensation deferral elections made pursuant to Paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) above is necessary to ensure that the restrictions set forth in Paragraph (d) or (e) above are met for any Plan Year, the Committee may reduce the elections of affected Participants on a temporary and prospective basis in such manner as the Committee shall determine.
(g) As soon as administratively feasible following the end of each payroll period, but no later than the time required by applicable law, the Employer shall contribute to the Trust, as Before-Tax Contributions with respect to each Participant, an amount equal to the amount of Compensation elected to be deferred, pursuant to Paragraphs (a) and (b) above (as adjusted pursuant to Paragraph (f) above), by such Participant during such payroll period. Such contributions, as well as the contributions made pursuant to Sections 3.3, 3.4, and 3.5 shall be made without regard to current or accumulated profits of the Employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as provided in Article VI, the Plan is intended to qualify as a profit sharing plan for purposes of Sections 401(a), 402, 412, and 417 of the Code.
(h) Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Participants who are eligible to make elective deferrals under this Plan and who have attained age 50 before the close of the Plan Year shall be eligible to make Catch-Up Contributions in accordance with, and subject to the limitations of, Section 414(v) of the Code. Such Catch-Up Contributions shall not be taken into account for implementing the required limitations of Section 402(g) and 415 of the Code. Catch-Up Contributions shall not be matched by Employer Contributions in accordance with Section 3.3 of the Plan. Any Catch-Up Contribution made as a Roth Contribution under Section 3.1(i) shall be treated as a Roth Contribution for purposes of allocation, distribution and investment. The Plan shall not be treated as failing to satisfy the provisions of the Plan implementing the requirements of Section 401(k)(3), 401(k)(11), 401(k)(12), 410(b), or 416 of the Code, as applicable, by reason of the making of such Catch-Up Contributions. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, Catch-up Contributions shall not be matched by Employer Contributions. Any Catch-Up Contribution made as a Roth Contribution under Section 3.1(i) shall be treated as a Roth Contribution for purposes of allocation, distribution and investment.
(i) Effective January 1, 2008, a Participant may elect to have some or all of his or her Before-Tax Contribution, as a whole percentage of Compensation, and some or all of any Catch-Up Contribution, contributed to the Plan as a Roth Contribution. A Roth Contribution means any Before-Tax Contribution that is (i) designated irrevocably by the Participant at the time of execution of the applicable payroll deduction authorization form supplied by the Employer as a Roth Contribution, (ii) treated by the Employer as included in the Participant’s income at the time the Participant would have received the amount in cash if the Participant had not made the election with respect to such Roth Contribution so that the Roth Contribution shall be wages subject to applicable withholding requirements, and (iii) maintained by the Plan in a separate, designated Roth Account. Roth Contributions shall be subject to the same dollar limits and nondiscrimination testing requirements as Before-Tax Contributions, and shall be subject to the same Plan provisions as Before-Tax Contributions for purposes of investment and distribution.

 

15


 

3.2 After-Tax Contributions .
(a) If the Before-Tax Contributions to be made with respect to a Participant are restricted by the limitations set forth in Section 3.1(d) for a calendar year, then, automatically and without any further action by such Participant, such Participant’s Compensation shall continue to be reduced by the percentage elected by the Participant and then in effect pursuant to Section 3.1(a), (b), or (c) for the remainder of such year but on an after-tax basis with such reductions to be contributed to the Plan as his After-Tax Contributions. Effective as of the first day of the following Plan Year, automatically and without any further action by the Participant, such Participant’s Compensation reduction election as then in effect under this Paragraph (a), as adjusted pursuant to Paragraphs (c), (d), and (f) below, shall revert to an election to defer Compensation pursuant to Section 3.1(a).
(b) Without limiting the applicability of Paragraph (a) above, a Participant may contribute to the Plan, as his After-Tax Contributions, an integral percentage of not less than 1% of his Compensation. After-Tax Contributions shall be made by authorizing the Employer to withhold such contributions from the Participant’s Compensation as of each payroll period. Each Participant may elect the amount of his After-Tax Contributions in the manner and within the time period prescribed by the Committee.
(c) A Participant may change the amount of his After-Tax Contributions pursuant to Paragraph (a) and/or (b) above effective as of the next available pay date by electing a new After-Tax Contribution percentage in the manner and within the time period prescribed by the Committee.
(d) A Participant may suspend his After-Tax Contributions pursuant to Paragraph (a) and/or (b) above effective as of the next available pay date in accordance with the procedures and within the time period prescribed by the Committee. Resumption of suspended After-Tax Contributions shall be made effective as of the next available pay date by making a new election in the manner and within the time period prescribed by the Committee; provided, however, that a Participant may not resume his After-Tax Contributions pursuant to Paragraph (a) above once such After-Tax Contributions have been suspended pursuant to this Paragraph.
(e) A Participant may at any time elect to make a lump sum After-Tax Contribution to the Plan. Such After-Tax Contribution shall be paid to the Employer by such Participant in cash (including personal check or other method approved by the Committee), in an amount determined by such Participant; provided, however, that such contribution may not exceed the otherwise applicable limits set forth in the Plan.

 

16


 

(f) If the restrictions set forth in Section 3.6 would not otherwise be met for any Plan Year, (i) the After-Tax Contribution elections made pursuant to Paragraphs (a), (b), (c), and (d) above of affected Participants may be reduced by the Committee on a temporary and prospective basis in such manner as the Committee shall determine, and (ii) any After-Tax Contributions pursuant to Paragraph (e) above of affected Participants may be limited or disallowed.
(g) As soon as administratively feasible following (i) the end of each payroll period, or (ii) the receipt by the Employer of a Participant’s payment pursuant to Paragraph (e) above, but in either event no later than the time required by applicable law, the Employer shall contribute to the Trust the After-Tax Contributions withheld from the Participants’ Compensation during such payroll period or paid to the Employer in accordance with Paragraph (e) above, as applicable.
3.3 Employer Matching Contributions .
(a) For each payroll period, the Employer shall contribute to the Trust, as Employer Matching Contributions, an amount that equals 50% of the Before-Tax Contributions that were made pursuant to Section 3.1 on behalf of each of the Participants during such payroll period and that were not in excess of 6% of each such Participant’s Compensation for such payroll period.
(b) In addition to the Employer Matching Contributions made pursuant to Paragraph (a) above, for each Plan Year the Employer shall contribute to the Trust, as Employer Matching Contributions, an amount equal to the difference, if any, between (i) 50% of the Before-Tax Contributions that were made pursuant to Section 3.1 on behalf of each of the Eligible Participants during such Plan Year, and that were not in excess of 6% of each such Eligible Participant’s Compensation for such Plan Year, and (ii) the Employer Matching Contributions made pursuant to Paragraph (a) above for each such Eligible Participant for such Plan Year. For purposes of this Paragraph, the term “Eligible Participant” shall mean each Participant who was an Eligible Employee on the last day of the applicable Plan Year.
(c) Employer Matching Contributions pursuant to Paragraph (a) above shall be contributed to the Trust at the same time the related Before-Tax Contributions are contributed to the Trust, and Employer Matching Contributions pursuant to Paragraph (b) above shall be contributed to the Trust at the time determined by the Committee. At the sole discretion of the Directors or the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors, Employer Matching Contributions on behalf of Participants shall be made in cash, in whole shares of Company Stock, or in any combination of cash and whole shares of Company Stock.
(d) Notwithstanding any foregoing provision of this Section to the contrary, if at any time an Exempt Loan is outstanding, then, to the extent permissible, Employer Matching Contributions shall be contributed to the ESOP in accordance with Section 6.6 and subsequently allocated pursuant to Section 4.1(c).
(e) Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Section 3.3, Roth Contributions (except Catch-Up Contributions made as Roth Contributions) shall be eligible for Employer Matching Contributions in the same manner and amount as Before-Tax Contributions.

 

17


 

3.4 Employer Discretionary Contributions .
(a) For each Plan Year, the Employer may contribute to the Trust, as an Employer Discretionary Contribution, an additional amount as determined in its discretion.
(b) If it has been so determined that an Employer Discretionary Contribution shall be made for any Plan Year, then such contribution shall be made in cash, in whole shares of Company Stock, or in any combination of cash and whole shares of Company Stock (as determined in the sole discretion of the Directors or the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors).
(c) Notwithstanding any foregoing provision of this Section to the contrary, if at any time an Exempt Loan is outstanding, then, to the extent permissible, Employer Discretionary Contributions shall be contributed to the ESOP in accordance with Section 6.6 and subsequently allocated pursuant to Section 4.1(d).
3.5 Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions . In addition to the Employer Matching Contributions made pursuant to Section 3.3 and the Employer Discretionary Contributions made pursuant to Section 3.4, for each Plan Year, the Employer, in its discretion, may contribute to the Trust as an Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contribution for such Plan Year the amounts necessary to cause the Plan to satisfy the restrictions set forth in Section 3.1(e) (with respect to certain restrictions on Before-Tax Contributions) and the amounts necessary to cause the Plan to satisfy the restrictions set forth in Section 3.6 (with respect to certain restrictions on Employer Matching Contributions and After-Tax Contributions). Amounts contributed in order to satisfy the restrictions set forth in Section 3.1(e) shall be considered “Qualified Matching Contributions” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-6, and amounts contributed in order to satisfy the restrictions set forth in Section 3.6 shall be considered Employer Matching Contributions.
Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions may be contributed to the Plan pursuant to the foregoing for purposes of satisfying the restrictions set forth in Section 3.1(e) only if the conditions described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-2(a)(6) are satisfied. A contribution made pursuant to this Section 3.5 is not taken into account under the actual contribution percentage test (as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-6 (“ACP Test”) or in determining the ADR for a Participant who is not a Highly Compensated Employee (a “NHCE”) to the extent that it exceeds the greatest of:
(a) Five percent (5%) of the NHCE’s Section 414(s) of the Code compensation for the Plan Year;
(b) The NHCE’s Before-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year; and
(c) The product of two (2) times the Plan’s “Representative Matching Rate” (as defined below) and the NHCEs Before-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year.

 

18


 

Any amounts contributed pursuant to this Paragraph shall be allocated in accordance with the provisions of Sections 4.1(e), (f) and (g). For purposes of this Paragraph, the “Matching Rate” for a Participant generally is the Employer Matching Contributions made for such Participant divided by the Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year. For purposes of this Paragraph, the “Representative Matching Rate” is the lowest Matching Rate for any eligible NHCE among a group of NHCEs that consists of half of all eligible NHCEs in the Plan for the Plan Year (or, if greater, the lowest Matching Rate for all eligible NHCEs in the Plan who are employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year and who make Before-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year). If the Matching Rate is not the same for all levels of Before-Tax Contributions for a Participant, then the Participant’s Representative Matching Rate is determined assuming that a Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions are equal to 6% of his compensation under Section 414(s) of the Code.
3.6 Restrictions on Employer Matching Contributions and After-Tax Contributions . In restriction of the Employer Matching Contributions and After-Tax Contributions hereunder, it is specifically provided that one of the actual contribution percentage tests set forth in Section 401(m) of the Code and Treasury Regulations thereunder (“ACP Test”) must be met in each Plan Year. Such testing shall utilize the current year testing method as such term is defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2(a)(2)(ii). The Committee may elect, in accordance with applicable Treasury Regulations, to treat Before-Tax Contributions to the Plan as Employer Matching Contributions for purposes of meeting this requirement. The actual contribution ratio (as such term is defined under Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(k)-6) (the “ACR”) for any Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee and who is eligible to have Employer Matching Contributions or After-Tax Contributions allocated to his or her account under two (2) or more plans described in Section 401(a) of the Code, or arrangements described in Section 401(k) of the Code that are maintained by the same Employer (or Controlled Entity), shall be determined as if the total of such contributions was made under each plan and arrangement. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two (2) or more such plans or arrangements that have different plan years, then all Employer Matching Contributions and After-Tax Contributions made during the Plan Year being tested under all such plans and arrangements shall be aggregated, without regard to the plan years of the other plans. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans shall be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated under the regulations of Section 401(m) of the Code. If Employer Matching Contributions for any portion of a Plan Year are allocated in whole or in part to the ESOP Subaccounts of Participants pursuant to Section 3.3(d), then (i) a separate test under this Section for such Plan Year shall be performed with respect to such Employer Matching Contributions and (ii) a separate test under this Section for such Plan Year shall be performed with respect to After-Tax Contributions and all other Employer Matching Contributions, if any.
3.7 Return of Contributions . Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, the Employer’s contributions to the Plan are contingent upon the deductibility of such contributions under Section 404 of the Code. To the extent that a deduction for contributions is disallowed, such contributions shall, upon the written demand of the Employer, be returned to the Employer by the Trustee within one year after the date of disallowance, reduced by any net losses of the Trust Fund attributable thereto but not increased by any net earnings of the Trust Fund attributable thereto, which net earnings shall be treated as a forfeiture in accordance with Section 4.2. Moreover, if Employer contributions are made under a mistake of fact, such contributions shall, upon the written demand of the Employer, be returned to the Employer by the Trustee within one year after the payment thereof, reduced by any net losses of the Trust Fund attributable thereto but not increased by any net earnings of the Trust Fund attributable thereto, which net earnings shall be treated as a forfeiture in accordance with Section 4.2.

 

19


 

3.8 Disposition of Excess Deferrals and Excess Contributions .
(a) Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, any Before-Tax Contributions and/or Roth Contributions to the Plan for a calendar year on behalf of a Participant in excess of the limitations set forth in Section 3.1(d) and any “excess deferrals” from other plans allocated to the Plan by such Participant no later than March 1 of the next following calendar year within the meaning of, and pursuant to the provisions of, Section 402(g)(2) of the Code, shall be distributed to such Participant not later than April 15 of the next following calendar year.
(b) Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, if, for any Plan Year, the aggregate Before-Tax Contributions and/or Roth Contributions made by the Employer on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees exceeds the maximum amount of Before-Tax Contributions and/or Roth Contributions permitted on behalf of such Highly Compensated Employees pursuant to Section 3.1(e) or 3.1(i) respectively, an excess amount shall be determined by reducing Before-Tax Contributions and/or Roth Contributions on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in order of the highest ADRs to equal the highest permitted ADR in accordance with Section 401(k)(8)(B)(ii) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder. Once determined, the Committee may adjust the contributions of each affected Highly Compensated Employee by causing such excess amounts to be (i) recharacterized as Catch-Up Contributions pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.5 of the Plan to the maximum extent possible, and (ii) distributed to Highly Compensated Employees in order of the highest dollar amounts contributed on behalf of such Highly Compensated Employees in accordance with Section 401(k)(8)(C) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder before the end of the next following Plan Year. Income allocable to such excess amounts with respect to a Plan Year shall be distributed therewith and shall include income for such Plan Year including the gap period between the end of such Plan Year and the date of distribution of such excess amounts computed under the safe harbor method of allocating gap period income set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-2(b)(2)(iv)(D).
(c) Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, if, for any Plan Year, the aggregate Employer Matching Contributions and After-Tax Contributions allocated to the Accounts of Highly Compensated Employees exceeds the maximum amount of such Employer Matching Contributions and After-Tax Contributions permitted on behalf of such Highly Compensated Employees pursuant to Section 3.6, an excess amount shall be determined by reducing, first, After-Tax Contributions made by, and second, Employer Matching Contributions made on behalf of, Highly Compensated Employees in order of the highest ACR to equal the highest permitted ACR in accordance with Section 401(m)(6)(B)(i) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder. Once determined, such excess shall be distributed to Highly Compensated Employees in order of the highest dollar amounts contributed by or on behalf of such Highly Compensated Employees in accordance with Section 401(m)(6)(C) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder (or, if such excess contributions are forfeitable, they shall be forfeited) before the end of the next following Plan Year. Income allocable to such excess amounts with respect to a Plan Year shall be distributed therewith and shall include income for such Plan Year including the gap period between the end of such Plan Year and the date of distribution of such excess amounts computed under the safe harbor method of allocating gap period income set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2(b)(2)(iv)(D). If separate testing is performed pursuant to the last sentence of Section 3.6, then the corrective actions described in this Paragraph shall be applied separately in a manner consistent with such separate testing.

 

20


 

(d) Effective January 1, 2008, in coordinating the disposition of excess deferrals and excess contributions pursuant to this Section, such excess deferrals and excess contributions shall be disposed of in the following order:
(1) First, excess Roth Contributions that constitute excess deferrals described in Paragraph (a) above that are not considered in determining the amount of Employer Matching Contributions pursuant to Section 3.3 shall be distributed;
(2) Next, excess Roth Contributions that constitute excess deferrals described in Paragraph (a) above that are considered in determining the amount of Employer Matching Contributions pursuant to Section 3.3 shall be distributed, and the Employer Matching Contributions with respect to such Before-Tax Contributions shall be forfeited;
(3) Next, excess Before-Tax Contributions that constitute excess deferrals described in Paragraph (a) above that are not considered in determining the amount of Employer Matching Contributions pursuant to Section 3.3 shall be distributed;
(4) Next, excess Before-Tax Contributions that constitute excess deferrals described in Paragraph (a) above that are considered in determining the amount of Employer Matching Contributions pursuant to Section 3.3 shall be distributed, and the Employer Matching Contributions with respect to such Before-Tax Contributions shall be forfeited;
(5) Next, excess Before-Tax Contributions described in Paragraph (b) above that are not considered in determining the amount of Employer Matching Contributions pursuant to Section 3.3 shall be distributed;
(6) Next, excess Before-Tax Contributions described in Paragraph (b) above that are considered in determining the amount of Employer Matching Contributions pursuant to Section 3.3 shall be distributed, and the Employer Matching Contributions with respect to such Before-Tax Contributions shall be forfeited;
(7) Next, excess After-Tax Contributions described in Paragraph (c) above shall be distributed; and
(8) Finally, excess Employer Matching Contributions described in Paragraph (c) above shall be distributed (or, if forfeitable, forfeited).
(e) Any distribution or forfeiture of excess deferrals or excess contributions pursuant to the provisions of this Section shall be adjusted for income or loss allocated thereto in the manner determined by the Committee in accordance with any method permissible under applicable Treasury Regulations.

 

21


 

3.9 Rollover Contributions .
(a) Rollover Contributions may be made to the Plan by any Participant of amounts received by such Participant from a qualified plan described in Section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code or an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code. In addition, the Plan will accept a Rollover Contribution of the portion of a distribution received by a Participant from an individual retirement account or annuity described in Section 408(a) or 408(b) of the Code that is eligible to be rolled over and would otherwise be includible in gross income. Rollover Contributions pursuant to this Paragraph may only be made to the Plan pursuant to and in accordance with applicable provisions of the Code and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective January 1, 2008, the Plan will accept a Rollover Contribution of after-tax employee contributions and/or Roth contributions as Rollover Contributions. The Plan will account separately for amounts so transferred, including accounts separately for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not includible in gross income.
(b) Rollover Contributions may be made to the Plan by any Participant of amounts received by such Participant from any of a qualified plan described in Section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code (including after-tax employee contributions) or an annuity described in Section 403(b) of the Code (excluding after-tax employee contributions). Rollover Contributions may be made to the Plan only pursuant to and in accordance with applicable provisions of the Code and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. A Rollover Contribution of amounts that are “eligible rollover distributions” within the meaning of Section 402(f)(2)(A) of the Code may be made to the Plan irrespective of whether such eligible rollover distribution was paid to the Participant or paid to the Plan as a “direct” Rollover Contribution.
(c) Any Participant desiring to effect a Rollover Contribution to the Plan must follow the procedures prescribed by the Committee for such purpose. The Committee may require as a condition to accepting any Rollover Contribution that such Participant furnish any evidence that the Committee in its discretion deems satisfactory to establish that the proposed Rollover Contribution is in fact eligible for rollover to the Plan and is made pursuant to and in accordance with applicable provisions of the Code and Treasury Regulations. All Rollover Contributions to the Plan must be made in cash. A Rollover Contribution shall be credited to the Rollover Contribution Account of the Participant for whose benefit such Rollover Contribution is being made as of the day such Rollover Contribution is received by the Trustee.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant’s interest under a qualified plan described in Section 401(a) of the Code is distributed in connection with an acquisition of stock or assets by an Employer or a Controlled Entity, the Participant’s entire outstanding loan under such plan may be contributed as a Rollover Contribution to this Plan, in accordance with this Section 3.9, provided that the transferor plan provides the Committee with a current favorable IRS determination letter issued to such transferor plan and trust or such other evidence that the Committee in its discretion deems satisfactory to establish that the proposed Rollover Contribution is in fact eligible for rollover to the Plan and is made pursuant to and in accordance with applicable provisions of the Code and Treasury Regulations. The Committee shall determine, in its discretion, whether or not a distribution is made in connection with an acquisition of stock or assets by an Employer or a Controlled Entity.

 

22


 

(d) A Participant who has made a Rollover Contribution in accordance with this Section, but who has not otherwise become a Participant of the Plan in accordance with Section 2.2, shall become a Participant coincident with such Rollover Contribution; provided, however, that such Participant shall not have a right to defer Compensation, make contributions to the Plan, or have Employer Contributions made on his behalf until he has otherwise satisfied the requirements imposed by Section 2.2.
IV.
ALLOCATIONS AND LIMITATIONS
4.1 Allocation of Contributions to Accounts .
(a) Before-Tax Contributions made by the Employer on a Participant’s behalf shall be allocated to such Participant’s Before-Tax Account. Further, Catch-Up Contributions pursuant to Section 3.1(h) made by the Employer on a Participant’s behalf shall be allocated to such Participant’s Catch-Up Contribution Account.
(b) After-Tax Contributions made by a Participant pursuant to Section 3.2 shall be allocated to such Participant’s After-Tax Account.
(c) Employer Matching Contributions made by the Employer on a Participant’s behalf shall be allocated to such Participant’s Non-ESOP Subaccount (or, to the extent that such Employer Matching Contributions are initially invested in Company Stock or Section 3.3(d) applies, to such Participant’s ESOP Subaccount).
(d) The Employer Discretionary Contribution, if any, made pursuant to Section 3.4 for a Plan Year shall be allocated to the Non-ESOP Subaccounts (or, to the extent that such Employer Discretionary Contribution is initially invested in Company Stock or Section 3.4(c) applies, to the ESOP Subaccounts) of Participants who (i) were Eligible Employees on the last day of such Plan Year or (ii) incurred a Severance from Employment during such Plan Year on or after Normal Retirement Date or by reason of Total and Permanent Disability or death. The allocation to each such eligible Participant’s Non-ESOP Subaccount (or ESOP Subaccount, if applicable) shall be that portion of such Employer Discretionary Contribution which is in the same proportion that such Participant’s Compensation for such Plan Year bears to the total of all such Participants’ Compensation for such Plan Year.

 

23


 

(e) The Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions, if any, made pursuant to Section 3.5 for a Plan Year in order to satisfy the restrictions set forth in Section 3.1(e) shall be allocated to the Before-Tax Accounts of Participants who (i) received an allocation of Before-Tax Contributions for such Plan Year, and (ii) were not Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year (each such Participant individually referred to as an “Eligible Participant” for purposes of this Paragraph). Such allocation shall be made, first, to the Before-Tax Account of the Eligible Participant who received the least amount of Compensation for such Plan Year until the lesser of the limitation set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-2(a)(6)(v) or the limitation set forth in Section 4.4 (the “401(k) Additional Contribution Limitation”) has been reached as to such Eligible Participant, then to the Before-Tax Account of the Eligible Participant who received the next smallest amount of Compensation for such Plan Year until the 401(k) Additional Contribution Limitation has been reached as to such Eligible Participant, and continuing in such manner until the Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contribution for such Plan Year has been completely allocated or the 401(k) Additional Contribution Limitation has been reached as to all Eligible Participants.
(f) The Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contribution, if any, made pursuant to Section 3.5 for a Plan Year in order to satisfy the restrictions set forth in Section 3.6 shall be allocated to the Employer Contribution Accounts of Participants who (i) received an allocation of Employer Matching Contributions for such Plan Year, and (ii) were not Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year (each such Participant individually referred to as an “Eligible Participant” for purposes of this Paragraph). Such allocation shall be made, first, to the Employer Contribution Account of the Eligible Participant who received the least amount of Compensation for such Plan Year until the lesser of the limitation set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2(a)(5) or the limitation set forth in Section 4.4 (the “401(m) Additional Contribution Limitation”) has been reached as to such Eligible Participant; then to the Employer Contribution Account of the Eligible Participant who received the next smallest amount of Compensation for such Plan Year until the 401(m) Additional Contribution Limitation has been reached as to such Eligible Participant, and continuing in such manner until the Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contribution for such Plan Year has been completely allocated or the 401(m) Additional Contribution Limitation has been reached as to all Eligible Participants.
(g) If an Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contribution is made in order to satisfy the restrictions set forth in both Section 3.1(e) and Section 3.6 for the same Plan Year, the Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions made in order to satisfy the restrictions set forth in Section 3.1(e) shall be allocated (pursuant to Paragraph (e) above) prior to allocating the Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contribution made in order to satisfy the restrictions set forth in Section 3.6 (pursuant to Paragraph (f) above). In determining the application of the limitations set forth in Section 4.4 to the allocations of Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions, all Annual Additions (as such term is defined in Section 4.4) to a Participant’s Accounts other than Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions shall be considered allocated prior to Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions.
(h) Roth Contributions pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 3.2, as applicable, made by the Employer on a Participant’s behalf shall be allocated to such Participant’s Roth Account.
(i) All contributions to the Plan shall be considered allocated to Participants’ Accounts no later than the last day of the Plan Year for which they were made, as determined pursuant to Article III, except that, for purposes of Section 4.3, contributions shall be considered allocated to Participants’ Accounts when received by the Trustee.

 

24


 

4.2 Application of Forfeitures . Any amounts that are forfeited under any provision hereof during a Plan Year shall be applied in the manner determined by the Committee to reduce Employer Matching Contributions and/or to pay expenses incident to the administration of the Plan and Trust. Prior to such application, forfeited amounts shall be held in suspense and invested in the Investment Fund or Funds designated from time to time by the Committee.
4.3 Valuation of Accounts . All amounts contributed to the Trust Fund shall be invested as soon as administratively feasible following their receipt by the Trustee, and the balance of each Account shall reflect the result of daily pricing of the assets in which such Account is invested from the time of receipt by the Trustee until the time of distribution.
4.4 Limit on Annual Additions Under Section 415 . Effective January 1, 2008, contributions hereunder shall be subject to the limitations of Code Section 415 and Treasury Regulations published pursuant to such Code Section on April 5, 2007, the provisions of which are specifically incorporated by reference; to the extent any portion of this Section conflicts with such Regulations, the provisions of the Regulations shall govern.
(a) The Annual Additions to a Participant’s Accounts hereunder (together with the Annual Additions to the Participant’s account(s) under any other defined contribution plans required to be aggregated with the Plan) for any Limitation Year may not exceed the lesser of:
(1) Forty-nine Thousand Dollars ($49,000.00), subject to cost-of-living increases as allowed under Code Section 415(d); or
(2) One hundred percent (100%) of the Participant’s 415 Compensation for the Limitation Year.
In the event the preceding limitations apply to an individual who is a Participant in this Plan and was a Participant in any other defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer, the limitations shall apply first to this Plan.
(b) For purposes of this Section the following definitions shall apply:
(1) “Annual Addition” shall mean the sum of the following additions to a Participant’s Accounts for the Limitation Year (i) employer contributions (including salary reduction contributions), (ii) employee contributions, and (iii) forfeitures, if any. For purposes of this definition, “Annual Additions” to other Employer defined contribution plans (also taken into account when applying the limitations in Paragraph (a) above) include any voluntary employee contributions to an account in a qualified defined benefit plan and any employer contribution to an individual retirement account or annuity under Code Section 408 or to a medical account for a key employee under Code Section 401(h) or 419A(d), except that the 25%-of-pay limit below shall not apply to employer contributions to a key employee’s medical account after his separation from service.
(2) “Limitation Year” shall be the Plan Year.
(c) In the event the limitations in this Section are not satisfied, correction shall be made under the rules provided in Revenue Procedure 2008-50 (and any successor to that Revenue Procedure).

 

25


 

4.5 Recharacterizations . In the event a Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions for a Plan Year do not equal a limitation described in Section 3.1(h) for any reason whether or not related to an election by a Participant, his Catch-Up Contributions, if any, for such Plan Year shall be recharacterized as Before-Tax Contributions for all purposes to the extent necessary to either (i) increase Before-Tax Contributions to equal such limitation, or (ii) exhaust the Catch-Up Contributions made for such Plan Year; provided; however, in no event shall such recharacterized Catch-Up Contributions be eligible to be matched by Employer Matching Contributions.
In the event a Participant who is eligible to elect Catch-Up Contributions pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.1(h) is determined by the Committee, applying the provisions of Section 3.8, to have excess deferrals for a Plan Year, then before causing a distribution of such Participant’s excess deferrals, the Committee may cause such Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions to be recharacterized as Catch-Up Contributions to the extent necessary to either (i) exhaust his excess deferrals, or (ii) increase his Catch-Up Contributions to the applicable limit under Section 414(v) of the Code for the Plan Year.
V.
INVESTMENT OF ACCOUNTS
5.1 Investment of ESOP Subaccounts . Participants’ ESOP Subaccounts shall be subject to, and invested in accordance with, Article VI. Except as provided in Article VI, the remaining provisions of this Article, other than Section 5.5, shall not apply to such ESOP Subaccounts.
5.2 Investment of Certain Employer Contributions . Subject to the Independent Fiduciary’s authority, pursuant to Section 14.5, to terminate the availability of the Company Stock Fund as an investment option under the Plan, Employer Matching Contributions and Employer Discretionary Contributions, and any earnings thereon, shall initially be invested in Company Stock Fund. In the event the Independent Fiduciary terminates the availability of the Company Stock Fund as an investment option under the Plan, the Independent Fiduciary shall designate an alternative investment fund to receive Employer Matching Contributions and Employer Discretionary Contributions pending further investment directions from the Participants and beneficiaries.
5.3 Investment of Accounts .
(a) Except as provided in Section 5.2, each Participant shall designate, in accordance with the procedures established from time to time by the Committee, the manner in which the amounts allocated to each of his Accounts shall be invested from among the Investment Funds made available from time to time by the Committee, except that, subject to Section 14.5, there shall be a Company Stock Fund and the Committee may not eliminate such fund. With respect to the portion of a Participant’s Accounts that is subject to investment discretion, such Participant may designate one of such Investment Funds for all the amounts allocated to such portion of his Accounts (except to the extent otherwise provided by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.4 with respect to the VBO) or he may split the investment of the amounts allocated to such portion of his Accounts between such Investment Funds in such increments as the Committee may prescribe. Except as otherwise provided in Section 14.5, if a Participant fails to make a designation, then such portions of his Accounts shall be invested in the Investment Fund or Funds designated by the Committee from time to time in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.

 

26


 

(b) Except as provided in Section 5.2, a Participant may change his investment designation for future contributions to be allocated to his Accounts. Any such change shall be made in accordance with the procedures established by the Committee, and the frequency of such changes may be limited by the Committee.
(c) A Participant may elect to convert his investment designation with respect to the amounts already allocated to his Accounts (including, without limitation, the conversion of the investment designation with respect to amounts invested in Company Stock pursuant to Section 5.2). Any such conversion shall be made in accordance with the procedures established by the Committee, and the frequency of such conversions may be limited by the Committee.
5.4 VBO Investments . One of the Investment Funds available for the investment of the amounts in a Participant’s Accounts under the Plan shall be the VBO. A Participant may designate that a portion of the amounts in his Accounts shall be invested in the VBO in accordance with the procedures, and subject to any limitations, established by the Committee. Upon such a designation, the amounts so invested in the VBO shall be available, in accordance with such Participant’s directions, for the purchase and subsequent sale of such stocks, bonds, mutual fund units, and other securities as the Committee shall make available from time to time. A Participant’s directions with respect to any such purchases and sales shall be effected in accordance with the procedures established by the Committee. Investment in the VBO by a Participant shall subject the amounts in his Accounts to such annual, transactional, or other fees and expenses as the Committee may determine. Further, investment in the VBO shall be subject to such other terms, conditions, and limitations as the Committee may from time to time determine. Voting and other rights associated with Participants’ investments in the VBO shall be exercisable by Participants to the extent and in the manner determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.
5.5 Pass-Through Voting and Other Rights with Respect to Company Stock .
(a) Each Participant shall have the right to direct the Trustee as to the manner of voting and the exercise of all other rights which a shareholder of record has with respect to shares (and fractional shares) of Company Stock which have been allocated to the Participant’s Accounts including, but not limited to, the right to sell or retain shares in a public or private tender offer.
(b) All shares (and fractional shares) of Company Stock for which the Trustee has not received timely Participant directions shall be voted or exercised by the Trustee in the same proportion as the shares (and fractional shares) of Company Stock for which the Trustee received timely Participant directions, except in the case where to do so would be inconsistent with the provisions of Title I of the Act.

 

27


 

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event of a tender offer for Company Stock, the Trustee shall interpret a Participant’s silence as a direction not to tender the shares of Company Stock allocated to the Participant’s Accounts and, therefore, the Trustee shall not tender any shares (or fractional shares) of Company Stock for which it does not receive timely directions to tender such shares (or fractional shares) from Participants, except in the case where to do so would be inconsistent with the provisions of Title I of the Act.
5.6 Stock Splits and Stock Dividends . Stock or other securities received by the Trustee by reason of a stock split, stock dividend, or recapitalization shall be appropriately allocated to the Accounts of each affected Participant.
VI.
ESOP AND ESOP ALLOCATIONS
6.1 Article Controls . Any Plan provisions to the contrary notwithstanding, the provisions of this Article shall control.
6.2 Purpose of ESOP . The purpose of the ESOP is to enable Participants to acquire an ownership interest in the Company. As a means of accomplishing such purpose, the ESOP will be invested primarily in Company Stock. The ESOP is also designed to provide a technique of corporate finance to the Company or the Employer. Therefore, it may be used to accomplish the following objectives: to provide Participants with beneficial ownership of Company Stock; to meet general financing requirements of the Company or the Employer, including capital growth and transfer in the ownership of Company Stock; and to receive loans (or other extensions of credit) to finance the acquisition of Company Stock, with such loans (or credits) secured primarily by a commitment by the Employer to pay contributions to the Trust in amounts sufficient to enable principal and interest on such loans to be repaid.
6.3 Nature of the ESOP . The ESOP is designed to meet the requirements for an employee stock ownership plan within the meaning of Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code and Section 407(d)(6) of the Act, which may enter into one or more Exempt Loans. No loan shall be made to the ESOP which is (i) a loan made by a disqualified person (as such term is defined in Section 4975(e) of the Code), or (ii) a loan guaranteed by a disqualified person (as such term is defined in Section 4975(e) of the Code) unless all of the requirements of this Article VI have been satisfied. The ESOP Subaccounts shall be the portion of the Plan that constitutes an employee stock ownership plan, and the ESOP is intended to be a stock bonus plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code.
6.4 Requirements as to Exempt Loan .
(a) The terms of any Exempt Loan shall comply with all the requirements necessary to constitute an exempt loan within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code and the applicable Treasury regulations, including each of the following requirements:
(1) The terms shall be as favorable to the ESOP as the terms of a comparable loan from arms-length negotiations between independent parties;
(2) The interest rate shall be no more than a reasonable interest rate considering all relevant factors including the amount and duration of the loan, the security and guarantee involved, the credit standing of the ESOP and the guarantor of the loan and the interest rate prevailing for comparable loans;

 

28


 

(3) The loan shall be without recourse against the ESOP;
(4) The loan must be for a specific term under which the number of years to maturity is definitely ascertainable at all times;
(5) The loan may not be payable at the demand of any person except in the case of default;
(6) The only assets of the ESOP that may be given as collateral for the loan are Company Stock acquired with the proceeds of the same or Company Stock used as collateral on a prior Exempt Loan and repaid with the proceeds of the same;
(7) No person entitled to payment under the loan shall have any right to assets of the ESOP other than collateral given for the loan, contributions made to the ESOP to enable it to meet its obligations under the loan and earnings attributable to such collateral and such contributions;
(8) The value of ESOP assets transferred in satisfaction of the loan upon an event of default shall not exceed the amount of the default;
(9) If the lender is a disqualified person (as such term is defined in Section 4975(e) of the Code), ESOP assets may only be transferred upon default only upon and to the extent of the failure of the ESOP to meet the payment schedule of the loan;
(10) Upon payment of any portion of the balance due on the loan, the assets pledged as collateral for such portion shall be released from encumbrance; and
(11) The loan shall be repaid only from amounts contributed to the ESOP by the Employer to enable the ESOP to repay such loan, earnings on such contributions and earnings on Financed Stock acquired with the proceeds of such loan (including dividends and proceeds of sale of such Financed Stock, so long as such use of proceeds complies with applicable requirements of the Code and regulations thereunder).
(b) Any Exempt Loan must be primarily for the benefit of Participants and their beneficiaries.
(c) Except as provided in Section 6.10 or as otherwise permitted by Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, Company Stock acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan shall not be subject to a put, call, or other option or buy-sell or similar arrangement while held by or distributed from the Plan. The restrictive protections of this Paragraph (c) shall be nonterminable with respect to Company Stock acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan and shall continue to exist regardless of whether such loan is repaid or the Plan ceases to be an employee stock ownership plan within the meaning of Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

29


 

6.5 Use of Exempt Loan Proceeds .
(a) The proceeds of any Exempt Loan shall be used within a reasonable time after receipt thereof to acquire Company Stock, to repay such loan or to repay a prior Exempt Loan.
(b) Company Stock acquired with the proceeds of any Exempt Loan shall at all times meet the requirements of Section 409(l) of the Code.
(c) All shares of Company Stock acquired by the Plan with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan shall be allocated to the Suspense Account and held therein until released pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.7.
(d) In no event shall the proceeds of any Exempt Loan be used to enter into any transaction pursuant to which a taxpayer may elect nonrecognition treatment under Section 1042 of the Code.
6.6 Loan Repayment Contributions . With respect to a Plan Year during which there are shares of Financed Stock in the Suspense Account, the Employer shall make contributions to the ESOP in the form of, first, Employer Matching Contributions and, then, Employer Discretionary Contributions in an amount which, when added to dividends then available to amortize a then outstanding Exempt Loan, is sufficient to enable the Trustee to pay any currently maturing obligation under such Exempt Loan.
6.7 Release and Allocation of Financed Stock .
(a) The number of shares of Financed Stock to be released from the Suspense Account as soon as practicable following any amortization of an Exempt Loan shall equal the number of shares of Financed Stock in the Suspense Account immediately before release multiplied by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction shall be the amount of the payment of principal and interest on the Exempt Loan. The denominator of the fraction shall be the sum of the numerator plus the principal and interest to be paid for all future periods over the duration of the Exempt Loan repayment period. If the Financed Stock includes more than one class of security, the number of shares to be released must be determined by applying the same fraction to each class.
(b) Following any such amortization of an Exempt Loan, the aggregate amount described in Paragraph (a) above for a Plan Year shall be allocated to Participants’ ESOP Subaccounts, first, as provided in Section 4.1(c) for such Plan Year and, then, the excess of the released amount over the Employer Matching Contributions for such Plan Year, if any, shall be allocated to Participants’ ESOP Subaccounts as provided in Section 4.1(d) for such Plan Year.
(c) In the event that the amount described in Paragraph (a) above includes assets other than Company Stock, each allocation to a Participant’s ESOP Subaccount pursuant to this Section 6.7 shall contain a pro rata part of Company Stock and such other assets.

 

30


 

6.8 Investment of Accounts .
(a) Participants’ ESOP Subaccounts shall be invested primarily in shares of Company Stock through the Company Stock Fund. For purposes of operational compliance with the requirement that Participants’ ESOP Subaccounts shall be invested “primarily” in shares of Company Stock, such ESOP Subaccounts, in the aggregate, will be deemed to be invested “primarily” in Company Stock if 80% or more of the aggregate assets of such ESOP Subaccounts are invested in Company Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the portions of Participants’ ESOP Subaccounts consisting of shares of Company Stock that were purchased with the proceeds of any “employer reversion” as such term is defined in Section 4980(c)(2) of the Code (or a predecessor thereto) transferred to the Plan (“Employer Reversion”) shall at all times prior to distribution in accordance with the provisions of the Plan be invested 100% in shares of Company Stock.
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph (a) above, a Participant may elect, in accordance with the procedures established by the Committee, to liquidate any or all of the Company Stock held in his ESOP Subaccount (other than any portion of such Participant’s ESOP Subaccount consisting of shares of Company Stock which were purchased with the proceeds of any Employer Reversion) and transfer the amount resulting from such liquidation out of such ESOP Subaccount and into his Non-ESOP Subaccount. Upon any such transfer, such amounts shall be subject to all of the provisions of Article V and shall no longer be subject to the provisions of this Article VI.
(c) A Participant may elect, in accordance with the procedures established by the Committee, to direct that any amounts held in his Non-ESOP Subaccount shall be reallocated to his ESOP Subaccount. Amounts transferred pursuant to this Paragraph (c) shall be invested primarily in Company Stock, shall be subject to the provisions of this Article VI, and shall no longer be subject to the provisions of Article V except as expressly provided therein.
6.9 Dividends .
(a) Any dividends received by the Trustee which are attributable to Company Stock credited to a Participant’s ESOP Subaccount shall be allocated upon receipt by the Trustee to the ESOP Subaccount of such Participant to the same extent and in the same proportion as such dividends would have been received by such Participant had he been the direct owner of the Company Stock credited to his ESOP Subaccount. With respect to each Participant who incurs a Severance from Employment for any reason, so long as there are any shares of Company Stock in such Participant’s ESOP Subaccount, his ESOP Subaccount shall continue to receive dividend allocations pursuant to this Paragraph.
(b) Any dividends received by the Trustee which are attributable to Company Stock credited to the Suspense Account shall be used by the Trustee to make Exempt Loan payments until such Exempt Loan has been repaid in full.

 

31


 

6.10 “Put” Option .
(a) A former Participant or designated beneficiary shall be granted, at the time that shares of Company Stock are distributed to him from his ESOP Subaccount, a put option to sell the shares of Company Stock to the Company (or its delegate). The put option shall extend for a period of sixty (60) days following the date that the shares of Company Stock are distributed to the former Participant or designated beneficiary, at which time the put option will temporarily lapse. After the end of the Plan Year in which such put option lapses, and following notification to each former Participant or beneficiary who continues to hold the distributed Company Stock of the value of such Company Stock as of the end of such Plan Year, each such former Participant or beneficiary shall have an additional put option for the sixty-day period immediately following the date such notification is given to such former Participant or beneficiary. To exercise the put option provided under this Section 6.10, a former Participant or designated beneficiary shall submit written notice to the Committee of his desire to have the Company (or its delegate) purchase all or a designated portion of the shares of Company Stock which were distributed to him from his ESOP Subaccount. Upon receipt of such written notice, the Company (or its delegate) shall purchase the tendered Company Stock or such portion thereof as was not purchased by the ESOP on the terms set forth below. It is specifically provided that the trustee or custodian of a rollover individual retirement account of a former Participant shall have the same put option as described herein with respect to such former Participant.
(b) Any Company Stock purchased by the Company (or its delegate) pursuant to the put option provided in Paragraph (a) above shall be purchased as soon as practicable after the exercise of such put option, at a price equal to the fair market value of Company Stock as determined for the date of such purchase. Payment by the Company (or its delegate) for shares of Company Stock purchased pursuant to this put option shall be, as determined by the Company (or its delegate), by (i) a single lump sum cash payment made within thirty (30) days of the date of exercise of the put option by the former Participant or designated beneficiary, or (ii) in the case of Company Stock which was received by the former Participant or designated beneficiary in a distribution constituting the distribution within a single taxable year of the balance of the Participant’s ESOP Subaccount under the Plan, in substantially equal annual installments over a period beginning not later than thirty days after the exercise of the put option by the former Participant or designated beneficiary and not exceeding five (5) years after the put option is exercised provided that provisions are made for adequate security for the purchaser’s debt obligation and reasonable interest is paid with respect to the unpaid portion of the purchase price.
(c) This Section 6.10 shall be inoperative in the event that the Company Stock which is distributed from an ESOP Subaccount to a Participant or designated beneficiary is, at the time of such distribution, listed on a national securities exchange registered under Section 6 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or quoted on a system sponsored by a national securities association registered under Section 15A(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

32


 

6.11 Right of First Refusal .
(a) Any Company Stock distributed from the Plan to a Participant or designated beneficiary shall be subject to a “right of first refusal” in favor of the Plan. No such Participant or designated beneficiary may sell, assign or, in any other manner, transfer (except by gift, devise or intestate succession in which case such Company Stock shall continue to be subject to the right of first refusal provided herein) such Company Stock prior to first giving written notice to the Trustee which shall state the complete terms upon which the Participant or designated beneficiary seeks to transfer the Company Stock. Upon receipt of such written notice, the Trustee, on behalf of the Plan, shall have the right to purchase (a preferential right to which is hereby granted in favor of the Trustee) the Company Stock upon the terms set forth below. The purchase price to the Trustee shall be the fair market value of the Company Stock and, in determining the fair market value of the Company Stock, the Trustee shall give due consideration to the purchase price offered to the selling Participant or beneficiary by a third-party buyer. This “right of first refusal” in favor of the Plan shall lapse upon the earlier of (i) the fourteenth day after the seller gives written notice to the Trustee that an offer by a third-party buyer to purchase the Company Stock has been received, including the complete terms of the proposed transfer, or (ii) the date the Trustee delivers written notice to the seller that the Plan does not desire to exercise its right to purchase the Company Stock thereby consenting to the proposed transfer on the terms set forth in the selling Participant’s notice. If the Trustee, on behalf of the Plan, desires to exercise affirmatively the preferential purchase right set forth above, the Trustee shall do so by giving the required written notice within the fourteen day period described herein. The consummation of any such purchase shall be on a mutually acceptable date as soon as practicable after giving such written notice and the purchaser shall tender payment for any Company Stock purchased pursuant to this Section 6.11(a) in the form of a single cash payment.
(b) Each stock certificate representing shares of Company Stock distributed from the Plan subject to the “right of first refusal” provided by this Section shall bear the following legend written conspicuously across the face, or written across the back and conspicuously referred to on the face:
“The shares evidenced by this certificate are subject to the provisions of Section 6.11 of the Dynegy Midwest Generation, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan. No sale, assignment or transfer (other than by gift, devise or intestate succession in which case such stock shall continue to be subject to the right of first refusal provided herein) of any or all of the shares evidenced by this certificate, or any interest in such shares, shall be valid or effective unless the terms and provisions of such Section 6.11 have been fulfilled. Dynegy Inc. will furnish without charge a copy of such Section containing a full statement of the applicable restrictions on transfer or other disposition of the shares evidenced by this certificate, or any interest in such shares, to the record holder of this certificate upon written request to Dynegy Inc. at its principal place of business or registered office.”

 

33


 

(c) This Section 6.11 shall become inoperative as to all shareholders during any period in which Company Stock is listed on a national securities exchange registered under Section 6 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or quoted on a system sponsored by a national securities association registered under Section 15A(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The protections and rights of this Section are nonterminable with respect to Company Stock acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan and shall continue to exist regardless of whether such loan is repaid or the Plan ceases to be an employee stock ownership plan within the meaning of Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.
6.12 Investment of Trust Fund in Company Stock . The Trustee shall purchase and maintain in the Trust Fund sufficient shares of Company Stock to make distributions of such Company Stock to Participants and their beneficiaries in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, and is authorized to invest up to 100% of the Trust Fund in Company Stock. The Independent Fiduciary shall determine the extent to which the Trust Fund shall be invested in Company Stock and shall determine the price at which Company Stock will be purchased or sold. The Trustee shall act on the Independent Fiduciary’s or Participant’s directions, as applicable, with respect to the purchase and sale of Company Stock and shall have no liability for acting or . refraining from acting with respect to the shares of the Company Stock held hereunder from time to time. Amounts that would otherwise be invested in Company Stock shall be invested in an interest-bearing account, or the Trustee may hold such amounts uninvested for a reasonable period pending appropriate investment.
6.13 Company Stock Valuation . For purposes of determining the fair market value of Company Stock, the Committee may direct that appraisals of the value of Company Stock be made by an independent appraiser annually or at such more frequent periodic intervals as the Committee deems appropriate and the Committee shall be entitled to base its determination as to the fair market value of Company Stock upon the most recent of such independent appraisals. During any period when Company Stock is not readily tradeable on an established securities market, all plan activities involving Company Stock shall be based on valuations of Company Stock rendered by an independent appraiser in accordance with the requirements of Section 401(a)(28) of the Code and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. This Section shall be inoperative in the event that the Company Stock is listed on a national securities exchange registered under Section 6 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or quoted on a system sponsored by a national securities association registered under Section 15A(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
VII.
GENERAL BENEFITS
7.1 No Benefits Unless Herein Set Forth . Except as set forth in this Article, a Participant who incurs a Severance from Employment prior to his Normal Retirement Date for any reason other than death, or who incurs a Total and Permanent Disability shall acquire no right to any benefit from the plan or the Trust Fund.
7.2 Severance from Employment Benefit . Each Participant who incurs a Severance from Employment for any reason other than death shall be entitled to a Severance from Employment benefit, payable at the time and in the form provided in Article IX, equal in value to the sum of the amounts in his Accounts on his Benefit Commencement Date.

 

34


 

7.3 Disability Benefit . Each Participant who incurs a Total and Permanent Disability shall be entitled to a disability benefit, payable at the time and in the form provided in Article IX, equal in value to the sum of the amounts in his Accounts on his Benefit Commencement Date.
7.4 Vesting of Accounts . A Participant shall have a 100% vested and nonforfeitable interest in each of his Accounts at all times.
VIII.
DEATH BENEFITS
8.1 Death Benefits . Upon the death of a Participant while an Employee, the Participant’s designated beneficiary shall be entitled to a death benefit payable at the time and in the form provided in Article IX, equal in value to the sum of the amount in the Participant’s Accounts on his Benefit Commencement Date.
8.2 Designation of Beneficiaries .
(a) Each Participant shall have the right to designate the beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive payment of his benefit in the event of his death. Each such designation shall be made by executing the beneficiary designation form prescribed by the Committee and filing such form with the Committee. Any such designation may be changed at any time by such Participant by execution and filing of a new designation in accordance with this Section 8.2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant who is married on the date of his death has designated an individual or entity other than his surviving spouse as his beneficiary, such designation shall not be effective unless (i) such surviving spouse has consented thereto in writing and such consent (A) acknowledges the effect of such specific designation, (B) either consents to the specific designated beneficiary (which designation may not subsequently be changed by the Participant without spousal consent) or expressly permits such designation by the Participant without the requirement of further consent by such spouse, and (C) is witnessed by a Plan representative (other than the Participant) or a notary public, or (ii) the consent of such spouse cannot be obtained because such spouse cannot be located or because of other circumstances described by applicable Treasury Regulations. Any such consent by such surviving spouse shall be irrevocable.
(b) If no beneficiary designation is on file with the Committee at the time of the death of the Participant or if such designation is not effective for any reason as determined by the Committee, the designated beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive such death benefit shall be as follows:
(1) If a Participant leaves a surviving spouse, his designated beneficiary shall be such surviving spouse; and
(2) If a Participant leaves no surviving spouse, his designated beneficiary shall be (i) such Participant’s executor or administrator, or (ii) his heirs at law if there is no administration of such Participant’s estate.

 

35


 

(c) Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Section and to the extent not prohibited by state or federal law, if a Participant is divorced from his spouse and at the time of his death is not remarried to the person from whom he was divorced, any designation of such divorced spouse as his beneficiary under the Plan filed prior to the divorce shall be null and void unless the contrary is expressly stated in writing filed with the Committee by the Participant. The interest of such divorced spouse failing hereunder shall vest in the persons specified in Paragraph (b) above as if such divorced spouse did not survive the Participant.
IX.
PAYMENT OF BENEFITS
9.1 Determination of Benefit Commencement Date .
(a) A Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date shall be the date that is as soon as administratively feasible after the Participant or his beneficiary becomes entitled to a benefit pursuant to Article VII or VIII unless the Participant has been reemployed by the Employer or a Controlled Entity before such potential Benefit Commencement Date.
(b) Unless (i) the Participant has attained age sixty-five (65) or died, (ii) the Participant consents to a distribution pursuant to Paragraph (a) within the one-hundred-eighty (180) day period ending on the date payment of his benefit hereunder is to commence pursuant to Paragraph (a), or (iii) the balance of the Participant’s Accounts is not in excess of $1,000, the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date shall be deferred to the date which is as soon as administratively feasible after the earlier of the date the Participant attains age sixty-five (65) or the Participant’s date of death, or such earlier date as the Participant may elect by written notice to the Committee prior to such date. No less than thirty (30) days (unless such thirty-day period is waived by an affirmative election in accordance with applicable Treasury Regulations) and no more than one-hundred-eighty (180) days before his Benefit Commencement Date, the Committee shall inform the Participant of his right to defer his Benefit Commencement Date and shall describe the Participant’s Direct Rollover election rights pursuant to Section 9.3 below.
(c) A Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date shall in no event be later than the sixtieth (60 th ) day following the close of the Plan Year during which such Participant attains, or would have attained, his Normal Retirement Date or, if later, incurs a Severance from Employment from the Employer and all Controlled Entities.
(d) Subject to the provisions of Section 9.2, a Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date shall not occur unless the Article VII or VIII event entitling the Participant (or his beneficiary) to a benefit constitutes a distributable event described in section 401(k)(2)(B) of the Code and shall not occur while the Participant is employed by the Employer or any Controlled Entity (irrespective of whether the Participant has become entitled to a distribution of his benefit pursuant to Article VII or VIII).
(e) Paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) above notwithstanding, but subject to the provisions of Section 9.2, a Participant and the beneficiary of a Participant who dies prior to his Benefit Commencement Date, other than a Participant whose balance in his Accounts is not in excess of $1,000, must file a claim for benefits in the manner prescribed by the Committee before payment of the Participant’s benefit will be made.

 

36


 

(f) For purposes of this Section, in determining whether a Participant’s balance in his Accounts is not in excess of $1,000, the value of the Participant’s Account shall be determined without regard to that portion of his Accounts which is attributable to Rollover Contributions (and earnings allocable thereto) within the meaning of Sections 402(c), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 408(d)(3)(A)(ii) and 457(e)(16) of the Code. If the value of a Participant’s Account is determined to be $1,000 or less, then the Participant’s entire account balance (including amounts attributable to such Rollover Contributions) shall be immediately distributed in a single lump sum payment.
9.2 Minimum Distribution Requirements . All distributions required under this Section 9.2 will be determined and made in accordance with the Treasury Regulations under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code. The following provisions reflect such model amendments, but are not intended to provide any right to any optional form of distribution not otherwise provided in the Plan.
(a) General Rules .
(1) Requirements of Treasury Regulations Incorporated . All distributions required under this Section 9.2 will be determined and made in accordance with the Treasury Regulations under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code.
(2) TEFRA Section 242(b)(2) Elections . Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 9.2, distributions may be made under a designation made before January 1, 1984, in accordance with Section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (“TEFRA”) and the provisions of the Plan that relate to Section 242(b)(2) of TEFRA.
(b) Time and Manner of Distribution .
(1) Required Beginning Date . A Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the Participant’s required beginning date.
(2) Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin . If the Participant dies before distributions begin, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows:
(A) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, distributions to the surviving spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70 1 / 2 , if later.
(B) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, distributions to the designated beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died.

 

37


 

(C) If there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.
(D) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to the surviving spouse begin, this Subparagraph (b)(2), other than Subparagraph (b)(2)(A), will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.
For purpose of this Subparagraph (b)(2) and Subsection (d), unless Subparagraph (b)(2)(D) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the Participant’s required beginning date. If Subparagraph (b)(2)(D) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Subparagraph (b)(2)(A). If distributions under an annuity purchased from an insurance company irrevocably commence to the Participant before the Participant’s required beginning date (or to the Participant’s surviving spouse before the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Subparagraph (b)(2)(A)), the date distributions are considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence.
(c)  Forms of Distribution . Unless the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in a single sum on or before the required beginning date, as of the first distribution calendar year, distributions will be made in accordance with Subsections (c) and (d) of this Section 9.2. If the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with the requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.
(d)  Required Minimum Distributions During Participant’s Lifetime .
(1) Amount of Required Minimum Distribution For Each Distribution Calendar Year . During the Participant’s lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year is the lesser of:
(A) The quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)(9)-9, using the Participant’s age as of the Participant’s birthday in the distribution calendar year; or
(B) If the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary for the distribution calendar year is the Participant’s spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)(9)-9, using the Participant’s and spouse’s attained ages as of the Participant’s and spouse’s birthdays in the distribution calendar year.

 

38


 

(2) Lifetime Required Minimum Distributions Continue Through Year of Participant’s Death . Required minimum distributions will be determined under this Subsection (c) beginning with the first distribution calendar year and up to and including the distribution calendar year that includes the Participant’s date of death.
(e) Required Minimum Distributions After Participant’s Death .
(1) Death On or After Date Distributions Begin .
(A) Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary . If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the longer of the remaining life expectancy of the Participant or the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated beneficiary, determined as follows:
(i) The Participant’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.
(ii) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death using the surviving spouse’s age as of the spouse’s birthday in that year. For distribution calendar years after the year of the surviving spouse’s death, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving spouse as of the spouse’s birthday in the calendar year of the spouse’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year.
(iii) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, the designated beneficiary’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the beneficiary in the year following the year of the Participant’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.
(B) No Designated Beneficiary . If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the year of the Participant’s death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the Participant’s remaining life expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

 

39


 

(2) Death Before Date Distributions Begin .
(A) Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary . If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated beneficiary, determined as provided in Subparagraph (e)(1).
(B) No Designated Beneficiary . If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, distribution of the Participant’s entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.
(C) Death of Surviving Spouse Before Distributions to Surviving Spouse Are Required to Begin . If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin, the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, and the surviving spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Subparagraph (b)(2)(A), this Subparagraph (e)(2) will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.
(3) Definitions .
(A) Designated beneficiary . The individual who is designated as the beneficiary under the applicable section of the Plan and is the designated beneficiary under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-1, Q&A-4.
(B) Distribution calendar year . A calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the Participant’s required beginning date. For distributions beginning after the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under Subparagraph (b)(2). The required minimum distribution for the Participant’s first distribution calendar year will be made on or before the Participant’s required beginning date. The required minimum distribution for other distribution calendar years, including the required minimum distribution for the distribution calendar year in which the Participant’s required beginning date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that distribution calendar year.
(C) Life expectancy . Life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-9.

 

40


 

(D) Participant’s account balance . The account balance as of the last valuation date in the calendar year immediately preceding the distribution calendar year (valuation calendar year) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the account balance as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date. The account balance for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the Plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the distribution calendar year if distributed or transferred in the valuation calendar year.
(4) Required beginning date . The date specified in Section 401(a)(9)(C) of the Code.
(f) A Designated Beneficiary that is not a surviving spouse may not elect a Direct Rollover of an amount which is a required minimum distribution according to this Section 9.2 of the Plan. If the Participant dies before his required beginning date and the nonspouse beneficiary elects a Direct Rollover to an Eligible Retirement Plan the maximum amount eligible for a Direct Rollover, the beneficiary may elect to use either the five (5) year rule or the Life expectancy rule, in determining the required minimum distributions from the Eligible Retirement Plan that receives the nonspouse beneficiary’s distribution.
9.3 Form of Payment and Payee .
(a) Subject to the provisions of Paragraph (b) below, a Participant’s benefit shall be provided from the balance of such Participant’s Accounts under the Plan and shall be paid in cash in one lump sum on the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date. Except as provided in Section 18.4, the Participant’s benefit shall be paid to the Participant unless the Participant has died prior to his Benefit Commencement Date, in which case the Participant’s benefit shall be paid to his beneficiary designated in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.2.
(b) Benefits shall be paid (or transferred) in cash except that a Participant (or his designated beneficiary or legal representative in the case of a deceased Participant) may elect to have the portion of his Accounts invested in Company Stock paid (or transferred) in full shares of such stock with any balance (including fractional shares of Company Stock) to be paid (or transferred) in cash. Conversions of Company Stock to cash and cash to Company Stock shall be based upon the value of Company Stock on the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date.
9.4 Direct Rollover Election . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a Distributee’s election under this Section, a Distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Committee, to have all or any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution (other than any portion attributable to the offset of an outstanding loan balance of such Participant pursuant to Article XI) paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a Direct Rollover. The preceding sentence notwithstanding, a Distributee may elect a Direct Rollover pursuant to this Section only if such Distributee’s Eligible Rollover Distributions during the Plan Year are reasonably expected to total $200 or more. Furthermore, if less than 100% of the Participant’s Eligible Rollover Distribution is to be a Direct Rollover, the amount of the Direct Rollover must be $500 or more. Prior to any Direct Rollover pursuant to this Section, the Committee may require the Distributee to furnish the Committee with a statement from the plan, account, or annuity to which the benefit is to be transferred verifying that such plan, account, or annuity is, or is intended to be, an Eligible Retirement Plan.

 

41


 

Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, effective January 1, 2008, a Direct Rollover from a Participant’s Roth Account and/or After-Tax Account shall only be made to: (i) a qualified plan, (ii) a 403(b) plan, or (iii) for Roth Account, a Roth individual retirement account described in Section 408A of the Code and only to the extent the rollover is permitted under Section 402A(c) of the Code, including accounting separately for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not includible in gross income.
9.5 Transfers to Collectively Bargained Plan . If an Employee of the Employer or a Controlled Entity (i) ceases to be an Eligible Employee, (ii) continues to be employed by the Employer or a Controlled Entity, and (iii) coincident with his cessation as an Eligible Employee, he becomes eligible to participate in the Collectively Bargained Plan, then the sum of the amounts in his Accounts (including any outstanding loans) as of the date of the transfer of assets hereinafter provided, shall be transferred as soon as practicable after the cessation described in clause (i above to corresponding accounts under the Collectively Bargained Plan in accordance with the requirements of Section 414(l) of the Code and the regulations thereunder, and, for periods after the date of such cessation, he shall cease to be a Participant in the Plan and shall be a participant in the Collectively Bargained Plan, subject to the terms and conditions of the Collectively Bargained Plan.
9.6 Notice of Direct Rollover Distribution . Effective for Plan Years beginning after January 1, 2006, the Plan Administrator shall, within one-hundred-eighty (180) days before making an eligible rollover distribution, provide a written explanation to the recipient:
(a) of the provisions under which the recipient may have the distribution directly transferred to an Eligible Retirement Plan and that the automatic distribution by direct transfer applies to certain distributions in accordance with Section 401(a)(31)(B) of the Code;
(b) of the provision which requires the withholding of tax on the distribution if it is not directly transferred to an Eligible Retirement Plan;
(c) of the provisions under which the distribution will not be subject to tax if transferred to an Eligible Retirement Plan within sixty (60) days after the date on which the recipient received the distribution; and
(d) of the provisions under which distributions from the Eligible Retirement Plan receiving the distribution may be subject to restrictions and tax consequences which are different from those applicable to distributions from the plan making such distribution.

 

42


 

9.7 Unclaimed Benefits . In the case of a benefit payable on behalf of a Participant, if the Committee is unable to locate the Participant or beneficiary to whom such benefit is payable, upon the Committee’s determination thereof, such benefit shall be forfeited. The timing of such forfeiture shall comply with the time of payment rules described in Section 9.1. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if subsequent to any such forfeiture the Participant or beneficiary to whom such benefit is payable makes a valid claim for such benefit, such forfeited benefit shall be restored to the Plan by having the forfeited amount restored to such Participant, unadjusted by any subsequent gains or losses of the Trust Fund. Any such restoration shall be made as soon as administratively feasible following the date of the submission of such valid claim. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, forfeited amounts to be restored by the Employer pursuant to this Section shall be charged against and deducted from forfeitures for the Plan Year in which such amounts are restored that would otherwise be available to be applied pursuant to Section 4.2. If such forfeitures otherwise available are not sufficient to provide such restoration, the portion of such restoration not provided by forfeitures shall be charged against and deducted from Employer Discretionary Contributions otherwise available for allocation to other Participants in accordance with Section 4.1(d), and any additional amount needed to restore such forfeited amounts shall be a minimum required Employer Discretionary Contribution (which shall be made without regard to current or accumulated earnings and profits).
9.8 Claims Review .
(a)  Definitions . For purposes of this Section, the following terms, when capitalized, will be defined as follows:
(1) Adverse Benefit Determination : Any denial, reduction or termination of or failure to provide or make payment (in whole or in part) for a Plan benefit, including any denial, reduction, termination or failure to provide or make payment that is based on a determination of a Claimant’s eligibility to participate in the Plan. Further, any invalidation of a claim for failure to comply with the claim submission procedure will be treated as an Adverse Benefit Determination.
(2) Benefits Administrator : The person or office to whom the Committee has delegated day-to-day Plan administration responsibilities and who, pursuant to such delegation, processes Plan benefit claims in the ordinary course.
(3) Claimant : A Participant or beneficiary or an authorized representative of such Participant or beneficiary who has filed or desires to file a claim for a Plan benefit.
(b)  Filing of Benefit Claim . To file a benefit claim under the Plan, a Claimant must obtain from the Benefits Administrator the information and benefit election forms, if any, provided for the Plan and otherwise follow the procedures established from time to time by the Committee or the Benefits Administrator for claiming Plan benefits. If, after reviewing the information so provided, the Claimant needs additional information regarding his Plan benefits, he may obtain such information by submitting a written request to the Benefits Administrator describing the additional information needed. A Claimant may only request a Plan benefit by fully completing and submitting to the Benefits Administrator the benefit election forms, if any, provided for in the Plan and otherwise following the procedures established from time to time by the Committee or the Benefits Administrator for claiming Plan benefits.

 

43


 

(c)  Processing of Benefit Claim . Upon receipt of a fully completed benefit claim from a Claimant, the Benefits Administrator shall determine if the Claimant’s right to the requested benefit, payable at the time or times and in the form requested, is clear and, if so, shall process such benefit claim without resort to the Committee. If the Benefits Administrator determines that the Claimant’s right to the requested benefit, payable at the time or times and in the form requested, is not clear, it shall refer the benefit claim to the Committee for review and determination, which referral shall include:
(1) All materials submitted to the Benefits Administrator by the Claimant in connection with the claim;
(2) A written description of why the Benefits Administrator was of the view that the Claimant’s right to the benefit, payable at the time or times and in the form requested, was not clear;
(3) A description of all Plan provisions pertaining to the benefit claim;
(4) Where appropriate, a summary as to whether such Plan provisions have in the past been consistently applied with respect to other similarly situated Claimants; and
(5) Such other information as may be helpful or relevant to the Committee in its consideration of the claim.
If the Claimant’s claim is referred to the Committee, the Claimant may examine any relevant document relating to his claim and may submit written comments or other information to the Committee to supplement his benefit claim. Within thirty (30) days of receipt from the Benefits Administrator of a benefit claim referral (or such longer period as may be necessary due to unusual circumstances or to enable the Claimant to submit comments), but in any event not later than will permit the Committee sufficient time to fully and fairly consider the claim and make a determination within the time frame provided in Paragraph (d) below, the Committee shall consider the referral regarding the claim of the Claimant and make a decision as to whether it is to be approved, modified or denied. If the claim is approved, the Committee shall direct the Benefits Administrator to process the approved claim as soon as administratively practicable.
(d)  Notification of Adverse Benefit Determination . In any case of an Adverse Benefit Determination of a claim for a Plan benefit, the Committee shall furnish written notice to the affected Claimant within a reasonable period of time but not later than ninety (90) days after receipt of such claim for Plan benefits (or within one-hundred eighty (180) days if special circumstances necessitate an extension of the ninety (90)-day period and the Claimant is informed of such extension in writing within the one hundred-eighty (180)-day period and is provided with an extension notice consisting of an explanation of the special circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by which the benefit determination will be rendered). Any notice that denies a benefit claim of a Claimant in whole or in part shall, in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant:
(1) State the specific reason or reasons for the Adverse Benefit Determination;
(2) Provide specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the Adverse Benefit Determination is based;

 

44


 

(3) Describe any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim and explain why such material or information is necessary; and
(4) Describe the Plan’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of the Act following an Adverse Benefit Determination on review.
(e)  Review of Adverse Benefit Determination . A Claimant has the right to have an Adverse Benefit Determination reviewed in accordance with the following claims review procedure:
(1) The Claimant must submit a written request for such review to the Committee not later than sixty (60) days following receipt by the Claimant of the Adverse Benefit Determination notification;
(2) The Claimant shall have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim for benefits to the Committee;
(3) The Claimant shall have the right to have all comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim for benefits that have been submitted by the Claimant considered on review without regard to whether such comments, documents, records or information were considered in the initial benefit determination; and
(4) The Claimant shall have reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claim for benefits free of charge upon request, including (i) documents, records or other information relied upon for the benefit determination, (ii) documents, records or other information submitted, considered or generated without regard to whether such documents, records or other information were relied upon in making the benefit determination, and (iii) documents, records or other information that demonstrates compliance with the standard claims procedure.
The decision on review by the Committee will be binding and conclusive upon all persons, and the Claimant shall neither be required nor be permitted to pursue further appeals to the Committee.

 

45


 

(f)  Notification of Benefit Determination on Review . Notice of the Committee’s final benefit determination regarding an Adverse Benefit Determination will be furnished in writing or electronically to the Claimant after a full and fair review. Notice of an Adverse Benefit Determination upon review will:
(1) State the specific reason or reasons for the Adverse Benefit Determination;
(2) Provide specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the Adverse Benefit Determination is based;
(3) State that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim for benefits including (i) documents, records or other information relied upon for the benefit determination, (ii) documents, records or other information submitted, considered or generated without regard to whether such documents, records or other information were relied upon in making the benefit determination, and (iii) documents, records or other information that demonstrates compliance with the standard claims procedure; and
(4) Describe the Claimant’s right to bring an action under Section 502(a) of the Act.
The Committee shall notify a Claimant of its determination on review with respect to the Adverse Benefit Determination of the Claimant within a reasonable period of time but not later than sixty days after the receipt of the Claimant’s request for review unless the Committee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the review of the Adverse Benefit Determination. If the Committee determines that such extension of time is required, written notice of the extension (which shall indicate the special circumstances requiring the extension and the date by which the Committee expects to render the determination on review) shall be furnished to the Claimant prior to the termination of the initial sixty (60)-day review period. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of sixty days from the end of the initial sixty (60)-day review period. In the event such extension is due to the Claimant’s failure to submit necessary information, the period for making the determination on a review will be tolled from the date on which the notification of the extension is sent to the Claimant until the date on which the Claimant responds to the request for additional information.
(g)  Exhaustion of Administrative Remedies . Completion of the claims procedures described in this Section will be a condition precedent to the commencement of any legal or equitable action in connection with a claim for benefits under the Plan by a Claimant or by any other person or entity claiming rights individually or through a Claimant; provided, however, that the Committee may, in its sole discretion, waive compliance with such claims procedures as a condition precedent to any such action.
(h)  Payment of Benefits . If the Benefits Administrator or Committee determines that a Claimant is entitled to a benefit hereunder, payment of such benefit will be made to such Claimant (or commence, as applicable) as soon as administratively practicable after the date the Benefits Administrator or Committee determines that such Claimant is entitled to such benefit or on any other later date designated by and in the discretion of the Committee.

 

46


 

(i)  Authorized Representatives . An authorized representative may act on behalf of a Claimant in pursuing a benefit claim or an appeal of an Adverse Benefit Determination. An individual or entity will only be determined to be a Claimant’s authorized representative for such purposes if the Claimant has provided the Committee with a written statement identifying such individual or entity as his authorized representative and describing the scope of the authority of such authorized representative. In the event a Claimant identifies an individual or entity as his authorized representative in writing to the Committee but fails to describe the scope of the authority of such authorized representative, the Committee shall assume that such authorized representative has full powers to act with respect to all matters pertaining to the Claimant’s benefit claim under the Plan or appeal of an Adverse Benefit Determination with respect to such benefit claim.
X.
IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS
10.1 In-Service Withdrawals .
(a) A Participant may withdraw from his After-Tax Account any or all amounts held in such Account.
(b) A Participant may withdraw from his Rollover Contribution Account, his Class Settlement Account I and/or his Class Settlement Account II any or all amounts held in such Accounts.
(c) A Participant may withdraw from his TRASOP Transfer Account any or all amounts held in such Account. Such withdrawal shall come from the Participant’s TRASOP Employee Subaccount and his TRASOP Employer Subaccount on a pro rata basis.
(d) A Participant may withdraw from his Employer Contribution Account any or all amounts held in such Account that have been so held for twenty-four (24) months or more (other than amounts held in his Incentive Contribution Subaccount).
(e) A Participant who has completed at least sixty (60) cumulative months of participation in the Plan may withdraw from his Employer Contribution Account any or all amounts held in such Account (other than amounts held in his Incentive Contribution Subaccount).
(f) A Participant who has attained age fifty-nine and one-half (59-1/2) may withdraw from his Before-Tax Account, Catch-Up Contribution Account, and Incentive Contribution Subaccount, on a pro rata basis, an amount not exceeding the then aggregate value of such Accounts and Subaccount.

 

47


 

(g) A Participant who has a financial hardship, as determined by the Committee, and who has made all available withdrawals pursuant to (i) the Paragraphs above, and (ii) pursuant to the provisions of any other plans of the Employer and any Controlled Entities of which he is a participant and who has obtained all available loans pursuant to Article XI and pursuant to the provisions of any other plans of the Employer and any Controlled Entities of which he is a participant may withdraw from his Before-Tax Account and Catch-Up Contribution Account an amount not to exceed the lesser of (i) the balance of such Accounts, or (ii) the amount required to meet the immediate financial need created by the hardship. The amount required to meet the immediate financial need may include any amounts necessary to pay any federal, state, or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution. For purposes of this Paragraph, financial hardship shall mean one of the following immediate and heavy financial needs of the Participant:
(1) Expenses for (or necessary to obtain) medical care that would be deductible under Section 213(d) of the Code (determined without regard to whether the expenses exceed 7.5% of adjusted gross income);
(2) Costs directly related to the purchase of a principal residence of the Participant (excluding mortgage payments);
(3) Payment of tuition, related educational fees, and room and board expenses, for up to the next twelve months of post-secondary education for the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, children, or dependents (as defined in Section 152 of the Code and without regard to Sections 152(b)(1), (b)(2) and (d)(1)(B));
(4) Payments necessary to prevent the eviction of the Participant from his principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage of the Participant’s principal residence;
(5) Payments for burial or funeral expenses for the Participant’s deceased parent, spouse, children or dependents (as defined in Section 152 of the Code and without regard to Sections 152(b)(1), (b)(2) and (d)(1)(B)); or
(6) Expenses for the repair of damage to the Participant’s principal residence that would qualify for the casualty deduction under Section 165 of the Code (determined without regard to whether the loss exceeds 10% of adjusted gross income).
The above notwithstanding, (i) withdrawals under this Paragraph from a Participant’s Before-Tax Account shall be limited to the sum of the Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions to the Plan, plus income allocable to the Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions and credited to the Participant’s Before-Tax Account as of December 31, 1988, less any previous withdrawals of such amounts, (ii) withdrawals from a Participant’s Catch-Up Contribution Account shall be limited to the Participant’s Catch-Up Contributions pursuant to Section 3.1(h), less any previous withdrawals of such amounts, and (iii) Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions utilized to satisfy the restrictions set forth in Section 3.1(e), and income allocable thereto, shall not be subject to withdrawal. A Participant who receives a distribution pursuant to this Paragraph on account of hardship shall be prohibited from making elective deferrals and employee contributions under this and all other plans maintained by the Employer or any Controlled Entity for six (6) months after receipt of the distribution.

 

48


 

10.2 Restriction on In-Service Withdrawals .
(a) All withdrawals pursuant to this Article shall be made in accordance with procedures established by the Committee.
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article, (i) not more than one withdrawal pursuant to each of Paragraphs (c), (d), (e), and (f) of Section 10.1 may be made in any one Plan Year, (ii) no withdrawal shall be made from an Account to the extent such Account has been pledged to secure a loan from the Plan, and (iii) any portion of an Account that is invested in the VBO shall not be subject to withdrawal pursuant to Section 10.1.
(c) If a Participant’s Account from which a withdrawal is made is invested in more than one Investment Fund, the withdrawal shall be made pro rata from each Investment Fund (other than the VBO) in which such Account is invested.
(d) All withdrawals under this Article shall be paid in cash; provided, however, that a Participant may elect to have withdrawals pursuant to Section 10.1 paid in full shares of Company Stock (with any fractional shares to be paid in cash) to the extent that the Accounts from which such withdrawals are made are invested in such stock.
(e) Any withdrawal hereunder that constitutes an Eligible Rollover Distribution shall be subject to the Direct Rollover election described in Section 9.4.
(f) This Article shall not be applicable to a Participant following Severance from Employment and the amounts in such Participant’s Accounts shall be distributable only in accordance with the provisions of Article IX.
XI.
LOANS
The Plan authorizes the Trustee to make loans on a nondiscriminatory basis to a Participant or beneficiary in accordance with the written loan policy established by the Committee attached to the Plan as Appendix B, as amended from time to time; provided (i) the loan policy satisfies the requirements of this Article XI; (ii) loans are available to all Participants and beneficiaries on a reasonably equivalent basis and are not available in a greater amount for Highly Compensated Employees than for other Employees; (iii) any loan is adequately secured and bears a reasonable rate of interest; (iv) the loan provides for repayment within a specified time; (v) the default provisions of the note prohibit offset of the Participant’s Account balance prior to the time the Trustee otherwise would distribute the Participant’s Account balance; and (vii) the loan otherwise conforms to the exemption provided by Section 4975(d)(1) of the Code.
The loan policy, attached to the Plan as Appendix B, must be a written document and must include (i) the identity of the person or positions authorized to administer the participant loan program; (ii) a procedure for applying for the loan; (iii) the criteria for approving or denying a loan; (iv) the limitations, if any, on the types and amounts of loans available; (v) the procedure for determining a reasonable rate of interest; (vi) the types of collateral which may secure the loan; and (vii) the events constituting default and the steps the Plan will take to preserve Plan assets in the event of default. This Section specifically incorporates the written loan policy adopted by the Committee, as revised from time to time, attached to the Plan as Appendix B.

 

49


 

XII.
ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
12.1 General Administration of the Plan . The general administration of the Plan shall be vested in the Committee. For purposes of the Act, the Committee shall be the Plan “administrator” and shall be the “named fiduciary” with respect to the general administration of the Plan (except as to the investment of the assets of the Trust Fund). Each member of the Committee shall serve until he resigns, dies or is removed by the Committee or the Compensation Committee. The Committee may remove any of its members at any time, with or without cause, by unanimous vote of the remaining members of the Committee and by written notice to such member; further, the Compensation Committee may remove any of the Committee members, with or without cause, and shall provide written notice to such member. Any member may resign by delivering a written resignation to the Committee and the Compensation Committee, such resignation to become effective as of a date specified in such notice that is on or after the date such notice is given as herein provided. A member of the Committee who is an employee of the Company or any of its affiliates shall cease to be a member of the Committee as of the date he ceases to be employed by the Company or any of its affiliates. Vacancies in the Committee arising by death, resignation or removal shall be filled by the Committee. The Committee may select officers (including a Chairman) and may appoint a secretary who need not be a member of the Committee.
12.2 Records and Procedures . The Committee shall keep appropriate records of its proceedings and the administration of the Plan and shall make available for examination during business hours to any Participant or beneficiary such records as pertain to that individual’s interest in the Plan. The Committee shall designate the person or persons who shall be authorized to sign for the Committee and, upon such designation, the signature of such person or persons shall bind the Committee.
12.3 Meetings . The Committee shall hold meetings upon such notice and at such time and place as it may from time to time determine. Notice to a member shall not be required if waived in writing by that member. A majority of the members of the Committee duly appointed shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. All resolutions or other actions taken by the Committee at any meeting where a quorum is present shall be by vote of a majority of those present at such meeting and entitled to vote. Resolutions may be adopted or other action taken without a meeting upon written consent signed by all of the members of the Committee. The Committee may hold any meeting telephonically and any business conducted at a telephonic meeting shall have the same force and effect as if the member had met in person.
12.4 Self-Interest of Members . No member of the Committee shall have any right to vote or decide upon any matter relating solely to himself under the Plan or to vote in any case in which his individual right to claim any benefit under the Plan is particularly involved. In any case in which a Committee member is so disqualified to act and the remaining members cannot agree, the Directors or the Compensation Committee shall appoint a temporary substitute member to exercise all the powers of the disqualified member concerning the matter in which he is disqualified.

 

50


 

12.5 Compensation and Bonding . The members of the Committee shall not receive compensation with respect to their services for the Committee. To the extent required by the Act or other applicable law, or required by the Company, members of the Committee shall furnish bond or security for the performance of their duties hereunder.
12.6 Committee Powers and Duties . The Committee shall supervise the administration and enforcement of the Plan according to the terms and provisions hereof and shall have all powers necessary to accomplish these purposes, including, but not by way of limitation, the right, power, authority, and duty:
(a) To make rules, regulations, and bylaws for the administration of the Plan that are not inconsistent with the terms and provisions hereof, provided such rules, regulations, and bylaws are evidenced in writing and copies thereof are delivered to the Trustee and to the Company, and to enforce the terms of the Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder by the Committee;
(b) To construe in its discretion all terms, provisions, conditions, and limitations of the Plan, and, in all cases, the construction necessary for the Plan to qualify under the applicable provisions of the Code shall control;
(c) To correct any defect or to supply any omission or to reconcile any inconsistency that may appear in the Plan in such manner and to such extent as it shall deem expedient in its discretion to effectuate the purposes of the Plan;
(d) To employ and compensate such accountants, attorneys, investment advisors, and other agents, employees, and independent contractors as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable for the proper and efficient administration of the Plan;
(e) To determine in its discretion all questions relating to eligibility;
(f) To make a determination in its discretion as to the right of any person to a benefit under the Plan and to prescribe procedures to be followed by distributees in obtaining benefits hereunder;
(g) To prepare, file, and distribute, in such manner as the Committee determines to be appropriate, such information and material as is required by the reporting and disclosure requirements of the Act;
(h) To furnish the Company and the Employer any information necessary for the preparation of the Company’s or such Employer’s tax return or other information that the Committee determines in its discretion is necessary for a legitimate purpose;
(i) To require and obtain from the Employer and the Participants any information or data that the Committee determines is necessary for the proper administration of the Plan;
(j) To instruct the Trustee as to the loans to Participants pursuant to the provisions of Article XI;

 

51


 

(k) To appoint investment managers pursuant to Section 14.4;
(l) To receive and review reports from the Trustee and from investment managers as to the financial condition of the Trust Fund, including its receipts and disbursements;
(m) To establish or designate Investment Funds as investment options as provided in Article V; and
(n) To designate entities as participating Employers under the Plan pursuant to Article XVII.
Any provisions of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, benefits under the Plan will be paid only if the Committee decides in its discretion that the applicant is entitled to them.
12.7 Employer to Supply Information . The Employer shall supply full and timely information to the Committee, including, but not limited to, information relating to each Participant’s Compensation, age, retirement, death, or other cause of Severance from Employment and such other pertinent facts as the Committee may require. The Employer shall advise the Trustee of such of the foregoing facts as are deemed necessary for the Trustee to carry out the Trustee’s duties under the Plan. When making a determination in connection with the Plan, the Committee shall be entitled to rely upon the aforesaid information furnished by the Employer.
12.8 Temporary Restrictions . In order to ensure an orderly transition in the transfer of assets to the Trust Fund from another trust fund maintained under the Plan or from the trust fund of a plan that is merging into the Plan or transferring assets to the Plan, the Committee may, in its discretion, temporarily prohibit or restrict withdrawals, loans, changes to contribution elections, changes of investment designation of future contributions, transfers of amounts from one Investment Fund to another Investment Fund, or such other activity as the Committee deems appropriate; provided that any such temporary cessation or restriction of such activity shall be in compliance with all applicable law.
12.9 Indemnification . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each member of the Committee and each Employee who is a delegate of the Committee against any and all expenses and liabilities arising out of his administrative functions or fiduciary responsibilities, including any expenses and liabilities that are caused by or result from an act or omission constituting the negligence of such individual in the performance of such functions or responsibilities, but excluding expenses and liabilities that are caused by or result from such individual’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct. Expenses against which such individual shall be indemnified hereunder shall include, without limitation, the amounts of any settlement or judgment, costs, counsel fees, and related charges reasonably incurred in connection with a claim asserted or a proceeding brought or settlement thereof.

 

52


 

XIII.
TRUSTEE AND ADMINISTRATION OF TRUST FUND
13.1 Trust Agreement . As a means of administering the assets of the Plan, the Company has entered into a Trust Agreement. The administration of the assets of the Plan and the duties, obligations, and responsibilities of the Trustee shall be governed by the Trust Agreement. The Trust Agreement may be amended from time to time as the Company and the Trustee deem advisable in order to effectuate the purposes of the Plan. The Trust Agreement is incorporated herein by reference and thereby made a part of the Plan.
13.2 Payment of Expenses . All expenses incident to the administration of the Plan and Trust (whether incurred before or after the Effective Date), including but not limited to, legal, accounting, Trustee fees, direct expenses of the Company, the Employer and the Committee in the administration of the Plan, and the cost of furnishing any bond or security required of the Committee shall be paid by the Trustee from the Trust Fund, and, until paid, shall constitute a claim against the Trust Fund which is paramount to the claims of Participants and beneficiaries; provided, however, that (i) the obligation of the Trustee to pay such expenses from the Trust Fund shall cease to exist to the extent such expenses are paid by the Company or the Employer, and (ii) in the event the Trustee’s compensation is to be paid, pursuant to this Section, from the Trust Fund, any individual serving as Trustee who already receives full-time pay from the Company, an Employer or an association of Employers whose employees are Participants, or from an employee organization whose Participants are Participants, shall not receive any additional compensation for serving as Trustee. This Section shall be deemed to be a part of any contract to provide for expenses of Plan and Trust administration, whether or not the signatory to such contract is, as a matter of convenience, the Company or the Employer.
13.3 Trust Fund Property . All income, profits, recoveries, contributions, forfeitures, and any and all moneys, securities, and properties of any kind at any time received or held by the Trustee hereunder shall be held for investment purposes as a commingled Trust Fund. The Committee shall maintain Accounts in the name of each Participant, but the maintenance of an Account designated as the Account of a Participant shall not mean that such Participant shall have a greater or lesser interest than that due him by operation of the Plan and shall not be considered as segregating any funds or property from any other funds or property contained in the commingled fund. No Participant shall have any title to any specific asset in the Trust Fund.
13.4 Distributions from Participants’ Accounts . Distributions from a Participant’s Accounts shall be made by the Trustee only if, when, and in the amount and manner directed by the Committee. Any distribution made to a Participant or for his benefit shall be debited to such Participant’s Account or Accounts. All distributions hereunder shall be made in cash except as otherwise specifically provided herein.
13.5 Payments Solely from Trust Fund . All benefits payable under the Plan shall be paid or provided for solely from the Trust Fund, and neither the Company, the Employer nor the Trustee assumes any liability or responsibility for the adequacy thereof. The Committee or the Trustee may require execution and delivery of such instruments as are deemed necessary to assure proper payment of any benefits.

 

53


 

13.6 No Benefits to Company/Employer . No part of the corpus or income of the Trust Fund shall be used for any purpose other than the exclusive purpose of providing benefits for the Participants and their beneficiaries and of defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan and Trust. Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, the Plan shall not be construed to vest any rights in the Company or the Employer other than those specifically given hereunder.
XIV.
FIDUCIARY PROVISIONS
14.1 Article Controls . This Article shall control over any contrary, inconsistent or ambiguous provisions contained in the Plan.
14.2 General Allocation of Fiduciary Duties . Each fiduciary with respect to the Plan shall have only those specific powers, duties, responsibilities and obligations as are specifically given him under the Plan. The Directors shall have the sole authority to appoint and remove the Trustee. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, the Committee shall have the sole responsibility for the administration of the Plan, which responsibility is specifically described herein. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein and in the Trust Agreement, the Trustee shall have the sole responsibility for the administration, investment, and management of the assets held under the Plan. It is intended under the Plan that each fiduciary shall be responsible for the proper exercise of his own powers, duties, responsibilities, and obligations hereunder and shall not be responsible for any act or failure to act of another fiduciary except to the extent provided by law or as specifically provided herein.
14.3 Delegation of Fiduciary Duties . The Committee may appoint subcommittees, individuals, or any other agents as it deems advisable and may delegate to any of such appointees any or all of the powers and duties of the Committee. Such appointment and delegation must specify in writing the powers or duties being delegated, and must be accepted in writing by the delegatee. Upon such appointment, delegation, and acceptance, the delegating Committee Participants shall have no liability for the acts or omissions of any such delegatee, as long as the delegating Committee Participants do not violate any fiduciary responsibility in making or continuing such delegation.
14.4 Investment Manager . The Committee may, in its sole discretion, appoint an “investment manager,” with power to manage, acquire, or dispose of any asset of the Plan and to direct the Trustee in this regard, so long as:
(a) The investment manager is (i) registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, (ii) not registered as an investment adviser under such act by reason of Paragraph (1) of Section 203A(a) of such act, is registered as an investment adviser under the laws of the state (referred to in such Paragraph (1)) in which it maintains its principal office and place of business, and, at the time it last filed the registration form most recently filed by it with such state in order to maintain its registration under the laws of such state, also filed a copy of such form with the Secretary of Labor, (iii) a bank, as defined in the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, or (iv) an insurance company qualified to do business under the laws of more than one state; and
(b) Such investment manager acknowledges in writing that he is a fiduciary with respect to the Plan.

 

54


 

Upon such appointment, the Committee shall not be liable for the acts of the investment manager, as long as the Committee members do not violate any fiduciary responsibility in making or continuing such appointment. The Trustee shall follow the directions of such investment manager and shall not be liable for the acts or omissions of such investment manager. The investment manager may be removed by the Committee at any time and within the Committee’s sole discretion.
14.5 Independent Fiduciary . The Committee may, at its sole discretion, appoint an Independent Fiduciary, who must be an investment manager as defined in Section 14.4(a), with the sole and exclusive authority and responsibility on behalf of the Plan to exercise all authority to:
(a) Determine whether acquiring or holding Company Stock in the Plan is no longer consistent with the Act, if so, to determine whether to:
(1) Prohibit or limit (for example, as a percentage of a Participant’s Account) further purchases or holdings of Company Stock or increasing the Company Stock Fund’s holding of cash or cash equivalent investments, and in the event of such prohibition or limitation, to designate, as necessary, an alternative investment fund for the investment of the proceeds or contributions pending further investment directions from the Participants and beneficiaries;
(2) Liquidate some or all of the Plan’s holdings in the Company Stock Fund and determine how such liquidation should be accomplished and in the event of such liquidation, to designate, as necessary, an alternative investment fund for the investment of the proceeds or contributions pending further investment directions from the Participants and beneficiaries; or
(3) Terminate the availability of the Company Stock Fund as an investment option under the Plan on such terms and conditions as the Independent Fiduciary shall deem prudent and in the interests of the Plan, Participants and beneficiaries (and notwithstanding any Participant or beneficiary investment directions to the contrary), including the determination of the manner and timing of termination of the Company Stock Fund and orderly liquidation of its assets and designation of an alternative investment fund for the investment of the proceeds or contributions pending further investment directions from the Participants and beneficiaries.
(b) Direct the Trustee to execute and deliver to the Independent Fiduciary such forms and other documents as the Independent Fiduciary may determine are advisable to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or other governmental agency.
(c) Serve as the fiduciary responsible for ensuring the confidentiality of the proxy voting process.

 

55


 

(d) Subject to the Committee’s right to reasonable notice and opportunity to review and comment on any proposed communication to Participants, which comments shall be reflected in such communication except to the extent the Independent Fiduciary reasonably determines such comments to be inconsistent with their duties as detailed herein, direct the Plan’s record keeper to make such communications to Participants and beneficiaries as the Independent Fiduciary reasonably determines to be necessary in connection with the exercise of its responsibilities with respect to the Plan.
Upon such appointment, the Committee shall not be liable for the acts of the Independent Fiduciary. An Independent Fiduciary may be removed by the Committee at any time and within its sole discretion.
XV.
AMENDMENTS
15.1 Right to Amend . Subject to Section 15.2 and any other limitations contained in the Act or the Code, the Directors or the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors may from time to time amend, in whole or in part, any or all of the provisions of the Plan on behalf of the Company and all Employers; provided, however, that (i) any amendments to the Plan that do not have a significant cost impact on the Employer may also be made by the Committee, and (ii) any amendments to the Plan that do not have any cost impact on the Employer may also be made by the Chairman of the Committee. Further, but not by way of limitation, the Directors, the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors, the Committee, or the Chairman of the Committee may make any amendment necessary to acquire and maintain a qualified status for the Plan under the Code or to maintain the Plan in compliance with applicable law, whether or not retroactive.
15.2 Limitation on Amendments . No amendment of the Plan shall be made that would vest in the Employer, directly or indirectly, any interest in or control of the Trust Fund. No amendment shall be made that would vary the Plan’s exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Participants and their beneficiaries and of defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan or that would permit the diversion of any part of the Trust Fund from that exclusive purpose. No amendment shall be made that would reduce any then nonforfeitable interest of a Participant. No amendment shall increase the duties or responsibilities of the Trustee unless the Trustee consents thereto in writing.
No amendment shall retroactively decrease a Participant’s accrued benefits or otherwise retroactively place greater restrictions or conditions on a Participant’s rights to Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits, even if the amendment adds a restriction or condition that is otherwise permitted under Section 411(a) of the Code, unless otherwise permitted under Treasury Regulations Sections 1.411(d)-3 or 1.411(d)-4. Effective January 1, 2007, an optional form of benefit hereunder may be eliminated prospectively provided that the Plan will satisfy the requirements of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.411(d)-3(c), (d) or (e) or 1.411(d)-4.

 

56


 

XVI.
DISCONTINUANCE OF CONTRIBUTIONS, TERMINATION, PARTIAL
TERMINATION, AND MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION
16.1 Right to Discontinue Contributions, Terminate, or Partially Terminate . The Company and the Employer have established the Plan with the bona fide intention and expectation that from year to year it will be able to, and will deem it advisable to, make its contributions as herein provided. However, the Company and the Employer realize that circumstances not now foreseen, or circumstances beyond its control, may make it either impossible or inadvisable for the Employer to continue to make its contributions to the Plan. Therefore, the Directors shall have the right and the power to discontinue contributions to the Plan, terminate the Plan, or partially terminate the Plan at any time hereafter. Each member of the Committee and the Trustee shall be notified of such discontinuance, termination, or partial termination.
16.2 Procedure in the Event of Discontinuance of Contributions, Termination, or Partial Termination .
(a) If the Plan is amended so as to permanently discontinue Employer Contributions, or if Employer Contributions are in fact permanently discontinued, the Committee shall remain in existence and all other provisions of the Plan that are necessary, in the opinion of the Committee, for equitable operation of the Plan shall remain in force.
(b) Unless the Plan is otherwise amended prior to dissolution of the Company, the Plan shall terminate as of the date of dissolution of the Company.
(c) Upon discontinuance of contributions, termination, or partial termination, any previously unallocated contributions and forfeitures shall be allocated among the Accounts of the Participants on such date of discontinuance, termination, or partial termination according to the provisions of Article IV. The net income (or net loss) of the Trust Fund shall continue to be allocated to the Accounts of the Participants until the balances of the Accounts are distributed.
(d) In the case of a termination of the Plan, the Accounts of a Participant shall, subject to the consent provisions of Article IX, be distributed to such Participant in a “lump sum distribution” as such term is defined below; provided, however, a distribution may not be made if the Employer establishes or maintains another “Alternative Defined Contribution Plan”. For purposes of this Section 16.2(d), an “Alternative Defined Contribution Plan” is a defined contribution plan that exists at any time during the period beginning on the date of Plan termination and ending twelve (12) months after distribution of all assets from the terminated Plan. However, if at all times during the twenty-four (24)-month period beginning twelve (12) months before the date of Plan termination, fewer than 2% of the employees who were eligible under the defined contribution plan that includes the cash or deferred arrangement as of the date of Plan termination are eligible under the other defined contribution plan, the other Plan is not an Alternative Defined Contribution Plan. In addition, a defined contribution plan is not treated as an Alternative Defined Contribution Plan if it is an employee stock ownership plan, as defined in Section 4975(e)(7) or Section 409(a) of the Code, a simplified employee pension plan as defined in Section 408(k) of the Code, a SIMPLE IRA plan as defined in Section 408(p) of the Code, a plan or contract that satisfies the requirements of Section 403(b) of the Code, or a plan that is described in Section 457(b) or (f) of the Code. The term “lump sum distribution” shall have the meaning provided in Section 402(e)(4)(D) of the Code (without regard to Section 402(e)(4)(D)(i)(I), (II), (Ill) and (IV) of the Code. In the case of a Participant who is affected by a partial termination of the Plan, the Accounts of such Participant shall, subject to the consent provisions of Article IX, be distributed in accordance with the applicable provisions of Article IX after he has incurred a Severance from Employment.

 

57


 

16.3 Merger, Consolidation, or Transfer . This Plan and Trust Fund may not merge or consolidate with, or transfer its assets or liabilities to, any other plan, unless immediately thereafter each Participant would, in the event such other plan terminated, be entitled to a benefit which is equal to or greater than the benefit to which he would have been entitled if the Plan were terminated immediately before the merger, consolidation, or transfer.
XVII.
PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS
17.1 Designation of Other Employers .
(a) The Committee may designate any entity or organization eligible by law to participate in the Plan and the Trust as an Employer by written instrument delivered to the Secretary of the Company and the designated Employer. Such written instrument shall specify the effective date of such designated participation, may incorporate specific provisions relating to the operation of the Plan that apply to the designated Employer only and shall become, as to such designated Employer and its Employees, a part of the Plan.
(b) Each designated Employer shall be conclusively presumed to have consented to its designation and to have agreed to be bound by the terms of the Plan and Trust Agreement and any and all amendments thereto upon its submission of information to the Committee required by the terms of or with respect to the Plan or upon making a contribution to the Trust Fund pursuant to the terms of the Plan; provided, however, that the terms of the Plan may be modified so as to increase the obligations of an Employer only with the consent of such Employer, which consent shall be conclusively presumed to have been given by such Employer upon its submission of any information to the Committee required by the terms of or with respect to the Plan or upon making a contribution to the Trust Fund pursuant to the terms of the Plan following notice of such modification.
(c) The provisions of the Plan and the Trust Agreement shall apply separately and equally to each Employer and its Employees; provided, however, that that the power to appoint or otherwise affect the Committee or the Trustee and the power to amend or terminate the Plan and Trust Agreement shall be exercised by the Company or the Directors, as applicable, alone (except as provided in Section 15.1), and, in the case of Employers which are Controlled Entities, Employer Discretionary Contributions to be allocated pursuant to Section 4.1(d) shall be allocated on an aggregate basis among the Participants employed by all Employers; provided, however, that each Employer shall contribute to the Trust Fund its share of the total Employer Discretionary Contribution for a Plan Year based on the Participants in its employ during such Plan Year.

 

58


 

(d) Transfer of employment among Employers shall not be considered a Severance from Employment hereunder.
(e) Any Employer may, by appropriate action of its Board of Directors or noncorporate counterpart communicated in writing to the Secretary of the Company and to the Committee, terminate its participation in the Plan and the Trust. Moreover, the Committee may, in its discretion, terminate an Employer’s Plan and Trust participation at any time by written instrument delivered to the Secretary of the Company and the designated Employer.
(f) All participating Employers shall be listed on Appendix A of the Plan.
17.2 Single Plan . For purposes of the Code and the Act, the Plan as adopted by the Employers shall constitute a single plan rather than a separate plan of each Employer. All assets in the Trust Fund shall be available to pay benefits to all Participants and their beneficiaries.
XVIII.
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
18.1 Not Contract of Employment . The adoption and maintenance of the Plan shall not be deemed to be either a contract between the Employer and any person or consideration for the employment of any person. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to give any person the right to be retained in the employ of the Employer or to restrict the right of the Employer to discharge any person at any time nor shall the Plan be deemed to give the Employer the right to require any person to remain in the employ of the Employer or to restrict any person’s right to sever his employment at any time.
18.2 Spendthrift Clause . Except as provided below, no Participant, former Participant or beneficiary shall have the right to anticipate, assign or alienate any benefit provided under the Plan, and the Trustee will not recognize any anticipation, assignment or alienation. Furthermore, a benefit under the Plan is not subject to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process. All provisions of this Section 18.2 shall be for the exclusive benefit of those designated herein. These restrictions shall not apply in the following case(s):
(a)  Distributions Pursuant to Qualified Domestic Relations Orders . The Committee may direct the Trustee under the nondiscriminatory policy adopted by the Committee to pay an Alternate Payee designated under a “qualified domestic relations order” as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code (or any domestic relations order entered before January 1, 1985 if payment of benefits pursuant to the order has commenced as of that date). To the extent provided under a qualified domestic relations order, a former spouse of a Participant shall be treated as the spouse or surviving spouse for all purposes of the Plan.

 

59


 

Upon receipt of a qualified domestic relations order, the Committee shall direct the Trustee to pay the Alternate Payee designated under such qualified domestic relations order the benefits awarded thereunder at the time and in the form elected by the Alternate Payee, subject to the limitations of Article IX and the applicable Treasury Regulations. Unless otherwise provided in the qualified domestic relations order, an Alternate Payee shall be eligible to receive payment as soon as administratively feasible following the Committee’s receipt of the Alternate Payee’s written election for payment of benefits. The Committee shall adopt such procedures as necessary, in accordance with a nondiscriminatory policy, to effect the orderly administration of this Section 18.2(a). The amount payable, unless otherwise specified in the qualified domestic relations order, shall be determined as of the day immediately preceding the date of distribution to the Alternate Payee.
A qualified domestic relations order that otherwise satisfies the requirements under Section 414(p) of the Code will not fail to be a qualified domestic relations order (i) solely because the order is issued after, or revises, another domestic relations order or a qualified domestic relations order, or (ii) solely because of the time at which the order is issued, including issuance after the annuity starting date or after the Participant’s death.
(b)  Distributions Pursuant to Certain Judgments or Orders . The Committee may direct the Trustee to comply with a judgment or settlement which requires the Trustee to reduce a Participant’s benefits under the Plan by an amount that the Participant is ordered or required to pay to the Plan if each of the following criteria are satisfied:
(1) The order or requirement must arise:
(A) Under a judgment of conviction for a crime involving the Plan;
(B) Under a civil judgment (including a consent order or decree) entered by a court in an action brought in connection with an actual or alleged violation of Part 4 of Title I of the Act; or
(C) Under a settlement agreement with either the Secretary of Labor or the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and the Participant in connection with an actual or alleged violation of Part 4 of Title I of the Act by a fiduciary or any other person.
(2) The decree, judgment, order or settlement must expressly provide for the offset of all or part of the amount ordered or required to be paid to the Plan against the Participant’s benefits under the Plan.
(3) In addition, if the joint and survivor annuity requirements of Section 401(a)(11) of the Code apply with respect to distributions from the Plan to the Participant and the Participant has a spouse at the time at which the offset is to be made, then one of the following three conditions must be satisfied:
(A) Such spouse has consented in writing to such offset and such consent is witnessed by a notary public or representative of the Plan (or it is established to the satisfaction of a Plan representative that such consent may not be obtained by reason of circumstances described in Section 417(a)(2)(B) of the Code), or an election to waive the right of the spouse to either a qualified joint and survivor annuity or a qualified preretirement survivor annuity is in effect in accordance with the requirements of Section 417(a) of the Code;

 

60


 

(B) Such spouse is ordered or required in such judgment, order, decree, or settlement to pay an amount to the Plan in connection with a violation of part 4 of subtitle B of Title I of the Act; or
(C) In such judgment, order, decree, or settlement, such spouse retains the right to receive the survivor annuity under a qualified joint and survivor annuity provided pursuant to Section 401(a)(11)(A)(i) of the Code and under a qualified preretirement survivor annuity provided pursuant to Section 401(a)(11)(A)(ii) of the Code, determined in accordance with Section 401(a)(13)(D) of the Code.
18.3 Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act Requirements . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.
18.4 Payments to Minors and Incompetents . If a Participant or beneficiary entitled to receive a benefit under the Plan is a minor or is determined by the Committee in its discretion to be incompetent or is adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be legally incapable of giving valid receipt and discharge for a benefit provided under the Plan, the Committee may pay such benefit to the duly appointed guardian or conservator of such Participant or beneficiary for the account of such Participant or beneficiary. If no guardian or conservator has been appointed for such Participant or beneficiary, the Committee may pay such benefit to any third party who is determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, to be authorized to receive such benefit for the account of such Participant or beneficiary. Such payment shall operate as a full discharge of all liabilities and obligations of the Committee, the Trustee, the Company, the Employer, and any fiduciary of the Plan with respect to such benefit.
18.5 Acquisition and Holding of Company Stock . The Plan is specifically authorized to acquire and hold up to 100% of its assets in Company Stock so long as Company Stock is a “qualifying employer security,” as such term is defined in Section 407(d)(5) of the Act.
18.6 Power of Attorney Designations . In accordance with the procedures established by the Committee, a Participant may grant any individual a “Power of Attorney” to exercise, on behalf of such Participant, any investment designation or conversion rights available to such Participant under the Plan with respect to such Participant’s Accounts.
18.7 Participant’s and Beneficiary’s Addresses . It shall be the affirmative duty of each Participant to inform the Committee of, and to keep on file with the Committee, his current mailing address and the current mailing address of his designated beneficiary. If a Participant fails to keep the Committee informed of his current mailing address and the current mailing address of his designated beneficiary, neither the Committee, the Trustee, the Company, the Employer, nor any fiduciary under the Plan shall be responsible for any late or lost payment of a benefit or for failure of any notice to be provided timely under the terms of the Plan.

 

61


 

18.8 Incorrect Information, Fraud, Concealment, or Error . Any contrary provisions of the Plan notwithstanding, if, because of a human or systems error, or because of incorrect information provided by or correct information failed to be provided by, fraud, misrepresentation, or concealment of any relevant fact (as determined by the Committee) by any person the Plan enrolls any individual, pays benefits under the Plan, incurs a liability or makes any overpayment or erroneous payment, the Plan shall be entitled to recover from such person the benefit paid or the liability incurred, together with all expenses incidental to or necessary for such recovery.
18.9 Severability . If any provision of this Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions hereof. In such case, each provision shall be fully severable and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if said illegal or invalid provision had never been included herein.
18.10 Jurisdiction . The situs of the Plan hereby created is Texas. All provisions of the Plan shall be construed in accordance with the laws of Texas except to the extent preempted by federal law.
XIX.
TOP-HEAVY STATUS
19.1 Article Controls . Any Plan provisions to the contrary notwithstanding, the provisions of this Article shall control to the extent required to cause the Plan to comply with the requirements imposed under Section 416 of the Code.
19.2 Definitions . For purposes of this Article, the following terms and phrases shall have these respective meanings:
(a)  Account Balance : As of any Valuation Date, the aggregate amount credited to an individual’s account or accounts under a qualified defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer or a Controlled Entity (excluding employee contributions that were deductible within the meaning of Section 219 of the Code and rollover or transfer contributions made after December 31, 1983, by or on behalf of such individual to such plan from another qualified plan sponsored by an entity other than the Employer or a Controlled Entity), increased by (i) the aggregate distributions made to such individual from such plan (including a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the Plan under Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code) during a one (1)-year period (or, in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than separation from service, death or disability, a five (5)-year period) ending on the Determination Date, and (ii) the amount of any contributions due as of the Determination Date immediately following such Valuation Date.

 

62


 

(b)  Accrued Benefit : As of any Valuation Date, the present value (computed on the basis of the Assumptions) of the cumulative accrued benefit (excluding the portion thereof that is attributable to employee contributions that were deductible pursuant to Section 219 of the Code, to rollover or transfer contributions made after December 31, 1983, by or on behalf of such individual to such plan from another qualified plan sponsored by an entity other than the Employer or a Controlled Entity, to proportional subsidies or to ancillary benefits) of an individual under a qualified defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer or a Controlled Entity increased by (i) the aggregate distributions made to such individual from such plan (including a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the Plan under Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code) during a one (1)-year period (or, in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than separation from service, death or disability, a five (5)-year period) ending on the Determination Date, and (ii) the estimated benefit accrued by such individual between such Valuation Date and the Determination Date immediately following such Valuation Date. Solely for the purpose of determining top-heavy status, the Accrued Benefit of an individual shall be determined under (i) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all qualified defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer and the Controlled Entities, or (ii) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than under the slowest accrual rate permitted under Section 411(b)(1)(C) of the Code.
(c)  Aggregation Group : The group of qualified plans maintained by the Employer and each Controlled Entity consisting of (i) each plan in which a Key Employee participates and each other plan that enables a plan in which a Key Employee participates to meet the requirements of Section 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code, or (ii) each plan in which a Key Employee participates, each other plan that enables a plan in which a Key Employee participates to meet the requirements of Section 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code and any other plan that the Employer elects to include as a part of such group; provided, however, that the Employer may elect to include a plan in such group only if the group will continue to meet the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code with such plan being taken into account.
(d)  Assumptions : The interest rate and mortality assumptions specified for top-heavy status determination purposes in any defined benefit plan included in the Aggregation Group that includes the Plan.
(e)  Determination Date : For the first Plan Year of any plan, the last day of such Plan Year and for each subsequent Plan Year of such plan, the last day of the preceding Plan Year.
(f)  Key Employee : A “key employee” as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.
(g)  Plan Year : With respect to any plan, the annual accounting period used by such plan for annual reporting purposes.
(h)  Remuneration : 415 Compensation.
(i)  Valuation Date : With respect to any Plan Year of any defined contribution plan, the most recent date within the twelve (12)-month period ending on a Determination Date as of which the trust fund established under such plan was valued and the net income (or loss) thereof allocated to Participants’ accounts. With respect to any Plan Year of any defined benefit plan, the most recent date within a twelve (12)-month period ending on a Determination Date as of which the plan assets were valued for purposes of computing plan costs for purposes of the requirements imposed under Section 412 of the Code.

 

63


 

19.3 Top-Heavy Status . The Plan shall be deemed to be top-heavy for a Plan Year if, as of the Determination Date for such Plan Year, (i) the sum of Account Balances of Participants who are Key Employees exceeds 60% of the sum of Account Balances of all Participants unless an Aggregation Group including the Plan is not top-heavy, or (ii) an Aggregation Group including the Plan is top-heavy. An Aggregation Group shall be deemed to be top-heavy as of a Determination Date if the sum (computed in accordance with Section 416(g)(2)(B) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) of (i) the Account Balances of Key Employees under all defined contribution plans included in the Aggregation Group, and (ii) the Accrued Benefits of Key Employees under all defined benefit plans included in the Aggregation Group exceeds 60% of the sum of the Account Balances and the Accrued Benefits of all individuals under such plans. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Account Balances and Accrued Benefits of individuals who are not Key Employees in any Plan Year but who were Key Employees in any prior Plan Year shall not be considered in determining the top-heavy status of the Plan for such Plan Year. Further, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Account Balances and Accrued Benefits of individuals who have not performed services for the Employer or any Controlled Entity at any time during the one-year period ending on the applicable Determination Date shall not be considered.
19.4 Top-Heavy Contribution .
(a) If the Plan is determined to be top-heavy for a Plan Year, the Employer shall contribute to the Plan for such Plan Year on behalf of each Participant who is not a Key Employee and who has not incurred a Severance from Employment as of the last day of such Plan Year an amount equal to:
(1) The lesser of (i) 3% of such Participant’s Remuneration for such Plan Year, or (ii) a percent of such Participant’s Remuneration for such Plan Year equal to the greatest percent determined by dividing for each Key Employee the amounts allocated to such Key Employee’s Before-Tax Account and Employer Contribution Account for such Plan Year by such Key Employee’s Remuneration; reduced by
(2) The amount of Employer Matching Contributions and Employer Discretionary Contributions allocated to such Participant’s Accounts for such Plan Year.
(b) The minimum contribution required to be made for a Plan Year pursuant to this Section for a Participant employed on the last day of such Plan Year shall be made regardless of whether such Participant is otherwise ineligible to receive an allocation of the Employer’s contributions for such Plan Year.
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no contribution shall be made pursuant to this Section for a Plan Year with respect to a Participant who is a participant in another defined contribution plan sponsored by the Employer or a Controlled Entity if such Participant receives under such other defined contribution plan (for the plan year of such plan ending with or within the Plan Year of the Plan) a contribution which is equal to or greater than the minimum contribution required by Section 416(c)(2) of the Code.

 

64


 

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no contribution shall be made pursuant to this Section for a Plan Year with respect to a Participant who is a participant in a defined benefit plan sponsored by the Employer or a Controlled Entity if such Participant accrues under such defined benefit plan (for the plan year of such plan ending with or within the Plan Year of this Plan) a benefit that is at least equal to the benefit described in Section 416(c)(1) of the Code. If the preceding sentence is not applicable, the requirements of this Section shall be met by providing a minimum benefit under such defined benefit plan which, when considered with the benefit provided under the Plan as an offset, is at least equal to the benefit described in Section 416(c)(1) of the Code.
19.5 Termination of Top-Heavy Status . If the Plan has been deemed to be top-heavy for one (1) or more Plan Years and thereafter ceases to be top-heavy, the provisions of this Article shall cease to apply to the Plan effective as of the Determination Date on which it is determined no longer to be top-heavy.
19.6 Effect of Article . Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the provisions of this Article shall automatically become inoperative and of no effect to the extent not required by the Code or the Act.
EXECUTED this 18 th day of December, 2008, effective January 1, 2009, or as otherwise provided herein.
                 
 
DYNEGY INC. 

   
 
  By:            
             
 
      Name:  
 
   
 
         
 
   
 
      Title:        
 
         
 
   

 

65


 

Appendix A:
PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS
1. Dynegy Midwest Generation, Inc.

 

1


 

Appendix B:
LOAN POLICY
B-1 Eligibility for Loan . Upon application by (i) any Participant who is an Employee, or (ii) any Participant (A) who is a party-in-interest, as that term is defined in Section 3(14) of the Act, as to the Plan, (B) who is no longer employed by the Employer, who is a beneficiary of a deceased Participant, or who is an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as that term is defined in Section 414(p)(8) of the Code, and (C) who retains an Account balance under the Plan (an individual who is eligible to apply for a loan under this Appendix B being hereinafter referred to as a “Participant” for purposes of this Appendix B) and subject to such uniform and nondiscriminatory rules and regulations as the Committee may establish, the Committee may in its discretion direct the Trustee to make a loan or loans to such Participant. No individual may have more than three (3) loans outstanding under the Plan at any time, and no individual may have more than one (1) loan outstanding under the Plan at any time that is being used to acquire any dwelling unit which within a reasonable time is to be used (determined at the time the loan is made) as a principal residence.
B-2 Maximum Loan .
(a) A loan to a Participant may not exceed fifty-percent (50%) of the sum of the then value of such Participant’s Accounts as reduced by the sum of the then value of the portion of each of such Accounts invested in the VBO.
(b) Paragraph (a) above to the contrary notwithstanding, no loan shall be made from the Plan to the extent that such loan would cause the total of all loans made to a Participant from all qualified plans of an Employer or a Controlled Entity, including loans deemed distributed in accordance with regulations promulgated under Section 72(p) of the Code, and the interest accruing thereafter, that has not been repaid (‘Outstanding Loans’) to exceed the lesser of:
(1) $50,000 (reduced by the excess, if any, of (A) the highest outstanding balance of Outstanding Loans during the one-year period ending on the day before the date on which the loan is to be made, over (B) the outstanding balance of Outstanding Loans on the date on which the loan is to be made); or
(2) One-half the present value of the Participant’s nonforfeitable accrued benefit under all qualified plans of the Employer or a Controlled Entity.
B-3 Minimum Loan . A loan to a Participant may not be for an amount less than $500.00.
B-4 Interest and Security .
(a) Any loan made pursuant to this Appendix B shall bear interest at a rate established by the Committee from time to time and communicated to the Participants, which rate shall provide the Plan with a return commensurate with the interest rates charged by persons in the business of lending money for loans which would be made under similar circumstances.

 

1


 

(b) Any loan shall be made as an investment of a segregated loan fund to be established in the Trust Fund for the Participant to whom the loan is made. Any loan shall be considered to come, first, from the Participant’s After-Tax Account, second, from the Employee After-Tax Rollover Subaccount of his Rollover Contribution Account, third, from the Employee Rollover Subaccount of his Rollover Contribution Account, fourth, from his Class Settlement Account I, fifth, from his Class Settlement Account II, and sixth, from the remainder of his Accounts on a pro rata basis. The Trustee shall fund a Participant’s segregated loan fund by liquidating such portion of the assets of the Accounts from which the Participant’s loan is to be made as is necessary to fund the loan and transferring the proceeds to such segregated loan fund. If such Accounts are invested in more than one Investment Fund, the transfer shall be made pro rata from each such Investment Fund (other than the VBO). The loan shall be secured by a pledge of the Participant’s segregated loan fund.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that a loan from the Plan is deemed distributed to a Participant and has not been repaid by the Participant, and the Participant applies for another loan from the Plan, then the new loan shall satisfy such additional conditions as may be required in accordance with Section 72(p) of the Code and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder. Notwithstanding any foregoing provision of this Paragraph (b) to the contrary, no loan shall be considered to come from, and no liquidation shall be made with respect to, the portion of a Participant’s Accounts that are invested in the VBO.
(c) The actual and reasonable expenses incurred by the Plan (including attorneys’ fees) in connection with the documentation of a loan, the recording of security interests, the enforcement of the terms of the loan, and collection activities associated with any default may be charged to the borrowing Participant’s Accounts pursuant to uniform and nondiscriminatory policies established by the Committee from time to time.
B-5 Repayment Terms of Loan .
(a) A Participant who is an Employee receiving compensation at the time of receipt of a loan shall be required, as a condition to receiving a loan, to enter into an irrevocable agreement authorizing the Employer to make payroll deductions from his compensation so long as the Participant is such an Employee and to transfer such payroll deduction amounts to the Trustee in payment of such loan plus interest. In the case of a Participant who (i) is not at the time of commencement of his loan an Employee, or (ii) is not at the commencement of his loan receiving compensation, or (iii) was an Employee receiving compensation at the time of commencement of his loan but ceases to receive compensation or ceases to be an Employee, such Participant shall make his loan repayments in the manner prescribed by the Committee.
(b) The terms of the loan shall (i) require level amortization with payments not less frequently than quarterly, (ii) require that the loan be repaid within five (5) years unless the Participant certifies in writing to the Committee that the loan is to be used to acquire any dwelling unit which within a reasonable time is to be used (determined at the time the loan is made) as a principal residence of the Participant, in which case such loan shall be repaid within ten (10) years, (iii) allow prepayment without penalty, provided that any prepayment must be for the full Outstanding Loan balance (including interest), (iv) require that the balance of the loan (including interest) shall become due and payable (to the extent not otherwise due and payable) on the date the Participant or, if applicable, the Participant’s beneficiary, becomes entitled to receive a distribution pursuant to Article VII or VIII, irrespective of whether such Participant or beneficiary elects or consents to such distribution, and (v) provide that such Participant’s Outstanding Loan balance (including interest), if not paid in accordance with the repayment provisions of the loan, shall be repaid by offsetting such balance against the amount in the Participant’s segregated loan fund pledged as security for the loan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that a Participant becomes entitled to, but has not yet received, a distribution pursuant to Article VII of the Plan, such Participant may elect to continue to make payments of principal and interest on his loan in accordance with the terms thereof and subject to the provisions of this Appendix B. By agreeing to the pledge of the segregated loan fund as security for the loan, a Participant shall be deemed to have consented to the distribution of such segregated loan fund prior to the time specified in Section 411(a)(11) of the Code and the applicable Treasury Regulations thereunder.

 

2


 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Appendix B or the Plan to the contrary, if the distribution of the balance of the Participant’s Accounts is made in connection with the sale of the stock or the assets of an Employer, the Participant’s entire loan may be distributed solely as a Direct Rollover, in accordance with Article IX of the Plan, to a trust for a plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code, maintained by the purchaser, provided such trust will accept the Participant’s loan as an investment. The Committee shall determine, in its discretion, whether or not a Direct Rollover is in connection with a sale of the stock or assets of an Employer.
(c) If the Participant fails in any way to comply with the repayment terms of a loan, such loan shall be repaid by offsetting the Participant’s Outstanding Loan balance (including interest) against the amount in the Participant’s segregated loan fund pledged as security for the loan. Any such Outstanding Loan (including interest) shall be so offset and repaid on the earlier of (i) the last day of the “Grace Period” (as hereinafter defined) applicable with respect to such failure to comply, or (ii) the date of any withdrawal or distribution of benefits from the pledged portion of the Participant’s Accounts pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, amounts in a Participant’s Accounts may not be offset and used to satisfy the payment of such loan (including interest) prior to the earliest time such amounts would otherwise be permitted to be distributed under applicable law. For purposes of this Paragraph, the “Grace Period” with respect to any failure to comply with the repayment terms of a loan shall be the period beginning on the date of such failure and ending on the last day of the calendar quarter following the calendar quarter in which such failure occurred.
(d) Amounts tendered to the Trustee by a Participant in repayment of a loan made pursuant to this Appendix B, (i) shall initially be credited to the Participant’s segregated loan fund, (ii) then shall be transferred as soon as practicable following receipt thereof to the Account or Accounts from which the Participant’s loan was made, and (iii) shall be invested in accordance with the Participant’s current designation as to the investment of amounts allocated to his Accounts pursuant to Article V of the Plan, except that any portion of such amounts that is credited to such Participant’s ESOP Subaccount shall be invested in accordance with Article VI of the Plan.
B-6 Operation of Article . The provisions of this Appendix B shall be applicable to loans granted or renewed on or after the Effective Date. Loans granted or renewed prior to the Effective Date shall be governed by the provisions of the Plan as in effect prior to the Effective Date.

 

3

Exhibit 10.35
DYNEGY MIDWEST GENERATION, INC. 401(k) SAVINGS PLAN FOR
EMPLOYEES COVERED UNDER A COLLECTIVE BARGAINING
AGREEMENT
As Amended and Restated
Effective January 1, 2009

 

 


 

DYNEGY MIDWEST GENERATION, INC. 401(k) SAVINGS PLAN FOR EMPLOYEES
COVERED UNDER A COLLECTIVE BARGAINING AGREEMENT
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, Dynegy Inc., a Delaware corporation, (“Dynegy”) has heretofore adopted the Dynegy Midwest Generation, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement, hereinafter referred to as the “Plan” for the benefit of its eligible employees;
WHEREAS, Dynegy desires to amend the Plan in several respects and to restate the Plan, intending thereby to provide an uninterrupted and continuing program of benefits; and
WHEREAS, the Plan is hereby restated in its entirety as follows with no interruption in time, effective as of January 1, 2009, except as otherwise indicated herein.

 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    PAGE  
 
       
I. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION
    1  
1.1 Definitions
    1  
1.2 Number and Gender
    11  
1.3 Headings
    11  
1.4 Construction
    11  
 
       
II. PARTICIPATION
    11  
2.1 Eligibility
    11  
2.2 Transferred Employees
    12  
 
       
III. CONTRIBUTIONS
    12  
3.1 Before-Tax Contributions
    12  
3.2 After-Tax Contributions
    15  
3.3 Employer Matching Contributions
    16  
3.4 Employer Discretionary Contributions
    17  
3.5 Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions
    17  
3.6 Restrictions on Employer Matching Contributions and After-Tax Contributions
    18  
3.7 Return of Contributions
    18  
3.8 Disposition of Excess Deferrals and Excess Contributions
    19  
3.9 Rollover Contributions
    21  
 
       
IV. ALLOCATIONS AND LIMITATIONS
    22  
4.1 Allocation of Contributions to Accounts
    22  
4.2 Application of Forfeitures
    24  
4.3 Valuation of Accounts
    24  
4.4 Limit on Annual Additions Under Section 415
    24  
4.5 Recharacterizations
    25  
 
       
V. INVESTMENT OF ACCOUNTS
    25  
5.1 Investment of ESOP Subaccounts
    25  
5.2 Investment of Certain Employer Contributions
    25  
5.3 Investment of Accounts
    26  
5.4 VBO Investments
    26  
5.5 Pass-Through Voting and Other Rights with Respect to Company Stock
    27  
5.6 Stock Splits and Stock Dividends
    27  
 
       
VI. ESOP AND ESOP ALLOCATIONS
    27  
6.1 Article Controls
    27  
6.2 Purpose of ESOP
    27  
6.3 Nature of the ESOP
    27  
6.4 Requirements as to Exempt Loan
    28  
6.5 Use of Exempt Loan Proceeds
    29  

 

i


 

         
    PAGE  
 
       
6.6 Loan Repayment Contributions
    29  
6.7 Release and Allocation of Financed Stock
    29  
6.8 Investment of Accounts
    30  
6.9 Dividends
    31  
6.10 “Put” Option
    31  
6.11 Right of First Refusal
    32  
6.12 Investment of Trust Fund in Company Stock
    33  
6.13 Company Stock Valuation
    33  
 
       
VII. GENERAL BENEFITS
    34  
7.1 No Benefits Unless Herein Set Forth
    34  
7.2 Severance from Employment Benefit
    34  
7.3 Disability Benefit
    34  
7.4 Vesting of Accounts
    34  
 
       
VIII. DEATH BENEFITS
    34  
8.1 Death Benefits
    34  
8.2 Designation of Beneficiaries
    34  
 
       
IX. PAYMENT OF BENEFITS
    35  
9.1 Determination of Benefit Commencement Date
    35  
9.2 Minimum Distribution Requirements
    36  
9.3 Form of Payment and Payee
    40  
9.4 Direct Rollover Election
    41  
9.5 Transfers to Salaried Plan
    41  
9.6 Notice of Direct Rollover Distribution
    42  
9.7 Unclaimed Benefits
    42  
9.8 Claims Review
    42  
 
       
X. IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS
    46  
10.1 In-Service Withdrawals
    46  
10.2 Restriction on In-Service Withdrawals
    48  
 
       
XI. LOANS
    49  
 
       
XII. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
    49  
12.1 General Administration of the Plan
    49  
12.2 Records and Procedures
    49  
12.3 Meetings
    50  
12.4 Self-Interest of Members
    50  
12.5 Compensation and Bonding
    50  
12.6 Committee Powers and Duties
    50  
12.7 Employer to Supply Information
    51  
12.8 Temporary Restrictions
    52  
12.9 Indemnification
    52  

 

ii


 

         
    PAGE  
 
       
XIII. TRUSTEE AND ADMINISTRATION OF TRUST FUND
    52  
13.1 Trust Agreement
    52  
13.2 Payment of Expenses
    52  
13.3 Trust Fund Property
    53  
13.4 Distributions from Participants’ Accounts
    53  
13.5 Payments Solely front Trust Fund
    53  
13.6 No Benefits to Company/Employer
    53  
 
       
XIV. FIDUCIARY PROVISIONS
    53  
14.1 Article Controls
    53  
14.2 General Allocation of Fiduciary Duties
    53  
14.3 Delegation of Fiduciary Duties
    54  
14.4 Investment Manager
    54  
14.5 Independent Fiduciary
    54  
 
       
XV. AMENDMENTS
    55  
15.1 Right to Amend
    55  
15.2 Limitation on Amendments
    56  
 
       
XVI. DISCONTINUANCE OF CONTRIBUTIONS, TERMINATION, PARTIAL TERMINATION, AND MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION
    56  
16.1 Right to Discontinue Contributions, Terminate, or Partially Terminate
    56  
16.2 Procedure in the Event of Discontinuance of Contributions, Termination, or Partial Termination
    56  
16.3 Merger, Consolidation, or Transfer
    57  
 
       
XVII. PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS
    57  
17.1 Designation of Other Employers
    57  
17.2 Single Plan
    58  
 
       
XVIII. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
    58  
18.1 Not Contract of Employment
    58  
18.2 Spendthrift Clause
    59  
18.3 Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act Requirements
    60  
18.4 Payments to Minors and Incompetents
    60  
18.5 Acquisition and Holding of Company Stock
    61  
18.6 Power of Attorney Designations
    61  
18.7 Participant’s and Beneficiary’s Addresses
    61  
18.8 Incorrect Information, Fraud, Concealment, or Error
    61  
18.9 Severability
    61  
18.10 Jurisdiction
    61  
 
       
Appendix A: Participating Employers
       
 
       
Appendix B: Loan Policy
       

 

iii


 

I.
DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION
1.1 Definitions . Where the following words and phrases appear in the Plan, they shall have the respective meanings set forth below, unless their context clearly indicates to the contrary.
(a)  Account(s) : A Participant’s After-Tax Account, Before-Tax Account, Employer Contribution Account, Rollover Contribution Account, Catch-Up Contribution Account, TRASOP Transfer Account, Class Settlement Account, and/or Roth Account, including the amounts credited thereto.
(b)  Act : The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
(c)  After-Tax Account : An individual account for each Participant, which is credited with (i) all After-Tax Contributions held in such account on the Effective Date, and (ii) all amounts of After-Tax Contributions that are deferred and/or accrued after the Effective Date. Such Account shall also be adjusted to reflect changes in value as provided in Section 4.3.
(d)  After-Tax Contributions : Contributions made to the Plan by a Participant in accordance with Section 3.2.
(e)  Before-Tax Account : An individual account for each Participant, which is credited with (i) all Before-Tax Contributions made by the Employer on such Participant’s behalf in such account on the Effective Date, (ii) all amounts of Before-Tax Contributions deferred and/or accrued after the Effective Date, and (iii) the Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions, if any, made on such Participant’s behalf pursuant to Section 3.5 to satisfy the restrictions set forth in Section 3.1(e) in such account. Such Account shall also be adjusted to reflect changes in value as provided in Section 4.3.
(f)  Before-Tax Contributions : Contributions made to the Plan by the Employer on a Participant’s behalf in accordance with the Participant’s elections to defer Compensation under the Plan’s qualified cash or deferred arrangement as described in Section 3.1.
(g)  Benefit Commencement Date : With respect to each Participant or beneficiary, the date such Participant’s or beneficiary’s benefit is paid to him from the Trust Fund as determined in accordance with Section 9.1.
(h)  Catch-Up Contribution Account : An individual account for each Participant which is credited with Catch-Up Contributions made in accordance with Section 3.1(h) of the Plan. Such Account shall also be adjusted to reflect changes in value as provided in Section 4.3.
(i)  Catch-Up Contributions : Contributions made to the Plan by the Employer on a Participant’s behalf in accordance with the Participant’s elections to defer Compensation under the Plan’s qualified cash or deferred arrangement as described in Section 3.1(h).

 

1


 

(j)  Class Settlement Account : A separate account established for each person who is an Allocation Participant (as defined below) that is credited by the Trustee with the respective restorative payment awarded to such Allocation Participant pursuant to the Stipulation and Agreement of Settlement approved by the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division, in the matter of In re Dynegy Inc. Securities Litigation, Civil Action No. H-02-1571. For purposes of this Section 1.1(j), the term “Allocation Participant” shall mean each Participant and former Participant and each beneficiary (or alternate payee) of a Participant or former Participant who is within the Settlement Class as defined in the Stipulation and Agreement of Settlement and who shall be deemed to be a Participant or beneficiary (or alternate payee) under the Plan to the extent necessary or appropriate, including, but not limited to, with respect to the unclaimed benefit provisions under Article IX of the Plan. The amounts credited to a Class Settlement Account shall be fully vested. If the Trustee receives settlement proceeds in the form of Company Stock to be allocated to the Class Settlement Account of each Allocation Participant, such Company Stock shall be invested in the Company Stock Fund until the Allocation Participant directs to change such investment pursuant to Section 5.3(c). If the Trustee receives cash settlement proceeds to be allocated to the Class Settlement Account of each Allocation Participant, during the period prior to such allocation, such settlement proceeds shall be invested in the Vanguard Prime Money Market Fund. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5.3(a) of the Plan, cash settlement proceeds in the Class Settlement Account of each Allocation Participant shall be invested in accordance with Paragraph (1) or (2) below, as applicable, until the Allocation Participant directs to change such investment pursuant to Section 5.3(c):
(1) If an Allocation Participant is an Eligible Employee with an existing Account balance in the Plan and is either currently contributing to the Plan or previously contributed to the Plan, such Allocation Participant’s cash settlement proceeds in the Class Settlement Account shall be invested in accordance with such Allocation Participant’s most recent investment direction for contributions to the Plan; or
(2) If an Allocation Participant is not described in Paragraph (1) above, the cash proceeds in the Class Settlement Account of such Allocation Participant shall be invested in the appropriate Investment Fund set forth below as determined on the basis of the age of the Allocation Participant, unless such Allocation Participant is the beneficiary (or alternate payee) of a Participant or former Participant, in which case the attained age of such Participant or former Participant, whether or not deceased, shall be used instead of the age of the Allocation Participant:
     
    Age of Participant or Former
Fund Name   Participant
Vanguard Target Retirement Income Fund
  Ages 65 or older
Vanguard Target Retirement 2005 Fund
  Ages 60 to 64
Vanguard Target Retirement 2015 Fund
  Ages 50 to 59
Vanguard Target Retirement 2025 Fund
  Ages 40 to 49
Vanguard Target Retirement 2035 Fund
  Ages 30 to 39
Vanguard Target Retirement 2045 Fund
  Up to Age 29

 

2


 

(k) Code : The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
(l) Committee : The Dynegy Inc. Benefit Plans Committee.
(m) Company : Dynegy Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.
(n) Company Stock : The Class A common stock, $0.01 par value, of the Company.
(o)  Company Stock Fund : An Investment Fund established to invest in Company Stock and such reserves of cash or cash equivalents as are necessary to meet the liquidity needs of the fund.
(p)  Compensation : The regular or base salary or wages (but (i) including regular or base salary or wages paid during a military leave of absence, and (ii) excluding overtime payments and bonuses (other than that described below)) paid by the Employer to or for the benefit of a Participant for services rendered or labor performed for the Employer while a Participant and an Eligible Employee, provided that the following items shall be included as “Compensation:”
(1) Any amounts subject to a deferral election pursuant to Section 3.1 of the Plan;
(2) Elective contributions made on a Participant’s behalf by the Employer that are not includible in income under Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h), or 403(b) of the Code and any amounts that are not includible in the gross income of a Participant under a salary reduction agreement by reason of the application of Section 132(f) of the Code;
(3) Compensation deferred under an eligible deferred compensation plan within the meaning of Section 457(b) of the Code;
(4) Employee contributions described in Section 414(h) of the Code that are picked up by the employing unit and are treated as employer contributions; and
(5) If a Participant is scheduled to work a 12 hour shift, the regularly scheduled overtime will be included as Compensation, and is calculated by multiplying his straight time hourly rate of pay by the number of 12 hour shift regularly scheduled overtime hours for which he is paid, but excluding any other contributions or benefits under this Plan or any other pension, profit sharing, insurance, hospitalization or other plan or policy maintained by an Employer for the benefit of such Participant, bonuses, overtime, commissions, and all other extraordinary and unusual payments.

 

3


 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Compensation of any Participant taken into account for purposes of the Plan shall be limited to $245,000 for any Plan Year with such limitation to be (i) adjusted automatically to reflect any amendments to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code and any cost-of-living increases authorized by Section 401(a)(17) of the Code, and (ii) prorated for a Plan Year of less than twelve months and to the extent otherwise required by applicable law.
(q)  Compensation Committee : The Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company.
(r)  Controlled Entity : Each corporation that is a member of a controlled group of corporations, within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Code, of which the Company or the Employer is a member, each trade or business (whether or not incorporated) with which the Company or the Employer is under common control, within the meaning of Section 414(c) of the Code, and each member of an affiliated service group, within the meaning of Section 414(m) of the Code, of which the Company or the Employer is a member.
(s) Directors : The Board of Directors of the Company.
(t)  Direct Rollover : A payment by the Plan to an Eligible Retirement Plan designated by a Distributee.
(u)  Distributee : Each (i) Participant entitled to an Eligible Rollover Distribution, (ii) Participant’s surviving spouse with respect to the interest of such surviving spouse in an Eligible Rollover Distribution, and (iii) former spouse of a Participant who is an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code, with regard to the interest of such former spouse in an Eligible Rollover Distribution. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, effective January 1, 2008, Distributee shall also include a non-spouse beneficiary, but only with regard to the Participant’s interest under the Plan.
(v)  Effective Date : January 1, 2009, as to this restatement of the Plan, except (i) as otherwise indicated in specific provisions of the Plan, and (ii) that provisions of the Plan required to have an earlier effective date by applicable statute and/or regulation shall be effective as of the required effective date in such statute and/or regulation and shall apply, as of such required effective date, to any plan merged into this Plan. The original effective date of the Plan was January 1, 1987.

 

4


 

(w)  Eligible Employee : Each Employee employed as a member of a group to whom the Plan has been and continues to be extended through a currently effective collective bargaining agreement between his Employer and the collective bargaining representative of the group of employees of which he is a member; provided, however, that the term “Eligible Employee” shall not include:
(1) A nonresident alien who receives no earned income from the Employer that constitutes income from sources within the United States,
(2) A Leased Employee,
(3) An individual who is deemed to be an Employee pursuant to Treasury Regulations issued under Section 414(o) of the Code,
(4) An Employee who has waived participation in the Plan through any means including, but not limited to, an Employee whose employment is governed by a written agreement with the Employer (including an offer letter setting forth the terms and conditions of employment) that provides that the Employee is not eligible to participate in the Plan (a general statement in the agreement, offer letter, or other communication stating that the Employee is not eligible for benefits shall be construed to mean that the Employee is not an Eligible Employee), or
(5) An Employee of an entity that has been designated to participate in the Plan pursuant to the provisions of Article XVI to the extent that such entity’s designation specifically excepts such Employee’s participation.
Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, no individual who is designated, compensated, or otherwise classified or treated by the Employer as an independent contractor or other non-common law employee shall be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan. It is expressly intended that individuals not treated as common law employees by the Employer are to be excluded from Plan participation even if a court or administrative agency determines that such individuals are common law employees.
(x)  Eligible Retirement Plan : Any of (i) an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code, (ii) an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code, (iii) an annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code, (iv) a qualified plan described in Section 401(a) of the Code, which under its provisions does, and under applicable law may, accept a Distributee’s Eligible Rollover Distribution, (v) an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code, (vi) an eligible plan under Section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for the amounts transferred into such plan from the Plan, and (vii) effective January 1, 2008, a Roth IRA described in Section 408A(b) of the Code. The definition of Eligible Retirement Plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving spouse or to a spouse or former spouse who is an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective January 1, 2008, in the case of an Eligible Rollover Distribution to a beneficiary who is a designated beneficiary as defined in Section 401(a)(9)(E) of the Code and is not a surviving spouse, an Eligible Retirement Plan is limited to an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity established for purposes of receiving the distribution that is treated as an inherited account under Section 402(c)(11) of the Code. If the designated beneficiary is a trust, an Eligible Retirement Plan is limited to an individual retirement account created on behalf of the trust that satisfies the requirements to be a designated beneficiary within the meaning of Section 401(a)(9)(E) of the Code.

 

5


 

(y)  Eligible Rollover Distribution : With respect to a Distributee, any distribution of all or any portion of the Accounts of a Participant other than (i) a distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributee’s designated beneficiary or for a specified period of ten (10) years or more, (ii) a distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, (iii) the portion of a distribution that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities), (iv) a loan treated as a distribution under Section 72(p) of the Code and not excepted by Section 72(p)(2), (v) a loan in default that is a deemed distribution, (vi) any corrective distribution provided in Sections 3.8 and 4.4(c), (vii) a distribution pursuant to Section 10.1(g), and (viii) any other distribution so designated by the Internal Revenue Service in revenue rulings, notices, and other guidance of general applicability.
Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of the Plan, a portion of a distribution shall not fail to be an Eligible Rollover Distribution merely because the portion consists of after-tax employee contributions which are not includible in gross income; provided, however, that such portion may be transferred only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Section 408(a) or (b) of the Code or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in Section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible.
Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of the Plan, an Eligible Rollover Distribution to a nonspouse beneficiary is not subject to the direct rollover requirements of Section 401(a)(31) of the Code, the notice requirements of Section 402(f) of the Code or the mandatory withholding requirements of Section 3405(c) of the Code. If a nonspouse beneficiary receives an Eligible Rollover Distribution from the Plan, the distribution is not eligible for a “60-day” rollover.
(z)  Employee : Each (i) individual employed by the Employer (as reported on the Employer’s payroll records and for whom the Employer has FICA taxes withheld), and (ii) Leased Employee.
(aa)  Employer : Dynegy Midwest Generation, Inc. and each entity listed on Appendix A that has been designated to participate in the Plan pursuant to the provisions of Article XVII. The Company is not an Employer.
(bb)  Employer Contribution Account : An individual account for each Participant, which is comprised of the following subaccounts:
(1) ESOP Subaccount : The portion of a Participant’s Employer Contribution Account that, except to the extent provided otherwise in accordance with an election by a Participant pursuant to Section 6.8(b), is credited with (i) all of the Participant’s ESOP Employer Contributions on the Effective Date, and (ii) all additional ESOP Employer Contributions contributed and/or accrued after the Effective Date. The ESOP Subaccount shall be adjusted to the extent provided in Section 6.8(c). The ESOP Subaccount shall also be adjusted to reflect such subaccount’s change in value as provided in Section 4.3. The ESOP Subaccount shall be invested in Company Stock in accordance with Article VI; and

 

6


 

(2) Non-ESOP Subaccount : The portion of a Participant’s Employer Contribution Account that is credited with the sum of (i) all of the Participant’s non-ESOP Employer Contributions on the Effective Date, (ii) all additional non-ESOP Employer Contributions contributed and/or accrued after the Effective Date, and (iii) all Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions, if any, made on such Participant’s behalf pursuant to Section 3.5 to satisfy restrictions set forth in Section 3.6. The Non-ESOP Subaccount shall be adjusted to the extent provided in Section 6.8(b) and (c). The Non-ESOP Subaccount shall also be adjusted to reflect such subaccount’s change in value as provided in Section 4.3.
(cc)  Employer Contributions : The total of Employer Matching Contributions, Employer Discretionary Contributions and Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions.
(dd)  Employer Discretionary Contributions : Contributions made to the Plan by the Employer pursuant to Section 3.4.
(ee)  Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions : Contributions made to the Plan by the Employer pursuant to Section 3.5.
(ff)  Employer Matching Contributions : Contributions made to the Plan by the Employer pursuant to Section 3.3.
(gg)  ESOP : The employee stock ownership plan maintained as a part of the Plan pursuant to Article VI.
(hh)  ESOP Subaccount : The subaccount of a Participant’s Employer Contribution Account defined in Section 1.1(bb). In addition to other provisions of the Plan, a Participant’s ESOP Subaccount shall be subject to Article VI and, in the event of any conflict, Article VI shall control.
(ii)  Exempt Loan : A loan that satisfies the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 54.4975-7(b) made to the Trustee pursuant to the provisions of Article VI.
(jj) Financed Stock : The Company Stock acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan.
(kk)  415 Compensation : Compensation as defined under Section 415(c)(3) of the Code and Treasury Regulations issued pursuant thereto.

 

7


 

(ll)  Highly Compensated Employee : Each Employee who performs services during the Plan Year for which the determination of who is highly compensated is being made (the “Determination Year”) and who:
(1) Is a five-percent owner of the Employer (within the meaning of Section 416(i)(1)(A)(iii) of the Code) at any time during the Determination Year or the twelve-month period immediately preceding the Determination Year (the “Look-Back Year”); or
(2) For the Look-Back Year:
(A) Receives compensation (within the meaning of Section 414(q)(4) of the Code; “compensation” for purposes of this Paragraph) in excess of $90,000 (with such amount to be adjusted automatically to reflect any cost-of-living adjustments authorized by Section 414(q)(1) of the Code) during the Look-Back Year; and
(B) If the Committee elects the application of this clause in such Look-Back Year, is a member of the top 20% of Employees for the Look-Back Year (other than Employees described in Section 414(q)(5) of the Code) ranked on the basis of compensation received during the year.
For purposes of the preceding sentence, (i) all employers aggregated with the Employer under Sections 414(b), (c), (m), or (o) of the Code shall be treated as a single employer and (ii) a former Employee who had a separation year (generally, the Determination Year such Employee separates from service) prior to the Determination Year and who was an active Highly Compensated Employee for either such separation year or any Determination Year ending on or after such Employee’s fifty-fifth birthday shall be deemed to be a Highly Compensated Employee. To the extent that the provisions of this Paragraph are inconsistent or conflict with the definition of a “highly compensated employee” set forth in Section 414(q) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, the relevant terms and provisions of Section 414(q) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder shall govern and control.
(mm)  Incentive Contribution Subaccount : The subaccount of a Participant’s Employer Contribution Account that is comprised of the balance referred to in Clause (1) of Section 1.1(bb).
(nn)  Investment Fund : Investment funds made available from time to time for the investment of Plan assets as described in Article V.
(oo)  Independent Fiduciary : The person or entity acting with respect to the Company Stock Fund, as provided in Section 14.5.

 

8


 

(pp)  Leased Employee : Each person who is not an employee of the Employer or a Controlled Entity but who performs services for the Employer or a Controlled Entity pursuant to an agreement (oral or written) between the Employer or a Controlled Entity and any leasing organization, provided that (i) such person has performed such services for the Employer or a Controlled Entity or for related persons (within the meaning of Section 144(a)(3) of the Code) on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year, and (ii) such services are performed under primary direction or control by the Employer or a Controlled Entity.
(qq)  Non-ESOP Subaccount : The subaccount of a Participant’s Employer Contribution Account defined in Section 1.1(bb).
(rr) Normal Retirement Date : The date a Participant attains the age of sixty-five.
(ss)  Participant : Each individual who (i) has met the eligibility requirements for participation in the Plan pursuant to Article II, or (ii) has made a Rollover Contribution in accordance with Section 3.9, but only to the extent provided in Section 3.9. For purposes of Articles V and VI and Section 18.6 only, the beneficiary of a deceased Participant and any alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order (as defined in Section 18.2) shall have the rights of a Participant.
(tt)  Plan : The Dynegy Midwest Generation, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement, as amended from time to time.
(uu) Plan Year : The twelve-consecutive month period commencing January 1 of each year.
(vv)  Rollover Contribution Account : An individual account for a Participant, which is comprised of the following subaccounts:
(1) Employee After-Tax Rollover Subaccount : A subaccount for such Participant that is credited with (i) the balance of his Rollover Contributions consisting of after-tax employee contributions on the Effective Date, if any, and (ii) any additional Rollover Contributions consisting of after-tax employee contributions. A Participant’s Employee After-Tax Rollover Subaccount shall be adjusted to reflect changes in value as provided in Section 4.3.
(2) Employee Rollover Subaccount : A subaccount for such Participant that is credited with (i) the balance of his Employee Rollover Subaccount on the Effective Date, and (ii) any additional Rollover Contributions consisting of amounts other than after-tax employee contributions and Roth Contributions. A Participant’s Employee Rollover Subaccount shall be adjusted to reflect changes in value as provided in Section 4.3.
(3) Employee Roth Rollover Subaccount : A subaccount for such Participant that is credited with (i) the balance of his Employee Roth Rollover Subaccount on the Effective Date, and (ii) any additional Rollover Contributions consisting of Roth Contributions. A Participant’s Employee Roth Rollover Subaccount shall be adjusted to reflect changes in value as provided in Section 4.3.

 

9


 

(ww)  Rollover Contributions : Contributions made by a Participant pursuant to Section 3.9.
(xx)  Roth Account : An individual account for each Participant that is credited with Roth Contributions, if any, made in accordance with Section 3.1(i) of the Plan. Such Account shall also be adjusted to reflect changes in value as provided in Section 4.3.
(yy)  Roth Contributions : Contributions made by a Participant pursuant to Section 3.1(i).
(zz)  Salaried Plan : The Dynegy Midwest Generation, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan, as amended from time to time.
(aaa) Severance from Employment : The term “Severance from Employment” shall have the same meaning as set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(d). A Severance from Employment occurs when the Participant ceases to be an Employee of an Employer maintaining the Plan. An Employee does not have a Severance from Employment if, in connection with a change of employment, the Employee’s new employer maintains such Plan with respect to the Employee. For example, if a new employer maintains the Plan with respect to an Employee by continuing or assuming sponsorship of the Plan or by accepting a transfer of Plan assets and liabilities (within the meaning of Section 414(l) of the Code) with respect to the Employee, such Employee does not have a Severance from Employment.
(bbb) Suspense Account : The account under which Financed Stock is held until released and allocated to Participants’ ESOP Subaccounts.
(ccc)  Total and Permanent Disability : A Participant shall be considered totally and permanently disabled if (i) the Participant has been determined to be disabled by the Social Security Administration, and (ii) the Participant is receiving payment of social security disability benefits.
(ddd) TRASOP : The Illinois Power Company Tax Reduction Act Stock Ownership Plan, which was terminated effective October 31, 1988.
(eee) TRASOP Transfer Account : An individual account for each Participant who was a participant in the TRASOP and who had his account balances under the TRASOP transferred to the Plan, which is comprised of the following subaccounts:
(1) TRASOP Employee Subaccount : A subaccount for each such Participant that is attributable to employee contributions to the TRASOP. The TRASOP Employee Subaccount shall be adjusted to reflect such subaccount’s change in value as provided in Section 4.3.
(2) TRASOP Employer Subaccount : A subaccount for each such Participant that is attributable to employer contributions to the TRASOP. The TRASOP Employer Subaccount shall be adjusted to reflect such subaccount’s change in value as provided in Section 4.3.

 

10


 

(fff) Trust : The trust(s) established under the Trust Agreement(s) to hold and invest contributions made under the Plan and income thereon, and from which Plan benefits are distributed.
(ggg) Trust Agreement : The agreement(s) entered into between the Company and the Trustee establishing the Trust, as such agreement(s) may be amended from time to time.
(hhh) Trust Fund : The funds and properties held pursuant to the provisions of the Trust Agreement for the use and benefit of the Participants, together with all income, profits, and increments thereto.
(iii)  Trustee : The trustee or trustees qualified and acting under the Trust Agreement at any time.
(jjj) VBO : The “Vanguard Brokerage Option” that is an Investment Fund under the Plan, as described in Section 5.4 of the Plan.
1.2 Number and Gender . Wherever appropriate herein, words used in the singular shall be considered to include the plural, and words used in the plural shall be considered to include the singular. The masculine gender, where appearing in the Plan, shall be deemed to include the feminine gender.
1.3 Headings . The headings of Articles and Sections herein are included solely for convenience, and if there is any conflict between such headings and the text of the Plan, the text shall control.
1.4 Construction . It is intended that the Plan be qualified within the meaning of Section 401(a) of the Code and that the Trust be tax exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code, and all provisions herein shall be construed in accordance with such intent.
II.
PARTICIPATION
2.1 Eligibility . On or after the Effective Date, each Eligible Employee shall become a Participant immediately upon his employment as an Eligible Employee. Notwithstanding the foregoing:
(a) An Eligible Employee who was a Participant in the Plan on the day prior to the Effective Date shall remain a Participant in this restatement thereof as of the Effective Date;
(b) An Employee who has not become a Participant because he was not an Eligible Employee shall become a Participant immediately upon becoming an Eligible Employee as a result of a change in his employment status; and
(c) A Participant who ceases to be an Eligible Employee but remains an Employee shall continue to be a Participant but, on and after the date he ceases to be an Eligible Employee, he shall no longer be entitled to defer Compensation hereunder, make contributions to the Plan, or share in allocations of Employer Contributions unless and until he shall again become an Eligible Employee.

 

11


 

2.2 Transferred Employees . Notwithstanding any foregoing provision of this Section to the contrary, if an employee of the Employer or a Controlled Entity (i) is a participant in the Salaried Plan, (ii) ceases to satisfy the eligibility requirements of the Salaried Plan because he transfers into an employment classification as a member of a group of employees to which the Plan has been extended and continues to be extended through a currently effective collective bargaining agreement between his employer and the collective bargaining representative of the group of employees of which he is a member, (iii) continues to be employed by the Employer or a Controlled Entity, and (iv) coincident with his cessation of eligibility for the Salaried Plan, satisfies the eligibility requirements of Section 2.1, then the sum of the amounts in his accounts under the Salaried Plan (including any outstanding loans) as of the date of the transfer hereinafter described shall be transferred as soon as practicable after such cessation to corresponding Accounts under the Plan in accordance with the requirements of Section 414(1) of the Code and the regulations thereunder, and, for periods after the date of such cessation, he shall cease to be a participant in the Salaried Plan and shall be a Participant in the Plan, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan. Amounts transferred to the Plan pursuant to this Section shall not be considered annual additions for purposes of Section 415 of the Code and Section 4.4 of the Plan.
III.
CONTRIBUTIONS
3.1 Before-Tax Contributions .
(a) A Participant may elect to defer an integral percentage of not less than 1% of his Compensation for a Plan Year by having the Employer contribute the amount so deferred to the Plan. A Participant’s election to defer an amount of his Compensation pursuant to this Section shall be made by authorizing his Employer, in the manner prescribed by the Committee, to reduce his Compensation in the elected amount and the Employer, in consideration thereof agrees to contribute an equal amount to the Plan. The Compensation elected to be deferred by a Participant pursuant to this Section shall become a part of the Employer’s Before-Tax Contributions and shall be allocated in accordance with Section 4.1(a). Compensation for a Plan Year not so deferred by a Participant shall be received by such Participant in cash. Such elections cannot relate to Compensation that is currently available prior to the adoption or effective date of the Plan. In addition, except for occasional, bona fide administrative considerations, contributions made pursuant to such an election cannot precede the earlier of (i) the date of the performance of services relating to the contribution, and (ii) the date the Compensation that is subject to the election would be currently available to the Participant in the absence of an election to defer. Such elections can only be made with respect to amounts that are compensation as defined under Section 415(c)(3) of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(c)-2. A Participant who is not in Qualified Military Service (as defined in Section 414(u) of the Code) cannot make an election with respect to an amount paid after the Participant’s Severance from Employment, unless the amount is paid within 2 1 / 2 months following the Participant’s Severance from Employment and is described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(c)-2(e)(3)(ii). For clarification purposes, the preceding sentence shall permit elections to apply to: (i) amounts earned prior to a Severance from Employment, and (ii) payments of sick leave and/or vacation pay paid to a Participant as soon as administratively feasible following Severance from Employment.

 

12


 

(b) A Participant’s deferral election shall remain in force and effect for all periods following the effective date of such election (which shall be as soon as administratively feasible after the election is made) until modified or terminated or until such Participant terminates his employment or ceases to be an Eligible Employee. A Participant who has elected to defer a portion of his Compensation may change his deferral election percentage, effective as of the next available pay date, by communicating such new deferral election percentage to his Employer in the manner and within the time period prescribed by the Committee.
(c) A Participant may cancel his deferral election, effective as of the next available pay date by communicating such cancellation to his Employer in the manner and within the time period prescribed by the Committee. A Participant who so cancels his deferral election may resume deferrals, effective as of the next available pay date, by communicating his new deferral election to his Employer in the manner and within the time period prescribed by the Committee.
(d) In restriction of the Participants’ elections provided in Paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) above, the Before-Tax Contributions and the elective deferrals (within the meaning of Section 402(g)(3) of the Code) under all other plans, contracts, and arrangements of the Employer on behalf of any Participant for any calendar year shall not exceed $16,500 for calendar year 2009, (with such amount to be adjusted automatically to reflect any cost-of-living adjustments authorized by Section 402(g)(4) of the Code).
(e) In further restriction of the Participants’ elections provided in Paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) above, it is specifically provided that one of the actual deferral percentage tests set forth in Section 401(k)(2) of the Code and Treasury Regulations thereunder (“ADP Test”) must be met in each Plan Year. Such testing shall utilize the current year testing method as such term is defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-2(a)(2)(ii). The actual deferral ratio (as such term is defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-6 (“ADR”) of any Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and who is eligible to have Before-Tax Contributions (and Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions, if treated as elective contributions for purposes of the ADP Test) allocated to such Participant’s accounts under two (2) or more cash or deferred arrangements described in Section 401(k) of the Code, that are maintained by an Employer (or a Controlled Entity), shall be determined as if such elective contributions (and, if applicable, such Qualified Matching Contributions) were made under a single arrangement. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two (2) or more cash or deferred arrangements of an Employer (or a Controlled Entity) that have different Plan Years, then all elective contributions made during the Plan Year being tested under all such cash or deferred arrangements shall be aggregated, without regard to the plan years of the other plans. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans shall be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated under the Regulations of Section 401(k) of the Code.
(f) If the Committee determines that a reduction of Compensation deferral elections made pursuant to Paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) above is necessary to insure that the restrictions set forth in Paragraph (d) or (e) above are met for any Plan Year, the Committee may reduce the elections of affected Participants on a temporary and prospective basis in such manner as the Committee shall determine.

 

13


 

(g) As soon as administratively feasible following the end of each payroll period, but no later than the time required by applicable law, the Employer shall contribute to the Trust, as Before-Tax Contributions with respect to each Participant, an amount equal to the amount of Compensation elected to be deferred, pursuant to Paragraphs (a) and (b) above (as adjusted pursuant to Paragraph (f) above), by such Participant during such payroll period. Such contributions, as well as the contributions made pursuant to Sections 3.3, 3.4, and 3.5 shall be made without regard to current or accumulated profits of the Employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as provided in Article VI, the Plan is intended to qualify as a profit sharing plan for purposes of Sections 401(a), 402, 412, and 417 of the Code.
(h) Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Participants who are eligible to make elective deferrals under this Plan and who have attained age 50 before the close of the Plan Year shall be eligible to make Catch-Up Contributions in accordance with, and subject to the limitations of Section 414(v) of the Code. Such Catch-Up Contributions shall not be taken into account for implementing the required limitations of Section 402(g) and 415 of the Code. Catch-Up Contributions shall not be matched by Employer Contributions in accordance with Section 402(g) and 415 of the Code. Catch-Up Contributions shall not be matched by Employer Contributions in accordance with Section 3.3 of the Plan. Any Catch-Up Contribution made as a Roth Contribution under Section 3.1(i) shall be treated as a Roth Contribution for purposes of allocation, distribution and investment. The Plan shall not be treated as failing to satisfy the provisions of the Plan implementing the requirements of Section 401(k)(3), 401(k)(11), 401(k)(12), 410(b), or 416 of the Code, as applicable, by reason of the making of such Catch-Up Contributions. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, Catch-up Contributions shall not be matched by Employer Contributions. Any Catch-Up Contribution made as a Roth Contribution under Section 3.1(i) shall be treated as a Roth Contribution for purposes of allocation, distribution and investment.
(i) Effective January 1, 2008, a Participant may elect to have some or all of his or her Before-Tax Contribution, as a whole percentage of Compensation, and some or all of any Catch-Up Contribution, contributed to the Plan as a Roth Contribution. A Roth Contribution means any Before-Tax Contribution that is (i) designated irrevocably by the Participant at the time of execution of the applicable payroll deduction authorization form supplied by the Employer as a Roth Contribution; (ii) treated by the Employer as included in the Participant’s income at the time the Participant would have received the amount in cash if the Participant had not made the election with respect to such Roth Contribution so that the Roth Contribution shall be included as wages subject to applicable withholding requirements; and (iii) maintained by the Plan in a separate, designated Roth Account. Roth Contributions shall be subject to the same dollar limits and nondiscrimination testing requirements as Before-Tax Contributions, and shall be subject to the same Plan provisions as Before-Tax Contributions for purposes of investment and distribution.

 

14


 

(j) Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary, each Eligible Employee whose employment with the Employer begins on or after the Effective Date shall be deemed to have elected to defer 6% of his Compensation as a Before-Tax Contribution (and for the sake of clarity, not as a Roth Contribution) effective as of the first administratively feasible pay period following an opt-out period prescribed by the Committee (which shall not be less than sixty (60) days) unless such Eligible Employee opts out of such deemed election during such opt-out period in the manner prescribed by the Committee. Except as provided in this Paragraph (j), all provisions applicable to the elective deferrals made pursuant to Paragraph (a) above shall also be applicable to deemed elective deferrals made pursuant to this Paragraph, including, but not limited to, a Participant’s ability to cancel or change such election in accordance with Paragraphs (b) and (c) above.
3.2 After-Tax Contributions .
(a) If the Before-Tax Contributions to be made with respect to a Participant are restricted by the limitations set forth in Section 3.1(d) for a calendar year, then, automatically and without any further action by such Participant, such Participant’s Compensation shall continue to be reduced by the percentage elected by the Participant and then in effect pursuant to Section 3.1(a), (b), or (c) for the remainder of such year but on an after-tax basis with such reductions to be contributed to the Plan as his After-Tax Contributions. Effective as of the first day of the following Plan Year, automatically and without any further action by the Participant, such Participant’s Compensation reduction election as then in effect under this Paragraph (a), as adjusted pursuant to Paragraphs (e), (d), and (f) below, shall revert to an election to defer Compensation pursuant to Section 3.1(a).
(b) Without limiting the applicability of Paragraph (a) above, a Participant may contribute to the Plan, as his After-Tax Contributions, an integral percentage of not less than 1% of his Compensation. After-Tax Contributions shall be made by authorizing the Employer to withhold such contributions from the Participant’s Compensation as of each payroll period. Each Participant may elect the amount of his After-Tax Contributions in the manner and within the time period prescribed by the Committee.
(c) A Participant may change the amount of his After-Tax Contributions pursuant to Paragraph (a) and/or (b) above effective as of the next available pay data by electing a new After-Tax Contribution percentage in the manner and within the time period prescribed by the Committee.
(d) A Participant may suspend his After-Tax Contributions pursuant to Paragraph (a) and/or (b) above effective as of the next available pay date in accordance with the procedures and within the time period prescribed by the Committee. Resumption of suspended After-Tax Contributions shall be made effective as of the next available pay date by making a new election in the manner and within the time period prescribed by the Committee; provided, however, that a Participant may not resume his After-Tax Contributions pursuant to Paragraph (a) above once such After-Tax Contributions have been suspended pursuant to this Paragraph.
(e) A Participant may at any time elect to make a lump sum After-Tax Contribution to the Plan. Such After-Tax Contribution shall be paid to the Employer by such Participant in cash (including personal check or other method approved by the Committee), in an amount determined by such Participant; provided, however, that such contribution may not exceed the otherwise applicable limits set forth in the Plan.

 

15


 

(f) If the restrictions set forth in Section 3.6 would not otherwise be met for any Plan Year, (i) the After-Tax Contribution elections made pursuant to Paragraphs (a), (b), (c), and (d) above of affected Participants may be reduced by the Committee on a temporary and prospective basis in such manner as the Committee shall determine, and (ii) any After-Tax Contributions pursuant to Paragraph (e) above of affected Participants may be limited or disallowed.
(g) As soon as administratively feasible following (i) the end of each payroll period, or (ii) the receipt by the Employer of a Participant’s payment pursuant to Paragraph (e) above, but in either event no later than the time required by applicable law, the Employer shall contribute to the Trust the After-Tax Contributions withheld from the Participant’s Compensation during such payroll period or paid to the Employer in accordance with Paragraph (e) above, as applicable.
3.3 Employer Matching Contributions .
(a) For each payroll period, the Employer shall contribute to the Trust, as Employer Matching Contributions, an amount that equals 50% of the Before-Tax Contributions that were made pursuant to Section 3.1 on behalf of each of the Participants during such payroll period and that were not in excess of 6% of each such Participant’s Compensation for such payroll period.
(b) In addition to the Employer Matching Contributions made pursuant to Paragraph (a) above, for each Plan Year the Employer shall contribute to the Trust, as Employer Matching Contributions, an amount equal to the difference, if any, between (i) 50% of the Before-Tax Contributions that were made pursuant to Section 3.1 on behalf of each of the Eligible Participants during such Plan Year and that were not in excess of 6% of each such Eligible Participant’s Compensation for such Plan Year, and (ii) the Employer Matching Contributions made pursuant to Paragraph (a) above for each such Eligible Participant for such Plan Year. For purposes of this Paragraph, the term “Eligible Participant” shall mean each Participant who was an Eligible Employee on the last day of the applicable Plan Year.
(c) Employer Matching Contributions pursuant to Paragraph (a) above shall be contributed to the Trust at the same time the related Before-Tax Contributions are contributed to the Trust, and Employer Matching Contributions pursuant to Paragraph (b) above shall be contributed to the Trust at the time determined by the Committee. At the sole discretion of the Directors or the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors, Employer Matching Contributions on behalf of Participants shall be made in cash, in whole shares of Company Stock, or in any combination of cash and whole shares of Company Stock.
(d) Notwithstanding any foregoing provision of this Section to the contrary, if at any time an Exempt Loan is outstanding, then, to the extent permissible, Employer Matching Contributions shall be contributed to the ESOP in accordance with Section 6.6 and subsequently allocated pursuant to Section 4.1(c).
(e) Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Section 3.3, Roth Contributions (except Catch-Up Contributions made as Roth Contributions) shall be eligible for Employer Matching Contributions in the same manner and amount as Before-Tax Contributions.

 

16


 

3.4 Employer Discretionary Contributions .
(a) For each Plan Year, the Employer may contribute to the Trust, as an Employer Discretionary Contribution, an additional amount as determined in its discretion.
(b) If it has been so determined that an Employer Discretionary Contribution shall be made for any Plan Year, then such contribution shall be made in cash, in whole shares of Company Stock, or in any combination of cash and whole shares of Company Stock (as determined in the sole discretion of the Directors or the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors).
(c) Notwithstanding any foregoing provision of this Section to the contrary, if at any time an Exempt Loan is outstanding, then, to the extent permissible, Employer Discretionary Contributions shall be contributed to the ESOP in accordance with Section 6.6 and subsequently allocated pursuant to Section 4.1(d).
3.5 Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions . In addition to the Employer Matching Contributions made pursuant to Section 3.3 and the Employer Discretionary Contributions made pursuant to Section 3.4, for each Plan Year, the Employer, in its discretion, may contribute to the Trust as an Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contribution for such Plan Year the amounts necessary to cause the Plan to satisfy the restrictions set forth in Section 3.1(e) (with respect to certain restrictions on Before-Tax Contributions) and the amounts necessary to cause the Plan to satisfy the restrictions set forth in Section 3.6 (with respect to certain restrictions on Employer Matching Contributions and After-Tax Contributions). Amounts contributed in order to satisfy the restrictions set forth in Section 3.1(e) shall be considered “Qualified Matching Contributions” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-6), and amounts contributed in order to satisfy the restrictions set forth in Section 3.6 shall be considered Employer Matching Contributions.
Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions may be contributed to the Plan pursuant to the foregoing for purposes of satisfying the restrictions set forth in Section 3.1(e) only if the conditions described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-2(a)(6) are satisfied. A contribution made pursuant to this Section 3.5 is not taken into account under the actual contribution percentage test (as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-6 (“ACP Test”) or in determining the ADR for a Participant who is not a Highly Compensated Employee (a “NHCE”) to the extent that it exceeds the greatest of:
(a) Five percent (5%) of the NHCE’s Section 414(s) of the Code compensation for the Plan Year;
(b) The NHCE’s Before-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year; and
(c) The product of two (2) times the Plan’s “Representative Matching Rate” (as defined below) and the NHCE’s Before-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year.

 

17


 

Any amounts contributed pursuant to this Paragraph shall be allocated in accordance with the provisions of Sections 4.1(e), (f) and (g). For purposes of this Paragraph, the “Matching Rate” for a Participant generally is the Employer Matching Contributions made for such Participant divided by the Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year. For purposes of this Paragraph, the “Representative Matching Rate” is the lowest Matching Rate for any eligible NHCE among a group of NHCEs that consists of half of all eligible NHCEs in the Plan for the Plan Year (or, if greater, the lowest Matching Rate for all eligible NHCEs in the Plan who are employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year and who make Before-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year). If the Matching Rate is not the same for all levels of Before-Tax Contributions for a Participant, then the Participant’s Representative Matching Rate is determined assuming that a Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions are equal to 6% of his compensation under Section 414(s) of the Code.
3.6 Restrictions on Employer Matching Contributions and After-Tax Contributions . In restriction of the Employer Matching Contributions and After-Tax Contributions hereunder, it is specifically provided that one of the actual contribution percentage tests set forth in Section 401(m) of the Code and Treasury Regulations thereunder (“ACP Test”) must be met in each Plan Year. Such testing shall utilize the current year testing method as such term is defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2(a)(2)(ii). The Committee may elect, in accordance with applicable Treasury Regulations, to treat Before-Tax Contributions to the Plan as Employer Matching Contributions for purposes of meeting this requirement. The actual contribution ratio (as such term is defined under Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(k)-6) (the “ACR”) for any Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee and who is eligible to have Employer Matching Contributions or After-Tax Contributions allocated to his or her account under two (2) or more plans described in Section 401(a) of the Code, or arrangements described in Section 401(k) of the Code that are maintained by the same Employer (or Controlled Entity), shall be determined as if the total of such contributions was made under each plan and arrangement. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two (2) or more such plans or arrangements that have different plan years, then all Employer Matching Contributions and After-Tax Contributions made during the Plan Year being tested under all such plans and arrangements shall be aggregated, without regard to the plan years of the other plans. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans shall be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated under the regulations of Section 401(m) of the Code. If Employer Matching Contributions for any portion of a Plan Year are allocated in whole or in part to the ESOP Subaccounts of Participants pursuant to Section 3.3(d), then (i) a separate test under this Section for such Plan Year shall be performed with respect to such Employer Matching Contributions and (ii) a separate test under this Section for such Plan Year shall be performed with respect to After-Tax Contributions and all other Employer Matching Contributions, if any.
3.7 Return of Contributions . Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, the Employer’s contributions to the Plan are contingent upon the deductibility of such contributions under Section 404 of the Code. To the extent that a deduction for contributions is disallowed, such contributions shall, upon the written demand of the Employer, be returned to the Employer by the Trustee within one year after the date of disallowance, reduced by any net losses of the Trust Fund attributable thereto but not increased by any net earnings of the Trust Fund attributable thereto, which net earnings shall be treated as a forfeiture in accordance with Section 4.2. Moreover, if Employer contributions are made under a mistake of fact, such contributions shall, upon the written demand of the Employer, be returned to the Employer by the Trustee within one year after the payment thereof, reduced by any net losses of the Trust Fund attributable thereto but not increased by any net earnings of the Trust Fund attributable thereto, which net earnings shall be treated as a forfeiture in accordance with Section 4.2.

 

18


 

3.8 Disposition of Excess Deferrals and Excess Contributions .
(a) Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, any Before-Tax Contributions and/or Roth Contributions to the Plan for a calendar year on behalf of a Participant in excess of the limitations set forth in Section 3.1(d) and any “excess deferrals” from other plans allocated to the Plan by such Participant no later than March 1 of the next following calendar year within the meaning of, and pursuant to the provisions of, Section 402(g)(2) of the Code, shall be distributed to such Participant not later than April 15 of the next following calendar year.
(b) Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, if, for any Plan Year, the aggregate Before-Tax Contributions and/or Roth Contributions made by the Employer on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees exceeds the maximum amount of Before-Tax Contributions and/or Roth Contributions permitted on behalf of such Highly Compensated Employees pursuant to Section 3.1(e) or 3.1(i) respectively, an excess amount shall be determined by reducing Before-Tax Contributions and/or Roth Contributions on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in order of the highest ADRs to equal the highest permitted ADR in accordance with Section 401(k)(8)(B)(ii) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder. Once determined, the Committee may adjust the contributions of each affected Highly Compensated Employee by causing such excess amounts to be (i) recharacterized as Catch-Up Contributions pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.5 of the Plan to the maximum extent possible, and (ii) distributed to Highly Compensated Employees in order of the highest dollar amounts contributed on behalf of such Highly Compensated Employees in accordance with Section 401(k)(8)(C) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder before the end of the next following Plan Year. Income allocable to such excess amounts with respect to a Plan Year shall be distributed therewith and shall include income for such Plan Year including the gap period between the end of such Plan Year and the date of distribution of such excess amounts computed under the safe harbor method of allocating gap period income set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-2(b)(2)(iv)(D).
(c) Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, if, for any Plan Year, the aggregate Employer Matching Contributions and After-Tax Contributions allocated to the Accounts of Highly Compensated Employees exceeds the maximum amount of such Employer Matching Contributions and After-Tax Contributions permitted on behalf of such Highly Compensated Employees pursuant to Section 3.6, an excess amount shall be determined by reducing, first, After-Tax Contributions made by, and second, Employer Matching Contributions made on behalf of, Highly Compensated Employees in order of the highest ACR to equal the highest permitted ACR in accordance with Section 401(m)(6)(B)(ii) of the Code and Treasury Regulations thereunder. Once determined, such excess shall be distributed to Highly Compensated Employees in order of the highest dollar amounts contributed by or on behalf of such Highly Compensated Employees in accordance with Section 401(m)(6)(C) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder (or, if such excess contributions are forfeitable, they shall be forfeited) before the end of the next following Plan Year. Income allocable to such excess amounts with respect to a Plan Year shall be distributed therewith and shall include income for such Plan Year including the gap period between the end of such Plan Year and the date of distribution of such excess amounts computed under the safe harbor method of allocating gap period income set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2(b)(2)(iv)(D). If separate testing is performed pursuant to the last sentence of Section 3.6, then the corrective actions described in this Paragraph shall be applied separately in a manner consistent with such separate testing.

 

19


 

(d) Effective January 1, 2008, in coordinating the disposition of excess deferrals and excess contributions pursuant to this Section, such excess deferrals and excess contributions shall be disposed of in the following order:
(1) First, excess Roth Contributions that constitute excess deferrals described in Paragraph (a) above that are not considered in determining the amount of Employer Matching Contributions pursuant to Section 3.3 shall be distributed;
(2) Next, excess Roth Contributions that constitute excess deferrals described in Paragraph (a) above that are considered in determining the amount of Employer Matching Contributions pursuant to Section 3.3 shall be distributed, and the Employer Matching Contributions with respect to such Before-Tax Contributions shall be forfeited;
(3) Next, excess Before-Tax Contributions that constitute excess deferrals described in Paragraph (a) above that are not considered in determining the amount of Employer Matching Contributions pursuant to Section 3.3 shall be distributed;
(4) Next, excess Before-Tax Contributions that constitute excess deferrals described in Paragraph (a) above that are considered in determining the amount of Employer Matching Contributions pursuant to Section 3.3 shall be distributed, and the Employer Matching Contributions with respect to such Before-Tax Contributions shall be forfeited;
(5) Next, excess Before-Tax Contributions described in Paragraph (b) above that are not considered in determining the amount of Employer Matching Contributions pursuant to Section 3.3 shall be distributed;
(6) Next, excess Before-Tax Contributions described in Paragraph (b) above that are considered in determining the amount of Employer Matching Contributions pursuant to Section 3.3 shall be distributed, and the Employer Matching Contributions with respect to such Before-Tax Contributions shall be forfeited;
(7) Next, excess After-Tax Contributions described in Paragraph (c) above shall be distributed; and

 

20


 

(8) Finally, excess Employer Matching Contributions described in Paragraph (c) above shall be distributed (or, if forfeitable, forfeited).
(e) Any distribution or forfeiture of excess deferrals or excess contributions pursuant to the provisions of this Section shall be adjusted for income or loss allocated thereto in the manner determined by the Committee in accordance with any method permissible under applicable Treasury Regulations.
3.9 Rollover Contributions .
(a) Rollover Contributions may be made to the Plan by any Participant of amounts received by such Participant from a qualified plan described in Section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code or an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code (excluding, in each case, after-tax employee contributions). In addition, the Plan will accept a Rollover Contribution of the portion of a distribution received by a Participant from an individual retirement account or annuity described in Section 408(a) or 408(b) of the Code that is eligible to be rolled over and would otherwise be includible in gross income. Rollover Contributions pursuant to this Paragraph may only be made to the Plan pursuant to and in accordance with applicable provisions of the Code and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective January 1, 2008, the Plan will accept a Rollover Contribution of after-tax employee contributions and/or Roth contributions as Rollover Contributions. The Plan will account separately for amounts so transferred, including accounts separately for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not includible in gross income.
(b) Rollover Contributions may be made to the Plan by any Participant of amounts received by such Participant from any of a qualified plan described in Section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code (including after-tax employee contributions) or an annuity described in Section 403(b) of the Code (excluding after-tax employee contributions). Rollover Contributions may be made to the Plan only pursuant to and in accordance with applicable provisions of the Code and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. A Rollover Contribution of amounts that are “eligible rollover distributions” within the meaning of Section 402(f)(2)(A) of the Code may be made to the Plan irrespective of whether such eligible rollover distribution was paid to the Participant or paid to the Plan as a “direct” Rollover Contribution.
(c) Any Participant desiring to effect a Rollover Contribution to the Plan must follow the procedures prescribed by the Committee for such purpose. The Committee may require as a condition to accepting any Rollover Contribution that such Participant furnish any evidence that the Committee in its discretion deems satisfactory to establish that the proposed Rollover Contribution is in fact eligible for rollover to the Plan and is made pursuant to and in accordance with applicable provisions of the Code and Treasury Regulations. All Rollover Contributions to the Plan must be made in cash. A Rollover Contribution shall be credited to the Rollover Contribution Account of the Participant for whose benefit such Rollover Contribution is being made as of the day such Rollover Contribution is received by the Trustee.

 

21


 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant’s interest under a qualified plan described in Section 401(a) of the Code is distributed in connection with an acquisition of stock or assets by an Employer or a Controlled Entity, the Participant’s entire outstanding loan under such plan may be contributed as a Rollover Contribution to this Plan, in accordance with this Section 3.9, provided that the transferor plan provides the Committee with a current favorable IRS determination letter issued to such transferor plan and trust or such other evidence that the Committee in its discretion deems satisfactory to establish that the proposed Rollover Contribution is in fact eligible for rollover to the Plan and is made pursuant to and in accordance with applicable provisions of the Code and Treasury Regulations. The Committee shall determine, in its discretion, whether or not a distribution is made in connection with an acquisition of stock or assets by an Employer or a Controlled Entity.
(d) A Participant who has made a Rollover Contribution in accordance with this Section, but who has not otherwise become a Participant of the Plan in accordance with Section 2.2, shall become a Participant coincident with such Rollover Contribution; provided, however, that such Participant shall not have a right to defer Compensation, make contributions to the Plan, or have Employer Contributions made on his behalf until he has otherwise satisfied the requirements imposed by Section 2.2.
IV.
ALLOCATIONS AND LIMITATIONS
4.1 Allocation of Contributions to Accounts .
(a) Before-Tax Contributions made by the Employer on a Participant’s behalf shall be allocated to such Participant’s Before-Tax Account. Further, Catch-Up Contributions pursuant to Section 3.1(h) made by the Employer on a Participant’s behalf shall be allocated to such Participant’s Catch-Up Contribution Account.
(b) After-Tax Contributions made by a Participant pursuant to Section 3.2 shall be allocated to such Participant’s After-Tax Account.
(c) Employer Matching Contributions made by the Employer on a Participant’s behalf shall be allocated to such Participant’s Non-ESOP Subaccount (or, to the extent that such Employer Matching Contributions are initially invested in Company Stock or Section 3.3(d) applies, to such Participant’s ESOP Subaccount).
(d) The Employer Discretionary Contribution, if any, made pursuant to Section 3.4 for a Plan Year shall be allocated to the Non-ESOP Subaccounts (or, to the extent that such Employer Discretionary Contribution is initially invested in Company Stock or Section 3.4(c) applies, to the ESOP Subaccounts) of Participants who (i) were Eligible Employees on the last day of such Plan Year, or (ii) incurred a Severance from Employment during such Plan Year on or after Normal Retirement Date or by reason of Total and Permanent Disability or death. The allocation to each such eligible Participant’s Non-ESOP Subaccount (or ESOP Subaccount, if applicable) shall be that portion of such Employer Discretionary Contribution which is in the same proportion that such Participant’s Compensation for such Plan Year bears to the total of all such Participants’ Compensation for such Plan Year.

 

22


 

(e) The Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions, if any, made pursuant to Section 3.5 for a Plan Year in order to satisfy the restrictions set forth in Section 3.1(e) shall be allocated to the Before-Tax Accounts of Participants who (i) received an allocation of Before-Tax Contributions for such Plan Year, and (ii) were not Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year (each such Participant individually referred to as an “Eligible Participant” for purposes of this Paragraph). Such allocation shall be made, first, to the Before-Tax Account of the Eligible Participant who received the least amount of Compensation for such Plan Year until the lesser of the limitation set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-2(a)(6)(v) or the limitation set forth in Section 4.4 (the “401(k) Additional Contribution Limitation”) has been reached as to such Eligible Participant, then to the Before-Tax Account of the Eligible Participant who received the next smallest amount of Compensation for such Plan Year until the 401(k) Additional Contribution Limitation has been reached as to such Eligible Participant, and continuing in such manner until the Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contribution for such Plan Year has been completely allocated or the 401(k) Additional Contribution Limitation has been reached as to all Eligible Participants.
(f) The Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contribution, if any, made pursuant to Section 3.5 for a Plan Year in order to satisfy the restrictions set forth in Section 3.6 shall be allocated to the Employer Contribution Accounts of Participants who (i) received an allocation of Employer Matching Contributions for such Plan Year, and (ii) were not Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year (each such Participant individually referred to as an “Eligible Participant” for purposes of this Paragraph). Such allocation shall be made, first, to the Employer Contribution Account of the Eligible Participant who received the least amount of Compensation for such Plan Year until the lesser of the limitation set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2(a)(5) or the limitation set forth in Section 4.4 (the “401(m) Additional Contribution Limitation”) has been reached as to such Eligible Participant; then to the Employer Contribution Account of the Eligible Participant who received the next smallest amount of Compensation for such Plan Year until the 401(m) Additional Contribution Limitation has been reached as to such Eligible Participant, and continuing in such manner until the Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contribution for such Plan Year has been completely allocated or the 401(m) Additional Contribution Limitation has been reached as to all Eligible Participants.
(g) If an Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contribution is made in order to satisfy the restrictions set forth in both Section 3.1(e) and Section 3.6 for the same Plan Year, the Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions made in order to satisfy the restrictions set forth in Section 3.1(e) shall be allocated (pursuant to Paragraph (e) above) prior to allocating the Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contribution made in order to satisfy the restrictions set forth in Section 3.6 (pursuant to Paragraph (f) above). In determining the application of the limitations set forth in Section 4.4 to the allocations of Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions, all Annual Additions (as such term is defined in Section 4.4) to a Participant’s Accounts other than Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions shall be considered allocated prior to Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions.
(h) Roth Contributions pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 3.2, as applicable, made by the Employer on a Participant’s behalf shall be allocated to such Participant’s Roth Account.
(i) All contributions to the Plan shall be considered allocated to Participants’ Accounts no later than the last day of the Plan Year for which they were made, as determined pursuant to Article III, except that, for purposes of Section 4.3, contributions shall be considered allocated to Participants’ Accounts when received by the Trustee.

 

23


 

4.2 Application of Forfeitures . Any amounts that are forfeited under any provision hereof during a Plan Year shall be applied in the manner determined by the Committee to reduce Employer Contributions and/or to pay expenses incident to the administration of the Plan and Trust. Prior to such application, forfeited amounts shall be held in suspense and invested in the Investment Fund or Funds designated from time to time by the Committee.
4.3 Valuation of Accounts . All amounts contributed to the Trust Fund shall be invested as soon as administratively feasible following their receipt by the Trustee, and the balance of each Account shall reflect the result of daily pricing of the assets in which such Account is invested from the time of receipt by the Trustee until the time of distribution.
4.4 Limit on Annual Additions Under Section 415 . Effective January 1, 2008, contributions hereunder shall be subject to the limitations of Code Section 415 and Treasury Regulations published pursuant to such Code Section on April 5, 2007, the provisions of which are specifically incorporated by reference; to the extent any portion of this Section conflicts with such Regulations, the provisions of the Regulations shall govern.
(a) The Annual Additions to a Participant’s Accounts hereunder (together with the Annual Additions to the Participant’s account(s) under any other defined contribution plans required to be aggregated with the Plan) for any Limitation Year may not exceed the lesser of:
(1) Forty-nine Thousand Dollars ($49,000.00), subject to cost-of-living increases as allowed under Code Section 415(d); or
(2) One hundred percent (100%) of the Participant’s 415 Compensation for the Limitation Year.
In the event the preceding limitations apply to an individual who is a Participant in this Plan and was a Participant in any other defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer, the limitations shall apply first to this Plan.
(b) For purposes of this Section the following definitions shall apply:
(1) “Annual Addition” shall mean the sum of the following additions to a Participant’s Accounts for the Limitation Year (i) employer contributions (including salary reduction contributions), (ii) employee contributions, and (iii) forfeitures, if any. For purposes of this definition, “Annual Additions” to other Employer defined contribution plans (also taken into account when applying the limitations in Paragraph (a) above) include any voluntary employee contributions to an account in a qualified defined benefit plan and any employer contribution to an individual retirement account or annuity under Code Section 408 or to a medical account for a key employee under Code Section 401(h) or 419A(d), except that the 25%-of-pay limit below shall not apply to employer contributions to a key employee’s medical account after his separation from service.
(2) “Limitation Year” shall be the Plan Year.
(c) In the event the limitations in this Section are not satisfied, correction shall be made under the rules provided in Revenue Procedure 2008-50 (and any successor to that Revenue Procedure).

 

24


 

4.5 Recharacterizations . In the event a Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions for a Plan Year do not equal a limitation described in Section 3.1(h) for any reason whether or not related to an election by a Participant, his Catch-Up Contributions, if any, for such Plan Year shall be recharacterized as Before-Tax Contributions for all purposes to the extent necessary to either (i) increase Before-Tax Contributions to equal such limitation, or (ii) exhaust the Catch-Up Contributions made for such Plan Year; provided, however, in no event shall such recharacterized Catch-Up Contributions be eligible to be matched by Employer Matching Contributions.
In the event a Participant who is eligible to elect Catch-Up Contributions pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.1(h) is determined by the Committee, applying the provisions of Section 3.8, to have excess deferrals for a Plan Year, then before causing a distribution of such Participant’s excess deferrals, the Committee may cause such Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions to be recharacterized as Catch-Up Contributions to the extent necessary to either (i) exhaust his excess deferrals, or (ii) increase his Catch-Up Contributions to the applicable limit under Section 414(v) of the Code for the Plan Year.
V.
INVESTMENT OF ACCOUNTS
5.1 Investment of ESOP Subaccounts . Participants’ ESOP Subaccounts shall be subject to, and invested in accordance with, Article VI. Except as provided in Article VI, the remaining provisions of this Article, other than Section 5.5, shall not apply to such ESOP Subaccounts.
5.2 Investment of Certain Employer Contributions . Subject to the Independent Fiduciary’s authority, pursuant to Section 14.5, to terminate the availability of the Company Stock Fund as an investment option under the Plan, Employer Matching Contributions and Employer Discretionary Contributions, and any earnings thereon, shall be initially invested in the Company Stock Fund. In the event the Independent Fiduciary terminates the availability of the Company Stock Fund as an investment option under the Plan, the Independent Fiduciary shall designate an alternative investment fund to receive Employer Matching Contributions and Employer Discretionary Contributions pending further investment directions from the Participants and beneficiaries.

 

25


 

5.3 Investment of Accounts .
(a) Except as provided in Section 5.2, each Participant shall designate, in accordance with the procedures established from time to time by the Committee, the manner in which the amounts allocated to each of his Accounts shall be invested from among the Investment Funds made available from time to time by the Committee, except that, subject to Section 14.5, there shall be a Company Stock Fund and the Committee may not eliminate such fund. With respect to the portion of a Participant’s Accounts that is subject to investment discretion, such Participant may designate one of such Investment Funds for all the amounts allocated to such portion of his Accounts (except to the extent otherwise provided by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.4 with respect to the VBO) or he may split the investment of the amounts allocated to such portion of his Accounts between such Investment Funds in such increments as the Committee may prescribe. Except as otherwise provided in Section 14.5, if a Participant fails to make a designation (including, for example, with respects to amounts deferred under Section 3.1(j)), then such portions of his Accounts shall be invested in the Investment Fund or Funds designated by the Committee from time to time in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.
(b) Except as provided in Section 5.2, a Participant may change his investment designation for future contributions to be allocated to his Accounts. Any such change shall be made in accordance with the procedures established by the Committee, and the frequency of such changes may be limited by the Committee.
(c) A Participant may elect to convert his investment designation with respect to the amounts already allocated to his Accounts (including, without limitation, the conversion of the investment designation with respect to amounts invested in Company Stock pursuant to Section 5.2). Any such conversion shall be made in accordance with the procedures established by the Committee, and the frequency of such conversions may be limited by the Committee.
5.4 VBO Investments . One of the Investment Funds available for the investment of the amounts in a Participant’s Accounts under the Plan shall be the VBO. A Participant may designate that a portion of the amounts in his Accounts shall be invested in the VBO in accordance with the procedures, and subject to any limitations, established by the Committee. Upon such a designation, the amounts so invested in the VBO shall be available, in accordance with such Participant’s directions, for the purchase and subsequent sale of such stocks, bonds, mutual fund units, and other securities as the Committee shall make available from time to time. A Participant’s directions with respect to any such purchases and sales shall be effected in accordance with the procedures established by the Committee. Investment in the VBO by a Participant shall subject the amounts in his Accounts to such annual, transactional, or other fees and expenses as the Committee may determine. Further, investment in the VBO shall be subject to such other terms, conditions, and limitations as the Committee may from time to time determine. Voting and other rights associated with Participants’ investments in the VBO shall be exercisable by Participants to the extent and in the manner determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

 

26


 

5.5 Pass-Through Voting and Other Rights with Respect to Company Stock .
(a) Each Participant shall have the right to direct the Trustee as to the manner of voting and the exercise of all other rights which a shareholder of record has with respect to shares (and fractional shares) of Company Stock which have been allocated to the Participant’s Accounts including, but not limited to, the right to sell or retain shares in a public or private tender offer.
(b) All shares (and fractional shares) of Company Stock for which the Trustee has not received timely Participant directions shall be voted or exercised by the Trustee in the same proportion as the shares (and fractional shares) of Company Stock for which the Trustee received timely Participant directions, except in the case where to do so would be inconsistent with the provisions of Title I of the Act.
(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event of a tender offer for Company Stock, the Trustee shall interpret a Participant’s silence as a direction not to tender the shares of Company Stock allocated to the Participant’s Accounts and, therefore, the Trustee shall not tender any shares (or fractional shares) of Company Stock for which it does not receive timely directions to tender such shares (or fractional shares) from Participants, except in the case where to do so would be inconsistent with the provisions of Title I of the Act.
5.6 Stock Splits and Stock Dividends . Stock or other securities received by the Trustee by reason of a stock split, stock dividend, or recapitalization shall be appropriately allocated to the Accounts of each affected Participant.
VI.
ESOP AND ESOP ALLOCATIONS
6.1 Article Controls . Any Plan provisions to the contrary notwithstanding, the provisions of this Article shall control.
6.2 Purpose of ESOP . The purpose of the ESOP is to enable Participants to acquire an ownership interest in the Company. As a means of accomplishing such purpose, the ESOP will be invested primarily in Company Stock. The ESOP is also designed to provide a technique of corporate finance to the Company or the Employer. Therefore, it may be used to accomplish the following objectives: to provide Participants with beneficial ownership of Company Stock; to meet general financing requirements of the Company or the Employer, including capital growth and transfer in the ownership of Company Stock; and to receive loans (or other extensions of credit) to finance the acquisition of Company Stock, with such loans (or credits) secured primarily by a commitment by the Employer to pay contributions to the Trust in amounts sufficient to enable principal and interest on such loans to be repaid.
6.3 Nature of the ESOP . The ESOP is designed to meet the requirements for an employee stock ownership plan within the meaning of Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code and Section 407(d)(6) of the Act, which may enter into one or more Exempt Loans. No loan shall be made to the ESOP which is (i) a loan made by a disqualified person (as such term is defined in Section 4975(e) of the Code) or (ii) a loan guaranteed by a disqualified person (as such term is defined in Section 4975(e) of the Code) unless all of the requirements of this Article VI have been satisfied. The ESOP Subaccounts shall be the portion of the Plan that constitutes an employee stock ownership plan, and the ESOP is intended to be a stock bonus plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code.

 

27


 

6.4 Requirements as to Exempt Loan .
(a) The terms of any Exempt Loan shall comply with all the requirements necessary to constitute an exempt loan within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 54.4975-7(b), including each of the following requirements:
(1) The terms shall be as favorable to the ESOP as the terms of a comparable loan from arm’s-length negotiations between independent parties;
(2) The interest rate shall be no more than a reasonable interest rate considering all relevant factors including the amount and duration of the loan, the security and guarantee involved, the credit standing of the ESOP and the guarantor of the loan and the interest rate prevailing for comparable loans;
(3) The loan shall be without recourse against the ESOP;
(4) The loan must be for a specific term under which the number of years to maturity is definitely ascertainable at all times;
(5) The loan may not be payable at the demand of any person except in the case of default;
(6) The only assets of the ESOP that may be given as collateral for the loan are Company Stock acquired with the proceeds of the same or Company Stock used as collateral on a prior Exempt Loan and repaid with the proceeds of the same;
(7) No person entitled to payment under the loan shall have any right to assets of the ESOP other than collateral given for the loan, contributions made to the ESOP to enable it to meet its obligations under the loan and earnings attributable to such collateral and such contributions;
(8) The value of ESOP assets transferred in satisfaction of the loan upon an event of default shall not exceed the amount of the default;
(9) If the lender is a disqualified person (as such term is defined in Section 4975(e) of the Code), ESOP assets may only be transferred upon default only upon and to the extent of the failure of the ESOP to meet the payment schedule of the loan;
(10) Upon payment of any portion of the balance due on the loan, the assets pledged as collateral for such portion shall be released from encumbrance; and
(11) The loan shall be repaid only from amounts contributed to the ESOP by the Employer to enable the ESOP to repay such loan, earnings on such contributions and earnings on Financed Stock acquired with the proceeds of such loan (including dividends and proceeds of sale of such Financed Stock, so long as such use of proceeds complies with applicable requirements of the Code and regulations thereunder).

 

28


 

(b) Any Exempt Loan must be primarily for the benefit of Participants and their beneficiaries.
(c) Except as provided in Section 6.10 or as otherwise permitted by Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, Company Stock acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan shall not be subject to a put, call, or other option or buy-sell or similar arrangement while held by or distributed from the Plan. The restrictive protections of this Paragraph (c) shall be nonterminable with respect to Company Stock acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan and shall continue to exist regardless of whether such loan is repaid or the Plan ceases to be an employee stock ownership plan within the meaning of Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.
6.5 Use of Exempt Loan Proceeds .
(a) The proceeds of any Exempt Loan shall be used within a reasonable time after receipt thereof to acquire Company Stock, to repay such loan or to repay a prior Exempt Loan.
(b) Company Stock acquired with the proceeds of any Exempt Loan shall at all times meet the requirements of Section 409(l) of the Code.
(c) All shares of Company Stock acquired by the Plan with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan shall be allocated to the Suspense Account and held therein until released pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.7.
(d) In no event shall the proceeds of any Exempt Loan be used to enter into any transaction pursuant to which a taxpayer may elect nonrecognition treatment under Section 1042 of the Code.
6.6 Loan Repayment Contributions . With respect to a Plan Year during which there are shares of Financed Stock in the Suspense Account, the Employer shall make contributions to the ESOP in the form of, first, Employer Matching Contributions and, then, Employer Discretionary Contributions in an amount which, when added to dividends then available to amortize a then outstanding Exempt Loan, is sufficient to enable the Trustee to pay any currently maturing obligation under such Exempt Loan.
6.7 Release and Allocation of Financed Stock .
(a) The number of shares of Financed Stock to be released from the Suspense Account as soon as practicable following any amortization of an Exempt Loan shall equal the number of shares of Financed Stock in the Suspense Account immediately before release multiplied by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction shall be the amount of the payment of principal and interest on the Exempt Loan. The denominator of the fraction shall be the sum of the numerator plus the principal and interest to be paid for all future periods over the duration of the Exempt Loan repayment period. If the Financed Stock includes more than one class of security, the number of shares to be released must be determined by applying the same fraction to each class.

 

29


 

(b) Following any such amortization of an Exempt Loan, the aggregate amount described in Paragraph (a) above for a Plan Year shall be allocated to Participants’ ESOP Subaccounts, first, as provided in Section 4.1(c) for such Plan Year and, then, the excess of the released amount over the Employer Matching Contributions for such Plan Year, if any, shall be allocated to Participants’ ESOP Subaccounts as provided in Section 4.1(d) for such Plan Year.
(c) In the event that the amount described in Paragraph (a) above includes assets other than Company Stock, each allocation to a Participant’s ESOP Subaccount pursuant to this Section 6.7 shall contain a pro rata part of Company Stock and such other assets.
6.8 Investment of Accounts .
(a) Participants’ ESOP Subaccounts shall be invested primarily in shares of Company Stock through the Company Stock Fund. For purposes of operational compliance with the requirement that Participants’ ESOP Subaccounts shall be invested “primarily” in shares of Company Stock, such ESOP Subaccounts, in the aggregate, will be deemed to be invested “primarily” in Company Stock if 80% or more of the aggregate assets of such ESOP Subaccounts are invested in Company Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the portions of Participants’ ESOP Subaccounts consisting of shares of Company Stock that were purchased with the proceeds of any “employer reversion” as such term is defined in Section 4980(c)(2) of the Code (or a predecessor thereto) transferred to the Plan (“Employer Reversion”) shall at all times prior to distribution in accordance with the provisions of the Plan be invested 100% in shares of Company Stock.
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph (a) above, a Participant may elect, in accordance with the procedures established by the Committee, to liquidate any or all of the Company Stock held in his ESOP Subaccount (other than any portion of such Participant’s ESOP Subaccount consisting of shares of Company Stock which were purchased with the proceeds of any Employer Reversion) and transfer the amount resulting from such liquidation out of such ESOP Subaccount and into his Non-ESOP Subaccount. Upon any such transfer, such amounts shall be subject to all of the provisions of Article V and shall no longer be subject to the provisions of this Article VI.
(c) A Participant may elect, in accordance with the procedures established by the Committee, to direct that any amounts held in his Non-ESOP Subaccount shall be reallocated to his ESOP Subaccount. Amounts transferred pursuant to this Paragraph (c) shall be invested primarily in Company Stock, shall be subject to the provisions of this Article VI, and shall no longer be subject to the provisions of Article V except as expressly provided therein.

 

30


 

6.9 Dividends .
(a) Any dividends received by the Trustee which are attributable to Company Stock credited to a Participant’s ESOP Subaccount shall be allocated upon receipt by the Trustee to the ESOP Subaccount of such Participant to the same extent and in the same proportion as such dividends would have been received by such Participant had he been the direct owner of the Company Stock credited to his ESOP Subaccount. With respect to each Participant whose employment is terminated for any reason, so long as there are any shares of Company Stock in such Participant’s ESOP Subaccount, his ESOP Subaccount shall continue to receive dividend allocations pursuant to this Paragraph.
(b) Any dividends received by the Trustee which are attributable to Company Stock credited to the Suspense Account shall be used by the Trustee to make Exempt Loan payments until such Exempt Loan has been repaid in full.
6.10 “Put” Option .
(a) A former Participant or designated beneficiary shall be granted, at the time that shares of Company Stock are distributed to him from his ESOP Subaccount, a put option to sell the shares of Company Stock to the Company (or its delegate). The put option shall extend for a period of sixty (60) days following the date that the shares of Company Stock are distributed to the former Participant or designated beneficiary, at which time the put option will temporarily lapse. After the end of the Plan Year in which such put option lapses, and following notification to each former Participant or beneficiary who continues to hold the distributed Company Stock of the value of such Company Stock as of the end of such Plan Year, each such former Participant or beneficiary shall have an additional put option for the sixty-day period immediately following the date such notification is given to such former Participant or beneficiary. To exercise the put option provided under this Section 6.10, a former Participant or designated beneficiary shall submit written notice to the Committee of his desire to have the Company (or its delegate) purchase all or a designated portion of the shares of Company Stock which were distributed to him from his ESOP Subaccount. Upon receipt of such written notice, the Company (or its delegate) shall purchase the tendered Company Stock or such portion thereof as was not purchased by the ESOP on the terms set forth below. It is specifically provided that the trustee or custodian of a rollover individual retirement account of a former Participant shall have the same put option as described herein with respect to such former Participant.
(b) Any Company Stock purchased by the Company (or its delegate) pursuant to the put option provided in Paragraph (a) above shall be purchased as soon as practicable after the exercise of such put option, at a price equal to the fair market value of Company Stock as determined for the date of such purchase. Payment by the Company (or its delegate) for shares of Company Stock purchased pursuant to this put option shall be, as determined by the Company (or its delegate), by (i) a single lump sum cash payment made within thirty (30) days of the date of exercise of the put option by the former Participant or designated beneficiary, or (ii) in the case of Company Stock which was received by the former Participant or designated beneficiary in a distribution constituting the distribution within a single taxable year of the balance of the Participant’s ESOP Subaccount under the Plan, in substantially equal annual installments over a period beginning not later than thirty (30) days after the exercise of the put option by the former Participant or designated beneficiary and not exceeding five (5) years after the put option is exercised provided that provisions are made for adequate security for the purchaser’s debt obligation and reasonable interest is paid with respect to the unpaid portion of the purchase price.
(c) This Section 6.10 shall be inoperative in the event that the Company Stock which is distributed from an ESOP Subaccount to a Participant or designated beneficiary is, at the time of such distribution, listed on a national securities exchange registered under Section 6 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or quoted on a system sponsored by a national securities association registered under Section 15A(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

31


 

6.11 Right of First Refusal .
(a) Any Company Stock distributed from the Plan to a Participant or designated beneficiary shall be subject to a “right of first refusal” in favor of the Plan. No such Participant or designated beneficiary may sell, assign or, in any other manner, transfer (except by gift, devise or intestate succession in which case such Company Stock shall continue to be subject to the right of first refusal provided herein) such Company Stock prior to first giving written notice to the Trustee which shall state the complete terms upon which the Participant or designated beneficiary seeks to transfer the Company Stock. Upon receipt of such written notice, the Trustee, on behalf of the Plan, shall have the right to purchase (a preferential right to which is hereby granted in favor of the Trustee) the Company Stock upon the terms set forth below. The purchase price to the Trustee shall be the fair market value of the Company Stock and, in determining the fair market value of the Company Stock, the Trustee shall give due consideration to the purchase price offered to the selling Participant or beneficiary by a third-party buyer. This “right of first refusal” in favor of the Plan shall lapse upon the earlier of (i) the fourteenth day after the seller gives written notice to the Trustee that an offer by a third-party buyer to purchase the Company Stock has been received, including the complete terms of the proposed transfer, or (ii) the date the Trustee delivers written notice to the seller that the Plan does not desire to exercise its right to purchase the Company Stock thereby consenting to the proposed transfer on the terms set forth in the selling Participant’s notice. If the Trustee, on behalf of the Plan, desires to exercise affirmatively the preferential purchase right set forth above, the Trustee shall do so by giving the required written notice within the fourteen day period described herein. The consummation of any such purchase shall be on a mutually acceptable date as soon as practicable after giving such written notice and the purchaser shall tender payment for any Company Stock purchased pursuant to this Section 6.11(a) in the form of a single cash payment.
(b) Each stock certificate representing shares of Company Stock distributed from the Plan subject to the “right of first refusal” provided by this Section shall bear the following legend written conspicuously across the face, or written across the back and conspicuously referred to on the face:
“The shares evidenced by this certificate are subject to the provisions of Section 6.11 of the Dynegy Midwest Generation, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement. No sale, assignment or transfer (other than by gift, devise or intestate succession in which case such stock shall continue to be subject to the right of first refusal provided herein) of any or all of the shares evidenced by this certificate, or any interest in such shares, shall be valid or effective unless the terms and provisions of such Section 6.11 have been fulfilled. Dynegy Inc. will furnish without charge a copy of such Section containing a full statement of the applicable restrictions on transfer or other disposition of the shares evidenced by this certificate, or any interest in such shares, to the record holder of this certificate upon written request to Dynegy Inc. at its principal place of business or registered office.”

 

32


 

(c) This Section 6.11 shall become inoperative as to all shareholders during any period in which Company Stock is listed on a national securities exchange registered under Section 6 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or quoted on a system sponsored by a national securities association registered under Section 15A(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The protections and rights of this Section are nonterminable with respect to Company Stock acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan and shall continue to exist regardless of whether such loan is repaid or the Plan ceases to be an employee stock ownership plan within the meaning of Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.
6.12 Investment of Trust Fund in Company Stock . The Trustee shall purchase and maintain in the Trust Fund sufficient shares of Company Stock to make distributions of such Company Stock to Participants and their beneficiaries in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, and is authorized to invest up to 100% of the Trust Fund in Company Stock. The Independent Fiduciary shall determine the extent to which the Trust Fund shall be invested in Company Stock and shall determine the price at which Company Stock will be purchased or sold. The Trustee shall act on the Independent Fiduciary’s or Participant’s directions, as applicable, with respect to the purchase and sale of Company Stock and shall have no liability for acting or refraining from acting with respect to the shares of the Company Stock held hereunder from time to time. Amounts that would otherwise be invested in Company Stock shall be invested in an interest-bearing account, or the Trustee may hold such amounts uninvested for a reasonable period pending appropriate investment.
6.13 Company Stock Valuation . For purposes of determining the fair market value of Company Stock, the Committee may direct that appraisals of the value of Company Stock be made by an independent appraiser annually or at such more frequent periodic intervals as the Committee deems appropriate and the Committee shall be entitled to base its determination as to the fair market value of Company Stock upon the most recent of such independent appraisals. During any period when Company Stock is not readily tradeable on an established securities market, all plan activities involving Company Stock shall be based on valuations of Company Stock rendered by an independent appraiser in accordance with the requirements of Section 401(a)(28) of the Code and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. This Section shall be inoperative in the event that the Company Stock is listed on a national securities exchange registered under Section 6 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or quoted on a system sponsored by a national securities association registered under Section 15A(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

33


 

VII.
GENERAL BENEFITS
7.1 No Benefits Unless Herein Set Forth . Except as set forth in this Article, a Participant who incurs a Severance from Employment prior to his Normal Retirement Date for any reason other than death or who incurs a Total and Permanent Disability shall acquire no right to any benefit from the Plan or the Trust Fund.
7.2 Severance from Employment Benefit . Each Participant who incurs a Severance from Employment for any reason other than death shall be entitled to a Severance from Employment benefit, payable at the time and in the form provided in Article IX, equal in value to the sum of the amounts in his Accounts on his Benefit Commencement Date.
7.3 Disability Benefit . Each Participant who incurs a Total and Permanent Disability shall be entitled to a disability benefit, payable at the time and in the form provided in Article IX, equal in value to the sum of the amounts in his Accounts on his Benefit Commencement Date.
7.4 Vesting of Accounts . A Participant shall have a 100% vested and nonforfeitable interest in each of his Accounts at all times.
VIII.
DEATH BENEFITS
8.1 Death Benefits . Upon the death of a Participant while an Employee, the Participant’s designated beneficiary shall be entitled to a death benefit payable at the time and in the form provided in Article IX, equal in value to the sum of the amount in the Participant’s Accounts on his Benefit Commencement Date.
8.2 Designation of Beneficiaries .
(a) Each Participant shall have the right to designate the beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive payment of his benefit in the event of his death. Each such designation shall be made by executing the beneficiary designation form prescribed by the Committee and filing such form with the Committee. Any such designation may be changed at any time by such Participant by execution and filing of a new designation in accordance with this Section 8.2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant who is married on the date of his death has designated an individual or entity other than his surviving spouse as his beneficiary, such designation shall not be effective unless (i) such surviving spouse has consented thereto in writing and such consent (A) acknowledges the effect of such specific designation, (B) either consents to the specific designated beneficiary (which designation may not subsequently be changed by the Participant without spousal consent) or expressly permits such designation by the Participant without the requirement of further consent by such spouse, and (C) is witnessed by a Plan representative (other than the Participant) or a notary public, or (ii) the consent of such spouse cannot be obtained because such spouse cannot be located or because of other circumstances described by applicable Treasury Regulations. Any such consent by such surviving spouse shall be irrevocable.

 

34


 

(b) If no beneficiary designation is on file with the Committee at the time of the death of the Participant or if such designation is not effective for any reason as determined by the Committee, the designated beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive such death benefit shall be as follows:
(1) If a Participant leaves a surviving spouse, his designated beneficiary shall be such surviving spouse; and
(2) If a Participant leaves no surviving spouse, his designated beneficiary shall be (i) such Participant’s executor or administrator, or (ii) his heirs at law if there is no administration of such Participant’s estate.
(c) Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Section and to the extent not prohibited by state or federal law, if a Participant is divorced from his spouse and at the time of his death is not remarried to the person from whom he was divorced, any designation of such divorced spouse as his beneficiary under the Plan filed prior to the divorce shall be null and void unless the contrary is expressly stated in writing filed with the Committee by the Participant. The interest of such divorced spouse failing hereunder shall vest in the persons specified in Paragraph (b) above as if such divorced spouse did not survive the Participant.
IX.
PAYMENT OF BENEFITS
9.1 Determination of Benefit Commencement Date .
(a) A Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date shall be the date that is as soon as administratively feasible after the Participant or his beneficiary becomes entitled to a benefit pursuant to Article VII or VIII unless the Participant has been reemployed by the Employer or a Controlled Entity before such potential Benefit Commencement Date.
(b) Unless (i) the Participant has attained age sixty-five (65) or died, (ii) the Participant consents to a distribution pursuant to Paragraph (a) within the one-hundred-eighty (180) day period ending on the date payment of his benefit hereunder is to commence pursuant to Paragraph (a), or (iii) the balance of the Participant’s Accounts is not in excess of $1,000, the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date shall be deferred to the date which is as soon as administratively feasible after the earlier of the date the Participant attains age sixty-five (65) or the Participant’s date of death, or such earlier date as the Participant may elect by written notice to the Committee prior to such date. No less than thirty (30) days (unless such thirty-day period is waived by an affirmative election in accordance with applicable Treasury Regulations) and no more than one-hundred-eighty (180) days before his Benefit Commencement Date, the Committee shall inform the Participant of his right to defer his Benefit Commencement Date and shall describe the Participant’s Direct Rollover election rights pursuant to Section 9.3 below.
(c) A Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date shall in no event be later than the sixtieth (60 th ) day following the close of the Plan Year during which such Participant attains, or would have attained, his Normal Retirement Date or, if later, terminates his employment with the Employer and all Controlled Entities.

 

35


 

(d) Subject to the provisions of Section 9.2 below, a Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date shall not occur unless the Article VII or VIII event entitling the Participant (or his beneficiary) to a benefit constitutes a distributable event described in Section 401(k)(2)(B) of the Code and shall not occur while the Participant is employed by the Employer or any Controlled Entity (irrespective of whether the Participant has become entitled to a distribution of his benefit pursuant to Article VII or VIII).
(e) Paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) above notwithstanding, but subject to the provisions of Section 9.2 below, a Participant and the beneficiary of a Participant who dies prior to his Benefit Commencement Date, other than a Participant whose balance in his Accounts is not in excess of $1,000, must file a claim for benefits in the manner prescribed by the Committee before payment of his benefit will be made.
(f) For purposes of this Section, in determining whether a Participant’s balance in his Accounts is not in excess of $1,000, the value of the Participant’s Account shall be determined without regard to that portion of his Accounts which is attributable to Rollover Contributions (and earnings allocable thereto) within the meaning of Sections 402(c), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 408(d)(3)(A)(ii) and 457(e)(16) of the Code. If the value of a Participant’s Account is determined to be $1,000 or less, then the Participant’s entire account balance (including amounts attributable to such Rollover Contributions) shall be immediately distributed in a single lump sum payment.
9.2 Minimum Distribution Requirements . All distributions required under this Section 9.2 will be determined and made in accordance with the Treasury Regulations under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code. The following provisions reflect such model amendments, but are not intended to provide any right to any optional form of distribution not otherwise provided in the Plan.
(a) General Rules .
(1) Requirements of Treasury Regulations Incorporated . All distributions required under this Section 9.2 will be determined and made in accordance with the Treasury Regulations under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code.
(2) TEFRA Section 242(b)(2) Elections . Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 9.2, distributions may be made under a designation made before January 1, 1984, in accordance with Section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (“TEFRA”) and the provisions of the Plan that relate to Section 242(b)(2) of TEFRA.
(b) Time and Manner of Distribution .
(1) Required Beginning Date . A Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the Participant’s required beginning date.

 

36


 

(2) Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin . If the Participant dies before distributions begin, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows:
(A) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, distributions to the surviving spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70 1 / 2 , if later.
(B) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, distributions to the designated beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died.
(C) If there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.
(D) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to the surviving spouse begin, this Subparagraph (b)(2), other than Subparagraph (b)(2)(A), will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.
For purpose of this Subparagraph (b)(2) and Subsection (d), unless Subparagraph (b)(2)(D) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the Participant’s required beginning date. If Subparagraph (b)(2)(D) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Subparagraph (b)(2)(A). If distributions under an annuity purchased from an insurance company irrevocably commence to the Participant before the Participant’s required beginning date (or to the Participant’s surviving spouse before the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Subparagraph (b)(2)(A)), the date distributions are considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence.
(c)  Forms of Distribution . Unless the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in a single sum on or before the required beginning date, as of the first distribution calendar year, distributions will be made in accordance with Subsections (c) and (d) of this Section 9.2. If the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with the requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

37


 

(d) Required Minimum Distributions During Participant’s Lifetime .
(1) Amount of Required Minimum Distribution For Each Distribution Calendar Year . During the Participant’s lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year is the lesser of:
(A) The quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)(9)-9, using the Participant’s age as of the Participant’s birthday in the distribution calendar year; or
(B) If the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary for the distribution calendar year is the Participant’s spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)(9)-9, using the Participant’s and spouse’s attained ages as of the Participant’s and spouse’s birthdays in the distribution calendar year.
(2) Lifetime Required Minimum Distributions Continue Through Year of Participant’s Death . Required minimum distributions will be determined under this Subsection (c) beginning with the first distribution calendar year and up to and including the distribution calendar year that includes the Participant’s date of death.
(e) Required Minimum Distributions After Participant’s Death .
(1) Death On or After Date Distributions Begin .
(A) Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary . If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the longer of the remaining life expectancy of the Participant or the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated beneficiary, determined as follows:
(i) The Participant’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.
(ii) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death using the surviving spouse’s age as of the spouse’s birthday in that year. For distribution calendar years after the year of the surviving spouse’s death, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving spouse as of the spouse’s birthday in the calendar year of the spouse’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year.

 

38


 

(iii) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, the designated beneficiary’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the beneficiary in the year following the year of the Participant’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.
(B) No Designated Beneficiary . If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 th of the year after the year of the Participant’s death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the Participant’s remaining life expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.
(2) Death Before Date Distributions Begin .
(A) Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary . If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated beneficiary, determined as provided in Subparagraph (e)(1).
(B) No Designated Beneficiary . If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, distribution of the Participant’s entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.
(C) Death of Surviving Spouse Before Distributions to Surviving Spouse Are Required to Begin . If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin, the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, and the surviving spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Subparagraph (b)(2)(A), this Subparagraph (e)(2) will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.
(3) Definitions .
(A) Designated beneficiary . The individual who is designated as the beneficiary under the applicable section of the Plan and is the designated beneficiary under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-1, Q&A-4.

 

39


 

(B) Distribution calendar year . A calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the Participant’s required beginning date. For distributions beginning after the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under Subparagraph (b)(2). The required minimum distribution for the Participant’s first distribution calendar year will be made on or before the Participant’s required beginning date. The required minimum distribution for other distribution calendar years, including the required minimum distribution for the distribution calendar year in which the Participant’s required beginning date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that distribution calendar year.
(C) Life expectancy . Life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-9.
(D) Participant’s account balance . The account balance as of the last valuation date in the calendar year immediately preceding the distribution calendar year (valuation calendar year) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the account balance as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date. The account balance for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the Plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the distribution calendar year if distributed or transferred in the valuation calendar year.
(4) Required beginning date . The date specified in Section 401(a)(9)(C) of the Code.
(f) A Designated Beneficiary that is not a surviving spouse may not elect a Direct Rollover of an amount which is a required minimum distribution according to this Section 9.2 of the Plan. If the Participant dies before his required beginning date and the nonspouse beneficiary elects a Direct Rollover to an Eligible Retirement Plan the maximum amount eligible for a Direct Rollover, the beneficiary may elect to use either the five (5) year rule or the Life expectancy rule, in determining the required minimum distributions from the Eligible Retirement Plan that receives the nonspouse beneficiary’s distribution.
9.3 Form of Payment and Payee .
(a) Subject to the provisions of Paragraph (b) below, a Participant’s benefit shall be provided from the balance of such Participant’s Accounts under the Plan and shall be paid in cash in one lump sum on the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date. Except as provided in Section 18.4, the Participant’s benefit shall be paid to the Participant unless the Participant has died prior to his Benefit Commencement Date, in which case the Participant’s benefit shall be paid to his beneficiary designated in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.2.

 

40


 

(b) Benefits shall be paid (or transferred pursuant to Section 9.4) in cash except that a Participant (or his designated beneficiary or legal representative in the case of a deceased Participant) may elect to have the portion of his Accounts invested in Company Stock paid (or transferred pursuant to Section 9.4) in full shares of such stock with any balance (including fractional shares of Company Stock) to be paid or transferred in cash. Conversions of Company Stock to cash and cash to Company Stock shall be based upon the value of Company Stock on the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date.
9.4 Direct Rollover Election . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a Distributee’s election under this Section, a Distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Committee, to have all or any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution (other than any portion attributable to the offset of an outstanding loan balance of such Participant pursuant to the Plan’s loan procedure) paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a Direct Rollover. The preceding sentence notwithstanding, a Distributee may elect a Direct Rollover pursuant to this Section only if such Distributee’s Eligible Rollover Distributions during the Plan Year are reasonably expected to total $200 or more. Furthermore, if less than 100% of the Participant’s Eligible Rollover Distribution is to be a Direct Rollover, the amount of the Direct Rollover must be $500 or more. Prior to any Direct Rollover pursuant to this Section, the Committee may require the Distributee to furnish the Committee with a statement from the plan, account, or annuity to which the benefit is to be transferred verifying that such plan, account, or annuity is, or is intended to be, an Eligible Retirement Plan.
Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, effective January 1, 2008, a Direct Rollover from a Participant’s Roth Account and/or After-Tax Account shall only be made to: (i) a qualified plan, (ii) a 403(b) plan, or (iii) for Roth Accounts, a Roth individual retirement account described in Section 408A of the Code and only to the extent the rollover is permitted under Section 402A(c) of the Code, including accounting separately for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not includible in gross income.
9.5 Transfers to Salaried Plan . If an Employee of the Employer or a Controlled Entity (i) ceases to be an Eligible Employee, (ii) continues to be employed by the Employer or a Controlled Entity, and (iii) coincident with his cessation as an Eligible Employee, becomes eligible to participate in the Salaried Plan, then the sum of the amounts in his Accounts (including any outstanding loans) as of the date of the transfer of assets hereinafter provided, shall be transferred as soon as practicable after the cessation described in clause (i) above to corresponding accounts under the Salaried Plan in accordance with the requirements of Section 414(l) of the Code and the regulations thereunder, and, for periods after the date of such cessation, he shall cease to be a Participant in the Plan and shall be a participant in the Salaried Plan, subject to the terms and conditions of the Salaried Plan.

 

41


 

9.6 Notice of Direct Rollover Distribution . Effective for Plan Years beginning after January 1, 2006, the Plan Administrator shall, within one-hundred-eighty (180) days before making an eligible rollover distribution, provide a written explanation to the recipient:
(a) of the provisions under which the recipient may have the distribution directly transferred to an Eligible Retirement Plan and that the automatic distribution by direct transfer applies to certain distributions in accordance with Section 401(a)(31)(B) of the Code;
(b) of the provision which requires the withholding of tax on the distribution if it is not directly transferred to an Eligible Retirement Plan;
(c) of the provisions under which the distribution will not be subject to tax if transferred to an Eligible Retirement Plan within sixty (60) days after the date on which the recipient received the distribution;
(d) and of the provisions under which distributions from the Eligible Retirement Plan receiving the distribution may be subject to restrictions and tax consequences which are different from those applicable to distributions from the plan making such distribution.
9.7 Unclaimed Benefits . In the case of a benefit payable on behalf of a Participant, if the Committee is unable to locate the Participant or beneficiary to whom such benefit is payable, upon the Committee’s determination thereof, such benefit shall be forfeited. The timing of such forfeiture shall comply with the time of payment rules described in Section 9.1. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if subsequent to any such forfeiture the Participant or beneficiary to whom such benefit is payable makes a valid claim for such benefit, such forfeited benefit shall be restored to the Plan by having the forfeited amount restored to such Participant, unadjusted by any subsequent gains or losses of the Trust Fund. Any such restoration shall be made as soon as administratively feasible following the date of the submission of such valid claim. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, forfeited amounts to be restored by the Employer pursuant to this Section shall be charged against and deducted from forfeitures for the Plan Year in which such amounts are restored that would otherwise be available to be applied pursuant to Section 4.2. If such forfeitures otherwise available are not sufficient to provide such restoration, the portion of such restoration not provided by forfeitures shall be charged against and deducted from Employer Discretionary Contributions otherwise available for allocation to other Participants in accordance with Section 4.1(d), and any additional amount needed to restore such forfeited amounts shall be a minimum required Employer Discretionary Contribution (which shall be made without regard to current or accumulated earnings and profits).
9.8 Claims Review .
(a)  Definitions . For purposes of this Section, the following terms, when capitalized, will be defined as follows:
(1) Adverse Benefit Determination : Any denial, reduction or termination of or failure to provide or make payment (in whole or in part) for a Plan benefit, including any denial, reduction, termination or failure to provide or make payment that is based on a determination of a Claimant’s eligibility to participate in the Plan. Further, any invalidation of a claim for failure to comply with the claim submission procedure will be treated as an Adverse Benefit Determination.

 

42


 

(2) Benefits Administrator : The person or office to whom the Committee has delegated day-to-day Plan administration responsibilities and who, pursuant to such delegation, processes Plan benefit claims in the ordinary course.
(3) Claimant : A Participant or beneficiary or an authorized representative of such Participant or beneficiary who has filed or desires to file a claim for a Plan benefit.
(b)  Filing of Benefit Claim . To file a benefit claim under the Plan, a Claimant must obtain from the Benefits Administrator the information and benefit election forms, if any, provided for in the Plan and otherwise follow the procedures established from time to time by the Committee or the Benefits Administrator for claiming Plan benefits. If, after reviewing the information so provided, the Claimant needs additional information regarding his Plan benefits, he may obtain such information by submitting a written request to the Benefits Administrator describing the additional information needed. A Claimant may only request a Plan benefit by fully completing and submitting to the Benefits Administrator the benefit election forms, if any, provided for in the Plan and otherwise following the procedures established from time to time by the Committee or the Benefits Administrator for claiming Plan benefits.
(c)  Processing of Benefit Claim . Upon receipt of a fully completed benefit claim from a Claimant, the Benefits Administrator shall determine if the Claimant’s right to the requested benefit, payable at the time or times and in the form requested, is clear and, if so, shall process such benefit claim without resort to the Committee. If the Benefits Administrator determines that the Claimant’s right to the requested benefit, payable at the time or times and in the form requested, is not clear, it shall refer the benefit claim to the Committee for review and determination, which referral shall include:
(1) All materials submitted to the Benefits Administrator by the Claimant in connection with the claim;
(2) A written description of why the Benefits Administrator was of the view that the Claimant’s right to the benefit, payable at the time or times and in the form requested, was not clear;
(3) A description of all Plan provisions pertaining to the benefit claim;
(4) Where appropriate, a summary as to whether such Plan provisions have in the past been consistently applied with respect to other similarly situated Claimants; and
(5) Such other information as may be helpful or relevant to the Committee in its consideration of the claim.

 

43


 

If the Claimant’s claim is referred to the Committee, the Claimant may examine any relevant document relating to his claim and may submit written comments or other information to the Committee to supplement his benefit claim. Within thirty (30) days of receipt from the Benefits Administrator of a benefit claim referral (or such longer period as may be necessary due to unusual circumstances or to enable the Claimant to submit comments), but in any event not later than will permit the Committee sufficient time to fully and fairly consider the claim and make a determination within the time frame provided in Paragraph (d) below, the Committee shall consider the referral regarding the claim of the Claimant and make a decision as to whether it is to be approved, modified or denied. If the claim is approved, the Committee shall direct the Benefits Administrator to process the approved claim as soon as administratively practicable.
(d)  Notification of Adverse Benefit Determination . In any case of an Adverse Benefit Determination of a claim for a Plan benefit, the Committee shall furnish written notice to the affected Claimant within a reasonable period of time but not later than ninety days after receipt of such claim for Plan benefits (or within one-hundred eighty (180) days if special circumstances necessitate an extension of the ninety (90)-day period and the Claimant is informed of such extension in writing within the ninety (90)-day period and is provided with an extension notice consisting of an explanation of the special circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by which the benefit determination will be rendered). Any notice that denies a benefit claim of a Claimant in whole or in part shall, in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant:
(1) State the specific reason or reasons for the Adverse Benefit Determination;
(2) Provide specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the Adverse Benefit Determination is based;
(3) Describe any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim and explain why such material or information is necessary; and
(4) Describe the Plan’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of the Act following an Adverse Benefit Determination on review.
(e)  Review of Adverse Benefit Determination . A Claimant has the right to have an Adverse Benefit Determination reviewed in accordance with the following claims review procedure:
(1) The Claimant must submit a written request for such review to the Committee not later than sixty (60) days following receipt by the Claimant of the Adverse Benefit Determination notification;
(2) The Claimant shall have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim for benefits to the Committee;
(3) The Claimant shall have the right to have all comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim for benefits that have been submitted by the Claimant considered on review without regard to whether such comments, documents, records or information were considered in the initial benefit determination; and

 

44


 

(4) The Claimant shall have reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claim for benefits free of charge upon request, including (i) documents, records or other information relied upon for the benefit determination, (ii) documents, records or other information submitted, considered or generated without regard to whether such documents, records or other information were relied upon in making the benefit determination, and (iii) documents, records or other information that demonstrates compliance with the standard claims procedure.
The decision on review by the Committee will be binding and conclusive upon all persons, and the Claimant shall neither be required nor be permitted to pursue further appeals to the Committee.
(f)  Notification of Benefit Determination on Review . Notice of the Committee’s final benefit determination regarding an Adverse Benefit Determination will be furnished in writing or electronically to the Claimant after a full and fair review. Notice of an Adverse Benefit Determination upon review will:
(1) State the specific reason or reasons for the Adverse Benefit Determination;
(2) Provide specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the Adverse Benefit Determination is based;
(3) State that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim for benefits including (i) documents, records or other information relied upon for the benefit determination, (ii) documents, records or other information submitted, considered or generated without regard to whether such documents, records or other information were relied upon in making the benefit determination, and (iii) documents, records or other information that demonstrates compliance with the standard claims procedure; and
(4) Describe the Claimant’s right to bring an action under Section 502(a) of the Act.
The Committee shall notify a Claimant of its determination on review with respect to the Adverse Benefit Determination of the Claimant within a reasonable period of time but not later than sixty days after the receipt of the Claimant’s request for review unless the Committee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the review of the Adverse Benefit Determination. If the Committee determines that such extension of time is required, written notice of the extension (which shall indicate the special circumstances requiring the extension and the date by which the Committee expects to render the determination on review) shall be furnished to the Claimant prior to the termination of the initial sixty (60)-day review period. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of sixty days from the end of the initial sixty (60)-day review period. In the event such extension is due to the Claimant’s failure to submit necessary information, the period for making the determination on a review will be tolled from the date on which the notification of the extension is sent to the Claimant until the date on which the Claimant responds to the request for additional information.

 

45


 

(g)  Exhaustion of Administrative Remedies . Completion of the claims procedures described in this Section will be a condition precedent to the commencement of any legal or equitable action in connection with a claim for benefits under the Plan by a Claimant or by any other person or entity claiming rights individually or through a Claimant; provided, however, that the Committee may, in its sole discretion, waive compliance with such claims procedures as a condition precedent to any such action.
(h)  Payment of Benefits . If the Benefits Administrator or Committee determines that a Claimant is entitled to a benefit hereunder, payment of such benefit will be made to such Claimant (or commence, as applicable) as soon as administratively practicable after the date the Benefits Administrator or Committee determines that such Claimant is entitled to such benefit or on any other later date designated by and in the discretion of the Committee.
(i)  Authorized Representatives . An authorized representative may act on behalf of a Claimant in pursuing a benefit claim or an appeal of an Adverse Benefit Determination. An individual or entity will only be determined to be a Claimant’s authorized representative for such purposes if the Claimant has provided the Committee with a written statement identifying such individual or entity as his authorized representative and describing the scope of the authority of such authorized representative. In the event a Claimant identifies an individual or entity as his authorized representative in writing to the Committee but fails to describe the scope of the authority of such authorized representative, the Committee shall assume that such authorized representative has full powers to act with respect to all matters pertaining to the Claimant’s benefit claim under the Plan or appeal of an Adverse Benefit Determination with respect to such benefit claim.
X.
IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS
10.1 In-Service Withdrawals .
(a) A Participant may withdraw from his After-Tax Account any or all amounts held in such Account.
(b) A Participant may withdraw from his Rollover Contribution Account and/or his Class Settlement Account any or all amounts held in either such Account.
(c) A Participant may withdraw from his TRASOP Transfer Account any or all amounts held in such Account. Such withdrawal shall come from the Participant’s TRASOP Employee Subaccount and his TRASOP Employer Subaccount on a pro rata basis.

 

46


 

(d) A Participant may withdraw from his Employer Contribution Account any or all amounts held in such Account that have been so held for twenty-four (24) months or more (other than amounts held in his Incentive Contribution Subaccount).
(e) A Participant who has completed at least sixty (60) cumulative months of participation in the Plan may withdraw from his Employer Contribution Account any or all amounts held in such Account (other than amounts held in his Incentive Contribution Subaccount).
(f) A Participant who has attained age fifty-nine and one-half (59- 1 / 2 ) may withdraw from his Before-Tax Account, Catch-Up Contribution Account and Incentive Contribution Subaccount, on a pro rata basis, an amount not exceeding the then aggregate value of such Accounts and Subaccount.
(g) A Participant who has a financial hardship, as determined by the Committee, and who has made all available withdrawals pursuant to (i) the Paragraphs above, and (ii) pursuant to the provisions of any other plans of the Employer and any Controlled Entities of which he is a member and who has obtained all available loans pursuant to Article XI and pursuant to the provisions of any other plans of the Employer and any Controlled Entities of which he is a member may withdraw from his Before-Tax Account and Catch-Up Contribution Account an amount not to exceed the lesser of (i) the balance of such Accounts, or (ii) the amount required to meet the immediate financial need created by the hardship. The amount required to meet the immediate financial need may include any amounts necessary to pay any federal, state, or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution. For purposes of this Paragraph, financial hardship shall mean one of the following immediate and heavy financial needs of the Participant:
(1) Expenses for (or necessary to obtain) medical care that would be deductible under Section 213(d) of the Code (determined without regard to whether the expenses 7.5% of adjusted gross income);
(2) Costs directly related to the purchase of a principal residence of the Participant (excluding mortgage payments);
(3) Payment of tuition, related educational fees, and room and board expenses, for up to the next twelve months of post-secondary education for the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, children, or dependents (as defined in Section 152 of the Code and without regard to Sections 152(b)(1), (b)(2) and (d)(1)(B));
(4) Payments necessary to prevent the eviction of the Participant from his principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage of the Participant’s principal residence;
(5) Payments for burial or funeral expenses for the Participant’s deceased parent, spouse, children or dependents (as defined in Section 152 of the Code and without regard to Sections 152(b)(1), (b)(2) and (d)(1)(B)); or
(6) Expenses for the repair of damage to the Participant’s principal residence that would qualify of the casualty deduction under Section 165 of the Code (determined without regard to whether the loss exceeds 10% of adjusted gross income).

 

47


 

The above notwithstanding, (i) withdrawals under this Paragraph from a Participant’s Before-Tax Account shall be limited to the sum of the Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions to the Plan, plus income allocable to the Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions and credited to the Participant’s Before-Tax Account as of December 31, 1988, less any previous withdrawals of such amounts, (ii) withdrawals from a Participant’s Catch-Up Contribution Account shall be limited to the Participant’s Catch-Up Contributions pursuant to Section 3.1(h), less any previous withdrawals of such amounts, and (iii) Employer Discretionary Qualified Matching Contributions utilized to satisfy the restrictions set forth in Section 3.1(e), and income allocable thereto, shall not be subject to withdrawal. A Participant who receives a distribution pursuant to this Paragraph on account of hardship shall be prohibited from making elective deferrals and employee contributions under this and all other plans maintained by the Employer or any Controlled Entity for six (6) months after receipt of the distribution.
10.2 Restriction on In-Service Withdrawals .
(a) All withdrawals pursuant to this Article shall be made in accordance with procedures established by the Committee.
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article, (i) not more than one withdrawal pursuant to each of Paragraphs (c), (d), (e), and (f) of Section 10.1 may be made in any one Plan Year, (ii) no withdrawal shall be made from an Account to the extent such Account has been pledged to secure a loan from the Plan, and (iii) any portion of an Account that is invested in the VBO shall not be subject to withdrawal pursuant to Section 10.1.
(c) If a Participant’s Account from which a withdrawal is made is invested in more than one Investment Fund, the withdrawal shall be made pro rata from each Investment Fund (other than the VBO) in which such Account is invested.
(d) All withdrawals under this Article shall be paid in cash; provided, however, that a Participant may elect to have withdrawals pursuant to Section 10.1 paid in full shares of Company Stock (with any fractional shares to be paid in cash) to the extent that the Accounts from which such withdrawals are made are invested in such stock.
(e) Any withdrawal hereunder that constitutes an Eligible Rollover Distribution shall be subject to the Direct Rollover election described in Section 9.4.
(f) This Article shall not be applicable to a Participant following termination of employment and the amounts in such Participant’s Accounts shall be distributable only in accordance with the provisions of Article IX.

 

48


 

XI.
LOANS
The Plan authorizes the Trustee to make loans on a nondiscriminatory basis to a Participant or beneficiary in accordance with the written loan policy established by the Committee attached to the Plan as Appendix B, as amended from time to time; provided (i) the loan policy satisfies the requirements of this Article XI; (ii) loans are available to all Participants and beneficiaries on a reasonably equivalent basis and are not available in a greater amount for Highly Compensated Employees than for other Employees; (iii) any loan is adequately secured and bears a reasonable rate of interest; (iv) the loan provides for repayment within a specified time; (v) the default provisions of the note prohibit offset of the Participant’s Account balance prior to the time the Trustee otherwise would distribute the Participant’s Account balance; and (vii) the loan otherwise conforms to the exemption provided by Section 4975(d)(1) of the Code.
The loan policy, attached to the Plan as Appendix B, must be a written document and must include (i) the identity of the person or positions authorized to administer the participant loan program; (ii) a procedure for applying for the loan; (iii) the criteria for approving or denying a loan; (iv) the limitations, if any, on the types and amounts of loans available; (v) the procedure for determining a reasonable rate of interest; (vi) the types of collateral which may secure the loan; and (vii) the events constituting default and the steps the Plan will take to preserve Plan assets in the event of default. This Section specifically incorporates the written loan policy adopted by the Committee, as amended from time to time, attached to the Plan as Appendix B.
XII.
ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
12.1 General Administration of the Plan . The general administration of the Plan shall be vested in the Committee. For purposes of the Act, the Committee shall be the Plan “administrator” and shall be the “named fiduciary” with respect to the general administration of the Plan (except as to the investment of the assets of the Trust Fund). Each member of the Committee shall serve until he resigns, dies or is removed by the Committee or the Compensation Committee. The Committee may remove any of its members at any time, with or without cause, by unanimous vote of the remaining members of the Committee and by written notice to such member; further, the Compensation Committee may remove any of the Committee members, with or without cause, and shall provide written notice to such member. Any member may resign by delivering a written resignation to the Committee and the Compensation Committee, such resignation to become effective as of a date specified in such notice that is on or after the date such notice is given as herein provided. A member of the Committee who is an employee of the Company or any of its affiliates shall cease to be a member of the Committee as of the date he ceases to be employed by the Company or any of its affiliates. Vacancies in the Committee arising by death, resignation or removal shall be filled by the Committee. The Committee may select officers (including a Chairman) and may appoint a secretary who need not be a member of the Committee.
12.2 Records and Procedures . The Committee shall keep appropriate records of its proceedings and the administration of the Plan and shall make available for examination during business hours to any Participant or beneficiary such records as pertain to that individual’s interest in the Plan. The Committee shall designate the person or persons who shall be authorized to sign for the Committee and, upon such designation, the signature of such person or persons shall bind the Committee.

 

49


 

12.3 Meetings . The Committee shall hold meetings upon such notice and at such time and place as it may from time to time determine. Notice to a member shall not be required if waived in writing by that member. A majority of the members of the Committee duly appointed shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. All resolutions or other actions taken by the Committee at any meeting where a quorum is present shall be by vote of a majority of those present at such meeting and entitled to vote. Resolutions may be adopted or other action taken without a meeting upon written consent signed by all of the members of the Committee. The Committee may hold any meeting telephonically and any business conducted at a telephonic meeting shall have the same force and effect as if the member had met in person.
12.4 Self-Interest of Members . No member of the Committee shall have any right to vote or decide upon any matter relating solely to himself under the Plan or to vote in any case in which his individual right to claim any benefit under the Plan is particularly involved. In any case in which a Committee member is so disqualified to act and the remaining members cannot agree, the Directors or the Compensation Committee shall appoint a temporary substitute member to exercise all the powers of the disqualified member concerning the matter in which he is disqualified.
12.5 Compensation and Bonding . The members of the Committee shall not receive compensation with respect to their services for the Committee. To the extent required by the Act or other applicable law, or required by the Company, members of the Committee shall furnish bond or security for the performance of their duties hereunder.
12.6 Committee Powers and Duties . The Committee shall supervise the administration and enforcement of the Plan according to the terms and provisions hereof and shall have all powers necessary to accomplish these purposes, including, but not by way of limitation, the right, power, authority, and duty:
(a) To make rules, regulations, and bylaws for the administration of the Plan that are not inconsistent with the terms and provisions hereof, provided such rules, regulations, and bylaws are evidenced in writing and copies thereof are delivered to the Trustee and to the Company, and to enforce the terms of the Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder by the Committee;
(b) To construe in its discretion all terms, provisions, conditions, and limitations of the Plan, and, in all cases, the construction necessary for the Plan to qualify under the applicable provisions of the Code shall control;
(c) To correct any defect or to supply any omission or to reconcile any inconsistency that may appear in the Plan in such manner and to such extent as it shall deem expedient in its discretion to effectuate the purposes of the Plan;

 

50


 

(d) To employ and compensate such accountants, attorneys, investment advisors, and other agents, employees, and independent contractors as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable for the proper and efficient administration of the Plan;
(e) To determine in its discretion all questions relating to eligibility;
(f) To make a determination in its discretion as to the right of any person to a benefit under the Plan and to prescribe procedures to be followed by distributees in obtaining benefits hereunder;
(g) To prepare, file, and distribute, in such manner as the Committee determines to be appropriate, such information and material as is required by the reporting and disclosure requirements of the Act;
(h) To furnish the Company and the Employer any information necessary for the preparation of the Company’s or such Employer’s tax return or other information that the Committee determines in its discretion is necessary for a legitimate purpose;
(i) To require and obtain from the Employer and the Participants any information or data that the Committee determines is necessary for the proper administration of the Plan;
(j) To instruct the Trustee as to the loans to Participants pursuant to the provisions of Article XI;
(k) To appoint investment managers pursuant to Section 14.4;
(l) To receive and review reports from the Trustee and from investment managers as to the financial condition of the Trust Fund, including its receipts and disbursements;
(m) To establish or designate Investment Funds as investment options as provided in Article V; and
(n) To designate entities as participating Employers under the Plan pursuant to Article XVII.
Any provisions of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, benefits under the Plan will be paid only if the Committee decides in its discretion that the applicant is entitled to them.
12.7 Employer to Supply Information . The Employer shall supply full and timely information to the Committee, including, but not limited to, information relating to each Participant’s Compensation, age, retirement, death, or other cause of termination of employment and such other pertinent facts as the Committee may require. The Employer shall advise the Trustee of such of the foregoing facts as are deemed necessary for the Trustee to carry out the Trustee’s duties under the Plan. When making a determination in connection with the Plan, the Committee shall be entitled to rely upon the aforesaid information furnished by the Employer.

 

51


 

12.8 Temporary Restrictions . In order to ensure an orderly transition in the transfer of assets to the Trust Fund from another trust fund maintained under the Plan or from the trust fund of a plan that is merging into the Plan or transferring assets to the Plan, the Committee may, in its discretion, temporarily prohibit or restrict withdrawals, loans, changes to contribution elections, changes of investment designation of future contributions, transfers of amounts from one Investment Fund to another Investment Fund, or such other activity as the Committee deems appropriate; provided that any such temporary cessation or restriction of such activity shall be in compliance with all applicable law.
12.9 Indemnification . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each member of the Committee and each Employee who is a delegate of the Committee against any and all expenses and liabilities arising out of his administrative functions or fiduciary responsibilities, including any expenses and liabilities that are caused by or result from an act or omission constituting the negligence of such individual in the performance of such functions or responsibilities, but excluding expenses and liabilities that are caused by or result from such individual’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct. Expenses against which such individual shall be indemnified hereunder shall include, without limitation, the amounts of any settlement or judgment, costs, counsel fees, and related charges reasonably incurred in connection with a claim asserted or a proceeding brought or settlement thereof.
XIII.
TRUSTEE AND ADMINISTRATION OF TRUST FUND
13.1 Trust Agreement . As a means of administering the assets of the Plan, the Company has entered into a Trust Agreement. The administration of the assets of the Plan and the duties, obligations, and responsibilities of the Trustee shall be governed by the Trust Agreement. The Trust Agreement may be amended from time to time as the Company and the Trustee deem advisable in order to effectuate the purposes of the Plan. The Trust Agreement is incorporated herein by reference and thereby made a part of the Plan.
13.2 Payment of Expenses . All expenses incident to the administration of the Plan and Trust (whether incurred before or after the Effective Date), including but not limited to, legal, accounting, Trustee fees, direct expenses of the Company, the Employer and the Committee in the administration of the Plan, and the cost of furnishing any bond or security required of the Committee shall be paid by the Trustee from the Trust Fund, and, until paid, shall constitute a claim against the Trust Fund which is paramount to the claims of Participants and beneficiaries; provided, however, that (i) the obligation of the Trustee to pay such expenses from the Trust Fund shall cease to exist to the extent such expenses are paid by the Company or the Employer, and (ii) in the event the Trustee’s compensation is to be paid, pursuant to this Section, from the Trust Fund, any individual serving as Trustee who already receives full-time pay from the Company, an Employer or an association of Employers whose employees are Participants, or from an employee organization whose members are Participants, shall not receive any additional compensation for serving as Trustee. This Section shall be deemed to be a part of any contract to provide for expenses of Plan and Trust administration, whether or not the signatory to such contract is, as a matter of convenience, the Company or the Employer.

 

52


 

13.3 Trust Fund Property . All income, profits, recoveries, contributions, forfeitures, and any and all moneys, securities, and properties of any kind at any time received or held by the Trustee hereunder shall be held for investment purposes as a commingled Trust Fund. The Committee shall maintain Accounts in the name of each Participant, but the maintenance of an Account designated as the Account of a Participant shall not mean that such Participant shall have a greater or lesser interest than that due him by operation of the Plan and shall not be considered as segregating any funds or property from any other funds or property contained in the commingled fund. No Participant shall have any title to any specific asset in the Trust Fund.
13.4 Distributions from Participants’ Accounts . Distributions from a Participant’s Accounts shall be made by the Trustee only if, when, and in the amount and manner directed by the Committee. Any distribution made to a Participant or for his benefit shall be debited to such Participant’s Account or Accounts. All distributions hereunder shall be made in cash except as otherwise specifically provided herein.
13.5 Payments Solely front Trust Fund . All benefits payable under the Plan shall be paid or provided for solely from the Trust Fund, and neither the Company, the Employer nor the Trustee assumes any liability or responsibility for the adequacy thereof. The Committee or the Trustee may require execution and delivery of such instruments as are deemed necessary to assure proper payment of any benefits.
13.6 No Benefits to Company/Employer . No part of the corpus or income of the Trust Fund shall be used for any purpose other than the exclusive purpose of providing benefits for the Participants and their beneficiaries and of defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan and Trust. Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, the Plan shall not be construed to vest any rights in the Company or the Employer other than those specifically given hereunder.
XIV.
FIDUCIARY PROVISIONS
14.1 Article Controls . This Article shall control over any contrary, inconsistent or ambiguous provisions contained in the Plan.
14.2 General Allocation of Fiduciary Duties . Each fiduciary with respect to the Plan shall have only those specific powers, duties, responsibilities and obligations as are specifically given him under the Plan. The Directors shall have the sole authority to appoint and remove the Trustee. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, the Committee shall have the sole responsibility for the administration of the Plan, which responsibility is specifically described herein. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein and in the Trust Agreement, the Trustee shall have the sole responsibility for the administration, investment, and management of the assets held under the Plan. It is intended under the Plan that each fiduciary shall be responsible for the proper exercise of his own powers, duties, responsibilities, and obligations hereunder and shall not be responsible for any act or failure to act of another fiduciary except to the extent provided by law or as specifically provided herein.

 

53


 

14.3 Delegation of Fiduciary Duties . The Committee may appoint subcommittees, individuals, or any other agents as it deems advisable and may delegate to any of such appointees any or all of the powers and duties of the Committee. Such appointment and delegation must specify in writing the powers or duties being delegated, and must be accepted in writing by the delegatee. Upon such appointment, delegation, and acceptance, the delegating Committee members shall have no liability for the acts or omissions of any such delegatee, as long as the delegating Committee members do not violate any fiduciary responsibility in making or continuing such delegation.
14.4 Investment Manager . The Committee may, in its sole discretion, appoint an “investment manager,” with power to manage, acquire, or dispose of any asset of the Plan and to direct the Trustee in this regard, so long as:
(a) The investment manager is (i) registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, (ii) not registered as an investment adviser under such act by reason of Paragraph (1) of Section 203A(a) of such act, is registered as an investment adviser under the laws of the state (referred to in such Paragraph (1)) in which it maintains its principal office and place of business, and, at the time it last filed the registration form most recently filed by it with such state in order to maintain its registration under the laws of such state, also filed a copy of such form with the Secretary of Labor, (iii) a bank, as defined in the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, or (iv) an insurance company qualified to do business under the laws of more than one state; and
(b) Such investment manager acknowledges in writing that he is a fiduciary with respect to the Plan.
Upon such appointment, the Committee shall not be liable for the acts of the investment manager, as long as the Committee members do not violate any fiduciary responsibility in making or continuing such appointment. The Trustee shall follow the directions of such investment manager and shall not be liable for the acts or omissions of such investment manager. The investment manager may be removed by the Committee at any time and within the Committee’s sole discretion.
14.5 Independent Fiduciary . The Committee may, at its sole discretion, appoint an Independent Fiduciary, who must be an investment manager as defined in Section 14.4(a), with the sole and exclusive authority and responsibility on behalf of the Plan to exercise all authority to:
(a) Determine whether acquiring or holding Company Stock in the Plan is no longer consistent with the Act, if so, to determine whether to:
(1) Prohibit or limit (for example, as a percentage of a Participant’s Account) further purchases or holdings of Company Stock or increasing the Company Stock Fund’s holding of cash or cash equivalent investments, and in the event of such prohibition or limitation, to designate, as necessary, an alternative investment fund for the investment of the proceeds or contributions pending further investment directions from the Participants and beneficiaries;

 

54


 

(2) Liquidate some or all of the Plan’s holdings in the Company Stock Fund and determine how such liquidation should be accomplished and in the event of such liquidation, to designate, as necessary, an alternative investment fund for the investment of the proceeds or contributions pending further investment directions from the Participants and beneficiaries; or
(3) Terminate the availability of the Company Stock Fund as an investment option under the Plan on such terms and conditions as the Independent Fiduciary shall deem prudent and in the interests of the Plan, Participants and beneficiaries (and notwithstanding any Participant or beneficiary investment directions to the contrary), including the determination of the manner and timing of termination of the Company Stock Fund and orderly liquidation of its assets and designation of an alternative investment fund for the investment of the proceeds or contributions pending further investment directions from the Participants and beneficiaries.
(b) Direct the Trustee to execute and deliver to the Independent Fiduciary such forms and other documents as the Independent Fiduciary may determine are advisable to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or other governmental agency.
(c) Serve as the fiduciary responsible for ensuring the confidentiality of the proxy voting process.
(d) Subject to the Committee’s right to reasonable notice and opportunity to review and comment on any proposed communication to Participants, which comments shall be reflected in such communication except to the extent the Independent Fiduciary reasonably determines such comments to be inconsistent with their duties as detailed herein, direct the Plan’s record keeper to make such communications to Participants and beneficiaries as the Independent Fiduciary reasonably determines to be necessary in connection with the exercise of its responsibilities with respect to the Plan.
Upon such appointment, the Committee shall not be liable for the acts of the Independent Fiduciary. An Independent Fiduciary may be removed by the Committee at any time and within its sole discretion.
XV.
AMENDMENTS
15.1 Right to Amend . Subject to Section 15.2 and any other limitations contained in the Act or the Code, the Directors or the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors may from time to time amend, in whole or in part, any or all of the provisions of the Plan on behalf of the Company and all Employers; provided, however, that (i) any amendments to the Plan that do not have a significant cost impact on the Employer may also be made by the Committee, and (ii) any amendments to the Plan that do not have any cost impact on the Employer may also be made by the Chairman of the Committee. Further, but not by way of limitation, the Directors, the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors, the Committee, or the Chairman of the Committee may make any amendment necessary to acquire and maintain a qualified status for the Plan under the Code or to maintain the Plan in compliance with applicable law, whether or not retroactive.

 

55


 

15.2 Limitation on Amendments . No amendment of the Plan shall be made that would vest in the Employer, directly or indirectly, any interest in or control of the Trust Fund. No amendment shall be made that would vary the Plan’s exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Participants and their beneficiaries and of defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan or that would permit the diversion of any part of the Trust Fund from that exclusive purpose. No amendment shall be made that would reduce any then nonforfeitable interest of a Participant. No amendment shall increase the duties or responsibilities of the Trustee unless the Trustee consents thereto in writing.
No amendment shall retroactively decrease a Participant’s accrued benefits or otherwise retroactively place greater restrictions or conditions on a Participant’s rights to Code Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits, even if the amendment adds a restriction or condition that is otherwise permitted under Code Section 411(a), unless otherwise permitted under Treasury Regulations Sections 1.411(d)-3 or 1.411(d)-4. Effective January 1, 2007, an optional form of benefit hereunder may be eliminated prospectively provided that the Plan will satisfy the requirements of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.411(d)-3(c), (d) or (e) or 1.411(d)-4.
XVI.
DISCONTINUANCE OF CONTRIBUTIONS, TERMINATION, PARTIAL
TERMINATION, AND MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION
16.1 Right to Discontinue Contributions, Terminate, or Partially Terminate . The Company and the Employer have established the Plan with the bona fide intention and expectation that from year to year it will be able to, and will deem it advisable to, make its contributions as herein provided. However, the Company and the Employer realize that circumstances not now foreseen, or circumstances beyond its control, may make it either impossible or inadvisable for the Employer to continue to make its contributions to the Plan. Therefore, the Directors shall have the right and the power to discontinue contributions to the Plan, terminate the Plan, or partially terminate the Plan at any time hereafter. Each member of the Committee and the Trustee shall be notified of such discontinuance, termination, or partial termination.
16.2 Procedure in the Event of Discontinuance of Contributions, Termination, or Partial Termination .
(a) If the Plan is amended so as to permanently discontinue Employer Contributions, or if Employer Contributions are in fact permanently discontinued, the Committee shall remain in existence and all other provisions of the Plan that are necessary, in the opinion of the Committee, for equitable operation of the Plan shall remain in force.
(b) Unless the Plan is otherwise amended prior to dissolution of the Company, the Plan shall terminate as of the date of dissolution of the Company.

 

56


 

(c) Upon discontinuance of contributions, termination, or partial termination, any previously unallocated contributions and forfeitures shall be allocated among the Accounts of the Participants on such date of discontinuance, termination, or partial termination according to the provisions of Article IV. The net income (or net loss) of the Trust Fund shall continue to be allocated to the Accounts of the Participants until the balances of the Accounts are distributed.
(d) In the case of a termination of the Plan, the Accounts of a Participant shall, subject to the consent provisions of Article IX, be distributed to such Participant in a “lump sum distribution” as such term is defined below; provided, however, a distribution may not be made if the Employer establishes or maintains another “Alternative Defined Contribution Plan.” For purposes of this Section 16.2(d), an “Alternative Defined Contribution Plan” is a defined contribution plan that exists at any time during the period beginning on the date of Plan termination and ending twelve (12) months after distribution of all assets from the terminated Plan. However, if at all times during the twenty-four (24)-month period beginning twelve (12) months before the date of Plan termination, fewer than 2% of the employees who were eligible under the defined contribution plan that includes the cash or deferred arrangement as of the date of Plan termination are eligible under the other defined contribution plan, the other Plan is not an Alternative Defined Contribution Plan. In addition, a defined contribution plan is not treated as an Alternative Defined Contribution Plan if it is an employee stock ownership plan, as defined in Section 4975(e)(7) or Section 409(a) of the Code, a simplified employee pension plan as defined in Section 408(k) of the Code, a SIMPLE IRA plan as defined in Section 408(p) of the Code, a plan or contract that satisfies the requirements of Section 403(b) of the Code, or a plan that is described in Section 457(b) or (f) of the Code. The term “lump sum distribution” shall have the meaning provided in Section 402(e)(4)(D) of the Code (without regard to Section 402(e)(4)(D)(i)(I), (II), (III) and (IV) of the Code). In the case of a Participant who is affected by a partial termination of the Plan, the Accounts of such Participant shall, subject to the consent provisions of Article IX, be distributed in accordance with the applicable provisions of Article IX after he has incurred a Severance from Employment.
16.3 Merger, Consolidation, or Transfer . This Plan and Trust Fund may not merge or consolidate with, or transfer its assets or liabilities to, any other plan, unless immediately thereafter each Participant would, in the event such other plan terminated, be entitled to a benefit which is equal to or greater than the benefit to which he would have been entitled if the Plan were terminated immediately before the merger, consolidation, or transfer.
XVII.
PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS
17.1 Designation of Other Employers .
(a) The Committee may designate any entity or organization eligible by law to participate in the Plan and the Trust as an Employer by written instrument delivered to the Secretary of the Company and the designated Employer. Such written instrument shall specify the effective date of such designated participation, may incorporate specific provisions relating to the operation of the Plan that apply to the designated Employer only and shall become, as to such designated Employer and its Employees, a part of the Plan.

 

57


 

(b) Each designated Employer shall be conclusively presumed to have consented to its designation and to have agreed to be bound by the terms of the Plan and Trust Agreement and any and all amendments thereto upon its submission of information to the Committee required by the terms of or with respect to the Plan or upon making a contribution to the Trust Fund pursuant to the terms of the Plan; provided, however, that the terms of the Plan may be modified so as to increase the obligations of an Employer only with the consent of such Employer, which consent shall be conclusively presumed to have been given by such Employer upon its submission of any information to the Committee required by the terms of or with respect to the Plan or upon making a contribution to the Trust Fund pursuant to the terms of the Plan following notice of such modification.
(c) The provisions of the Plan and the Trust Agreement shall apply separately and equally to each Employer and its Employees; provided, however, that that the power to appoint or otherwise affect the Committee or the Trustee and the power to amend or terminate the Plan and Trust Agreement shall be exercised by the Company or the Directors, as applicable, alone (except as provided in Section 15.1), and, in the case of Employers which are Controlled Entities, Employer Discretionary Contributions to be allocated pursuant to Section 4.1(d) shall be allocated on an aggregate basis among the Participants employed by all Employers; provided, however, that each Employer shall contribute to the Trust Fund its share of the total Employer Discretionary Contribution for a Plan Year based on the Participants in its employ during such Plan Year.
(d) Transfer of employment among Employers shall not be considered a Severance from Employment hereunder.
(e) Any Employer may, by appropriate action of its Board of Directors or noncorporate counterpart communicated in writing to the Secretary of the Company and to the Committee, terminate its participation in the Plan and the Trust. Moreover, the Committee may, in its discretion, terminate an Employer’s Plan and Trust participation at any time by written instrument delivered to the Secretary of the Company and the designated Employer.
(f) All participating Employers shall be listed on Appendix A of the Plan.
17.2 Single Plan . For purposes of the Code and the Act, the Plan as adopted by the Employers shall constitute a single plan rather than a separate plan of each Employer. All assets in the Trust Fund shall be available to pay benefits to all Participants and their beneficiaries,
XVIII.
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
18.1 Not Contract of Employment . The adoption and maintenance of the Plan shall not be deemed to be either a contract between the Employer and any person or consideration for the employment of any person. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to give any person the right to be retained in the employ of the Employer or to restrict the right of the Employer to discharge any person at any time nor shall the Plan be deemed to give the Employer the right to require any person to remain in the employ of the Employer or to restrict any person’s right to sever his employment at any time.

 

58


 

18.2 Spendthrift Clause . Except as provided below, no Participant, former Participant or beneficiary shall have the right to anticipate, assign or alienate any benefit provided under the Plan, and the Trustee will not recognize any anticipation, assignment or alienation. Furthermore, a benefit under the Plan is not subject to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process. All provisions of this Section 18.2 shall be for the exclusive benefit of those designated herein. These restrictions shall not apply in the following case(s):
(a)  Distributions Pursuant to Qualified Domestic Relations Orders . The Committee may direct the Trustee under the nondiscriminatory policy adopted by the Committee to pay an Alternate Payee designated under a “qualified domestic relations order” as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code (or any domestic relations order entered before January 1, 1985 if payment of benefits pursuant to the order has commenced as of that date). To the extent provided under a qualified domestic relations order, a former spouse of a Participant shall be treated as the spouse or surviving spouse for all purposes of the Plan.
Upon receipt of a qualified domestic relations order, the Committee shall direct the Trustee to pay the Alternate Payee designated under such qualified domestic relations order the benefits awarded thereunder at the time and in the form elected by the Alternate Payee, subject to the limitations of Article IX and the applicable Treasury Regulations. Unless otherwise provided in the qualified domestic relations order, an Alternate Payee shall be eligible to receive payment as soon as administratively feasible following the Committee’s receipt of the Alternate Payee’s written election for payment of benefits. The Committee shall adopt such procedures as necessary, in accordance with a nondiscriminatory policy, to effect the orderly administration of this Section 18.2(a). The amount payable, unless otherwise specified in the qualified domestic relations order, shall be determined as of the day immediately preceding the date of distribution to the Alternate Payee.
A qualified domestic relations order that otherwise satisfies the requirements under Section 414(p) of the Code will not fail to be a qualified domestic relations order (i) solely because the order is issued after, or revises, another domestic relations order or a qualified domestic relations order, or (ii) solely because of the time at which the order is issued, including issuance after the annuity starting date or after the Participant’s death.
(b)  Distributions Pursuant to Certain Judgments or Orders . The Committee may direct the Trustee to comply with a judgment or settlement which requires the Trustee to reduce a Participant’s benefits under the Plan by an amount that the Participant is ordered or required to pay to the Plan if each of the following criteria are satisfied:
(1) The order or requirement must arise:
(A) Under a judgment of conviction for a crime involving the Plan;
(B) Under a civil judgment (including a consent order or decree) entered by a court in an action brought in connection with an actual or alleged violation of Part 4 of Title I of the Act; or

 

59


 

(C) Under a settlement agreement with either the Secretary of Labor or the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and the Participant in connection with an actual or alleged violation of Part 4 of Title I of the Act by a fiduciary or any other person.
(2) The decree, judgment, order or settlement must expressly provide for the offset of all or part of the amount ordered or required to be paid to the Plan against the Participant’s benefits under the Plan.
(3) In addition, if the joint and survivor annuity requirements of Section 401(a)(11) of the Code apply with respect to distributions from the Plan to the Participant and the Participant has a spouse at the time at which the offset is to be made, then one of the following three conditions must be satisfied:
(A) Such spouse has consented in writing to such offset and such consent is witnessed by a notary public or representative of the Plan (or it is established to the satisfaction of a Plan representative that such consent may not be obtained by reason of circumstances described in Section 417(a)(2)(B) of the Code), or an election to waive the right of the spouse to either a qualified joint and survivor annuity or a qualified preretirement survivor annuity is in effect in accordance with the requirements of Section 417(a) of the Code;
(B) Such spouse is ordered or required in such judgment, order, decree, or settlement to pay an amount to the Plan in connection with a violation of part 4 of subtitle B of Title I of the Act; or
(C) In such judgment, order, decree, or settlement, such spouse retains the right to receive the survivor annuity under a qualified joint and survivor annuity provided pursuant to Section 401(a)(11)(A)(i) of the Code and under a qualified preretirement survivor annuity provided pursuant to Section 401(a)(11)(A)(ii) of the Code, determined in accordance with Section 401(a)(13)(D) of the Code.
18.3 Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act Requirements . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.
18.4 Payments to Minors and Incompetents . If a Participant or beneficiary entitled to receive a benefit under the Plan is a minor or is determined by the Committee in its discretion to be incompetent or is adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be legally incapable of giving valid receipt and discharge for a benefit provided under the Plan, the Committee may pay such benefit to the duly appointed guardian or conservator of such Participant or beneficiary for the account of such Participant or beneficiary. If no guardian or conservator has been appointed for such Participant or beneficiary, the Committee may pay such benefit to any third party who is determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, to be authorized to receive such benefit for the account of such Participant or beneficiary. Such payment shall operate as a full discharge of all liabilities and obligations of the Committee, the Trustee, the Company, the Employer, and any fiduciary of the Plan with respect to such benefit.

 

60


 

18.5 Acquisition and Holding of Company Stock . The Plan is specifically authorized to acquire and hold up to 100% of its assets in Company Stock so long as Company Stock is a “qualifying employer security,” as such term is defined in Section 407(d)(5) of the Act.
18.6 Power of Attorney Designations . In accordance with the procedures established by the Committee, a Participant may grant any individual a “Power of Attorney” to exercise, on behalf of such Participant, any investment designation or conversion rights available to such Participant under the Plan with respect to such Participant’s Accounts.
18.7 Participant’s and Beneficiary’s Addresses . It shall be the affirmative duty of each Participant to inform the Committee of, and to keep on file with the Committee, his current mailing address and the current mailing address of his designated beneficiary. If a Participant fails to keep the Committee informed of his current mailing address and the current mailing address of his designated beneficiary, neither the Committee, the Trustee, the Company, the Employer, nor any fiduciary under the Plan shall be responsible for any late or lost payment of a benefit or for failure of any notice to be provided timely under the terms of the Plan.
18.8 Incorrect Information, Fraud, Concealment, or Error . Any contrary provisions of the Plan notwithstanding, if, because of a human or systems error, or because of incorrect information provided by or correct information failed to be provided by, fraud, misrepresentation, or concealment of any relevant fact (as determined by the Committee) by any person the Plan enrolls any individual, pays benefits under the Plan, incurs a liability or makes any overpayment or erroneous payment, the Plan shall be entitled to recover from such person the benefit paid or the liability incurred, together with all expenses incidental to or necessary for such recovery.
18.9 Severability . If any provision of this Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions hereof. In such case, each provision shall be fully severable and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if said illegal or invalid provision had never been included herein.
18.10 Jurisdiction . The situs of the Plan hereby created is Texas. All provisions of the Plan shall be construed in accordance with the laws of Texas except to the extent preempted by federal law.
EXECUTED this 18 th day of December, 2008, effective January 1, 2009, or as otherwise provided herein.
         
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

 

61


 

Appendix A:
PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS
1. Dynegy Midwest Generation, Inc.

 

1


 

Appendix B:
LOAN POLICY
B-1 Eligibility for Loan . Upon application by (i) any Participant who is an Employee, or (ii) any Participant (A) who is a party-in-interest, as that term is defined in Section 3(14) of the Act, as to the Plan, (B) who is no longer employed by the Employer, who is a beneficiary of a deceased Participant, or who is an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as that term is defined in Section 414(p)(8) of the Code, and (C) who retains an Account balance under the Plan (an individual who is eligible to apply for a loan under this Article being hereinafter referred to as a “Participant” for purposes of this Appendix B) and subject to such uniform and nondiscriminatory rules and regulations as the Committee may establish, the Committee may in its discretion direct the Trustee to make a loan or loans to such Participant. No individual may have more than three (3) loans outstanding under the Plan at any time, and no individual may have more than one loan outstanding under the Plan at any time that is being used to acquire any dwelling unit which within a reasonable time is to be used (determined at the time the loan is made) as a principal residence.
B-2 Maximum Loan .
(a) A loan to a Participant may not exceed fifty-percent (50%) of the sum of the then value of such Participant’s Accounts as reduced by the sum of then value of the portion of each of such Accounts invested in the VBO.
(b) Paragraph (a) above to the contrary notwithstanding, no loan shall be made from the Plan to the extent that such loan would cause the total of all loans made to a Participant from all qualified plans of an Employer or a Controlled Entity, including loans deemed distributed in accordance with regulations promulgated under Section 72(p) of the Code, and the interest accruing thereafter, that has not been repaid (‘Outstanding Loans’) to exceed the lesser of:
(1) $50,000 (reduced by the excess, if any, of (i) the highest outstanding balance of Outstanding Loans during the one-year period ending on the day before the date on which the loan is to be made, over (ii) the outstanding balance of Outstanding Loans on the date on which the loan is to be made); or
(2) One-half the present value of the Participant’s nonforfeitable accrued benefit under all qualified plans of the Employer or a Controlled Entity.
B-3 Minimum Loan . A loan to a Participant may not be for an amount less than $500.00.
B-4 Interest and Security .
(a) Any loan made pursuant to this Appendix B shall bear interest at a rate established by the Committee from time to time and communicated to the Participants, which rate shall provide the Plan with a return commensurate with the interest rates charged by persons in the business of lending money for loans which would be made under similar circumstances.

 

1


 

(b) Any loan shall be made as an investment of a segregated loan fund to be established in the Trust Fund for the Participant to whom the loan is made. Any loan shall be considered to come, first, from the Participant’s After-Tax Account, second, from the Employee After-Tax Rollover Subaccount of his Rollover Contribution Account, third, from the Employee Rollover Subaccount of his Rollover Contribution Account, fourth, from his Class Settlement Account, fifth, from the remainder of his Accounts on a pro rata basis. The Trustee shall fund a Participant’s segregated loan fund by liquidating such portion of the assets of the Accounts from which the Participant’s loan is to be made as is necessary to fund the loan and transferring the proceeds to such segregated loan fund. If such Accounts are invested in more than one Investment Fund, the transfer shall be made pro rata from each such Investment Fund (other than the VBO).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that a loan from the Plan is deemed distributed to a Participant and has not been repaid by the Participant, and the Participant applies for another loan from the Plan, then the new loan shall satisfy such additional conditions as may be required in accordance with Section 72(p) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. The loan shall be secured by a pledge of the Participant’s segregated loan fund. Notwithstanding any foregoing provision of this Paragraph to the contrary, no loan shall be considered to come from, and no liquidation shall be made with respect to, the portion of a Participant’s Accounts that are invested in the VBO.
(c) The actual and reasonable expenses incurred by the Plan (including attorneys’ fees) in connection with the documentation of a loan, the recording of security interests, the enforcement of the terms of the loan, and collection activities associated with any default may be charged to the borrowing Participant’s Accounts pursuant to uniform and nondiscriminatory policies established by the Committee from time to time.
B-5 Repayment Terms of Loan .
(a) A Participant who is an Employee receiving compensation at the time of receipt of a loan shall be required, as a condition to receiving a loan, to enter into an irrevocable agreement authorizing the Employer to make payroll deductions from his compensation so long as the Participant is such an Employee and to transfer such payroll deduction amounts to the Trustee in payment of such loan plus interest. In the case of a Participant who (i) is not at the time of commencement of his loan an Employee, or (ii) is not at the commencement of his loan receiving compensation, or (iii) was an Employee receiving compensation at the time of commencement of his loan but ceases to receive compensation or ceases to be an Employee, such Participant shall make his loan repayments in the manner prescribed by the Committee.
(b) The terms of the loan shall (i) require level amortization with payments not less frequently than quarterly, (ii) require that the loan be repaid within five (5) years unless the Participant certifies in writing to the Committee that the loan is to be used to acquire any dwelling unit which within a reasonable time is to be used (determined at the time the loan is made) as a principal residence of the Participant, in which case such loan shall be repaid within ten years, (iii) allow prepayment without penalty, provided that any prepayment must be for the full outstanding loan balance (including interest), (iv) require that the balance of the loan (including interest) shall become due and payable (to the extent not otherwise due and payable) on the date the Participant or, if applicable, the Participant’s beneficiary, becomes entitled to receive a distribution pursuant to Article VII or VIII, irrespective of whether such Participant or beneficiary elects or consents to such distribution, and (v) provide that such Participant’s outstanding loan balance (including interest), if not paid in accordance with the repayment provisions of the loan, shall be repaid by offsetting such balance against the amount in the Participant’s segregated loan fund pledged as security for the loan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that a Participant becomes entitled to, but has not yet received, a distribution pursuant to Article VII of the Plan, such Participant may elect to continue to make payments of principal and interest on his loan in accordance with the terms thereof and subject to the provisions of this Appendix B. By agreeing to the pledge of the segregated loan fund as security for the loan, a Participant shall be deemed to have consented to the distribution of such segregated loan fund prior to the time specified in Section 411(a)(11) of the Code and the applicable Treasury Regulations thereunder.

 

2


 

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, if the distribution of the balance of the Participant’s Accounts is made in connection with the sale of the stock or the assets of an Employer, the Participant’s entire loan may be distributed solely as a Direct Rollover, in accordance with the Article IX of the Plan, to a trust for a plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code, maintained by the purchaser, provided such trust will accept the Participant’s loan as an investment. The Committee shall determine, in its discretion, whether or not a Direct Rollover is in connection with a sale of the stock or assets of an Employer.
(c) If the Participant fails in any way to comply with the repayment terms of a loan, such loan shall be repaid by offsetting the Participant’s outstanding loan balance (including interest) against the amount in the Participant’s segregated loan fund pledged as security for the loan. Any such outstanding loan (including interest) shall be so offset and repaid on the earlier of (i) the last day of the “Grace Period” (as hereinafter defined) applicable with respect to such failure to comply, or (ii) the date of any withdrawal or distribution of benefits from the pledged portion of the Participant’s Accounts pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, amounts in a Participant’s Accounts may not be offset and used to satisfy the payment of such loan (including interest) prior to the earliest time such amounts would otherwise be permitted to be distributed under applicable law. For purposes of this Paragraph, the “Grace Period” with respect to any failure to comply with the repayment terms of a loan shall be the period beginning on the date of such failure and ending on the last day of the calendar quarter following the calendar quarter in which such failure occurred.
(d) Amounts tendered to the Trustee by a Participant in repayment of a loan made pursuant to this Appendix B, (i) shall initially be credited to the Participant’s segregated loan fund, (ii) then shall be transferred as soon as practicable following receipt thereof to the Account or Accounts from which the Participant’s loan was made, and (iii) shall be invested in accordance with the Participant’s current designation as to the investment of amounts allocated to his Accounts pursuant to Article V of the Plan, except that any portion of such amounts that is credited to such Participant’s ESOP Subaccount shall be invested in accordance with Article VI of the Plan.
B-6 Operation of Article . The provisions of this Appendix B shall be applicable to loans granted or renewed on or after the Effective Date. Loans granted or renewed prior to the Effective Date shall be governed by the provisions of the Plan as in effect prior to the Effective Date.

 

3

Exhibit 10.40

SITHE STABLE PENSION ACCOUNT PLAN
(AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF JANUARY 1, 2007)

 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    PAGE  
 
       
PREAMBLE
    1  
 
       
ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS
    3  
 
       
1.1 Accrued Benefit
    3  
1.2 Actuarial Equivalent or Actuarial Equivalence
    3  
1.3 Affiliated Company or Affiliate
    4  
1.4 Applicable Interest Rate
    4  
1.5 Authorized Leave of Absence
    4  
1.6 Beneficiary
    4  
1.7 Board or Board of Directors
    4  
1.8 Cash Balance Account
    4  
1.9 Code
    5  
1.10 Company
    5  
1.11 Compensation
    5  
1.12 Disability
    6  
1.13 Effective Date
    6  
1.14 Eligible Employee
    6  
1.15 Employee
    6  
1.16 Employment Date
    6  
1.17 Enrolled Actuary
    6  
1.18 ERISA
    6  
1.19 Fiduciary
    6  
1.20 Fund
    6  
1.21 Hour of Service
    7  
1.21A Insurance Company
    7  
1.22 Interest Credit(s)
    8  
1.23 Member
    8  
1.24 Non-Appendix B Member
    8  
1.25 Normal Retirement Date
    8  
1.26 Opening Balance
    8  
1.27 Parental Absence
    8  
1.28 Participating Company
    8  
1.29 Pay Credit
    8  
1.30 Payment Date
    8  
1.31 Plan
    9  
1.32 Plan A
    9  
1.33 Plan B
    9  
1.34 Plan Administrator
    9  
1.35 Plan Year
    9  
1.36 Reemployment or Reemployment Date
    9  
1.37 Retirement Benefit
    9  

 

i


 

         
    PAGE  
 
       
1.38 Spouse
    9  
1.39 Termination Date
    9  
1.40 Trust
    9  
1.41 Trust Agreement
    10  
1.42 Trustee
    10  
1.43 Union Member
    10  
 
       
ARTICLE 2 PARTICIPATION AND SERVICE
    10  
 
       
2.1 Eligibility Requirements
    10  
2.2 Special One-Time Election
    10  
2.3 Service
    11  
 
       
ARTICLE 3 CASH BALANCE ACCOUNT
    12  
 
       
3.1 In General
    12  
3.2 Opening Balance
    12  
3.3 Pay Credits
    12  
3.4 Interest Credits
    13  
3.5 Cash Balance Account
    13  
3.6 Reemployment of Members
    13  
 
       
ARTICLE 4 PAYMENTS
    14  
 
       
4.1 Payment Dates
    14  
4.2 Forms of Payment
    15  
4.3 Election Procedures
    17  
4.4 Effect of Death on Forms of Payment
    22  
4.5 Payment on Member’s Behalf
    22  
4.6 Unclaimed Benefits
    23  
4.7 Maximum Benefit Limitation
    23  
4.8 Minimum Distribution Requirements
    24  
 
       
ARTICLE 5 PRE-DISTRIBUTION DEATH BENEFITS
    29  
 
       
5.1 General Provisions
    29  
5.2 Payment
    29  
 
       
ARTICLE 6 DISABILITY
    30  
 
       
6.1 Disability
    30  
6.2 Disability Election
    30  
6.3 Cessation
    30  

 

ii


 

         
    PAGE  
 
       
ARTICLE 7 VESTING
    30  
 
       
ARTICLE 8 BENEFICIARIES
    31  
 
       
8.1 Beneficiary Designation
    31  
8.2 Death of Beneficiary
    31  
 
       
ARTICLE 9 FUNDING AND CONTRIBUTIONS
    31  
 
       
9.1 Establishment of the Funds
    31  
9.2 Company Contributions
    31  
9.3 Return of Company Contributions
    32  
9.4 Forfeitures and Other Gains
    32  
9.5 Expenses
    32  
9.6 Actuarial Valuations
    32  
 
       
ARTICLE 10 ADMINISTRATION
    33  
 
       
10.1 Delineation of Fiduciary Responsibilities
    33  
10.2 Appointment of the Members of the Administrative Committee
    34  
10.3 Organization and Operation of the Administrative Committee
    34  
10.4 Powers and Duties of the Plan Administrator
    35  
10.5 Accounts and Records
    35  
10.6 Employment of Specialists
    36  
10.7 Claims and Review Procedures
    36  
10.8 Standard of Conduct
    37  
10.9 Indemnification
    37  
10.10 Compensation of Administrative Committee Members
    37  
10.11 Actions to be Uniform
    37  
10.12 Effect of Interpretation or Determination
    37  
10.13 Withholding of Tax
    37  
 
       
ARTICLE 11 AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
    38  
 
       
11.1 Right to Amend
    38  
11.2 Right to Terminate
    38  
11.3 Amendments or Termination Affecting Union Members
    38  
11.4 Nonforfeitable Benefits
    38  
11.5 Satisfaction of Liabilities
    39  
 
       
ARTICLE 12 GENERAL PROVISIONS
    39  
 
       
12.1 Rights to Benefits
    39  
12.2 Company Rights
    39  
12.3 Construction
    39  
12.4 Titles
    40  

 

iii


 

         
    PAGE  
 
       
12.5 Impossibility of Action
    40  
12.6 Separability
    40  
12.7 Merger or Consolidation of Plan
    40  
12.8 Latest Commencement of Benefits
    40  
12.9 Veterans’ Reemployment Rights
    41  
12.10 Separate Plans and Assets
    41  
 
       
ARTICLE 13 TOP HEAVY
    41  
 
       
13.1 Purpose and Applicability
    41  
13.2 Special Vesting
    42  
13.3 Minimum Benefits
    42  
13.4 Definitions
    43  
13.5 Adjustment to Benefit Limitations
    45  
 
       
APPENDIX A SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR FORMER GPU REPRESENTED EMPLOYEES
    46  
 
       
ARTICLE A1 PURPOSE AND APPLICABILITY
    46  
 
       
A1.1 Purpose and Applicability
    46  
A1.2 Participating Company
    47  
A1.3 Plan Assets
    47  
 
       
ARTICLE A2 JERSEY PLAN COVERED GROUP PROVISIONS
    47  
 
       
A2.1 Jersey Plan Eligible Employee
    47  
A2.2 Creditable Service
    47  
A2.3 Vesting Service
    48  
A2.4 Creditable Service for Determination of Basic Annuity
    48  
A2.5 Service for All Other Purposes
    48  
A2.6 Basic Earnings
    48  
A2.7 Inapplicable Jersey Plan Provisions
    48  
 
       
ARTICLE A3 METROPOLITAN PLAN COVERED GROUP PROVISIONS
    49  
 
       
A3.1 Metropolitan Plan Eligible Employee
    49  
A3.2 Creditable Service
    49  
A3.3 Vesting Service
    49  
A3.4 Creditable Service for Determination of Basic Annuity
    50  
A3.5 Service for All Other Purposes
    50  
A3.6 Basic Earnings
    50  
A3.7 Inapplicable Metropolitan Plan Provisions
    50  

 

iv


 

         
    PAGE  
 
       
ARTICLE A4 PENELEC PLAN COVERED GROUP PROVISIONS
    51  
 
       
A4.1 Penelec Plan Eligible Employee
    51  
A4.2 Creditable Service
    51  
A4.3 Vesting Service
    51  
A4.4 Creditable Service for Determination of Basic Annuity
    52  
A4.5 Service for All Other Purposes
    52  
A4.6 Basic Earnings
    52  
A4.7 Inapplicable Penelec Plan Provisions
    52  
 
       
APPENDIX B MODIFIED TRADITIONAL PENSION PLAN FOR CERTAIN UNION MEMBERS
    53  
 
       
ARTICLE B1 INTRODUCTION
    53  
 
       
ARTICLE B2 DEFINITIONS OTHER THAN SERVICE DEFINITIONS
    54  
 
       
B2.1 Accumulated Member Contributions
    54  
B2.2 Accrued Benefit
    54  
B2.3 Actuarial Equivalent
    55  
B2.4 Annuity Starting Date
    55  
B2.5 Base Pay
    55  
B2.6 BECO Retirement Plan
    56  
B2.7 Beneficiary
    56  
B2.8 Contingent Annuitant
    56  
B2.9 Effective Date
    56  
B2.10 Eligible Employee
    56  
B2.11 Employee
    56  
B2.12 Final Average Pay
    57  
B2.13 Lump-sum Equivalent
    57  
B2.14 Member
    57  
B2.15 Plan
    57  
B2.16 Plan Year
    57  
B2.17 Retirement Date
    57  
B2.18 Surviving Spouse
    57  
 
       
ARTICLE B3 SERVICE DEFINITIONS
    58  
 
       
B3.1 Employment Commencement Date
    58  
B3.2 Break in Service
    58  
B3.3 Substantial Break
    58  
B3.4 Year of Eligibility Service
    59  
B3.5 Year of Vesting Service
    59  
B3.6 Years of Benefit Service
    60  
B3.7 Fully Vested
    60  
B3.8 Service Bridging
    60  

 

v


 

         
    PAGE  
 
       
ARTICLE B4 ELIGIBILITY FOR MEMBERSHIP
    60  
 
       
B4.1 Eligibility
    60  
B4.2 Membership Following a Break in Service
    60  
 
       
ARTICLE B5 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FUND
    61  
 
       
B5.1 Continuation of Member Contributions
    61  
B5.2 Withdrawal of Accumulated Member Contributions
    61  
B5.3 Forfeitures and Other Gains
    62  
 
       
ARTICLE B6 RETIREMENT DATES
    62  
 
       
B6.1 Normal Retirement Date
    62  
B6.2 Early Retirement Date
    62  
B6.3 Disability Retirement Date
    63  
B6.4 Late Retirement Date
    63  
 
       
ARTICLE B7 NORMAL FORM AND AMOUNT OF RETIREMENT BENEFITS
    64  
 
       
B7.1 Formula Retirement Benefit
    64  
B7.2 Normal Form of Retirement Benefit for Single Members
    66  
B7.3 Normal Form of Retirement Benefit for Married Members
    66  
B7.4 Normal or Late Retirement Benefit
    66  
B7.5 Deferred Early Retirement Benefit
    66  
B7.6 Reduced Early Retirement Benefit
    66  
B7.7 Temporary Supplemental Benefit for Certain Early Retirees
    68  
B7.8 Disability Retirement Benefit
    68  
B7.9 Retirement Benefit After Reemployment Following a Break in Service
    68  
 
       
ARTICLE B8 OPTIONAL FORMS OF RETIREMENT BENEFIT
    69  
 
       
B8.1 Options and Elections
    69  
B8.2 Amount of Retirement Benefit
    71  
 
       
ARTICLE B9 DEATH PRIOR TO ANNUITY STARTING DATE
    72  
 
       
B9.1 Preretirement Surviving Spouse Benefit
    72  
B9.2 Return of Accumulated Member Contributions
    73  
B9.3 Termination of Membership
    74  

 

vi


 

         
    PAGE  
 
       
ARTICLE B10 DEATH ON OR AFTER ANNUITY STARTING DATE
    74  
 
       
B10.1 No Optional Form of Retirement Benefit in Effect
    74  
B10.2 Optional or Normal Form of Retirement Benefit For Married Member in Effect
    74  
B10.3 Termination of Membership
    74  
 
       
ARTICLE B11 VESTING
    75  
 
       
B11.1 Deferred Vested Retirement Benefit
    75  
B11.2 Reduced Earlier Vested Retirement Benefit
    75  
B11.3 No Reduction of Vesting
    76  
B11.4 Withdrawal of Accumulated Member Contributions by Vested Member
    76  

 

vii


 

PREAMBLE
This Sithe Stable Pension Account Plan document is hereby amended and restated effective January 1, 2007, to incorporate the provisions of the Plan, as last amended and restated effective January 1, 2000, and as thereafter amended by the First, Second, Third, Fourth, Fifth and Sixth Amendments to the Plan.
The Plan, as last amended and restated effective January 1, 2000, consisted of two separate tax-qualified defined benefit pension plans for the eligible employees of Sithe Energies, Inc., Sithe New England Power Services, Inc. and any Affiliated Company that has adopted one or both of these plans.
The first plan described in this document is the Sithe Stable Pension Account Plan, which has been established by Sithe Energies, Inc. to provide a cash balance pension benefit for the benefit of its eligible employees who are not represented by a collective bargaining agreement, effective January 1, 2000. All of the assets attributable to providing this cash balance pension benefit for the non-union eligible employees are called Plan A.
Plan A was amended by the Second Amendment to reflect certain provisions of EGTRRA. The Second Amendment was intended as good faith compliance with the requirements of EGTRRA and was to be construed in accordance with EGTRRA and guidance issued thereunder. Except as otherwise provided, the Second Amendment was effective as of the first day of the Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001. The Second Amendment superseded the provisions of Plan A to the extent those provisions were inconsistent with the provisions of EGTRRA. The provisions of the Second Amendment are incorporated in this amended and restated Plan document.
The second plan described in this document is the Sithe Union Employees Pension Plan, which has been established and maintained by Sithe New England Power Services, Inc. for the benefit of its eligible employees whose employment is governed by a collective bargaining agreement with Local 369 of the Utility Workers Union of America, AFL-CIO (the “Union Members”). It consists of two parts. One part provides for a modified traditional defined benefit pension plan (the provisions of which are described at Appendix B of this document) and, effective January 1, 2001, the second part provides for a cash balance pension benefit that is identical to that described under the Sithe Stable Pension Account Plan for non-union employees. Both parts together are a continuation of the Sithe Energies Group Pension Plan, previously known as the Sithe New England Power Services, Inc. Union Pension Plan, originally effective May 16, 1998. All of the assets attributable to providing the Union Members both the modified traditional pension benefit and the cash balance pension benefit are collectively called Plan B.

 

1


 

Effective October 31, 2002, Exelon acquired all of the stock of Sithe New England Power Services, Inc., the sponsor of Plan B, as well as all corresponding assets and liabilities of Plan B. As a result of such stock acquisition, Exelon has adopted a new document for Plan B, separate and apart from the Plan. Therefore, effective November 1, 2002, Plan B provisions were deleted from this Plan document, and neither Sithe Energies, Inc. nor any member of its control group shall be liable for any benefits relating to former employees or beneficiaries covered under Plan B. The provisions of Plan B and of Appendix B to the Plan document are included in this amended and restated Plan document solely for purposes of historical reference.
The terms and conditions of Plan A and Plan B (collectively, the “Plans”) are set forth in the body of this document. Although the provisions of each of the Plans are described in this single document, they were separate and distinct qualified retirement plans. The assets of each of the Plans could be used solely to provide benefits for the covered employees and beneficiaries of that single Plan. Additionally, all of the assets of each Plan shall be at all times accounted for separately from all of the assets of the other Plan in a manner that satisfies Treas. Reg. Sec. 1.414(l)-1(b)(8). Plan A is intended to be qualified under section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Plan B was intended to be qualified under section 401(a) of the Code.
Appendix A to this document is included in this amended and restated Plan document solely for historical purposes. Amendment A describes benefits that were provided between November 24, 1999 and May 12, 2000 to certain former union employees. In connection with the sale of certain operating companies to an unrelated employer, these benefits and related assets were transferred to a separate defined benefit pension plan maintained by that unrelated employer in accordance with section 414(I) of the Code.
The provisions of this Plan document shall apply only to a Member who terminated employment with Sithe Energies, Inc., Sithe New England Power Services, Inc. and all Affiliated Companies on or after January 1, 2000. Except as otherwise specifically and expressly provided herein, a former Employee’s eligibility for and the amount of benefits, if any, payable to or on behalf of such former Employee, shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the Plan in effect on his termination of employment date. The benefit payable to or on behalf of a Member included under the Plan in accordance with the following provisions shall not be affected by the terms of any amendment to the Plan adopted after such Participant’s employment terminates, unless the amendment expressly provides otherwise.

 

2


 

ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
The following words and phrases when used in the Plan shall have the meanings indicated in this Article 1 unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context or by Appendix A or Appendix B:
1.1  
Accrued Benefit ” means the value of a Member’s Cash Balance Account as of any determination date with actual Interest Credits thereon until Normal Retirement Date and payable as a single lump sum on such Member’s Normal Retirement Date. If a Member continues as an Eligible Employee after Normal Retirement Date, the Accrued Benefit is equal to the value of the Cash Balance Account immediately payable in a single lump sum. A Member’s Accrued Benefit shall never be less valuable than it was on December 31, 2000 under the terms of Plan B in effect on such date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 1.1, for purposes of determining a Member’s Accrued Benefit, such Member’s Accrued Benefit shall be determined immediately prior to the closing (the “Closing”) of the transactions contemplated by that certain Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of November 1, 2004, by and among Exelon SHC, Inc., Exelon New England Power Marketing, L.P., ExRes SHC, Inc., and Dynegy New York Holdings, Inc. A Member shall not be credited with any additional Pay Credits under Section 3.3 (or Section 6.1) on or after the Closing and shall only be credited with Interest Credits under Section 3.4 until the Payment Date of such Member’s Accrued Benefit.
1.2  
Actuarial Equivalent ” or “ Actuarial Equivalence ” means a benefit of equivalent value to another benefit, determined on the following bases:
  (a)  
for conversion of a single life annuity to an optional annuity form of payment under Section 4.2, the following:
  (i)  
Interest: 7.0% per year
  (ii)  
Mortality: 1983 Unisex Group Annuity Mortality Table
  (b)  
for conversion of a Member’s Cash Balance Account to a single life annuity under Section 4.2: the mortality table specified from time to time under Code Section 417(e)(3), or regulations thereunder, and the Applicable Interest Rate described in Section 1.4.
  (c)  
For purposes of determining a Union Member’s Opening Balance under Section 3.2, the interest rate specified under Code Section 417(e)(3) as in effect for March, 2000 and the mortality table specified under Code Section 417(e)(3).
  (d)  
for all other purposes, mortality and interest as shown in (b) above.
This paragraph shall apply to distributions with Payment Dates on or after December 31, 2002. Notwithstanding any other provisions to the contrary, the applicable mortality table used for adjusting any benefit or limitation under Code Section 415(b)(2)(B), (C), or (D) as referenced in Section 4.7 of the Plan and the applicable mortality table used for the purposes of satisfying the requirements of Code Section 417(e) as set forth in this Section 1.2 is the table prescribed in Internal Revenue Service Revenue Ruling 2001-62.

 

3


 

1.3  
Affiliated Company ” or “ Affiliate ” means (a) any corporation (other than the Company) that is a member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in section 414(b) of the Code) with the Company, (b) any trade or business (other than the Company), whether or not incorporated, that is under common control (as defined in section 414(c) of the Code) with the Company, and (c) any organization (other than the Company) that is a member of an affiliated service group (as defined in section 414(m) of the Code) of which the Company is also a member or that is otherwise required to be aggregated with the Company under the regulations under section 414(o) of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Affiliated Company” shall not include any such corporation, trade or business, or organization prior to the date on which such corporation, trade or business, or organization satisfies the affiliation tests of (a), (b), or (c) above. Solely for purposes of Section 4.7 of the Plan, section 414(b) and section 414(c) of the Code will be considered modified by section 415(h) of the Code.
1.4  
Applicable Interest Rate ” means the interest rate specified under Code Section 417(e)(3) as in effect for the November preceding the start of the Plan Year in which the payment is made. In the case of payments that commence in calendar year 2000, such rate will be the rate in effect for November 1999.
1.5  
Authorized Leave of Absence ” means any absence authorized by the Participating Company under its standard personnel practices, provided that all persons under similar circumstances are treated alike in the granting of such Authorized Leave of Absence, and provided further that the Member returns or retires within the period specified in the Authorized Leave of Absence. An absence due to service in the Armed Forces of the United States shall be considered an Authorized Leave of Absence provided that the Employee complies with all of the requirements of Federal law in order to be entitled to reemployment and provided further that the Employee returns to employment with the Company or an Affiliated Company within the period provided by such law.
1.6  
Beneficiary ” means the person or persons entitled under Article 9 to receive any benefit payable hereunder on or after the Member’s death, other than any benefit payable to a Spouse pursuant to Section 4.2(a) or to a surviving Spouse pursuant to Section 5.1.
1.7  
Board ” or “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
1.8  
Cash Balance Account ” means the notional account described in Section 3.1 and maintained for each Member pursuant to Section 3.5.

 

4


 

1.9  
Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. Reference to any section or subsection of the Code includes reference to any comparable or succeeding provisions of any legislation which amends, supplements or replaces such section or subsection.
1.10  
Company
  (a)  
For purposes of applying this document (including Appendix B) to Union Members who participate in Plan B, “Company” means Sithe New England Power Services, Inc.; and
  (b)  
For purposes of applying this document to all Members not covered by subsection (a) above and who participate in Plan A, “Company” means Sithe Energies, Inc.
1.11  
Compensation ” means the base wages received by a Member by a Participating Company in a calendar quarter and all base wage pre-tax contributions for such calendar quarter made at the Member’s voluntary election to a qualified cash or deferred arrangement as defined in Code Section 401(k), a cafeteria plan meeting the requirements of Code Section 125, or any other salary reduction program authorized under the Code and sponsored by a Participating Company.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Compensation shall not include any of the following:
  (a)  
any amount in excess of $200,000, as adjusted for cost-of-living increases in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(17)(B). The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to annual Compensation for the Plan Year that begins with such calendar year.
  (b)  
overtime pay, bonuses, and commission;
  (c)  
the value of any stock options;
 
  (d)  
severance pay of any kind;
  (e)  
any form of special pay other than what is specifically described above; and
  (f)  
any long term disability (LTD) payments made directly by a Participating Company or under a plan sponsored by such employer.
   
For purposes of determining a Member’s Compensation for the calendar quarter beginning on January 1, 2005, only such Member’s Compensation received for the period beginning on and after January 1, 2005 and ending immediately prior to the Closing shall be taken into account. A Member’s Compensation for any period beginning on or after the Closing shall be disregarded for purposes of this Section 1.11.

 

5


 

1.12  
Disability ” means a physical or mental incapacity that actually entitles a Member to benefits under the group long-term disability (LTD) plan sponsored by a Participating Company.
1.13  
Effective Date ” means January 1, 2007, except as otherwise specified herein or as required by law.
1.14  
Eligible Employee ” means an Employee who meets the eligibility requirements of Article 2.
1.15  
Employee ” means an employee of the Company or an Affiliated Company. However, the term does not include any person whose services are performed pursuant to a contract with such person that purports to treat the individual as an independent contractor even if such individual is later determined (by judicial action or otherwise) to have been a common law employee of the Company or an Affiliated Company rather than an independent contractor.
1.16  
Employment Date ” means shall mean the first day on which an Employee is credited with an Hour of Service.
1.17  
Enrolled Actuary ” means an individual or firm of actuaries, who shall be independent of the Company, selected from time to time by the Plan Administrator, who meets the standards and qualifications established by the Joint Board for the Enrollment of Actuaries, or a firm of actuaries which has on staff such individual actuary, to perform all necessary actuarial services in connection with the operation of the Plan.
1.18  
ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as the same may be amended from time to time, and as interpreted by the regulations, rulings and cases promulgated or decided thereunder.
1.19  
Fiduciary ” means any person who exercises any discretionary authority or discretionary control respecting the management of the Plan, assets held under the Plan, or disposition of Plan assets; who renders investment advice for a fee or other compensation, direct or indirect, with respect to assets held under the Plan or has any authority or responsibility to do so; or who has any discretionary authority or discretionary responsibility in the administration of the Plan. Any person who exercises authority or has responsibility of a fiduciary nature as described above shall be considered a Fiduciary under the Plan.
1.20  
Fund ” means the cash and other investments of the Plan, and income attributable thereto, held and administered by the Trustee(s) in accordance with the Trust Agreement(s) and/or by the Insurance Company in accordance with any group annuity contracts.

 

6


 

1.21  
Hour of Service ” means:
  (a)  
each hour for which an individual is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, by the Company or an Affiliate for the performance of duties during a computation period, such hours to be credited to him for the computation period or period in which the duties are performed;
  (b)  
each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, has been either awarded or agreed to by the Company or an Affiliate, with such hours to be credited to the individual for the computation period or periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the computation period in which the award, agreement or payment is made. The same Hours of Service shall not be credited both under paragraphs (a) or (c) of this Section, as the case may be, and under this paragraph (b); and
  (c)  
each hour for which the individual is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, by the Company or an Affiliate on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of absence. For purposes of this paragraph (c), an Employee shall not be credited with Hours of Service on account of payments made or due (i) under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable workmen’s compensation or unemployment compensation or disability insurance laws or (ii) which solely reimburse an Employee for medical or medically related expenses incurred by the Employee. For purposes of this paragraph (c), the number of Hours of Service to be credited to an Employee shall be determined in accordance with Department of Labor Regulations Sections 2530.200b-2(b) and 2530.200b-2(c).
To the extent not credited above, Hours of Service will also be credited, based on the customary work week of the Employee, for periods of military duty as required by applicable law provided, however, that military duty shall count as Hours of Service only if the individual returns to work for the Company or an Affiliate within the period and under the conditions prescribed by such applicable law.
1.21A  
Insurance Company ” means any legal reserve life insurance company which has issued one or more group annuity contracts to the Company or the Trustee for the purpose of funding all or a part of the benefits due under the Plan.

 

7


 

1.22  
Interest Credit(s) ” means the interest amounts credited to a Member’s Cash Balance Account pursuant to Section 3.4.
1.23  
Member ” means any Eligible Employee who is currently participating in the Plan in accordance with Article 2 or any former Eligible Employee who continues to be entitled to a benefit under the Plan.
1.24  
Non-Appendix B Member ” means any Union Member who does not accrue any benefit under Appendix B and
  (a)  
who is hired by a Participating Company on or after January 1, 2001; or
  (b)  
who is or becomes employed at the Mystic 8/9 facility or the Fore River facility on or after January 1, 2001; or
  (c)  
who elected to participate under the cash balance provisions of the Plan pursuant to Section 2.2(a).
1.25  
Normal Retirement Date ” means the Member’s 65 th birthday.
1.26  
Opening Balance ” means those amounts credited to the Cash Balance Accounts of certain Eligible Employees as provided in Section 3.2.
1.27  
Parental Absence ” means an Employee’s absence from work which has commenced for any of the following reasons:
  (a)  
the pregnancy of the Employee;
 
  (b)  
the birth of the Employee’s child;
 
  (c)  
the adoption of a child by the Employee; or
  (d)  
the need to care for the Employee’s child immediately following its birth or adoption.
1.28  
Participating Company ” means the Company and any Affiliated Company that adopts this Plan with the Company’s permission.
1.29  
Pay Credit ” means the notional amounts credited to a Member’s Cash Balance Account pursuant to Section 3.3.
1.30  
Payment Date ” means:
  (a)  
the first day of the first period for which a benefit is payable to the Member under the Plan as an annuity, (or to the Spouse or Beneficiary in the case of death before retirement benefits commence), or

 

8


 

  (b)  
in the case of a benefit payable in the form of a lump sum, the first day on which all events have occurred (including completion of required application forms) which entitle the Member, Spouse, or Beneficiary to such benefit.
1.31  
Plan ” means this entire Sithe Stable Pension Account Plan document unless the context clearly indicates reference to Plan A or Plan B.
1.32  
Plan A ” means the provisions of this Sithe Stable Pension Account Plan document as applicable to Eligible Employees other than Union Members, as from time to time amended, subject to the requirements of Sections 9.1 and 12.10 of the Plan.
1.33  
Plan B ”, also known as the Sithe Union Employees Pension Plan, means the provisions of this document which provide benefits to certain Union Employees as described in Appendix B and to other Union Employees as described in the provisions of the Sithe Stable Pension Account, subject to the requirements of Sections 9.1 and 12.10 of the Plan. Prior to January 1, 2001, Plan B was named the Sithe Energies Group Pension Plan.
1.34  
Plan Administrator ” means the Dynegy Inc. Benefit Plans Committee.
 
1.35  
Plan Year ” means the calendar year.
 
1.36  
Reemployment or Reemployment Date ” means the first day on which an Employee completes an Hour of Service after a Termination Date.
 
1.37  
Retirement Benefit ” means either:
  (a)  
a lump sum payment made pursuant to Section 4.2(b)(iii), or
 
  (b)  
monthly annuity payments.
1.38  
Spouse ” means the person to whom a Member is legally married on his Payment Date, or if benefit payments have not commenced prior to date of death, the person to whom the Member was legally married on the date of his death.
1.39  
Termination Date ” means the later of the date an Employee is discharged, dies, retires, or voluntarily quits employment, or is otherwise deemed to be terminated from employment with the Company and all Affiliated Companies according to the applicable Participating Company’s standard personnel practice.
1.40  
Trust ” means the trust established pursuant to the Trust Agreement.

 

9


 

1.41  
Trust Agreement ” means the written agreements, one or more, between the Company and the Trustee(s) in connection with the Plan, as such agreements may be in existence or amended from time to time.
1.42  
Trustee ” means such individual(s), corporate entity, or financial institution as shall have entered into the Trust Agreement with the Company and any successor thereto.
1.43  
Union Member ” means an Employee whose employment is governed by the terms of a collective bargaining agreement between the Company and the Utility Workers Union of America, AFL-CIO and Local 369, Utility Workers Union of America, AFL-CIO.
ARTICLE 2
PARTICIPATION AND SERVICE
2.1  
Eligibility Requirements . An Eligible Employee is each Employee who:
  (a)  
is employed by a Participating Company;
 
  (b)  
is not a “leased employee” as defined in Code Section 414(n)(2); and
 
  (c)  
is not a Union Member accruing benefits under Appendix B.
  (d)  
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.1, no Employee or Eligible Employee shall become a Member in the Plan on or after the Closing.
2.2  
Special One-Time Election .
  (a)  
Union Members who on December 31, 2000 are both (1) employed by a Participating Company and (2) are age 45 or older shall have a one-time opportunity to elect in writing the retirement provisions under which they choose to be covered. Such Union Members shall have a choice between participating in the cash balance provisions described in the main body of this document (the Sithe Stable Pension Account) or the modified traditional pension plan provisions described in Appendix B.
  (b)  
Notwithstanding the above, any Union Member who is or becomes employed at the Mystic 8/9 facility or the Fore River facility on or after January 1, 2001 shall automatically be covered by the cash balance provisions described in the body of this document and cease to be covered under the provisions of Appendix B.
  (c)  
Irrespective of whether a Union Member is covered by the cash balance provisions or the modified traditional pension provisions, all benefits for Union Members are provided exclusively under Plan B and the assets related thereto.

 

10


 

2.3  
Service.
  (a)  
Break in Service ” means, in the case of any Employee, a Plan Year in which the Employee has 500 or fewer Hours of Service, but not including any such Plan Year before the one in which he ceases to be an Employee. Solely for purposes of determining whether a Break in Service has occurred, there shall be credited to the Employee as Hours of Service each hour not otherwise creditable under Section 1.21 during a Parental Absence; provided, that:
  (i)  
Any Hour of Service credited hereunder with respect to an absence shall be credited (A) only in the Plan Year in which the absence begins, if the Employee would be prevented from incurring a Break in Service in such Year solely because of Hours of Service credited hereunder for such absence, or (B) in any other case, in the immediately following Plan Year;
  (ii)  
No Hours of Service shall be credited hereunder unless the Employee furnishes the Plan Administrator with such information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require (in such form and at such time as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require) establishing (A) that the absence from work is an absence described hereunder and (B) the number of days for which the absence lasted.
  (iii)  
In no event shall more than 501 Hours of Service be credited to an Employee hereunder for any one absence by reason of pregnancy or the placement of any one child.
  (b)  
Substantial Break ” means, in the case of any Employee or Member who does not have a nonforfeitable right to any portion of his Accrued Benefit, a number of consecutive Breaks in Service which equals or exceeds five.
  (c)  
Year of Vesting Service ” means a Plan Year during which an Employee has at least 1,000 Hours of Service, subject to the following special rules:
  (i)  
In the case of a Member who incurs a Substantial Break, Years of Vesting Service prior to such Break will be disregarded.
  (ii)  
In the event a Member has a Break in Service and thereafter again becomes an Employee and a Member without having incurred a Substantial Break, his Years of Vesting Service prior to his Break in Service shall be restored to him.

 

11


 

ARTICLE 3
CASH BALANCE ACCOUNT
3.1  
In General . A notional account (hereinafter referred to as the Cash Balance Account) shall be established and maintained for each Member who has been credited with at least 1,000 Hours of Service during a Plan Year. A Member’s Cash Balance Account shall consist of the sum of (a) an Opening Balance, if any, determined in accordance with Section 3.2, (b) Pay Credits determined in accordance with Section 3.3 and (c) Interest Credits determined in accordance with Section 3.4.
3.2  
Opening Balance . The Cash Balance Account of each Union Member who participated in the Sithe Energies Group Pension Plan immediately prior to January 1, 2001 and who is covered by the provisions of this Plan on January 1, 2001, excluding any Union Member who makes the election described in Section 2.2 of the Plan to accrue a benefit under Appendix B, shall be credited with an Opening Balance as of January 1, 2001. The Opening Balance shall be equal to the single sum Actuarial Equivalent value of the Member’s December 31, 2000 accrued benefit under the Sithe Energies Group Pension Plan, calculated on the basis of the Member’s attained age in years and completed months as of December 31, 2000 including the value of any early retirement subsidy for which the Member would have qualified under Plan B had he retired on December 31, 2000.
3.3  
Pay Credits .
  (a)  
Except as provided under (b) and (c) below, as of the last day of each calendar quarter, a Pay Credit shall be credited to the Cash Balance Account of each Member who received Compensation during such quarter calendar. The Pay Credit shall be equal to 3% of the Member’s Compensation for such calendar quarter.
  (b)  
Except as provided in (c) below, the Pay Credit described in (a) above shall be rescinded if the Member is not credited with at least 1,000 Hours of Service for the Plan Year in which the calendar quarter Pay Credit is made.
  (c)  
2005 Plan Year . Notwithstanding subsections (a) and (b) above, solely for the Plan Year beginning on January 1, 2005 (the “2005 Plan Year”), the Pay Credit described in (a) above shall be credited immediately prior to the Closing to the Cash Balance Account of each Member who received Compensation during for the 2005 Plan Year. Such Pay Credit shall be rescinded if the Member is not credited with at least 1/12 of 1,000 Hours of Service for each full month in the period beginning on January 1, 2005 and ending immediately prior to the Closing.

 

12


 

3.4  
Interest Credits .
  (a)  
Except as provided under (b) below, Interest Credits shall be equal to a percentage of the Member’s Cash Balance Account as of the first day of a calendar quarter and shall be added to each Member’s Cash Balance Account as of the last day of such quarter. However, for any year in which payment of the Member’s Cash Balance Account is made in any form, simple interest shall be credited on the amount of the Member’s Cash Balance Account as of the first day of the quarter for the period from the first day of such quarter to the expected Payment Date. In no event will Interest Credits continue after benefits have commenced.
  (b)  
If the Member’s Pay Credit is rescinded pursuant to Section 3.3(b), the Interest Credit related thereto described in (a) above shall also be rescinded.
  (c)  
Except as provided in (d) below, the annual rate of interest used to determine the Interest Credit for a Plan Year shall be the annual average of the yield on one-year constant maturity Treasury Bill rates in the preceding Plan Year (as published in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release) plus 1%. This annual rate shall be converted to a quarterly equivalent for purposes of the quarterly crediting of interest.
  (d)  
For purposes of determining a Member’s Accrued Benefit, Interest Credits will be projected for future periods using the interest rate under this Section in effect at the time the projection is made.
3.5  
Cash Balance Account . As of any date the value of a Member’s Cash Balance Account shall be equal to the sum of the Opening Balance, if any, and Pay Credits and the Interest Credits made to such Member’s Cash Balance Account.
Upon the conversion of a Member’s Cash Balance Account to an annuity, or payment of such account as a lump sum, such Cash Balance Account shall cease to exist. However, a Member may have a new Cash Balance Account established if he becomes a Member again following a Payment Date.
3.6  
Reemployment of Members . In the event a Member to whom payment of his retirement benefit under the Plan has commenced is reemployed by the Company or any Affiliated Company, payment of his retirement benefit shall not be interrupted or otherwise adversely affected. In the event a Member is reemployed by the Company or any Affiliated Company before payment of his retirement benefit has commenced, his benefit shall not commence during his period of reemployment, but shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 4.1.

 

13


 

ARTICLE 4
PAYMENTS
4.1  
Payment Dates . Subject to the limitations in Section 4.7, the Plan will pay vested benefits under the Plan on the Payment Date and in the form of payment elected by the Member under Section 4.2. However, if the lump sum cash-out amount under Section 4.2(b)(iii) is not more than $1,000, the Plan Administrator will automatically distribute such amount as soon as practicable after the Member’s Termination Date, and the Member may not elect an annuity form of payment.
A Member who has not attained age 64 as of his Termination Date may elect a Payment Date that is any day up to and including his Normal Retirement Date. A Member who has attained age 64 or more as of his Termination Date may elect any Payment Date up to the month in which he would attain 70 1 / 2 .
  (a)  
The Plan Administrator shall furnish any Member whose employment with the Company or any Affiliated Company continues beyond his Normal Retirement Date (or resumes his employment after his Normal Retirement Date, but prior to commencement of the payment of his retirement benefit) with the notification described in 29 CFR § 2530.203-3. Upon such Member’s subsequent termination of employment, his retirement benefit payable pursuant to Article IV shall be increased to the extent required, if at all, under such regulations as provided in subsection (b) below to avoid the effecting of a prohibited forfeiture of benefits by reason of the suspension of benefits during such Member’s post Normal Retirement Date employment.
  (b)  
A Member described in subsection (a) above shall be entitled to a retirement benefit equal to the greater of:
  (i)  
his Accrued Benefit determined pursuant to Section 1.1 through the date of his subsequent termination of employment; or
  (ii)  
the Actuarial Equivalent of his Accrued Benefit payable at his Normal Retirement Date.
  (c)  
Further, such Member’s retirement benefit payable pursuant to this Section 4.1 shall be increased to the extent required, if at all, under Section 401(a)(9)(C)(iii) of the Code in the event his employment or reemployment continues after April of the year immediately following the year he attains age seventy and one-half.
  (d)  
In the event that Member elects a Payment Date after his Normal Retirement Date, such Member’s benefit shall not be less than the Actuarial Equivalent of his Accrued Benefit payable at his Normal Retirement Date.

 

14


 

4.2  
Forms of Payment .
  (a)  
Normal Form . The normal form of benefit payable to an unmarried Member will be the single life annuity described in subsection (b)(i) below. The normal form of benefit payable to a Member who has a Spouse on his selected Payment Date will be the qualified joint and survivor annuity which is the 50 percent joint and survivor annuity with the Spouse as the Beneficiary as described in subsection (b)(ii) below.
  (b)  
Optional Forms . Subject to the election procedures and other rules and restrictions in this Article 4 and to the special, additional forms of payment for certain Union Members under Section 4.3(c), a Member may elect one of the optional forms of payment described in this subsection (b). The value of each of the annuity forms of payment under subsection (ii) is the Actuarial Equivalent of the benefit that would be payable to the Member as a single life annuity under subsection (i) below.
  (i)  
Single Life Annuity . The single life annuity is a monthly benefit beginning on the Member’s selected Payment Date and payable throughout his lifetime, ending with the last payment due on the first day of the month in which his death occurs. The single life annuity amount shall be equal to the Actuarial Equivalent of the Member’s vested Cash Balance Account based on the Member’s age at the Payment Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the single life annuity for a Union Member as of any Payment Date shall never be less than such Union Member’s accrued benefit under Plan B as of December 31, 2000 reduced for early payment by using the Member’s age at the Payment Date and the provisions of Plan B in effect on December 31, 2000.
  (ii)  
Joint and Survivor Annuity . The joint and survivor annuity is a reduced monthly benefit beginning on the Member’s Payment Date and payable throughout his lifetime, with either 50 percent or 100 percent, as elected by the Member, of that monthly amount continuing for life to his surviving Beneficiary, beginning on the first day of the month following the month in which the Member’s death occurs. The joint and survivor annuity is the Actuarial Equivalent of the single life annuity.
  (iii)  
Lump Sum Cash-out .
  (A)  
Form . The lump sum cash-out is a single payment of a Member’s entire vested interest in the Plan.

 

15


 

  (B)  
Amount . As of any Payment Date, the lump sum cash-out value of the Member’s Plan benefit is the value of such Member’s vested Cash Balance Account as of such Payment Date. However, if greater than the Member’s Cash Balance Account, the amount of such lump sum shall be equal to the greater of the lump sum Actuarial Equivalent of a Union Member’s: (1) immediate single life annuity based on the Member’s December 31, 2000 accrued benefit under Plan B reduced for early commencement on the Payment Date, or (2) the Member’s single life annuity payable at age 65 based on the Member’s December 31, 2000 accrued benefit under Plan B. Both (1) and (2) shall be developed using the interest and mortality assumptions in effect under Plan Section 1.2(b) for the Plan Year in which the Payment Date occurs, the Union Member’s age as of the Payment Date and the terms of Plan B in effect on December 31, 2000 (except for the aforementioned interest and mortality assumptions). Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, for Payment Dates occurring in the 12-month period ending on December 31, 2001, the Applicable Interest Rate in effect under Plan B on December 31, 2000 shall be used to determine the lump sum if such rate produces a greater lump sum amount.
  (C)  
Over $1,000 . If the amount determined under (B) above is greater than $1,000, the Member may elect to receive the lump sum cash-out only if his Spouse consents to that form of distribution as required under Section 4.3. The Plan will simultaneously offer to the Member all annuity forms of payment. A Member may not split his distribution between an annuity and a lump sum cash-out.
  (D)  
Not Over $1,000 . If the amount determined under (B) above is not over $1,000, the Plan Administrator will automatically make a lump sum cash-out payment to the Member as soon as practicable after his Termination Date without the Member’s consent.
  (E)  
Nonvested Member . Regardless of the amount determined under (B) above, the Plan Administrator will treat each Member who is not fully vested in his Plan benefit as having received a constructive cash-out of his entire non-vested Plan benefit as of his Termination Date, and if he resumes Employment before he incurs a five consecutive Breaks in Service will treat him has having repaid his constructive cash-out as of his Reemployment Date.

 

16


 

  (F)  
Direct Rollover of Lump Sum Payments . A Member who is eligible to receive a lump sum cash-out may instruct the Plan Administrator to roll over all or part of his lump sum payment to an eligible retirement plan. An eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b), an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a), a qualified trust described in Code Section 401(a), and, effective for distributions made after December 31, 2001, an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b) and an eligible plan under Code Section 457(b) which is maintained by a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan. The definition of ‘eligible retirement plan’ shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving Spouse, or to a Spouse or former Spouse who is an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p).
The Member, Spouse, or former Spouse, as applicable, must timely provide in writing all information required to effect the rollover.
  (c)  
Special Optional Payment Forms for Certain Union Members. In lieu of one of the payment forms described in Section 4.2(b), Union Members who have an Opening Balance may select an optional form of payment described in Appendix B, Section B8.1. Each optional form shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of the single life annuity otherwise payable to such Union Member, but in no event less valuable than the individual’s accrued benefit at December 31, 2000 under the terms and conditions of the Sithe Energies Group Pension Plan on such date.
4.3  
Election Procedures .
  (a) (1)
Except as provided in subsections (a)(2) and (a)(3) below, within the period of time commencing ninety (90) days, and ending thirty (30) days, prior to his Payment Date, the Plan Administrator shall give each Member a written notice that Plan benefits thereafter payable will be in the form of a joint and survivor annuity under Section 4.2(a) in the case of a married Member unless the Member makes a Qualified Election within the applicable Election Period to receive Plan benefits payable under the Plan in another form. In the case of a Member who is not married, the notice shall inform him that Plan benefits will be paid in the form of an applicable life annuity under Section 4.2(a) unless a Qualified Election is made for another form of benefit payable under the Plan. Such notice shall also provide written explanation of (i) the terms and conditions of the applicable standard form of annuity; (ii) the Member’s right to make, and the effect of, an election to waive the applicable standard annuity form of benefit; (iii) the relative values of the applicable optional forms of benefit available; (iv) the rights of a Member’s Spouse; (v) the right to make, and the effect of, a revocation of a previous election to waive the applicable standard form of annuity; (vi) if applicable, his right to defer his Payment Date; and (vii) if applicable, his right to a direct rollover pursuant to Section 4.2(b)(iii)(F).

 

17


 

  (2)  
In the event the written notice described in subsection (a)(1) above is provided to a Member before his Payment Date but less than thirty (30) days prior to such date, such Member (with the consent of his Spouse, if he is married) may elect, on a properly completed election form provided by the Plan Administrator, to waive the minimum thirty (30) day notice period described in subsection (a)(1) above, provided the following conditions are met:
  (A)  
The Plan Administrator provides descriptive information to the Member clearly indicating that he has the right to at least thirty (30) days to consider whether to waive the applicable standard form of annuity and elect an alternative form of benefit available to him under the Plan;
  (B)  
The Member is permitted to revoke an election made pursuant to (A) above at least until the Payment Date, or, if later, at any time prior to the expiration of the seven (7)-day period which begins on the day immediately following the date the written notice described in subsection (a)(1) above is provided to the Member and distribution in accordance with such election does not commence prior to the expiration of such seven (7)-day period; and
  (C)  
The Member’s Payment Date is after the date such written notice is provided to the Member.
The Member’s Payment Date may be prior to the date the Member makes any affirmative benefit distribution election pursuant to this subsection (a)(2) and prior to the date distribution is permitted to commence pursuant to (B) above, provided that, except in a case due solely to administrative delay, distribution pursuant to such election shall commence not more than ninety (90) days after the written notice described in subsection (a)(1) above is provided to the Member.

 

18


 

  (3)  
In accordance with the conditions and requirements of this subsection (a)(3) and of Code Section 417(a)(7) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, a Member who is eligible to do so may elect a retroactive annuity starting date with respect to the distribution of his retirement benefit. For purposes of the Plan, a retroactive annuity starting date (‘RASD’) means a Payment Date affirmatively elected by a Member which is on or before the date the written notice described in subsection (a)(1) above is provided to the Member,
  (A)  
A Member shall be eligible to elect a RASD only if the following requirements and conditions are met:
  (i)  
The Member has requested the written notice described in subsection (a)(1) above prior to his Payment Date and, solely due to administrative delay, such written notice is provided to the Member on or after his Payment Date;
  (ii)  
The Member’s retirement benefit payments have not commenced;
  (iii)  
The Member’s elected RASD is not prior to the date of his termination of employment;
  (iv)  
The Member’s spouse (including an alternate payee who is treated as such spouse under an order the Committee has determined to be a qualified domestic relations order), determined as if the date distributions are to commence was the Member’s Payment Date, consents to the distribution in a Qualified Election; provided, however, such spousal consent is not applicable if the amount of the survivor annuity payments for such spouse under the RASD election are not less than the amount of the survivor annuity payments for such spouse under the applicable standard form of annuity with a Payment Date after the date the written notice described in subsection (a)(1) above is provided to the Member;

 

19


 

  (v)  
Any distribution (including appropriate interest adjustments) based on the RASD must satisfy the requirements of Section 415 of the Code if the date the distribution is to commence is substituted for the Payment Date for all purposes, including for purposes of determining the Applicable Interest Rate and the applicable mortality table described in Section 1.2 of the Plan; provided, however, satisfaction of such requirement is not required in the case of a distribution in the form of an annuity described in Section 4.2 and the date such distribution is to commence in any such form is twelve (12) months or less from the RASD; and
  (vi)  
In the case of a form of retirement benefit distribution which would have been subject to the present value requirements of Section 417(e)(3) of the Code if such distribution had actually commenced as of the RASD, such distribution must be not less than the retirement benefit produced by application of the Applicable Interest Rate and the applicable mortality table described in Section 1.2 of the Plan determined as of the date distribution is to commence to the annuity form which corresponds to the annuity form used to determine the retirement benefit amount as of the RASD.
  (B)  
The future payments of retirement benefits to the Member must be the same as the future payments of retirement benefit which would have been paid to the Member if such payments had actually commenced on the RASD and the Member must receive a make-up payment to reflect the missed payment or payments for the period between the RASD and the date of the actual make-up payment (with an appropriate adjustment for interest at the Applicable Interest Rate for such period on such missed payment or payments);
  (C)  
The written notice described in subsection (a)(1) above must generally be provided to the Member not less than thirty (30) days nor more than ninety (90) days prior to the date of the first payment pursuant to the Member’s election of an RASD and such election must be made after such written notice is provided but on or prior to the date of such first payment; provided, however, such written notice may be provided less than thirty (30) days prior to the date of such first payment if the requirements of subsection (a)(2) above would be satisfied when such date is substituted for the Payment Date in applying the requirements of such subsection other than the requirements described in the final sentence of such subsection; and, provided, further, that, except in a case due solely to administrative delay, the date of such first payment shall be not more than ninety (90) days after such written notice is provided to the Member.

 

20


 

  (4)  
For purposes of this Section 4.3(a), the following defined terms have the meanings provided below where such terms are used in the initially capitalized form:
  (A)  
The term ‘Election Period’ shall mean, subject to the modifications under certain circumstances described in subsection (a)(2) and (a)(3) above, the ninety (90) day period ending on the Member’s Payment Date.
  (B)  
The term ‘Qualified Election’ shall mean an election to waive the applicable standard form of annuity. The Member’s election must be in writing and, if he is married, must be consented to by his Spouse. The Spouse’s consent to an election must acknowledge the applicable standard form of annuity and the Spouse must acknowledge such consent before a notary public or Plan representative. The waiver must state the specific beneficiary applicable (including any class of beneficiaries). Such election may not be changed without further Spousal consent. Notwithstanding this consent requirement, if the Member establishes to the satisfaction of the Plan Administrator that such written consent may not be obtained because there is no Spouse or the Spouse cannot be located, an election will be deemed a Qualified Election. Also, if the Member is legally separated or has been abandoned (within the meaning of applicable law) and the Member has a court order to such effect, Spousal consent is not required. Any consent necessary under this subsection (4)(B) will be valid only with respect to the Spouse who signs the consent, or in the event of a deemed Qualified Election, the designated Spouse. Additionally, a revocation of a prior election may be made by a Member without the consent of the Spouse at any time during the applicable Election Period. The number of revocations shall not be limited. Any new election of an optional form of benefit will require new Spousal consent. The preceding sentence shall not apply if such election is back to the applicable standard form of annuity.

 

21


 

  (b)  
Any Member who would otherwise receive the standard form of benefit described in Section 4.2 may elect not to take his benefit in such form by properly executing and filing the benefit election form prescribed by the Plan Administrator during the Election Period described in Section 4.3(a)(4)(A) as a Qualified Election as described in Section 4.3(a)(4)(B). The Member who has a Spouse may elect to receive either the 50 percent or 100 percent joint and survivor annuity with his Spouse as his Beneficiary, and he will not be required to have his Spouse’s consent to make this election.
4.4  
Effect of Death on Forms of Payment .
  (a)  
Death of Spouse or Beneficiary Before Benefits Begin . If the Member elects a payment form with a survivor benefit and his designated Beneficiary dies under such form of payment before his Payment Date, the survivor form of payment will not become effective and he will instead receive his retirement benefit in the normal form under Section 4.2(a) unless he properly elects another form before his Payment Date and his Spouse consents, if required.
  (b)  
Death of Member Before Benefits Begin . If the Member elects any form of payment with a survivor benefit and he dies before his Payment Date, his Spouse or other Beneficiary will not be entitled to any benefits under any such form. However, the pre-distribution death benefit described under Article 5 shall be payable.
  (c)  
Death of Spouse or Beneficiary After Benefits Begin . If the Member’s benefit has begun in any form with a survivor benefit and his Spouse or other Beneficiary dies before he does, he will continue to receive his benefit in the same form.
  (d)  
Death of Member After Benefits Begin . If the Member dies after his benefits have begun, no death benefit will be payable except to the extent provided under the form of annuity he was receiving.
4.5    Payment on Member’s Behalf .
  (a)  
Payment to the Member’s Representative . If the Member is incompetent to handle his affairs on his Payment Date or thereafter, or cannot be located after reasonable effort, the Plan Administrator, in its discretion, may make payments to his court-appointed personal representative, or if none is appointed the Plan Administrator may in its discretion make payments to his next-of-kin.
  (b)  
Payment to Minor or Incompetent Beneficiaries . In the event the deceased Member’s Beneficiary is a minor, or is legally incompetent, or cannot be located, the Plan Administrator may, in its discretion, make payment to the court-appointed guardian or representative of such beneficiary, or to a trust established for the benefit of such Beneficiary, as applicable.

 

22


 

  (c)  
Judicial Determination . In the event the Plan Administrator considers it necessary, it may have a court of applicable jurisdiction determine to whom payments should be made.
4.6  
Unclaimed Benefits . In the event the Plan Administrator cannot locate any person entitled to receive the Member’s vested Plan Benefit, with reasonable effort and after a period of five years, his interest will be canceled. However, the Member’s interest will be reinstated within 60 days after he is located, as required under Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)-14(d) or any other applicable law. The Plan Administrator will pay any required retroactive payment in a single sum without adjustment for interest.
4.7  
Maximum Benefit Limitation .
  (a)  
General Limitation . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, neither a Member’s Retirement Benefits under the Plan nor his own contributions shall, in any limitation year, be in an amount which would cause the applicable limitations under section 415 of the Code, which limitations are hereby incorporated by reference, to be exceeded. With respect to limitation years beginning prior to January 1, 2000, if the Plan Administrator shall so elect, a Member’s defined contribution plan fraction under section 415(e) of the Code shall be determined in accordance with the special transition rule set forth in section 415(e) (6) of the Code. For purposes of this Section and section 415 of the Code, “limitation year” means the calendar year.
  (b)  
Reduction in contributions or benefits . In the event any reduction of the Member’s benefits are required to satisfy the limitations of section 415(b) of the Code, the amount of the necessary reduction shall be applied in equal proportions against his annual benefit under this Plan and under each other defined benefit plan (if any) maintained by the Company or an Affiliated Company. For limitation years beginning prior to January 1, 2000, in the event the Member’s benefits would cause the limitations of section 415(e) of the Code to be exceeded, the Member’s annual benefit under this Plan and under each other defined benefit plan (if any) maintained by the Company or Affiliated Company shall be reduced in equal proportions (insofar as practicable) until such limitations have been satisfied and then, if such reduction is insufficient to satisfy such limitations, the Member’s annual addition under any defined contribution plan maintained by the Company or an Affiliated Company shall be reduced until such limitations have been satisfied. In the event any reduction in a Member’s annual additions are required in order to satisfy the limitations of section 415(c) of the Code, such reduction shall be made first in any other, defined contribution plan maintained by the Company, and thereafter to the extent necessary in Member contributions under this Plan.

 

23


 

  (c)  
Actuarial Equivalencies — In the event that payment is made in any form other than a life annuity or qualified 50% joint and survivor annuity, the determination as to whether the limitations of this Section 4.7 have been satisfied shall be made, in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury, by adjusting such benefit so that it is equivalent to the benefit payable in the form of a life annuity or a qualified 50% joint and survivor annuity. Such adjustment shall be made on the basis of the interest rate and mortality table (or other tabular factor) specified in Section 1.2.
4.8  
Minimum Distribution Requirements .
  (a)  
General Rules
  (i)  
Effective Date . The provisions of this Section 4.8 will apply for purposes of determining required minimum distributions for calendar years beginning with the 2003 calendar year.
  (ii)  
Precedence . The requirements of this Section 4.8 will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the Plan.
  (iii)  
Requirements of Treasury Regulations Incorporated . All distributions required under this Section 4.8 will be determined and made in accordance with the Treasury regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9).
  (b)  
Time and Manner of Distribution .
  (i)  
Required Beginning Date . The Member’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the Member no later than the Member’s required beginning date.
  (ii)  
Death of Member Before Distributions Begin . If the Member dies before distributions begin, the Member’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows:
  (A)  
If the Member’s surviving Spouse is the Member’s sole designated Beneficiary, distributions to the surviving Spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Member died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the Member would have attained age 70 1/2, if later.
  (B)  
If the Member’s surviving Spouse is not the Member’s sole designated Beneficiary, then distributions to the designated Beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Member died.

 

24


 

  (C)  
If there is no designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Member’s death, the Member’s entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Member’s death.
  (D)  
If the Member’s surviving Spouse is the Member’s sole designated Beneficiary and the surviving Spouse dies after the Member but before distributions to the surviving Spouse begin, this Paragraph (b)(ii), other than Paragraph (b)(ii)(A) will apply as if the surviving Spouse were the Member.
For purposes of this Paragraph (b)(ii) and Paragraph (e), distributions are considered to begin on the Member’s required beginning date (or, if Paragraph (b)(ii)(D) applies, the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving Spouse under Paragraph (b)(ii)(A)). If annuity payments irrevocably commence to the Member before the Member’s required beginning date (or to the Member’s surviving Spouse before the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving Spouse under Paragraph (b)(ii)(A)), the date distributions are considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence.
  (iii)  
Form of Distribution . Unless the Member’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in a single sum on or before the required beginning date, as of the first distribution calendar year distributions will be made in accordance with Paragraphs (c), (d) and (e) of this Section 4.8. If the Member’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 401(4)(9) and the Treasury regulations. Any part of the Member’s interest which is in the form of an individual account described in Section 414(k) of the Code will be distributed in a manner satisfying the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury regulations that apply to individual accounts.

 

25


 

  (c)  
Determination of Amounts to be Distributed Each Year .
  (i)  
General Annuity Requirements . If the Member’s interest is paid in the form of annuity distributions under the Plan, payments under the annuity will satisfy the following requirements:
  (A)  
the annuity distributions will be paid in periodic payments made at intervals not longer than one year;
  (B)  
the distribution period will be over a life (or lives) or over a period certain not longer than the period described in Paragraphs (d) or (e);
  (C)  
once payments have begun over a period certain, the period certain will not be changed even if the period certain is shorter than the maximum permitted;
  (D)  
payments will either be nonincreasing or increase only as follows:
  (1)  
by an annual percentage increase that does not exceed the annual percentage increase in a cost-of-living index that is based on prices of all items and issued by the Bureau of Labor Statistics;
  (2)  
to the extent of the reduction in the amount of the Member’s payments to provide for a survivor benefit upon death, but only if the Beneficiary whose life was being used to determine the distribution period described in Paragraph (d) dies or is no longer the Member’s Beneficiary pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order within the meaning of Code Section 414(p);
  (3)  
to pay increased benefits that result from a plan amendment.
  (ii)  
Amount Required to be Distributed by Required Beginning Date . The amount that must be distributed on or before the Member’s required beginning date (or, if the Member dies before distributions begin, the date distributions are required to begin under Paragraph (b)(ii)(A) or (B)) is the payment that is required for one payment interval. The second payment need not be made until the end of the next payment interval even if that payment interval ends in the next calendar year. Payment intervals are the periods for which payments are received, e.g., bi-monthly, monthly, semi-annually, or annually. All of the Member’s benefit accruals as of the last day of the first distribution calendar year will be included in the calculation of the amount of the annuity payments for payment intervals ending on or after the Member’s required beginning date.

 

26


 

  (iii)  
Additional Accruals After First Distribution Calendar Year . Any additional benefits accruing to the Member in a calendar year after the first distribution calendar year will be distributed beginning with the first payment interval ending in the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which such amount accrues.
  (d)  
Requirements for Annuity Distributions That Commence During Member’s Lifetime .
  (i)  
Joint Life Annuities Where the Beneficiary Is Not the Member’s Spouse . If the Member’s interest is being distributed in the form of a joint and survivor annuity for the joint lives of the Member and a nonspouse Beneficiary, annuity payments to be made on or after the Member’s required beginning date to the designated Beneficiary after the Member’s death must not at any time exceed the applicable percentage of the annuity payment for such period that would have been payable to the Member using the table set forth in Q&A-2 of Section 1.401(a)(9)-6T of the Treasury regulations. If the form of distribution combines a joint and survivor annuity for the joint lives of the Member and a nonspouse Beneficiary and a period certain annuity, the requirement in the preceding sentence will apply to annuity payments to be made to the designated Beneficiary after the expiration of the period certain.
  (ii)  
Period Certain Annuities . Unless the Member’s Spouse is the sole designated Beneficiary and the form of distribution is a period certain and no life annuity, the period certain for an annuity distribution commencing during the Member’s lifetime may not exceed the applicable distribution period for the Member under the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations for the calendar year that contains the annuity starting date. If the annuity starting date precedes the year in which the Member reaches age 70, the applicable distribution period for the Member is the distribution period for age 70 under the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations plus the excess of 70 over the age of the Member as of the Member’s birthday in the year that contains the annuity starting date. If the Member’s Spouse is the Member’s sole designated Beneficiary and the form of distribution is a period certain and no life annuity, the period certain may not exceed the longer of the Member’s applicable distribution period, as determined under Paragraph (d)(ii), or the joint life and last survivor expectancy of the Member and the Member’s Spouse as determined under the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations, using the Member’s and Spouse’s attained ages as of the Member’s and Spouse’s birthdays in the calendar year that contains the annuity starting date.

 

27


 

  (e)  
Requirements For Minimum Distributions Where Member Dies Before Date Distributions Begin .
  (i)  
Member Survived by Designated Beneficiary . If the Member dies before the date distribution of his interest begins and there is a designated Beneficiary, the Member’s entire interest will be distributed, beginning no later than the time described in Paragraph (b)(ii)(A) or (B), over the life of the designated Beneficiary or over a period certain not exceeding:
  (A)  
unless the annuity starting date is before the first distribution calendar year, the life expectancy of the designated Beneficiary determined using the Beneficiary’s age as of the Beneficiary’s birthday in the calendar year immediately following the calendar year of the Member’s death; or
  (B)  
if the annuity starting date is before the first distribution calendar year, the life expectancy of the designated Beneficiary determined using the Beneficiary’s age as of the Beneficiary’s birthday in the calendar year that contains the annuity starting date.
  (ii)  
No Designated Beneficiary . If the Member dies before the date distributions begin and there is no designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Member’s death, distribution of the Member’s entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Member’s death.
  (iii)  
Death of Surviving Spouse Before Distributions to Surviving Spouse Begin . If the Member dies before the date distribution of his interest begins, the Member’s surviving Spouse is the Member’s sole designated Beneficiary, and the surviving Spouse dies before distributions to the surviving Spouse begin, this Paragraph (e) will apply as if the surviving Spouse were the Member, except that the time by which distributions must begin will be determined without regard to Paragraph (b)(ii)(A).

 

28


 

  (f)  
Definitions .
  (i)  
Designated Beneficiary . The individual who is designated as the Beneficiary under Section 1.6 of the Plan and is the designated Beneficiary under Code Section 401(a)(9) and Section 1.401(a)(9)-1, Q&A-4, of the Treasury regulations.
  (ii)  
Distribution Calendar Year . A calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Member’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the Member’s required beginning date. For distributions beginning after the Member’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin pursuant to Paragraph (b).
  (iii)  
Life expectancy . Life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations.
  (iv)  
Required beginning date . The applicable date specified in Section 12.8(b) of the Plan.
ARTICLE 5
PRE-DISTRIBUTION DEATH BENEFITS
5.1  
General Provisions . If a Member dies before his Payment Date occurs, 100% of his Cash Balance Account will be payable to the Member’s Beneficiary. If a Member is married on the date of his death before his Payment Date, his Spouse shall be his automatic sole Beneficiary unless the Member elects otherwise and the Spouse consents in writing in the manner described under Section 4.3. If a Member is not married on his date of death and has not elected a Beneficiary, his estate shall automatically be his sole Beneficiary.
5.2  
Payment . If the Cash Balance Account is not greater than $1,000 or if the Beneficiary is not the Spouse, the Plan Administrator will automatically pay the Member’s entire Cash Balance Account in a lump sum payment as soon as practicable after the Member’s death. If the Cash Balance Account is greater than $1,000, the Member’s surviving Spouse Beneficiary may elect to receive a lump sum or a single life annuity. Single life annuity payments shall be for the Spouse’s lifetime only and shall be determined by converting the Member’s Cash Balance Account to a single life annuity payable to the Spouse in the manner described under Section 4.2(b)(i) using the Spouse’s age at the Payment Date for such Spouse.

 

29


 

The Spouse may elect for annuity payments to commence at any time after the Member’s death. If the Spouse does not elect earlier payment, the Payment Date for the Spouse’s survivor benefit payable as a life annuity will be the Member’s Normal Retirement Date.
Lump sum payments to a non-Spouse Beneficiary will be paid as soon as practicable after the Member’s death. A Spouse electing to receive a lump sum death benefit must receive such lump sum within 12 months of the Member’s death.
Neither an annuity payable to a Spouse hereunder nor the Actuarial Equivalent of a lump sum paid to such Spouse hereunder shall be less than the qualified preretirement survivor’s annuity described in Code Section 417(c).
ARTICLE 6
DISABILITY
6.1  
Disability . If a Non-Appendix B Member incurs a Disability, Pay Credits under Section 3.3 will continue (at the rate last in effect before the Disability) until the earlier of (a) the Member’s elected Payment Date or (b) the end of the calendar quarter in which payments under the Participating Company’s long-term disability plan cease for any reason.
6.2  
Disability Election . A Non-Appendix B Member who has incurred a Disability may elect to receive his vested Accrued Benefit at any time after he is no longer deemed to be an Employee of the Company or any Affiliated Company under the standard personnel practices of the applicable Participating Company.
6.3  
Cessation . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 6, a Non-Appendix B Member who has incurred a Disability shall not receive continued Pay Credits with respect to the periods beginning on or after the Closing.
ARTICLE 7
VESTING
               
7.1
    (a)      
For each Year of Vesting Service a Non-Appendix B Member shall vest 33-1/3% in his Accrued Benefit. A Non-Appendix B Member shall have a nonforfeitable right to his entire Accrued Benefit after completing three Years of Vesting Service.
  (b)  
Notwithstanding the above, a Non-Appendix B Member shall have a fully vested, nonforfeitable interest in his Accrued Benefit upon the earliest of:
  (i)  
full vesting under (a) above;
  (ii)  
his attainment of age 65 (Normal Retirement Age) while an Employee; or
  (iii)  
his death while an Employee.

 

30


 

  (c)  
Notwithstanding subsections (a) and (b) above, effective immediately prior to the Closing, a Non-Appendix B Member shall have a fully vested, nonforfeitable right to his Accrued Benefit. Notwithstanding subsections (a) and (b) above, effective immediately prior to the Closing (as defined in the Plan’s Fourth Amendment), a Member who is employed by a Participating Company immediately prior to the Closing shall have a fully vested, nonforfeitable right to his Accrued Benefit.
ARTICLE 8
BENEFICIARIES
8.1  
Beneficiary Designation . Each Member may designate the Beneficiary (including any co-beneficiary or contingent beneficiary) to whom any benefits, which are payable to a Beneficiary and which are provided hereunder upon or after the Member’s death, shall be paid. The Member may change his Beneficiary from time to time, before or after his retirement. Any designation or change of Beneficiary shall be subject to the provisions of Section 4.3 and shall be made by filing written notice thereof with the Plan Administrator in such form as it shall prescribe.
8.2  
Death of Beneficiary . In the event of the death of any Beneficiary prior to that of the Member, the interest of such Beneficiary shall vest in the Member by whom he was designated. If there is no designated Beneficiary living at the time when any death benefit hereunder would be payable to the Beneficiary, such death benefit shall be payable to the Member’s estate. Any such payment shall fully discharge the liability of the Plan, the Fund, the Company, the Plan Administrator, the Trustee and the Insurance Company.
ARTICLE 9
FUNDING AND CONTRIBUTIONS
9.1  
Establishment of the Funds . Separate Funds shall be established by the Company for benefits under Plan A and Plan B. Each of the respective Funds shall hold all contributions made by the Company and earnings and other income attributable thereto for the related plan. All benefits payable under Plan A shall be exclusively disbursed from the related Plan A Fund. All benefits payable to Union Members shall be disbursed from the Fund related to Plan B.
9.2  
Company Contributions . The Plan Administrator shall establish and maintain a funding policy based on periodic actuarial valuations and reports, which policy shall require contributions at least sufficient to satisfy the minimum funding standards of ERISA and the Code. The Company shall make contributions to the Plan at such times and in such amounts as may be required by or appropriate under the Plan’s funding policy. All contributions by the Company are conditioned upon their deductibility under section 404 of the Code.

 

31


 

9.3  
Return of Company Contributions . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, a contribution or a portion of a contribution made to the Fund by the Company may be returned to the Company under any of the following conditions:
  (a)  
In the case of a contribution which is made by reason of a good faith mistake of fact, the contribution or portion of the contribution so made may be returned to the Company within one year after the payment thereof.
  (b)  
In the event that a deduction for any contribution or portion thereof is disallowed under section 404 of the Code, such contribution or such portion thereof, as the case may be, may be returned to the Company within one year after the disallowance of the deduction.
  (c)  
In the case of a contribution made in good faith and conditioned upon the initial qualification of the Plan under section 401(a) of the Code, but the Plan is determined not to be so qualified, such contribution, or portion thereof, may be returned to the Company within one year after the Plan is deemed not to be so qualified.
9.4  
Forfeitures and Other Gains . Gains arising from any forfeiture of the interest in the Fund of any Member because of death, severance of employment or any other reason shall be applied to reduce the amount of Company contributions and not to increase the benefits otherwise payable under the Plan.
9.5  
Expenses . The expenses of administering Plan A or Plan B, including but not limited to, the fees and expenses of the Trustee as set forth in the applicable Trust Agreements, the fees and expenses of any Insurance Company for group annuity contracts, the fees and expenses of any actuary and of any counsel or other persons employed by the Company or its delegates in the administration of such plan, and including the premiums for plan termination insurance purchased by the Plan Administrator from the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, shall to the extent permitted by law and as directed by the Company, be paid by and from the respective Fund. To the extent not paid from a Fund, such expenses shall be paid by the Company and may be reimbursed to the Company from the appropriate Fund. Notwithstanding the above, the cost to obtain a statement showing the value of a terminated Member’s vested Accrued Benefits, other than the statement provided with respect to the Member’s Termination Date and the annual statements thereafter, will be charged to such Member.
9.6  
Actuarial Valuations . All actuarial valuations of Plan A and Plan B shall be made by or under the supervision of an actuary retained or employed by the Company (or its delegate) who is enrolled by the Joint Board for the Enrollment of Actuaries established under ERISA and shall be made upon such assumed rates of interest, mortality, and other actuarial components and according to such methods of computation as the actuary, after consultation with the Company (or its delegate), may determine to be proper and reasonable.

 

32


 

ARTICLE 10
ADMINISTRATION
10.1  
Delineation of Fiduciary Responsibilities . The fiduciaries with respect to Plan A and Plan B shall be the Company (and its delegate), the Plan Administrator and the respective Trustees and, to the extent required by ERISA, any Insurance Company. The responsibilities of the fiduciaries shall be allocated as provided herein, and each such fiduciary shall have only those responsibilities and obligations that are specifically imposed upon it by the Plan, Trust Agreement or any group annuity contract. Except as otherwise provided by law, each of the fiduciaries shall be responsible for the proper exercise of its own powers, duties, responsibilities and obligations under the Plan, and shall not be responsible for any act or failure to act of any other fiduciary.
  (a)  
Except as provided in Section 11.1, the Company shall have the sole power to amend and terminate Plan A and Plan B, the sole responsibility to make contributions to each Fund as provided in Article 9 and such other powers and duties as are herein specifically provided.
  (b)  
The Trustee shall have the sole responsibility for the administration of the Trust and, to the extent not delegated to one or more investment managers (within the meaning of section 3(38) of ERISA) or some other named fiduciary (including, but not limited to, the Board or Plan Administrator, the management and control of the assets of the Fund which it receives and invests in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement.
  (c)  
An Insurance Company shall have the sole responsibility for the administration of any group annuity contract and the management and control of the assets of the Fund which it receives and invests in accordance with the terms of the group annuity contract.
  (d)  
The Company (or its delegate) shall have the sole responsibility to appoint and remove the Trustee and any successor trustee, and enter into and from time to time amend the Trust Agreement; to appoint or remove the Plan Administrator and review the operation and performance of such Plan Administrators; and to establish or alter the funding and investment policy guidelines for the Plan;

 

33


 

  (e)  
The Plan Administrator shall have the sole responsibility to monitor the performance and operations of the Trustee, any Insurance Company and any investment manager; to implement the funding and investment policy guidelines established by the Company (or its delegate); to advise the Company (or its delegate) with respect to the appointment or removal of the Trustee and the continuation or alteration of the investment and funding policy guidelines of Plan A and Plan B; to appoint, remove, or allocate the assets of the Fund among one or more investment managers (within the meaning of section 3(38) of ERISA) or Insurance Companies in accordance with the funding and investment policy guidelines established by the Company (or its delegate) and the terms of the Trust Agreement; and to exercise such other powers and duties with respect to the assets of each Fund as are delegated to the Plan Administrator under the terms of the Trust Agreement or as are otherwise necessary or appropriate to carry out its responsibilities described above.
  (f)  
Except as otherwise specifically provided herein or in the Trust Agreement or in a group annuity contract, the general administration of Plan A and Plan B and the responsibility for carrying out its provisions shall be vested solely in the Plan Administrator. In addition, the Plan Administrator shall have such powers and responsibilities as are hereinafter specifically provided.
10.2  
Appointment of the Members of the Administrative Committee . The Company may appoint a committee (hereafter referred to as the “Administrative Committee”) to administer the Plan which shall consist of one or more individuals as appointed from time to time by the Company (or its delegate). The membership of the Administrative Committee may include individuals who are not covered by Plan A or Plan B. The Company (or its delegate) may remove any member of the Administrative Committee at any time in its sole discretion, and any member may resign by delivering to the Company (or its delegate) his written resignation, effective upon its delivery or at any later date specified therein. The remaining member or members of the Administrative Committee shall continue to act until any vacancy in the membership of such committee is filled by action of the Company (or its delegate).
10.3  
Organization and Operation of the Administrative Committee . If established, the Administrative Committee shall appoint from among its members a chairman. The chairman, when present, shall preside at meetings of the Administrative Committee. In his absence, those present will choose one of their members to act as chairman. The Administrative Committee shall appoint a secretary, who shall keep the minutes of the meetings and perform such other duties as may be assigned to him by the Administrative Committee. The secretary may, but need not, be a member of the Administrative Committee or a Member of the Plan. The Administrative Committee shall act either at any meetings or through a writing without such a meeting by an agreement of the majority of the members of the Administrative Committee then in office, and the action of such majority shall have the same effect for all purposes as if assented to by all members of that Administrative Committee. Any member of the Administrative Committee who is a Member of the Plan shall not vote on any question relating exclusively to himself. The Administrative Committee may authorize one or more of its members to execute documents on behalf of that Administrative Committee.

Any act which the Plan, the Trust Agreement or a group annuity contract authorizes or requires the Administrative Committee to do may be specifically delegated in writing to one or more members of that Administrative Committee.

 

34


 

10.4  
Powers and Duties of the Plan Administrator . The Plan Administrator shall control the management, operation and administration of the Plan. The powers and duties of the Plan Administrator shall include but not be limited to the following:
  (a)  
Construe and interpret Plan A and Plan B in accordance with uniform rules and regulations consistently applied to all Members.
  (b)  
Decide the eligibility of any persons to be covered under Plan A or Plan B, in accordance with the provisions of each such plan.
  (c)  
Determine the right of any person to a Retirement Benefit, in accordance with the provisions of Plan A or Plan B.
  (d)  
Prescribe procedures to be followed by Members in filing applications for Retirement Benefits.
  (e)  
Issue instructions to the Trustee or Insurance Company in connection with all Retirement Benefits which are to be paid in accordance with the provisions of Plan A and Plan B.
  (f)  
Require from the Company and Employees such information as is necessary to properly administer Plan A and Plan B.
  (g)  
Furnish to the Company (or its delegate) appropriate periodic reports covering the administration of Plan A and Plan B.
  (h)  
Receive and review periodic accounting of benefit payments made by the Trustee and/or Insurance Company.
10.5  
Accounts and Records . The Company (or its delegate) shall maintain records showing the separate fiscal operations of Plan A and Plan B and shall keep in convenient form such data as may be necessary for periodic actuarial valuations of the costs, liabilities, and experience gains and losses of each such plan.

The Company (or its delegate) shall prepare annually a report showing in detail the separate assets and liabilities of Plan A and Plan B and giving a brief account of the operation of the Plan for the past year. Such report shall be submitted to the Board and shall be filed in the office of the secretary of the Board.

 

35


 

10.6  
Employment of Specialists . The Company (or its delegate) shall have the authority to employ advisors such as attorneys (who may but need not be attorneys to the Company) or such other persons as it deems necessary or desirable to provide advice and services to it.
10.7  
Claims and Review Procedures .
  (a)  
Claims procedure . If any person believes he is being denied any rights or benefits under the Plan, such person may file a claim in writing with the Plan Administrator. If any such claim is wholly or partially denied, the Plan Administrator will notify such person of its decision in writing. Such notification will contain (i) specific reasons for the denial, (ii) specific reference to pertinent plan provisions, (iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for such person to perfect such claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary and (iv) information as to the steps to be taken if the person wishes to submit a request for review. Such notification will be given within 90 days after the claim is received by the Plan Administrator (or within 180 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, and if written notice of such extension and circumstances is given to person within the initial 90 day period). If such notification is not given within such period, the claim will be considered denied as of the last day of such period and such person may request a review of his claim.
  (b)  
Review procedure . Within 60 days after the date on which a person receives written notice of a denied claim (or, if applicable, within 60 days after the date on which such denial is considered to have occurred) such person (or his duly authorized representative) may (i) file a written request with the Plan Administrator for a review of his denied claim and of pertinent documents and (ii) submit written issues and comments to the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator will notify such person of its decision in writing. Such notification will be written in a manner calculated to be understood by such person and will contain specific reasons for the decision as well as specific references to pertinent Plan provisions. The decision on review will be made within 60 days after the request for review is received by the Plan Administrator (or within 120 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the request, such as an election by the Plan Administrator to hold a hearing, and if written notice of such extension and circumstances is given to such person within the initial 60 day period). If the decision on review is not made within such period, the claim will be considered denied.
  (c)  
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan shall comply with any subsequent claims and appeals regulations to the extent required by law. Effective January 1, 2002, the Plan’s procedure for denial of claims and for any appeal of such denial for benefits under the plan shall be set forth in a separate document or in the Summary Plan Description for this Plan. Such procedures shall comply with ERISA Section 503 and attendant regulations thereunder to the extent required by law.

 

36


 

10.8  
Standard of Conduct . Each fiduciary with respect to the Plan shall discharge his duties to the Plan solely in the interest of Plan Members, surviving Spouses, and Beneficiaries, with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances that a prudent man acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims and in accordance with provisions of the Plan, to the extent such provisions are consistent with ERISA.
10.9  
Indemnification . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Plan Administrator including each member of the Administrative Committee, if established, from any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses (including reasonable counsel fees approved by the Company), and liability (including any reasonable amount paid in settlement with the Company’s approval), arising from any act or omissions of such member, except when the same is judicially determined to be due to the willful misconduct of such member.
10.10  
Compensation of Administrative Committee Members . The members of the Administrative Committee shall serve without compensation with respect to their position on the Administrative Committee. All reasonable expenses of the Administrative Committee shall be paid for by the Company.
10.11  
Actions to be Uniform . Any discretionary actions to be taken under Plan A or Plan B will be nondiscriminatory and uniform with respect to all persons similarly situated.
10.12  
Effect of Interpretation or Determination . Any interpretation of Plan A or Plan B or other determination with respect to such plan by the Plan Administrator will be final and conclusive for all persons in the absence of clear and convincing evidence that the Plan Administrator acted arbitrarily and capriciously.
10.13  
Withholding of Tax . Unless the Plan Administrator otherwise directs the Trustee or the Insurance Company pursuant to the second sentence of this Section, the Plan Administrator will be responsible for withholding any and all amounts required by the Code and applicable regulations to be withheld upon distributions from the Plan. The Plan Administrator may elect to transfer this responsibility to the Trustee or an Insurance Company, whichever is the payor with respect to the distribution in question, by directing said payor, in the manner prescribed by applicable law and regulations, to withhold the aforesaid amounts.

 

37


 

ARTICLE 11
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
11.1  
Right to Amend . Except as provided in Section 11.3, the Company reserves the right at any time and from time to time to amend Plan A and Plan B by written instrument authorized by the Board, executed by the Company and delivered to the Administrative Committee; provided, however, that no amendment shall be made, which would, without written consent of the Trustee, increase the duties or liabilities of the Trustee; and provided, further, that no amendment shall adversely affect the amount of any Member’s Retirement Benefit based on his Years of Vesting Service and membership in such plan prior to the date of the amendment, or decrease his accrued benefit (within the meaning of section 411(d)(6) of the Code) as of the date of the amendment, unless the amendment is necessary or appropriate to enable such plan or trust to qualify or retain its qualified status under section 401 of the Code and under any corresponding section of the Code as hereinafter enacted. Notwithstanding the above, the Administrative Committee may adopt amendments as necessary to bring Plan A and Plan B into conformity with legal requirements, or to improve the administration hereof, provided no such amendments cause a substantial adverse financial effect upon the Company or the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may delegate its authority to amend the Plan to the Plan Administrator with respect to amendments that are administrative in nature.
11.2  
Right to Terminate . Neither the making of contributions nor the continuance of the Plan is assumed by the Company as a contractual obligation except as provided in Section 11.3. The Company reserves the right at any time to suspend its contributions, for such period as the Board may determine, and reserves the right at any time by action of the Board, communicated in writing by the Company to the Plan Administrator, the Trustee and an Insurance Company, to terminate its contributions or to terminate Plan A or Plan B.
11.3  
Amendments or Termination Affecting Union Members . Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article 11, no termination, change or amendment to Plan B which affects the rights and obligations of Union Members, shall be made on or before the expiration date of the collective bargaining agreement except with the agreement of the Utility Workers Union of America, AFL-CIO, Local 369.
11.4  
Nonforfeitable Benefits . In the event Plan A or Plan B shall be terminated, or upon termination of employment of a group of Members constituting a partial termination of such plan, each such Member’s rights shall become nonforfeitable to the extent funded or as guaranteed by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

 

38


 

11.5  
Satisfaction of Liabilities . In the event, at any time, Plan A or Plan B shall be terminated, the assets of the related Fund, after providing for necessary expenses, shall be allocated to each covered Member, surviving Spouse, or Beneficiary entitled to a Retirement Benefit in accordance with and subject to the order of precedence and rules set forth in section 4044 (a) and (b) of ERISA and the regulations thereunder issued by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation. If any assets remain in the respective Fund after all such allocations, such assets shall be returned to the Company. Payment of such allocations may be accomplished, as determined by the Plan Administrator, by:
  (a)  
continuance of the Fund; or
  (b)  
continuance of that portion of the Fund held by the Trustee under the Trust Agreement or establishment of a new trust fund; or
  (c)  
continuance of that portion of the Fund held by an Insurance Company under a group annuity contract or establishment of a new fund (subject to the terms and conditions of the group annuity contract) under a new group annuity contract; or
  (d)  
purchase of annuity contracts from an Insurance Company;
provided, however that if with respect to any allocation groups, it is not, in the opinion of the Plan Administrator, practicable or desirable to do any of the foregoing with respect to such group or groups, the Plan Administrator may provide for the payment of the allocation for such group or groups in a manner other than by any of the foregoing methods of payment.
ARTICLE 12
GENERAL PROVISIONS
12.1  
Rights to Benefits . No person shall have any right or claim to a benefit under the Plan beyond that expressly provided by the Plan and then only to the extent of the assets available in the Fund which may be applied for his benefit in accordance with the Plan unless guaranteed by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
12.2  
Company Rights . The establishment and maintenance of the Plan shall not be construed to give any Employee the right to be retained in the service of the Company. The contributions of the Company to the Fund shall be for the exclusive benefit of Members and persons claiming through them, and no part of the Fund shall revert to the Company other than such residual amount as remains in the Fund after termination of the Plan and the satisfaction of all obligations to all Members and Beneficiaries under the Plan.
12.3  
Construction . The provisions of this Plan shall be construed, administered and enforced according to the provisions of ERISA and, to the extent not preempted thereby, the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

39


 

12.4  
Titles . The titles of the Sections herein are included for convenience of reference only and shall not be construed as a part of this Plan, nor have any effect upon the meaning of the provisions hereof. Unless the context requires otherwise, the singular shall include the plural; the masculine gender shall include the feminine; the feminine gender shall include the masculine; and such words as “herein”, “hereafter”, “hereof” and “hereunder” shall refer to this instrument as a whole and not merely to the subdivision in which such words appear.
12.5  
Impossibility of Action . In case it becomes impossible for any fiduciary to perform any act under this Plan, that act shall be performed which in the judgment of such fiduciary will most nearly carry out the intent and purposes of this Plan. All parties concerned shall be bound by any such acts performed under such conditions.
12.6  
Separability . If any term or provision of this Plan as presently in effect or as amended from time to time, or the application thereof to any payments or circumstances, shall to any extent be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the Plan, and the application of such term or provision to payments or circumstances other than those as to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each term or provision of the Plan shall be valid and enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.
12.7  
Merger or Consolidation of Plan . Plan A or Plan B shall not merge or consolidate with, or transfer or segregate its assets or liabilities to, any other plan unless each Member of such plan would, if the successor plan were then to be terminated, be entitled to a Retirement Benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation, transfer, or segregation which is equal to or greater than the Retirement Benefit he would have been entitled to immediately before the merger, consolidation, transfer or segregation, if Plan A or Plan B had then been terminated.
12.8  
Latest Commencement of Benefits . In no case will the payment of benefits to any Member commence later than the earlier of:
  (a)  
unless the Member otherwise elects, the sixtieth (60th) day after the latest of the following:
  (i)  
the close of the Plan Year in which occurs the date on which the Member attains age sixty-five (65),
  (ii)  
the close of the Plan Year in which occurs the tenth (10th) anniversary of the year in which the Member commenced participation in the Plan or

 

40


 

  (iii)  
the close of the Plan Year in which the Member terminates his service with the Company, or
  (b)  
the April 1 of the calendar year following the later of:
  (i)  
the calendar year in which the Member attains age 70 1 / 2 , or
 
  (ii)  
the calendar year in which the Member retires.
12.9  
Veterans’ Reemployment Rights . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, benefits and service credits with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Code Section 414(u).
12.10  
Separate Plans and Assets . Plan B assets (those available to pay benefits that accrue on behalf of Union Members) shall be available only for such purpose and shall not be available under any circumstances to pay benefits with respect to any Member who is not a Union Member. Furthermore, Plan A assets (those available to pay benefits that accrue on behalf of Members who are not Union Members) shall be available only for such purpose and shall not be available under any circumstances to pay benefits with respect to any Union Member. For Trust accounting purposes, all of Plan A assets shall at all times be accounted for separately from all of Plan B assets in a manner which satisfies Treas. Reg. Sec. 1.414(l)-1(b)(8). Plan A and Plan B shall constitute separate plans.
ARTICLE 13
TOP HEAVY
13.1  
Purpose and Applicability . The provisions of this Article are intended to comply with, and all determinations under this Article will be computed in accordance with, section 416 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder, which are specifically incorporated herein by reference. The provisions of Sections 13.2, 13.3, and 13.4 below shall not apply with respect to any Employee covered by a collective bargaining agreement as to which retirement benefits were the subject of good-faith bargaining, unless such agreement provides for the application of such provisions to such Employees. Accordingly, this Article only applies to Plan A which does not cover Union Members.

 

41


 

13.2  
Special Vesting . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, other than the provisions of this Article, each individual who is a Member at any time during a Plan Year which is a top heavy plan year shall have a fully vested and nonforfeitable interest in not less than a percentage of his Accrued Benefit as set forth in the following schedule, based on his completed Years of Vesting Service:
         
Years of   Nonforfeitable  
Vesting Service   Percentage  
 
       
Less than 3
    0 %
3 or more
    100 %
In the event any Plan Year subsequent to a top heavy plan year is not itself a top heavy plan year, the foregoing special vesting schedule shall apply to benefits accrued through the close of the last Plan Year which was a top heavy plan year and, in the case of any Member who had completed three or more Years of Vesting Service or as of the close of the last such top heavy plan year, to benefits accrued in any Plan Year subsequent to the last such top heavy plan year.
13.3  
Minimum Benefits . The benefit payable at any time to each Member who is not a key employee and who completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service in a Plan Year which is a top heavy plan year, determined as of the end of such Plan Year (and as of the end of any subsequent Plan Year) and when expressed as an annual benefit payable as a single life annuity commencing at the Member’s Normal Retirement Date, shall not be less than the lesser of
  (a)  
the product of (i) two percent of the Member’s high five year compensation and (ii) the number of his years of service for minimum benefit purposes (excluding any such year that was not a top heavy plan year), and
  (b)  
twenty percent of his high five year compensation;
provided, that in the case of any Member who is also a member in a defined contribution plan or plans maintained by the Company or an Affiliated Company, the additional benefit accrual required under this Section shall not exceed an amount which, when considered together with company contributions allocated to the Member’s accounts under such other plan or plans, would satisfy such requirements as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe, pursuant to section 416(f) of the Code, to prevent duplication of benefits. If payment of the Member’s benefit under the Plan is suspended in circumstances in which, but for section 411(a)(3)(B) of the Code and section 203 (a)(3)(B) of ERISA, such suspension would constitute a forfeiture of benefits, the minimum benefit described above, to the extent affected by such suspension, shall be actuarially increased (using the assumptions used in determining an Actuarial Equivalent benefit) to reflect such period of suspension.

 

42


 

13.4  
Definitions . For purposes of this Article:
  (a)  
“Compensation” means the Member’s wages, salaries, fees for professional services and other amounts received for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Company, including amounts (if any) by which the Member’s compensation is reduced pursuant to an election under a cash or deferred arrangement described in section 401(k) of the Code, that is part of a plan maintained by the Company, or a cafeteria plan maintained by the Company under section 125 of the Code, but does not include any other amounts which are excluded under the definition of compensation provided in the Treasury Regulations promulgated under section 415 of the Code; provided that compensation for a Plan Year in excess of the amount in effect for a Plan Year under section 401(a)(17) of the Code) will be disregarded under the Plan in accordance with the rules under section 401(a)(17) of the Code.
  (b)  
“High five year compensation” means the average of the Member’s annual compensation for those five consecutive years of service for minimum benefit purposes (or, if the Member has less than five such years, then for his number of consecutive years of service for minimum benefit purposes) for which his aggregate compensation is greatest. Any Plan Year which is not a year of service for minimum benefit purposes shall be ignored in determining whether the Member’s years of service for minimum benefit purposes are consecutive.
  (c)  
“Key employee” means any Employee or former Employee (including any deceased Employee) who at any time during the Plan Year that includes the determination date was an officer of the Company having annual compensation greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under Section 416(i)(1) of the Code for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2002), a five-percent owner of the Company, or a one-percent owner of the Company having annual compensation of more than $150,000. For this purpose, annual compensation means compensation within the meaning of Section 415(c)(3) of the Code. The determination of who is a Key Employee will be made in accordance with Section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.

 

43


 

  (d)  
“Top heavy plan year” means a Plan Year in which the sum of the present values of the total accrued benefits of all key employees under the Plan and under each other defined benefit plan (as of the applicable determination date of each such plan) which is aggregated with this Plan, plus the sum of the account balances of all key employees under each defined contribution plan (as of the applicable determination date of each such plan) which is aggregated with this Plan, exceeds sixty percent of the sum of such amounts for all Employees or former Employees (other than former key employees but including beneficiaries of deceased former Employees) under such plans. The following rules shall apply for purposes of making the foregoing determination:
  (i)  
The term “determination date” means, with respect to the initial plan year of a plan, the last day of such plan year and, with respect to any other plan year of a plan, the last day of the preceding plan year of such plan. The term “applicable determination date” means, with respect to the Plan, the determination date for the Plan Year of reference and, with respect to any other plan, the determination date for any plan year of such plan which falls within the same calendar year as the applicable determination date of the Plan.
  (ii)  
The present values of accrued benefits or account balances under a plan as of the determination date shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to the Employee under the Plan and any plan aggregated with the Plan under Section 416(g)(2) of the Code during the 1-year period ending on the determination date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the Plan under Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than separation from service, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting ‘5-year period’ for ‘1-year period’. The accrued benefits and account balances of any individual who has not performed services for the Company during the 1-year period ending on the determination date shall not be taken into account. In the case of a defined benefit plan, such valuation date must be the same date as is employed for computing plan costs for minimum funding purposes, and the determination of the present value of accrued benefits shall be made on the basis of reasonable interest and mortality assumptions, including without limitation those used for minimum funding purposes or for purposes of determining the actuarial equivalence of optional benefits under the plan. In the case of a defined contribution plan, the value of account balances will be adjusted for contributions made after the valuation date to the extent required by applicable Treasury regulations.
  (iii)  
There shall be aggregated with this Plan: (A) any other plan of the Company or an Affiliated Company under which at least one key employee participates and which is able to satisfy the requirements of sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code by reason, at least in part, of the existence of this Plan, and (B) if at least one key employee is a Member hereunder, any other plan of the Company or an Affiliated Company (i) in which a key employee participates or (ii) which enables another such plan (including, but not limited to, the Plan) to satisfy the requirements of sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code. Any plan of the Company or an Affiliated Company not required to be aggregated with the Plan may nevertheless, in the discretion of the Administrative Committee, be aggregated with the Plan if the benefits and coverage of all aggregated plans would continue to satisfy the requirements of sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code.

 

44


 

  (e)  
“Year of service for minimum benefit purposes” means, with respect to any Member, each Plan Year in which the Member completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service except any such year which begins after the last day of the most recent Plan Year which was a top heavy plan year. For purposes of satisfying the minimum benefit provisions of Section 416(c)(1) of the Code, in determining years of minimum benefit service, any service with the Company shall be disregarded to the extent that such service occurs during a Plan Year when the Plan benefits (within the meaning of Section 410(b) of the Code) no Key Employee or former Key Employee.
13.5  
Adjustment to Benefit Limitations . In applying the limitations of Section 4.7 for any Plan Year which begins prior to January 1, 2000 which is a top heavy plan year, Code section 415(e)(2)(B) and (3)(B) will be applied by substituting “1.0” for “1.25” wherever “1.25” appears therein unless (a) the Plan and each plan with which the Plan is required to be aggregated pursuant to the first sentence of Section 13.4.(d)(iii) satisfies the requirements of section 416(h)(2)(A) of the Code, and (b) such Plan Year would not be a top heavy plan year if “ninety percent” were substituted for “sixty percent” in the first paragraph of Section 13.4(d).
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Sithe Energies, Inc. have caused this instrument to be duly executed in its name and behalf on this 29 th day of January, 2007.
         
 
  SITHE ENERGIES, INC.
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
 
 

 

45


 

APPENDIX A
SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR FORMER GPU REPRESENTED EMPLOYEES
ARTICLE A1
PURPOSE AND APPLICABILITY
This Appendix A exists solely for a historical reference. Effective May 12, 2000, Sithe Energies, Inc. sold certain of its operating facilities described below to Reliant Energy. As a result of the transaction, Reliant Energy assumed the existing collective bargaining agreements with the unions and agreed to continue to provide pension benefits pursuant to such collective bargaining agreements. Furthermore, Reliant Enemy agreed to the transfer of the assets and liabilities attributable to the employees covered at such operating facilities from this Plan to a plan sponsored by Reliant Energy and the Plan was amended to delete the following provisions. Sithe Energies, Inc. is no longer liable for any benefits relating to the former employees described below.
A1.1  
Purpose and Applicability . Effective November 24, 1999 (the “Closing Date”), Sithe Energies, Inc. acquired the fossil fuel and hydroelectric generating assets of GPU, Inc and its operating subsidiaries (collectively “GPU”). As a result of such transaction, certain operating companies of Sithe Energies, Inc. assumed existing collective bargaining agreements with certain unions and have agreed to continue to provide pension benefits pursuant to such collective bargaining agreements and other agreements between and among Sithe Energies, Inc. and its operating companies, GPU, and the respective unions. Such pension benefits had previously been provided under the applicable union pension plans sponsored by GPU (“GPU Plans”).
Accordingly, notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the purpose of this Appendix A is to describe the pension benefits that accrued for such covered union groups and to incorporate by reference certain substantive provisions of the GPU Plans as indicated below. To the extent GPU Plan provisions are not incorporated by reference, as indicated below, the provisions of this Plan shall apply.
All assets available to pay pension benefits with respect to Members that accrue pursuant to the terms and provisions of Articles A2, A3 or A4 of this Appendix A (the “Appendix A Portion of the Plan”) shall be available only for such purpose and shall not be available under any circumstances to pay pension benefits with respect to any Union Member covered by Plan B.
In no event shall this Plan be liable for any benefits accrued under the GPU Plans. By adopting the following incorporations by reference, Sithe Energies, Inc. and its operating companies do not become sponsors of or parties to any GPU Plan.
As described below, benefits provided under this Appendix A shall be based solely on service with the Participating Company from the Closing Date to May 12, 2000.

 

46


 

A1.2  
Participating Company . Notwithstanding any other section of the Plan to the contrary, “Eligible Employee” shall include any Employee of a Participating Company. Participating Company means the Company and any other Affiliated Company which adopts this Plan with the approval of the Company. Effective November 24, 1999, solely for purposes of the Appendix A Portion of the Plan, the Participating Companies shall include Sithe Pennsylvania Holdings, LLC; Sithe Maryland Holdings, LLC; Sithe New Jersey Holdings, LLC; and Sithe Northeast Management Company.
A1.3  
Plan Assets . Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, for Trust accounting purposes, all of the assets subject to the Appendix A Portion of the Plan shall be part of Plan A and at all times be accounted for separately from all of the Plan B assets in a manner which satisfies Treas. Reg. Sec. 1.414(l)-l(b)(8).
ARTICLE A2
JERSEY PLAN COVERED GROUP PROVISIONS
Except as hereinafter provided, the Plan hereby incorporates by reference the benefit provisions of the Jersey Central Power & Light Company Plan for Retirement Annuities as in effect on the Closing Date (the “Jersey Plan”) but by replacing any reference to GPU Companies with Affiliated Company as defined herein. Accordingly, except as modified below, a Jersey Plan Eligible Employee shall accrue benefits as if such individual participated in the Jersey Plan based on service credited hereunder after the Closing Date through May 12, 2000.
A2.1  
Jersey Plan Eligible Employee . Any Eligible Employee of a Participating Company who is covered under a collective bargaining agreement between Sithe New Jersey Holdings LLC, Sithe Mid-Atlantic Power Services, Inc. and Local Unions 327, 1289, and 1314 of the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers AFL-CIO, is a member of the Jersey Plan Covered Group. Each Eligible Employee of the Jersey Plan Covered Group shall become an active Member of the Plan under this Article A2 upon the Closing Date if such individual was an active participant in the Jersey Plan immediately prior to the Closing Date. Otherwise, such individual shall become a Member hereunder upon satisfying the eligibility conditions of the Jersey Plan.
A2.2  
Creditable Service . In general, Creditable Service under this Plan shall not include service prior to the Closing Date nor after May 12, 2000. However, for a Jersey Plan Eligible Employee who was an active participant in the Jersey Plan immediately prior to the Closing Date, Creditable Service under this Plan will be measured from the individual’s last anniversary date of his or her employment with GPU prior to November 24, 1999 if such anniversary date is between May 24, 1999 and November 24, 1999 and the individual was not credited with a full year of benefit service under the Jersey Plan for the last fractional year of employment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, no individual will receive duplicate service under both the Jersey Plan and this Plan.

 

47


 

A2.3  
Vesting Service . Vesting Service shall be determined in the same manner as provided in the Jersey Plan. Furthermore, vesting service credited under the Jersey Plan, if any, shall be recognized as Vesting Service for purposes of this Plan. However, in no event will a Member receive duplicate vesting service for service credited under both the Jersey Plan and this Plan.
A2.4  
Creditable Service for Determination of Basic Annuity . In determining a Member’s Basic Annuity, a Member’s number of years of creditable service credited under the Jersey Plan, if any, shall be taken into account hereunder solely for the purpose of determining the appropriate accrual percentage to be multiplied by the Member’s Basic Earnings.
A2.5  
Service for All Other Purposes . For purposes of determining eligibility to participate under this Article, eligibility for an early or normal retirement benefit, or for any purpose other than as described above, service for such purpose credited to a Member under the Jersey Plan, if any, shall be taken into account for such purpose under this Plan. However, in no event will a Member receive duplicate service for service credited under both the Jersey Plan and this Plan.
A2.6  
Basic Earnings . For purposes of determining a Member’s Basic Earnings under this Plan, earning under the Jersey Plan prior to the Closing Date, if any shall be taken into account.
A2.7  
Inapplicable Jersey Plan Provisions . The provisions of the Jersey Plan which are administrative in nature, do not otherwise relate to determining an individual’s benefit, which relate to employee contributions, or for which there is a substantially similar provision in this Plan shall not apply hereunder. Accordingly, notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the following Sections of the Jersey Plan shall not apply hereunder and are excluded from incorporation in this Plan:
Foreword;
Section 4 (Transfers);
Section 7 (Determination of Additional Annuities);
Section 8 (Rights of Beneficiaries);
Section 11 (Payment of Annuities);
Section 12 (Financing the Plan);
Section 13 (Retirement Annuity Fund);
Section 14 (Administration of the Plan);
Section 15 (Rights of Retired Employees);
Section 16 (Consolidation, Merger, or Sale of Property);
Section 17 (Amendment or Termination of the Plan);
Section 18 (Limit of Benefit From Retirement Annuity Fund);
Section 19 (Other Limitations of Certain Benefits Payable);
Section 20 (Miscellaneous); and
Section 21 (1996 Voluntary Enhanced Retirement Program).
In addition any Plan provision which is required to maintain the Plan’s qualification status under Section 401(a) of the Code shall supersede any contrary provision of the Jersey Plan.

 

48


 

ARTICLE A3
METROPOLITAN PLAN COVERED GROUP PROVISIONS
Except as hereinafter provided, the Plan hereby incorporates by reference the benefit provisions of the Metropolitan Edison Company Plan for Retirement Annuities as in effect on the Closing Date (the “Metropolitan Plan”) but by replacing any reference to GPU Companies with Affiliated Company as defined herein. Accordingly, except as modified below, a Metropolitan Plan Eligible Employee shall accrue benefits as if such individual participated in the Metropolitan Plan based on service credited hereunder after the Closing Date through May 12, 2000.
A3.1  
Metropolitan Plan Eligible Employee . Any Eligible Employee of a Participating Company who is covered under a collective bargaining agreement between Sithe Pennsylvania Holdings LLC, Sithe Mid-Atlantic Power Services, Inc. and Local Union 777 of the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers AFL-CIO, is a member of the Metropolitan Plan Covered Group. Each Eligible Employee of the Metropolitan Plan Covered Group shall become an active Member of the Plan under this Article A3 upon the Closing Date if such individual was an active participant in the Metropolitan Plan immediately prior to the Closing Date. Otherwise, such individual shall become a Member hereunder upon satisfying the eligibility conditions of the Metropolitan Plan.
A3.2  
Creditable Service . In general, Creditable Service under this Plan shall not include service prior to the Closing Date nor after May 12, 2000. However, for a Metropolitan Plan Eligible Employee who was an active participant in the Metropolitan Plan immediately prior to the Closing Date, Creditable Service under this Plan will be measured from the individual’s last anniversary date of his or her employment with GPU prior to November 24, 1999 if such anniversary date is between May 24, 1999 and November 24, 1999 and the individual was not credited with a full year of benefit service under the Metropolitan Plan for the last fractional year of employment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, no individual will receive duplicate service under both the Metropolitan Plan and this Plan.
A3.3  
Vesting Service . Vesting Service shall be determined in the same manner as provided in the Metropolitan Plan. Furthermore, vesting service credited under the Metropolitan Plan, if any, shall be recognized as Vesting Service for purposes of this Plan. However, in no event will a Member receive duplicate vesting service for service credited under both the Metropolitan Plan and this Plan.

 

49


 

A3.4  
Creditable Service for Determination of Basic Annuity . In determining a Member’s Basic Annuity; a Member’s number of years of creditable service credited under the Metropolitan Plan, if any, shall be taken into account hereunder solely for the purpose of determining the appropriate accrual percentage to be multiplied by the Member’s Basic Earnings.
A3.5  
Service for All Other Purposes . For purposes of determining eligibility to participate under this Article, eligibility for an early or normal retirement benefit, or for any purpose other than as described above, service for such purpose credited to a Member under the Metropolitan Plan, if any, shall, be taken into account for such purpose under this Plan. However, in no event will a Member receive duplicate service for service credited under both the Metropolitan Plan and this Plan.
A3.6  
Basic Earnings . For purposes of determining a Member’s Basic Earnings under this Plan, earning under the Metropolitan Plan prior to the Closing Date, if any, shall be taken into account.
A3.7  
Inapplicable Metropolitan Plan Provisions . The provisions of the Metropolitan Plan which are administrative in nature, do not otherwise relate to determining an individual’s benefit, which relate to employee contributions, or for which there is a substantially similar provision in this Plan shall not apply hereunder. Accordingly, notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the following Sections of the Metropolitan Plan shall not apply hereunder and are excluded from incorporation in this Plan:
Foreword;
Section 4 (Transfers);
Section 7 (Determination of Additional Annuities);
Section 8 (Rights of Beneficiaries);
Section 11 (Payment of Annuities);
Section 12 (Financing the Plan);
Section 13 (Retirement Annuity Fund);
Section 14 (Administration of the Plan);
Section 15 (Rights of Retired Employees);
Section 16 (Consolidation, Merger, or Sale of Property);
Section 17 (Amendment or Termination of the Plan);
Section 18 (Limit of Benefit From Retirement Annuity Fund);
Section 19 (Other Limitations of Certain Benefits Payable);
Section 20 (Miscellaneous); and
Section 21 (1996 Voluntary Enhanced Retirement Program).
In addition any Plan provision which is required to maintain the Plan’s qualification status under Section 401(a) of the Code shall supersede any contrary provision of the Metropolitan Plan.

 

50


 

ARTICLE A4
PENELEC PLAN COVERED GROUP PROVISIONS
Except as hereinafter provided, the Plan hereby incorporates by reference the benefit provisions of the Pennsylvania Electric Company Plan for Retirement Annuities as in effect on the Closing Date (the “Penelec Plan”) but by replacing any reference to GPU Companies with Affiliated Company as defined herein. Accordingly, except as modified below, a Penelec Plan Eligible Employee shall accrue benefits as if such individual participated in the Penelec Plan based on service credited hereunder after the Closing Date and through May 12, 2000.
A4.1  
Penelec Plan Eligible Employee . Any Eligible Employee of a Participating Company who is covered under a collective bargaining agreement between Sithe Pennsylvania Holdings LLC, Sithe Maryland Holdings LLC, Sithe Mid-Atlantic Power Services, Inc., Sithe Northeast Management Company and Local Union 459 of the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers AFL-CIO (other than those employees who are employed by Sithe Northeast management Company at Keystone and Conemaugh assets), is a member of the Penelec Plan Covered Group. Each Eligible Employee of the Penelec Plan Covered Group shall become an active Member of the Plan under this Article A4 upon the Closing Date if such individual was an active participant in the Penelec Plan immediately prior to the Closing Date. Otherwise, such individual shall become a Member hereunder upon satisfying the eligibility conditions of the Penelec Plan.
A4.2  
Creditable Service . In general, Creditable Service under this Plan shall not include service prior to the Closing Date nor after May 12, 2000. However, for a Penelec Plan Eligible Employee who was an active participant in the Penelec Plan immediately prior to the Closing Date, Creditable Service under this Plan will be measured from the individual’s last anniversary date of his or her employment with GPU prior to November 24, 1999 if such anniversary date is between May 24, 1999 and November 24, 1999 and the individual was not credited with a full year of benefit service under the Penelec Plan for the last fractional year of employment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, no individual will receive duplicate service under both the Penelec Plan and this Plan.
A4.3  
Vesting Service . Vesting Service shall be determined in the same manner as provided in the Penelec Plan. Furthermore, vesting service credited under the Penelec Plan, if any, shall be recognized as Vesting Service for purposes of this Plan. However, in no event will a Member receive duplicate vesting service for service credited under both the Penelec Plan and this Plan.

 

51


 

A4.4  
Creditable Service for Determination of Basic Annuity . In determining a Member’s Basic Annuity, a Member’s number of years of creditable service credited under the Penelec Plan, if any, shall be taken into account hereunder solely for the purpose of determining the appropriate accrual percentage to be multiplied by the Member’s Basic Earnings.
A4.5  
Service for All Other Purposes . For purposes of determining eligibility to participate under this Article, eligibility for an early or normal retirement benefit, or for any purpose other than as described above, service for such purpose credited to a Member under the Penelec Plan, if any, shall be taken into account for such purpose under this Plan. However, in no event will a Member receive duplicate service for service credited under both the Penelec Plan and this Plan.
A4.6  
Basic Earnings . For purposes of determining a Member’s Basic Earnings under this Plan, earning under the Penelec Plan prior to the Closing Date, if any shall be taken into account.
A4.7  
Inapplicable Penelec Plan Provisions . The provisions of the Penelec Plan which are administrative in nature, do not otherwise relate to determining an individual’s benefit, which relate to employee contributions, or for which there is a substantially similar provision in this Plan shall not apply hereunder. Accordingly, notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the following Sections of the Penelec Plan shall not apply hereunder and are excluded from incorporation in this Plan:
Foreword;
Section 4 (Transfers);
Section 7 (Determination of Additional Annuity);
Section 8 (Rights of Beneficiaries);
Section 11 (Payment of Annuities);
Section 12 (Financing the Plan);
Section 13 (Retirement Annuity Fund);
Section 14 (Administration of the Plan);
Section. 15 (Rights of Retired Employees);
Section 16 (Consolidation, Merger, or Sale of Property);
Section 17 (Amendment or Termination of the Plan);
Section 18 (Limit of Benefit From Retirement Annuity Fund);
Section 19 (Other Limitations of Certain Benefits Payable);
Section 20 (Miscellaneous); and
Section 21. (1996 Voluntary Enhanced Retirement Program).
In addition any Plan provision which is required to maintain the Plan’s qualification status under Section 401(a) of the Code shall supersede any contrary provision of the Penelec Plan.

 

52


 

APPENDIX B
MODIFIED TRADITIONAL PENSION PLAN FOR CERTAIN UNION MEMBERS
ARTICLE B1
INTRODUCTION
This Appendix B shall exist solely for historical reference. Effective October 31, 2002, Sithe Energies, Inc. sold Sithe New England Power Services, Inc. to Exelon. As a result of the transaction, Exelon assumed the assets and liabilities of the Sithe Union Employees Pension Plan. On and after November 1, 2002, Sithe Energies, Inc. shall no longer be liable for any benefits relating to former employees who were covered under the Sithe Union Employees Pension Plan as described in the further provisions of this Appendix B, and the Plan is hereby amended accordingly, to delete the following provisions.
This Appendix B contains the modified traditional pension plan provisions which prior to January 1, 2001 constituted the main body of the Sithe Energies Group Pension Plan, originally effective May 16, 1998. All Union Members who accrue benefits under Appendix B (instead of under the cash balance provisions of the Plan document) are referred to as “Appendix B Members”. Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, there will be no new Appendix B Members after January 1, 2001. These provisions and all those found in the body of the Plan that apply to Union Employees are collectively a continuation of the Sithe Energies Group Pension Plan, and effective January 1, 2001 are known as the Sithe Union Employees Pension Plan referred to herein as Plan B.
All provisions of the main Plan document apply to Appendix B Members except the following:
Plan Article Sections Inapplicable to Appendix B Members
Article 1: Section 1.1
Section 1.2
Section 1.4
Section 1.6
Section 1.8
Section 1.11
Section 1.13
Section 1.14
Section 1.15
Section 1.16
Section 1.22
Section 1.23
Section 1.24
Section 1.25
Section 1.26
Section 1.29
Section 1.30
Section 1.31
Section 1.35
Section 1.36
Section 1.37

 

53


 

Definitions in the body of the main Plan document that are superceded by definitions in this Appendix B.
Article 2: Entire Article

Article 3: Entire Article

Article 4: Section 4.1
Section 4.2
Section 4.4
Article 5: Entire Article

Article 6: Entire Article

Article 7: Entire Article

Article 13: Entire Article
ARTICLE B2
DEFINITIONS OTHER THAN SERVICE DEFINITIONS
B2.1  
Accumulated Member Contributions ”, as of any specified time, means the sum of all contributions made by a Member under this Plan which have not been withdrawn, with interest credited on such amounts, for each Plan Year or portion thereof at the rate of 120 percent of the Federal mid-term rate as in effect under section 1274 of the Code for the first month of such Plan Year. Interest shall be computed on each contribution from the January 1 next following the date such contribution was due to the earlier of:
  (a)  
the first day of the month in which the Member commences to receive Retirement Benefit payments, attains his Normal Retirement Date, or withdraws his Accumulated Member Contributions, whichever occurs first; or
 
  (b)  
the first day of the month next following the date of the Member’s death.
B2.2  
Accrued Benefit ” means, as of any date, the amount of Retirement Benefit to which an Appendix B Member is or would be entitled hereunder if he were eligible to and did retire or otherwise terminate employment hereunder on such date, commencing on his Normal Retirement Date and payable for his life.

 

54


 

B2.3  
Actuarial Equivalent ” means a benefit which is of equal value to a benefit otherwise payable in a different form or at a different time under the Plan, when computed, using the same factors for males and females, on the basis of:
  (a)  
83% of the mortality rates for males determined in accordance with the Group Annuity Tables for 1951 — Males, projected to 1970 by Projection Scale C, plus
  (b)  
17% of the mortality rates for females equal to those for males five years younger, and
  (c)  
with an effective rate of interest of 4% compounded annually.
A lump sum payment is determined under the actuarial equivalence factors described in Section B2.13.
B2.4  
Annuity Starting Date ” means, in the case of any Member’s Retirement Benefit, the first day of the first month for which the Retirement Benefit is payable. A Member’s Annuity Starting Date shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section B7.4 (Normal or Late Retirement Benefit) Section B7.5 (Deferred Early Retirement Benefit), Section B7.6 (Reduced Early Retirement Benefit), Section B7.7 (Disability Retirement Benefit), Section B8.1(e) (pertaining to lump-sum benefits), Section B11.1 (Deferred Vested Retirement Benefit) or Section B11.2 (Reduced Earlier Vested Retirement Benefit), whichever is applicable.
B2.5  
Base Pay ” means the compensation payable to an Employee by the Company for time worked on regular normal scheduled work days, including paid holidays and vacations exclusive of all compensation for overtime worked, premiums, commissions, bonuses, amounts deferred or payable under a nonqualified plan or arrangement or deferred compensation and all other forms of additional compensation, but including (a) lump sum merit increases (one-twelfth of such increase to be included as Base Pay for each month in the twelve month period beginning with the month of payment), (b) amounts (if any) elected by the Employee to be deferred under a cash or deferred arrangement, qualified under section 401(k) of the Code, that is part of a plan in which the Company participates, and (c) amounts (if any) by which an Employee’s salary or other remuneration is reduced pursuant to an election or designation made under a cafeteria plan under Section 125 in which the Company participates. Base Pay for a Member for any Plan Year in excess of the amount in effect for the Plan Year under section 401(a)(17) of the Code will be disregarded under the Plan in accordance with the rules under section 401(a)(17) of the Code.

 

55


 

  (a)  
Notwithstanding the foregoing, for periods prior to May 16, 1998, an Employee’s Base Pay shall also include compensation as described above for services rendered to a prior employer while a member of the BECO Retirement Plan, and
  (b)  
except as may otherwise be agreed upon under the terms of a collective bargaining agreement between the Company and Local 369, UWUA, AFL-CIO, Base Pay shall not include any compensation for periods subsequent to the pay period ending September 30, 2005.
B2.6  
BECO Retirement Plan ” means the Boston Edison Retirement Plan as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date of this Plan.
B2.7  
Beneficiary ” means the person or persons entitled under Article 8 or Appendix B to receive any benefit payable hereunder on or after the Member’s death, other than any benefit payable to a spouse pursuant to Section B7.3, to a Surviving Spouse pursuant to Section B9.1 or to a Contingent Annuitant pursuant to Article B8.
B2.8  
Contingent Annuitant ” means the person to whom Retirement Benefit payments are to be made for life after the death of a Member who (a) elected a Contingent Annuitant form of Retirement Benefit pursuant to Article B8 and (b) dies on or after the Annuity Starting Date.
B2.9  
Effective Date ” means January 1, 2000, unless otherwise specified herein; however, the original effective date was May 16, 1998, and the original plan name was the Sithe New England Power Services, Inc. Union Pension Plan.
B2.10  
Eligible Employee ” means an active union Employee who was a Member of the Sithe Energies, Inc. Group Pension Plan on December 31, 2000 and who is not a Member of the Sithe Stable Account Plan cash balance feature.
B2.11  
Employee ” means an employee of the Company or an Affiliated Company as determined by the Company.

 

56


 

B2.12  
Final Average Pay ” means the annual average of a Member’s Base Pay for those 36 consecutive months of employment as an Employee (or, if the Member has been an Employee for less than 36 consecutive months, such lesser period of employment) within his last ten consecutive calendar years of employment as an Employee which produces the highest average; provided, however, that Final Average Pay shall not include any Base Pay for periods subsequent to the pay period containing September 30, 2005. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term “last ten consecutive calendar years of employment as an Employee” means the ten consecutive calendar years of employment as an Employee ending with the calendar year in which an Employee dies, retires or otherwise ceases to be an Employee or to accrue benefits under the Plan, whichever calendar year is earliest. In the event a Member ceases to be an Employee and thereafter again becomes an Employee and a Member (unless in the interim he shall have suffered a substantial period of severance as defined in Section B3.6), the periods before and after his severance from service as an Employee shall be considered consecutive for purposes of determining his Final Average Pay.

In determining Final Average Pay, a Member’s Base Pay for periods while a member of the BECO Retirement Plan shall be taken into account, and solely for purposes of this Section, such Member shall be considered an “Employee” for such periods.
B2.13  
Lump-sum Equivalent ” means, in the case of a lump sum benefit which is to be paid to a Participant, the actuarial present value of a Member’s Retirement Benefit, determined as of the Annuity Starting Date, applying the “Applicable Mortality Table” and “Applicable Interest Rate” as defined under Code section 417(e)(3)(A) (as amended by Public Law 103-465, section 767(a)(2)) and the regulations and applicable rulings prescribed thereunder in effect for the November preceding the Plan Year in which the Member’s Annuity Starting Date occurs. However, for Annuity Starting Dates that occur in the 12-month period ending on December 31, 2001, the Applicable Interest Rate used to determine the Lump Sum Equivalent shall be the rate in effect under Plan B on December 31, 2000 or the Applicable Interest Rate under the Plan for the Plan Year beginning January 1, 2001, whichever produces the greater lump sum.
B2.14  
Member ” means any Eligible Employee who is currently participating in the Plan in accordance with Article B4 or any former Eligible Employee who continues to be entitled to a benefit under the Plan.
B2.15  
Plan ” means for purposes of this Appendix B, the Sithe Union Employees Pension Plan, which prior to January 1, 2001 was known as the Sithe Energies, Inc. Group Pension Plan.
B2.16  
Plan Year ” means for this Plan B the period from May 16, 1999 through May 15, 2000; the short period beginning May 16, 2000 and ending December 31, 2000; and each calendar year thereafter beginning with 2001.
B2.17  
Retirement Date ” means a Member’s Normal, Early, Late, or Disability Retirement Date determined in accordance with Article B6.
B2.18  
Surviving Spouse ” means the individual who was legally married to a Member during the entire twelve-month period preceding the Member’s death.

 

57


 

ARTICLE B3
SERVICE DEFINITIONS
B3.1  
Employment Commencement Date ” means the date on which the Employee first performs an Hour of Service or, in the case of an Employee who incurs a Break in Service, the date on which he first performs an Hour of Service after such Break.
B3.2  
Break in Service ” means, in the case of any Employee, a Plan Year in which the Employee has 500 or fewer Hours of Service, but not including any such Plan Year before the one in which he ceases to be an Employee. Solely for purposes of determining whether a Break in Service has occurred, there shall be credited to the Employee as Hours of Service each hour not otherwise creditable under Section 1.21 during a period of absence from the Company by reason of the Employee’s pregnancy; by reason of the birth of the Employee’s child; by reason of the placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the adoption of such child by the Employee; or for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement; provided , that:
  (a)  
Any Hour of Service credited hereunder with respect to an absence shall be credited (i) only in the Plan Year in which the absence begins, if the Employee would be prevented from incurring a Break in Service in such Year solely because of Hours of Service credited hereunder for such absence, or (ii) in any other case, in the immediately following Plan Year;
  (b)  
No Hours of Service shall be credited hereunder unless the Employee furnishes the Plan Administrator with such information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require (in such form and at such time as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require) establishing (i) that the absence from work is an absence described hereunder and (ii) the number of days for which the absence lasted;
  (c)  
In no event shall more than 501 Hours of Service be credited to an Employee hereunder for any one absence by reason of pregnancy or the placement of any one child.
B3.3  
Substantial Break ” means, in the case of any Employee or Member who does not have a nonforfeitable right to any portion of his Accrued Benefit, a number of consecutive Breaks in Service which equals or exceeds five.

 

58


 

B3.4  
Year of Eligibility Service ” means,
  (a)  
the twelve consecutive month period starting on an Employee’s Employment Commencement Date, provided he completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service during such period, or
  (b)  
if the Employee does not complete at least 1,000 Hours of Service in the twelve consecutive month period starting on an Employee’s Employment Commencement Date, any Plan Year following such date during which he completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service.
  (c)  
For purposes of this Section, Hours of Service and the Employment Commencement Date of any Employee who was both an active employee of Boston Edison Company and a member of the BECO Retirement Plan immediately prior to the Effective Date shall reflect the individual’s employment with Boston Edison Company.
B3.5  
Year of Vesting Service ” means a Plan Year during which an Employee has at least 1,000 Hours of Service, subject to the following special rules:
  (a)  
Each Member whose Year of Eligibility Service overlaps two Plan Years in neither of which the Member has 1,000 Hours of Service shall, except as otherwise provided in (b) and (c), be credited with one Year of Vesting Service upon becoming a Member.
  (b)  
If a Member has 1,000 Hours of Service in the period May 16, 2000 to May 15, 2001 and also in the period January 1, 2001 to December 31, 2001, he shall be credited with two years of service for such periods.
  (c)  
Except as otherwise provided in Section B3.8, in the case of a Member who incurs a Substantial Break, Years of Vesting Service prior to such Break will be disregarded.
  (d)  
A Member who becomes disabled and retires in accordance with Section B6.3, and is thereafter reemployed by the Company as an Employee prior to his Normal Retirement Date, shall also be credited with a Year of Vesting Service for each Plan Year during his period of disability retirement in which he has less than 1,000 Hours of Service, such Years to be in addition to any Years of Vesting Service credited to the Member under the other provisions of this Section.
  (e)  
In the event a Member has a Break in Service and thereafter again becomes an Employee and a Member without having incurred a Substantial Break, his Years of Vesting Service prior to his Break in Service shall be restored to him.
  (f)  
For purposes of this Section, Hours of Service and the Employment Commencement Date of any Employee who was both an active employee of Boston Edison Company and a member of the BECO Retirement Plan immediately prior to the Effective Date shall reflect the individual’s employment with Boston Edison Company.

 

59


 

B3.6  
Years of Benefit Service ” means the period of time (in years and fractions of years) commencing with the date on which an Eligible Employee first performs an Hour of Service for the Company (or the date on which a reemployed Employee first performs an Hour of Service for the Company following reemployment) and ending on the earlier of the date he ceases to be an Eligible Employee or September 30, 2005. All periods of service shall be cumulative; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Section B3.8, periods prior to a substantial period of severance shall be disregarded. For purposes of the foregoing, a “substantial period of severance” means, in the case of an individual who ceases to be an Employee and at such time does not have a nonforfeitable interest in any portion of his Retirement Benefit, a period of at least five years (six years, if the individual ceases to be an Employee for one of the reasons specified in the first paragraph of Section B3.2 above) during which the individual is credited with no service as an Employee.

For any Member who was both an active employee of Boston Edison Company and a member of the BECO Retirement Plan immediately prior to the Effective Date, Years of Benefit Service shall also include the years of benefit service (including fractions thereof) such member had credited under the BECO Retirement Plan as of May 15, 1998.
B3.7  
Fully Vested ” means, in the case of any Member, that the Member has completed at least five Years of Vesting Service.
B3.8  
Service Bridging ” means the following. In accordance with agreements entered into from time to time between the Company and Local 369, UWUA, AFL-CIO, Years of Vesting Service prior to a Substantial Break or Years of Benefit Service prior to a “substantial period of severance” (as defined in Section B3.6) shall be counted for purposes of the Plan in the case of those Members who have been selected by the Plan Administrator pursuant to such agreements.
ARTICLE B4
ELIGIBILITY FOR MEMBERSHIP
B4.1  
Eligibility . Effective January 1, 2001, this Appendix B shall have no new Members. The Members of this Appendix B shall be those Union Members who were covered by the Sithe Energies Group Pension Plan on December 31, 2000 and who are not covered on and after such date by the provisions of the cash balance feature described in the body of this document.
B4.2  
Membership Following a Break in Service . In the event a Member’s employment terminates and thereafter the Member again becomes an Employee, he shall become an active Member immediately upon again becoming an Employee; except that if he incurs a Substantial Break, he shall be considered for all purposes of the Plan as a new Employee.

 

60


 

ARTICLE B5
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FUND
B5.1  
Continuation of Member Contributions . Each Member who was contributing to the BECO Retirement Plan on May 15, 1998 may continue to contribute under this Plan on and after the Effective Date in each calendar year while he is a Member in an amount equal to 3.75% of his Base Pay in excess of $6,600 for such calendar year; provided, however, that no such contribution shall be made after the earliest of: (a) December 31, 2000, (b) the date the Member ceases to be an Employee, (c) the date the Member ceases to accrue benefits under this Appendix B, (d) the date as of which he elects to discontinue his contributions, or (e) the date he elects to withdraw his Accumulated Member Contributions. A contributing Member may discontinue his contributions to the Plan upon written notification to the Plan Administrator.

The contributions of a Member shall be made by deductions from his pay on written authorization and in a manner determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion, and the amounts of contributions so deducted shall be paid to the Fund by the Company as of the earliest date on which the contributions can reasonably be segregated from the Company’s general assets, but in no event later than the 15 th business day of the month following the month in which amounts would otherwise have been payable to the Member in cash.
B5.2  
Withdrawal of Accumulated Member Contributions .
  (a)  
A contributing Member may, as of the first day of any month, but not after the date his Retirement Benefit payments commence, upon written request filed with the Plan Administrator, elect to withdraw his eligible Accumulated Member Contributions from the Fund. For purposes of the preceding sentence, “eligible Accumulated Member Contributions” means the Member’s total Accumulated Member Contributions as provided under Section B2.1. In the event of a withdrawal as described in the first sentence of this paragraph, the formula Contributory Retirement Benefit specified in Section B7.1(b)(i) shall be reduced (but not below zero) as specified in that Section by the Retirement Benefit derived from the Member’s contributions. The Retirement Benefit derived from the Member’s contributions shall be an annual benefit, payable for the life of the Member only and commencing at Normal Retirement Age, equivalent to the Member’s eligible Accumulated Member Contributions, such equivalency to be determined in accordance with the provisions of section 411(c) of the Code.

 

61


 

  (b)  
Upon receipt of a request for a withdrawal the Plan Administrator shall provide the Member with a written notification in nontechnical terms describing the effects of such withdrawal and the rights of the Member and, if applicable, the Member’s spouse with respect thereto. Such notification shall be comparable to the notification specified in Section 4.3, except that the Plan Administrator shall make such modifications as it may deem advisable, consistent with applicable law and regulations. No election to withdraw shall be effective unless made within the 90-day period immediately preceding the date of withdrawal. If the Member is married, his election to withdraw shall not be effective unless his spouse also consents in writing thereto and acknowledges the effect of such election (or it is determined that spousal consent and acknowledgment cannot be obtained) in accordance with the rules set forth in Section 4.3. The provisions of this paragraph (b) shall not apply where the Lump-sum Equivalent of the Member’s vested Accrued Benefit, determined as of the date of the withdrawal (or, if required under the Code or regulations thereunder, the date of any prior withdrawal), is $5,000 or less (or such greater amount as permitted under Code Section 411(a)(11)).
B5.3  
Forfeitures and Other Gains . Gains arising from any forfeiture of the interest in the Fund of any Member, because of death, severance of employment or any other reason, shall be applied to reduce the amount of Company contributions and not to increase the benefits otherwise payable under the Plan.
ARTICLE B6
RETIREMENT DATES
B6.1  
Normal Retirement Date . The Normal Retirement Date of a Member shall be the first day of the month next following his 65th birthday. Upon attaining age 65 while still employed by the Company, a Member shall have a fully vested and nonforfeitable interest in his Accrued Benefit and shall be entitled to retire and receive such benefit commencing on his Normal Retirement Date.
B6.2  
Early Retirement Date . A Member may elect to retire or may be retired by the Company, except solely on the basis of age, on the first day of any month prior to his Normal Retirement Date if he meets one of the following requirements:
  (a)  
He has completed 20 Years of Benefit Service, has attained his 45th birthday, and resigns for cause or is discharged for reasons not the fault of the employee.
  (b)  
He has both completed 10 Years of Benefit Service and attained his 62nd birthday.
  (c)  
He has completed 20 Years of Benefit Service and attained his 55th birthday.
  (d)  
The sum of his age on his last birthday and whole Years of Benefit Service is 85 or more.

 

62


 

For purposes of subsection (a) of this Section, “fault of the employee” means only gross or habitual insubordination, continuous absence from duty without leave when not caused by illness or other similar disability, failure or neglect to perform his duties with normal efficiency, or other serious misconduct which makes unwise any other action than discharge; and “resigns for cause” means the resignation of an Employee after changes (gradual or otherwise) have been made in the nature of his duties or in the conditions under which he works which adversely and materially affect his status, or after a material reduction (gradual or otherwise) in his compensation which is not of general application within the Company, or after he has been laid off without his consent for a continuous period of more than six months.
B6.3  
Disability Retirement Date . A Member who has completed 15 Years of Benefit Service, is disabled from employment with the Company and is receiving disability payments under the Social Security Act may elect to retire or may be retired by the Company. The Disability Retirement Date of a Member who is retired by the Company shall be the date determined by the Company. The Disability Retirement Date of a Member who elects to retire shall be the date elected by the Member but not earlier than the first day of the first month on which he meets the requirements set forth above in this section.

A Member who is determined to be totally and permanently disabled and who has completed 15 Years of Benefit Service shall also be eligible to elect a disability retirement under this Section or may be retired under this Section by the Company, whether or not he is receiving disability payments under the Social Security Act. For purposes of the foregoing, the determination of a Member’s total and permanent disability may be made by a doctor of either the Member’s or the Company’s choosing. The doctor’s determination shall be embodied in a written report made available to both the Member and the Company. The report of a doctor selected by the Member shall be prepared at the Member’s expense, and the report of a doctor selected by the Company shall be made at the Company’s expense. If doctors selected by the Member and the Company fail to agree, the Member and the Company shall by agreement select a third doctor who shall be a specialist specified by his respective Board. The three doctors shall meet as a committee and consider the case and the decision of a majority of such doctors so acting shall be final and binding on the parties. Each party shall compensate the doctor chosen by such party for the time spent and expenses incurred in the case, and the parties shall share equally in paying the compensation and expenses of the third doctor.
B6.4  
Late Retirement Date . A Member may continue as an Employee after his Normal Retirement Date, subject to such restrictions and limitations, consistent with applicable law, as the Company may prescribe. The Member shall not be eligible for Retirement Benefits prior to his Late Retirement Date except as required under section 401(a)(9) of the Code or as provided in Section B17.8. A Member’s Late Retirement Date shall be the first day of the month coinciding with or next following the date after his Normal Retirement Date on which he shall actually retire or be retired.

 

63


 

ARTICLE B7
NORMAL FORM AND AMOUNT OF RETIREMENT BENEFITS
B7.1  
Formula Retirement Benefit . The formula Retirement Benefit shall be a monthly Retirement Benefit payable as a single life annuity commencing on the later of the Member’s Normal or Late Retirement Date and ceasing with the last payment due before his death. The amount of the monthly formula Retirement Benefit payable to a Member shall equal the Member’s Noncontributory Retirement Benefit determined under (a) below plus the Member’s Contributory Retirement Benefit, if any, as determined under (b) below, but not less than the Member’s Minimum Retirement Benefit, as determined under (c) below.
  (a)  
Noncontributory Retirement Benefit shall be equal to (i), (ii), or (iii) as applicable:
  (i)  
Except for those Members described in (ii) or (iii) below, a Member’s Noncontributory Retirement Benefit shall be equal to 1/12 of: 1.40% of the Member’s Final Average Pay multiplied by the Member’s Years of Benefit Service not in excess of 15 years, plus 1.86% of the Member’s Final Average Pay multiplied by the Member’s Years of Benefit Service in excess of 15 years but not in excess of 30 years, plus 0.65% of the Member’s Final Average Pay multiplied by the Member’s Years of Benefit Service in excess of 30 years.
  (ii)  
Former BECO Retirement Plan Members . Except for Members described in (iii) below, the Noncontributory Retirement Benefit for a Member who was a member of the BECO Retirement Plan immediately prior to the Effective Date and who became a Member hereunder as of the Effective Date shall be equal to 1/12 of (A) minus (B) below where:
  (A)  
equals the benefit determined under (i) above, which shall reflect years of benefit service credited under the BECO Retirement Plan as of May 15, 1998, as provided in Section B3.7, and
  (B)  
equals the Member’s BECO Retirement Plan Benefit (as defined below).

 

64


 

For purposes of this subsection a Member’s “BECO Retirement Plan Benefit” shall equal the Member’s accrued benefit under the BECO Retirement Plan as of May 15, 1998 determined using the formula provided in (i) above based on the Member’s years of benefit service under the BECO Retirement Plan as of such date but based on the Member’s Final Average Pay as of the earliest of September 30, 2005 or his retirement, death, or other termination of employment with the Company.
  (iii)  
Former Local 387 BECO Retirement Plan Members . The Noncontributory Retirement Benefit for a Member who was a member of the BECO Retirement Plan immediately prior to the Effective Date; who became a Member hereunder as of the Effective Date; and who also was a member of Local 387, UWUA, AFL-CIO immediately prior to its merger with Local 369, UWUA, AFL-CIO effective April 9, 1998 shall equal the benefit determined under (i) above but based on Years of Benefit Service credited to such Member subsequent to May 15, 1998 and up to September 30, 2005. However, solely for purposes of determining the accrual percentage to apply under such formula (1.40%, 1.86%, or 0.65%), years of benefit service credited to the Member under the BECO Retirement Plan shall be considered.
  (iv)  
In no event shall this Plan be liable for any benefits accrued by Members under the BECO Retirement Plan .
  (b)  
Contributory Retirement Benefit . A Member’s Contributory Retirement Benefit, if any, shall equal the greater of (i) and (ii), where
  (i)  
equals one-third of the sum of all contributions made by the Member under the Plan, reduced (but not below zero) by the “Retirement Benefit derived from the Member’s contributions” previously withdrawn as that term is used in Section B5.2(a); and
  (ii)  
the benefit derived from the Member’s remaining Accumulated Member Contributions, if any, under the Plan as of the Member’s Annuity Starting Date, determined in accordance with the provisions of section 411(c) of the Code.
  (c)  
Minimum Retirement Benefit . Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Member’s formula Retirement Benefit shall not be less than the amount of Retirement Benefit the Member could have received under Sections B7.6 if he had retired hereunder on any possible Early Retirement Date. Furthermore, for any Member who was not an active member of the BECO Retirement plan on the day before the Effective Date, such Member’s formula Retirement Benefit shall not be less than $100 per month payable as a single life annuity commencing on the later of the Member’s Normal or Late Retirement Date.

 

65


 

B7.2  
Normal Form of Retirement Benefit for Single Members . The normal form of Retirement Benefit for a Member who is not married on his Annuity Starting Date shall be the formula Retirement Benefit, payable as a single life annuity.
B7.3  
Normal Form of Retirement Benefit for Married Members . The normal form of Retirement Benefit for a Member who is married on his Annuity Starting Date shall be a joint and survivor form of Retirement Benefit and shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of the formula Retirement Benefit. Under this normal form of Retirement Benefit, the Member shall receive a reduced amount of monthly Retirement Benefit payable during his lifetime, and, commencing on the first day of the month next following his death, 50% of such reduced Retirement Benefit shall be payable for life to the person who was the Member’s spouse on the Member’s Annuity Starting Date. The death of the Member’s spouse after the Member’s Annuity Starting Date and while the Member is still living shall not affect the reduced amount of Retirement Benefit payments payable thereafter to the Member under this form of Retirement Benefit.
B7.4  
Normal or Late Retirement Benefit . Each Member who retires on or after his Normal Retirement Date shall be entitled to receive, commencing on his Retirement Date, a monthly amount of formula Retirement Benefit payable under the normal form applicable to the Member in accordance with Sections B7.2 or B7.3.
B7.5  
Deferred Early Retirement Benefit . Each Member who retires in accordance with Section B6.2 before his Normal Retirement Date shall be entitled to receive, commencing on his Normal Retirement Date, the monthly amount of formula Retirement Benefit described in Section B7.1, payable under the normal form applicable to the Member in accordance with Section B7.2 or B7.3 and determined as of his Early Retirement Date.
B7.6  
Reduced Early Retirement Benefit .
  (a)  
In lieu of the Retirement Benefit specified in Section B7.5, a Member may elect to receive a reduced monthly amount of Retirement Benefit, commencing on the first day of any month on or after his Early Retirement Date and before his Normal Retirement Date, and on or after the date his election is filed with the Committee, and payable thereafter during his lifetime.

 

66


 

  (b)  
The Retirement Benefit of an Appendix B Member who retires before October 1, 2005 and prior to his Normal Retirement Date shall be equal to the Retirement Benefit otherwise payable under Section B7.5, multiplied by the appropriate early retirement factor, determined as of the commencement date of his Retirement Benefit, from the table set forth below, interpolated for full months prior to Normal Retirement Date. A Member to whom this Section applies may also be eligible for the Temporary Supplemental Benefit for Certain Early Retirees as described in Section B7.7 below.
         
Full Years   Early  
Prior to Normal   Retirement  
Retirement Date   Factor  
 
       
1
    1.000  
2
    1.000  
3
    1.000  
4
    1.000  
5
    1.000  
6
    .925  
7
    .850  
8
    .775  
9
    .700  
10
    .625  
11
    .457  
12
    .430  
13
    .404  
14
    .382  
15
    .360  
16
    .340  
17
    .321  
18
    .304  
19
    .288  
20
    .272  
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of any Member who has forty (40) or more Years of Vesting Service, or who has both attained age 57 and completed 35 Years of Vesting Service, the early retirement factor to be applied in determining the Member’s Retirement Benefit shall be 1,000 if such Member retires on or before September 30, 2005.
  (c)  
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Retirement Benefit for an Appendix B Member who retires after September 30, 2005 shall be payable pursuant to (b) above with respect to benefit accruals prior to January 1, 2001. However, for benefit accruals after December 31, 2000, such benefit shall be multiplied by the appropriate early retirement factor, determined as of the commencement of the Retirement Benefit, from the table set forth below, interpolated for full months prior to Normal Retirement Date.
         
Full Years   Early  
Prior to Normal   Retirement  
Retirement Date   Factor  
 
       
1
    .922  
2
    .851  
3
    .786  
4
    .727  
5
    .674  
6
    .624  
7
    .579  
8
    .537  
9
    .499  
10
    .463  
11
    .457  
12
    .430  
13
    .404  
14
    .382  
15
    .360  
16
    .340  
17
    .321  
18
    .304  
19
    .288  
20
    .272  

 

67


 

B7.7  
Temporary Supplemental Benefit for Certain Early Retirees . A Member who retires early under Section B7.6 and who retires at age 57, 58, 59, 60 or 61 with at least 35 Years of Benefit Service shall, in addition to the formula Retirement Benefit, receive a monthly supplement, payable from the Member’s Early Retirement Date until the earlier of (a) the Member’s death or (b) the month in which the Member attains age 62, equal to $10.00 times the Member’s Years of Benefit Service, if such Member retires on or before September 30, 2005. This benefit will be reduced by any concurrent temporary supplement payable to the Member from the BECO Retirement Plan in respect of service rendered before May 15, 1998.
B7.8  
Disability Retirement Benefit . If an Appendix B Member is disabled and retires in accordance with Section B6.3 before his Normal Retirement Date, he shall be entitled to receive, commencing on his Normal Retirement Date or, if the Member so elects, on the first day of any earlier month on or after his Disability Retirement Date, a monthly amount of formula Retirement Benefit payable under the normal form applicable to the Member in accordance with Section B7.2 or B7.3 and determined as of his Disability Retirement Date.

If a disabled Appendix B Member who retired in accordance with Section B6.3 and who begins receiving a benefit is reemployed by the Company as an Employee, payment of his Retirement Benefit shall be suspended during his subsequent period of reemployment (but only to the extent permitted under section 203 of ERISA and the regulations thereunder); he shall immediately become an active Member of the Plan; and his Years of Vesting Service and Years of Benefit Service at the time of his disability retirement shall be restored to him, and the Plan Years before and after his disability retirement shall be considered consecutive in determining his Final Average Pay.

If a disabled Appendix B Member who retired in accordance with Section B6.3 and who begins receiving a benefit recovers sufficiently from the disability such that he is no longer receiving disability benefits under the Social Security Act and he is not reemployed by the Company, his Retirement Benefit payments shall be reduced thereafter to the amount of Retirement Benefit payments computed under Section B11.2 as of the date of his disability retirement.
B7.9  
Retirement Benefit After Reemployment Following a Break in Service . This Section shall apply in the event an Appendix B Member has a Break in Service and thereafter again becomes an Employee and an Appendix B Member and does not incur a Substantial Break. On or after the date he again becomes an Employee, any such Member who is receiving Retirement Benefit payments may elect to discontinue receiving such payments (but only to the extent permitted under section 203 of ERISA, the regulations thereunder, and the Code. Whether or not such Member elects to discontinue receiving Retirement Benefit payments, his Accrued Benefit after his reemployment shall be reduced by the Actuarial Equivalent of the total Retirement Benefit payments received by the Member prior to the date as of which his Accrued Benefit is determined; provided, however, that such Accrued Benefit shall not, when computed in the same form as the Member was receiving when reemployed, be less than the Retirement Benefit payments the member was receiving when reemployed.

 

68


 

ARTICLE B8
OPTIONAL FORMS OF RETIREMENT BENEFIT
B8.1  
Options and Elections . Subject to the conditions enumerated in Section 4.3, a Member may elect to receive one of the following optional forms of Retirement Benefit in lieu of the form of Retirement Benefit otherwise payable under Article B7 or B11:
  (a)  
A contingent annuitant form of Retirement Benefit under which the Member shall receive a reduced monthly amount of Retirement Benefit payable during his lifetime; and, if the Member dies after his Annuity Starting Date and the person designated by him as Contingent Annuitant survives him, such Contingent Annuitant shall receive for life, commencing on the first day of the month next following the month in which the death of the Member occurs, either the same reduced monthly amount or such fraction thereof as is approved by the Plan Administrator and is specified by the Member in his election. Upon the death of both the Member and his Contingent Annuitant after the effective date of the option, there shall be paid to the Member’s Beneficiary an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Accumulated Member Contributions of the Member over the sum of the Retirement Benefit payments made to the Member and his Contingent Annuitant which are attributable to the contributory Retirement Benefit specified in Section B7.1(b).
  (b)  
A spousal joint and survivor form of Retirement Benefit under which the Member shall receive a reduced amount of Retirement Benefit payable during his lifetime, and, commencing on the first day of the month next following his death, 50% of such reduced Retirement Benefit shall be payable for life to the person who was his spouse on the date that the Retirement Benefit payments commenced; provided, that if such spouse dies after the Annuity Starting Date and while the Member is still living, the Retirement Benefit thereafter payable to the Member, commencing on the first day or the month next following his spouse’s death, shall be increased to equal the Retirement Income that would have been payable to the Member had he effectively elected option (f) below.

 

69


 

  (c)  
A ten year certain and lifetime form of Retirement Benefit under which the Member shall receive a reduced monthly amount of Retirement Benefit payable during his lifetime; and, if the Member dies after the effective date of the option and the person designated by him as Beneficiary survives him, such Beneficiary shall receive for life, commencing on the first day of the month next following the month in which the death of the Member occurs, the same reduced amount of Retirement Benefit until the Member and his Beneficiary together have received 120 payments; provided, however, if the Member has designated as his Beneficiary his estate, a corporation, association, partnership or trustee, the commuted value of the payments due such Beneficiary may be paid in one sum to such Beneficiary if the Plan Administrator shall so direct. The form of benefit described in this subsection shall not be available unless the life expectancies of the Member and his designated Beneficiary, as of the date benefits commence, equal or exceed ten years.
  (d)  
A fifteen-year certain and lifetime form of Retirement Benefit under which the Member shall receive a reduced monthly amount of Retirement Benefit payable during his lifetime; and, if the Member dies after the effective date of the option and the person designated by him as Beneficiary survives him, such Beneficiary shall receive for life, commencing on the first day of the month next following the month in which the death of the Member occurs, the same reduced amount of Retirement Benefit until the Member and his Beneficiary together have received 180 payments; provided, however, if the Member has designated as his Beneficiary his estate, a corporation, association, partnership or trustee, the commuted value of the payments due such Beneficiary may be paid in one sum to such Beneficiary if the Plan Administrator shall so direct. The form of benefit described in this subsection shall not be available unless the life expectancies of the Member and his designated Beneficiary, as of the date benefits commence, equal or exceed fifteen years.
  (e)  
A lump sum form under which the Member shall receive a single payment equal to the Lump-sum Equivalent of 100%, 75%, 50% or 25%, as elected by the Member, of the formula Retirement Benefit otherwise payable to the Member, determined as of the Member’s Annuity Starting Date. If a Member elects to receive less than 100% of his formula Retirement Benefit in a lump sum form, the balance of his formula Retirement Benefit shall be paid in such other optional form elected by the Member under this Section. For purposes of this subsection the following rules shall apply:
  (i)  
A Member who wishes to select the option described in this subsection must so notify the Company in writing, in such form as the Plan Administrator shall prescribe, at least three (3) months (but not more than six (6) months) prior to the Member’s Annuity Starting Date. The Notification required by this paragraph shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the requirement that the Member formally waive the normal form of benefit described in Section B7.2 or Section B7.3 (whichever is applicable), in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.3, during the 30- to 90-day period immediately preceding the Annuity Starting Date. Nothing in this paragraph shall be deemed to limit the right of a Member who has given notice of his intent to receive the lump sum form of benefit, to revoke such notice at any time prior to his Annuity Starting Date and elect to receive his benefit in the normal form described in Section B7.2 or Section B7.3, whichever is applicable, or in another alternative form of payment available under the Plan, subject to the rules and conditions applicable to elections of such alternative form, including the prior-notice provisions of this paragraph in the case of any Member who again determines to receive payment of all or a portion of his Retirement Benefit in lump-sum form.

 

70


 

  (ii)  
In the case of a Member (A) whose Annuity Starting Date (determined under the provisions of Articles B6, B7, or B11) would, but for the operation of this subsection, fall on or after the date which precedes by six months the Member’s Normal Retirement Date, but (B) who elects the lump-sum option described in this subsection, the Annuity Starting Date of such Member shall be the later of the date determined under Articles B6, B7, or B11 (without regard to this subsection) or the first day of the first month which follows by at least six months the date on which the Member gives written notice to the Company, in accordance with paragraph (i) above, of his desire to take all or a portion of his Retirement Benefit in lump-sum form. If a Member’s Annuity Starting Date would, by reason of the application of this subsection, fall more than one month after the date of his actual retirement or age 65, whichever is later (the “predeferral date”), the Member’s Retirement Benefit shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of the Member’s Retirement Benefit determined as of his predeferral date. The actuarial adjustment required by this paragraph shall be made before the Lump-sum Equivalent of the Member’s Retirement Benefit is determined.
  (f)  
A life annuity form of Retirement Benefit under which the Member shall receive the monthly amount of formula Retirement Benefit payable during his lifetime with all payments ceasing at his death.
  (g)  
A social security equalizer form of Retirement Benefit under which the Member shall receive a larger monthly amount of Retirement Benefit before the Member attains age 62, and a reduced monthly amount of Retirement Benefit on and after the Member attains age 62, such that the monthly amount of Retirement Benefit payable before the Member attains age 62 is equal to the sum of the monthly amount of Retirement Benefit payable on and after the Member attains age 62 plus the monthly Social Security Benefits to which the Member would be entitled upon his attainment of age 62 if Social Security Benefits commenced to the Member at that time, all as determined by the Plan Administrator; provided that this option shall be available only if the Member has not attained age 62 as of the effective date of the option and the Member satisfies such other conditions or requirements consistent with applicable law as the Plan Administrator may in its discretion prescribe.
B8.2  
Amount of Retirement Benefit . The amount of Retirement Benefit payable under the optional forms described in Section B8.1 shall be the Actuarial Equivalent (or, in the case of Section B8.1(e), the Lump-sum Equivalent) of the amount of Retirement Benefit otherwise payable under the normal form.

 

71


 

ARTICLE B9
DEATH PRIOR TO ANNUITY STARTING DATE
B9.1  
Preretirement Surviving Spouse Benefit . In the case of an Appendix B Member who is Fully Vested and who dies prior to his Annuity Starting Date, there shall be paid to his Surviving Spouse, if any, a monthly Retirement Benefit, commencing on the date hereinafter specified (if the Surviving Spouse is then alive) and ceasing after the first day of the month in which the Surviving Spouse dies, computed as follows:
  (a)  
If the Member dies while an Employee and after attaining his 55th birthday or completing 10 Years of Benefit Service and before his Normal Retirement Date, the monthly Retirement Benefit payable to his Surviving Spouse shall equal 50% of the monthly formula Retirement Benefit specified in Section B7.1.
  (b)  
In every case to which this Section applies but which is not described under (a) above, the monthly Retirement Benefit payable to the deceased Member’s Surviving Spouse shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of an amount equal to the monthly amount such Surviving Spouse would have been entitled to receive had the Member:
  (i)  
terminated employment on the date of his death (or, if earlier, on the actual date of his termination of employment).
  (ii)  
effectively elected to have his reduced Retirement Benefit commence on the date of his death to be paid (in the normal form described in Section B7.3) under the provisions of either:
  (A)  
Section B7.6 (if the Member had satisfied the requirements for early retirement under Section 6.2), or
  (B)  
Section B11.2 (in every other case), and

 

72


 

  (iii)  
died immediately following such benefit commencement.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, and except as provided under paragraph (a) above, if a Member dies prior to his Normal Retirement Date and payment of the benefit to his Surviving Spouse hereunder is deferred until the Member would have attained his Normal Retirement Date, such Spouse’s monthly benefit shall not exceed the monthly amount to which such Spouse would have been entitled if the Member had terminated employment as aforesaid, taken a reduced Retirement Benefit (in the normal form described in Section B7.3) commencing at Normal Retirement Date, and died immediately following such benefit commencement.
A Surviving Spouse may direct that benefits be paid commencing on the first day of any month following the date of the Member’s death, but not later than the date the deceased Member would have attained his Normal Retirement Date (with retroactive adjustment, if notice of death is not given the Surviving Spouse in time to render practicable the commencement of payments until a subsequent month). Any such direction by a Surviving Spouse shall be made in such form and manner as the Plan Administrator shall approve or prescribe.
Any Surviving Spouse who is entitled to a Retirement Benefit in accordance with this Section B9.1 may elect to receive payment in a lump sum of the Member’s eligible Accumulated Member Contributions (as that term is defined in Section B5.2), in which event the Surviving Spouse’s monthly contributory Retirement Benefit, to the extent determined by reference to Section B7.1(b), shall be reduced by 50% of the Retirement Benefit derived from the Member’s contributions determined in accordance with the provisions of Section B5.2.
The Surviving Spouse of a Member who is entitled to a formula Retirement Benefit in accordance with this Section 9.1 may elect to receive the Lump-sum Equivalent of 100%, 75%, 50% or 25% of such formula Retirement Benefit (determined as of the date of payment) in lieu of the formula Retirement Benefit otherwise payable. If the Surviving Spouse elects to receive the Lump Sum Equivalent of less than 100% of the formula Retirement Benefit, the balance of the formula Retirement Benefit will be paid in accordance with the other provisions of this Section B9.1.
B9.2  
Return of Accumulated Member Contributions . If a Member dies prior to his Annuity Starting Date and does not have a Surviving Spouse or his Surviving Spouse is not entitled to a Retirement Benefit under the provisions of Section B9.1, the Member’s Accumulated Member Contributions shall be paid to the Member’s Beneficiary.

 

73


 

If a Member dies prior to his Annuity Starting Date, and if the Member has a Surviving Spouse who is entitled to a Retirement Benefit under the provisions of Section B9.1 and who did not elect to receive a lump sum payment of the Member’s eligible Accumulated Member Contributions in accordance with Section B9.1, there shall be paid to the Member’s Beneficiary, after the death of the Surviving Spouse, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Member’s Accumulated Member Contributions over the sum of any monthly contributory Retirement Benefit payments made to the Member’s Surviving Spouse under Section B9.1 pursuant to Section B7.1(b).
B9.3  
Termination of Membership . Except as otherwise provided in this Article B9, death of a Member prior to his Annuity Starting Date shall terminate his membership in the Plan and his interest in the Fund shall be forfeited.
ARTICLE B10
DEATH ON OR AFTER ANNUITY STARTING DATE
B10.1  
No Optional Form of Retirement Benefit in Effect . If an Appendix B Member dies on or after his Annuity Starting Date and if no optional form of Retirement Benefit under Article B8 is in effect, there shall be paid to the Member’s Beneficiary, after the death of his spouse in the case of a married Member who had not effectively revoked the normal joint and survivor form of Retirement Benefit, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of his Accumulated Member Contributions over the sum of the contributory Retirement Benefit payments specified in Section B7.1(b) (or reduced as provided in Section B7.3, B7.6, or B11.2) received by him and his spouse.
B10.2  
Optional or Normal Form of Retirement Benefit For Married Member in Effect . If an Appendix B Member dies on or after his Annuity Starting Date and if an optional form of Retirement Benefit under Article B8 is in effect or, in the case of a married Member, if the normal joint and survivor form of Retirement Benefit is in effect, there shall be paid to his Beneficiary, Contingent Annuitant or Surviving Spouse, as the case may be, the benefits, if any, payable upon his death in accordance with the appropriate provisions of Article B8 or Section B7.3.
B10.3  
Termination of Membership . Except as otherwise provided in this Article B10, death of an Appendix B Member on or after his Annuity Starting Date shall terminate his membership in the Plan, and his interest in the Fund shall be forfeited.

 

74


 

ARTICLE B11
VESTING
B11.1  
Deferred Vested Retirement Benefit . An Appendix B Member who ceases to be an Employee other than by death prior to retirement, who is not eligible for early or disability retirement under the provisions of Section B6.2 or B6.3 and who is Fully Vested as provided in Section 3.9 shall continue as a Member in the Plan and shall be entitled to a deferred vested Retirement Benefit commencing on his Normal Retirement Date and payable thereafter during his lifetime, equal to the Member’s Accrued Benefit described in Section B7.1, payable under the normal form applicable to the Member in accordance with Section B7.2 or B7.3, and determined as of the date he ceases to be an Eligible Employee.
B11.2  
Reduced Earlier Vested Retirement Benefit . In lieu of the deferred vested Retirement Benefit specified in Section B11.1, an Appendix B Member may elect to receive a reduced monthly amount of Retirement Benefit, commencing on the first day of any month on or after the date he ceases to be an Employee and on or after the date his election is filed with the Plan Administrator, but before his Normal Retirement Date. A Retirement Benefit payable hereunder prior to a Member’s Normal Retirement Date shall be equal to the Retirement Benefit otherwise determined and payable under Section B11.1, multiplied by the appropriate factor, determined as of the commencement date of his Retirement Benefit from the table set forth in Section B7.6, or if the Member elects to receive his Retirement Benefit earlier than 20 years prior to his Normal Retirement Date, from the following table, interpolated for full months prior to Normal Retirement Date:
         
Full Years   Early  
Prior to Normal   Retirement  
Retirement Date   Factor  
 
       
21
    .259  
22
    .246  
23
    .233  
24
    .222  
25
    .211  
26
    .201  
27
    .191  
28
    .182  
29
    .174  
30
    .165  
31
    .158  
32
    .151  
33
    .144  
34
    .138  
35
    .131  
36
    .125  
37
    .120  
38
    .115  
39
    .111  
40
    .106  

 

75


 

B11.3  
No Reduction of Vesting . If the vesting requirements for a deferred vested Retirement Benefit under the Plan, as now in effect or as hereafter amended, (the “new vesting provisions”) would at any time result in a deferred vested Retirement Benefit in an amount less than a Member would have received under this Plan, prior to any amendment to the Plan that directly or indirectly affects the computation of the nonforfeitable percentage of the Member’s rights to his Accrued Benefit, (the “old vesting provisions”) the Member shall be deemed to have elected the vesting provisions which would result in the greatest benefit under ERISA, and his deferred vested Retirement Benefit, in the event the Member ceases to be an Employee, shall be determined under the new vesting provisions or old new vesting provisions, whichever is most favorable to the Member.
B11.4  
Withdrawal of Accumulated Member Contributions by Vested Member . A Member who is entitled to a Retirement Benefit under the provisions of Section B11.1 or B11.2 may, at any time prior to the date his Retirement Benefit payments commence and upon written request filed with the Plan Administrator, elect to withdraw his Accumulated Member Contributions from the Fund, in which event the Retirement Benefit specified in Section B7.1(b), shall be reduced (but not below zero) by the Retirement Benefit derived from the Member’s contributions, determined in accordance with the provisions of Section B5.2.

If a Member ceases to be an Employee, withdraws his Accumulated Member Contributions, and is reemployed by the Company as an Eligible Employee prior to May 15, 2000, such Member may repay to the Fund within 2 years of his reemployment the full amount of such withdrawal plus interest at the effective rate described in Section B2.1, compounded annually, from the date of the withdrawal to the date of repayment. Upon such repayment, the Member shall be entitled to the reinstatement of the amount of contributory Retirement Benefit derived from his contributions which he forfeited under the provisions of this Section B11.4.

 

76

Exhibit 10.41
SEVENTH AMENDMENT
TO THE
SITHE STABLE PENSION ACCOUNT PLAN
This Seventh Amendment to the Sithe Stable Pension Account Plan is made and entered into by Sithe Energies, Inc. (the “Company”) this 4 th day of December, 2007, effective as of January 1, 2008.
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, the Company and its predecessors have previously adopted the Sithe Stable Pension Account Plan, effective January 1, 2000 and as subsequently amended (the “Plan”); and
WHEREAS, the Company and its delegates are authorized and empowered to amend the Plan pursuant to Section 11.1 of the Plan; and
WHEREAS, the Dynegy Inc. Benefit Plans Committee met and approved on August 23, 2007 certain changes to the Plan for compliance with the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (“PPA”) and the Company desires to approve the specific Plan amendments for these changes.
NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended as of January 1, 2008 as follows:

 

 


 

I.
Section 1.4 is amended by adding at the end as follows:
“The Applicable Interest Rate is the annual rate of interest determined in accordance with Code Section 417(e)(3)(C) for the lookback month preceding the first day of the stability period. For purposes of this Paragraph, prior to January 1, 2008, the annual rate was the rate of interest on 30-year Treasury securities. On and after January 1, 2008, the annual rate is the adjusted first, second and third segment rates applied under rules similar to the rules of Code Section 430(h)(2)(C) for the month before the date of the distribution or such other time as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe by regulation. For purposes of this Paragraph, the adjusted first, second and third segment rates are the first, second and third segment rates which would be determined under Code Section 430(h)(2)(c) if (i) Code Section 430(h)(2)(D) were applied by substituting the average yields for the month described in clause (ii) for the average yields for the 24-month period described in such section; (ii) Code Section 430(h)(2)(G)(i)(ll) were applied by substituting “section 417(e)(3)(A)(ii)(ll)” for “section 412(b)(5)(B)(ii)(ll)”; and (iii) the applicable percentage under Code Section 430(h)(2)(G) were determined in accordance with the following table:
         
For Plan Year   Applicable Percentage
 
       
2008
    20 %
 
       
2009
    40 %
 
       
2010
    60 %
 
       
2011
    80 %”
II.
Article I is amended by adding a new section, Section 1.35A , immediately following Section 1.35, as follows:
“1.35A  QuaIified Optional Survivor Annuity’ : An annuity for the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity for the life of the spouse which is equal to 75% of the annuity which is payable during the joint lives of the Participant and the spouse that is the Actuarial Equivalent of the standard form of benefit and that is provided in compliance with section 417(g) of the Code commencing as of January 1, 2008.”

 

2


 

III.
Section 4. 2(b) is amended by inserting the phrase, “including as of January 1, 2008, the election or waiver of a Qualified Optional Survivor” after the phrase “and other rules and restrictions in this Article 4”.
IV.
Section 4.3(a)(4)(B) is amended by deleting the first sentence and replacing it with the following:
“The term ‘Qualified Election’ shall mean an election to waive the applicable standard form of annuity and, effective January 1, 2008, to elect or waive the Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity.”
V.
Section 4.3(b) is amended by inserting the phrase “or the Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity” after the phrase “in the standard benefit form set forth in Section 4.2” in the first sentence.
VI.
Appendix B, Section B8.1 is amended by adding at the end the following:
“or, effective as of January 1, 2008, a Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity as provided under Section 4.3:”
VII.
Except as amended herein, the provisions of the Plan shall remain in full force and effect.

 

3


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Seventh Amendment has been executed by the duly designated officer and is effective as of the dates set forth hereinabove.
         
  Sithe Energies, Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]    
    Title: Chairman, Dynegy Benefit Committee  

 

4

Exhibit 10.42
AMENDMENT TWO TO
SITHE STABLE PENSION ACCOUNT PLAN
As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2007
WHEREAS, effective as of January 1, 2007, the Sithe Stable Pension Account Plan (the “Plan”) was amended and restated in its entirety;
WHEREAS, by the terms of Section 11.1 of the Plan, the Administrative Committee, which is the Dynegy Inc. Benefit Plans Committee, may amend the Plan as necessary to bring the Plan into conformity with legal requirements; and
WHEREAS, it is necessary that certain technical amendments be made to the Plan in order to comply with final regulations issued under section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code;
NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended, effective as of the dates specified below, as follows:
1. Effective January 1, 2008, Section 1.2 of the Plan is amended by adding the following new paragraph at the end thereof:
“Effective on and after January 1, 2008, the applicable mortality table used for adjusting any benefit or limitation under Code Section 415(b)(2)(B), (C), or (D) as referenced in Section 4.7 of the Plan and the applicable mortality table used for the purposes of satisfying the requirements of Code Section 417(e) as set forth in this Section 1.2 is the “applicable mortality table” as that term is defined in the Pension Protection Act of 2006 and as applied in accordance with guidance issued currently and in the future by the Internal Revenue Service.”
2. Effective January 1, 2008, the provisions of Section I. of the Seventh Amendment to Plan (which actually was Amendment One to the Sithe Stable Pension Account Plan, as Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2007), effective January 1, 2000, amending Section 1.4 of the Plan are hereby restated as follows:
“1.4 ‘ Applicable Interest Rate ’ means the interest rate specified under Code Section 417(e)(3) as in effect for the November preceding the start of the Plan Year in which the payment is made. On and after January 1, 2008, the annual rate is the adjusted first, second, and third segment rates applied under rules similar to the rules of Code Section 430(h)(2)(C) for the November preceding the start of the Plan Year in which the payment is made. For purposes of this Paragraph, the adjusted first, second, and third segment rates are the first, second, and third segment rates which would be determined under Code Section 430(h)(2)(C) if (i) Code Section 430(h)(2)(D) were applied by substituting the average yields for the month described in clause (ii) for the average yields for the 24-month period described in such section; (ii) Code Section 430(h)(2)(G)(i)(ii) were applied by substituting “section 417(e)(3)(A)(ii)(II)” for “section 412(b)(5)(B)(ii)(II)”; and (iii) the applicable percentage under Code Section 430(h)(2)(G) were determined in accordance with the following table:
         
For Plan Year   Applicable Percentage  
2008
    20 %
2009
    40 %
2010
    60 %
2011
    80 %”

 

 


 

3. Effective for limitation years beginning on or after July 1, 2007, Section 4.7 of the Plan is amended to read in its entirety as follows:
“4.7 Maximum Benefit Limitation .
(A) Limitations Imposed by Section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code :
(1) The limitations of this Section 4.7(A) shall apply on and after January 1, 2008, except as otherwise provided herein.
(2) The Annual Benefit otherwise payable to a Member under the Plan at any time shall not exceed the Maximum Permissible Benefit. If the benefit the Member would otherwise accrue in a Limitation Year would produce an Annual Benefit in excess of the Maximum Permissible Benefit, the benefit shall be limited (or the rate of accrual reduced) to a benefit that does not exceed the Maximum Permissible Benefit.
(3) If the Member is, or has ever been, a participant in another qualified defined benefit plan (without regard to whether the plan has been terminated) maintained by the employer or a predecessor employer, the sum of the Member’s Annual Benefits from all such plans may not exceed the Maximum Permissible Benefit. Where the Member’s employer-provided benefits under all such defined benefit plans (determined as of the same age) would exceed the Maximum Permissible Benefit applicable at that age, the maximum monthly retirement income applicable to all such defined benefit plans of the employer shall be determined and allocated on a pro rata basis in proportion to the actuarially equivalent amount of retirement income otherwise accrued under each such defined benefit plan so that the Maximum Permissible Benefit is not exceeded.
(4) The application of the provisions of this section shall not cause the Maximum Permissible Benefit for any Member to be less than the Member’s accrued benefit under all the defined benefit plans of the employer or a predecessor employer as of the end of the last Limitation Year beginning before July 1, 2007 under provisions of the plans that were both adopted and in effect before April 5, 2007. The preceding sentence applies only if the provisions of such defined benefit plans that were both adopted and in effect before April 5, 2007 satisfied the applicable requirements of statutory provisions, regulations, and other published guidance relating to Section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code in effect as of the end of the last Limitation Year beginning before July 1, 2007, as described in Section 1.415(a)-1(g)(4) of the Treasury regulations.

 

- 2 -


 

(5) The limitations of this Section 4.7(A) shall be determined and applied taking into account the rules in Section 4.7(A)(7).
(6) Definitions.
(a) “Annual Benefit” shall mean a benefit that is payable annually in the form of a straight life annuity. Except as provided below, where a benefit is payable in a form other than a straight life annuity, the benefit shall be adjusted to an actuarially equivalent straight life annuity that begins at the same time as such other form of benefit and is payable on the first day of each month, before applying the limitations of this Section 4.7(A). For a Member who has or will have distributions commencing at more than one annuity starting date, the Annual Benefit shall be determined as of each such annuity starting date (and shall satisfy the limitations of this Section 4.7(A) as of each such date), actuarially adjusting for past and future distributions of benefits commencing at the other annuity starting dates. For this purpose, the determination of whether a new starting date has occurred shall be made without regard to Section 1.401(a)-20, Q&A 10(d), and with regard to Section 1.415(b)-1(b)(1)(iii)(B) and (C) of the Treasury regulations.
No actuarial adjustment to the benefit shall be made for (1) survivor benefits payable to a surviving spouse under a qualified joint and survivor annuity to the extent such benefits would not be payable if the Member’s benefit were paid in another form; (2) benefits that are not directly related to retirement benefits (such as a qualified disability benefit, preretirement incidental death benefits, and postretirement medical benefits); or (3) the inclusion in the form of benefit of an automatic benefit increase feature, provided the form of benefit is not subject to Section 417(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code and would otherwise satisfy the limitations of this Section 4.7(A), and the Plan provides that the amount payable under the form of benefit in any Limitation Year shall not exceed the limits of this Section 4.7(A) applicable at the annuity starting date, as increased in subsequent years pursuant to Section 415(d) of the Internal Revenue Code. For this purpose, an automatic benefit increase feature is included in a form of benefit if the form of benefit provides for automatic, periodic increases to the benefits paid in that form.
The determination of the Annual Benefit shall take into account Social Security supplements described in Section 411(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code and benefits transferred from another defined benefit plan, other than transfers of distributable benefits pursuant to Section 1.411(d)-4, Q&A-3(c), of the Treasury regulations, but shall disregard benefits attributable to employee contributions or rollover contributions.

 

- 3 -


 

Effective for distributions in Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2003, the determination of actuarial equivalence of forms of benefit other than a straight life annuity shall be made in accordance with Section 4.7(A)(6)(a)(i) or (ii) below.
  (i)   Benefit Forms Not Subject to Section 417(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code : The straight life annuity that is actuarially equivalent to the Member’s form of benefit shall be determined under this subsection (i) if the form of the Member’s benefit is either (1) a nondecreasing annuity (other than a straight life annuity) payable for a period of not less than the life of the Member (or, in the case of a qualified pre-retirement survivor annuity, the life of the surviving spouse), or (2) an annuity that decreases during the life of the Member merely because of (a) the death of the survivor annuitant (but only if the reduction is not below 50% of the benefit payable before the death of the survivor annuitant), or (b) the cessation or reduction of Social Security supplements or qualified disability payments (as defined in Section 401(a)(11) of the Internal Revenue Code).
  (A)   Limitation Years beginning before July 1, 2007 . For Limitation Years beginning before July 1, 2007, the actuarially equivalent straight life annuity is equal to the annual amount of the straight life annuity commencing at the same annuity starting date that has the same actuarial present value as the Member’s form of benefit computed using whichever of the following produces the greater annual amount: (I) the interest rate specified in Section 1.2(a) of the Plan (hereinafter referred to as the “Plan Interest Rate”) and the mortality table (or other tabular factor) specified in Section 1.2(a) of the Plan (hereinafter referred to as the “Plan Mortality Table”) for adjusting benefits in the same form; and (II) a 5 percent interest rate assumption and the applicable mortality table prescribed in Revenue Ruling 2001-62 for that annuity starting date.
  (B)   Limitation Years beginning on or after July 1, 2007 . For Limitation Years beginning on or after July 1, 2007, the actuarially equivalent straight life annuity is equal to the greater of (I) the annual amount of the straight life annuity (if any) payable to the Member under the Plan commencing at the same annuity starting date as the Member’s form of benefit; and (II) the annual amount of the straight life annuity commencing at the same annuity starting date that has the same actuarial present value as the Member’s form of benefit, computed using a 5 percent interest rate assumption and the Applicable Mortality Table defined in Section 1.2 of the Plan for that annuity starting date.

 

- 4 -


 

  (ii)   Benefit Forms Subject to Section 417(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code : The straight life annuity that is actuarially equivalent to the Member’s form of benefit shall be determined under this subsection (ii) if the form of the Member’s benefit is other than a benefit form described in subsection (i) above. In this case, the actuarially equivalent straight life annuity shall be determined as follows:
  (A)   Annuity Starting Date in Plan Years Beginning After 2005 . If the annuity starting date of the Member’s form of benefit is in a Plan Year beginning after 2005, the actuarially equivalent straight life annuity is equal to the greatest of (I) the annual amount of the straight life annuity commencing at the same annuity starting date that has the same actuarial present value as the Member’s form of benefit, computed using the Plan Interest Rate specified in Section 1.2(a) of the Plan and the Plan Mortality Table (or other tabular factor) specified in Section 1.2(a) of the Plan for adjusting benefits in the same form; (II) the annual amount of the straight life annuity commencing at the same annuity starting date that has the same actuarial present value as the Member’s form of benefit, computed using a 5.5 percent interest rate assumption and the applicable mortality table prescribed in Revenue Ruling 2001-62; and (III) the annual amount of the straight life annuity commencing at the same annuity starting date that has the same actuarial present value as the Member’s form of benefit, computed using the applicable interest rate defined in Section 1.4 of the Plan for that annuity starting date (hereinafter referred to as the “Applicable Interest Rate”) and the applicable mortality table prescribed in Revenue Ruling 2001-62, divided by 1.05.
  (B)   Annuity Starting Date in Plan Years Beginning in 2004 or 2005 . If the annuity starting date of the Member’s form of benefit is in a Plan Year beginning in 2004 or 2005, the actuarially equivalent straight life annuity is equal to the annual amount of the straight life annuity commencing at the same annuity starting date that has the same actuarial present value as the Member’s form of benefit, computed using whichever of the following produces the greater annual amount: (I) the Plan Interest Rate specified in Section 1.2(a) of the Plan and the Plan Mortality Table (or other tabular factor) specified in Section 1.2(a) of the Plan for adjusting benefits in the same form; and (II) a 5.5 percent interest rate assumption and the applicable mortality table prescribed in Revenue Ruling 2001-62.

 

- 5 -


 

(b) “IRC 415 Compensation” shall mean wages, salaries, and fees for professional services and other amounts received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Employer maintaining the Plan to the extent that the amounts are includible in gross income (including, but not limited to, commissions paid salespersons, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits, and reimbursements, or other expense allowances under a nonaccountable plan [as described in Section 1.62-2(c) of the Treasury regulations]), and excluding the following:
  (i)   Employer contributions (other than elective contributions described in Sections 402(e)(3), 408(k)(6), 408(p)(2)(A)(i), or 457(b) of the Internal Revenue Code) to a plan of deferred compensation (including a simplified employee pension described in Section 408(k) or a simple retirement account described in Section 408(p) of the Internal Revenue Code, and whether or not qualified) to the extent such contributions are not includible in the Employee’s gross income for the taxable year in which contributed, and any distributions (whether or not includible in gross income when distributed) from a plan of deferred compensation (whether or not qualified), other than, amounts received during the year by an Employee pursuant to a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan to the extent includible in gross income;
  (ii)   amounts realized from the exercise of a nonstatutory stock option (that is, an option other than a statutory stock option as defined in Section 1.421-1(b) of the Treasury regulations), or when restricted stock (or property) held by the Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture;
  (iii)   amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock acquired under a statutory stock option;
  (iv)   other amounts that receive special tax benefits, such as premiums for group-term life insurance (but only to the extent that the premiums are not includible in the gross income of the Employee and are not salary reduction amounts that are described in Section 125 of the Internal Revenue Code); and
  (v)   other items of remuneration that are similar to any of the items listed in (i) through (iv).
For any self-employed individual, IRC 415 Compensation shall mean earned income.

 

- 6 -


 

Except as provided herein, for Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 1991, IRC 415 Compensation for a Limitation Year is the IRC 415 Compensation actually paid or made available during such Limitation Year. IRC 415 Compensation for a Limitation Year shall include amounts earned but not paid during the Limitation Year solely because of the timing of pay periods and pay dates, provided the amounts are paid during the first few weeks of the next Limitation Year, the amounts are included on a uniform and consistent basis with respect to all similarly situated employees, and no compensation is included in more than one Limitation Year.
For Limitation Years beginning on or after July 1, 2007, IRC 415 Compensation for a Limitation Year shall also include compensation paid by the later of 2 1 / 2 months after an Employee’s severance from employment with the employer maintaining the Plan or the end of the Limitation Year that includes the date of the Employee’s severance from employment with the employer maintaining the Plan, if:
  (i)   the payment is regular compensation for services during the Employee’s regular working hours, or compensation for services outside the Employee’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar payments, and, absent a severance from employment, the payments would have been paid to the Employee while the Employee continued in employment with the Employer;
  (ii)   the payment is for unused accrued bona fide sick, vacation or other leave that the Employee would have been able to use if employment had continued; or
  (iii)   the payment is received by the Employee pursuant to a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan and would have been paid at the same time if employment had continued, but only to the extent includible in gross income.
Any payments not described above shall not be considered IRC 415 Compensation if paid after severance from employment, even if they are paid by the later of 2 1 / 2 months after the date of severance from employment or the end of the Limitation Year that includes the date of severance from employment, except, (1) payments to an individual who does not currently perform services for the employer by reason of qualified military service (within the meaning of Section 414(u)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code) to the extent these payments do not exceed the amounts the individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform services for the employer rather than entering qualified military service, or (2) compensation paid to a Member who is permanently and totally disabled, as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, provided that salary continuation applies to all Members who are permanently and totally disabled for a fixed or determinable period, or the Member was not a Highly Compensated Employee immediately before becoming disabled.

 

- 7 -


 

Back pay, within the meaning of Section 1.415(c)-2(g)(8) of the Treasury regulations, shall be treated as IRC 415 Compensation for the Limitation Year to which the back pay relates to the extent the back pay represents wages and compensation that would otherwise be included under this definition.
For Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 1997, IRC 415 Compensation paid or made available during such Limitation Year shall include amounts that would otherwise be included in IRC 415 Compensation but for an election under Section 125(a), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 402(k), or 457(b) of the Internal Revenue Code.
For Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 2000, IRC 415 Compensation shall also include any elective amounts that are not includible in the gross income of the Employee by reason of Section 132(f)(4) of the Internal Revenue Code.
For Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 2001, IRC 415 Compensation shall also include deemed Section 125 compensation. Deemed Section 125 compensation is an amount that is excludable under Section 106 of the Internal Revenue Code that is not available to a participant in cash in lieu of group health coverage under a Section 125 arrangement solely because the Member is unable to certify that he or she has other health coverage. Amounts are deemed Section 125 compensation only if the employer does not request or otherwise collect information regarding the Member’s other health coverage as part of the enrollment process for the health plan.
IRC 415 Compensation shall not include amounts paid as compensation to a nonresident alien, as defined in Section 7701(b)(1)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code, who is not a Member in the Plan to the extent the compensation is excludable from gross income and is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States.
(c) “Defined Benefit Compensation Limitation” shall mean 100 percent of a Member’s High Three-Year Average Compensation, payable in the form of a straight life annuity.

 

- 8 -


 

In the case of a Member who has had a severance from employment with the employer, the Defined Benefit Compensation Limitation applicable to the Member in any Limitation Year beginning after the date of severance shall be automatically adjusted by multiplying the limitation applicable to the Member in the prior Limitation Year by the annual adjustment factor under Section 415(d) of the Internal Revenue Code; provided, however, if the Employer maintains a plan for the purpose of restoring benefits that certain Members may not receive under the Plan due to the limitations on contributions and benefits imposed by Section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code and/or due to the limitations imposed on compensation under Section 401(a)(17) of said Code, and if the Member or his Beneficiary receives or has received a benefit or benefits under such restoration plan and a portion of such benefit or benefits would be duplicated by the cost-of-living adjustment provided under this paragraph, then such cost-of-living adjustment that would represent a duplication of benefits shall not apply to the Member or Beneficiary unless the value of the benefit payable from the restoration plan that would cause such duplication of benefits under the Plan is returned to the Employer by the Member or Beneficiary within 60 days of the effective date of such cost-of-living adjustment or the date that such cost-of-living adjustment is announced by the Internal Revenue Service, whichever date is later; and provided further, however, that such 60-day period may be extended by the Committee if, in its opinion, reasonable cause exists for such an extension. The adjusted compensation limit shall apply to Limitation Years ending with or within the calendar year of the date of the adjustment, but a Member’s benefits shall not reflect the adjusted limit prior to January 1 of that calendar year.
In the case of a Member who is rehired after a severance from employment, the Defined Benefit Compensation Limitation is the greater of 100 percent of the Member’s High Three-Year Average Compensation, as determined prior to the severance from employment, as adjusted pursuant to the preceding paragraph, if applicable; or 100 percent of the Member’s High Three-Year Average Compensation, as determined after the severance from employment under subsection (g) below.
(d) “Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation” shall mean, effective for Limitation Years ending after December 31, 2001, $160,000, automatically adjusted under Section 415(d) of the Internal Revenue Code effective January 1 of each year, and payable in the form of a straight life annuity. The new limitation shall apply to Limitation Years ending with or within the calendar year of the date of the adjustment, but a Member’s benefits shall not reflect the adjusted limit prior to January 1 of that calendar year. The automatic annual adjustment of the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation shall apply to Members who have had a separation from employment.
(e) “employer” shall mean the employer that adopts this Plan, and all members of a controlled group of corporations, as defined in Section 414(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, as modified by Section 415(h), all commonly controlled trades or businesses (as defined in Section 414(c) of the Internal Revenue Code, as modified, except in the case of a brother-sister group of trades or businesses under common control, by Section 415(h)), or affiliated service groups (as defined in Section 414(m)) of which the adopting employer is a part, and any other entity required to be aggregated with the employer pursuant to Section 414(o) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

- 9 -


 

(f) “Formerly Affiliated Plan of the Employer” shall mean a plan that, immediately prior to the cessation of affiliation, was actually maintained by the employer and, immediately after the cessation of affiliation, is not actually maintained by the employer. For this purpose, cessation of affiliation means the event that causes an entity to no longer be considered the employer, such as the sale of a member of the controlled group of corporations, as defined in Section 414(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, as modified by Section 415(h), to an unrelated corporation, or that causes a plan to not actually be maintained by the employer, such as transfer of plan sponsorship outside a controlled group.
(g) “High Three-Year Average Compensation” shall mean the average compensation for the three consecutive years of service (or, if the Member has less than three consecutive years of service, the Member’s longest consecutive period of service, including fractions of years, but not less than one year) with the employer that produces the highest average. A year of service with the employer is the 12-consecutive month period that begins on January 1 of each calendar year. In the case of a Member who is rehired by the employer after a severance from employment, the Member’s high three-year average compensation shall be calculated by excluding all years for which the Member performs no services for and receives no compensation from the employer (the break period) and by treating the years immediately preceding and following the break period as consecutive. A Member’s compensation for a year of service shall not include compensation in excess of the limitation under Section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code that is in effect for the calendar year in which such year of service begins.
(h) “Limitation Year” shall mean the calendar year unless a different 12-month period has been elected by the employer in accordance with regulations or rulings issued by the Internal Revenue Service. All qualified plans maintained by the employer must use the same Limitation Year. If the Limitation Year is amended to a different 12-consecutive month period, the new Limitation Year must begin on a date within the Limitation Year in which the amendment is made.
(i) “Maximum Permissible Benefit” shall mean the lesser of the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation or the Defined Benefit Compensation Limitation (both adjusted where required as provided below).
  (i)   Adjustment for Less Than 10 Years of Participation or Service : If the Member has less than 10 Years of Participation in the Plan, the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Years (or part thereof, but not less than one year) of Participation in the Plan, and the denominator of which is 10. In the case of a Member who has less than 10 Years of Service with the employer, the Defined Benefit Compensation Limitation shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Years (or part thereof, but not less than 1 year) of Service with the employer, and the denominator of which is 10.

 

- 10 -


 

  (ii)   Adjustment of Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation for Benefit Commencement Before Age 62 or after Age 65 : Effective for benefits commencing in Limitation Years ending after December 31, 2001, the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation shall be adjusted if the annuity starting date of the Member’s benefit is before age 62 or after age 65. If the annuity starting date is before age 62, the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation shall be adjusted under subsection (A) below, as modified by subsection (C) below in this subsection (ii). If the annuity starting date is after age 65, the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation shall be adjusted under subsection (B) below, as modified by subsection (C) below in this subsection (ii).
  (A)   Adjustment of Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation for Benefit Commencement Before Age 62:
I. Limitation Years Beginning Before July 1, 2007 . If the annuity starting date for the Member’s benefit is prior to age 62 and occurs in a Limitation Year beginning before July 1, 2007, the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation for the Member’s annuity starting date is the annual amount of a benefit payable in the form of a straight life annuity commencing at the Member’s annuity starting date that is the actuarial equivalent of the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation (adjusted for Years of Participation less than 10, if required) with actuarial equivalence computed using whichever of the following produces the smaller annual amount: (a) the Plan Interest Rate specified in Section 1.2(a) of the Plan and the Plan Mortality Table (or other tabular factor) specified in Section 1.2(a) of the Plan; or (b) a 5-percent interest rate assumption and the applicable mortality table as prescribed in Revenue Ruling 2001-62.
II. Limitation Years Beginning on or After July 1, 2007 .
(a) Plan Does Not Have Immediately Commencing Straight Life Annuity Payable at Both Age 62 and the Age of Benefit Commencement . If the annuity starting date for the Member’s benefit is prior to age 62 and occurs in a Limitation Year beginning on or after July 1, 2007, and the Plan does not have an immediately commencing straight life annuity payable at both age 62 and the age of benefit commencement, the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation for the Member’s annuity starting date is the annual amount of a benefit payable in the form of a straight life annuity commencing at the Member’s annuity starting date that is the actuarial equivalent of the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation (adjusted for Years of Participation less than 10, if required) with actuarial equivalence computed using a 5 percent interest rate assumption and the Applicable Mortality Table for the annuity starting date (and expressing the Member’s age based on completed calendar months as of the annuity starting date).

 

- 11 -


 

(b) Plan Has Immediately Commencing Straight Life Annuity Payable at Both Age 62 and the Age of Benefit Commencement . If the annuity starting date for the Member’s benefit is prior to age 62 and occurs in a Limitation Year beginning on or after July 1, 2007, and the Plan has an immediately commencing straight life annuity payable at both age 62 and the age of benefit commencement, the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation for the Member’s annuity starting date is the lesser of the limitation determined under subsection (a) immediately above and the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation (adjusted for Years of Participation less than 10, if required) multiplied by the ratio of the annual amount of the immediately commencing straight life annuity under the Plan at the Member’s annuity starting date to the annual amount of the immediately commencing straight life annuity under the Plan at age 62, both determined without applying the limitations of this Section 4.7(A).
  (B)   Adjustment of Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation for Benefit Commencement After Age 65:
I. Limitation Years Beginning Before July 1, 2007 . If the annuity starting date for the Member’s benefit is after age 65 and occurs in a Limitation Year beginning before July 1, 2007, the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation for the Member’s annuity starting date is the annual amount of a benefit payable in the form of a straight life annuity commencing at the Member’s annuity starting date that is the actuarial equivalent of the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation (adjusted for Years of Participation less than 10, if required) with actuarial equivalence computed using whichever of the following produces the smaller annual amount: (1) the Plan Interest Rate specified in Section 1.2(a) of the Plan and the Plan Mortality Table (or other tabular factor) specified in Section 1.2(a) of the Plan; or (2) a 5-percent interest rate assumption and the applicable mortality table as prescribed in Revenue Ruling 2001-62.

 

- 12 -


 

II. Limitation Years Beginning After July 1, 2007 .
(a) Plan Does Not Have Immediately Commencing Straight Life Annuity Payable at Both Age 65 and the Age of Benefit Commencement . If the annuity starting date for the Member’s benefit is after age 65 and occurs in a Limitation Year beginning on or after July 1, 2007, and the Plan does not have an immediately commencing straight life annuity payable at both age 65 and the age of benefit commencement, the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation at the Member’s annuity starting date is the annual amount of a benefit payable in the form of a straight life annuity commencing at the Member’s annuity starting date that is the actuarial equivalent of the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation (adjusted for Years of Participation less than 10, if required), with actuarial equivalence computed using a 5 percent interest rate assumption and the Applicable Mortality Table for that annuity starting date (and expressing the Member’s age based on completed calendar months as of the annuity starting date).
(b) Plan Has Immediately Commencing Straight Life Annuity Payable at Both Age 65 and the Age of Benefit Commencement . If the annuity starting date for the Member’s benefit is after age 65 and occurs in a Limitation Year beginning on or after July 1, 2007, and the Plan has an immediately commencing straight life annuity payable at both age 65 and the age of benefit commencement, the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation at the Member’s annuity starting date is the lesser of the limitation determined under subsection (a) immediately above and the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation (adjusted for Years of Participation less than 10, if required) multiplied by the ratio of the annual amount of the adjusted immediately commencing straight life annuity under the Plan at the Member’s annuity starting date to the annual amount of the adjusted immediately commencing straight life annuity under the Plan at age 65, both determined without applying the limitations of this Section 4.7(A). For this purpose, the adjusted immediately commencing straight life annuity under the Plan at the Member’s annuity starting date is the annual amount of such annuity payable to the Member, computed disregarding the Member’s accruals after age 65 but including actuarial adjustments even if those actuarial adjustments are used to offset accruals; and the adjusted immediately commencing straight life annuity under the Plan at age 65 is the annual amount of such annuity that would be payable under the Plan to a hypothetical participant who is age 65 and has the same accrued benefit as the Member.

 

- 13 -


 

  (C)   Notwithstanding the other requirements of this subsection (ii), no adjustment shall be made to the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation to reflect the probability of a Member’s death between the annuity starting date and age 62, or between age 65 and the annuity starting date, as applicable, if benefits are not forfeited upon the death of the Member prior to the annuity starting date. To the extent benefits are forfeited upon death before the annuity starting date, such an adjustment shall be made. For this purpose, no forfeiture shall be treated as occurring upon the Member’s death if the Plan does not charge Members for providing a qualified preretirement survivor annuity, as defined in Section 417(c) of the Internal Revenue Code, upon the Member’s death.
  (iii)   Minimum Benefit Permitted : Notwithstanding anything else in this section to the contrary, the benefit otherwise accrued or payable to a Member under this Plan shall be deemed not to exceed the Maximum Permissible Benefit if:
  (A)   the retirement benefits payable for a Limitation Year under any form of benefit with respect to such Member under this Plan and under all other defined benefit plans (without regard to whether a Plan has been terminated) ever maintained by the employer do not exceed $10,000 multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Member’s number of Years (or part thereof, but not less than one year) of Service (not to exceed 10) with the employer, and the denominator of which is 10; and
  (B)   the employer (or a predecessor employer) has not at any time maintained a defined contribution plan in which the Member participated (for this purpose, mandatory employee contributions under a defined benefit plan, individual medical accounts under Section 401(h) of the Internal Revenue Code, and accounts for postretirement medical benefits established under Section 419A(d)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code are not considered a separate defined contribution plan).
(j) “Predecessor Employer” shall mean, if the employer maintains a plan that provides a benefit which the Member accrued while performing services for a former employer, the former employer with respect to the Member in the plan. A former entity that antedates the employer is also a predecessor employer with respect to a participant if, under the facts and circumstances, the employer constitutes a continuation of all or a portion of the trade or business of the former entity.

 

- 14 -


 

(k) “Severance from Employment” shall mean the Employee ceases to be an employee of the employer maintaining the Plan. An Employee does not have a severance from employment if, in connection with a change of employment, the Employee’s new employer maintains the Plan with respect to the Employee.
(l) “Year of Participation.” The Member shall be credited with a Year of Participation (computed to fractional parts of a year) for each accrual computation period for which the following conditions are met: (1) the Member is credited with at least the number of hours of service (or period of service if the elapsed time method is used) for benefit accrual purposes, required under the terms of the Plan in order to accrue a benefit for the accrual computation period, and (2) the Member is included as a participant under the eligibility provisions of the Plan for at least one day of the accrual computation period. If these two conditions are met, the portion of a Year of Participation credited to the Member shall equal the amount of benefit accrual service credited to the Member for such accrual computation period. A Member who is permanently and totally disabled within the meaning of Section 415(c)(3)(C)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code for an accrual computation period shall receive a Year of Participation with respect to that period. In addition, for a Member to receive a Year of Participation (or part thereof) for an accrual computation period, the Plan must be established no later than the last day of such accrual computation period. In no event shall more than one Year of Participation be credited for any 12-month period.
(m) “Year of Service.” For purposes of Section 4.1(A)(6)(g), the Member shall be credited with a Year of Service (computed to fractional parts of a year) for each accrual computation period for which the Member is credited with at least the number of hours of service (or period of service if the elapsed time method is used) for benefit accrual purposes, required under the terms of the Plan in order to accrue a benefit for the accrual computation period, taking into account only service with the employer or a predecessor employer.
(7) Other Rules .
(a) Benefits Under Terminated Plans . If a defined benefit plan maintained by the employer has terminated with sufficient assets for the payment of benefit liabilities of all plan participants and a Member in the Plan has not yet commenced benefits under the Plan, the benefits provided pursuant to the annuities purchased to provide the Member’s benefits under the terminated plan at each possible annuity starting date shall be taken into account in applying the limitations of this Section 4.7(A). If there are not sufficient assets for the payment of all participants’ benefit liabilities, the benefits taken into account shall be the benefits that are actually provided to the Member under the terminated plan.

 

- 15 -


 

(b) Benefits Transferred From the Plan . If a Member’s benefits under a defined benefit plan maintained by the employer are transferred to another defined benefit plan maintained by the employer and the transfer is not a transfer of distributable benefits pursuant to Section 1.411(d)-4, Q&A-3(c), of the Treasury regulations, the transferred benefits are not treated as being provided under the transferor plan (but are taken into account as benefits provided under the transferee plan). If a Member’s benefits under a defined benefit plan maintained by the employer are transferred to another defined benefit plan that is not maintained by the employer and the transfer is not a transfer of distributable benefits pursuant to Section 1.411(d)-4, Q&A-3(c), of the Treasury regulations, the transferred benefits are treated by the employer’s plan as if such benefits were provided under annuities purchased to provide benefits under a plan maintained by the employer that terminated immediately prior to the transfer with sufficient assets to pay all Members’ benefit liabilities under the plan. If a Member’s benefits under a defined benefit plan maintained by the employer are transferred to another defined benefit plan in a transfer of distributable benefits pursuant to Section 1.411(d)-4, Q&A-3(c), of the Treasury regulations, the amount transferred is treated as a benefit paid from the transferor plan.
(c) Formerly Affiliated Plans of the Employer . A Formerly Affiliated Plan of the Employer shall be treated as a plan maintained by the employer, but the Formerly Affiliated Plan of the Employer shall be treated as if it had terminated immediately prior to the cessation of affiliation with sufficient assets to pay Members’ benefit liabilities under the plan and had purchased annuities to provide benefits.
(d) Plans of a Predecessor Employer . If the employer maintains a defined benefit plan that provides benefits accrued by a Member while performing services for a predecessor employer, the Member’s benefits under a plan maintained by the predecessor employer shall be treated as provided under a plan maintained by the employer. However, for this purpose, the plan of the predecessor employer shall be treated as if it had terminated immediately prior to the event giving rise to the predecessor employer relationship with sufficient assets to pay Members’ benefit liabilities under the plan, and had purchased annuities to provide benefits; the employer and the predecessor employer shall be treated as if they were a single employer immediately prior to such event and as unrelated employers immediately after the event; and if the event giving rise to the predecessor relationship is a benefit transfer, the transferred benefits shall be excluded in determining the benefits provided under the plan of the predecessor employer.
(e) Special Rules . The limitations of this Section 4.7(A) shall be determined and applied taking into account the rules in Section 1.415(f)-1(d), (e) and (h) of the Treasury regulations.

 

- 16 -


 

(f) Aggregation with Multiemployer Plans .
(i) If the employer maintains a multiemployer plan, as defined in Section 414(f) of the Internal Revenue Code, and the multiemployer plan so provides, only the benefits under the multiemployer plan that are provided by the employer shall be treated as benefits provided under a plan maintained by the employer for purposes of this Section 4.7(A).
(ii) Effective for Limitation Years ending after December 31, 2001, a multiemployer plan shall be disregarded for purposes of applying the compensation limitation of Sections 4.7(A)(6)(c) and 4.7(A)(6)(i)(i) to a plan which is not a multiemployer plan.
(B) Compliance With Section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code :
The provisions set forth in Section 4.7(A) are intended to conform the Plan to the Final Treasury Regulations under Section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, that were released in April, 2007.”
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Amendment to be executed on this  _____  day of December, 2008.
         
  SITHE ENERGIES, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:   BPC, Chairman   
 

 

- 17 -

Exhibit 10.55
DYNEGY INC.
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN FOR
CERTAIN DIRECTORS
As Amended and Restated
Effective January 1, 2008

 

 


 

Table of Contents
         
    Page  
 
       
ARTICLE I Purposes of Plan
    1  
 
       
ARTICLE II Definitions
    1  
2.1 Definitions
    1  
 
       
ARTICLE III Participation
    4  
3.1 Participation
    4  
 
       
ARTICLE IV Company and Director Deferrals
    4  
4.1 Company Deferrals
    4  
4.2 Director Deferrals
    5  
 
       
ARTICLE V Deemed Investment of Accounts
    6  
5.1 Deemed Investments
    6  
5.2 Changes to Deemed Investments
    6  
5.3 Exchange Act Restrictions
    6  
5.4 Earnings Allocations and Account Statements
    6  
 
       
ARTICLE VI Distributions
    7  
6.1 Distributions
    7  
 
       
ARTICLE VII Change in Control
    9  
7.1 Change in Control
    9  
 
       
ARTICLE VIII Beneficiary Designation
    10  
8.1 Beneficiary
    10  
8.2 Beneficiary Designation; Change of Beneficiary Designation
    10  
8.3 Acknowledgment
    10  
8.4 No Beneficiary Designation
    10  
8.5 Doubt as to Beneficiary
    10  
8.6 Discharge of Obligations
    10  

 

i


 

Table of Contents
(continued)
         
    Page  
 
ARTICLE IX Nature of the Plan and Trust Establishment
    11  
9.1 Unfunded Nature of Plan and Participant’s Rights Unsecured
    11  
9.2 Discretionary Establishment of Trust
    11  
9.3 Interrelationship of the Plan and the Trust
    11  
9.4 Distributions From the Trust
    11  
 
       
ARTICLE X Amendment or Termination
    11  
10.1 Amendments to the Plan
    11  
10.2 Termination of the Plan
    11  
 
       
ARTICLE XI Administration
    12  
11.1 Plan Rules and Regulations
    12  
11.2 Discretion
    12  
 
ARTICLE XII Miscellaneous
    13  
12.1 Payment in Event of Incapacity
    13  
12.2 Expenses
    13  
12.3 Securities Law and Other Restrictions
    13  
12.4 No Rights to Continued Service Created
    13  
12.5 Successors
    13  
12.6 Governing Law
    13  
12.7 Headings
    14  
 
       
Appendix A — Grandfathered Plan Provisions
    15  

 

ii


 

DYNEGY INC.
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN FOR CERTAIN DIRECTORS
ARTICLE I
Purposes of Plan
The Company has previously established the Dynegy Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Certain Directors (the “Plan”) for the purpose of providing nonemployee directors of the Company with the opportunity to defer all or a portion of their cash compensation, to promote the long-term growth of the Company by increasing the proprietary interest of directors in the Company, to attract and retain directors with outstanding competence and ability, to stimulate the active interest of such persons in the development and financial success of the Company and to further the identity of interests of such directors with those of the Company’s stockholders generally. The Plan is hereby amended and restated solely with respect to amounts deferred under the Plan on or after January 1, 2005 and the related earnings thereon, effective as of January 1, 2008, to make such modifications as are necessary or desirable to comply with the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 and Code Section 409A, and to make other Plan and administrative amendments. Amounts deferred under the Plan on or after January 1, 2005 have been administered in good faith compliance with Section 409A from January 1, 2005 through December 31, 2008. The Company intends to maintain the “grandfather” status of the Plan with respect to amounts deferred prior to January 1, 2005 and the related earnings thereon, in accordance with Section 409A, and such deferrals and earnings shall continue to be subject to, and governed by, the terms and conditions of the Plan in effect on October 3, 2004, which have not been “materially modified” for purposes of Section 409A, as set forth in Appendix A attached hereto. The Plan will be construed and administered in a manner that is consistent with and gives effect to the foregoing. The Plan is intended to be unfunded for tax purposes.
ARTICLE II
Definitions
2.1  
Definitions . The definitions set forth in this Article II apply unless the context otherwise indicates.
  (a)  
Accounts . “Accounts” means a Participant’s Company Deferral Account and Deferred Money Account, excluding such amounts in a Participant’s Grandfathered Deferral Account, as applicable.
  (b)  
Affiliate . “Affiliate” means all persons with whom the Company would be considered a single employer under Section 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code.
  (c)  
Beneficiary . “Beneficiary” with respect to a Participant is the person designated or otherwise determined under the provisions of Article VIII as the distributee of benefits payable after the Participant’s death. A person designated or otherwise determined to be a Beneficiary under the terms of the Plan has no interest in or right under the Plan until the Participant in question has died. A person will cease to be a Beneficiary on the day on which all benefits to which such person is entitled under the Plan have been distributed.
(d) Board . “Board” means the directors of the Company.
  (e)  
Cash Compensation . “Cash Compensation” means all cash amounts payable by the Company or an Affiliate to a Qualified Director for his or her services to the Company as a Qualified Director (i) including, without limitation, the retainers for service on the Board and fees specifically paid for attending regular or special meetings of the Board and Board committees or for acting as the chair of a committee, but (ii) excluding expense allowances or reimbursements.

 

1


 

  (f)  
Change in Control . “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) a merger of the Company with another entity, a consolidation involving the Company, or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets or equity interests of the Company to another entity if, in any such case, (A) the holders of equity securities of the Company immediately prior to such event do not beneficially own immediately after such event equity securities of the resulting entity entitled to fifty-one percent (51%) or more of the votes then eligible to be cast in the election of directors (or comparable governing body) of the resulting entity in substantially the same proportions that they owned the equity securities of the Company immediately prior to such event or (B) the persons who were members of the Board immediately prior to such event do not constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of the resulting entity immediately after such event; (ii) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, but excluding a reorganization pursuant to chapter 11 of Title 11, U.S. Code, as amended; (iii) a circumstance where any person or entity, including a “group” as contemplated by Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, acquires or gains ownership or control (including, without limitation, power to vote) of fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the outstanding securities of, (A) if the Company has not engaged in a merger or consolidation, the Company, or (B) if the Company has engaged in a merger or consolidation, the resulting entity; (iv) circumstances where, as a result of or in connection with, a contested election of directors, the persons who were members of the Board immediately before such election shall cease to constitute a majority of the Board; or (v) the Board adopts a resolution declaring that a Change in Control has occurred. For purposes of the “Change in Control” definition, (1) “resulting entity” in the context of an event that is a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the subject assets or equity interests shall mean the surviving entity (or acquiring entity in the case of an asset or equity interest sale), unless the surviving entity (or acquiring entity in the case of an asset sale) is a subsidiary of another entity and the holders of common stock of the Company receive capital stock of such other entity in such transaction or event, in which event the resulting entity shall be such other entity, and (2) subsequent to the consummation of a merger or consolidation that does not constitute a Change in Control, the term “the Company” shall refer to the resulting entity and the term “Board” shall refer to the board of directors (or comparable governing body) of the resulting entity.
  (g)  
Code . “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (including, when the context requires, all regulations, interpretations and rulings issued thereunder). Any reference to a specific provision of the Code includes a reference to that provision as it may be amended from time to time and to any successor provision.
  (h)  
Common Stock . “Common Stock” means the Class A common stock, $0.01 par value, of the Company.
  (i)  
Company . “Company” means Dynegy Inc., a Delaware corporation.
  (j)  
Company Deferral Account . “Company Deferral Account” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.1(a) hereof.
  (k)  
Computation Date . “Computation Date” shall have the meaning specified in Section 7.1.
  (l)  
Deferred Money Account . “Deferred Money Account” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.2(d) hereof.

 

2


 

  (m)  
Dynegy Stock Fund . “Dynegy Stock Fund” shall have the meaning specified in Section 5.1 hereof.
  (n)  
Effective Date . “Effective Date” means January 1, 2008.
  (o)  
Exchange Act . “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Any reference to a specific provision of the Exchange Act includes a reference to that provision as it may be amended from time to time and to any successor provision.
  (p)  
Funds . “Funds” shall have the meaning specified in Section 5.1 hereof.
  (q)  
Grandfathered Deferral Account . “Grandfathered Deferral Account” means the balances of a Participant’s Company Deferral Account and Deferred Money Account that are attributable to deferrals prior to January 1, 2005 and the related earnings thereon, if any.
  (r)  
Participant . “Participant” is a current or a former Qualified Director whose account amounts have been credited under the Plan and who has not ceased to be a Participant pursuant to Section 3.1.
  (s)  
Phantom Stock Amount . “ Phantom Stock Amount” means the quarterly phantom stock grant dollar amount for a member of the Board as recommended by the Governance Committee of the Company and approved by the Board.
  (t)  
Plan . “Plan” means the Dynegy Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan For Certain Directors as provided herein and as amended from time to time.
  (u)  
Plan Administrator . “Plan Administrator” means the Company; provided, that the Company has delegated to Dynegy Administrative Services Company, an Affiliate, certain recordkeeping and plan administration functions.
  (v)  
Plan Rules . “Plan Rules” means the rules, policies, practices or procedures adopted by the Plan Administrator pursuant to Section 11.1.
  (w)  
Plan Year . “Plan Year” means the period commencing on January 1 of each calendar year and continuing through December 31 of such calendar year.
  (x)  
Qualified Director . “Qualified Director” shall have the meaning specified in Section 3.1 hereof.
  (y)  
Section 409A . “Section 409A” means Code Section 409A and all rules, regulations, interpretations and rulings issued thereunder.
  (z)  
Section 409A Change in Control . “Section 409A Change in Control” shall have the meaning specified in Section 10.2(b).
  (aa)  
Securities Act . “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Any reference to a specific provision of the Securities Act includes a reference to that provision as it may be amended from time to time and to any successor provision.

 

3


 

  (bb)  
Separation from Service . “Separation from Service” means a complete termination of a Qualified Director’s service with the Company and all Affiliates as a director, voluntarily or involuntarily, for any reason or, if less than a complete termination, such service decreases to a level that is less than 20 percent of the average level of services performed by the Participant over the immediately preceding 36-month period. For the sake of clarity and notwithstanding anything to the contrary, a Participant shall be considered to have incurred a “Separation from Service” for purposes of the Plan if such separation constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Final Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).
  (cc)  
Trading Day . “Trading Day” means a day during which trading in securities generally occurs in the principal securities market in which Common Stock is traded.
  (dd)  
Trust . “Trust” means one or more grantor trusts established, if any, as provided in Article IX, by and between Dynegy Administrative Services Company, as a Plan Administrator pursuant to the delegation of certain administrative authority by the Company, and the trustee named pursuant to a trust agreement.
ARTICLE III
Participation
3.1  
Participation . An individual who is a member of the Board and who is not an employee of the Company or any Affiliate, shall become a Qualified Director under the Plan 0n the later 0f (a) the Effective Date 0r (b) the date he 0r she becomes such a Board member. An individual who was a Qualified Director or other Participant in the Plan on the day prior to the Effective Date shall remain as a Qualified Director or Participant in the Plan as of the Effective Date. An individual shall cease to be a Participant as of the date his or her account balances have been distributed.
ARTICLE IV
Company and Director Deferrals
4.1  
Company Deferrals .
  (a)  
Quarterly Deferral Amount . On each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 that occurs after the Effective Date, the Plan Administrator shall credit to a Company deferral account on behalf of each Qualified Director (a “Company Deferral Account”) a number of hypothetical shares (including fractional shares) of Common Stock equal to (a) the Phantom Stock Amount divided by (b) the closing price of a share of Common Stock on the last Trading Day of the calendar quarter ending on such March 31, June 30, September 30 or December 31, as applicable; provided, however, that a Qualified Director’s Company Deferral Account shall receive such credit only if such individual was a Qualified Director on the March 31, June 30, September 30 or December 31 to which such credit relates or he or she incurred a Separation from Service during the calendar quarter ending on such date by reason of death or disability. The Company Deferral Account shall be a bookkeeping entry only and shall be utilized solely as a device for the measurement and determination of the amount to be paid to a Participant pursuant to the Plan, if any.
  (b)  
Dividends . Dividends and other distributions that would be paid with respect to a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of hypothetical shares of Common Stock credited to a Participant’s Company Deferral Account as of the date of such dividend or other distribution shall be credited to the Participant’s Company Deferral Account as of such date and shall be deemed to be invested in hypothetical shares (including fractional shares) of Common Stock based on the closing price of a share of Common Stock on the date of such dividend or other distribution (or the next preceding Trading Day if such date is not a Trading Day). Amounts credited to a Participant’s Company Deferral Account shall be paid to or on behalf of the Participant as hereinafter provided.
  (c)  
Vesting . A Qualified Director shall be 100% vested in his or her Company Deferral Account.

 

4


 

4.2  
Director Deferrals .
  (a)  
Annual Election to Defer Cash Compensation . With respect to any Plan Year, a Qualified Director may irrevocably elect, in accordance with this Section 4.2 and Plan Rules, to defer the receipt of all or a portion of his or her Cash Compensation earned during that Plan Year. In the event that the deferral election is expressed as a percentage of Cash Compensation, any such deferral election will automatically apply to any adjusted Cash Compensation during the applicable Plan Year.
  (b)  
Time of Filing Election . A deferral election will not be effective unless it is made on a properly completed election form received by the Company before the first day of the Plan Year to which the deferral election relates or such earlier time as may be required by the Company. However, in the case of an individual who first becomes a Qualified Director on or after the first day of a Plan Year, the deferral election may be made within 30 days after the date such individual becomes a Qualified Director, which shall apply to the Cash Compensation earned after the date of such election; provided such new Qualified Director was not eligible to participate in a plan of the Company that is to be aggregated with this Plan under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(c)(2).
  (c)  
Duration of Deferral Elections . A deferral election made pursuant to this Section 4.2 for a Plan Year (or remainder thereof in the case of a new Qualified Director) is irrevocable after the latest date by which the deferral election is required to be given to the Plan Administrator for such Plan Year (or remainder thereof) and will remain in effect for future Plan Years unless and until the Qualified Director changes his or her deferral for future Plan Years. A Qualified Director may change his or her deferral, including reducing it to zero, by delivering a new deferral election not later than the day before the first Plan Year to which the new deferral election relates or such earlier time as may be required by the Plan Administrator.
  (d)  
Deferred Money Account . For each Qualified Director electing to defer Cash Compensation under the Plan in accordance with this Section 4.2, there shall be maintained a deferred money account (a “Deferred Money Account”). Deferred Compensation of each Qualified Director shall be credited as a dollar amount to the Qualified Director’s Deferred Money Account on the date such Cash Compensation otherwise would be payable in cash to the Qualified Director. The Deferred Money Account shall be a bookkeeping entry only and shall be utilized solely as a device for the measurement and determination of the amount to be paid to a Participant pursuant to the Plan, if any.
  (e)  
Vesting . A Participant shall at all times be 100% vested in his or her Deferred Money Account.

 

5


 

ARTICLE V
Deemed Investment of Accounts
5.1  
Deemed Investments . Each Participant shall designate, in accordance with Plan Rules, the manner in which the amounts allocated to his or her Deferred Money Account shall be deemed to be invested from among the investment funds made available from time to time for such purpose (the “Funds”); provided, however, that one of the Funds that shall be made available for purposes of this Section 5.1 shall be a hypothetical fund maintained by the Plan Administrator consisting primarily of Common Stock (the “Dynegy Stock Fund”). A Participant may designate one of such Funds for the deemed investment of all such amounts allocated to the Participant’s Deferred Money Account, or he or she may split the deemed investment of such amounts allocated to his or her Deferred Money Account among such Funds in such increments as the Plan Administrator may prescribe. If a Participant fails to make a proper designation, then his or her Deferred Money Account shall be deemed to be invested in the Fund or Funds designated by the Plan Administrator from time to time in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.
5.2  
Changes to Deemed Investments .
  (a)  
A Participant may change his or her deemed investment designation for future deferrals to be allocated to the Participant’s Deferred Money Account. Any such change shall be made in accordance with Plan Rules, and the frequency of such changes may be limited by the Plan Administrator.
  (b)  
A Participant may elect to convert his or her deemed investment designation with respect to the amounts already allocated to the Participant’s Deferred Money Account. Any such conversion shall be made in accordance with Plan Rules, and the frequency of such conversions may be limited by the Plan Administrator. No election of a conversion designation by a Participant which has the effect of increasing the total amount allocated to the Dynegy Stock Fund may be made on a date which is less than six months following (i) the date of any prior election of a conversion designation by such Participant which had the effect of decreasing the total amount allocated to the Dynegy Stock Fund or (ii) the date of any election by such Participant with respect to any other plan of the Company or any subsidiary thereof which had the effect (directly or indirectly) of making a disposition on behalf of such Participant of Common Stock. No election of a conversion designation by a Participant which has the effect of decreasing the total amount allocated to the Dynegy Stock Fund may be made on a date which is less than six months following (1) the date of any prior election of a conversion designation by such Participant which had the effect of increasing the total amount allocated to the Dynegy Stock Fund or (2) the date of any election by such Participant with respect to any other plan of the Company or any subsidiary thereof which had the effect (directly or indirectly) of making an acquisition on behalf of the Participant of Common Stock. The restrictions set forth in the two preceding sentences shall not apply to a Participant at any time he or she is not subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.
5.3  
Exchange Act Restrictions . The restrictions contained in the Plan regarding investment designations, changes, and/or conversions by Participants who are subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act respecting the Dynegy Stock Fund are intended to comply with, and enable such Participants to rely upon, the exemption provided by Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. Any future amendment to Rule 16b-3 or any successor rule promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission affecting the investment by such Participants in the Dynegy Stock Fund shall be incorporated by reference herein and be deemed to be an amendment to the Plan in order that such Participants shall continue to be entitled to rely upon the exemption provided by such rule without any interruption. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may alter the designation, change and/or conversion restrictions applicable to Participants, as set forth in the Plan, as a result of changes in Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act.
5.4  
Earnings Allocations and Account Statements . The balance of each account maintained on behalf of a Participant shall reflect the result of daily pricing of the assets in which such account is deemed invested from time to time until the time of distribution. Each Participant shall be furnished at least annually with a statement of his accounts, which statement shall show the balance, if any, credited to each of his or her Deferred Money Account and Company Deferral Account.

 

6


 

ARTICLE VI
Distributions
6.1  
Distributions .
  (a)  
Elections as to Time and Form of Payment .
  (i)  
Initial Election . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 6.1(a)(iv) or in Sections 6.1(g), 7.1 and 10.2, a Participant shall elect, in accordance with Plan Rules and subject to Section 409A, the manner of distribution (as described in clause (ii)) and the time of distribution (as defined in clause (iii)), provided such election, as it relates to deferrals under Sections 4.1 and 4.2, is made no later than the date of the initial deferral election in the first year of participation and, as it relates to deferrals credited under Sections 4.1 and 4.2 after the first year of participation, is made no later than the close of the Plan Year preceding the first Plan Year during which the services giving rise to such Cash Compensation are performed or such earlier time as may be required by the Plan Administrator.
  (ii)  
Form of Distribution . When making an election as to the form of payment of his or her Accounts, a Participant may elect to receive the balance in such Accounts in a lump sum or in monthly, quarterly, or annual installment payments over a specified term certain. In the event a Participant fails to elect (or elect timely) the form in which his or her Account benefit payments are to be made, such benefit payments shall be in the form of a single, lump sum payment to such Participant.
  (iii)  
Time of Distribution . When making an election as to the time of payment of his or her Accounts, a Participant may elect to receive the balance in such Accounts as of the later of his or her Separation from Service or a specified date or dates following his or her Separation from Service. If no such election is made with respect to such Accounts, the Participant’s Accounts will be distributed as of his or her Separation from Service. Distribution upon a Separation from Service will be made, or will commence, as soon as administratively practicable following his or her Separation from Service, but no later than the end of the calendar year in which the Separation from Service occurs or, if later, the 15 th day of the third month following the Separation from Service. Distributions upon a specified date will be made, or will commence, as soon as administratively practicable following such specified date, but no later than the end of the calendar year in which the specified date occurs or, if later, the 15 th day of the third month following the specified date.
  (iv)  
Redeferral Election . A Participant may elect to change the time and manner of his or her distribution provided, in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b), (A) the Participant elects, in accordance with Plan Rules and subject to Section 409A, at least twelve (12) months prior to the date that the Participant’s first scheduled payment was to begin, (B) the election may not take effect until at least 12 months after the date on which the election is made, and (C) the election defers the first payment at least five (5) years beyond the date

 

7


 

payment otherwise would have been made. For this purpose, an installment payment distribution option is treated as a single payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in accordance with the transition rules set forth under IRS Notice 2005-1, the preamble to the Proposed Regulations under Code Section 409A, IRS Notice 2006-79 and IRS Notice 2007-86, the Plan may provide a Participant with the opportunity to change the time and form of his or distribution, with respect to deferrals made on or after January 1, 2005, prior to the end of the applicable transition period. Any election made pursuant to this Section 6.1(a)(iv) shall be subject to the approval of the 16b-3 Committee and shall not take effect prior to such date that such election would be deemed to be an exempt transaction pursuant to Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. As used in the Plan, the term “Rule 16b-3 Committee” means a committee appointed by the Board with respect to the Plan that is comprised solely of “Non-Employee Directors” as described in Rule 16b-3 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission; provided, however, that if the Board does not appoint such a committee, then the full Board shall serve as the Rule 16b-3 Committee.
  (b)  
Medium of Distribution . Subject to the provisions of the Plan that specify that certain payments shall be made in cash, a Participant shall have the right to make a one-time election, in accordance with Plan Rules, to receive payments under the Plan that are attributable to the balance in his or her Company Deferral Account in shares of Common Stock or cash; provided, however, that if the Company determines that shareholder approval of this restatement of the Plan is necessary or desirable under applicable law and/or the rules of any national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock has been listed in order to make such payments under the Plan in shares of Common Stock, then a Participant shall not have the right to make any such election and he or she shall be deemed to have elected to receive such payments in cash if the first such payment that is payable to such Participant is required to be paid to him or her pursuant to this Section 6.1 prior to the date upon which such shareholder approval is obtained by the Company.
  (c)  
Amount of Distribution for Deferred Money Account . Payments under the Plan that are attributable to the balance in a Participant’s Deferred Money Account shall be paid in cash, and the amount of each such payment shall be computed by dividing the unpaid balance in the Participant’s Deferred Money Account (determined as of the date of such payment unless another determination date is expressly specified in the Plan) by the remaining number of payments to be made under the Plan to the Participant.
  (d)  
Amount of Distribution for Company Deferral Account .
  (i)  
Common Stock Payment . If a Participant elects to receive such payments in shares of Common Stock, then the number of shares included in each payment shall equal the number of whole shares determined by dividing the total number of hypothetical shares of Common Stock credited to his or her Company Deferral Account as of the date of such payment by the remaining number of payments to be made under the Plan to the Participant (and the value of any fractional share shall be paid in cash based on the closing price of a share of Common Stock on the Trading Day next preceding the date of payment).
  (ii)  
Cash Payment . If a payment to a Participant under the Plan that is attributable to the Participant’s Company Deferral Account is to be paid in cash, then the amount of such payment shall be computed by dividing the unpaid value of the Participant’s Company Deferral Account (determined based on the closing price of a share of Common Stock on the Trading Day next preceding the date of such payment (or on the Trading Day next preceding such other determination date as is expressly specified in the Plan)) by the remaining number of payments to be made under the Plan to the Participant.

 

8


 

  (e)  
Adjustments to Dynegy Stock Fund . If the Company determines that any distribution (whether in the form 0f cash, shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of shares or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase shares or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event affects the Common Stock such that an adjustment is determined by the Company to be appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits intended to be provided under the Plan, then the Company shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of (i) the number and type of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property) comprising the Dynegy Stock Fund, (ii) the number and type of hypothetical shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property) credited to a Participant’s Company Deferral Account, and (iii) the number and type of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property), if any, to be distributed to a Participant pursuant to Section 6(b).
  (f)  
Adjustments to Accounts . Once an amount has been paid to a Participant or his Beneficiary, such amount shall be debited from the Participant’s Deferred Money Account or Company Deferral Account, as applicable.
  (g)  
Death of Participant . If a Participant shall cease to be a Board member by reason of his or her death or if he or she shall die after he or she shall be entitled to distributions hereunder but prior to receipt of all distributions hereunder, then the aggregate unpaid balance in such Participant’s Deferred Money Account and Company Deferral Account (computed as of the date of his or her death) shall be distributed in a single, lump sum cash payment to such Beneficiary as the Participant shall designate in accordance with Article VIII, or in the absence of such designation, shall be distributed to the individual or estate as determined under Section 8.4. Distribution shall be made as soon as possible following the Participant’s death, but no later than the end of the calendar year in which such death occurs or, if later, the 15 th day of the third month following such death.
ARTICLE VII
Change in Control
7.1  
Change in Control . Notwithstanding any provision in Article VI to the contrary, if a Qualified Director incurs a Separation from Service with the Company (or any successor) as a result of or in connection with a Change in Control that occurs no later than two years following such Change in Control, then the aggregate unpaid balance in the Participant’s Deferred Money Account and Company Deferral Account (computed as of the later of the date of such Change in Control or the date such Participant incurs such a Separation from Service with the Company (or any successor) (the “Computation Date”)) shall be paid to the Participant in a single, lump sum cash payment as soon as administratively feasible, but no later than 30 days, after the Computation Date in full satisfaction of all of such Qualified Director’s benefits hereunder.

 

9


 

ARTICLE VIII
Beneficiary Designation
8.1  
Beneficiary . Each Participant shall have the right, at any time, to designate his or her Beneficiary(ies) (both primary as well as contingent) to receive any benefits payable under the Plan to a beneficiary upon the death of a Participant.
8.2  
Beneficiary Designation; Change of Beneficiary Designation . A Participant shall designate his or her Beneficiary by completing and signing a beneficiary designation form, and returning it to the Plan Administrator. A Participant shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing and otherwise complying with the terms of a beneficiary designation form and Plan Rules, as in effect from time to time. Upon the acceptance by the Plan Administrator of a new beneficiary designation form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be canceled. The Company shall be entitled to rely on the last beneficiary designation form filed by the Participant and accepted by the Plan Administrator prior to his or her death.
8.3  
Acknowledgment . No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until received and acknowledged in writing by the Plan Administrator.
8.4  
No Beneficiary Designation . If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary as provided in Sections 8.1, 8.2 and 8.3 above or, if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Participant or die prior to complete distribution of the Participant’s benefits, then the benefits remaining under the Plan to be paid to a Beneficiary shall be payable to the executor or personal representative of the Participant’s estate, or if none is appointed within six months of his or her death, to his or her spouse, or if not then living, to his or her then living descendents, per stirpes.
8.5  
Doubt as to Beneficiary . If the Plan Administrator has any doubt as to the proper Beneficiary to receive payments pursuant to the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall have the right, exercisable in its discretion, to withhold such payments until this matter is resolved to the Plan Administrator’s satisfaction.
8.6  
Discharge of Obligations . The payment of benefits under the Plan to a Beneficiary shall fully and completely discharge the Company and all Affiliates from all further obligations under the Plan with respect to the Participant.
ARTICLE IX
Nature of the Plan and Trust Establishment
9.1  
Unfunded Nature of Plan and Participant’s Rights Unsecured . The Plan constitutes a mere promise by the Company to make benefit payments in the future. Plan benefits herein provided are to be paid out of the general assets of Dynegy Administrative Services Company, an Affiliate of the Company, and the right of any Participant to receive a distribution hereunder shall be an unsecured claim against the general assets of the Company and Dynegy Administrative Services Company, an Affiliate of the Company. The deferred compensation and benefits hereunder may not be encumbered or assigned by a Participant. The Plan Administrator may, but shall not be obligated to, acquire shares of outstanding Common Stock, or other investment assets from time to time in anticipation of the obligation to make distributions under the Plan, but no Participant shall have any rights in or against any shares of Common Stock or other investment assets so acquired or in any cash or other investment assets held in his or her Company Deferral Account and Deferred Money Account. All such Common Stock, other investment assets and cash shall constitute general assets of Dynegy Administrative Services Company and may be disposed of by the Plan Administrator at such time and for such purposes as it may deem appropriate.

 

10


 

9.2  
Discretionary Establishment of Trust . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Dynegy Administrative Services Company, in its sole and absolute discretion in its role as a Plan Administrator pursuant to the delegation of certain administrative authorities by the Company, may establish one or more accounts, funds or grantor trusts (the “Trust”) to reflect obligations under the Plan and may make such investments as it may deem desirable to assist in meeting such obligations.  The Plan Administrator may transfer money or other property to any such Trust, and the Trust shall pay Plan benefits to Participants and their Beneficiaries out of the Trust Fund. Assets held in such Trust shall remain assets of Dynegy Administrative Services Company, subject to the claims of general creditors of Dynegy Administrative Services Company. No Participant or Beneficiary shall have any preferred claim to, or any beneficial ownership interest in, any assets of the Trust, and Participants shall have the status of general unsecured creditors of the Company and Dynegy Administrative Services Company.
9.3  
Interrelationship of the Plan and the Trust . The provisions of the Plan shall govern the rights of a Participant to receive distributions pursuant to the Plan. The provisions of the Trust shall govern the rights of Dynegy Administrative Services Company, Participants and the creditors of the Company and Dynegy Administrative Services Company to the assets transferred to the Trust. The Company shall at all times remain liable to carry out its obligations under the Plan.
9.4  
Distributions From the Trust . The Company’s obligations under the Plan may be satisfied with Trust assets distributed pursuant to the terms of the Trust, and any such distribution shall reduce the Company’s obligations under the Plan.
ARTICLE X
Amendment or Termination
10.1  
Amendments to the Plan . The Board may amend the Plan at any time, without the consent of the Participants or other beneficiaries; provided, however, that no amendment shall divest any Participant or Beneficiary of rights to which he or she would have been entitled if the Plan had been terminated on the effective date of such amendment except to the extent necessary to comply with any applicable law, rule or regulation, including, but not limited to, Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan and any payment hereunder may be amended unilaterally by the Board at any time to make such changes as may be required to comply with Section 409A.
10.2  
Termination of the Plan . The Board shall have the right to terminate the Plan at any time. Upon termination of the Plan, distributions in respect of credits to a Participant’s account as of the date of the termination shall be made in the manner and at the time heretofore prescribed. If the Plan is terminated and a Trust has been established (as described in Section 9.1), the Trust will pay benefits as provided under the amended or terminated Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may, in its sole discretion, terminate the Plan and accelerate the time and form of payment of benefits under the Plan, only under the following circumstances:
  (a)  
The Board may terminate and liquidate the Plan within twelve months of a corporate dissolution taxed under Code Section 331, or with the approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U.S.C. § 503(b)(1)(A), provided that the remaining unpaid benefits under the Plan are included in the Participants’ respective gross incomes in the latest of: (A) the calendar year in which the Plan termination and liquidation occurs; (B) the first calendar year in which such benefits are no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or (C) the first calendar year in which the payment is administratively practicable.
  (b)  
The Board may terminate and liquidate the Plan in connection with the occurrence of a “change in control event” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)) (a “Section 409A Change in Control”), provided that the following requirements are satisfied:
  (i)  
The Board takes irrevocable action to terminate and liquidate the Plan during the period beginning thirty (30) days preceding the Section 409A Change in Control and ending twelve (12) months following such Section 409A Change in Control;

 

11


 

  (ii)  
The benefits of each Participant under the Plan and all other plans and other arrangements that are treated as single plan with this Plan under Treasury Regulation Sections 1.409A-1(c) and 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix) (collectively, the “Other Arrangements”) are distributed within twelve (12) months following the date that all necessary action to terminate and liquidate the Plan and the Other Arrangements is irrevocably taken; and
  (iii)  
All Other Arrangements are terminated and liquidated with respect to each Participant who experienced such Section 409A Change in Control. For purposes of any Section 409A Change in Control that results from an asset purchase transaction, the applicable “service recipient” (within the meaning of Code Section 409A) with the discretion to liquidate and terminate the Plan and the Other Arrangements shall be the “service recipient” that is primarily liable immediately after the transaction for the payment of the Plan benefits.
  (c)  
The Board may terminate and liquidate the Plan for any other reason, provided that:
  (i)  
The termination and liquidation of the Plan does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Company and all of its Affiliates;
  (ii)  
The Company and all of its Affiliates terminate and liquidate all Other Arrangements;
  (iii)  
No payments in liquidation of the Plan are made within twelve months of the date that the Company takes all necessary action to irrevocably terminate and liquidate the Plan, other than payments that would be payable under the terms of the Plan if the action to terminate and liquidate the Plan had not occurred;
  (iv)  
All payments are made within 24 months of the date that the Company takes all necessary action to irrevocably terminate and liquidate the Plan; and
  (v)  
The Company and all Affiliates do not adopt any Other Arrangement at any time during the three-year period following the date the Company takes all necessary action to irrevocably terminate and liquidate the Plan.
  (d)  
The Board may terminate and liquidate the Plan upon such other events and conditions as permitted under Section 409A.
ARTICLE XI
Administration
11.1  
Plan Rules and Regulations . The Plan Administrator has the discretionary power and authority to make such Plan Rules as the Plan Administrator determines to be consistent with the terms, and advisable in connection with the administration, of the Plan and to modify or rescind any such Plan Rules.
11.2  
Discretion . The Plan Administrator has the sole discretionary power and authority to make all determinations necessary for administration of the Plan and to construe, interpret, apply and enforce the provisions of the Plan and Plan Rules whenever necessary to carry out its intent and purpose and to facilitate its administration, including, without limitation, the discretionary power and authority to remedy ambiguities, inconsistencies, omissions and erroneous benefit calculations and to make a determination as to the right of any person to a benefit under the Plan. In the exercise of its discretionary power and authority, the Plan Administrator will treat all similarly situated persons uniformly.

 

12


 

ARTICLE XII
Miscellaneous
12.1  
Payment in Event of Incapacity . If any individual entitled to receive any payment under the Plan is, in the judgment of the Plan Administrator, physically, mentally or legally incapable of receiving or acknowledging receipt of the payment, and no legal representative has been appointed for the individual, the Plan Administrator may (but is not required to) cause the payment to be made to any one or more of the following as may be chosen by the Plan Administrator: the Beneficiary; the institution maintaining the individual; a custodian for the individual under the Uniform Transfers to Minors Act of any state; or the individual’s spouse, child, parent, or other relative by blood or marriage. The Plan Administrator is not required to see to the proper application of any such payment, and the payment completely discharges all claims under the Plan against the Company, and the Plan to the extent of the payment.
12.2  
Expenses . Costs of administration of the Plan will be paid by the Plan Administrator.
12.3  
Securities Law and Other Restrictions . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any agreements entered into pursuant to the Plan to the contrary, the Company is not required to issue or distribute any Common Stock under the Plan, and a Participant or distributee may not sell, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of Common Stock issued or distributed pursuant to the Plan, unless (a) there is in effect with respect to such Common Stock a registration statement under the Securities Act and any applicable securities laws of a state or foreign jurisdiction or an exemption from such registration under the Securities Act and applicable state or foreign securities laws, and (b) there has been obtained any other consent, approval or permit from any other regulatory body which the Company, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable. The Company may condition such issuance, distribution, sale or transfer upon the receipt of any representations or agreements from the parties involved, and the placement of any legends on certificates representing Common Stock, as may be deemed necessary or advisable by the Company in order to comply with such securities law or other restrictions.
12.4  
No Rights to Continued Service Created . Neither the establishment of or participation in the Plan gives any individual the right to continued service on the Board or limits the right of the Company or its stockholders to terminate or modify the terms and conditions of service of such individual on the Board or otherwise deal with any individual without regard to the effect that such action might have on him or her with respect to the Plan.
12.5  
Successors . Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all obligations of the Company under the Plan are binding on any successor to the Company whether the successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise of all of the business and/or assets of the Company.
12.6  
Governing Law . Questions pertaining to the construction, validity, effect and enforcement of the Plan will be determined in accordance with the internal, substantive laws of the State of Delaware without regard to the conflict of laws rules of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction.

 

13


 

12.7  
Headings . The headings of Sections are included solely for convenience of reference; if there exists any conflict between such headings and the text of the Plan, the text will control.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused these presents to be executed this  _____  day of December, 2008.
         
  DYNEGY INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ J. Kevin Blodgett    
    Name:   J. Kevin Blodgett   
    Title:   EVP, Administration   

 

14


 

APPENDIX A
Grandfathered Plan Provisions
This Appendix A shall solely govern and control the administration of the Grandfathered Deferral Accounts of a Participant, if any, with respect to the matters specified in this Appendix A. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of this Appendix A and the Plan, the terms and conditions of this Appendix A shall govern and control. All Section references in this Appendix A shall refer to Sections within this Appendix A. Plan Definitions under Article II shall be applicable to this Appendix A unless otherwise stated.
1. Deemed Investment of Deferred Money Accounts .
  (a)  
For the period preceding July 1, 2003, amounts credited to a Participant’s Deferred Money Account shall be deemed to be invested in accordance with the provisions of the Plan then in effect. From and after July 1, 2003, amounts credited to a Participant’s Deferred Money Account shall be deemed to be invested in accordance with the following provisions of this Section 1.
  (b)  
Each Participant shall designate, in accordance with the procedures established from time to time by the Company, the manner in which the amounts allocated to his or her Deferred Money Account shall be deemed to be invested from among the Funds; provided, however, that one of the Funds that shall be made available for purposes of this Section 1 shall be the Dynegy Stock Fund. Such Participant may designate one of such Funds for the deemed investment of all such amounts allocated to the Participant’s Deferred Money Account or he or she may split the deemed investment of such amounts allocated to his or her Deferred Money Account among such Funds in such increments as the Company may prescribe. If a Participant fails to make a proper designation, then his or her Deferred Money Account shall be deemed to be invested in the Fund or Funds designated by the Company from time to time in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.
  (c)  
A Participant may change his or her deemed investment designation for future deferrals to be allocated to the Participant’s Deferred Money Account. Any such change shall be made in accordance with the procedures established by the Company, and the frequency of such changes may be limited by the Company.
  (d)  
A Participant may elect to convert his or her deemed investment designation with respect to the amounts already allocated to the Participant’s Deferred Money Account. Any such conversion shall be made in accordance with the procedures established by the Company, and the frequency of such conversions may be limited by the Company. No election of a conversion designation by a Participant which has the effect of increasing the total amount allocated to the Dynegy Stock Fund may be made on a date which is less than six months following (i) the date of any prior election of a conversion designation by such Participant which had the effect of decreasing the total amount allocated to the Dynegy Stock Fund or (ii) the date of any election by such Participant with respect to any other plan of the Company or any subsidiary thereof which had the effect (directly or indirectly) of making a disposition on behalf of such Participant of Common Stock. No election of a conversion designation by a Participant which has the effect of decreasing the total amount allocated to the Dynegy Stock Fund may be made on a date which is less than six months following (1) the date of any prior election of a conversion designation by such Participant which had the effect of increasing the total amount allocated to the Dynegy Stock Fund or (2) the date of any election by such Participant with respect to any other plan of the Company or any subsidiary thereof which had the effect (directly or indirectly) of making an acquisition on behalf of the Participant of Common Stock. The restrictions set forth in the two preceding sentences shall not apply to a Participant at any time he or she is not subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

 

15


 

  (e)  
The restrictions contained in the Plan regarding investment designations, changes, and/or conversions by Participants who are subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act respecting the Dynegy Stock Fund are intended to comply with, and enable such Participants to rely upon, the exemption provided by Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. Any future amendment to Rule 16b-3 or any successor rule promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission affecting the investment by such Participants in the Dynegy Stock Fund shall be incorporated by reference herein and be deemed to be an amendment to the Plan in order that such Participants shall continue to be entitled to rely upon the exemption provided by such rule without any interruption. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may alter the designation, change and/or conversion restrictions applicable to Participants, as set forth in the Plan, as a result of changes in Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act.
2.  Earnings Allocations and Account Statements . The balance of each account maintained on behalf of a Participant shall reflect the result of daily pricing of the assets in which such account is deemed invested from time to time until the time of distribution. Each Participant shall be furnished at least annually with a statement of his accounts, which statement shall show the balance, if any, credited to each of his or her Deferred Money Account and Company Deferral Account.
3. Distribution .
  (a)  
If a Participant’s service as a director terminates prior to July 1, 2003, then such Participant’s benefits under the Plan shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of the Plan then in effect. Subject to the provisions of Sections 3(c), 4 and 7, if a Participant’s service as a director terminates during the six-month period beginning on July 1, 2003, then the aggregate amounts credited to his or her Deferred Money Account and Company Deferral Account (determined as provided in Sections 3(d), (e), (f) and (g)) shall be paid to such Participant in such number of annual installments as shall be determined by the Company in its sole discretion (but not exceeding ten (10) annual installments). The Company may counsel with a Participant prior to such determination, and each such annual installment shall be made as of January 31, beginning with the January 31 following the termination of the Participant’s service as a director. Except as expressly provided in the preceding provisions of this Section 3(a), the following provisions of this Section 3 shall apply only to a Participant whose service as a director terminates after December 31, 2003.
  (b)  
A Participant shall elect, subject to the provisions of Sections 3(c), 4 and 7, the time (which may not be prior to the date on which he or she terminates service as a director) and the mode (which may either be a lump sum payment or monthly, quarterly, or annual installment payments over a specified term certain) for payment of the aggregate amounts credited to his or her Deferred Money Account and Company Deferral Account. A Participant may revise his or her election regarding the time and mode of payment of amounts credited to his or her accounts only if, and at such time as, such revised election is approved by a Rule 16b-3 Committee (as hereinafter

 

16


 

defined); provided, however, that such revised election shall not be effective unless the Participant continues service as a director until the later of (i) the January I following the date such revised election is approved or (ii) the date that is six months after the date such revised election is approved. In the absence of direction by a Participant regarding the time or mode of payment of amounts credited to his or her accounts, such amounts shall be distributed in a single lump sum cash payment as soon as practicable after the date on which he or she terminates service as a director. As used herein, the term “Rule 16b-3 Committee” means a committee appointed by the Board with respect to the Plan that is comprised solely of “Non-Employee Directors” as described in Rule 16b-3 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission; provided, however, that if the Board does not appoint such a committee, then the full Board shall serve as the Rule 16b-3 Committee.
  (c)  
If a Participant shall cease to be a director by reason of his or her death or if he or she shall die after he or she shall be entitled to distributions hereunder but prior to receipt of all distributions hereunder, then the aggregate unpaid balance in such Participant’s Deferred Money Account and Company Deferral Account (computed as of the date of his or her death) shall be distributed in a single lump sum cash payment to his or her Beneficiary, or in the absence of such designation, to his or her personal representative, or if none is appointed within six months of his or her death to his or her spouse, or if not then living, to his or her then living descendents, per stirpes.
  (d)  
Payments under the Plan that are attributable to the balance in a Participant’s Deferred Money Account shall be paid in cash, and the amount of each such payment shall be computed by dividing the unpaid balance in the Participant’s Deferred Money Account (determined as of the date of such payment unless another determination date is expressly specified in the Plan) by the remaining number of payments to be made under the Plan to the Participant
  (e)  
Subject to the provisions of the Plan that specify that certain payments shall be made in cash, a Participant shall have the right to make a one-time election (at the time and in accordance with the procedures prescribed by the Company) to receive payments under the Plan that are attributable to the balance in his or her Company Deferral Account in shares of Common Stock or cash; provided, however, that if the Company determines that shareholder approval of this restatement of the Plan is necessary or desirable under applicable law and/or the rules of any national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock has been listed in order to make such payments under the Plan in shares of Common Stock, then a Participant shall not have the right to make any such election and he or she shall be deemed to have elected to receive such payments in cash if the first such payment that is payable to such Participant is required to be paid to him or her pursuant to this Section 3 prior to the date upon which such shareholder approval is obtained by the Company. If the Participant elects to receive such payments in shares of Common Stock, then the number of shares included in each payment shall equal the number of whole shares determined by dividing the total number of hypothetical shares of Common Stock credited to his or her Company Deferral Account as of the date of such payment by the remaining number of payments to be made under the Plan to the Participant (and the value of any fractional share shall be paid in cash based on the closing price of a share of Common Stock on the Trading Day next preceding the date of payment). If a payment to a Participant under the Plan that is attributable to the Participant’s Company Deferral Account is to be paid in cash, then the amount of such payment shall be computed by dividing the unpaid value of the Participant’s Company Deferral Account (determined based on the closing price of a share of Common Stock on the Trading Day next preceding the date of such payment (or on the Trading Day next preceding such other determination date as is expressly specified in the Plan)) by the remaining number of payments to be made under the Plan to the Participant.

 

17


 

  (f)  
If the Company determines that any distribution (whether in the form of cash, shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of shares or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase shares or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event affects the Common Stock such that an adjustment is determined by the Company to be appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits intended to be provided under the Plan, then the Company shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of (i) the number and type of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property) comprising the Dynegy Stock Fund, (ii) the number and type of hypothetical shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property) credited to a Participant’s Company Deferral Account, and (iii) the number and type of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property), if any, to be distributed to a Participant pursuant to Section 3(e).
  (g)  
Once an amount has been paid to a Participant or his beneficiary, such amount shall be debited from the Participant’s Deferred Money Account or Company Deferral Account, as applicable.
4.  Change in Control . Notwithstanding any provision in Section 3 to the contrary, if a Participant’s service as a director of the Company (or any successor) shall terminate as a result of or in connection with a Change in Control, then the aggregate unpaid balance in the Participant’s Deferred Money Account and Company Deferral Account (computed as of the later of the date of such Change in Control or the date such Participant ceases to be a director of the Company (or any successor) (the “Computation Date”)) shall be paid to the Participant in a single lump sum cash payment as soon as administratively feasible, but no later than thirty (30) days, after the Computation Date in full satisfaction of all of such Participant’s benefits hereunder.
5.  Participant’s Rights Unsecured . The right of any Participant to receive a distribution hereunder shall be an unsecured claim against the general assets of the Company. The deferred Compensation and benefits hereunder may not be encumbered or assigned by the Participant. The Company may, but shall not be obligated, to acquire shares of its outstanding Common Stock or other investment assets from time to time in anticipation of its obligation to make distributions under the Plan, but no Participant shall have any rights in or against any shares of Common Stock or other investment assets so acquired or in any cash held in his or her Company Deferral Account and Deferred Money Account. All such Common Stock, other investment assets and cash shall constitute general assets of the Company and may be disposed of by the Company at such time and for such purposes as it may deem appropriate.
6.  Amendments to Appendix A . The Board may amend this Appendix A at any time, without the consent of the Participants or other beneficiaries; provided, however, that no amendment shall divest any Participant or beneficiary of rights to which he or she would have been entitled if the Plan had been terminated on the effective date of such amendment.
7.  Termination of the Plan . The Board may terminate the Plan at any time. Upon termination of the Plan, distributions in respect of credits to a Participant’s account as of the date of the termination shall be made in the manner and at the time heretofore prescribed; provided, however, that, in connection with such termination, the Board may, in its sole discretion, provide that the unpaid balance in the accounts of each Participant as of the date of such termination shall be paid in a single lump sum cash payment as soon as administratively feasible after the date of such termination in full satisfaction of all of such Participant’s benefits hereunder.

 

18

Exhibit 10.56
TRUST UNDER DYNEGY INC.
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN FOR CERTAIN DIRECTORS
This TRUST AGREEMENT (“Agreement or Trust Agreement”), effective the 1st day of January, 2009, by and between DYNEGY ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES COMPANY (“Company”), and VANGUARD FIDUCIARY TRUST COMPANY, a trust company incorporated under Chapter 10 of the Pennsylvania Banking Code (“Trustee”):
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, DYNEGY INC. (“Dynegy”), an affiliate of the Company, (Dynegy and Company, hereafter referred to collectively as, “Employer”) has adopted the DYNEGY INC. DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN FOR CERTAIN DIRECTORS (AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2008) (the “Plan”);
WHEREAS, Employer has incurred or expects to incur liability under the terms of such Plan with respect to the individuals participating in such Plan;
WHEREAS, Company (in its capacity as a Plan administrator pursuant to the delegation of certain administrative authorities to Company by Dynegy under the Plan) wishes to establish a trust (hereinafter called “Trust”) and to contribute to the Trust assets that shall be held therein, subject to the claims of Company’s creditors in the event of Company’s Insolvency, as herein defined, until paid to Plan participants and their beneficiaries in such manner and at such times as specified in the Plan;
WHEREAS, it is the intention of the parties that this Trust shall constitute an unfunded arrangement and shall not affect the status of the Plan as an unfunded plan, nor if the Plan is so structured, one maintained for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended;

 

 


 

WHEREAS, it is the intention of Company to make contributions to the Trust to provide a source of funds to assist in the meeting of the liabilities under the Plan; and
NOW, THEREFORE, the parties do hereby establish the Trust and agree that the Trust shall be comprised, held and disposed of as follows:
SECTION 1. Establishment of Trust .
(a) The Company shall from time to time deposit amounts with Trustee in trust and such amounts received by the Trustee shall become the principal of the Trust to be held, administered and disposed of by Trustee as provided in this Trust Agreement.
(b) The Trust hereby established shall be irrevocable.
(c) The Trust is intended to be a grantor trust, of which Company is the grantor, within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, chapter 1, subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the “Code”) and shall be construed accordingly.
(d) The principal of the Trust, and any earnings thereon shall be held separate and apart from other funds of Company and Dynegy and shall be used exclusively for the uses and purposes of Plan participants and general creditors as herein set forth. Plan participants and their beneficiaries shall have no preferred claim on, or any beneficial ownership interest in, any assets of the Trust. Any rights created under the Plan and this Trust Agreement shall be mere unsecured contractual rights of Plan participants and their beneficiaries against Company. Any assets held by the Trust will be subject to the claims of Company’s general creditors under federal and state law in the event of Insolvency, as defined in Section 3(a) herein.
(e) Company, in its sole discretion, may at any time, or from time to time, make additional deposits of cash or other property in trust with Trustee to augment the principal to be held, administered and disposed of by Trustee as provided in this Trust Agreement. Neither Trustee nor any Plan participant or beneficiary shall have any right to compel such additional deposits.

 

Pg. 2


 

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in no event shall money and/or property be transferred to the Trust if prior to such transfer it is known that such transfer would result in adverse tax consequences to a participant or his beneficiaries pursuant to section 409A(b) of the Code.
SECTION 2. Payments to Plan Participants and Their Beneficiaries .
(a) Company shall deliver to Trustee a schedule (the “Payment Schedule”) that indicates the amounts payable in respect of each Plan participant (and his or her beneficiaries), that provides a formula or other instructions acceptable to Trustee for determining the amounts so payable, the form in which such amount is to be paid (as provided for or available under the Plan), and the time of commencement for payment of such amounts. The Company shall provide such Payment Schedule and any updates thereto to the Trustee at such times as will permit the Trustee to make timely payments to Plan participants and their beneficiaries pursuant to the terms of the Plan. Except as otherwise provided herein, Trustee shall make payments to the Plan participants and their beneficiaries in accordance with such Payment Schedule. The Trustee shall make provision for the reporting and withholding of any federal or state taxes that may be required to be withheld with respect to the payment of benefits pursuant to the terms of the Plan and shall pay amounts withheld to the appropriate taxing authorities or determine that such amounts have been reported, withheld and paid by Company.
(b) The entitlement of a Plan participant or his or her beneficiaries to benefits under the Plan shall be determined by Dynegy or such party as it shall designate under the Plan, and any claim for such benefits shall be considered and reviewed under the procedures set out in the Plan.
(c) Company may make payment of benefits directly to Plan participants or their beneficiaries as they become due under the terms of the Plan. Company shall notify Trustee of its decision to make payment of benefits directly prior to the time amounts are payable to participants or their beneficiaries. In addition, if the principal of the Trust, and any earnings thereon, are not sufficient to make payments of benefits in accordance with the terms of the Plan, Company shall make the balance of each such payment as it falls due. In so much as Trustee has sufficient knowledge, Trustee shall notify Company where principal and earnings are not sufficient in a reasonably timely fashion prior to a payment becoming due.

 

Pg. 3


 

SECTION 3. Trustee Responsibility Regarding Payments to Trust Beneficiary When Company is Insolvent .
(a) Trustee shall cease payment of benefits to Plan participants and their beneficiaries if the Company is Insolvent. Company shall be considered “Insolvent” for purposes of this Trust Agreement if (i) Company is unable to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) Company is subject to a pending proceeding as a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code.
(b) At all times during the continuance of this Trust, as provided in Section 1(d) hereof, the principal and income of the Trust shall be subject to claims of general creditors of Company under federal and state law as set forth below.
(1) The Board of Directors and the President of Company shall have the duty to inform Trustee in writing of Company’s Insolvency. If a person claiming to be a creditor of Company alleges in writing to Trustee that Company has become Insolvent, Trustee shall determine whether Company is Insolvent and, pending such determination, Trustee shall discontinue payment of benefits to Plan participants or their beneficiaries.
(2) Unless Trustee has actual knowledge of Company’s Insolvency, or has received notice from Company or a person claiming to be a creditor alleging that Company is Insolvent, Trustee shall have no duty to inquire whether Company is Insolvent. Trustee may in all events rely on such evidence concerning Company’s solvency as may be furnished to Trustee and that provides Trustee with a reasonable basis for making a determination concerning Company’s solvency.
(3) If at any time Trustee has determined that Company is Insolvent, the Trustee shall discontinue payments to Plan participants or their beneficiaries and shall hold the assets of the Trust for the benefit of Company’s general creditors. Nothing in this Trust Agreement shall in any way diminish any rights of Plan participants or their beneficiaries to pursue their rights as general creditors of Company with respect to benefits due under the Plan or otherwise.
(4) Trustee shall resume the payment of benefits to Plan participants or beneficiaries in accordance with Section 2 of this Trust Agreement only after Trustee has determined that Company is not Insolvent (or is no longer Insolvent).

 

Pg. 4


 

(c) Provided that there are sufficient assets, if Trustee discontinues the payment of benefits from the Trust pursuant to subsection 3(b) hereof and subsequently resumes such payments, the first payment following such discontinuance shall include the aggregate amount of all payments due to Plan participants or their beneficiaries under the terms of the Plan for the period of such discontinuance, less the aggregate amount of any payments made to Plan participants or their beneficiaries by Company in lieu of the payments provided for hereunder during any such period of discontinuance.
SECTION 4. Payments to Company .
Except as provided in Section 3 and 12 hereof, Company shall have no right or power to direct Trustee to return to Company or to divert to others any of the Trust assets before all payments of benefits have been made to Plan participants and their beneficiaries pursuant to the terms of the Plan.
SECTION 5. Investment Authority .
(a) Trustee may invest in securities (including stock or rights to acquire stock) or obligations issued by Employer. All rights associated with assets of the Trust shall be exercised by Trustee or the person designated by Trustee, and shall in no event be exercisable by or rest with Plan participants, except that voting rights with respect to Trust assets will be exercised by Company. Company shall have the right at anytime, and from time to time in its sole discretion, to substitute assets of equal fair market value for any asset held by the Trust. This right is exercisable by Company in a non fiduciary capacity without the approval or consent of any person in a fiduciary capacity.
(b) The Trust shall be invested by the Trustee among regulated investment companies which have been previously designated as investment fund alternatives by the Company (the “Investment Funds”). The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the selection of the Investment Funds and any changes thereto. The Trustee shall invest the Trust in accordance with the written directions of the Company or to the extent that such directions are not received for all or a portion of the Trust and upon reasonable efforts the Trustee is unable to obtain such directions from the Company, in the Trustee’s discretion among any of the Investment Funds. The Trustee shall have no liability or responsibility for acting without question on the direction of the Company with respect to Trust investments, or for the exercise of investment discretion in the absence of direction from the Company, unless such actions are contrary to the express provisions of this Trust Agreement or are negligent or otherwise in willful disregard of the Trustee’s duties under this Trust Agreement. The Company will indemnify the Trustee for liability to any party resulting from the Trustee acting without question on the direction of the Company with respect to Trust investments, and for liability to any party resulting from the exercise of investment discretion in the absence of investment direction from the Company as to all or a portion of the Trust, unless such actions are contrary to the express provisions of this Trust Agreement or are negligent or otherwise in willful disregard of the Trustee’s duties under this Trust Agreement.

 

Pg. 5


 

SECTION 6. Disposition of Income .
During the term of the Trust, all income received by the Trust, net of expenses and taxes, shall be accumulated and reinvested.
SECTION 7. Accounting by Trustee .
Trustee shall keep accurate and detailed records of all investments, receipts, disbursements, and all other transactions required to be made, including such specific records as shall be agreed upon in writing between Company and Trustee. Within one hundred and twenty (120) days following the close of each calendar year and within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the removal or resignation of Trustee, Trustee shall deliver to Company a written account of its administration of the Trust during such year or during the period from the close of the last preceding year to the date of such removal or resignation, setting forth all investments, receipts, disbursements and other transactions effected by it, including a description of all securities and investments purchased and sold with the cost or net proceeds of such purchases or sales (accrued interest paid or receivable being shown separately), and showing all cash, securities and other property held in the Trust at the end of such year or as of the date of such removal or resignation, as the case may be.

 

Pg. 6


 

SECTION 8. Responsibility of Trustee .
(a) Trustee shall act with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims, provided, however, that Trustee shall incur no liability to any person for any action taken pursuant to a direction, request or approval given by Company which is contemplated by, and in conformity with, the terms of the Plan or this Trust Agreement and is given in writing by Company. In the event of a dispute between Company and a party, Trustee may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction to resolve the dispute.
(b) If Trustee undertakes or defends any litigation arising in connection with this Trust, Company agrees to indemnify Trustee against Trustee’s costs, expenses and liabilities (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and expenses) relating thereto and to be primarily liable for such payments subject to Section 8(g). If Company may be liable for such costs, expenses and liabilities under Section 8(g), then Company shall be given the opportunity to be consulted and to participate in the litigation (including, but not limited to, participating in selection of counsel for such litigation) and to disapprove any negotiated settlement. If Company disapproves any negotiated settlement, it is understood that Company shall continue to be obligated under Section 8(g) to indemnify and save harmless Trustee against further costs with respect to such claim after the date of such disapproval, and the amount (if any) by which the final settlement exceeds the negotiated settlement (but only provided that Section 8(g) requires the Company’s indemnification of such amount). If Company does not pay such costs, expenses and liabilities in a reasonably timely manner, Trustee may obtain payment from the Trust; provided, however, the Trustee shall not be paid out of the Trust unless: (i) either authorized to do so by the Company; or (ii) at least 90 days have elapsed since a claim was submitted to the Company and the Company has not registered any objections to such claim.
(c) Trustee may consult with legal counsel (who may also be counsel for Company generally) with respect to any of its duties or obligations hereunder. The Trustee shall obtain approval from the Company before such consultation or employment to the extent such action will result in an additional expense for the Plan or Employer.

 

Pg. 7


 

(d) Trustee may hire agents, accountants, actuaries, investment advisors, financial consultants or other professionals to assist it in performing any of its duties or obligations hereunder. The Trustee shall obtain approval from the Company before such consultation or employment to the extent such action will result in an additional expense for the Plan or Employer.
(e) Trustee shall have, without exclusion, all powers conferred on Trustees by applicable law, unless expressly provided otherwise herein, provided, however, that if an insurance policy is held as an asset of the Trust, Trustee shall have no power to name a beneficiary of the policy other than the Trust, to assign the policy (as distinct from conversion of the policy to a different form) other than to a successor trustee, or to loan to any person the proceeds of any borrowing against such policy.
(f) Notwithstanding any powers granted to Trustee pursuant to this Trust Agreement or to applicable law, Trustee shall not have any power that could give this Trust the objective of carrying on a business and dividing the gains therefrom, within the meaning of section 301.7701-2 of the Procedure and Administrative Regulations promulgated pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code.
(g) Unless resulting from the Trustee’s negligence, willful misconduct, lack of good faith, or breach of its duties under this Agreement, the Company shall indemnify and save harmless the Trustee from, against, for and in respect of any and all damages, losses, obligations, liabilities, liens, deficiencies, costs and expenses, including without limitation, reasonable attorney’s fees incident to any suit, action, investigation, claim or proceedings suffered, sustained, incurred or required to be paid by the Trustee in connection with the Plan or this Trust Agreement. If Company does not pay such costs, expenses and liabilities for which it is liable hereunder in a reasonably timely manner, Trustee may obtain payment from the Trust unless another payment arrangement is agreed upon in writing between the Company and Trustee; provided, however, the Trustee shall not be paid out of the Trust unless: (i) either authorized to do so by the Company; or (ii) at least 90 days have elapsed since a claim for compensation or reimbursement was submitted to the Company and the Company has not registered any objections to such claim.
The Trustee shall indemnify and save harmless the Employer from, against, for and in respect of any and all damages, losses, obligations, liabilities, liens, deficiencies, costs and expenses, including without limitation, reasonable attorney’s fees incident to any suit, action, investigation, claim or proceedings suffered, sustained, incurred or required to be paid by the Employer in connection with this Trust Agreement resulting from the Trustee’s negligence, willful misconduct, lack of good faith, or breach of its duties under this Agreement.

 

Pg. 8


 

SECTION 9. Compensation and Expenses of Trustee .
Company shall pay all administrative and Trustee’s fees and expenses as set forth in that certain Fee Agreement by and between Vanguard Group, Inc. and Company. If not so paid, the fees and expenses shall be paid from the Trust unless another payment arrangement is agreed upon in writing between the Company and Trustee; provided, however, the Trustee shall not be paid out of the Trust unless: (i) either authorized to do so by the Company: or (ii) at least 90 days have elapsed since a claim for compensation or reimbursement was submitted to the Company and the Company has not registered any objections to such claim.
SECTION 10. Resignation and Removal of Trustee .
(a) Trustee may resign at any time by written notice to Company, which shall be effective forty-five (45) days after receipt of such notice unless Company and Trustee agree otherwise.
(b) Trustee may be removed by Company on forty-five (45) days notice or upon shorter notice accepted by Trustee.
(c) Upon resignation or removal of Trustee and appointment of a successor trustee, all assets shall subsequently be transferred to the successor trustee. The transfer shall be completed within forty-five (45) days after receipt of notice of resignation, removal or transfer, unless Company extends the time limit.
(d) If Trustee resigns or is removed, a successor shall be appointed, in accordance with Section 11 hereof, by the effective date of resignation or removal under paragraphs (a) or (b) of this section. If no such appointment has been made, Trustee may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for appointment of a successor or for instructions. All reasonable expenses of Trustee in connection with the proceeding shall be allowed as administrative expenses of the Trust.

 

Pg. 9


 

SECTION 11. Appointment of Successor .
(a) If Trustee resigns or is removed in accordance with Section 10(a) or (b) hereof, Company may appoint any third party, such as a bank trust department or other party that may be granted corporate trustee powers under state law, as a successor to replace Trustee upon resignation or removal. The appointment shall be effective when accepted in writing by the new trustee, who shall have all of the rights and powers of the former Trustee, including ownership rights in the Trust assets. The former Trustee shall execute any instrument necessary or reasonably requested by Company or the successor trustee to evidence the transfer.
SECTION 12. Amendment or Termination .
(a) This Trust Agreement may be amended by a written instrument executed by Trustee and Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such amendment shall conflict with the terms of the Plan or make the Trust revocable after it has become irrevocable in accordance with Section 1(b) hereof.
(b) The Trust shall not terminate until the date on which Plan participants and their beneficiaries are no longer entitled to benefits pursuant to the terms of the Plan. Upon termination of the Trust any assets remaining in the Trust shall be returned to Company.
(c) Upon written approval of participants or beneficiaries entitled to payment of benefits pursuant to the terms of the Plan, Company may terminate this Trust prior to the time all benefit payments under the Plan have been made. All assets in the Trust at termination shall be returned to Company.

 

Pg. 10


 

SECTION 13. Confidentiality .
(a) The parties acknowledge that during the course of this Agreement they may receive or learn confidential, business, proprietary or other like information concerning each other, and the Trustee further acknowledges that during the course of this Agreement it may receive or learn confidential or other like information concerning the Plan and Plan participants and beneficiaries (all such information, collectively, the “Confidential Information”). The parties agree to keep all Confidential Information strictly confidential and not to disclose to any third party any Confidential Information without the prior written consent of the other party hereto (or the prior written consent of Company with respect to Plan or Plan participant or beneficiary Confidential Information). Further, each party covenants and agrees that it will not appropriate any Confidential Information to its own use or to the use of any third party except if Confidential Information is used in aggregate with other similar information in such a manner as to make its confidential nature indistinguishable by source. The parties agree to take at least such precautions to protect the Confidential Information as it takes to protect its own confidential and proprietary information and in the case of Vanguard to the degree of care used to protect similar clients Plan or Plan Participants or beneficiaries Confidential Information.
(b) Upon learning of any unauthorized disclosure or use of Confidential Information, a party shall notify the other party hereto promptly and take commercially reasonable measures to investigate and rectify such unauthorized use or disclosure and to protect such Confidential Information from further unauthorized disclosure.
(c) If a party believes it is required by law, subpoena or court order to disclose any Confidential Information, then such party shall promptly notify the other party and provide a copy of the subpoena, court order or other demand and make reasonable efforts to allow the other party an opportunity to seek a protective order or other judicial relief unless to do so would violate applicable law.

 

Pg. 11


 

SECTION 14. Miscellaneous .
(a) Any provision of this Trust Agreement prohibited by law or which would cause any amounts payable under the Plan to be subject to additional taxes and interest under section 409A of the Code shall be ineffective to the extent of any such prohibition, without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.
(b) Benefits payable to Plan participants and their beneficiaries under this Trust Agreement may not be anticipated, assigned (either at law or in equity), alienated, pledged, encumbered or subjected to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process.
(c) This Trust Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

 

Pg. 12


 

SECTION 15. Effective Date .
The effective date of this Trust Agreement shall be the 1st day of January, 2009.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been executed as of the day and year first above written.
                 
ATTEST:       DYNEGY ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES COMPANY
 
               
 
 
      By:   /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]  
 
Title: Vice President, HR
 
 
   
ATTEST:       VANGUARD FIDUCIARY TRUST COMPANY
 
               
/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
 
      By:    /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
 
 Title: Principal
 
 
   

 

Exhibit 10.69
DYNEGY INC. RETIREMENT PLAN
(Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2009)

 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    PAGE  
 
       
I. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION
    2  
 
       
1.1 Definitions
    2  
1.2 Number and Gender
    12  
1.3 Headings
    12  
1.4 Construction
    12  
 
       
II. PURPOSE OF PLAN AND EFFECT OF RESTATEMENT
    13  
 
       
2.1 Purpose of Plan
    13  
2.2 Effect of Restatement
    13  
 
       
III. PARTICIPATION
    14  
 
       
3.1 Eligibility
    14  
3.2 Participation Service
    14  
3.3 Disabled Participants
    14  
 
       
IV. ACCRUAL SERVICE
    15  
 
       
4.1 Accrual Service
    15  
4.2 Effect of Termination of Employment and Reemployment on Accrual Service
    15  
 
       
V. RETIREMENT BENEFITS
    16  
 
       
5.1 Normal Retirement
    16  
5.2 Early Retirement
    17  
 
       
VI. SEVERANCE BENEFITS AND DETERMINATION OF VESTED INTEREST
    19  
 
       
6.1 No Benefits Unless Herein Set Forth
    19  
6.2 Severance Benefit
    19  
6.3 Vesting Service
    20  
6.4 Cash-Outs and Forfeitures
    21  
 
       
VII. DEATH BENEFITS
    22  
 
       
7.1 Before Annuity Starting Date
    22  
7.2 After Annuity Starting Date
    24  
7.3 Payment of Accumulation
    24  
7.4 Cash-Out of Death Benefit
    24  
 
       
VIII. TIME AND FORM OF PAYMENT OF BENEFITS
    25  
 
       
8.1 Time of Payment of Benefits
    25  
8.2 Restrictions on Time of Payment of Benefits
    25  
8.3 Standard Form of Benefit for Participants
    30  

 

 (i)


 

         
    PAGE  
 
       
8.4 Election Concerning Form of Benefit
    30  
8.5 Alternative Forms of Benefit
    31  
8.6 Cash-Out of Accrued Benefit
    32  
8.7 Direct Rollover Election
    33  
8.8 Special Distribution Limitations
    33  
8.9 Cessation of Certain Payments if Liquidity Shortfall
    34  
8.10 Beneficiaries and Joint Annuitants
    34  
8.11 Reemployment of Participants
    34  
8.12 Withdrawal of Accumulation
    35  
8.13 Commercial Annuities
    36  
8.14 Unclaimed Benefits
    36  
8.15 Claims Procedures
    37  
 
       
IX. LIMITATIONS ON BENEFITS
    41  
 
       
9.1 Limitations Imposed by Code Section 415
    41  
9.2 Definitions
    41  
9.3 Other Rules
    52  
9.4 Modification of Assumptions for Interest Rates and Mortality Tables
    53  
 
       
X. FUNDING
    54  
 
       
10.1 No Contributions by Participants
    54  
10.2 Employer Contributions
    54  
10.3 Forfeitures
    54  
10.4 Payments to Funding Agent
    54  
10.5 Return of Contributions
    54  
 
       
XI. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
    55  
 
       
11.1 Appointment of Committee
    55  
11.2 Records and Procedures
    55  
11.3 Meetings
    55  
11.4 Self-Interest of Members
    55  
11.5 Compensation and Bonding
    56  
11.6 Committee Powers and Duties
    56  
11.7 Employer to Supply Information
    57  
11.8 Indemnification
    57  
 
       
XII. FUNDING AGENT AND ADMINISTRATION OF THE FUND
    58  
 
       
12.1 Funding Agent
    58  
12.2 Payment of Expenses
    58  
12.3 Fund Property
    58  
12.4 Authorization of Benefit Payments
    59  
12.5 Payments Solely from Fund
    59  
12.6 No Benefits to the Employer
    59  
 
       
XIII. FIDUCIARY PROVISIONS
    60  
 
       
13.1 Article Controls
    60  
13.2 General Allocation of Fiduciary Duties
    60  

 

(ii)


 

         
    PAGE  
 
13.3 Fiduciary Duty
    60  
13.4 Delegation of Fiduciary Duties
    61  
13.5 Investment Manager
    61  
 
       
XIV. PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS
    62  
 
       
14.1 Designation of Other Employers
    62  
14.2 Single Plan
    62  
 
       
XV. AMENDMENTS
    63  
 
       
15.1 Right to Amend
    63  
15.2 Limitations on Amendments
    63  
 
       
XVI. TERMINATION, PARTIAL TERMINATION, AND MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION
    64  
 
       
16.1 Right to Terminate or Partially Terminate
    64  
16.2 Procedure in the Event of Termination or Partial Termination
    64  
16.3 Merger, Consolidation, or Transfer
    64  
 
       
XVII. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
    65  
 
       
17.1 Not Contract of Employment
    65  
17.2 Alienation of Interest Forbidden
    65  
17.3 Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act Requirements
    65  
17.4 Payments to Minors and Incompetents
    65  
17.5 Participant’s and Beneficiary’s Addresses
    66  
17.6 Incorrect Information, Fraud, Concealment, or Error
    66  
17.7 Severability
    66  
17.8 Jurisdiction
    66  
17.9 Appendices
    66  
 
       
XVIII. TOP-HEAVY STATUS
    67  
 
       
18.1 Article Controls
    67  
18.2 Definitions
    67  
18.3 Top-Heavy Status
    69  
18.4 Top-Heavy Vesting Schedule
    69  
18.5 Top-Heavy Benefit
    69  
18.6 Termination of Top-Heavy Status
    70  
18.7 Effect of Article
    71  
 
       
APPENDIX A: DYNEGY PORTABLE RETIREMENT BENEFITS
       
 
       
APPENDIX B: MERGER OF DMS PLAN
       
 
       
APPENDIX C: MERGER OF DMG PLAN
       
 
       
APPENDIX D: PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS
       

 

 (iii)


 

DYNEGY INC. RETIREMENT PLAN
Dynegy Inc. , a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby adopts this restatement of the Dynegy Inc. Retirement Plan (the “Plan”), effective as of the Effective Date, or as otherwise specified herein.
R E C I T A L S:
The Company has previously established the Plan for the exclusive benefit of Eligible Employees of the Employer and their beneficiaries;
The Company wants to recognize the lasting contribution made by Eligible Employees to the successful operation of the Employer, and wants to reward their contribution by continuing the Plan;
The Company wishes to amend and restate the Plan for the following purposes: (i) to reflect applicable changes made to the Plan pursuant to the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 (“EGTRRA”); (ii) to reflect additional amendments made to the Plan pursuant to subsequent changes in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and regulations promulgated thereunder; and (iii) to incorporate amendments made to the Plan following its last restatement;
The Company has authorized the execution of this Plan, which is intended to continue the Plan’s qualification under Code Sections 401(a) and 501(a);
The provisions of this Plan, as amended and restated, shall apply solely to an Employee who terminates employment with the Employer on or after the restated Effective Date of this Plan; and
If an Employee terminates employment with the Employer prior to the restated Effective Date, that Employee shall be entitled to benefits under the Plan as the Plan existed on the Employee’s termination date.

 

1


 

I. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION
1.1 Definitions . Where the following words and phrases appear in the Plan, they shall have the respective meanings set forth below, unless their context clearly indicates to the contrary.
(a)  Accrual Service : The measure of Service used in determining a Participant’s Accrued Benefit as determined pursuant to Section 4.1.
(b)  Accrued Benefit : The benefit determined under the Plan expressed in the form of a Pension commencing as of Normal Retirement Date.
(c)  Accumulation: The sum of the contributions, if any, made by a Participant under the Plan, plus any interest credited thereon, which contributions and interest have not previously been withdrawn by the Participant. Interest will be credited on a Participant’s contributions, compounded annually, at the rate of 2% per annum prior to July 1, 1970, 3% per annum from July 1, 1970 through December 31, 1975, 5% per annum from January 1, 1976 through November 30, 1981, 7% per annum from December 1, 1981 through December 31, 1987, and, for each Plan Year thereafter, the greater of (i) 7% per annum or (ii) 120% of the Federal mid-term rate (as in effect under Code Section 1274 for the first month of such Plan Year) per annum for such Plan Year. Effective January 1, 1973, interest will be credited from the January 1 next following the date on which each contribution was made under the Plan to the first day of the month of the first to occur of (i) the Participant’s Retirement, (ii) the Participant’s date of death, or (iii) the date the Participant elects the return of his Accumulation as provided in Section 8.12.
(d) Act: The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
(e)  Actuarial Equivalent: Equality in value of the aggregate amounts expected to be received under different times and forms of payment based upon a 7% per annum interest rate assumption (or, if lower, the interest rate specified by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (“PBGC”) to be used to determine the amount of lump sum benefits paid by the PBGC under plans the PBGC trustees) and mortality rate assumptions determined under the 86 PET-88.70 mortality table (a table prepared by the Wyatt company, based on experience underlying the 1971 Group Annuity Mortality Table, without margins, with a projection of mortality improvement to 1986 and weighting the mortality 88.7% male and 11.3% female); provided, however, that in determining the amount of a lump sum payment or level income option, the Applicable Mortality Table and the Applicable Interest Rate shall be utilized. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount payable under the level income option in accordance with the preceding sentence shall be no less than the level income option amount determined using an interest rate of 7% per annum and the 86 PET-8870 mortality table based on the Participant’s Accrued Benefit as of May 31, 2005 and the Participant’s age as of his Annuity Starting Date.
(f)  Amergen Affiliate: Any affiliate of Amergen within its controlled group of corporations or a controlled group of trades or businesses, as defined in Code Sections 414(b) and 414(c), respectively.
(g)  Annuity Starting Date: Subject to the modifications under certain circumstances described in Sections 8.1 and 8.2, with respect to each Participant or beneficiary, the first day of the first period for which an amount is payable to the Participant or beneficiary from the Fund as an annuity or in any other applicable form available under the terms of the Plan.

 

2


 

(h)  Applicable Interest Rate: The annual rate of interest determined in accordance with Code Section 417(e)(3)(C) for the lookback month preceding the first day of the stability period. Effective on and after January 1, 2008, the annual rate is the adjusted first, second and third segment rates applied under rules similar to the rules of Code Section 430(h)(2)(C) for the fifth month before the Plan Year that contains the Annuity Starting Date with respect to the benefit, or such other time as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe by regulation. For purposes of this Paragraph, the adjusted first, second and third segment rates are the first, second and third segment rates which would be determined under Code Section 430(h)(2)(c) if (i) Code Section 430(h)(2)(D) were applied by substituting the average yields for the month described in clause (ii) for the average yields for the 24-month period described in such section; (ii) Code Section 430(h)(2)(G)(i)(II) were applied by substituting “section 417(e)(3)(A)(ii)(II)” for “section 412(b)(5)(B)(ii)(II)”; and (iii) the applicable percentage under Code Section 430(h)(2)(G) were determined in accordance with the following table:
         
For Plan Year   Applicable Percentage  
 
       
2008
    20 %
 
       
2009
    40 %
 
       
2010
    60 %
 
       
2011
    80 %
(i)  Applicable Mortality Table : The mortality table prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to Code Section 417(e)(3)(B).
(j)  Average Monthly Compensation : The result obtained by dividing the total Compensation paid to an Employee during a considered period by the number of months for which Compensation was received during the considered period, as determined in a uniform manner by the Employer based on records maintained by the Employer. The considered period shall be sixty consecutive months within the last one hundred twenty months preceding the date the Employee’s Accrual Service ceases that yield the highest average Compensation (disregarding any months for which the Employee received no Compensation); provided, that if a Participant has less than sixty consecutive months of employment, his considered period shall be all of his completed months of employment (disregarding any months for which the Participant received no Compensation).
(k)  Average Monthly Covered Compensation : One-twelfth of the average (without indexing) of the Social Security Taxable Wage Bases in effect for each calendar year during the thirty-five year period ending with the last day of the calendar year in which the Participant attains (or will attain) Social Security Retirement Age. For this purpose, the Social Security Taxable Wage Base for the Plan Year in which the determination is being made and for any subsequent Plan Year shall be assumed to be the same as the Social Security Taxable Wage Base in effect as of the beginning of the Plan Year in which the determination is being made. Further, a Participant’s Average Monthly Covered Compensation for a Plan Year after the thirty-five year period described above shall be the Participant’s Average Monthly Covered Compensation for the Plan Year during which the Participant attained Social Security Retirement Age. Finally, a Participant’s Average Monthly Covered Compensation for a Plan Year prior to such thirty-five year period shall be the Social Security Taxable Wage Base in effect as of the beginning of such Plan Year.

 

3


 

(l) Code : The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
(m)  Committee : The Dynegy Inc. Benefit Plans Committee appointed to administer the Plan, which is comprised of any individual who becomes a member of the Dynegy Inc. Benefit Plans Committee pursuant to Section 11.1 of the Plan, until any such individual ceases to be a member of the Dynegy Inc. Benefit Plans Committee pursuant to Section 11.1 of the Plan.
(n) Company : Dynegy Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.
(o)  Compensation : The regular basic compensation paid to a Participant for services actually rendered or labor performed for the Employer to the extent such amounts are includable in gross income, subject to the following adjustments and limitations:
(1) Overtime pay, bonuses, and incentive or other supplemental or extra pay shall be excluded; provided, however that if a Participant is scheduled to work a 12 hour shift, the regularly scheduled overtime will be included as Compensation, and is calculated by multiplying his straight time hourly rate of pay by the number of 12 hour shift regularly scheduled overtime hours for which he is paid.
(2) The following shall be included to the extent that they would otherwise constitute regular basic compensation (as adjusted by subparagraph (1) above):
(A) Elective contributions made on a Participant’s behalf by the Employer that are not includable in income under Code Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h), or 403(b) and any amounts that are not includable in the gross income of a Participant under a salary reduction agreement by reason of the application of Code Section 132(f);
(B) Compensation deferred under an eligible deferred compensation plan within the meaning of Code Section 457(b); and
(C) Employee contributions described in Code Section 414(h) that are picked up by the employing unit and are treated as employer contributions.
(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.1(o), effective January 1, 2002, the Compensation of any Participant taken into account for purposes of the Plan (including for purposes of determining a Participant’s Accrued Benefit under the Plan) shall be limited to $200,000 for any Plan Year with such limitation to be:
(A) Adjusted automatically to reflect any cost-of-living increases authorized by Code Section 401(a)(17) (with the adjustment for a calendar year being applicable to any period, not exceeding twelve months, over which the Average Monthly Compensation is determined which begins with or within such calendar year); and
(B) Prorated to the extent required by applicable law.

 

4


 

For purposes of determining benefit accruals in Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, the annual Compensation limitation in this subparagraph (3) for determination periods beginning before January 1, 2002, shall be $150,000 for any determination period beginning in 1996 or earlier; $160,000 for any determination period beginning in 1997, 1998, or 1999; and $170,000 for any determination period beginning in 2000 or 2001.
(p)  Compensation Committee: The Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company.
(q)  Controlled Entity : Each corporation that is a member of a controlled group of corporations, within the meaning of Code Section 414(b), of which the Company or the Employer is a member, each trade or business (whether or not incorporated) with which the Company or the Employer is under common control, within the meaning of Code Section 414(c), and each organization that is a member of an affiliated service group, within the meaning of Code Section 414(m), of which the Company or the Employer is a member.
(r)  Direct Rollover : A payment by the Plan to an Eligible Retirement Plan designated by a Distributee.
(s) Directors : The Board of Directors of the Company.
(t)  Distributee : Each (i) Participant entitled to an Eligible Rollover Distribution, (ii) Participant’s surviving spouse with respect to the interest of such surviving spouse in an Eligible Rollover Distribution, and (iii) former spouse of a Participant who is an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p), with regard to the interest of such former spouse in an Eligible Rollover Distribution.
(u)  Early Retirement Age : The date upon which a Participant attains fifty-five years of age.
(v)  Early Retirement Date: The first day of the month coincident with or next following the Participant’s attainment of his Early Retirement Age.
(w)  Effective Date : January 1, 2009, as to this restatement of the Plan, except (i) as otherwise indicated in specific provisions of the Plan and (ii) that provisions of the Plan required to have an earlier effective date by applicable statute and/or regulation shall be effective as of the required effective date in such statute and/or regulation and shall apply, as of such required effective date, to any plan merged into this Plan.

 

5


 

(x)  Eligible Employee : Each Employee other than (i) an Employee whose terms of employment are governed by a collective bargaining agreement between a collective bargaining unit and the Employer unless such agreement provides for coverage of such individual under the Plan, (ii) a nonresident alien who receives no earned income from the Employer that constitutes income from sources within the United States, (iii) a Leased Employee, (iv) an individual who is deemed to be an Employee pursuant to Treasury Regulations issued under Code Section 414(o), and (v) an Employee who has waived participation in the Plan through any means including, but not limited to, an Employee whose employment is governed by a written agreement with the Employer (including an offer letter setting forth the terms and conditions of employment) that provides that the Employee is not eligible to participate in the Plan (a general statement in the agreement, offer letter, or other communication stating that the Employee is not eligible for benefits shall be construed to mean that the Employee is not an Eligible Employee). Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, no individual who is designated, compensated, or otherwise classified or treated by the Employer as an independent contractor or other non-common law employee shall be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan. It is expressly intended that individuals not treated as common law employees by the Employer are to be excluded from Plan participation even if a court or administrative agency determines that such individuals are common law employees.
(y)  Eligible Retirement Plan : Any of (i) an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a); (ii) an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b); (iii) an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a); (iv) a qualified plan described in Code Section 401(a), which, under its provisions does, and under applicable law may, accept a Distributee’s Eligible Rollover Distribution; (v) an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b); and (vi) an eligible plan under Code Section 457(b) which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for the amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan. The definition of Eligible Retirement Plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving spouse or to a spouse or former spouse who is an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p).
(z)  Eligible Rollover Distribution : With respect to a Distributee, any distribution of all or any portion of the Accrued Benefit of a Participant other than (i) a distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributee’s designated beneficiary or for a specified period of ten years or more; (ii) a distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 401(a)(9); (iii) the portion of a distribution that is not includable in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities); and (iv) any other distribution so designated by the Internal Revenue Service in revenue rulings, notices, and other guidance of general applicability. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of the Plan, a portion of a distribution shall not fail to be an Eligible Rollover Distribution merely because the portion consists of after-tax employee contributions which are not includable in gross income; provided, however, that such portion may be transferred only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Code Sections 408(a) or (b) or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in Code Sections 401(a) or 403(a) that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includable in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includable.

 

6


 

(aa)  Eligible Surviving Spouse : With respect to a Participant who dies prior to his Annuity Starting Date, a surviving spouse to whom a deceased Participant was married throughout the twelve-month period preceding his death.
(bb)  Employee : Each (i) individual employed by the Employer (as reported on the Employer’s payroll records and for whom the Employer has FICA taxes withheld), and (ii) Leased Employee.
(cc)  Employer : Each entity that has been designated to participate in the Plan pursuant to the provisions of Article XIV and is so listed in Appendix D. The Company is not an Employer.
(dd)  Employment Commencement Date : The date on which an individual first performs an Hour of Service.
(ee)  Employment Year : With respect to each Participant, a twelve consecutive month period beginning on the Participant’s Employment Commencement Date and any anniversary thereof or, in the event of a termination of employment that results in any One-Year Break-in-Service, his Reemployment Commencement Date and any anniversary thereof.
(ff) Entry Date : The first day of each calendar month.
(gg)  Final Average Monthly Compensation : The result obtained by dividing the total Compensation paid to an Employee during the considered period by the number of months for which Compensation was received during the considered period. The considered period shall be the thirty-six consecutive months of employment with the Employer preceding the date the Participant’s Accrual Service ceases; provided that if a Participant has less than thirty-six consecutive months of employment with the Employer, his considered period shall be all of his completed months of employment. In determining a Participant’s Final Average Monthly Compensation under this paragraph, Compensation for any month during a Plan Year in excess of one-twelfth of the Social Security Taxable Wage Base in effect at the beginning of the Plan Year for which the determination is being shall not be taken into account.
(hh)  Fund : The fund established pursuant to Section 12.1 to hold and invest Plan Assets and from which the Plan benefits are distributed. When there is more than one Fund, the term “Fund” shall refer to all such Funds.
(ii)  Funding Agent : The legal reserve life insurance company or trustee selected to hold and/or invest the Plan Assets, and if and when directed, to pay benefits provided under the Plan. When there is more than one Funding Agent, the term “Funding Agent” shall refer to all such Funding Agents.

 

7


 

(jj)  Hour of Service : Each hour for which an individual is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, by the Employer or a Controlled Entity as an Employee for the performance of duties or for reasons other than the performance of duties; provided, however, that no more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited to an individual on account of any continuous period during which he performs no duties. Such Hours of Service shall be credited to the individual for the computation period in which such duties were performed or in which occurred the period during which no duties were performed. An Hour of Service also includes each hour, not credited above, for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, has been either awarded or agreed to by the Employer or a Controlled Entity. These Hours of Service shall be credited to the individual for the computation period to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the computation period in which the award, agreement, or payment is made. The number of Hours of Service to be credited to an individual for any computation period shall be governed by Department of Labor Regulation sections 2530.200b-2(b) and (c). Hours of Service shall also include any hours required to be credited by federal law other than the Act or the Code, but only under the conditions and to the extent so required by such federal law. Further, an individual’s Hours of Service shall also include any hours required to be credited under Code Section 414(n) and the applicable interpretative authority thereunder while such individual was a Leased Employee (or would have been a Leased Employee but for the requirements of clause (i) of the definition of such term set forth in Section 1.1(ll)).
The preceding notwithstanding, for purposes of determining Hours of Service with respect to an individual whose hours are not required to be tracked under the Fair Labor Standards Act, and where hourly records are not maintained for such individual, such individual shall be credited Hours of Service under the 190 hour equivalency provisions of Department of Labor Regulation section 2530.200b-3 pursuant to which an individual who is credited with one Hour of Service for performance of duties in a month shall be credited with 190 Hours of Service for such month; provided, however, with respect to a Participant with 3 or more Employment Years as of June 1, 2005, such Participant shall be credited, beginning with the month in which the 190 hour equivalency provisions are first applicable, with the better of the Hours of Service calculated applying (i) such 190 hour equivalency provisions or (ii) 10 Hours of Service for each day for which the individual would, if hourly records were maintained, be required to be credited with at least one Hour of Service for the performance of duties.
In the case of an individual who is paid for reasons other than the performance of duties and whose payment made or due is calculated on the basis of units of time, such individual shall be credited with the number of regularly scheduled working hours included in the units of time on the basis of which the payment is calculated. In the case of an individual who is paid for reasons other than the performance of duties and who is without a regular work schedule, such individual shall be credited with eight Hours of Service per day (to a maximum of forty (40) Hours of Service per week) for each day that the individual is so paid.
In no event shall Hours of Service include any period of service with a corporation or other entity prior to the date it became a Controlled Entity or after it ceases to be a Controlled Entity except to the extent required by law, or to the extent determined by the Committee. The Committee, in its discretion, may credit individuals with Hours of Service based on employment with an entity other than the Employer, but only if and when such individual becomes an Eligible Employee and only if such crediting of Hours of Service (i) has a legitimate business reason, (ii) does not by design or operation discriminate significantly in favor of highly compensated employees, and (iii) is applied to all similarly-situated Eligible Employees. In addition, the Committee, in its discretion, may credit individuals with Hours of Service based on imputed service for periods after such individual has commenced participation in the Plan while such individual is not performing service for the Employer or while such individual is

 

8


 

an Employee with a reduced work schedule, but only if (i) such service would not otherwise be credited as Hours of Service, (ii) such crediting of Hours of Service (1) has a legitimate business reason, (2) does not by design or operation discriminate significantly in favor of highly compensated employees, and (3) is applied to all similarly situated employees, and (iii) the individual has not permanently ceased to perform service as an Employee, provided that the preceding clause (iii) of this sentence shall not apply if (A) the individual is not performing service for the Employer because of a disability, (B) the individual is performing service for another employer under an arrangement that provides some ongoing business benefit to the Employer, or (C) for purposes of vesting and accrual, the individual is performing service for another employer that is being treated under the Plan as actual service with the Employer.
(kk)  Hypothetical Accumulation : The sum of the contributions, if any, made by the Participant under the Plan, plus any interest credited thereon, which contributions and interest have not previously been withdrawn by the Participant. For purposes of calculating a Participant’s Hypothetical Accumulation, interest will be credited on a Participant’s contributions, compounded annually, at the rate of 2% per annum prior to July 1, 1970, 3% per annum, from July 1, 1970 through December 31, 1975, 5% per annum from January 1, 1976 through November 30, 1981, 7% per annum from December 1, 1981 through December 31, 1987, 120% of the Federal mid-term rate (as in effect under Code Section 1274 for the first month of a Plan Year) per annum from January 1, 1988 until the date of the Participant’s withdrawal of his Accumulation pursuant to Section 8.12 (the “Withdrawal Date”), and, for the period, if any, beginning on the Withdrawal Date and ending on his Normal Retirement Date, the Applicable Interest Rate per annum in effect from time to time during such period.
(ll)  Leased Employee : Each person who is not an employee of the Employer or a Controlled Entity but who performs services for the Employer or a Controlled Entity pursuant to an agreement (oral or written) between the Employer or a Controlled Entity and any leasing organization, provided that (i) such person has performed such services for the Employer or a Controlled Entity or for related persons (within the meaning of Code Section 144(a)(3)) on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year and (ii) such services are performed under primary direction or control by the Employer or a Controlled Entity.
(mm)  Normal Retirement Age : The date upon which a Participant attains sixty-five years of age.
(nn)  Normal Retirement Date: The first day of the month coincident with or next following the Participant’s attainment of his Normal Retirement Age.
(oo)  One-Year Break-in-Service : Any Employment Year during which an individual has less than 501 Hours of Service. Solely for purposes of determining whether a One-Year Break-in-Service has occurred, an Hour of Service shall include each normal work hour, not otherwise credited in Section 1.1(jj), during which an individual is absent from work by reason of the individual’s pregnancy, the birth of a child of the individual, the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such child by the individual, or for purposes of caring for such child for the period immediately following such birth or placement. The Committee may in its discretion require, as a condition to the crediting of Hours of Service under the preceding sentence, that the individual furnish appropriate and timely information to the Committee establishing the reason for any such absence. Such Hours of Service shall be credited to the individual for the computation period in which the absence from work begins if such crediting is necessary to prevent the occurrence of a One-Year Break-in-Service in such computation period; otherwise such Hours of Service shall be credited to the individual in the next following computation period.

 

9


 

(pp)  Participant : Each individual who has met the eligibility requirements for participation in the Plan as set forth in Article III herein.
(qq)  Participation Service : The measure of service used in determining an Employee’s eligibility to participate in the Plan as determined pursuant to Section 3.2.
(rr)  Pension : With respect to a Participant entitled to receive benefits under the Plan, a series of monthly payments for the life of the Participant.
(ss)  Period of Service : Each period of an individual’s Service commencing on his Employment Commencement Date or a Reemployment Commencement Date, if applicable, and ending on a Severance from Service Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a period during which an individual is absent from Service by reason of the individual’s pregnancy, the birth of a child of the individual, the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such child by the individual, or for the purposes of caring for such child for the period immediately following such birth or placement shall not constitute a Period of Service between the first and second anniversary of the first date of such absence. A Period of Service shall also include any period required to be credited as a Period of Service by federal law, other than the Act or the Code, but only under the conditions and to the extent so required by such federal law.
(tt)  Period of Severance : Each period of time commencing on an individual’s Severance from Service Date and ending on a Reemployment Commencement Date.
(uu) Plan : The Dynegy Inc. Retirement Plan.
(vv)  Plan Assets : Any and all assets of the Plan held by the Funding Agent pursuant to the Plan.
(ww)  Plan Year : The twelve-consecutive month period commencing January 1 of each year.
(xx)  Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity: An annuity for the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity for the life of the spouse which is equal to 75% of the annuity which is payable during the joint lives of the Participant and the spouse that is the Actuarial Equivalent of the standard form of benefit and that is provided in compliance with Code Section 417(g) commencing as of January 1, 2008.
(yy)  Reemployment Commencement Date : The first date upon which an individual performs an Hour of Service following a Severance from Service Date.
(zz)  Retirement : With respect to each Participant, termination of his employment with the Employer on or after his Early Retirement Date or Normal Retirement Date.

 

10


 

(aaa) Service : The period of an individual’s employment with the Employer or a Controlled Entity. In no event shall Service include any period of service with a corporation or other entity prior to the date it became a Controlled Entity or after it ceases to be a Controlled Entity except to the extent required by law; provided, however, that:
(1) Each individual who was employed by LS Power Generation, LLC, LS Power Development, LLC or LS Power Company, LLC (each an “LS Power Entity”) immediately prior to the “Effective Time” (as defined below) and who subsequently becomes employed by an Employer after the Effective Time on or before December 31, 2007, shall be credited with Service solely for purposes of determining such individual’s Vesting Service under Section A-10 of Appendix A based upon his original date of hire with an LS Power Entity;
(2) Each individual who was employed by Wood Group Power Operations, Inc., Worley Parsons Group, Inc., North American Energy Services Co., Prime South, Inc. or General Electric International, Inc. (each a “Prior Company”), who terminates employment with a Prior Company after the Effective Time and on or before December 31, 2007, and who becomes employed by an Employer on or before December 31, 2007, shall be credited with Service solely for purposes of determining such individual’s Vesting Service under Section A-10 of Appendix A based upon his original date of hire with the Prior Company; and
(3) Each individual who was employed by Accenture LLP on March 1, 2008 and who subsequently becomes employed by an Employer during the period of time beginning March 17, 2008 and ending on April 30, 2008, shall be credited with Service solely for purposes of determining such individual’s Vesting Service under Section A-10 of Appendix A based upon his original date of hire with Accenture LLP.
For purposes of this Section, “Effective Time"' shall mean the Effective Time specified in that certain Plan of Merger, Contribution and Sale Agreement by and among Dynegy Illinois, LSP GEN Investors, L.P., LS Power Partners, L.P., LS Power Equity Partners PIE I, L.P., LS Power Equity Partners, L.P., LS Power Associates, L.P., Falcon Merger Sub Co., and Dynegy Acquisition, Inc., executed September 14, 2006.
(bbb) Severance from Service Date : The earlier of (i) the first date on which an individual terminates his Service following his Employment Commencement Date or a Reemployment Commencement Date, if applicable, or (ii) the first anniversary of the first day of a period in which an Employee remains absent from Service (with or without pay) with the Employer or any Controlled Entity for any reason other than the resignation, retirement, discharge, or death, such as vacation, holiday, sickness, leave of absence, disability, or lay-off that is not classified by the Employee as a termination of Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Severance from Service Date of an individual who is absent from Service by reason of the individual’s pregnancy, the birth of a child of the individual or the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such child by the individual or for purposes of caring for such child for the period immediately following such birth or placement shall be the second anniversary of the first date of such absence.

 

11


 

(ccc)  Social Security Benefit : 33.12% of a Participant’s Final Average Monthly Compensation for a Participant whose Social Security Retirement Age is 65; provided, however, that 30.36% shall be substituted in this definition of Social Security Benefit if the Participant’s Social Security Retirement Age is 66, and 27.60% shall be substituted for a Participant whose Social Security Retirement Age is 67. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant’s Final Average Monthly Compensation exceeds his Average Monthly Covered Compensation for a Plan Year, the Social Security Benefit for such Participant for such Plan Year shall be calculated in accordance with the following table:
         
If the ratio of Final Average      
Monthly Compensation to   Then the Social Security  
Average Monthly Covered   Benefit should be  
Compensation is:   multiplied by:  
 
       
1.00 or less
    100 %
1.25
    86.96 %
1.50
    76.81 %
1.75
    68.12 %
2.00 or more
    60.87 %
If the ratio of Final Average Monthly Compensation to Average Monthly Covered Compensation falls between the ratios listed above, the appropriate factor shall be determined by interpolation.
(ddd) Social Security Retirement Age : The age used as the retirement age under section 216(1) of the Social Security Act, applied without regard to the age increase factor and as if the early retirement age under such section were sixty-two.
(eee) Social Security Taxable Wage Base : For a Plan Year, the contribution and benefit base determined under section 230 of the Social Security Act in effect at the beginning of such Plan Year.
(fff) Vested Interest : The percentage of a Participant’s Accrued Benefit which, pursuant to the Plan, is nonforfeitable.
(ggg) Vesting Service : The measure of service used in determining a Participant’s nonforfeitable right to a benefit as determined in accordance with Section 6.3.
1.2 Number and Gender . Wherever appropriate herein, words used in the singular shall be considered to include the plural and words used in the plural shall be considered to include the singular. The masculine gender, where appearing in the Plan, shall be deemed to include the feminine gender.
1.3 Headings . The headings of Articles and Sections herein are included solely for convenience, and if there is any conflict between such headings and the text of the Plan, the text shall control.
1.4 Construction . It is intended that the Plan be qualified within the meaning of Code Section 401(a) and that the Fund be tax exempt under Code Section 501(a), and all provisions herein shall be construed in accordance with such intent.

 

12


 

II. PURPOSE OF PLAN AND EFFECT OF RESTATEMENT
2.1 Purpose of Plan . The purpose of the Plan is to provide retirement and incidental benefits for those Participants who complete the required period of employment with the Employer. The benefits provided by the Plan will be paid from the Fund and will be in addition to any benefits the Participants may be entitled to receive pursuant to any other Employer programs or pursuant to the federal Social Security Act. The Plan and the Fund are established and shall be maintained for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their beneficiaries. No part of the Fund can ever revert to the Employer, except as hereinafter provided in Section 10.5 and 16.2(c), or be used for or diverted to purposes other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their beneficiaries.
2.2 Effect of Restatement .
(a) Contrary Plan provisions notwithstanding, in no event shall any Participant’s Accrued Benefit under the Plan as restated be less than such Participant’s Accrued Benefit determined on the date immediately prior to the date of adoption of this restatement of the Plan based upon the terms of the Plan on such date and such Participant’s Average Monthly Compensation and Accrual Service as of such date.
(b) Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, all benefit payments being made under the terms of the Plan as in effect prior to the Effective Date shall continue to be made in the same amount and manner and shall not be affected by the terms of this restated Plan.
(c) Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the terms of this restated Plan shall not affect the Accrued Benefit or Vested Interest of Participants who do not complete an Hour of Service on or after the Effective Date.

 

13


 

III. PARTICIPATION
3.1 Eligibility . Each Eligible Employee shall become a Participant upon the Entry Date coincident with or next following the date on which such Eligible Employee has completed one year of Participation Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing:
(a) An Eligible Employee who was a Participant in the Plan prior to a termination of employment shall remain a Participant upon his reemployment as an Eligible Employee;
(b) An Employee who has completed one year of Participation Service but who has not become a Participant in the Plan because he was not an Eligible Employee shall become a Participant in the Plan upon the later of (i) the date he becomes an Eligible Employee as a result of a change in his employment status or (ii) the first Entry Date upon which he would have become a Participant if he had been an Eligible Employee;
(c) An Eligible Employee who had met the service requirements of this Section to become a Participant in the Plan but who terminated employment prior to the Entry Date upon which he would have become a Participant shall become a Participant upon the later of (i) the date of his reemployment or (ii) the Entry Date upon which he would have become a Participant if he had not terminated employment; and
(d) Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, a Participant who ceases to be an Eligible Employee but remains an Employee shall continue to be a Participant but, on and after the date he ceases to be an Eligible Employee, he shall no longer be credited with Accrual Service or otherwise accrue additional benefits hereunder unless and until he shall again become an Eligible Employee.
(e) All Eligible Employees with Employment Commencement Dates or Reemployment Commencement Dates occurring on or after January 1, 2009 shall be eligible to Participate in the Plan, subject to the otherwise applicable eligibility provisions contained herein, but, in lieu of the benefits described in Articles V, VI, and VII, shall, subject to Appendix D, participate in (i) the Dynegy Portable Retirement Benefits described in Appendix A, or (ii) Appendix C, if applicable.
3.2 Participation Service . An individual completes one year of Participation Service on the last day of the Employment Year during which he completes 1,000 Hours of Service.
3.3 Disabled Participants. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, a Participant who has been approved for benefits under a long term disability plan sponsored by the Employer (an “Employer LTD Plan”) shall be credited with Accrual Service, Compensation and Vesting Service under the Plan for any period during which such Participant is receiving such long term disability benefits; provided however, that any such crediting shall cease as of the earlier of (i) such Participant’s Annuity Starting Date or (ii) such Participant’s Normal Retirement Date. For purposes of the accruals described in the preceding sentence, a Participant’s Compensation pursuant to Section 1.1(o) immediately prior to the disability entitling him to benefits under an Employer LTD Plan shall be utilized.

 

14


 

IV. ACCRUAL SERVICE
4.1 Accrual Service .
(a) For the period preceding April 1, 1975, a Participant shall be credited with Accrual Service in an amount equal to all “Credited Service” credited to him for such period for accrual of benefit purposes under the Plan as it existed on or before March 31, 1975.
(b) From and after April 1, 1975, a Participant shall be credited with Accrual Service (which shall be measured in Employment Years and fractions of an Employment Year (rounded to the nearest whole month)) in an amount equal to his aggregate Periods of Service whether or not such Periods of Service are completed consecutively except that (i) no credit shall be given for Periods of Service prior to the date the Participant first becomes a Participant in the Plan (except as provided in Paragraph (c) below), (ii) no credit shall be given for Periods of Service with a Controlled Entity that is not an Employer, and (iii) no credit shall be given for periods of absence for which a Participant receives credit pursuant to Section 6.3(c)(3).
(c) Paragraph (b) above notwithstanding, a Participant shall not be credited with Accrual Service for any period during which he does not meet the requirements of Section 3.1, or any period during which the Employer made contributions on his behalf to any other qualified pension or retirement plan (other than any defined contribution plan sponsored by the Employer or a Controlled Entity or the federal Social Security Act) if such period is used in calculating his retirement benefits under such pension or retirement plan; provided, however, that if such Participant was a participant in the DMG Plan (as defined in Appendix C) before December 31, 2007, his years of Accrual Service under the Plan shall be increased to include the number of years taken into account under the DMG Plan for benefit accrual purposes and the amount of his Accrued Benefit hereunder shall be determined in accordance with the provisions hereof using his total years of Accrual Service; and provided, further, however, that in no event may a Participant’s total years of Accrual Service as determined under this subparagraph be greater than the sum of (i) the service accrued by such Participant for benefit accrual purposes under the Collectively Bargained Plan and (ii) the Accrual Service accrued by such Participant under this Plan.
4.2 Effect of Termination of Employment and Reemployment on Accrual Service .
(a) In the case of an individual who incurs a Severance from Service Date at a time when he has a 0% Vested Interest and who is subsequently reemployed by an Employer or a Controlled Entity, such individual’s Accrual Service prior to his termination of employment shall be disregarded if (i) his Period of Severance equals or exceeds five years or (ii) his Period of Severance equals or exceeds one year but is less than five years and he is not employed by the Employer or a Controlled Entity on the first anniversary of his Reemployment Commencement Date.
(b) In the case of an individual who incurs a Severance from Service Date at a time when he has a 100% Vested Interest, but whose Annuity Starting Date has not yet occurred as of his Reemployment Commencement Date, such individual’s Accrual Service as of his Severance from Service Date will be disregarded after his reemployment if his Reemployment Commencement Date occurs after a one year Period of Severance and he is not employed by the Employer or a Controlled Entity on the first anniversary of his Reemployment Commencement Date.
(c) Accrual Service may also be disregarded pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.4.

 

15


 

V. RETIREMENT BENEFITS
5.1 Normal Retirement .
(a) Subject to Section 5.1(b), a Participant whose employment with the Employer and all Controlled Entities is terminated, for a reason other than death, on or after his Normal Retirement Date shall be entitled to receive a retirement benefit, payable at the time and in the form provided in Article VIII, that is based upon a Pension commencing on the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date, each monthly payment of such Pension being equal to the greater of the following amounts:
(1) The amount of the Participant’s benefit as of December 31, 1991, disregarding Accrual Service, Compensation, and any other changes occurring after that date; or
(2) An amount equal to (i) 2% of the Participant’s Average Monthly Compensation (the “Base Formula”) minus 1-2/3% of his Social Security Benefit (the “Offset”), multiplied by (ii) his years of Accrual Service (not to exceed thirty years).
(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 5.1(a):
(1) The maximum Offset will not be greater than 50% of the Base Formula, multiplied by a fraction (not to exceed one), the numerator of which is the Participant’s Average Monthly Compensation, and the denominator of which is the Participant’s Final Average Monthly Compensation;
(2) In no event shall a Participant’s Accrued Benefit be less than his Vested Value (as defined in Section 8.12); and
(3) Any increase in the Social Security Taxable Wage Base or benefit level payable under Title II of the federal Social Security Act occurring after the later of (i) September 2, 1974 or (ii) the earlier of the date the Participant’s or his beneficiary’s Annuity Starting Date or the date a Participant separates from service with a nonforfeitable right to a benefit under the Plan, shall not effect a decrease of the Participant’s Accrued Benefit as determined in accordance with this Section 5.1.
(c) In the event a Participant remains employed beyond his Normal Retirement Date:
(1) The Committee shall furnish any Participant whose employment with the Employer or any Controlled Entity continues beyond his Normal Retirement Date (or resumes his employment after his Normal Retirement Date, but prior to commencement of the payment of his retirement benefit) with the notification described in Department of Labor Regulation section 2530.203-3. Upon such Participant’s subsequent termination of employment, his retirement benefit payable pursuant to Article VIII shall be increased to the extent required, if at all, under such regulations as provided in Paragraph (2) below to avoid the effecting of a prohibited forfeiture of benefits by reason of the suspension of benefits during such Participant’s post Normal Retirement Date employment.

 

16


 

(2) A Participant described in Paragraph (c)(1) above shall be entitled to a retirement benefit equal to the greater of:
(A) his Accrued Benefit determined pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Plan through the date of his subsequent termination of employment; or
(B) the Actuarial Equivalent of his Accrued Benefit payable at his Normal Retirement Date.
(3) Further, such Participant’s retirement benefit payable pursuant to Section 5.1(c) shall be increased to the extent required, if at all, under Code Section 401(a)(9)(C)(iii) in the event his employment or reemployment continues after April 1 of the year immediately following the year he attains age seventy and one-half.
5.2 Early Retirement .
(a) A Participant whose employment with the Employer and all Controlled Entities is terminated, for a reason other than death, on or after his Early Retirement Date and prior to his Normal Retirement Date, shall be entitled to receive a retirement benefit, payable at the time and in the form provided in Article VIII, that is based upon a Pension commencing on the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date, each monthly payment of such Pension being computed in the manner provided in Section 5.1(a) (subject to Section 5.1(b) considering his Average Monthly Compensation, Social Security Benefit, and Accrual Service to the date of his termination of employment.
(b) A Participant entitled to a benefit pursuant to Paragraph (a) may, by request to the Committee in the form prescribed by the Committee, commence his benefit as of the first day of the month coinciding with or next following the date of his Retirement, or as of the first day of any subsequent month which precedes his Normal Retirement Date, provided, that such request must be received by the Committee not less than thirty days prior to the proposed date of commencement of the benefit (unless such thirty days’ notice is waived by the Committee in its discretion), and the value thereof shall be based upon a Pension commencing on the date so requested, each monthly payment of such Pension being computed in the manner provided in Paragraph (a) above, provided that:

 

17


 

(1) the portion of his retirement benefit attributable to the Base Formula shall be reduced in accordance with the following table:
         
Age at Annuity Starting Date   Early Retirement Factors  
 
       
62-64
    1.00  
61
    .96  
60
    .92  
59
    .82  
58
    .76  
57
    .70  
56
    .64  
55
    .58  
(2) the portion of his retirement benefit attributable to the Offset shall be multiplied by the appropriate factor from the following table:
                         
Years Between Annuity      
Starting Date and Normal   Early Retirement Reduction Factors  
Retirement Date   Social Security Retirement Age  
    65     66     67  
 
                       
0
    1.0000       1.0000       1.0000  
1
    1.0000       1.0000       1.0000  
2
    1.0000       1.0000       1.0000  
3
    1.0000       1.0000       1.0000  
4
    .9167       .9091       .9500  
5
    .8333       .8646       .9000  
6
    .7917       .8182       .8500  
7
    .7500       .7727       .8000  
8
    .7083       .7273       .7500  
9
    .6667       .6818       .6880  
10
    .6250       .6225       .6320  
If the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date is a fractional number of years prior to his Normal Retirement Date, the appropriate factor with respect to the tables in subparagraphs (1) and (2) above shall be determined by interpolation.
(c) Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, but solely for the purpose of determining a Participant’s eligibility to receive a benefit pursuant to Paragraph (a) (and for purposes of determining a Participant’s eligibility to receive a benefit under any Appendix to the Plan conditioned upon the attainment of age 55 while in the employ of the Employer), and not for purposes of determining a Participant’s Accrued Benefit, a Participant who was a Participant immediately prior to December 15, 1999 will be treated as though he is employed by the Employer during any period that he is employed by Amergen or any Amergen Affiliate on and after December 15, 1999; provided, however, that the foregoing provisions of this sentence shall apply only with respect to benefits payable following the Participant’s termination of employment with Amergen or any Amergen Affiliate.

 

18


 

VI. SEVERANCE BENEFITS AND DETERMINATION OF VESTED
INTEREST
6.1 No Benefits Unless Herein Set Forth . Except as set forth in this Article, upon termination of employment of a Participant for any reason other than Retirement or death, such Participant shall acquire no right to any benefit from the Plan or the Fund.
6.2 Severance Benefit .
(a) Each Participant whose employment is terminated for any reason other than Retirement or death shall be entitled to receive a retirement benefit, payable at the time and in the form provided in Article VIII, that is based upon a Pension commencing on the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date, each monthly payment of such Pension being equal to the product of such Participant’s Vested Interest multiplied by the amount computed in the manner provided in Section 5.1(a) (subject to Section 5.1(b), considering his Average Monthly Compensation, Social Security Benefit, and Accrual Service to the date of his termination of employment.
(b) A Participant who is entitled to a benefit pursuant to Paragraph (a) may, by request to the Committee in the form prescribed by the Committee, commence his benefit as of the first day of the month coinciding with or next following his fifty-fifth birthday, or as of the first day of any subsequent month which precedes his Normal Retirement Date, provided, that such request must be received by the Committee not less than thirty days nor more than one hundred eighty (180) days prior to the proposed date of commencement of the benefit (unless such thirty days’ notice is waived by the Committee in its discretion). The value of such Participant’s severance benefit shall be based upon a Pension commencing on the first day of the month so requested, each monthly payment of such Pension being computed in the manner provided in Paragraph (a) above, but multiplied by the appropriate factor from the following table:
         
Duration in Years of Interval      
Between the Annuity Starting Date      
and Normal Retirement Date   Reduction Factor  
 
       
0
    1.000  
1
    .914  
2
    .839  
3
    .771  
4
    .712  
5
    .659  
6
    .611  
7
    .570  
8
    .531  
9
    .497  
10
    .466  

 

19


 

If the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date is a fractional number of years prior to his Normal Retirement Date, then the appropriate factor under the table above shall be determined by interpolation.
(c) A Participant’s Vested Interest shall be determined by such Participant’s full years of Vesting Service in accordance with the following schedule:
         
Full Years of      
Vesting Service   Vested Interest  
 
Less than 5 years
    0 %
5 years or more
    100 %
(d) Paragraph (c) above notwithstanding, a Participant shall have a 100% Vested Interest upon attainment of his Early Retirement Date while employed by the Employer or a Controlled Entity.
(e) A Participant who is an employee of Dynegy Midstream Services, Limited Partnership (“DMS, LP”) as of the closing date of the sale, shall have a 100% Vested Interest upon attainment of his Early Retirement Date while employed by the Employer or a Controlled Entity.
6.3 Vesting Service .
(a) For Employment Years beginning prior to the Effective Date, subject to the remaining provisions of this Section, an individual shall be credited with Vesting Service in an amount equal to all Service credited to him for vesting purposes for such years under the terms of the Plan as it existed on the day prior to the Effective Date.
(b) For Employment Years beginning on or after the Effective Date, subject to the remaining provisions of this Section, an individual shall be credited with one year of Vesting Service for each Employment Year for which he is credited with 1,000 or more Hours of Service.
(c) Subject to (1) through (7) below, in the case of an individual who terminates employment and has any One-Year Break-in-Service, years of Vesting Service completed prior to such One-Year Break-in-Service shall be disregarded in determining such individual’s years of Vesting Service until such individual completes one year of Vesting Service after his return.
(1) In the case of an individual who terminates employment at a time when he has a 0% Vested Interest in his Accrued Benefit and who then incurs a number of consecutive One-Year Breaks-in-Service that equals or exceeds the greater of five years or his aggregate number of years of Vesting Service completed before such One-Year Breaks-in-Service, such individual’s years of Vesting Service completed before such One-Year Breaks-in-Service shall be disregarded in determining his years of Vesting Service.
(2) In the case of an individual who incurs a One Year Break-in-Service after December 31, 1975 at a time when he has a 100% Vested Interest in his Accrued Benefit, years of Vesting Service completed prior to such One Year Break-in-Service shall be added to years of Vesting Service with which the individual is credited after such One Year Break-in-Service.

 

20


 

(3) An individual who is on a leave of absence duly authorized in accordance with customary personnel practices and policies of the Employer shall be credited with Vesting Service for the period of authorized leave if he returns to work immediately upon the expiration of such period.
(4) If the employment of a Participant shall have been terminated prior to January 1, 1976 and he shall have been reemployed thereafter (whether before or after such date), his period of prior employment shall be included in his Vesting Service only if, and to the extent, provided in the Plan as in effect on December 31, 1975.
(5) An individual shall not be credited with more than one year of Vesting Service in any Employment Year.
(6) An individual who completes more than 500 but less than 1,000 Hours of Service in an Employment Year shall not accrue any Vesting Service during such year but also shall not incur a One-Year Break-in-Service.
(7) Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, for purposes of determining a Participant’s Vesting Service, an individual who was a Participant immediately prior to December 15, 1999 and who became employed by Amergen or any Amergen Affiliate on such date shall be credited with Vesting Service in accordance with the terms of the Plan for all periods of employment with Amergen or any Amergen Affiliate on and after December 15, 1999 as if such individual’s employer were an Employer under the Plan during such period.
6.4 Cash-Outs and Forfeitures .
(a) If a Participant terminates employment with the Employer and has a 0% Vested Interest or receives a lump sum distribution pursuant to Section 8.5 or 8.6, such Participant’s Accrual Service prior to such termination shall be disregarded and such Participant’s nonvested Accrued Benefit shall become a forfeiture as of the date of such distribution (or as of the date of termination of employment if the Participant has a 0% Vested Interest with such Participant being considered to have received a distribution of zero dollars on the date of his termination of employment).
(b) Paragraph (a) above notwithstanding, if such terminated Participant is subsequently reemployed by the Employer or a Controlled Entity and the Participant had a 0% Vested Interest at the time of his termination, the Accrual Service that was disregarded and the forfeiture that occurred pursuant to Paragraph (a) above shall be restored as of the Reemployment Commencement Date unless such Accrual Service is disregarded pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.2(a).

 

21


 

VII. DEATH BENEFITS
7.1 Before Annuity Starting Date .
(a) Except as provided in Paragraphs (b), (c), (d), (e), and (f) below and in Section 7.3, no benefits shall be paid pursuant to this Plan with respect to any Participant who dies prior to his Annuity Starting Date.
(b) A married Participant with an Eligible Surviving Spouse shall have a survivor annuity paid to his Eligible Surviving Spouse in the event such Participant dies (i) after he attains age fifty but before his Annuity Starting Date and (ii) while employed by the Employer or a Controlled Entity or while receiving a Company-provided disability allowance. The survivor annuity provided by this Paragraph shall be a single life annuity consisting of monthly payments for the life of the Eligible Surviving Spouse in an amount equal to 50% of the monthly amount that the Participant would have been eligible to receive under Section 5.2(a) as if he had retired on the date of his death under circumstances described in Section 5.2(a) and had elected to receive a benefit for his life alone, except that no reduction shall be made (i) under Section 5.2(b) to reflect that payment of his benefits would commence prior to his Normal Retirement Date, or (ii) to reflect payment of his Accumulation under Section 7.3; provided, however, that if the Eligible Surviving Spouse is more than ten years younger than the Participant, the amount of the annuity payable to such spouse shall be reduced by one-half of one percent thereof for each year in excess of ten years difference in their ages. Payment of the survivor annuity provided by this Paragraph shall begin as of the first day of the month coinciding with or next following the Participant’s date of death and shall end with the last payment made before the death of the Eligible Surviving Spouse.
(c) A married Participant who has received credit for at least one Hour of Service on or after August 23, 1984, who dies leaving an Eligible Surviving Spouse (i) on or after January 1, 1989, (ii) while employed by the Employer or a Controlled Entity or while receiving a Company-provided disability allowance, (iii) at a time when he has a 100% Vested Interest in his Accrued Benefit under the Plan, (iv) prior to attaining the age of fifty, and (v) before his Annuity Starting Date shall have a survivor annuity paid to his Eligible Surviving Spouse. The survivor annuity provided by this Paragraph shall be a single life annuity consisting of monthly payments for the life of the Eligible Surviving Spouse in an amount equal to 50% of the monthly amount (or the Actuarial Equivalent of such amount in the case of a Participant who has an Accumulation at the date of his death) that the Participant would have been entitled to receive under Section 5.2(a) (payable in the form set forth in Section 8.3(a), without any reduction to reflect payment of his Accumulation under Section 7.3 and reduced as set forth under Section 5.2(b) to reflect the fact that payments commenced before the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date), as if the Participant had terminated his employment with the Employer on the date of his death, survived to his fifty-fifth birthday and then commenced receiving such early retirement benefit and died on the day after he would have attained age fifty-five.
Payment of the survivor annuity provided by this Paragraph shall (i) in the case of a Participant who has an Accumulation at the date of his death, begin on the first day of the month following the Participant’s death and end with the last payment made before the Eligible Surviving Spouse’s death, and (ii) in the case of a Participant who does not have an Accumulation at the date of his death, begin on the first day of the month in which the Participant would have attained age fifty-five and end with the last payment made before the Eligible Surviving Spouse’s death.

 

22


 

(d) If a Participant’s employment with the Employer has terminated on or after his Early Retirement Date and the Participant subsequently dies leaving an Eligible Surviving Souse prior to his Annuity Starting Date, then a survivor annuity shall be paid to his Eligible Surviving Spouse. The survivor annuity provided by this Paragraph shall be a single life annuity consisting of monthly payments for the life of the Eligible Surviving Spouse in a monthly amount equal to the monthly amount that would have been payable to such Eligible Surviving Spouse if the Participant had commenced receiving his Accrued Benefit in the form described in Section 8.3(a) on the first day of the month preceding his death and reduced to reflect any withdrawal of his Accumulation under Section 8.12. Payment of the survivor annuity provided by this Paragraph shall begin as of the first day of the month following the Participant’s death and end with the last payment made before the Eligible Surviving Spouse’s death.
(e) If a Participant terminates employment with the Employer before his Early Retirement Date and at a time when he has a 100% Vested Interest in his Accrued Benefit under the Plan, and if the Participant subsequently dies on or after January 1, 1989, prior to his Annuity Starting Date and leaving an Eligible Surviving Spouse, then a survivor annuity shall be paid to his Eligible Surviving Spouse. The survivor annuity provided by this Paragraph shall be a single life annuity consisting of monthly payments for the life of the Eligible Surviving Spouse.
(1) If the Participant dies on or prior to his Early Retirement Date, the monthly amount of such annuity shall be equal to 50% of the monthly amount (or the Actuarial Equivalent of such amount in the case of a Participant who has an Accumulation at the date of his death) that the Participant would have been eligible to receive under Section 5.2(a) (payable in the form set forth in Section 8.3(a), and reduced (i) to reflect any withdrawal of his Accumulation under Section 8.12 and (ii) as set forth under Section 5.2(b) to reflect the fact that payments commence before the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date), as if the Participant had survived to his Early Retirement Date, and then commenced receiving such early retirement benefit, and died on the day after his Early Retirement Date.
(2) If the Participant dies after his Early Retirement Date, the monthly amount of such annuity shall be equal to 50% of the monthly amount that the Participant would have been eligible to receive under Section 5.2(a) (payable in the form set forth in Section 8.3(a), and reduced (i) to reflect any withdrawal of his Accumulation under Section 8.12 and (ii) as set forth under Section 5.2(b) to reflect the fact that payments commence before the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date), as if the Participant had retired and commenced receiving such early retirement benefit on the day before the date of his death.
In the case of a Participant who has an Accumulation at the date of his death, any annuity that is payable pursuant to this Paragraph shall commence on the first day of the month following the Participant’s death and shall terminate with the last payment made before the Eligible Surviving Spouse’s death. In the case of a Participant who does not have an Accumulation at the date of his death, any annuity that is payable pursuant to this Paragraph shall commence as of the later to occur of (i) the first day of the month following the date of his death, and (ii) the first day of the month in which the Participant would have attained his fifty-fifth birthday, and shall terminate with the last payment made before the Eligible Surviving Spouse’s death.

 

23


 

(f) Any Plan provisions to the contrary notwithstanding, in the absence of consent by the Participant’s Eligible Surviving Spouse, payment of any survivor annuity payable to such spouse pursuant to this Section may not begin prior to the date such Participant would have reached his Normal Retirement Date.
7.2 After Annuity Starting Date . With respect to any Participant who dies on or after his Annuity Starting Date, whether or not payment of his benefit has actually begun, the only benefit payable pursuant to this Plan shall be that, if any, provided for his beneficiary pursuant to the form of benefit he was receiving or about to receive in accordance with Article VIII.
7.3 Payment of Accumulation .
(a) If a Participant dies before his Annuity Starting Date, his Accumulation will be paid to his beneficiary designated pursuant to Paragraph (b) below in a single lump sum. If a Participant dies after his Annuity Starting Date, if he did not withdraw his Accumulation prior to his death pursuant to Section 8.12, and if payment of his benefits under the Plan are not to be continued following his death to his spouse or the contingent annuitant pursuant to Sections 7.1(d), 7.1(e), 8.3(a), 8.3(b) or 8.5(a), the excess, if any, of his Accumulation as of his Annuity Starting Date over the sum of the benefits paid to him under the Plan as of the date of his death, if any, shall be paid in a lump sum to the beneficiary designated by the Participant pursuant to Paragraph (b) below. If a Participant referred to in the preceding sentence dies after his Annuity Starting Date, upon the death of the second to die of the Participant and his contingent annuitant or surviving spouse, the excess, if any, of the Participant’s Accumulation at his Annuity Starting Date over the sum of the benefits paid to him and his contingent annuitant or spouse shall be paid in a lump sum to the beneficiary designated by the Participant pursuant to Paragraph (b) below.
(b) Subject to Section 8.4(c), each Participant shall have the right to designate the beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive any amounts payable under Paragraph (a) above in the event of the death of the Participant and his contingent annuitant or surviving spouse, if applicable. Successive designations may be made by the Participant, and the last designation received by the Committee prior to the death of the Participant shall be effective and shall revoke all prior designations. If a designated person shall die before the date for payment pursuant to Paragraph (a) above, then his interest shall terminate, and, unless otherwise provided in the Participant’s designation, such interest shall be paid in equal shares to those designated beneficiaries, if any, who are living on such date for payment. The Participant shall have the right to revoke the designation of any beneficiary without the consent of the beneficiary. Designations pursuant to this Paragraph shall be made on the form prescribed by the Committee and shall be filed with the Committee. If a Participant shall fail to designate a beneficiary for purposes of this Paragraph, if such designation shall for any reason be illegal or ineffective, or if no beneficiary designated by the Participant for purposes of this Paragraph shall be living on the date for payment pursuant to Paragraph (a) above, then the designated beneficiary to receive the amount payable pursuant to Paragraph (a) shall be: (i) if the Participant leaves a surviving spouse, any such amount shall be paid to such surviving spouse; and (ii) if the Participant leaves no surviving spouse, any such amount shall be paid to such Participant’s executor or administrator or to his heirs-at-law if there is no administration of such Participant’s estate.
7.4 Cash-Out of Death Benefit . If a Participant dies prior to his Annuity Starting Date, his surviving spouse or other beneficiary is entitled to a death benefit pursuant to this Article and the Actuarially Equivalent present value of such death benefit is not in excess of $1,000, such present value shall be paid to such surviving spouse or other beneficiary in a lump sum payment in lieu of any other benefit herein provided and without regard to the spousal consent requirement of Section 7.1. Any such payment shall be made as soon as administratively feasible following the Participant’s date of death.

 

24


 

VIII. TIME AND FORM OF PAYMENT OF BENEFITS
8.1 Time of Payment of Benefits . Payment of benefits under the Plan to a Participant (other than death benefits payable pursuant to Article VII) shall commence as of such Participant’s Annuity Starting Date, determined as follows, but the first payment shall be made no earlier than the expiration of the election period described in Section 8.2(c)(4):
(a) Except as provided in Paragraph (d) below, with respect to any Participant who is to receive his normal retirement benefit pursuant to Section 5.1(a), such Participant’s Annuity Starting Date shall be the first day of the month coincident with or next following the date of such Participant’s Retirement.
(b) Except as provided in Paragraph (d) below, with respect to any Participant who is to receive his early retirement benefit pursuant to Section 5.2(a), such Participant’s Annuity Starting Date shall be the first day of the month coincident with or next following his Normal Retirement Date, or, if an earlier commencement date is elected pursuant to Section 5.2(b), such Participant’s Annuity Starting Date shall be the first day of the month so requested.
(c) Except as provided in Paragraph (d) below, with respect to any Participant who is to receive his severance retirement benefit pursuant to Section 6 2(a), such Participant’s Annuity Starting Date shall be the first day of the month coincident with or next following his Normal Retirement Date, or, if an earlier commencement date is elected pursuant to Section 6.2(b), such Participant’s Annuity Starting Date shall be the first day of the month so requested.
(d) With respect to any benefit payable pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.6, the Annuity Starting Date shall be the date determined by the Committee which shall be as soon as administratively feasible following the date of the Participant’s termination of employment.
8.2 Restrictions on Time of Payment of Benefits .
(a) Plan provisions to the contrary notwithstanding, a Participant’s Annuity Starting Date shall not occur:
(1) Unless such Participant consents (and, if such Participant is married, unless his spouse consents (with such consent being irrevocable)), in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 417 and applicable Treasury Regulations thereunder), prior to such Participant’s Normal Retirement Date, except that (i) consent of the Participant’s spouse under this Paragraph (a)(1) shall not be required if the Participant’s benefit is to be paid in the standard form of benefit described in Section 8.3, and (ii) no consent under this Paragraph (a)(1) shall be required if the Participant’s benefit is to be paid under Section 8.6;
(2) After the sixtieth day following the close of the Plan Year during which such Participant attains, or would have attained, his Normal Retirement Date or, if later, terminates his employment with the Employer and all Controlled Entities; or

 

25


 

(3) The Plan will cash-out each Participant’s Accrued Benefit, or will begin annuity payments, no later than the April 1 of the calendar year following the later of the calendar year in which he reaches age 70 1 / 2 or the year in which he retires, except that the Plan will make required annual payments to any participant who is a 5 percent (5%) owner even if he has not retired. The Plan will pay the Accrued Benefit over a period not extending beyond the Participant’s lifetime or life expectancy, or over a period not extending beyond the joint and last survivor life expectancies of the Participant and his spouse or other beneficiary.
(A) If the Participant dies before his Annuity Starting Date, the only preretirement death benefit payable under the Plan is the benefit payable to the Eligible Surviving Spouse (if any) under Article VII. The Plan will cash-out any survivor benefit with a present value not greater than $1,000, or will begin annuity payments of benefits with a greater present value, no later than the end of the Plan Year during which the Participant would have reached age 70 1 / 2 . Payments will cease as of the spouse’s date of death.
(B) If the Participant dies after his Annuity Starting Date, his remaining Accrued Benefit will be paid at least as rapidly as under the method of payment in effect before his death.
(C) The intent of this Section is that the beginning dates and payment periods of benefits payable to each Participant and beneficiary will be within the limitations permitted under Code Section 401(a)(9) and will comply with Treasury Regulations published on April 17, 2002 and June 15, 2004, as they may thereafter be amended, including the minimum incidental death benefit requirement. If there is any discrepancy between this Section and Code Section 401(a)(9), that Code section will prevail.
(b) Payment of a death benefit pursuant to Article VII, (i) if payable to other than the Participant’s spouse, must commence no later than the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which such Participant died or (ii) if payable to the surviving spouse, must commence no later than the later of (1) the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which such Participant died or (2) the last day of the calendar year in which such Participant would have attained the age of 70 1 / 2 , unless such surviving spouse dies before payments commence, in which case the commencement of payment may not be deferred beyond the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which such surviving spouse died.
(c) Benefit Notice and Commencement Rules.
(1) Except as provided in Paragraphs (c)(2) and (c)(3) below, within the period of time commencing one hundred eighty (180) days, and ending thirty (30) days, prior to his Annuity Starting Date, the Committee shall give each Participant a written notice that Plan benefits thereafter payable will be in the form of a joint and survivor annuity under Section 8.3(a) in the case of a married Participant unless the Participant makes a Qualified Election within the applicable Election Period to receive Plan benefits payable under the Plan in another form. In the case of a Participant who is not married, the notice shall inform him that Plan benefits will be paid in the form of an applicable life annuity under Section 8.3(b) unless a Qualified Election is made for another form of benefit payable under the Plan. Such notice shall also provide written explanation of (i) the terms and conditions of the applicable standard form of annuity; (ii) the Participant’s right to make, and the effect of, an election to waive the applicable standard annuity form of benefit; (iii) the relative values of the applicable optional forms of benefit available; (iv) the rights of a Participant’s spouse; (v) the right to make, and the effect of, a revocation of a previous election to waive the applicable standard form of annuity; (vi) if applicable, the right to defer the Annuity Starting Date; and (vii) if applicable, the right to a Direct Rollover pursuant to Section 8.7.

 

26


 

(2) In the event the written notice described in Paragraph (c)(1) above is provided to a Participant before his Annuity Starting Date but less than thirty (30) days prior to such date, such Participant (with the consent of his spouse, if he is married) may elect, on a properly completed election form provided by the Committee, to waive the minimum thirty (30) day notice period described in Paragraph (c)(1) above, provided the following conditions are met:
(A) The Committee provides descriptive information to the Participant clearly indicating that he has the right to at least thirty (30) days to consider whether to waive the applicable standard form of annuity and elect an alternative form of benefit available to him under the Plan;
(B) The Participant is permitted to revoke an election made pursuant to (A) above at least until the Annuity Starting Date, or, if later, at any time prior to the expiration of the seven (7)-day period which begins on the day immediately following the date the written notice described in Paragraph (c)(1) above is provided to the Participant and distribution in accordance with such election does not commence prior to the expiration of such seven (7)-day period; and
(C) The Participant’s Annuity Starting Date is after the date such written notice is provided to the Participant.
The Participant’s Annuity Starting Date may be prior to the date the Participant makes any affirmative benefit distribution election pursuant to this Paragraph (c)(1) and prior to the date distribution is permitted to commence pursuant to (B) above, provided that, except in a case due solely to administrative delay, distribution pursuant to such election shall commence not more than one hundred eighty (180) days after the written notice described in Paragraph (c)(1) above is provided to the Participant.
(3) In accordance with the conditions and requirements of this Paragraph (c)(3) and of Code Section 417(a)(7) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, a Participant who is eligible to do so may elect a retroactive annuity starting date with respect to the distribution of his retirement benefit. For purposes of the Plan, a retroactive annuity starting date (“RASD”) means an Annuity Starting Date affirmatively elected by a Participant which is on or before the date the written notice described in Paragraph (c)(1) above is provided to the Participant.

 

27


 

(A) A Participant shall be eligible to elect a RASD only if the following requirements and conditions are met:
(i) The Participant has requested the written notice described in Paragraph (c)(1) above prior to his Annuity Starting Date and, solely due to administrative delay, such written notice is provided to the Participant on or after his Annuity Starting Date;
(ii) The Participant’s retirement benefit payments have not commenced;
(iii) The Participant’s elected RASD is not prior to the date of his termination of employment,
(iv) The Participant’s spouse (including an alternate payee who is treated as such spouse under an order the Committee has determined to be a qualified domestic relations order), determined as if the date distributions are to commence was the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date, consents to the distribution in a Qualified Election; provided, however, such spousal consent is not applicable if the amount of the survivor annuity payments for such spouse under the RASD election are not less than the amount of the survivor annuity payments for such spouse under the applicable standard form of annuity with an Annuity Starting Date after the date the written notice described in Paragraph (c)(1) above is provided to the Participant;
(v) Any distribution (including appropriate interest adjustments) based on the RASD must satisfy the requirements of Code Section 415 if the date the distribution is to commence is substituted for the Annuity Starting Date for all purposes, including for purposes of determining the Applicable Interest Rate and the Applicable Mortality Table; provided, however, satisfaction of such requirement is not required in the case of a distribution in the form of an annuity described in Section 8.3 or Section 8.5 and the date such distribution is to commence in any such form is twelve (12) months or less from the RASD; and
(vi) In the case of a form of retirement benefit distribution which would have been subject to the present value requirements of Code Section 417(e)(3) if such distribution had actually commenced as of the RASD, such distribution must be not less than the retirement benefit produced by application of the Applicable Interest Rate and the Applicable Mortality Table determined as of the date distribution is to commence to the annuity form which corresponds to the annuity form used to determine the retirement benefit amount as of the RASD.

 

28


 

(B) The future payments of retirement benefit to the Participant must be the same as the future payments of retirement benefit which would have been paid to the Participant if such payments had actually commenced on the RASD and the Participant must receive a make-up payment to reflect the missed payment or payments for the period between the RASD and the date of the actual make-up payment (with an appropriate adjustment for interest at the Applicable Interest Rate for such period on such missed payment or payments);
(C) The written notice described in Paragraph (c)(1) above must generally be provided to the Participant not less than thirty (30) days nor more than one hundred eighty (180) days prior to the date of the first payment pursuant to the Participant’s election of an RASD and such election must be made after such written notice is provided but on or prior to the date of such first payment; provided, however, such written notice may be provided less than thirty (30) days prior to the date of such first payment if the requirements of Paragraph (c)(2) above would be satisfied when such date is substituted for the Annuity Starting Date in applying the requirements of such Paragraph other than the requirements described in the final sentence of such Paragraph; and, provided, further, that, except in a case due solely to administrative delay, the date of such first payment shall be not more than one hundred eighty (180) days after such written notice is provided to the Participant.
(4) For purposes of this Section 8.2(c), the following defined terms have the meanings provided below where such terms are used in the initially capitalized form:
(A) The term “Election Period” shall mean, subject to the modifications under certain circumstances described in Paragraphs (c)(2) and (c)(3) above, the one hundred eighty (180) day period ending on the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date.
(B) The term “Qualified Election” shall mean an election to waive the applicable standard form of annuity and to elect or waive the Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity. The Participant’s election must be in writing and, if he is married, must be consented to by his spouse. The spouse’s consent to an election must acknowledge the applicable standard form of annuity and the spouse must acknowledge such consent before a notary public or Plan representative. The waiver must state the specific beneficiary applicable (including any class of beneficiaries). Such election may not be changed without further spousal consent Notwithstanding this consent requirement, if the Participant establishes to the satisfaction of the Committee that such written consent may not be obtained because there is no spouse or the spouse cannot be located, an election will be deemed a Qualified Election. Also, if the Participant is legally separated or has been abandoned (within the meaning of applicable law) and the Participant has a court order to such effect, spousal consent is not required. Any consent necessary under this Paragraph (4)(B) will be valid only with respect to the spouse who signs the consent, or in the event of a deemed Qualified Election, the designated spouse. Additionally, a revocation of a prior election may be made by a Participant without the consent of the spouse at any time during the applicable Election Period. The number of revocations shall not be limited. Any new election of an optional form of benefit will require new spousal consent. The preceding sentence shall not apply if such election is back to the applicable standard form of annuity.

 

29


 

(d) Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs (a)(2) and (a)(3), a Participant’s Annuity Starting Date shall not occur while the Participant is employed by the Employer or any Controlled Entity.
(e) Section 8.1 and Paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) above notwithstanding, but subject to the provisions of Paragraph (a)(3) above, a Participant, other than a Participant whose Actuarially Equivalent present value of his Vested Interest in his Accrued Benefit is not in excess of $1,000, must file a claim for benefits in the manner prescribed by the Committee before payment of his benefits will commence. In the event that the requirement in the preceding sentence delays the commencement of payment of a Participant’s benefits to a date after his Normal Retirement Date, such Participant’s benefit shall not be less than the Actuarial Equivalent of his Accrued Benefit payable at his Normal Retirement Date.
8.3 Standard Form of Benefit for Participants . For purposes of Article V or VI the following standard forms of benefit shall apply:
(a) The standard form of benefit for any Participant who is married on his Annuity Starting Date shall be an annuity pursuant to which the Participant shall receive the greater of (i) a joint and survivor annuity which is the Actuarial Equivalent of the Pension described in paragraph (b) and which is payable for the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity for the life of the Participant’s spouse that shall be one-half the amount of the annuity payable during the joint lives of the Participant and the Participant’s spouse and (ii) the Pension determined under Article V or VI hereof, as applicable, multiplied by a factor of .9000 reduced by.0050 for each year by which the Participant’s spouse is more than ten years younger than the Participant, and such spouse shall receive a benefit equal to one-half of the amount of the annuity payable during the joint lives of the Participant and such spouse.
(b) The standard form of benefit for any Participant who is not married on his Annuity Starting Date shall be the Pension described in Section 8.5(b), determined in accordance with Article V or VI, whichever is applicable to such Participant.
8.4 Election Concerning Form of Benefit . Any Participant who would otherwise receive the standard form of benefit described in Section 8.3 may elect not to take his benefit in such form by properly executing and filing the benefit election form prescribed by the Committee during the Election Period described in Section 8.2(c)(4)(A) as a Qualified Election as described in Section 8.2(c)(4)(B).

 

30


 

8.5 Alternative Forms of Benefit . For purposes of Article V or VI, the benefit for any Participant who has elected pursuant to Section 8.4 not to receive his benefit in the standard form set forth in Section 8.3 or the Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity, shall be paid in one of the following alternative forms described below selected by such Participant, or, in the absence of such selection, by the Committee prior to his Annuity Starting Date; provided, however, that the period and method of payment of such form shall be in compliance with the provisions of Code Section 401(a)(9) and applicable Treasury Regulations thereunder:
(a) Joint and Survivor Option .
(1) Except as otherwise provided in this Paragraph (a), a Participant may elect to receive an annuity payable for the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity (with monthly payments under such survivor annuity equal to 1%, 50%, 75% or 100%, as specified by the Participant in his election of this option, of such Participant’s monthly benefit) to the beneficiary designated by such Participant in accordance with Section 8.10 for such designated beneficiary’s remaining lifetime. The benefit elected under this clause (1) shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of the Pension referred to in Section 8.3(b).
(2) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following rules will apply to a joint and survivor option elected under this Paragraph (a):
(A) If a Participant elects a joint and survivor option with a survivor benefit equal to 50% or more of the monthly benefit that he will receive during his lifetime, then the Participant will receive a reduced series of annuity payments that is the Actuarial Equivalent of the benefit computed under Section 8.3(a) (or that would be computed under Section 8.3(a) if the contingent annuitant was the Participant’s spouse).
(B) If a Participant elects a joint and survivor option with a survivor benefit equal to less than 50% of the monthly benefit that he will receive during his lifetime, then the Participant will receive a reduced series of annuity payments that is the sum of:
(i) the benefit computed under Section 8.5(a)(1), plus
(ii) an additional amount determined by dividing one minus the elected survivor benefit percentage by 50% and multiplying the quotient by the excess of the benefit computed under Section 8.3(a) (or that would be computed under Section 8.3(a) if the contingent annuitant was the Participant’s spouse) over the benefit computed under Section 8.5(a)(1), and
(C) Notwithstanding the provisions of clause (B) above, the reduced series of annuity payments payable to a married Participant who names his spouse to whom he has been married for at least 12 consecutive months immediately prior to his Annuity Starting Date, as contingent annuitant, and who elects a joint and survivor option with a survivor benefit equal to less than 50% of the monthly benefit that he will receive during his lifetime shall be no less than the sum of:
(i) his Accrued Benefit as of January 1, 1990, converted into the selected joint and survivor option based upon the procedures applicable to the Plan immediately prior to such date, plus
(ii) his Accrued Benefit earned from January 1, 1990, to his retirement date converted into the selected joint and survivor option on a basis that is the Actuarial Equivalent of such Accrued Benefit.

 

31


 

(3) Any Plan provision to the contrary notwithstanding, the optional form of payment described in this Paragraph (a) shall become effective on the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date, except that such election will be automatically cancelled if either the Participant or his contingent annuitant dies before such Participant’s Annuity Starting Date. An election of such optional form cannot be modified or rescinded after the effective date thereof
(4) A Participant may not elect an optional form of benefit pursuant to this Paragraph (a) providing monthly benefits to a contingent annuitant who is other than his spouse unless the Actuarial Equivalent of the payments expected to be made to the Participant is more than 50% of the Actuarial Equivalent of the total payments expected to be made under such optional form. In no event, however, shall the amount of each monthly payment to a contingent annuitant exceed the amount of each monthly payment made to the Participant.
(b)  Life Annuity . The Participant may elect to receive an annuity payable for the life of the Participant. The benefit elected under this Paragraph shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of the Pension referred to in Section 8.3(b). The optional form of payment described in this Paragraph shall become effective on the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date, except that such election will be automatically cancelled if the Participant dies before such date. An election of such optional form cannot be modified or rescinded after the effective date thereof
(c)  Level Income Option . If payment of a Participant’s benefit commences prior to the earliest age as of which such Participant will become eligible for an Old-Age Insurance Benefit under the Social Security Act and such Participant’s benefits will be paid in the form of an annuity, then at the request of the Participant the amount of the payments of his benefit may be adjusted so that an increased amount will be paid prior to such age and a reduced amount thereafter; the purpose of this adjustment is to enable the Participant to receive from the Plan and under the Social Security Act an aggregate income in approximately a level amount for life. Such adjusted payments shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of the benefit otherwise payable to such Participant,
8.6 Cash-Out of Accrued Benefit . If a Participant terminates his employment with the Employer and all Controlled Entities and the Actuarially Equivalent present value of his Vested Interest in his Accrued Benefit is not in excess of $1,000, then such present value shall be paid to such terminated Participant in lieu of any other benefit herein provided and without regard to the consent requirements of Section 8.2(a)(l) and the election and spousal consent requirements of Section 8.2(c). Any such payment shall be made as soon as administratively feasible following such Participant’s termination of employment. The provisions of this Section shall not be applicable to a Participant following his Annuity Starting Date.

 

32


 

8.7 Direct Rollover Election . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a Distributee’s election under this Section, a Distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Committee, to have all or any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a Direct Rollover. The preceding sentence notwithstanding, a Distributee may elect a Direct Rollover pursuant to this Section only if such Distributee’s Eligible Rollover Distributions during the Plan Year are reasonably expected to total $200 or more. Furthermore, if less than 100% of the Participant’s Eligible Rollover Distribution is to be a Direct Rollover, the amount of the Direct Rollover must be $500 or more. Prior to any Direct Rollover pursuant to this Section, the Committee may require the Distributee to furnish the Committee with a statement from the plan, account, or annuity to which the benefit is to be transferred verifying that such plan, account, or annuity is, or is intended to be, an Eligible Retirement Plan.
8.8 Special Distribution Limitations .
(a) For purposes of this Section, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
(1) Benefit of a Participant includes (i) loans from the Plan in excess of the amounts set forth in Code Section 72(p)(2)(A); (ii) any periodic income from the Plan; (iii) any Plan withdrawal values payable to a living Participant; and (iv) any death benefits from the Plan not provided for by insurance on the Participant’s life.
(2) Current Plan Liabilities means with respect to a Plan Year the amount described in Code Section 412(1)(7) for such Plan Year.
(3) Restricted Participant includes with respect to a Plan Year any Participant who during such Plan Year is (i) either a “highly compensated employee,” as such term is defined in Code Section 414(q), or a “highly compensated former employee,” as such term is defined in Code Section 414(q)(6); and (ii) is one of the twenty-five most highly compensated nonexcludable employees and former employees, as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(4)-12, based on compensation, within the meaning of Code Section 414(s), received from the Employer and Controlled Entities in the current or any other Plan Year.
(b) Subject to the provisions of Paragraph (c), the annual payments from the Plan to a Restricted Participant for a Plan Year may not exceed an amount equal to the annual payments that would be made on behalf of such Restricted Participant under (i) a single life annuity that is the Actuarial Equivalent of the sum of (1) the Restricted Participant’s Accrued Benefit and (2) the Restricted Participant’s Benefit under the Plan other than his Accrued Benefit and any Social Security supplement provided by the Plan and (ii) any Social Security supplement provided by the Plan.
(c) The provisions of Paragraph (b) shall not apply if (i) after payment to a Restricted Participant of his Benefit, the value of the assets of the Fund equals or exceeds 110% of the value of Current Plan Liabilities, (ii) the value of the Restricted Participant’s Benefit is less than 1% of the value of Current Plan Liabilities before payment of the Restricted Participant’s Benefit, or (iii) the present value of the Restricted Participant’s Benefit does not (and at the time of any prior distribution did not) exceed $5,000.

 

33


 

8.9 Cessation of Certain Payments if Liquidity Shortfall . Plan provisions to the contrary notwithstanding, no payment in excess of a life annuity payment as described in Code Section 401(a)(32)(B) shall be made during any period that the Plan has a “liquidity shortfall” (as defined in Code Section 430(j)(4)).
8.10 Beneficiaries and Joint Annuitants .
(a) Subject to the restrictions of Section 8.4, each Participant shall have the right to designate the beneficiary or beneficiaries or joint annuitant to receive any continuing payments in the event such Participant’s benefit is payable in a form whereby payments could continue beyond such Participant’s death. Each such designation shall be separate from the beneficiary designation under Section 7.3(b), and each such designation shall be made on the form prescribed by the Committee and shall be filed with the Committee. Any such designation may be changed at any time by such Participant by execution of a new designation form and filing such form with the Committee except that a joint annuitant cannot be changed after a Participant’s Annuity Starting Date.
(b) If a Participant’s designated joint annuitant dies before the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date, such Participant’s election of a form of benefit for the joint lives of the Participant and such joint annuitant shall be cancelled automatically and such Participant’s benefit shall be paid in the form of the standard benefit set forth in Section 8.3, unless a new election of an alternative form of benefit is made in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.4. The death of a joint annuitant following a Participant’s Annuity Starting Date shall not affect a Participant’s benefit election or permit such Participant to revoke such election.
8.11 Reemployment of Participants . In the event a Participant to whom payment of his retirement benefit under the Plan has commenced is reemployed by an Employer or a Controlled Entity, whether or not as an Eligible Employee, payment of his retirement benefit shall not be interrupted or otherwise adversely affected, but shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 8.11.
(a) In the event a Participant is reemployed by an Employer or Controlled Entity, whether or not as an Eligible Employee, before payment of his retirement benefit has commenced, his benefit shall not commence during his period of reemployment, but shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Sections 5.1(c) and 8.2(d).
(b) If a Participant described above is reemployed as an Eligible Employee he shall resume benefit accruals pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Plan, subject to the modifications required by this Section 8.11. In this regard, the benefit accrual of such Participant during his reemployment shall be determined at the end of such period of reemployment to be the excess, if any, of the amount determined pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Plan over the Actuarial Equivalent of the Participant’s Accrued Benefit as of his Annuity Starting Date. Any such excess shall be applied as of the first retirement benefit payment after the Participant’s period of reemployment to increase such retirement benefit payment and each payment thereafter in the annuity form in which such Participant’s retirement benefit is being paid, together with an actuarial adjustment, if necessary, adequate to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 411(a) and Department of Labor Regulation Section 2530.203-3 concerning the delay in payment of the amount of such increase. In the event such Participant’s reemployment continues after April 1 of the year immediately following the year in which he attains age 70 1 / 2 , an actuarial adjustment, if necessary, adequate to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9)(C)(iii) with respect to the delay in payment of the amount of such increase for periods after such April 1 shall be applied. In no event shall retirement benefit payments made prior to the date of such Participant’s reemployment or during his period of reemployment be taken into account with respect to his benefit accruals or retirement benefits payable after his reemployment or after his subsequent termination of employment.

 

34


 

8.12 Withdrawal of Accumulation .
(a) A Participant may not withdraw his Accumulation while he remains in the active employ of the Employer or a Controlled Entity, but a Participant whose employment has terminated and who has not begun to receive payment of his benefit under the Plan may withdraw his Accumulation. In that event, the benefit otherwise payable to the Participant under the Plan shall be determined pursuant to Paragraph (b) of this Section. Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Section, a Participant may not elect to withdraw his Accumulation unless the Participant’s spouse consents in writing to the Participant’s election to make such withdrawal, such consent acknowledges the effect of such election, and such consent is witnessed by a representative of the Plan or a notary public, unless the Participant establishes to the satisfaction of a Plan representative that such consent may not be obtained because there is no spouse, such spouse cannot be located, or under such other circumstances as the Secretary of the Treasury may by regulation prescribe. Any consent by a spouse (or establishment that the consent of the spouse may not be obtained) pursuant to this Section shall be effective only with respect to such spouse. The portion of a Participant’s Accumulation which is attributable to interest credited thereon pursuant to Section 1.1(c) and which is withdrawn pursuant to the terms of this Section shall be subject to the mandatory withholding requirements for lump sum distributions from a qualified plan and shall be eligible for Direct Rollover pursuant to Section 8.7.
(b) Notwithstanding any Plan provision to the contrary, if a Participant has elected to withdraw his Accumulation under Paragraph (a) of this Section, his remaining Accrued Benefit (the “Residual Benefit”) shall be calculated according to the following provisions of this Paragraph.
(1) Determine the “Vested Value” . The Vested Value shall be the greater of (i) the annual retirement benefit payable to the Participant commencing at his Normal Retirement Date determined under Section 5.1 of the Plan, and (ii) a single life annuity commencing in an annual amount at his Normal Retirement Date determined by converting the Participant’s Hypothetical Accumulation into such an annuity using the Applicable Interest Rate and, with respect to the period after the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date, the Applicable Mortality Table.
(2) Determine the “Vested Portion” . The Vested Portion is a single life annuity payable in an annual amount commencing at the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date. The Vested Portion shall be determined by converting the Participant’s Hypothetical Accumulation into such an annuity using the Applicable Interest Rate and, with respect to the period after the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date, the Applicable Mortality Table.

 

35


 

(3) Determine the “Residual Vested Annuity” . The Residual Vested Annuity is determined by reducing the Vested Value, but not below zero, by the amount of the Vested Portion.
(4) Determine the “Residual Benefit” . The Residual Benefit is the lump sum Actuarial Equivalent of the Residual Vested Annuity, determined as of the date of withdrawal, based upon the Applicable Interest Rate and the Applicable Mortality Table.
(c) The following provisions shall apply with respect to the aggregate amount of the Accumulation and the Residual Benefit:
(1) If such aggregate amount is not in excess of $1,000, the Committee shall direct that such amount be paid to the Participant in a lump sum, in full satisfaction and release of all further rights of the Participant, his spouse and his beneficiary or beneficiaries (designated pursuant to Section 7.3(b)) to receive any benefits under the Plan.
(2) If such aggregate amount is more than $1,000, the Participant shall receive the Accumulation in a lump sum, and shall receive the Residual Vested Annuity, payable at the time and in the form provided in Article VIII.
(3) Any lump sum distribution pursuant to this Paragraph (c) shall be paid within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of the Plan Year in which the Participant’s Severance from Service Date occurs.
(d) The Accrued Benefit of a Participant who received a lump sum distribution of his Accumulation prior to January 1, 1988, and who is reemployed and becomes entitled to a benefit under the Plan after that date, shall be calculated to reflect such distribution pursuant to the provisions of paragraphs (1), (2) and (3) of subsection (b) above.
8.13 Commercial Annuities . At the direction of the Committee, the Funding Agent may pay any form of benefit provided hereunder other than a lump sum or a Direct Rollover pursuant to Section 8.7 by the purchase of a commercial annuity contract and the distribution of such contract to the Participant or beneficiary. Thereupon, the Plan shall have no further liability with respect to the amount used to purchase the annuity contract and such Participant or beneficiary shall look solely to the company issuing such contract for such annuity payments. All certificates for commercial annuity benefits shall be nontransferable, except for surrender to the issuing company, and no benefit thereunder may be sold, assigned, discounted, or pledged (other than as collateral for a loan from the company issuing same). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the terms of any such commercial annuity contract shall conform with the time of payment, form of payment, and consent provisions of Articles VII and VIII.
8.14 Unclaimed Benefits . In the case of a benefit payable on behalf of a Participant, if the Committee is unable to locate the Participant or beneficiary to whom such benefit is payable, upon the Committee’s determination thereof, such benefit shall be forfeited. The timing of such forfeiture shall comply with the time of payment rules described in Sections 8.1 and 8.2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if subsequent to any such forfeiture the Participant or beneficiary to whom such benefit is payable makes a valid claim for such benefit, such forfeited benefit shall be restored.

 

36


 

8.15 Claims Procedures.
(a)  Definitions . For purposes of this Section, the following terms, when capitalized, will be defined as follows:
(1) Adverse Benefit Determination : Any denial, reduction or termination of or failure to provide or make payment (in whole or in part) for a Plan benefit, including any denial, reduction, termination or failure to provide or make payment that is based on a determination of a Claimant’s eligibility to participate in the Plan. Further, any invalidation of a claim for failure to comply with the claim submission procedure will be treated as an Adverse Benefit Determination.
(2) Benefits Administrator . The person or office to whom the Committee has delegated day-to-day Plan administration responsibilities and who, pursuant to such delegation, processes Plan benefit claims in the ordinary course.
(3) Claimant : A Participant or beneficiary or an authorized representative of such Participant or beneficiary who has filed or desires to file a claim for a Plan benefit.
(b)  Filing of Benefit Claim . To file a benefit claim under the Plan, a Claimant must obtain from the Benefits Administrator the information and benefit election forms, if any, provided for in the Plan and otherwise follow the procedures established from time to time by the Committee or the Benefits Administrator for claiming Plan benefits. If, after reviewing the information so provided, the Claimant needs additional information regarding his Plan benefits, he may obtain such information by submitting a written request to the Benefits Administrator describing the additional information needed. A Claimant may only request a Plan benefit by fully completing and submitting to the Benefits Administrator the benefit election forms, if any, provided for in the Plan and otherwise following the procedures established from time to time by the Committee or the Benefits Administrator for claiming Plan benefits.
(c)  Processing of Benefit Claim . Upon receipt of a fully completed benefit claim from a Claimant, the Benefits Administrator shall determine if the Claimant’s right to the requested benefit, payable at the time or times and in the form requested, is clear and, if so, shall process such benefit claim without resort to the Committee. If the Benefits Administrator determines that the Claimant’s right to the requested benefit, payable at the time or times and in the form requested, is not clear, it shall refer the benefit claim to the Committee for review and determination, which referral shall include:
(1) All materials submitted to the Benefits Administrator by the Claimant in connection with the claim;

 

37


 

(2) A written description of why the Benefits Administrator was of the view that the Claimant’s right to the benefit, payable at the time or times and in the form requested, was not clear;
(3) A description of all Plan provisions pertaining to the benefit claim;
(4) Where appropriate, a summary as to whether such Plan provisions have in the past been consistently applied with respect to other similarly situated Claimants; and
(5) Such other information as may be helpful or relevant to the Committee in its consideration of the claim.
If the Claimant’s claim is referred to the Committee, the Claimant may examine any relevant document relating to his claim and may submit written comments or other information to the Committee to supplement his benefit claim. Within thirty days of receipt from the Benefits Administrator of a benefit claim referral (or such longer period as may be necessary due to unusual circumstances or to enable the Claimant to submit comments), but in any event not later than will permit the Committee sufficient time to fully and fairly consider the claim and make a determination within the time frame provided in Paragraph (d) below, the Committee shall consider the referral regarding the claim of the Claimant and make a decision as to whether it is to be approved, modified or denied. If the claim is approved, the Committee shall direct the Benefits Administrator to process the approved claim as soon as administratively practicable.
(d)  Notification of Adverse Benefit Determination . In any case of an Adverse Benefit Determination of a claim for a Plan benefit, the Committee shall furnish written notice to the affected Claimant within a reasonable period of time but not later than ninety (90) days after receipt of such claim for Plan benefits (or within one hundred eighty (180) days if special circumstances necessitate an extension of the ninety (90) day period and the Claimant is informed of such extension in writing within the ninety (90) day period and is provided with an extension notice consisting of an explanation of the special circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by which the benefit determination will be rendered). Any notice that denies a benefit claim of a Claimant in whole or in part shall, in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant:
(1) State the specific reason or reasons for the Adverse Benefit Determination;
(2) Provide specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the Adverse Benefit Determination is based;
(3) Describe any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim and explain why such material or information is necessary; and
(4) Describe the Plan’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under section 502(a) of the Act following an Adverse Benefit Determination on review.

 

38


 

(e)  Review of Adverse Benefit Determination . A Claimant has the right to have an Adverse Benefit Determination reviewed in accordance with the following claims review procedure:
(1) The Claimant must submit a written request for such review to the Committee not later than sixty (60) days following receipt by the Claimant of the Adverse Benefit Determination notification;
(2) The Claimant shall have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim for benefits to the Committee;
(3) The Claimant shall have the right to have all comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim for benefits that have been submitted by the Claimant considered on review without regard to whether such comments, documents, records or information were considered in the initial benefit determination; and
(4) The Claimant shall have reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claim for benefits free of charge upon request, including (i) documents, records or other information relied upon for the benefit determination, (ii) documents, records or other information submitted, considered or generated without regard to whether such documents, records or other information were relied upon in making the benefit determination, and (iii) documents, records or other information that demonstrates compliance with the standard claims procedure.
The decision on review by the Committee will be binding and conclusive upon all persons, and the Claimant shall neither be required nor be permitted to pursue further appeals to the Committee.
(f)  Notification of Benefit Determination on Review . Notice of the Committee’s final benefit determination regarding an Adverse Benefit Determination will be furnished in writing or electronically to the Claimant after a full and fair review. Notice of an Adverse Benefit Determination upon review will:
(1) State the specific reason or reasons for the Adverse Benefit Determination;
(2) Provide specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the Adverse Benefit Determination is based;
(3) State that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim for benefits including (i) documents, records or other information relied upon for the benefit determination, (ii) documents, records or other information submitted, considered or generated without regard to whether such documents, records or other information were relied upon in making the benefit determination, and (iii) documents, records or other information that demonstrates compliance with the standard claims procedure; and
(4) Describe the Claimant’s right to bring an action under section 502(a) of the Act.

 

39


 

The Committee shall notify a Claimant of its determination on review with respect to the Adverse Benefit Determination of the Claimant within a reasonable period of time but not later than sixty (60) days after the receipt of the Claimant’s request for review unless the Committee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the review of the Adverse Benefit Determination. If the Committee determines that such extension of time is required, written notice of the extension (which shall indicate the special circumstances requiring the extension and the date by which the Committee expects to render the determination on review) shall be furnished to the Claimant prior to the termination of the initial sixty (60) day review period. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of sixty (60) days from the end of the initial sixty (60) day review period. In the event such extension is due to the Claimant’s failure to submit necessary information, the period for making the determination on a review will be tolled from the date on which the notification of the extension is sent to the Claimant until the date on which the Claimant responds to the request for additional information.
(g)  Exhaustion of Administrative Remedies . Completion of the claims procedures described in this Section will be a condition precedent to the commencement of any legal or equitable action in connection with a claim for benefits under the Plan by a Claimant or by any other person or entity claiming rights individually or through a Claimant; provided, however, that the Committee may, in its sole discretion, waive compliance with such claims procedures as a condition precedent to any such action.
(h)  Payment of Benefits . If the Benefits Administrator or Committee determines that a Claimant is entitled to a benefit hereunder, payment of such benefit will be made to such Claimant (or commence, as applicable) as soon as administratively practicable after the date the Benefits Administrator or Committee determines that such Claimant is entitled to such benefit or on any other later date designated by and in the discretion of the Committee.
(i)  Authorized Representatives . An authorized representative may act on behalf of a Claimant in pursuing a benefit claim or an appeal of an Adverse Benefit Determination. An individual or entity will only be determined to be a Claimant’s authorized representative for such purposes if the Claimant has provided the Committee with a written statement identifying such individual or entity as his authorized representative and describing the scope of the authority of such authorized representative. In the event a Claimant identifies an individual or entity as his authorized representative in writing to the Committee but fails to describe the scope of the authority of such authorized representative, the Committee shall assume that such authorized representative has full powers to act with respect to all matters pertaining to the Claimant’s benefit claim under the Plan or appeal of an Adverse Benefit Determination with respect to such benefit claim.

 

40


 

IX. LIMITATIONS ON BENEFITS
9.1 Limitations Imposed by Code Section 415 .
(a) The limitations of this Article IX shall apply on and after January 1, 2008, except as otherwise provided herein.
(b) The Annual Benefit otherwise payable to a Participant under the Plan at any time shall not exceed the Maximum Permissible Benefit. If the benefit the Participant would otherwise accrue in a Limitation Year would produce an Annual Benefit in excess of the Maximum Permissible Benefit, the benefit shall be limited (or the rate of accrual reduced) to a benefit that does not exceed the Maximum Permissible Benefit.
(c) If the Participant is, or has ever been, a participant in another qualified defined benefit plan (without regard to whether the plan has been terminated) maintained by the employer or a Predecessor Employer, the sum of the Participant’s Annual Benefits from all such plans may not exceed the Maximum Permissible Benefit. Where the Participant’s employer-provided benefits under all such defined benefit plans (determined as of the same age) would exceed the Maximum Permissible Benefit applicable at that age, the maximum monthly retirement income applicable to all such defined benefit plans of the employer shall be determined and allocated on a pro rata basis in proportion to the actuarially equivalent amount of retirement income otherwise accrued under each such defined benefit plan so that the Maximum Permissible Benefit is not exceeded.
(d) The application of the provisions of this Section shall not cause the Maximum Permissible Benefit for any Participant to be less than the Participant’s Accrued Benefit under all the defined benefit plans of the Employer or a Predecessor Employer as of the end of the last Limitation Year beginning before July 1, 2007 under provisions of the plans that were both adopted and in effect before April 5, 2007. The preceding sentence applies only if the provisions of such defined benefit plans that were both adopted and in effect before April 5, 2007 satisfied the applicable requirements of statutory provisions, regulations, and other published guidance relating to Code Section 415 in effect as of the end of the last Limitation Year beginning before July 1, 2007, as described in Section 1.415(a)-1(g)(4) of the Treasury Regulations.
(e) The limitations of this Article IX shall be determined and applied taking into account the rules in Section 9.3 below.
9.2 Definitions.
(a) “Annual Benefit” shall mean a benefit that is payable annually in the form of a straight life annuity. Except as provided below, where a benefit is payable in a form other than a straight life annuity, the benefit shall be adjusted to an Actuarially Equivalent straight life annuity that begins at the same time as such other form of benefit and is payable on the first day of each month, before applying the limitations of this Article IX. For a Participant who has or will have distributions commencing at more than one Annuity Starting Date, the Annual Benefit shall be determined as of each such Annuity Starting Date (and shall satisfy the limitations of this Article IX as of each such date), actuarially adjusting for past and future distributions of benefits commencing at the other Annuity Starting Dates. For this purpose, the determination of whether a new Annuity Starting Date has occurred shall be made without regard to Section 1.401(a)-20, Q&A 10(d), and with regard to Section 1.415(b)-1(b)(1)(iii)(B) and (C) of the Treasury Regulations.

 

41


 

No actuarial adjustment to the benefit shall be made for (i) survivor benefits payable to a surviving spouse under a qualified joint and survivor annuity to the extent such benefits would not be payable if the Participant’s benefit were paid in another form; (ii) benefits that are not directly related to retirement benefits (such as a qualified Disability benefit, preretirement incidental death benefits, and postretirement medical benefits); or (iii) the inclusion in the form of benefit of an automatic benefit increase feature, provided the form of benefit is not subject to Code Section 417(e)(3) and would otherwise satisfy the limitations of this Article IX, and the Plan provides that the amount payable under the form of benefit in any Limitation Year shall not exceed the limits of this Article IX applicable at the Annuity Starting Date, as increased in subsequent years pursuant to Code Section 415(d). For this purpose, an automatic benefit increase feature is included in a form of benefit if the form of benefit provides for automatic, periodic increases to the benefits paid in that form.
The determination of the Annual Benefit shall take into account Social Security supplements described in Code Section 411(a)(9) and benefits transferred from another defined benefit plan, other than transfers of distributable benefits pursuant to Section 1.411(d)-4, Q&A-3(c), of the Treasury Regulations, but shall disregard benefits attributable to employee contributions or rollover contributions.
Effective for distributions in Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2003, the determination of Actuarial Equivalence of forms of benefit other than a straight life annuity shall be made in accordance with Section 9.2(a)(1) or (2) below.
(1) Benefit Forms Not Subject to Code Section 417(e)(3) : The straight life annuity that is Actuarially Equivalent to the Participant’s form of benefit shall be determined under this subsection (1) if the form of the Participant’s benefit is either (i) a nondecreasing annuity (other than a straight life annuity) payable for a period of not less than the life of the Participant (or, in the case of a qualified pre-retirement survivor annuity, the life of the surviving spouse); or (ii) an annuity that decreases during the life of the Participant merely because of (a) the death of the survivor annuitant (but only if the reduction is not below fifty percent (50%) of the benefit payable before the death of the survivor annuitant); or (b) the cessation or reduction of Social Security supplements or qualified disability payments (as defined in Code Section 401(a)(11)).
(A) Limitation Years beginning before July 1, 2007 . For Limitation Years beginning before July 1, 2007, the Actuarially Equivalent straight life annuity is equal to the annual amount of the straight life annuity commencing at the same Annuity Starting Date that has the same actuarial present value as the Participant’s form of benefit computed using whichever of the following produces the greater annual amount: (i) the interest rate specified in Section 1.1(e) of the Plan (which is seven percent (7%) per annum and is hereinafter referred to as the “Plan Interest Rate”) and the mortality table (or other tabular factor) specified in Section 1.1(e) of the Plan (which is the 86 PET-88.70 mortality table and is hereinafter referred to as the “Plan Mortality Table”) for adjusting benefits in the same form; and (ii) a five percent (5%) interest rate assumption and the Applicable Mortality Table prescribed in Revenue Ruling 2001-62 for that Annuity Starting Date.

 

42


 

(B) Limitation Years beginning on or after July 1, 2007 . For Limitation Years beginning on or after July 1, 2007, the Actuarially Equivalent straight life annuity is equal to the greater of (i) the annual amount of the straight life annuity (if any) payable to the Participant under the Plan commencing at the same Annuity Starting Date as the Participant’s form of benefit; and (ii) the annual amount of the straight life annuity commencing at the same Annuity Starting Date that has the same actuarial present value as the Participant’s form of benefit, computed using a five percent (5%) interest rate assumption and the Applicable Mortality Table defined in Section 1.1(i) of the Plan for that Annuity Starting Date.
(2) Benefit Forms Subject to Code Section 417(e)(3) : The straight life annuity that is Actuarially Equivalent to the Participant’s form of benefit shall be determined under this subsection (2) if the form of the Participant’s benefit is other than a benefit form described in subsection (1) above. In this case, the Actuarially Equivalent straight life annuity shall be determined as follows:
(A) Annuity Starting Date in Plan Years Beginning After 2005 . If the Annuity Starting Date of the Participant’s form of benefit is in a Plan Year beginning after 2005, the Actuarially Equivalent straight life annuity is equal to the greatest of (i) the annual amount of the straight life annuity commencing at the same Annuity Starting Date that has the same actuarial present value as the Participant’s form of benefit, computed using the Plan Interest Rate and the Plan Mortality Table (or other tabular factor) specified for adjusting benefits in the same form; (ii) the annual amount of the straight life annuity commencing at the same Annuity Starting Date that has the same actuarial present value as the Participant’s form of benefit, computed using a five and one-half percent (5.5%) interest rate assumption and the Applicable Mortality Table prescribed in Revenue Ruling 2001-62; and (iii) the annual amount of the straight life annuity commencing at the same Annuity Starting Date that has the same actuarial present value as the Participant’s form of benefit, computed using the Applicable Interest Rate defined in the Plan for that Annuity Starting Date and the Applicable Mortality Table prescribed in Revenue Ruling 2001-62, divided by 1.05.
(B) Annuity Starting Date in Plan Years Beginning in 2004 or 2005 . If the Annuity Starting Date of the Participant’s form of benefit is in a Plan Year beginning in 2004 or 2005, the Actuarially Equivalent straight life annuity is equal to the annual amount of the straight life annuity commencing at the same Annuity Starting Date that has the same actuarial present value as the Participant’s form of benefit, computed using whichever of the following produces the greater annual amount: (i) the Plan Interest Rate and the Plan Mortality Table (or other tabular factor) specified for adjusting benefits in the same form; and (ii) a five and one-half percent (5.5%) interest rate assumption and the Applicable Mortality Table prescribed in Revenue Ruling 2001-62.

 

43


 

(b) “IRC 415 Compensation” .
(1) General . “IRC 415 Compensation” shall mean wages, salaries, and fees for professional services and other amounts received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Employer maintaining the Plan to the extent that the amounts are includible in gross income (including, but not limited to, commissions paid salespersons, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits, and reimbursements, or other expense allowances under a nonaccountable plan (as described in Section 1.62-2(c) of the Treasury Regulations), and excluding the following:
(A) Employer contributions (other than elective contributions described in Code Sections 402(e)(3), 408(k)(6), 408(p)(2)(A)(i), or 457(b)) to a plan of deferred compensation (including a simplified employee pension described in Code Section 408(k) or a simple retirement account described in Code Section 408(p), and whether or not qualified) to the extent such contributions are not includible in the Employee’s gross income for the taxable year in which contributed, and any distributions (whether or not includible in gross income when distributed) from a plan of deferred compensation (whether or not qualified), other than, amounts received during the year by an Employee pursuant to a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan to the extent includible in gross income;
(B) Amounts realized from the exercise of a nonstatutory stock option (that is, an option other than a statutory stock option as defined in Section 1.421-1(b) of the Treasury Regulations), or when restricted stock (or property) held by the Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture;
(C) Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock acquired under a statutory stock option;
(D) Other amounts that receive special tax benefits, such as premiums for group-term life insurance (but only to the extent that the premiums are not includible in the gross income of the Employee and are not salary reduction amounts that are described in Code Section 125); and
(E) Other items of remuneration that are similar to any of the items listed in (A) through (D).
(2) For any self-employed individual, IRC 415 Compensation shall mean earned income.

 

44


 

(3) Except as provided herein, for Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 1991, IRC 415 Compensation for a Limitation Year is the IRC 415 Compensation actually paid or made available during such Limitation Year. IRC 415 Compensation for a Limitation Year shall include amounts earned but not paid during the Limitation Year solely because of the timing of pay periods and pay dates, provided the amounts are paid during the first few weeks of the next Limitation Year, the amounts are included on a uniform and consistent basis with respect to all similarly situated Employees, and no compensation is included in more than one Limitation Year.
For Limitation Years beginning on or after July 1, 2007, IRC 415 Compensation for a Limitation Year shall also include compensation paid by the later of 2 1 / 2 months after an Employee’s Severance from Employment with the Employer maintaining the Plan or the end of the Limitation Year that includes the date of the Employee’s Severance from Employment with the Employer maintaining the Plan, if:
(A) The payment is regular compensation for services during the Employee’s regular working hours, or compensation for services outside the Employee’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar payments, and, absent a Severance from Employment, the payments would have been paid to the Employee while the Employee continued in employment with the Employer;
(B) The payment is for unused accrued bona fide sick, vacation or other leave that the Employee would have been able to use if employment had continued; or
(C) The payment is received by the Employee pursuant to a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan and would have been paid at the same time if employment had continued, but only to the extent includible in gross income.
Any payments not described above shall not be considered IRC 415 Compensation if paid after Severance from Employment, even if they are paid by the later of 2 1 / 2 months after the date of Severance from Employment or the end of the Limitation Year that includes the date of Severance from Employment, except, (i) payments to an individual who does not currently perform services for the Employer by reason of qualified military service (within the meaning of Code Section 414(u)(1)) to the extent these payments do not exceed the amounts the individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform services for the Employer rather than entering qualified military service; or (ii) compensation paid to a Participant who is permanently and totally disabled (as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3)), provided that salary continuation applies to all Participants who are permanently and totally disabled for a fixed or determinable period, or the Participant was not a Highly Compensated Employee immediately before becoming disabled.
(4) Back pay, within the meaning of Section 1.415(c)-2(g)(8) of the Treasury Regulations, shall be treated as IRC 415 Compensation for the Limitation Year to which the back pay relates to the extent the back pay represents wages and compensation that would otherwise be included under this definition.

 

45


 

(5) Additional Inclusions and Exclusions .
(A) For Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 1997, IRC 415 Compensation paid or made available during such Limitation Year shall include amounts that would otherwise be included in IRC 415 Compensation but for an election under Code Sections 125(a), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 402(k), or 457(b).
(B) For Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 2000, IRC 415 Compensation shall also include any elective amounts that are not includible in the gross income of the Employee by reason of Code Section 132(f)(4).
(C) For Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 2001, IRC 415 Compensation shall also include deemed Section 125 compensation. Deemed Section 125 compensation is an amount that is excludable under Code Section 106 that is not available to a Participant in cash in lieu of group health coverage under a Code Section 125 arrangement solely because the Participant is unable to certify that he or she has other health coverage. Amounts are deemed Section 125 compensation only if the Employer does not request or otherwise collect information regarding the Participant’s other health coverage as part of the enrollment process for the health plan.
(D) IRC 415 Compensation shall not include amounts paid as compensation to a nonresident alien, as defined in Code Section 7701(b)(1)(B), who is not a Participant in the Plan to the extent the compensation is excludable from gross income and is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States.
(c) “Defined Benefit Compensation Limitation” shall mean one hundred percent (100%) of a Participant’s High Three-Year Average Compensation, payable in the form of a straight life annuity.
(1) In the case of a Participant who has had a Severance from Employment with the Employer, the Defined Benefit Compensation Limitation applicable to the Participant in any Limitation Year beginning after the date of severance shall be automatically adjusted by multiplying the limitation applicable to the Participant in the prior Limitation Year by the annual adjustment factor under Code Section 415(d); provided, however, if the Employer maintains a plan for the purpose of restoring benefits that certain Participants may not receive under the Plan due to the limitations on contributions and benefits imposed by Code Section 415 and/or due to the limitations imposed on compensation under Code Section 401(a)(17), and if the Participant or his Beneficiary receives or has received a benefit or benefits under such restoration plan and a portion of such benefit or benefits would be duplicated by the cost-of-living adjustment provided under this paragraph, then such cost-of-living adjustment that would represent a duplication of benefits shall not apply to the Participant or Beneficiary unless the value of the benefit payable from the restoration plan that would cause such duplication of benefits under the Plan is returned to the Employer by the Participant or Beneficiary within sixty (60) days of the effective date of such cost-of-living adjustment or the date that such cost-of-living adjustment is announced by the Internal Revenue Service, whichever date is later; and provided further, however, that such sixty (60)-day period may be extended by the Committee if, in its opinion, reasonable cause exists for such an extension. The adjusted compensation limit shall apply to Limitation Years ending with or within the calendar year of the date of the adjustment, but a Participant’s benefits shall not reflect the adjusted limit prior to January 1 of that calendar year.

 

46


 

(2) In the case of a Participant who is rehired after a Severance from Employment, the Defined Benefit Compensation Limitation is the greater of one hundred percent (100%) of the Participant’s High Three-Year Average Compensation, as determined prior to the Severance from Employment, as adjusted pursuant to the preceding paragraph, if applicable; or one hundred percent (100%) of the Participant’s High Three-Year Average Compensation, as determined after the Severance from Employment under subsection (g) below.
(d) “Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation” shall mean, effective for Limitation Years ending after December 31, 2001, $160,000, automatically adjusted under Code Section 415(d) effective January 1 of each year, and payable in the form of a straight life annuity. The new limitation shall apply to Limitation Years ending with or within the calendar year of the date of the adjustment, but a Participant’s benefits shall not reflect the adjusted limit prior to January 1 of that calendar year. The automatic annual adjustment of the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation shall apply to Participants who have had a separation from employment.
(e) “Employer” shall mean the Employer that adopts this Plan, and all members of a controlled group of corporations, as defined in Code Section 414(b), as modified by Code Section 415(h), all commonly controlled trades or businesses (as defined in Code Section 414(c), as modified, except in the case of a brother-sister group of trades or businesses under common control, by Code Section 415(h)), or affiliated service groups (as defined in Code Section 414(m)) of which the adopting Employer is a part, and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to Code Section 414(o).
(f) “Formerly Affiliated Plan of the Employer” shall mean a plan that, immediately prior to the cessation of affiliation, was actually maintained by the Employer and, immediately after the cessation of affiliation, is not actually maintained by the Employer. For this purpose, cessation of affiliation means the event that causes an entity to no longer be considered the Employer, such as the sale of a member of the controlled group of corporations, as defined in Code Section 414(b), as modified by Code Section 415(h), to an unrelated corporation, or that causes a plan to not actually be maintained by the Employer, such as transfer of plan sponsorship outside a controlled group.

 

47


 

(g) “High Three-Year Average Compensation” shall mean the average Compensation for the three consecutive years of Service (or, if the Participant has less than three consecutive years of Service, the Participant’s longest consecutive Period of Service, including fractions of years, but not less than one year) with the Employer that produces the highest average. A year of Service with the employer is the 12-consecutive month period that begins on January 1 of each calendar year. In the case of a Participant who is rehired by the Employer after a Severance from Employment, the Participant’s High Three-Year Average Compensation shall be calculated by excluding all years for which the Participant performs no services for and receives no Compensation from the Employer (the break period) and by treating the years immediately preceding and following the break period as consecutive. A Participant’s Compensation for a year of Service shall not include Compensation in excess of the limitation under Code Section 401(a)(17) that is in effect for the calendar year in which such year of Service begins.
(h) “Limitation Year” shall mean the calendar year unless a different 12-month period has been elected by the Employer in accordance with regulations or rulings issued by the Internal Revenue Service. All qualified plans maintained by the Employer must use the same Limitation Year. If the Limitation Year is amended to a different 12-consecutive month period, the new Limitation Year must begin on a date within the Limitation Year in which the amendment is made.
(i) “Maximum Permissible Benefit” shall mean the lesser of the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation or the Defined Benefit Compensation Limitation (both adjusted where required as provided below).
(1) Adjustment for Less Than Ten (10) Years of Participation or Service : If the Participant has less than ten (10) Years of Participation in the Plan, the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Years (or part thereof, but not less than one year) of Participation in the Plan, and the denominator of which is ten (10). In the case of a Participant who has less than ten (10) Years of Service with the Employer, the Defined Benefit Compensation Limitation shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Years (or part thereof, but not less than one year) of Service with the Employer, and the denominator of which is ten (10).
(2) Adjustment of Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation for Benefit Commencement Before Age 62 or after Age 65 : Effective for benefits commencing in Limitation Years ending after December 31, 2001, the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation shall be adjusted if the Annuity Starting Date of the Participant’s benefit is before age 62 or after age 65. If the Annuity Starting Date is before age 62, the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation shall be adjusted under subsection (A) below, as modified by subsection (C) below in this subsection (2). If the Annuity Starting Date is after age 65, the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation shall be adjusted under subsection (B) below, as modified by subsection (C) below in this subsection (2).

 

48


 

(A) Adjustment of Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation for Benefit Commencement Before Age 62 :
(i) Limitation Years Beginning Before July 1, 2007 . If the Annuity Starting Date for the Participant’s benefit is prior to age 62 and occurs in a Limitation Year beginning before July 1, 2007, the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation for the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date is the annual amount of a benefit payable in the form of a straight life annuity commencing at the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date that is the Actuarial Equivalent of the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation (adjusted for Years of Participation less than ten (10), if required) with Actuarial Equivalence computed using whichever of the following produces the smaller annual amount: (i) the Plan Interest Rate and the Plan Mortality Table (or other tabular factor); or (ii) a five percent (5%) interest rate assumption and the Applicable Mortality Table as prescribed in Revenue Ruling 2001-62.
(ii) Limitation Years Beginning on or After July 1, 2007 .
(I) Plan Does Not Have Immediately Commencing Straight Life Annuity Payable at Both Age 62 and the Age of Benefit Commencement . If the Annuity Starting Date for the Participant’s benefit is prior to age 62 and occurs in a Limitation Year beginning on or after July 1, 2007, and the Plan does not have an immediately commencing straight life annuity payable at both age 62 and the age of benefit commencement, the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation for the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date is the annual amount of a benefit payable in the form of a straight life annuity commencing at the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date that is the Actuarial Equivalent of the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation (adjusted for Years of Participation less than ten (10), if required) with Actuarial Equivalence computed using a five percent (5%) interest rate assumption and the Applicable Mortality Table for the Annuity Starting Date (and expressing the Participant’s age based on completed calendar months as of the Annuity Starting Date).
(II) Plan Has Immediately Commencing Straight Life Annuity Payable at Both Age 62 and the Age of Benefit Commencement . If the Annuity Starting Date for the Participant’s benefit is prior to age 62 and occurs in a Limitation Year beginning on or after July 1, 2007, and the Plan has an immediately commencing straight life annuity payable at both age 62 and the age of benefit commencement, the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation for the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date is the lesser of the limitation determined under subsection (I) immediately above and the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation (adjusted for Years of Participation less than ten (10), if required) multiplied by the ratio of the annual amount of the immediately commencing straight life annuity under the Plan at the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date to the annual amount of the immediately commencing straight life annuity under the Plan at age 62, both determined without applying the limitations of this Article IX.

 

49


 

(B) Adjustment of Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation for Benefit Commencement After Age 65 :
(i) Limitation Years Beginning Before July 1, 2007 . If the Annuity Starting Date for the Participant’s benefit is after age 65 and occurs in a Limitation Year beginning before July 1, 2007, the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation for the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date is the annual amount of a benefit payable in the form of a straight life annuity commencing at the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date that is the Actuarial Equivalent of the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation (adjusted for Years of Participation less than ten (10), if required) with Actuarial Equivalence computed using whichever of the following produces the smaller annual amount: (i) the Plan Interest Rate and the Plan Mortality Table (or other tabular factor); or (ii) a five percent (5%) interest rate assumption and the Applicable Mortality Table as prescribed in Revenue Ruling 2001-62.
(ii) Limitation Years Beginning After July 1, 2007 .
(I) Plan Does Not Have Immediately Commencing Straight Life Annuity Payable at Both Age 65 and the Age of Benefit Commencement . If the Annuity Starting Date for the Participant’s benefit is after age 65 and occurs in a Limitation Year beginning on or after July 1, 2007, and the Plan does not have an immediately commencing straight life annuity payable at both age 65 and the age of benefit commencement, the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation at the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date is the annual amount of a benefit payable in the form of a straight life annuity commencing at the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date that is the Actuarial Equivalent of the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation (adjusted for Years of Participation less than ten (10), if required), with Actuarial Equivalence computed using a five percent (5%) interest rate assumption and the Applicable Mortality Table for that Annuity Starting Date (and expressing the Participant’s age based on completed calendar months as of the Annuity Starting Date).
(II) Plan Has Immediately Commencing Straight Life Annuity Payable at Both Age 65 and the Age of Benefit Commencement . If the Annuity Starting Date for the Participant’s benefit is after age 65 and occurs in a Limitation Year beginning on or after July 1, 2007, and the Plan has an immediately commencing straight life annuity payable at both age 65 and the age of benefit commencement, the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation at the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date is the lesser of the limitation determined under subsection (I) immediately above and the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation (adjusted for Years of Participation less than ten (10), if required) multiplied by the ratio of the annual amount of the adjusted immediately commencing straight life annuity under the Plan at the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date to the annual amount of the adjusted immediately commencing straight life annuity under the Plan at age 65, both determined without applying the limitations of this Article IX. For this purpose, the adjusted immediately commencing straight life annuity under the Plan at the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date is the annual amount of such annuity payable to the Participant, computed disregarding the Participant’s accruals after age 65 but including actuarial adjustments even if those actuarial adjustments are used to offset accruals; and the adjusted immediately commencing straight life annuity under the Plan at age 65 is the annual amount of such annuity that would be payable under the Plan to a hypothetical participant who is age 65 and has the same Accrued Benefit as the Participant.

 

50


 

(C) Notwithstanding the other requirements of this subsection (2), no adjustment shall be made to the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation to reflect the probability of a Participant’s death between the Annuity Starting Date and age 62, or between age 65 and the Annuity Starting Date, as applicable, if benefits are not forfeited upon the death of the Participant prior to the Annuity Starting Date. To the extent benefits are forfeited upon death before the Annuity Starting Date, such an adjustment shall be made. For this purpose, no forfeiture shall be treated as occurring upon the Participant’s death if the Plan does not charge Participants for providing a qualified preretirement survivor annuity, as defined in Code Section 417(c), upon the Participant’s death.
(3) Minimum Benefit Permitted : Notwithstanding anything else in this Section to the contrary, the benefit otherwise accrued or payable to a Participant under this Plan shall be deemed not to exceed the Maximum Permissible Benefit if:
(A) The retirement benefits payable for a Limitation Year under any form of benefit with respect to such Participant under this Plan and under all other defined benefit plans (without regard to whether a Plan has been terminated) ever maintained by the Employer do not exceed $10,000 multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Participant’s number of Years (or part thereof, but not less than one year) of Service (not to exceed ten (10)) with the Employer, and the denominator of which is ten (10); and
(B) The Employer (or a Predecessor Employer) has not at any time maintained a defined contribution plan in which the Participant participated (for this purpose, mandatory employee contributions under a defined benefit plan, individual medical accounts under Code Section 401(h), and accounts for postretirement medical benefits established under Code Section 419A(d)(1) are not considered a separate defined contribution plan).

 

51


 

(j) “Predecessor Employer” shall mean, if the Employer maintains a plan that provides a benefit which the Participant accrued while performing services for a former employer, the former employer with respect to the Participant in the plan. A former entity that antedates the Employer is also a Predecessor Employer with respect to a Participant if, under the facts and circumstances, the Employer constitutes a continuation of all or a portion of the trade or business of the former entity.
(k) “Severance from Employment” shall mean the Employee ceases to be an Employee of the Employer maintaining the Plan. An Employee does not have a Severance from Employment if, in connection with a change of employment, the Employee’s new employer maintains the Plan with respect to the Employee.
(l) “Year of Participation.” The Participant shall be credited with a Year of Participation (computed to fractional parts of a year) for each accrual computation period for which the following conditions are met: (i) the Participant is credited with at least the number of Hours of Service (or Period of Service if the elapsed time method is used) for benefit accrual purposes, required under the terms of the Plan in order to accrue a benefit for the accrual computation period; and (ii) the Participant is included as a participant under the eligibility provisions of the Plan for at least one day of the accrual computation period. If these two conditions are met, the portion of a Year of Participation credited to the Participant shall equal the amount of benefit accrual service credited to the Participant for such accrual computation period. A Participant who is permanently and totally disabled within the meaning of Code Section 415(c)(3)(C)(i) for an accrual computation period shall receive a Year of Participation with respect to that period. In addition, for a Participant to receive a Year of Participation (or part thereof) for an accrual computation period, the Plan must be established no later than the last day of such accrual computation period. In no event shall more than one Year of Participation be credited for any 12-month period.
(m) “Year of Service.” For purposes of Section 9.2(g), the Participant shall be credited with a Year of Service (computed to fractional parts of a year) for each accrual computation period for which the Participant is credited with at least the number of Hours of Service (or Period of Service if the elapsed time method is used) for benefit accrual purposes, required under the terms of the Plan in order to accrue a benefit for the accrual computation period, taking into account only Service with the Employer or a Predecessor Employer.
9.3 Other Rules.
(a)  Benefits Under Terminated Plans . If a defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer has terminated with sufficient assets for the payment of benefit liabilities of all plan participants and a Participant in the Plan has not yet commenced benefits under the Plan, the benefits provided pursuant to the annuities purchased to provide the Participant’s benefits under the terminated plan at each possible Annuity Starting Date shall be taken into account in applying the limitations of this Article IX. If there are not sufficient assets for the payment of all participants’ benefit liabilities, the benefits taken into account shall be the benefits that are actually provided to the Participant under the terminated plan.

 

52


 

(b)  Benefits Transferred From the Plan . If a Participant’s benefits under a defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer are transferred to another defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer and the transfer is not a transfer of distributable benefits pursuant to Section 1.411(d)-4, Q&A-3(c), of the Treasury Regulations, the transferred benefits are not treated as being provided under the transferor plan (but are taken into account as benefits provided under the transferee plan). If a Participant’s benefits under a defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer are transferred to another defined benefit plan that is not maintained by the Employer and the transfer is not a transfer of distributable benefits pursuant to Section 1.411(d)-4, Q&A-3(c), of the Treasury Regulations, the transferred benefits are treated by the Employer’s plan as if such benefits were provided under annuities purchased to provide benefits under a plan maintained by the Employer that terminated immediately prior to the transfer with sufficient assets to pay all participants’ benefit liabilities under the plan. If a Participant’s benefits under a defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer are transferred to another defined benefit plan in a transfer of distributable benefits pursuant to Section 1.411(d)-4, Q&A-3(c), of the Treasury Regulations, the amount transferred is treated as a benefit paid from the transferor plan.
(c)  Formerly Affiliated Plans of the Employer . A Formerly Affiliated Plan of the Employer shall be treated as a plan maintained by the Employer, but the Formerly Affiliated Plan of the Employer shall be treated as if it had terminated immediately prior to the cessation of affiliation with sufficient assets to pay participants’ benefit liabilities under the plan and had purchased annuities to provide benefits.
(d)  Plans of a Predecessor Employer . If the Employer maintains a defined benefit plan that provides benefits accrued by a Participant while performing services for a Predecessor Employer, the Participant’s benefits under a plan maintained by the Predecessor Employer shall be treated as provided under a plan maintained by the Employer. However, for this purpose, the plan of the Predecessor Employer shall be treated as if it had terminated immediately prior to the event giving rise to the Predecessor Employer relationship with sufficient assets to pay participants’ benefit liabilities under the plan, and had purchased annuities to provide benefits; the Employer and the Predecessor Employer shall be treated as if they were a single employer immediately prior to such event and as unrelated employers immediately after the event; and if the event giving rise to the predecessor relationship is a benefit transfer, the transferred benefits shall be excluded in determining the benefits provided under the plan of the Predecessor Employer.
(e)  Special Rules . The limitations of this Article IX shall be determined and applied taking into account the rules in Section 1.415(f)-1(d), (e) and (h) of the Treasury Regulations.
(f) Aggregation with Multiemployer Plans .
(1) If the Employer maintains a multiemployer plan, as defined in Code Section 414(f), and the multiemployer plan so provides, only the benefits under the multiemployer plan that are provided by the Employer shall be treated as benefits provided under a plan maintained by the Employer for purposes of this Article IX.
(2) Effective for Limitation Years ending after December 31, 2001, a multiemployer plan shall be disregarded for purposes of applying the Compensation limitation of Sections 9.2(c) and 9.2(i)(1) to a plan which is not a multiemployer plan.
9.4 Modification of Assumptions for Interest Rates and Mortality Tables. The foregoing provisions of this Article IX regarding the limitations imposed by Code Section 415, as described therein: (i) shall apply to all benefit forms subject to Code Section 417(e)(3); and (ii) shall apply to all other benefit forms (except as may be modified by any other Appendix to the Plan for provisions applicable to the benefits of eligible Participants therein regarding the interest rate and mortality table (or other tabular factor) specified in such Appendix for the determination of actuarial equivalence of forms of payment other than a straight life annuity).

 

53


 

X. FUNDING
10.1 No Contributions by Participants . From and after April 1, 1975, the Plan is to be funded solely from contributions by the Employer and Participants are neither required nor permitted to make contributions to this Plan.
10.2 Employer Contributions . The Employer, acting under the advice of the actuary for the Plan, intends but does not guarantee to make contributions to the Fund in such amount and at such times as are required to maintain the Plan and Fund for its Employees in compliance with the provisions of Code Sections 412 and 430. All contributions made by the Employer to the Fund shall be used to fund benefits under the Plan or to pay expenses of the Plan and Fund and shall be irrevocable, except as otherwise provided in Sections 10.5 and 16.2(c).
10.3 Forfeitures . All forfeitures arising under the Plan will be applied to reduce the Employer’s contributions thereunder and shall not be used to increase the benefits any Participant would otherwise receive under the Plan at any time prior to termination of the Plan.
10.4 Payments to Funding Agent . If the Plan shall terminate or partially terminate (as determined by the Secretary of the Treasury), the benefits then accrued for each Participant affected by such termination will be fully vested in him; provided, however, such benefits will be payable only out of the Fund or by the PBGC, in accordance with the Act, and no Participant or other person shall have any recourse against the Company in the event the assets held by the Funding Agents and the amounts paid by the PBGC shall not be sufficient to provide such benefits in full. On or about the date of any such payment, the Committee shall be informed as to the amount of such payment.
10.5 Return of Contributions . Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, the Employer’s contributions are contingent upon the deductibility of such contributions under Code Section 404. To the extent that a deduction for contributions is disallowed, such contributions shall, upon the written demand of the Employer, be returned to the Employer by the Funding Agent within one year after the date of disallowance, reduced by any net losses of the Fund attributable thereto but not increased by any net earnings of the Fund attributable thereto. Moreover, if Employer contributions are made under a mistake of fact, such contributions shall, upon the written demand of the Employer, be returned to the Employer by the Funding Agent within one year after the payment thereof, reduced by any net losses of the Fund attributable thereto but not increased by any net earnings of the Fund attributable thereto.

 

54


 

XI. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
11.1 Appointment of Committee . The general administration of the Plan shall be vested in the Committee. For purposes of the Act, the Committee shall be the Plan “administrator” and shall be the “named fiduciary” with respect to the general administration of the Plan (except as to the investment of the assets of the Fund). Each member of the Committee shall serve until he resigns, dies or is removed by the Committee or the Compensation Committee. The Committee may remove any of its members at any time, with or without cause, by unanimous vote of the remaining members of the Committee and by written notice to such member; further, the Compensation Committee may remove any of the Committee members, with or without cause, and shall provide written notice to such member. Any member may resign by delivering a written resignation to the Committee and the Compensation Committee, such resignation to become effective as of a date specified in such notice that is on or after the date such notice is given as herein provided. A member of the Committee who is an employee of the Company or any of its affiliates shall cease to be a member of the Committee as of the date he ceases to be employed by the Company or any of its affiliates. Vacancies in the Committee arising by death, resignation or removal shall be filled by the Committee. The Committee may select officers (including a Chairman) and may appoint a secretary who need not be a member of the Committee.
11.2 Records and Procedures . The Committee shall keep appropriate records of its proceedings and the administration of the Plan and shall make available for examination during business hours to any Participant or beneficiary such records as pertain to that individual’s interest in the Plan. The Committee shall designate the person or persons who shall be authorized to sign for the Committee and, upon such designation, the signature of such person or persons shall bind the Committee.
11.3 Meetings . The Committee shall hold meetings upon such notice and at such time and place as it may from time to time determine. Notice to a member shall not be required if waived in writing by that member. A majority of the members of the Committee duly appointed shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. All resolutions or other actions taken by the Committee at any meeting where a quorum is present shall be by vote of a majority of those present at such meeting and entitled to vote. Resolutions may be adopted or other action taken without a meeting upon written consent signed by all of the members of the Committee. The Committee may hold any meeting telephonically and any business conducted at a telephonic meeting shall have the same force and effect as if the member had met in person.
11.4 Self-Interest of Members . No member of the Committee shall have any right to vote or decide upon any matter relating solely to himself under the Plan or to vote in any case in which his individual right to claim any benefit under the Plan is particularly involved. In any case in which a Committee member is so disqualified to act, and the remaining members cannot agree, the Directors or the Compensation Committee shall appoint a temporary substitute member to exercise all the powers of the disqualified member concerning the matter in which he is disqualified.

 

55


 

11.5 Compensation and Bonding . The members of the Committee shall not receive compensation with respect to their services for the Committee. To the extent required by the Act or other applicable law, or required by the Company, members of the Committee shall furnish bond or security for the performance of their duties hereunder.
11.6 Committee Powers and Duties . The Committee shall supervise the administration and enforcement of the Plan according to the terms and provisions hereof and shall have all powers necessary to accomplish these purposes, including, but not by way of limitation, the right, power, authority, and duty:
(a) To make rules, regulations, and bylaws for the administration of the Plan that are not inconsistent with the terms and provisions hereof, provided such rules, regulations, and bylaws are evidenced in writing and copies thereof are delivered to the Funding Agent and to the Company and to enforce the terms of the Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder by the Committee;
(b) To construe in its discretion all terms, provisions, conditions, and limitations of the Plan, and, in all cases, the construction necessary for the Plan to qualify under the applicable provisions of the Code shall control;
(c) To correct any defect or to supply any omission or to reconcile any inconsistency that may appear in the Plan, in such manner and to such extent as it shall deem expedient in its discretion to effectuate the purposes of the Plan;
(d) To employ and compensate such accountants, attorneys, investment advisors, actuaries, and other agents and employees as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable for the proper and efficient administration of the Plan;
(e) To determine in its discretion all questions relating to eligibility;
(f) To make a determination in its discretion as to the right of any person to a benefit under the Plan and the amount, if any, of such benefit and to prescribe procedures to be followed by distributees in obtaining benefits hereunder;
(g) To prepare, file, and distribute, in such manner as the Committee determines to be appropriate, such information, and material as is required by the reporting and disclosure requirements of the Act;
(h) To issue directions, which shall be in writing and signed by an authorized member of the Committee, to the Funding Agent concerning all benefits that are to be paid from the Fund pursuant to the provisions of the Plan;
(i) To designate entities as participating Employers under the Plan;
(j) To establish an investment policy for the Plan; and
(k) To receive and review reports from the Funding Agent as to the financial condition of the Fund, including its receipts and disbursements.

 

56


 

Any provisions of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, benefits under the Plan will be paid only if the Committee decides in its discretion that the applicant is entitled to them.
11.7 Employer to Supply Information . The Employer shall supply full and timely information to the Committee, including, but not limited to, information relating to each Participant’s Compensation, age, Retirement, death, or other cause of termination of employment and such other pertinent facts as the Committee may require. The Employer shall advise the Funding Agent of such of the foregoing facts as are deemed necessary for the Funding Agent to carry out the Funding Agent’s duties under the Plan. When making a determination in connection with the Plan, the Committee shall be entitled to rely upon the aforesaid information furnished by the Employer.
11.8 Indemnification . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each member of the Committee and each individual employed by the Company or a Controlled Entity who is a delegate of the Committee against any and all expenses and liabilities arising out of his administrative functions or fiduciary responsibilities, including any expenses and liabilities that are caused by or result from an act or omission constituting the negligence of such individual in the performance of such functions or responsibilities, but excluding expenses and liabilities that are caused by or result from such individual’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct. Expenses against which such individual shall be indemnified hereunder shall include, without limitation, the amounts of any settlement or judgment, costs, counsel fees, and related charges reasonably incurred in connection with a claim asserted or a proceeding brought or settlement thereof.

 

57


 

XII. FUNDING AGENT AND ADMINISTRATION OF THE FUND
12.1 Funding Agent . The assets of the Plan shall be maintained in a fund by the Funding Agent for the purpose of providing the benefits provided for under the Plan. The Company may provide for such fund by entering into an annuity contract or a trust agreement with the Funding Agent. The Company may maintain the Plan’s fund through more than one Funding Agent and under more than one annuity contract or trust agreement, or any combination thereof. The Company, at any time and from time to time, may substitute a new funding medium or Funding Agent without such substitution being considered a discontinuance of the Plan.
The Funding Agent shall receive such compensation for its services as Funding Agent as may be agreed upon from time to time by the Company and the Funding Agent. The Funding Agent shall be reimbursed for all reasonable expenses it incurs while acting as the Funding Agent, as agreed upon by the Company.
12.2 Payment of Expenses . All expenses incident to the administration of the Plan and Fund, including but not limited to, actuarial, legal, accounting, premiums to the PBGC, Funding Agent fees, direct expenses of the Company, the Employer and the Committee in the administration of the Plan, and the cost of furnishing any bond or security required of the Committee, shall be paid by the Funding Agent from the Fund and, until paid, shall constitute a claim against the Fund which is paramount to the claims of Participants and beneficiaries; provided, however, that (i) the obligation of the Funding Agent to pay such expenses from the Fund shall cease to exist to the extent such expenses are paid by the Company or the Employer and (ii) in the event the Funding Agent’s compensation is to be paid, pursuant to this Section, from the Fund, any individual serving as a trustee who already receives full-time pay from the Company, an Employer or an association of Employers whose employees are Participants, or from an employee organization whose members are Participants, shall not receive any additional compensation for serving as a trustee. This Section shall be deemed a part of any contract to provide for expenses of Plan and Fund administration, whether or not the signatory to such contract is, as a matter of convenience, the Employer.
12.3 Fund Property .
(a) All contributions heretofore made and hereafter made under this Plan shall be paid to the Funding Agent and shall be held, invested, and reinvested by the Funding Agent as Plan Assets. All property and funds of the Fund, including income from investments and from all other sources, shall be retained for the exclusive benefit of Participants, as provided in the Plan, and shall be used to pay benefits to Participants or their beneficiaries, or to pay expenses of administration of the Plan and Fund to the extent not paid by the Company or the Employer.
(b) No Participant shall have any title to any specific asset in the Fund. No Participant shall have any right to, or interest in, any assets of the Fund upon termination of his employment or otherwise, except as provided from time to time under this Plan, and then only to the extent of the benefits payable to such Participant out of the assets of the Fund.

 

58


 

12.4 Authorization of Benefit Payments . The Committee shall issue directions to the Funding Agent concerning all benefits which are to be paid from the Fund pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. All distributions hereunder shall be made in cash or in the form of a commercial annuity contract.
12.5 Payments Solely from Fund . All benefits payable under the Plan shall be paid or provided for solely from the Fund, and neither the Company, the Employer nor the Funding Agent assumes any liability or responsibility for the adequacy thereof. The Committee or the Funding Agent may require execution and delivery of such instruments as are deemed necessary to assure proper payment of any benefits.
12.6 No Benefits to the Employer . No part of the corpus or income of the Fund shall be used for any purpose other than the exclusive purpose of providing benefits for the Participants and their beneficiaries and of defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan and the Fund. Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, the Plan shall not be construed to vest any rights in the Company or the Employer other than those specifically given hereunder.

 

59


 

XIII. FIDUCIARY PROVISIONS
13.1 Article Controls . This Article shall control over any contrary, inconsistent, or ambiguous provisions contained in the Plan.
13.2 General Allocation of Fiduciary Duties . Each fiduciary with respect to the Plan shall have only those specific powers, duties, responsibilities and obligations as are specifically given him under the Plan. The Directors shall have the sole authority to appoint and remove the Funding Agent. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, the Committee shall have the sole responsibility for the administration of the Plan, which responsibility is specifically described herein. Except as otherwise specifically provided, the Funding Agent shall have the sole responsibility for the administration, investment and management of the assets held under the Plan. It is intended under the Plan that each fiduciary shall be responsible for the proper exercise of his own powers, duties, responsibilities and obligations hereunder and shall not be responsible for any act or failure to act of another fiduciary except to the extent provided by law or as specifically provided herein.
13.3 Fiduciary Duty .
(a) Each fiduciary under the Plan, including but not limited to the Committee as “named fiduciary,” shall discharge his duties and responsibilities with respect to the Plan:
(1) Solely in the interest of the Participants, for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Participants, and their beneficiaries, and defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan and Fund;
(2) With the care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims;
(3) By diversifying the investments of the Plan so as to minimize the risk of large losses, unless under the circumstances it is prudent not to do so; and
(4) In accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan insofar as such documents and instruments are consistent with applicable law.
(b) No fiduciary shall cause the Plan or Fund to enter into a “prohibited transaction” as provided in Code Section 4975 or Section 406 of the Act.
(c) No fiduciary shall permit a “prohibited payment” (as defined in Section 206(e)(2) of the Act) to be made from the Plan or Fund during a period in which the Plan has a “liquidity shortfall” (as defined in Section 303(j)(4) of the Act).

 

60


 

13.4 Delegation of Fiduciary Duties . The Committee may appoint subcommittees, individuals, or any other agents as it deems advisable and may delegate to any of such appointees any or all of the powers and duties of the Committee. Such appointment and delegation must be in writing, specifying the powers or duties being delegated, and must be accepted in writing by the delegatee. Upon such appointment, delegation, and acceptance, the delegating Committee members shall have no liability for the acts or omissions of any such delegatee, as long as the delegating Committee members do not violate any fiduciary responsibility in making or continuing such delegation.
13.5 Investment Manager . The Committee may, in its sole discretion, appoint an “investment manager,” with power to manage, acquire, or dispose of any asset of the Plan and to direct the Funding Agent in this regard, so long as:
(a) the investment manager is (i) registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, (ii) not registered as an investment adviser under such act by reason of paragraph (1) of section 203A(a) of such act, is registered as an investment adviser under the laws of the state (referred to in such paragraph (1)) in which it maintains its principal office and place of business, and, at the time it last filed the registration form most recently filed by it with such state in order to maintain its registration under the laws of such state, also filed a copy of such form with the Secretary of Labor, (iii) a bank, as defined in the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, or (iv) an insurance company qualified to do business under the laws of more than one state; and
(b) such investment manager acknowledges in writing that he is a fiduciary with respect to the Plan.
Upon such appointment, the Committee shall not be liable for the acts of the investment manager, as long as the Committee does not violate any fiduciary responsibility in making or continuing such appointment, Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, the Funding Agent shall follow the directions of such investment manager and shall not be liable for the acts or omissions of such investment manager. The investment manager may be removed by the Committee at any time and within the Committee’s sole discretion.

 

61


 

XIV. PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS
14.1 Designation of Other Employers .
(a) The Committee may designate any entity or organization eligible by law to participate in the Plan and the Fund as an Employer by written instrument delivered to the Secretary of the Company and the designated Employer. Such written instrument shall specify the effective date of such designated participation, may incorporate specific provisions relating to the operation of the Plan that apply to the designated Employer only, and shall become, as to such designated Employer and its Employees, a part of the Plan. All Employers shall be identified in Appendix D.
(b) Each designated Employer shall be conclusively presumed to have consented to its designation and to have agreed to be bound by the terms of the Plan and Fund and any and all amendments thereto upon its submission of information to the Committee required by the terms of or with respect to the Plan or upon making a contribution to the Fund pursuant to the terms of the Plan; provided, however, that the terms of the Plan may be modified so as to increase the obligations of an Employer only with the consent of such Employer, which consent shall be conclusively presumed to have been given by such Employer upon its submission of any information to the Committee required by the terms of or with respect to the Plan or upon making a contribution to the Fund pursuant to the terms of the Plan following notice of such modification.
(c) The provisions of the Plan and the Fund shall apply separately and equally to each Employer and its Employees in the same manner as is expressly provided for the Company and its Employees, except that the power to appoint or otherwise affect the Committee or the Funding Agent, the power to select the actuary for the Plan, and the power to amend or terminate the Plan and Fund shall be exercised by the Company or the Directors, as applicable, alone (except as otherwise provided in Section 15.1).
(d) Transfer of employment among Employers shall not be considered a termination of employment hereunder, and an Hour of Service with one shall be considered as an Hour of Service with all others.
(e) Any Employer may, by appropriate action of its Board of Directors or noncorporate counterpart that is communicated in writing to the Secretary of the Company and to the Committee, terminate its participation in the Plan and the Fund. Moreover, the Committee may, in its discretion, terminate an Employer’s Plan and Fund participation at any time by written instrument delivered to the Secretary of the Company and the designated Employer.
14.2 Single Plan . For purposes of the Code and the Act, the Plan as adopted by the Employers, including all Appendices hereto, shall constitute a single plan rather than a separate plan of each Employer. All assets in the Fund shall be available to pay benefits to all Participants and their beneficiaries.

 

62


 

XV. AMENDMENTS
15.1 Right to Amend . Subject to Section 15.2 and any other limitations contained in the Act or the Code, the Directors or the Compensation Committee may from time to time amend, in whole or in part, any or all of the provisions of the Plan on behalf of the Company and all Employers; provided, however, that (i) any amendments to the Plan that do not have a significant cost impact on the Employer may also be made by the Committee, and (ii) any amendments to the Plan that do not have any cost impact on the Employer may also be made by the Chairman of the Committee. Further, but not by way of limitation, the Directors, the Compensation Committee, the Committee, or the Chairman of the Committee may make any amendment necessary to acquire and maintain a qualified status for the Plan under the Code or to maintain the Plan in compliance with applicable law, whether or not retroactive.
15.2 Limitations on Amendments . No amendment of the Plan may be made that would vest in the Employer, directly or indirectly, any interest in or control of the Fund. No amendment shall be made that would vary the Plan’s exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Participants and their beneficiaries and defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan or that would permit the diversion of any part of the Fund from that exclusive purpose. No amendment shall be made that would reduce any then nonforfeitable interest of a Participant. No amendment shall increase the duties or responsibilities of the Funding Agent unless the Funding Agent consents thereto in writing. No amendment shall be made that will increase liabilities under the Plan for any Employer while such Employer is a debtor in bankruptcy under Title 11 of the United States Code or similar federal or state law if (i) such increased liabilities result from (1) any increase in benefits, (2) any change in the accrual of benefits, or (3) any change in the rate at which benefits become nonforfeitable under the Plan, with respect to Employees of such Employer, and (ii) such amendment is effective prior to the effective date of such Employer’s plan of reorganization.

 

63


 

XVI. TERMINATION, PARTIAL TERMINATION, AND MERGER OR
CONSOLIDATION
16.1 Right to Terminate or Partially Terminate . The Company and the Employer have established the Plan with the bona fide intention and expectation that from year to year the Employer will be able to, and will deem it advisable to, make its contributions as herein provided. However, the Company and the Employer realize that circumstances not now foreseen, or circumstances beyond its control, may make it either impossible or inadvisable for the Employer to continue to make its contributions to the Plan. Therefore, the Directors shall have the right and the power to terminate the Plan or partially terminate the Plan at any time hereafter. Each member of the Committee, the Funding Agent and all affected Participants shall be notified of such termination or partial termination.
16.2 Procedure in the Event of Termination or Partial Termination .
(a) If the Plan is terminated or partially terminated, then the rights of all affected Participants to benefits accrued to the date of such termination or partial termination, as applicable, to the extent funded as of such date shall become nonforfeitable.
(b) Upon termination of the Plan, the affected assets of the Fund shall be liquidated and distributed in accordance with section 4044 of the Act and the time of payment, form of payment, and consent provisions of Articles VII and VIII.
(c) Upon termination of the Plan and notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, after the satisfaction of all liabilities of the Plan to the affected Participants and beneficiaries, the Employer shall receive any remaining amount resulting from any variations between actual requirements and actuarially expected requirements.
(d) Upon termination of the Plan and notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, the Plan termination benefit of any “highly compensated employee,” as such term is defined in Code Section 414(q), and any “highly compensated former employee,” as such term is defined in Code Section 414(q)(6), shall be limited to a benefit that is nondiscriminatory under Code Section 401(a)(4) and regulations promulgated thereunder.
(e) Upon termination or partial termination of the Plan and notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, the basis for converting from one periodic form of payment to another periodic form of payment shall be the basis used by the insurer in the qualifying bid (as defined under the regulations issued by the PBGC) under which the Committee will purchase annuities for the payment of benefits.
16.3 Merger, Consolidation, or Transfer . This Plan or Fund may not merge or consolidate with, or transfer its assets or liabilities to, any other plan, unless immediately thereafter each Participant would, in the event such other plan terminated, be entitled to a benefit which is equal to or greater than the benefit to which he would have been entitled if the Plan were terminated immediately before the merger, consolidation, or transfer.

 

64


 

XVII. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
17.1 Not Contract of Employment . The adoption and maintenance of the Plan shall not be deemed to be, either a contract between the Employer and any person or consideration for the employment of any person. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to give any person the right to be retained in the employ of the Employer or to restrict the right of the Employer to discharge any person at any time nor shall the Plan be deemed to give the Employer the right to require any person to remain in the employ of the Employer or to restrict any person’s right to terminate his employment at any time.
17.2 Alienation of Interest Forbidden . Except as otherwise provided with respect to “qualified domestic relations orders” and certain judgments and settlements pursuant to Section 206(d) of the Act and Code Sections 401(a)(13) and 414(p), and except as otherwise provided under other applicable law, no right or interest of any kind in any benefit shall be transferable or assignable by any Participant or any beneficiary or be subject to anticipation, adjustment, alienation, encumbrance, garnishment, attachment, execution, or levy or any kind. Plan provisions to the contrary notwithstanding, the Committee shall comply with the terms and provisions of any “qualified domestic relations order” and shall establish appropriate procedures to effect the same. This Section 17.2 shall not bar any voluntary and revocable assignment to an Employer (or other designated person) by a Participant which is permitted under Treasury Regulation section 1.401(a)-13, including any such assignment of a portion of any payment that such Participant otherwise is entitled to receive under this Plan for the purpose of paying part or all of the costs allocable to the Participant under a retiree medical expense plan; provided, however, in any case in which the exception of subsection (e) of such Treasury Regulation is relied upon, the assignee must file a written acknowledgment (including a blanket acknowledgment within the meaning of such subsection) with the Committee recognizing that such assignment is revocable and may be revoked at any time.
17.3 Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act Requirements . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Code Section 414(u).
17.4 Payments to Minors and Incompetents . If a Participant or beneficiary entitled to receive a benefit under the Plan is a minor or is determined by the Committee in its discretion to be incompetent or is adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be legally incapable of giving valid receipt and discharge for a benefit provided under the Plan, the Committee may pay such benefit to the duly appointed guardian or conservator of such Participant or beneficiary for the account of such Participant or beneficiary. If no guardian or conservator has been appointed for such Participant or beneficiary, the Committee may pay such benefit to any third party who is determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, to be authorized to receive such benefit for the account of such Participant or beneficiary. Such payment shall operate as a foil discharge of all liabilities and obligations of the Committee, the Funding Agent, the Company, the Employer, and any fiduciary of the Plan with respect to such benefit.

 

65


 

17.5 Participant’s and Beneficiary’s Addresses . It shall be the affirmative duty of each Participant to inform the Committee of, and to keep on file with the Committee, his current mailing address and the current mailing address of his designated beneficiary. If a Participant fails to keep the Committee informed of his current mailing address and the current mailing address of his designated beneficiary, neither the Committee, the Funding Agent, the Company, the Employer, nor any fiduciary under the Plan shall be responsible for any late or lost payment of a benefit or for failure of any notice to be provided timely under the terms of the Plan.
17.6 Incorrect Information, Fraud, Concealment, or Error . Any contrary provisions of the Plan notwithstanding, because of a human or systems error, or because of incorrect information provided by or correct information failed to be provided by, fraud, misrepresentation, or concealment of any relevant fact (as determined by the Committee) by any person, the Plan enrolls any individual, pays benefits under the Plan, incurs a liability or makes any overpayment or erroneous payment, the Plan shall be entitled to recover from such person the benefit paid or the liability incurred, together with all expenses incidental to or necessary for such recovery.
17.7 Severability . If any provision of this Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions hereof. In such case, each provision shall be fully severable and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if said illegal or invalid provision had never been included herein.
17.8 Jurisdiction . All provisions of the Plan shall be construed in accordance with the laws of Texas except to the extent preempted by federal law.
17.9 Appendices . Any appendix attached hereto setting forth special Plan rules and provisions shall constitute a part of the Plan for all purposes.

 

66


 

XVIII. TOP-HEAVY STATUS
18.1 Article Controls . Any Plan provisions to the contrary notwithstanding, the provisions of this Article shall control to the extent required to cause the Plan to comply with the requirements imposed under Code Section 416.
18.2 Definitions . For purposes of this Article, the following terms and phrases shall have these respective meanings:
(a)  Account Balance : As of any Valuation Date, the aggregate amount credited to an individual’s account or accounts under a qualified defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer or a Controlled Entity (excluding employee contributions that were deductible within the meaning of Code Section 219 and rollover or transfer contributions made after December 31, 1983, by or on behalf of such individual to such plan from another qualified plan sponsored by an entity other than the Employer or a Controlled Entity), increased by (i) the aggregate distributions made to such individual from such plan (including a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the Plan under Code Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i)) during a one-year period (or, in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than separation from service, death or disability, a five-year period) ending on the Determination Date; and (ii) the amount of any contributions due as of the Determination Date immediately following such Valuation Date.
(b)  Accrued Benefit : As of any Valuation Date, the present value (computed on the basis of the assumptions specified in Paragraph (c) below) of the cumulative accrued benefit (excluding the portion thereof that is attributable to employee contributions that were deductible pursuant to Code Section 219, to rollover or transfer contributions made after December 31, 1983, by or on behalf of such individual to such plan from another qualified plan sponsored by an entity other than the Employer or a Controlled Entity, to proportional subsidies or to ancillary benefits) of an individual under a qualified defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer or a Controlled Entity increased by (i) the aggregate distributions made to such individual from such plan (including a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the Plan under Code Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i)) during a one-year period (or, in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than separation from service, death or disability, a five-year period) ending on the Determination Date; and (ii) the estimated benefit accrued by such individual between such Valuation Date and the Determination Date immediately following such Valuation Date. Solely for the purpose of determining top-heavy status, the Accrued Benefit of an individual shall be determined under (i) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all qualified defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer and the Controlled Entities; or (ii) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than under the slowest accrual rate permitted under Code Section 411(b)(1)(C).
(c)  Actuarial Equivalent : Equality in value of the aggregate amounts expected to be received under different times and forms of payment based upon the interest and mortality rate assumptions set forth in Section 1.1(e).

 

67


 

(d)  Aggregation Group : The group of qualified plans maintained by the Employer and each Controlled Entity consisting of (i) each plan in which a Key Employee participates and each other plan that enables a plan in which a Key Employee participates to meet the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) or 410; or (ii) each plan in which a Key Employee participates, each other plan that enables a plan in which a Key Employee participates to meet the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) or 410 and any other plan that the Employer elects to include as a part of such group; provided, however, that the Employer may elect to include a plan in such group only if the group will continue to meet the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410.
(e)  Annual Retirement Benefit : A benefit payable annually in the form of a single life annuity for the life of a Participant (with no ancillary benefits) beginning at his Normal Retirement Date.
(f)  Average Remuneration for His High Five Years : The result obtained by dividing the total Remuneration paid to a Participant during a considered period by the number of years for which such Remuneration was received. The considered period shall be the five consecutive Years of Service during which the Participant was both an active Participant in the Plan and had the greatest Remuneration from the Employer; provided, however, that if the Participant has less than five consecutive Years of Service, such shorter period shall be deemed his considered period.
(g)  Determination Date : For the first Plan Year of any plan, the last day of such Plan Year and for each subsequent Plan Year of such plan, the last day of the preceding Plan Year.
(h)  Key Employee : A “key employee” as defined in Code Section 416(i) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.
(i)  Plan Year : With respect to any plan, the annual accounting period used by such plan for annual reporting purposes.
(j)  Remuneration : Compensation within the meaning of Code Section 415(c)(3), as limited by Code Section 401(a)(17).
(k)  Valuation Date : With respect to any Plan Year of any defined contribution plan, the most recent date within the twelve-month period ending on a Determination Date as of which the trust fund established under such plan was valued and the net income (or loss) thereof allocated to participants’ accounts. With respect to any Plan Year of any defined benefit plan, the most recent date within a twelve-month period ending on a Determination Date as of which the plan assets were valued for purposes of computing plan costs for purposes of the requirements imposed under Code Section 412.
(l)  Years of Service : Shall be determined under the rules of Code Sections 411(a)(4), (5) and (6) except that Years of Service beginning prior to January 1, 1984 and Years of Service for any Plan Year for which the Plan was not top-heavy shall be disregarded. Further, and for purposes of satisfying the minimum benefit requirements described in Section 18.5, any service with the Employer or a Controlled Entity shall be disregarded in determining an Employee’s Years of Service to the extent that such service occurs during a Plan Year when the Plan benefits (within the meaning of Code Section 410(b)) no Key Employee or former Key Employee.

 

68


 

18.3 Top-Heavy Status . The Plan shall be deemed to be top-heavy for a Plan Year commencing after December 31, 1983, if, as of the Determination Date for such Plan Year, (i) the sum of Accrued Benefits of Participants who are Key Employees exceeds 60% of the sum of Accrued Benefits of all Participants unless an Aggregation Group including the Plan is not top-heavy, or (ii) an Aggregation Group including the Plan is top-heavy. An Aggregation Group shall be deemed to be top-heavy as of a Determination Date if the sum (computed in accordance with Code Section 416(g)(2)(B) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) of (i) the Account Balances of Key Employees under all defined contribution plans included in the Aggregation Group; and (ii) the Accrued Benefits of Key Employees under all defined benefit plans included in the Aggregation Group exceeds 60% of the sum of the Account Balances and the Accrued Benefits of all individuals under such plans. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Account Balances and Accrued Benefits of individuals who are not Key Employees in any Plan Year but who were Key Employees in any prior Plan Year shall not be considered in determining the top-heavy status of the Plan for such Plan Year. Further, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Account Balances and Accrued Benefits of individuals who have not performed services for the Employer or any Controlled Entity at any time during the one-year period ending on the applicable Determination Date shall not be considered.
18.4 Top-Heavy Vesting Schedule . If the Plan is determined to be top-heavy for a Plan Year, the Vested Interest of each Participant who is credited with an Hour of Service during such Plan Year shall be determined in accordance with the following schedule:
         
     
Years of Vesting Service   Vested Interest  
 
       
Less than 2 years
    0 %
2 years
    20 %
3 years
    40 %
4 years
    60 %
5 years or more
    100 %
18.5 Top-Heavy Benefit .
(a) If the Plan is determined to be top-heavy for a Plan Year, the retirement benefit, payable at the time and in the form provided in Article VIII, of each Participant who is not a Key Employee shall in no event be less than the Actuarial Equivalent of an Annual Retirement Benefit equal to the lesser of:
(1) 2% of his Average Remuneration for His High Five Years multiplied by his Years of Service; or
(2) 20% of his Average Remuneration for His High Five Years.
(b) The minimum benefit required to be accrued for a Plan Year pursuant to this Section for a Participant shall be accrued regardless of whether such Participant has terminated his employment with the Employer prior to the end of such Plan Year.

 

69


 

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no benefit shall be accrued pursuant to this Paragraph for a Plan Year with respect to a Participant who is a participant in another defined benefit plan sponsored by the Employer or a Controlled Entity if such Participant accrues under such defined benefit plan (for the Plan Year of such plan ending with or within the Plan Year of the Plan) a benefit that is at least equal to the benefit described in Code Section 416(c)(1).
(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no benefit shall be accrued pursuant to this Section for a Plan Year with respect to a Participant who is a participant in a defined contribution plan sponsored by the Employer or a Controlled Entity if such Participant receives under such defined contribution plan (for the Plan Year of such plan ending with or within the Plan Year of the Plan) a contribution which is equal to or greater than 5% of such Participant’s Remuneration for such Plan Year. If the preceding sentence is not applicable, the requirements of this Section shall be met by providing a minimum benefit under the Plan which, when considered with the benefit provided under such defined contribution plan as an offset, is at least equal to the minimum benefit provided pursuant to this Section. For this purpose, the actuarial assumptions specified in the Plan shall be utilized to determine the value of such offset as of the applicable Determination Date.
(e) Section 6.4 to the contrary notwithstanding, if the Plan is determined to be top-heavy for a Plan Year, a Participant who receives a distribution from the Plan in such Plan Year or in any Plan Year thereafter pursuant to Section 8.5(b) or 8.3 which is less than the present value of his entire Accrued Benefit at the time of such distribution and who is subsequently reemployed by the Employer or a Controlled Entity must repay, within five years from the date the Participant is reemployed, such distribution plus interest thereon at the rate of 5% (or at a rate which may later be specified by regulation or by law) per annum compounded annually from the date of distribution to the date of repayment in order to be entitled to a restoration of the Accrual Service that was disregarded and the forfeiture that occurred pursuant to the provision of Section 6.4.
18.6 Termination of Top-Heavy Status . If the Plan has been deemed to be top-heavy for one or more Plan Years and thereafter ceases to be top-heavy, the provisions of this Article shall cease to apply to the Plan effective as of the Determination Date on which it is deemed no longer to be top-heavy. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Vested Interest of each Participant as of such Determination Date shall not be reduced and, with respect to each Participant who has three or more years of Vesting Service on such Determination Date, the Vested Interest of each such Participant shall continue to be determined in accordance with the schedule set forth in Section 18.4. Further notwithstanding the foregoing, the Accrued Benefit of a Participant shall in no event be less than the Actuarial Equivalent of the benefit determined in accordance with Sections 18.5(a) or 18.5(e), if applicable, as of the last Determination Date on which the Plan was deemed to be top-heavy.

 

70


 

18.7 Effect of Article . Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the provisions of this Article shall automatically become inoperative and of no effect to the extent not required by the Code or the Act.
EXECUTED this 18th day of December, 2008, effective as of the Effective Date.
         
  DYNEGY INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

 

71


 

APPENDIX A
Dynegy Portable Retirement Benefits
     
Purpose  
A-1. The purpose of this Appendix is to provide for the terms of the Portable Retirement Benefits (as defined) for Eligible Participants (as defined below) which are provided in lieu of the benefits provided under the Plan as described in Articles V, VI and VII for other Plan Participants.
   
 
Effective Date  
A-2. This Appendix is effective as of January 1, 2001.
   
 
Definitions  
A-3. Unless the context clearly implies or indicates the contrary, a word, term or phrase used or defined in the Plan is similarly used or defined in this Appendix. For purposes of this Appendix, the term “Employer” means those entities included as Employers for purposes of this Appendix in Appendix D. The entities that are Employers for purposes of this Appendix may be changed by the Committee in accordance with the Plan.
   
 
Eligible Participants  
A-4. Any Eligible Employee (determined by reference to employment with an Employer as defined above) who was employed by an Employer at any time between December 1, 2001 and December 31, 2001, who was a participant in the Dynegy Inc. Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan during 2001 and who was not eligible to receive a contribution allocation under the Dynegy Inc. Profit Sharing/401(k) Savings Plan, as amended through December 31, 2001, pursuant to the provision of Section 3.3 thereof for the Plan Year ending December 31, 2001, shall become an “Eligible Participant” retroactive to the later of his Employment Commencement Date or January 1, 2001. Any other Eligible Employee (determined by reference to employment with an Employer as defined above) who was employed by an Employer during 2001 shall become an “Eligible Participant” as of January 1, 2002, and any other Eligible Employee (determined by reference to employment with an Employer as defined above) who is employed by an Employer from and after January 1, 2002 shall become an “Eligible Participant” effective as of the first day of the first month coincident with or next following the later of his Employment Commencement Date or the date he became an Eligible Employee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no individual shall be an “Eligible Participant” with respect to any period during a Plan Year in which such individual is accruing benefits or earning service credit under the Trident NGL, Inc. Retirement Plan.
   
 
Base Compensation  
A-5. The “Base Compensation” of an Eligible Participant shall be the regular or base salary or wages (but excluding overtime payments and bonuses) paid by the Employer to or for the benefit of a Participant for services rendered or labor performed for the Employer, subject to the applicable adjustments and limitations under Section 1.1(o) of the Plan.

 

72


 

     
   
For purposes of determining an Eligible Participant’s Base Compensation, the phrase “overtime payment” shall mean any payment that is classified by the Employer as a payment for overtime; provided, however, that if a Participant is scheduled to work a 12 hour shift, the regularly scheduled overtime will be included as Base Compensation, and is calculated by multiplying his straight time hourly rate of pay by the number of 12 hour shift regularly scheduled overtime hours for which he is paid.
   
 
Interest Crediting Rate  
A-6. The term “Interest Crediting Rate” with respect to a Plan Year shall mean the annual rate of interest on 30-year Treasury securities for the look back month preceding the first day of the stability period that is coincident with such Plan Year. For purposes of this definition, the “look back month” shall be the fifth month preceding the first day of the stability period, and the “stability period” shall be the Plan Year for which interest is being credited pursuant to Section A-8 below.
   
 
Base Compensation Accruals  
A-7. As of the last day of each Plan Year beginning on and after January 1, 2001, an Eligible Participant with respect to such Plan Year shall be credited with a “Base Compensation Accrual” equal to 6% of such Eligible Participant’s Base Compensation for the period in such Plan Year during which he was an Eligible Participant; provided, however, that if an Eligible Participant having a Vested Interest (determined in accordance with Section A-10 below) terminates employment during a Plan Year and elects to receive an immediate distribution of his Portable Retirement Benefit prior to the last day of such Plan Year, such Eligible Participant shall be credited as of the last day of the calendar month in which his employment terminated with a Base Compensation Accrual equal to 6% of such Eligible Participant’s Base Compensation for the period in such Plan Year during which he was employed as an Eligible Participant.
   
 
Interest Credits Accruals  
A-8. As of the last day of each Plan Year beginning on and after January 1, 2002 and prior to the Plan Year containing his Annuity Starting Date for his Portable Retirement Benefit, a Participant (whether or not he is then an Eligible Participant or then employed) who has a Portable Retirement Benefit accrual as of the end of such Plan Year shall be credited with an “Interest Credit Accrual” equal to the then value of his Portable Retirement Benefit as of the end of such Plan Year (excluding the Base Compensation Accruals for such Plan Year) multiplied by the Interest Crediting Rate for such Plan Year. For the Plan Year including an Eligible Participant’s Annuity Starting Date for his Portable Retirement Benefit, a Participant (whether or not he is then an Eligible Participant or then employed) shall be credited as of his Annuity Starting Date with an Interest Credit Accrual equal to (i) the then value of his Portable Retirement Benefit as of his Annuity Starting Date (excluding the Base Compensation Accruals for such Plan Year), multiplied by (ii) the Interest Crediting Rate for the Plan Year including his Annuity Starting Date, multiplied by (iii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in such Plan Year that have elapsed as of such Annuity Starting Date, and the denominator of which is 365. No Interest Credit Accruals shall be credited for a Participant for any period from and after his Annuity Starting Date.

 

73


 

     
Portable Retirement
Benefit
 
A-9. A Participant’s “Portable Retirement Benefit” under the Plan as of any determination date shall be the then sum of all accruals credited as of such determination date pursuant to Sections A-7 and A-8. For purposes of the Plan, a Participant’s Portable Retirement Benefit shall be considered to be his “Accrued Benefit.”
   
 
Vested Interest  
A-10. A Participant who terminates employment with the Employer on or after his Normal Retirement Date or by reason of death or disability shall have a 100% Vested Interest in his Portable Retirement Benefit. An individual is disabled if such individual has been determined to be disabled by the Social Security Administration and receiving Social Security disability benefits. Any other Participant shall have a Vested Interest in his Portable Retirement Benefit based upon his years of Vesting Service determined pursuant to this Appendix rather than pursuant to the Plan. For purposes of this Appendix, a Participant’s Vested Interest shall be determined based upon the following schedule:

   
For a Participant with an Hour of Service on or after January 1, 2008:
         
Years of Vesting Service   Vested Interest  
 
       
Less than 1 year
    0 %
1 year
    33 %
2 years
    67 %
3 years or more
    100 %
     
   
An individual shall be credited with Vesting Service for purposes of determining his Vested Interest in his Portable Retirement Benefit in an amount equal to his aggregate Periods of Service (including Periods of Service completed prior to January I, 2001) whether or not such Periods of Service are completed consecutively. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) if an individual terminates his Service (at a time other than during a leave of absence) and subsequently resumes his Service, if his Reemployment Commencement Date is within twelve months of his Severance from Service Date, such Period of Severance shall be treated as a Period of Service, and (ii) if an individual terminates his Service during a leave of absence and subsequently resumes his Service, if his Reemployment Commencement Date is within twelve months of the beginning of such leave of absence, such Period of Severance shall be treated as a Period of Service.

 

74


 

     
   
A Disabled Sithe Member shall have a 100% Vested Interest in his Portable Retirement Benefit under the Plan.

   
Any individual who is an employee of Sithe as of the Effective Date shall be credited with “Vesting Service” to the Plan for the period preceding such date in an amount equal to Years of Vesting Service, if any, credited to such individual under the Sithe Plan immediately prior to the Effective Date.
   
 
Benefits  
A-11. An Eligible Participant who terminates employment with the Employer and all Controlled Entities other than by reason of death shall be entitled to receive a Plan benefit which is the Actuarial Equivalent (determined in accordance with Section A-13) of his Vested Interest in his Portable Retirement Benefit. Upon the death of a Participant before his Annuity Starting Date, his Surviving Spouse (as defined below) or other beneficiary designated in the manner prescribed by the Committee shall be entitled to a death benefit that is the Actuarial Equivalent of the deceased Participant’s Portable Retirement Benefit Upon the death of a Participant on or after his Annuity Starting Date, whether or not payment of his benefit has actually begun, the only benefit payable pursuant to this Appendix will be the benefit, if any, provided for his Surviving Spouse or other beneficiary pursuant to the form of benefit he was receiving or about to receive under this Appendix.
   
 
   
If a deceased Participant who either (i) is not survived by a Surviving Spouse or (ii) has elected (with spousal consent) not to have his death benefit paid in the standard survivor annuity form set forth in this subsection, does not have a valid beneficiary designation on file with the Committee at the time of his death, the designated beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive such Participant’s death benefit shall be as follows:
   
 
   
(1) If a Participant leaves a Surviving Spouse, his designated beneficiary shall be such Surviving Spouse;
   
 
   
(2) If a Participant leaves no Surviving Spouse, his designated beneficiary shall be (A) such Participant’s executor (or administrator of the Participant’s estate) paid for the benefit of such Participant’s estate or (B) his heirs at law if there is no administration of such Participant’s estate.
   
 
   
A Participant’s “Surviving Spouse” shall be the spouse to whom the Participant was married on his Annuity Starting Date or, if the Participant dies prior to his Annuity Starting Date, the spouse to whom he was married on his date of death.

 

75


 

     
Annuity Starting Date  
A-12. The Annuity Starting Date for the Portable Retirement Benefit of a Participant shall be the first day of any month selected by the Participant (or, in the case of the death of the Participant, by his Surviving Spouse or other beneficiary) following his termination of employment with the Employer and all Controlled Entities; provided that any Annuity Starting Date and any Annuity Starting Date election shall comply with the time, consent and cash-out rules of Sections 8.1(f), 8.2 and 8.6 of the Plan. Notwithstanding any provision in this Appendix to the contrary, the involuntary cash-out provisions of Section 8.6 of the Plan shall not apply to a Participant’s Portable Retirement Benefit during the period commencing on December 13, 2001, and ending on June 30, 2002. From and after July 1, 2002, the involuntary cash-out provisions of Section 8.6 of the Plan shall apply to Portable Retirement Benefits (including with respect to a Participant who terminated employment prior to such date).
   
 
Actuarial Equivalence  
A-13. For purposes of this Appendix, for determining Actuarial Equivalence: (i) in determining the monthly payment amount derived by converting a Portable Retirement Benefit into a single life annuity, the Applicable Interest Rate and the Applicable Mortality Table shall be utilized; (ii) in determining Actuarial Equivalence for converting a single life annuity to a joint and surviving spouse annuity under Section A-14, the actuarial assumptions set forth in Section 1.1(e) of the Plan shall be utilized; and (iii) in determining Actuarial Equivalence for converting a Portable Retirement Benefit into an optional form of payment described in Section A-20(i), the 1983 Group Annuity Mortality Table, assuming the Eligible Sithe Participant (as such term is defined in Section A-20) is male and the contingent annuitant is female, and interest at a rate of 7 1/2% compounded annually shall be utilized.
   
 
Form of Retirement  
A-14. The Portable Retirement Benefit of a Participant who is Severance and Disability unmarried on his Annuity Starting Date shall be paid in the form of Benefits a single life annuity providing monthly payments for the life of such Participant. The Portable Retirement Benefit of a Participant who is married on his Annuity Starting Date shall be paid in the form of a joint and surviving spouse annuity providing monthly payments for the life of the Participant and continuing monthly payments for the life of his Surviving Spouse equal to 50% of the monthly amount being paid during the Participant’s life. Any Participant may elect not to receive his Portable Retirement Benefit in the standard form described above, whichever is applicable to him, and instead elect, commencing January 1, 2008, the Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity, or instead elect to have such benefit paid in the form of a single lump sum cash payment. Any such election shall be subject to the election and consent rules described in Section 8.4 of the Plan.

 

76


 

     
Form of Death Benefits  
A-15. The standard form of death benefit for a deceased Participant who dies prior to his Annuity Starting Date and is survived by a Surviving Spouse shall be a survivor annuity for the life of such Surviving Spouse. If a Participant would otherwise have the survivor annuity provided by this Section A-15 payable to his Surviving Spouse in the event of his death, such Participant may elect, by filing the election form prescribed by the Committee, not to have such survivor annuity paid. Such election must be made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Article VIII of the Plan.
   
 
Cash-outs and Forfeitures  
A-16. Section 6.4(a) of the Plan shall be applied considering lump sum distributions of Portable Retirement Benefits in the same manner as lump sum distributions made pursuant to Section 8.6 of the Plan.
   
 
Reemployment  
A-17. (a) (1) In the event a Participant to whom payment of his retirement benefit under the Plan has commenced is reemployed by an Employer or a Controlled Entity, whether or not as an Eligible Employee, payment of his retirement benefit shall not be interrupted or otherwise adversely affected, but shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Section A-17.
   
 
   
(2) In the event a Participant is reemployed by an Employer or Controlled Entity, whether or not as an Eligible Employee, before payment of his retirement benefit has commenced, his benefit shall not commence during his period of reemployment, but shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Sections 5.1(d) and 8.2(d) of the Plan.
   
 
   
(b) If a Participant described in (a) above is reemployed as an Eligible Employee he shall continue benefit accruals pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Plan, subject to the modifications required by Section 8.11 of the Plan.
   
 
Certain Employees  
A-18. For purposes of this Appendix, a Participant who became an Eligible Participant during 2001 as a result of a transfer to employment with an Employer from employment with Illinois Power Company shall be treated as if he was employed by an Employer for all of 2001 and as if the compensation he received during such Plan Year from Illinois Power Company had been paid to him by an Employer.

 

77


 

     
Disabled Participants  
A-19. Notwithstanding any provision of this Appendix to the contrary, a Participant who has been approved for benefits under a long term disability plan sponsored by the Employer (an “Employer LTD plan”) shall be credited with Base Compensation Accruals and Vesting Service under the Plan for any period during which such Participant is receiving such long term disability benefits; provided however, that any such crediting of Base Compensation Accruals and Vesting Service shall cease as of the earlier of (a) such Participant’s Annuity Starting Date or (b) such Participant’s Normal Retirement Date. For purposes of the Base Compensation Accruals described in the preceding sentence, a Participant’s Base Compensation pursuant to Section A-5 immediately prior to the disability entitling him to benefits under an Employer LTD Plan shall be utilized.
   
 
Certain Sithe Participants  
A-20. This Section A-20 shall apply to each Eligible Participant who is employed by Sithe Energies Power Services, Inc. (“Sithe Power”) at the Independence Station located in Oswego, New York on July 1, 2006 and whose Employment Commencement Date is prior to January 1, 2006 (an “Eligible Sithe Participant”) with respect to benefits accrued under this Appendix while such Eligible Sithe Participant is employed by Sithe Power. If an Eligible Sithe Participant’s employment with Sithe Power is terminated for any reason after July 1, 2006, including a transfer to another Employer, this Section A-20 shall not apply to any benefits accrued under this Appendix following such termination, even if the Eligible Participant is subsequently reemployed by Sithe Power.
   
 
   
(a) Optional Forms of Payment. In lieu of the standard Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity and optional lump sum forms of payment for Portable Retirement Benefits described in Section A-14, an Eligible Sithe Participant shall be entitled to elect, subject to the election and consent rules described in Section 8.2 of the Plan, one of the following optional forms of payment, commencing at age fifty-five (55) (or, if later, the first day of the month following the month in which the Eligible Sithe Participant becomes entitled to receive his Portable Retirement Benefit under Section A-11), each of which shall be an Actuarial Equivalence conversion of the Eligible Sithe Participant’s Portable Retirement Benefit in accordance with conversion tables prepared by the Plan’s actuary:
   
 
   
(1) A single life annuity providing monthly payments for the life of an Eligible Sithe Participant; or
   
 
   
(2) A joint and survivor annuity providing monthly payments for the life of the Eligible Sithe Participant and continuing monthly payments for the life of the beneficiary designated by the Eligible Sithe Participant in the manner prescribed by the Committee equal to 30%, 40%, 50%, 75% or 100%, as elected by the Eligible Sithe Participant, of the monthly amount being paid during the Eligible Sithe Participant’s life. In the event that the designated beneficiary predeceases the Eligible Sithe Participant while the Eligible Sithe Participant is receiving monthly annuity payments, the Eligible Sithe Participant’s monthly annuity payments shall increase to the amount he would have received if he had originally received his Portable Retirement Benefit in the form described in Section A-20(a)(1).

 

78


 

     
   
(b) Early Retirement Benefits . An Eligible Sithe Participant who first becomes entitled to receive a distribution of his Portable Retirement Benefit under Section A-11 prior to his Normal Retirement Date, but on or after the first day of the month following the month in which he has both attained age fifty-five (55) and completed ten (10) years of vesting service determined under the Dynegy Northwest Generation, Inc. Retirement Income Plan (his “Earliest Retirement Date”) may elect to receive such Portable Retirement Benefit either in the standard form of payment described in Section A-14 other than a lump sum or in an optional form of payment described in Section A-20(a) commencing on the first day of any month coincident with or following his Earliest Retirement Date and preceding his Normal Retirement Date. Such benefit shall be determined with no reduction for early payment by projecting interest credits to age sixty-five (65) at the Interest Crediting Rate in effect at the commencement of payments in accordance with conversion tables prepared by the actuary.
   
 
   
Further, an Eligible Sithe Participant who becomes entitled to receive a distribution of his Portable Retirement Benefit under Section A-11 prior to his Earliest Retirement Date may elect to receive such Portable Retirement Benefit either in the standard form of payment described in Section A-14 other than a lump sum or in an optional form of payment described in Section A-20(a) commencing on the first day of any month coincident with or following his Early Retirement Date and preceding his Normal Retirement Date. Such benefit shall be determined by projecting interest credits to age sixty-five (65) at the Interest Crediting Rate in effect at the commencement of payments in accordance with conversion tables prepared by the actuary with a reduction for early payment of 1/180 for each of the first sixty (60) months and 1/360 for each of the next sixty (60) months by which such Eligible Sithe Participant’s Annuity Starting Date precedes his Normal Retirement Date.
     
   
(c) Social Security Supplement . If an Eligible Sithe Participant’s Social Security Retirement Age occurs after the first of the month in which such Eligible Sithe Participant attains age sixty-five (65) and the Eligible Sithe Participant terminates employment after attaining both age fifty-nine (59) and his Earliest Retirement Date, such Eligible Sithe Participant can become eligible for a Social Security Supplement by electing to receive his Portable Retirement Benefit either in the standard form of payment described in Section A-14 other than a lump sum or in an optional form of payment described in Section A-20(a) commencing prior to his Social Security Retirement Age. The monthly amount of the Social Security Supplement shall be equal to eighty percent (80%) of the primary monthly Social Security benefit that the Committee estimates the Eligible Sithe Participant will be entitled to receive at Social Security Retirement Age; Social Security supplements shall be payable no earlier than the month in which an Eligible Sithe Participant attains sixty (60) years of age. Social Security supplements shall be payable through the month in which the Participant attains his Social Security Retirement Age; however, in no event shall more than 24 monthly Social Security supplement payments be made. For purposes of this Section A-20(c), “Social Security Retirement Age” means the following age which relates to an Eligible Sithe Participant’s year of birth:
   
 

 

79


 

         
Year of Birth   Social Security Retirement Age  
 
       
Before 1938
  65 years
 
       
1938-1954
  66 years
 
       
After 1954
  67 years
     
   
(d) Certain Death Benefits . If (1) an Eligible Sithe Participant dies prior to his Annuity Starting Date and a death benefit under Section A-11 is payable to his Surviving Spouse, (2) the Eligible Sithe Participant had completed at least five (5) years of vesting service as determined under the Dynegy Northwest Generation, Inc. Retirement Income Plan on the date of his death, (3) the Annuity Starting Date for the death benefit selected by the Eligible Sithe Participant’s Surviving Spouse is coincident with or following the date that would have been the Eligible Sithe Participant’s Earliest Retirement Date if he had survived, and (4) the Eligible Sithe Participant’s Surviving Spouse does not elect to receive the death benefit in a single lump sum cash payment, the survivor annuity payable to such Eligible Sithe Participant’s Surviving Spouse shall be determined with no reduction for early payment and each monthly payment thereof shall not be less than the amount that would have been payable to the Eligible Sithe Participant pursuant to Section A-20(a)(1) based on his Portable Retirement Benefit on the date of his death.
   
 
   
(e) Certain Disability Benefits . An Eligible Sithe Participant who is eligible to be credited with Base Compensation Accruals and Vesting Service under Section A-19 may elect to receive his Portable Retirement Benefit either in the standard form of payment described in Section A-14 other than a lump sum or in an optional form of payment described in Section A-20(a), commencing on the first day of any month following the month in which he attains sixty (60) years of age and preceding his Normal Retirement Date. Such annuity shall be determined with no reduction for early payment by projecting interest credits to age sixty-five (65) at the Interest Crediting Rate in effect at the commencement of payments in accordance with conversion tables prepared by the actuary.

 

80


 

APPENDIX B
Merger of DMS Plan
Effective December 31, 2006, the Dynegy Midstream Services Retirement Plan (“DMS Plan”) is merged into the Dynegy Inc. Retirement Plan, with the benefit structure and related provisions of the DMS Plan continued as a separate benefit structure and related provisions under the Plan through the incorporation of the DMS Plan as modified by the provisions of this Appendix.
This Appendix and the provisions of the DMS Plan incorporated herein by reference, and as modified by this Appendix, are applicable only to eligible Disabled DMS Participants and DMS Participants. All provisions which appear in the Plan, including any other applicable Appendix, shall apply to Disabled DMS Participants and DMS Participants in the same manner as applicable to other Participants except insofar as they may be inconsistent with or in conflict with the provisions of this Appendix and the provisions of the DMS Plan incorporated herein by reference and as modified by this Appendix.
1.  Definitions and Construction . For the purposes of this Appendix, capitalized terms shall have the meanings set forth in Article I of the Plan and such definitions shall, unless the context and/or usage of such terms clearly dictate otherwise, supersede any similar or inconsistent terms that appear in the body of the DMS Plan or the Plan which would otherwise be applicable to a Disabled DMS Participant or a DMS Participant. To the extent a capitalized term used herein is not defined in Article I of the Plan (or context and/or usage dictate an alternate meaning), such term shall have the meaning set forth in this Appendix or in the DMS Plan.
Notwithstanding the previous paragraph, for purposes of this Appendix, the following terms shall be defined as follows:
1.1 “ Disabled DMS Participant ” means a person who, on September 12, 2005 and December 31, 2006 was Disabled and accruing credit for Accrual Service and Compensation in accordance with the provisions of the DMS Plan as a Disabled Employee, all as conclusively set forth in the Plan Records.
1.2 “ DMS Participant ” means a person, other than a Disabled DMS Participant, who, on December 31, 2006, had an Accrued Benefit under the DMS Plan or was receiving Pension payments from the DMS Plan and, on such date, became a DMS Participant under the Plan pursuant to the merger of the DMS Plan into the Plan and the provisions of this Appendix.
1.3 “ Plan Records ” means the information concerning all pertinent matters pertaining to determining the Accrued Benefit, rights, entitlements and Pension of each Disabled DMS Participant and each DMS Participant and their respective Eligible Surviving Spouses, alternate payees and beneficiaries under the terms of the DMS Plan, as modified by this Appendix E, as set forth in specific records maintained for all such matters at the direction of the Committee. The Committee’s decision, in its sole discretion, with respect to any and all matters set forth in the Plan Records shall be conclusive and binding on all persons for all purposes.

 

81


 

2.  Merger of DMS Plan and Incorporation by Reference . Except as otherwise provided in this Appendix, the provisions of the DMS Plan are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety to the extent necessary to provide the benefit structure and preserve the protected benefits, rights and features of the DMS Plan for each DMS Participant and each Disabled DMS Participant under this Appendix. Only the provisions incorporated herein by reference from the DMS Plan and the provisions of this Appendix shall be applicable to determine the benefits, rights and features preserved and newly created for Disabled DMS Participants or DMS Participants upon the merger of the DMS Plan into the Plan. The provisions of Articles I, II, Ill, VIII (with respect to the claims procedures provisions of Section 8.16), IX, X, XI, XII, XIII, XIV, XV, XVI, XVII, and XVIII of the Plan concerning plan administration, limitations on benefits, fiduciary provisions, amendment and termination authority, top-heavy status and trust fund and trustee matters shall be fully applicable upon the merger of the DMS Plan into the Plan without regard to provisions concerning similar matters in the DMS Plan. The provisions of the Plan, however, such as Articles I (to the extent required by context), IV, V, VI, VII, VIII (with the exception of the claims procedures provisions of Section 8.16), and any Appendices (other than this Appendix), shall not apply to a Disabled DMS Participant or a DMS Participant to the extent such provisions of the Plan or Appendices are in conflict with or duplicative of similar provisions set forth in the DMS Plan and this Appendix.
3.  Participation . Participation under the DMS Plan and this Appendix is absolutely limited to Disabled DMS Participants and DMS Participants and solely to the period during which any portion of their respective Accrued Benefits remains undistributed under the provisions of the DMS Plan and this Appendix.
4.  Accrual Service . The Accrual Service of each Disabled DMS Participant and each DMS Participant shall be conclusively established as set forth in the Plan Records. No DMS Participant shall be credited with any Accrual Service with respect to any period commencing after October 31, 2005. A Disabled DMS Participant shall be credited with Accrual Service with respect to the DMS Plan during periods he is entitled to disability benefit payments under the Long-Term Disability Plan and prior to his Annuity Starting Date, all as conclusively set forth in the Plan Records.
5.  Retirement Benefits . The Retirement benefits provided for a Disabled DMS Participant and a DMS Participant shall be determined solely in accordance with the DMS Plan and this Appendix provided as follows:
5.1 Normal Retirement .
(a) A Disabled DMS Participant and a DMS Participant whose employment is terminated and whose retirement benefit payment commences as of his Normal Retirement Date shall be entitled to receive a retirement benefit, payable at the time and in the form provided in Section 8 of this Appendix, that is the Actuarial Equivalent of a Pension commencing on his Annuity Starting Date, each monthly payment of such Pension being equal to (1), (2) or (3) below, whichever is greatest:
(1) One-twelfth of 1.5% of his monthly Compensation received or deemed received each month that he is credited with Accrual Service as conclusively set forth in the Plan Records;

 

82


 

(2) 1.275% of his Average Monthly Compensation up to an amount equal to the Average Monthly Covered Compensation, multiplied by his full years (plus a fraction of a year for any additional completed months) of Accrual Service, plus 1.5% of his Average Monthly Compensation in excess of the Average Monthly Covered Compensation, multiplied by his full years (plus a fraction of a year for any additional completed months) of Accrual Service not in excess of thirty-five years as conclusively set forth in the Plan Records; or
(3) $40 multiplied by his full years (plus a fraction of a year for any additional completed months) of Accrual Service as conclusively set forth in the Plan Records.
(b) Late Retirement .
(1) The Committee shall furnish any Disabled DMS Participant and any DMS Participant whose employment continues beyond his Normal Retirement Date (or resumes after his Normal Retirement Date, but prior to commencement of the payment of his retirement benefit) with the notification described in Department of Labor Regulation Section 2530.203-3. Upon such participant’s subsequent termination of employment, his retirement benefit payable pursuant to Appendix Section 8 shall be increased to the extent required, if at all, under such regulations as provided in Appendix Subsection 5.1(b)(2) below to avoid the effecting of a prohibited forfeiture of benefits by reason of the suspension of benefits during such DMS Participant’s post Normal Retirement Date employment.
(2) A participant described in Appendix Subsection 5.1(b)(1) above shall be entitled to a retirement benefit determined as the greater of:
(A) his retirement benefit based on his retirement benefit determined pursuant to Appendix Section 5.1 through the date of his subsequent termination of employment; or
(B) the Actuarial Equivalent of his Accrued Benefit payable at his Normal Retirement Date.
(3) Further, such participant’s retirement benefit payable pursuant to Appendix Subsection 5.1(b) shall be increased to the extent required, if at all, under Code Section 401(a)(9)(C)(iii) in the event his employment or reemployment continues after April of the year immediately following the year he attains age seventy and one-half.

 

83


 

5.2 Early Retirement . A Disabled DMS Participant and a DMS Participant whose Severance from Service Date occurred (or occurs) on or after age fifty-five and whose retirement benefit payment commences on or after his Early Retirement Date and prior to his Normal Retirement Date shall be entitled to receive a retirement benefit, payable at the time and in the form provided in Section 8 of this Appendix, that is the Actuarial Equivalent of a Pension commencing on such participant’s Annuity Starting Date, each monthly payment of such Pension being computed in the manner provided in Appendix Subsection 5.1(a) considering his Average Monthly Compensation, the Average Monthly Covered Compensation, and his Accrual Service determined as of his Severance from Service Date; provided, however, that in the event that such participant entitled to a benefit pursuant to this Appendix Section 5.2 has less than five years of Vesting Service, each monthly payment of such Pension shall be based solely on the amount computed in the manner provided in Appendix Subsection 5.1(a)(1) above. In all cases, each monthly payment of the retirement benefit provided by this Appendix Section 5.2 shall be reduced by a percentage for each year (and a proportionately lesser percentage for any period less than a year) by which the commencement of such participant’s benefit precedes his Normal Retirement Date by more than three years as follows:
(a) For the fourth and fifth years prior to such participant’s Normal Retirement Date, the percentage reduction shall be 5% for each such year; and
(b) For the sixth through tenth years prior to such participant’s Normal Retirement Date, the percentage reduction shall be 4% for each such year.
5.3 Reduction in Plan Benefits . Any provisions of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, the benefit otherwise payable under the DMS Plan to any Disabled DMS Participant or DMS Participant (including, without limitation, under Sections 5, 6 and 7 of this Appendix) shall be reduced by the Actuarial Equivalent of the annuity benefit, if any, paid or payable to such participant from the Retirement Plan of Oxy USA Inc. (including any annuity which may have been purchased for such participant in connection with the termination of the Retirement Plan of Cities Service Oil and Gas Corporation) all as conclusively set forth in the Plan Records.
6. Severance Benefits and Determination of Vested Interest .
6.1 No Benefits Unless Herein Set Forth . Except as set forth in this Appendix Section 6, for any reason other than Retirement described in Appendix Section 5 above or death, a Disabled DMS Participant and a DMS Participant shall acquire no right to any benefit from the Plan or the Trust Fund.
6.2 Severance Benefit .
(a) Subject to Appendix Subsection 6.2(b), each Disabled DMS Participant or DMS Participant whose employment terminated for any reason other than Retirement described in Appendix Section 5 above or death shall be entitled to receive a retirement benefit, payable at the time and in the form provided in Section 8 of this Appendix that is the Actuarial Equivalent of a Pension commencing on the participant’s Annuity Starting Date, each monthly payment of such Pension being equal to the product of such participant’s Vested Interest multiplied by the amount computed in the manner provided in Appendix Section 5.1(a) considering his Average Monthly Compensation, the Average Monthly Covered Compensation, and his Accrual Service at his Severance from Service Date; provided, however, that if such participant has a Vested Interest solely by reason of having attained age fifty-five while in employment with a former employer under the DMS Plan or by reason of having been determined to be disabled while in such employment, each monthly payment of such Pension shall be based solely on the amount computed in the manner provided in Appendix Section 5.1(a)(1).

 

84


 

(b) A Disabled DMS Participant or DMS Participant who is entitled to a benefit pursuant to Appendix Subsection 6.2(a) above who incurred or incurs a Severance from Service Date prior to his Normal Retirement Date may, by request to the Committee, commence his benefit as of the first day of the month coinciding with or next following his fifty-fifth birthday, or as of the first day of any subsequent month which precedes or coincides with his Normal Retirement Date, provided, that such request must be received by the Committee not less than thirty days prior to the proposed date of commencement of the benefit (unless such period of notice is waived by the Committee in its discretion). The value of such participant’s severance benefit shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of his Pension commencing on the first day of the month so requested, each monthly payment of such Pension being computed in the manner provided in Appendix Subsection 5.2(a) above, but actuarially reduced to reflect such participant’s younger age and the earlier commencement of payments.
(c) A Disabled DMS Participant’s or a DMS Participant’s Vested Interest shall be determined by such participant’s full years of Vesting Service in accordance with the following schedule:
         
Full Years of Vesting Service   Vested Interest  
Less than 5 years
    0 %
5 years or more
    100 %
Provided, however each DMS Participant who was in the employ of Dynegy Midstream Services, Limited Partnership on October 31, 2005 and was not fully-vested in his Severance Benefit prior to such date became 100% vested as of such date.
6.3 Vesting Service .
(a) For the period preceding January 1, 2002, subject to the provisions of Appendix Subsection 6.3(d) below, an individual was credited with Vesting Service in an amount equal to all Service credited to him for vesting purposes under the Plan as it existed on December 31, 2001.
(b) On and after January 1, 2002, subject to the remainder of this Appendix Section 6.3, an individual was credited with Vesting Service in an amount equal to his aggregate Periods of Service, whether or not such Periods of Service were completed consecutively.
(c) In the case of an individual who terminated his Service and subsequently resumes his Service, if his Reemployment Commencement Date was or is within twelve months of his Severance from Service Date, such Period of Severance shall be treated as a Period of Service for purposes of Appendix Section 6.3(b) above.

 

85


 

(d) In the case of an individual who terminates his Service at a time when he had a 0% Vested Interest, and who then incurs a Period of Severance that equals or exceeds five years, such individual’s Period of Service completed prior to his Severance from Service Date shall be disregarded in determining his years of Vesting Service.
(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Appendix Section 6.3, each Disabled DMS Participant and each DMS Participant is 100% vested in his Accrued Benefit and his credited period of Vesting Service is conclusively set forth in the Plan Records.
7. Death Benefits .
7.1 Before Annuity Starting Date .
(a) Except as provided in Appendix Subsections 7.1(b) and (c) below, no benefits shall be paid pursuant to the provisions of the DMS Plan or this Appendix with respect to any Disabled DMS Participant or DMS Participant who dies prior to his Annuity Starting Date.
(b) A married Disabled DMS participant or a married DMS Participant with an Eligible Surviving Spouse shall have a survivor annuity paid to his Eligible Surviving Spouse in the event such participant dies before his Annuity Starting Date under any of the circumstances described in clauses (1), (2), (3), or (4) below. The survivor annuity provided by this Appendix Subsection 7.1(b) shall be a single life annuity consisting of monthly payments for the life of the Eligible Surviving Spouse determined as follows:
(1) If such participant dies while in employment with the Employer or a Controlled Entity on or after his Early Retirement Date, a monthly benefit equal to one-half of the amount of the monthly benefit to which such participant would have been entitled if such participant had entered into Retirement as of his date of death and had immediately begun receiving his benefit pursuant to Subsection 5.1(a) or Section 5.2 of this Appendix, as applicable, as of such date in the form of a Pension;
(2) If such participant dies following his Severance from Service Date that occurred on or after his Early Retirement Date, a monthly benefit equal to one-half of the amount of the monthly benefit to which the participant would have been entitled if such participant had immediately begun receiving his benefit pursuant to Section 6.2 of this Appendix as of the first day of the month next fallowing his date of death in the form of a Pension;
(3) If such participant has five or more years of Vesting Service and dies while in employment with the Employer or a Controlled Entity after the month in which he attained age fifty but prior to his Early Retirement Date, a benefit equal to one-half of the amount of the monthly benefit to which the participant would have been entitled if such participant had survived to his Early Retirement Date, had entered into Retirement as of such date, and had immediately begun receiving his benefit pursuant to Section 5.2 of this Appendix as of such date in the form of a Pension (based on his actual Accrual Service, his Average Monthly Compensation, and the Average Monthly Covered Compensation as of his date of death); or

 

86


 

(4) If such Disabled DMS Participant or DMS Participant dies with a Vested Interest either while in employment with the Employer or a Controlled Entity or after his Severance from Service Date and prior to the first day of the Plan Year in which he would have attained age thirty-five, a monthly benefit equal to one-half of the monthly benefit to which the participant would have been entitled if such participant had survived to his Early Retirement Date, had entered into Retirement on such date, and had immediately begun receiving his benefit pursuant to Section 5.2 as of such date in the form of a Pension (based on his actual Accrual Service, his Average Monthly Compensation, and the Average Monthly Covered Compensation as of his date of death).
Payment of the survivor annuity provided by this Appendix Subsection 7.1(b) shall begin as of the first day of the month next following the participant’s date of death with respect to a survivor annuity determined pursuant to clause (1), (2) or (3) above and as of the date the participant would have attained his Early Retirement Date with respect to a survivor annuity determined pursuant to clause (4) above, and in any such case shall end as of the first day of the month in which the death of the Eligible Surviving Spouse occurs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the absence of consent by such participant’s Eligible Surviving Spouse, payment of such survivor annuity may not begin prior to the date such participant would have reached his Normal Retirement Date.
(c) Subject to the further provisions of this Appendix Subsection 7.1(c), a married Disabled DMS Participant or a married DMS Participant with an Eligible Surviving Spouse shall, unless he elects otherwise as provided below, have a survivor annuity paid to his Eligible Surviving Spouse in the event such participant dies with a Vested Interest before his Annuity Starting Date under any of the circumstances described in clauses (1) or (2) below. The survivor annuity provided by this Appendix Subsection 7.1(c) shall be a single life annuity for the life of the Eligible Surviving Spouse and shall consist of monthly payments determined as follows:
(1) If such participant dies while in employment with the Employer or a Controlled Entity on or after the first day of the Plan Year in which he attained or would have attained age thirty-five but prior to the first day of the month next following the month in which such participant attained or would have attained age fifty, a monthly benefit equal to one-half of the monthly benefit to which the participant would have received had such deceased participant terminated his employment on the date of his death, survived until his Early Retirement Date, had immediately begun receiving his benefit pursuant to Section 6.2 of this Appendix in the form of the joint and survivor annuity described in Section 8.3 of this Appendix on such date, and had died on the day after such date; or

 

87


 

(2) If such participant dies while not in employment with the Employer or a Controlled Entity, his Severance from Service Date occurred prior to his Early Retirement Date, and his date of death is on or after the first day of the Plan Year in which he attained or would have attained age thirty-five but prior to his Normal Retirement Date, a monthly benefit equal to one-half of the monthly benefit to which the participant would have received had such deceased participant terminated his employment on the date of his death, survived until the later of his Early Retirement Date or the first day of the month next following his date of death, had immediately begun receiving his benefit pursuant to Section 6.2 of this Appendix in the form of the joint and survivor annuity described in Section 8.3 of this Appendix on the later of such dates, and had died on the later of such dates.
Payment of the survivor annuity provided by this Appendix Subsection 7.1(c) shall begin as of the later of (1) the participant’s Early Retirement Date, or (2) the first day of the month next following the participant’s date of death, and shall in each case end as of the first day of the month in which the death of the Eligible Surviving Spouse occurs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the absence of consent by such participant’s Eligible Surviving Spouse, payment of such survivor annuity may not begin prior to the date such participant would have reached his Normal Retirement Date.
(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the benefits provided under this Section shall be subject to the applicable notice, election, and consent requirements under the Plan.
7.2 After Annuity Starting Date . With respect to any Disabled DMS Participant or DMS Participant who dies on or after his Annuity Starting Date, whether or not payment of his benefit has actually begun, the only benefit payable pursuant to the DMS Plan and this Appendix, if any, shall be that provided for his beneficiary pursuant to the form of benefit he was receiving or had properly and timely elected to receive in accordance with Section 8 of this Appendix.
7.3 Cash-Out of Death Benefit . If a Disabled DMS Participant or a DMS Participant dies prior to his Annuity Starting Date, his Eligible Surviving Spouse is entitled to a death benefit pursuant to this Appendix Section 7 and the Actuarially Equivalent present value of such death benefit is not in excess of $1,000, such present value shall be paid to such Eligible Surviving Spouse in a lump sum payment in lieu of any other benefit herein provided and without regard to the spousal consent requirement of Appendix Section 7.1 above. Any such payment shall be made as soon as administratively feasible following the participant’s date of death.
8. Time and Form of Benefit Payments .
8.1 Time of Payment of Benefits . Payment of benefits under the DMS Plan and this Appendix to a Disabled DMS Participant and a DMS Participant (other than death benefits payable pursuant to Section 7 of this Appendix) shall commence as of such participant’s Annuity Starting Date, determined as follows, but the first payment shall be made no earlier than the expiration of the election period described in Appendix Subsection 8.2(c) below.
(a) With respect to any such participant who is to receive his normal retirement benefit pursuant to Subsection 5.1(a) of this Appendix, such participant’s Annuity Starting Date shall be the date of such participant’s Normal Retirement Date.

 

88


 

(b) With respect to any participant who is to receive his early retirement benefit pursuant to Section 5.2 of this Appendix, such participant’s Annuity Starting Date shall be such participant’s Early Retirement Date or the first day of any month thereafter and prior to his Normal Retirement Date.
(c) With respect to any such participant who is to receive his severance retirement benefit pursuant to Subsection 6.2(a) of this Appendix, such participant’s Annuity Starting Date shall be his Normal Retirement Date or the first day of the month next following his termination of employment, if later.
(d) With respect to any such participant who is to receive early commencement of his severance benefit pursuant to Subsection 62(b) of this Appendix, such participant’s Annuity Starting Date shall be the first day of the month so requested.
(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any benefit payable pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.7 of this Appendix, the Annuity Starting Date shall be the date determined by the Committee which shall be as soon as administratively feasible following the date of the participant’s termination of employment.
8.2 Restrictions on Time of Payment of Benefits .
(a) Plan provisions to the contrary notwithstanding, the Annuity Starting Date of a Disabled DMS Participant or a DMS Participant shall not occur in a manner that would violate the applicable timing, notice, consent, or minimum distribution requirements of Article VIII of the Plan.
(b) Payment of a death benefit pursuant to Section 7 of this Appendix must commence no later than the time mandated under Article VIII of the Plan.
(c) Subject to the provisions of this Appendix, a participant’s Annuity Starting Date shall not occur while the participant is employed by the Employer or any Controlled Entity.
(d) Sections 8.1 and 8.2(a) of this Appendix notwithstanding, a participant, other than a Disabled DMS Participant or DMS Participant whose Actuarially Equivalent present value of his Vested Interest in his Accrued Benefit is not in excess of $1,000, must file a claim for benefits in the manner prescribed by the Committee before payment of his benefits will commence. In the event that the requirement in the preceding sentence delays the commencement of payment of a participant’s benefits to a date after his Normal Retirement Date, such participant’s benefit shall not be less than the Actuarial Equivalent of his Accrued Benefit payable at his Normal Retirement Date.
8.3 Standard Form of Benefit for Participants . For purposes of Section 5 or 6 of this Appendix, the standard form of benefit for any Disabled DMS Participant and any DMS Participant who is married on his Annuity Starting Date shall be a joint and survivor annuity. Such joint and survivor annuity shall be an annuity which is payable for the life of the participant with a survivor annuity for the life of the participant’s Eligible Surviving Spouse that shall be one-half of the amount of the annuity payable during the joint lives of the participant and the Eligible Surviving Spouse. The standard form of benefit for any participant who is not married on his Annuity Starting Date shall be the Pension described in Section 5 or 6 of this Appendix, whichever is applicable to such participant.

 

89


 

8.4 Election Concerning Form of Benefit . Any participant who would otherwise receive the standard form of benefit described in Section 8.3 or, effective January 1, 2008, the Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity described in the Plan, may elect not to take his benefit in such forms by properly executing and filing the benefit election form prescribed by the Committee during the Election Period described in the Plan as a qualified election.
8.5 Alternative Forms of Benefit . For purposes of Section 5 or 6 of this Appendix, the benefit for any participant who has elected pursuant to Appendix Section 8.4 not to receive his benefit in the standard form set forth in Appendix Section 8.3 shall be paid in one of the following alternative forms to be selected by such participant or, in the absence of such selection, by the Committee prior to his Annuity Starting Date; provided, however, that the period and method of payment of any such form shall be in compliance with the provisions of Code Section 401(a)(9) and applicable Treasury Regulations thereunder:
(a) A single life annuity for the life of such participant.
(b) An annuity for the joint lives of the participant and any joint annuitant designated by the participant in accordance with Appendix Section 8.9, with a survivor annuity (with monthly payments under such survivor annuity equal to 1%, 50%, 75% or 100%, as specified by the participant in his election of this option, of the monthly benefit payable during the joint lives of the participant and the joint annuitant) to the joint annuitant for such joint annuitant’s remaining lifetime.
(c) An annuity for a ten year term certain and continuous for the life of such participant if he survives such term certain or, in the event of such Disabled DMS Participant’s or DMS Participant’s death before the end of such term certain, continuing to the end of such term certain to his designated beneficiary as provided in Appendix Section 8.9. Upon the death of a beneficiary who is receiving payments in this annuity form, in the event that there is no other living beneficiary, the Actuarially Equivalent present value of any remaining term certain payments, if any, shall be paid as soon as administratively feasible, in one lump sum cash payment, to the executor or administrator of such beneficiary or to his heirs at law if there is no administration of such beneficiary’s estate. In the event that the Committee determines that the life expectancies of a participant and his designated beneficiary do not exceed ten years, such participant’s election to receive his benefit in this annuity form shall not be effective.
8.6 Level Income Option . If payment of a participant’s benefit commences prior to the earliest age as of which such participant will become eligible for an Old-Age Insurance Benefit under the Social Security Act, at the request of the participant the amount of the payments of his benefit may be adjusted so that an increased amount will be paid prior to such age and a reduced amount thereafter; the purpose of this adjustment is to enable the participant to receive from the DMS Plan and under the Social Security Act an aggregate income in approximately a level amount for life. Such adjusted payments shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of the benefit otherwise payable to such participant.

 

90


 

8.7 Cash-Out of Accrued Benefit . If a participant terminates his employment with the Employer and all Controlled Entities and the Actuarial Equivalent present value of his Vested Interest in his Accrued Benefit is not in excess of $1,000, such present value shall be paid to such terminated participant in lieu of any other benefit herein provided and without regard to the election, and consent requirements of the Plan and this Appendix. Any such payment shall be made as soon as administratively feasible following such participant’s termination of employment The provisions of this Appendix Section 8.7 shall not be applicable to a participant following his Annuity Starting Date.
8.8 Restoration of Reduction for Joint and Survivor Annuity . If a participant is receiving his benefit in the form of a joint and survivor annuity pursuant to Section 8.3 or Subsection 8.5(b) of this Appendix and such participant’s spouse is the joint annuitant under such joint and survivor annuity, a portion of the reduction in such participant’s benefit attributable to such benefit being payable in the form of a joint and survivor annuity (as compared to the benefit that would have been payable if the participant had elected to receive his Plan benefit in the form of a Pension) shall be restored if such participant’s spouse dies during the first through fifth years following such participant’s Annuity Starting Date. The portion of such reduction to be restored shall be (i) 100% if such participant’s spouse dies during the first year following such participant’s Annuity Starting Date, (ii) 80% if such participant’s spouse dies during the second year following such participant’s Annuity Starting Date, (iii) 60% if such participant’s spouse dies during the third year following such participant’s Annuity Starting Date, (iv) 40% if such participant’s spouse dies during the fourth year following such participant’s Annuity Starting Date, and (v) 20% if such participant’s spouse dies during the fifth year following such participant’s Annuity Starting Date.
8.9 Beneficiaries and Joint Annuitants .
(a) Subject to the restrictions of Appendix Subsection 8.4, each participant shall have the right to designate the beneficiary, beneficiaries, or joint annuitant to receive any continuing payments in the event such participant’s benefit is payable in a form whereby payments could continue beyond such participant’s death. Each such designation shall be made on the form prescribed by the Committee and shall be filed with the Committee. Any such designation may be changed at any time by such participant by execution of a new designation form and filing such form with the Committee except that a joint annuitant cannot be changed after a participant’s Annuity Starting Date.

 

91


 

(b) If no such designation of beneficiary for a benefit payable in a form containing a term certain is on file with the Committee at the time of the death of the participant or if such designation is not effective for any reason as determined by the Committee, then the designated beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive such continuing payments for the remainder of such term certain shall be as follows:
(1) If a participant leaves a surviving spouse, any such continuing payments shall be paid to such surviving spouse;
(2) If a participant leaves no surviving spouse, any such continuing payments shall be paid to such participant’s executor or administrator or to his heirs-at-law if there is no administration of such participant’s estate.
(c) If a participant’s designated joint annuitant dies before the participant’s Annuity Starting Date, such participants election of a form of benefit for the joint lives of the participant and such joint annuitant shall be canceled automatically and such participant’s benefit shall be paid in the form of the standard benefit set forth in Appendix Section 8.3 above, unless a new election of an alternative form of benefit is made in accordance with the provisions of Appendix Section 8.4 above. The death of a joint annuitant following a participant’s Annuity Starting Date shall not affect a participant’s benefit election (except to the extent provided in Appendix Section 8.8 above) or permit such participant to revoke such election.
8.10 Reemployment of Participants .
(a) In the event a Disabled DMS Participant or DMS Participant to whom payment of his retirement benefit under the DMS Plan has commenced is reemployed by an Employer or a Controlled Entity, payment of his retirement benefit shall not be interrupted or otherwise adversely affected.
(b) In the event a Disabled DMS Participant or a DMS Participant is reemployed by an Employer or Controlled Entity before payment of his retirement benefit has commenced, his benefit shall not commence during his period of reemployment, but shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Appendix Sections 5.1 and 8.2.
(c) In the event a Disabled DMS Participant is reemployed by the Employer as an Eligible Employee, any additional accruals, if any, with respect to his Accrued Benefit shall be pursuant to the provisions of Appendix Section 5. However, in the event a Disabled DMS Participant is reemployed as an eligible employee by another Controlled Entity which is an “Employer” under the Dynegy Inc. Retirement Plan, any additional accruals, if any, with respect to his period of reemployment shall be pursuant to the Dynegy Inc. Retirement Plan.
(d) In the event a DMS Participant is reemployed as an eligible employee by the Employer or by a Controlled Entity which is a “Employer” under the Dynegy Inc. Retirement Plan, any additional accruals, if any, with respect to his period of reemployment shall be pursuant to the Dynegy Inc. Retirement Plan.
8.11 Actuarial Equivalency . With respect to any benefit payable pursuant to the DMS Plan and this Appendix, whichever form of payment is selected, the value of such benefit shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of the Pension to which the particular participant is entitled.

 

92


 

APPENDIX C
Merger of DMG Plan
Effective December 31, 2007, the Dynegy Midwest Generation, Inc. Retirement Income Plan for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement (“DMG Plan”) is merged into the Dynegy Inc. Retirement Plan, with the benefit structure and related provisions of the DMG Plan continued as a separate benefit structure and related provisions under the Plan, through the incorporation of the DMG Plan as modified by the provisions of this Appendix.
Except as otherwise provided in this Appendix, the provisions of the DMG Plan are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety to the extent necessary to provide the benefit structure and preserve the protected benefits, rights and features of the DMS Plan for each DMG Participant under this Appendix. Only the provisions incorporated herein by reference from the DMG Plan and the provisions of this Appendix shall be applicable to determine the benefits, rights and features preserved and newly created for DMG Participants upon the merger of the DMG Plan into the Plan. The provisions of Articles I, II, Ill, VIII (with respect to the claims procedures provisions of Section 8.15), IX, X, XI, XII, XIII, XIV, XV, XVI, XVII, and XVIII of the Plan concerning plan administration, limitations on benefits, fiduciary provisions, amendment and termination authority, top-heavy status and trust fund and trustee matters shall be fully applicable upon the merger of the DMG Plan into the Plan without regard to provisions concerning similar matters in the DMS Plan. The provisions of the Plan, however, such as Articles I (to the extent required by context), IV, V, VI, VII, VIII (with the exception of the claims procedures provisions of Section 8.15), and any Appendices (other than this Appendix), shall not apply to a DMG Participant to the extent such provisions of the Plan or Appendices are in conflict with or duplicative of similar provisions set forth in the DMS Plan and this Appendix.
This Appendix and the provisions of the DMG Plan incorporated herein by reference, and as modified by this Appendix, are applicable only to eligible DMG Participants. All provisions which appear in the Plan, including any other applicable Appendix, shall apply to DMG Participants in the same manner as applicable to other Participants except insofar as they may be inconsistent with or in conflict with the provisions of this Appendix and the provisions of the DMG Plan incorporated herein by reference, and as modified by this Appendix.
1.  Definitions and Construction. For purposes of this Appendix, capitalized terms shall have the meanings set forth in Article I of the Plan, and such definitions shall, unless the context and/or usage of such terms clearly dictate otherwise, supersede any similar or inconsistent terms that appear in the body of the Plan or the DMG Plan that would otherwise be applicable to a DMG Participant. To the extent a capitalized term used herein is not defined in Article I of the Plan (or context and/or usage dictate an alternate meaning), such term shall have the meaning set forth in this Appendix or in the DMG Plan.
Notwithstanding the previous paragraph, for purposes of this Appendix, the following terms shall be defined as follows:
1.1 “ DMG Participant” means a person who on December 31, 2007 had an Accrued Benefit under the DMG Plan or was receiving a benefit under the DMG Plan and, on such date, became a DMG Participant under the Plan pursuant to the merger of the DMG Plan into the Plan and the provisions of this Appendix, and each individual who has met the eligibility requirements for participation as set forth in the DMG Plan or this Appendix.

 

93


 

1.2 “ Plan Records” means the information concerning all pertinent matters pertaining to determining the Accrued Benefit, rights, entitlements and Pension of each DMG Participant, Eligible Surviving Spouse, alternate payee and beneficiary under the terms of the DMG Plan, as modified by this Appendix, as set forth in specific records maintained for all such matters at the direction of the Committee. The Committee’s decision, in its sole discretion, with respect to any and all matters set forth in the Plan Records shall be conclusive and binding on all persons for all purposes.
2. Participation .
2.1 Eligibility . Each Eligible Employee shall become a DMG Participant upon the Entry Date coincident with or next following the date on which such Eligible Employee has completed one year of Participation Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing:
(a) An Eligible Employee who was a DMG Participant as of December 31, 2007 shall remain a DMG Participant as of January 1, 2008;
(b) An Eligible Employee who was a Participant in the DMG Plan prior to a termination of employment shall remain a DMG Participant upon his reemployment as an Eligible Employee;
(c) An Employee who has completed one year of Participation Service but who has not become a Participant in the DMG Plan because he was not an Eligible Employee shall become a DMG Participant in the Plan and this Appendix from and after January 1, 2008 upon the later of (i) the date he becomes an Eligible Employee as a result of a change in his employment status or (ii) the first Entry Date upon which he would have become a DMG Participant if he had been an Eligible Employee;
(d) An Eligible Employee who had met the service requirements of this Appendix to become a DMG Participant in the DMG Plan but who terminated employment prior to the Entry Date upon which he would have become a DMG Participant shall become a DMG Participant upon the later of (i) the date of his reemployment or (ii) the Entry Date upon which he would have become a DMG Participant if he had not terminated employment; and
(e) Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, a DMG Participant who ceases to be an Eligible Employee but remains an Employee shall continue to be a DMG Participant but, on and after the date he ceases to be an Eligible Employee, he shall no longer accrue additional benefits under this Appendix unless and until he shall again become an Eligible Employee.
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, a DMG Participant who ceases to be an Eligible Employee but remains an Employee shall continue to be a DMG Participant but, on and after the date he ceases to be an Eligible Employee, he shall no longer accrue additional benefits hereunder unless and until he shall again become an Eligible Employee.

 

94


 

2.2 Participation Service . An individual completes one year of Participation Service on the last day of the Employment Year during which he completes 1,000 Hours of Service.
2.3 Transferred Employees . If an employee of the Employer or a Controlled Entity (a) ceases to satisfy the eligibility requirements of the Salaried Plan because he transfers into an employment classification as a member of a group of employees to which the DMG Plan has been extended and continues to be extended through a currently effective collective bargaining agreement between his employer and the collective bargaining representative of the group of employees of which he is a member, (b) continues to be employed by the Employer or a Controlled Entity, and (c) coincident with his cessation of eligibility for the Salaried Plan, satisfies the eligibility requirements of this Appendix, he shall cease to be a participant in the Salaried Plan and shall be a DMG Participant in the DMG Plan, subject to the terms and conditions of the DMG Plan and this Appendix.
2.4 Disabled DMG Participants . Notwithstanding any provision of the DMG Plan to the contrary, a DMG Participant who has been approved for benefits under a long term disability plan sponsored by the Employer (an “Employer LTD Plan”) shall be credited with Payroll Period Benefit Credits (as defined in this Appendix) and Vesting Service under the DMG Plan for any period during which such DMG Participant is receiving such long term disability benefits; provided however, that any such crediting shall cease as of the earlier of (a) such DMG Participant’s Annuity Starting Date or (b) such DMG Participant’s Normal Retirement Date. For purposes of the accruals described in the preceding sentence, a DMG Participant’s Payroll Period Benefit Credit pursuant to this Appendix F immediately prior to the disability entitling him to benefits under an Employer LTD Plan shall be utilized.
3. Retirement Benefits .
3.1 Normal Retirement .
(a) From and after January 2, 1994, subject to (b), (c), and (d) below, a DMG Participant whose employment with the Employer and all Controlled Entities is terminated, for a reason other than death, on or after his Normal Retirement Date shall be entitled to receive a retirement benefit, payable at the time and in the form provided in Article VII of the DMG Plan and this Appendix, that is based upon a Pension commencing on the DMG Participant’s Annuity Starting Date, each monthly payment of such Pension being equal to one-twelfth of the amount of the DMG Participant’s Career Benefit Credit. For purposes of this Paragraph, “Career Benefit Credit” shall mean the sum of the DMG Participant’s Payroll Period Benefit Credits earned over the DMG Participant’s period of employment after January 1, 1994 and while an Eligible Employee and a Participant in the Plan. For purposes of this Paragraph, the DMG Participant’s “Payroll Period Benefit Credit” shall mean an amount equal to the DMG Participant’s regular hourly rate of pay for the payroll period for which the benefit credit is then being determined and for the position to which the DMG Participant is normally assigned multiplied by the number of regularly scheduled hours for such position for such payroll period multiplied by 2.2%. Overtime,

 

95


 

temporary upgrades to higher paying positions, and other extra compensation shall not be taken into account in determining a DMG Participant’s Payroll Period Benefit Credit. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section, if a DMG Participant is scheduled to work a 12-hour shift (the “Shift”), the regularly-scheduled overtime for the Shift shall be taken into account in determining a DMG Participant’s Payroll Period Benefit Credit, and is calculated by multiplying the DMG Participant’s straight time hourly rate of pay by the number of regularly-scheduled overtime hours for the shift for which the DMG Participant is paid. A DMG Participant’s Payroll Period Benefit Credit shall not be reduced to take into account any period of unpaid absence during the payroll period for which such Payroll Period Benefit Credit is being determined; provided, however, that if a DMG Participant is absent without pay for the entire payroll period for which such Payroll Period Benefit Credit is being determined, the amount of Payroll Period Benefit Credit earned by the DMG Participant for such payroll period shall be zero.
(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 3.1(a) above, for the period preceding January 2, 1994, the value of the Accrued Benefit for such period of each DMG Participant who was employed by the Company or a Controlled Entity on January 1, 1994, shall be determined under the terms of the DMG Plan as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date (pursuant to which the DMG Participant’s Accrued Benefit was determined as the greater of certain benefits provided under the DMG Plan or the benefit formula provided in the Salaried Plan). The benefit accruals described in Section 3.1(a) above are in addition to the benefit accrual, if any, provided to a DMG Participant under this Paragraph.
(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 3.1(a) above:
(1) Effective during the period beginning on January 1, 1998 and ending on June 30, 2002, for any DMG Participant who performs an Hour of Service on or after January 1, 1998, the DMG Participant’s Payroll Period Benefit Credits during such period shall be determined pursuant to Section 3.1(a) above by using a 2.4% multiplier, rather than the 2.2% multiplier specified therein; and
(2) Effective during the period beginning on July 1, 2002 and ending on June 30, 2005, for any DMG Participant who performs an Hour of Service on or after July 1, 2002, the DMG Participant’s Payroll Period Benefit Credits during such period shall be determined pursuant to Section 3.1(a) above by using a 2.4% multiplier, rather than the 2.2% multiplier specified therein.
Additional benefit accruals for DMG Participants will be determined on and after July 1, 2005 in accordance with Section 3.1(a) above.
(d) If a Participant becomes a DMG Participant in the DMG Plan pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.3 above, then his Career Benefit Credit under the DMG Plan shall be increased by including the payroll periods taken into account under the Salaried Plan for benefit accrual purposes prior to such transfer and his regular rate of pay during such payroll periods. Contrary DMG Plan provisions notwithstanding, in no event shall the Accrued Benefit of any Participant who has become a DMG Participant in the DMG Plan in accordance with Section 2.3 above be less than the accrued benefit to which such Participant would have been entitled under the Salaried Plan as of the date of the transfer specified in Section 2.3.

 

96


 

(e) Late Retirement .
(1) The Committee shall furnish any DMG Participant whose employment with the Employer or any Controlled Entity continues beyond his Normal Retirement Date (or resumes his employment after his Normal Retirement Date, but prior to commencement of the payment of his retirement benefit) with the notification described in Department of Labor Regulation Section 2530.203-3. Upon such DMG Participant’s subsequent termination of employment, his retirement benefit payable pursuant to this Appendix shall be increased to the extent required, if at all, under such regulations as provided in Paragraph (2) below to avoid the effecting of a prohibited forfeiture of benefits by reason of the suspension of benefits during such DMG Participant’s post Normal Retirement Date employment.
(2) A DMG Participant described in Paragraph (e)(1) above shall be entitled to a retirement benefit equal to the greater of:
(A) His Accrued Benefit determined pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Plan through the date of his subsequent termination of employment; or
(B) The Actuarial Equivalent of his Accrued Benefit payable at his Normal Retirement Date.
(3) Further, such DMG Participant’s retirement benefit payable pursuant to this Appendix shall be increased to the extent required, if at all, under Code Section 401(a)(9)(C)(iii) in the event his employment or reemployment continues after April 1 of the year immediately following the year he attains age seventy and one-half.
3.2 Early Retirement .
(a) A DMG Participant whose employment with the Employer and all Controlled Entities is terminated, for a reason other than death, on or after his Early Retirement Date and prior to his Normal Retirement Date, shall be entitled to receive a retirement benefit, payable at the time and in the form provided in this Appendix that is based upon a Pension commencing on the DMG Participant’s Annuity Starting Date, each monthly payment of such Pension being computed in the manner provided in this Appendix considering his Career Benefit Credit to the date of his termination of employment.

 

97


 

(b) A DMG Participant entitled to a benefit pursuant to Paragraph (a) may, by request to the Committee in the form prescribed by the Committee, commence his benefit as of the first day of the month coinciding with or next following the date of his Retirement, or as of the first day of any subsequent month which precedes his Normal Retirement Date, provided, that such request must be received by the Committee not less than thirty days prior to the proposed date of commencement of the benefit (unless such thirty days’ notice is waived by the Committee in its discretion), and the value thereof shall be based upon a Pension commencing on the date so requested, each monthly payment of such Pension being computed in the manner provided in Paragraph (a) above, provided that if the DMG Participant’s Annuity Starting Date precedes the DMG Participant’s sixty-second birthday, his retirement benefit shall be multiplied by the appropriate factor from the following table:
         
Age at      
Annuity   Early Retirement  
Starting Date   Factors  
 
       
62
    1.00  
 
       
61
    .96  
 
       
60
    .92  
 
       
59
    .82  
 
       
58
    .76  
 
       
57
    .70  
 
       
56
    .64  
 
       
55
    .58  
If a DMG Participant’s Annuity Starting Date does not coincide with his date of birth, the appropriate factor with respect to the table above shall be determined by interpolation. In no event shall a DMG Participant’s retirement income determined in accordance with this Appendix be less than the amount of early retirement income payable to such DMG Participant as of December 31, 1993.
(c) Notwithstanding any provision of the DMG Plan to the contrary, but solely for the purpose of determining a DMG Participant’s eligibility to receive a benefit pursuant to Section 3.2(a) above, and not for purposes of determining a DMG Participant’s Accrued Benefit, a DMG Participant who was a DMG Participant immediately prior to December 15, 1999 will be treated as though he is employed by the Employer during any period that he is employed by Amergen or any Amergen Affiliate on and after December 15, 1999; provided, however, that the foregoing provisions of this sentence shall apply only with respect to benefits payable following the DMG Participant’s termination of employment with Amergen or any Amergen Affiliate; and provided further, however, that the amount of the retirement benefit determined pursuant to Section 3.1(a) above shall be determined utilizing the DMG Participant’s Career Benefit Credit as of the date the DMG Participant’s employment with the Employer and all Controlled Entities terminated (and not as of his Early Retirement Date).

 

98


 

4. Severance Benefits and Determination of Vested Interest .
4.1 No Benefits Unless Herein Set Forth . Except as set forth herein, upon termination of employment of a DMG Participant for any reason other than Retirement or death, such DMG Participant shall acquire no right to any benefit from the Plan or the Fund.
4.2 Severance Benefit .
(a) Each DMG Participant whose employment is terminated for any reason other than Retirement or death shall be entitled to receive a retirement benefit, payable at the time and in the form provided in the Plan and this Appendix that is based upon a Pension commencing on the DMG Participant’s Annuity Starting Date, each monthly payment of such Pension being equal to the product of such DMG Participant’s Vested Interest multiplied by the amount computed in the manner provided in this Appendix, considering his Career Benefit Credit to the date of his termination of employment.
(b) A DMG Participant who is entitled to a benefit pursuant to Paragraph (a) may, by request to the Committee in the form prescribed by the Committee, commence his benefit as of the first day of the month coinciding with or next following his fifty-fifth birthday, or as of the first day of any subsequent month which precedes his Normal Retirement Date; provided, that such request must be received by the Committee not less than 30 days nor more than 180 days prior to the proposed date of commencement of the benefit (unless such notice is waived by the Committee in its discretion). The value of such DMG Participant’s severance benefit shall be based upon a Pension commencing on the first day of the month so requested, each monthly payment of such Pension being computed in the manner provided in Paragraph (a) above, but multiplied by the appropriate factor from the following table:
         
Duration in Years of Interval      
Between Annuity Starting Date      
and Normal Retirement Date   Reduction Factor  
 
       
0
    1.000  
1
    .914  
2
    .839  
3
    .771  
4
    .712  
5
    .659  
6
    .611  
7
    .570  
8
    .531  
9
    .497  
10
    .466  

 

99


 

The reduction factor with respect to the table above for a DMG Participant whose Annuity Starting Date occurs on a date that is a fractional number of years prior to his Normal Retirement Date shall be determined by interpolation. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.2(b), if a DMG Participant who is entitled to a benefit pursuant to this Paragraph terminates his employment with the Employer and all Controlled Entities within eighteen months after the effective date of the Dynegy Transaction, and such DMG Participant has attained the age of fifty and has completed ten or more years of Vesting Service on or prior to the date of such termination of employment, then such DMG Participant may, by request to the Committee in the form prescribed by the Committee, commence his benefit as of the first day of the month coinciding with his fifty-fifth birthday, or as of the first day of any subsequent month that precedes his Normal Retirement Date, provided that such request is received by the Committee not less than 30 days nor more than 180 days before the selected date of commencement (unless such notice is waived by the Committee in its discretion); provided, however, that the amount of such benefit payable as of a date after his attainment of age 55 but prior to his attainment of age 62, shall be computed in the manner provided in Section 3.1 of this Appendix, using the DMG Participant’s Career Benefit Credit as of the date he terminated employment with the Employer and all Controlled Entities and reduced to reflect early commencement in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.2(b) above and not in accordance with the immediately foregoing provision of this Section; and further provided, however, that the amount of such benefit payable as of date on or after his attainment of age 62 shall be computed in the manner provided in Section 3.1 of this Appendix, using the DMG Participant’s Career Benefit Credit as of the date he terminated employment with the Employer and all Controlled Entities, and shall not be reduced to reflect early commencement.
For purposes of this Appendix, “Dynegy Transaction” shall mean the transactions contemplated in that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of June 14, 1999, by and among Illinova Corporation, Energy Convergence Holding Company, Energy Convergence Acquisition Corporation, Dynegy Acquisition Corporation, and the Company, as amended. The effective date of the Dynegy Transaction was February 1, 2000.
(c) A DMG Participant’s Vested Interest shall be determined by such DMG Participant’s full years of Vesting Service in accordance with the following schedule:
         
Full Years of Vesting Service   Vested Interest  
 
       
Less than 5 years
    0 %
5 years or more
    100 %
(d) Paragraph (c) above notwithstanding, a DMG Participant shall have a 100% Vested Interest upon attainment of his Early Retirement Date while employed by the Employer or a Controlled Entity.
4.3 Vesting Service .
(a) For Employment Years beginning prior to December 1, 2001, subject to the remaining provisions of this Section, an individual shall be credited with Vesting Service in an amount equal to all service credited to him for vesting purposes for such years under the terms of the DMG Plan as it existed on the day prior to December 1, 2001.

 

100


 

(b) For Employment Years beginning on or after December 1, 2001, subject to the remaining provisions of this Section, an individual shall be credited with one year of Vesting Service for each Employment Year for which he is credited with 1,000 or more Hours of Service.
(c) In the case of an individual who terminates employment at a time when he has a 0% Vested Interest in his Accrued Benefit and who then incurs a number of consecutive One-Year Breaks-in-Service that equals or exceeds the greater of five years or his aggregate number of years of Vesting Service completed before such One-Year Breaks-in-Service, such individual’s years of Vesting Service completed before such One-Year Breaks-in-Service shall be disregarded in determining his years of Vesting Service.
(d) In the case of an individual who incurs a One Year Break-in-Service after December 31, 1975 at a time when he has a 100% Vested Interest in his Accrued Benefit, years of Vesting Service completed prior to such One-Year Break-in-Service shall be added to years of Vesting Service with which the individual is credited after such One-Year Break-in-Service.
(e) An individual who is on an uncompensated leave of absence duly authorized in accordance with customary personnel practices and policies of the Employer uniformly applied by it shall be credited with Vesting Service for the period of authorized leave if he returns to work with an Employer or a Controlled Entity immediately upon the expiration of such period.
(f) If the employment of a DMG Participant shall have been terminated prior to January 1, 1976 and he shall have been reemployed thereafter (whether before or after such date), his period of prior employment shall be included in his Vesting Service only if, and to the extent, provided in the DMG Plan as in effect on December 31, 1975.
(g) An individual shall not be credited with more than one year of Vesting Service in any Employment Year.
(h) An individual who completes more than 500 but less than 1,000 Hours of Service in an Employment Year shall not accrue any Vesting Service during such year but also shall not incur a One-Year Break-in-Service.
(i) Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, for purposes of determining a DMG Participant’s Vesting Service, an individual who was a DMG Participant immediately prior to December 15, 1999 and who became employed by Amergen or any Amergen Affiliate on such date shall be credited with Vesting Service in accordance with the terms of the DMG Plan for all periods of employment with Amergen or any Amergen Affiliate on and after December 15, 1999 as if such individual’s employer were an Employer under the DMG Plan during such period.

 

101


 

4.4 Cash-Outs and Forfeitures .
(a) If a DMG Participant terminates employment with the Employer and has a 0% Vested Interest or receives a lump sum cash-out distribution pursuant to this Appendix, such DMG Participant’s Career Benefit Credit prior to such termination shall be disregarded and such DMG Participant’s nonvested Accrued Benefit shall become a forfeiture as of the date of such distribution (or as of the date of termination of employment if the DMG Participant has a 0% Vested Interest with such DMG Participant being considered to have received a distribution of zero dollars on the date of his termination of employment).
(b) Paragraph (a) above notwithstanding, if such terminated DMG Participant is subsequently reemployed by the Employer or a Controlled Entity and the DMG Participant had a 0% Vested Interest at the time of his termination, the Career Benefit Credit that was disregarded and the forfeiture that occurred pursuant to Paragraph (a) above shall be restored if the DMG Participant has not incurred a number of consecutive One-Year Breaks-in-Service that exceeds the greater of five years or his aggregate number of years of Vesting Service completed before such One-Year Breaks-in-Service. Such restoration shall occur on the date of the DMG Participant’s reemployment, unless such date occurs after one or more One-Year Breaks-in-Service, in which case the restoration shall occur upon the DMG Participant’s completion of one year of Vesting Service after such One-Year Breaks-in-Service.
5. Death Benefits .
5.1 Before Annuity Starting Date .
(a) Except as provided in Paragraphs (b), (c), (d), (e), and (f) below and in Section 5.3 of this Appendix, no benefits shall be paid pursuant to the DMG Plan and this Appendix with respect to any DMG Participant who dies prior to his Annuity Starting Date.
(b) A married DMG Participant with an Eligible Surviving Spouse shall have a survivor annuity paid to his Eligible Surviving Spouse in the event such DMG Participant dies (i) after he attains age fifty but before his Annuity Starting Date and (ii) while employed by the Employer or a Controlled Entity or while receiving a Company-provided disability allowance. The survivor annuity provided by this Paragraph shall be a single life annuity consisting of monthly payments for the life of the Eligible Surviving Spouse in an amount equal to 50% of the monthly amount that the DMG Participant would have been eligible to receive under Section 3.2(a) above as if he had retired on the date of his death under circumstances described in that Section and had elected to receive a benefit for his life alone, except that no reduction shall be made (A) under Section 3.2(b) to reflect that payment of his benefits would commence prior to his Normal Retirement Date or (B) to reflect payment of his Accumulation under Section 5.3 below; provided, however, that if the Eligible Surviving Spouse is more than ten years younger than the DMG Participant, the amount of the annuity payable to such Eligible Surviving Spouse shall be reduced by one-half of one percent thereof for each year in excess of ten years difference in their ages. Payment of the survivor annuity provided by this Paragraph shall begin as of the first day of the month coinciding with or next following the later of the date of the DMG Participant’s death or the date which otherwise would have been the DMG Participant’s Normal Retirement Date and shall end with the last payment made before the death of the Eligible Surviving Spouse; provided, however, that the Eligible Surviving Spouse may elect to have the survivor annuity provided by this Paragraph commence as of the first day of the month following the DMG Participant’s death.

 

102


 

(c) A married DMG Participant who has received credit for at least one Hour of Service on or after August 23, 1984, who dies leaving an Eligible Surviving Spouse (i) on or after August 23, 1984, (ii) while employed by the Employer or a Controlled Entity or while receiving a Company-provided disability allowance, (iii) at a time when he has a 100% Vested Interest in his Accrued Benefit under the Plan, (iv) prior to attaining the age of fifty, and (v) before his Annuity Starting Date shall have a survivor annuity paid to his Eligible Surviving Spouse. The survivor annuity provided by this Paragraph shall be a single life annuity consisting of monthly payments for the life of the Eligible Surviving Spouse in an amount equal to 50% of the monthly amount (or the Actuarial Equivalent of such amount in the case of a DMG Participant who has an Accumulation at the date of his death) that the DMG Participant would have been entitled to receive under Section 3.2(a) above (payable in the form set forth in Section 6.3(a) below, without any reduction to reflect payment of his Accumulation under Section 5.3 below and reduced as set forth under Section 3.2(b) to reflect the fact that payments commenced before the DMG Participant’s Normal Retirement Date), as if the DMG Participant had terminated his employment with the Employer on the date of his death, survived to his fifty-fifth birthday and then commenced receiving such early retirement benefit and died on the day after he would have attained age fifty-five. Payment of the survivor annuity provided by this Paragraph shall begin as of the first day of the month coinciding with or next following the later of the date of the DMG Participant’s death or the date which otherwise would have been the DMG Participant’s Normal Retirement Date, and shall end with the last payment made before the death of the Eligible Surviving Spouse; provided, however, that the Eligible Surviving Spouse may elect to have the survivor annuity payable pursuant to this Paragraph commence as of the first day of any month after the DMG Participant would have attained age 55 and prior to the date that would have been the DMG Participant’s Normal Retirement Date.
(d) If a DMG Participant’s employment with the Employer and all controlled Entities has terminated on or after his Early Retirement Date and the DMG Participant subsequently dies leaving an Eligible Surviving Spouse prior to his Annuity Starting Date, then a survivor annuity provided by this Paragraph shall be a single life annuity consisting of monthly payments for the life of the Eligible Surviving Spouse in a monthly amount equal to 50% of the monthly amount that would have been payable to such Eligible Surviving Spouse if the Participant had commenced receiving his Accrued Benefit in the form described in Section 6.3(a) below on the first day of the month preceding his death (reduced to reflect as set forth under Section 3.2(b) above to reflect that payments commence before the DMG Participant’s Normal Retirement Date). Payment of the survivor annuity provided by this Paragraph shall begin as of the first day of the month coincident with or next following the later of the date of the DMG Participant’s death or the date which otherwise would have been the DMG Participant’s Normal Retirement Date and shall end with the last payment made before the Eligible Surviving Spouse’s death; provided, however, that the Eligible Surviving Spouse may elect to have the survivor annuity payable pursuant to this Paragraph commence as of the first day of any month after the DMG Participant’s death but prior to the date that would have been the DMG Participant’s Normal Retirement Date.

 

103


 

(e) A married DMG Participant who has received credit for at least one Hour of Service on or after August 23, 1984, who (i) terminates employment with the Employer and all Controlled Entities before his Early Retirement Date and at the time when he has a 100% Vested Interest in his Accrued Benefit under the Plan, (ii) subsequently dies prior to his Annuity Starting Date, and (iii) leaves an Eligible Surviving Spouse, shall have a survivor annuity paid to his Eligible Surviving Spouse. The survivor annuity provided by this Paragraph shall be a single life annuity consisting of monthly payments for the life of the Eligible Surviving Spouse. If the DMG Participant dies on or prior to his Early Retirement Date, the monthly amount of such annuity shall be equal to 50% of the monthly amount that the DMG Participant would have been eligible to receive under Section 3.2(a) above (payable in the form set forth in Section 6.3(a) below, and reduced (i) to reflect any withdrawal of his Accumulation under Section 6.12 below and (ii) as set forth under Section 3.2(b) to reflect the fact that payments commence before the DMG Participant’s Normal Retirement Date), as if the DMG Participant had survived to his Early Retirement Date, and then commenced receiving such early retirement benefit, and died on the day after his Early Retirement Date. If the DMG Participant dies after his Early Retirement Date, the monthly amount of such annuity shall be equal to 50% of the monthly amount that the DMG Participant would have been eligible to receive under Section 3.2(a) above (payable in the form set forth in Section 6.3(a) below, and reduced (i) to reflect any withdrawal of this Accumulation under Section 6.12 below and (ii) as set forth under Section 3.2(b) to reflect the fact that payments commence before the DMG Participant’s Normal Retirement Date), as if the DMG Participant had retired and commenced receiving such early retirement benefit on the day before the date of his death. Payment of the survivor annuity provided by this Paragraph shall commence on the first day of the month coincident with or next following the later of the date of the DMG Participant’s death or the date which otherwise would have been the DMG Participant’s Normal Retirement Date and shall end with the last payment made before the Eligible Surviving Spouse’s death; provided, however, that the Eligible Surviving Spouse may elect to have the survivor annuity payable pursuant to this Paragraph commence as of the first day of any month after the DMG Participant would have attained age 55 and prior to the date that would have been the DMG Participant’s Normal Retirement Date.
(f) Any provisions of the DMG Plan or this Appendix to the contrary notwithstanding, in the absence of consent by the DMG Participant’s Eligible Surviving Spouse, payment of any survivor annuity payable to such spouse pursuant to this Section may not begin prior to the date such DMG Participant would have reached his Normal Retirement Date.

 

104


 

5.2 After Annuity Starting Date . With respect to any DMG Participant who dies on or after his Annuity Starting Date, whether or not payment of his benefit has actually begun, the only benefit payable pursuant to the DMG Plan or this Appendix shall be that, if any, provided for his beneficiary pursuant to the form of benefit he was receiving or about to receive in accordance with this Appendix.
5.3 Payment of Accumulation .
(a) If a DMG Participant dies before his Annuity Starting Date, his Accumulation will be paid to his beneficiary designated pursuant to Paragraph (b) below in a single lump sum. If a DMG Participant dies after his Annuity Starting Date, if he did not withdraw his Accumulation prior to his death pursuant to Section 6.12, and if payment of his benefits under the DMG Plan or this Appendix are not to be continued following his death to his spouse or the contingent annuitant pursuant to Sections 5.1(d), 5.1(e), 6.3(a), or 6.5(a), the excess, if any, of his Accumulation as of his Annuity Starting Date over the sum of the benefits paid to him under the DMG Plan or this Appendix as of the date of his death, if any, shall be paid in a lump sum to the beneficiary designated by the DMG Participant pursuant to Paragraph (b) below. If a DMG Participant referred to in the preceding sentence dies after his Annuity Starting Date, upon the death of the second to die of the DMG Participant and his contingent annuitant or surviving spouse, the excess, if any, of the DMG Participant’s Accumulation at his Annuity Starting Date over the sum of the benefits paid to him and his contingent annuitant or spouse shall be paid in a lump sum to the beneficiary designated by the DMG Participant pursuant to Paragraph (b) below.
(b) Subject to Section 6.2 below, each DMG Participant shall have the right to designate the beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive any amounts payable under Paragraph (a) above in the event of the death of the DMG Participant and his contingent annuitant or surviving spouse, if applicable. Successive designations may be made by the DMG Participant, and the last designation received by the Committee prior to the death of the DMG Participant shall be effective and shall revoke all prior designations. If a designated person shall die before the date for payment pursuant to Paragraph (a) above, then his interest shall terminate, and, unless otherwise provided in the DMG Participant’s designation, such interest shall be paid in equal shares to those designated beneficiaries, if any, who are living on such date for payment. The DMG Participant shall have the right to revoke the designation of any beneficiary without the consent of the beneficiary. Designations pursuant to this Paragraph shall be made on the form prescribed by the Committee and shall be filed with the Committee. If a DMG Participant shall fail to designate a beneficiary for purposes of this Paragraph, if such designation shall for any reason be illegal or ineffective, or if no beneficiary designated by the DMG Participant for purposes of this Paragraph shall be living on the date for payment pursuant to Paragraph (a) above, then the designated beneficiary to receive the amount payable pursuant to Paragraph (a) shall be: (i) if the DMG Participant leaves a surviving spouse, any such amount shall be paid to such surviving spouse; and (ii) if the DMG Participant leaves no surviving spouse, any such amount shall be paid to such DMG Participant’s executor or administrator or to his heirs-at-law if there is no administration of such DMG Participant’s estate.

 

105


 

5.4 Cash-Out of Death Benefit . If a DMG Participant dies prior to his Annuity Starting Date, his surviving spouse or other beneficiary is entitled to a death benefit pursuant to this Article and the Actuarially Equivalent present value of such death benefit is not in excess of $1,000, such present value shall be paid to such surviving spouse or other beneficiary in a lump sum payment in lieu of any other benefit herein provided and without regard to the spousal consent requirement of Section 5.1(f). Any such payment shall be made as soon as administratively feasible following the DMG Participant’s date of death.
6. Time and Form of Payment of Benefits .
6.1 Time of Payment of Benefits . Payment of benefits under the Plan to a DMG Participant (other than death benefits) shall commence as of such DMG Participant’s Annuity Starting Date, determined as follows, but the first payment shall be made no earlier than the expiration of the election period described in Section 6.2 below:
(a) Except as provided in Paragraph (f) below, with respect to any DMG Participant who is to receive his normal retirement benefit pursuant to Section 3.1(a), such DMG Participant’s Annuity Starting Date shall be the first day of the month coincident with or next following the date of such DMG Participant’s Retirement.
(b) Except as provided in Paragraph (f) below, with respect to any DMG Participant who is to receive his early retirement benefit pursuant to Section 3.2(a), such DMG Participant’s Annuity Starting Date shall be the first day of the month coincident with or next following his Normal Retirement Date.
(c) Except as provided in Paragraph (f) below, with respect to any DMG Participant who is to receive early commencement of his early retirement benefit pursuant to Section 3.2(b), such DMG Participant’s Annuity Starting Date shall be the first day of the month so requested.
(d) Except as provided in Paragraph (f) below, with respect to any DMG Participant who is to receive his severance retirement benefit pursuant to Section 4.2(a), such DMG Participant’s Annuity Starting Date shall be the first day of the month coincident with or next following his Normal Retirement Date.
(e) Except as provided in Paragraph (f) below, with respect to any DMG Participant who is to receive early commencement of his severance benefit pursuant to Section 4.2(b), such DMG Participant’s Annuity Starting Date shall be the first day of the month so requested.
(f) With respect to any benefit payable pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.7, the Annuity Starting Date shall be the date determined by the Committee which shall be as soon as administratively feasible following the date of the DMG Participant’s termination of employment.

 

106


 

6.2 Restrictions on Time of Payment of Benefits .
(a) Plan provisions to the contrary notwithstanding, a DMG Participant’s Annuity Starting Date shall not occur in a manner that would violate the applicable timing, notice, consent, or minimum distribution requirements of Article VIII of the Plan.
(b) Payment of a death benefit pursuant to this Appendix must commence no later than the time mandated under Article VIII of the Plan.
(c) Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs (a), a DMG Participant’s Annuity Starting Date shall not occur while the DMG Participant is employed by the Employer or any Controlled Entity.
(d) Section 6.1 and Paragraph (a) above notwithstanding, a DMG Participant, other than a DMG Participant whose Actuarially Equivalent present value of his Vested Interest in his Accrued Benefit is not in excess of $1,000, must file a claim for benefits in the manner prescribed by the Committee before payment of his benefits will commence. In the event that the requirement in the preceding sentence delays the commencement of payment of a DMG Participant’s benefits to a date after his Normal Retirement Date, such DMG Participant’s benefit shall not be less than the Actuarial Equivalent of his Accrued Benefit payable at his Normal Retirement Date.
6.3 Standard Form of Benefit for DMG Participants . For purposes of this Appendix, the following standard forms of benefit shall apply:
(a) The standard form of benefit for any DMG Participant who is married on his Annuity Starting Date shall be an annuity pursuant to which the DMG Participant shall receive the greater of (1) a joint and survivor annuity which is the Actuarial Equivalent of the Pension described in paragraph (b) and which is payable for the life of the DMG Participant with a survivor annuity for the life of the DMG Participant’s spouse that shall be one-half the amount of the annuity payable during the joint lives of the DMG Participant and the DMG Participant’s spouse and (2) the Pension determined under Articles III or IV hereof, as applicable, multiplied by a factor of .9000 reduced by .0050 for each year by which the DMG Participant’s spouse is more than ten years younger than the DMG Participant, and such spouse shall receive a benefit equal to one-half of the amount of the annuity payable during the joint lives of the DMG Participant and such spouse.
(b) The standard form of benefit for any DMG Participant who was not married on his Annuity Starting Date shall be the Pension described in Articles III or IV, whichever is applicable to such DMG Participant.
6.4 Election Concerning Form of Benefit . Any DMG Participant who would otherwise receive the standard form of benefit described in Section 6.3 may elect not to take his benefit in such form by properly executing and filing the benefit election form prescribed by the Committee during the Election Period referred to under the Plan and Section 6.2 of this Appendix as a Qualified Election or, effective as of January 1, 2008, as a Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity.

 

107


 

6.5 Alternative Forms of Benefit . For purposes of Article III or IV, the benefit for any DMG Participant who has elected pursuant to Section 6.4 not to receive his benefit in the standard form set forth in Section 6.3 or the Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity shall be paid in one of the following alternative forms described below selected by such DMG Participant, or, in the absence of such selection, by the Committee prior to his Annuity Starting Date; provided, however, that the period and method of payment of such form shall be in compliance with the provisions of Code Section 401(a)(9) and applicable Treasury Regulations thereunder, as set forth in Article VIII of the Plan:
(a) Joint and Survivor Option .
(1) Except as otherwise provided in this Paragraph (a), a DMG Participant may elect to receive an annuity payable for the life of the DMG Participant with a survivor annuity (with monthly payments under such survivor annuity equal to 1%, 50% 75% or 100%, as specified by the DMG Participant in his election of this option, of such DMG Participant’s monthly benefit) to the beneficiary designated by such DMG Participant in accordance with Section 6.11 for such designated beneficiary’s remaining lifetime. The benefit elected under this clause (i) shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of the Pension referred to in Section 6.3(b).
(2) Notwithstanding the foregoing, a DMG Participant who elects a joint and survivor annuity pursuant to Section 6.5(a)(1) shall receive a benefit equal to the greater of (A) the benefit computed under subparagraph (1) above and (B) a benefit in the form described in Section 6.5(a)(1) that is the Actuarial Equivalent of the benefit computed under Section 6.3(a) (or that would be computed under Section 6.3(a) if the contingent annuitant was the DMG Participant’s spouse).
(3) Any Plan provision to the contrary notwithstanding, the optional form of payment described in this Paragraph (a) shall become effective on the DMG Participant’s Annuity Starting Date, except that such election will be automatically cancelled if either the DMG Participant or his contingent annuitant dies before such DMG Participant’s Annuity Starting Date. An election of such optional form cannot be modified or rescinded after the effective date thereof.
(4) A DMG Participant may not elect an optional form of benefit pursuant to this Paragraph (a) providing monthly benefits to a contingent annuitant who is other than his spouse unless the Actuarial Equivalent of the payments expected to be made to the DMG Participant is more than 50% of the Actuarial Equivalent of the total payments expected to be made under such optional form. In no event, however, shall the amount of each monthly payment to a contingent annuitant exceed the amount of each monthly payment made to the DMG Participant.
(b) Life Annuity . The DMG Participant may elect to receive an annuity payable for the life of the DMG Participant. The benefit elected under this Paragraph shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of the Pension referred to in Section 6.3(b). The optional form of payment described in this Paragraph shall become effective on the DMG Participant’s Annuity Starting Date, except that such election shall be automatically cancelled if the DMG Participant dies before such date. An election of such optional form cannot be modified or rescinded after the effective date thereof.

 

108


 

6.6 Level Income Option . If payment of a DMG Participant’s benefit commences prior to the earliest age as of which such DMG Participant will become eligible for an Old-Age Insurance Benefit under the Social Security Act and such DMG Participant’s benefits will be paid in the form of an annuity, then at the request of the DMG Participant the amount of the payments of his benefit may be adjusted so that an increased amount will be paid prior to such age and a reduced amount thereafter; the purpose of this adjustment is to enable the DMG Participant to receive from the Plan and under the Social Security Act an aggregate income in approximately a level amount for life. Such adjusted payments shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of the benefit otherwise payable to such DMG Participant.
6.7 Cash-Out of Accrued Benefit . If a DMG Participant terminates his employment with the Employer and all Controlled Entities and the Actuarially Equivalent present value of his Vested Interest in his Accrued Benefit is not in excess of $1,000, then such present value shall be paid to such terminated DMG Participant in lieu of any other benefit herein provided and without regard to the election and consent requirements of the Plan and this Appendix. Any such payment shall be made as soon as administratively feasible following such DMG Participant’s termination of employment. The provisions of this Section shall not be applicable to a DMG Participant following his Annuity Starting Date.
6.8 Direct Rollover Election . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a Distributee’s election under this Section, a Distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Committee, to have all or any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a Direct Rollover. The preceding sentence notwithstanding, a Distributee may elect a Direct Rollover pursuant to this Section only if such Distributee’s Eligible Rollover Distributions during the Plan Year are reasonably expected to total $200 or more. Furthermore, if less than 100% of the DMG Participant’s Eligible Rollover Distribution is to be a Direct Rollover, the amount of the Direct Rollover must be $500 or more. Prior to any Direct Rollover pursuant to this Section, the Committee may require the Distributee to furnish the Committee with a statement from the plan, account, or annuity to which the benefit is to be transferred verifying that such plan, account, or annuity is, or is intended to be, an Eligible Retirement Plan.
6.9 Special Distribution Limitations . See Plan Section 8.8.
6.10 Beneficiaries and Joint Annuitants .
(a) Subject to the restrictions of Section 6.4, each DMG Participant shall have the right to designate the beneficiary or beneficiaries or joint annuitant to receive any continuing payments in the event such DMG Participant’s benefit is payable in a form whereby payments could continue beyond such DMG Participant’s death. Each such designation shall be separate from the beneficiary designation under this Appendix, and each such designation shall be made on the form prescribed by the Committee and shall be filed with the Committee. Any such designation may be changed at any time by such DMG Participant by execution of a new designation form and filing such form with the Committee except that a joint annuitant cannot be changed after a DMG Participant’s Annuity Starting Date.

 

109


 

(b) If a DMG Participant’s designated joint annuitant dies before the DMG Participant’s Annuity Starting Date, such DMG Participant’s election of a form of benefit for the joint lives of the DMG Participant and such joint annuitant shall be canceled automatically and such DMG Participant’s benefit shall be paid in the form of the standard benefit set forth in Section 6.3, unless a new election of an alternative form of benefit is made in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.4. The death of a joint annuitant following a DMG Participant’s Annuity Starting Date shall not affect a DMG Participant’s benefit election or permit such DMG Participant to revoke such election.
6.11 Reemployment of DMG Participants .
(a) General Rule .
(1) In the event a DMG Participant to whom payment of his retirement benefit under the DMG Plan or this Appendix has commenced is reemployed by an Employer or a Controlled Entity, whether or not as an Eligible Employee, payment of his retirement benefit shall not be interrupted or otherwise adversely affected, but shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 6.11.
(2) In the event a DMG Participant is reemployed by an Employer or Controlled Entity, whether or not as an Eligible Employee, before payment of his retirement benefit has commenced, his benefit shall not commence during his period of reemployment.
(b) If a DMG Participant described in Paragraph (a)(1) above is reemployed as an Eligible Employee, he shall resume benefit accruals pursuant to the applicable provisions of the DMG Plan or this Appendix, subject to the modifications required by this Section 6.11. In this regard, the benefit accrual of such DMG Participant during his reemployment shall be determined at the end of such period of reemployment to be the excess, if any, of the amount determined pursuant to the applicable provisions in the Plan over the Actuarial Equivalent of the DMG Participant’s Accrued Benefit as of his Annuity Starting Date. Any such excess shall be applied as of the first retirement benefit payment after the DMG Participant’s period of reemployment to increase such retirement benefit payment and each payment thereafter in the annuity form in which such DMG Participant’s retirement benefit is being paid, together with an actuarial adjustment, if necessary, adequate to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 411(a) and Department of Labor Regulation Section 2530.203-3 concerning the delay in payment of the amount of such increase. In the event such DMG Participant’s reemployment continues after April 1 of the year immediately following the year in which he attains age seventy and one-half (70 1 / 2 ), an actuarial adjustment, if necessary, adequate to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9)(C)(iii) with respect to the delay in payment of the amount of such increase for periods after such April 1 shall be applied. In no event shall retirement benefit payments made prior to the date of such DMG Participant’s reemployment or during his period of reemployment be taken into account with respect to his benefit accruals or retirement benefits payable after his reemployment or after his subsequent termination of employment.
6.12 Withdrawal of Accumulation . See Plan Section 8.12.

 

110


 

APPENDIX D

Participating Employers
For Purposes of Plan Articles V, VI, and VII
1. Dynegy Midwest Generation, Inc. — shall be an “Employer” solely for the purpose of providing benefits under Articles V, VI, and VII of the Plan to Eligible Employees who are salaried non-union employees with Employment Commencement Dates or Reemployment Commencement Dates with Dynegy Midwest Generation, Inc. occurring prior to January 1, 2009.
For Purposes of Appendix A
1. Dynegy Energy Services, Inc.
2. Dynegy Marketing and Trade, LLC
3. Dynegy Midwest Generation, Inc. — shall be an “Employer” solely for the purpose of providing benefits under Appendix A of the Plan to Eligible Employees who are salaried non-union employees with Employment Commencement Dates or Reemployment Commencement Dates with Dynegy Midwest Generation, Inc. occurring on or after January 1, 2009.
4. Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. — shall be an “Employer” solely for the purpose of providing benefits under Appendix A of the Plan to:
(i) Eligible Employees with Employment Commencement Dates and Reemployment Commencement Dates with Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. occurring on or after April 3, 2008 and who are covered by that certain Memorandum of Agreement between Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. and Local Union 320 of the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers, dated March 26, 2008, as ratified on April 3, 2008; and
(ii) All Eligible Employees with Employment Commencement Dates and Reemployment Commencement Dates with Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. occurring on or after January 1, 2009.
5. Dynegy Operating Company
6. Dynegy Power Company
7 Sithe Energies Power Services, Inc.
For Purposes of Appendix B
There are no currently participating Employers for the purpose of providing benefits under Appendix B.
For Purposes of Appendix C
1. Dynegy Midwest Generation, Inc. — shall be an “Employer” solely for the purpose of providing benefits under Appendix C of the Plan to Eligible Employees who are union employees.

 

111

Exhibit 10.70
DYNEGY INC.
COMPREHENSIVE WELFARE BENEFITS PLAN
Effective as of January 1, 2002

 

 


 

Dynegy Inc.
Comprehensive Welfare Benefits Plan
WHEREAS , Dynegy Inc. (the “Company”) and certain of its affiliates have established the welfare benefit plans identified as the prior plans on Appendix A hereto (the “Prior Plans”) for the benefit of their eligible employees; and
WHEREAS , the Company desires to consolidate the Prior Plans into a single comprehensive welfare benefit plan in the form of this Dynegy Inc. Comprehensive Welfare Benefits Plan (the “Plan”) intending thereby to provide an uninterrupted and continuing program of benefits;
NOW, THEREFORE, the Prior Plans are merged into and consolidated with the Plan such that each such Prior Plan transfers to the Plan its benefit liability obligations and assets effective as of January 1, 2002 and the Plan accepts and assumes such benefit liability obligations and assets effective as of January 1, 2002 and each such Prior Plan becomes a part of and a “Constituent Benefit Program” under, the Plan forming a single comprehensive welfare benefit plan as follows, effective as of January 1, 2002:

 

-i-


 

Table of Contents
         
I. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION
    1  
 
1.1 Definitions
    1  
1.2 Number and Gender
    3  
1.3 Headings
    3  
1.4 Reference to Plan Includes Constituent Benefit Programs
    3  
1.5 Inconsistent Provisions in Constituent Benefit Program Documents
    3  
1.6 Effect Upon Other Plans
    3  
 
II. ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE OF THE PLAN
    4  
 
2.1 Establishment and Purpose of the Plan
    4  
2.2 Intention to be Welfare Benefit Plan
    4  
2.3 Incorporation of Constituent Benefit Programs
    4  
 
III. PARTICIPATION AND DEPENDENT COVERAGE
    5  
 
3.1 Eligible Employee Coverage
    5  
3.2 Eligible Dependent Coverage
    5  
3.3 Enrollment Without Regard To Medicaid Eligibility
    6  
3.4 Special Enrollment Periods
    6  
 
IV. THIRD PARTY LIABILITY
    7  
 
4.1 Effect of Article
    7  
4.2 Third Party Liability Is Primary As to Covered Expenses
    7  
4.3 Plan’s Rights of Reimbursement For Covered Expenses Previously Paid
    7  
4.4 Plan’s Exclusion of Coverage For Future Covered Expenses
    7  
4.5 Plan’s Rights of Independent Legal Action
    7  
4.6 Attorney Fees, Costs and Expenses
    7  
4.7 Obligations of Participants
    8  
4.8 Limitations on Plan’s Rights of Reimbursement
    8  
 
V. BENEFIT CLAIMS PROCEDURE
    9  
 
5.1 Claims For Benefits
    9  
5.2 Definitions
    9  
5.3 Filing of Benefit Claim
    10  
5.4 Processing of Benefit Claim
    11  
5.5 Notification of Adverse Benefit Determination
    12  
5.6 Timing of Adverse Benefit Determination Notification Regarding Health Benefit Claims
    12  
5.7 Timing of Adverse Benefit Determination Notification Regarding Disability Benefit Claims
    14  
5.8 Timing of Adverse Benefit Determination Regarding Non-Health and Disability Claims
    14  
5.9 Review of Adverse Benefit Determination Regarding Health or Disability Benefit Claims
    15  
5.10 Review of Adverse Benefit Determination Regarding Non-Health and Disability Benefit Claims
    16  
5.11 Notification of Benefit Determination on Review
    17  

 

-ii-


 

         
5.12 Timing of Notification Regarding Review of Health Benefit Claims
    17  
5.13 Timing of Notification Regarding Review of Disability Benefit Claims
    18  
5.14 Timing of Notification Regarding Review of Non-Health or Disability Claims
    18  
5.15 Exhaustion of Administrative Remedies
    18  
5.16 Payment of Benefits
    18  
5.17 Authorized Representatives
    19  
 
VI. FUNDING OF PLAN
    20  
 
6.1 Source of Benefits
    20  
6.2 Participant Contributions
    20  
6.3 HMO Premiums
    20  
6.4 Insurance Premiums
    20  
6.5 Trust
    20  
 
VII. ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN
    21  
 
7.1 Plan Administrator
    21  
7.2 Discretion to Interpret Plan
    21  
7.3 Powers and Duties
    21  
7.4 Expenses
    22  
7.5 Right to Delegate
    22  
7.6 Reliance on Reports, Certificates, and Participant Information
    23  
7.7 Indemnification
    23  
7.8 Fiduciary Duty
    23  
7.9 Compensation and Bond
    23  
 
VIII. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN
    24  
 
8.1 Right to Amend
    24  
8.2 Right to Terminate
    24  
S3 Effect of Amendment or Termination
    24  
8.4 Delegation to Benefit Plans Committee
    24  
8.5 Effect of Oral Statements
    24  
 
IX. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
    25  
 
9.1 No Guarantee of Employment
    25  
9.2 Payments to Minors and Incompetents
    25  
9.3 No Vested Right to Benefits
    25  
9.4 Nonalienation of Benefits
    25  
9.5 Unknown Whereabouts
    26  
9.6 Participating Employers
    26  
9.7 Notice and Filing
    26  
9.8 Incorrect Information, Fraud, Concealment, or Error
    27  
9.9 Medical Responsibilities
    27  
9.10 Compromise of Claims
    27  
9.11 Electronic Administration
    27  
9.12 Tax Payments
    27  
9.13 Compensation and Bond
    28  
9.14 Jurisdiction
    28  
9.15 Severabilitv
    28  

 

-iii-


 

         
X. QUALIFIED MEDICAL CHILD SUPPORT ORDERS
    29  
 
XI. COBRA CONTINUATION COVERAGE
    30  
 
XII. FMLA COVERAGE
    31  
 
XIII. USERRA
    32  
 
XIV. RESTRICTIONS REGARDING PROTECTED HEALTH INFORMATION
    33  
 
14.1 Purpose of Article
    33  
14.2 Provision of Information to the Company Pursuant to Authorization
    33  
14.3 Provision of Summary Health Information to Company
    33  
14.4 General Provision of Health Information to Company
    34  
14.5 Adequate Separation
    35  
14.6 Privacy Officer
    36  
14.7 Coverage and Effective Date
    38  
 
APPENDIX A
    A-1  
 
APPENDIX B
    B-1  

 

-iv-


 

I.
Definitions and Construction
1.1 Definitions . Where the following words and phrases appear in the Plan, they shall have the respective meanings set forth below, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary:
(1)  
Administrative Services Agreement : The agreement(s) entered into with each individual or entity providing administrative services with respect to one or more Constituent Benefit Programs.
 
(2)  
Administrative Services Provider : Any individual or entity operating under an Administrative Services Agreement to provide administrative services with respect to any benefits offered under one or more of the Constituent Benefit Programs.
 
(3)  
Board : The board of directors of the Company.
 
(4)  
Cafeteria Plan : The cafeteria plan, if any, established by the Employer under section 125 of the Code.
 
(5)  
Code : The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
(6)  
Benefit Plans Committee : The Committee to which the Board has delegated certain Plan sponsor powers.
 
(7)  
Company : Dynegy Inc.
 
(8)  
Compensation : Unless otherwise specifically provided in a Constituent Benefit Program, the annual base pay paid by the Employer to or for the benefit of a Participant for services performed for the Employer.
 
(9)  
Condition : Any sickness, injury, or other mental or physical disability giving rise to the payment of benefits under the Plan.
 
(10)  
Constituent Benefit Programs : The benefit programs listed on Appendix B to the Plan, as such programs and such Appendix B may be amended from time to time.
 
(11)  
Constituent Benefit Program Document(s) : The written document(s) setting forth the terms of the applicable Constituent Benefit Program, including, but not limited to, the benefits provided, the eligibility and enrollment requirements, the conditions of dependent coverage, if applicable, the termination of coverage, and the terms and conditions of benefit payments under each Constituent Benefit Program, as may be amended from time to time. Appendix B describes the Constituent Benefit Program Document or Constituent Benefit Program Documents for each Constituent Benefit Program. Appendix B also describes which Employers maintain which Constituent Benefit Programs for their Eligible Employees.
 
(12)  
Covered Eligible Dependent : Each Eligible Dependent who is covered under the Plan pursuant to Section 3.2.

 

-1-


 

(13)  
Effective Date : January 1, 2002, except as otherwise stated herein and except that provisions of the Plan required to have an earlier effective date by applicable statute and/or regulation shall be effective as of the required effective date in such statute and/or regulation.
 
(14)  
Eligible Dependent : With respect to an Eligible Employee, each person who by virtue of a relationship to such Eligible Employee is eligible for coverage under a Constituent Benefit Program.
 
(15)  
Eligible Employee : Each individual who is eligible for coverage under a Constituent Benefit Program because of current or former employment with the Employer. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, no individual who is designated, compensated, or otherwise classified or treated by the Employer as an independent contractor, leased employee, or other non-common law employee shall be an Eligible Employee, unless a Constituent Benefit Program specifically and expressly provides otherwise.
 
(16)  
Employer : The Company and each Participating Employer.
 
(17)  
ERISA : The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
 
(18)  
Group Health Plan : Each Constituent Benefit Program, which is a group health plan within the meaning of section 5000(b)(1) of the Code, and/or a group health plan within the meaning of section 607(1) of ERISA, as applicable, and for purposes of Article XII, is either a group health plan within the meaning of section 5000(b)(1) of the Code or any Constituent Benefit Program designated by the Employer as a “Group Health Plan” for purposes of FMLA Leave.
 
(19)  
HMO : Any health maintenance organization or similar organization or network of individuals or organizations that has contracted to provide medical, dental, and/or other health-related benefits to Participants and Covered Eligible Dependents.
 
(20)  
Insured Constituent Benefit Program : Each Constituent Benefit Program whose benefits are provided by an Insurer.
 
(21)  
Insurer : Any insurance company that has contracted to provide benefits under a Constituent Benefit Program.
 
(22)  
Participant : Each Eligible Employee who is a participant in the Plan pursuant to Article III and, where reference is appropriate, each Covered Eligible Dependent.
 
(23)  
Participating Employer : Any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, or any other entity permitted by law to do so, that has been designated by the Company as a participating employer and participates in the Plan with respect to one or more Constituent Benefit Programs.
 
(24)  
Plan : The Dynegy Inc. Comprehensive Welfare Benefits Plan.

 

-2-


 

(25)  
Plan Administrator : An individual, committee or entity appointed by the Board to perform, in a fiduciary capacity as administrative fiduciary, certain identified duties and responsibilities with respect to the administration of the Plan and/or a Constituent Benefit Program.
 
(26)  
Plan Year : The twelve-consecutive month period commencing on January 1 of each year.
 
(27)  
Recovery : An amount obtained by or for the benefit of a Participant or Covered Eligible Dependent from a Third Party, such Third Party’s liability carrier, or in the case of uninsured or underinsured motorist coverage, from such Participant’s or Covered Eligible Dependent’s automobile insurance carrier because of a Condition for which a Third Party is legally liable. In the case of a Recovery which, in whole or in part, includes assets other than cash or cash equivalents, the Plan Administrator shall determine the monetary value thereof.
 
(28)  
Third Party : Any individual or entity who or which is or may be liable to a Participant or Covered Eligible Dependent for a Condition or for payment of damages or expenses related to a Condition.
1.2 Number and Gender . Wherever appropriate herein, words used in the singular shall be considered to include the plural and words used in the plural shall be considered to include the singular. The masculine gender, where appearing in the Plan, shall be deemed to include the feminine gender.
1.3 Headings . The headings of Articles and Sections herein are included solely for convenience. If there is any conflict between such headings and the text of the Plan, the text shall control. All references to Sections, Articles, Paragraphs, and Clauses are to this document unless otherwise indicated.
1.4 Reference to Plan Includes Constituent Benefit Programs . Any reference herein to the Plan includes each Constituent Benefit Program unless otherwise indicated, irrespective of the fact that certain references herein specifically are to the Constituent Benefit Programs.
1.5 Inconsistent Provisions in Constituent Benefit Program Documents . In the event that any term, provision, implication, or statement in a Constituent Benefit Program Document conflicts with, contradicts, or renders ambiguous a term, provision, implication, or statement in this document, such term, provision, implication, or statement in this document shall control.
1.6 Effect Upon Other Plans . Except to the extent provided herein, nothing in the Plan shall be construed to affect the provisions of any other plan maintained by the Employer.

 

-3-


 

II.
Establishment and Purpose of the Plan
2.1 Establishment and Purpose of the Plan . The Company has adopted and established the Plan for the purpose of providing the benefits under and coordinating the administration of the Constituent Benefit Programs, which provide certain health, accident, life, disability, and other welfare benefits for the Eligible Employees of the Employer.
2.2 Intention to be Welfare Benefit Plan . The Plan is intended to be a program of benefits constituting an employee welfare benefit plan within the meaning of section 3(1) of ERISA and the regulations promulgated thereunder to the extent the benefits provided by each individual Constituent Benefit Program so permit. If any benefits provided under a Constituent Benefit Program are determined to be other than benefits that are eligible to constitute an employee welfare benefit plan within the meaning of section 3(1) of ERISA, such determination shall not prevent the remainder of the Plan from qualifying as an employee welfare benefit plan within the meaning of such section.
2.3 Incorporation of Constituent Benefit Programs . The Constituent Benefit Programs and the Constituent Benefit Program Documents in their entirety, as each may be amended from time to time, are incorporated by reference herein and made a part of the Plan. No Constituent Benefit Program is intended to be, nor will any be interpreted to be, a separate employee benefit plan, except that for the purpose of determining whether the Plan or any Constituent Benefit Program is a “group health plan” subject to or exempt from any law made applicable to “group health plans,” each Constituent Benefit Program will be considered to be a separate plan or “group health plan,” and the fact that one Constituent Benefit Program will be subject to or exempt from such law will not cause any other Constituent Benefit Program to be so subject to or exempt from such law.

 

-4-


 

III.
Participation and Dependent Coverage
3.1 Eligible Employee Coverage .
(a) Each Eligible Employee shall become a Participant in the Plan coincident with the date such Eligible Employee becomes enrolled in and covered under one or more of the Constituent Benefit Programs.
(b) The rules pertaining to eligibility for, enrollment and reenrollment in, coverage under and amendment of coverage under, and termination of coverage of Eligible Employees in a Constituent Benefit Program vary for each Constituent Benefit Program and are set forth in the respective Constituent Benefit Program Document. Enrollment and coverage of an Eligible Employee in a Constituent Benefit Program shall be subject to any required premium payment applicable to such coverage and any and all other terms and conditions set forth in the applicable Constituent Benefit Program Document.
(c) Except as otherwise specifically provided by the Plan, an Eligible Employee shall cease to be a Participant in the Plan upon the day following the earliest to occur of the date he is no longer enrolled in and covered under at least one Constituent Benefit Program or the effective date of termination of the Plan. If an Eligible Employee ceases to be a Participant in the Plan, he shall be entitled to recommence such participation in accordance with Paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 3.1 provided that the Plan has not terminated.
3.2 Eligible Dependent Coverage .
(a) Each Eligible Dependent shall become a Covered Eligible Dependent under the Plan coincident with the date such Eligible Dependent becomes enrolled in and covered under at least one Constituent Benefit Program.
(b) The rules pertaining to eligibility for, enrollment and reenrollment in, coverage under and amendment of coverage under, and termination of coverage of Eligible Dependents in a Constituent Benefit Program vary for each Constituent Benefit Program and are set forth in the respective Constituent Benefit Program Document. Enrollment and coverage of an Eligible Dependent in a Constituent Benefit Program shall be subject to any required premium payment applicable to such coverage and any and all other terms and conditions set forth in the applicable Constituent Benefit Program Document.
(c) Coverage of a Covered Eligible Dependent of a Participant shall terminate upon the day following the earliest to occur of the date such Participant ceases to be enrolled in and covered under at least one Constituent Benefit Program or the effective date of the termination of the Plan. If coverage of a Covered Eligible Dependent under the Plan terminates, such Eligible Dependent shall be entitled again to be covered under the Plan in accordance with Paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 3.5 provided that the Plan has not terminated.

 

-5-


 

3.3 Enrollment Without Regard To Medicaid Eligibility . Contrary Plan provisions notwithstanding, each Group Health Plan shall enroll an individual in the Plan without regard to the fact that such individual is eligible for, or is provided medical assistance under, a state plan for medical assistance approved under title XIX of the Social Security Act, but only to the extent any such Group Health Plan is subject to such mandate by law.
3.4 Special Enrollment Periods . Contrary Plan provisions notwithstanding, each Group Health Plan shall permit an individual to enroll under the conditions, and during the periods, set forth in section 701(f) of ERISA.

 

-6-


 

IV.
Third Party Liability
4.1 Effect of Article . The provisions of this Article IV shall apply only with respect to a Constituent Benefit Program which is a Group Health Plan and shall supercede and replace entirely any and all provisions of such Plan’s Constituent Benefit Program Document which pertain to reimbursement or subrogation rights.
4.2 Third Party Liability Is Primary As to Covered Expenses . The Plan shall not be primarily responsible or liable for the payment of Covered Expenses incurred by a Participant or because of a Condition caused by the fault of a Third Party. Accordingly and in accordance with the provisions of this Article IV, the Plan shall be and is entitled to the benefit of any Recovery or right of Recovery which a Participant may have which relates to a Condition for which a Third Party was, is or may become liable without regard to any characterization between such Third Party and the Participant, a court, a jury or any other person or entity of such liability as being predicated upon pain and suffering, mental anguish, punitive damages, wrongful death or any other basis other than for medical or other welfare benefits and without regard to whether the liability of such Third Party is reduced to a Recovery as a result of legal proceedings, arbitration, compromise settlement or otherwise.
4.3 Plan’s Rights of Reimbursement For Covered Expenses Previously Paid . If the Plan has paid Covered Expenses of a Participant because of a Condition caused by the fault of a Third Party and Recovery is obtained by the Participant with respect to such Condition, the Participant shall be obligated to reimburse the Plan for all such Covered Expenses which were paid by the Plan provided, however, that the Participant shall have no obligation of reimbursement in excess of the total amount of such Recovery.
4.4 Plan’s Exclusion of Coverage For Future Covered Expenses . If a Condition of a Participant is or has been caused by the fault of a Third Party and a Recovery is obtained by the Participant with respect to such Condition, the Plan shall have no obligation to pay and there shall be excluded from future coverage by this Plan any and all Covered Expenses thereafter incurred by such Participant for, in connection with or relating to such Condition until such expenses exceed in the aggregate the total amount of such Recovery remaining after reimbursement of the Plan pursuant to Section 4.3.
4.5 Plan’s Rights of Independent Legal Action . If a Participant has incurred, incurs or may incur Covered Expenses because of a Condition caused or possibly caused by the fault of a Third Party, the Plan shall have the right but not the duty to protect its interests by (1) bringing an action in the name of the Plan or of the Participant against the Third Party, such Third Party’s liability carrier, or in the case of uninsured or under-insured motorist coverage, against such Participant’s automobile insurance carrier or (2) joining or intervening in any action by a Participant against any Third Party, such Third Party’s insurer or in the case of uninsured or underinsured motorist coverage, against such Participant’s automobile insurance carrier. The Plan’s failure to bring an action or to join or intervene in litigation pursuant to its rights under this Section 4.4 shall not affect or impair the Plan’s rights under this Article IV.
4.6 Attorney Fees, Costs and Expenses . The Plan’s rights of reimbursement, recovery and Covered Expense exclusion pursuant to this Article IV shall not be limited or reduced pro rata or otherwise for attorney’s fees, costs or expenses incurred by a Participant in seeking a Recovery except with the express written consent of the Plan Administrator.

 

-7-


 

4.7 Obligations of Participants . The Participant shall have an affirmative obligation to cooperate in reimbursing the Plan and in otherwise assuring the Plan’s rights of reimbursement pursuant to this Article IV, shall execute and deliver to the Plan Administrator all assignments and other documents requested by the Plan Administrator for enforcing the Plain’s rights under this Article IV, shall not take any action which might prejudice the Plan’s right under this Article IV, and shall not release any Third Party (even if the release purports to be partial release or release for the excess liability over Plan benefits) without the consent of the Plan Administrator, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Plan’s rights of reimbursement under this Article IV shall not be affected by a release of any Third Party entered into without the consent of the Plan Administrator. If a Participant initiates a liability claim against any Third Party or such Third Party’s liability carrier or reimbursement is sought from such Participant’s own automobile insurance carrier under the uninsured or underinsured motorist endorsement, the amounts described in Section 4.3 and amounts to cover all future medical expenses which otherwise would be Covered Expenses relating to the Condition which is the basis of such liability claim must be included in the claim. If a Participant receives a Recovery, the Participant shall hold such money in trust for the Plan to the extent of the Plan’s rights under this Article IV. Each Participant who incurs any Condition shall inform the Plan Administrator whenever it appears that a Third Party is or may be liable to the Participant.
4.8 Limitations on Plan’s Rights of Reimbursement . In the event that a Recovery relating to a Condition is insufficient to cover all medical expenses paid or payable by both the Plan and the Participant, as applicable, for services and supplies incurred in treating such Condition, the amount of the Recovery relating to such Condition which shall be subject to the Plan’s rights of reimbursement pursuant to this Article IV shall be reduced by such medical expenses incurred and paid by the Participant in connection with the treatment of such Condition which were not reimbursed or will not be subject to reimbursement by the Plan as the Plan Administrator may, in its sole discretion and on a case-by-case basis, determine.

 

-8-


 

V.
Benefit Claims Procedure
5.1 Claims For Benefits . Claims for benefits or reimbursement under the Plan shall be submitted and processed in accordance with this Article V except that this Article V shall not apply to any Constituent Benefit Program (a) which is not regulated by ERISA or (b) which has in its Constituent Benefit Program Document provisions which address claims procedures and appeals and which the Plan Administrator that has powers and duties of benefits claims administration has determined to be applicable in lieu of the provisions of this Article V. Completion by a Participant or Covered Eligible Dependent of his responsibilities and obligations under the claims procedures applicable with respect to a Constituent Benefit Program shall be a condition precedent to the commencement of any legal or equitable action in connection with a claim for benefits under such program by a Participant or Covered Eligible Dependent, or by any other person or entity claiming rights through such Participant or Covered Eligible Dependent; provided, however, that the Plan Administrator having powers and duties of benefits claims administration in its discretion may waive compliance with such claims procedures as a condition precedent to any such action.
5.2 Definitions . For purposes of this Article V, the following terms, when capitalized, will be defined as follows:
  (1)  
Adverse Benefit Determination : Any denial, reduction or termination of or failure to provide or make payment (in whole or in part) for a Plan benefit, including any denial, reduction, termination or failure to provide or make payment that is based on a determination of a Claimant’s eligibility to participate in the Plan, and including with respect to health benefits a denial, reduction, termination or failure to provide or make payment resulting from the application of any utilization review, as well the failure to cover an item or service for which benefits are otherwise provided because it is determined to be experimental, investigational or not medically necessary or appropriate. Further and with respect to health benefits, any reduction or termination of an ongoing course of treatment prior to its scheduled expiration will be treated as an Adverse Benefit Determination regarding a Concurrent Care Claim. Further, any invalidation of a claim for failure to furnish written proof of loss or to comply with the claim submission procedure will be treated as an Adverse Benefit Determination.
  (2)  
Benefits Administrator : The person or office to whom the Plan Administrator that has powers and duties of benefit claims administration has delegated day-to-day Plan administration responsibilities and who, pursuant to such delegation, processes Plan benefit claims in the ordinary course or if none has been so designated, the Plan Administrator that has powers and duties of benefits claims administration.
  (3)  
Claimant : A Participant or beneficiary or an authorized representative of such Participant or beneficiary who has filed or desires to file a claim for a Plan benefit.

 

-9-


 

  (4)  
Concurrent Care Claim : Any request to extend an ongoing course of a health benefit treatment beyond the period of time or number of treatments that has previously been approved under the Plan.
 
  (5)  
Health Care Professional : A physician or other health care professional licensed, accredited or certified to perform specified health services consistent with State law.
 
  (6)  
Independent Fiduciary : The person or entity retained by the Plan Administrator to perform the review of an Adverse Benefit Determination, who will be an individual other than (a) the individual who made the Adverse Benefit Determination that is the subject of the review and (b) the subordinate of such individual.
 
  (7)  
Post-Service Claim : Any claim for a Plan health benefit that is not a Pre-Service Claim.
 
  (8)  
Pre-Service Claim : Any claim for a Plan health benefit the terms of which condition receipt thereof, in whole or in part, on approval of the benefit in advance of obtaining medical care.
 
  (9)  
Urgent Care Claim : Any Plan health benefit claim for medical care or treatment with respect to which the application of the time periods otherwise applicable to such claim (a) could seriously jeopardize, as determined either by a physician with knowledge of the Claimant’s medical condition or by the Benefits Administrator (applying the judgment of a prudent layperson who possesses an average knowledge of health and medicine), the Claimant’s life, health or ability to regain maximum function, or (b) would subject the Claimant, in the opinion of a physician with knowledge of the Claimant’s medical condition, to severe pain that cannot be adequately managed without the care or treatment that is the subject of the claim.
5.3 Filing of Benefit Claim . A Claimant must file with the Benefits Administrator a written claim for benefits under the Plan with written proof of loss no later than March 31 of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the related expense was incurred on the form provided by, or in any other manner approved by, the Benefits Administrator. For purposes of applying the time periods for benefit determination pursuant to Section 5.6. 5.7 or 5.8 below, filing a claim with the Benefits Administrator will be treated as filing a claim with the Plan Administrator. In connection with the submission of a claim, the Claimant may examine the Plan and any other relevant documents relating to the claim, and may submit written comments relating to such claim to the Benefits Administrator coincident with the filing of the benefit claim form. Failure of a Claimant to furnish written proof of loss or to comply with the claim submission procedures and rules established by the Plan Administrator (including rules as to what information relating to a claim is required to be submitted by a Claimant) will invalidate such claim submission and such invalidation will not be considered as or treated as an Adverse Benefit Determination for purposes of this Article V unless the Benefits Administrator in its discretion determines that it was not reasonably possible to provide such proof or comply with such procedure. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Claimant’s communication regarding a Pre-Service Claim is received by the Benefits Administrator and names the Claimant, his specific medical condition or symptom, and the specific treatment, service or product for which approval is requested, but otherwise fails to follow the claims submission procedure, the Benefits Administrator will notify the Claimant of the failure and the proper procedures to be followed to file a claim for benefits. Such notification will be provided as soon as possible, but not later than five days (twenty-four hours in the case of an Urgent Care Claim) following the failure and may be oral unless the Claimant requests written notification.

 

-10-


 

5.4 Processing of Benefit Claim . Upon receipt of fully completed benefit claim forms from a Claimant, the Benefits Administrator shall determine if the Claimant’s right to the requested benefit, payable at the time or times and in the form requested, is clear and, if so, shall process such benefit claim without resort to the Plan Administrator. In the case of either an Urgent Care Claim other than a Concurrent Care Claim or a Pre-Service Claim, the Benefits Administrator shall affirmatively notify the Claimant of the approval of the claim not later than seventy-two hours after receipt of the benefit claim in the case of an Urgent Care Claim other than a Concurrent Care Claim and not less then fifteen days after receipt of the benefit claim in the case of a Pre-Service Claim. If the Benefits Administrator determines that the Claimant’s right to the requested benefit, payable at the time or times and in the form requested, is not clear, it shall refer the benefit claim to the Plan Administrator for review and determination, which referral shall include:
  (1)  
All materials submitted to the Benefits Administrator by the Claimant in connection with the claim;
  (2)  
A written description of why the Benefits Administrator was of the view that the Claimant’s right to the benefit, payable at the time or times and in the form requested, was not clear;
  (3)  
A description of all Plan provisions pertaining to the benefit claim;
  (4)  
Where appropriate, a summary as to whether such Plan provisions have in the past been consistently applied with respect to other similarly situated Claimants; and
  (5)  
Such other information as may be helpful or relevant to the Plan Administrator in its consideration of the claim.
If the Claimant’s claim is referred to the Plan Administrator, the Claimant may examine any relevant document relating to his claim and may submit written comments or other information to the Plan Administrator to supplement his benefit claim. Within the time period described in Section 5.6, 5.7 or 5.8, whichever is applicable to a claim, the Plan Administrator shall consider the referral regarding the claim of the Claimant and make a decision as to whether it is to be approved, modified or denied. If the claim is approved, the Plan Administrator shall direct the Benefits Administrator to process the approved claim as soon as administratively practicable and in the case of either an Urgent Care Claim other than a Concurrent Care Claim or a Pre-Service Claim, the Plan Administrator shall affirmatively notify the Claimant of the approval of the claim not later than seventy-two hours after receipt of the benefit claim in the case of an Urgent Care Claim other than a Concurrent Care Claim and not less then fifteen days after receipt of the benefit claim in the case of a Pre-Service Claim.

 

-11-


 

5.5 Notification of Adverse Benefit Determination . In any case of an Adverse Benefit Determination of a claim for a Plan benefit, the Plan Administrator shall furnish written notice to the affected Claimant within the notification periods described in Section 5.6, 5.7 or 5.8, whichever is applicable to such claim below. Any notice that denies a benefit claim of a Claimant in whole or in part shall, in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant:
  (1)  
State the specific reason or reasons for the Adverse Benefit Determination;
  (2)  
Provide specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the Adverse Benefit Determination is based;
  (3)  
In the case of a health or disability benefit claim and if an internal rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion was relied upon in making the Adverse Benefit Determination, either provide such criterion or state that such criterion was relied upon and that a copy of the criterion will be provided free of charge to the Claimant upon request;
  (4)  
In the case of a health or disability benefit claim and if the Adverse Benefit Determination is based on a medical necessity, experimental treatment or similar exclusion or limit, either explain the scientific or clinical judgment for the determination, applying the terms of the Plan to the Claimant’s medical circumstances, or state that such explanation will be provided free of charge to the Claimant upon request;
  (5)  
Describe any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim and explain why such material or information is necessary;
  (6)  
Describe the Plan’s review procedures and time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under section 502(a) of ERISA following an Adverse Benefit Determination on review; and
  (7)  
If an Urgent Care Claim is involved, provide a description of the expedited review process available for Urgent Care Claims (see Section 5.12).
5.6 Timing of Adverse Benefit Determination Notification Regarding Health Benefit Claims . The Plan Administrator shall provide a Claimant with notice of an Adverse Benefit Determination regarding a health benefit claim within the following time periods:
  (1)  
In the case of an Urgent Care Claim other than a Concurrent Care Claim, as soon as possible, taking into account the medical exigencies, but not later than seventy-two hours after the claim is filed with the Plan Administrator; provided, however, that if additional information from the Claimant is necessary to complete the claim, the Claimant will be notified within twenty-four hours after such claim is filed with the Plan Administrator and will be given at least forty-eight hours to provide the specified information, and notice of the Plan Administrator’s benefit determination will be provided to the Claimant within forty-eight hours after the earlier of (a) the Plan Administrator’s receipt of the specified information or (b) the end of the period afforded the Claimant to provide the specified information. In addition, such notification may be provided orally (provided that written or electronic notification is provided within three days following such oral notification).

 

-12-


 

  (2)  
In the case of a properly submitted Urgent Care Claim that is a Concurrent Care Claim, if such claim is made at least 24 hours prior to the scheduled expiration of treatment, notice of the disposition of the claim will be furnished to the Claimant as soon as possible, taking into account the medical exigencies, but not later than 24 hours after such claim is filed with the Plan Administrator. If such claim is not made at least twenty-four hours prior to the scheduled expiration of treatment, the claim shall be governed by Clause (1) above.
  (3)  
In the case of a decision to reduce or terminate a previously approved ongoing course of health benefit treatment that was to be provided over a period of time or a number of treatments, the Plan Administrator shall notify the Claimant of the Adverse Benefit Determination at a time sufficiently in advance of the reduction or termination to allow the Claimant to appeal and obtain a determination on review of such Adverse Benefit Determination before the benefit is reduced or terminated.
  (4)  
In the case of a Pre-Service Claim not described in Clauses (1) through (3) above, the Plan Administrator shall notify the Claimant of the Adverse Benefit Determination within a reasonable period of time appropriate to the medical circumstances but not later than fifteen days after receipt of the claim by the Plan (which period may be extended one time for up to an additional fifteen days provided that the Plan Administrator both determines that such extension is necessary due to matters beyond the control of the Plan and notifies the Claimant prior to the expiration of the initial fifteen-day period of the circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by which the Plan expects to render a decision).
  (5)  
In the case of a Post-Service Claim not described in Clauses (1) through (3) above, the Plan Administrator shall notify the Claimant of the Adverse Benefit Determination within a reasonable period of time but not later than thirty days after receipt of the claim (which period may be extended one time for up to fifteen days provided that the Plan Administrator both determines that such extension is necessary due to matters beyond the control of the Plan and notifies the Claimant prior to the expiration of the initial thirty-day period of the circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by which the Plan expects to render a decision).
The period of time within which an Adverse Benefit Determination regarding a health benefit claim shall be made, as described above, shall begin at the time a claim is filed in accordance with the reasonable procedures of the Plan, without regard to whether all the information necessary to make a benefit determination accompanies the filing. In the case of claims described in Clauses (4) or (5) above, in the event an extension of the period of time for an Adverse Benefit Determination is required because additional information is necessary to decide the claim, (including examination by a physician selected by the Plan Administrator or the performance of an autopsy), the notice of extension will specifically describe the required information, the Claimant will be afforded at least forty-five days from receipt of the notice to provide such specified information, and the period for making the Adverse Benefit Determination will be tolled from the date on which the notification of the extension is sent to the Claimant until the date on which the Claimant responds to the request for additional information.

 

-13-


 

5.7 Timing of Adverse Benefit Determination Notification Regarding Disability Benefit Claims . The Plan Administrator shall notify the Claimant of the Adverse Benefit Determination regarding a disability benefit claim within a reasonable period of time, but not later than forty-five days after receipt of the claim. This period may be extended by the Plan Administrator for up to thirty days, provided that the Plan Administrator both determines that such extension is necessary due to matters beyond the control of the Plan and notifies the Claimant, prior to expiration of the initial forty-five-day period, of the circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by which the Plan expects to render a decision. If, prior to the end of the first thirty-day extension period, the Plan Administrator determines that, due to matters beyond the control of the Plan, a decision cannot be rendered within that extension period, the period for making the determination may be extended for up to an additional thirty days, provided that the Plan Administrator notifies the Claimant prior to the expiration of the first thirty-day extension period of the circumstances requiring the extension and the date as of which the Plan expects to render a decision. Any extension notice provided to a Claimant shall specifically explain the standards on which entitlement to the benefit at issue is based, the unresolved issues that prevent a decision on the claim, and the additional information needed to resolve those issues, and the Claimant shall be afforded at least forty-five days in which to provide the specified information. In the event of such an extension, the period for making the Adverse Benefit Determination will be tolled from the date on which the notification of extension is sent to the Claimant until the date on which the Claimant responds to the request for additional information. The period of time within which an Adverse Benefit Determination shall be made, as described above, shall begin at the time a claim is filed in accordance with the reasonable procedures of the Plan, without regard to whether all the information necessary to make a benefit determination accompanies the filing.
5.8 Timing of Adverse Benefit Determination Regarding Non-Health and Disability Claims . In any case of an Adverse Benefit Determination of a claim for a Plan benefit other than a health or disability benefit claim, the Plan Administrator shall furnish written notice to the affected Claimant within a reasonable period of time but not later than ninety days after receipt of such claim for Plan benefits (or within 180 days if special circumstances necessitate an extension of the ninety-day period and the Claimant is informed of such extension in writing within the ninety-day period and is provided with an extension notice consisting of an explanation of the special circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by which the benefit determination will be rendered).

 

-14-


 

5.9 Review of Adverse Benefit Determination Regarding Health or Disability Benefit Claims . A Claimant has the right to have an Adverse Benefit Determination of a health or disability benefit claim reviewed in accordance with the following claims review procedure:
  (1)  
To exercise the right to request a review of an Adverse Benefit Determination, a Claimant must submit a written request for such review to the Plan Administrator not later than 180 days following receipt by the Claimant of the Adverse Benefit Determination notification;
  (2)  
The Claimant shall have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim for benefits to the Plan Administrator or, as applicable, to the Independent Fiduciary;
  (3)  
The Claimant shall have the right to have all comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim for benefits that have been submitted by the Claimant considered on review without regard to whether such comments, documents, records or information was considered in the initial benefit determination;
  (4)  
The Claimant shall have reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claim for benefits free of charge upon request, including (a) documents, records or other information relied upon for the benefit determination, (b) documents, records or other information submitted, considered or generated without regard to whether such documents, records or other information were relied upon in making the benefit determination, (c) documents, records or other information that demonstrates compliance with the standard claims procedure in making the benefit determination on the Claimant’s claim, and (d) documents, records or other information that constitutes a statement of policy or guidance with respect to the Plan concerning the denied treatment option or benefit for the Claimant’s diagnosis, without regard to whether such statement of policy or guidance was relied upon in making the benefit determination;
  (5)  
The review of the Adverse Benefit Determination shall not give deference to the original decision;
  (6)  
The review of the Adverse Benefit Determination shall be conducted solely by an Independent Fiduciary;
  (7)  
If the initial benefit determination was based in whole or in part on a medical judgment, including determinations with regard to whether a particular treatment, drug or other item is experimental, investigational or not medically necessary or appropriate, the Independent Fiduciary conducting the review shall consult with a Health Care Professional with appropriate training and experience in the applicable field of medicine who was not consulted, and is not the subordinate of someone who was consulted, during the initial benefit determination; and
  (8)  
The Claimant shall have the right to have identified to him the medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained in connection with the Adverse Benefit Determination (without regard to whether the advice was relied upon in making such determination).

 

-15-


 

The decision on review by the Independent Fiduciary Plan Administrator will be binding and conclusive upon all persons, and the Claimant shall neither be required nor be permitted to pursue further appeals to the Plan Administrator. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.9, an expedited review process is available for Urgent Care Claims. A request for expedited review may be submitted orally or in writing, in which case all necessary information will be transmitted between the Plan Administrator and the Claimant by telephone, facsimile or other similarly expeditious method.
5.10 Review of Adverse Benefit Determination Regarding Non-Health and Disability Benefit Claims . A Claimant has the right to have an Adverse Benefit Determination regarding a claim other than a health or disability benefit claim reviewed in accordance with the following claims review procedure:
  (1)  
The Claimant must submit a written request for such review to the Plan Administrator not later than 60 days following receipt by the Claimant of the Adverse Benefit Determination notification;
  (2)  
The Claimant shall have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim for benefits to the Plan Administrator;
  (3)  
The Claimant shall have the right to have all comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim for benefits that have been submitted by the Claimant considered on review without regard to whether such comments, documents, records or information was considered in the initial benefit determination; and
  (4)  
The Claimant shall have reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claim for benefits free of charge upon request, including (a) documents, records or other information relied upon for the benefit determination, (b) documents, records or other information submitted, considered or generated without regard to whether such documents, records or other information were relied upon in making the benefit determination, and (c) documents, records or other information that demonstrates compliance with the standard claims procedure.
The decision on review by the Plan Administrator will be binding and conclusive upon all persons, and the Claimant shall neither be required nor be permitted to pursue further appeals to the Plan Administrator.

 

-16-


 

5.11 Notification of Benefit Determination on Review . Notice of the final benefit determination regarding an Adverse Benefit Determination will be furnished in writing or electronically to the Claimant after a full and fair review. Notice of an Adverse Benefit Determination upon review will be provided at the time described in Section 5.12, 5.13 or 5.14 below, whichever is applicable with respect to a claim, and will, in the case of any Adverse Benefit Determination:
  (1)  
State the specific reason or reasons for the Adverse Benefit Determination;
 
  (2)  
Provide specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the Adverse Benefit Determination is based;
  (3)  
State that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records, and other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim for benefits including (a) documents, records or other information relied upon for the benefit determination, (b) documents, records or other information submitted, considered or generated without regard to whether such documents, records or other information were relied upon in making the benefit determination, (c) documents, records or other information that demonstrates compliance with the standard claims procedure in making the benefit determination on the Claimant’s claim, and (d) in the case of claims regarding health or disability benefits, documents, records or other information that constitutes a statement of policy or guidance with respect to the Plan concerning the denied treatment option or benefit for the Claimant’s diagnosis, without regard to whether such statement of policy or guidance was relied upon in making the benefit determination.
 
  (4)  
Describe the Claimant’s right to bring an action under section 502(a) of ERISA;
In the case of an Adverse Benefit Determination regarding health or disability benefits, such notice shall also:
  (1)  
If an internal rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion was relied upon in making the Adverse Benefit Determination, either provide such criterion or state that such criterion was relied upon and that a copy of the criterion will be provided free of charge to the Claimant upon request;
  (2)  
If the Adverse Benefit Determination is based on a medical necessity, experimental treatment or similar exclusion or limit, either explain the scientific or clinical judgment for the determination, applying the terms of the Plan to the Claimant’s medical circumstances, or state that such explanation will be provided free of charge to the Claimant upon request;
  (3)  
Include the following statement: “You and your plan may have other voluntary alternative dispute resolution options, such as mediation. One way to find out what may be available is to contact your local U.S. Department of Labor Office and your State insurance regulatory agency.”
5.12 Timing of Notification Regarding Review of Health Benefit Claims . For Urgent Care Claims, such notice will be furnished as soon as possible, taking into account the medical exigencies, but not later than seventy-two hours following a request for review. For other claims, such notice will be furnished (i) within a reasonable period of time appropriate to the medical circumstances but not later than thirty days following a request for a review of a Pre-Service Claim, and (ii) within a reasonable period of time but not later than sixty days following a request for a review of a Post-Service Claim. The period of time within which a benefit determination on review will be made begins at the time an appeal is filed in accordance with the reasonable procedures of the Plan, without regard to whether all the information necessary to make a benefit determination on review accompanies the filing.

 

-17-


 

5.13 Timing of Notification Regarding Review of Disability Benefit Claims . Such notice will be furnished within a reasonable period of time but not later than forty-five days following receipt of a request for a review (which period may be extended for up to forty-five additional days provided that the Plan Administrator both determines that such an extension is necessary due to special circumstances and notifies the Claimant prior to the expiration of the initial forty-five-day period of the special circumstances requiring an extension and the date by which the Independent Fiduciary expects to render the determination on review). The period of time within which a benefit determination on review will be made begins at the time an appeal is filed in accordance with the reasonable procedures of the Plan, without regard to whether all the information necessary to make a benefit determination on review accompanies the filing. In the event an extension of time is necessary due to the Claimant’s failure to submit necessary information, the period for making the Adverse Benefit Determination will be tolled from the date on which the notification of the extension is sent to the Claimant until the date on which the Claimant responds to the request for additional information.
5.14 Timing of Notification Regarding Review of Non-Health or Disability Claims . The Plan Administrator shall notify a Claimant of its determination on review with respect to the Adverse Benefit Determination of the Claimant within a reasonable period of time but not later than sixty days after the receipt of the Claimant’s request for review unless the Plan Administrator determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the review of the Adverse Benefit Determination. If the Plan Administrator determines that such extension of time is required, written notice of the extension (which shall indicate the special circumstances requiring the extension and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render the determination on review) shall be furnished to the Claimant prior to the termination of the initial sixty-day review period. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of sixty days from the end of the initial sixty-day review period. In the event such extension is due to the Claimant’s failure to submit necessary information, the period for making the determination on a review will be tolled from the date on which the notification of the extension is sent to the Claimant until the date on which the Claimant responds to the request for additional information.
5.15 Exhaustion of Administrative Remedies . Completion of the claims procedures described in this Article V will be a condition precedent to the commencement of any legal or equitable action in connection with a claim for benefits under the Plan by a Claimant or by any other person or entity claiming rights individually or through a Claimant; provided, however, that the Plan Administrator may, in its sole discretion, waive compliance with such claims procedures as a condition precedent to any such action.
5.16 Payment of Benefits . If the Benefits Administrator, Plan Administrator or Independent Fiduciary determines that a Claimant is entitled to a benefit hereunder, payment of such benefit will be made to such Claimant (or commence, as applicable) as soon as administratively practicable after the date the Benefits Administrator, Plan Administrator or Independent Fiduciary determines that such Claimant is entitled to such benefit or on such other date as may be established pursuant to the Plan provisions or, as applicable, designated by the Claimant, Plan Administrator or Independent Fiduciary, as applicable.

 

-18-


 

5.17 Authorized Representatives . An authorized representative may act on behalf of a Claimant in pursuing a benefit claim or an appeal of an Adverse Benefit Determination. An individual or entity will only be determined to be a Claimant’s authorized representative for such purposes if the Claimant has provided the Plan Administrator with a written statement identifying such individual or entity as his authorized representative and describing the scope of the authority of such authorized representative; provided that, for an Urgent Care Claim, a Health Care Professional with knowledge of a Claimant’s medical condition will be permitted to act as the authorized representative of the Claimant. In the event a Claimant identifies an individual or entity as his authorized representative in writing to the Plan Administrator but fails to describe the scope of the authority of such authorized representative, the Plan Administrator shall assume that such authorized representative has full powers to act with respect to all matters pertaining to the Claimant’s benefit claim under the Plan or appeal of an Adverse Benefit Determination with respect to such benefit claim.
5.18 Temporary Rules Regarding Health Benefit Claims . Health benefit claims made under a Constituent Benefit Program prior to January 1, 2003 shall be subject to the following special benefit claims rules: Section 5.8 shall be applied in place of Section 5.6; Sections 5.5(3) and 5.5(4) shall be inapplicable; Section 5.10 shall be applied in place of Section 5.9; the special rules regarding health benefit claims in Section 5.11 shall be inapplicable; and Section 5.14 shal l be applied in place of Section 5.12.

 

-19-


 

VI.
Funding of Plan
6.1 Source of Benefits . Except with respect to benefits provided by an Insurer or an HMO or through a trust, the Plan shall be self-funded and any benefit payable under the Plan shall be paid from the general assets of the Employer.
6.2 Participant Contributions .
(a) Participants’ contributions, if any, shall be determined by the Employer and shall be set forth in each Constituent Benefit Program Document. Upon enrollment of a Participant in, amendment of coverage under, or enrollment of an Eligible Dependent in any Constituent Benefit Program, each Participant shall be advised of any required Participant contributions with respect to the coverage under such Constituent Benefit Program. Further, Participants’ contributions shall be subject to change by and in the sole discretion of the Employer, and each Participant shall be advised of any such change in the amount of such contributions as provided in the applicable Constituent Benefit Program and, in the absence of such provision, in writing no later than thirty-one days prior to the effective date of such change.
(b) Participants’ contributions shall be paid by Participants in the manner and within the time period set forth in the applicable Constituent Benefit Program Document.
(c) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Dynegy Inc. Pre-Tax Premium and Benefits Plan, Participants shall be permitted to elect to make certain Participant contributions with respect to coverage under certain Constituent Benefit Programs on a pre-tax basis. If a Participant makes such an election, the Participant’s Compensation shall be reduced, and an amount equal to the reduction shall be contributed by the Employer and applied to such Participant’s share of any cost of coverage under the applicable Constituent Benefit Program.
6.3 HMO Premiums . HMO premiums shall be paid by the Plan Administrator to such HMO from the general assets of the Employer and/or Participants’ contributions within the time period required by the applicable Constituent Benefit Program or applicable contract with such HMO or, if earlier, by law.
6.4 Insurance Premiums . Insurance premiums payable with respect to any Insured Constituent Benefit Program shall be paid to the applicable Insurer from the general assets of the Employer and/or Participants’ contributions within the time period required by the applicable Insured Constituent Benefit Program or applicable contract with such Insurer or, if earlier, by law.
6.5 Trust . Benefits under any Constituent Benefit Program, HMO premiums and/or insurance premiums may be paid from any trust established for that purpose (including any trust which is or is intended to be a voluntary employees’ beneficiary association under section 501 (c)(9) of the Code) as determined by the Plan Administrator.

 

-20-


 

VII.
Administration of Plan
7.1 Plan Administrator . For purposes of ERISA, the Company shall be the “administrator” and the “named fiduciary” with respect to the Plan. The general administration of the Plan and of the Constituent Benefit Programs shall be vested in the Plan Administrator or, if there be more than one, the Plan Administrators. There may be more than one Plan Administrator with respect to the Plan and/or a Constituent Benefit Program. Appendix B shall identify and describe the respective powers, duties and responsibilities of each Plan Administrator. If no Plan Administrator is designated by the Board for the Plan and/or a Constituent Benefit Program, the Company shall be the Plan Administrator as to the Plan and/or Constituent Benefit Program which is lacking an identified and appointed Plan Administrator. Each Plan Administrator shall constitute a fiduciary of the Plan for all purposes of ERISA with respect to the duties and responsibilities assigned to such Plan Administrator as described on Appendix B. Each Plan Administrator, upon appointment by the Board as a Plan Administrator, shall be notified in writing of such appointment, which written notification shall affirmatively advise the Plan Administrator of his or her fiduciary status for purposes of ERISA.
7.2 Discretion to Interpret Plan . A Plan Administrator shall have absolute discretion to construe and interpret any and all provisions of the Plan and/or the Constituent Benefit Programs which are relevant to the duties and responsibilities of such Plan Administrator as described on Appendix B, including, but not limited to, the discretion to resolve ambiguities, inconsistencies, or omissions conclusively; provided, however, that all such discretionary interpretations and decisions shall be applied in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner to all Participants, beneficiaries, and Covered Eligible Dependents who are similarly situated. The decisions of the Plan Administrator upon all matters within the scope of its authority shall be binding and conclusive upon all persons.
7.3 Powers and Duties . In addition to the powers described in Section 7.2 and all other powers specifically granted under the Plan, a Plan Administrator shall have all powers necessary or proper to administer the Plan and/or a Constituent Benefit Program with respect to the duties and responsibilities of such Plan Administrator as described on Appendix B and to discharge its duties and responsibilities under the Plan, including, but not limited to, the following powers:
  (1)  
To make and enforce such rules, regulations, and procedures as it may deem necessary or proper for the orderly and efficient administration of the Plan and/or a Constituent Benefit Program with respect to the duties and responsibilities of such Plan Administrator as described on Appendix B;
  (2)  
With the consent of the Company, to enter into an Administrative Services Agreement with an individual or entity;
  (3)  
In its discretion and as applicable with respect to the duties and responsibilities of such Plan Administrator as described on Appendix B, to interpret and decide all matters of fact in granting or denying benefits under the Plan and/or a Constituent Benefit Program its interpretation and decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons claiming benefits under the Plan and/or a Benefit Constituent Program;

 

-21-


 

  (4)  
In its discretion and as applicable with respect to the duties and responsibilities of such Plan Administrator as described on Appendix B, to determine eligibility under the terms of the Plan and/or a Constituent Benefit Program, its determination thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
  (5)  
In its discretion and as applicable with respect to the duties and responsibilities of such Plan Administrator as described on Appendix B, to determine the amount of and authorize the payment of benefits under the Plan and/or a Constituent Benefit Program, its determination and authorization thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
  (6)  
To prepare and distribute information explaining the Plan and/or a Constituent Benefit Program to the extent pertaining to provisions of the Plan as to which the Plan Administrator has duties and responsibilities as described on Appendix B;
  (7)  
To obtain from the Employer, Employees, beneficiaries, and Eligible Dependents such information as may be necessary for the proper administration of the Plan and/or a Constituent Benefit Program;
  (8)  
With the consent of the Company, to appoint an Administrative Services Provider; and
  (9)  
With the consent of the Company, to sue or cause suit to be brought in the name of the Plan.
7.4 Expenses . The Employer shall pay the reasonable expenses incident to the administration of the Plan, including, but not limited to, the compensation of any legal counsel, advisors, or other technical or clerical assistance as may be required; and any other expenses incidental to the operation of the Plan that it determines are proper. Expenses of the Plan may be prorated, as determined by the Company, among the Company and Participating Employers.
7.5 Right to Delegate . A Plan Administrator may from time to time delegate to one or more of the Employer’s officers, employees, or agents, or to any other person or organization, any of its powers, duties, and responsibilities with respect to the operation and administration of the Plan, including, but not limited to, the administration of claims, the authority to authorize payment of benefits, the review of denied or modified claims, and the discretion to decide matters of fact and to interpret Plan provisions (subject to the ultimate discretion of the Plan Administrator). A Plan Administrator also may from time to time employ, and authorize any person to whom any of its fiduciary responsibilities have been delegated to employ, persons to render advice with regard to any fiduciary responsibility held hereunder. Upon designation and acceptance of such delegation, employment, or authorization, the Plan Administrator shall have no liability for the acts or omissions of any such designee as long as the Plan Administrator does not violate its fiduciary responsibility in making or continuing such designation. Any delegation of fiduciary responsibility shall be reviewed at least annually by the delegating Plan Administrator and shall be terminable upon such notice as such Plan Administrator in its discretion deems reasonable and prudent under the circumstances.

 

-22-


 

7.6 Reliance on Reports, Certificates, and Participant Information . A Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely conclusively upon all tables, valuations, certificates, opinions, and reports furnished by an actuary, accountant, controller, counsel, insurance company, Administrative Services Provider, or other person who is employed or engaged for such purposes. Moreover, a Plan Administrator and the Employer shall be entitled to rely upon information furnished to the Plan Administrator or the Employer by a Participant or Eligible Dependent, including, but not limited to, such person’s current mailing address.
7.7 Indemnification . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each employee of the Company who is a fiduciary under the Plan against any and all expenses and liabilities arising out of such member’s or such Employee’s administrative functions or fiduciary responsibilities, including, but not limited to, any expenses and liabilities that are caused by or result from an act or omission constituting the negligence of such individual in the performance of such functions or responsibilities, but excluding expenses and liabilities arising out of such individual’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct. Expenses against which such person shall be indemnified hereunder include, but are not limited to, the amounts of any settlement, judgment, costs, counsel fees, and related charges reasonably incurred in connection with a claim asserted or a proceeding brought. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section, this Section shall not apply to, and the Company shall not indemnify against, any expense that was incurred without the consent or approval of the Company, unless such consent or approval has been waived in writing by the Company.
7.8 Fiduciary Duty . Each fiduciary under the Plan shall discharge his duties and responsibilities with respect to the Plan:
  (1)  
Solely in the interest of Participants and for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Participants, Covered Eligible Dependents, and their beneficiaries and of defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan;
  (2)  
With the care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims; and
  (3)  
In accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan insofar as such documents and instruments are consistent with applicable law.
“No fiduciary under the Plan shall cause the Plan to enter into a “prohibited transaction” as provided in section 406 of ERISA or section 4975 of the Code.
7.9 Compensation and Bond . An Employee of the Company who is a fiduciary under the Plan shall not receive compensation for services so rendered as a fiduciary of the Plan. To the extent required by ERISA or other applicable law, the Plan Administrator shall furnish bond or security for the performance of its duties hereunder.

 

-23-


 

VIII.
Amendment and Termination of Plan
8.1 Right to Amend . Notwithstanding any provision of any other communication, either oral or written, made by the Employer, an Administrative Services Provider, or any other individual or entity to Employees, to any service provider, or to any other individual or entity, the Company reserves the absolute and unconditional right to amend the Plan and any or all Constituent Benefit Programs incorporated herein from time to time on behalf of itself and each Participating Employer, including, but not limited to, the right to reduce or eliminate benefits provided pursuant to the provisions of the Plan or any Constituent Benefit Program as such provisions currently exist or may hereafter exist, and the right to amend prospectively or retroactively. Amendments to the Plan and/or a Constituent Benefit Program may be effected by action by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board; provided, however, that (a) any amendments to the Plan and/or a Constituent Benefit Program that do not have a significant cost impact on the Employer may also be made by the Benefit Plans Committee and (b) any amendments to the Plan that do not have any cost impact on the Employer may also be made by the Chairman of the Benefit Plans Committee.
8.2 Right to Terminate . The Employer hopes and expects to continue the Plan indefinitely. However, notwithstanding any provision of any other communication, either oral or written, made by the Employer, the Plan Administrator, an Administrative Services Provider, or any other individual or entity to Employees, any service provider, or any other individual or entity, the Company reserves the absolute and unconditional right to terminate the Plan and any and all Constituent Benefit Programs, in whole or in part, on behalf of itself and each Participating Employer, with respect to some or all of the Employees. Any termination of the Plan or the Constituent Benefit Programs shall be in writing and shall be executed by an officer of the Company.
8.3 Effect of Amendment or Termination . If the Plan is amended or terminated, each Participant, beneficiary, and Covered Eligible Dependent shall have no further rights hereunder and the Employer shall have no further obligations hereunder except as otherwise specifically provided under the terms of the Plan and each Constituent Benefit Program; provided, however, that no modification, alteration, amendment, suspension, or termination shall be made that would diminish any vested accrued benefits arising from incurred but unpaid claims of Participants or their Covered Eligible Dependents or beneficiaries existing prior to the effective date of such modification, alteration, amendment, suspension, or termination.
8.4 Delegation to Benefit Plans Committee . From time to time, the Board may delegate to the Benefit Plans Committee certain of its powers pursuant to this Article VIII. Any action taken by the Benefit Plans Committee pursuant to such delegation shall be deemed the act of the Board without need for further action on the part of such Board.
8.5 Effect of Oral Statements . Any oral statements or representations made by the Employer, an Administrative Services Provider, or any other individual or entity that alter, modify, amend, or are inconsistent with the written terms of the Plan shall be invalid and unenforceable and may not be relied upon by any Employee, beneficiary, Eligible Dependent, service provider, or other individual or entity.

 

-24-


 

IX.
Miscellaneous Provisions
9.1 No Guarantee of Employment . Neither the Plan nor any provisions contained in the Plan shall be construed to be a contract between the Employer and an Employee, or to be consideration for or an inducement of the employment of any Employee by the Employer. Nothing contained in the Plan shall grant any Employee the right to be retained in the service of the Employer or limit in any way the right of the Employer to discharge or terminate the service of any Employee at any time, without regard to the effect such discharge or termination may have on any rights under the Plan.
9.2 Payments to Minors and Incompetents . If a Participant entitled to receive any benefits under the Plan is a minor, is determined by the Plan Administrator in its discretion to be incompetent, or is adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be legally incapable of giving valid receipt and discharge for benefits provided under the Plan, the Plan Administrator in its discretion may pay such benefits to the duly-appointed guardian or conservator of such person or to any third party who is authorized (as determined in the discretion of the Plan Administrator) to receive any benefit under the Plan for the account of such Participant. Such payment shall operate as a full discharge of all liabilities and obligations of the Plan Administrator under the Plan with respect to such benefits.
9.3 No Vested Right to Benefits . No Participant or person claiming through such Participant shall have any right to or interest in any benefits provided under the Plan upon termination of his employment, his retirement, termination of Plan participation, or any other circumstance, except as specifically provided under the Plan.
9.4 Nonalienation of Benefits .
(a) Except as provided in Sections 9.4(b), 9.8, and 9.10, or as the Plan Administrator may otherwise permit by rule or regulation, no interest in or benefit payable under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or charge, and any action by a Participant to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, or charge the same shall be void and of no effect; nor shall any interest in or benefit payable under the Plan be in any way subject to any legal or equitable process, including, but not limited to, garnishment, attachment, levy, seizure, or the lien of any person. This provision shall be construed to provide each Participant, or other person claiming any interest or benefit in the Plan through a Participant, with the maximum protection afforded such Participant’s interest in the Plan (and the benefits provided thereunder) by law against alienation, encumbrance, and any legal and equitable process, including, but not limited to, attachment, garnishment, levy, seizure, or other lien.
(b) Plan provisions to the contrary notwithstanding, the Plan Administrator shall comply with the terms and provisions of a “qualified domestic relations order” within the meaning of section 414(p) of the Code and section 206(d) of ERISA.

 

-25-


 

9.5 Unknown Whereabouts . It shall be the affirmative duty of each Participant to inform the Plan Administrator or its delegate of, and to keep on file with the Plan Administrator, his current mailing address and the current mailing address of each Covered Eligible Dependent and beneficiary of such Participant. If a Participant fails to inform the Plan Administrator of his current mailing address or the current mailing address of each Covered Eligible Dependent or beneficiary, neither the Plan Administrator, any Administrative Services Provider, nor the Employer shall be responsible for any late payment or loss of benefits or for failure of any notice to be provided or provided timely under the terms of the Plan to such individual.
9.6 Participating Employers . It is contemplated that affiliates of the Company may become Participating Employers hereunder pursuant to the provisions of this Section. By written instrument delivered to the Secretary of the Company and the designated Participating Employer, the Company may designate any affiliated entity or organization eligible by law to participate in the Plan as a Participating Employer or, with the consent of the Company, any such affiliated entity or organization may elect to participate in the Plan as a Participating Employer. Such written instrument shall specify the effective date of such designated participation and the extent of such participation to the extent it does not extend to all Constituent Benefit Programs, and such written instrument shall become a part of the Plan as to such designated Participating Employer and its Employees. Upon its provision of any information to the Company required by the terms of, or otherwise submitted with respect to, the Plan, each Participating Employer shall be conclusively presumed to have consented to such designation and to have adopted the Plan, and to have agreed to be bound by the terms of the Plan and any and all amendments thereto; provided, however, that the terms of the Plan may be modified to increase the obligations of a Participating Employer only with the consent of such Participating Employer, which consent shall be conclusively presumed upon such Participating Employer’s provision of any information to the Company required by the terms of, or otherwise submitted with respect to, the Plan following notice of such modification. Transfer of employment among the Company and Participating Employers shall not be considered a termination of employment hereunder. By appropriate action of its Board of Directors or noncorporate counterpart, any Participating Employer may terminate its participation in the Plan by giving written notice of intent to withdraw to the Company and the Secretary of the Company at least ninety days prior to the proposed date of withdrawal, unless the Company agrees to waive all or part of such ninety-day notice. Moreover, the Company in its discretion may terminate a Participating Employer’s Plan participation at any time by giving written notice of such termination to the Participating Employer.
9.7 Notice and Filing . Any notice, administrative form, or other communication required to be provided to, delivered to, or filed with the Plan Administrator shall include provision to, delivery to, or filing with any person or entity designated by the Plan Administrator to be an agent for the disbursement and receipt of administrative forms and communications, including, but not limited to, the Administrative Services Provider. Except as otherwise provided herein, where such provision, delivery, or filing is required, such provision, delivery, or filing shall be deemed given or made only upon actual receipt of such notice, administrative form, or other communication by the Plan Administrator or designee. Unless otherwise provided by law, any notice or other document sent by the Employer, the Plan Administrator, or an Administrative Services Provider shall be deemed given or made when deposited in the mail, when entrusted to a courier or delivery service, or when sent by telefax or other electronic means.

 

-26-


 

9.8 Incorrect Information, Fraud, Concealment, or Error . Any contrary provisions of the Plan notwithstanding, if, because of a human or systems error, or because of incorrect information provided by or correct information failed to be provided by, fraud, misrepresentation, or concealment of any relevant fact (determined in the sole opinion of the Plan Administrator) by any Participant, Covered Eligible Dependent, beneficiary, or other individual, the Plan enrolls any individual in a Constituent Benefit Program, provides continuation of coverage to any individual pursuant to Article IV, or pays a benefit claim under the Plan, incurs a liability for failure to so enroll, provide continuation of coverage, or pay a benefit claim, or for terminating enrollment or continuation of coverage, or makes any overpayment or erroneous payment to any individual or entity, the Plan Administrator shall be entitled to recover, in any manner the Plan Administrator in its discretion deems necessary or appropriate for such recovery, from such Participant, Covered Eligible Dependent, beneficiary, or other individual such benefit paid or the amount of such liability incurred and any and all expenses incidental to or necessary for such recovery. Human or systems error or omission shall not deprive an Eligible Employee or an Eligible Dependent of coverage or affect in any way the amount of a Participant’s, Covered Eligible Dependent’s, or beneficiary’s benefit to which such Participant, Covered Eligible Dependent, or beneficiary is otherwise entitled under the terms of the Plan.
9.9 Medical Responsibilities . With regard to Constituent Benefit Programs providing medical and other health-related benefits, all responsibility for medical decisions with respect to a Participant or Covered Eligible Dependent concerning any treatment, drug, service, or supply rests with the Participant or Covered Eligible Dependent and such person’s treating physician. Neither the Employer, the Plan, the Plan Administrator, nor an Administrative Services Provider has any responsibility for any such medical decision or for any act or omission of any physician, hospital, pharmacist, nurse, or other provider of medical goods or services, and each of them may rely upon the representations of any physician, hospital pharmacist, nurse, or other provider of goods or services without any duty to verify independently the truth of such representations. The preceding notwithstanding, a decision concerning any treatment, drug, service, or supply, or any other decision made by a Participant, Covered Eligible Dependent, or provider, shall in no way affect the decision by the Plan Administrator or its delegate that a benefit is or is not payable from the Plan with respect to such treatment, drug, service, or supply.
9.10 Compromise of Claims . A claim for benefits may be compromised on any terms acceptable to both the Participant and the Plan Administrator.
9.11 Electronic Administration . The Plan may be administered electronically by use of telephonic and/or computer resources. It is specifically contemplated that, where the Plan refers to communications such as designations, writings, notices, forms, elections, and the like, such communications may occur electronically pursuant to such rules and procedures as the Plan Administrator may establish.
9.12 Tax Payments . The Employer shall have the right to withhold from an Employee’s Compensation or seek reimbursement of federal or state income tax withholding or employment taxes assessed with respect to any payment under any Constituent Plan or any benefit coverage elected by the Employee under the Constituent Plan which is not excludable from the gross income of the Employee.

 

-27-


 

9.13 Compensation and Bond . The Administrator or its delegates shall not receive compensation with respect to their services. To the extent required by applicable law, but not otherwise, the Administrator shall furnish bond or security for the performance of their duties hereunder.
9.14 Jurisdiction . Except to the extent that ERISA applies to this Plan and preempts state laws, the Plan shall be construed, enforced and administered according to the laws of the state of Texas.
9.15 Severability . In case any provision of the Plan is held to be illegal or invalid for any reason, such illegal or invalid provision shall not affect the remaining provisions of the Plan, but the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had not been included therein. Moreover, if any benefits provided under a Constituent Benefit Program are determined to be other than benefits which are eligible to constitute an employee welfare benefit plan within the meaning of section 3(1) of ERISA, such determination shall not prevent the remainder of the Plan from qualifying as such an ERISA plan.

 

-28-


 

X.
Qualified Medical Child Support Orders
Contrary Plan provisions notwithstanding, each Group Health Plan shall provide benefits and coverages in accordance with the applicable requirements of any “qualified medical child support order,” as such term is defined in section 609(a)(2)(A) of ERISA, and the Plan Administrator shall establish such rules and procedures regarding “medical child support orders” and “qualified medical child support orders,” as such terms are defined, respectively, in sections 609(a)(2)(A) and 609(a)(2)(B) of ERISA, as are required under section 609 of ERISA. The provisions of this Article X shall supercede and entirely replace any provisions regarding medical child support orders which are in a Constituent Benefit Program Document.

 

-29-


 

XI.
COBRA Continuation Coverage
Contrary Plan provisions notwithstanding, each Group Health plan shall provide COBRA continuation coverage for Participants or Covered Eligible Dependents (i) to the extent and only to the extent required by section 4980B of the Code, sections 601 through 607 of ERISA and regulations promulgated pursuant to such statutes and (ii) in accordance with election procedures and rules prescribed by section 4980B of the Code, sections 601 through 607 of ERISA and regulations promulgated pursuant to such statutes. Persons electing COBRA continuation coverage pursuant to this Article XI shall be required to contribute the amount established by the Plan Administrator as a condition to such coverage (but not in excess of the amount permitted to be required under section 4980B(f)(2)(C) of the Code and section 602(c) of ERISA). The provisions of this Article XI shall supercede and entirely replace any provisions regarding COBRA continuation coverage which are in a Constituent Benefit Program Document.

 

-30-


 

XII.
FMLA Coverage
To the extent required by the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993, each Group Health Plan shall provide for continuation of coverage and reinstatement of coverage for a Participant and his Covered Eligible Dependents if such Participant takes a leave of absence from the Employer pursuant to the rights afforded him under such Act and complies with the requirements imposed upon him under such Act as a condition to such rights. The provisions of this Article XII shall supercede and entirely replace any provisions regarding requirements under the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993 which are in a Constituent Benefit Program Document.

 

-31-


 

XIII.
USERRA
To the extent required by the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994 (“USERRA”), each Constituent Benefit Program that is a “health plan,” as defined by section 4303(7) of USERRA, shall provide for continuation of coverage and reinstatement of coverage for a Participant and his Covered Eligible Dependents if such Participant takes a leave of absence from the Employer for “services in the uniformed services,” as defined by section 4303(13) of USERRA and complies with the requirements imposed upon him under such Act. The provisions of this Article XIII shall supercede and entirely replace any provisions regarding requirements under USERRA which are in a Constituent Benefit Program Document.

 

-32-


 

XIV.
RESTRICTIONS REGARDING
PROTECTED HEALTH INFORMATION
14.1 Purpose of Article .
The purpose of this Article XIV is to cause the Plan (A) to comply with the Plan document’s restrictions on uses and disclosure of protected health information (“PHI”)(i.e., individually identifiable health information as described in Section 164.501 of the Regulations) by the Company and (B) to provide for other rules and restrictions necessary for the Plan to comply with the PHI requirements of applicable laws regarding the privacy of PHI. This Article is to be construed and interpreted in accordance with such purposes.
14.2 Provision of Information to the Company Pursuant to Authorization . The Plan may at any time disclose to and the Company may receive from the Plan PHI if such disclosure and use is pursuant to and in accordance with a valid authorization from the individual who is the subject of such information.
14.3 Provision of Summary Health Information to Company . The Company may receive from the Plan and use PHI if the information consists solely of “summary health information” (“SHI”) (i.e. information that summarizes the claims history, claims expenses or type of claims experienced by covered persons under the plan as such term is described in Section 164.504 of the Regulations) and only if the Company certifies to the fiduciaries of the Plan (i.e., the Plan Administrator(s)) that the information is being requested for one or more of the following:
  (1)  
For the purpose of enabling the Company to obtain premium bids from health insurers for providing health insurance coverage under the Plan;
  (2)  
For purposes of determining whether and, if so, how to modify or amend the Plan; or
  (3)  
For purposes of determining whether and, if so, how to terminate the Plan, in whole or in part.

 

-33-


 

14.4 General Provision of Health Information to Company . The Company may receive from the Plan and use PHI if (A) the Company certifies in writing to the Plan’s fiduciaries (i.e., the Plan Administrator(s)) that the Plan incorporates the restrictive provisions described in items (A) through (J) below and the separation requirements described in Section 14.5 below and (B) the Company agrees to comply with the following restrictions and requirements regarding the PHI which is provided by the Plan to the Company:
  (1)  
The Company will not use or further disclose the information other than as permitted or required by the Plan documents or as required by law or the Regulations as set forth in the Dynegy Inc. and Affiliates Employee Plan Protected Health Information Privacy Policy (the “Privacy Policy”);
  (2)  
The Company will ensure that any agents, including a subcontractor, to whom it provides PHI received from the Plan agree to the same restriction and conditions that apply to the Company with respect to such information;
  (3)  
The Company will not use or disclose the information for employment-related actions and decisions or in connection with any other benefit or employee benefit plan of the Company;
  (4)  
The Company will report to the Plan any use or disclosure of the information that is inconsistent with the uses or disclosures provided for of which it becomes aware;
  (5)  
The Company will make available to Participants PHI in accordance with Section 164.524 of the Regulations as set forth in the Privacy Policy;
  (6)  
The Company will make available to Participants PHI for amendment and incorporate any amendments to PHI in accordance with Section 164.526 of the Regulations as set forth in the Privacy Policy;
  (7)  
The Company will make available to Participants the information required to provide an accounting of disclosures in accordance with Section 164.528 of the Regulations as set forth in the Privacy Policy;
  (8)  
The Company will make its internal practices, books and records relating to the use and disclosure of PHI received from the Plan available to the Secretary of Health and Human Services for purposes of determining compliance by the Plan with the Regulations;
  (9)  
If feasible, the Company will return or destroy all PHI received from the Plan that the Company still maintains in any form and retain no copies of such information when no longer needed for the purpose for which disclosure was made or if such return or destruction is not feasible, the Company will limit further uses and disclosures to those purposes that make the return or destruction of the information infeasible; and
  (10)  
The Company will ensure the adequate separation required pursuant to Section 14.5 below.

 

-34-


 

14.5 Adequate Separation . At all times, there shall be adequate separation between the Plan and the Company in accordance with the requirements imposed pursuant to Section 164.504(f)(2)(iii) of the Regulations. In order to comply with such adequate separation requirements:
  (1)  
The only employees, classes of employees or other persons under the control of the Company to be given access to PHI disclosed to the Company or who receives PHI relating to payment under, health care operations of, or other matters pertaining to the Plan in the ordinary course of business are: those individuals employed by or providing services to the division of the Company’s Human Resources Department which deals with the administration and processing of benefit claims under the Plan, the Plan’s fiduciaries (i.e., the Plan Administrator(s)), the members of the compensation committee of the Company’s Board of Directors, the Plan’s Privacy Officer and other employees/individuals who have been identified by the Privacy Officer as persons who may have need to access PHI whether by virtue of being involved in the ongoing operation and administration of the Plan or being involved in such Plan sponsor activities that may entail bid proposals, etc.
  (2)  
The access to and use by the Company and the other individuals and entities described in item (A) above is restricted to (i) the Plan administration functions that the Company performs in connection with the operation and administration of the Plan, (ii) the Plan sponsor functions with respect to which the Company is entitled to receive SHI pursuant to Section 14.4 above, (iii) uses and disclosures described in an authorization by the Plan Participant, and (iv) uses and disclosures that are described to Plan Participants in the Notice of Privacy Practices and Consent for Dynegy Inc. and Affiliates Plan Participants, as required by Section 164.520 of the Regulations.
  (3)  
In the event that any person described in item (A) of this section fails to comply with any of the requirements of this section or of Section 14.4 above, the noncompliance shall be reported to the Plan’s Privacy Office in a report describing the name of the noncompliant person and a summary of the details regarding such person’s noncompliance. Upon receipt of such report, the Plan’s Privacy Officer shall solicit a response from the person who has been reported as noncompliant giving such person the opportunity to contest the charge of noncompliance or to offer justification or other reasons why sanctions should not be imposed with respect to the noncompliance. The Plan’s Privacy Officer shall, after considering all details and facts and circumstances relating to an alleged act of noncompliance for which sanctions may be imposed pursuant to this item (C), determine if a sanction should be imposed (which sanction may range from a warning that subsequent acts of noncompliance may result in significant penalties to proposed dismissal from employment or termination of contract, as applicable). Upon determination of a sanction and if the sanction may be imposed under the authority of the Plan’s Privacy Officer, the sanction shall be imposed. If the sanction requires action of the Company, the Plan’s Privacy Officer shall confer with the appropriate executives of the Company. If the Company, following consideration of a proposed sanction from the Plan’s Privacy Officer for noncompliance with the requirements of sections 14.4 and 14.5 by a person or entity, determines not to impose such sanction, the Company shall advise the Plan’s Privacy Officer. In such event, the Plan’s Privacy Officer must consider and propose an alternative sanction for the noncompliant person or entity.”

 

-35-


 

14.6 Privacy Officer . The Company shall appoint a privacy officer for the Plan. The Company may remove the Plan’s then existing privacy officer at any time upon written notice provided that the Company has appointed a successor privacy officer to serve and such successor privacy officer has consented to act as privacy officer for the Plan. Any privacy officer appointed for the Plan shall signify his or her consent to act as privacy officer for the Plan in writing to the Company. The Plan privacy officer shall have the responsibility to oversee all ongoing activities related to the development, implementation, maintenance of, and adherence to the Plan’s policies and procedures covering the privacy of, and access to, personal health information in compliance with federal and state laws and the Plan’s information privacy practices. The Plan privacy officer’s duties and responsibilities focus upon the operation and administration of the Plan (including activities conducted via the services of insurers, business associates, such as third-party administrators, COBRA vendors and utilization review organizations, and employees and agents of the Company) and the activities of the Company regarding the Plan in its capacity as sponsor of the Plan. In order to carry out such general powers, duties and responsibilities, the Plan’s privacy officer shall have the following specific powers, duties and responsibilities:
  (1)  
To develop and propose to the Plan fiduciaries (i.e., the Plan Administrator) a protected health information policy for the Plan, which policy when adopted shall become the Privacy Policy.
  (2)  
Provides development guidance and assists in the identification, implementation, and maintenance of information privacy policies and procedures in coordination with management and administration, and legal counsel.
  (3)  
Performs initial and periodic information privacy risk assessments and conducts related ongoing compliance monitoring activities in coordination with information privacy compliance and operational assessment functions.
  (4)  
Works with legal counsel and management, key departments, and committees to ensure the Company has and maintains appropriate privacy and confidentiality consent, authorization forms, and information notices and materials reflecting current organization and legal practices and requirements.
  (5)  
Oversees, directs, delivers, or ensures delivery of initial and privacy training and orientation to all parties who may have access to PHI in connection with the Plan including Company employees, Plan service providers, contractors, Plan business associates, such as third-party administrators, COBRA vendors and utilization review organizations and other appropriate third parties.
 
  (6)  
Participates in the development, implementation, and ongoing compliance monitoring of all trading partner and business associate agreements, to ensure all privacy concerns, requirements, and responsibilities are addressed.

 

-36-


 

  (7)  
Establishes with management and operations a mechanism to identify all of the Company’s plans and benefit arrangements which are “covered entities” for purposes of the laws governing PHI.
 
  (8)  
Tracks and monitors access to PHI within the Company in connection with the operation and administration of the Plan and its sponsorship by the Company.
 
  (9)  
Establishes rules to determine when to allow qualified individuals to review or receive a report on PHI privacy activity.
 
  (10)  
Works cooperatively with the Human Resources Department and other applicable Company offices/personnel in overseeing Plan Participants’ rights to inspect, amend and restrict access to PHI when appropriate.
 
  (11)  
Establishes and administers a process for receiving, documenting, tracking, investigating, and taking action on all complaints concerning privacy policies regarding the Plan and procedures in coordination and collaboration with other similar functions and, when necessary, legal counsel.
 
  (12)  
Ensures compliance with privacy practices and consistent application of sanctions for failure to comply with Plan privacy policies for all individuals in the Company’s workforce, extended workforce, and for all business associates, such as third-party administrators, COBRA vendors and utilization review organizations, in cooperation with Human Resources, administration, and legal counsel as applicable.
 
  (13)  
Initiates, facilitates and promotes activities to foster information privacy awareness within the Company.
 
  (14)  
Reviews all system-related information security plans throughout the Company’s network to ensure alignment between security and privacy practices, and acts as a liaison to the information systems department.
 
  (15)  
Works with all Company personnel and business associates, such as third-party administrators, COBRA vendors and utilization review organizations, involved with any aspect of release of Plan PHI, to ensure full coordination and cooperation under the Plan’s privacy policies and procedures and legal requirements.
 
  (16)  
Maintains current knowledge of applicable federal and state privacy laws and monitors advancements in information privacy technologies to ensure organizational adaptation and compliance.
  (17)  
Serves as information privacy consultant to the Company with respect to the Plan.

 

-37-


 

14.7 Coverage and Effective Pate . This Article shall apply only to those Constituent Benefit Programs which have been designated as Plan health care components (as such term is defined in Section 164.504 of the regulations promulgated pursuant to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act). This Article shall be effective as of April 14, 2003 for Plan health care components which have annual receipts of $5,000,000.00 or more and April 14, 2004 as to all other Plan health care components.
         
  DYNEGY INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Jane D. Jones    
    Name:   Jane D. Jones   

 

-38-


 

         
Appendix A
Dynegy I nc.
Comprehensive Welfare Benefits Plan
Prior Plans
Dynegy Inc. Group Medical Plan
Dynegy Inc. Employee Assistance Plan
Dynegy Inc. Medical Reimbursement Plan
Dynegy Inc. Dependent Care Plan
Dynegy Inc. Group Life and Accidental Death and Dismemberment Insurance Plan
Dynegy Inc. Long Term Disability Plan
Dynegy Flexible Spending Account Benefits Plan
Dynegy Inc. Group Health Insurance Premiums Only Plan
Dynegy Inc. Business Travel Accident Plan
The Dynegy Inc. Midstream Services Union Managed Indemnity Plan
The Dynegy Inc. Severance Pay Plan
The Dynegy Inc. Executive Severance Pay Plan
The Illinois Power Company Long Term Disability Plan
The Illinois Power Company Dental Plan
The Illinois Power Company Group Insurance Plan for All Employees
The Illinois Power Health Care Reimbursement Program
The Illinois Power Dependent Care Program and
the Illinois Power Flexible Benefits Program
 
A-1

 

 


 

Appendix B
Dynegy Inc.
Comprehensive Welfare Benefits Plan
Constituent Benefit Programs
I.  
Dynegy Inc. Group Medical Plan
   
Participating Employers: Effective January 1, 2002 — Dynegy Inc. (Plan Sponsor), Calcasieu Power, LLC, Dynegy Global Liquids (Cayman) Ltd., Dynegy Global Communications, Inc., Illinova Energy Partners, Inc., Illinova Generating Company, Dynegy Midstream Services, Limited Partnership, Dynegy Marketing and Trade, Dynegy Power Marketing, Inc., Dynegy Power Corp. and Illinois Power Company (for non-collectively bargained employees). Effective February 1, 2002 — Northern Natural Gas Company.
 
   
Constituent Benefit Plan Documents: Summary Plan Descriptions; Dynegy Inc. Employee Welfare Benefit Trust; Administrative Services Contracts with United HealthCare, Merck Medco Rx Services, Blue Cross/Blue Shield of Illinois, Express Scripts, Inc., Behavioral Health Systems, United Behavioral Health (commencing March 1, 2002), Managed Health Network (until February 28, 2002), Delta Dental Insurance Company and Vision Service Plan; Health Maintenance Organization Contracts with CIGNA HMO, Health Alliance and Ochsner; and Insurance Contracts with Delta Dental Insurance Company, Vision Plan and CIGNA International.
 
   
Plan Administrators: With respect to benefits provided or administered under their respective contracts, United HealthCare, Merck Medco RX Services, Blue Cross/Blue Shield of Illinois, Express Scripts, Inc., Behavioral Health Systems, United Behavioral Health (commencing March 1, 2002), Managed Health Network (until February 28, 2002), Delta Dental Insurance Company and Vision Service Plan, CIGNA HMO, Health Alliance, Ochsner, Vision Service Plan and CIGNA International shall serve as benefit claims and claims appeals fiduciaries for the Dynegy Inc. Group Medical Plan and shall have the following powers, duties and responsibilities:
  (1)  
The sole discretionary authority to interpret and decide all matters of fact and Plan interpretation in granting or denying benefits under the Dynegy Inc. Group Medical Plan, such interpretation decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons claiming benefits under the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Group Medical Plan;

 

B-1


 

  (2)  
The sole discretionary authority to determine and authorize payment of medical benefits under the Dynegy Inc. Group Medical Plan, any such decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
  (3)  
The sole discretionary authority to process and determine benefit claims and benefit claims appeals under the Dynegy Inc. Group Medical Plan except to the extent the Plan’s claims procedures expressly provides otherwise; and
  (4)  
Any such other powers and duties as the Company shall designate to be its fiduciary responsibility with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Group Medical Benefit Plan.
The Company shall be the Plan Administrator with respect to any and all other administrative fiduciary powers and duties not described above with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Group Medical Plan, including, but not limited to, the following powers and duties:
  (1)  
In its sole discretionary authority, to determine eligibility under the terms of the Dynegy Inc. Group Medical Plan, its decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
  (2)  
To prepare and distribute information explaining the Dynegy Inc. Group Medical Plan including, but not limited to, all materials and information required to be distributed pursuant to ERISA;
  (3)  
To perform any and all reporting and disclosure required with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Group Medical Plan under applicable provisions of ERISA;
  (4)  
To sue or cause suit to be brought in the name of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Group Medical Plan;
  (5)  
To correct any defect or supply any omission or recover any inconsistency that may appear in the Constituent Benefit Plan Documents with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Group Medical Plan, in such manner and to such extent as it deems expedient; and
  (6)  
To employ and compensate such accountants, attorneys and other agents and employees as it may deem necessary or advisable in the appropriate and efficient administration of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Group Medical Plan.

 

B-2


 

II.  
Dynegy Inc. Employee Assistance Plan
   
Participating Employers: Effective January 1, 2002 — Dynegy Inc., Calcasieu Power, LLC, Dynegy Global Liquids (Cayman) Ltd., Dynegy Global Communications, Inc., Illinova Energy Partners, Inc., Illinova Generating Company, Dynegy Midstream Services, Limited Partnership, Dynegy Marketing and Trade, Dynegy Power Marketing, Inc., Dynegy Power Corp. and Illinois Power Company (for non-collectively bargained employees). Effective February 1, 2002 — Northern Natural Gas Company.
 
   
Constituent Benefit Plan Documents: Summary Plan Descriptions; and Administrative Services Contracts with Chestnut Health Systems, Managed Health Network (until February 28, 2002) and United Behavioral Health (commencing March 1, 2002).
 
   
Plan Administrators: With respect to benefits provided or administered under their respective contracts, Chestnut Health Systems, Managed Health Network (until February 28, 2002) and United Behavioral Health (commencing March 1, 2002) shall serve as benefit claims and claims appeals fiduciaries for the Dynegy Inc. Employee Assistance Plan and shall have the following powers, duties and responsibilities:
  (1)  
The sole discretionary authority to interpret and decide all matters of fact and Plan interpretation in granting or denying benefits under the Dynegy Inc. Employee Assistance Plan, such interpretation decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons claiming benefits under the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Employee Assistance Plan;
 
  (2)  
The sole discretionary authority to determine and authorize payment of medical benefits under the Dynegy Inc. Employee Assistance Plan, any such decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
 
  (3)  
The sole discretionary authority to process and determine benefit claims and benefit claims appeals under the Dynegy Inc. Employee Assistance Plan except to the extent the Plan’s claims procedures expressly provides otherwise; and
 
  (4)  
Any such other powers and duties as the Company shall designate to be its fiduciary responsibility with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Employee Assistance Plan.
The Company shall be the Plan Administrator with respect to any and all other administrative fiduciary powers and duties not described above with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Employee Assistance Plan, including, but not limited to, the following powers and duties:
  (1)  
In its sole discretionary authority, to determine eligibility under the terms of the Dynegy Inc. Employee Assistance Plan, its decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;

 

B-3


 

  (2)  
To prepare and distribute information explaining the Dynegy Inc. Employee Assistance Plan including, but not limited to, all materials and information required to be distributed pursuant to ERISA;
 
  (3)  
To perform any and all reporting and disclosure required with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Employee Assistance Plan under applicable provisions of ERISA;
 
  (4)  
To sue or cause suit to be brought in the name of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Employee Assistance Plan;
 
  (5)  
To correct any defect or supply any omission or recover any inconsistency that may appear in the Constituent Benefit Plan documents with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Employee Assistance Plan, in such manner and to such extent as it deems expedient; and
 
  (6)  
To employ and compensate such accountants, attorneys and other agents and employees as it may deem necessary or advisable in the appropriate and efficient administration of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Employee Assistance Plan.
III.  
Dynegy Inc. Health Care Spending Account Program
   
Participating Employers: Effective January 1, 2002 — Dynegy Inc., Calcasieu Power, LLC, Dynegy Global Liquids (Cayman) Ltd., Dynegy Global Communications, Inc., Illinova Energy Partners, Inc., Illinova Generating Company, Dynegy Midstream Services, Limited Partnership, Dynegy Marketing and Trade, Dynegy Power Marketing, Inc., Dynegy Power Corp. and Illinois Power Company (for non-collectively bargained employees). Effective February 1, 2002 — Northern Natural Gas Company. Effective January 31, 2002 — Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc.
   
Constituent Benefit Plan Documents: Dynegy Inc. Health Care Spending Account Program; Summary Plan Description; and Administrative Services Contract with TaxSaver, Inc.
   
Plan Administrators: With respect to spending account benefits provided or administered under its contract, TaxSaver, Inc. shall serve as benefits claims and claims appeal fiduciary for the Dynegy Inc. Health Care Spending Account Program and shall have the following powers, duties and responsibilities:
  (1)  
The sole discretionary authority to interpret and decide all matters of fact and Plan interpretation in granting or denying benefits under the Dynegy Inc. Health Care Spending Account Program, such interpretation decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons claiming benefits under the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Health Care Spending Account Program;

 

B-4


 

  (2)  
The sole discretionary authority to determine and authorize payment of medical benefits under the Dynegy Inc. Health Care Spending Account Program, any such decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
 
  (3)  
The sole discretionary authority to process and determine benefit claims and benefit claims appeals under the Dynegy Inc. Health Care Spending Account Program except to the extent the Plan’s claims procedures expressly provides otherwise; and
 
  (4)  
Any such other powers and duties as the Company shall designate to be its fiduciary responsibility with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Health Care Spending Account Program.
The Company shall be the Plan Administrator with respect to any and all other administrative fiduciary powers and duties not described above with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Health Care Spending Account Program, including, but not limited to, the following powers and duties:
  (1)  
All administrative responsibility with respect to salary reduction payroll processing.
 
  (2)  
In its sole discretionary authority, to determine eligibility under the terms of the Dynegy Inc. Health Care Spending Account Program, its decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
 
  (3)  
To prepare and distribute information explaining the Dynegy Inc. Health Care Spending Account Program including, but not limited to, all materials and information required to be distributed pursuant to ERISA;
 
  (4)  
To perform any and all reporting and disclosure required with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Health Care Spending Account Program under applicable provisions of ERISA;
 
  (5)  
To sue or cause suit to be brought in the name of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Health Care Spending Account Program;
 
  (6)  
To correct any defect or supply any omission or recover any inconsistency that may appear in the Constituent Benefit Plan Documents with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Health Care Spending Account Program, in such manner and to such extent as it deems expedient; and
 
  (7)  
To employ and compensate such accountants, attorneys and other agents and employees as it may deem necessary or advisable in the appropriate and efficient administration of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Health Care Spending Account Program.

 

B-5


 

IV.  
Dynegy Inc. Dependent Care Spending Account Program
   
Participating Employers: Effective January 1, 2002 — Dynegy Inc., Calcasieu Power, LLC, Dynegy Global Liquids (Cayman) Ltd., Dynegy Global Communications, Inc., Illinova Energy Partners, Inc., Illinova Generating Company, Dynegy Midstream Services, Limited Partnership, Dynegy Marketing and Trade, Dynegy Power Marketing, Inc., Dynegy Power Corp. and Illinois Power Company (for non-collectively bargained employees). Effective February 1, 2002 — Northern Natural Gas Company. Effective January 31, 2002 — Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc.
   
Constituent Benefit Plan Documents: Dynegy Inc. Dependent Care Spending Account Program; Summary Plan Description; and Administrative Services Contract with TaxSaver, Inc.
   
Plan Administrators: With respect to spending account benefits provided or administered under its contract, TaxSaver, Inc. shall have the following powers, duties and responsibilities:
  (1)  
The sole discretionary authority to interpret and decide all matters of fact and Plan interpretation in granting or denying benefits under the Dynegy Inc. Dependent Care Spending Account Program, such interpretation decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons claiming benefits under the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Dependent Care Spending Account Program;
  (2)  
The sole discretionary authority to determine and authorize payment of medical benefits under the Dynegy Inc. Dependent Care Spending Account Program, any such decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
  (3)  
The sole discretionary authority to process and determine benefit claims and benefit claims appeals under the Dynegy Inc. Dependent Care Spending Account Program except to the extent the Plan’s claims procedures expressly provides otherwise; and
  (4)  
Any such other powers and duties as the Company shall designate to be its fiduciary responsibility with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Dependent Care Spending Account Program and the Plan.
The Company shall be the Plan Administrator with respect to any and all other administrative fiduciary powers and duties not described above with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Dependent Care Spending Account Program, including, but not limited to, the following powers and duties:
  (1)  
All administrative responsibilities with respect to salary reduction payroll processing.

 

B-6


 

  (2)  
In its sole discretionary authority, to determine eligibility under the terms of the Dynegy Inc. Dependent Care Spending Account Program, its decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
  (3)  
To prepare and distribute information explaining the Dynegy Inc. Dependent Care Spending Account Program Plan including, but not limited to, all materials and information required to be distributed pursuant to ERISA;
  (4)  
To perform any and all reporting and disclosure required with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Dependent Care Spending Account Program under applicable provisions of ERISA;
  (5)  
To sue or cause suit to be brought in the name of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Dependent Care Spending Account Program;
  (6)  
To correct any defect or supply any omission or recover any inconsistency that may appear in the Constituent Benefit Plan Documents with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Dependent Care Spending Account Program, in such manner and to such extent as it deems expedient; and
  (7)  
To employ and compensate such accountants, attorneys and other agents and employees as it may deem necessary or advisable in the appropriate and efficient administration of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Dependent Care Spending Account Program.
V.  
Dynegy Inc. Group Life and Accidental Death and Dismemberment Insurance Plan
   
Participating Employers: Effective January 1, 2002 — Dynegy Inc., Calcasieu Power, LLC, Dynegy Global Liquids (Cayman) Ltd., Dynegy Global Communications, Inc., Illinova Energy Partners, Inc., Illinova Generating Company, Dynegy Midstream Services, Limited Partnership, Dynegy Marketing and Trade, Dynegy Power Marketing, Inc., Dynegy Power Corp. and Illinois Power Company. Effective February 1, 2002 — Northern Natural Gas Company.
   
Constituent Benefit Plan Documents: Summary Plan Descriptions and Insurance Contract with Met Life Insurance Company.
   
Plan Administrators: With respect to benefits provided or administered under its contract, Met Life Insurance Company shall have the following powers, duties and responsibilities:
  (1)  
The sole discretionary authority to interpret and decide all matters of fact and Plan interpretation in granting or denying benefits under the Dynegy Inc. Group Life and Accidental Death and Dismemberment Insurance Plan, such interpretation decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons claiming benefits under the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Group Life and Accidental Death and Dismemberment Plan;

 

B-7


 

  (2)  
The sole discretionary authority to determine and authorize payment of medical benefits under the Dynegy Inc. Group Life and Accidental Death and Dismemberment Insurance Plan, any such decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
  (3)  
The sole discretionary authority to process and determine benefit claims and benefit claims appeals under the Dynegy Inc. Group Life and Accidental Death and Dismemberment Insurance Plan except to the extent the Plan’s claims procedures expressly provides otherwise; and
  (4)  
Any such other powers and duties as the Company shall designate to be its fiduciary responsibility with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Group Life and Accidental Death and Dismemberment Insurance Plan.
The Company shall be the Plan Administrator with respect to any and all other administrative fiduciary powers and duties not described above with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Group Life and Accidental Death and Dismemberment Insurance Plan, including, but not limited to, the following powers and duties:
  (1)  
In its sole discretionary authority, to determine eligibility under the terms of the Dynegy Inc. Group Life and Accidental Death and Dismemberment Insurance Plan, its decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
  (2)  
To prepare and distribute information explaining the Dynegy Inc. Group Life and Accidental Death and Dismemberment Insurance Plan including, but not limited to, all materials and information required to be distributed pursuant to ERISA;
  (3)  
To perform any and all reporting and disclosure required with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Group Life and Accidental Death and Dismemberment Insurance Plan under applicable provisions of ERISA;
  (4)  
To sue or cause suit to be brought in the name of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Group Life and Accidental Death and Dismemberment Insurance Plan;
  (5)  
To correct any defect or supply any omission or recover any inconsistency that may appear in the Constituent Benefit Plan Documents with respect to the Dynegy inc. Group Life and Accidental Death and Dismemberment Insurance Plan, in such manner and to such extent as it deems expedient; and
  (6)  
To employ and compensate such accountants, attorneys and other agents and employees as it may deem necessary or advisable in the appropriate and efficient administration of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Group Life and Accidental Death and Dismemberment Insurance Plan.

 

B-8


 

VI.  
Dynegy Inc. Long Term Disability Plan
   
Participating Employers: Effective January 1, 2002 — Dynegy Inc., Calcasieu Power, LLC, Dynegy Global Liquids (Cayman) Ltd., Dynegy Global Communications, Inc., Illinova Energy Partners, Inc., Illinova Generating Company, Dynegy Midstream Services, Limited Partnership, Dynegy Marketing and Trade, Dynegy Power Marketing, Inc., Dynegy Power Corp. and Illinois Power Company. Effective February 1, 2002 — Northern Natural Gas Company.
   
Constituent Benefit Plan Documents: Summary Plan Descriptions and Insurance Contract with Met Life Insurance Company.
   
Plan Administrators: With respect to benefits provided or administered under its contract, Met Life Insurance shall have the following powers, duties and responsibilities:
  (1)  
The sole discretionary authority to interpret and decide all matters of fact and Plan interpretation in granting or denying benefits under the Dynegy Inc. Long Term Disability Plan, such interpretation decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons claiming benefits under the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Long Term Disability Plan;
  (2)  
The sole discretionary authority to determine and authorize payment of medical benefits under the Dynegy Inc. Long Term Disability Plan, any such decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
  (3)  
The sole discretionary authority to process and determine benefit claims and benefit claims appeals under the Dynegy Inc. Long Term Disability Plan except to the extent the Plan’s claims procedures expressly provides otherwise; and
  (4)  
Any such other powers and duties as the Company shall designate to be its fiduciary responsibility with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Long Term Disability Plan.
The Company shall be the Plan Administrator with respect to any and all other administrative fiduciary powers and duties not described above with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Long Term Disability Plan, including, but not limited to, the following powers and duties:
  (1)  
In its sole discretionary authority, to determine eligibility under the terms of the Dynegy Inc. Long Term Disability Plan, its decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;

 

B-9


 

  (2)  
To prepare and distribute information explaining the Dynegy Inc. Long Term Disability Plan including, but not limited to, all materials and information required to be distributed pursuant to ERISA;
  (3)  
To perform any and all reporting and disclosure required with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Long Term Disability Plan under applicable provisions of ERISA;
  (4)  
To sue or cause suit to be brought in the name of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Long Term Disability Plan;
  (5)  
To correct any defect or supply any omission or recover any inconsistency that may appear in the Constituent Benefit Plan documents with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Long Term Disability Plan, in such manner and to such extent as it deems expedient; and
  (6)  
To employ and compensate such accountants, attorneys and other agents and employees as it may deem necessary or advisable in the appropriate and efficient administration of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Long Term Disability Plan.
VII.  
Dynegy Inc. Section 125 Flexible Benefits Program
   
Participating Employers: Effective January 1, 2002 — Dynegy Inc., Calcasieu Power, LLC, Dynegy Global Liquids (Cayman) Ltd., Dynegy Global Communications, Inc., Illinova Energy Partners, Inc., Illinova Generating Company, Dynegy Midstream Services, Limited Partnership, Dynegy Marketing and Trade, Dynegy Power Marketing, Inc. and Dynegy Power Corp. Effective January 31, 2002 — Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Effective February 1, 2002 — Northern Natural Gas Company.
   
Constituent Benefit Plan Documents: Dynegy Inc. Section 125 Flexible Benefits Program, Summary Plan Description and Administrative Contract with TaxSaver, Inc.
   
Plan Administrators: With respect to spending account benefits provided or administered under its contracts, TaxSaver, Inc. shall have the following powers, duties and responsibilities:
  (1)  
The sole discretionary authority to interpret and decide all matters of fact and Plan interpretation in granting or denying benefits under the Dynegy Inc. Section 125 Flexible Benefits Program, such interpretation decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons claiming benefits under the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Section 125 Flexible Benefits Program;

 

B-10


 

  (2)  
The sole discretionary authority to determine and authorize payment of medical benefits under the Dynegy Inc. Section 125 Flexible Benefits Program, any such decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
 
  (3)  
The sole discretionary authority to process and determine benefit claims and benefit claims appeals under the Dynegy Section 125 Flexible Benefits Program except to the extent the Plan’s claims procedures expressly provides otherwise; and
 
  (4)  
Any such other powers and duties as the Company shall designate to be its fiduciary responsibility with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Section 125 Flexible Benefits Program.
The Company shall be the Plan Administrator with respect to any and all other administrative fiduciary powers and duties not described above with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Section 125 Flexible Benefits Program, including, but not limited to, the following powers and duties:
  (1)  
All administrative responsibility with respect to salary reduction payroll processing and pre-tax premium conversions.
  (2)  
In its sole discretionary authority, to determine eligibility under the terms of the Dynegy Inc. Section 125 Flexible Benefits Program, its decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
  (3)  
To prepare and distribute information explaining the Dynegy Inc. Section 125 Flexible Benefits Program including, but not limited to, all materials and information required to be distributed pursuant to ERISA;
  (4)  
To perform any and all reporting and disclosure required with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Section 125 Flexible Benefits Program under applicable provisions of ERISA;
  (5)  
To sue or cause suit to be brought in the name of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Section 125 Flexible Benefits Program;
  (6)  
To correct any defect or supply any omission or recover any inconsistency that may appear in the Constituent Benefit Plan Documents with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Section 125 Flexible Benefits Program, in such manner and to such extent as it deems expedient; and
  (7)  
To employ and compensate such accountants, attorneys and other agents and employees as it may deem necessary or advisable in the appropriate and efficient administration of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Section 125 Flexible Benefits Program.

 

B-11


 

VIII.  
Dynegy Inc. Business Travel Accident Plan
   
Participating Employers: Effective January 1, 2002 — Dynegy Inc., Calcasieu Power, LLC, Dynegy Global Liquids (Cayman) Ltd., Dynegy Global Communications, Inc., Illinova Energy Partners, Inc., Illinova Generating Company, Dynegy Midstream Services, Limited Partnership, Dynegy Marketing and Trade, Dynegy Power Marketing, Inc., Dynegy Power Corp., Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. and Illinois Power Company. Effective February 1, 2002 — Northern Natural Gas Company.
   
Constituent Benefit Plan Documents: Summary Plan Descriptions and Insurance Contract with Zurich American Insurance Company.
   
Plan Administrators: With respect to benefits provided or administered under its contract, Zurich American Insurance Company shall have the following powers, duties and responsibilities:
  (1)  
The sole discretionary authority to interpret and decide all matters of fact and Plan interpretation in granting or denying benefits under the Dynegy Inc. Business Travel Accident Plan, such interpretation decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons claiming benefits under the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Business Travel Accident Plan;
  (2)  
The sole discretionary authority to determine and authorize payment of medical benefits under the Dynegy Inc. Business Travel Accident Plan, any such decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
  (3)  
The sole discretionary authority to process and determine benefit claims and benefit claims appeals under the Dynegy Inc. Business Travel Accident Plan except to the extent the Plan’s claims procedures expressly provides otherwise; and
  (4)  
Any such other powers and duties as the Company shall designate to be its fiduciary responsibility with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Business Travel Accident Plan.
The Company shall be the Plan Administrator with respect to any and all other administrative fiduciary powers and duties not described above with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Business Travel Accident Plan, including, but not limited to, the following powers and duties:
  (1)  
In its sole discretionary authority, to determine eligibility under the terms of the Dynegy Inc. Business Travel Accident Plan, its decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;

 

B-12


 

  (2)  
To prepare and distribute information explaining the Dynegy Inc. Business Travel Accident Plan including, but not limited to, all materials and information required to be distributed pursuant to ERISA;
  (3)  
To perform any and all reporting and disclosure required with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Business Travel Accident under applicable provisions of ERISA;
  (4)  
To sue or cause suit to be brought in the name of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Business Travel Accident Plan;
  (5)  
To correct any defect or supply any omission or recover any inconsistency that may appear in the Constituent Benefit Plan Documents with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Business Travel Accident Plan, in such manner and to such extent as it deems expedient; and
  (6)  
To employ and compensate such accountants, attorneys and other agents and employees as it may deem necessary or advisable in the appropriate and efficient administration of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Business Travel Accident Plan.
IX.  
Dynegy Inc. Midstream Services Union Managed Indemnity Plan (terminating plan)
   
Participating Employers: Dynegy Midstream Services, Limited Partnership.
   
Constituent Benefit Plan Documents: Summary Plan Description; Trident NGL Employee Benefit Trust; and Insurance Contract with United HealthCare.
   
Plan Administrators: With respect to benefits provided or administered under its contract, United HealthCare shall have the following powers, duties and responsibilities:
  (1)  
The sole discretionary authority to interpret and decide all matters of fact and Plan interpretation in granting or denying benefits under the Dynegy Inc. Midstream Services Union Managed Indemnity Plan, such interpretation decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons claiming benefits under the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Midstream Services Union Managed Indemnity Plan;
  (2)  
The sole discretionary authority to determine and authorize payment of medical benefits under the Dynegy Inc. Midstream Services Union Managed Indemnity Plan, any such decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;

 

B-13


 

  (3)  
The sole discretionary authority to process and determine benefit claims and benefit claims appeals under the Dynegy Inc. Midstream Services Union Managed Indemnity Plan except to the extent the Plan’s claims procedures expressly provides otherwise; and
  (4)  
Any such other powers and duties as the Company shall designate to be its fiduciary responsibility with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Midstream Services Union Managed Indemnity Plan.
The Company shall be the Plan Administrator with respect to any and all other administrative fiduciary powers and duties not described above with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Midstream Services Union Managed Indemnity Plan, including, but not limited to, the following powers:
  (1)  
In its sole discretionary authority, to determine eligibility under the terms of the Dynegy Inc. Midstream Services Union Managed Indemnity Plan, its decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
  (2)  
To prepare and distribute information explaining the Dynegy Inc. Midstream Services Union Managed Indemnity Plan including, but not limited to, all materials and information required to be distributed pursuant to ERISA;
  (3)  
To perform any and all reporting and disclosure required with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Midstream Services Union Managed Indemnity Plan under applicable provisions of ERISA;
  (4)  
To sue or cause suit to be brought in the name of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Midstream Services Union Managed Indemnity Plan;
  (5)  
To correct any defect or supply any omission or recover any inconsistency that may appear in the Constituent Benefit Plan documents with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Midstream Services Union Managed Indemnity Plan, in such manner and to such extent as it deems expedient; and
  (6)  
To employ and compensate such accountants, attorneys and other agents and employees as it may deem necessary or advisable in the appropriate and efficient administration of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Midstream Services Union Managed Indemnity Plan.
X.  
Dynegy Severance Pay Plan
   
Participating Employers: Effective as of January 1, 2002 — Dynegy Inc., Calcasieu Power, LLC, Dynegy Global Liquids (Cayman) Ltd., Dynegy Global Communications, Inc., Illinova Energy Partners, Inc., Illinova Generating Company, Dynegy Midstream Services, Limited Partnership, Dynegy Marketing and Trade, Dynegy Power Marketing, Inc., Dynegy Power Corp., Illinois Power Company, and Dynegy Midwest Generation, Inc. Effective February 1, 2002 — Northern Natural Gas Company.

 

B-14


 

   
Constituent Benefit Plan Documents: Dynegy Severance Pay Plan and Summary Plan Description.
 
   
Plan Administrator: The Company shall be the Plan Administrator and shall have any and all administrative fiduciary powers and duties with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Severance Pay Plan, including, but not limited to, the following powers, duties and responsibilities:
  (1)  
The sole discretionary authority to interpret and decide all matters of fact and Plan interpretation in granting or denying benefits under the Dynegy Inc. Severance Pay Plan, such interpretation decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons claiming benefits under the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Severance Pay Plan;
 
  (2)  
The sole discretionary authority to determine and authorize payment of medical benefits under the Dynegy Inc. Severance Pay Plan, any such decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
 
  (3)  
The sole discretionary authority to process and determine benefit claims and benefit claims appeals under the Dynegy Inc. Severance Pay Plan except to the extent the Plan’s claims procedures expressly provides otherwise;
 
  (4)  
In its sole discretionary authority, to determine eligibility under the terms of the Dynegy Inc. Group Severance Pay, its decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
 
  (5)  
To prepare and distribute information explaining the Dynegy Inc. Severance Pay Plan including, but not limited to, all materials and information required to be distributed pursuant to ERISA;
 
  (6)  
To perform any and all reporting and disclosure required with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Severance Pay Plan under applicable provisions of ERISA;
 
  (7)  
To sue or cause suit to be brought in the name of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Severance Pay Plan;
 
  (8)  
To correct any defect or supply any omission or recover any inconsistency that may appear in the Constituent Benefit Plan Documents with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Severance Pay Plan, in such manner and to such extent as it deems expedient; and
 
  (9)  
To employ and compensate such accountants, attorneys and other agents and employees as it may deem necessary or advisable in the appropriate and efficient administration of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Severance Pay Plan.

 

B-15


 

XI.  
Dynegy Executive Severance Pay Plan
   
Participating Employers: Effective as of January 1, 2002 — Dynegy Inc., Calcasieu Power, LLC, Dynegy Global Liquids (Cayman) Ltd,, Dynegy Global Communications, Inc., Illinova Energy Partners, Inc., Illinova Generating Company, Dynegy Midstream Services, Limited Partnership, Dynegy Marketing and Trade, Dynegy Power Marketing, Inc., Dynegy Power Corp., Illinois Power Company and Dynegy Midwest Generation, Inc. Effective February 1, 2002 — Northern Natural Gas Company.
   
Constituent Benefit Plan Documents: Dynegy Executive Severance Pay Plan.
   
Plan Administrator: The Company shall be the Plan Administrator with respect to any and all administrative fiduciary powers and duties with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Executive Severance Pay Plan, including, but not limited to, the following powers, duties and responsibilities:
  (1)  
The sole discretionary authority to interpret and decide all matters of fact and Plan interpretation in granting or denying benefits under the Dynegy Inc. Executive Severance Pay Plan, such interpretation decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons claiming benefits under the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Executive Severance Pay Plan;
 
  (2)  
The sole discretionary authority to determine and authorize payment of medical benefits under the Dynegy Inc. Executive Severance Pay Plan, any such decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
 
  (3)  
The sole discretionary authority to process and determine benefit claims and benefit claims appeals under the Dynegy Executive Severance Pay Plan except to the extent the Plan’s claims procedures expressly provides otherwise;
 
  (4)  
In its sole discretionary authority, to determine eligibility under the terms of the Dynegy Inc. Group Severance Pay, its decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
 
  (5)  
To prepare and distribute information explaining the Dynegy Inc. Executive Severance Pay Plan including, but not limited to, all materials and information required to be distributed pursuant to ERISA;

 

B-16


 

  (6)  
To perform any and all reporting and disclosure required with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Executive Severance Pay Plan under applicable provisions of ERISA;
  (7)  
To sue or cause suit to be brought in the name of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Executive Severance Pay Plan;
  (8)  
To correct any defect or supply any omission or recover any inconsistency that may appear in the Constituent Benefit Plan Documents with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Executive Severance Pay Plan, in such manner and to such extent as it deems expedient; and
  (9)  
To employ and compensate such accountants, attorneys and other agents and employees as it may deem necessary or advisable in the appropriate and efficient administration of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Inc. Executive Severance Pay Plan.
XII.  
Illinois Power Company Health Care Spending Account Program for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement
   
Participating Employers: Illinois Power Company, and Dynegy Midwest Generation, Inc.
 
   
Constituent Benefit Plan Documents: Illinois Power Company Health Care Reimbursement Plan; Summary Plan Description; and Administrative Services Contract with Tax Saver.
 
   
Plan Administrators: With respect to benefits provided or administered under its contract, Tax Saver shall have the following powers, duties and responsibilities:
  (1)  
The sole discretionary authority to interpret and decide all matters of fact and Plan interpretation in granting or denying benefits under the Illinois Power Company Health Care Spending Account Program for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement, such interpretation decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons claiming benefits under the Plan with respect to the Illinois Power Company Health Care Spending Account Program for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement;
  (2)  
The sole discretionary authority to determine and authorize payment of medical benefits under the Illinois Power Company Health Care Spending Account Program for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement, any such decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;

 

B-17


 

  (3)  
The sole discretionary authority to process and determine benefit claims and benefit claims appeals under the Illinois Power Company Health Care Spending Account Program for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement except to the extent the Plan’s claims procedures expressly provides otherwise; and
  (4)  
Any such other powers and duties as the Company shall designate to be its fiduciary responsibility with respect to the Illinois Power Company Health Care Spending Account Program for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement.
The Company shall be the Plan Administrator with respect to any and all other administrative fiduciary powers and duties with respect to the Illinois Power Company Health Care Spending Account Program for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement, including, but not limited to, the following powers:
  (1)  
In its sole discretionary authority, to determine eligibility under the terms of the Illinois Power Company Health Care Spending Account Program for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement, its decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
 
  (2)  
To prepare and distribute information explaining the Illinois Power Company Health Care Spending Account Program for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement including, but not limited to, all materials and information required to be distributed pursuant to ERISA;
 
  (3)  
To perform any and all reporting and disclosure required with respect to the Illinois Power Company Health Care Spending Account Program for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement under applicable provisions of ERISA;
 
  (4)  
To sue or cause suit to be brought in the name of the Plan with respect to the Illinois Power Company Health Care Spending Account Program for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement;
 
  (5)  
To correct any defect or supply any omission or recover any inconsistency that may appear in the Constituent Benefit Plan documents with respect to the Illinois Power Company Health Care Spending Account Program for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement, in such manner and to such extent as it deems expedient; and
 
  (6)  
To employ and compensate such accountants, attorneys and other agents and employees as it may deem necessary or advisable in the appropriate and efficient administration of the Plan with respect to the Illinois Power Company Health Care Spending Account Program for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement.

 

B-18


 

XIII.  
Illinois Power Company Dependent Care Spending Account Program for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement
   
Participating Employers: Illinois Power Company and Dynegy Midwest Generation, Inc.
   
Constituent Benefit Plan Documents: Illinois Power Company Dependent Care Program; Summary Plan Description; and Administrative Services Contract with Tax Saver.
   
Plan Administrators: With respect to benefits provided or administered under its contract, Tax Saver shall have the following powers, duties and responsibilities:
  (1)  
The sole discretionary authority to interpret and decide all matters of fact and Plan interpretation in granting or denying benefits under the Illinois Power Company Dependent Care Spending Account Program for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement, such interpretation decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons claiming benefits under the Plan with respect to the Illinois Power Company Dependent Care Spending Account Program for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement;
  (2)  
The sole discretionary authority to determine and authorize payment of medical benefits under the Illinois Power Company Dependent Care Spending Account Program for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement, any such decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
  (3)  
The sole discretionary authority to process and determine benefit claims and benefit claims appeals under the Illinois Power Company Dependent Care Spending Account Program for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement except to the extent the Plan’s claims procedures expressly provides otherwise; and
  (4)  
Any such other powers and duties as the Company shall designate to be its fiduciary responsibility with respect to the Illinois Power Company Dependent Care Spending Account Program for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement and the Plan.

 

B-19


 

 
The Company shall be the Plan Administrator with respect to any and all other administrative fiduciary powers and duties not described above with respect to the Illinois Power Company Dependent Care Spending Account Program for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement, including, but not limited to, the following powers and duties:
  (1)  
In its sole discretionary authority, to determine eligibility under the terms of the Illinois Power Company Dependent Care Spending Account Program for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement, its decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
  (2)  
To prepare and distribute information explaining the Illinois Power Company Dependent Care Spending Account Program for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement including, but not limited to, all materials and information required to be distributed pursuant to ERISA;
  (3)  
To perform any and all reporting and disclosure required with respect to the Illinois Power Company Dependent Care Spending Account Program for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement under applicable provisions of ERISA;
  (4)  
To sue or cause suit to be brought in the name of the Plan with respect to the Illinois Power Company Dependent Care Spending Account Program for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement;
  (5)  
To correct any defect or supply any omission or recover any inconsistency that may appear in the Constituent Benefit Plan Documents with respect to the Illinois Power Company Dependent Care Spending Account Program for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement, in such manner and to such extent as it deems expedient; and
  (6)  
To employ and compensate such accountants, attorneys and other agents and employees as it may deem necessary or advisable in the appropriate and efficient administration of the Plan with respect to the Illinois Power Company Dependent Care Spending Account Program for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement.
XIV.  
Illinois Power Company Section 125 Flexible Benefits Plan for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement
   
Participating Employers: Illinois Power Company and Dynegy Midwest Generation, Inc.
   
Constituent Benefit Plan Documents: Illinois Power Company Flexible Benefits Program; Summary Plan Description; and Administrative Services Contract with Tax Saver.

 

B-20


 

   
Plan Administrators: With respect to benefits provided or administered under its contract, Tax Saver shall have the following powers, duties and responsibilities:
  (1)  
The sole discietionary authority to interpret and decide all matters of fact and Plan interpretation in granting or denying benefits under the Illinois Power Company Section 125 Flexible Benefits Plan for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement, such interpretation decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons claiming benefits under the Plan with respect to the Illinois Power Company Section 125 Flexible Benefits Plan for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement;
 
  (2)  
The sole discretionary authority to determine and authorize payment of medical benefits under the Illinois Power Company Section 125 Flexible Benefits Plan for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement, any such decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
 
  (3)  
The sole discretionary authority to process and determine benefit claims and benefit claims appeals under the Illinois Power Company Section 125 Flexible Benefits Plan for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement except to the extent the Plan’s claims procedures expressly provides otherwise; and
 
  (4)  
Any such other powers and duties as the Company shall designate to be its fiduciary responsibility with respect to the Illinois Power Company Section 125 Flexible Benefits Plan for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement.
The Company shall be the Plan Administrator with respect to any and all other administrative fiduciary powers and duties not described above with respect to the Illinois Power Company Section 125 Flexible Benefits Plan for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement, including, but not limited to, the following powers and duties:
  (1)  
In its sole discretionary authority, to determine eligibility under the terms of the Illinois Power Company Section 125 Flexible Benefits Plan for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement, its decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
  (2)  
To prepare and distribute information explaining the Illinois Power Company Section 125 Flexible Benefits Plan for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement including, but not limited to, all materials and information required to be distributed pursuant to ERISA;

 

B-21


 

  (3)  
To perform any and all reporting and disclosure required with respect to the Illinois Power Company Section 125 Flexible Benefits Plan for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement under applicable provisions of ERISA;
  (4)  
To sue or cause suit to be brought in the name of the Plan with respect to the Illinois Power Company Section 125 Flexible Benefits Plan for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement;
  (5)  
To correct any defect or supply any omission or recover any inconsistency that may appear in the Constituent Benefit Plan Documents with respect to the Illinois Power Company Section 125 Flexible Benefits Plan for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement, in such manner and to such extent as it deems expedient; and
  (6)  
To employ and compensate such accountants, attorneys and other agents and employees as it may deem necessary or advisable in the appropriate and efficient administration of the Plan with respect to the Illinois Power Company Section 125 Flexible Benefits Plan for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement.
XV.  
Northern Natural Gas Company Medical, Dental and Group Term Life Plan for Retirees and Surviving Spouses
   
Participating Employers: Effective July 1, 2002 —Northern Natural Gas Company.
   
Constituent Benefit Plan Documents: Summary Plan Description; Employee Benefit Trust for Northern Natural Gas Company Medical and Dental Plan for Retirees and Surviving Spouses; Administrative Services Contracts with United HealthCare, CIGNA, Merck Medco Rx Services, and Inovative Resource Group; Health Maintenance Organization Contract with First Care HMO; and Insurance Contract with Met Life Insurance.
   
Plan Administrators: With respect to benefits provided or administered under their respective contracts, United HealthCare, CIGNA, Merck Medco Rx Services, Inovative Resource Group, Met Life Insurance and First Care shall have the following powers, duties and responsibilities:
  (1)  
The sole discretionary authority to interpret and decide all matters of fact and Plan interpretation in granting or denying benefits under the Northern Natural Gas Company Medical, Dental and Group Term Life Plan for Retirees and Surviving Spouses, such interpretation decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons claiming benefits under the Plan with respect to the Northern Natural Gas Company Medical and Dental Plan for Retirees and Surviving Spouses;

 

B-22


 

  (2)  
The sole discretionary authority to determine and authorize payment of medical benefits under the Dynegy Inc. Northern Natural Gas Company Medical, Dental and Group Term Life Plan for Retirees and Surviving Spouses, any such decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
  (3)  
The sole discretionary authority to process and determine benefit claims and benefit claims appeals under the Northern Natural Gas Company Medical, Dental and Group Term Life Plan for Retirees and Surviving Spouses except to the extent the Plan’s claims procedures expressly provides otherwise; and
  (4)  
Any such other powers and duties as the Company shall designate to be its fiduciary responsibility with respect to the Northern Natural Gas Company Medical, Dental and Group Term Life Plan for Retirees and Surviving Spouses.
The Company shall be the Plan Administrator with respect to any and all other administrative fiduciary powers and duties not described above with respect to the Northern Natural Gas Company Medical, Dental and Group Term Life Plan for Retirees and Surviving Spouses, including, but not limited to, the following powers and duties:
  (1)  
In its sole discretionary authority, to determine eligibility under the terms of the Northern Natural Gas Company Medical, Dental and Group Term Life Plan for Retirees and Surviving Spouses, its decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
 
  (2)  
To prepare and distribute information explaining the Northern Natural Gas Company Medical, Dental and Group Term Life Plan for Retirees and Surviving Spouses including, but not limited to, all materials and information required to be distributed pursuant to ERISA;
 
  (3)  
To perform any and all reporting and disclosure required with respect to the Northern Natural Gas Company Medical, Dental and Group Term Life Plan for Retirees and Surviving Spouses under applicable provisions of ERISA;
 
  (4)  
To sue or cause suit to be brought in the name of the Plan with respect to the Northern Natural Gas Company Medical, Dental and Group Term Life Plan for Retirees and Surviving Spouses;
 
  (5)  
To correct any defect or supply any omission or recover any inconsistency that may appear in the Constituent Benefit Plan Documents with respect to the Northern Natural Gas Company Medical, Dental and Group Term Life Plan for Retirees and Surviving Spouses, in such manner and to such extent as it deems expedient; and

 

B-23


 

  (6)  
To employ and compensate such accountants, attorneys and other agents and employees as it may deem necessary or advisable in the appropriate and efficient administration of the Plan with respect to the Northern Natural Gas Company Medical, Dental and Group Term Life Plan for Retirees and Surviving Spouses.
XVI.  
Medical and Group Term Life Insurance Plan for Retirees and Surviving Spouses
   
Participating Employers: Effective January 1, 2002 — Illinois Power Company, Illinova Generating Company.
 
   
Constituent Benefit Plan Documents: Summary Plan Descriptions; Illinois Power Company Welfare Benefit Trust for Salaried Retirees; Illinois Power Company Welfare Benefit Trust for Retirees Covered by a Collective Bargaining Agreement; Administrative Services Contracts with Blue Cross/Blue Shield of Illinois, Express Scripts, Inc., Behavioral Health Systems, Health Alliance; and Insurance Contract with Met Life Insurance Company.
 
   
Plan Administrators: With respect to benefits provided or administered under their respective contracts, Blue Cross/Blue Shield of Illinois, Express Scripts, Inc., Behavioral Health Systems, Health Alliance, and Met Life Insurance Company shall have the following powers, duties and responsibilities:
  (1)  
The sole discretionary authority to interpret and decide all matters of fact and Plan interpretation in granting or denying benefits under the Medical and Group Term Life Insurance Plan for Retirees and Surviving Spouses, such interpretation decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons claiming benefits under the Plan with respect to the Medical and Group Term Life Insurance Plan for Retirees and Surviving Spouses;
  (2)  
The sole discretionary authority to determine and authorize payment of medical benefits under the Medical and Group Term Life Insurance Plan for Retirees and Surviving Spouses, any such decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
  (3)  
The sole discretionary authority to process and determine benefit claims and benefit claims appeals under the Medical and Group Term Life Insurance Plan for Retirees and Surviving Spouses except to the extent the Plan’s claims procedures expressly provides otherwise; and
  (4)  
Any such other powers and duties as the Company shall designate to be its fiduciary responsibility with respect to the Medical and Group Term Life Insurance Plan for Retirees and Surviving Spouses.

 

B-24


 

The Company shall be the Plan Administrator with respect to any and all other administrative fiduciary powers and duties not disclosed above with respect to the Medical Plan for Retirees and Surviving Spouses, including, but not limited to, the following powers and duties:
  (1)  
In its sole discretionary authority, to determine eligibility under the terms of the Medical and Group Term Life Insurance Plan for Retirees and Surviving Spouses, its decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
 
  (2)  
To prepare and distribute information explaining the Medical and Group Term Life Insurance Plan for Retirees and Surviving Spouses including, but not limited to, all materials and information required to be distributed pursuant to ERISA;
 
  (3)  
To perform any and all reporting and disclosure required with respect to the Medical and Group Term Life Insurance Plan for Retirees and Surviving Spouses under applicable provisions of ERISA;
 
  (4)  
To sue or cause suit to be brought in the name of the Plan with respect to the Medical and Group Term Life Insurance Plan for Retirees and Surviving Spouses;
 
  (5)  
To correct any defect or supply any omission or recover any inconsistency that may appear in the Constituent Benefit Plan Documents with respect to the Medical and Group Term Life Insurance Plan for Retirees and Surviving Spouses, in such manner and to such extent as it deems expedient; and
 
  (6)  
To employ and compensate such accountants, attorneys and other agents and employees as it may deem necessary or advisable in the appropriate and efficient administration of the Plan with respect to the Medical and Group Term Life Insurance Plan for Retirees and Surviving Spouses.

 

B-25

Exhibit 10.71
FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE DYNEGY INC. COMPREHENSIVE
WELFARE BENEFITS PLAN
WHEREAS, Dynegy Inc., Illinova Corporation (“Illinova”), Illinova Generating Company and Ameren Corporation (“Ameren”) entered into that certain Stock Purchase Agreement under which Ameren will acquire all of the outstanding common and preferred stock of Illinois Power Company (“IPC”) owned by Illinova; and
WHEREAS, effective immediately prior to the “Closing Date,” as such term is defined under Section 2.4 of the Agreement (the “Closing Date”), IPC will cease to be a “Participating Employer” under the Dynegy Inc. Comprehensive Welfare Benefits Plan, effective as of January 1, 2002, as amended (the “Plan”);
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises, the Plan shall be, and hereby is amended in the following respects, effective immediately prior to the Closing Date:
I.
Effective immediately prior to the Closing Date, IPC shall, pursuant to Section 9.6(e) of the Plan, cease to be a “Participating Employer” under the Plan (and all “Constituent Benefit Programs,” as such term is defined in Section 1.1(10) of the Plan, thereunder) and any individual who is an employee of IPC and who is not a participant in the Plan as of the day preceding the Closing Date will not be eligible to become a participant in the Plan. As of the Closing Date, no Transferred Employees (within the meaning of the Agreement) or any other employee, former employee, or Retiree (within the meaning of the Agreement) of IPC will participate in the Plan, other than as required by applicable law or as expressly required by and subject to all limitations and conditions of the Agreement. As of the Closing Date, no current or former employee of IPC, including, any Retiree, shall be an “Eligible Employee” under the Plan.

 

 


 

II.
Appendix B to the Plan is hereby amended by deleting any and all references to “Illinois Power Company” as a “Participating Employer” in Sections I through VI, VIII, X and XI.
III.
Section Xll of Appendix B is hereby amended by revising all references to the name of the plan described in Section Xll to “Dynegy Inc. Health Care Spending Account Program for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement”. All references to “Illinois Power Company” are hereby deleted. No rights or obligations under Section Xll shall be affected by reason of amending this Section XII.
IV.
Section XIII of Appendix B is hereby amended by revising all references to the name of the plan described in Section XIII to “Dynegy Inc. Dependent Care Spending Account Program for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement”. No rights or obligations under Section XIII shall be affected by reason of amending this Section XIII.
V.
Section XIV of Appendix B is hereby amended by revising all references to the name of the plan described in Section XIV to the “Dynegy Inc. Section 125 Flexible Benefits Program for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement”. All references to “Illinois Power Company” are hereby deleted. No rights or obligations under Section XIV shall be affected by reason of amending this Section XIV.

 

2


 

VI.
As of the Closing Date, the unused balance of any Health Care Spending Account and/or Dependent Care Spending Account of each Transferred Employee under a Constituent Benefit Program shall be transferred to a similar, tax-qualified account sponsored by Ameren in accordance with Section 6.2(d)(vii) of the Agreement.
VII.
Section XVI of Appendix B is hereby amended by deleting any and all references to “Illinois Power Company” as a “Participating Employer” and deleting the references to the “Illinois Power Company Welfare Benefit Trust for Salaried Retirees” and the “Illinois Power Company Welfare Benefit Trust for Retirees Covered by a Collective Bargaining Agreement” as “Constituent Benefit Plan Documents”.
VIII.
Except as modified herein, the Plan shall remain in full force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this First Amendment to the Plan to be executed this 29 day September 2004, to be effective as provided above.
         
  DYNEGY INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ J. Kevin Blodgett    
    J. Kevin Blodgett  
    Title:  Sr. Vice President, Human Resources  

 

3

Exhibit 10.72
SECOND AMENDMENT TO THE DYNEGY INC. COMPREHENSIVE
WELFARE BENEFITS PLAN
WHEREAS, Dynegy Inc. (the “Company”) and certain of its affiliates (“Participating Employers”) have previously adopted the Dynegy Inc. Comprehensive Welfare Benefits Plan, effective as of January 1, 2002 and as subsequently amended (the “Plan”);
WHEREAS, the Working Families Tax Relief Act of 2004, Pub. L. No. 108-311, (“WFTRA”) amends Section 152 and other sections of the Internal Revenue Code (“Code”) with respect to the definitions of “Dependents” and “Qualifying Individuals” effective as of January 1, 2005;
WHEREAS, Internal Revenue Service Notice 2004-79, I.R.B. 2004-49 provides that the intent of Congress was not to change the definition of “Dependent” for purposes of employer-provided health plans and that an employee may exclude from gross income the value of employer-provided coverage for an individual who meets the definition of a “Qualifying Relative” except that the individual’s gross income equals or exceeds the exemption amount;
WHEREAS, Section 8.1 of the Plan provides that the Company may amend the Plan and any or all Constituent Benefit Programs incorporated therein on behalf of itself and the Participating Employers;
WHEREAS, the Company desires to clarify that Code Section 152, as amended by WFTRA, shall not apply to any Constituent Benefit Program providing group health benefits under the Plan and to amend the Plan in certain other respects;

 

 


 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises above, the Plan shall be, and hereby is amended as follows effective as hereinafter provided:
I.
Effective as of January 1, 2005, Section 1.1(c) of the Dynegy Inc. Health Care Spending Account Program, a Constituent Benefit Program under the Plan, is hereby amended in its entirety to provide as follows:
“(c) Dependent : Any individual who is a dependent of a Program Participant as defined or determined by the terms of the Dynegy Inc. Group Medical Plan. Any child to whom section 152(e) of the Code applies shall be treated as a Dependent of either parent for purposes of the Program.”
II.
Effective as of January 1, 2005, Section 1-1 (c) of the Dynegy Inc. Health Care Spending Account Program for Eligible Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement, a Constituent Benefit Program under the Plan, is hereby amended in its entirety to provide as follows:
“(c) Dependent : Any individual who is a dependent of a Program Participant as defined or determined by the terms of Dynegy Inc. Group Medical Plan. Any child to whom section 152(e) of the Code applies shall be treated as a Dependent of either parent for purposes of the Program.”
III.
Effective immediately prior to January 1, 2005, the Dynegy Inc. Severance Pay Plan and the Dynegy Inc. Executive Severance Pay Plan (jointly, the “Severance Pay Plans”) shall cease to be Constituent Benefit Programs under the Plan. Therefore, Appendix B to the Plan is hereby amended by deleting Sections X and XI. Following this amendment, the Severance Pay Plans shall be treated as separate plans, providing benefits in accordance with their terms and subject to applicable law.

 

2


 

IV.
Except as modified herein, the Plan shall remain in full force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Second Amendment to the Plan to be executed this 28 th day of December 2004, to be effective as provided above.
         
  DYNEGY INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]  
    Title:   Chairman - BPC   

 

3

Exhibit 10.73
THIRD AMENDMENT TO THE DYNEGY INC. COMPREHENSIVE
WELFARE BENEFITS PLAN
WHEREAS, Dynegy New York Holdings lnc., Exelon SHC, Inc., Exelon New England Power Marketing, L.P., and ExRes SHC, Inc. entered into that certain Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of November 1, 2004 (“Agreement”) under which Dynegy New York Holdings Inc. will acquire all of the outstanding capital stock of ExRes SHC, Inc., the parent company of Sithe Energies, Inc. (“Sithe”);
WHEREAS, as of the Closing Date, as such term is defined under Section 2.2 of the Agreement (the “Closing Date”), certain employees of Sithe and its affiliates will become eligible to participate in the Dynegy Inc. Comprehensive Welfare Benefits Plan (the “Plan”); and
WHEREAS, Section 8.1 of the Plan provides that the Company may amend the Plan and any or all Constituent Benefit Programs incorporated therein on behalf of itself and certain of its affiliates;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises, the Plan shall be, and hereby is amended in the following respects, effective as of the Closing Date:

 

 


 

I.
A new Section 1.1(27A) is hereby added to Article I of the Plan, to provide as follows:
  “(27A)  
Sithe Participant : An Eligible Employee who (i) was enrolled in the Sithe Plan for the plan year of Sithe Plan beginning on January 1, 2005, (ii) became eligible to participate in the Plan in connection with acquisition of ExRes SHC, Inc., and (iii) whose participation in the Sithe Plan was terminated following the acquisition of ExRes SHC, Inc.”
II.
A new Section 1.1(27B) is hereby added to Article I of the Plan, to provide as follows:
  “(27B)  
Sithe Plan : The Sithe Energies Group Flexible Benefits Plan.”
III.
A new Section 4.3(c) is hereby added to the Dynegy Inc. Section 125 Flexible Benefits Plan, a Constituent Benefit Program under the Plan, to provide as follows:
“(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Sithe Participant shall be treated as a new Employee for purposes of this Section 4.3, except that such Sithe Participant’s election with respect to a Health Care Expense Account and/or a Dependent Care Assistance Account under the Sithe Plan shall remain in effect (subject to the ability to revoke pursuant to Section 4.5) under the corresponding Flexible Spending Account Program for the remainder of the Program Year beginning on January 1, 2005.”
IV.
The following sentence is hereby added at the end of Section 5.1(b) of the Dynegy Section 125 Flexible Benefits Plan, a Constituent Benefit Program under the Plan, to provide as follows:
“Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Sithe Participant’s appropriate Flexible Spending Account shall be credited as of the Closing Date with the amount credited to such Sithe Participant’s Health Care Expense Account and/or Dependent Care Assistance Account under the Sithe Plan immediately prior to the Closing Date.”

 

-2-


 

V.
A new Section 3.1(c) is hereby added to the Dynegy Inc. Health Care Spending Account Program, a Constituent Benefit Program under the Plan, to provide as follows:
“(c) For the Program Year beginning January 1, 2005, an Eligible Employee who is a Sithe Participant shall be eligible to participate in this Program as of the Closing Date.”
VI.
A new Section 4.1(c) is hereby added to the Dynegy Inc. Health Care Spending Account Program, a Constituent Benefit Program under the Ptan, to provide as follows:
“(c) For the Program Year beginning on January 1 2005, a Sithe Participant’s Participation Agreement shall be such Sithe Participant’s benefit election with respect to a Health Care Expense Account under the Sithe Plan for the plan year beginning on January 1, 2005.”
VII.
The third sentence of Section 5.1 (a) of the Dynegy Inc. Health Care Spending Account Program, a Constituent Benefit Program under the Plan, is hereby revised to provide as follows:
“Benefits under the Program shall be paid only to the extent the Covered Health Care Expenses were incurred by the Program Participant in the period for which the Program Participant actually participated in the Program; provided however, that for purposes of this provision, a Sithe Participant shall be deemed to have participated in the Program for the entire Program Year beginning January 1, 2005.”

 

-3-


 

VIII.
A new Section 3.1(c) is hereby added to the Dynegy Inc. Dependent Care Spending Account Program, a Constituent Benefit Program under the Plan, to provide as follows:
“(c) For the Program Year beginning January 1, 2005, an Eligible Employee who is a Sithe Participant shall be eligible to participate in this Program as of the Closing Date.”
IX.
A new Section 4.1(c) is hereby added to the Dynegy Inc. Dependent Care Spending Account Program, a Constituent Benefit Program under the Plan, to provide as follows:
“(c) For the Program Year beginning on January 1, 2005, a Sithe Participant’s Participation Agreement shall be such Sithe Participant’s benefit election with respect to a Dependent Care Assistance Account under the Sithe Plan for the plan year beginning on January 1, 2005.”
X.
The third sentence of Section 5.1(a) of the Dynegy Inc. Dependent Care Spending Account Program, a Constituent Benefit Program under the Plan, is hereby revised to provide as follows:
“Benefits under the Program shall be paid only to the extent the Covered Employment Related Expenses were incurred by the Program Participant in the period for which the Program Participant actually participated in the Program; provided however, that for purposes of this provision, a Sithe Participant shall be deemed to have participated in the Program for the entire Program Year beginning January 1, 2005.”
XI.
Except as modified herein, the Plan shall remain in full force and effect.

 

-4-


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Third Amendment to the Plan to be executed this 28 th day of January 2005, to be effective as provided above.
         
  DYNEGY INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ J. Kevin Blodgett  
    Title: SVP, HR   

 

-5-

Exhibit 10.74
FOURTH AMENDMENT TO THE DYNEGY INC. COMPREHENSIVE WELFARE
BENEFITS PLAN
Effective 4/20/05
WHEREAS, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (the “Act”) and regulations promulgated thereunder at 45 C.F.R. Part 164, subpart C (“HIPAA Security Regulations”) impose certain obligations on group health plans and plan sponsors with respect to electronic protected health information;
WHEREAS, Section 8.1 of the Dynegy Inc. Comprehensive Welfare Benefits Plan, effective as of January 1, 2002, and as subsequently amended (the “Plan”), provides that Dynegy Inc. (the “Company”) may amend the Plan and any or all Constituent Benefit Programs incorporated therein; and
WHEREAS, effective April 20, 2005, the Company implemented its program of compliance with the HIPAA Security Regulations;
WHEREAS, reflecting such de facto compliance, the Company desires to formally adopt and execute an amendment to the Plan to comply with certain requirements of the HIPAA Security Regulations;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises above, effective April 20, 2005, Article XIV of the Plan shall be, and hereby is amended in the following respects:

 

 


 

I.
Section 14.1 of the Plan is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety by the following:
14.1 Purpose of Article .
The purpose of this Article XIV is to cause the Plan to comply with the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (the “Act”) and the regulations adopted thereunder at 45 C.F.R. Parts 160 and 164, subparts C and E (the “Regulations”). This Article is to be construed and interpreted in accordance with such purposes. Terms used in this Article shall have the meanings set forth in the Regulations. In the event of a conflict between a Plan definition of a term and that provided in the Regulations, the definition in the Regulations shall govern for purposes of this Article XIV.
II.
New subsections (11) and (12) are added to Section 14.4 of the Plan to provide as follows:
(11) The Company will implement administrative, physical, and technical safeguards that reasonably and appropriately protect the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of the electronic PHI that it creates, receives, maintains or transmits on behalf of the Plan (except with respect to enrollment and disenrollment information, SHI and PHI disclosed pursuant to an authorization under Section 164.508 of the Regulations) and shall ensure that any agents (including subcontractors) to whom it provides such electronic PHI agree to implement reasonable and appropriate security measures to protect such information; and
(12) The Company will report to the Plan any security incident of which it becomes aware.
III.
The following sentence is added to the end of 14.5(1) of the Plan:
The Company will ensure that the provisions of this Section 14.5 are supported by reasonable and appropriate security measures to the extent that the designees have access to electronic PHI.

 

2


 

IV.
A new Section 14.8 is added to the Plan to provide as follows:
14.8 Security Officer . The Company shall appoint a security officer for the Plan. The Company may remove the Plan’s then existing security officer at any time upon written notice provided that the Company has appointed a successor security officer for the Plan. Any security officer appointed for the Plan shall signify his or her consent to act as security officer for the Plan in writing to the Company. in general, the security officer shall have the responsibility to oversee all ongoing activities related to the development, implementation, maintenance of, and adherence to the Plan’s policies and procedures covering the security of, and access to electronic personal and protected health information in compliance with the federal and state laws and the Plan’s information security practices. The Plan security officer’s duties and responsibilities shall focus upon the operation and administration of the Plan (including activities conducted via the services of insurers, business associates, such as third-party administrators, COBRA vendors and utilization review organizations, and employees and agents of the Company) and the activities of the Company regarding the Plan in its capacity as sponsor of the Plan. In order to carry out such general powers, duties and responsibilities, the Plan’s security officer shall have such specific powers, duties and responsibilities as may be specified from time to time by the Company or its designee.
IV.
Except as modified herein, the Plan shall remain in full force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Fourth Amendment to the Plan to be executed this 6 day of September 2005, to be effective as provided above.
         
  DYNEGY INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ J. Kevin Blodgett  
    Title:   Sr VP Human Resources  

 

3

Exhibit 10.75
FIFTH AMENDMENT TO
DYNEGY INC.
COMPREHENSIVE WELFARE BENEFITS PLAN
WHEREAS, Dynegy Inc. (“Dynegy”) and certain of its affiliates have previously adopted the Dynegy Inc. Comprehensive Welfare Benefits Plan (the “Plan”) which includes components that are “group health plans” for purposes of the protected health information privacy rules enacted under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (the “Act”) and the regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Regulations”); and
WHEREAS, Dynegy desires to amend the Plan with regard to certain privacy requirements imposed under the Act and Regulations on behalf of itself and all affiliates; and
WHEREAS, the Plan is a “hybrid entity,” as such term is defined in section 164.103 of the Regulations, which has designated those of its components that constitute “health care components,” as such term is defined in section 164.103 of the Regulations, has documented such designation as required pursuant to section 164.105(c)(1) of the Regulations and has established adequate separation between such health care components and the non-health care components as required by section 164.504 of the Regulations such that the terms of this Plan amendment shall only apply with respect to the designated health care components of the Plan; and
WHEREAS, such designated health care components of the Plan consist of the following (as such components are identified on Appendix B to the Plan document): the Dynegy Inc. Group Medical Plan, the Dynegy Inc. Employee Assistance Plan, the Dynegy Inc. Health Care Spending Account Program; the Dynegy Inc. Health Care Spending Account Program for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement; and the medical benefits program of Medical and Group Term Life Insurance Plan for Retirees and Surviving Spouses;
NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan shall be and hereby is amended as follows, effective as hereinafter provided:
1. Effective as of April 14, 2003, Article XIV of the Plan is hereby amended in its entirety to provide as follows:

 

 


 

ARTICLE XIV
RESTRICTIONS REGARDING
PROTECTED HEALTH INFORMATION
14.1 Purpose of Article. The purpose of this Article XIV is to cause the Plan to comply with the Act and the Regulations. This Article is to be construed and interpreted in accordance with such purposes. Terms used in this Article shall have the meanings set forth in the Regulations. In the event of a conflict between a Plan definition of a term and that provided in the Regulations, the definition in the Regulations shall govern for purposes of this Article XIV.
14.2 Definitions. For purposes of this Article XIV, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
  (A)  
Act: The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996.
 
  (B)  
Benefit Plans Committee: The Dynegy Inc. Benefit Plans Committee.
 
  (C)  
Business Associate : individual or entity, other than an employee of the Employer, that provides services to the Plan, such as a third party administrator, COBRA vendor or utilization review organization.
 
  (D)  
Contact Person: The person appointed to serve as contact person pursuant to Section 14.8 and Article III of the Manual for purposes of complaints.
 
  (E)  
Health Component: Any of the health components of the Plan designated as such by the Benefit Plans Committee consisting of: the Dynegy Inc. Group Medical Plan; the Dynegy Inc. Employee Assistance Plan; the Dynegy Inc. Health Care Spending Account Program; the Dynegy Inc. Health Care Spending Account Program for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement; the medical benefits program of Medical and Group Term Life Insurance Plan for Retirees and Surviving Spouses; and any health maintenance organization offered as a benefit alternative under the Plan.
 
  (F)  
Manual: The Dynegy Inc. Comprehensive Welfare Benefits Plan Protected Health Information Policies and Procedures.

 

-2-


 

  (G)  
Non-Health Components: Components of the Plan other than the Health Components.
 
  (H)  
PHI: Individually identifiable health information which is protected pursuant to the Act and the Regulations.
 
  (H)  
Privacy Officer: The individual or entity appointed to serve as the Plan’s Privacy Officer pursuant to Section 14.7 and Article III of the Manual.
 
  (I)  
Regulations: The regulations promulgated pursuant to the Act at 45 C.F.R. Parts 160 and 164, Subpart E and, effective as of April 20, 2005, Subpart C.
 
  (J)  
Security Officer: Effective as of April 20, 2005, the individual or entity appointed to serve as the Plan’s Security Officer pursuant to Section 14.10.
 
  (K)  
SHI: Information that summarizes the claims history, claims expense or type of claims experienced by covered persons under the Plan as such term is described in Section 164.504 of the Regulations.
14.3 Provision of Information to the Employer Pursuant to Authorization . A Health Component may at any time disclose to and the Employer may receive from a Health Component PHI if such disclosure and use is pursuant to and in accordance with a valid authorization from the individual who is the subject of such information.
14.4 Provision of Summary Health Information to Employer. The Employer may receive from a Health Component and use PHI if the information consists solely of SHI and only if the Employer certifies to the fiduciaries of the Plan that the information is being requested for one or more of the following:
  (A)  
For the purpose of enabling the Employer to obtain premium bids from health insurers for providing health insurance coverage under the Health Component;
 
  (B)  
For purposes of determining whether and, if so, how to modify or amend the Health Component; or
 
  (C)  
For purposes of determining whether and, if so, how to terminate the Health Component, in whole or in part.

 

-3-


 

14.5 General Provision of Health Information to Employer. The Employer may receive from a Health Component and use PHI if (i) the Employer certifies in writing to the Plan’s fiduciaries that the Plan incorporates the restrictive provisions described in items (A) through (L) below with respect to its Health Components and the separation requirements described in Section 14.6 below and (ii) the Employer agrees to comply with the following restrictions and requirements regarding the PHI which is provided by a Health Component to the Employer:
  (A)  
The Employer will not use or further disclose the information other than as permitted or required by the Plan documents or as required by law or the Regulations as set forth in the Manual;
 
  (B)  
The Employer will ensure that any agents, including a subcontractor, to whom it provides PHI received from a Health Component agree to the same restriction and conditions that apply to the Employer with respect to such information;
 
  (C)  
The Employer will not use or disclose the information for employment-related actions and decisions or in connection with any other benefit or employee benefit plan of the Employer;
 
  (D)  
The Employer will report to the Plan any use or disclosure of the information that is inconsistent with the uses or disclosures provided for of which it becomes aware;
 
  (E)  
The Employer will make PHI available to Participants in accordance with Section 164.524 of the Regulations as set forth in the Manual;
 
  (F)  
The Employer will provide Participants with the right to amend their PHI and will incorporate any amendments to PHI in accordance with Section 164.526 of the Regulations as set forth in the Manual;
 
  (G)  
The Employer will provide to Participants an accounting of disclosures of their PHI for reasons other than treatment, payment or health’ care operations or pursuant to an authorization in accordance with Section 164.528 of the Regulations as set forth in the Manual;

 

-4-


 

  (H)  
The Employer will make its internal practices, books and records relating to the use and disclosure of PHI received from a Health Component available to the Secretary of Health and Human Services for purposes of determining compliance by the Health Component with the Regulations;
 
  (I)  
If feasible, the Employer will return or destroy all PHI received from a Health Component that the Employer still maintains in any form and retain no copies of such information when no longer needed for the purpose for which disclosure was made or if such return or destruction is not feasible, the Employer will limit further uses and disclosures to those purposes that make the return or destruction of the information infeasible;
 
  (J)  
The Employer will ensure the adequate separation required pursuant to Section 14.6 below;
 
  (K)  
Effective as of April 20, 2005, the Employer will implement administrative, physical, and technical safeguards that reasonably and appropriately protect the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of the electronic PHI that it creates, receives, maintains or transmits on behalf of the Plan (except with respect to enrollment and disenrollment information, SHI and PHI disclosed pursuant to an authorization under Section 164.508 of the Regulations) and shall ensure that any agents (including subcontractors) to whom it provides such electronic PHI agree to implement reasonable and appropriate security measures to protect such information; and
 
  (L)  
Effective as of April 20, 2005, the Employer will report to the Plan any security incident of which it becomes aware.
14.6 Adequate Separation . At all times, there shall be adequate separation between (i) the Health Components and the Employer and (ii) the Health Components and the Non-Health Components in accordance with the requirements imposed pursuant to Section 164.504(f)(2)(iii) and Section 164.105(a)(2)(ii) of the Regulations. In order to comply with such adequate separation requirements:
  (A)  
The only employees, classes of employees or other persons under the control of the Employer to be given access to PHI disclosed to the Employer or who receive PHI relating to treatment, payment under, health care operations of, or other matters pertaining to a Health Component in the ordinary course of business are those identified in new Appendix C to the Plan, a copy of which is attached hereto. Appendix C to the Plan may be revised and updated at the direction of the Privacy Officer. Effective as of April 20, 2005, the Employer will ensure that the provisions of this Section 14.5 are supported by reasonable and appropriate security measures to the extent that the designees have access to electronic PHI.

 

-5-


 

  (B)  
The access to and use by the Employer and the other individuals and entities described in item (A) above is restricted to (i) the Plan sponsor functions with respect to which the Firm is entitled to receive SHI pursuant to Section 14.4 above, (ii) uses and disclosures described in an authorization by a Plan Participant, (iii) uses and disclosures that are described to Plan Participants in the Plan’s notice of privacy practices and (iv) the Health Component administration functions that the Employer performs in connection with the operation and administration of the Health Component consisting of:
(i) Any of the following activities of the Health Component:
  (1)  
conducting quality assessment and improvement activities (provided that the obtaining of generalizable knowledge is not the primary purpose of any studies resulting from such activities) and related functions that do not include medical treatment;
 
  (2)  
evaluating health plan performance;
 
  (3)  
underwriting, premium rating, and other activities relating to the creation, renewal or replacement of a contract of health insurance or health benefits, and ceding, securing, or placing a contract for reinsurance of risk relating to claims for health care (including stop-loss insurance and excess of loss insurance), provided that the requirements of Section 164.514 of the Regulations are met, if applicable;

 

-6-


 

  (4)  
conducting or arranging for medical review, legal services, and auditing functions, including fraud and abuse detection and compliance programs;
 
  (5)  
business planning and development, such as conducting cost-management and planning-related analyses related to managing and operating the Health Component, including development or improvement of methods of payment or coverage policies; and
 
  (6)  
business management and general administrative activities of the Health Component, including, but not limited to management activities relating to implementation of and compliance with the requirements of the Act and the Regulations; Health Component participant service activities, including the provision of data analyses, provided that protected health information is not disclosed unless such disclosure is permissible under the Act and the Regulations; resolution of internal grievances; consistent with the applicable requirements of Section 164.514 of the Regulations, creation of deidentified health information.
(ii) Activities undertaken by the Health Component to obtain premiums or to determine or fulfill its responsibility for coverage and provision of benefits under the Health Component; or to obtain or provide reimbursement for the provision of health care; and the following activities to the extent they relate to the individual(s) to whom health care is provided by the Health Component:
  (1)  
determinations of eligibility or coverage (including coordination of benefits or the determination of cost sharing amounts), and adjudication or subrogation of health benefit claims;

 

-7-


 

  (2)  
risk adjusting amounts due based on enrollee health status and demographic characteristics;
 
  (3)  
billing, claims management, collection activities, obtaining payment under a contract for reinsurance (including stop-loss insurance and excess of loss insurance), and related health care data processing;
 
  (4)  
review of health care services with respect to medical necessity, coverage under the Health Component, appropriateness of care, or justification of charges;
 
  (5)  
utilization review activities, including precertification and preauthorization of services, concurrent and retrospective review of services; and
 
  (6)  
disclosure to consumer reporting agencies of any of the following protected health information relating to collection of premiums or reimbursement; name and address; date of birth; social security number; payment history; account number; and name and address of the health care provider and/or the Health Component.
  (C)  
In the event that any person described in item (A) of this section fails to comply with any of the requirements of this section or of section 14.5 above, the noncompliance shall be reported to the Plan’s Privacy Officer in a report describing the name of the noncompliant person and a summary of the details regarding such person’s noncompliance. Upon receipt of such report, the Plan’s Privacy Officer shall solicit a response from the person who has been reported as noncompliant giving such person the opportunity to contest the charge of noncompliance or to offer justification or other reasons why sanctions should not be imposed with respect to the noncompliance. The Plan’s Privacy Officer shall, after considering all details and facts and circumstances relating to an alleged act of noncompliance for which sanctions may be imposed pursuant to this item determine if a

 

-8-


 

sanction should be imposed (which sanction may range from a warning that subsequent acts of noncompliance may result in significant penalties to proposed dismissal from employment or termination of contract, as applicable). Upon determination of a sanction and if the sanction may be imposed under the authority of the Plan’s Privacy Officer, the sanction shall be imposed. If the sanction requires action of the Employer, the Plan’s Privacy Officer shall confer with the appropriate executives of the Employer. If the Employer, following consideration of a proposed sanction from the Plan’s Privacy Officer for noncompliance with the requirements of sections 14.5 and 14.6 by a person or entity, determines not to impose such sanction, the Employer shall advise the Plan’s Privacy Officer. In such event, the Plan’s Privacy Officer must consider and propose an alternative sanction for the noncompliant person or entity.
14.7 Privacy Officer . The Benefit Plans Committee shall appoint a Privacy Officer for the Plan. The Benefit Plans Committee may remove the Plan’s then existing Privacy Officer at any time upon written notice provided that the Benefit Plans Committee has appointed a successor Privacy Officer to serve and such successor Privacy Officer has consented to act as Privacy Officer for the Plan. The Plan Privacy Officer shall have the responsibility to oversee all ongoing activities related to the development, implementation, maintenance of, and adherence to the Plan’s policies and procedures covering the privacy of, and access to, personal health information in compliance with federal and state laws and the Plan’s information privacy practices. The Plan Privacy Officer’s duties and responsibilities focus upon the operation and administration of the Plan (including activities conducted via the services of insurers, business associates, such as third-party administrators, COBRA vendors and utilization review organizations, and employees and agents of the Employer) and the activities of the Employer regarding the Plan in its capacity as sponsor of the Plan. In order to carry out such general powers, duties and responsibilities, the Plan’s Privacy Officer shall have the following specific powers, duties and responsibilities:
  (A)  
To develop and propose to the Plan fiduciaries a protected health information policy for the Plan, which policy when adopted shall become the Privacy Policy.
 
  (B)  
To provide development guidance and assist in the identification, implementation, and maintenance of information privacy policies and procedures in coordination with management and administration, and legal counsel.

 

-9-


 

  (C)  
To perform initial and periodic information privacy risk assessments and conduct related ongoing compliance monitoring activities in coordination with information privacy compliance and operational assessment functions.
 
  (D)  
To work with legal counsel and management, key departments, and committees to ensure the Employer has and maintains appropriate privacy and confidentiality consent, authorization forms, and information notices and materials reflecting current organization and legal practices and requirements.
 
  (E)  
To oversee, direct, deliver or ensure delivery of initial and privacy training and orientation to all individuals in the Employer’s workforce who may have access to PHI in connection with the Plan.
 
  (F)  
To participate in the development, implementation, and ongoing compliance monitoring of all trading partner and business associate agreements as a means of ensuring that all privacy concerns, requirements, and responsibilities are addressed.
 
  (G)  
To track and monitor access to PHI within the Employer in connection with the operation and administration of the Plan and its sponsorship by the Employer.
 
  (H)  
To establish rules to determine when to allow qualified individuals to review or receive a report on PHI privacy activity.
 
  (I)  
To work cooperatively with the Human Resources Department and other applicable Employer offices/personnel in overseeing Plan Participants’ rights to inspect, amend and restrict access to PHI when appropriate.
 
  (J)  
To establish and administer a process for receiving, documenting, tracking, investigating and taking action on all complaints concerning privacy policies and procedures in coordination and collaboration with other similar functions and, when necessary, with legal counsel.
 
  (K)  
To ensure compliance with privacy practices and consistent application of sanctions for failure to comply with Plan privacy policies for all individuals in the Employer’s workforce.

 

-10-


 

  (L)  
To initiate, facilitate and promote activities to foster information privacy awareness within the Employer.
 
  (M)  
To review all system-related information security plans throughout the Employer’s network to ensure alignment between security and privacy practices and to act as a liaison to the information systems department.
 
  (N)  
To work with all Employer personnel and Business Associates to ensure full coordination and cooperation under the Plan’s privacy policies and procedures and legal requirements.
 
  (O)  
To maintain current knowledge of applicable federal and state privacy laws and monitor advancements in information privacy technologies to ensure organizational adaptation and compliance.
14.8 Contact Person. As provided in the Manual, the Benefit Plans Committee shall appoint a Contact Person (which may be the same individual, office or entity as is serving as the Privacy Officer). The Benefit Plans Committee may remove the Plan’s then existing Contact Person at any time upon written notice provided that if the Benefit Plans Committee has not appointed a successor Contact Person to serve, the Privacy Officer shall serve as the Contact Person. The Contact Person shall have the duties and responsibilities set forth in the Manual.
14.9 Disciplinary Proceedings. The purpose of this Section 14.9 is to establish appropriate disciplinary sanctions and proceedings with respect to failures to comply with the privacy standards established by the Act and the Regulations or the policies and procedures set forth in the Manual. Any complaint brought pursuant to the Plan’s complaint procedure which involves an alleged failure to comply with HIPAA, the Regulations, the terms of this Amendment or the Manual shall be referred to the Privacy Officer for consideration as to disciplinary sanctions and proceedings under this Section 14.9. Similarly, if the Privacy Officer becomes aware of any other failure to comply with HIPAA, the Regulations, the terms of this amendment or the Manual, the Privacy Officer shall consider whether such matter is appropriate for disciplinary sanctions and proceedings under this Section 14.9. If the complaint or other failure involves the actions of a Business Associate, the appropriate disciplinary sanctions and proceedings shall be conducted under the terms of the Business Associate agreement. If the complaint or other failure involves the actions of the individuals responsible for the administration of the Plan identified in Section 14.6(A) the appropriate disciplinary sanctions and proceedings will be conducted under Section 14.6(C). If the complaint or other failure involves the actions of any other

 

-11-


 

employee or any agent of the Employer, the appropriate disciplinary sanctions and proceedings shall be conducted under this Section 14.9. In the case of either an unresolved complaint or other failure described in Section 14.5(A), the Privacy Officer shall solicit a response from the person or agent who has been reported as noncompliant, giving the person or agent the opportunity to contest the charge of noncompliance or to offer justification or other reasons why disciplinary sanctions should not be imposed with respect to the noncompliance. The Privacy Officer shall, after considering all details and facts and circumstances relating to such an alleged act of noncompliance, determine if a disciplinary sanction is warranted (which sanction may range from a warning to dismissal from employment, or in the case of an agent, termination of the agency agreement). Upon determination of a disciplinary sanction and if the sanction may be imposed under the authority of the Privacy Officer, the disciplinary sanction shall be imposed. If the disciplinary sanction requires approval of the Employer, the Privacy Officer shall confer with the appropriate managers of the Employer. If the Employer, following consideration of a recommended disciplinary sanction from the Privacy Officer, determines not to impose such disciplinary sanction, the Employer shall advise the Privacy Officer. In such event, the Privacy Officer must consider and propose an alternative disciplinary sanction for the noncompliant person or agent. The Privacy Officer shall ensure that the imposed disciplinary sanction is adequately communicated to the violator and is enforced. In the event that a disciplinary sanction triggers any rights of appeal (for instance, under a collective bargaining agreement), all such rights of appeal shall be available to the violator. In the case of any such appeal proceedings, the identity of the individual whose privacy rights were violated shall be removed to the extent feasible.
14.10 Security Officer . Effective as of April 20, 2005, the Benefit Plans Committee shall appoint a Security Officer for the Plan. The Benefit Plans Committee may remove the Plan’s then existing Security Officer at any time upon written notice provided that the Benefit Plans Committee has appointed a successor Security Officer for the Plan. In general, the Security Officer shall have the responsibility to oversee all ongoing activities related to the development, implementation, maintenance of, and adherence to the Plan’s policies and procedures covering the security of, and access to electronic personal and protected health information in compliance with the federal and state laws and the Plan’s information security practices. The Plan Security Officer’s duties and responsibilities shall focus upon the operation and administration of the Plan (including activities conducted via the services of insurers, business associates, such as third-party administrators, COBRA vendors and utilization review organizations, and employees and agents of the Employer) and the activities of the Employer regarding the Plan in its capacity as sponsor of the Plan. In order to carry out such general powers, duties and responsibilities, the Plan’s security officer shall have such specific powers, duties and responsibilities as may be specified from time to time by the Employer or its designee.

 

-12-


 

14.11 Implementation Authority. The Employer shall have the authority to enter into and enforce on behalf of the Plan such contracts and agreements (including, specifically, Business Associate agreements) as may be appropriate or necessary to cause the Plan to satisfy its obligations under HIPAA and the Regulations.
14.12 Indemnification. The Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless each employee of the Employer who is identified in Section 14.6(A) as a person who to be given access to or receive PHI against any and all expenses and liabilities arising’ out of such employee’s administrative functions or fiduciary responsibilities in connection with violations of HIPAA and the Regulations, including but not limited to, any expenses and liabilities that are caused by or result from an act or omission constituting the negligence of such employee in the performance of such functions or responsibilities, but excluding expenses and liabilities arising out of such employee’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct. Expenses against which such person shall be indemnified include, but are not limited to, the amounts of any settlement, judgment, costs, counsel fees, and related charges reasonably incurred in connection with a claim asserted or a proceeding brought. This Section shall not, however, apply to, and the Employer shall not indemnify against, any expense that was incurred without the consent or approval of the Employer, unless such consent or approval has been waived in writing by the Employer.”

 

-13-


 

2. Effective as of January 1, 2006, Article V of the Dynegy Inc. Health Care Spending Account Program, a Constituent Benefit Program under the Plan, is hereby amended by adding new Section 5.7 to provide as follows:
“5.7 Grace Period For Program Benefits. Notwithstanding any provision of the Program to the contrary, amounts remaining credited to a Program Participant’s Health Care Spending Account at the close of a Program Year may be used to reimburse Covered Health Care Expenses incurred during the period beginning immediately after the close of such Program Year and ending two months and fifteen days after the close of such Program Year (the “Grace Period”) under the following conditions:
(a)  Applicability. In order for an individual to be reimbursed for Covered Health Care Expenses during a Grace Period from amounts credited to a Program Participant’s Health Care Spending Account at the close of the Program Year to which such Grace Period relates (“Prior Program Year Health Care Spending Account Amounts”), such individual must be either (1) a Program Participant who has a Participation Agreement in effect on the last day of the Program Year or (2) a “qualified beneficiary” (as such term is defined under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”)) who has COBRA continuation coverage under the Program on the last day of the Program Year.
(b)  No Cash-Out or Conversion. Prior Program Year Health Care Spending Account Amounts may not be cashed out or converted to any other taxable or nontaxable benefit.
(c) Reimbursement of Grace Period Expenses. Covered Health Care Expenses incurred during a Grace Period and determined to be reimbursable by the Plan Administrator will be reimbursed and charged first against any available Prior Program Year Health Care Spending Account Amounts and then against any amounts that are available to reimburse Covered Health Care Expenses incurred during the current Program Year. All claims for reimbursement under the Program will be paid in the order in which they are approved by the Plan Administrato. Once paid, a claim will not be reprocessed or otherwise recharacterized so as to pay it (or treat it as paid) from amounts attributable to a different Program Year.
(d) Run-Out Period and Forfeitures. Claims for reimbursement of Covered Health Care Expenses incurred during a Program Year or its related Grace Period must be submitted no later than the April 30 following the close of the Program Year in order to be reimbursed from Prior Program Year Health Care Spending Account Amounts. Any Prior Program Year Health Care Spending Account Amounts that remain after all the reimbursements have been made for a Program Year and its related Grace Period shall not be carried over to reimburse the Program Participant for expenses incurred after the Grace Period ends. The Program Participant shall forfeit all rights with respect to such amounts and shall be subject to the Program’s provisions regarding forfeitures in Section 5.6.”

 

-14-


 

3. Effective as of January 1, 2006, Article V of the Dynegy Inc. Dependent Care Spending Account Program, a Constituent Benefit Program under the Plan, is hereby amended by adding new Section 5.7 to provide as follows:
“5.7 Grace Period For Program Benefits. Notwithstanding any provision of the Program to the contrary, amounts remaining credited to a Program Participant’s Dependent Care Spending Account at the close of a Program Year may be used to reimburse Covered Employment Related Expenses incurred during the period beginning immediately after the close of such Program Year and ending two months and fifteen days after the close of such Program Year (the “Grace Period”) under the following conditions:
(a) Applicability. In order for an individual to be reimbursed for Covered Employment Related Expenses during a Grace Period from amounts credited to a Program Participant’s Dependent Care Spending Account at the close of the Program Year to which such Grace Period relates (“Prior Program Year Dependent Care Spending Account Amounts”), such individual must be a Program Participant who has a Participation Agreement in effect on the last day of the Program Year.
(b) No Cash-Out or Conversion. Prior Program Year Dependent Care Spending Account Amounts may not be cashed out or converted to any other taxable or nontaxable benefit
(c) Reimbursement of Grace Period. Expenses-Covered Employment Related Expenses incurred during a Grace Period and determined to be reimbursable by the Plan Administrator will be reimbursed and charged first against any available Prior Program Year Dependent Care Spending Account Amounts and then against any amounts that are available to reimburse Covered Employment Related Expenses incurred during the current Program Year. All claims for reimbursement under the Program will be paid in the order in which they are approved by the Plan Administrator. Once paid, a claim will not be reprocessed or otherwise recharacterized so as to pay it (or treat it as paid) from amounts attributable to a different Program Year.

 

-15-


 

(d) Run-Out Period and Forfeitures. Claims for reimbursement of Covered Employment Related Expenses incurred during a Program Year or its related Grace Period must be submitted no later than the April 30 following the close of the Program Year in order to be reimbursed from Prior Program Year Dependent Care Spending Account Amounts. Any Prior Program Year Dependent Care Spending Account Amounts that remain after all the reimbursements have been made for a Program Year and its related Grace Period shall not be carried over to reimburse the Program Participant for expenses incurred after the Grace Period ends. The Program Participant shall forfeit all rights with respect to such amounts and shall be subject to the Program’s provisions regarding forfeitures in Section 5.6.”
4. Effective as of January 1, 2006, Article V of the Dynegy Inc. Health Care Spending Account Program For Employees Covered Under A Collective Bargaining Agreement, a Constituent Benefit Program under the Plan, is hereby amended by adding new Section 5.7 to provide as follows:
“5.7 Grace Period For Program Benefits. Notwithstanding any provision of the Program to the contrary, amounts remaining credited to a Program Participant’s Health Care Spending Account at the close of a Program Year may be used to reimburse Covered Health Care Expenses incurred during the period beginning immediately after the close of such Program Year and ending two months and fifteen days after the close of such Program Year (the “Grace Period”) under the following conditions:
(a) Applicability. In order for an individual to be reimbursed for Covered Health Care Expenses during a Grace Period from amounts credited to a Program Participant’s Health Care Spending Account at the close of the Program Year to which such Grace Period relates (“Prior Program Year Health Care Spending Account Amounts”), such individual must be either (1) a Program Participant who has a Participation Agreement in effect on the last day of the Program Year or (2) a “qualified beneficiary” (as such term is defined under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”)) who has COBRA continuation coverage under the Program on the last day of the Program Year.

 

-16-


 

(b)  No Cash-Out or Conversion . Prior Program Year Health Care Spending Account Amounts may not be cashed out or converted to any other taxable or nontaxable benefit.
(c)  Reimbursement of Grace Period Expenses. Covered Health Care Expenses incurred during a Grace Period and determined to be reimbursable by the Plan Administrator will be reimbursed and charged first against any available Prior Program Year Health Care Spending Account Amounts and then against any amounts that are available to reimburse Covered Health Care Expenses incurred during the current Program Year. All claims for reimbursement under the Program will be paid in the order in which they are approved by the Plan Administrator. Once paid, a claim will not be reprocessed or otherwise recharacterized so as to pay it (or treat it as paid) from amounts attributable to a different Program Year.
(d)  Run-Out Period and Forfeitures. Claims for reimbursement of Covered Health Care Expenses incurred during a Program Year or its related Grace Period must be submitted no later than the April 30 following the close of the Program Year in order to be reimbursed from Prior Program Year Health Care Spending Account Amounts. Any Prior Program Year Health Care Spending Account Amounts that remain after all the reimbursements have been made for a Program Year and its related Grace Period shall not be carried over to reimburse the Program Participant for expenses incurred after the Grace Period ends except as provided under Section 5.6(b). The Program Participant shall forfeit all rights with respect to such amounts and such amounts shall be applied as provided under Section 5.6(b).”
5. Effective as of January 1, 2006, Article V of the Dynegy Inc. Dependent Care Spending Account Program For Employees Covered Under A Collective Bargaining Agreement, a Constituent Benefit Program under the Plan, is hereby amended by adding new Section 5.7 to provide as follows:
“5.7 Grace Period For Program Benefits. Notwithstanding any provision of the Program to the contrary, amounts remaining credited to a Program Participant’s Dependent Care Spending Account at the close of a Program Year may be used to reimburse Covered Employment Related Expenses incurred during the period beginning immediately after the close of such Program Year and ending two months and fifteen days after the close of such Program Year (the “Grace Period”) under the following conditions:
(a) Applicability. In order for an individual to be reimbursed for Covered Employment Related Expenses during a Grace Period from amounts credited to a Program Participant’s Dependent Care Spending Account at the close of the Program Year to which such Grace Period relates (“Prior Program Year Dependent Care Spending Account Amounts”), such individual must be a Program Participant who has a Participation Agreement in effect on the last day of the Program Year.

 

-17-


 

(b)  No Cash-Out or Conversion. Prior Program Year Dependent Care Spending Account Amounts may not be cashed out or converted to any other taxable or nontaxable benefit.
(c)  Reimbursement of Grace Period Expenses. Covered Employment Related Expenses incurred during a Grace Period and determined to be reimbursable by the Plan Administrator will be reimbursed and charged first against any available Prior Program Year Dependent Care Spending Account Amounts and then against any amounts that are available to reimburse Covered Employment Related Expenses incurred during the current Program Year. All claims for reimbursement under the Program will be paid in the order in which they are approved by the Plan Administrator. Once paid, a claim will not be reprocessed or otherwise recharacterized so as to pay it (or treat it as paid) from amounts attributable to a different Program Year.
(d)  Run-Out Period and Forfeitures. Claims for reimbursement of Covered Employment Related Expenses incurred during a Program Year or its related Grace Period must be submitted no later than the April 30 following the close of the Program Year in order to be reimbursed from Prior Program Year Dependent Care Spending Account Amounts. Any Prior Program Year Dependent Care Spending Account Amounts that remain after all the reimbursements have been made for a Program Year and its related Grace Period shall not be carried over to reimburse the Program Participant for expenses incurred after the Grace Period ends. The Program Participant shall forfeit all rights with respect to such amounts and shall be subject to the Program’s provisions regarding forfeitures in Section 5.6.”
6. As amended hereby, the Plan is specifically ratified and reaffirmed.

 

-18-


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Fifth Amendment to the Plan to be executed this 18 th day of May 2006, to be effective as provided above.
         
  DYNEGY INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]    
    Title :  Chairman, BPC  

 

-19-


 

         
Appendix C
Dynegy Inc. Comprehensive Welfare Benefits Plan
Employees and Other Individuals to be Given Access to PHI
1.  
Individuals employed by or providing services to the division of the Employer’s Human Resources Department that deals with the administration and processing of benefit claims under the Health Components;
 
2.  
The Benefit Plans Committee;
 
3.  
The Privacy Officer;
 
4.  
The Contact Person;
 
5.  
Personnel in the Employer’s payroll and information systems departments who may receive information as to whether an individual is enrolled in the Plan or has disenrolled;
 
6.  
Effective as of April 20, 2005, the Security Officer.

 

 

Exhibit 10.77
DYNEGY NORTHEAST GENERATION, INC.
COMPREHENSIVE WELFARE BENEFITS PLAN
Effective as of January 1, 2002

 

 


 

Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc.
Comprehensive Welfare Benefits Plan
WHEREAS, Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. (the “Company”) has established the welfare benefit plans identified as the prior plans on Appendix A hereto (the “Prior Plans”) for the benefit of their eligible employees; and
WHEREAS, the Company desires to consolidate the Prior Plans into a single comprehensive welfare benefit plan in the form of this Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Comprehensive Welfare Benefits Plan (the “Plan”) intending thereby to provide an uninterrupted and continuing program of benefits;
NOW, THEREFORE, the Prior Plans are merged into and consolidated with the Plan such that each such Prior Plan transfers to the Plan its benefit liability obligations and assets effective as of January 1, 2002 and the Plan accepts and assumes such benefit liability obligations and assets effective as of January 1, 2002 and each such Prior Plan becomes a part of and a “Constituent Benefit Program” under, the Plan forming a single comprehensive welfare benefit plan as follows, effective as of January 1, 2002:

 

-i-

 

 


 

         
Table of Contents
       
         
I. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION
    1  
 
       
1.1 Definitions
    1  
1.2 Number and Gender
    3  
1.3 Headings
    3  
1.4 Reference to Plan Includes Constituent Benefit Programs
    3  
1.5 Inconsistent Provisions in Constituent Benefit Program Documents
    3  
1.6 Effect Upon Other Plans
    3  
 
       
II. ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE OF THE PLAN
    4  
 
       
2.1 Establishment and Purpose of the Plan
    4  
2.2 Intention to be Welfare Benefit Plan
    4  
23 Incorporation of Constituent Benefit Programs
    4  
 
       
III. PARTICIPATION AND DEPENDENT COVERAGE
    5  
 
       
3.1 Eligible Employee Coverage
    5  
3.2 Eligible Dependent Coverage
    5  
3.3 Enrollment Without Regard to Medicaid Eligibility
    6  
3.4 Special Enrollment Periods
    6  
 
       
IV. THIRD PARTY LIABILITY
    7  
 
       
4.1 Effect of Article
    7  
4.2 Third Party Liability is Primary as to Covered Expenses
    7  
4.3 Plan’s Rights of Reimbursement For Covered Expenses Previously Paid
    7  
4.4 Plan’s Exclusion of Coverage For Future Covered Expenses
    7  
4.5 Plan’s Rights of Independent Legal Action
    7  
4.6 Attorney Fees, Costs and Expenses
    8  
4.7 Obligations of Participants
    8  
4.8 Limitations on Plan’s Rights of Reimbursement
    8  
 
       
V. BENEFIT CLAIMS PROCEDURE
    9  
 
       
5.1 Claims For Benefits
    9  
5.2 Definitions
    9  
5.3 Filing of Benefit Claim
    10  
5.4 Processing of Benefit Claim
    11  
5.5 Notification of Adverse Benefit Determination
    12  
5.6 Timing of Adverse Benefit Determination Notification Regarding Health Benefit Claims
    12  
5.7 Timing of Adverse Benefit Determination Notification Regarding Disability Benefit Claims
    14  
5.8 Timing of Adverse Benefit Determination Regarding Non-Health And Disability Claims
    14  
5.9 Review of Adverse Benefit Determination Regarding Health or Disability Benefit Claims
    15  
5.10 Review of Adverse Benefit Determination Regarding Non-Health and Disability Benefit Claims
    16  
5.11 Notification of Benefit Determination on Review
    16  

 

-ii-


 

         
5.12 Timing of Notification Regarding Review of Health Benefit Claims
    17  
5.13 Timing of Notification Regarding Review of Disability Benefit Claims
    18  
5.14 Timing of Notification Regarding Review of Non-Health or Disability Claims
    18  
5.15 Exhaustion of Administrative Remedies
    18  
5.16 Payment of Benefits
    18  
5.17 Authorized Representatives
    19  
 
       
VI. FUNDING OF PLAN
    20  
 
       
6.1 Source of Benefits
    20  
6.2 Participant Contributions
    20  
6.3 HMO Premiums
    20  
6.4 Insurance Premiums
    20  
6.5 Trust
    20  
 
       
VII. ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN
    21  
 
       
7.1 Plan Administrator
    21  
7.2 Discretion to Interpret Plan
    21  
7.3 Powers and Duties
    21  
7.4 Expenses
    22  
7.5 Right to Delegate
    22  
7.6 Reliance on Reports, Certificates, and Participant Information
    23  
7.7 Indemnification
    23  
7.8 Fiduciary Duty
    23  
7.9 Compensation and Bond
    23  
 
       
VIII. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN
    24  
 
       
8.1 Right to Amend
    24  
8.2 Right to Terminate
    24  
8.3 Effect of Amendment Or Termination
    24  
8.4 Delegation to Benefit Plans Committee
    24  
8.5 Effect of Oral Statements
    24  
 
       
IX. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
    25  
 
       
9.1 No Guarantee of Employment
    25  
9.2 Payments to Minors and Incompetents
    25  
9.3 No Vested Right to Benefits
    25  
9.4 Nonalienation of Benefits
    25  
9.5 Unknown Whereabouts
    26  
9.6 Participating Employers
    26  
9.7 Notice and Filing
    26  
9.8 Incorrect Information, Fraud, Concealment, or Error
    27  
9.9 Medical Responsibilities
    27  
9.10 Compromise of Claims
    27  
9.11 Electronic Administration
    27  
9.12 Tax Payments
    27  
9.13 Compensation and Bond
    28  
9.14 Jurisdiction
    28  
9.15 Severability
    28  

 

-iii-


 

         
X. QUALIFIED MEDICAL CHILD SUPPORT ORDERS
    29  
 
       
XI. COBRA CONTINUATION COVERAGE
    30  
 
       
XII. FMLA COVERAGE
    31  
 
       
XIII. USERRA
    32  
 
       
XIV. RESTRICTIONS REGARDING PROTECTED HEALTH INFORMATION
    33  
 
       
14.1 Purpose of Article
    33  
14.2 Provision of Information to the Company Pursuant to Authorization
    33  
14.3 Provision of Summary Health Information to Company
    33  
14.4 General Provision of Health Information to Company
    33  
14.5 Adequate Separation
    35  
14.6 Privacy Officer
    36  
14.7 Coverage and Effective Date
    38  
 
       
APPENDIX A
    A-1  
 
       
APPENDIX B
    B-1  

 

-iv-


 

I.
Definitions and Construction
1.1 Definitions . Where the following words and phrases appear in the Plan, they shall have the respective meanings set forth below, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary:
(1)  
Administrative Services Agreement : The agreement(s) entered into with each individual or entity providing administrative services with respect to one or more Constituent Benefit Programs.
 
(2)  
Administrative Services Provider : Any individual or entity operating under an Administrative Services Agreement to provide administrative services with respect to any benefits offered under one or more of the Constituent Benefit Programs.
 
(3)  
Board : The board of directors of the Company.
 
(4)  
Cafeteria Plan : The cafeteria plan, if any, established by the Employer under section 125 of the Code.
 
(5)  
Code : The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
(6)  
Benefit Plans Committee : The Committee to which the Board has delegated certain Plan sponsor powers.
 
(7)  
Company : Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc.
 
(8)  
Compensation : Unless otherwise specifically provided in a Constituent Benefit Program, the annual base pay paid by the Employer to or for the benefit of a Participant for services performed for the Employer.
 
(9)  
Condition : Any sickness, injury, or other mental or physical disability giving rise to the payment of benefits under the Plan.
 
(10)  
Constituent Benefit Programs : The benefit programs listed on Appendix B to the Plan, as such programs and such Appendix B may be amended from time to time.
 
(11)  
Constituent Benefit Program Document(s) : The written document(s) setting forth the terms of the applicable Constituent Benefit Program, including, but not limited to, the benefits provided, the eligibility and enrollment requirements, the conditions of dependent coverage, if applicable, the termination of coverage, and the terms and conditions of benefit payments under each Constituent Benefit Program, as may be amended from time to time. Appendix B describes the Constituent Benefit Program Document or Constituent Benefit Program Documents for each Constituent Benefit Program. Appendix B also describes which Employers maintain which Constituent Benefit Programs for their Eligible Employees.
 
(12)  
Covered Eligible Dependent : Each Eligible Dependent who is covered under the Plan pursuant to Section 3.2.

 

-1-


 

(13)  
Effective Date : January l, 2002, except as otherwise stated herein and except that provisions of the Plan required to have an earlier effective date by applicable statute and/or regulation shall be effective as of the required effective date in such statute and/or regulation.
 
(14)  
Eligible Dependent : With respect to an Eligible Employee, each person who by virtue of a relationship to such Eligible Employee is eligible for coverage under a Constituent Benefit Program.
 
(15)  
Eligible Employee : Each individual who is eligible for coverage under a Constituent Benefit Program because of current or former employment with the Employer. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, no individual who is designated, compensated, or otherwise classified or treated by the Employer as an independent contractor, leased employee, or other non-common law employee shall be an Eligible Employee, unless a Constituent Benefit Program specifically and expressly provides otherwise.
 
(16)  
Employer : The Company and each Participating Employer.
 
(17)  
ERISA : The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
 
(18)  
Group Health Plan : Each Constituent Benefit Program, which is a group health plan within the meaning of section 5000(b)(l) of the Code, and/or a group health plan within the meaning of section 607(1) of ERISA, as applicable, and for purposes of Article XII, is either a group health plan within the meaning of section 5000(b)(l) of the Code or any Constituent Benefit Program designated by the Employer as a “Group Health Plan” for purposes of FMLA Leave.
 
(19)  
HMO : Any health maintenance organization or similar organization or network of individuals or organizations that has contracted to provide medical, dental, and/or other health-related benefits to Participants and Covered Eligible Dependents.
 
(20)  
Insured Constituent Benefit Program : Each Constituent Benefit Program whose benefits are provided by an Insurer.
 
(21)  
Insurer : Any insurance company that has contracted to provide benefits under a Constituent Benefit Program.
 
(22)  
Participant : Each Eligible Employee who is a participant in the Plan pursuant to Article III and, where reference is appropriate, each Covered Eligible Dependent.
 
(23)  
Participating Employer : Any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, or any other entity permitted by law to do so, that has been designated by the Company as a participating employer and participates in the Plan with respect to one or more Constituent Benefit Programs.
 
(24)  
Plan : The Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Comprehensive Welfare Benefits Plan.

 

-2-


 

(25)  
Plan Administrator : An individual, committee or entity appointed by the Board to perform, in a fiduciary capacity as administrative fiduciary, certain identified duties and responsibilities with respect to the administration of the Plan and/or a Constituent Benefit Program.
 
(26)  
Plan Year : The twelve-consecutive month period commencing on January 1 of each year.
 
(27)  
Recovery : An amount obtained by or for the benefit of a Participant or Covered Eligible Dependent from a Third Party, such Third Party’s liability carrier, or in the case of uninsured or underinsured motorist coverage, from such Participant’s or Covered Eligible Dependent’s automobile insurance carrier because of a Condition for which a Third Party is legally liable. In the case of a Recovery which, in whole or in part, includes assets other than cash or cash equivalents, the Plan Administrator shall determine the monetary value thereof.
 
(28)  
Third Party : Any individual or entity who or which is or may be liable to a Participant or Covered Eligible Dependent for a Condition or for payment of damages or expenses related to a Condition.
1.2 Number and Gender . Wherever appropriate herein, words used in the singular shall be considered to include the plural and words used in the plural shall be considered to include the singular. The masculine gender, where appearing in the Plan, shall be deemed to include the feminine gender.
1.3 Headings . The headings of Articles and Sections herein are included solely for convenience. If there is any conflict between such headings and the text of the Plan, the text shall control. All references to Sections, Articles, Paragraphs, and Clauses are to this document unless otherwise indicated.
1.4 Reference to Plan Includes Constituent Benefit Programs . Any reference herein to the Plan includes each Constituent Benefit Program unless otherwise indicated, irrespective of the fact that certain references herein specifically are to the Constituent Benefit Programs.
1.5 Inconsistent Provisions in Constituent Benefit Program Documents . In the event that any term, provision, implication, or statement in a Constituent Benefit Program Document conflicts with, contradicts, or renders ambiguous a term, provision, implication, or statement in this document, such term, provision, implication, or statement in this document shall control.
1.6 Effect Upon Other Plans . Except to the extent provided herein, nothing in the Plan shall be construed to affect the provisions of any other plan maintained by the Employer.

 

-3-


 

II.
Establishment and Purpose of the Plan
2.1 Establishment and Purpose of the Plan . The Company has adopted and established the Plan for the purpose of providing the benefits under and coordinating the administration of the Constituent Benefit Programs, which provide certain health, accident, life, disability, and other welfare benefits for the Eligible Employees of the Employer.
2.2 Intention to be Welfare Benefit Plan . The Plan is intended to be a program of benefits constituting an employee welfare benefit plan within the meaning of section 3(1) of ERISA and the regulations promulgated thereunder to the extent the benefits provided by each individual Constituent Benefit Program so permit. If any benefits provided under a Constituent Benefit Program are determined to be other than benefits that are eligible to constitute an employee welfare benefit plan within the meaning of section 3(1) of ERISA, such determination shall not prevent the remainder of the Plan from qualifying as an employee welfare benefit plan within the meaning of such section.
2.3 Incorporation of Constituent Benefit Programs . The Constituent Benefit Programs and the Constituent Benefit Program Documents in their entirety, as each may be amended from time to time, are incorporated by reference herein and made a part of the Plan. No Constituent Benefit Program is intended to be, nor will any be interpreted to be, a separate employee benefit plan, except that for the purpose of determining whether the Plan or any Constituent Benefit Program is a “group health plan” subject to or exempt from any law made applicable to “group health plans,” each Constituent Benefit Program will be considered to be a separate plan or “group health plan,” and the fact that one Constituent Benefit Program will be subject to or exempt from such law will not cause any other Constituent Benefit Program to be so subject to or exempt from such law.

 

-4-


 

III.
Participation and Dependent Coverage
3.1 Eligible Employee Coverage .
(a) Each Eligible Employee shall become a Participant in the Plan coincident with the date such Eligible Employee becomes enrolled in and covered under one or more of the Constituent Benefit Programs.
(b) The rules pertaining to eligibility for, enrollment and reenrollment in, coverage under and amendment of coverage under, and termination of coverage of Eligible Employees in a Constituent Benefit Program vary for each Constituent Benefit Program and are set forth in the respective Constituent Benefit Program Document. Enrollment and coverage of an Eligible Employee in a Constituent Benefit Program shall be subject to any required premium payment applicable to such coverage and any and all other terms and conditions set forth in the applicable Constituent Benefit Program Document.
(c) Except as otherwise specifically provided by the Plan, an Eligible Employee shall cease to be a Participant in the Plan upon the day following the earliest to occur of the date he is no longer enrolled in and covered under at least one Constituent Benefit Program or the effective date of termination of the Plan. If an Eligible Employee ceases to be a Participant in the Plan, he shall be entitled to recommence such participation in accordance with Paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 3.1 provided that the Plan has not terminated.
3.2 Eligible Dependent Coverage .
(a) Each Eligible Dependent shall become a Covered Eligible Dependent under the Plan coincident with the date such Eligible Dependent becomes enrolled in and covered under at least one Constituent Benefit Program.
(b) The rules pertaining to eligibility for, enrollment and reenrollment in, coverage under and amendment of coverage under, and termination of coverage of Eligible Dependents in a Constituent Benefit Program vary for each Constituent Benefit Program and are set forth in the respective Constituent Benefit Program Document. Enrollment and coverage of an Eligible Dependent in a Constituent Benefit Program shall be subject to any required premium payment applicable to such coverage and any and all other terms and conditions set forth in the applicable Constituent Benefit Program Document.
(c) Coverage of a Covered Eligible Dependent of a Participant shall terminate upon the day following the earliest to occur of the date such Participant ceases to be enrolled in and covered under at least one Constituent Benefit Program or the effective date of the termination of the Plan. If coverage of a Covered Eligible Dependent under the Plan terminates, such Eligible Dependent shall be entitled again to be covered under the Plan in accordance with Paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 3.5 provided that the Plan has not terminated.

 

-5-


 

3.3 Enrollment Without Regard To Medicaid Eligibility . Contrary Plan provisions notwithstanding, each Group Health Plan shall enroll an individual in the Plan without regard to the fact that such individual is eligible for, or is provided medical assistance under, a state plan for medical assistance approved under title XIX of the Social Security Act, but only to the extent any such Group Health Plan is subject to such mandate by law.
3.4 Special Enrollment Periods . Contrary Plan provisions notwithstanding, each Group Health Plan shall permit an individual to enroll under the conditions, and during the periods, set forth in section 701(f) of ERISA.

 

-6-


 

IV.
Third Party Liability
4.1 Effect of Article . The provisions of this Article IV shall apply only with respect to a Constituent Benefit Program which is a Group Health Plan and shall supercede and replace entirely any and all provisions of such Plan’s Constituent Benefit Program Document which pertain to reimbursement or subrogation rights.
4.2 Third Party Liability Is Primary As to Covered Expenses . The Plan shall not be primarily responsible or liable for the payment of Covered Expenses incurred by a Participant or because of a Condition caused by the fault of a Third Party. Accordingly and in accordance with the provisions of this Article IV, the Plan shall be and is entitled to the benefit of any Recovery or right of Recovery which a Participant may have which relates to a Condition for which a Third Party was, is or may become liable without regard to any characterization between such Third Party and the Participant, a court, a jury or any other person or entity of such liability as being predicated upon pain and suffering, mental anguish, punitive damages, wrongful death or any other basis other than for medical or other welfare benefits and without regard to whether the liability of such Third Party is reduced to a Recovery as a result of legal proceedings, arbitration, compromise settlement or otherwise.
4.3 Plan’s Rights of Reimbursement For Covered Expenses Previously Paid . If the Plan has paid Covered Expenses of a Participant because of a Condition caused by the fault of a Third Party and Recovery is obtained by the Participant with respect to such Condition, the Participant shall be obligated to reimburse the Plan for all such Covered Expenses which were paid by the Plan provided, however, that the Participant shall have no obligation of reimbursement in excess of the total amount of such Recovery.
4.4 Plan’s Exclusion of Coverage For Future Covered Expenses . If a Condition of a Participant is or has been caused by the fault of a Third Party and a Recovery is obtained by the Participant with respect to such Condition, the Plan shall have no obligation to pay and there shall be excluded from future coverage by this Plan any and all Covered Expenses thereafter incurred by such Participant for, in connection with or relating to such Condition until such expenses exceed in the aggregate the total amount of such Recovery remaining after reimbursement of the Plan pursuant to Section 4.3.
4.5 Plan’s Rights of Independent Legal Action . If a Participant has incurred, incurs or may incur Covered Expenses because of a Condition caused or possibly caused by the fault of a Third Party, the Plan shall have the right but not the duty to protect its interests by (1) bringing an action in the name of the Plan or of the Participant against the Third Party, such Third Party’s liability carrier, or in the case of uninsured or under-insured motorist coverage, against such Participant’s automobile insurance carrier or (2) joining or intervening in any action by a Participant against any Third Party, such Third Party’s insurer or in the case of uninsured or underinsured motorist coverage, against such Participant’s automobile insurance carrier. The Plan’s failure to bring an action or to join or intervene in litigation pursuant to its rights under this Section 4.4 shall not affect or impair the Plan’s rights under this Article IV.

 

-7-


 

4.6 Attorney Fees, Costs and Expenses . The Plan’s rights of reimbursement, recovery and Covered Expense exclusion pursuant to this Article IV shall not be limited or reduced pro rata or otherwise for attorney’s fees, costs or expenses incurred by a Participant in seeking a Recovery except with the express written consent of the Plan Administrator.
4.7 Obligations of Participants . The Participant shall have an affirmative obligation to cooperate in reimbursing the Plan and in otherwise assuring the Plan’s rights of reimbursement pursuant to this Article IV, shall execute and deliver to the Plan Administrator all assignments and other documents requested by the Plan Administrator for enforcing the Plan’s rights under this Article IV, shall not take any action which might prejudice the Plan’s right under this Article IV, and shall not release any Third Party (even if the release purports to be partial release or release for the excess liability over Plan benefits) without the consent of the Plan Administrator, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Plan’s rights of reimbursement under this Article IV shall not be affected by a release of any Third Party entered into without the consent of the Plan Administrator. If a Participant initiates a liability claim against any Third Party or such Third Party’s liability carrier or reimbursement is sought from such Participant’s own automobile insurance carrier under the uninsured or underinsuied motorist endorsement, the amounts described in Section 4.3 and amounts to cover all future medical expenses which otherwise would be Covered Expenses relating to the Condition which is the basis of such liability claim must be included in the claim. If a Participant receives a Recovery, the Participant shall hold such money in trust for the Plan to the extent of the Plan’s rights under this Article IV. Each Participant who incurs any Condition shall inform the Plan Administrator whenever it appears that a Third Party is or may be liable to the Participant.
4.8 Limitations on Plan’s Rights of Reimbursement . In the event that a Recovery relating to a Condition is insufficient to cover all medical expenses paid or payable by both the Plan and the Participant, as applicable, for services and supplies incurred in treating such Condition, the amount of the Recovery relating to such Condition which shall be subject to the Plan’s rights of reimbursement pursuant to this Article IV shall be reduced by such medical expenses incurred and paid by the Participant in connection with the treatment of such Condition which were not reimbursed or will not be subject to reimbursement by the Plan as the Plan Administrator may, in its sole discretion and on a case-by-case basis, determine.

 

-8-


 

V.
Benefit Claims Procedure
5.1 Claims For Benefits . Claims for benefits or reimbursement under the Plan shall be submitted and processed in accordance with this Article V except that this Article V shall not apply to any Constituent Benefit Program (a) which is not regulated by ERISA or (b) which has in its Constituent Benefit Program Document provisions which address claims procedures and appeals and which the Plan Administrator that has powers and duties of benefits claims administration has determined to be applicable in lieu of the provisions of this Article V. Completion by a Participant or Covered Eligible Dependent of his responsibilities and obligations under the claims procedures applicable with respect to a Constituent Benefit Program shall be a condition precedent to the commencement of any legal or equitable action in connection with a claim for benefits under such program by a Participant or Covered Eligible Dependent, or by any other person or entity claiming rights through such Participant or Covered Eligible Dependent; provided, however, that the Plan Administrator having powers and duties of benefits claims administration in its discretion may waive compliance with such claims procedures as a condition precedent to any such action.
5.2 Definitions . For purposes of this Article V, the following terms, when capitalized, will be defined as follows:
  (1)  
Adverse Benefit Determination : Any denial, reduction or termination of or failure to provide or make payment (in whole or in part) for a Plan benefit, including any denial, reduction, termination or failure to provide or make payment that is based on a determination of a Claimant’s eligibility to participate in the Plan, and including with respect to health benefits a denial, reduction, termination or failure to provide or make payment resulting from the application of any utilization review, as well the failure to cover an item or service for which benefits are otherwise provided because it is determined to be experimental, investigational or not medically necessary or appropriate. Further and with respect to health benefits, any reduction or termination of an ongoing course of treatment prior to its scheduled expiration will be treated as an Adverse Benefit Determination regarding a Concurrent Care Claim. Further, any invalidation of a claim for failure to furnish written proof of loss or to comply with the claim submission procedure will be treated as an Adverse Benefit Determination.
 
  (2)  
Benefits Administrator : The person or office to whom the Plan Administrator that has powers and duties of benefit claims administration has delegated day-to-day Plan administration responsibilities and who, pursuant to such delegation, processes Plan benefit claims in the ordinary course or if none has been so designated, the Plan Administrator that has powers and duties of benefits claims administration.
 
  (3)  
Claimant : A Participant or beneficiary or an authorized representative of such Participant or beneficiary who has filed or desires to file a claim for a Plan benefit.

 

-9-


 

  (4)  
Concurrent Care Claim : Any request to extend an ongoing course of a health benefit treatment beyond the period of time or number of treatments that has previously been approved under the Plan.
 
  (5)  
Health Care Professional : A physician or other health care professional licensed, accredited or certified to perform specified health services consistent with State law.
 
  (6)  
Independent Fiduciary : The person or entity retained by the Plan Administrator to perform the review of an Adverse Benefit Determination, who will be an individual other than (a) the individual who made the Adverse Benefit Determination that is the subject of the review and (b) the subordinate of such individual.
 
  (7)  
Post-Service Claim : Any claim for a Plan health benefit that is not a Pre-Service Claim.
 
  (8)  
Pre-Service Claim : Any claim for a Plan health benefit the terms of which condition receipt thereof, in whole or in part, on approval of the benefit in advance of obtaining medical care.
 
  (9)  
Urgent Care Claim : Any Plan health benefit claim for medical care or treatment with respect to which the application of the time periods otherwise applicable to such claim (a) could seriously jeopardize, as determined either by a physician with knowledge of the Claimant’s medical condition or by the Benefits Administrator (applying the judgment of a prudent layperson who possesses an average knowledge of health and medicine), the Claimant’s life, health or ability to regain maximum function, or (b) would subject the Claimant, in the opinion of a physician with knowledge of the Claimant’s medical condition, to severe pain that cannot be adequately managed without the care or treatment that is the subject of the claim.
5.3 Filing of Benefit Claim . A Claimant must file with the Benefits Administrator a written claim for benefits under the Plan with written proof of loss no later than March 31 of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the related expense was incurred on the form provided by, or in any other manner approved by, the Benefits Administrator. For purposes of applying the time periods for benefit determination pursuant to Section 5.6, 5.7 or 5.8 below, filing a claim with the Benefits Administrator will be treated as filing a claim with the Plan Administrator. In connection with the submission of a claim, the Claimant may examine the Plan and any other relevant documents relating to the claim, and may submit written comments relating to such claim to the Benefits Administrator coincident with the filing of the benefit claim form. Failure of a Claimant to furnish written proof of loss or to comply with the claim submission procedures and rules established by the Plan Administrator (including rules as to what information relating to a claim is required to be submitted by a Claimant) will invalidate such claim submission and such invalidation will not be considered as or treated as an Adverse Benefit Determination for purposes of this Article V unless the Benefits Administrator in its discretion determines that it was not reasonably possible to provide such proof or comply with such procedure. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Claimant’s communication regarding a Pre-Service Claim is received by the Benefits Administrator and names the Claimant, his specific medical condition or symptom, and the specific treatment, service or product for which approval is requested, but otherwise fails to follow the claims submission procedure, the Benefits Administrator will notify the Claimant of the failure and the proper procedures to be followed to file a claim for benefits. Such notification will be provided as soon as possible, but not later than five days (twenty-four hours in the case of an Urgent Care Claim) following the failure and may be oral unless the Claimant requests written notification.

 

-10-


 

5.4 Processing of Benefit Claim . Upon receipt of fully completed benefit claim forms from a Claimant, the Benefits Administrator shall determine if the Claimant’s right to the requested benefit, payable at the time or times and in the form requested, is clear and, if so, shall process such benefit claim without resort to the Plan Administrator. In the case of either an Urgent Care Claim other than a Concurrent Care Claim or a Pre-Service Claim, the Benefits Administrator shall affirmatively notify the Claimant of the approval of the claim not later than seventy-two hours after receipt of the benefit claim in the case of an Urgent Care Claim other than a Concurrent Care Claim and not less then fifteen days after receipt of the benefit claim in the case of a Pre-Service Claim. If the Benefits Administrator determines that the Claimant’s right to the requested benefit, payable at the time or times and in the form requested, is not clear, it shall refer the benefit claim to the Plan Administrator for review and determination, which referral shall include:
  (1)  
All materials submitted to the Benefits Administrator by the Claimant in connection with the claim;
 
  (2)  
A written description of why the Benefits Administrator was of the view that the Claimant’s right to the benefit, payable at the time or times and in the form requested, was not clear;
 
  (3)  
A description of all Plan provisions pertaining to the benefit claim;
 
  (4)  
Where appropriate, a summary as to whether such Plan provisions have in the past been consistently applied with respect to other similarly situated Claimants; and
 
  (5)  
Such other information as may be helpful or relevant to the Plan Administrator in its consideration of the claim.
If the Claimant’s claim is referred to the Plan Administrator, the Claimant may examine any relevant document relating to his claim and may submit written comments or other information to the Plan Administrator to supplement his benefit claim. Within the time period described in Section 5.6, 5.7 or 5.8, whichever is applicable to a claim, the Plan Administrator shall consider the referral regarding the claim of the Claimant and make a decision as to whether it is to be approved, modified or denied. If the claim is approved, the Plan Administrator shall direct the Benefits Administrator to process the approved claim as soon as administratively practicable and in the case of either an Urgent Care Claim other than a Concurrent Care Claim or a Pre-Service Claim, the Plan Administrator shall affirmatively notify the Claimant of the approval of the claim not later than seventy-two hours after receipt of the benefit claim in the case of an Urgent Care Claim other than a Concurrent Care Claim and not less then fifteen days after receipt of the benefit claim in the case of a Pre-Service Claim.

 

-11-


 

5.5 Notification of Adverse Benefit Determination . In any case of an Adverse Benefit Determination of a claim for a Plan benefit, the Plan Administrator shall furnish written notice to the affected Claimant within the notification periods described in Section 5.6, 5.7 or 5.8, whichever is applicable to such claim below. Any notice that denies a benefit claim of a Claimant in whole or in part shall, in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant:
  (1)  
State the specific reason or reasons for the Adverse Benefit Determination;
 
  (2)  
Provide specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the Adverse Benefit Determination is based;
 
  (3)  
In the case of a health or disability benefit claim and if an internal rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion was relied upon in making the Adverse Benefit Determination, either provide such criterion or state that such criterion was relied upon and that a copy of the criterion will be provided free of charge to the Claimant upon request;
 
  (4)  
In the case of a health or disability benefit claim and if the Adverse Benefit Determination is based on a medical necessity, experimental treatment or similar exclusion or limit, either explain the scientific or clinical judgment for the determination, applying the terms of the Plan to the Claimant’s medical circumstances, or state that such explanation will be provided free of charge to the Claimant upon request;
 
  (5)  
Describe any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim and explain why such material or information is necessary;
 
  (6)  
Describe the Plan’s review procedures and time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under section 502(a) of ERISA following an Adverse Benefit Determination on review; and
 
  (7)  
If an Urgent Care Claim is involved, provide a description of the expedited review process available for Urgent Care Claims (see Section 5.12).
5.6 Timing of Adverse Benefit Determination Notification Regarding Health Benefit Claims . The Plan Administrator shall provide a Claimant with notice of an Adverse Benefit Determination regarding a health benefit claim within the following time periods:
  (1)  
In the case of an Urgent Care Claim other than a Concurrent Care Claim, as soon as possible, taking into account the medical exigencies, but not later than seventy-two hours after the claim is filed with the Plan Administrator; provided, however, that if additional information from the Claimant is necessary to complete the claim, the Claimant will be notified within twenty-four hours after such claim is filed with the Plan Administrator and will be given at least forty-eight hours to provide the specified information, and notice of the Plan Administrator’s benefit determination will be provided to the Claimant within forty-eight hours after the earlier of (a) the Plan Administrator’s receipt of the specified information or (b) the end of the period afforded the Claimant to provide the specified information. In addition, such notification may be provided orally (provided that written or electronic notification is provided within three days following such oral notification).

 

-12-


 

  (2)  
In the case of a properly submitted Urgent Care Claim that is a Concurrent Care Claim, if such claim is made at least 24 hours prior to the scheduled expiration of treatment, notice of the disposition of the claim will be furnished to the Claimant as soon as possible, taking into account the medical exigencies, but not later than 24 hours after such claim is filed with the Plan Administrator. If such claim is not made at least twenty-four hours prior to the scheduled expiration of treatment, the claim shall be governed by Clause (1) above.
 
  (3)  
In the case of a decision to reduce or terminate a previously approved ongoing course of health benefit treatment that was to be provided over a period of time or a number of treatments, the Plan Administrator shall notify the Claimant of the Adverse Benefit Determination at a time sufficiently in advance of the reduction or termination to allow the Claimant to appeal and obtain a determination on review of such Adverse Benefit Determination before the benefit is reduced or terminated.
 
  (4)  
In the case of a Pre-Service Claim not described in Clauses (1) through (3) above, the Plan Administrator shall notify the Claimant of the Adverse Benefit Determination within a reasonable period of time appropriate to the medical circumstances but not later than fifteen days after receipt of the claim by the Plan (which period may be extended one time for up to an additional fifteen days provided that the Plan Administrator both determines that such extension is necessary due to matters beyond the control of the Plan and notifies the Claimant prior to the expiration of the initial fifteen-day period of the circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by which the Plan expects to render a decision).
 
  (5)  
In the case of a Post-Service Claim not described in Clauses (1) through (3) above, the Plan Administrator shall notify the Claimant of the Adverse Benefit Determination within a reasonable period of time but not later than thirty days after receipt of the claim (which period may be extended one time for up to fifteen days provided that the Plan Administrator both determines that such extension is necessary due to matters beyond the control of the Plan and notifies the Claimant prior to the expiration of the initial thirty-day period of the circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by which the Plan expects to render a decision).
The period of time within which an Adverse Benefit Determination regarding a health benefit claim shall be made, as described above, shall begin at the time a claim is filed in accordance with the reasonable procedures of the Plan, without regard to whether all the information necessary to make a benefit determination accompanies the filing. In the case of claims described in Clauses (4) or (5) above, in the event an extension of the period of time for an Adverse Benefit Determination is required because additional information is necessary to decide the claim, (including examination by a physician selected by the Plan Administrator or the performance of an autopsy), the notice of extension will specifically describe the required information, the Claimant will be afforded at least forty-five days from receipt of the notice to provide such specified information, and the period for making the Adverse Benefit Determination will be tolled from the date on which the notification of the extension is sent to the Claimant until the date on which the Claimant responds to the request for additional information.

 

-13-


 

5.7 Timing of Adverse Benefit Determination Notification Regarding Disability Benefit Claims . The Plan Administrator shall notify the Claimant of the Adverse Benefit Determination regarding a disability benefit claim within a reasonable period of time, but not later than forty-five days after receipt of the claim. This period may be extended by the Plan Administrator for up to thirty days, provided that the Plan Administrator both determines that such extension is necessary due to matters beyond the control of the Plan and notifies the Claimant, prior to expiration of the initial forty-five-day period, of the circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by which the Plan expects to render a decision. If, prior to the end of the first thirty-day extension period, the Plan Administrator determines that, due to matters beyond the control of the Plan, a decision cannot be rendered within that extension period, the period for making the determination may be extended for up to an additional thirty days, provided that the Plan Administrator notifies the Claimant prior to the expiration of the first thirty-day extension period of the circumstances requiring the extension and the date as of which the Plan expects to render a decision. Any extension notice provided to a Claimant shall specifically explain the standards on which entitlement to the benefit at issue is based, the unresolved issues that prevent a decision on the claim, and the additional information needed to resolve those issues, and the Claimant shall be afforded at least forty-five days in which to provide the specified information. In the event of such an extension, the period for making the Adverse Benefit Determination will be tolled from the date on which the notification of extension is sent to the Claimant until the date on which the Claimant responds to the request for additional information. The period of time within which an Adverse Benefit Determination shall be made, as described above, shall begin at the time a claim is filed in accordance with the reasonable procedures of the Plan, without regard to whether all the information necessary to make a benefit determination accompanies the filing.
5.8 Timing of Adverse Benefit Determination Regarding Non-Health and Disability Claims . In any case of an Adverse Benefit Determination of a claim for a Plan benefit other than a health or disability benefit claim, the Plan Administrator shall furnish written notice to the affected Claimant within a reasonable period of time but not later than ninety days after receipt of such claim for Plan benefits (or within 180 days if special circumstances necessitate an extension of the ninety-day period and the Claimant is informed of such extension in writing within the ninety-day period and is provided with an extension notice consisting of an explanation of the special circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by which the benefit determination will be rendered).

 

-14-


 

5.9 Review of Adverse Benefit Determination Regarding Health or Disability Benefit Claims . A Claimant has the right to have an Adverse Benefit Determination of a health or disability benefit claim reviewed in accordance with the following claims review procedure:
  (1)  
To exercise the right to request a review of an Adverse Benefit Determination, a Claimant must submit a written request for such review to the Plan Administrator not later than 180 days following receipt by the Claimant of the Adverse Benefit Determination notification;
 
  (2)  
The Claimant shall have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim for benefits to the Plan Administrator or, as applicable, to the Independent Fiduciary;
 
  (3)  
The Claimant shall have the right to have all comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim for benefits that have been submitted by the Claimant considered on review without regard to whether such comments, documents, records or information was considered in the initial benefit determination;
 
  (4)  
The Claimant shall have reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claim for benefits free of charge upon request, including (a) documents, records or other information relied upon for the benefit determination, (b) documents, records or other information submitted, considered or generated without regard to whether such documents, records or other information were relied upon in making the benefit determination, (c) documents, records or other information that demonstrates compliance with the standard claims procedure in making the benefit determination on the Claimant’s claim, and (d) documents, records or other information that constitutes a statement of policy or guidance with respect to the Plan concerning the denied treatment option or benefit for the Claimant’s diagnosis, without regard to whether such statement of policy or guidance was relied upon in making the benefit determination;
 
  (5)  
The review of the Adverse Benefit Determination shall not give deference to the original decision;
 
  (6)  
The review of the Adverse Benefit Determination shall be conducted solely by an Independent Fiduciary;
 
  (7)  
If the initial benefit determination was based in whole or in part on a medical judgment, including determinations with regard to whether a particular treatment, drug or other item is experimental, investigational or not medically necessary or appropriate, the Independent Fiduciary conducting the review shall consult with a Health Care Professional with appropriate training and experience in the applicable field of medicine who was not consulted, and is not the subordinate of someone who was consulted, during the initial benefit determination; and
 
  (8)  
The Claimant shall have the right to have identified to him the medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained in connection with the Adverse Benefit Determination (without regard to whether the advice was relied upon in making such determination).

 

-15-


 

The decision on review by the Independent Fiduciary Plan Administrator will be binding and conclusive upon all persons, and the Claimant shall neither be required nor be permitted to pursue further appeals to the Plan Administrator. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.9, an expedited review process is available for Urgent Care Claims. A request for expedited review may be submitted orally or in writing, in which case all necessary information will be transmitted between the Plan Administrator and the Claimant by telephone, facsimile or other similarly expeditious method.
5.10 Review of Adverse Benefit Determination Regarding Non-Health and Disability Benefit Claims . A Claimant has the right to have an Adverse Benefit Determination regarding a claim other than a health or disability benefit claim reviewed in accordance with the following claims review procedure:
  (1)  
The Claimant must submit a written request for such review to the Plan Administrator not later than 60 days following receipt by the Claimant of the Adverse Benefit Determination notification;
 
  (2)  
The Claimant shall have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim for benefits to the Plan Administrator;
 
  (3)  
The Claimant shall have the right to have all comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim for benefits that have been submitted by the Claimant considered on review without regard to whether such comments, documents, records or information was considered in the initial benefit determination; and
 
  (4)  
The Claimant shall have reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claim for benefits free of charge upon request, including (a) documents, records or other information relied upon for the benefit determination, (b) documents, records or other information submitted, considered or generated without regard to whether such documents, records or other information were relied upon in making the benefit determination, and (c) documents, records or other information that demonstrates compliance with the standard claims procedure.
The decision on review by the Plan Administrator will be binding and conclusive upon all persons, and the Claimant shall neither be required nor be permitted to pursue further appeals to the Plan Administrator.
5.11 Notification of Benefit Determination on Review . Notice of the final benefit determination regarding an Adverse Benefit Determination will be furnished in writing or electronically to the Claimant after a full and fair review. Notice of an Adverse Benefit Determination upon review will be provided at the time described in Section 5.12, 5.13 or 5.14 below, whichever is applicable with respect to a claim, and will, in the case of any Adverse Benefit Determination:
  (1)  
State the specific reason or reasons for the Adverse Benefit Determination;
 
  (2)  
Provide specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the Adverse Benefit Determination is based;

 

-16-


 

  (3)  
State that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records, and other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim for benefits including (a) documents, records or other information relied upon for the benefit determination, (b) documents, records or other information submitted, considered or generated without regard to whether such documents, records or other information were relied upon in making the benefit determination, (c) documents, records or other information that demonstrates compliance with the standard claims procedure in making the benefit determination on the Claimant’s claim, and (d) in the case of claims regarding health or disability benefits, documents, records or other information that constitutes a statement of policy or guidance with respect to the Plan concerning the denied treatment option or benefit for the Claimant’s diagnosis, without regard to whether such statement of policy or guidance was relied upon in making the benefit determination.
 
  (4)  
Describe the Claimant’s right to bring an action under section 502(a) of ERISA;
In the case of an Adverse Benefit Determination regarding health or disability benefits, such notice shall also:
  (1)  
If an internal rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion was relied upon in making the Adverse Benefit Determination, either provide such criterion or state that such criterion was relied upon and that a copy of the criterion will be provided free of charge to the Claimant upon request;
 
  (2)  
If the Adverse Benefit Determination is based on a medical necessity, experimental treatment or similar exclusion or limit, either explain the scientific or clinical judgment for the determination, applying the terms of the Plan to the Claimant’s medical circumstances, or state that such explanation will be provided free of charge to the Claimant upon request;
 
  (3)  
Include the following statement: “You and your plan may have other voluntary alternative dispute resolution options, such as mediation. One way to find out what may be available is to contact your local U.S. Department of Labor Office and your State insurance regulatory agency.”
5.12 Timing of Notification Regarding Review of Health Benefit Claims . For Urgent Care Claims, such notice will be furnished as soon as possible, taking into account the medical exigencies, but not later than seventy-two hours following a request for review. For other claims, such notice will be furnished (i) within a reasonable period of time appropriate to the medical circumstances but not later than thirty days following a request for a review of a Pre-Service Claim, and (ii) within a reasonable period of time but not later than sixty days following a request for a review of a Post-Service Claim. The period of time within which a benefit determination on review will be made begins at the time an appeal is filed in accordance with the reasonable procedures of the Plan, without regard to whether all the information necessary to make a benefit determination on review accompanies the filing.

 

-17-


 

5.13 Timing of Notification Regarding Review of Disability Benefit Claims . Such notice will be furnished within a reasonable period of time but not later than forty-five days following receipt of a request for a review (which period may be extended for up to forty-five additional days provided that the Plan Administrator both determines that such an extension is necessary due to special circumstances and notifies the Claimant prior to the expiration of the initial forty-five-day period of the special circumstances requiring an extension and the date by which the Independent Fiduciary expects to render the determination on review). The period of time within which a benefit determination on review will be made begins at the time an appeal is filed in accordance with the reasonable procedures of the Plan, without regard to whether all the information necessary to make a benefit determination on review accompanies the filing. In the event an extension of time is necessary due to the Claimant’s failure to submit necessary information, the period for making the Adverse Benefit Determination will be tolled from the date on which the notification of the extension is sent to the Claimant until the date on which the Claimant responds to the request for additional information.
5.14 Timing of Notification Regarding Review of Non-Health or Disability Claims. The Plan Administrator shall notify a Claimant of its determination on review with respect to the Adverse Benefit Determination of the Claimant within a reasonable period of time but not later than sixty days after the receipt of the Claimant’s request for review unless the Plan Administrator determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the review of the Adverse Benefit Determination. If the Plan Administrator determines that such extension of time is required, written notice of the extension (which shall indicate the special circumstances requiring the extension and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render the determination on review) shall be furnished to the Claimant prior to the termination of the initial sixty-day review period. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of sixty days from the end of the initial sixty-day review period. In the event such extension is due to the Claimant’s failure to submit necessary information, the period for making the determination on a review will be tolled from the date on which the notification of the extension is sent to the Claimant until the date on which the Claimant responds to the request for additional information.
5.15 Exhaustion of Administrative Remedies . Completion of the claims procedures described in this Article V will be a condition precedent to the commencement of any legal or equitable action in connection with a claim for benefits under the Plan by a Claimant or by any other person or entity claiming rights individually or through a Claimant; provided, however, that the Plan Administrator may, in its sole discretion, waive compliance with such claims procedures as a condition precedent to any such action.
5.16 Payment of Benefits . If the Benefits Administrator, Plan Administrator or Independent Fiduciary determines that a Claimant is entitled to a benefit hereunder, payment of such benefit will be made to such Claimant (or commence, as applicable) as soon as administratively practicable after the date the Benefits Administrator, Plan Administrator or Independent Fiduciary determines that such Claimant is entitled to such benefit or on such other date as may be established pursuant to the Plan provisions or, as applicable, designated by the Claimant, Plan Administrator or Independent Fiduciary, as applicable.

 

-18-


 

5.17 Authorized Representatives . An authorized representative may act on behalf of a Claimant in pursuing a benefit claim or an appeal of an Adverse Benefit Determination. An individual or entity will only be determined to be a Claimant’s authorized representative for such purposes if the Claimant has provided the Plan Administrator with a written statement identifying such individual or entity as his authorized representative and describing the scope of the authority of such authorized representative; provided that, for an Urgent Care Claim, a Health Care Professional with knowledge of a Claimant’s medical condition will be permitted to act as the authorized representative of the Claimant. In the event a Claimant identifies an individual or entity as his authorized representative in writing to the Plan Administrator but fails to describe the scope of the authority of such authorized representative, the Plan Administrator shall assume that such authorized representative has full powers to act with respect to all matters pertaining to the Claimant’s benefit claim under the Plan or appeal of an Adverse Benefit Determination with respect to such benefit claim.
5.18 Temporary Rules Regarding Health Benefit Claims .
Health benefit claims made under a Constituent Benefit Program prior to January 1, 2003 shall be subject to the following special benefit claims rules: Section 5.8 shall be applied in place of Section 5.6; Sections 5.5(3) and 5.5(4) shall be inapplicable; Section 5.10 shall be applied in place of Section 5.9; the special rules regarding health benefit claims in Section 5.11 shall be inapplicable; and Section 5.14 shall be applied in place of Section 5.12.

 

-19-


 

VI.
Funding of Plan
6.1 Source of Benefits . Except with respect to benefits provided by an Insurer or an HMO, the Plan shall be self-funded and any benefit payable under the Plan shall be paid from the general assets of the Employer.
6.2 Participant Contributions .
(a) Participants’ contributions, if any, shall be determined by the Employer and shall be set forth in each Constituent Benefit Program Document, Upon enrollment of a Participant in, amendment of coverage under, or enrollment of an Eligible Dependent in any Constituent Benefit Program, each Participant shall be advised of any required Participant contributions with respect to the coverage under such Constituent Benefit Program. Further, Participants’ contributions shall be subject to change by and in the sole discretion of the Employer, and each Participant shall be advised of any such change in the amount of such contributions as provided in the applicable Constituent Benefit Program and, in the absence of such provision, in writing no later than thirty-one days prior to the effective date of such change.
(b) Participants’ contributions shall be paid by Participants in the manner and within the time period set forth in the applicable Constituent Benefit Program Document.
(c) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Pre-Tax Premium and Benefits Plan, Participants shall be permitted to elect to make certain Participant contributions with respect to coverage under certain Constituent Benefit Programs on a pre-tax basis. If a Participant makes such an election, the Participant’s Compensation shall be reduced, and an amount equal to the reduction shall be contributed by the Employer and applied to such Participant’s share of any cost of coverage under the applicable Constituent Benefit Program.
6.3 HMO Premiums . HMO premiums shall be paid by the Plan Administrator to such HMO from the general assets of the Employer and/or Participants’ contributions within the time period required by the applicable Constituent Benefit Program or applicable contract with such HMO or, if earlier, by law.
6.4 Insurance Premiums . Insurance premiums payable with respect to any Insured Constituent Benefit Program shall be paid to the applicable Insurer from the general assets of the Employer and/or Participants’ contributions within the time period required by the applicable Insured Constituent Benefit Program or applicable contract with such Insurer or, if earlier, by law.
6.5 Trust . Benefits under any Constituent Benefit Program, HMO premiums and/or insurance premiums may be paid from any trust established for that purpose (including any trust which is or is intended to be a voluntary employees’ beneficiary association under section 501(c)(9) of the Code) as determined by the Plan Administrator.

 

-20-


 

VII.
Administration of Plan
7.1 Plan Administrator . For purposes of ERISA, the Company shall be the “administrator” and the “named fiduciary” with respect to the Plan. The general administration of the Plan and of the Constituent Benefit Programs shall be vested in the Plan Administrator or, if there be more than one, the Plan Administrators. There may be more than one Plan Administrator with respect to the Plan and/or a Constituent Benefit Program. Appendix B shall identify and describe the respective powers, duties and responsibilities of each Plan Administrator. If no Plan Administrator is designated by the Board for the Plan and/or a Constituent Benefit Program, the Company shall be the Plan Administrator as to the Plan and/or Constituent Benefit Program which is lacking an identified and appointed Plan Administrator. Each Plan Administrator shall constitute a fiduciary of the Plan for all purposes of ERISA with respect to the duties and responsibilities assigned to such Plan Administrator as described on Appendix B. Each Plan Administrator, upon appointment by the Board as a Plan Administrator, shall be notified in writing of such appointment, which written notification shall affirmatively advise the Plan Administrator of his or her fiduciary status for purposes of ERISA.
7.2 Discretion to Interpret Plan . A Plan Administrator shall have absolute discretion to construe and interpret any and all provisions of the Plan and/or the Constituent Benefit Programs which are relevant to the duties and responsibilities of such Plan Administrator as described on Appendix B, including, but not limited to, the discretion to resolve ambiguities, inconsistencies, or omissions conclusively; provided, however, that all such discretionary interpretations and decisions shall be applied in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner to all Participants, beneficiaries, and Covered Eligible Dependents who are similarly situated. The decisions of the Plan Administrator upon all matters within the scope of its authority shall be binding and conclusive upon all persons.
7.3 Powers and Duties . In addition to the powers described in Section 7.2 and all other powers specifically granted under the Plan, a Plan Administrator shall have all powers necessary or proper to administer the Plan and/or a Constituent Benefit Program with respect to the duties and responsibilities of such Plan Administrator as described on Appendix B and to discharge its duties and responsibilities under the Plan, including, but not limited to, the following powers:
  (1)  
To make and enforce such rules, regulations, and procedures as it may deem necessary or proper for the orderly and efficient administration of the Plan and/or a Constituent Benefit Program with respect to the duties and responsibilities of such Plan Administrator as described on Appendix B;
 
  (2)  
With the consent of the Company, to enter into an Administrative Services Agreement with an individual or entity;
 
  (3)  
In its discretion and as applicable with respect to the duties and responsibilities of such Plan Administrator as described on Appendix B, to interpret and decide all matters of fact in granting or denying benefits under the Plan and/or a Constituent Benefit Program its interpretation and decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons claiming benefits under the Plan and/or a Benefit Constituent Program;

 

-21-


 

  (4)  
In its discretion and as applicable with respect to the duties and responsibilities of such Plan Administrator as described on Appendix B, to determine eligibility under the terms of the Plan and/or a Constituent Benefit Program, its determination thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
 
  (5)  
In its discretion and as applicable with respect to the duties and responsibilities of such Plan Administrator as described on Appendix B, to determine the amount of and authorize the payment of benefits under the Plan and/or a Constituent Benefit Program, its determination and authorization thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
 
  (6)  
To prepare and distribute information explaining the Plan and/or a Constituent Benefit Program to the extent pertaining to provisions of the Plan as to which the Plan Administrator has duties and responsibilities as described on Appendix B;
 
  (7)  
To obtain from the Employer, Employees, beneficiaries, and Eligible Dependents such information as may be necessary for the proper administration of the Plan and/or a Constituent Benefit Program;
 
  (8)  
With the consent of the Company, to appoint an Administrative Services Provider; and
 
  (9)  
With the consent of the Company, to sue or cause suit to be brought in the name of the Plan.
7.4 Expenses . The Employer shall pay the reasonable expenses incident to the administration of the Plan, including, but not limited to, the compensation of any legal counsel, advisors, or other technical or clerical assistance as may be required; and any other expenses incidental to the operation of the Plan that it determines are proper. Expenses of the Plan may be prorated, as determined by the Company, among the Company and Participating Employers.
7.5 Right to Delegate . A Plan Administrator may from time to time delegate to one or more of the Employer’s officers, employees, or agents, or to any other person or organization, any of its powers, duties, and responsibilities with respect to the operation and administration of the Plan, including, but not limited to, the administration of claims, the authority to authorize payment of benefits, the review of denied or modified claims, and the discretion to decide matters of fact and to interpret Plan provisions (subject to the ultimate discretion of the Plan Administrator). A Plan Administrator also may from time to time employ, and authorize any person to whom any of its fiduciary responsibilities have been delegated to employ, persons to render advice with regard to any fiduciary responsibility held hereunder. Upon designation and acceptance of such delegation, employment, or authorization, the Plan Administrator shall have no liability for the acts or omissions of any such designee as long as the Plan Administrator does not violate its fiduciary responsibility in making or continuing such designation. Any delegation of fiduciary responsibility shall be reviewed at least annually by the delegating Plan Administrator and shall be terminable upon such notice as such Plan Administrator in its discretion deems reasonable and prudent under the circumstances.

 

-22-


 

7.6 Reliance on Reports, Certificates, and Participant Information . A Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely conclusively upon all tables, valuations, certificates, opinions, and reports furnished by an actuary, accountant, controller, counsel, insurance company, Administrative Services Provider, or other person who is employed or engaged for such purposes. Moreover, a Plan Administrator and the Employer shall be entitled to rely upon information furnished to the Plan Administrator or the Employer by a Participant or Eligible Dependent, including, but not limited to, such person’s current mailing address.
7.7 Indemnification . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each employee of the Company who is a fiduciary under the Plan against any and all expenses and liabilities arising out of such member’s or such Employee’s administrative functions or fiduciary responsibilities, including, but not limited to, any expenses and liabilities that are caused by or result from an act or omission constituting the negligence of such individual in the performance of such functions or responsibilities, but excluding expenses and liabilities arising out of such individual’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct. Expenses against which such person shall be indemnified hereunder include, but are not limited to, the amounts of any settlement, judgment, costs, counsel fees, and related charges reasonably incurred in connection with a claim asserted or a proceeding brought. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section, this Section shall not apply to, and the Company shall not indemnify against, any expense that was incurred without the consent or approval of the Company, unless such consent or approval has been waived in writing by the Company.
7.8 Fiduciary Duty . Each fiduciary under the Plan shall discharge his duties and responsibilities with respect to the Plan:
  (1)  
Solely in the interest of Participants and for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Participants, Covered Eligible Dependents, and their beneficiaries and of defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan;
 
  (2)  
With the care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims; and
 
  (3)  
In accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan insofar as such documents and instruments are consistent with applicable law.
No fiduciary under the Plan shall cause the Plan to enter into a “prohibited transaction” as provided in section 406 of ERISA or section 4975 of the Code.
7.9 Compensation and Bond . An Employee of the Company who is a fiduciary under the Plan shall not receive compensation for services so rendered as a fiduciary of the Plan. To the extent required by ERISA or other applicable law, the Plan Administrator shall furnish bond or security for the performance of its duties hereunder.

 

-23-


 

VIII.
Amendment and Termination of Plan
8.1 Right to Amend- Notwithstanding any provision of any other communication, either oral or written, made by the Employer, an Administrative Services Provider, or any other individual or entity to Employees, to any service provider, or to any other individual or entity, the Company reserves the absolute and unconditional right to amend the Plan and any or all Constituent Benefit Programs incorporated herein from time to time on behalf of itself and each Participating Employer, including, but not limited to, the right to reduce or eliminate benefits provided pursuant to the provisions of the Plan or any Constituent Benefit Program as such provisions currently exist or may hereafter exist, and the right to amend prospectively or retroactively. Amendments to the Plan and/or a Constituent Benefit Program may be effected by action by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board; provided, however, that (a) any amendments to the Plan and/or a Constituent Benefit Program that do not have a significant cost impact on the Employer may also be made by the Benefit Plans Committee and (b) any amendments to the Plan that do not have any cost impact on the Employer may also be made by the Chairman of the Benefit Plans Committee.
8.2 Right to Terminate . The Employer hopes and expects to continue the Plan indefinitely. However, notwithstanding any provision of any other communication, either oral or written, made by the Employer, the Plan Administrator, an Administrative Services Provider, or any other individual or entity to Employees, any service provider, or any other individual or entity, the Company reserves the absolute and unconditional right to terminate the Plan and any and all Constituent Benefit Programs, in whole or in part, on behalf of itself and each Participating Employer, with respect to some or all of the Employees, Any termination of the Plan or the Constituent Benefit Programs shall be in writing and shall be executed by an officer of the Company.
8.3 Effect of Amendment or Termination . If the Plan is amended or terminated, each Participant, beneficiary, and Covered Eligible Dependent shall have no further rights hereunder and the Employer shall have no further obligations hereunder except as otherwise specifically provided under the terms of the Plan and each Constituent Benefit Program; provided, however, that no modification, alteration, amendment, suspension, or termination shall be made that would diminish any vested accrued benefits arising from incurred but unpaid claims of Participants or their Covered Eligible Dependents or beneficiaries existing prior to the effective date of such modification, alteration, amendment, suspension, or termination.
8.4 Delegation to Benefit Plans Committee . From time to time, the Board may delegate to the Benefit Plans Committee certain of its powers pursuant to this Article VIII. Any action taken by the Benefit Plans Committee pursuant to such delegation shall be deemed the act of the Board without need for further action on the part of such Board.
8.5 Effect of Oral Statements . Any oral statements or representations made by the Employer, an Administrative Services Provider, or any other individual or entity that alter, modify, amend, or are inconsistent with the written terms of the Plan shall be invalid and unenforceable and may not be relied upon by any Employee, beneficiary, Eligible Dependent, service provider, or other individual or entity.

 

-24-


 

IX.
Miscellaneous Provisions
9.1 No Guarantee of Employment . Neither the Plan nor any provisions contained in the Plan shall be construed to be a contract between the Employer and an Employee, or to be consideration for or an inducement of the employment of any Employee by the Employer. Nothing contained in the Plan shall grant any Employee the right to be retained in the service of the Employer or limit in any way the right of the Employer to discharge or terminate the service of any Employee at any time, without regard to the effect such discharge or termination may have on any rights under the Plan.
9.2 Payments to Minors and Incompetents . If a Participant entitled to receive any benefits under the Plan is a minor, is determined by the Plan Administrator in its discretion to be incompetent, or is adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be legally incapable of giving valid receipt and discharge for benefits provided under the Plan, the Plan Administrator in its discretion may pay such benefits to the duly-appointed guardian or conservator of such person or to any third party who is authorized (as determined in the discretion of the Plan Administrator) to receive any benefit under the Plan for the account of such Participant. Such payment shall operate as a full discharge of all liabilities and obligations of the Plan Administrator under the Plan with respect to such benefits.
9.3 No Vested Right to Benefits . No Participant or person claiming through such Participant shall have any right to or interest in any benefits provided under the Plan upon termination of his employment, his retirement, termination of Plan participation, or any other circumstance, except as specifically provided under the Plan.
9.4 Nonalienation of Benefits .
(a) Except as provided in Sections 9.4(b), 9.8, and 9.10, or as the Plan Administrator may otherwise permit by rule or regulation, no interest in or benefit payable under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or charge, and any action by a Participant to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, or charge the same shall be void and of no effect; nor shall any interest in or benefit payable under the Plan be in any way subject to any legal or equitable process, including, but not limited to, garnishment, attachment, levy, seizure, or the lien of any person. This provision shall be construed to provide each Participant, or other person claiming any interest or benefit in the Plan through a Participant, with the maximum protection afforded such Participant’s interest in the Plan (and the benefits provided thereunder) by law against alienation, encumbrance, and any legal and equitable process, including, but not limited to, attachment, garnishment, levy, seizure, or other lien.
(b) Plan provisions to the contrary notwithstanding, the Plan Administrator shall comply with the terms and provisions of a “qualified domestic relations order” within the meaning of section 414(p) of the Code and section 206(d) of ERISA.

 

-25-


 

9.5 Unknown Whereabouts . It shall be the affirmative duty of each Participant to inform the Plan Administrator or its delegate of, and to keep on file with the Plan Administrator, his current mailing address and the current mailing address of each Covered Eligible Dependent and beneficiary of such Participant. If a Participant fails to inform the Plan Administrator of his current mailing address or the current mailing address of each Covered Eligible Dependent or beneficiary, neither the Plan Administrator, any Administrative Services Provider, nor the Employer shall be responsible for any late payment or loss of benefits or for failure of any notice to be provided or provided timely under the terms of the Plan to such individual.
9.6 Participating Employers . It is contemplated that affiliates of the Company may become Participating Employers hereunder pursuant to the provisions of this Section. By written instrument delivered to the Secretary of the Company and the designated Participating Employer, the Company may designate any affiliated entity or organization eligible by law to participate in the Plan as a Participating Employer or, with the consent of the Company, any such affiliated entity or organization may elect to participate in the Plan as a Participating Employer. Such written instrument shall specify the effective date of such designated participation and the extent of such participation to the extent it does not extend to all Constituent Benefit Programs, and such written instrument shall become a part of the Plan as to such designated Participating Employer and its Employees. Upon its provision of any information to the Company required by the terms of, or otherwise submitted with respect to, the Plan, each Participating Employer shall be conclusively presumed to have consented to such designation and to have adopted the Plan, and to have agreed to be bound by the terms of the Plan and any and all amendments thereto; provided, however, that the terms of the Plan may be modified to increase the obligations of a Participating Employer only with the consent of such Participating Employer, which consent shall be conclusively presumed upon such Participating Employer’s provision of any information to the Company required by the terms of, or otherwise submitted with respect to, the Plan following notice of such modification. Transfer of employment among the Company and Participating Employers shall not be considered a termination of employment hereunder. By appropriate action of its Board of Directors or noncorporate counterpart, any Participating Employer may terminate its participation in the Plan by giving written notice of intent to withdraw to the Company and the Secretary of the Company at least ninety days prior to the proposed date of withdrawal, unless the Company agrees to waive all or part of such ninety-day notice. Moreover, the Company in its discretion may terminate a Participating Employer’s Plan participation at any time by giving written notice of such termination to the Participating Employer.
9.7 Notice and Filing . Any notice, administrative form, or other communication required to be provided to, delivered to, or filed with the Plan Administrator shall include provision to, delivery to, or filing with any person or entity designated by the Plan Administrator to be an agent for the disbursement and receipt of administrative forms and communications, including, but not limited to, the Administrative Services Provider. Except as otherwise provided herein, where such provision, delivery, or filing is required, such provision, delivery, or filing shall be deemed given or made only upon actual receipt of such notice, administrative form, or other communication by the Plan Administrator or designee. Unless otherwise provided by law, any notice or other document sent by the Employer, the Plan Administrator, or an Administrative Services Provider shall be deemed given or made when deposited in the mail, when entrusted to a courier or delivery service, or when sent by telefax or other electronic means.

 

-26-


 

9.8 Incorrect Information, Fraud, Concealment, or Error . Any contrary provisions of the Plan notwithstanding, if, because of a human or systems error, or because of incorrect information provided by or correct information failed to be provided by, fraud, misrepresentation, or concealment of any relevant fact (determined in the sole opinion of the Plan Administrator) by any Participant, Covered Eligible Dependent, beneficiary, or other individual, the Plan enrolls any individual in a Constituent Benefit Program, provides continuation of coverage to any individual pursuant to Article IV, or pays a benefit claim under the Plan, incurs a liability for failure to so enroll, provide continuation of coverage, or pay a benefit claim, or for terminating enrollment or continuation of coverage, or makes any overpayment or erroneous payment to any individual or entity, the Plan Administrator shall be entitled to recover, in any manner the Plan Administrator in its discretion deems necessary or appropriate for such recovery, from such Participant, Covered Eligible Dependent, beneficiary, or other individual such benefit paid or the amount of such liability incurred and any and all expenses incidental to or necessary for such recovery. Human or systems error or omission shall not deprive an Eligible Employee or an Eligible Dependent of coverage or affect in any way the amount of a Participant’s, Covered Eligible Dependent’s, or beneficiary’s benefit to which such Participant, Covered Eligible Dependent, or beneficiary is otherwise entitled under the terms of the Plan.
9.9 Medical Responsibilities . With regard to Constituent Benefit Programs providing medical and other health-related benefits, all responsibility for medical decisions with respect to a Participant or Covered Eligible Dependent concerning any treatment, drug, service, or supply rests with the Participant or Covered Eligible Dependent and such person’s treating physician. Neither the Employer, the Plan, the Plan Administrator, nor an Administrative Services Provider has any responsibility for any such medical decision or for any act or omission of any physician, hospital, pharmacist, nurse, or other provider of medical goods or services, and each of them may rely upon the representations of any physician, hospital pharmacist, nurse, or other provider of goods or services without any duty to verify independently the truth of such representations. The preceding notwithstanding, a decision concerning any treatment, drug, service, or supply, or any other decision made by a Participant, Covered Eligible Dependent, or provider, shall in no way affect the decision by the Plan Administrator or its delegate that a benefit is or is not payable from the Plan with respect to such treatment, drug, service, or supply.
9.10 Compromise of Claims . A claim for benefits may be compromised on any terms acceptable to both the Participant and the Plan Administrator.
9.11 Electronic Administration . The Plan may be administered electronically by use of telephonic and/or computer resources. It is specifically contemplated that, where the Plan refers to communications such as designations, writings, notices, forms, elections, and the like, such communications may occur electronically pursuant to such rules and procedures as the Plan Administrator may establish.
9.12 Tax Payments . The Employer shall have the right to withhold from an Employee’s Compensation or seek reimbursement of federal or state income tax withholding or employment taxes assessed with respect to any payment under any Constituent Plan or any benefit coverage elected by the Employee under the Constituent Plan which is not excludable from the gross income of the Employee.

 

-27-


 

9.13 Compensation and Bond . The Administrator or its delegates shall not receive compensation with respect to their services. To the extent required by applicable law, but not otherwise, the Administrator shall furnish bond or security for the performance of their duties hereunder.
9.14 Jurisdiction . Except to the extent that ERISA applies to this Plan and preempts state laws, the Plan shall be construed, enforced and administered according to the laws of the state of Texas.
9.15 Severability . In case any provision of the Plan is held to be illegal or invalid for any reason, such illegal or invalid provision shall not affect the remaining provisions of the Plan, but the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had not been included therein. Moreover, if any benefits provided under a Constituent Benefit Program are determined to be other than benefits which are eligible to constitute an employee welfare benefit plan within the meaning of section 3(1) of ERISA, such determination shall not prevent the remainder of the Plan from qualifying as such an ERISA plan.

 

-28-


 

X.
Qualified Medical Child Support Orders
Contrary Plan provisions notwithstanding, each Group Health Plan shall provide benefits and coverages in accordance with the applicable requirements of any “qualified medical child support order,” as such term is defined in section 609(a)(2)(A) of ERISA, and the Plan Administrator shall establish such rules and procedures regarding “medical child support orders” and “qualified medical child support orders,” as such terms are defined, respectively, in sections 609(a)(2)(A) and 609(a)(2)(B) of ERISA, as are required under section 609 of ERISA. The provisions of this Article X shall supercede and entirely replace any provisions regarding medical child support orders which are in a Constituent Benefit Program Document.

 

-29-


 

XI.
COBRA Continuation Coverage
Contrary Plan provisions notwithstanding, each Group Health plan shall provide COBRA continuation coverage for Participants or Covered Eligible Dependents (i) to the extent and only to the extent required by section 4980B of the Code, sections 601 through 607 of ERISA and regulations promulgated pursuant to such statutes and (ii) in accordance with election procedures and rules prescribed by section 4980B of the Code, sections 601 through 607 of ERISA and regulations promulgated pursuant to such statutes. Persons electing COBRA continuation coverage pursuant to this Article XI shall be required to contribute the amount established by the Plan Administrator as a condition to such coverage (but not in excess of the amount permitted to be required under section 4980B(f)(2)(C) of the Code and section 602(c) of ERISA). The provisions of this Article XI shall supercede and entirely replace any provisions regarding COBRA continuation coverage which are in a Constituent Benefit Program Document.

 

-30-


 

XII.
FMLA Coverage
To the extent required by the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993, each Group Health Plan shall provide for continuation of coverage and reinstatement of coverage for a Participant and his Covered Eligible Dependents if such Participant takes a leave of absence from the Employer pursuant to the rights afforded him under such Act and complies with the requirements imposed upon him under such Act as a condition to such rights. The provisions of this Article XII shall supercede and entirely replace any provisions regarding requirements under the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993 which are in a Constituent Benefit Program Document.

 

-31-


 

XIII.
USERRA
To the extent required by the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994 (“USERRA”), each Constituent Benefit Program that is a “health plan,” as defined by section 4303(7) of USERRA, shall provide for continuation of coverage and reinstatement of coverage for a Participant and his Covered Eligible Dependents if such Participant takes a leave of absence from the Employer for “services in the uniformed services,” as defined by section 4303(13) of USERRA and complies with the requirements imposed upon him under such Act. The provisions of this Article XIII shall supercede and entirely replace any provisions regarding requirements under USERRA which are in a Constituent Benefit Program Document.

 

-32-


 

XIV.
RESTRICTIONS REGARDING
PROTECTED HEALTH INFORMATION
14.1 Purpose of Article .
The purpose of this Article XIV is to cause the Plan (A) to comply with the Plan document’s restrictions on uses and disclosure of protected health information (“PHI)(i.e., individually identifiable health information as described in Section 164.501 of the Regulations) by the Company and (B) to provide for other rules and restrictions necessary for the Plan to comply with the PHI requirements of applicable laws regarding the privacy of PHI. This Article is to be construed and interpreted in accordance with such purposes.
14.2 Provision of Information to the Company Pursuant to Authorization . The Plan may at any time disclose to and the Company may receive from the Plan PHI if such disclosure and use is pursuant to and in accordance with a valid authorization from the individual who is the subject of such information.
14.3 Provision of Summary Health Information to Company . The Company may receive from the Plan and use PHI if the information consists solely of “summary health information” (“SHI”) (i.e., information that summarizes the claims history, claims expenses or type of claims experienced by covered persons under the plan as such term is described in Section 164.504 of the Regulations) and only if the Company certifies to the fiduciaries of the Plan (i.e., the Plan Administrator(s)) that the information is being requested for one or more of the following:
  (1)  
For the purpose of enabling the Company to obtain premium bids from health insurers for providing health insurance coverage under the Plan;
 
  (2)  
For purposes of determining whether and, if so, how to modify or amend the Plan; or
 
  (3)  
For purposes of determining whether and, if so, how to terminate the Plan, in whole or in part.
14.4 General Provision of Health Information to Company . The Company may receive from the Plan and use PHI if (A) the Company certifies in writing to the Plan’s fiduciaries (i.e., the Plan Administrator(s)) that the Plan incorporates the restrictive provisions described in items (A) through (J) below and the separation requirements described in Section 14.5 below and (B) the Company agrees to comply with the following restrictions and requirements regarding the PHI which is provided by the Plan to the Company:
  (1)  
The Company will not use or further disclose the information other than as permitted or required by the Plan documents or as required by law or the Regulations as set forth in the Dynegy Inc. and Affiliates Employee Plan Protected Health Information Privacy Policy (the “Privacy Policy”);

 

-33-


 

  (2)  
The Company will ensure that any agents, including a subcontractor, to whom it provides PHI received from the Plan agree to the same restriction and conditions that apply to the Company with respect to such information;
 
  (3)  
The Company will not use or disclose the information for employment- related actions and decisions or in connection with any other benefit or employee benefit plan of the Company;
 
  (4)  
The Company will report to the Plan any use or disclosure of the information that is inconsistent with the uses or disclosures provided for of which it becomes aware;
 
  (5)  
The Company will make available to Participants PHI in accordance with Section 164.524 of the Regulations as set forth in the Privacy Policy;
 
  (6)  
The Company will make available to Participants PHI for amendment and incorporate any amendments to PHI in accordance with Section 164.526 of the Regulations as set forth in the Privacy Policy;
 
  (7)  
The Company will make available to Participants the information required to provide an accounting of disclosures in accordance with Section 164.528 of the Regulations as set forth in the Privacy Policy;
 
  (8)  
The Company will make its internal practices, books and records relating to the use and disclosure of PHI received from the Plan available to the Secretary of Health and Human Services for purposes of determining compliance by the Plan with the Regulations;
 
  (9)  
If feasible, the Company will return or destroy all PHI received from the Plan that the Company still maintains in any form and retain no copies of such information when no longer needed for the purpose for which disclosure was made or if such return or destruction is not feasible, the Company will limit further uses and disclosures to those purposes that make the return or destruction of the information infeasible; and
 
  (10)  
The Company will ensure the adequate separation required pursuant to Section 14.5 below.

 

-34-


 

14.5 Adequate Separation . At all times, there shall be adequate separation between the Plan and the Company in accordance with the requirements imposed pursuant to Section 164.504(f)(2)(iii) of the Regulations. In order to comply with such adequate separation requirements:
  (1)  
The only employees, classes of employees or other persons under the control of the Company to be given access to PHI disclosed to the Company or who receives PHI relating to payment under, health care operations of, or other matters pertaining to the Plan in the ordinary course of business are: those individuals employed by or providing services to the division of the Company’s Human Resources Department which deals with the administration and processing of benefit claims under the Plan, the Plan’s fiduciaries (i.e., the Plan Administrator(s)), the members of the compensation committee of the Company’s Board of Directors, the Plan’s Privacy Officer and other employees/individuals who have been identified by the Privacy Officer as persons who may have need to access PHI whether by virtue of being involved in the ongoing operation and administration of the Plan or being involved in such Plan sponsor activities that may entail bid proposals, etc.
 
  (2)  
The access to and use by the Company and the other individuals and entities described in item (A) above is restricted to (i) the Plan administration functions that the Company performs in connection with the operation and administration of the Plan, (ii) the Plan sponsor functions with respect to which the Company is entitled to receive SHI pursuant to Section 14.4 above, (iii) uses and disclosures described in an authorization by the Plan Participant, and (iv) uses and disclosures that are described to Plan Participants in the Notice of Privacy Practices and Consent for Dynegy Inc. and Affiliates Plan Participants, as required by Section 164.520 of the Regulations.
 
  (3)  
In the event that any person described in item (A) of this section fails to comply with any of the requirements of this section or of Section 14.4 above, the noncompliance shall be reported to the Plan’s Privacy Office in a report describing the name of the noncompliant person and a summary of the details regarding such person’s noncompliance. Upon receipt of such report, the Plan’s Privacy Officer shall solicit a response from the person who has been reported as noncompliant giving such person the opportunity to contest the charge of noncompliance or to offer justification or other reasons why sanctions should not be imposed with respect to the noncompliance. The Plan’s Privacy Officer shall, after considering all details and facts and circumstances relating to an alleged act of noncompliance for which sanctions may be imposed pursuant to this item (C), determine if a sanction should be imposed (which sanction may range from a warning that subsequent acts of noncompliance may result in significant penalties to proposed dismissal from employment or termination of contract, as applicable). Upon determination of a sanction and if the sanction may be imposed under the authority of the Plan’s Privacy Officer, the sanction shall be imposed. If the sanction requires action of the Company, the Plan’s Privacy Officer shall confer with the appropriate executives of the Company. If the Company, following consideration of a proposed sanction from the Plan’s Privacy Officer for noncompliance with the requirements of sections 14.4 and 14.5 by a person or entity, determines not to impose such sanction, the Company shall advise the Plan’s Privacy Officer. In such event, the Plan’s Privacy Officer must consider and propose an alternative sanction for the noncompliant person or entity.”

 

-35-


 

14.6 Privacy Officer . The Company shall appoint a privacy officer for the Plan. The Company may remove the Plan’s then existing privacy officer at any time upon written notice provided that the Company has appointed a successor privacy officer to serve and such successor privacy officer has consented to act as privacy officer for the Plan. Any privacy officer appointed for the Plan shall signify his or her consent to act as privacy officer for the Plan in writing to the Company. The Plan privacy officer shall have the responsibility to oversee all ongoing activities related to the development, implementation, maintenance of, and adherence to the Plan’s policies and procedures covering the privacy of, and access to, personal health information in compliance with federal and state laws and the Plan’s information privacy practices. The Plan privacy officer’s duties and responsibilities focus upon the operation and administration of the Plan (including activities conducted via the services of insurers, business associates, such as third-party administrators, COBRA vendors and utilization review organizations, and employees and agents of the Company) and the activities of the Company regarding the Plan in its capacity as sponsor of the Plan. In order to carry out such general powers, duties and responsibilities, the Plan’s privacy officer shall have the following specific powers, duties and responsibilities:
  (1)  
To develop and propose to the Plan fiduciaries (i.e., the Plan Administrator) a protected health information policy for the Plan, which policy when adopted shall become the Privacy Policy.
 
  (2)  
Provides development guidance and assists in the identification, implementation, and maintenance of information privacy policies and procedures in coordination with management and administration, and legal counsel.
 
  (3)  
Performs initial and periodic information privacy risk assessments and conducts related ongoing compliance monitoring activities in coordination with information privacy compliance and operational assessment functions.
 
  (4)  
Works with legal counsel and management, key departments, and committees to ensure the Company has and maintains appropriate privacy and confidentiality consent, authorization forms, and information notices and materials reflecting current organization and legal practices and requirements.
 
  (5)  
Oversees, directs, delivers, or ensures delivery of initial and privacy training and orientation to all parties who may have access to PHI in connection with the Plan including Company employees, Plan service providers, contractors, Plan business associates, such as third-party administrators, COBRA vendors and utilization review organizations and other appropriate third parties.

 

-36-


 

  (6)  
Participates in the development, implementation, and ongoing compliance monitoring of all trading partner and business associate agreements, to ensure all privacy concerns, requirements, and responsibilities are addressed.
 
  (7)  
Establishes with management and operations a mechanism to identify all of the Company’s plans and benefit arrangements which are “covered entities” for purposes of the laws governing PHI.
 
  (8)  
Tracks and monitors access to PHI within the Company in connection with the operation and administration of the Plan and its sponsorship by the Company.
 
  (9)  
Establishes rules to determine when to allow qualified individuals to review or receive a report on PHI privacy activity.
 
  (10)  
Works cooperatively with the Human Resources Department and other applicable Company offices/personnel in overseeing Plan Participants’ rights to inspect, amend and restrict access to PHI when appropriate.
 
  (11)  
Establishes and administers a process for receiving, documenting, tracking, investigating, and taking action on all complaints concerning privacy policies regarding the Plan and procedures in coordination and collaboration with other similar functions and, when necessary, legal counsel.
 
  (12)  
Ensures compliance with privacy practices and consistent application of sanctions for failure to comply with Plan privacy policies for all individuals in the Company’s workforce, extended workforce, and for all business associates, such as third-party administrators, COBRA vendors and utilization review organizations, in cooperation with Human Resources, administration, and legal counsel as applicable.
 
  (13)  
Initiates, facilitates and promotes activities to foster information privacy awareness within the Company.
 
  (14)  
Reviews all system-related information security plans throughout the Company’s network to ensure alignment between security and privacy practices, and acts as a liaison to the information systems department.
 
  (15)  
Works with all Company personnel and business associates, such as third- party administrators, COBRA vendors and utilization review organizations, involved with any aspect of release of Plan PHI, to ensure full coordination and cooperation under the Plan’s privacy policies and procedures and legal requirements.
 
  (16)  
Maintains current knowledge of applicable federal and state privacy laws and monitors advancements in information privacy technologies to ensure organizational adaptation and compliance.
 
  (17)  
Serves as information privacy consultant to the Company with respect to the Plan.

 

-37-


 

14.7 Coverage and Effective Date . This Article shall apply only to those Constituent Benefit Programs which have been designated as Plan health care components (as such term is defined in Section 164.504 of the regulations promulgated pursuant to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act). This Article shall be effective as of April 14, 2003 for Plan health care components which have annual receipts of $5,000,000.00 or more and April 14, 2004 as to all other Plan health care components.
         
  DYNEGY NORTHEAST GENERATION, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Jane D. Jones    
    Name:   Jane D. Jones   

 

-38-


 

Appendix A
Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc.
Comprehensive Welfare Benefits Plan
Prior Plans
Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Medical Plan
Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Dental Plan
Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Vision Plan
Dynegy Northeast Generation Employee Assistance Plan
Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Medical Reimbursement Account Plan
Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Dependent Care Reimbursement Account Plan
Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Group Life Insurance and
Accidental Death and Dismemberment Insurance Plan
Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Long Term Disability Plan
Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Pre-Tax Premium and Benefits Plan
Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Business Travel Accident Plan

 

A-1


 

Appendix B
Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc.
Comprehensive Welfare Benefits Plan
Constituent Benefit Programs
I.  
Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Group Medical Plan
   
Participating Employers: Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc.
 
   
Constituent Benefit Plan Documents: Summary Plan Description and Administrative Services Contracts with MVP, Centrus and Complink.
 
   
Plan Administrators: With respect to benefits provided or administered under their respective contracts, MVP, Centrus and Complink shall serve as benefit claims and claims appeals fiduciaries for the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Group Medical Plan and shall have the following powers, duties and responsibilities:
  (1)  
The sole discretionary authority to interpret and decide all matters of fact and Plan interpretation in granting or denying benefits under the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Group Medical Plan, such interpretation decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons claiming benefits under the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Medical Plan;
 
  (2)  
The sole discretionary authority to determine and authorize payment of medical benefits under the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Medical Plan, any such decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
 
  (3)  
The sole discretionary authority to process and determine benefit claims and benefit claims appeals under the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Medical Plan except to the extent the Plan’s claims procedures expressly provides otherwise; and
 
  (4)  
Any such other powers and duties as the Company shall designate to be its fiduciary responsibility with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Medical Benefit Plan.

 

B-1


 

The Company shall be the Plan Administrator with respect to any and all other administrative fiduciary powers and duties not described above with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Medical Plan, including, but not limited to, the following powers and duties:
  (1)  
In its sole discretionary authority, to determine eligibility under the terms of the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Medical Plan, its decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
 
  (2)  
To prepare and distribute information explaining the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Medical Plan including, but not limited to, all materials and information required to be distributed pursuant to ERISA;
 
  (3)  
To perform any and all reporting and disclosure required with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Medical Plan under applicable provisions of ERISA;
 
  (4)  
To sue or cause suit to be brought in the name of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Medical Plan;
 
  (5)  
To correct any defect or supply any omission or recover any inconsistency that may appear in the Constituent Benefit Plan Documents with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Medical Plan, in such manner and to such extent as it deems expedient; and
 
  (6)  
To employ and compensate such accountants, attorneys and other agents and employees as it may deem necessary or advisable in the appropriate and efficient administration of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Medical Plan.
II.  
Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Employee Assistance Plan
   
Participating Employers: Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc.
 
   
Constituent Benefit Plan Documents: Summary Plan Descriptions and Administrative Services Contract with ENI.
 
   
Plan Administrators: With respect to benefits provided or administered under its contract, ENI shall serve as benefit claims and claims appeals fiduciary for the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Employee Assistance Plan and shall have the following powers, duties and responsibilities:
  (1)  
The sole discretionary authority to interpret and decide all matters of fact and Plan interpretation in granting or denying benefits under the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Employee Assistance Plan, such interpretation decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons claiming benefits under the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Employee Assistance Plan;
 
  (2)  
The sole discretionary authority to determine and authorize payment of medical benefits under the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Employee Assistance Plan, any such decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;

 

B-2


 

  (3)  
The sole discretionary authority to process and determine benefit claims and benefit claims appeals under the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Employee Assistance Plan except to the extent the Plan’s claims procedures expressly provides otherwise; and
 
  (4)  
Any such other powers and duties as the Company shall designate to be its fiduciary responsibility with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Employee Assistance Plan.
The Company shall be the Plan Administrator with respect to any and all other administrative fiduciary powers and duties not described above with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Employee Assistance Plan, including, but not limited to, the following powers and duties:
  (1)  
In its sole discretionary authority, to determine eligibility under the terms of the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Employee Assistance Plan, its decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all peisons;
 
  (2)  
To prepare and distribute information explaining the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Employee Assistance Plan including, but not limited to, all materials and information required to be distributed pursuant to ERISA;
 
  (3)  
To perform any and all reporting and disclosure required with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Employee Assistance Plan under applicable provisions of ERISA;
 
  (4)  
To sue or cause suit to be brought in the name of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Employee Assistance Plan;
 
  (5)  
To correct any defect or supply any omission or recover any inconsistency that may appear in the Constituent Benefit Plan documents with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Employee Assistance Plan, in such manner and to such extent as it deems expedient; and
 
  (6)  
To employ and compensate such accountants, attorneys and other agents and employees as it may deem necessary or advisable in the appropriate and efficient administration of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Employee Assistance Plan.

 

B-3


 

III.  
Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Medical Reimbursement Account Program
   
Participating Employers: Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. (until January 30, 2002)
 
   
Constituent Benefit Plan Documents: Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Medical Reimbursement Spending Account Program; Summary Plan Description and Administrative Services Contract with TaxSaver, Inc.
 
   
Plan Administrators: With respect to spending account benefits provided or administered under its contract, TaxSaver, Inc. shall serve as benefits claims and claims appeal fiduciary for the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Medical Reimbursement Account Program and shall have the following powers, duties and responsibilities:
  (1)  
The sole discretionary authority to interpret and decide all matters of fact and Plan interpretation in granting or denying benefits under the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Medical Reimbursement Account Program, such interpretation decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons claiming benefits under the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Medical Reimbursement Account Program;
 
  (2)  
The sole discretionary authority to determine and authorize payment of medical benefits under the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Medical Reimbursement Account Program, any such decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
 
  (3)  
The sole discretionary authority to process and determine benefit claims and benefit claims appeals under the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Medical Reimbursement Account Program except to the extent the Plan’s claims procedures expressly provides otherwise; and
 
  (4)  
Any such other powers and duties as the Company shall designate to be its fiduciary responsibility with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Medical Reimbursement Account Program.
The Company shall be the Plan Administrator with respect to any and all other administrative fiduciary powers and duties not described above with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Medical Reimbursement Account Program, including, but not limited to, the following powers and duties:
  (1)  
All administrative responsibility with respect to salary reduction payroll processing;
 
  (2)  
In its sole discretionary authority, to determine eligibility under the terms of the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Medical Reimbursement Account Program, its decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
 
  (3)  
To prepare and distribute information explaining the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Medical Reimbursement Account Program including, but not limited to, all materials and information required to be distributed pursuant to ERISA;

 

B-4


 

  (4)  
To perform any and all reporting and disclosure required with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Medical Reimbursement Account Program under applicable provisions of ERISA;
 
  (5)  
To sue or cause suit to be brought in the name of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Medical Reimbursement Account Program;
 
  (6)  
To correct any defect or supply any omission or recover any inconsistency that may appear in the Constituent Benefit Plan Documents with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Medical Reimbursement Account Program, in such manner and to such extent as it deems expedient; and
 
  (7)  
To employ and compensate such accountants, attorneys and other agents and employees as it may deem necessary or advisable in the appropriate and efficient administration of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Medical Reimbursement Account Program.
IV.  
Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Dependent Care Reimbursement Account Program
   
Participating Employers: Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. (until January 30, 2002)
 
   
Constituent Benefit Plan Documents: Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Dependent Care Reimbursement Account Program; Summary Plan Description and Administrative Services Contract with TaxSaver, Inc.
 
   
Plan Administrators: With respect to spending account benefits provided or administered under its contract, TaxSaver shall have the following powers, duties and responsibilities:
  (1)  
The sole discretionary authority to interpret and decide all matters of fact and Plan interpretation in granting or denying benefits under the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Dependent Care Reimbursement Account Program, such interpretation decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons claiming benefits under the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Dependent Care Reimbursement Account Program;
 
  (2)  
The sole discretionary authority to determine and authorize payment of medical benefits under the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Dependent Care Reimbursement Account Program, any such decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;

 

B-5


 

  (3)  
The sole discretionary authority to process and determine benefit claims and benefit claims appeals under the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Dependent Care Reimbursement Account Program except to the extent the Plan’s claims procedures expressly provides otherwise; and
 
  (4)  
Any such other powers and duties as the Company shall designate to be its fiduciary responsibility with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Dependent Care Reimbursement Account Program and the Plan.
The Company shall be the Plan Administrator with respect to any and all other administrative fiduciary powers and duties not described above with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Dependent Care Reimbursement Account Program, including, but not limited to, the following powers and duties:
  (1)  
All administrative responsibility with respect to salary reduction payroll processing;
 
  (2)  
In its sole discretionary authority, to determine eligibility under the terms of the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Dependent Care Reimbursement Account Program, its decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
 
  (3)  
To prepare and distribute information explaining the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Dependent Care Reimbursement Account Program Plan including, but not limited to, all materials and information required to be distributed pursuant to ERISA;
 
  (4)  
To perform any and all reporting and disclosure required with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Dependent Care Reimbursement Account Program under applicable provisions of ERISA;
 
  (5)  
To sue or cause suit to be brought in the name of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Dependent Care Reimbursement Account Program;
 
  (6)  
To correct any defect or supply any omission or recover any inconsistency that may appear in the Constituent Benefit Plan Documents with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Dependent Care Reimbursement Account Program, in such manner and to such extent as it deems expedient; and
 
  (7)  
To employ and compensate such accountants, attorneys and other agents and employees as it may deem necessary or advisable in the appropriate and efficient administration of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Dependent Care Reimbursement Account Program.

 

B-6


 

V.  
Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Group Life Insurance and Accidental Death and Dismemberment Insurance Plan
   
Participating Employers: Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc.
 
   
Constituent Benefit Plan Documents: Summary Plan Description and Insurance Contract with Aetna Life Insurance Company.
 
   
Plan Administrators: With respect to benefits provided or administered under its contract, Aetna Life Insurance Company shall have the following powers, duties and responsibilities:
  (1)  
The sole discretionary authority to interpret and decide all matters of fact and Plan interpretation in granting or denying benefits under the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Group Life Insurance Plan, such interpretation decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons claiming benefits under the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Group Life Insurance Plan;
 
  (2)  
The sole discretionary authority to determine and authorize payment of medical benefits under the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Group Life Insurance Plan, any such decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
 
  (3)  
The sole discretionary authority to process and determine benefit claims and benefit claims appeals under the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Group Life Insurance Plan except to the extent the Plan’s claims procedures expressly provides otherwise; and
 
  (4)  
Any such other powers and duties as the Company shall designate to be its fiduciary responsibility with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Group Life Insurance Plan.
The Company shall be the Plan Administrator with respect to any and all other administrative fiduciary powers and duties not described above with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Group Life Insurance Plan, including, but not limited to, the following powers and duties:
  (1)  
In its sole discretionary authority, to determine elligibility under the terms of the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Group Life Insurance Plan, its decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
 
  (2)  
To prepare and distribute information explaining the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Group Life Insurance Plan including, but not limited to, all materials and information required to be distributed pursuant to ERISA;

 

B-7


 

  (3)  
To perform any and all reporting and disclosure required with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Group Life Insurance Plan under applicable provisions of ERISA;
 
  (4)  
To sue or cause suit to be brought in the name of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Group Life Insurance Plan;
 
  (5)  
To correct any defect or supply any omission or recover any inconsistency that may appear in the Constituent Benefit Plan Documents with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Group Life Insurance Plan, in such manner and to such extent as it deems expedient; and
 
  (6)  
To employ and compensate such accountants, attorneys and other agents and employees as it may deem necessary or advisable in the appropriate and efficient administration of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Group Life Insurance Plan.
VI.  
Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Long Term Disability Plan
   
Participating Employers: Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc.
 
   
Constituent Benefit Plan Documents: Summary Plan Description.
 
   
Plan Administrator: The Company shall be the Plan Administrator with respect to any and all administrative fiduciary powers and duties with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Long Term Disability Plan, including, but not limited to, the following powers and duties:
  (1)  
The sole discretionary authority to interpret and decide all matters of fact and Plan interpretation in granting or denying benefits under the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Long Term Disability Plan for Bargaining Unit Employees, such interpretation decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons claiming benefits under the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Long Term Disability Plan for Bargaining Unit Employees;
 
  (2)  
The sole discretionary authority to determine and authorize payment of medical benefits under the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Long Term Disability Plan for Bargaining Unit Employees, any such decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
 
  (3)  
The sole discretionary authority to process and determine benefit claims and benefit claims appeals under the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Long Term Disability Plan for Bargaining Unit Employees except to the extent the Plan’s claims procedures expressly provides otherwise; and

 

B-8


 

  (4)  
Any such other powers and duties as the Company shall designate to be its fiduciary responsibility with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Long Term Disability Plan for Bargaining Unit Employees.
 
  (5)  
In its sole discretionary authority, to determine eligibility under the terms of the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Long Term Disability Plan for Bargaining Unit Employees, its decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
 
  (6)  
To prepare and distribute information explaining the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Long Term Disability Plan for Bargaining Unit Employees including, but not limited to, all materials and information required to be distributed pursuant to ERISA;
 
  (7)  
To perform any and all reporting and disclosure required with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Long Term Disability Plan for Bargaining Unit Employees under applicable provisions of ERISA;
 
  (8)  
To sue or cause suit to be brought in the name of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Long Term Disability Plan for Bargaining Unit Employees;
 
  (9)  
To correct any defect or supply any omission or recover any inconsistency that may appear in the Constituent Benefit Plan documents with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Long Term Disability Plan for Bargaining Unit Employees, in such manner and to such extent as it deems expedient; and
 
  (10)  
To employ and compensate such accountants, attorneys and other agents and employees as it may deem necessary or advisable in the appropriate and efficient administration of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Long Term Disability Plan for Bargaining Unit Employees.
VII.  
Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Pre-Tax Premium and Benefits Program
   
Participating Employers: Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. (until January 30, 2002)
 
   
Constituent Benefit Plan Documents: Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc, Pre-Tax Premium and Benefits Program, Summary Plan Description and Administrative Contract with TaxSaver, Inc.

 

B-9


 

   
Plan Administrators: With respect to spending account benefits provided or administered under its contracts, TaxSaver, Inc. shall have the following powers, duties and responsibilities:
  (1)  
The sole discretionary authority to interpret and decide all matters of fact and Plan interpretation in granting or denying benefits under the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Pre-Tax Premium and Benefits Program, such interpretation decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons claiming benefits under the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Pre-Tax Premium and Benefits Program;
 
  (2)  
The sole discretionary authority to determine and authorize payment of medical benefits under the Dynegy “Northeast Generation, Inc. Pre-Tax Premium and Benefits Program, any such decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
 
  (3)  
The sole discretionary authority to process and determine benefit claims and benefit claims appeals under the Dynegy Pre-Tax Premium and Benefits Program except to the extent the Plan’s claims procedures expressly provides otherwise; and
 
  (4)  
Any such other powers and duties as the Company shall designate to be its fiduciary responsibility with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Pre-Tax Premium and Benefits Program.
The Company shall be the Plan Administrator with respect to any and all other administrative fiduciary powers and duties not described above with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Pre-Tax Premium and Benefits Program, including, but not limited to, the following powers and duties:
  (1)  
All administrative responsibility with respect to salary reduction payroll processing and pre-tax premium conversions;
 
  (2)  
In its sole discretionary authority, to determine eligibility under the terms of the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Pre-Tax Premium and Benefits Program, its decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
 
  (3)  
To prepare and distribute information explaining the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Pre-Tax Premium and Benefits Program including, but not limited to, all materials and information required to be distributed pursuant to ERISA;
 
  (4)  
To perform any and all reporting and disclosure required with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Pre-Tax Premium and Benefits Program under applicable provisions of ERISA;
 
  (5)  
To sue or cause suit to be brought in the name of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Pre-Tax Premium and Benefits Program;

 

B-10


 

  (6)  
To correct any defect or supply any omission or recover any inconsistency that may appear in the Constituent Benefit Plan Documents with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Pre-Tax Premium and Benefits Program, in such manner and to such extent as it deems expedient; and
 
  (7)  
To employ and compensate such accountants, attorneys and other agents and employees as it may deem necessary or advisable in the appropriate and efficient administration of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Pre-Tax Premium and Benefits Program.
VIII.  
Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Business Travel Accident Plan
   
Participating Employers: Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc.
 
   
Constituent Benefit Plan Documents: Summary Plan Description and Insurance Contract with Hartford Insurance Company.
 
   
Plan Administrators: With respect to benefits provided or administered under its contract, Hartford Insurance Company shall have the following powers, duties and responsibilities:
  (1)  
The sole discretionary authority to interpret and decide all matters of fact and Plan interpretation in granting or denying benefits under the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Business Travel Accident Plan, such interpretation decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons claiming benefits under the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Business Travel Accident Plan;
 
  (2)  
The sole discretionary authority to determine and authorize payment of medical benefits under the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Business Travel Accident Plan, any such decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
 
  (3)  
The sole discretionary authority to process and determine benefit claims and benefit claims appeals under the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Business Travel Accident Plan except to the extent the Plan’s claims procedures expressly provides otherwise; and
 
  (4)  
Any such other powers and duties as the Company shall designate to be its fiduciary responsibility with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Business Travel Accident Plan.

 

B-11


 

The Company shall be the Plan Administrator with respect to any and all other administrative fiduciary powers and duties not described above with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Business Travel Accident Plan, including, but not limited to, the following powers and duties:
  (1)  
In its sole discretionary authority, to determine eligibility under the terms of the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Business Travel Accident Plan, its decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
 
  (2)  
To prepare and distribute information explaining the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Business Travel Accident Plan including, but not limited to, all materials and information required to be distributed pursuant to ERISA;
 
  (3)  
To perform any and all reporting and disclosure required with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Business Travel Accident under applicable provisions of ERISA;
 
  (4)  
To sue or cause suit to be brought in the name of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Business Travel Accident Plan;
 
  (5)  
To correct any defect or supply any omission or recover any inconsistency that may appear in the Constituent Benefit Plan Documents with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Business Travel Accident Plan, in such manner and to such extent as it deems expedient; and
 
  (6)  
To employ and compensate such accountants, attorneys and other agents and employees as it may deem necessary or advisable in the appropriate and efficient administration of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Business Travel Accident Plan.
IX.  
Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Dental Plan
   
Participating Employers: Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc.
 
   
Constituent Benefit Plan Documents: Summary Plan Description and Insurance Contract with Prudential Insurance Company.
 
   
Plan Administrators: With respect to benefits provided or administered under its contract, Prudential Insurance Company shall have the following powers, duties and responsibilities:
  (1)  
The sole discretionary authority to interpret and decide all matters of fact and Plan interpretation in granting or denying benefits under the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Dental Plan, such interpretation decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons claiming benefits under the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Dental Plan;
 
  (2)  
The sole discretionary authority to determine and authorize payment of medical benefits under the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Dental Plan, any such decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;

 

B-12


 

  (3)  
The sole discretionary authority to process and determine benefit claims and benefit claims appeals under the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Dental Plan except to the extent the Plan’s claims procedures expressly provides otherwise; and
 
  (4)  
Any such other powers and duties as the Company shall designate to be its fiduciary responsibility with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Dental Plan.
The Company shall be the Plan Administrator with respect to any and all other administrative fiduciary powers and duties not described above with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Dental Plan, including, but not limited to, the following powers:
  (1)  
In its sole discretionary authority, to determine eligibility under the terms of the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Dental Plan, its decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
 
  (2)  
To prepare and distribute information explaining the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Dental Plan including, but not limited to, all materials and information required to be distributed pursuant to ERISA;
 
  (3)  
To perform any and all reporting and disclosure required with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Dental Plan under applicable provisions of ERISA;
 
  (4)  
To sue or cause suit to be brought in the name of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Dental Plan;
 
  (5)  
To correct any defect or supply any omission or recover any inconsistency that may appear in the Constituent Benefit Plan documents with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Dental Plan, in such manner and to such extent as it deems expedient; and
 
  (6)  
To employ and compensate such accountants, attorneys and other agents and employees as it may deem necessary or advisable in the appropriate and efficient administration of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Dental Plan.
X.  
Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Vision Plan
   
Participating Employers: Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc.
 
   
Constituent Benefit Plan Documents: Summary Plan Description and Insurance Contract with Vision Services Plan.

 

B-13


 

   
Plan Administrators: With respect to benefits provided or administered under its contract, Vision Services Plan shall have the following powers, duties and responsibilities:
  (1)  
The sole discretionary authority to interpret and decide all matters of fact and Plan interpretation in granting or denying benefits under the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Vision Plan, such interpretation decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons claiming benefits under the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Vision Plan;
 
  (2)  
The sole discretionary authority to determine and authorize payment of medical benefits under the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Vision Plan, any such decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
 
  (3)  
The sole discretionary authority to process and determine benefit claims and benefit claims appeals under the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Vision Plan except to the extent the Plan’s claims procedures expressly provides otherwise; and
 
  (4)  
Any such other powers and duties as the Company shall designate to be its fiduciary responsibility with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Vision Plan.
The Company shall be the Plan Administrator with respect to any and all other administrative fiduciary powers and duties not described above with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Vision Plan, including, but not limited to, the following powers:
  (1)  
In its sole discretionary authority, to determine eligibility under the terms of the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Vision Plan, its decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
 
  (2)  
To prepare and distribute information explaining the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Vision Plan including, but not limited to, all materials and information required to be distributed pursuant to ERISA;
 
  (3)  
To perform any and all reporting and disclosure required with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Vision Plan under applicable provisions of ERISA;
 
  (4)  
To sue or cause suit to be brought in the name of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Vision Plan;

 

B-14


 

  (5)  
To correct any defect or supply any omission or recover any inconsistency that may appear in the Constituent Benefit Plan documents with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Vision Plan, in such manner and to such extent as it deems expedient; and
 
  (6)  
To employ and compensate such accountants, attorneys and other agents and employees as it may deem necessary or advisable in the appropriate and efficient administration of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Vision Plan.
XI.  
Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Medical and Group Term Life for Retirees and Surviving Spouses
   
Participating Employers: Effective January 1, 2002 -Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc.
 
   
Constituent Benefit Plan Documents: Summary Plan Descriptions; Administrative Services Contracts with MVP, Centrus and Insurance Contract with Aetna Life Insurance Co.
 
   
Plan Administrators: With respect to benefits provided or administered under their respective contracts, MVP, Centrus and Aetna Life Insurance Co. shall serve as benefit claims and claims appeals fiduciaries for the Dynegy Northeast Generation Inc. Group Medical and Group Term Life Plan and shall have the following powers, duties and responsibilities:
  (1)  
The sole discretionary authority to interpret and decide all matters of fact and Plan interpretation in granting or denying benefits under the Dynegy Northeast Generation Medical and Group Term Life Insurance Plan for Retirees and Surviving Spouses, such interpretation decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons claiming benefits under the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation Medical and Group Term Life Insurance Plan for Retirees and Surviving Spouses;
 
  (2)  
The sole discretionary authority to determine and authorize payment of medical benefits under the Dynegy Northeast Generation Medical and Group Term Life Insurance Plan for Retirees and Surviving Spouses, any such decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
 
  (3)  
The sole discretionary authority to process and determine benefit claims and benefit claims appeals under the Dynegy Northeast Generation Medical and Group Term Life Insurance Plan for Retirees and Surviving Spouses except to the extent the Plan’s claims procedures expressly provides otherwise; and
 
  (4)  
Any such other powers and duties as the Company shall designate to be its fiduciary responsibility with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation Medical and Group Term Life Insurance Plan for Retirees and Surviving Spouses.

 

B-15


 

     
The Company shall be the Plan Administrator with respect to any and all other administrative fiduciary powers and duties not disclosed above with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation Medical and Group Term Life Plan for Retirees and Surviving Spouses, including, but not limited to, the following powers and duties:
  (1)  
In its sole discretionary authority, to determine eligibility under the terms of the Dynegy Northeast Generation Medical and Group Term Life Insurance Plan for Retirees and Surviving Spouses, its decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
 
  (2)  
To prepare and distribute information explaining the Dynegy Northeast Generation Medical and Group Term Life Insurance Plan for Retirees and Surviving Spouses including, but not limited to, all materials and information required to be distributed pursuant to ERISA;
 
  (3)  
To perform any and all reporting and disclosure required with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation Medical and Group Term Life Insurance Plan for Retirees and Surviving Spouses under applicable provisions of ERISA;
 
  (4)  
To sue or cause suit to be brought in the name of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation Medical and Group Term Life Insurance Plan for Retirees and Surviving Spouses;
 
  (5)  
To correct any defect or supply any omission or recover any inconsistency that may appear in the Constituent Benefit Plan Documents with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation Medical and Group Term Life Insurance Plan for Retirees and Surviving Spouses, in such manner and to such extent as it deems expedient; and
 
  (6)  
To employ and compensate such accountants, attorneys and other agents and employees as it may deem necessary or advisable in the appropriate and efficient administration of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation Medical and Group Term Life Insurance Plan for Retirees and Surviving Spouses.

 

B-16

Exhibit 10.78
FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE DYNEGY NORTHEAST GENERATION, INC.
COMPREHENSIVE WELFARE BENEFITS PLAN
Effective 4/20/05
WHEREAS, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (the “Act”) and regulations promulgated thereunder at 45 C.F.R. Part 164, subpart C (“HIPAA Security Regulations”) impose certain obligations on group health plans and plan sponsors with respect to electronic protected health information;
WHEREAS, Section 8.1 of the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Comprehensive Welfare Benefits Plan, effective as of January 1, 2002, and as subsequently amended (the “Plan”), provides that Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. (the “Company”) may amend the Plan and any or all Constituent Benefit Programs incorporated therein; and
WHEREAS, effective April 20, 2005, the Company implemented its program of compliance with the HIPAA Security Regulations;
WHEREAS, reflecting such de facto compliance, the Company desires to formally adopt and execute an amendment to the Plan to comply with certain requirements of the HIPAA Security Regulations;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises above, effective April 20, 2005, Article XIV of the Plan shall be, and hereby is amended in the following respects:

 

 


 

I.
Section 14.1 of the Plan is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety by the following:
14.1 Purpose of Article .
The purpose of this Article XIV is to cause the Plan to comply with the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (the “Act”) and the regulations adopted thereunder at 45 C.F.R. Parts 160 and 164, subparts C and E (the “Regulations”). This Article is to be construed and interpreted in accordance with such purposes. Terms used in this Article shall have the meanings set forth in the Regulations. In the event of a conflict between a Plan definition of a term and that provided in the Regulations, the definition in the Regulations shall govern for purposes of this Article XIV.
II.
New subsections (11) and (12) are added to Section 14.4 of the Plan to provide as follows:
(11) The Company will implement administrative, physical, and technical safeguards that reasonably and appropriately protect the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of the electronic PHI that it creates, receives, maintains or transmits on behalf of the Plan (except with respect to enrollment and disenrollment information, SHI and PHI disclosed pursuant to an authorization under Section 164.508 of the Regulations) and shall ensure that any agents (including subcontractors) to whom it provides such electronic PHI agree to implement reasonable and appropriate security measures to protect such information; and
(12) The Company will report to the Plan any security incident of which it becomes aware.
Ill.
The following sentence is added to the end of 14.5(1) of the Plan:
The Company will ensure that the provisions of this Section 14.5 are supported by reasonable and appropriate security measures to the extent that the designees have access to electronic PHI.

 

2


 

IV.
A new Section 14.8 is added to the Plan to provide as follows:
14.8 Security Officer . The Company shall appoint a security officer for the Plan. The Company may remove the Plan’s then existing security officer at any time upon written notice provided that the Company has appointed a successor security officer for the Plan. Any security officer appointed for the Plan shall signify his or her consent to act as security officer for the Plan in writing to the Company. In general, the security officer shall have the responsibility to oversee all ongoing activities related to the development, implementation, maintenance of, and adherence to the Plan’s policies and procedures covering the security of, and access to electronic personal and protected health information in compliance with the federal and state laws and the Plan’s information security practices. The Plan security officer’s duties and responsibilities shall focus upon the operation and administration of the Plan (including activities conducted via the services of insurers, business associates, such as third-party administrators, COBRA vendors and utilization review organizations, and employees and agents of the Company) and the activities of the Company regarding the Plan in its capacity as sponsor of the Plan. In order to carry out such general powers, duties and responsibilities, the Plan’s security officer shall have such specific powers, duties and responsibilities as may be specified from time to time by the Company or its designee.
V.
Except as modified herein, the Plan shall remain in full force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this First Amendment to the Plan to be executed this 6 day of September 2005, to be effective as provided above.
         
  DYNEGY NORTHEAST GENERATION, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ J. Kevin Blodgett    
    Title: S r VP Human Resources   
       

 

3

         
Exhibit 10.79
SECOND AMENDMENT TO
DYNEGY NORTHEAST GENERATION, INC.
COMPREHENSIVE WELFARE BENEFITS PLAN
WHEREAS, Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. (“DNE”) and certain of its affiliates have previously adopted the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Comprehensive Welfare Benefits Plan (the “Plan”) which includes components that are “group health plans” for purposes of the protected health information privacy rules enacted under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (the “Act”) and the regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Regulations”); and
WHEREAS, DNE desires to amend the Plan with regard to certain privacy requirements imposed under the Act and Regulations on behalf of itself and all affiliates and in certain other respects; and
WHEREAS, the Plan is a “hybrid entity,” as such term is defined in section 164.103 of the Regulations, which has designated those of its components that constitute “health care components,” as such term is defined in section 164.103 of the Regulations, has documented such designation as required pursuant to section 164.105(c)(1) of the Regulations and has established adequate separation between such health care components and the non-health care components as required by section 164.504 of the Regulations such that the terms of this Plan amendment shall only apply with respect to the designated health care components of the Plan; and
WHEREAS, such designated health care components of the Plan consist of the following (as such components are identified on Appendix B to the Plan document): the DNE Group Medical Plan, the DNE Employee Assistance Plan; the DNE Dental Plan; the DNE Vision Plan and the medical benefits program of DNE Medical and Group Term Life Insurance Plan for Retirees and Surviving Spouses;

 

 


 

“ARTICLE XIV
RESTRICTIONS REGARDING
PROTECTED HEALTH INFORMATION
NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan shall be and hereby is amended as follows, effective as hereinafter provided:
1. Effective as of April 14, 2003 for Plan Health Care Components that have annual receipts of $5,000,000 or more, and effective as of April 14, 2004 for all other Plan Health Care Components, Article XIV of the Plan is hereby amended in its entirety to provide as fellows:
14.1 Purpose of Article . The purpose of this Article XIV is to cause the Plan to comply with the Act and the Regulations. This Article is to be construed and interpreted in accordance with such purposes. Terms used in this Article shall have the meanings set forth in the Regulations. In the event of a conflict between a Plan definition of a term and that provided in the Regulations, the definition in the Regulations shall govern for purposes of this Article XIV.
14.2 Definitions . For purposes of this Article XIV, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
  (A)  
Act : The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996.
 
  (B)  
Benefit Plans Committee : The Dynegy Inc. Benefit Plans Committee.
 
  (C)  
Business Associate : Individual or entity, other than an employee of the Employer or Dynegy Inc., that provides services to the Plan, such as a third party administrator, COBRA vendor or utilization review organization.
 
  (D)  
Contact Person : The person appointed to serve as contact person pursuant to Section 14.8 and Article III of the Manual for purposes of complaints.
 
  (E)  
Employer : The Company, each Participating Employer and Dynegy Inc.
 
  (F)  
Health Component : Any of the health components of the Plan designated as such by the Dynegy Inc. Benefit Plans Committee consisting of the DNE Group Medical Plan, the DNE Employee Assistance Plan; the DNE Dental Plan; the DNE Vision Plan and the medical benefits program of DNE Medical and Group Term Life Insurance Plan for Retirees and Surviving Spouses; and any health maintenance organization offered as a benefit alternative under the Plan.
 
  (G)  
Manual : The Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Comprehensive Welfare Benefits Plan Protected Health Information Policies and Procedures.

 

-2-


 

  (H)  
Non-Health Components : Components of the Plan other than the Health Components.
 
  (I)  
PHI : Individually identifiable health information which is protected pursuant to the Act and the Regulations.
 
  (J)  
Privacy Officer: The individual or entity appointed to serve as the Plan’s Privacy Officer pursuant to Section 14.7 and Article III of the Manual.
 
  (K)  
Regulations : The regulations promulgated pursuant to the Act at 45 C.F.R. Parts 160 and 164, Subpart E and, effective as of April 20, 2005, Subpart C.
 
  (L)  
Security Officer : Effective as of April 20, 2005, the individual or entity appointed to serve as the Plan’s Security Officer pursuant to Section 14.10.
 
  (M)  
SHI : Information that summarizes the claims history, claims expense or type of claims experienced by covered persons under the Plan as such term is described in Section 164.504 of the Regulations.
14.3 Provision of Information to the Employer Pursuant to Authorization . A Health Component may at any time disclose to and the Employer may receive from a Health Component PHI if such disclosure and use is pursuant to and in accordance with a valid authorization from the individual who is the subject of such information.
14.4 Provision of Summary Health Information to Employer . The Employer may receive from a Health Component and use PHI if the information consists solely of SHI and only if the Employer certifies to the fiduciaries of the Plan that the information is being requested for one or more of the following:
  (A)  
For the purpose of enabling the Employer to obtain premium bids from health insurers for providing health insurance coverage under the Health Component;
 
  (B)  
For purposes of determining whether and, if so, how to modify or amend the Health Component; or
 
  (C)  
For purposes of determining whether and, if so, how to terminate the Health Component, in whole or in part.

 

-3-


 

14.5 General Provision of Health Information to Employer . The Employer may receive from a Health Component and use PHI if (i) the Employer certifies in writing to the Plan’s fiduciaries that the Plan incorporates the restrictive provisions described in items (A) through (L) below with respect to its Health Components and the separation requirements described in Section 14.6 below and (ii) the Employer agrees to comply with the following restrictions and requirements regarding the PHI which is provided by a Health Component to the Employer:
  (A)  
The Employer will not use or further disclose the information other than as permitted or required by the Plan documents or as required by law or the Regulations as set forth in the Manual;
 
  (B)  
The Employer will ensure that any agents, including a subcontractor, to whom it provides PHI received from a Health Component agree to the same restriction and conditions that apply to the Employer with respect to such information;
 
  (C)  
The Employer will not use or disclose the information for employment-related actions and decisions or in connection with any other benefit or employee benefit plan of the Employer;
 
  (D)  
The Employer will report to the Plan any use or disclosure of the information that is inconsistent with the uses or disclosures provided for of which it becomes aware;
 
  (E)  
The Employer will make PHI available to Participants in accordance with Section 164.524 of the Regulations as set forth in the Manual;
 
  (F)  
The Employer will provide Participants with the right to amend their PHI and will incorporate any amendments to PHI in accordance with Section 164.526 of the Regulations as set forth in the Manual;
 
  (G)  
The Employer will provide to Participants an accounting of disclosures of their PHI for reasons other than treatment, payment or health care operations or pursuant to an authorization in accordance with Section 164.528 of the Regulations as set forth in the Manual;

 

-4-


 

  (H)  
The Employer will make its internal practices, books and records relating to the use and disclosure of PHI received from a Health Component available to the Secretary of Health and Human Services for purposes of determining compliance by the Health Component with the Regulations;
 
  (I)  
If feasible, the Employer will return or destroy all PHI received from a Health Component that the Employer still maintains in any form and retain no copies of such information when no longer needed for the purpose for which disclosure was made or if such return or destruction is not feasible, the Employer will limit further uses and disclosures to those purposes that make the return or destruction of the information infeasible;
 
  (J)  
The Employer will ensure the adequate separation required pursuant to Section 14.6 below;
 
  (K)  
Effective as of April 20, 2005, the Employer will implement administrative, physical, and technical safeguards that reasonably and appropriately protect the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of the electronic PHI that it creates, receives, maintains or transmits on behalf of the Plan (except with respect to enrollment and disenrollment information, SHI and PHI disclosed pursuant to an authorization under Section 164.508 of the Regulations) and shall ensure that any agents (including subcontractors) to whom it provides such electronic PHI agree to implement reasonable and appropriate security measures to protect such information; and
 
  (L)  
Effective as of April 20, 2005, the Employer will report to the Plan any security incident of which it becomes aware.
14.6 Adequate Separation. At all times, there shall be adequate separation between (i) the Health Components and the Employer and (ii) the Health Components and the Non-Health Components in accordance with the requirements imposed pursuant to Section 164.504(f)(2)(iii) and Section 164.105(a)(2)(ii) of the Regulations. In order to comply with such adequate separation requirements:
  (A)  
The only employees, classes of employees or other persons under the control of the Employer to be given access to PHI disclosed to the Employer or who receive PHI relating to treatment, payment under, health care operations of, or other matters pertaining to a Health Component in the ordinary course of business are those identified in new Appendix C to the Plan, a copy of which is attached hereto. Appendix C to the Plan may be revised and updated at the direction of the Privacy Officer. Effective as of April 20, 2005, the Employer will ensure that the provisions of this Section 14.5 are supported by reasonable and appropriate security measures to the extent that the designees have access to electronic PHI.

 

-5-


 

  (B)  
The access to and use by the Employer and the other individuals and entities described in item (A) above is restricted to (i) the Plan sponsor functions with respect to which the Firm is entitled to receive SHI pursuant to Section 14.4 above, (ii) uses and disclosures described in an authorization by a Plan Participant, (iii) uses and disclosures that are described to Plan Participants in the Plan’s notice of privacy practices and (iv) the Health Component administration functions that the Employer performs in connection with the operation and administration of the Health Component consisting of:
(i) Any of the following activities of the Health Component:
  (1)  
conducting quality assessment and improvement activities (provided that the obtaining of generalizable knowledge is not the primary purpose of any studies resulting from such activities) and related functions that do not include medical treatment;
 
  (2)  
evaluating health plan performance;
 
  (3)  
underwriting, premium rating, and other activities relating to the creation, renewal or replacement of a contract of health insurance or health benefits, and ceding, securing, or placing a contract for reinsurance of risk relating to claims for health care (including stop-loss insurance and excess of loss insurance), provided that the requirements of Section 164.514 of the Regulations are met, if applicable;

 

-6-


 

  (4)  
conducting or arranging for medical review, legal services, and auditing functions, including fraud and abuse detection and compliance programs;
 
  (5)  
business planning and development, such as conducting cost-management and planning-related analyses related to managing and operating the Health Component, including development or improvement of methods of payment or coverage policies; and
 
  (6)  
business management and general administrative activities of the Health Component, including, but not limited to management activities relating to implementation of and compliance with the requirements of the Act and the Regulations; Health Component participant service activities, including the provision of data analyses, provided that protected health information is not disclosed unless such disclosure is permissible under the Act and the Regulations; resolution of internal grievances; consistent with the applicable requirements of Section 164.514 of the Regulations, creation of deidentified health information.
(ii) Activities undertaken by the Health Component to obtain premiums or to determine or fulfill its responsibility for coverage and provision of benefits under the Health Component; or to obtain or provide reimbursement for the provision of health care; and the following activities to the extent they relate to the individual(s) to whom health care is provided by the Health Component:
  (1)  
determinations of eligibility or coverage (including coordination of benefits or the determination of cost sharing amounts), and adjudication or subrogation of health benefit claims;

 

-7-


 

  (2)  
risk adjusting amounts due based on enrollee health status and demographic characteristics;
 
  (3)  
billing, claims management, collection activities, obtaining payment under a contract for reinsurance (including stop-loss insurance and excess of loss insurance), and related health care data processing;
 
  (4)  
review of health care services with respect to medical necessity, coverage under the Health Component, appropriateness of care, or justification of charges;
 
  (5)  
utilization review activities, including precertification and preauthorization of services, concurrent and retrospective review of services; and
 
  (6)  
disclosure to consumer reporting agencies of any of the following protected health information relating to collection of premiums or reimbursement: name and address; date of birth; social security number; payment history; account number; and name and address of the health care provider and/or the Health Component.
  (C)  
In the event that any person described in item (A) of this section fails to comply with any of the requirements of this section or of section 14.5 above, the noncompliance shall be reported to the Plan’s Privacy Officer in a report describing the name of the noncompliant person and a summary of the details regarding such person’s noncompliance. Upon receipt of such report, the Plan’s Privacy Officer shall solicit a response from the person who has been reported as noncompliant giving such person the opportunity to contest the charge of noncompliance or to offer justification or other reasons why sanctions should not be imposed with respect to the noncompliance. The Plan’s Privacy Officer shall, after considering all details and facts and circumstances relating to an alleged act of

 

-8-


 

     
noncompliance for which sanctions may be imposed pursuant to this item (C), determine if a sanction should be imposed (which sanction may range from a warning that subsequent acts of noncompliance may result in significant penalties to proposed dismissal from employment or termination of contract, as applicable). Upon determination of a sanction and if the sanction may be imposed under the authority of the Plan’s Privacy Officer, the sanction shall be imposed. If the sanction requires action of the Employer, the Plan’s Privacy Officer shall confer with the appropriate executives of the Employer. If the Employer, following consideration of a proposed sanction from the Plan’s Privacy Officer for noncompliance with the requirements of sections 14.5 and 14.6 by a person or entity, determines not to impose such sanction, the Employer shall advise the Plan’s Privacy Officer. In such event, the Plan’s Privacy Officer must consider and propose an alternative sanction for the noncompliant person or entity.
14.7 Privacy Officer . The Benefit Plans Committee shall appoint a Privacy Officer for the Plan. The Benefit Plans Committee may remove the Plan’s then existing Privacy Officer at any time upon written notice provided that the Benefit Plans Committee has appointed a successor Privacy Officer to serve and such successor Privacy Officer has consented to act as Privacy Officer for the Plan. The Plan Privacy Officer shall have the responsibility to oversee all ongoing activities related to the development, implementation, maintenance of, and adherence to the Plan’s policies and procedures covering the privacy of, and access to, personal health information in compliance with federal and state laws and the Plan’s information privacy practices. The Plan Privacy Officer’s duties and responsibilities focus upon the operation and administration of the Plan (including activities conducted via the services of insurers, business associates, such as third-party administrators, COBRA vendors and utilization review organizations, and employees and agents of the Employer) and the activities of the Employer regarding the Plan in its capacity as sponsor of the Plan. In order to carry out such general powers, duties and responsibilities, the Plan’s Privacy Officer shall have the following specific powers, duties and responsibilities:
  (A)  
To develop and propose to the Plan fiduciaries a protected health information policy for the Plan, which policy when adopted shall become the Privacy Policy.
 
  (B)  
To provide development guidance and assist in the identification, implementation, and maintenance of information privacy policies and procedures in coordination with management and administration, and legal counsel.

 

-9-


 

  (C)  
To perform initial and periodic information privacy risk assessments and conduct related ongoing compliance monitoring activities in coordination with information privacy compliance and operational assessment functions.
 
  (D)  
To work with legal counsel and management, key departments, and committees to ensure the Employer has and maintains appropriate privacy and confidentiality consent, authorization forms, and information notices and materials reflecting current organization and legal practices and requirements.
 
  (E)  
To oversee, direct, deliver or ensure delivery of initial and privacy training and orientation to all individuals in the Employer’s workforce who may have access to PHI in connection with the Plan.
 
  (F)  
To participate in the development, implementation, and ongoing compliance monitoring of all trading partner and business associate agreements as a means of ensuring that all privacy concerns, requirements, and responsibilities are addressed.
 
  (G)  
To track and monitor access to PHI within the Employer in connection with the operation and administration of the Plan and its sponsorship by the Employer.
 
  (H)  
To establish rules to determine when to allow qualified individuals to review or receive a report on PHI privacy activity.
 
  (I)  
To work cooperatively with the Human Resources Department and other applicable Employer offices/personnel in overseeing Plan Participants’ rights to inspect, amend and restrict access to PHI when appropriate.
 
  (J)  
To establish and administer a process for receiving, documenting, tracking, investigating and taking action on all complaints concerning privacy policies and procedures in coordination and collaboration with other similar functions and, when necessary, with legal counsel.
 
  (K)  
To ensure compliance with privacy practices and consistent application of sanctions for failure to comply with Plan privacy policies for all individuals in the Employer’s workforce.

 

-10-


 

  (L)  
To initiate, facilitate and promote activities to foster information privacy awareness within the Employer.
 
  (M)  
To review all system-related information security plans throughout the Employer’s network to ensure alignment between security and privacy practices and to act as a liaison to the information systems department.
 
  (N)  
To work with all Employer personnel and Business Associates to ensure full coordination and cooperation under the Plan’s privacy policies and procedures and legal requirements.
 
  (O)  
To maintain current knowledge of applicable federal and state privacy laws and monitor advancements in information privacy technologies to ensure organizational adaptation and compliance.
14.8 Contact Person . As provided in the Manual, the Benefit Plans Committee shall appoint a Contact Person (which may be the same individual, office or entity as is serving as the Privacy Officer). The Benefit Plans Committee may remove the Plan’s then existing Contact Person at any time upon written notice provided that if the Benefit Plans Committee has not appointed a successor Contact Person to serve, the Privacy Officer shall serve as the Contact Person. The Contact Person shall have the duties and responsibilities set forth in the Manual.
14.9 Disciplinary Proceedings . The purpose of this Section 14.9 is to establish appropriate disciplinary sanctions and proceedings with respect to failures to comply with the privacy standards established by the Act and the Regulations or the policies and procedures set forth in the Manual. Any complaint brought pursuant to the Plan’s complaint procedure which involves an alleged failure to comply with HIPAA, the Regulations, the terms of this Amendment or the Manual shall be referred to the Privacy Officer for consideration as to disciplinary sanctions and proceedings under this Section 14.9. Similarly, if the Privacy Officer becomes aware of any other failure to comply with HIPAA, the Regulations, the terms of this amendment or the Manual, the Privacy Officer shall consider whether such matter is appropriate for disciplinary sanctions and proceedings under this Section 14.9. If the complaint or other failure involves the actions of a Business Associate, the appropriate disciplinary sanctions and proceedings shall be conducted under the terms of the Business

 

-11-


 

Associate agreement. If the complaint or other failure involves the actions of the individuals responsible for the administration of the Plan identified in Section 14.6(A) the appropriate disciplinary sanctions and proceedings will be conducted under Section 14.6(C). If the complaint or other failure involves the actions of any other employee or any agent of the Employer, the appropriate disciplinary sanctions and proceedings shall be conducted under this Section 14.9. In the case of either an unresolved complaint or other failure described in Section 14.5(A), the Privacy Officer shall solicit a response from the person or agent who has been reported as noncompliant, giving the person or agent the opportunity to contest the charge of noncompliance or to offer justification or other reasons why disciplinary sanctions should not be imposed with respect to the noncompliance. The Privacy Officer shall, after considering all details and facts and circumstances relating to such an alleged act of noncompliance, determine if a disciplinary sanction is warranted (which sanction may range from a warning to dismissal from employment, or in the case of an agent, termination of the agency agreement). Upon determination of a disciplinary sanction and if the sanction may be imposed under the authority of the Privacy Officer, the disciplinary sanction shall be imposed. If the disciplinary sanction requires approval of the Employer, the Privacy Officer shall confer with the appropriate managers of the Employer. If the Employer, following consideration of a recommended disciplinary sanction from the Privacy Officer, determines not to impose such disciplinary sanction, the Employer shall advise the Privacy Officer. In such event, the Privacy Officer must consider and propose an alternative disciplinary sanction for the noncompliant person or agent. The Privacy Officer shall ensure that the imposed disciplinary sanction is adequately communicated to the violator and is enforced. In the event that a disciplinary sanction triggers any rights of appeal (for instance, under a collective bargaining agreement), all such rights of appeal shall be available to the violator. In the case of any such appeal proceedings, the identity of the individual whose privacy rights were violated shall be removed to the extent feasible.
14.10 Security Officer . Effective as of April 20, 2005, the Benefit Plans Committee shall appoint a Security Officer for the Plan. The Benefit Plans Committee may remove the Plan’s then existing Security Officer at any time upon written notice provided that the Benefit Plans Committee has appointed a successor Security Officer for the Plan. In general, the Security Officer shall have the responsibility to oversee all ongoing activities related to the development, implementation, maintenance of, and adherence to the Plan’s policies and procedures covering the security of, and access to electronic personal and protected health information in compliance with the federal and state laws and the Plan’s information security practices. The Plan Security Officer’s duties and responsibilities shall focus upon the operation and administration of the Plan (including activities conducted via the services of insurers, business associates, such as third-party administrators, COBRA vendors and utilization review organizations, and employees and agents of the Employer) and the activities of the Employer regarding the Plan in its capacity as sponsor of the Plan. In order to carry out such general powers, duties and responsibilities, the Plan’s security officer shall have such specific powers, duties and responsibilities as may be specified from time to time by the Employer or its designee.

 

-12-


 

14.11 Implementation Authority . The Employer shall have the authority to enter into and enforce on behalf of the Plan such contracts and agreements (including, specifically, Business Associate agreements) as may be appropriate or necessary to cause the Plan to satisfy its obligations under HIPAA and the Regulations.
14.12 Indemnification . The Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless each employee of the Employer who is identified in Section 14.6(A) as a person who to be given access to or receive PHI against any and all expenses and liabilities arising out of such employee’s administrative functions or fiduciary responsibilities in connection with violations of HIPAA and the Regulations, including but not limited to, any expenses and liabilities that are caused by or result from an act or omission constituting the negligence of such employee in the performance of such functions or responsibilities, but excluding expenses and liabilities arising out of such employee’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct. Expenses against which such person shall be indemnified include, but are not limited to, the amounts of any settlement, judgment, costs, counsel fees, and related charges reasonably incurred in connection with a claim asserted or a proceeding brought. This Section shall not, however, apply to, and the Employer shall not indemnify against, any expense that was incurred without the consent or approval of the Employer, unless such consent or approval has been waived in writing by the Employer.”
2. Effective as of January 1, 2002, Section VI of Appendix B of the Plan is amended in its entirety to provide as follows:
“VI. Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Long Term Disability Plan
   
Participating Employers: Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc.
 
   
Constituent Benefit Plan Documents: Summary Plan Description, Insurance Contract with Prudential Insurance Company (the “Prudential Contract”) and Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Disability Plan.

 

-13-


 

   
Plan Administrator: With respect to long term disability benefits provided or administered under the Prudential Contract, Prudential Insurance Company shall serve as benefit claims and benefit appeals fiduciary for the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Long Term Disability Plan and shall have the following powers, duties and responsibilities:
  (1)  
The sole discretionary authority to interpret and decide all matters of fact and Plan interpretation in granting or denying long term disability benefits under the Prudential Contract, such interpretation decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons claiming benefits under the Prudential Contract;
 
  (2)  
The sole discretionary authority to determine and authorize payment of long term disability benefits under the Prudential Contract, any such decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
 
  (3)  
The sole discretionary authority to process and determine benefit claims and benefit claims appeals under the Prudential Contract except to the extent the Plan’s claims procedures expressly provides otherwise; and
 
  (4)  
Any such other powers and duties as the Company shall designate to be its fiduciary responsibility with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Long Term Disability Plan.
The Company shall be the Plan Administrator with respect to any and all other administrative fiduciary powers and duties with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Long Term Disability Plan not described above, including, but not limited to, the following powers and duties:
  (1)  
The sole discretionary authority to interpret and decide all matters of fact and Plan interpretation in granting or denying benefits under the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Disability Plan, such interpretation decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons claiming benefits under the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Disability Plan;

 

-14-


 

  (2)  
The sole discretionary authority to determine and authorize payment of medical benefits under the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Disability Plan, any such decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
 
  (3)  
The sole discretionary authority to process and determine benefit claims and benefit claims appeals under the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Disability Plan except to the extent the Plan’s claims procedures expressly provides otherwise; and
 
  (4)  
In its sole discretionary authority, to determine eligibility under the terms of the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Long Term Disability Plan, its decision thereof to be final and conclusive on all persons;
 
  (5)  
To prepare and distribute information explaining the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Long Term Disability Plan including, but not limited to, all materials and information required to be distributed pursuant to ERISA;
 
  (6)  
To perform any and all reporting and disclosure required with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Long Term Disability Plan under applicable provisions of ERISA;
 
  (7)  
To sue or cause suit to be brought in the name of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Long Term Disability Plan;
 
  (8)  
To correct any defect or supply any omission or recover any inconsistency that may appear in the Constituent Benefit Plan documents with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Long Term Disability Plan, in such manner and to such extent as it deems expedient; and
 
  (9)  
To employ and compensate such accountants, attorneys and other agents and employees as it may deem necessary or advisable in the appropriate and efficient administration of the Plan with respect to the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Long Term Disability Plan,”

 

-15-


 

3. Effective as of January 1, 2006, the following two sentences shall be added at the end of Article I of the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Disability Plan, a Constituent Benefit Program under the Plan (the “Disability Plan”):
“Effective as of January 1, 2006, only employees of the Company who were between the ages of 50 and 60 and had 15 or more years of service with the Company as of January 1, 2006 shall be eligible to participate in the Plan and, if any such employee becomes disabled, such employee will be offered the preferential benefit of either the Company’s long term disability insurance program or the Plan. Also effective as of January 1, 2006, any employee of the Company other than as described in the preceding sentence shall not be eligible to participate in the Plan.”
4. Effective as soon as administratively practicable following the date of execution of this amendment, the last sentence of Article III of the Disability Plan:
“The disability allowance as described above shall be paid in equal (or approximately equal) installments each month (or other more frequent interval as the Committee may determine) commencing no later than the first day of the first month after the Company has declared the eligible employee is disabled and shall terminate upon the occurrence of any of the events in Article VI effective as of the first day of the month following the month of such occurrence.”
5. As amended hereby, the Plan is specifically ratified and reaffirmed.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Second Amendment to the Plan to be executed this 18th day of May 2006, to be effective as provided above.
         
  DYNEGY NORTHEAST GENERATION, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]    
    Title: Chairman, BPC   
       

 

-16-


 

         
Appendix C
Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Comprehensive Welfare Benefits Plan
Employees and Other Individuals to be Given Access to PHI
1.  
Individuals employed by or providing services to the division of the Employer’s Human Resources Department that deals with the administration and processing of benefit claims under the Health Components;
 
2.  
The Benefit Plans Committee;
 
3.  
The Privacy Officer;
 
4.  
The Contact Person;
 
5.  
Personnel in the Employer’s payroll and information systems departments who may receive information as to whether an individual is enrolled in the Plan or has disenrolled;
 
6.  
Effective as of April 20, 2005, the Security Officer.

 

 

Exhibit 10.80
Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc.
Retirement Income Plan
Restated Effective
January 1, 2009

 

 


 

Dynegy Inc. , (the “Plan Sponsor”), hereby adopts this restatement of the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Retirement Income Plan (the “Plan”), effective as of the Effective Date, or as otherwise specified herein.
R E C I T A L S:
The Plan Sponsor has previously established the Plan for the exclusive benefit of eligible Employees of its affiliate, Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc., and their beneficiaries;
The Plan Sponsor wants to recognize the lasting contribution made by eligible Employees to the successful operation of Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. and wants to reward their contribution by continuing the Plan;
The Plan Sponsor wishes to amend and restate the Plan for the following purposes: (i) to reflect applicable changes made to the Plan pursuant to the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 (“EGTRRA”); (ii) to reflect additional amendments made to the Plan pursuant to subsequent changes in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and Regulations promulgated thereunder; and (iii) to incorporate amendments made to the Plan following its last restatement;
The Employer has authorized the execution of this Agreement, which is intended to continue the Plan’s qualification under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code;
The provisions of this Plan, as amended and restated, shall apply solely to an Employee who terminates employment with the Employer on or after the restated Effective Date of this Plan; and
If an Employee terminates employment with the Employer prior to the restated Effective Date, that Employee shall be entitled to benefits under the Plan as the Plan existed on the Employee’s termination date.
The history of Prior Plan provisions is set forth in Addendum A, to the extent that the historical provisions can affect any Participant’s benefits. The procedures for determining the qualified status of domestic relations orders, and administering qualified orders, is set forth in Addendum B. The Addenda are integral parts of the Plan.
NOW, THEREFORE , considering the premises and their mutual covenants, the Employer agrees as follows:

 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
ARTICLE 1 Definitions
    1  
1.1 Accrued Benefit
    1  
1.2 Actuarial Equivalent
    1  
1.3 Benefit Commencement Date
    2  
1.4 Benefit Service
    2  
1.5 Board
    2  
1.6 Break in Service
    2  
1.7 Code
    2  
1.8 Committee
    2  
1.9 Company
    2  
1.10 Compensation
    2  
1.11 Controlled Group
    3  
1.12 Disability
    3  
1.13 Earliest Retirement Date
    3  
1.14 Early Retirement Date
    3  
1.15 Effective Date
    4  
1.16 Eligible Employee
    4  
1.17 Employee
    4  
1.18 Employee Contributions
    4  
1.19 Employer
    4  
1.20 Employment
    4  
1.21 Employment Date
    4  
1.22 ERISA
    5  
1.23 Five-Year Break
    5  
1.24 Highly Compensated Employee
    5  
1.25 Hours of Service
    6  
1.26 Normal Retirement Age
    6  
1.27 Normal Retirement Date
    6  
1.28 One-Year Break
    6  
1.29 Participant
    7  
1.30 Plan
    7  
1.31 Plan Administrator
    7  
1.32 Plan Year
    7  
1.33 Prior Plan
    7  
1.34 Plan Sponsor
    7  
1.35 Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity
    7  
1.36 Social Security Retirement Age
    7  
1.37 Spouse
    7  
1.38 Termination Date
    7  
1.39 Trust (or Trust Fund)
    8  
1.40 Trustee
    8  
1.41 Vesting Service
    8  
1.42 Years of Benefit Service (or Benefit Service)
    8  
1.43 Years of Vesting Service (or Vesting Service)
    9  

 

i


 

         
ARTICLE 2 Eligibility
    11  
2.1 Eligibility
    11  
2.2 Participation Upon Reemployment
    11  
2.3 Leased Employees and Independent Contractors
    12  
2.4 Adoption of the Plan by a Controlled Group Member
    12  
 
       
ARTICLE 3 Retirement Dates and Benefits
    13  
3.1 Normal Retirement
    13  
3.2 Suspension of Benefit Payments
    15  
3.3 Early Retirement
    16  
3.4 Delayed Retirement
    16  
3.5 Termination of Employment
    17  
3.6 Disability Retirement
    17  
3.7 Reemployment
    19  
 
       
ARTICLE 4 Payment of Benefits
    20  
4.1 Normal Form of Payment
    20  
4.2 Election Procedures
    20  
4.3 Description of Forms of Payment
    25  
4.4 Cash-Out
    25  
4.5 Effect of Death on Forms of Payment
    26  
4.6 Required Distribution Rules
    27  
4.7 Payment on Participant’s Behalf
    28  
4.8 Unclaimed Benefits
    28  
4.9 Correction of Mistakes
    28  
 
       
ARTICLE 5 Preretirement Death Benefits
    29  
5.1 Married Vested Participant
    29  
5.2 Unmarried Participant or Nonvested Participant
    29  
 
       
ARTICLE 6 Limitations on Benefit Amounts
    30  
6.1 Limitations Imposed by Section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code:
    30  
6.2 Restrictions for Twenty-five Highest-Paid Participants
    46  
6.3 Top-Heavy Rules
    47  
 
       
ARTICLE 7 Contributions
    50  
7.1 Employer Contributions
    50  
7.2 Participant Contributions
    50  
7.3 Return of Contributions to the Employers
    50  
7.4 Actuarial Gains
    50  
 
       
ARTICLE 8 Amendment, Termination, Merger
    51  
8.1 Amendment
    51  
8.2 Termination of the Plan
    52  
8.3 Merger
    53  

 

ii


 

         
ARTICLE 9 Administration
    54  
9.1 Fiduciary Provisions
    54  
9.2 Employer to Supply Information
    59  
9.3 Indemnification
    59  
9.4 Claims Procedure
    59  
 
       
ARTICLE 10 Miscellaneous
    64  
10.1 Headings
    64  
10.2 Construction
    64  
10.3 Continued Qualification for Tax-Exempt Status
    64  
10.4 Nonalienation
    64  
10.5 No Employment Rights
    64  
10.6 No Enlargement of Rights
    64  
10.7 Withholding for Taxes
    64  
 
       
ARTICLE 11 Cash Balance Accounts
    65  
11.1 Cash Balance Accounts
    65  
11.2 Interest Adjustment
    65  
11.3 Vesting
    66  
11.4 Cash Balance Retirement Income
    66  
11.5 Death Before Annuity Starting Date
    67  
11.6 Beneficiary
    68  
11.7 Payment of Cash Balance
    68  
 
       
Addendum A History of Revised Plan Provisions
       
 
       
Addendum B Participating Employers
       
 iii 

 

 


 

ARTICLE 1
Definitions
As used in the Plan, the following words and phrases and any derivatives thereof will have the meanings set forth below unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. Definitions of other words and phrases are set forth throughout the Plan. Section references indicate Sections of the Plan unless otherwise stated. The masculine pronoun includes the feminine, and the singular number includes the plural and the plural the singular, whenever applicable.
1.1  
Accrued Benefit. Accrued Benefit means the retirement benefit which the Participant has earned as of the date of determination, calculated under Subsection 3.1(b) which will be payable as of his Normal Retirement Date in the form of a single life annuity. For the Participant who retires after his Normal Retirement Date, the Accrued Benefit is the amount calculated for him under Section 3.4.
1.2  
Actuarial Equivalent. Actuarial Equivalent means a benefit of equal value computed on the following bases:
  (a)  
For annuity forms of payment , the 1983 Group Annuity Mortality Table, assuming the Participant is male and the contingent annuitant is female, and interest at the rate of 7 1 / 2 % compounded annually.
 
  (b)  
For lump sum payments ,
  (1)  
The “applicable mortality table,” which means the mortality table prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to Section 415(b)(2)(E)(v) of the Code; and
  (2)  
The “applicable interest rate,” which means the annual rate of interest determined in accordance with Section 417(e)(3)(C) of the Code for the lookback month preceding the first day of the stability period. Effective on and after January 1, 2008, the annual rate is the adjusted first, second and third segment rates applied under rules similar to the rules of Section 430(h)(2)(C) of the Code for the fifth month before the first day of the Plan Year that contains the Annuity Starting Date with respect to the benefit, or such other time as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe by Regulation. For purposes of this paragraph, the adjusted first, second and third segment rates are the first, second and third segment rates which would be determined under Section 430(h)(2)(c) of the Code if (i) Section 430(h)(2)(D) of the Code were applied by substituting the average yields for the month described in Clause (ii) for the average yields for the 24-month period described in such Section, (ii) Section 430(h)(2)(G)(i)(II) of the Code were applied by substituting “Section 417(e)(3)(A)(ii)(II)” for “Section 412(b)(5)(B)(ii)(II)”, and (iii) the applicable percentage under Section 430(h)(2)(G) of the Code were determined in accordance with the following table:
     
For Plan Year   Applicable Percentage
2008
  20%
2009
  40%
2010
  60%
2011
  80%

 

1


 

1.3  
Benefit Commencement Date. Subject to the modifications under certain circumstances described in Articles 3 and 4, with respect to each Participant or beneficiary, the first day of the first period for which an amount is payable to the Participant or beneficiary as an annuity or in any other applicable form available under the terms of the Plan. At all times, if the benefit is payable in a lump sum, the Benefit Commencement Date is the date when the Trustee issues the payment. If the Participant dies before his Benefit Commencement Date, the only benefit payable will be the preretirement death benefit to the surviving Spouse.
 
1.4  
Benefit Service. See Section 1.42.
 
1.5  
Board. Board means the Board of Directors of Dynegy Inc.
1.6  
Break in Service. See Section 1.23 Five-Year Break and Section 1.28 One-Year Break . See Addendum A for the Break in Service rules in effect before the 1989 Plan Year, for the Prior Plan.
1.7  
Code. Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended from time to time, and Regulations and rulings issued under the Code.
 
1.8  
Committee. Committee means the Dynegy Inc. Benefit Plans Committee.
 
1.9  
Company. Company means Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc.
 
1.10  
Compensation.
  (a)  
Accrued Benefit . For purposes of calculating each Participant’s Accrued Benefit, Compensation means the Plan will use the annual base rate of earnings at October 1st of each year paid to the Participant by his Employer, plus amounts paid to such Participant during the 12 months prior to such October 1 including project bonuses, awards, lump sum cash awards, (and, for non-officers of the Company, performance bonuses, incentive cash awards and/or bonuses paid), but excluding overtime, additional compensation for unusual circumstances, premium pay, shift differential, tuition assistance, severance benefits, theft of service awards, suggestion plan awards, reimbursements, expense allowances, cash and noncash fringe benefits, moving expenses, deferred compensation and welfare benefits. Compensation shall also exclude any incentive cash awards and/or bonuses paid to officers of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.10(a), if a Participant is scheduled to work a 12-hour shift (the “Shift”), the regularly-scheduled overtime for the Shift shall be included as Compensation, and is calculated by multiplying the Participant’s straight time hourly rate of pay by the number of regularly-scheduled overtime hours for the Shift for which the Participant is paid.

 

2


 

  (b)  
Military Service . For the Participant who resumes Employment after a period of unpaid military leave covered by the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, the Plan will impute Compensation in the amount he would have received if he had remained in active Employment, based on his rate of pay in effect when he began his leave and taking into account any promotion he would have received, or if that pay rate cannot be determined with certainty, the Plan will treat him as having Compensation equal to the amount he received during the 12-month period preceding his leave, or during the entire period of his Employment if shorter than 12 months.
  (c)  
Statutory Limit . Each Participant’s Compensation will be limited to $245,000 (as indexed under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code) for all purposes under the Plan. For purposes of determining benefit accruals in a plan year beginning after December 31, 2001, the annual compensation limit in this paragraph for determination periods beginning before January 1, 2002, shall be: $150,000 for any determination period beginning in 1996 or earlier; $160,000 for any determination period beginning in 1997, 1998, or 1999; and $170,000 for any determination period beginning in 2000 or 2001.
1.11  
Controlled Group. Controlled Group means (i) the Company and each member of the group of corporations under at least 80% common control by or with the Company, within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Code; (ii) each incorporated or unincorporated trade or business under common control with the Company, within the meaning of Section 414(c) of the Code; (iii) each organization which is within an affiliated service group with the Company, within the meaning of Section 414(m) of the Code; and (iv) any entity required to be aggregated with the Company under Section 414(o) of the Code.
1.12  
Disability. Disability means a physical or mental incapacity which qualifies the disabled Participant for Social Security disability benefits.
1.13  
Earliest Retirement Date. Earliest Retirement Date means the first day of the month coincident with or next following the month in which the Participant has both reached his 55 th birthday and completed 10 Years of Vesting Service.
1.14  
Early Retirement Date. Early Retirement Date means the first day of the month on or after the Participant’s Earliest Retirement Date and before his Normal Retirement Date, when he actually retires.

 

3


 

1.15  
Effective Date. Effective Date means January 1, 2009, the effective date of this restatement of the Plan, or as otherwise provided herein. The Plan was initially established effective January 31, 2001.
1.16  
Eligible Employee. Each Employee other than (i) an Employee whose terms and conditions of employment are governed by a collective bargaining agreement, unless such agreement provides for his coverage under the Plan, (ii) a nonresident alien who receives no earned income from the Employer that constitutes income from sources within the United States, (iii) a leased employee (as defined in Section 2.3), (iv) an individual who is deemed to be an Employee pursuant to Treasury regulations issued under Section 414(o) of the Code, (v) an Employee who has waived participation in the Plan through any means including, but not limited to, an Employee whose employment is governed by a written agreement with the Employer (including an offer letter setting forth the terms and conditions of employment) that provides that the Employee is not eligible to participate in the Plan (a general statement in the agreement, offer letter, or other communication stating that the Employee is not eligible for benefits shall be construed to mean that the Employee is not an Eligible Employee), and (vi) an Employee of an entity that has been designated to participate in the Plan to the extent that such entity’s designation specifically excepts such Employee’s participation. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, no individual who is designated, compensated, or otherwise classified or treated by the Employer as an independent contractor or other non-common law employee shall be eligible to become a Participant of the Plan. It is expressly intended that individuals not treated as common law employees by the Employer are to be excluded from Plan participation even if a court or administrative agency determines that such individuals are common law employees.
1.17  
Employee. Employee means each (i) individual employed by the Employer (as reported on the Employer’s payroll records and for whom the Employer has FICA taxes withheld), and (ii) leased employee (as defined in Section 2.3).
1.18  
Employee Contributions. Employee Contributions are not required or permitted in this Plan. See Addendum A for rules impacting accumulated contributions in the Prior Plan.
1.19  
Employer. Employer means the Company and each Controlled Group member which adopts the Plan and is identified in Addendum B. Dynegy Inc., the Plan Sponsor, is not a participating Employer.
1.20  
Employment. Employment means the period during which an Employee is regularly employed by an Employer. For purposes of deferring the Benefit Commencement Date and suspending benefit payments upon reemployment, the Plan will treat periods of service with any Controlled Group member as if it were Employment under this Plan.
1.21  
Employment Date. Employment Date means the date on which the Employee earned his first Hour of Service. The Employment Date of the nonvested Employee who resumed Employment after he incurred a Five-Year Break will be the date on which he earned his first Hour of Service after he resumed Employment.

 

4


 

1.22  
ERISA. ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and Regulations and rulings issued under ERISA.
1.23  
Five-Year Break. Five-Year Break means five consecutive One-Year Breaks, which will cause the nonvested Participant to lose his pre-break Benefit Service and Vesting Service.
1.24  
Highly Compensated Employee. Highly Compensated Employee means an Employee who performs service during the Determination Year and who:
  (a)  
Is a five percent (5%) owner as defined in Section 416(i)(1)(B)(i) of the Code, at any time during the Determination Year or the Look-back Year, or
  (b)  
An Employee who received 414(q) Compensation in excess of $80,000 during the Look-back Year and was in the Top-paid Group during the Look-back Year. The $80,000 limitation will be adjusted annually for increases in the cost of living in accordance with Section 415(d) of the Code.
A former Employee shall be treated as a Highly Compensated Employee if such former Employee had a separation year prior to the Determination Year and (i) was a Highly Compensated Employee when he separated from service, or (ii) was a Highly Compensated Employee at any time after attaining age 55.
A “separation year” is the Determination Year in which the Employee separates from service.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, Sections 414(b), (c), (m), (n) and (o) of the Code are applied prior to determining whether an Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee.
For purposes of this Section 1.24,
  (1)  
“414(q) Compensation” means compensation as defined in Section 414(q)(4) of the Code.
  (2)  
“Determination Year” means the Plan Year for which the determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee is being made.
  (3)  
“Look-back Year” means the twelve (12) month period preceding the Determination Year.
  (4)  
“Top-paid Group” means the top twenty percent (20%) of Employees when rated on the basis of 414(q) Compensation paid during the year. The number of Employees in the group will be determined in accordance with Section 414(q)(5) of the Code.

 

5


 

1.25  
Hours of Service. Hour of Service means the following hours that are credited for eligibility.
  (a)  
Periods of Credit . Hours of Service will be credited for the following:
  (1)  
Working Hours . Each hour for which the Employee is paid or entitled to payment by an Employer for the performance of duties.
  (2)  
Nonworking Hours . Each hour for which the Employee is paid or is entitled to payment by an Employer on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity, layoff, jury duty, military duty, or leave of absence, whether or not his Employment has terminated.
  (3)  
Back Pay . Each hour for which back pay, without regard to mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by an Employer.
  (b)  
Periods of No Credit . Hours of Service will not be credited for the following:
  (1)  
Nonpayment . Periods during which the Employee is neither paid nor entitled to payment from his Employer.
  (2)  
Limited Number . Hours in excess of 501 in a single continuous period during which no duties are performed, except as provided in Subsection 1.43(b) for military leaves, parental leaves, and other approved leaves of absence.
  (3)  
Statutory Payments . Hours for which payment is made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with workers’ compensation, unemployment compensation, or disability insurance laws.
  (4)  
Double Back Pay . Back pay where credit has already been given for the hours to which the back pay relates.
  (5)  
Medical Expenses . A payment which solely reimburses an Employee for medical or medically related expenses incurred by him.
1.26  
Normal Retirement Age. Normal Retirement Age means the Participant’s 65 th birthday.
1.27  
Normal Retirement Date. Normal Retirement Date means the first day of the month coincident with or next following the month in which the Participant’s 65 th birthday occurs.
1.28  
One-Year Break. One-Year Break means a twelve-consecutive-month period beginning on the Participant’s Termination Date and ending on the first anniversary of that date, during which he does not earn any Hours of Service. For purposes of determining whether an Employee has had a One-Year Break, the Committee will treat a leave protected under the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993 as a period of active Employment.

 

6


 

1.29  
Participant. Participant means an Eligible Employee participating in the Plan under Section 2.1. The term Participant is sometimes used to include active, vested terminated and/or retired Participants. Where the context indicates, the term Participant includes persons claiming benefits accrued by a Participant.
1.30 Plan. Plan means the Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Retirement Income Plan .
1.31 Plan Administrator. Plan Administrator means the Committee.
1.32  
Plan Year. Plan Year means each twelve consecutive month period beginning on January 1 and ending on December 31.
1.33  
Prior Plan. Prior Plan means the Retirement Income Plan of Central Hudson Gas and Electric Corporation.
1.34 Plan Sponsor. Plan Sponsor means Dynegy Inc. (a Delaware corporation).
1.35  
Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity. Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity means an annuity for the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity for the life of the Spouse which is equal to 75% of the annuity which is payable during the joint lives of the Participant and the Spouse that is the Actuarial Equivalent of the standard form of benefit and that is provided in compliance with Section 417(g) of the Code.
1.36  
Social Security Retirement Age. Social Security Retirement Age means the age used as the Participant’s retirement age under Section 216(l)(4) of the Social Security Act. Each Participant’s Social Security Retirement Age will be the following age which relates to his year of birth:
     
Year of Birth   Social Security Retirement Age
Before 1938   65 years
1938 – 1954   66 years
After 1954   67 years
1.37  
Spouse. Spouse means the individual to whom the Participant is legally married on the earlier of his date of death or his Benefit Commencement Date. In the event of a dispute, such status will be determined in accordance with applicable laws of the Participant’s state of domicile.
1.38  
Termination Date. Termination Date means the earlier of (i) the date the Employee quits, retires, is discharged or dies; or (ii) the first anniversary of the beginning date of a paid or unpaid absence for any reason other than quit, retirement, discharge or death. A Termination Date will not occur during an authorized leave of absence which is included in Vesting Service under Section 1.43. The Termination Date of the Employee who quits, retires, is discharged or dies before the first anniversary of his authorized leave of absence (or the second anniversary for a parental leave) will be the date such event occurs. Accrual of Benefit Service and Vesting Service will cease on the Termination Date except as otherwise provided under Sections 1.42 and 1.43, respectively.

 

7


 

1.39  
Trust (or Trust Fund). Trust (or Trust Fund) means the fund established to hold Plan assets and from which the Plan assets are distributed. When there is more than one Trust, the term “Trust” shall refer to all such Trusts.
1.40  
Trustee. Trustee means the legal reserve life insurance company or trustee selected to hold and/or invest the Plan assets and if and when directed, to pay the benefits provided under the Plan. When there is more than one Trustee, the term “Trustee” shall refer to all such Trustees.
1.41 Vesting Service. See Section 1.43.
1.42  
Years of Benefit Service (or Benefit Service). Years of Benefit Service (or Benefit Service) means the Participant’s whole and partial Years of Vesting Service subject to the following rules and exclusions:
  (a)  
Exclusions . The following periods will be excluded from Benefit Service:
  (1)  
Periods during which the Participant was not an Employee.
  (2)  
Periods of absence described in Subsection 1.43(b) (other than military service under (b)(1)) and Subsection 1.43(f).
  (3)  
Periods during which the Participant accrued vested benefits under another qualified defined benefit plan to which an Employer contributed, except as provided in Subsection (b).
  (4)  
Periods for which the Participant received a cash-out of his Accrued Benefit.
  (5)  
Periods during which the Participant failed to make any required Employee Contributions (including any waiting period before becoming eligible to participate).
  (b)  
Period Before an Employer Adopted the Plan . The Board will determine any Benefit Service to be credited for periods of service with an Employer before it adopted the Plan. In the event the Board grants retroactive Benefit Service, the Plan will offset any benefits previously accrued under the Employer’s qualified defined benefit plan(s).
  (c)  
Periods of Employment Before a Five-Year Break . The nonvested Participant who incurs a Five-Year Break will lose all of his credit for Benefit Service earned before his Five-Year Break. The vested Participant will retain all of his credit for Benefit Service regardless of the number of his One-Year Breaks.
  (d)  
Military Service . Each Participant will receive credit for Benefit Service as if his active Employment had continued during the period of his military service covered by the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, but only if he retains statutory reemployment rights and resumes Employment within 90 days after his honorable discharge from military duty, or during any other period prescribed by law.

 

8


 

1.43  
Years of Vesting Service (or Vesting Service). Years of Vesting Service (or Vesting Service) means the period beginning on the Participant’s Employment Date and ending on his Termination Date, subject to the following rules:
  (a)  
Computation . Years of Vesting Service will be computed in whole and partial years, by measuring months from the Employment Date, counting each month as 1/12 year, aggregating noncontinuous partial months into whole 30-day months, and ignoring any remaining days.
  (b)  
Leaves of Absence . Except as provided in this Subsection, each Participant will be credited with Vesting Service as if his status as an Employee had continued during the period of his approved leave of absence granted under his Employer’s standard, uniformly-applied personnel policies, but only if he resumes active Employment promptly upon the expiration of his approved leave.
  (1)  
Military Service . Each Participant will receive credit for Vesting Service as if his active Employment had continued during the period of his military service covered by the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment rights Act of 1994, but only if he retains statutory reemployment rights and resumes Employment within 90 days after his honorable discharge from military duty, or during any other period prescribed by law.
  (2)  
Parental Leave . Each Participant will receive credit for Vesting Service for the period of a parental leave which does not extend beyond 12 months. If the leave continues beyond 12 months. the first anniversary of the date the leave began will be the Termination Date for purposes of crediting Vesting Service, and the second anniversary will be the Termination Date for purposes of determining when a Break in Service begins. The Plan will credit Vesting Service for the period between the first anniversary of the leave date and the date when the Participant resumes active Employment only if that date occurs before the second anniversary. The Termination Date of the Employee who quits, retires, is discharged or dies before the second anniversary of the parental leave will be the date such event occurs. A parental leave is an absence from active Employment by reason of pregnancy, childbirth, child adoption, and/or child care immediately following birth or adoption. The leave will be treated as any other absence unless the Employee timely provides to the Committee all information reasonably required to establish that the absence constitutes a parental leave.
  (3)  
Leaves of Absence . Vesting Service will include a period of absence that is approved under the Employer’s standard, uniformly-applied personnel policies. Vesting Service will include a period of unapproved absence only if the Participant resumes Employment within one year after his Termination Date.

 

9


 

  (c)  
Employment with a Controlled Group Member . Each Employee will receive credit for Vesting Service for the period of his employment with any Controlled Group member, whether or not it has adopted the Plan, beginning on the date the member became part of the Controlled Group.
  (d)  
Period Before an Employer Adopted the Plan . The Board will determine any Vesting Service to be credited for periods of employment with an Employer before it adopted the Plan, to the extent credit is not required under Subsection 1.43(c).
  (e)  
Employment Before a Five-Year Break . The nonvested Participant who incurs a Five-Year Break will lose all his credit for Vesting Service earned before his Five-Year Break. The vested Participant will retain all his credit for Vesting Service regardless of the number of his One-Year Breaks.
  (f)  
Service Spanning . If an Employee terminates Employment for any reason and resumes Employment within 12 months, the Plan will include his period of termination in his Vesting Service.

 

10


 

ARTICLE 2
Eligibility
2.1  
Eligibility . Each Eligible Employee will begin participating in the Plan as of the first day of the month on or after he has completed his first 12 consecutive months of Employment. The Plan shall be frozen to eligibility and participation effective for any Employee with an Employment Date on or after January 1, 2009.
2.2 Participation Upon Reemployment .
  (a)  
Vested Participants . The vested terminated Participant who resumes Employment at any time will resume participation as of the date he resumes Employment.
 
  (b)  
Nonvested Participants .
  (1)  
Before Five-Year Break . The nonvested terminated Participant who resumes Employment before he incurs a Five-Year Break will resume participation as of the date he resumes Employment.
  (2)  
After Five-Year Break . The nonvested terminated Participant who resumes Employment after he has incurred a Five-Year Break will be treated as a new Employee under Section 2.1.
  (c)  
Nonparticipating Employees .
  (1)  
Before Five-Year Break . The nonparticipating terminated Employee who resumes Employment before he incurs a Five-Year Break will retain credit for his Employment before his Termination Date for purposes of determining his eligibility to begin participating under Section 2.1. If he met the eligibility requirements under Section 2.1 as of his Termination Date, he will begin participating as of the date he resumes Employment.
  (2)  
After Five-Year Break . The nonparticipating terminated Employee who resumes Employment after he has incurred a Five-Year Break will be treated as a new Employee under Section 2.1.
  (d)  
Notwithstanding any Plan provision to the contrary, effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2008, terminated Employees, whether vested, nonvested, or nonparticipating, shall not be eligible to participate in the Plan upon resumption of Employment.

 

11


 

2.3  
Leased Employees and Independent Contractors . Leased employees will be treated as Employees to the extent required under Section 414(n) of the Code, but will not be eligible to participate in this Plan. A leased employee shall be given credit for eligibility and Years of Vesting Service for the period during which he worked as a leased employee, under the rules described in Sections 1.43 and 2.1. However, the Plan will not give such credit if (i) the leased employee was covered by a money purchase plan sponsored by the leasing organization, with 10% contributions and immediate participation and vesting, and (ii) leased employees constitute no more than 20% of the Controlled Group’s nonhighly compensated employees. If an individual who has worked for an Employer as an independent contractor becomes an Employee, he will not receive credit for any purpose under the Plan until the date when he becomes an Employee. The term “leased employee” means each person who is not an employee of the Employer or a Controlled Group member but who performs services for the Employer or a Controlled Group member pursuant to an agreement (oral or written) between the Employer or a Controlled Group member and any leasing organization, provided that (i) such person has performed such services for the Employer or a Controlled Group member or for related persons (within the meaning of Section 144(a)(3) of the Code) on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year, and (ii) such services are performed under primary direction or control by the Employer or a Controlled Group member.
2.4  
Adoption of the Plan by a Controlled Group Member . A Controlled Group member may adopt the Plan by appropriate action of its board of directors or authorized officer(s) or representative(s), subject to approval of the Board and the Committee.

 

12


 

ARTICLE 3
Retirement Dates and Benefits
3.1  
Normal Retirement .
  (a)  
Normal Retirement Date . Whether or not the Participant actually retires on the date on which he attains Normal Retirement Age, the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date will be the first day of the month coincident with or next following the month in which he reaches Normal Retirement Age. If he is not already vested, he will become fully vested in his Accrued Benefit on the date he reaches Normal Retirement Age.
  (b)  
Amount of Normal Retirement Benefit . The Plan will use the following formula to calculate the Accrued Benefit of each Participant who earns any Compensation on or after the date the sale closed in connection with the Asset Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of August 7, 2000 between Central Hudson Gas and Electric Corporation and Dynegy Power Corporation. The Participant who retires on his Normal Retirement Date will receive a monthly benefit in an amount equal to 1/12 of the sum of the amounts described in Subsections (1), (2) and (3):
  (1)  
The sum of (A) plus (B) as follows:
  (A)  
2.0% of his Compensation for each Year of Benefit Service prior to the October 1 st coincident with or next following such Participant’s 50 th birthday.
  (B)  
2.5% of his Compensation for each Year of Benefit Service after the October 1 st coincident with or next following such Participant’s 50 th birthday.
  (2)  
Plan to Plan Transfer Benefit . The benefit transferred from the Prior Plan into this Plan following the date the sale closed in connection with the Asset Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of August 7, 2000 among Central Hudson Gas and Electric Corporation, Consolidated Edison Company of New York, Inc., Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation and Dynegy Power Corporation. See Addendum A for historical documentation.

 

13


 

  (3)  
Supplementary Past Service Retirement Income . An amount equal to the sum of (i) and (ii), minus the sum of (iii), (iv) and (v), where (i) 1.40% of the Participant’s Average Earnings as of October 1, 2001 up to $35,000 plus (ii) 1.70% of Average Earnings in excess of $35,000 multiplied by Years of Benefit Service (not to exceed 50) while a Participant prior to October 1, 2001 (plus one year for Participants for whom the one-year eligibility period provisions then in effect were not waived), excluding Years of Benefit Service before January 1, 1933, for an employee who was a Participant continuously and Years of Benefit Service during which a Participant was eligible to accrue a retirement annuity under the Group Annuity Contract but failed to do so minus (iii) the portion of Future Service Retirement Income for the period prior to October 1, 2001, minus (iv) Past Service Retirement Income, and (v) the portion of Supplementary Past Service Retirement Income calculated in Subsection (A), (B), (C), (D), (E), (F), (G), (H), (I), and (J) of Addendum A. For purposes of the formula in this Subsection 3.1(b)(3), Average Earnings shall be the sum of the following Compensation for such Participant divided by 3:
   
50% of Compensation at October 1, 1998
 
   
100% of Compensation at October 1, 1999
 
   
100% of Compensation at October 1, 2000
 
   
50% of Compensation at October 1, 2001
In addition to the amount determined pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Section 3.1(b)(3), if any, for a Participant who terminates Employment on or after September 1, 2004, and whose Benefit Commencement Date is on or after October 1, 2004, an amount equal to (i) the sum of 1.4% of the Participant’s Average Earnings not in excess of $35,000, plus 1.7% of the Participant’s Average Earnings in excess of $35,000, multiplied by (ii) the Participant’s Years of Benefit Service (not to exceed 50) while a Participant prior to October 1, 2004 (plus one year for Participants for whom the one-year-eligibility period provisions then in effect were not waived), excluding Years of Benefit Service before January 1, 1933, for an employee who was a Participant continuously and Years of Benefit Service during which a Participant was eligible to accrue a retirement annuity under the Group Annuity Contract referred to in Appendix A hereof but failed to do so, reduced by the sum of (A) the Participant’s benefit under Section 3.1(b)(l) for the period prior to October 1, 2004, (B) the Participant’s Plan to Plan Transfer Benefit under Section 3.1(b)(2), if any, and (C) the Participant’s Supplementary Past Service Retirement Income under Section 3.1(b)(3) as of October 1, 2001, if any. For purposes of this paragraph of Section 3.1(b)(3), “Average Earnings” shall mean the sum of the following Compensation for a Participant divided by 3:
   
50% of Compensation at October 1, 2001
 
   
100% of Compensation at October 1, 2002
 
   
100% of Compensation at October 1, 2003
 
   
50% of Compensation at October 1, 2004
Notwithstanding the foregoing, for a Participant who terminates Employment on or after September 1, 2004 and prior to October 1, 2004, “Compensation at October 1, 2004” shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.10(a), but using such Participant’s annual base rate of earnings on his last day of Employment rather than October 1st. Further notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall a Participant receive less Supplementary Past Service Retirement Income after the addition of this paragraph to Section 3.1(b)(3) than such Participant would have received under Section 3.1(b)(3) immediately prior to such addition.

 

14


 

  (2)  
Social Security Supplement . In addition to the normal retirement benefit determined in Subsections (1), (2) and (3) above, if a Participant’s Normal Retirement Date occurs before his Social Security Retirement Age, a Social Security supplement will be payable equal to eighty percent (80%) of the primary monthly Social Security benefit that the Committee estimates the Participant will be entitled to receive at the Participant’s Social Security Retirement Age. Social Security supplements shall be payable through the month in which the Participant attains his Social Security Retirement Age; however, in no event shall more than 24 monthly Social Security supplement payments be made.
  (c)  
Benefit Commencement Date . The normal retirement benefit will be payable on the first day of each month beginning on the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date if he has retired.
  (d)  
Adjustment for Form of Payment . The normal retirement benefit payable to the Participant who receives a form of payment other than the Single Life Annuity will be adjusted as described in Section 4.3.
3.2  
Suspension of Benefit Payments .
  (a)  
Benefit Commencement Date . The delayed retirement benefit will be payable on the first day of each month beginning on the Participant’s Delayed Retirement Date.
 
  (b)  
Notice to Participants who Delay Retirement .
  (1)  
The Committee shall furnish any Participant whose employment with the Employer or any Controlled Group member continues beyond his Normal Retirement Date (or resumes his employment after his Normal Retirement Date, but prior to commencement of the payment of his retirement benefit) with the notification described in 29 CFR Section 2530.203-3. Upon such Participant’s subsequent termination of employment, his retirement benefit payable pursuant to Article IV shall be increased to the extent required, if at all, under such Regulations as provided in Subsection (2) below to avoid the effecting of a prohibited forfeiture of benefits by reason of the suspension of benefits during such Participant’s post Normal Retirement Date employment.
  (2)  
A Participant described in Subsection (b)(1) above shall be entitled to a retirement benefit equal to the greater of:
  (A)  
His Accrued Benefit determined pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Plan through the date of his subsequent termination of employment, or
  (B)  
The Actuarial Equivalent of his Accrued Benefit payable at his Normal Retirement Date.

 

15


 

  (3)  
Further, such Participant’s retirement benefit payable pursuant to Subsection 3.2(b) shall be increased to the extent required, if at all, under Section 401(a)(9)(C)(iii) of the Code in the event his employment or reemployment continues after April of the year immediately following the year he attains age 70 1 / 2 .
3.3  
Early Retirement.
  (a)  
Early Retirement Date . The Participant’s Earliest Retirement Date is the first day of the month coincident with or next following the month in which he has both reached his 55 th birthday and completed 10 Years of Vesting Service. The Participant’s Early Retirement Date will be the first day of the month on or after his Earliest Retirement Date and before his Normal Retirement Date, when he actually retires.
  (b)  
Amount of Early Retirement Benefit . The Participant who retires before his Normal Retirement Date and elects to begin receiving his benefits early, will receive a monthly retirement benefit in the amount he could have received as a normal retirement benefit under Section 3.1, with no reduction for early payment. In addition, if the Participant’s Early Retirement Date occurs on or after the Participant’s 59 th birthday, a Social Security Supplement will be payable equal to eighty percent (80%) of the primary monthly Social Security benefit which the Committee estimates the Participant will be entitled to receive at the Participant’s Social Security Retirement Age. Participants retiring after age 59 but prior to age 60 shall not begin to receive a Social Security Supplement until reaching age 60. Social Security Supplement payments shall be payable through the month in which the Participant attains his Social Security Retirement Age; however, in no event shall more than 24 monthly Social Security Supplement payments be made.
  (c)  
Benefit Commencement Date . The Accrued Benefit of the Participant who retires early will be payable on the first day of each month beginning on his Normal Retirement Date, unless he elects to begin payments on an earlier date.
  (d)  
Adjustment for Form of Payment . The early retirement benefit payable to the Participant who receives a form of payment other than the Single Life Annuity will be adjusted as described in Section 4.3.
3.4  
Delayed Retirement .
  (a)  
Delayed Retirement Date . The delayed retirement date of the Participant who continues Employment after his Normal Retirement Date will be the first day of the month following the month in which he actually retires.

 

16


 

  (b)  
Amount of Delayed Retirement Benefit . The Participant who retires on his delayed retirement date will receive a monthly delayed retirement benefit in an amount calculated under Subsection 3.1(b) as of his delayed retirement date. In addition, if a Participant’s delayed retirement date occurs before his Social Security Retirement Age, a Social Security supplement will be payable to such Participant in accordance with Section 3.1(b)(4). The Participant who continues active Employment after age 70 1 / 2 will receive the greater of (i) continued accruals, or (ii) an Actuarial Equivalent increase in his Accrued Benefit for the period between April 1 following the year in which he reaches age 70 1 / 2 and his delayed retirement date.
3.5  
Termination of Employment .
  (a)  
Eligibility for Benefits . Each Participant will become fully vested in his Accrued Benefit as of the date he completes 5 Years of Vesting Service.
  (1)  
Nonvested Termination . The Participant who terminates Employment before he completes 5 Years of Vesting Service and before he reaches Normal Retirement Age will not receive any benefits under this Plan unless he resumes Employment and becomes vested.
  (2)  
Vested Termination . The Participant who terminates Employment after he has completed at least 5 Years of Vesting Service, for any reason other than retirement, disability or death, will be entitled to the monthly vested termination benefit described in Subsection (b).
  (b)  
Amount of Vested Termination Benefit . The vested Participant who terminates Employment will receive a vested termination benefit beginning on his Normal Retirement Date in the amount of his Accrued Benefit. However, the Participant may elect to begin receiving his benefits on the first day of any month coincident with or following his 55 th birthday, and his benefit will be reduced for early payment by 1/180 for each of the first sixty (60) months and further reduced by 1/360 for each of the next sixty (60) months by which his Benefit Commencement Date precedes his Normal Retirement Date.
  (c)  
Benefit Commencement Date . The vested termination benefit will be payable on the first day of each month beginning on the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date, unless he is eligible and elects to begin receiving benefits on an earlier Benefit Commencement Date.
  (d)  
Adjustment for Form of Payment . The vested termination benefit payable to the Participant who receives a form of payment other than the Single Life Annuity will be adjusted as described in Section 4.3.
3.6  
Disability Retirement .
  (a)  
Eligibility . The Participant who incurs a Disability will be entitled to the retirement benefit described in this Section. The Participant must qualify for coverage under the Employer’s long term disability plan and must apply to receive Social Security disability benefits under the Social Security Act.

 

17


 

  (b)  
Amount of Retirement Benefit . The Participant who retires because of a Disability before age 60 will receive a monthly benefit in the amount he would have received as a normal retirement benefit under Section 3.1, calculated as if (i) his Employment had continued for purposes of Vesting Service and Benefit Service during the period he receives payments from the Employer’s long term disability plan, and (ii) his Compensation for the October 1 on or preceding his Disability commencement date had remained constant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Participant’s retirement benefit will not be less than the disability benefit he received from the Employer’s long term disability plan. The Disabled Participant who has at least 10 Years of Vesting Service may elect to begin receiving his benefits on an Early Retirement Date, in lieu of a Disability Retirement.
  (c)  
Benefit Commencement Date . The retirement benefit will be payable to the Disabled Participant on the first day of each month beginning on or following his attainment of age 60. If he is eligible, he may elect to begin receiving benefits on an Early Retirement Date, in lieu of a Disability Retirement.
  (d)  
Recovery and Resumption of Employment . The Disabled Participant who recovers and resumes Employment within the time required under rules adopted by the Committee and uniformly applied, and remains in Employment for at least one full year or resumes his Disability within one year, will be treated as if (i) his Employment had continued for purposes of Vesting Service and Benefit Service, and (ii) his Compensation for the October 1 on or preceding his Disability commencement date had remained constant throughout his period of Disability. With respect to a Disabled Participant who recovers and resumes Employment, but whose Compensation upon reemployment is less than that which the Disabled Participant received for the October 1 on or preceding his Disability, such Disabled Participant will be treated as if his Compensation for the October 1 on or preceding his Disability commencement date was still in effect upon reemployment.
  (e)  
Forfeiture of Disability Status . The Participant will not be entitled to the benefits described in this Section if his Disability results from any of the following: (i) continuing abuse of drugs or alcohol that is not protected under the Americans with Disabilities Act; (ii) injury or disease sustained while willfully participating in acts of violence, riots, civil insurrections or while committing a felony; (iii) injury or disease sustained while serving in any armed forces or as the result of warfare; (iv) injury or disease sustained after termination of Employment; (v) injury or disease sustained while working for anyone other than an Employer, which is directly attributable to such employment; or (vi) intentional, self-inflicted injury.

 

18


 

3.7  
Reemployment .
  (a)  
Effect of Reemployment .
  (1)  
In the event a Participant to whom payment of his retirement benefit under the Plan has commenced is reemployed by an Employer or a Controlled Group member, whether or not as an Employee, payment of his retirement benefit shall not be interrupted or otherwise adversely affected, but shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 3.7.
  (2)  
In the event a Participant is reemployed by an Employer or Controlled Group member, whether or not as an Employee, before payment of his retirement benefit has commenced, his benefit shall not commence during his period of reemployment, but shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 3.2.
  (b)  
Reemployment After Receipt of Monthly Payments . If a Participant described in Subsection (a)(1) above is reemployed as an Employee he shall resume benefit accruals pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Plan, subject to the modifications required by this Section 3.7. In this regard, the benefit accrual of such Participant during his reemployment shall be determined at the end of such period of reemployment to be the excess, if any, of the amount determined pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Plan over the Actuarial Equivalent of the Participant’s Accrued Benefit as of his Benefit Commencement Date. Any such excess shall be applied as of the first retirement benefit payment after the Participant’s period of reemployment to increase such retirement benefit payment and each payment thereafter in the annuity form in which such Participant’s retirement benefit is being paid, together with an actuarial adjustment, if necessary, adequate to satisfy the requirements of Section 411(a) of the Code and 29 CFR Section 2530.203-3 concerning the delay in payment of the amount of such increase. In the event such Participant’s reemployment continues after April 1 of the year immediately following the year in which he attains age seventy and one-half (70 1 / 2 ), an actuarial adjustment, if necessary, adequate to satisfy the requirements of Section 401(a)(9)(C)(iii) of the Code with respect to the delay in payment of the amount of such increase for periods after such April 1 shall be applied. In no event shall retirement benefit payments made prior to the date of such Participant’s reemployment or during his period of reemployment be taken into account with respect to his benefit accruals or retirement benefits payable after his reemployment or after his subsequent termination of employment.

 

19


 

ARTICLE 4
Payment of Benefits
4.1  
Normal Form of Payment .
  (a)  
Unmarried Participant . The normal form of benefit payable to the unmarried Participant will be the Single Life Annuity described in Subsection 4.3(a). The Participant may elect any optional form described in Section 4.3.
  (b)  
Married Participant . The normal form of benefit payable to the married Participant will be the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity described in Subsection 4.3(b). The Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is a reduced monthly benefit beginning on the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date and payable throughout his lifetime, with 50% of that monthly amount continuing for life to his surviving Spouse, beginning on the first day of the month following the month in which his date of death occurs. In the event the Participant’s benefit had been subject to the Code Section 415 limitation described in Section 6.1, the Plan will calculate the amount payable to the surviving Spouse on the basis of the amount the Participant would have received if his benefit had not been subject to that limitation; provided that the Spouse’s benefit will not exceed 100 percent of the amount the Participant had received. The Participant may elect any optional form described in Section 4.3 but only if he has his Spouse’s written consent obtained under the procedures described in Section 4.2.
4.2  
Election Procedures .
  (a)  
General Rules .
  (1)  
Except as provided in Subsections (a)(2) and (a)(3) below, within the period of time commencing 180 days (effective January 1, 2008) and ending thirty (30) days prior to his Benefit Commencement Date, the Committee shall give each Participant a written notice that Plan benefits thereafter payable will be in the form of a joint and survivor annuity under Section 4.1(b) in the case of a married Participant unless the Participant makes a Qualified Election within the applicable Election Period to receive Plan benefits payable under the Plan in another form. In the case of a Participant who is not married, the notice shall inform him that Plan benefits will be paid in the form of an applicable life annuity under Section 4.1(a) unless a Qualified Election is made for another form of benefit payable under the Plan. Such notice shall also provide written explanation of (i) the terms and conditions of the applicable standard form of annuity; (ii) the Participant’s right to make and the effect of, an election to waive the applicable standard annuity form of benefit; (iii) the relative values of the applicable optional forms of benefit available; (iv) the rights of a Participant’s Spouse; (v) the right to make, and the effect of, a revocation of a previous election to waive the applicable standard form of annuity; (vi) if applicable, his right to defer his Benefit Commencement Date; and (vii) if applicable, his right to a Direct Rollover pursuant to Section 4.4(c).

 

20


 

  (2)  
In the event the written notice described in Subsection (a)(1) above is provided to a Participant before his Benefit Commencement Date but less than thirty (30) days prior to such date, such Participant (with the consent of his Spouse, if he is married) may elect, on a properly completed election form provided by the Committee, to waive the minimum thirty (30) day notice period described in Subsection (a)(1) above, provided the following conditions are met:
  (A)  
The Committee provides descriptive information to the Participant clearly indicating that he has the right to at least thirty (30) days to consider whether to waive the applicable standard form of annuity and elect an alternative form of benefit available to him under the Plan;
  (B)  
The Participant is permitted to revoke an election made pursuant to Paragraph (A) above at least until the Benefit Commencement Date, or, if later, at any time prior to the expiration of the seven (7)-day period which begins on the day immediately following the date the written notice described in Subsection (a)(1) above is provided to the Participant and distribution in accordance with such election does not commence prior to the expiration of such seven (7)-day period; and
  (C)  
The Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date is after the date such written notice is provided to the Participant.
The Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date may be prior to the date the Participant makes any affirmative benefit distribution election pursuant to this Subsection (a)(2) and prior to the date distribution is permitted to commence pursuant to Paragraph (B) above, provided that, except in a case due solely to administrative delay, distribution pursuant to such election shall commence not more than ninety (90) days after the written notice described in Subsection (a)(1) above is provided to the Participant.
  (3)  
In accordance with the conditions and requirements of this Subsection (a)(3) and of Section 417(a)(7) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, a Participant who is eligible to do so may elect a retroactive Benefit Commencement Date with respect to the distribution of his retirement benefit. For purposes of the Plan, a retroactive Benefit Commencement Date (“RASD”) means an Benefit Commencement Date affirmatively elected by a Participant which is on or before the date the written notice described in Subsection (a)(1) above is provided to the Participant.

 

21


 

  (A)  
A Participant shall be eligible to elect a RASD only if the following requirements and conditions are met:
  (i)  
The Participant has requested the written notice described in Subsection (a)(1) above prior to his Benefit Commencement Date and, solely due to administrative delay, such written notice is provided to the Participant on or after his Benefit Commencement Date;
  (ii)  
The Participant’s retirement benefit payments have not commenced;
  (iii)  
The Participant’s elected RASD is not prior to the date of his Termination Date;
  (iv)  
The Participant’s Spouse (including an alternate payee who is treated as such Spouse under an order the Committee has determined to be a qualified domestic relations order), determined as if the date distributions are to commence was the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date, consents to the distribution in a Qualified Election; provided, however, such spousal consent is not applicable if the amount of the survivor annuity payments for such Spouse under the RASD election are not less than the amount of the survivor annuity payments for such Spouse under the applicable standard form of annuity with an Benefit Commencement Date after the date the written notice described in Subsection (c)(1) above is provided to the Participant;
  (v)  
Any distribution (including appropriate interest adjustments) based on the RASD must satisfy the requirements of Section 415 of the Code if the date the distribution is to commence is substituted for the Benefit Commencement Date for all purposes, including for purposes of determining the applicable interest rate and the applicable mortality table as described in Subsection 1.2(b); provided, however, satisfaction of such requirement is not required in the case of a distribution in the form of an annuity described in Section 4.1 or Section 4.3 and the date such distribution is to commence in any such form is twelve (12) months or less from the RASD; and
  (vi)  
In the case of a form of retirement benefit distribution which would have been subject to the present value requirements of Section 417(e)(3) of the Code if such distribution had actually commenced as of the RASD, such distribution must be not less than the retirement benefit produced by application of the applicable interest rate and the applicable mortality table as described in Subsection 1.2(b) determined as of the date distribution is to commence to the annuity form which corresponds to the annuity form used to determine the retirement benefit amount as of the RASD.

 

22


 

  (B)  
The future payments of retirement benefit to the Participant must be the same as the future payments of retirement benefit which would have been paid to the Participant if such payments had actually commenced on the RASD and the Participant must receive a make-up payment to reflect the missed payment or payments for the period between the RASD and the date of the actual make-up payment (with an appropriate adjustment for interest at the applicable interest rate as described in Subsection 1.2(b) for such period on such missed payment or payments);
  (C)  
The written notice described in Subsection (a)(1) above must generally be provided to the Participant not less than 30 days nor more than 180 days (effective January 1, 2008) prior to the date of the first payment pursuant to the Participant’s election of an RASD and such election must be made after such written notice is provided but on or prior to the date of such first payment; provided, however, such written notice may be provided less than 30 days prior to the date of such first payment if the requirements of Subsection (a)(2) above would be satisfied when such date is substituted for the Benefit Commencement Date in applying the requirements of such Subsection other than the requirements described in the final sentence of such Subsection; and, provided, further, that, except in a case due solely to administrative delay, the date of such first payment shall be not more than 180 days (effective January 1, 2008) after such written notice is provided to the Participant.
  (4)  
For purposes of this Subsection 4.2(a), the following defined terms have the meanings provided below where such terms are used in the initially capitalized form:
  (A)  
The term “Election Period” shall mean, subject to the modifications under certain circumstances described in Subsections (a)(2) and (a)(3) above, the 180-day period (effective January 1, 2008) ending on the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date.

 

23


 

  (B)  
The term “Qualified Election” shall mean an election to waive the applicable standard form of annuity, and, effective January 1, 2008, to elect or waive the Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity. The Participant’s election must be in writing and, if he is married, must be consented to by his Spouse. The Spouse’s consent to an election must acknowledge the applicable standard form of annuity and the Spouse must acknowledge such consent before a notary public or Plan representative. The waiver must state the specific beneficiary applicable (including any class of beneficiaries). Such election may not be changed without further spousal consent. Notwithstanding this consent requirement, if the Participant establishes to the satisfaction of the Committee that such written consent may not be obtained because there is no Spouse or the Spouse cannot be located, an election will be deemed a Qualified Election. Also, if the Participant is legally separated or has been abandoned (within the meaning of applicable law) and the Participant has a court order to such effect, spousal consent is not required. Any consent necessary under this Subsection (4)(B) will be valid only with respect to the Spouse who signs the consent, or in the event of a deemed Qualified Election, the designated Spouse. Additionally, a revocation of a prior election may be made by a Participant without the consent of the Spouse at any time during the applicable Election Period. The number of revocations shall not be limited. Any new election of an optional form of benefit will require new spousal consent. The preceding sentence shall not apply if such election is back to the applicable standard form of annuity.
  (b)  
Election of 100%, 75% or 50% Joint and Survivor Annuity . The married Participant may elect to receive a 100%, 75% or 50% Joint and Survivor Annuity with his Spouse as his joint annuitant, and he will not be required to have his Spouse’s consent to make the election.
  (c)  
Election Concerning Form of Benefit . Any Participant who would otherwise receive the standard form of benefit described in Section 4.1 may elect not to take his benefit in such form by properly executing and filing the benefit election form prescribed by the Committee during the Election Period described in Subsection 4.2(a)(4)(A) as a Qualified Election as described in Subsection 4.2(a)(4)(B).
  (d)  
Election . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, but subject to Section 4.6 of the Plan, a Participant, other than a Participant whose present value of his vested Accrued Benefit is not in excess of $1,000, must file a claim for benefits in the manner prescribed by the Committee before payment of his benefits will commence. In the event that the requirement in the preceding sentence delays the commencement of payment of a Participant’s benefits to a date after his Normal Retirement Date, such Participant’s benefit shall not be less than the Actuarial Equivalent of his Accrued Benefit payable at his Normal Retirement Date.

 

24


 

4.3  
Description of Forms of Payment . The value of each of the following forms of payment will be the Actuarial Equivalent of the benefit that would be payable to the Participant as a Single Life Annuity.
  (a)  
Single Life Annuity . The Single Life Annuity is a monthly benefit in the amount determined under the applicable provision of Article 3, beginning on the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date and payable throughout his lifetime, ending with the last payment due on the first day of the month preceding the month in which his death occurs.
  (b)  
Joint and Survivor Annuity . The Joint and Survivor Annuity is a reduced monthly benefit beginning on the Participant’s Benefit Commencement Date and payable throughout his lifetime, with either 30%, 40%, 50%, 75% or 100%, as elected by the Participant, of that monthly amount continuing for life to his surviving joint annuitant, beginning on the first day of the month in which the Participant’s date of death occurs. If the designated joint annuitant predeceases the Participant while the Participant is receiving retirement payments, then, the Participant’s monthly benefit will increase to the amount he would have been receiving under the Plan had the Participant originally elected the Single Life Annuity. This increase is effective the first day of the month after the death of the Participant’s designated joint annuitant.
4.4  
Cash-Out .
  (a)  
Vested Participant . As soon as practicable after the Termination Date of the Participant whose Accrued Benefit has a present value not greater than $1,000, the Committee will pay his entire benefit in the form of a lump sum payment. In the event benefit payments have begun to a Participant or surviving Spouse, and the Accrued Benefit had a present value no greater than $1,000 as of the Benefit Commencement Date, the Committee will cash out the remaining benefit only if the Participant and his Spouse, or his surviving Spouse if he is deceased, consent in writing. The Committee need not obtain consent from a non-Spouse beneficiary.
  (b)  
Nonvested Participant (Zero Cash-out) . Regardless of the present value of his Accrued Benefit, each nonvested Participant will be considered to have received a constructive cash-out of his entire Accrued Benefit as of his Termination Date. In the event such Participant resumes Employment before he incurs a Five-Year Break, he will be considered to have repaid his constructive cash-out as of the date he resumes Employment.

 

25


 

  (c)  
Direct Rollover of Lump Sum Payments .
  (1)  
The retired or terminated vested Participant who receives a lump sum may instruct the Committee to transfer all or part of his lump sum payment to an eligible retirement plan, as defined below. The Participant must timely provide in writing all information required to effect the transfer. Since the lump sum payment will not be greater than $1,000, the Spouse’s consent will not be required. A surviving Spouse or Spousal alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order who receives a lump sum payment may instruct the Committee to transfer all or part of the payment to an IRA, and must timely provide in writing all information required to effect the transfer. A Spousal alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order may also roll over to another employer’s qualified plan. The Committee will provide timely notice of the right to make a direct-plan transfer. However, any lump sum payment less than $200, any payment required under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, and any distribution on account of hardship shall not be eligible for direct rollover.
  (2)  
An eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code, an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code, a qualified trust described in Section 401(a) of the Code, an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code, and an eligible plan under Section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state (that agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan) that accepts the distributee’s eligible rollover distribution. Effective January 1, 2008, an eligible retirement plan is also an individual retirement account described in Section 408A of the Code (a “Roth IRA”). However, in the case of an eligible rollover distribution to the surviving spouse, an eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity. The definition of eligible retirement plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving spouse, or to a spouse or former spouse who is the Alternate Payee under a “qualified domestic relations order.”
4.5  
Effect of Death on Forms of Payment .
  (a)  
Death of Spouse or Beneficiary Before Benefits Begin . If the Participant’s benefit is payable in any form with a survivor benefit and his Spouse or designated beneficiary dies before his Benefit Commencement Date, the survivor form of payment will not become effective, and he will instead receive his retirement benefit as a Single Life Annuity unless he properly elects another form before his Benefit Commencement Date.
  (b)  
Death of Participant Before Benefits Begin . If the Participant’s benefit is payable in any form with a survivor benefit and he dies before his Benefit Commencement Date, his Spouse or other beneficiary will not be entitled to any benefits under any such form. His surviving Spouse will be entitled only to the preretirement death benefit payable under Article 5.

 

26


 

  (c)  
Death of Spouse or Beneficiary After Benefits Begin . If the Participant’s benefit has begun in any form with a survivor benefit and his Spouse or other beneficiary dies before he does, then, the Participant’s monthly benefit will increase to the amount he would have been receiving under the Plan had the Participant originally elected the Single Life Annuity. This increase is effective the first day of the month after the death of the Participant’s designated joint annuitant.
  (d)  
Death of Participant After Benefits Begin . If the Participant dies after his benefits have begun, no death benefit will be payable except to the extent provided under the form of benefit he was receiving.
4.6  
Required Distribution Rules .
  (a)  
Payment to the Participant . The Plan will cash-out each Participant’s Accrued Benefit, or will begin annuity payments, no later than the April 1 of the calendar year following the later of the calendar year in which he reaches age 70 1 / 2 or the year in which he retires, except that the Plan will make required annual payments to any Participant who is a 5-percent owner even if he has not retired. The Plan will pay the Accrued Benefit over a period not extending beyond the Participant’s lifetime or life expectancy, or over a period not extending beyond the joint and last survivor life expectancies of the Participant and his Spouse or other beneficiary.
However, unless the Participant elects otherwise, the Plan will begin payment of his Accrued Benefit no later than the 60 th day after the end of the Plan Year in which occurs the latest of: (1) his 65 th birthday; (2) the tenth anniversary of the date he began participating in the Plan; or (3) his Termination Date.
  (b)  
Participant’s Death Before Benefits Begin . If the Participant dies before his Benefit Commencement Date, the only preretirement death benefit payable under the Plan is the benefit payable to the surviving Spouse (if any) under Article 5. The Plan will cash-out any survivor benefit with a present value not greater than $1,000, or will begin annuity payments of benefits with a greater present value, no later than the end of the Plan Year during which the Participant would have reached age 70 1 / 2 . Payments will cease as of the Spouse’s date of death.
  (c)  
Participant’s Death After Benefits Begin . If the Participant dies after his Benefit Commencement Date, his remaining Accrued Benefit will be paid at least as rapidly as under the method of payment in effect before his death.
  (d)  
Compliance with Section 401(a)(9) of the Code . The intent of this Section is that the beginning dates and payment periods of benefits payable to each Participant and beneficiary will be within the limitations permitted under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and will comply with Treasury Regulations published on April 17, 2002 and June 15, 2004, as they may thereafter be amended, including the minimum incidental death benefit requirement. If there is any discrepancy between this Section and Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, that Code Section will prevail.

 

27


 

4.7  
Payment on Participant’s Behalf .
  (a)  
Payment to the Participant’s Representative . If the Participant is incompetent to handle his affairs on his Benefit Commencement Date or thereafter, or cannot be located after reasonable effort, the Committee will make payments to his court-appointed personal representative, or if none is appointed the Committee may in its discretion make payments to his next-of-kin. The Committee may request a court of competent jurisdiction to determine the payee.
  (b)  
Payment to Minor or Incompetent Beneficiaries . In the event the deceased Participant’s beneficiary is a minor, or is legally incompetent, or cannot be located, the Committee will make payment to the court-appointed guardian or representative of such beneficiary, or to a trust established for the benefit of such beneficiary, as applicable.
  (c)  
Judicial Determination . In the event the Committee considers it necessary, it may have a court of applicable jurisdiction determine to whom payments should be made, in which event all expenses incurred in obtaining the determination may be charged against the payee.
4.8  
Unclaimed Benefits . In the event the Committee cannot locate any person entitled to receive the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit, with reasonable effort and after a period of five years, his interest will be canceled but will be reinstated within 60 days after he is located, as required under Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)-14(d) or any other applicable law. The Committee will pay any required retroactive payment in a single sum without adjustment for interest.
4.9  
Correction of Mistakes . In the event the Committee discovers that a mistake has been made in the calculation of the benefit amount payable to any Participant or beneficiary, it will correct the mistake as soon as practicable. If an overpayment in monthly payments has been made, the Committee will reduce future monthly benefit payments to the extent necessary to recover the overpayment within a reasonable period of time. If an overpayment has been made in a lump sum, the Committee will seek cash reimbursement. If an underpayment in monthly payments has been made, the Committee either will pay the Actuarial Equivalent present value of the underpayment in a single sum, or will increase future monthly benefit payments to the extent necessary to pay Actuarial Equivalent present value of the underpayment within a reasonable period of time. If an underpayment has been made in a lump sum, the Committee will pay the Actuarial Equivalent present value of the underpayment in a single sum. However, if the Committee determines that the burden or expense of seeking recovery of any overpayment would be greater than the potential recovery warrants, it may in its discretion forego recovery efforts. If a mistake in any communication creates a risk of loss to any Participant or beneficiary, the Plan will take reasonable steps to mitigate such risk, such as making de minimis variances from Plan provisions (including but not limited to forms and timing of payment), to the extent any such variance would comply with applicable qualification requirements if it were set forth in written provisions of the Plan.

 

28


 

ARTICLE 5
Preretirement Death Benefits
5.1  
Married Vested Participant . The surviving Spouse of the vested Participant who dies before his Benefit Commencement Date will receive the monthly preretirement death benefit described in this Section.
  (a)  
Coverage for Surviving Spouse Only . The preretirement death benefit coverage will become effective on the later of (i) the date the Participant becomes vested, or (ii) the date he becomes married. The coverage will remain in effect until the earlier of (i) the date the Participant becomes unmarried for any reason, (ii) the Participant’s date of death, or (iii) the Benefit Commencement Date. The coverage will remain in effect whether or not the Participant continues in Employment. The Plan will provide the death benefit without any charge for the cost of coverage and without reduction in the benefit payable to the Participant or surviving Spouse to account for the cost of coverage.
  (b)  
Amount of Spouse’s Preretirement Death Benefit . If the present value of the survivor benefit is not greater than $1,000, the Committee will pay the entire benefit to the surviving Spouse in a lump sum payment. Otherwise, the surviving Spouse will receive a monthly benefit equal to the amount that would have been payable to the Participant as a Single Life Annuity, based on his Accrued Benefit earned as of his date of death. The Plan will apply the Code Section 415 limitations described in Section 6.1 to the Spouse’s benefit as if the Spouse were the Participant. In the event the surviving Spouse elects to begin receiving benefits before the date that would have been the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date if he had survived, the amount of the benefit will be reduced by the early retirement reduction factor described in Subsection 3.3(b) if any.
  (c)  
Beginning Date of Spouse’s Preretirement Death Benefit . The preretirement death benefit will normally become payable to the surviving Spouse on the date that would have been the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date if he had survived. However, the surviving Spouse of the Participant who dies before his Earliest Retirement Date may elect to begin receiving benefits on the date that would have been the Participant’s Earliest Retirement Date if he had survived. The surviving Spouse of the Participant who dies after his Earliest Retirement Date may elect to begin receiving benefits as of the first day of the month following the month in which the Participant’s date of death occurs. Benefit payments will be made as of the first day of each month, with the final payment due on the first day of the month preceding the month in which the Spouse’s death occurs.
5.2  
Unmarried Participant or Nonvested Participant . The Participant who either does not have a surviving Spouse, or is not vested on his date of death, will not have any preretirement death benefit coverage under the Plan.

 

29


 

ARTICLE 6
Limitations on Benefit Amounts
6.1  
Limitations Imposed by Section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code :
  (a)  
The limitations of this Section 6.1 shall apply on and after January 1, 2008, except as otherwise provided herein.
  (b)  
The Annual Benefit otherwise payable to a Participant under the Plan at any time shall not exceed the Maximum Permissible Benefit. If the benefit the Participant would otherwise accrue in a Limitation Year would produce an Annual Benefit in excess of the Maximum Permissible Benefit, the benefit shall be limited (or the rate of accrual reduced) to a benefit that does not exceed the Maximum Permissible Benefit.
  (c)  
If the Participant is, or has ever been, a participant in another qualified defined benefit plan (without regard to whether the plan has been terminated) maintained by the employer or a predecessor employer, the sum of the Participant’s Annual Benefits from all such plans may not exceed the Maximum Permissible Benefit. Where the Participant’s employer-provided benefits under all such defined benefit plans (determined as of the same age) would exceed the Maximum Permissible Benefit applicable at that age, the maximum monthly retirement income applicable to all such defined benefit plans of the employer shall be determined and allocated on a pro rata basis in proportion to the actuarially equivalent amount of retirement income otherwise accrued under each such defined benefit plan so that the Maximum Permissible Benefit is not exceeded.
  (d)  
The application of the provisions of this section shall not cause the Maximum Permissible Benefit for any Participant to be less than the Participant’s accrued benefit under all the defined benefit plans of the employer or a predecessor employer as of the end of the last Limitation Year beginning before July 1, 2007 under provisions of the plans that were both adopted and in effect before April 5, 2007. The preceding sentence applies only if the provisions of such defined benefit plans that were both adopted and in effect before April 5, 2007 satisfied the applicable requirements of statutory provisions, regulations, and other published guidance relating to Section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code in effect as of the end of the last Limitation Year beginning before July 1, 2007, as described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.415(a)-1(g)(4).
  (e)  
The limitations of this Section 6.1 shall be determined and applied taking into account the rules in Subsection (g) below.

 

30


 

(f) Definitions.
  (1)  
“Annual Benefit” shall mean a benefit that is payable annually in the form of a straight life annuity. Except as provided below, where a benefit is payable in a form other than a straight life annuity, the benefit shall be adjusted to an actuarially equivalent straight life annuity that begins at the same time as such other form of benefit and is payable on the first day of each month, before applying the limitations of this Section 6.1. For a Participant who has or will have distributions commencing at more than one annuity starting date, the Annual Benefit shall be determined as of each such annuity starting date (and shall satisfy the limitations of this Section 6.1 as of each such date), actuarially adjusting for past and future distributions of benefits commencing at the other annuity starting dates. For this purpose, the determination of whether a new starting date has occurred shall be made without regard to Section 1.401(a)-20, Q&A 10(d), and with regard to Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(b)-1(b)(1)(iii)(B) and (C).
No actuarial adjustment to the benefit shall be made for (i) survivor benefits payable to a surviving spouse under a qualified joint and survivor annuity to the extent such benefits would not be payable if the Participant’s benefit were paid in another form; (ii) benefits that are not directly related to retirement benefits (such as a qualified disability benefit, preretirement incidental death benefits, and postretirement medical benefits); or (iii) the inclusion in the form of benefit of an automatic benefit increase feature, provided the form of benefit is not subject to Section 417(e)(3) of the Code and would otherwise satisfy the limitations of this Section 6.1, and the Plan provides that the amount payable under the form of benefit in any Limitation Year shall not exceed the limits of this Section 6.1 applicable at the annuity starting date, as increased in subsequent years pursuant to Section 415(d) of the Code. For this purpose, an automatic benefit increase feature is included in a form of benefit if the form of benefit provides for automatic, periodic increases to the benefits paid in that form.
The determination of the Annual Benefit shall take into account Social Security supplements described in Section 411(a)(9) of the Code and benefits transferred from another defined benefit plan, other than transfers of distributable benefits pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.411(d)-4, Q&A-3(c), but shall disregard benefits attributable to employee contributions or rollover contributions.
Effective for distributions in Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2003, the determination of actuarial equivalence of forms of benefit other than a straight life annuity shall be made in accordance with Section 6.1(f)(1)(A) or (B) below.
  (A)  
Benefit Forms Not Subject to Section 417(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code : The straight life annuity that is actuarially equivalent to the Participant’s form of benefit shall be determined under this subsection (i) if the form of the Participant’s benefit is either (1) a nondecreasing annuity (other than a straight life annuity) payable for a period of not less than the life of the Participant (or, in the case of a qualified pre-retirement survivor annuity, the life of the surviving spouse), or (2) an annuity that decreases during the life of the Participant merely because of (a) the death of the survivor annuitant (but only if the reduction is not below 50% of the benefit payable before the death of the survivor annuitant), or (b) the cessation or reduction of Social Security supplements or qualified disability payments (as defined in Section 401(a)(11) of the Code).

 

31


 

  (I)  
Limitation Years beginning before July 1, 2007 . For Limitation Years beginning before July 1, 2007, the actuarially equivalent straight life annuity is equal to the annual amount of the straight life annuity commencing at the same annuity starting date that has the same actuarial present value as the Participant’s form of benefit computed using whichever of the following produces the greater annual amount: (i) the interest rate specified in Section 1.2(a) of the Plan (which is 7 1 / 2 % compounded annually and is hereinafter referred to as the “Plan Interest Rate”) and the mortality table (or other tabular factor) specified in Section 1.2(a) of the Plan (which is the 1983 Group Annuity Mortality Table, assuming the Participant is male and the contingent annuitant is female, and is hereinafter referred to as the “Plan Mortality Table”) for adjusting benefits in the same form; and (ii) a 5 percent interest rate assumption and the applicable mortality table prescribed in Revenue Ruling 2001-62 for that annuity starting date.
  (II)  
Limitation Years beginning on or after July 1, 2007 . For Limitation Years beginning on or after July 1, 2007, the actuarially equivalent straight life annuity is equal to the greater of (i) the annual amount of the straight life annuity (if any) payable to the Participant under the Plan commencing at the same annuity starting date as the Participant’s form of benefit; and (ii) the annual amount of the straight life annuity commencing at the same annuity starting date that has the same actuarial present value as the Participant’s form of benefit, computed using a 5 percent interest rate assumption and the Applicable Mortality Table defined in Section 1.2(b)(1) of the Plan for that annuity starting date.

 

32


 

  (B)  
Benefit Forms Subject to Section 417(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code : The straight life annuity that is actuarially equivalent to the Participant’s form of benefit shall be determined under this subsection (ii) if the form of the Participant’s benefit is other than a benefit form described in Subsection (A) above. In this case, the actuarially equivalent straight life annuity shall be determined as follows:
  (I)  
Annuity Starting Date in Plan Years Beginning After 2005 . If the annuity starting date of the Participant’s form of benefit is in a Plan Year beginning after 2005, the actuarially equivalent straight life annuity is equal to the greatest of (i) the annual amount of the straight life annuity commencing at the same annuity starting date that has the same actuarial present value as the Participant’s form of benefit, computed using the Plan Interest Rate specified in Section 1.2(a) of the Plan and the Plan Mortality Table (or other tabular factor) specified in Section 1.2(a) of the Plan for adjusting benefits in the same form; (ii) the annual amount of the straight life annuity commencing at the same annuity starting date that has the same actuarial present value as the Participant’s form of benefit, computed using a 5.5 percent interest rate assumption and the applicable mortality table prescribed in Revenue Ruling 2001-62; and (iii) the annual amount of the straight life annuity commencing at the same annuity starting date that has the same actuarial present value as the Participant’s form of benefit, computed using the applicable interest rate defined in the Plan for that annuity starting date and the applicable mortality table prescribed in Revenue Ruling 2001-62, divided by 1.05.
  (II)  
Annuity Starting Date in Plan Years Beginning in 2004 or 2005 . If the annuity starting date of the Participant’s form of benefit is in a Plan Year beginning in 2004 or 2005, the actuarially equivalent straight life annuity is equal to the annual amount of the straight life annuity commencing at the same annuity starting date that has the same actuarial present value as the Participant’s form of benefit, computed using whichever of the following produces the greater annual amount: (i) the Plan Interest Rate specified in Section 1.2(a) of the Plan and the Plan Mortality Table (or other tabular factor) specified in Section 1.2(a) of the Plan for adjusting benefits in the same form; and (ii) a 5.5 percent interest rate assumption and the applicable mortality table prescribed in Revenue Ruling 2001-62.

 

33


 

  (2)  
“IRC 415 Compensation” shall mean wages, salaries, and fees for professional services and other amounts received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Employer maintaining the Plan to the extent that the amounts are includible in gross income (including, but not limited to, commissions paid salespersons, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits, and reimbursements, or other expense allowances under a nonaccountable plan [as described in Section 1.62-2(c) of the Treasury regulations]), and excluding the following:
  (A)  
Employer contributions (other than elective contributions described in Sections 402(e)(3), 408(k)(6), 408(p)(2)(A)(i), or 457(b) of the Code) to a plan of deferred compensation (including a simplified employee pension described in Section 408(k) or a simple retirement account described in Section 408(p) of the Code, and whether or not qualified) to the extent such contributions are not includible in the Employee’s gross income for the taxable year in which contributed, and any distributions (whether or not includible in gross income when distributed) from a plan of deferred compensation (whether or not qualified), other than, amounts received during the year by an Employee pursuant to a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan to the extent includible in gross income;
  (B)  
Amounts realized from the exercise of a nonstatutory stock option (that is, an option other than a statutory stock option as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.421-1(b)), or when restricted stock (or property) held by the Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture;
  (C)  
Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock acquired under a statutory stock option;
  (D)  
Other amounts that receive special tax benefits, such as premiums for group-term life insurance (but only to the extent that the premiums are not includible in the gross income of the Employee and are not salary reduction amounts that are described in Section 125 of the Code); and
  (E)  
Other items of remuneration that are similar to any of the items listed in (A) through (D).
For any self-employed individual, IRC 415 Compensation shall mean earned income.

 

34


 

Except as provided herein, for Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 1991, IRC 415 Compensation for a Limitation Year is the IRC 415 Compensation actually paid or made available during such Limitation Year. IRC 415 Compensation for a Limitation Year shall include amounts earned but not paid during the Limitation Year solely because of the timing of pay periods and pay dates, provided the amounts are paid during the first few weeks of the next Limitation Year, the amounts are included on a uniform and consistent basis with respect to all similarly situated employees, and no compensation is included in more than one Limitation Year.
For Limitation Years beginning on or after July 1, 2007, IRC 415 Compensation for a Limitation Year shall also include compensation paid by the later of 2 1 / 2 months after an Employee’s severance from employment with the employer maintaining the Plan or the end of the Limitation Year that includes the date of the Employee’s severance from employment with the employer maintaining the Plan, if:
  (A)  
The payment is regular compensation for services during the Employee’s regular working hours, or compensation for services outside the Employee’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar payments, and, absent a severance from employment, the payments would have been paid to the Employee while the Employee continued in employment with the Employer;
  (B)  
The payment is for unused accrued bona fide sick, vacation or other leave that the Employee would have been able to use if employment had continued; or
  (C)  
The payment is received by the Employee pursuant to a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan and would have been paid at the same time if employment had continued, but only to the extent includible in gross income.
Any payments not described above shall not be considered IRC 415 Compensation if paid after severance from employment, even if they are paid by the later of 2 1 / 2 months after the date of severance from employment or the end of the Limitation Year that includes the date of severance from employment, except, (i) payments to an individual who does not currently perform services for the employer by reason of qualified military service (within the meaning of Section 414(u)(1) of the Code) to the extent these payments do not exceed the amounts the individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform services for the employer rather than entering qualified military service, or (ii) compensation paid to a Participant who is permanently and totally disabled, as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, provided that salary continuation applies to all Participants who are permanently and totally disabled for a fixed or determinable period, or the Participant was not a Highly Compensated Employee immediately before becoming disabled.

 

35


 

Back pay, within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(c)-2(g)(8), shall be treated as IRC 415 Compensation for the Limitation Year to which the back pay relates to the extent the back pay represents wages and compensation that would otherwise be included under this definition.
For Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 1997, IRC 415 Compensation paid or made available during such Limitation Year shall include amounts that would otherwise be included in IRC 415 Compensation but for an election under Sections 125(a), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 402(k), or 457(b) of the Code.
For Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 2000, IRC 415 Compensation shall also include any elective amounts that are not includible in the gross income of the Employee by reason of Section 132(f)(4) of the Code.
For Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 2001, IRC 415 Compensation shall also include deemed Section 125 compensation. Deemed Section 125 compensation is an amount that is excludable under Section 106 of the Code that is not available to a participant in cash in lieu of group health coverage under a Section 125 arrangement solely because the Participant is unable to certify that he or she has other health coverage. Amounts are deemed Section 125 compensation only if the employer does not request or otherwise collect information regarding the Participant’s other health coverage as part of the enrollment process for the health plan.
IRC 415 Compensation shall not include amounts paid as compensation to a nonresident alien, as defined in Section 7701(b)(1)(B) of the Code, who is not a Participant in the Plan to the extent the compensation is excludable from gross income and is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States.
  (3)  
“Defined Benefit Compensation Limitation” shall mean 100 percent of a Participant’s High Three-Year Average Compensation, payable in the form of a straight life annuity.
In the case of a Participant who has had a severance from employment with the employer, the Defined Benefit Compensation Limitation applicable to the Participant in any Limitation Year beginning after the date of severance shall be automatically adjusted by multiplying the limitation applicable to the Participant in the prior Limitation Year by the annual adjustment factor under Section 415(d) of the Code; provided, however, if the Employer maintains a plan for the purpose of restoring benefits that certain Participants may not receive under the Plan due to the limitations on contributions and benefits imposed by Section 415 of the Code and/or due to the limitations imposed on compensation under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code, and if the Participant or his

 

36


 

Beneficiary receives or has received a benefit or benefits under such restoration plan and a portion of such benefit or benefits would be duplicated by the cost-of-living adjustment provided under this paragraph, then such cost-of-living adjustment that would represent a duplication of benefits shall not apply to the Participant or Beneficiary unless the value of the benefit payable from the restoration plan that would cause such duplication of benefits under the Plan is returned to the Employer by the Participant or Beneficiary within 60 days of the effective date of such cost-of-living adjustment or the date that such cost-of-living adjustment is announced by the Internal Revenue Service, whichever date is later; and provided further, however, that such 60-day period may be extended by the Committee if, in its opinion, reasonable cause exists for such an extension. The adjusted compensation limit shall apply to Limitation Years ending with or within the calendar year of the date of the adjustment, but a Participant’s benefits shall not reflect the adjusted limit prior to January 1 of that calendar year.
In the case of a Participant who is rehired after a severance from employment, the Defined Benefit Compensation Limitation is the greater of 100 percent of the Participant’s High Three-Year Average Compensation, as determined prior to the severance from employment, as adjusted pursuant to the preceding paragraph, if applicable; or 100 percent of the Participant’s High Three-Year Average Compensation, as determined after the severance from employment under subsection (7) below.
  (4)  
“Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation” shall mean, effective for Limitation Years ending after December 31, 2001, $160,000, automatically adjusted under Section 415(d) of the Internal Revenue Code effective January 1 of each year, and payable in the form of a straight life annuity. The new limitation shall apply to Limitation Years ending with or within the calendar year of the date of the adjustment, but a Participant’s benefits shall not reflect the adjusted limit prior to January 1 of that calendar year. The automatic annual adjustment of the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation shall apply to Participants who have had a separation from employment.
  (5)  
“employer” shall mean the employer that adopts this Plan, and all members of a controlled group of corporations, as defined in Section 414(b) of the Code, as modified by Section 415(h) of the Code, all commonly controlled trades or businesses (as defined in Section 414(c) of the Code, as modified, except in the case of a brother-sister group of trades or businesses under common control, by Section 415(h) of the Code), or affiliated service groups (as defined in Code 414(m) of the Code) of which the adopting employer is a part, and any other entity required to be aggregated with the employer pursuant to Section 414(o) of the Code.

 

37


 

  (6)  
“Formerly Affiliated Plan of the Employer” shall mean a plan that, immediately prior to the cessation of affiliation, was actually maintained by the employer and, immediately after the cessation of affiliation, is not actually maintained by the employer. For this purpose, cessation of affiliation means the event that causes an entity to no longer be considered the employer, such as the sale of a member of the controlled group of corporations, as defined in Section 414(b) of the Code, as modified by Section 415(h), to an unrelated corporation, or that causes a plan to not actually be maintained by the employer, such as transfer of plan sponsorship outside a controlled group.
  (7)  
“High Three-Year Average Compensation” shall mean the average compensation for the three consecutive years of service (or, if the Participant has less than three consecutive years of service, the Participant’s longest consecutive period of service, including fractions of years, but not less than one year) with the employer that produces the highest average. A year of service with the employer is the 12-consecutive month period that begins on January 1 of each calendar year. In the case of a Participant who is rehired by the employer after a severance from employment, the Participant’s high three-year average compensation shall be calculated by excluding all years for which the Participant performs no services for and receives no compensation from the employer (the break period) and by treating the years immediately preceding and following the break period as consecutive. A Participant’s compensation for a year of service shall not include compensation in excess of the limitation under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code that is in effect for the calendar year in which such year of service begins.
  (8)  
“Limitation Year” shall mean the calendar year unless a different 12-month period has been elected by the employer in accordance with regulations or rulings issued by the Internal Revenue Service. All qualified plans maintained by the employer must use the same Limitation Year. If the Limitation Year is amended to a different 12-consecutive month period, the new Limitation Year must begin on a date within the Limitation Year in which the amendment is made.
  (9)  
“Maximum Permissible Benefit” shall mean the lesser of the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation or the Defined Benefit Compensation Limitation (both adjusted where required as provided below).
  (A)  
Adjustment for Less Than 10 Years of Participation or Service : If the Participant has less than 10 Years of Participation in the Plan, the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Years (or part thereof, but not less than one year) of Participation in the Plan, and the denominator of which is 10. In the case of a Participant who has less than 10 Years of Service with the employer, the Defined Benefit Compensation Limitation shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Years (or part thereof, but not less than 1 year) of Service with the employer, and the denominator of which is 10.

 

38


 

  (B)  
Adjustment of Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation for Benefit Commencement Before Age 62 or after Age 65 : Effective for benefits commencing in Limitation Years ending after December 31, 2001, the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation shall be adjusted if the annuity starting date of the Participant’s benefit is before age 62 or after age 65. If the annuity starting date is before age 62, the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation shall be adjusted under subsection (A) below, as modified by subsection (C) below in this subsection (ii). If the annuity starting date is after age 65, the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation shall be adjusted under subsection (2) below, as modified by subsection (C) below in this subsection (B).
  (I)  
Adjustment of Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation for Benefit Commencement Before Age 62 :
  (1)  
Limitation Years Beginning Before July 1, 2007 . If the annuity starting date for the Participant’s benefit is prior to age 62 and occurs in a Limitation Year beginning before July 1, 2007, the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation for the Participant’s annuity starting date is the annual amount of a benefit payable in the form of a straight life annuity commencing at the Participant’s annuity starting date that is the actuarial equivalent of the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation (adjusted for Years of Participation less than 10, if required) with actuarial equivalence computed using whichever of the following produces the smaller annual amount: (i) the Plan Interest Rate specified in Section 1.2(a) of the Plan and the Plan Mortality Table (or other tabular factor) specified in Section 1.2(a) of the Plan; or (ii) a 5-percent interest rate assumption and the applicable mortality table as prescribed in Revenue Ruling 2001-62.

 

39


 

  (2)  
Limitation Years Beginning on or After July 1, 2007 .
  (i)  
Plan Does Not Have Immediately Commencing Straight Life Annuity Payable at Both Age 62 and the Age of Benefit Commencement . If the annuity starting date for the Participant’s benefit is prior to age 62 and occurs in a Limitation Year beginning on or after July 1, 2007, and the Plan does not have an immediately commencing straight life annuity payable at both age 62 and the age of benefit commencement, the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation for the Participant’s annuity starting date is the annual amount of a benefit payable in the form of a straight life annuity commencing at the Participant’s annuity starting date that is the actuarial equivalent of the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation (adjusted for Years of Participation less than 10, if required) with actuarial equivalence computed using a 5 percent interest rate assumption and the Applicable Mortality Table for the annuity starting date (and expressing the Participant’s age based on completed calendar months as of the annuity starting date).
  (ii)  
Plan Has Immediately Commencing Straight Life Annuity Payable at Both Age 62 and the Age of Benefit Commencement . If the annuity starting date for the Participant’s benefit is prior to age 62 and occurs in a Limitation Year beginning on or after July 1, 2007, and the Plan has an immediately commencing straight life annuity payable at both age 62 and the age of benefit commencement, the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation for the Participant’s annuity starting date is the lesser of the limitation determined under subsection (i) immediately above and the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation (adjusted for Years of Participation less than 10, if required) multiplied by the ratio of the annual amount of the immediately commencing straight life annuity under the Plan at the Participant’s annuity starting date to the annual amount of the immediately commencing straight life annuity under the Plan at age 62, both determined without applying the limitations of this Section 6.1.

 

40


 

  (II)  
Adjustment of Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation for Benefit Commencement After Age 65 :
  (1)  
Limitation Years Beginning Before July 1, 2007 . If the annuity starting date for the Participant’s benefit is after age 65 and occurs in a Limitation Year beginning before July 1, 2007, the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation for the Participant’s annuity starting date is the annual amount of a benefit payable in the form of a straight life annuity commencing at the Participant’s annuity starting date that is the actuarial equivalent of the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation (adjusted for Years of Participation less than 10, if required) with actuarial equivalence computed using whichever of the following produces the smaller annual amount: (i) the Plan Interest Rate specified in Section 1.2(a) of the Plan and the Plan Mortality Table (or other tabular factor) specified in Section 1.2(a) of the Plan; or (ii) a 5-percent interest rate assumption and the applicable mortality table as prescribed in Revenue Ruling 2001-62.
  (2)  
Limitation Years Beginning After July 1, 2007 .
  (i)  
Plan Does Not Have Immediately Commencing Straight Life Annuity Payable at Both Age 65 and the Age of Benefit Commencement . If the annuity starting date for the Participant’s benefit is after age 65 and occurs in a Limitation Year beginning on or after July 1, 2007, and the Plan does not have an immediately commencing straight life annuity payable at both age 65 and the age of benefit commencement, the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation at the Participant’s annuity starting date is the annual amount of a benefit payable in the form of a straight life annuity commencing at the Participant’s annuity starting date that is the actuarial equivalent of the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation (adjusted for Years of Participation less than 10, if required), with actuarial equivalence computed using a 5 percent interest rate assumption and the Applicable Mortality Table for that annuity starting date (and expressing the participant’s age based on completed calendar months as of the annuity starting date).

 

41


 

  (ii)  
Plan Has Immediately Commencing Straight Life Annuity Payable at Both Age 65 and the Age of Benefit Commencement . If the annuity starting date for the Participant’s benefit is after age 65 and occurs in a Limitation Year beginning on or after July 1, 2007, and the Plan has an immediately commencing straight life annuity payable at both age 65 and the age of benefit commencement, the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation at the Participant’s annuity starting date is the lesser of the limitation determined under subsection (i) immediately above and the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation (adjusted for Years of Participation less than 10, if required) multiplied by the ratio of the annual amount of the adjusted immediately commencing straight life annuity under the Plan at the Participant’s annuity starting date to the annual amount of the adjusted immediately commencing straight life annuity under the Plan at age 65, both determined without applying the limitations of this Section 6.1. For this purpose, the adjusted immediately commencing straight life annuity under the Plan at the Participant’s annuity starting date is the annual amount of such annuity payable to the Participant, computed disregarding the Participant’s accruals after age 65 but including actuarial adjustments even if those actuarial adjustments are used to offset accruals; and the adjusted immediately commencing straight life annuity under the Plan at age 65 is the annual amount of such annuity that would be payable under the Plan to a hypothetical participant who is age 65 and has the same accrued benefit as the Participant.

 

42


 

  (III)  
Notwithstanding the other requirements of this subsection (B), no adjustment shall be made to the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation to reflect the probability of a Participant’s death between the annuity starting date and age 62, or between age 65 and the annuity starting date, as applicable, if benefits are not forfeited upon the death of the Participant prior to the annuity starting date. To the extent benefits are forfeited upon death before the annuity starting date, such an adjustment shall be made. For this purpose, no forfeiture shall be treated as occurring upon the Participant’s death if the Plan does not charge Participants for providing a qualified preretirement survivor annuity, as defined in Section 417(c) of the Code, upon the Participant’s death.
  (C)  
Minimum Benefit Permitted : Notwithstanding anything else in this section to the contrary, the benefit otherwise accrued or payable to a Participant under this Plan shall be deemed not to exceed the Maximum Permissible Benefit if:
  (I)  
the retirement benefits payable for a Limitation Year under any form of benefit with respect to such Participant under this Plan and under all other defined benefit plans (without regard to whether a Plan has been terminated) ever maintained by the employer do not exceed $10,000 multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Participant’s number of Years (or part thereof, but not less than one year) of Service (not to exceed 10) with the employer, and the denominator of which is 10; and
  (II)  
the employer (or a predecessor employer) has not at any time maintained a defined contribution plan in which the Participant participated (for this purpose, mandatory employee contributions under a defined benefit plan, individual medical accounts under Section 401(h) of the Code, and accounts for postretirement medical benefits established under Section 419A(d)(1) of the Code are not considered a separate defined contribution plan).
  (10)  
“Predecessor Employer” shall mean, if the employer maintains a plan that provides a benefit which the Participant accrued while performing services for a former employer, the former employer with respect to the Participant in the plan. A former entity that antedates the employer is also a predecessor employer with respect to a participant if, under the facts and circumstances, the employer constitutes a continuation of all or a portion of the trade or business of the former entity.
  (11)  
“Severance from Employment” shall mean the Employee ceases to be an employee of the employer maintaining the Plan. An Employee does not have a severance from employment if, in connection with a change of employment, the Employee’s new employer maintains the Plan with respect to the Employee.

 

43


 

  (12)  
“Year of Participation.” The Participant shall be credited with a Year of Participation (computed to fractional parts of a year) for each accrual computation period for which the following conditions are met: (i) the Participant is credited with at least the number of hours of service (or period of service if the elapsed time method is used) for benefit accrual purposes, required under the terms of the Plan in order to accrue a benefit for the accrual computation period, and (ii) the Participant is included as a participant under the eligibility provisions of the Plan for at least one day of the accrual computation period. If these two conditions are met, the portion of a Year of Participation credited to the Participant shall equal the amount of benefit accrual service credited to the Participant for such accrual computation period. A Participant who is permanently and totally disabled within the meaning of Section 415(c)(3)(C)(i) of the Code for an accrual computation period shall receive a Year of Participation with respect to that period. In addition, for a Participant to receive a Year of Participation (or part thereof) for an accrual computation period, the Plan must be established no later than the last day of such accrual computation period. In no event shall more than one Year of Participation be credited for any 12-month period.
  (13)  
“Year of Service.” For purposes of Section 6.1(f)(7), the Participant shall be credited with a Year of Service (computed to fractional parts of a year) for each accrual computation period for which the Participant is credited with at least the number of hours of service (or period of service if the elapsed time method is used) for benefit accrual purposes, required under the terms of the Plan in order to accrue a benefit for the accrual computation period, taking into account only service with the employer or a predecessor employer.
  (g)  
Other Rules .
  (1)  
Benefits Under Terminated Plans . If a defined benefit plan maintained by the employer has terminated with sufficient assets for the payment of benefit liabilities of all plan participants and a Participant in the Plan has not yet commenced benefits under the Plan, the benefits provided pursuant to the annuities purchased to provide the Participant’s benefits under the terminated plan at each possible annuity starting date shall be taken into account in applying the limitations of this Section 6.1. If there are not sufficient assets for the payment of all participants’ benefit liabilities, the benefits taken into account shall be the benefits that are actually provided to the Participant under the terminated plan.

 

44


 

  (2)  
Benefits Transferred From the Plan . If a participant’s benefits under a defined benefit plan maintained by the employer are transferred to another defined benefit plan maintained by the employer and the transfer is not a transfer of distributable benefits pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.411(d)-4, Q&A-3(c), the transferred benefits are not treated as being provided under the transferor plan (but are taken into account as benefits provided under the transferee plan). If a participant’s benefits under a defined benefit plan maintained by the employer are transferred to another defined benefit plan that is not maintained by the employer and the transfer is not a transfer of distributable benefits pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.411(d)-4, Q&A-3(c), the transferred benefits are treated by the employer’s plan as if such benefits were provided under annuities purchased to provide benefits under a plan maintained by the employer that terminated immediately prior to the transfer with sufficient assets to pay all participants’ benefit liabilities under the plan. If a participant’s benefits under a defined benefit plan maintained by the employer are transferred to another defined benefit plan in a transfer of distributable benefits pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.411(d)-4, Q&A-3(c), the amount transferred is treated as a benefit paid from the transferor plan.
  (3)  
Formerly Affiliated Plans of the Employer . A Formerly Affiliated Plan of the Employer shall be treated as a plan maintained by the employer, but the Formerly Affiliated Plan of the Employer shall be treated as if it had terminated immediately prior to the cessation of affiliation with sufficient assets to pay participants’ benefit liabilities under the plan and had purchased annuities to provide benefits.
  (4)  
Plans of a Predecessor Employer . If the employer maintains a defined benefit plan that provides benefits accrued by a Participant while performing services for a predecessor employer, the Participant’s benefits under a plan maintained by the predecessor employer shall be treated as provided under a plan maintained by the employer. However, for this purpose, the plan of the predecessor employer shall be treated as if it had terminated immediately prior to the event giving rise to the predecessor employer relationship with sufficient assets to pay participants’ benefit liabilities under the plan, and had purchased annuities to provide benefits; the employer and the predecessor employer shall be treated as if they were a single employer immediately prior to such event and as unrelated employers immediately after the event; and if the event giving rise to the predecessor relationship is a benefit transfer, the transferred benefits shall be excluded in determining the benefits provided under the plan of the predecessor employer.
  (5)  
Special Rules . The limitations of this Section 6.1 shall be determined and applied taking into account the rules in Treasury Regulations Section 1.415(f)-1(d), (e) and (h).

 

45


 

  (6)  
Aggregation with Multiemployer Plans .
  (A)  
If the employer maintains a multiemployer plan, as defined in Section 414(f) of the Code, and the multiemployer plan so provides, only the benefits under the multiemployer plan that are provided by the employer shall be treated as benefits provided under a plan maintained by the employer for purposes of this Section 6.1.
  (B)  
Effective for Limitation Years ending after December 31, 2001, a multiemployer plan shall be disregarded for purposes of applying the compensation limitation of Sections 6.1(f)(3) and 6.1(f)(1)(A) to a plan which is not a multiemployer plan.
  (h)  
Compliance With Section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code . The provisions set forth in Section 6.1 are intended to conform the Plan to the Final Treasury Regulations under Section 415 of the Code, that were released in April, 2007.
6.2  
Restrictions for Twenty-five Highest-Paid Participants .
  (a)  
Restricted Participants . In each Plan Year, the total number of Participants whose benefit payments are restricted under this Section is limited to the 25 highly compensated employees and former employees (within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Code) with the greatest Compensation in the current or any prior Plan Year (the restricted Participants).
  (b)  
Restricted Amount . For each Plan Year, the amount of benefits payable to each restricted Participant will be limited to the annual amount that would be payable in the single life annuity form, unless either:
  (1)  
The value of Plan assets remaining after payment to such Participant is at least 110% of the value of current liabilities, or
  (2)  
The value of benefits paid to such Participant is less than 1 percent of the value of current liabilities.
  (c)  
Security for Restricted Amount . In lieu of the restrictions described in this Section and to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan may permit each restricted Participant to provide security for any payments which exceed the annual amount that would have been payable as a single life annuity.
  (d)  
Restriction upon Plan Termination . In the event the Plan terminates, the benefits payable to the restricted Participants will be limited to an amount that is not discriminatory under Section 401(a)(4) of the Code.

 

46


 

6.3  
Top-Heavy Rules .
  (a)  
Applicable Definitions . For purposes of this Section, the following terms will have the meanings set forth below.
  (1)  
Aggregation Group . The Required Aggregation Group includes each qualified plan maintained in the Controlled Group in which a Key Employee is a participant, and each other plan which enables any plan with Key Employee participants to meet the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code, which plans are required to be aggregated for purposes of determining top-heavy status. The Permissive Aggregation Group includes the qualified plans of the Controlled Group which are required to be aggregated, plus such plans which are not part of the Required Aggregation Group but which satisfy the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code when considered together with the Required Aggregation Group.
  (2)  
Determination Date means, for each Plan Year, the first day of the preceding Plan Year.
  (3)  
Key employee means any Employee or former Employee (including any deceased employee) who at any time during the Plan Year that includes the determination date was an officer of the employer having Top-Heavy Annual Compensation greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under Section 416(i)(l) of the Code), a 5-percent owner of the employer, or a 1-percent owner of the employer having Top-Heavy Annual Compensation of more than $150,000. The determination of who is a Key Employee will be made in accordance with Section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the applicable Regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.
  (4)  
Non-Key Employee means an Employee who is not a Key Employee.
  (5)  
Top-Heavy Annual Compensation means compensation with the meaning of Section 415(c)(3) of the Code.
  (6)  
Top-Heavy Group means an Aggregation Group in which the sum of (i) the present value of cumulative Accrued Benefits for Key Employees under all defined benefit plans included in the group, and (ii) the aggregate account balances of Key Employees under all defined contribution plans included in the group, exceeds 60 percent of a similar sum determined for all Employees.
  (7)  
Top-Heavy Plan Year means a Plan Year when the Plan is top-heavy.

 

47


 

  (b)  
Determination of Top-Heavy Status . The determination of top-heavy status for any Plan Year will be based on the actuarial valuation made as of the first day of the Plan Year in which the Determination Date occurs. If benefits under all the Controlled Group plans accrue at the same rate, that accrual rate may be used; otherwise the present value of all accrued benefits will be determined by use of the fractional rule described in Section 411(b)(1)(C) of the Code. The Plan will be treated as top-heavy for the tested Plan Year under the following rules:
  (1)  
60-Percent Rule . The Plan will be treated as top-heavy if the Actuarial Equivalent of the cumulative Accrued Benefits for Key Employees exceeds 60 percent of the Actuarial Equivalent of the cumulative Accrued Benefits for all Employees.
  (2)  
Top-Heavy Group Rule . The Plan will be treated as top-heavy if it is part of a Top-heavy Group. The Plan will not be considered top-heavy in any Plan Year in which the Plan is part of a Required or Permissive Aggregation Group that is not top-heavy.
  (3)  
Distributions during year ending on the determination date . The present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of an employee as of the determination date shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to the employee under the plan and any plan aggregated with the plan under Section 416(g)(2) of the Code during the 1-year period ending on the determination date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the plan under Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than separation from service, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting “5-year period” for “1-year period.”
  (4)  
Employees not performing services during year ending on the determination date . The accrued benefits and accounts of any individual who has not performed services for the employer during the 1-year period ending on the determination date shall not be taken into account.
  (5)  
For purposes of satisfying the minimum benefit requirements of Section 416(c)(1) of the Code and the Plan, in determining years of service with the employer, any service with the employer shall be disregarded to the extent that such service occurs during a Plan Year when the plan benefits (within the meaning of Section 410(b) of the Code) no Key Employee or former Key Employee.

 

48


 

  (c)  
Plan Operation During Top-Heavy Plan Years . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the following provisions will apply for any Top-Heavy Plan Year:
  (1)  
Minimum Benefit . The Accrued Benefit of each active Non-Key Employee Participant will not be less than the lesser of (i) 2 percent (2%) of his Top-Heavy Annual Compensation multiplied by the number of his Years of Benefit Service, not in excess of 10, earned during Top-Heavy Plan Years; or (ii) 20 percent (20%) of his Top-Heavy Annual Compensation. The Participant will accrue this minimum benefit for each of his Years of Benefit Service earned during Top-Heavy Plan Years, regardless of the level of his Form W-2 Compensation for any such Plan Year, or whether he remains in Employment until the last day of any such Plan Year. If the Employee also participates in a defined contribution plan maintained by an Employer, this Plan will provide the top-heavy minimum benefit.
  (2)  
Minimum Vesting . The following vesting schedule will be in effect for Participants who earn any Hours of Service during Top-Heavy Plan Years:
     
Years of Vesting Service   Vested Percentage
Fewer than 2   0%
2   20%
3   40%
4   60%
5   100%
  (d)  
Plan Operation After Top-Heavy Plan Years . If the Plan is top-heavy in a Plan Year and ceases to be top-heavy in a subsequent Plan Year, the following provisions will apply:
  (1)  
Accrued Benefit . The Participant’s Accrued Benefit in each subsequent Plan Year will not be less than the minimum Accrued Benefit described in Subsection 6.3(c)(1), computed as of the end of the most recent Plan Year in which the Plan was top-heavy.
  (2)  
Vested Percentage . The Participant who became partially vested under the schedule set forth in Subsection 6.3(c)(2) before the end of the last Top-Heavy Plan Year, will continue to have the vested percentage of his Accrued Benefit which he has as of that date but will not have any additional vested percentage until he has completed 5 Years of Vesting Service. However, the Participant who has completed at least 3 Years of Vesting Service before the end of the last Plan Year in which the Plan was top-heavy may elect to continue to have the vested percentage of his Accrued Benefit determined under that vesting schedule instead of the 5-year cliff vesting schedule described in Subsection 3.5(a)(2).

 

49


 

ARTICLE 7
Contributions
7.1  
Employer Contributions . The Employers will make contributions in the amounts determined by the Committee to be necessary to provide benefits under the Plan, based on the recommendations of the Plan’s actuary. Employer contributions will be irrevocable and will be used only for the benefit of Participants and beneficiaries, except as provided in Sections 7.3 and 8.2. The Company reserves the right to establish and to change from time to time the method for funding benefits, either through the use of one or more trust agreements or one or more group annuity contracts or other forms of insurance contracts or agreements with one or more insurance companies.
7.2  
Participant Contributions . Participants will neither be required nor permitted to make contributions to the Plan.
7.3  
Return of Contributions to the Employers . Contributions will be returned to the affected Employer(s) under the following circumstances:
  (a)  
Mistake of Fact . Any contribution made by mistake of fact will be returned to the affected Employer(s) within one year after the contribution is made.
  (b)  
Nondeductible . All contributions are conditioned upon their deductibility under Section 404 of the Code and will be returned to the affected Employer(s) within one year after any disallowance.
7.4  
Actuarial Gains . Actuarial gains arising from any cause whatsoever will not be applied to increase the benefits any Participant would otherwise receive at any time before termination of the Plan, but will be applied to reduce Employer contributions for the current or subsequent Plan Years.

 

50


 

ARTICLE 8
Amendment, Termination, Merger
8.1  
Amendment
  (a)  
Right to Amend . Subject to Section 8.1(b) and any other limitations contained in ERISA or the Code, the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board may from time to time amend, in whole or in part, any or all of the provisions of the Plan on behalf of the Plan Sponsor and all Employers; provided, however, that (i) any amendments to the Plan that do not have a significant cost impact on the Employer may also be made by the Committee, and (ii) any amendments to the Plan that do not have any cost impact on the Employer may also be made by the Chairman of the Committee. Further, but not by way of limitation, the Board, the Compensation Committee of the Board, the Committee, or the Chairman of the Committee may make any amendment necessary to acquire and maintain a qualified status for the Plan under the Code or to maintain the Plan in compliance with applicable law, whether or not retroactive.
  (b)  
Prohibited Amendments . No amendment will have the effect of any of the following:
  (1)  
Exclusive Benefit . No amendment will permit any part of the Trust Fund to be used for purposes other than the exclusive benefit of Participants.
  (2)  
Nonreversion . No amendment will revest in any Employer any portion of the Trust Fund except such amount as may remain after termination of the Plan and satisfaction of all liabilities.
  (3)  
Accrued Benefit . No amendment will eliminate or reduce any Participant’s Accrued Benefit determined as of the effective date of the amendment, except as may be permitted pursuant to Treasury Regulations issued pursuant to Section 411(d)(6) of the Code.
  (4)  
Forms of Payment . No amendment will eliminate any optional form of benefit described in Section 4.3, with respect to benefits accrued before the amendment.
  (5)  
Retirement Subsidy . No amendment will eliminate or reduce any retirement subsidy or retirement-type subsidy with respect to benefits accrued before the amendment, for Participants who either before or after the amendment meet the requirements for the subsidy.
  (c)  
Limited to Active Participants . Except as specifically stated in the amendment, no amendment that improves benefits will apply to any Employee whose Termination Date occurred before the effective date of the amendment.

 

51


 

  (d)  
Administrative Changes Without Plan Amendment . The Committee reserves authority to make administrative changes to this Plan document that do not alter either the minimum qualification requirements or the Plan’s funding and expense provisions, without formal amendment to the Plan. The Committee will effect such changes by substituting pages in the Plan document with corrected pages. Administrative changes include, but are not limited to, corrections of typographical errors and similar errors, conforming provisions for administrative procedures to actual practice and changes in practice, and deleting or correcting language that fails to accurately reflect the intended provision of the Plan.
8.2  
Termination of the Plan .
  (a)  
Right to Terminate or Partially Terminate . The Plan Sponsor and the Employer have established the Plan with the bona fide intention and expectation that from year to year the Employer will be able to, and will deem it advisable to, make its contributions as herein provided. However, the Plan Sponsor and the Employer realize that circumstances not now foreseen, or circumstances beyond its control, may make it either impossible or inadvisable for the Employer to continue to make its contributions to the Plan. Therefore, the Board shall have the right and the power to terminate the Plan or partially terminate the Plan at any time hereafter. Each member of the Committee, the Trustee and all affected Participants shall be notified of such termination or partial termination.
  (b)  
Full Vesting . In the event of termination or partial termination of the Plan, the Accrued Benefit of each affected Participant, to the extent funded, will become fully vested as of the termination date. For purposes of accelerated vesting, affected Participants will include only those who are in active Employment as of the Plan termination date. All nonvested Participants who terminated Employment before the Plan termination date will be considered to have received constructive (zero) cash-outs of their entire Accrued Benefits under Subsection 4.4(b).

 

52


 

  (c)  
Provision for Benefits upon Plan Termination . In the event of termination, the Committee may in its discretion act as follows:
  (1)  
Maintain the Trust . The Committee may continue the Trust for so long as it considers advisable and so long as permitted by law, either through the existing trust agreement(s), or through successor funding media.
  (2)  
Terminate the Trust . The Committee may terminate the Trust, pay all expenses, and direct the payment of the benefits as allocated under Subsection (d), either in the form of lump-sum distributions, annuity contracts, transfer to another qualified plan. or any other form selected by the Committee, to the extent not prohibited by law.
  (d)  
Allocation of Assets . Upon termination, the Committee will allocate the assets that remain after payment of all Plan expenses, to pay benefits due to Participants and beneficiaries under applicable provisions of the Plan, as specified in ERISA Section 4044.
  (e)  
Surplus Reversion . Any assets that remain after all benefits under the Plan have been allocated will be returned to the Company and/or the affected Employer(s).
8.3  
Merger . In the event of any merger or consolidation of the Plan with any other plan, or the transfer of assets or liabilities by the Plan to another plan, each Participant will be entitled to receive a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer, if the Plan then terminated, which is equal to or greater than the benefit he would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation, or transfer if the Plan had then terminated.

 

53


 

ARTICLE 9
Administration
9.1  
Fiduciary Provisions .
  (a)  
This Section 9.1(a) shall control over any contrary, inconsistent, or ambiguous provisions contained in the Plan.
  (1)  
General Allocation of Fiduciary Duties . Each fiduciary with respect to the Plan shall have only those specific powers, duties, responsibilities and obligations as are specifically given him under the Plan. The Board shall have the sole authority to appoint and remove the Trustee. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, the Committee shall have the sole responsibility for the administration of the Plan, which responsibility is specifically described herein. Except as otherwise specifically provided, the Trustee shall have the sole responsibility for the administration, investment and management of the assets held under the Plan. It is intended under the Plan that each fiduciary shall be responsible for the proper exercise of his own powers, duties, responsibilities and obligations hereunder and shall not be responsible for any act or failure to act of another fiduciary except to the extent provided by law or as specifically provided herein.
  (2)  
Delegation of Fiduciary Duties . The Committee may appoint subcommittees, individuals, or any other agents as it deems advisable and may delegate to any of such appointees any or all of the powers and duties of the Committee. Such appointment and delegation must be in writing, specifying the powers or duties being delegated, and must be accepted in writing by the delegate. Upon such appointment, delegation, and acceptance, the delegating committee members shall have no liability for the acts or omissions of any such delegatee, as long as then delegating Committee members do not violate any fiduciary responsibility in making or continuing such delegation.
  (3)  
Investment Manager . The Committee may, in its sole discretion, appoint an “investment manager” with power to manage acquire or dispose of any asset of the Plan and to direct the Trustee in this regard, so long as:
  (A)  
The investment manager is (i) registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, (ii) not registered as an investment adviser under such act by reason of paragraph (1) of section 203A(a) of such act, is registered as an investment adviser under the laws of the state (referred to in such paragraph (1)) in which it maintains its principal office and place of business, and, at the time it last filed the registration form most recently filed by it with such state in order to maintain its registration under the laws of such state, also filed a copy of such form with the Secretary of Labor, (iii) a bank, as defined in the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, or (iv) an insurance company qualified to do business under the laws of more than one state; and

 

54


 

  (B)  
Such investment manager acknowledges in writing that he is a fiduciary with respect to the Plan.
Upon such appointment, the Committee shall not be liable for the acts of the investment manager, as long as the Committee does not violate any fiduciary responsibility in making or continuing such appointment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, the Trustee shall follow the directions of such investment manager and shall not be liable for the acts or omissions of such investment manager. The investment manager may be removed by the Committee at any time and within the Committee’s sole discretion.
  (b)  
The Committee .
  (1)  
Appointment of Committee . The general administration of the Plan shall be vested in the Committee. For purposes of ERISA, the Committee shall be the Plan “administrator” and shall be the “named fiduciary” with respect to the general administration of the Plan (except as to the investment of the assets of the Trust). Each member of the Committee shall serve until he resigns, dies or is removed by the Committee or the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board. A member of the Committee who is an Employee of the Employer or any of its affiliates shall cease to be a member of the Committee as of the date he ceases to be employed by the Employer or any of its affiliates.
  (2)  
Records and Procedures . The Committee shall keep appropriate records of its proceedings and the administration of the Plan and shall make available for examination during business hours to any Participant or beneficiary such records as pertain to that individual’s interest in the Plan. The Committee shall designate the person or persons who shall be authorized to sign for the Committee and, upon such designation, the signature of such person or persons shall bind the Committee.
  (3)  
Meetings . The Committee shall hold meetings upon such notice and at such time and place as it may from time to time determine. Notice to a member shall not be required if waived in writing by that member. A majority of the members of the Committee duly appointed shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. All resolutions or other actions taken by the Committee at any meeting where a quorum is present shall be by vote of a majority of those present at such meeting and entitled to vote. Resolutions may be adopted or other action taken without a meeting upon written consent signed by all of the members of the Committee. The Committee may hold any meeting telephonically and any business conducted at a telephonic meeting shall have the same force and effect as if the members had met in person.

 

55


 

  (4)  
Self-Interest of Members . No member of the Committee shall have any right to vote or decide upon any matter relating solely to himself under the Plan or to vote in any case in which his individual right to claim any benefit under the Plan is particularly involved. In any case in which a Committee member is so disqualified to act, and the remaining members cannot agree, the Board or the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board shall appoint a temporary substitute member to exercise all the powers of the disqualified member concerning the matter in which he is disqualified.
  (5)  
Compensation and Bonding . The members of the Committee shall not receive compensation with respect to their services for the Committee. To the extent required by ERISA or other applicable law, or required by the Plan Sponsor, members of the Committee shall furnish bond or security for the performance of their duties hereunder.
  (6)  
Committee Powers and Duties . The Committee shall supervise the administration and enforcement of the Plan according to the terms and provisions hereof and shall have all powers necessary to accomplish these purposes. including, but not by way of limitation, the right, power, authority, and duty:
  (A)  
To make rules, Regulations, and bylaws for the administration of the Plan that are not inconsistent with the terms and provisions hereof, provided such rules, Regulations, and bylaws are evidenced in writing and copies thereof are delivered to the Trustee and to the Plan Sponsor and to enforce the terms of the Plan and the rules and Regulations promulgated thereunder by the Committee;
  (B)  
To construe in its discretion all terms, provisions, conditions, and limitations of the Plan, and, in all cases, the construction necessary for the Plan to qualify under the applicable provisions of the Code shall control;
  (C)  
To correct any defect or to supply any omission or to reconcile any inconsistency that may appear in the Plan, in such manner and to such extent as it shall deem expedient in its discretion to effectuate the purposes of the Plan;
  (D)  
To employ and compensate such accountants, attorneys, investment advisors, actuaries, and other agents and employees as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable for the proper and efficient administration of the Plan;
  (E)  
To determine in its discretion all questions relating to eligibility;

 

56


 

  (F)  
To make a determination in its discretion as to the right of any person to a benefit under the Plan and the amount, if any, of such benefit and to prescribe procedures to be followed by distributees in obtaining benefits hereunder;
  (G)  
To prepare, file, and distribute, in such manner as the Committee determines to be appropriate, such information, and material as is required by the reporting and disclosure requirements of ERISA;
  (H)  
To issue directions, which shall be in writing and signed an authorized member of the Committee, to the Trustee concerning all benefits that are to be paid from the Trust pursuant to the provisions of the Plan;
  (I)  
To designate entities as participating Employers under the Plan;
  (J)  
To establish an investment policy for the Plan; and
  (K)  
To receive and review reports from the Trustee as to the financial condition of the Trust, including its receipts and disbursements.
Any provisions of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, benefits under the Plan will be paid only if the Committee decides in its discretion that the applicant is entitled to them.
  (c)  
The Trustee and Trust
  (1)  
Trustee . The assets of the Plan shall be maintained in a fund by the Trustee for the purpose of providing the benefits provided for under the Plan. The Plan Sponsor may provide for such fund by entering into an annuity contract or a trust agreement with the Trustee. The Plan Sponsor may maintain the Plan’s fund through more than one Trustee and under more than one annuity contract or trust agreement, or any combination thereof. The Plan Sponsor, at any time and from time to time, may substitute a new funding medium or Trustee without such substitution being considered a discontinuance of the Plan.
The Trustee shall receive such compensation for its services as Trustee as may be agreed upon from time to time by the Plan Sponsor and the Trustee. The Trustee shall be reimbursed for all reasonable expenses it incurs while acting as the Trustee as agreed upon by the Plan Sponsor.
  (2)  
Payment of Expenses . All expenses incident to the administration of the Plan and Trust including but not limited to, actual legal accounting premiums to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, Trustee fees, direct expenses of the Plan Sponsor, the Employer and the Committee in the administration of the Plan, and the cost of furnishing any bond or security required of the Committee, shall be paid by the Trustee from the Trust and, until paid, shall constitute a claim against the Trust which is paramount to the claims of Participants and beneficiaries provided however, that (i) the obligation of the Trustee to pay such expenses from the Trust shall cease to exist to the extent such expenses are paid by the Plan Sponsor or the Employer, and (ii) in the event the Trustee’s compensation is to be paid, pursuant to this Section, from the Trust, any individual serving as a Trustee who already receives full-time pay from the Plan Sponsor, an Employer or an association of Employers whose employees are Participants, or from an employee organization whose members are Participants, shall not receive any additional compensation for serving as a Trustee. This Section shall be deemed a part of any contract to provide for expenses of Plan and Trust administration, whether or not the signatory to such contract is, as a matter of convenience, the Employer.

 

57


 

  (3)  
Trust Property
  (A)  
All contributions heretofore made and hereafter made under this Plan shall be paid to the Trustee and shall be held, invested, and reinvested by the Trustee as Plan assets. All property and funds of the Trust, including income from investments and from all other sources, shall be retained for the exclusive benefit of Participants, as provided in the Plan, and shall be used to pay benefits to Participants or their beneficiaries, or to pay expenses of administration of the Plan and Trust to the extent not paid by the Plan Sponsor or the Employer.
  (B)  
No Participant shall have any title to any specific asset in the Trust. No Participant shall have any right to, or interest in, any assets of the Trust upon termination of his employment or otherwise, except as provided from time to time under this Plan, and then only to the extent of the benefits payable to such Participant out of the assets of the Trust.
  (C)  
Authorization of Benefit Payments . The Committee shall issue directions to the Trustee concerning all benefits which are to be paid from the Trust pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. All distributions hereunder shall be made in cash or in the form of a commercial annuity contract.
  (D)  
Payments Solely from Trust . All benefits payable under the Plan shall be paid or provided for solely from the Trust, and neither the Plan Sponsor, the Employer nor the Trustee assumes any liability or responsibility for the adequacy thereof. The Committee or the Trustee may require execution and delivery of such instruments as are deemed necessary to assure proper payment of any benefits.

 

58


 

  (E)  
No Benefits to the Employer . No part of the corpus or income of the Trust shall be used for any purpose other than the exclusive purpose of providing benefits for the Participants and their beneficiaries and of defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan and the Trust. Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, the Plan shall not be construed to vest any rights in the Plan Sponsor or the Employer other than those specifically given hereunder.
9.2  
Employer to Supply Information . The Employer shall supply full and timely information to the Committee, including, but not limited to, information relating to each Participant’s Compensation, age, retirement, death, or other cause of termination of employment and such other pertinent facts as the Committee may require. The Employer shall advise the Trustee of such of the foregoing facts as are deemed necessary for the Trustee to carry out the Trustee’s duties under the Plan. When making a determination in connection with the Plan, the Committee shall be entitled to rely upon the aforesaid information furnished by the Employer.
9.3  
Indemnification . The Plan Sponsor shall indemnify and hold harmless each member of the Committee and each individual employed by the Plan Sponsor or a Controlled Group member who is a delegate of the Committee against any and all expenses and liabilities arising out of his administrative functions or fiduciary responsibilities, including any expenses and liabilities that are caused by or result from an act or omission constituting the negligence of such individual in the performance of such functions or responsibilities, but excluding expenses and liabilities that are caused by or result from such individual’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct. Expenses against which such individual shall be indemnified hereunder shall include, without limitation, the amounts of any settlement or judgment, costs, counsel fees, and related charges reasonably incurred in connection with a claim asserted or a proceeding brought or settlement thereof.
9.4  
Claims Procedure .
  (a)  
Definitions . For purposes of this Section, the following terms, when capitalized, will be defined as follows:
  (i)  
Adverse Benefit Determination : Any denial, reduction or termination of or failure to provide or make payment (in whole or in part) for a Plan benefit, including any denial, reduction, termination or failure to provide or make payment that is based on a determination of a Claimant’s eligibility to participate in the Plan. Further, any invalidation of a claim for failure to comply with the claim submission procedure will be treated as an Adverse Benefit Determination.
  (ii)  
Benefits Administrator : The person or office to whom the Committee has delegated day-to-day Plan administration responsibilities and who, pursuant to such delegation, processes Plan benefit claims in the ordinary course.
  (iii)  
Claimant : A Participant or beneficiary or an authorized representative of such Participant or beneficiary who has filed or desires to file a claim for a Plan benefit.

 

59


 

  (b)  
Filing of Benefit Claim . To file a benefit claim under the Plan, a Claimant must obtain from the Benefits Administrator the information and benefit election forms, if any, provided for in the Plan and otherwise follow the procedures established from time to time by the Committee or the Benefits Administrator for claiming Plan benefits. If, after reviewing the information so provided, the Claimant needs additional information regarding his Plan benefits, he may obtain such information by submitting a written request to the Benefits Administrator describing the additional information needed. A Claimant may only request a Plan benefit by fully completing and submitting to the Benefits Administrator the benefit election forms, if. any, provided for in the Plan and otherwise following the procedures established from time to time by the Committee or the Benefits Administrator for claiming Plan benefits.
  (c)  
Processing of Benefit Claim . Upon receipt of a fully completed benefit claim from a Claimant, the Benefits Administrator shall determine if the Claimant’s right to the requested benefit, payable at the time or times and in the form requested, is clear and, if so, shall process such benefit claim without resort to the Committee. If the Benefits Administrator determines that the Claimant’s right to the requested benefit, payable at the time or times and in the form requested, is not clear, it shall refer the benefit claim to the Committee for review and determination, which referral shall include:
  (1)  
All materials submitted to the Benefits Administrator by the Claimant in connection with the claim;
  (2)  
A written description of why the Benefits Administrator was of the view that the Claimant’s right to the benefit, payable at the time or times and in the form requested, was not clear;
  (3)  
A description of all Plan provisions pertaining to the benefit claim;
  (4)  
Where appropriate, a summary as to whether such Plan provisions have in the past been consistently applied with respect to other similarly situated Claimants; and
  (5)  
Such other information as may be helpful or relevant to the Committee in its consideration of the claim.

 

60


 

If the Claimant’s claim is referred to the Committee, the Claimant may examine any relevant document relating to his claim and may submit written comments or other information to the Committee to supplement his benefit claim. Within thirty days of receipt from the Benefits Administrator of a benefit claim referral (or such longer period as may be necessary due to unusual circumstances or to enable the Claimant to submit comments), but in any event not later than will permit the Committee sufficient time to fully and fairly consider the claim and make a determination within the time frame provided in Paragraph (d) below, the Committee shall consider the referral regarding the claim of the Claimant and make a decision as to whether it is to be approved, modified or denied If the claim is approved, the Committee shall direct the Benefits Administrator to process the approved claim as soon as administratively practicable.
  (d)  
Notification of Adverse Benefit Determination . In any case of an Adverse Benefit Determination of a claim for a Plan benefit, the Committee shall furnish written notice to the affected Claimant within a reasonable period of time but not later than ninety days after receipt of such claim for Plan benefits (or within 180 days if special circumstances necessitate an extension of the ninety-day period and the Claimant is informed of such extension in writing within the ninety-day period and is provided with an extension notice consisting of an explanation of the special circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by which the benefit determination will be rendered). Any notice that denies a benefit claim of a Claimant in whole or in part shall, in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant:
  (1)  
State the specific reason or reasons for the Adverse Benefit Determination;
  (2)  
Provide specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the Adverse Benefit Determination is based;
  (3)  
Describe any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim and explain why such material or information is necessary; and
  (4)  
Describe the Plan’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of the Act following an Adverse Benefit Determination on review.
  (e)  
Review of Adverse Benefit Determination . A Claimant has the right to have an Adverse Benefit Determination reviewed in accordance with the following claims review procedure:
  (1)  
The Claimant must submit a written request for such review to the Committee not later than 60 days following receipt by the Claimant of the Adverse Benefit Determination notification;
  (2)  
The Claimant shall have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim for benefits to the Committee;
  (3)  
The Claimant shall have the right to have all comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim for benefits that have been submitted by the Claimant considered on review without regard to whether such comments, documents, records or information were considered in the initial benefit determination; and

 

61


 

  (4)  
The Claimant shall have reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claim for benefits free of charge upon request, including (a) documents, records or other information relied upon for the benefit determination, (b) documents, records or other information submitted, considered or generated without regard to whether such documents, records or other information were relied upon in making the benefit determination, and (c) documents, records or other information that demonstrates compliance with the standard claims procedure.
The decision on review by the Committee will be binding and conclusive upon all persons, and the Claimant shall neither be required nor be permitted to pursue further appeals to the Committee.
  (f)  
Notification of Benefit Determination on Review . Notice of the Committee’s final benefit determination regarding an Adverse Benefit Determination will be furnished in writing or electronically to the Claimant after a full and fair review. Notice of an Adverse Benefit Determination upon review will:
  (1)  
State the specific reason or reasons for the Adverse Benefit Determination;
  (2)  
Provide specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the Adverse Benefit Determination is based;
  (3)  
State that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of all documents, records, and other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim for benefits including (i) documents, records or other information relied upon for the benefit determination, (ii) documents, records or other information submitted, considered or generated without regard to whether such documents, records or other information were relied upon in making the benefit determination, and (iii) documents, records or other information that demonstrates compliance with the standard claims procedure; and
  (4)  
Describe the Claimant’s right to bring an action under Section 502(a) of the Act.

 

62


 

The Committee shall notify a Claimant of its determination on review with respect to the Adverse Benefit Determination of the Claimant within a reasonable period of time but not later than sixty days after the receipt of the Claimant’s request for review unless the Committee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the review of the Adverse Benefit Determination. If the Committee determines that such extension of time is required, written notice of the extension (which shall indicate the special circumstances requiring the extension and the date by which the Committee expects to render the determination on review) shall be furnished to the Claimant prior to the termination of the initial sixty-day review period. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of sixty days from the end of the initial sixty-day review period. In the event such extension is due to the Claimant’s failure to submit necessary information, the period for making the determination on a review will be tolled from the date on which the notification of the extension is sent to the Claimant until the date on which the Claimant responds to the request for additional information.
  (g)  
Exhaustion of Administrative Remedies . Completion of the claims procedures described in this Section will be a condition precedent to the commencement of any legal or equitable action in connection with a claim for benefits under the Plan by a Claimant or by any other person or entity claiming rights individually or through a Claimant; provided, however, that the Committee may, in its sole discretion, waive compliance with such claims procedures as a condition precedent to any such action.
  (h)  
Payment of Benefits . If the Benefits Administrator or Committee determines that a Claimant is entitled to a benefit hereunder, payment of such benefit will be made to such Claimant (or commence, as applicable) as soon as administratively practicable after the date the Benefits Administrator or Committee determines that such Claimant is entitled to such benefit or on any other later date designated by and in the discretion of the Committee.
  (i)  
Authorized Representatives . An authorized representative may act on behalf of a Claimant in pursuing a benefit claim or an appeal of an Adverse Benefit Determination. An individual or entity will only be determined to be a Claimant’s authorized representative for such purposes if the Claimant has provided the Committee with a written statement identifying such individual or entity as his authorized representative and describing the scope of the authority of such authorized representative. In the event a Claimant identifies an individual or entity as his authorized representative in writing to the Committee but fails to describe the scope of the authority of such authorized representative, the Committee shall assume that such authorized representative has full powers to act with respect to all matters pertaining to the Claimant’s benefit claim under the Plan or appeal of an Adverse Benefit Determination with respect to such benefit claim.

 

63


 

ARTICLE 10
Miscellaneous
10.1  
Headings . The headings and subheadings in this Plan have been inserted for convenient reference, and to the extent any heading or subheading conflicts with the text, the text will govern.
10.2  
Construction . The Plan will be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas, except to the extent such laws are preempted by ERISA and the Code.
10.3  
Continued Qualification for Tax-Exempt Status . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Plan is adopted on the condition that it will be approved by the Internal Revenue Service as meeting the requirements of the Code and ERISA for continued tax-exempt status, and in the event continued qualification is denied and cannot be obtained by revisions satisfactory to the Committee, this Plan will be null and void.
10.4  
Nonalienation . No benefits payable under the Plan will be subject to the claim or legal process of any creditor of any Participant or beneficiary, and no Participant or beneficiary will alienate, transfer, anticipate or assign any benefits under the Plan, except that distributions will be made pursuant to (i) qualified domestic relations orders issued in accordance with Section 414(p) of the Code, (ii) judgments resulting from federal tax assessments, (iii) agreements between a Participant or beneficiary and an Employer under Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(13)(e) for the use of all or part of his benefits under the Plan to repay his indebtedness to the Employer, which amount of benefits will be paid in a lump sum as soon as practicable after the agreement is executed and will be subject to the withholding requirements set forth in Section 10.7 and (iv) as otherwise required by law.
 
   
This Section 10.4 shall not bar any voluntary and revocable assignment to an Employer (or other designated person) by a Participant which is permitted under Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)-13, including any such assignment of a portion of any payment that such Participant otherwise is entitled to receive under this Plan for the purpose of paying part or all of the costs allocable to the Participant under a retiree medical expense plan; provided, however, in any case in which the exception of subsection (e) of such Treasury Regulation is relied upon, the assignee must file a written acknowledgment (including a blanket acknowledgment within the meaning of such subsection) with the Committee recognizing that such assignment is revocable and may be revoked at any time.
10.5  
No Employment Rights . Participation in the Plan will not give any Employee the right to be retained in the employ of any Employer, or upon termination any right or interest in the Plan except as provided in the Plan.
10.6  
No Enlargement of Rights . No person will have any right to or interest in any portion of the Plan except as specifically provided in the Plan.
10.7  
Withholding for Taxes . Payments under the Plan will be subject to withholding for payroll taxes as required by law. Each Employer will withhold 20% federal income tax from each lump sum payment which is not transferred directly into another qualified retirement plan or individual retirement account under Subsection 4.4(c).

 

64


 

ARTICLE 11
Cash Balance Accounts
11.1  
Cash Balance Accounts
A cash balance account (“First Cash Balance Account”) was established in the Prior Plan at January 1, 1987 for Participants equal to 10% of the entitled Participant’s Earnings on January 1, 1987 and interest to be added thereto on each January 1 thereafter.
A second cash balance account (“Second Cash Balance Account”) was established in the Prior Plan at September 30, 1991 for eligible Participants equal to five percent (5%) of the Participant’s Earnings on September 30, 1991 and interest to be added thereto on each January 1 thereafter.
The Prior Plan was amended by instrument dated October 28, 1994 to provide for a third cash balance account (“Third Cash Balance Account”) effective September 30, 1997, the terms of which were thereafter amended, effective September 30, 1995, by a Plan amendment instrument, dated as of July 1, 1995.
A fourth cash balance account (“Fourth Cash Balance Account”) was established in the Prior Plan and maintained for each eligible Participant as described in Paragraph (a) below and with credits thereto as set forth in Paragraphs (b) and (c) below:
  (a)  
Eligibility . Only an individual who was an Employee and a Participant of the Prior Plan on September 30, 1999 determined by excluding all Employees who had not satisfied the eligibility requirements subsequent to their Re-employment Commencement Date were eligible for the Fourth Cash Balance Account.
  (b)  
Credits . As of September 30, 1999 each Participant’s Fourth Cash Balance Account shall be credited with an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the Participant’s Compensation on such date and, except as provided in the immediately following Paragraph 3, no further credits will be made to such Account.
  (c)  
Interest . Beginning January 1, 2000 and on each January 1 thereafter, such Account shall be credited with interest except that for the period October 1, 1999 through December 31, 1999, interest shall be credited pro rata, all as described in Section 11.2. Reference below to “Accounts” shall mean collectively the First, Second, Third and Fourth Cash Balance Accounts.
11.2  
Interest Adjustment
  (a)  
On January 1 of each year, the Account of each Participant shall be automatically increased by an amount equal to the rate of interest or yield available on 30-Year Treasury Bonds of constant maturities for the month of November in the second calendar year preceding the January 1 as of which such interest is to be credited, as published in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the amount credited on September 30, 1999 for the Fourth Cash Balance Account, as described under subparagraph 1 of Section 11.1, the Participant’s Account (to the extent it relates to the Fourth Cash Balance Account) shall be credited with interest on a pro rata basis for the period October 1, 1999 through December 31, 1999, or portion thereof, using the rate of interest or yield available on 30-Year Treasury Bonds of constant maturities for the month of November 1998.

 

65


 

  (b)  
If a Participant has an “Annuity Starting Date” (as defined in Section 11.2(d)) other than on a January 1 (including, in the case of the Fourth Cash Balance Account, an Annuity Starting Date after September 30, 1999 and before January 1, 2000), the Participant’s Account shall be adjusted for the Plan Year in which the Annuity Starting Date occurs by multiplying his Account by an amount equal to the product of:
  (1)  
the number of completed calendar months in such Plan Year prior to the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date; and
  (2)  
the rate of interest or yield available on 30-Year Treasury Bonds of constant maturities for the month of November in the first calendar year preceding the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date, divided by 12.
  (c)  
As of a Participant’s Annuity Starting Date, his Account shall be cancelled and no further adjustments shall be made to his Account balance. If a Participant’s Annuity Starting Date is January 1, the Participant’s Account shall be adjusted as provided in Section 11.2(a) above and then cancelled.
  (d)  
Except as may otherwise be provided in Section 11.5(b), “Annuity Starting Date” shall mean, in the case of an annuity form of distribution of Cash Balance Retirement Income, the first day of the first period for which an amount is paid under Section 11.7(b)(2) and, in the case of a lump sum payment of Cash Balance Retirement Income, it shall mean the date as of which payment is made pursuant to Section 11.7(a) or (b)(1).
11.3  
Vesting
A Participant shall always have a one-hundred percent (100%) non-forfeitable interest in his Cash Balance Account.
11.4  
Cash Balance Retirement Income
“Cash Balance Retirement Income” shall mean the annuity which can be provided by a Participant’s Cash Balance Account as computed and determined under this Section 11.4.
On termination of employment with the Company by reason of retirement, disability, discharge or voluntary termination of employment (“Termination of Service”), the Cash Balance Retirement Income of a Participant who is not a married Participant shall be paid as a single life annuity commencing on the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date and shall be equal to his Account as of his Annuity Starting Date adjusted by the Actuarial Equivalent factors set forth in Section 1.2(b) of the Plan.

 

66


 

The Cash Balance Retirement Income of a married Participant shall be paid as a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity commencing on the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date and shall be equal to the Cash Balance Retirement Income determined in accordance with the preceding subparagraph adjusted in accordance with the applicable Actuarial Equivalent Factors set forth in Section 1.2 for payment in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.
11.5  
Death Before Annuity Starting Date
If a Participant or former Participant dies before his Annuity Starting Date, a benefit shall be payable to the Participant’s beneficiary as follows:
  (a)  
If the Participant’s beneficiary is any person other than his Spouse, there shall be paid to such beneficiary as of the first day of the month following the month in which the Participant or former Participant’s death occurs a lump sum amount equal to the amount of his Account as of the last day of the month in which the Participant or former Participant’s death occurs.
  (b)  
If the Participant’s beneficiary is his Spouse, there shall be paid to the Spouse an annuity for the life of the Spouse. The Annuity Starting Date with respect to such benefit shall be (i) the first day of the month following the month in which the Participant’s or former Participant’s death occurs if such death occurs after he had attained fifty-five (55) years of age, or (ii) the first day of the month following the month in which the Participant or former Participant would have attained fifty-five (55) years of age if his death occurred before he had attained fifty-five (55) years of age, or (iii) the first day of any subsequent month, as elected by the Spouse, but not later than the first day of the month subsequent to the date that the Member would have attained age 65.
 
     
The amount of the annuity shall be equal to the Participant’s Account as of the Annuity Starting Date adjusted in accordance with factors specified in Exhibit B based on the Spouse’s age at the Annuity Starting Date. The Spouse may direct the Committee to pay to the Spouse, in lieu of such annuity, the Participant’s Account in a lump sum, determined on the same basis as set forth in Section 11.5(a).

 

67


 

11.6  
Beneficiary
  (a)  
A Participant or former Participant who has a Spouse at the date of his death shall automatically be deemed to have designated such Spouse as his beneficiary unless (i) the Participant or former Participant designates a different beneficiary (which designation may not be changed without spousal consent unless the consent of the Spouse expressly permits designations without any further consent by the Spouse) and the Spouse of such Participant or former Participant consents to such designation in writing, which consent acknowledges the effect of such designation and which is witnessed by a notary public, or (ii) it is established to the satisfaction of the Committee that the consent of the Spouse cannot be obtained because the Spouse cannot be located or because of other special circumstances. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such designation of an alternate beneficiary shall be effective unless made after the earlier of (i) the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35, or (ii) the date the Member separates from service.
The Committee shall provide each Participant with an explanation of the death benefit provided under Section 11.5, (other than those Participants with a First Cash Balance Account who have been provided with such an explanation) the right to designate a beneficiary and the rights of the Spouse. Such explanation shall be provided within a reasonable period of time after the earlier of the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 32 or the Participant separates from service.
  (b)  
Subject to the provisions of Paragraph (a) above, a Participant or former Participant may designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive any death benefit payable under Section 11.5. Any such designation shall be made, and may be changed or revoked, except as provided in Paragraph (a) above, by filing the appropriate form with the Committee. If more than one person is designated each shall have an equal share unless the designation directs otherwise. Any designation, change or revocation by a Participant or former Participant shall be effective only if it is received by the Committee before the death of such Participant or former Participant. For purposes of this Paragraph (b), the term “person” includes an individual, a trust or an estate, If no beneficiary designation is on file with the Committee at the Participant’s or former Participant’s death, or if any designation is not effective for any reason, as determined by the Committee, the benefit payable under Section 11.5 shall be paid to such Participant’s or former Participant’s estate.
11.7  
Payment of Cash Balance
On his Termination Date, the amount of a Participant’s Account shall be paid to him as follows:
  (a)  
If the sum of the amount of his Account as of the first day of the month after his Termination Date and the present value of his vested Accrued Benefit, if any, is $1,000 or less, his Account balance as of such date shall be paid to him in a lump sum on such date. If required for administrative reasons, the member’s Account shall be paid as aforesaid as the first day of any subsequent month. The date of such payment shall be his Annuity Starting Date.

 

68


 

  (b)  
If the balance of a Participant’s Account, together with the present value of his vested Accrued Benefit, if any, exceeds $1,000 or less, a Participant’s Account shall, at the election of the Participant, be paid in accordance with (1) or (2) below:
  (1)  
At the written election and direction of the Participant (and in the case of a married Participant with the written consent of his Spouse), payment shall be made in a lump sum amount equal to his Account balance determined and paid as of the first day of the month subsequent to his Termination Date. If required for administrative reasons, the Participant’s Account shall be paid as aforesaid as of the first day of any subsequent month. The date of such payment shall be his Annuity Starting Date.
  (2)  
At the written election and direction of a Participant, payment shall be made in the form of Cash Balance Retirement Income (as defined in Section 11.4) or, in the case of a married Participant with the consent of his Spouse, in any other form permitted under Section 4.3 commencing as of the first day of the month subsequent to his Termination Date.
  (c)  
If no election is made in Subparagraph (b)(1) or (2) of this Section 11.7, the Cash Balance Retirement Income shall be paid in the same form and at the same time that the Accrued Benefit is paid.
  (d)  
An election in Subparagraph (b) (1) or (2) of this Section 11.7, must be made and may be changed or revoked during the 180-day period (effective January 1, 2008) ending on the Annuity Starting Date.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, DYNEGY INC. has caused this DYNEGY NORTHEAST GENERATION, INC. RETIREMENT INCOME PLAN to be executed, this 18th day of December, 2008, to be effective as of the Effective Date.
         
  DYNEGY INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

 

69


 

         
DYNEGY NORTHEAST GENERATION, INC. RETIREMENT INCOME PLAN
ADDENDUM A
HISTORY OF REVISED PLAN PROVISIONS
Table of Contents
         
    Page  
ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS
       
A-1.6 Break in Service
    A-1  
(a) Before the 1976 Plan Year
    A-1  
(b) 1976 – 1984 Plan Years
    A-1  
(c) 1985 – 1988 Plan Years
    A-1  
(d) After the 1988 Plan Year
    A-1  
A-1.17 Employee Contributions
    A-2  
 
       
ARTICLE 3 - RETIREMENT DATES AND BENEFITS
       
A-3.1 Normal Retirement
    A-3  
(b) Amount of Normal Retirement Benefit
    A-3  
Exhibit A

 

70


 

DYNEGY NORTHEAST GENERATION, INC. RETIREMENT INCOME PLAN
ADDENDUM A
HISTORY OF PLAN TO PLAN TRANSFERRED BENEFITS
The following provisions have the same Section headings and numbers as the corollary Sections in the main text of the Plan, with the prefix “A-” to correspond to this Addendum A, with one exception. Article 17 in this Addendum references the Prior Plan provisions only. The provisions set forth in this Addendum A were in effect during the stated periods of the Prior Plan’s existence, but have been revised as set forth in the corollary Sections of the main text of the Plan. Although revised, these historical provisions may continue to affect the amount of and/or entitlement to benefits of a Participant or beneficiary whose benefits are determined after the dates when these provisions were changed. All provisions of the Prior Plan with respect to eligibility, benefits, vesting and retirement payout options shall continue to be applicable for Participants with a Plan to Plan Transfer Benefit.
ARTICLE 1
Definitions
A-1.6  
Break in Service . A Break in Service incurred by a nonvested terminated Participant has always been governed by the rule in effect as of his Termination Date. No Participant has been entitled to have his Years of Vesting Service determined under a more generous Break in Service rule which became effective after his Termination Date, unless he resumed Employment before he incurred a Break in Service under the old rule and earned at least one Hour of Service after the effective date of the new rule. As described below, the Break in Service rule as in effect from time to time has become progressively more generous.
  (a)  
Before the 1976 Plan Year . The nonvested Participant who terminated and incurred a One-Year Break lost all credit for all purposes under the Plan.
  (b)  
1976 -1984 Plan Years . The nonvested Participant who terminated and incurred consecutive One-Year Breaks equal to or greater than the number of his pre-break Years of Vesting Service lost all credit for all purposes under the Plan.
  (c)  
1985 -1988 Plan Years . The nonvested Participant who terminated and incurred consecutive One-Year Breaks which equaled or exceeded the greater of five or the number of his pre-break Years of Vesting Service, lost all credit for all purposes under the Plan.
  (d)  
After the 1988 Plan Year . The nonvested Participant who terminates Employment will lose all credit for all purposes under the Plan after he incurs a Five-Year Break, regardless of the number of his pre-break Years of Vesting Service.

 

A-1


 

A-1.17  
Employee Contributions mean the aggregate after-tax contributions made by a Participant, plus credited interest, which amount is always fully vested. Interest on the aggregate contributions is credited at the rates of:
  (a)  
3% per annum for Plan Years beginning in 1961 and ending in 1976;
 
  (b)  
5% per annum for Plan Years beginning 1976 and ending in 1988;
 
  (c)  
a rate equal to 120% of the federal midterm rate as in effect for October of each year in Plan Years beginning in and after 1988.
Interest will be compounded annually from the date each contribution was made until the Participant’s Termination Date. If he leaves his Employee Contributions in the Plan after his Termination Date, the Plan will continue to credit interest until his Benefit Commencement Date.
Upon termination or retirement, a Participant may elect to receive a refund of his Employee Contributions, and a residual annuity based on his Accrued Benefit reduced by the value of the withdrawn Employee Contributions. The Participant’s Spouse (if any) must consent to this election under the procedures set forth in Section 4.2. The Participant who receives a refund will forfeit the portion of his Accrued Benefit attributable to his Employee Contributions. The portion of his Accrued Benefit attributable to Employer Contributions (the residual annuity) will be payable under applicable provisions of the Plan if he is vested, or will be forfeited if he is not vested. The Committee will calculate the residual annuity by subtracting from the Participant’s Accrued Benefit an annuity calculated by: (i) accumulating the Participant’s Employee Contributions to his refund date, and adding earnings projected to his Normal Retirement Age, using the applicable interest rate for deferred annuities under Section 417 of the Code as of the first day of the Plan Year in which the refund is made; then (ii) converting that lump sum value to an annuity by dividing it by a lump sum conversion factor based on the 1983 Group Annuity Mortality Table (50% male, 50% female), with no preretirement mortality, and the applicable interest rate for immediate lump sums under Section 417 of the Code as of the first day of the Plan Year in which the refund is made.
If the Participant, or beneficiary who is receiving the Joint and Survivor Annuity form of payment, dies, before the Plan has paid an aggregate amount at least equal to the amount of the Participant’s Employee Contributions, the Plan will refund the difference between the Employee Contributions and the amount actually paid out in a lump sum to the Participant’s surviving Spouse or other beneficiary, or if none then to the Participant’s estate. The Plan will make the refund as soon as practicable after the date of the death.
If the Participant dies before his Benefit Commencement Date, and the amount of his Employee Contributions is greater than the total amount of preretirement death benefit actually paid to his surviving Spouse. the excess will be refunded as soon as practicable after the Spouse’s death. The excess Employee Contributions will be payable in a lump sum to the Participant’s named beneficiary, or if no named beneficiary survives the Spouse, then to the Participant’s estate. The Employee Contributions of the Participant who dies before his Benefit Commencement Date and does not have a surviving Spouse, will be paid in a lump sum to his named beneficiary, or if no named beneficiary survives the Participant, then to his estate.

 

A-2


 

ARTICLE 2
Retirement Dates and Benefits
A-3.1  
Normal Retirement .
  (b)  
Amount of Normal Retirement Benefit . Before January 1, 2001, each Participant’s normal retirement benefit is an amount equal to the sum of (1), (2) and (3):
  (1)  
Future Service Retirement Income
  (A)  
For periods after September 30, 1989 through December 31, 2000 the sum of (1) plus (2) as follows:
  (1)  
2.0% of his Compensation for each Year of Benefit Service prior to the October 1 st coinciding with or next following such Participant’s 50 th birthday.
  (2)  
2.5% of his Compensation for each Year of Benefit Service after the October 1 st coinciding with or next following such Participant’s 50th birthday.
  (B)  
For periods after January 1, 1961 and prior to October 1, 1989 the sum of (1) plus (2) as follows:
  (1)  
The amount set forth in column (2) of Exhibit A for each Year of Benefit Service prior to the October 1 st coinciding with or next following such Participant’s 50 th birthday.
  (2)  
The amount set forth in column (3) of Exhibit A for each Year of Benefit Service after the October 1 st coinciding with or next following such Participant’s 50 th birthday.
  (2)  
Past Service Retirement Income, an amount equal to (A) or (B):
  (A)  
If the Participant did not withdraw his Employee Contributions, the retirement annuity accrued under the Group Annuity Contract on December 31, 1960, or
  (B)  
If the Participant withdrew his Employee Contributions, the retirement annuity resulting from the multiplication of (i) the retirement annuity attributable to Company contributions multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator equal to Years of Benefit Service while a Participant and the denominator equal to the Years of Benefit Service the Participant would have at his Normal Retirement Date, provided, however, that a Participant who has not attained age 62 years of age at his Termination Date, shall be treated as if he had reached 62 years of age.

 

A-3


 

  (3)  
Supplementary Past Service Retirement Income, an amount equal to the sum of (A) through (J).
  (A)  
The sum of (i) and (ii), minus (iii), where (i) 3 / 4 % of annual earnings as of January 1, 1961 up to $4,800 plus (ii) 1 1 / 2 % of annual earnings in excess of $4,800 multiplied by Years of Benefit Service while a Participant prior to January 1, 1961 (plus one year for Participants for whom the one-year eligibility period provisions then in effect were not waived), excluding, however, such years of Service prior to the Participant’s 30th birthday, minus (iii) Past Service Retirement Income.
  (B)  
The sum of (i) and (ii), minus the sum of (iii), (iv) and (v), where (i) 1% of his annual earnings as of October 1, 1971, up to $4,800 plus (ii) 1 1 / 2 % of his annual earnings as of October 1, 1971 over $4,800 multiplied by the number of Years of Benefit Service while a Participant prior to October 1, 1971 (plus one-year for Participants for whom the one-year eligibility period provisions then in effect were not waived), minus (iii) the portion of Future Service Retirement Income for the period prior to October 1, 1971, (iv) Past Service Retirement Income, and (v) the portion of Supplementary Past Service Retirement Income calculated in Subsection (A) of this Section A-3.1(3). For purposes of the formula in this Subsection (B), earnings at October 1, 1971 shall not exceed a Participant’s average earnings for the five consecutive Plan Years during which the Participant received his highest earnings.
  (C)  
The sum of (i) and (ii), minus the sum of (iii), (iv) and (v), where (i) 1% of annual earnings as of October 1, 1977, up to $7,600 plus (ii) 1 1 / 2 % of annual earnings in excess of $7,600 multiplied by Years of Benefit Service while a Participant prior to October 1, 1977 (plus one year for Participants for whom the one-year eligibility period provisions then in effect were not waived), minus (iii) the portion of Future Service Retirement Income for the period prior to October 1, 1977, (iv) Past Service Retirement Income, and (v) the portion of Supplementary Past Service Retirement Income calculated in Subsection (A) and (B) of this Section A-3.1(3). For purposes of the formula in this Subsection (C), earnings at October 1, 1977 shall not exceed a Participant’s average earnings for the five consecutive Plan Years during which the Participant received his highest earnings.

 

A-4


 

  (D)  
This subsection (D) applies only to Participants retiring on or after October 1, 1981 and shall be equal to the sum of (i) and (ii), minus the sum of (iii), (iv) and (v), where (i) 1% of annual earnings as of October 1, 1980, up to $10,000 plus (ii) 1 1 / 2 % of annual earnings in excess of $10,000 multiplied by Years of Benefit Service while a Participant prior to October 1, 1980 (plus one-year for Participants for whom the one year eligibility period provisions then in effect were not waived), minus (iii) the portion of Future Service Retirement Income for the period prior to October 1, 1980, (iv) Past Service Retirement Income, and (v) the portion of Supplementary Past Service Retirement Income calculated in Subsection (A), (B) and (C) of this Section A-3.1 (3). For purposes of the formula in this Subsection (D), earnings at October 1, 1980 shall not exceed a Participant’s average earnings for the four consecutive Plan Years during which the Participant received his highest earnings.
  (E)  
This subsection (E) applies only to Participants retiring on or after October 1, 1982 the sum of (i) and (ii), minus the sum of (iii), (iv) and (v), where (i) 1% of annual earnings as of October 1, 1981, up to $10,000 plus (ii) 1 1 / 2 % of annual earnings in excess of $10,000 multiplied by Years of Benefit Service while a Participant prior to October 1, 1981 (plus one year for Participants for whom the one-year eligibility period provisions then in effect were not waived), minus (iii) the portion of Future Service Retirement Income for the period prior to October 1, 1981, (iv) Past Service Retirement Income, and (v) the portion of Supplementary Past Service Retirement Income calculated in Subsection (A), (B), (C) and (D) of this Section A-3.1(3). For purposes of the formula in this Subsection (E), earnings at October 1, 1981 shall not exceed a Participant’s average earnings for the four consecutive Plan Years during which the Participant received his highest earnings,
  (F)  
The sum of (i) and (ii), minus the sum of (iii), (iv) and (v), where (i) 1% of annual earnings as of October 1, 1985 up to $13,800 plus (ii) 1 1 / 2 % of annual earnings in excess of $13,800 multiplied by Years of Benefit Service while a Participant prior to October 1, 1985, excluding Years of Benefit Service before January 1, 1933 for all Participants and Years of Benefit Service during which a Participant was eligible to accrue a retirement annuity under the Group Annuity Contract but failed to do so minus (iii) the portion of Future Service Retirement Income for the period prior to October 1, 1985, minus (iv) Past Service Retirement Income, and (v) the portion of Supplementary Past Service Retirement Income calculated in Subsection (A), (B), (C), (D) and (E) of this Section A-3.1(3). For purposes of the formula in this Subsection (F), earnings at October 1, 1985 shall not exceed a Participant’s average earnings for the four consecutive Plan Years during which the Participant received his highest earnings.

 

A-5


 

  (G)  
The sum of (i) and (ii), minus the sum of (iii), (iv) and (v), where (i) 1.25% of the Participant’s Average Earnings as of October 1, 1989 up to $15,708 plus (ii) 1.6% of Average Earnings in excess of $15,708 multiplied by Years of Benefit Service (not to exceed 43) while a Participant prior to October 1, 1989 (plus one year for Participants for whom the one-year eligibility period provisions then in effect were not waived), excluding Years of Benefit Service before January 1, 1933, for an employee who was a Participant continuously and Years of Benefit Service during which a Participant was eligible to accrue a retirement annuity under the Group Annuity Contract but failed to do so minus (iii) the portion of Future Service Retirement Income for the period prior to October 1, 1989, minus (iv) Past Service Retirement Income, and (v) the portion of Supplementary Past Service Retirement Income calculated in Subsection (A), (B), (C), (D), (E), and (F) of this Section A-3.1(3). For purposes of the formula in this Subsection (G), Average Earnings shall be the sum of the following base rates of pay for such Participant divided by 3:
   
50% of the base pay rate at October 1, 1986
 
   
100% of the base pay rate at October 1, 1987
 
   
100% of the base pay rate at October 1, 1988
 
   
50% of the base pay rate at October 1, 1989
  (H)  
The sum of (i) and (ii), minus the sum of (iii), (iv) and (v), where (i) 1.35% of the Participant’s Average Earnings as of October 1, 1992 up to $21,194 plus (ii) 1.6% of Average Earnings in excess of $21,194 multiplied by Years of Benefit Service (not to exceed 50) while a Participant prior to October 1, 1992 (plus one year for Participants for whom the one-year eligibility period provisions then in effect were not waived), excluding Years of Benefit Service before January 1, 1933, for an employee who was a Participant continuously and Years of Benefit Service during which a Participant was eligible to accrue a retirement annuity under the Group Annuity Contract but failed to do so minus (iii) the portion of Future Service Retirement Income for the period prior to October 1, 1992, minus (iv) Past Service Retirement Income, and (v) the portion of Supplementary past Service Retirement Income calculated in Subsection (A), (B), (C), (D), (E), (F) and (G) of this Section A-3.1(3). For purposes of the formula in this Subsection (H), Average Earnings shall be the sum of the following base rates of pay for such Participant divided by 3:
   
50% of the base pay rate at October 1, 1989
 
   
100% of the base pay rate at October 1, 1990
 
   
100% of the base pay rate at October 1, 1991
 
   
50% of the base pay rate at October 1, 1992

 

A-6


 

  (I)  
The sum of (i) and (ii), minus the sum of (iii), (iv) and (v), where (i) 1.40% of the Participant’s Average Earnings as of October 1, 1994 up to $25,000 plus (ii) 1.6% of Average Earnings in excess of $25,000 multiplied by Years of Benefit Service (not to exceed 50) while a Participant prior to October 1, 1994 (plus one year for Participants for whom the one-year eligibility period provisions then in effect were not waived), excluding Years of Benefit Service before January 1, 1933, for an employee who was a Participant continuously and Years of Benefit Service during which a Participant was eligible to accrue a retirement annuity under the Group Annuity Contract but failed to do so minus (iii) the portion of Future Service Retirement Income for the period prior to October 1, 1994, minus (iv) Past Service Retirement Income. and (v) the portion of Supplementary Past Service Retirement Income calculated in Subsection (A), (B), (C), (D), (E), (F), (G) and (H) of this Section A-3.1(3). For purposes of the formula in this Subsection (I), Average Earnings shall be the sum of the following base rates of pay for such Participant divided by 3:
   
50% of the base pay rate at October 1, 1991
 
   
100% of the base pay rate at October 1, 1992
 
   
100% of the base pay rate at October 1, 1993
 
   
50% of the base pay rate at October 1, 1994
  (J)  
The sum of (i) and (ii), minus the sum of (iii), (iv) and (v), where (i) 1.40% of the Participant’s Average Earnings as of October 1, 1998 up to $30,000 plus (ii) 1.7% of Average Earnings in excess of $30,000 multiplied by Years of Benefit Service (not to exceed 50) while a Participant prior to October 1, 1998 (plus one year for Participants for whom the one-year eligibility period provisions then in effect were not waived), excluding Years of Benefit Service before January 1, 1933, for an employee who was a Participant continuously and Years of Benefit Service during which a Participant was eligible to accrue a retirement annuity under the Group Annuity Contract but failed to do so minus (iii) the portion of Future Service Retirement Income for the period prior to October 1, 1998, minus (iv) Past Service Retirement Income, and (v) the portion of Supplementary Past Service Retirement Income calculated in Subsection (A), (B), (C), (D), (E), (F), (G), (H) and (I) of this Section A-3.1 (3). For purposes of the formula in this Subsection (J), Average Earnings shall be the sum of the following base rates of pay for such Participant divided by 3:
   
50% of the base pay rate at October 1, 1995
 
   
100% of the base pay rate at October 1, 1996
 
   
100% of the base pay rate at October 1, 1997
 
   
50% of the base pay rate at October 1, 1998

 

A-7


 

Exhibit A attached to and made part of Addendum A to
Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Retirement Income Plan
Annual Future Service Retirement Income
Chart for Periods Prior to October 1, 1989
         
    Annual Future Service   Annual Future Service Retirement
Compensation   Retirement Income   Income (Credited After Age 50)
As of October 1 st   (Credited Prior to Age 50)   and Prior to Retirement Date
 
$1,049.99 and under   $17.85   Same
1,050.00 to 1,349.99   20.40   Same
1,350.00 to 1,649.99   25.50   Same
1,650.00 to 1,949.99   30.60   Same
1,950.00 to 2,249.99   35.70   Same
2,250.00 to 2,549.99   40.80   Same
2,550.00 to 2,849.99   45.90   Same
2,850.00 to 3,149.99   51.00   Same
3,150.00 to 3,449.99   56.10   Same
3,450.00 to 3,749.99   61.20   Same
3,750.00 to 4,049.99   66.30   Same
4,050.00 to 4,349.99   71.40   Same
4,350.00 to 4,649.99   76.50   Same
4,650.00 to 4,949.99   81.60   Same
4,950.00 to 5,249.99   87.60   89.10
5,250.00 to 5,549.99   93.60   96.60
5,550.00 to 5,849.99   99.60   104.40
5,850.00 to 6,149.99   105.60   111.60
6,150.00 to 6,449.99   111.60   119.10
6,450.00 to 6,749.99   117.60   126.60
6,750.00 to 7,049.99   123.60   134.10
7,050.00 to 7,349.99   129.60   141.60
7,350.00 to 7,649.99   135.60   149.10
7,650.00 to 7,949.99   141.60   156.60
7,950.00 to 8,249.99   147.60   164.10
8,250.00 to 8,549.99   153.60   171.60
8,550.00 to 8,849.99   159.60   179.10
8,850.00 to 9.149.99   165.60   186.60
9,150.00 to 9,449.99   171.60   194.10
9,450.00 to 9,749.99   177.60   201.60
9,750.00 to 10,049.99   183.60   209.10
10,050.00 to 10,349.99   189.60   216.60
10,350.00 to 10,649.99   195.60   224.10
10,650.00 to 10,949.99   201.60   231.60
10,950.00 to 11,249.99   207.60   239.10
11,250.00 to 11,549.99   213.60   246.60
11,550.00 to 11,849.99   219.60   254.10
11,850.00 to 12,149.99   225.60   261.60

 

A-8


 

         
    Annual Future Service   Annual Future Service Retirement
Compensation   Retirement Income   Income (Credited After Age 50)
As of October 1 st   (Credited Prior to Age 50)   and Prior to Retirement Date
 
12,150.00 to 12,449.99   231.60   269.10
12,450.00 to 12,749.99   237.60   276.60
12,750.00 to 13,049.99   243.60   284.10
13,050.00 to 13,349.99   249.60   291.60
13,350.00 to 13,649.99   255.60   299.10
13,650.00 to 13,949.99   261.60   306.60
13,950.00 to 14,249.99   267.60   314.10
14,250.00 to 14,549.99   273.60   321.60
14,550.00 to 14,849.99   279.60   329.10
14,850.00 to 15,149.99   285.60   336.60
15,150.00 to 15,449.99   291.60   344.10
15,450.00 to 15,749.99   297.60   351.60
15,750.00 to 16,049.99   303.60   359.10
16,050.00 to 16,349.99   309.60   366.60
16,350.00 to 16,649.99   315.60   374.10
16,650.00 to 16,949.99   321.60   381.60
16,950.00 to 17,249.99   327.60   389.10
17,250.00 to 17,549.99   333.60   396.60
17,550.00 to 17,849.99   339.60   404.10
17,850.00 to 18,149.99   345.60   411.60
18,150.00 to 18,449.99   351.60   419.10
18,450.00 to 18,749.99   357.60   426.60
18,750.00 to 19,049.99   363.60   434.10
19,050.00 to 19,349.99   369.60   441.60
19,350.00 to 19,649.99   375.60   449.10
19,650.00 to 19,949.99   381.60   456.60
19,950.00 to 20,249.99   387.60   464.10
20,250.00 to 20,549.99   393.60   471.60
20,550.00 to 20,849.99   399.60   479.10
20,850.00 to 21,149.99   405.60   486.60
21,150.00 to 21,449.99   411.60   494.10
21,450.00 to 21,749.99   417.60   501.60
21,750.00 to 22,049.99   423.60   509.10
22,050.00 to 22,349.99   429.60   516.60
22,350.00 to 22,649.99   435.60   524.10
22,650.00 to 22,949.99   441.60   531.60
22,950.00 to 23,249.99   447.60   539.10
23,250.00 to 23,549.99   453.60   546.60
 
Increase by $300 for each
salary class
  Increase by $6.00 for each
salary class
  Increase by $7.50 for each
salary class
(For periods of participation in the Plan which are less than a full year, a proportional amount of Future Service Retirement Income will be credited.)

 

A-9


 

ADDENDUM B
PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS
1. Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc.

 

A-10

Exhibit 10.97
TRUST AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT OF TRUST (the “Agreement”) effective the 31st day of December, 2003, by and between DYNEGY INC. (the “Company”), and VANGUARD FIDUCIARY TRUST COMPANY, a trust company incorporated under Chapter 10 of the Pennsylvania Banking Code (the “Trustee”),
WITNESSETH
WHEREAS, the Company has adopted and is maintaining the DYNEGY NORTHEAST GENERATION, INC. SAVINGS INCENTIVE PLAN (the “Plan”) for the exclusive benefit of its eligible Employees; and
WHEREAS, the Dynegy Inc. Benefit Plans Committee (the “Plan Administrator”) is the fiduciary named in the Plan as having the authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan;
WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee deem it necessary and desirable to enter into a written agreement of trust;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree and declare as follows:

 

 


 

ARTICLE I
ESTABLISHMENT OF THE TRUST
Section 1.1. The Company and the Trustee hereby agree to the establishment of a trust consisting of such sums as shall from time to time be paid to the Trustee under the Plan and such earnings, income and appreciation as may accrue thereon, which, less payments made by the Trustee to carry out the purposes of the Plan, are referred to herein as the “Fund.” The Trustee shall carry out the duties and responsibilities herein specified, but shall be under no duty to determine whether the amount of any contribution by the Company or any Participant is in accordance with the terms of the Plan nor shall the Trustee be responsible for the collection of any contributions required under the Plan.
Section 1.2. The Fund shall be held, invested, reinvested and administered by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Plan and this Agreement solely in the interest of Participants and their beneficiaries and for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Participants and their beneficiaries and defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan. Except as provided in Section 6.2, no assets of the Plan shall inure to the benefit of the Company.
Section 1.3. The Trustee shall pay benefits and expenses from the Fund only upon the written direction of the Plan Administrator. The Trustee shall be fully entitled to rely on such directions furnished by the Plan Administrator, and shall be under no duty to ascertain whether the directions are in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.
ARTICLE II
INVESTMENT OF THE FUND
Section 2.1. The Plan Administrator shall have the exclusive authority and discretion to select the investment funds (“Investment Funds”) available for investment under the Plan. In making such selection, the Plan Administrator shall use the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims. The available investments under the Plan shall be sufficiently diversified so as to seek to minimize the risk of large losses, unless under the circumstances it is clearly prudent not to do so. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the selection of the Investment Funds currently available for investment under the Plan, and any changes thereto. The Plan Administrator may also direct the Trustee from time to time to cause assets in the Fund to be delivered to the trustee under that certain Master Trust Agreement effective January 1, 2002, between Dynegy Inc. and Vanguard Fiduciary Trust Company (the “Master Trust Agreement”) which established a master trust (the “Master Trust”), and to cause such assets to be held, administered and invested pursuant to the Master Trust Agreement. The Master Trust is hereby adopted as a part of this Agreement and tire Plan.

 

Pg. 2


 

Section 2.2. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, each Participant shall have the exclusive right, in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, to direct the investment by the Trustee of all amounts allocated to the separate accounts of the Participant under the Plan among any one or more of the available Investment Funds. All investment directions by Participants shall be timely furnished to the Trustee by the Plan Administrator, except to the extent such directions are transmitted telephonically or otherwise by Participants directly to the Trustee or its delegate in accordance with rules and procedures established and approved by the Plan Administrator and communicated to the Trustee. In making any investment of the assets of the Fund, the Trustee shall be fully entitled to rely on such directions furnished to it by the Plan Administrator or by Participants in accordance with the Plan Administrator’s approved rules and procedures, and shall be under no duty to make any inquiry or investigation with respect thereto. The Plan Administrator may designate a default fund under the Plan in which the Trustee shall deposit contributions to the Fund on behalf of Participants who have been identified by the Plan Administrator as having not specified investment choices under the Plan. If the Trustee receives any contribution under the Plan that is not accompanied by instructions directing its investment, the Trustee shall immediately notify the Plan Administrator of that fact, and the Trustee may, in its discretion, hold all or a portion of the contribution uninvested without liability for loss of income or appreciation pending receipt of proper investment directions (which proper investment directions shall include the designation of a default fund as provided in the preceding sentence). Otherwise, it is specifically intended under the Plan and this Agreement that the Trustee shall have no discretionary authority to determine the investment of the assets of the Fund.

 

Pg. 3


 

Section 2.3. Subject to the provisions of Sections 2.1 and 2.2, the Trustee shall have the authority, in addition to any authority given by law, to exercise the following powers in the administration of the Trust:
(a) to invest and reinvest all or a part of the Fund in accordance with Participants’ investment directions in any available Investment Fund selected by the Plan Administrator without restriction to investments authorized for fiduciaries, including, without limitation on the amount that may be invested therein, any common, collective or commingled trust fund maintained by the Trustee. Any investment in, and any terms and conditions of, any common, collective or commingled trust fund available only to employee trusts which meets the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), or corresponding provisions of subsequent income tax laws of the United States, shall constitute an integral part of this Agreement and the Plan;
(b) to dispose of all or any part of the investments, securities, or other property which may from time to time or at any time constitute the Fund in accordance with the investment directions by Participants furnished to it pursuant to Section 2.2 or the written directions by the Plan Administrator furnished to it pursuant to Section 1.3, and to make, execute and deliver to the purchasers thereof good and sufficient deeds of conveyance therefor, and all assignments, transfers and other legal instruments, either necessary or convenient for passing the title and ownership thereto, free and discharged of all trusts and without liability on the part of such purchasers to see to the application of the purchase money;
(c) to hold cash uninvested to the extent necessary to pay benefits or expenses of the Plan;
(d) to cause any investment of the Fund to be registered in the name of the Trustee or the name of its nominee or nominees or to retain such investment unregistered or in a form permitting transfer by delivery; provided that the books and records of the Trustee shall at all times show that all such investments are part of the Fund;

 

Pg. 4


 

(e) except as provided in Section 5.2 and except as provided further in Article IV hereof with respect to shares of common stock of the Company (“Company Stock”) that are held by the Fund, to vote in person or by proxy with respect to all mutual fund shares which are held by the Plan (other than mutual fund shares acquired at the direction of a Participant pursuant to an individual brokerage account option that is an investment alternative under the Plan) solely in accordance with directions furnished to it by the Plan Administrator, and to vote in person or by proxy and to make all other offer decisions with respect to all other securities credited to a Participant’s separate accounts under the Plan solely in accordance with directions furnished to it by the Participant;
(f) upon the written direction of the Plan Administrator, to apply for, purchase, hold or transfer any life insurance, retirement income, endowment or annuity contract;
(g) to consult and employ any suitable agent to act on behalf of the Trustee and to contract for legal, accounting, clerical and other services deemed necessary by the Trustee to manage and administer the Fund according to the terms of the Plan and this Agreement provided that the Plan Administrator has approved any additional costs which result from the use of such agents;
(h) upon the written direction of the Plan Administrator, to make loans from the Fund to Participants in amounts and on terms approved by the Plan Administrator in accordance with the provisions of the Plan; provided that the Company shall have the responsibility for collecting all loan repayments required to be made under the Plan and for furnishing the Trustee with copies of all promissory notes evidencing such loans; and
(i) to pay from the Fund all taxes imposed or levied with respect to the Fund or any part thereof under existing or future laws, and to contest the validity or amount of any tax, assessment, claim or demand respecting the Fund or any part thereof.

 

Pg. 5


 

Section 2.4. Except as may be authorized by regulations promulgated by the Secretary of Labor, the Trustee shall not maintain the indicia of ownership in any assets of the Fund outside of the jurisdiction of the district courts of the United States.
ARTICLE III
DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
Section 3.1. The Trustee, the Company and the Plan Administrator shall each discharge their assigned duties and responsibilities under this Agreement and the Plan solely in the interest of Participants and their beneficiaries in the following manner:
(a) for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Participants and their beneficiaries and defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan;
(b) with the care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims;
(c) by diversifying the available investments under the Plan so as to seek to minimize the risk of large losses, unless under the circumstances it is clearly prudent not to do so; and
(d) in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and this Trust Agreement insofar as they are consistent with the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”)
Section 3.2. The Trustee shall keep full and accurate accounts of all receipts, investments, disbursements and other transactions hereunder, including such specific records as may be agreed upon in writing between the Company and the Trustee. All such accounts, books and records shall be open to inspection and audit at all reasonable times by any authorized representative of the Company or the Plan Administrator. A Participant may examine only those individual account records pertaining directly to him.

 

Pg. 6


 

Section 3.3. Within 120 days after the end of each Plan Year or within 120 days after its removal or resignation, the Trustee shall file with the Plan Administrator a written account of the administration of the Fund showing all transactions effected by the Trustee subsequent to the period covered by the last preceding account to the end of such Plan Year or date of removal or resignation and all property held at its fair market value at the end of the accounting period. Upon approval of such accounting by the Plan Administrator, neither the Company nor the Plan Administrator shall be entitled to any further accounting by the Trustee except in the case of manifest error. The Plan Administrator may approve such accounting by written notice of approval delivered to the Trustee or by failure to express objection to such accounting in writing delivered to the Trustee within one year from the date on which the accounting is delivered to the Plan Administrator.
Section 3.4. In accordance with the terms of the Plan, the Trustee shall open and maintain separate accounts in the name of each Participant in order to record all contributions by or on behalf of die Participant under the Plan and any earnings, losses and expenses attributable thereto. The Plan Administrator shall furnish the Trustee with written instructions enabling the Trustee to allocate properly all contributions and other amounts under the Plan to the separate accounts of Participants. In making such allocation, the Trustee shall be fully entitled to rely on the instructions furnished by the Plan Administrator and shall be under no duty to make any inquiry or investigation with respect thereto.
Section 3.5. The Trustee shall furnish each Participant with statements quarterly, as soon as reasonably practicable but in no event more than 30 days after the last day of each fiscal quarter, reflecting the then current fair market value of the Participant’s separate accounts under the Plan as of the end of such quarter.
Section 3.6. The Trustee shall not be required to determine the facts concerning the eligibility of any Participant to participate in the Plan, the amount of benefits payable to any Participant or beneficiary under the Plan, or the date or method of payment or disbursement. The Trustee shall be fully entitled to rely solely upon the written advice and directions of the Plan Administrator as to any such question of fact.

 

Pg. 7


 

Section 3.7. Unless resulting from the Trustee’s negligence, willful misconduct, lack of good faith, or breach of its duties or obligations under this Agreement or ERISA, the Company shall indemnify and save harmless the Trustee from, against, for and in respect of any and all damages, losses, obligations, liabilities, liens, deficiencies, costs and expenses, including without limitation, reasonable attorney’s fees incident to any suit, action, investigation, claim or proceedings suffered, sustained, incurred or required to be paid by the Trustee in connection with the Plan or this Agreement.
Section 3.8. The Trustee shall indemnify and save harmless the Company, the Plan, and the Plan Administrator from, against, for and in respect of any and all damages, losses, obligations, liabilities, liens, deficiencies, costs and expenses, including without limitation, reasonable attorney’s fees, incident to any suit, action, investigation, claim or proceedings suffered, sustained, or incurred as a result of the Trustee’s negligence, willful misconduct, lack of good faith, or breach of its duties or obligations under this Agreement or ERISA.
ARTICLE IV
VOTING AND OTHER RIGHTS OF COMPANY STOCK
Section 4.1. Each Participant or beneficiary of a deceased Participant (referred to herein collectively as Participant) shall have the right to direct the Trustee as to the manner of voting and the exercise of all other rights which a shareholder of record has with respect to shares (and fractional shares) of Company Stock which have been allocated to the Participant’s separate account including, but not limited to, the right to sell or retain shares in a public or private tender offer.
Section 4.2. All shares (and fractional shares) of Company Stock for which the Trustee has not received timely Participant directions shall be voted or exercised by the Trustee in the same proportion as the shares (and fractional shares) of Company Stock for which the Trustee received timely Participant directions, except in the case where to do so would be inconsistent with the provisions of Title I of ERISA. All reasonable efforts shall be made to inform each Participant that shares of Company Stock for which the Trustee does not receive Participant direction shall be voted pro rata in proportion to the shares for which the Trustee has received Participant direction.

 

Pg. 8


 

Section 4.3. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in the event of a tender offer for Company Stock, the Trustee shall interpret a Participant’s silence as a direction not to tender the shares of Company Stock allocated to the Participant’s separate account and, therefore, the Trustee shall not tender any shares (or fractional shares) of Company Stock for which it does not receive timely directions to tender such shares (or fractional shares) from Participants, except in the case where to do so would be inconsistent with the provisions of Title I of ERISA. Furthermore, tender offer materials provided to Participants shall specifically inform Participants that the Trustee shall interpret a Participant’s silence as a direction not to tender the Participant’s shares of Company Stock.
Section 4.4. Each Participant exercising his authority under this Article shall be considered a named fiduciary of the Plan within the meaning of ERISA Section 402(a)(2) with respect to the voting directions or response to an offer provided by the Participant (including in the case where a Participant’s silence is treated by the Trustee as a direction not to tender as provided under Section 4.3 hereof).
Section 4.5. Information relating to the purchase, holding and sale of securities and the exercise of voting, tender and other similar rights with respect to Company Stock by Participants and beneficiaries shall be maintained in accordance with procedures that are designed to safeguard the confidentiality of such information, except to the extent necessary to comply with Federal laws or State laws not preempted by ERISA. The Trustee shall be the fiduciary who is responsible for ensuring that such procedures are sufficient to safeguard the confidentiality of the information described above and that such procedures are followed.

 

Pg. 9


 

ARTICLE V
APPOINTMENT OF INVESTMENT MANAGERS
Section 5.1. The Plan Administrator may appoint one or more Investment Managers with respect to some or all of the assets of the Fund as contemplated by section 402(c)(3) of ERISA. Any such investment manager shall acknowledge to the Plan Administrator in writing that it accepts such appointment and that it is an ERISA fiduciary with respect to the Plan and the Fund. The Plan Administrator shall provide the Trustee with a copy of the written agreement (and any amendments thereto) between the Plan Administrator and the Investment Manager. By notifying the Trustee of the appointment of an Investment Manager, the Plan Administrator shall be deemed to certify that such Investment Manager meets the requirements of section 3(38) of ERISA. The authority of the Investment Manager shall continue until the Plan Administrator rescinds the appointment or the Investment Manager has resigned.
Section 5.2. The assets with respect to which a particular Investment Manager has been appointed shall be specified by the Plan Administrator and shall be segregated in a separate account for the Investment Manager (the “Separate Account”) and the Investment Manager shall have the power to direct the Trustee in every aspect of the investment of the assets of the Separate Account. The Investment Manager shall be responsible for making any proxy voting or tender offer decisions with respect to securities held in the Separate Account and the Investment Manager shall maintain a record of the reasons for the manner in which it voted proxies or responded to tender offers. The Trustee shall not be liable for the acts or omissions of an Investment Manager and shall have no liability or responsibility for acting or not acting pursuant to the direction of, or failing to act in the absence of, any direction from an Investment Manager, unless the Trustee knows that by such action or failure to act it would be itself committing a breach of fiduciary duty or participating in a breach of fiduciary duty by such Investment Manager, it being the intention of the parties that the Trustee shall have the full protection of section 405(d) of ERISA.

 

Pg. 10


 

ARTICLE VI
PROHIBITION OF DIVERSION
Section 6.1. Except as provided in Section 6.2 of this Article, at no time prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities with respect to Participants and their beneficiaries under the Plan shall any part of the corpus or income of the Fund be used for, or diverted to, purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of Participants or their beneficiaries, or for defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan.
Section 6.2. The provisions of Section 6.1 notwithstanding, contributions made by the Company under the Plan may be returned to the Company under the following conditions:
(a) If a contribution is made by mistake of fact, such contribution may be returned to the Company within one year of the payment of such contribution;
(b) Contributions to the Plan are specifically conditioned upon their deductibility under the Code. To the extent a deduction is disallowed for any such contribution, it may be returned to the Company within one year after the disallowance of the deduction. Contributions which are not deductible in the taxable year in which made but are deductible in subsequent taxable years shall not be considered to be disallowed for purposes of this subsection; and
(c) Contributions to the Plan are specifically conditioned on initial qualification of the Plan under the Code. If the Plan is determined to be disqualified, contributions made in respect of any period subsequent to the effective date of such disqualification may be returned to the Company within one year after the date of denial of qualification.

 

Pg. 11


 

ARTICLE VII
COMMUNICATION WITH PLAN ADMINISTRATOR AND COMPANY
Section 7.1. Whenever the Trustee is permitted or required to act upon the directions or instructions of the Plan Administrator, the Trustee shall be entitled to act upon any written communication signed by any person or agent designated to act as or on behalf of the Plan Administrator. Such person or agent shall be so designated either under the provisions of the Plan or in writing by the Company and their authority shall continue until revoked in writing The Trustee shall incur no liability for failure to act on such person’s or agent’s instructions or orders without written communication, and the Trustee shall be fully protected in all actions taken in good faith in reliance upon any instructions, directions, certifications and communications believed to be genuine and to have been signed or communicated by the proper person.
Section 7.2. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing as to the appointment, removal or resignation of any person designated to act as or on behalf of the Plan Administrator. After such notification, the Trustee shall be fully protected in acting upon the directions of, or dealing with, any person designated to act as or on behalf of the Plan Administrator until it receives notice to the contrary. The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire into the qualifications of any person designated to act as or on behalf of the Plan Administrator.
ARTICLE VIII
TRUSTEE’S COMPENSATION
Section 8.1. The Trustee shall be entitled to reasonable compensation for its services as is agreed upon with the Company. If approved by the Plan Administrator, the Trustee shall also be entitled to reimbursement for all direct expenses properly and actually incurred on behalf of the Plan. Such compensation or reimbursement shall be paid to the Trustee out of the Fund unless paid directly by the Company.

 

Pg. 12


 

ARTICLE IX
RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL OF TRUSTEE
Section 9.1. The Trustee may resign at any time by written notice to the Company which shall be effective 45 days after delivery unless prior thereto a successor trustee shall have been appointed.
Section 9.2. The Trustee may be removed by the Company at any time upon 30 days written notice to the Trustee; such notice, however, may be waived by the Trustee.
Section 9.3. The appointment of a successor trustee hereunder shall be accomplished by and shall take effect upon the delivery to the resigning or removed Trustee, as the case may be, of written notice of the Company appointing such successor trustee, and an acceptance in writing of the office of successor trustee hereunder executed by the successor so appointed. Any successor trustee may be either a corporation authorized and empowered to exercise trust powers or one or more individuals. All of the provisions set forth herein with respect to the Trustee shall relate to each successor trustee so appointed with the same force and effect as if such successor trustee had been originally named herein as the Trustee hereunder. If within 45 days after notice of resignation shall have been given under the provisions of this Article a successor trustee shall not have been appointed, the resigning Trustee or the Company may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor trustee.
Section 9.4. Upon the appointment of a successor trustee, the resigning or removed Trustee shall transfer and deliver the Fund to such successor trustee, after reserving such reasonable amount as the Plan Administrator shall authorize to provide for the Trustee’s expenses in the settlement of its account, the amount of any compensation due to it and any sums chargeable against the Fund for which it may be liable. If the sums so reserved are not sufficient for such purposes, the resigning or removed Trustee shall be entitled to reimbursement for any deficiency from the successor trustee and the Company who shall be jointly and severally liable therefor.

 

Pg. 13


 

ARTICLE X
INSURANCE COMPANIES
Section 10.1. If any contract issued by an insurance company shall form a part of the Trust assets, the insurance company shall not be deemed a party to this Agreement. A certification in writing by the Trustee as to the occurrence of any event contemplated by this Agreement or the Plan shall be conclusive evidence thereof and the insurance company shall be protected in relying upon such certification and shall incur no liability for so doing. With respect to any action under any such contract, the insurance company may deal with the Trustee as the sole owner thereof and need not see that any action of the Trustee is authorized by this Agreement or the Plan. Any change made or action taken by an insurance company upon the direction of the Trustee shall fully discharge the insurance company from all liability with respect thereto, and it need not see to the distribution or further application of any moneys paid by it to the Trustee or paid in accordance with the direction of the Trustee.
ARTICLE XI
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE TRUST AND PLAN
Section 11.1. The Company may, by delivery to the Trustee of an instrument in writing, amend, terminate or partially terminate this Agreement at any time; provided, however, that no amendment shall increase the duties or liabilities of the Trustee without the Trustee’s consent; and, provided further, that no amendment shall divert any part of the Fund to any purpose other than providing benefits to Participants and their beneficiaries or defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan.
Section 11.2. If the Plan is terminated in whole or in part, or if the Company permanently discontinues its contributions to the Plan, the Trustee shall distribute the Fund or any part thereof in such manner and at such times as the Plan Administrator shall direct in writing. In the absence of receipt of such written directions within 90 days after the effective date of such termination, the Trustee shall distribute the Fund in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

 

Pg. 14


 

ARTICLE XII
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
Section 12.1. Unless the context of this Agreement clearly indicates otherwise, the terms defined in the Plan shall, when used herein, have the same meaning as in the Plan. As used herein, the term “Participant” shall mean an individual who is a Member (as such term is defined in the Plan).
Section 12.2. Except as otherwise required in the case of any qualified domestic relations order within the meaning of Section 414(p) of the Code, the benefits or proceeds of any allocated or unallocated portion of the assets of the Fund and any interest of any Participant or beneficiary arising out of or created by the Plan either before or after the Participant’s retirement shall not be subject to execution, attachment, garnishment or other legal or judicial process whatsoever by any person, whether creditor or otherwise, claiming against such Participant or beneficiary. No Participant or beneficiary shall have the right to alienate, encumber or assign any of the payments or proceeds or any other interest arising out of or created by the Plan and any action purporting to do so shall be void. The provisions of this Section shall apply to all Participants and beneficiaries, regardless of their citizenship or place of residence.
Section 12.3. Nothing contained in this Agreement or in the Plan shall require the Company to retain any Employee in its service.
Section 12.4. Any person dealing with the Trustee may rely upon a copy of this Agreement and any amendments thereto certified to be true and correct by the Trustee.
Section 12.5. The Trustee hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan. The Company will cause a copy of any amendment to the Plan to be delivered to the Trustee.
{REMAINDER OF PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK}

 

Pg. 15


 

Section 12.6. The construction, validity and administration of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, except to the extent that such laws have been specifically superseded by ERISA.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
                 
Attest:   DYNEGY INC.    
 
               
    By:   /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]    
             
 
      Title:        
 
         
 
   
Attest:   VANGUARD FIDUCIARY TRUST COMPANY    
 
               
/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]   By:   /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]    
             
 
      Title:   Principal    

 

Pg. 16

Exhibit 10.98
AMENDMENT TO TRUST AGREEMENT
THIS AMENDMENT (the “Amendment”) to the Trust Agreement dated December 31, 2003 (the ‘Trust”) is entered into as of January 1, 2006, between DYNEGY INC., an Illinois corporation (the “Company”) and VANGUARD FIDUCIARY TRUST COMPANY, a trust company incorporated under Chapter 10 of the Pennsylvania Banking Code (the “Trustee”).
WITNESSETH
WHEREAS, the Company and the Dynegy Inc. Benefit Plans Committee (the “Plan Administrator”) have entered into an agreement (the “FCI Agreement”) with Fiduciary Counselors Inc. (the “Independent Fiduciary”) pursuant to which the Independent Fiduciary was appointed by the Plan Administrator to have the sole and exclusive fiduciary responsibility with respect to the continued offering and operation of the Dynegy Stock Fund and with respect to the continued holding of Class A common stock of the Company (“Company Stock”) in the Dynegy Northeast Generation Inc. Savings Incentive Plan (the “Plan”);
WHEREAS, pursuant to the FCI Agreement, the Independent Fiduciary received certain powers to direct the Trustee with respect to the Dynegy Stock Fund and the Company Stock, and the Independent Fiduciary agreed to perform certain duties with respect to the Dynegy Stock Fund and the Company Stock; and
WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee deem it necessary and desirable to amend the Trust Agreement to reflect the appointment of the Independent Fiduciary and to authorize it to have certain powers and to perform the duties specified in this Amendment with respect to the Dynegy Stock Fund and the Company Stock.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree and declare as follows:
1. Section 2.1 of the Trust is hereby amended in its entirety to provide as follows:
“The Plan Administrator shall have the exclusive authority and discretion to select the investment funds available for investment under the Plan, other than the Dynegy Stock Fund, which shall be offered as an investment fund available for investment under the Plan in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and Section 2.5 hereof (the selected investment funds and the Dynegy Stock Fund are collectively referred to as the “Investment Funds”). The Plan Administrator shall notify the Trustee in writing of the selection of the Investment Funds currently available for investment under the Plan, and any changes thereto. To the extent provided in the Plan and Master Trust Agreement (as defined below), the Plan Administrator may also direct the Trustee from time to time to cause assets in the Fund to be delivered to the trustee under that certain Master Trust Agreement effective January 1, 2002 between Dynegy Inc. and Vanguard Fiduciary Trust Company (the “Master Trust Agreement”) which established a master trust (the “Master Trust”), and such assets shall be held, administered and invested pursuant to the Master Trust Agreement. The Master Trust is hereby adopted as a part of this Agreement and the Plan.”

 

 


 

2. Section 2.2 of the Trust is amended in its entirety to read as follows:
“Section 2.2. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.5 hereof and the Plan, each Participant shall have the exclusive right, in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, to direct the investment by the Trustee of all amounts allocated to the separate accounts of the Participant under the Plan among any one or more of the available Investment Funds. All investment directions by Participants shall be timely furnished to the Trustee by the Plan Administrator, except to the extent such directions are transmitted telephonically or otherwise by Participants directly to the Trustee or its delegate in accordance with rules and procedures established and approved by the Plan Administrator and communicated to the Trustee. In making any investment of the assets of the Fund, the Tmstee shall be fully entitled to rely on such directions furnished to it by the Plan Administrator, Independent Fiduciary or Participants in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and the Plan Administrator’s approved rules and procedures, and shall be under no duty to make any inquiry or investigation with respect thereto. The Plan Administrator may designate a default fund under the Plan in which the Trustee shall deposit contributions to the Fund on behalf of Participants who have been identified by the Plan Administrator as having not specified investment choices under the Plan. In addition, the Independent Fiduciary may also designate a default fund pursuant to Section 2.5. If the Trustee receives any contribution under the Plan that is not accompanied by instructions directing its investment, the Trustee shall immediately notify the Plan Administrator or the Independent Fiduciary, as applicable, of that fact, and the Trustee may, in its discretion, hold all or a portion of the contribution uninvested without liability for loss of income or appreciation pending receipt of proper investment directions (which proper investment directions shall include the designation of a default fund as provided in the preceding sentences). Otherwise, it is specifically intended under the Plan and this Agreement that the Trustee shall have no discretionary authority to determine the investment of the assets of the Fund.”
3. Subsection 2.3(a) of the Trust is hereby amended by adding the phrase, “subject to the provisions of Section 2.5,” to the beginning thereof.

 

2


 

4. Subsection 2.3(b) of the Trust is hereby amended in its entirety to provide as follows:
“(b) to dispose of all or any part of the investments, securities other than Company Stock, or other property which may from time to time or at any time constitute the Fund or portion thereof in accordance with the investment directions by Participants furnished to it pursuant to Section 2.2 or the written directions by the Plan Administrator furnished to it pursuant to Section 1.3, or to dispose of all or any part of the Company Stock which may from time to time or at any time constitute a portion of the Fund in accordance with the investment directions by Participants furnished to it pursuant to Section 2.2 or the written directions by the Independent Fiduciary pursuant to Section 2.5, and to make, execute and deliver to the purchasers thereof good and sufficient deeds of conveyance therefore, and all assignments, transfers and other legal instruments, either necessary or convenient for passing the title and ownership thereto, free and discharged of all trusts and without liability on the part of such purchasers to see to the application of the purchase money;”
5. A new Section 2.5 is hereby added to the Trust to provide as follows:
“Section 2.5. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Independent Fiduciary shall have the sole and exclusive authority to determine whether acquiring or holding Company Stock in the Plan and Fund is no longer consistent with the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”) and it shall be the sole named fiduciary for such purpose. If the Independent Fiduciary makes such a determination, it shall have the power to determine whether to:
  (a)  
prohibit or limit (for example, as a percentage of a Participant’s account) further purchases or holdings of Company Stock or increasing the Dynegy Stock Fund’s holding of cash or cash equivalent investments, and in the event of such prohibition or limitation, to designate, as necessary, an alternative investment fund for the investment of the proceeds pending further investment directions by the Plan’s Participants and beneficiaries;
 
  (b)  
liquidate some or all of the Plan’s holdings in Company Stock and determine how such liquidation should be accomplished and in the event of such liquidation, to designate, as necessary, an alternative investment fund for the investment of the proceeds pending further investment directions by the Plan’s Participants and beneficiaries; or

 

3


 

  (c)  
terminate the availability of the Dynegy Stock Fund as an investment option under the Plan on such terms and conditions as the Independent Fiduciary shall deem prudent and in the interest of the Plan and its Participants and beneficiaries (and notwithstanding any Participant or beneficiary investment directions to the contrary), including the determination of the manner and timing of termination of the Dynegy Stock Fund and orderly liquidation of its assets and designation of an alternative investment fund for the investment of the proceeds pending further investment directions by the Plan’s Participants and beneficiaries.
The Independent Fiduciary shall direct the Trustee to take such actions as are necessary and appropriate to implement and administer the Independent Fiduciary’s determinations under this Section 2.5, and the Trustee shall be fully entitled to rely on such directions, and the Trustee shall be under no duty to ascertain whether such directions are in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.”
6. Section 3.1 of the Trust is hereby deleted and the remaining Sections of Article III renumbered accordingly.
7. The second sentence of Section 4.5 of the Trust is hereby amended in its entirety to provide as follows:
“The Trustee shall be the fiduciary who is responsible for ensuring that such procedures are sufficient to safeguard the confidentiality of the information described above and that such procedures are followed; provided, however, the Independent Fiduciary shall be the fiduciary responsible for ensuring the confidentiality of the proxy voting process.”
8. A new Section 4.6 is hereby added to the Trust to provide as follows:
“Section 4.6. The Independent Fiduciary shall direct the Trustee to execute and deliver such forms and other documents as the Independent Fiduciary may determine are advisable to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or other governmental agency, and the Trustee shall be fully entitled to rely on such directions.”
9. Sections 7.1 and 7.2 of the Trust are hereby amended by adding the phrase “or the Independent Fiduciary” immediately following the term “Plan Administrator” in such Sections.
10. This Amendment may be executed in separate counterparts, which together shall constitute one agreement.

 

4


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first written above.
         
  DYNEGY INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]    
    Title: Vice President, HR  
       
  VANGUARD FIDUCIARY TRUST COMPANY
 
 
  By:   /s/ Dennis Simmons    
    Title: Principal
Dennis Simmons
 
         
AGREED TO AND APPROVED BY:

FIDUCIARY COUNSELORS INC.
   
 
       
By:
  /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]    
 
       
 
  Title: President & CEO    

 

5

Exhibit 10.99
AMENDMENT TO TRUST AGREEMENT
THIS AMENDMENT to the Trust Agreement dated December 31, 2003 (“Agreement”) is entered into effective as provided herein below, between DYNEGY INC., an Illinois corporation (“Dynegy Illinois”) and VANGUARD FIDUCIARY TRUST COMPANY, a trust company incorporated under Chapter 10 of the Pennsylvania Banking Code (the “Trustee”);
WITNESSETH
WHEREAS, Dynegy Illinois has adopted and is maintaining the Dynegy Northeast Generation Inc. Savings Incentive Plan (the “Plan”);
WHEREAS, Dynegy Illinois has entered into that certain Plan of Merger, Contribution and Sale Agreement by and among Dynegy Illinois, LSP GEN Investors, L.P., LS Power Partners, L.P., LS Power Equity Partners PIE I, L.P., LS Power Equity Partners, L.P., LS Power Associates, L.P., Falcon Merger Sub Co., and Dynegy Acquisition, Inc., executed September 14, 2006 (the “Merger Agreement”);
WHEREAS, pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Merger Agreement, Dynegy Illinois will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of a newly formed Delaware corporation, named “Dynegy Inc.”, and Dynegy Illinois will thereafter be renamed “Dynegy Illinois Inc.”, as of the Effective Time specified in the Merger Agreement (the “Effective Time”);
WHEREAS, effective immediately after the Effective Time, Dynegy Illinois will withdraw as the sponsor of the Plan and Dynegy Inc., a Delaware corporation, will assume sponsorship of the Plan from Dynegy Illinois and will become the “Company” for purposes of the Agreement; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 11.1 of the Agreement, Dynegy Illinois may amend the Agreement by delivery of an instrument in writing to the Trustee;
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED that the Agreement shall be, and hereby is amended to provide that as follows, effective immediately after the Effective Time:
1. The first paragraph of the Agreement shall be deleted and the following four paragraphs shall be substituted therefor:
“THIS AGREEMENT OF TRUST (the ‘Agreement’) effective as of the 31 st day of December, 2003, by and between DYNEGY INC., an Illinois corporation (Dynegy Illinois’) and VANGUARD FIDUCIARY TRUST COMPANY, a trust company incorporated under Chapter 10 of the Pennsylvania Banking Code (the ‘Trustee’).

 

 


 

Dynegy Illinois has entered into that certain Plan of Merger, Contribution and Sale Agreement by and among Dynegy Illinois, LSP GEN Investors, L.P., LS Power Partners, L.P., LS Power Equity Partners PIE I, L.P., LS Power Equity Partners, L.P., LS Power Associates, L.P., Falcon Merger Sub Co., and Dynegy Acquisition, Inc., executed September 14, 2006 (the ‘Merger Agreement’).
Pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Merger Agreement, Dynegy Illinois will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of a newly formed Delaware corporation, named ‘Dynegy Inc.’, and the Dynegy Illinois will thereafter be renamed ‘Dynegy Illinois Inc.’, as of the Effective Time specified in the Merger Agreement (the ‘Effective Time”).
Effective immediately after the Effective Time, Dynegy Illinois will withdraw as the sponsor of the Plan (defined below) and Dynegy Inc., a Delaware corporation, will assume sponsorship of the Plan from Dynegy Illinois and all references to the ‘Company’ in the Agreement shall thereafter refer to Dynegy Inc., a Delaware corporation.”
2. All references to “Company Stock” in the Agreement shall refer to shares of common stock of Dynegy Inc., a Delaware corporation.
3. All references to the “Dynegy Stock Fund” in the Agreement shall refer to the investment fund established and maintained to invest in the common stock of Dynegy Inc., a Delaware corporation.
4. Except as modified herein, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, which together constitute one instrument.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment to the Agreement on the dates indicated below, to be effective immediately after the Effective Time.
                     
Attest:       Dynegy Inc., an Illinois corporation    
 
                   
/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]       By:   /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]    
                 
 
          Title:   [ILLEGIBLE]    
 
          Date:   April 2, 2007    

 

 


 

                     
Attest:       Vanguard Fiduciary Trust Company
 
                   
        By:        
                 
 
          Title:        
 
                   
 
          Date:        
 
                   
                     
        Approved and accepted:
 
                   
Attest:       Dynegy Inc., a Delaware corporation    
 
                   
/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]       By:   /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]    
                 
 
          Title:   [ILLEGIBLE]    
 
          Date:   April 2, 2007    

 

 


 

                     
Attest:       Vanguard Fiduciary Trust Company    
 
                   
/s/ [ILLEGIBLE] 
      By:   /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]   
                 
 
          Title:   Principal    
 
          Date:   4/18/2007    
                     
        Approved and accepted:    
 
                   
Attest:       Dynegy Inc., a Delaware corporation    
 
                   
 
      By:            
                 
 
          Title:        
 
          Date:        

 

 

Exhibit 10.102
DYNEGY INC,
MASTER RETIREMENT TRUST
THIS AGREEMENT , effective as of the 13th day of December, 2001, is made between DYNEGY INC., an Illinois corporation, herein referred to as the “Company”, and THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY , an Illinois corporation, of Chicago, Illinois, as Trustee, and constitutes a restatement into a single trust agreement known as the DYNEGY INC. MASTER RETIREMENT TRUST agreement of the several trust agreements which are listed in the attached schedule, which were heretofore made by the Company and its Subsidiaries and under which the Trustee is accepting appointment as successor trustee. The schedule may be amended from time to time by the Company.
Illinois Power Company, an Illinois company, entered into The Illinois Power Company Retirement Income Trust, effective the 5 th day of August, 1977, and Trustee became successor trustee under that trust, effective the 1 st day of April, 1982.
Illinova Corporation, the parent company of Illinois Power Company, entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of June 14, 1999, with certain other parties named therein, providing for the merger of Dynegy Holdings Inc. a Delaware corporation formerly known as Dynegy Inc., and Illinova with subsidiaries of the Company. As a result of the merger, effective February 1, 2000. Illinois Power Company became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.
With respect to each Plan for which this agreement is adopted by the Company or a Subsidiary as the funding medium, the Company or Subsidiary shall appoint the Trustee as successor under the trust agreement which is the predecessor funding medium for the Plan, shall direct the Trustee as successor under that trust agreement to add the assets held thereunder to the assets of the Trust Fund and shall appoint the Committee as the fiduciary which has the responsibility for administering the Plan and the fiduciary which has the responsibility for Plan investments.
The Trust Fund shall consist of all assets held by the Trustee as of the date of this agreement or hereafter acquired by the Trustee as Trustee or successor trustee under any other trust agreement made by the Company or by a Subsidiary in connection with a Plan for which this agreement is adopted as the funding medium, all investments and reinvestments thereof and all additions thereto by way of contributions, earnings and increments, and shall be held upon the following terms:

 

 


 

ARTICLE ONE: DEFINITIONS
For the purposes of this agreement:
1.1 “Beneficiary” means a person designated to receive a benefit under a Plan after the death of a Participant;
1.2 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;
1.3 “Committee” means the Benefit Plans Committee of the Company as constituted from time to time which has the responsibility for administering each Plan and shall be deemed for purposes of ERISA to be the Plan administrator and the named fiduciary for Plan administration and which also has the responsibility for allocating the assets of the Trust Fund among the Separate Accounts and any Trustee Investment Account and for the appointment and removal of Investment Advisers and shall be deemed for purposes of ERISA to be the named fiduciary for Plan investments;
1.4 “Company” means Dynegy Inc. and any corporation which is the successor thereto;
1.5 “Custodial Agent” means one or more persons or entities designated by the Committee to maintain custody of assets of a Separate Investment Account pursuant to Section 4.1(c);
1.6 “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 as in effect from time to time and the regulations issued thereunder;
1.7 “Investment Adviser” means an Investment Manager or an Investment Trustee to whom the Committee has delegated investment responsibility for a Separate Account or the Committee with respect to any assets of the Trust Fund for which the Committee has investment responsibility;
1.8 “Investment Manager” means an investment manager as defined in Section 3(38) of ERISA, which is appointed by the Committee to manage a Separate Investment Account; but the Trustee shall have no responsibility to determine whether a person or entity acting as an Investment Manager meets or continues to meet this definition;
1.9 “Investment Trustee” means the trustee appointed by the Committee to manage a Separate Investment Trust Account;
1.10 “Participant” means a person who is an employee or former employee of the Company or of a Subsidiary and who is or was actually participating in a Plan;

 

2


 

1.11 “Plan” means a retirement plan which has been established by the Company or by a Subsidiary and for which this agreement has been adopted as the funding medium in accordance with section 10.1;
1.12 “Plan Account” means the interest of each Plan in the Trust Fund;
1.13 “Separate Account” means a Separate Investment Account, a Separate Investment Trust Account or a Separate Insurance Contract Account;
1.14 “Separate Insurance Contract Account” means assets of the Trust Fund allocated by the Committee to an account of the Trust for investment in insurance contracts directed by the Committee;
1.15 “ Separate Investment Account” means assets of the Trust Fund allocated by the Committee to an account of the Trust which is to be managed by an Investment Manager or the Committee;
1.16 “Separate Investment Trust Account” means assets of the Trust Fund allocated by the Committee to an account of the Trust to be managed by an Investment Trustee;
1.17 “Subsidiary” means a subsidiary or affiliate of the Company;
1.18 “Subtrust” means assets of a Separate Investment Account which are held by a Subtrustee pursuant to an agreement which the Committee has approved and directed the Trustee to enter into;
1.19 “Subtrustee” means the trustee appointed by the Committee to act as trustee of a Subtrust;
1.20 “Trust” means this instrument and the trust evidenced thereby, as amended from time to time;
1.21 “Trust Fund” means all assets subject to this agreement;
1..22 “Trustee” means THE “NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY and any successor Trustee or Trustees; and
1.23 “Trustee Investment Account” means assets of the Trust Fund allocated by the Committee to an account of the Trust to be managed by the Trustee with the written consent of the Trustee.

 

3


 

ARTICLE TWO: VALUATION AND ALLOCATION
2.1 The Trustee shall hold the Trust Fund as a commingled fund or commingled funds in which each separate Plan shall be deemed to have a proportionate undivided interest in the fund or funds in which it participates, except that each fund or asset identified by the Committee as allocable to a particular Plan Account, herein referred to as an “identified fund” or “identified asset”, and income, appreciation or depreciation and expenses attributable to a particular Plan Account or to an identified asset thereof, shall be allocated or charged to that Plan Account. Contributions shall be designated by the Committee as allocable, and distributions shall be designated by the Committee as chargeable, to a particular Plan Account and shall be so allocated or charged. Upon the direction of the Committee the Trustee shall periodically determine the value of each Plan Account on such basis as the Trustee and the Committee shall from time to time agree (considering the fair market value of the assets initially received from the predecessor trustee or the Company with respect to the Plan and subsequent contributions and distributions, net income, net appreciation or depreciation and expenses attributable to the Plan) and shall render a statement thereof to the Committee within one hundred twenty (120) days after each valuation date.
2.2 The Committee may direct the Trustee to establish and maintain (in accordance with the Committee’s direction) a “Post-Retirement Medical Benefit Account” within a Plan Account. The Post-Retirement Medical Benefit Account shall be maintained for the sole purpose of providing for the payment of medical benefits described in the related Plan for eligible retired employees who are entitled in pension benefits under the related Plan and their eligible spouses and dependents in accordance with Section 401 (h) of the Code. The assets of such Post-Retirement Medical Benefit Account shall be separately accounted for on the Trustee’s books and records as a part of the Plan but may be commingled and invested with other assets of the Trust Fund at the Committee’s discretion. Additions to the Post-Retirement Medical Benefit Account may be made by contributions from the Company or a Subsidiary or by the transfer(s) of assets from the portion of the related Plan which is not accounted for on the Trustee’s book and records as a Post-Retirement Medical Benefit Account, as directed by the Committee, which direction shall be in accordance with Section 420 of the Code. The Commiitee shall designate the contributions which are allocable to a Post-Retirement Medical Benefit Account and shall designate the portion of the assets attributable to the Plan which is not accounted for on the Trustee’s books and records as a Post-Retirement Medical Benefit Account that is to be transferred to the Post-Retirement Medical Benefit Account maintained within such Plan. The Trustee shall make the payments from a Post-Retirement Medical Benefit Account at the written direction of the Committee, which direction shall be pursuant to the Plan document and in accordance with Section 420 of the Code and other applicable law. Such direction may provide for the direct reimbursement of the Company or a Subsidiary from a Plan’s Post-Retirement Medical Benefit Account for certain expenses the Company or a Subsidiary has previously paid to provide the post-retirement medical benefits under the related Plan, including, without limitation, expenses attributable to the administration of the Plan’s Post-Retirement Medical Benefits Account.

 

4


 

Upon the Committee’s determination that all liabilities for benefit payments under a Post-Retirement Medical Benefit Account have been satisfied, the Committee shall direct the Trustee in writing to remit any remaining amounts credited to such account to the Company or a Subsidiary, except to the extent that such remaining amounts are attributable to a transfer of assets from the portion of a Plan which does not constitute a Post-Retirement Medical Benefit Account, in which even such remaining amounts shall be transferred back to such other portion of the related Plan.
ARTICLE THREE: DISTRIBUTIONS
3.1 The Trustee shall make distributions from the Trust Fund to such persons, in such amounts (but not exceeding the then value of the Plan Account to which the distribution is chargeable), at such times and in such manner as the Committee or its designee shall from time to time direct pursuant to the service description furnished by the Trustee to the Committee from time to time. The Trustee shall have no responsibility to ascertain whether any direction received by the Trustee from the Committee or its designee in accordance with the preceding sentence is proper and in compliance with the terms of a Plan or to see to the application of any distribution. The Trustee shall not be liable for any distribution made in good faith without actual notice or knowledge of the changed condition or status of any recipient. If any distribution made by the Trustee is returned unclaimed, the Trustee shall notify the Committee or its designee and shall dispose of the distribution as the Committee or its designee shall direct. The Trustee shall have no obligation to search for or ascertain the whereabouts of any payee of benefits of the Trust Fund.
3.2 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may make distributions from the Trust Fund through a commercial banking account in a federally insured banking institution (including the Trustee) established by the Committee for such purpose after written notice to the Trustee that the commercial banking account has been so established. Upon such written notice, the Committee shall have the responsibility to assure that any such commercial banking account is established and maintained in accordance with ERISA and is properly insured. The Trustee shall make such deposits from the Trust Fund to the commercial banking account as the Committee or its designee may from time to time direct. The Trustee shall have no responsibility to account for funds held in or disbursed from any such commercial banking account, or to prepare any informational returns for tax purposes as to distributions made therefrom.
ARTICLE FOUR: SEPARATE ACCOUNTS AND INVESTMENT ADVISERS
The Trust Fund shall consist of one or more Separate Accounts and, with the Trustee’s written consent, one or more Trustee Investment Accounts. All Separate Accounts and any Trustee Investment Accounts shall be established by the Trustee at the direction of the Committee. The Committee shall designate assets of the Trust Fund to be allocated to each Separate Account and each Trustee Investment Account and shall direct the Trustee with respect to any transfer of assets between Separate Accounts or between a Separate Account and a Trustee Investment Account; provided that no asset shall be allocated or transferred to a Trustee Investment Account without the Trustee’s written consent. The Committee shall have investment responsibility for any assets of the Trust Fund not otherwise allocated to a Separate Account or Trustee Investment Account, and such assets shall comprise a Separate Investment Account for which the Committee serves as Investment Adviser. The following provisions shall apply to the Separate Accounts:

 

5


 

4.1 With respect to each Separate Investment Account, the Committee may appoint an Investment Manager who shall acknowledge by a writing delivered to the Committee that it is a fiduciary with respect to the assets allocated thereto, or in the event the Committee does not appoint an Investment Manager, the Committee shall have investment responsibility with respect to such Separate Investment Account and shall be responsible for monitoring the diversification of the Trust Fund. The Trustee shall act with respect to assets allocated to a Separate Investment Account only as directed by the Investment Manager or, in the event that the Committee does not appoint an Investment Manager, the Committee. The Committee may direct that any or all of the assets of a Separate Investment Account be held by a Subtrustee. The Trustee shall have custody of and custodial responsibility for all assets of the Trust Fund held in a Separate Investment Account except as otherwise provided in this agreement or as follows:
(a) The Subtrustee of a Subtrust shall have custody of and custodial responsibility for any assets of a Separate Investment Account allocated to it by the Committee;
(b) The trustee of a collective or group trust fund (including without limitation an Investment Manager or its bank affiliate) shall have custody of and custodial responsibility for any assets of a Separate Investment Account invested in such collective or group trust fund; and
(c) The Committee may direct in writing that the custody of additional assets of a Separate Investment Account (other than those referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 4.1) be maintained with a Custodial Agent. In such event, the Committee shall approve, and direct the Trustee to enter into, a custody agreement with the Custodial Agent (which custody agreement may authorize the Custodial Agent to maintain custody of such assets with one or more subagents, including a broker or dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or a nominee of such broker or dealer). The Custodial Agent shall have custodial responsibility for any assets maintained with the Custodial Agent or its subagents pursuant to the custody agreement. Notwithstanding any other provision of this agreement, the Company (which has the authority to do so under the laws of its state of incorporation) agrees to indemnify THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY from any liability, loss and expense, including legal fees and expenses, which THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY may sustain by reason of acting in accordance with any directions of the Committee pursuant to this paragraph (c). This paragraph shall survive the termination of this agreement.

 

6


 

4.2 With respect to each Separate Investment Trust Account, the Trustee and the Investment Trustee thereof shall upon the direction of the Committee execute an investment trust agreement with respect thereto. The Investment Trustee shall have custody of all of the assets of the Separate Investment Trust Account except such assets as the Committee may from time to time determine shall be held in the custody of the Trustee with the Trustee’s written consent; the Trustee shall act with respect to any such assets in its custody only as directed by the Investment Trustee.
4.3 With respect to each Separate Insurance Contract Account, from assets allocated thereto the Trustee shall purchase or continue in effect such insurance contracts, including annuity contracts and policies of life insurance, as the Committee shall direct, the issuing insurance company may credit those assets to its general account or to one or more of its separate accounts, and the Trustee shall act with respect to those contracts only as directed by the Committee.
4.4 The Committee shall have investment responsibility for assets held in any Separate Account for which an Investment Manager or Investment Trustee has not been retained, has been removed, or is for any reason unwilling or unable to act. With respect to assets or Separate Accounts for which the Committee has investment responsibility, the Trustee, acting only as directed by the Committee, shall enter into such agreements as are necessary to facilitate any investment, including agreements entering into a limited partnership. Subtrust or the participation in real estate funds. The Trustee shall not make any investment review of, or consider the propriety of holding or selling, or vote any assets for which the Committee has investment responsibility.
4.5 With respect to each Separate Account, the Investment Adviser thereof shall have the investment powers granted to the Trustee by ARTICLE FIVE, as limited by Section 6.1 through Section 6.3 of ARTICLE SIX, as if all references therein to the Trustee referred to the Investment Adviser.
4.6 The Committee may direct the Trustee to: (i) enter into such agreements as are necessary to implement investment in futures contracts and options on futures contracts; (ii) transfer initial margin to a futures commission merchant or third party safekeeping bank pursuant to directions from an Investment Adviser and (iii) pay or demand variation margin in accordance with industry practice to or from such futures commission merchant based on daily marking to market calculations. The Trustee shall have no investment or custodial responsibility with respect to assets transferred to a futures commission merchant or third party safekeeping bank.

 

7


 

ARTICLE FIVE: POWERS OF TRUSTEE
Except as otherwise provided in this agreement, the Trustee shall hold, manage, care for and protect the assets of the Trust Fund and shall have until actual distribution thereof the following powers and, except to the extent inconsistent herewith, those now or hereafter conferred by law;
5.1. To retain any asset originally included in the Trust Fund or subsequently added thereto;
5.2 To invest and reinvest the assets without distinction between income and principal in bonds, stocks, mortgages, notes, options, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, limited partnership interests, participations in regulated investment companies (including those for which the Trustee or its affiliate is adviser), or other property of any kind, real or personal, foreign or domestic, and to enter into insurance contracts;
5.3 To deposit any part or all of the assets with the Trustee or its affiliate as trustee, or another person or entity acting as trustee of any collective or group trust fund which is now or hereafter maintained as a medium for the collective investment of funds of pension, profit sharing or other employee benefit plans, and which is qualified under Section 401 (a) and exempt from taxation under Section 501 (a) of the Code, and to withdraw any part or all of the assets so deposited; any assets deposited with the trustee of a collective or group trust fund shall be held and invested by the trustee thereunder pursuant to all the terms and conditions of the trust agreement or declaration of trust establishing the fund, which are hereby incorporated herein by reference and shall prevail over any contrary provision of this agreement;
5.4 To deposit cash in any depository, including the banking department of the Trustee or its affiliate and any organization acting as a fiduciary with respect to the Trust Fund;
5.5 To hold any part of the assets in cash without liability for interest, pending investment thereof or the payment of expenses or making of distributions therewith, notwithstanding the Trustee’s receipt of “float” from such uninvested cash;
5.6 To cause any asset, real or personal, to be held in a corporate depository or federal book entry account system or registered in the Trustee’s name or in the name of a nominee or in such other form as the Trustee deems best without disclosing the trust relationship;
5.7 To vote, either in person or by general or limited proxy, or refrain from voting, any corporate securities for any purpose, except that any security as to which the Trustee’s possession of voting discretion would subject the issuing company or the Trustee to any law, rule or regulation adversely affecting either the company or the Trustee’s ability to retain or vote company securities, shall be voted as directed by the Committee; to exercise or self any subscription or conversion rights; to consent to and join in or oppose any voting trusts, reorganizations, consolidations, mergers, foreclosures and liquidations and in connection therewith to deposit securities and accept and hold other property received therefor;

 

8


 

5.8 To lease any assets for any period of time though commencing in the future or extending beyond the term of the trust;
5.9 To borrow money from any lender, to extend or renew any existing indebtedness and to mortgage or pledge any assets;
5.10 To sell at public or private sale, contract to sell, convey, exchange, transfer and otherwise deal with the assets in accordance with industry practice, and to sell put and covered call options from time to time for such price and upon such terms as the Trustee sees fit; the Company acknowledges that the Trustee may reverse any credits made to the Trust Fund by the Trustee prior to receipt of payment in the event that payment is not received;
5.11 To employ agents, attorneys and proxies and to delegate to any one or more of them any power, discretionary or otherwise, granted to the Trustee;
5.12 To compromise, contest, prosecute or abandon claims in favor of or against the Trust Fund;
5.13 To appoint foreign custodians as agent of the Trustee to custody foreign securities holdings of any Separate Account established by the Committee or of any Trustee Investment Account;
5.14 To utilize any tax refund claim procedures with respect to taxes withheld to which the Trust Fund may be entitled under applicable tax laws, treaties and regulations; any exercise of such power by the Trustee shall be on a best efforts basis; and
5.15 To perform other acts necessary or appropriate for the proper administration of the Trust Fund, execute and deliver necessary instruments and give full receipts and discharges.
ARTICLE SIX: LIMITATIONS ON POWERS
For purposes of this agreement, the powers and responsibilities allocated to the Trustee shall be limited as follows:
6.1 The powers of the Trustee shall be exercisable for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to the Participants and Beneficiaries under the Plans and in accordance with the standards of a prudent man under ERISA;

 

9


 

6.2 Subject to Section 6.1 and Section 6.3, the Trustee shall diversify the investments of that portion of the Trust Fund for which it has investment responsibility so as to minimize the risk of large tosses;
6.3 Subject to Section 6.1, the Trustee shall, with respect to that portion of the Trust Fund for which it has investment responsibility, follow the investment guidelines established by the Committee given in exercise of the Committee’s responsibility;
6.4 Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.6, the Trustee shall not make any investment review of, consider the propriety of holding or selling, or vote other than as directed by the Investment Adviser, any assets of the Trust Fund allocated to a Separate Account in accordance with ARTICLE FOUR, except that if the Trustee shall not have received contrary instructions from the Investment Adviser thereof, the Trustee shall invest for short term purposes any cash consisting of U.S. dollars of a Separate Account in its custody in bonds, notes and other evidences of indebtedness having a maturity date not beyond five years from the date of purchase, United States Treasury bills, commercial paper, bankers’ acceptances and certificates of deposit, and undivided interests or participations therein and (if subject to withdrawal on a daily or weekly basis) participations in common or collective funds composed thereof and regulated investment companies (including those for which The Northern Trust Company or any of its affiliates acts as advisor). For currencies other than U.S. dollars, the Trustee shall invest cash of a Separate Account as directed by the Investment Adviser with respect to that Separate Account and such investments may include an Interest bearing account of a foreign custodian;
6.5 The Committee shall have the sole investment responsibility with respect to the retention, sale, purchase or voting of any employer stock which has not been allocated to a Separate Account. The Trustee shall have custody of such employer stock and shall act with respect thereto only as directed by the Committee. The Trustee shall not make any investment review of, consider the propriety of holding or selling, or vote any such employer stock. With respect to such employer stock, the Committee shall have the investment power granted to the Trustee by ARTICLE FIVE as limited by Section 6.1 and Section 6.2 of ARTICLE SIX, as if all references therein to the Trustee referred to the Committee. No provision of this Section 6.5 shall prevent the Trustee from taking any action with respect to the voting or tender of such employer stock if the Trustee determines in its sole discretion that such action is necessary in order for the Trustee to fulfill its fiduciary responsibilities under ERISA; and
6.6 The Committee shall have sole responsibility for determining the propriety of investment of the Trust Fund in foreign securities and the decision to maintain the custody of foreign investments abroad. Except as otherwise directed by the Committee, custody of foreign investments shall be maintained with foreign custodians selected by the Trustee. The Trustee shall have no responsibility for losses to the Trust Fund resulting from the acts or omissions of any foreign custodian appointed by the Trustee unless due to the foreign custodian’s fraud, negligence or willful misconduct. The Trustee shall maintain custody of foreign investments in any jurisdiction where the Trustee has not selected a custodian solely as directed by the Committee. The Trustee shall have no responsibility for the financial condition, acts or omissions of any foreign custodian holding assets of the Trust Fund at the direction of the Committee.

 

10


 

ARTICLE SEVEN: ACCOUNTS
7.1 The Trustee shall maintain accounts of all investments, receipts and disbursements, including contributions, distributions, purchases, sales and other transactions of the Trust Fund.
7.2 Within one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of each fiscal year of the Trust Fund and of any other period agreed upon by the Trustee and the Committee the Trustee shall render to the Committee a statement of account tor the Trust Fund for the period commencing with the close of the last preceding period and a list showing each asset thereof as of the close of the current period and its cost and fair market value. In preparing the Trustee’s written account, the Trustee shall be fully protected in relying, without duty of inquiry: (i) upon the determination of the issuing insurance company or other entity with respect to the value of each insurance or investment contract included in such written account, (ii) upon information provided by the general partner or other investment entity with respect to the value of each limited partnership or other investment interest included in such written account, and (iii) with respect to any assets of the Trust Fund managed by an Investment Adviser for which the Trustee deems not to have a readily ascertainable value, upon the fair market value of such assets as determined by the applicable Investment Adviser.
7.3 An account of the Trustee may be approved by the Committee by written notice delivered to the Trustee. An account shall also be approved by the Committee’s failure to object to the account by written notice delivered to the Trustee within twenty-four (24) months of the date upon which the account was delivered to the Committee, except to the extent such account contained misstatements or errors caused by the Trustee’s gross negligence in its preparation of such account. The approval of an account shall constitute a full and complete discharge to the Trustee as to all matters set forth in that account as if the account had been settled by a court of competent jurisdiction in an action or proceeding to which the Trustee, the Company and the Committee were parties. In no event shall the Trustee be precluded from having its accounts settled by a judicial proceeding. Nothing in this article shall relieve the Trustee of any responsibility, or liability for any responsibility, under ERISA.

 

11


 

ARTICLE EIGHT: TRUSTEE SUCCESSION
8.1 The Trustee may resign at any time by written notice to the Committee, or the Committee may remove the Trustee by written notice to the Trustee. The resignation or removal shall be effective sixty (60) days after the date of the Trustee’s resignation or receipt of the notice of removal, or at such earlier date as the Trustee and the Committee may agree.
8.2 In case of the resignation or removal of the Trustee, the Committee shall appoint a successor trustee by delivery to the Trustee of a written instrument executed by the Committee appointing the successor Trustee and a written instrument executed by the successor trustee accepting the appointment, whereupon the Trustee shall deliver the assets of the Trust Fund to the successor trustee but may reserve the amount necessary for the Trustee’s outstanding and accrued fees payable in accordance with the terms of this agreement subject to a fifteen (15) day waiting period after receipt of written notice of such fees by the Company.
8.3 The successor Trustee, and any successor to the trust business of the Trustee by merger, consolidation or otherwise, shall have all the powers given the originally named Trustee. No successor trustee shall be personally liable for any act or omission of any predecessor. Except as otherwise provided in ERISA, the receipt of the successor trustee and the approval of the Trustee’s final account by the Committee in the manner provided in ARTICLE SEVEN shall constitute a full and complete discharge to the Trustee.
ARTICLE NINE: AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
9.1 The Company may at any time or times with the consent of the Trustee amend this agreement in whole or in part by instrument in writing delivered to the Trustee and effective upon the date therein provided.
9.2 This agreement shall terminate with respect to a Plan by action of the Company or Subsidiary responsible for making contributions to the Plan Account or by the Plan’s loss of its qualified status under Section 401 (a) of the Code. Upon termination with respect to a Plan, the Trustee shall distribute the Plan Account in the manner directed by the Committee, in kind to the extent of identified assets and the balance in cash or in kind or partly in each as directed by the Committee, except that the Trustee may reserve the amount necessary for the Trustee’s outstanding and accrued fees payable in accordance with this agreement subject to a fifteen (15) day waiting period after receipt of written notice of such fees by the Company. The Company shall indemnify and hold the Trustee harmless from and against any loss, liability, claim, suit or expense, including reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses, arising from making a distribution under this section in accordance with a direction in writing by the Committee.
9.3 This agreement shall terminate in its entirety when there is no asset included in the Trust Fund.

 

12


 

ARTICLE TEN: MISCELLANEOUS
10.1 Any action required to be taken by the Company or by a Subsidiary under this Trust (including without limitation, the adoption of this agreement and the Trust by a Plan) shall be by resolution of its board of directors or by the written direction of one or more of its president, any vice president or treasurer or assistant treasurer, or by such other person or persons as shall be authorized by such officers or by resolution of its board of directors, which resolution shall be filed with the Trustee. The Trustee may take or omit to take any action in accordance with written direction purporting to be signed by such an officer of the Company or Subsidiary or other authorized person, or in reliance upon a certified copy of a resolution of the board of directors which the Trustee believes to be genuine. The Trustee shall have no responsibility for any action taken by the Trustee in accordance with any such resolution or direction.
10.2 The Company shall certify to the Trustee in writing the names of the members of the Committee acting from time to time, including any persons to whom the Committee has delegated any authority or responsibility, and the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of a change in the membership of such Committee or in such persons until so notified in writing by the Company. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Committee shall be by direction of such person or persons as shall be designated by the Committee to act for the Committee. The Trustee may rely upon an instrument of designation signed by the secretary or chairman of the Committee and filed with the Trustee and the Trustee shall have no responsibility for any action taken by it in accordance with any such direction.
10.3 Upon prior written notice to the Company, the Trustee may consult with legal counsel, who may also be counsel for the Company, with respect to its responsibilities under this agreement and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting in reliance upon the written advice of legal counsel for the Company.
10.4 In no event shall the terms of any Plan, either expressly or by implication, be deemed to impose upon the Trustee any power or responsibility other than those set forth in this agreement. The Trustee may assume until advised to the contrary that each Plan and the Trust Fund is qualified under Section 401 (a) and exempt from taxation under Section 501 (a) of the Code, or under corresponding provisions of subsequent federal tax laws. The Trustee shall be accountable for contributions made to a Plan and included among the assets of the Trust Fund but shall have no responsibility to collect contributions, to determine whether the contributions comply with the provisions of the Plan or of ERISA nor to determine whether contributions are adequate to meet or discharge any liabilities under the Plans.
10.5 In any judicial proceeding to settle the accounts of the Trustee, the Trustee, the Company and the Committee shall be the only necessary parties, in any other judicial proceeding with respect to the Trustee or the Trust Fund, the Trustee, the Company and each affected Subsidiary shall be the only necessary parties; and no Participant or Beneficiary shall be entitled to any notice of process. A final judgment in any such proceeding shall be binding upon the parties to the proceeding and all Participants and Beneficiaries.
10.6 The Trustee shall be reimbursed for all reasonable expenses incurred in its administration of the Trust Fund pursuant to the terms of this agreement, including reasonable accounting and legal fees, for which the Company has received prior written notice, and shall receive such reasonable compensation for its services as the Trustee and the Company shall from time to time determine. Those items of expense and compensation shall be paid from the Trust Fund, subject to prior payment or reimbursement by the Company in its discretion.

 

13


 

Without limiting the rights of the Trustee as otherwise provided in this agreement, pursuant to direction by the Committee, the Trustee shall pay from the Trust Fund expenses of a Plan or compensation to parties providing services to a Plan including but not by way of limitation, expenses or compensation related to actuarial, PBGC premiums, Trustee’s fees, legal, accounting, office space, printing, computer, recordkeeping, investment, performance evaluation or any other material or service provided to the Plan, and, until paid, shall constitute a claim against the Trust Fund which is paramount to the claims of Participants and Beneficiaries; provided, however, that (a) the obligation by the Committee to direct the Trustee to pay such expenses from the Trust Fund shall cease to exist to the extent such expenses are paid by the Company or a Subsidiary or (b) in the event the Trustee’s compensation is to be paid, pursuant to this Section, from the Trust Fund, any individual serving as Trustee who already receives full-time pay from an employer or an association of employers whose employees are Participants, or from an employee organization whose members are Participants, shall not receive any additional compensation for serving as Trustee. This Section shall be deemed to be a part of any contract to provide for expenses of administration of the Plans and Trust, whether or not the signatory to such contract is the Company or a Subsidiary. Further, pursuant to direction by the Committee, the Trustee may reimburse the Company or a Subsidiary from the Trust Fund for expenses of a Plan to the extent permitted by the Plan and ERISA. It shall be the responsibility of the Committee to determine that any such expenses for which the Company or a Subsidiary is reimbursed pursuant to this paragraph are expenses of a Plan permitted by the Plan and ERISA.
10.7 In the event that THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY incurs any liability, loss, claim, suit or expense (including reasonable attorneys fees) in connection with or arising out of:
(a) The Northern Trust Company’s status as Trustee hereunder,
(b) the Trustee following a written direction (including electronic transmission and telefacsimile) from an Investment Advisor, the Committee or the Company or any person or entity authorized to act for the Committee or Company under the terms of this agreement,
(c) the Trustee failing to act as a result of an Investment Advisor, the Committee or the Company failing to provide a direction which the Company, an Investment Advisor, or the Committee is required to provide under this agreement, or
(d) any breach of fiduciary responsibility by a fiduciary other than the Trustee,

 

14


 

under circumstances where THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY cannot obtain or would be precluded by law from obtaining payment or reimbursement of such liability, loss, claim, suit or expense (including reasonable attorneys fees) from the Trust Fund, then the Company (which has the authority to do so under the laws of the state of its incorporation) shall indemnify and hold THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY harmless from and against such liability, loss, claim, suit or expense. The indemnification obligation of the Company shall not apply to the extent such liability, loss, claim, suit or expense arises directly from (i) a breach by the Trustee of responsibilities specifically allocated to it by the terms of this agreement, or (ii) the negligence of the Trustee in the performance of its responsibilities specifically allocated to it herein, or the Trustee’s willful misconduct or fraud. This paragraph shall survive the termination of this agreement.
10.8 Subject to the provisions of Section 10.6, neither the Company nor the Committee shall direct the Trustee to cause any part of the Trust Fund to be diverted to any purpose other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants and Beneficiaries or, except as otherwise permitted under the affected Plan and under ERISA, to be remitted to the Company or a Subsidiary.
10.9 Any person dealing with the Trustee need not see to the application of any money paid or property delivered to the Trustee or inquire into the provisions of this agreement or of any Plan or the Trustee’s authority thereunder or compliance therewith, and may rely upon the statement of the Trustee that the Trustee is acting in accordance with this agreement.
10.10 Except as otherwise directed by the Committee, which direction shall be in compliance with applicable law and the relevant Plan, any interest of a Participant or Beneficiary in the Trust Fund or any Plan or in any distribution therefrom shall not be subject to the claim of any creditor, any spouse for alimony or support, or others, or to legal process, and may not be voluntarily or involuntarily alienated or encumbered.
10.11 If for any reason the Trustee is unwilling or unable to act as to any property, such person or qualified corporation as the Trustee shall from time to time designate in writing shall act as special trustee as to that property. Any person or corporation acting as special trustee may resign at any time by written notice to the Trustee. Each special trustee shall have the powers granted to the Trustee by this agreement, to be exercised only with the approval of the Trustee, to which the net income and the proceeds from sale of any part or all of the property shall be remitted to be administered under this agreement.
10.12 The Trustee shall not be responsible for any delay in performance, or non- performance, of any obligation hereunder to the extent that the same is due to forces beyond its reasonable control, including but not limited to delays, errors or interruptions caused by the Company, the Committee or third parties, any industrial, juridical, governmental, civil or military action, acts of terrorism, insurrection or revolution, nuclear fusion, fission or radiation or acts of God.

 

15


 

10.13 In case any provision of this agreement shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions of this agreement, but shall be fully severable, and the agreement shall be construed and enforced as if said illegal or invalid provisions had never been inserted herein. This agreement supersedes and replaces any prior agreements with respect to the subject matter hereof.
10.14 This agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and the counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument.
ARTICLE ELEVEN: GOVERNING LAW
The provisions of ERISA and the internal laws of Illinois shall govern the validity, interpretation and enforcement of this agreement, and in case of conflict, the provisions of ERISA shall prevail. The invalidity of any part of this agreement shall not affect the remaining parts thereof.

 

16


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company and the Trustee have executed this agreement by their respective duly authorized officers effective as of the day and year first above written.
         
  DYNEGY INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Jane D. Jones    
    Its: VP, Rewards & Technology  
The undersigned, [ILLEGIBLE], does hereby certify that he/she is the duly elected, qualified and acting Assistant Secretary of Dynegy Inc. (the “Company”) and further certifies that the person whose signature appears above is a duly elected, qualified and acting officer of the Company with full power and authority to execute this Trust Agreement on behalf of the Company and to take such other actions and execute such other documents as may be necessary to effectuate this agreement.
     
/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
   
 
Assistant Secretary
   
Dynegy lnc.
   
         
  THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY
 
 
  By:   /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]    
    Its: Vice President   
The undersigned, [ILLEGIBLE], does hereby certify that he/she is the duly elected, qualified and acting [Assistant] Secretary of The Northern Trust Company (the “Northern”) and further certifies that the person whose signature appears above is a duly elected, qualified and acting officer of the Northern with full power and authority to execute this Trust Agreement on behalf of the Northern and to take such other actions and execute such other documents as may be necessary to effectuate this agreement.
     
 
   
The Northern Trust Company
   

 

17


 

SCHEDULE TO
DYNEGY INC.
MASTER RETIREMENT TRUST
As of the effective date of the Dynegy Inc. Master Retirement Trust, that certain Illinois Power Company Retirement Income Trust by and between Dynegy Inc. and The Northern Trust Company, as amended.

 

18

Exhibit 10.103
DYNEGY INC.
MASTER RETIREMENT TRUST AGREEMENT
Amendment No. 1
Effective December 13, 2001, DYNEGY INC., an Illinois corporation (the “Company”), and THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY, an Illinois corporation, of Chicago, Illinois, (the “Trustee”), entered into the Dynegy Inc. Master Retirement Trust Agreement (the “Agreement”).
The Agreement is amended as follows:
1. Effective the date signed below, the Schedule attached to the Agreement is deleted and replaced with the Schedule attached hereto.

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Trustee have executed this Amendment No. 1 by their respective duly authorized officers on the date(s) written below. This Amendment No. 1 may be signed in counterparts.
         
Date: August 5, 2002  DYNEGY INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]    
    Its: [ILLEGIBLE]   
       
The undersigned, [ILLEGIBLE] does hereby certify that he/she is the duly elected, qualified and acting Assistant Secretary of Dynegy Inc. (the “Company”) and further certifies that the person whose signature appears above is a duly elected, qualified and acting officer of the Company with full power and authority to execute this Amendment No. 1 on behalf of the Corapany and to take such other actions and execute such other documents as may be necessary to effectuate this Amendment No. 1.
     
/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
   
     
Assistant Secretary
   
Dynegy Inc.
   
         
Date: August 5, 2002  THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY
 
 
  By:   /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]    
    Its: Vice President  
       
The undersigned, [ILLEGIBLE] does hereby certify that he/she is the duly elected, qualified and acting Assistant Secretary of The Northern Trust Company (the “Northern”) and further certifies that the person whose signature appears above is a duly elected, qualified and acting officer of the Northern with full power and authority to execute this Amendment No. 1 on behalf of the Northern and to take such other actions and execute such other documents as may be necessary to effectuate this Amendment No. 1.
 
/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
 
Assistant Secretary
The Northern Trust Company

 

 


 

DYNEGY INC.
MASTER RETIREMENT TRUST
SCHEDULE
Effective December 13, 2001 :
Dynegy Inc. Retirement Plan (formerly named the Illinois Power Company Retirement Income Plan for Salaried Employees)
Illinois Power Company Retirement Income Plan for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement
Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Retirement Income Plan
Effective March 29, 2002 :
Dynegy Midstream Services Retirement Plan

 

 

Exhibit 10.104
AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO
THE DYNEGY INC. MASTER TRUST
WHEREAS, Dynegy Inc. (“Dynegy”), Illinova Corporation, Illinova Generating Company and Ameren Corporation entered into that certain Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of February 2, 2004 (the “Agreement”) under which Ameren Corporation will acquire all of the outstanding common and preferred stock of Illinois Power Company owned by Illinova Corporation;
WHEREAS, as a result of the transaction contemplated under the Agreement, the name of the plan formerly known as the Illinois Power Company Retirement Income Plan for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement will be changed to the Dynegy Midwest Generation, Inc. Retirement Income Plan for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement effective immediately prior to the “Closing Date” of the Agreement, as such term is defined under Section 2.4 of the Agreement (the “Closing Date”);
WHEREAS, pursuant to Article Nine of Dynegy Inc. Master Trust entered into between Dynegy and The Northern Trust Company and as subsequently amended (the “Master Trust”), Dynegy may amend the Master Trust in whole or in part by instrument in writing delivered to The Northern Trust Company (the “Trustee”) and with consent of the Trustee;
NOW, THEREFORE, In consideration of the above premises, the Master Trust is hereby amended as follows effective immediately prior to the Closing Date:

 

 


 

I.
The Schedule to the Master Trust is hereby amended by deleting the phrase “Illinois Power Company Retirement Income Plan for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement” and inserting the following:
“Dynegy Midwest Generation, Inc. Retirement Income Plan for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement (formerly known as the Illinois Power Company Retirement Income Plan for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement)”,
ll.
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Master Trust, Illinois Power Company shall not be an adopting Subsidiary of the Master Trust, effective immediately prior to the Closing Date; provided, however, that Dynegy shall have the sole responsibility to certify to the Trustee that the Closing (as such term is defined under Section 2.4 of the Agreement) has occurred and the Trustee may rely on such certification without further duty of inquiry.
III.
This Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Except as modified herein, the Master Trust shall remain in full force and effect.

 

2


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Amendment No. 2 to the Master Trust to be executed on this 30 day of September 2004, to be effective immediately prior to the Closing Date.
         
  DYNEGY INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ J. Kevin Blodgett    
    J. Kevin Blodgett  
    Title: Senior Vice President, Human Resources   

 

3


 

CONSENT OF THE TRUSTEE
The undersigned Trustee of the Master Trust hereby consents to the above Amendment No. 2 to the Dynegy Inc. Master Trust on this 30 day of Sept, 2004.
         
  THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY
 
 
  By:   /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]    
    Title: Vice President   

 

4

Exhibit 10.105
AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO
THE DYNEGY INC. MASTER RETIREMENT TRUST
WHEREAS, Dynegy Inc. (“Dynegy”) and The Northern Trust Company (the “Trustee”) entered into a master trust agreement known as the Dynegy Inc. Master Retirement Trust (the “Master Trust”), effective as of December 13, 2001;
WHEREAS, the Master Trust has been heretofore amended;
WHEREAS, Article Nine of the Master Trust provides that Dynegy may, with the consent of the Trustee, amend the Master Trust in whole or in part by instrument in writing delivered to Trustee;
WHEREAS, Sithe Energies, Inc. (“Sithe”), a subsidiary of Dynegy, has heretofore established and maintains the Sithe Stable Pension Account Plan (the “Plan”);
WHEREAS, Sithe has appointed the Dynegy Inc. Benefit Plans Committee (the “Committee”) as the “Plan Administrator” of the Plan;
WHEREAS, Article 10 of the Plan provides that the Committee, as Plan Administrator, shall have the sole responsibility to exercise such powers and duties with respect to the assets of the Plan as are delegated to the Plan Administrator under the applicable trust agreement;
WHEREAS, Sithe has terminated the Plan’s participation in the Master Trust For Tax-Qualified Plan Assets by and between Massachusetts Fidelity Trust Company and Diversified Investment Advisors, Inc. (the “Diversified Master Trust”), effective as of November 30, 2005; and
WHEREAS, Sithe has directed that the Plan’s interest in the Diversified Master Trust be wired to the Trustee, effective as of December 1, 2005;

 

 


 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises, the Master Trust is hereby amended as follows, effective as of December 1, 2005:
I.
Sithe, in its capacity as Plan sponsor, hereby adopts the Master Trust as a funding medium for the Plan. The Trustee shall add the Plan assets wired from the Diversified Master Trust to the Master Trust. Further, in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and the Master Trust, the Committee shall be the fiduciary that has responsibility for Plan investments and the fiduciary with responsibility for administering the Plan.
II.
The first paragraph of the Master Trust shall be deleted and the following shall be substituted therefor:
“THIS AGREEMENT, effective as of the 13 th day of December, 2001, is made between DYNEGY INC. , an Illinois corporation, herein referred to as the “Company,” and THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY, an Illinois corporation, of Chicago, Illinois, as Trustee, and constitutes a restatement into a single trust agreement known as the DYNEGY INC. MASTER RETIREMENT TRUST agreement of the several trust agreements for the plans that are listed in the attached schedule, which trust agreements were heretofore made by the Company and its Subsidiaries and under which the Trustee is accepting appointment as successor trustee. The schedule may be amended from time to time by the Company to reflect the adoption of this agreement and the Trust by the Company or a Subsidiary as the funding medium with respect to a Plan.”
III.
The Schedule to the Master Trust shall be deleted and replaced with the Schedule attached hereto.

 

2


 

IV.
This Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Except as modified herein, the Master Trust shall remain in full force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Amendment No. 3 to the Master Trust to be executed on this 28 th day of November 2005, to be effective as of December 1, 2005.
         
  DYNEGY INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]    
    Title:  Sr.Vice President, Human Resources   
 
  SITHE ENERGIES, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]    
    Title:  Sr. Vice President   
 
  THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY
 
 
  By:   /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]    
    Title:  Vice President   

 

3


 

         
DYNEGY INC.
MASTER RETIREMENT TRUST
SCHEDULE
Effective December 13, 2001:
Dynegy Inc. Retirement Plan (formerly named the Illinois Power Company Retirement Income Plan for Salaried Employees)
Dynegy Midwest Generation, Inc. Retirement Income Plan for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement (formerly named the Illinois Power Company Retirement Income Plan for Employees Covered Under a Collective Bargaining Agreement)
Dynegy Northeast Generation, Inc. Retirement Income Plan
Effective March 29, 2002:
Dynegy Midstream Services Retirement Plan
Effective December 1, 2005:
Sithe Stable Pension Account Plan

 

4

Exhibit 10.106
AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO THE
DYNEGY INC.
MASTER RETIREMENT TRUST
WHEREAS , Dynegy Inc., an Illinois corporation (the “Company”) and The Northern Trust Company, an Illinois corporation (the “Trustee”) entered into a master trust agreement known as the Dynegy Inc. Master Retirement Trust (the “Master Trust”), effective as of December 13, 2001;
WHEREAS , Section 9.1 of the Master Trust provides that the Company may, with the consent of the Trustee, amend the Master Trust in whole or in part by instrument in writing delivered to Trustee;
WHEREAS , the Master Trust has been heretofore amended; and
WHEREAS , the Company and the Trustee desire to further amend the Master Trust to facilitate the administration thereof;
NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the above premises, the Master Trust is hereby amended as follows, effective as of the date set forth below:
I.
A new Section 10.15 is added to ARTICLE TEN of the Master Trust to provide as follows:
“10.15 Notwithstanding any other provision of this agreement, instructions, directions and other communications provided under this agreement may be given to the Trustee by telephone on a recorded telephone line, letter, telex, SWIFT or other electronic or electromechanical means deemed acceptable by the Trustee, including the use of the Trustee’s Northern Trust Passport ® applications, subject to such additional terms and conditions as the Trustee may require. In its sole discretion, the Trustee may, but shall not be required to, accept instructions, directions or other communications given to the Trustee by telephone on a recorded telephone line. Any instructions, directions or other communications given to the Trustee by telephone shall promptly thereafter be confirmed in writing, but the Trustee will incur no liability for the Company’s or the Committee’s failure, or the failure of an Investment Manager, to send written confirmation or for the failure of any such written confirmation to conform to the recorded telephonic instruction received by the Trustee.”

 

 


 

II.
This Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Except as modified herein, the Master Trust shall remain in full force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned have caused this Amendment No. 4 to the Master Trust to be executed on this 25 day of September, 2006, to be effective as of such date.
         
  DYNEGY INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]    
    Its: Assistant Treasurer   
 
  THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY
 
 
  By:   /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]    
    Its: Second Vice President   

 

-2-

         
Exhibit 10.107
AMENDMENT NO. 5 TO
TO THE DYNEGY INC. MASTER RETIREMENT TRUST
THIS AMENDMENT, effective as provided below, is hereby made between DYNEGY INC., an Illinois corporation (“Dynegy Illinois”), and THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY, an Illinois corporation, of Chicago, Illinois (the “Trustee”), and constitutes the fifth amendment to the trust agreement establishing the DYNEGY INC. MASTER RETIREMENT TRUST, which trust agreement was made by and between Dynegy Illinois and the Trustee, effective as of the 13 th day of December, 2001 (the “Master Trust”).
WHEREAS, the Master Trust has been heretofore amended;
WHEREAS, Dynegy Illinois has entered into that certain Plan of Merger, Contribution and Sale Agreement by and among Dynegy IIlinois, LSP GEN Investors, L.P., LS Power Partners, L.P., LS Power Equity Partners PIE I, L.P., LS Power Equity Partners, L.P., LS Power Associates, L.P., Falcon Merger Sub Co., and Dynegy Acquisition, Inc., executed September 14, 2006 (the “Merger Agreement”);
WHEREAS, pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Merger Agreement, Dynegy Illinois will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of a newly formed Delaware corporation, named “Dynegy Inc.”, and Dynegy Illinois will thereafter be renamed “Dynegy Illinois Inc.”, as of the Effective Time specified in the Merger Agreement (the “Effective Time”);
WHEREAS, effective immediately after Effective Time, Dynegy Illinois will withdraw as the sponsor of the plans listed on the attached schedule to the Master Trust (the “Plans”) and Dynegy inc., a Delaware corporation, will assume sponsorship of the Plans from Dynegy Illinois and will become the “Company” for purposes of the Master Trust; and
WHEREAS, Article Nine of the Master Trust provides that Dynegy Illinois may, with the consent of the Trustee, amend the Master Trust in whole or in part by instrument in writing delivered to the Trustee;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises, the Master Trust is hereby amended as follows, effective immediately after the Effective Time:
I.
The first paragraph of the preamble to the Master Trust shall be deleted and the following three paragraphs shall be substituted therefor:
THIS AGREEMENT , effective as of the 13 th day of December, 2001, was made between DYNEGY INC ., an Illinois corporation (‘Dynegy Illinois’), and THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY , an Illinois corporation, of Chicago, Illinois, as Trustee, and constitutes a restatement into a single trust agreement known as the DYNEGY INC. MASTER RETIREMENT TRUST agreement of the several trust agreements for the Plans that are listed in the attached schedule, which trust agreements were made by Dynegy Illinois and its Subsidiaries and under which the Trustee accepted appointment as successor trustee. The schedule may be amended from time to time by the Company.

 

 


 

Dynegy Illinois has entered into that certain Plan of Merger, Contribution and Sale Agreement by and among Dynegy Illinois, LSP GEN Investors, L.P., LS Power Partners, L.P., LS Power Equity Partners PIE I, L.P., LS Power Equity Partners, L.P., LS Power Associates, L.P., Falcon Merger Sub Co., and Dynegy Acquisition, Inc., executed September 14, 2006 (the ‘Merger Agreement’), Pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Merger Agreement., Dynegy Illinois will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of a newly formed Delaware corporation, named ‘Dynegy Inc.’, and Dynegy Illinois will thereafter be renamed ‘Dynegy Illinois Inc.’, as of the Effective Time specified in the Merger Agreement (the ‘Effective Time’).
Effective immediately after the Effective Time, Dynegy Illinois will withdraw as the sponsor of the Plans and Dynegy Inc., a Delaware corporation, will assume sponsorship of the Plans from Dynegy Illinois and all references to the ‘Company’ herein shall thereafter refer to Dynegy Inc., a Delaware corporation.”
II.
Section 1.4 of the Trust is amended in its entirety to provide as follows:
“1.4 ‘Company’ means Dynegy Inc., a Delaware corporation and any corporation which is the successor thereto;”
III.
Except as modified herein, the Master Trust shall remain in full force and effect.
This Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 5 to the Master Trust on the dates indicated below, to be effective immediately after the Effective Time.
         
  Dynegy Inc., an Illinois corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]    
    Title: Executive Vice President, Administration   
    Date:  April 2, 2007   
 
  The Northern Trust Company
 
 
  By:   /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]    
    Title: Second Vice President 
    Date: April 2, 2007 
 
  Agreed and accepted:

Dynegy Inc., a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]    
    Title:   Executive Vice President, Administration  
    Date:  April 2, 2007   
 

 

 

Exhibit 21.1
Significant Subsidiaries of Dynegy Inc.
As of December 31, 2008
             
            STATE OR
            COUNTRY OF
SUBSIDIARY   INCORPORATION
  1.    
Dynegy Holdings Inc.
  Delaware
  2.    
Illinova Corporation
  Illinois
  3.    
DMT Holdings, Inc.
  Delaware
  4.    
Dynegy Falcon Holdings Inc.
  Delaware
  5.    
Dynegy Midwest Generation, Inc.
  Illinois
  6.    
Sithe Energies Inc.
  Delaware
  7.    
Dynegy Power Marketing Inc.
  Texas

 

 

Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements of Dynegy Inc.:
  1.   Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-141810 pertaining to various benefit plans including equity, savings and deferred compensation plans),
 
  2.   Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-141898),
 
  3.   Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-115148),
 
  4.   Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-66088),
 
  5.   Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-47532),
 
  6.   Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-31394), and
 
  7.   Registration Statement (Form S-3 No 333-32036);
of our reports dated February 26, 2009, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedules of Dynegy Inc. and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Dynegy Inc. incorporated by reference in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2008.
         
  /s/ Ernst & Young LLP    
Houston, Texas
February 26, 2009

 

 

Exhibit 23.2
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (No. 333-141810) and on Form S-3 (No. 333-115148, 333-66088, 333-47532, 333-141898, 333-31394 and 333-32036) of Dynegy Inc. of our report dated February 27, 2007, except for the effects of discontinued operations described in Note 4, as to which the date is May 14, 2007 for Calcasieu and February 28, 2008 for CoGen Lyondell, and except for the change in reportable segments described in Note 22, as to which the date is February 26, 2009, relating to the financial statements and financial statement schedules, which appears in this Form 10-K.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Houston, Texas
February 26, 2009

 

 

Exhibit 23.3
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements of Dynegy Holdings Inc.:
  1.   Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-66090),
 
  2.   Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-115148-01), and
 
  3.   Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-12987);
of our report dated February 26, 2009, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Dynegy Holdings Inc. incorporated by reference in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2008.
         
  /s/ Ernst & Young LLP    
Houston, Texas
February 26, 2009

 

 

Exhibit 23.4
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (No.333-66090, 333-115148-01, and 333-12987) of Dynegy Holdings Inc. of our report dated March 16, 2007, except for the effects of discontinued operations described in Note 4, as to which the date is May 14, 2007 for Calcasieu and August 16, 2007 for CoGen Lyondell, except for the effects of the transfer of entities under common control described in Note 3, as to which the date is August 16, 2007, and except for the change in reportable segments described in Note 22, as to which the date is February 26, 2009, relating to the financial statements and financial statement schedule, which appears in this Form 10-K.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Houston, Texas
February 26, 2009

 

 

Exhibit 31.1
SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION
I, Bruce A. Williamson, certify that:
1.   I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Dynegy Inc.;
 
2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  (a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  (b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  (c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  (d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  (a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  (b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
         
Date: February 26, 2009  By:   /s/ BRUCE A. WILLIAMSON    
    Bruce A. Williamson    
    Chairman of the Board, President and
Chief Executive Officer
 
 

 

 

Exhibit 31.1(a)
SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION
I, Bruce A. Williamson, certify that:
1.   I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Dynegy Holdings Inc.;
 
2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  (a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  (b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  (c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  (d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  (a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  (b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
         
Date: February 26, 2009  By:   /s/ BRUCE A. WILLIAMSON    
    Bruce A. Williamson    
    President and Chief Executive Officer    

 

 

Exhibit 31.2
SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION
I, Holli C. Nichols, certify that:
1.   I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Dynegy Inc.;
 
2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  (a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  (b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  (c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  (d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  (a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  (b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
         
Date: February 26, 2009  By:   /s/ HOLLI C. NICHOLS    
    Holli C. Nichols    
    Executive Vice President, Chief Financial
Officer and Treasurer
 
 

 

 

Exhibit 31.2(a)
SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION
I, Holli C. Nichols, certify that:
1.   I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Dynegy Holdings Inc.;
 
2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  (a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  (b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  (c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  (d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  (a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  (b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
         
Date: February 26, 2009  By:   /s/ HOLLI C. NICHOLS    
    Holli C. Nichols    
    Executive Vice President, Chief Financial
Officer and Treasurer
 
 

 

 

Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
(ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002)
In connection with the report of Dynegy Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Bruce A. Williamson, President and Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of the Company, hereby certify as of the date hereof, solely for the purposes of Title 18, Chapter 63, Section 1350 of the United States Code, that to the best of my knowledge:
(1)   the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and
 
(2)   the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company at the dates and for the periods indicated.
         
Date: February 26, 2009  By:   /s/ BRUCE A. WILLIAMSON    
    Bruce A. Williamson    
    Chairman of the Board, President and
Chief Executive Officer
 
 

 

 

Exhibit 32.1(a)
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
(ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002)
In connection with the report of Dynegy Holdings Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Bruce A. Williamson, President and Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of the Company, hereby certify as of the date hereof, solely for the purposes of Title 18, Chapter 63, Section 1350 of the United States Code, that to the best of my knowledge:
(1)   the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and
 
(2)   the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company at the dates and for the periods indicated.
         
Date: February 26, 2009  By:   /s/ BRUCE A. WILLIAMSON    
    Bruce A. Williamson    
    President and Chief Executive Officer    

 

 

Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
(ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002)
In connection with the report of Dynegy Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Holli C. Nichols, Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certify as of the date hereof, solely for the purposes of Title 18, Chapter 63, Section 1350 of the United States Code, that to the best of my knowledge:
(1)   the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and
 
(2)   the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company at the dates and for the periods indicated.
         
Date: February 26, 2009  By:   /s/ HOLLI C. NICHOLS    
    Holli C. Nichols    
    Executive Vice President, Chief Financial
Officer and Treasurer
 
 

 

 

Exhibit 32.2(a)
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
(ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002)
In connection with the report of Dynegy Holdings Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Holli C. Nichols, Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certify as of the date hereof, solely for the purposes of Title 18, Chapter 63, Section 1350 of the United States Code, that to the best of my knowledge:
(1)   the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and
 
(2)   the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company at the dates and for the periods indicated.
         
Date: February 26, 2009  By:   /s/ HOLLI C. NICHOLS    
    Holli C. Nichols    
    Executive Vice President, Chief Financial
Officer and Treasurer